|
|||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | AN ACT to revise the law by combining multiple enactments | ||||||
2 | and making technical corrections.
| ||||||
3 | Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
| ||||||
4 | represented in the General Assembly:
| ||||||
5 | Section 1. Nature of this Act. | ||||||
6 | (a) This Act may be cited as the First 2005 General | ||||||
7 | Revisory Act.
| ||||||
8 | (b) This Act is not intended to make any substantive change | ||||||
9 | in the law. It reconciles conflicts that have arisen from | ||||||
10 | multiple amendments and enactments and makes technical | ||||||
11 | corrections and revisions in the law.
| ||||||
12 | This Act revises and, where appropriate, renumbers certain | ||||||
13 | Sections that have been added or amended by more than one | ||||||
14 | Public Act. In certain cases in which a repealed Act or Section | ||||||
15 | has been replaced with a successor law, this Act may | ||||||
16 | incorporate amendments to the repealed Act or Section into the | ||||||
17 | successor law. This Act also corrects errors, revises | ||||||
18 | cross-references, and deletes obsolete text.
| ||||||
19 | (c) In this Act, the reference at the end of each amended | ||||||
20 | Section indicates the sources in the Session Laws of Illinois | ||||||
21 | that were used in the preparation of the text of that Section. | ||||||
22 | The text of the Section included in this Act is intended to | ||||||
23 | include the different versions of the Section found in the | ||||||
24 | Public Acts included in the list of sources, but may not | ||||||
25 | include other versions of the Section to be found in Public | ||||||
26 | Acts not included in the list of sources. The list of sources | ||||||
27 | is not a part of the text of the Section.
| ||||||
28 | (d) Public Acts 92-520 through 93-1059 were considered in | ||||||
29 | the preparation of the combining revisories included in this | ||||||
30 | Act. Many of those combining revisories contain no striking or | ||||||
31 | underscoring because no additional changes are being made in | ||||||
32 | the material that is being combined. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 5. The Regulatory Sunset Act is amended by changing | ||||||
2 | Sections 4.22, 4.23, and 4.24 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (5 ILCS 80/4.22)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 4.22. Acts Act repealed on January 1, 2012. The | ||||||
5 | following
Acts are Act is repealed on January 1, 2012:
| ||||||
6 | The Detection of Deception Examiners Act.
| ||||||
7 | The Home Inspector License Act.
| ||||||
8 | The Interior Design Title Act.
| ||||||
9 | The Massage Licensing Act.
| ||||||
10 | The Petroleum Equipment Contractors Licensing Act.
| ||||||
11 | The Professional Boxing Act.
| ||||||
12 | The Real Estate Appraiser Licensing Act of 2002.
| ||||||
13 | The Water Well and Pump Installation Contractor's License | ||||||
14 | Act.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-104, eff. 7-20-01; 92-180, eff. 7-1-02; | ||||||
16 | 92-239, eff. 8-3-01;
92-453, eff. 8-21-01; 92-499, eff. 1-1-02; | ||||||
17 | 92-500, eff. 12-18-01; 92-618, eff.
7-11-02; 92-651, eff. | ||||||
18 | 7-11-02; 92-860, eff. 6-1-03; revised 1-18-03.)
| ||||||
19 | (5 ILCS 80/4.23)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 4.23. Acts and Sections
Act Section repealed on | ||||||
21 | January 1,
2013. The following Acts and Sections of Acts are
| ||||||
22 | Act Section is
repealed on January 1, 2013:
| ||||||
23 | The Dietetic and Nutrition Services Practice Act.
| ||||||
24 | The Elevator Safety and Regulation Act.
| ||||||
25 | The Funeral Directors and Embalmers Licensing Code.
| ||||||
26 | The Naprapathic Practice Act.
| ||||||
27 | The Professional Counselor and Clinical Professional | ||||||
28 | Counselor
Licensing Act.
| ||||||
29 | The Wholesale Drug Distribution Licensing Act.
| ||||||
30 | Section 2.5 of the Illinois Plumbing License Law.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 92-586, eff. 6-26-02; 92-641, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
32 | 92-642, eff.
7-11-02; 92-655, eff. 7-16-02; 92-719, eff. | ||||||
33 | 7-25-02; 92-778, eff. 8-6-02;
92-873, eff. 6-1-03; revised | ||||||
34 | 1-18-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5 ILCS 80/4.24)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 4.24. Acts repealed on January 1, 2014. The following
| ||||||
3 | Acts are repealed
on January 1, 2014:
| ||||||
4 | The Electrologist Licensing Act.
| ||||||
5 | The Illinois Certified Shorthand Reporters Act of 1984.
| ||||||
6 | The Illinois Occupational Therapy Practice Act.
| ||||||
7 | The Illinois Public Accounting Act.
| ||||||
8 | The Private Detective, Private Alarm, Private Security, | ||||||
9 | and Locksmith Act
of 2004.
| ||||||
10 | The Registered Surgical Assistant and Registered Surgical | ||||||
11 | Technologist
Title Protection Act.
| ||||||
12 | The Veterinary Medicine and Surgery Practice Act of 2004.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-457, eff. 8-21-01; 92-750, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
14 | 93-280, eff. 7-1-04;
93-281, eff. 12-31-03; 93-438, eff. | ||||||
15 | 8-5-03; 93-460, eff. 8-8-03; 93-461, eff.
8-8-03; revised | ||||||
16 | 10-29-04.)
| ||||||
17 | (5 ILCS 80/4.13 rep.)
| ||||||
18 | (5 ILCS 80/4.14 rep.) (from Ch. 127, par. 1904.14)
| ||||||
19 | Section 6. The Regulatory Sunset Act is amended by | ||||||
20 | repealing Sections 4.13 and 4.14. | ||||||
21 | Section 10. The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act is | ||||||
22 | amended by changing Sections 1-5, 1-20, and 5-45 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (5 ILCS 100/1-5) (from Ch. 127, par. 1001-5)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 1-5. Applicability.
| ||||||
25 | (a) This Act applies to every agency as defined in this | ||||||
26 | Act.
Beginning January 1, 1978, in case of conflict between the | ||||||
27 | provisions of
this Act and the Act creating or conferring power | ||||||
28 | on an agency, this Act
shall control. If, however, an agency | ||||||
29 | (or its predecessor in the case of
an agency that has been | ||||||
30 | consolidated or reorganized) has existing procedures
on July 1, | ||||||
31 | 1977, specifically for contested cases or licensing, those | ||||||
32 | existing
provisions control, except that this exception |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | respecting contested
cases and licensing does not apply if the | ||||||
2 | Act creating or conferring
power on the agency adopts by | ||||||
3 | express reference the provisions of this
Act. Where the Act | ||||||
4 | creating or conferring power on an agency
establishes | ||||||
5 | administrative procedures not covered by this Act, those
| ||||||
6 | procedures shall remain in effect.
| ||||||
7 | (b) The provisions of this Act do not apply to (i) | ||||||
8 | preliminary
hearings, investigations, or practices where no | ||||||
9 | final determinations
affecting State funding are made by the | ||||||
10 | State Board of Education, (ii) legal
opinions issued under | ||||||
11 | Section 2-3.7 of the School Code, (iii) as to State
colleges | ||||||
12 | and universities, their disciplinary and grievance | ||||||
13 | proceedings,
academic irregularity and capricious grading | ||||||
14 | proceedings, and admission
standards and procedures, and (iv) | ||||||
15 | the class specifications for positions
and individual position | ||||||
16 | descriptions prepared and maintained under the
Personnel Code. | ||||||
17 | Those class specifications shall, however, be made
reasonably | ||||||
18 | available to the public for inspection and copying. The
| ||||||
19 | provisions of this Act do not apply to hearings under Section | ||||||
20 | 20 of the
Uniform Disposition of Unclaimed Property Act.
| ||||||
21 | (c) Section 5-35 of this Act relating to procedures for | ||||||
22 | rulemaking
does not apply to the following:
| ||||||
23 | (1) Rules adopted by the Pollution Control Board that, | ||||||
24 | in accordance
with Section 7.2 of the Environmental | ||||||
25 | Protection Act, are identical in
substance to federal | ||||||
26 | regulations or amendments to those regulations
| ||||||
27 | implementing the following: Sections 3001, 3002, 3003, | ||||||
28 | 3004, 3005, and 9003
of the Solid Waste Disposal Act; | ||||||
29 | Section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, | ||||||
30 | Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980; Sections 307(b), | ||||||
31 | 307(c),
307(d), 402(b)(8), and 402(b)(9) of the Federal | ||||||
32 | Water Pollution Control
Act; and Sections 1412(b), | ||||||
33 | 1414(c), 1417(a), 1421, and 1445(a) of the Safe
Drinking | ||||||
34 | Water Act.
| ||||||
35 | (2) Rules adopted by the Pollution Control Board that | ||||||
36 | establish or
amend standards for the emission of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide from
gasoline powered | ||||||
2 | motor vehicles subject to inspection under Section 13A-105
| ||||||
3 | of the Vehicle Emissions Inspection Law and rules adopted | ||||||
4 | under Section 13B-20
of the Vehicle Emissions Inspection | ||||||
5 | Law of 1995.
| ||||||
6 | (3) Procedural rules adopted by the Pollution Control | ||||||
7 | Board governing
requests for exceptions under Section 14.2 | ||||||
8 | of the Environmental Protection Act.
| ||||||
9 | (4) The Pollution Control Board's grant, pursuant to an
| ||||||
10 | adjudicatory determination, of an adjusted standard for | ||||||
11 | persons who can
justify an adjustment consistent with | ||||||
12 | subsection (a) of Section 27 of
the Environmental | ||||||
13 | Protection Act.
| ||||||
14 | (5) Rules adopted by the Pollution Control Board that | ||||||
15 | are identical in
substance to the regulations adopted by | ||||||
16 | the Office of the State Fire
Marshal under clause (ii) of | ||||||
17 | paragraph (b) of subsection (3) of Section 2
of the | ||||||
18 | Gasoline Storage Act.
| ||||||
19 | (d) Pay rates established under Section 8a of the Personnel | ||||||
20 | Code
shall be amended or repealed pursuant to the process set | ||||||
21 | forth in Section
5-50 within 30 days after it becomes necessary | ||||||
22 | to do so due to a conflict
between the rates and the terms of a | ||||||
23 | collective bargaining agreement
covering the compensation of | ||||||
24 | an employee subject to that Code.
| ||||||
25 | (e) Section 10-45 of this Act shall not apply to any | ||||||
26 | hearing, proceeding,
or investigation conducted under Section | ||||||
27 | 13-515 of the Public Utilities Act.
| ||||||
28 | (f) Article 10 of this Act does not apply to any hearing, | ||||||
29 | proceeding, or
investigation conducted by the State Council for | ||||||
30 | the State of Illinois created
under Section 3-3-11.05 of the | ||||||
31 | Unified Code of Corrections or by the Interstate
Commission
| ||||||
32 | Commision for Adult Offender Supervision created under the
| ||||||
33 | Interstate Compact for Adult Offender Supervision.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 92-571, eff. 6-26-02; revised 7-25-02.)
| ||||||
35 | (5 ILCS 100/1-20) (from Ch. 127, par. 1001-20)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 1-20. "Agency" means each officer, board, commission, | ||||||
2 | and agency
created by the Constitution, whether in the | ||||||
3 | executive, legislative, or
judicial branch of State | ||||||
4 | government, but other than the circuit court; each
officer, | ||||||
5 | department, board, commission, agency, institution, authority,
| ||||||
6 | university, and body politic and corporate of the State; each
| ||||||
7 | administrative unit or corporate outgrowth of the State | ||||||
8 | government that is
created by or pursuant to statute, other | ||||||
9 | than units of local government and
their officers, school | ||||||
10 | districts, and boards of election commissioners; and
each | ||||||
11 | administrative unit or corporate outgrowth of the above and as | ||||||
12 | may be
created by executive order of the Governor. "Agency", | ||||||
13 | however, does not
include the following:
| ||||||
14 | (1) The House of Representatives and Senate and their | ||||||
15 | respective
standing and service committees, including | ||||||
16 | without limitation the
Board of the Office of the Architect | ||||||
17 | of the Capitol and the Architect of the
Capitol established | ||||||
18 | under
the Legislative Commission Reorganization Act of | ||||||
19 | 1984.
| ||||||
20 | (2) The Governor.
| ||||||
21 | (3) The justices and judges of the Supreme and | ||||||
22 | Appellate Courts.
| ||||||
23 | (4) The Legislative Ethics Commission.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 93-617, eff. 12-9-03; 93-632, eff. 2-1-04; | ||||||
25 | revised 1-9-04.)
| ||||||
26 | (5 ILCS 100/5-45) (from Ch. 127, par. 1005-45)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5-45. Emergency rulemaking.
| ||||||
28 | (a) "Emergency" means the existence of any situation that | ||||||
29 | any agency
finds reasonably constitutes a threat to the public | ||||||
30 | interest, safety, or
welfare.
| ||||||
31 | (b) If any agency finds that an
emergency exists that | ||||||
32 | requires adoption of a rule upon fewer days than
is required by | ||||||
33 | Section 5-40 and states in writing its reasons for that
| ||||||
34 | finding, the agency may adopt an emergency rule without prior | ||||||
35 | notice or
hearing upon filing a notice of emergency rulemaking |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | with the Secretary of
State under Section 5-70. The notice | ||||||
2 | shall include the text of the
emergency rule and shall be | ||||||
3 | published in the Illinois Register. Consent
orders or other | ||||||
4 | court orders adopting settlements negotiated by an agency
may | ||||||
5 | be adopted under this Section. Subject to applicable | ||||||
6 | constitutional or
statutory provisions, an emergency rule | ||||||
7 | becomes effective immediately upon
filing under Section 5-65 or | ||||||
8 | at a stated date less than 10 days
thereafter. The agency's | ||||||
9 | finding and a statement of the specific reasons
for the finding | ||||||
10 | shall be filed with the rule. The agency shall take
reasonable | ||||||
11 | and appropriate measures to make emergency rules known to the
| ||||||
12 | persons who may be affected by them.
| ||||||
13 | (c) An emergency rule may be effective for a period of not | ||||||
14 | longer than
150 days, but the agency's authority to adopt an | ||||||
15 | identical rule under Section
5-40 is not precluded. No | ||||||
16 | emergency rule may be adopted more
than once in any 24 month | ||||||
17 | period, except that this limitation on the number
of emergency | ||||||
18 | rules that may be adopted in a 24 month period does not apply
| ||||||
19 | to (i) emergency rules that make additions to and deletions | ||||||
20 | from the Drug
Manual under Section 5-5.16 of the Illinois | ||||||
21 | Public Aid Code or the
generic drug formulary under Section | ||||||
22 | 3.14 of the Illinois Food, Drug
and Cosmetic Act, (ii) | ||||||
23 | emergency rules adopted by the Pollution Control
Board before | ||||||
24 | July 1, 1997 to implement portions of the Livestock Management
| ||||||
25 | Facilities Act , ; or (iii) emergency rules adopted by the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Department of Public Health under subsections (a) | ||||||
27 | through (i) of Section 2 of the Department of Public Health Act | ||||||
28 | when necessary to protect the public's health. Two or more | ||||||
29 | emergency rules having substantially the same
purpose and | ||||||
30 | effect shall be deemed to be a single rule for purposes of this
| ||||||
31 | Section.
| ||||||
32 | (d) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
33 | implementation
of the State's fiscal year 1999 budget, | ||||||
34 | emergency rules to implement any
provision of Public Act 90-587 | ||||||
35 | or 90-588
or any other budget initiative for fiscal year 1999 | ||||||
36 | may be adopted in
accordance with this Section by the agency |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | charged with administering that
provision or initiative, | ||||||
2 | except that the 24-month limitation on the adoption
of | ||||||
3 | emergency rules and the provisions of Sections 5-115 and 5-125 | ||||||
4 | do not apply
to rules adopted under this subsection (d). The | ||||||
5 | adoption of emergency rules
authorized by this subsection (d) | ||||||
6 | shall be deemed to be necessary for the
public interest, | ||||||
7 | safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
8 | (e) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
9 | implementation
of the State's fiscal year 2000 budget, | ||||||
10 | emergency rules to implement any
provision of this amendatory | ||||||
11 | Act of the 91st General Assembly
or any other budget initiative | ||||||
12 | for fiscal year 2000 may be adopted in
accordance with this | ||||||
13 | Section by the agency charged with administering that
provision | ||||||
14 | or initiative, except that the 24-month limitation on the | ||||||
15 | adoption
of emergency rules and the provisions of Sections | ||||||
16 | 5-115 and 5-125 do not apply
to rules adopted under this | ||||||
17 | subsection (e). The adoption of emergency rules
authorized by | ||||||
18 | this subsection (e) shall be deemed to be necessary for the
| ||||||
19 | public interest, safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
20 | (f) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
21 | implementation
of the State's fiscal year 2001 budget, | ||||||
22 | emergency rules to implement any
provision of this amendatory | ||||||
23 | Act of the 91st General Assembly
or any other budget initiative | ||||||
24 | for fiscal year 2001 may be adopted in
accordance with this | ||||||
25 | Section by the agency charged with administering that
provision | ||||||
26 | or initiative, except that the 24-month limitation on the | ||||||
27 | adoption
of emergency rules and the provisions of Sections | ||||||
28 | 5-115 and 5-125 do not apply
to rules adopted under this | ||||||
29 | subsection (f). The adoption of emergency rules
authorized by | ||||||
30 | this subsection (f) shall be deemed to be necessary for the
| ||||||
31 | public interest, safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
32 | (g) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
33 | implementation
of the State's fiscal year 2002 budget, | ||||||
34 | emergency rules to implement any
provision of this amendatory | ||||||
35 | Act of the 92nd General Assembly
or any other budget initiative | ||||||
36 | for fiscal year 2002 may be adopted in
accordance with this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section by the agency charged with administering that
provision | ||||||
2 | or initiative, except that the 24-month limitation on the | ||||||
3 | adoption
of emergency rules and the provisions of Sections | ||||||
4 | 5-115 and 5-125 do not apply
to rules adopted under this | ||||||
5 | subsection (g). The adoption of emergency rules
authorized by | ||||||
6 | this subsection (g) shall be deemed to be necessary for the
| ||||||
7 | public interest, safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
8 | (h) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
9 | implementation
of the State's fiscal year 2003 budget, | ||||||
10 | emergency rules to implement any
provision of this amendatory | ||||||
11 | Act of the 92nd General Assembly
or any other budget initiative | ||||||
12 | for fiscal year 2003 may be adopted in
accordance with this | ||||||
13 | Section by the agency charged with administering that
provision | ||||||
14 | or initiative, except that the 24-month limitation on the | ||||||
15 | adoption
of emergency rules and the provisions of Sections | ||||||
16 | 5-115 and 5-125 do not apply
to rules adopted under this | ||||||
17 | subsection (h). The adoption of emergency rules
authorized by | ||||||
18 | this subsection (h) shall be deemed to be necessary for the
| ||||||
19 | public interest, safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
20 | (i) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
21 | implementation
of the State's fiscal year 2004 budget, | ||||||
22 | emergency rules to implement any
provision of this amendatory | ||||||
23 | Act of the 93rd General Assembly
or any other budget initiative | ||||||
24 | for fiscal year 2004 may be adopted in
accordance with this | ||||||
25 | Section by the agency charged with administering that
provision | ||||||
26 | or initiative, except that the 24-month limitation on the | ||||||
27 | adoption
of emergency rules and the provisions of Sections | ||||||
28 | 5-115 and 5-125 do not apply
to rules adopted under this | ||||||
29 | subsection (i). The adoption of emergency rules
authorized by | ||||||
30 | this subsection (i) shall be deemed to be necessary for the
| ||||||
31 | public interest, safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
32 | (j) In order to provide for the expeditious and timely | ||||||
33 | implementation of the provisions of the State's fiscal year | ||||||
34 | 2005 budget as provided under the Fiscal Year 2005 Budget | ||||||
35 | Implementation (Human Services) Act, emergency rules to | ||||||
36 | implement any provision of the Fiscal Year 2005 Budget |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Implementation (Human Services) Act may be adopted in | ||||||
2 | accordance with this Section by the agency charged with | ||||||
3 | administering that provision, except that the 24-month | ||||||
4 | limitation on the adoption of emergency rules and the | ||||||
5 | provisions of Sections 5-115 and 5-125 do not apply to rules | ||||||
6 | adopted under this subsection (j). The Department of Public Aid | ||||||
7 | may also adopt rules under this subsection (j) necessary to | ||||||
8 | administer the Illinois Public Aid Code and the Children's | ||||||
9 | Health Insurance Program Act. The adoption of emergency rules | ||||||
10 | authorized by this subsection (j) shall be deemed to be | ||||||
11 | necessary for the public interest, safety, and welfare.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 92-10, eff. 6-11-01; 92-597, eff. 6-28-02; 93-20, | ||||||
13 | eff. 6-20-03; 93-829, eff. 7-28-04; 93-841, eff. 7-30-04; | ||||||
14 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 15. The Open Meetings Act is amended by changing | ||||||
16 | Section 2 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (5 ILCS 120/2) (from Ch. 102, par. 42)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 2. Open meetings.
| ||||||
19 | (a) Openness required. All meetings of public
bodies shall | ||||||
20 | be open to the public unless excepted in subsection (c)
and | ||||||
21 | closed in accordance with Section 2a.
| ||||||
22 | (b) Construction of exceptions. The exceptions contained | ||||||
23 | in subsection
(c) are in derogation of the requirement that | ||||||
24 | public bodies
meet in the open, and therefore, the exceptions | ||||||
25 | are to be strictly
construed, extending only to subjects | ||||||
26 | clearly within their scope.
The exceptions authorize but do not | ||||||
27 | require the holding of
a closed meeting to discuss a subject | ||||||
28 | included within an enumerated exception.
| ||||||
29 | (c) Exceptions. A public body may hold closed meetings to | ||||||
30 | consider the
following subjects:
| ||||||
31 | (1) The appointment, employment, compensation, | ||||||
32 | discipline, performance,
or dismissal of specific | ||||||
33 | employees of the public body or legal counsel for
the | ||||||
34 | public body, including hearing
testimony on a complaint |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | lodged against an employee of the public body or
against | ||||||
2 | legal counsel for the public body to determine its | ||||||
3 | validity.
| ||||||
4 | (2) Collective negotiating matters between the public | ||||||
5 | body and its
employees or their representatives, or | ||||||
6 | deliberations concerning salary
schedules for one or more | ||||||
7 | classes of employees.
| ||||||
8 | (3) The selection of a person to fill a public office,
| ||||||
9 | as defined in this Act, including a vacancy in a public | ||||||
10 | office, when the public
body is given power to appoint | ||||||
11 | under law or ordinance, or the discipline,
performance or | ||||||
12 | removal of the occupant of a public office, when the public | ||||||
13 | body
is given power to remove the occupant under law or | ||||||
14 | ordinance.
| ||||||
15 | (4) Evidence or testimony presented in open hearing, or | ||||||
16 | in closed
hearing where specifically authorized by law, to
| ||||||
17 | a quasi-adjudicative body, as defined in this Act, provided | ||||||
18 | that the body
prepares and makes available for public | ||||||
19 | inspection a written decision
setting forth its | ||||||
20 | determinative reasoning.
| ||||||
21 | (5) The purchase or lease of real property for the use | ||||||
22 | of
the public body, including meetings held for the purpose | ||||||
23 | of discussing
whether a particular parcel should be | ||||||
24 | acquired.
| ||||||
25 | (6) The setting of a price for sale or lease of | ||||||
26 | property owned
by the public body.
| ||||||
27 | (7) The sale or purchase of securities, investments, or | ||||||
28 | investment
contracts.
| ||||||
29 | (8) Security procedures and the use of personnel and
| ||||||
30 | equipment to respond to an actual, a threatened, or a | ||||||
31 | reasonably
potential danger to the safety of employees, | ||||||
32 | students, staff, the public, or
public
property.
| ||||||
33 | (9) Student disciplinary cases.
| ||||||
34 | (10) The placement of individual students in special | ||||||
35 | education
programs and other matters relating to | ||||||
36 | individual students.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (11) Litigation, when an action against, affecting or | ||||||
2 | on behalf of the
particular public body has been filed and | ||||||
3 | is pending before a court or
administrative tribunal, or | ||||||
4 | when the public body finds that an action is
probable or | ||||||
5 | imminent, in which case the basis for the finding shall be
| ||||||
6 | recorded and entered into the minutes of the closed | ||||||
7 | meeting.
| ||||||
8 | (12) The establishment of reserves or settlement of | ||||||
9 | claims as provided
in the Local Governmental and | ||||||
10 | Governmental Employees Tort Immunity Act, if
otherwise the | ||||||
11 | disposition of a claim or potential claim might be
| ||||||
12 | prejudiced, or the review or discussion of claims, loss or | ||||||
13 | risk management
information, records, data, advice or | ||||||
14 | communications from or with respect
to any insurer of the | ||||||
15 | public body or any intergovernmental risk management
| ||||||
16 | association or self insurance pool of which the public body | ||||||
17 | is a member.
| ||||||
18 | (13) Conciliation of complaints of discrimination in | ||||||
19 | the sale or rental
of housing, when closed meetings are | ||||||
20 | authorized by the law or ordinance
prescribing fair housing | ||||||
21 | practices and creating a commission or
administrative | ||||||
22 | agency for their enforcement.
| ||||||
23 | (14) Informant sources, the hiring or assignment of | ||||||
24 | undercover personnel
or equipment, or ongoing, prior or | ||||||
25 | future criminal investigations, when
discussed by a public | ||||||
26 | body with criminal investigatory responsibilities.
| ||||||
27 | (15) Professional ethics or performance when | ||||||
28 | considered by an advisory
body appointed to advise a | ||||||
29 | licensing or regulatory agency on matters
germane to the | ||||||
30 | advisory body's field of competence.
| ||||||
31 | (16) Self evaluation, practices and procedures or | ||||||
32 | professional ethics,
when meeting with a representative of | ||||||
33 | a statewide association of which the
public body is a | ||||||
34 | member.
| ||||||
35 | (17) The recruitment, credentialing, discipline or | ||||||
36 | formal peer review
of physicians or other
health care |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | professionals for a hospital, or
other institution | ||||||
2 | providing medical care, that is operated by the public | ||||||
3 | body.
| ||||||
4 | (18) Deliberations for decisions of the Prisoner | ||||||
5 | Review Board.
| ||||||
6 | (19) Review or discussion of applications received | ||||||
7 | under the
Experimental Organ Transplantation Procedures | ||||||
8 | Act.
| ||||||
9 | (20) The classification and discussion of matters | ||||||
10 | classified as
confidential or continued confidential by | ||||||
11 | the State Employees Suggestion Award
Board.
| ||||||
12 | (21) Discussion of minutes of meetings lawfully closed | ||||||
13 | under this Act,
whether for purposes of approval by the | ||||||
14 | body of the minutes or semi-annual
review of the minutes as | ||||||
15 | mandated by Section 2.06.
| ||||||
16 | (22) Deliberations for decisions of the State
| ||||||
17 | Emergency Medical Services Disciplinary
Review Board.
| ||||||
18 | (23) The operation by a municipality of a municipal | ||||||
19 | utility or the
operation of a
municipal power agency or | ||||||
20 | municipal natural gas agency when the
discussion involves | ||||||
21 | (i) contracts relating to the
purchase, sale, or delivery | ||||||
22 | of electricity or natural gas or (ii) the results
or | ||||||
23 | conclusions of load forecast studies.
| ||||||
24 | (24) Meetings of a residential health care facility | ||||||
25 | resident sexual
assault and death review
team or
the | ||||||
26 | Residential Health Care Facility Resident Sexual Assault | ||||||
27 | and Death Review
Teams Executive
Council under the | ||||||
28 | Residential Health Care Facility Resident Sexual Assault | ||||||
29 | and
Death Review
Team Act.
| ||||||
30 | (d) Definitions. For purposes of this Section:
| ||||||
31 | "Employee" means a person employed by a public body whose | ||||||
32 | relationship
with the public body constitutes an | ||||||
33 | employer-employee relationship under
the usual common law | ||||||
34 | rules, and who is not an independent contractor.
| ||||||
35 | "Public office" means a position created by or under the
| ||||||
36 | Constitution or laws of this State, the occupant of which is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | charged with
the exercise of some portion of the sovereign | ||||||
2 | power of this State. The term
"public office" shall include | ||||||
3 | members of the public body, but it shall not
include | ||||||
4 | organizational positions filled by members thereof, whether
| ||||||
5 | established by law or by a public body itself, that exist to | ||||||
6 | assist the
body in the conduct of its business.
| ||||||
7 | "Quasi-adjudicative body" means an administrative body | ||||||
8 | charged by law or
ordinance with the responsibility to conduct | ||||||
9 | hearings, receive evidence or
testimony and make | ||||||
10 | determinations based
thereon, but does not include
local | ||||||
11 | electoral boards when such bodies are considering petition | ||||||
12 | challenges.
| ||||||
13 | (e) Final action. No final action may be taken at a closed | ||||||
14 | meeting.
Final action shall be preceded by a public recital of | ||||||
15 | the nature of the
matter being considered and other information | ||||||
16 | that will inform the
public of the business being conducted.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-57, eff. 7-1-03; 93-79, eff. 7-2-03; 93-422, | ||||||
18 | eff. 8-5-03;
93-577, eff. 8-21-03; revised 9-8-03.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 20. The State Records Act is amended by changing | ||||||
20 | Section 7 as follows:
| ||||||
21 | (5 ILCS 160/7) (from Ch. 116, par. 43.10)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 7. Powers and duties of the Secretary . :
| ||||||
23 | (1) The Secretary, whenever it appears to him to be in the | ||||||
24 | public
interest, may accept for deposit in the State Archives | ||||||
25 | the records of any
agency or of the Legislative or Judicial | ||||||
26 | branches of the State government that
are determined by him to | ||||||
27 | have sufficient historical or other value to warrant
the | ||||||
28 | permanent preservation of such records by the State of | ||||||
29 | Illinois . ;
| ||||||
30 | (2) The Secretary may accept for deposit in the State | ||||||
31 | Archives official
papers, photographs, microfilm, electronic | ||||||
32 | and digital records, drawings,
maps, writings, and records of | ||||||
33 | every description of counties,
municipal corporations, | ||||||
34 | political subdivisions and courts of this State, and
records of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the federal government pertaining to Illinois, when such | ||||||
2 | materials
are deemed by the Secretary to have sufficient | ||||||
3 | historical or other value to
warrant their continued | ||||||
4 | preservation by the State of
Illinois.
| ||||||
5 | (3) The Secretary, whenever he deems it in the public | ||||||
6 | interest, may
accept for deposit in the State Archives motion | ||||||
7 | picture films, still pictures,
and sound recordings that are | ||||||
8 | appropriate for preservation by the State
government as | ||||||
9 | evidence of its organization, functions and policies.
| ||||||
10 | (4) The Secretary shall be responsible for the custody, | ||||||
11 | use, servicing
and withdrawal of records transferred for | ||||||
12 | deposit in the State Archives. The
Secretary shall observe any | ||||||
13 | rights, limitations, or restrictions imposed by law
relating to | ||||||
14 | the use of records, including the provisions of the Mental | ||||||
15 | Health
and Developmental Disabilities Confidentiality Act | ||||||
16 | which limit access to
certain records or which permit access to | ||||||
17 | certain records only after the
removal of all personally | ||||||
18 | identifiable data. Access to restricted records
shall be at the | ||||||
19 | direction of the depositing State agency or, in the case of
| ||||||
20 | records deposited by the legislative or judicial
branches of | ||||||
21 | State government at the direction of the branch which deposited
| ||||||
22 | them, but no limitation on access to such records shall extend | ||||||
23 | more than
75 years after the creation of the records, except as | ||||||
24 | provided in the Mental
Health and Developmental Disabilities | ||||||
25 | Confidentiality Act. The Secretary
shall not impose | ||||||
26 | restrictions on the use of records that are defined by
law as | ||||||
27 | public records or as records open to public inspection . ;
| ||||||
28 | (5) The Secretary shall make provision for the | ||||||
29 | preservation,
arrangement, repair, and rehabilitation, | ||||||
30 | duplication and reproduction,
description, and exhibition of | ||||||
31 | records deposited in the State Archives
as may be needed or | ||||||
32 | appropriate . ;
| ||||||
33 | (6) The Secretary shall make or reproduce and furnish upon | ||||||
34 | demand
authenticated or unauthenticated copies of any of the | ||||||
35 | documents, photographic
material or other records deposited in | ||||||
36 | the State Archives, the public
examination of which is not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | prohibited by statutory limitations or restrictions
or | ||||||
2 | protected by copyright. The Secretary shall charge a fee | ||||||
3 | therefor in
accordance with the schedule of fees in Section 5.5 | ||||||
4 | of the Secretary of State
Act
10 of "An Act concerning fees and | ||||||
5 | salaries, and to classify the several
counties of this state | ||||||
6 | with reference thereto," approved March 29, 1872, as
amended , | ||||||
7 | except that there shall be no charge for making or | ||||||
8 | authentication of
such copies or reproductions furnished to any | ||||||
9 | department or agency of the State
for official use. When any | ||||||
10 | such copy or reproduction is authenticated by the
Great Seal of | ||||||
11 | the State of Illinois and is certified by the Secretary, or in
| ||||||
12 | his name by his authorized representative, such copy or | ||||||
13 | reproduction shall be
admitted in evidence as if it were the | ||||||
14 | original.
| ||||||
15 | (7) Any official of the State of Illinois may turn over to | ||||||
16 | the
Secretary of State, with his consent, for permanent | ||||||
17 | preservation in the
State Archives, any official books, | ||||||
18 | records, documents, original papers,
or files, not in current | ||||||
19 | use in his office, taking a receipt therefor.
| ||||||
20 | (8) (Blank).
| ||||||
21 | (9) The Secretary may cooperate with the Illinois State | ||||||
22 | Genealogical
Society, or its successor organization, for the | ||||||
23 | mutual benefit of the Society
and the Illinois State Archives, | ||||||
24 | with the State Archives furnishing necessary
space for the | ||||||
25 | society to carry on its functions and keep its records, to
| ||||||
26 | receive publications of the Illinois State Genealogical | ||||||
27 | Society, to use members
of the Illinois State Genealogical | ||||||
28 | Society as volunteers in various archival
projects and to store | ||||||
29 | the Illinois State Genealogical Society's film
collections.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 92-866, eff. 1-3-03; revised 1-20-03 .)
| ||||||
31 | Section 25. The Illinois Public Labor Relations Act is | ||||||
32 | amended by changing Sections 9 and 15 as follows:
| ||||||
33 | (5 ILCS 315/9) (from Ch. 48, par. 1609)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 9. Elections; recognition.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) Whenever in accordance with such
regulations as may be | ||||||
2 | prescribed by the Board a petition has been filed:
| ||||||
3 | (1) by a public employee or group of public employees | ||||||
4 | or any labor
organization acting in their behalf | ||||||
5 | demonstrating that 30% of the public
employees in an | ||||||
6 | appropriate unit (A) wish to be represented for the
| ||||||
7 | purposes of collective bargaining by a labor organization | ||||||
8 | as exclusive
representative, or (B) asserting that the | ||||||
9 | labor organization which has been
certified or is currently | ||||||
10 | recognized by the public employer as bargaining
| ||||||
11 | representative is no longer the representative of the | ||||||
12 | majority of public
employees in the unit; or
| ||||||
13 | (2) by a public employer alleging that one or more | ||||||
14 | labor organizations
have presented to it a claim that they | ||||||
15 | be recognized as the representative
of a majority of the | ||||||
16 | public employees in an appropriate unit,
| ||||||
17 | the Board
shall investigate such petition, and if it has | ||||||
18 | reasonable cause to believe
that a question of representation | ||||||
19 | exists, shall provide for an appropriate
hearing upon due | ||||||
20 | notice. Such hearing shall be held at the offices of
the Board | ||||||
21 | or such other location as the Board deems appropriate.
If it | ||||||
22 | finds upon the record of the hearing that a question of
| ||||||
23 | representation exists, it shall direct an election in | ||||||
24 | accordance with
subsection (d) of this Section, which election | ||||||
25 | shall be held not later than
120 days after the date the | ||||||
26 | petition was filed regardless of whether that
petition was | ||||||
27 | filed before or after the effective date of this amendatory
Act | ||||||
28 | of 1987; provided, however, the Board may extend the time for | ||||||
29 | holding an
election by an additional 60 days if, upon motion by | ||||||
30 | a person who has filed
a petition under this Section or is the | ||||||
31 | subject of a petition filed under
this Section and is a party | ||||||
32 | to such hearing, or upon the Board's own
motion, the Board | ||||||
33 | finds that good cause has been shown for extending the
election | ||||||
34 | date; provided further, that nothing in this Section shall | ||||||
35 | prohibit
the Board, in its discretion, from extending the time | ||||||
36 | for holding an
election for so long as may be necessary under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the circumstances, where the
purpose for such extension is to | ||||||
2 | permit resolution by the Board of an
unfair labor practice | ||||||
3 | charge filed by one of the parties to a
representational | ||||||
4 | proceeding against the other based upon conduct which may
| ||||||
5 | either affect the existence of a question concerning | ||||||
6 | representation or have
a tendency to interfere with a fair and | ||||||
7 | free election, where the party
filing the charge has not filed | ||||||
8 | a request to proceed with the election; and
provided further | ||||||
9 | that prior to the expiration of the total time allotted
for | ||||||
10 | holding an election, a person who has filed a petition under | ||||||
11 | this
Section or is the subject of a petition filed under this | ||||||
12 | Section and is a
party to such hearing or the Board, may move | ||||||
13 | for and obtain the entry
of an order in the circuit court of | ||||||
14 | the county in which the majority of the
public employees sought | ||||||
15 | to be represented by such person reside, such order
extending | ||||||
16 | the date upon which the election shall be held. Such order | ||||||
17 | shall
be issued by the circuit court only upon a judicial | ||||||
18 | finding that there has
been a sufficient showing that there is | ||||||
19 | good cause to extend the election
date beyond such period and | ||||||
20 | shall require the Board to hold the
election as soon as is | ||||||
21 | feasible given the totality of the circumstances.
Such 120 day | ||||||
22 | period may be extended one or more times by the agreement
of | ||||||
23 | all parties to the hearing to a date certain without the | ||||||
24 | necessity of
obtaining a court order. Nothing in this Section | ||||||
25 | prohibits the waiving
of hearings by stipulation for the | ||||||
26 | purpose of a consent election in conformity
with the rules and | ||||||
27 | regulations of the Board or an election in a unit agreed
upon | ||||||
28 | by the parties. Other interested employee organizations may | ||||||
29 | intervene
in the proceedings in the manner and within the time | ||||||
30 | period specified by
rules and regulations of the Board. | ||||||
31 | Interested parties who are necessary
to the proceedings may | ||||||
32 | also intervene in the proceedings in the manner and
within the | ||||||
33 | time period specified by the rules and regulations of the | ||||||
34 | Board.
| ||||||
35 | (a-5) The Board shall designate an exclusive | ||||||
36 | representative for purposes
of
collective bargaining when the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | representative demonstrates a showing of
majority interest by | ||||||
2 | employees in the unit. If the parties to a dispute are
without
| ||||||
3 | agreement on the means to ascertain the choice, if any, of | ||||||
4 | employee
organization
as their representative, the Board shall | ||||||
5 | ascertain the employees' choice of
employee organization, on | ||||||
6 | the basis of dues deduction authorization and other
evidence, | ||||||
7 | or, if necessary, by conducting an election. If either party | ||||||
8 | provides
to the Board, before the designation of a | ||||||
9 | representative, clear and convincing
evidence that the dues | ||||||
10 | deduction authorizations, and other evidence upon which
the | ||||||
11 | Board would otherwise rely to ascertain the employees' choice | ||||||
12 | of
representative, are fraudulent or were obtained through | ||||||
13 | coercion, the Board
shall promptly thereafter conduct an | ||||||
14 | election. The Board shall also investigate
and consider a | ||||||
15 | party's allegations that the dues deduction authorizations and
| ||||||
16 | other evidence submitted in support of a designation of | ||||||
17 | representative without
an election were subsequently changed, | ||||||
18 | altered, withdrawn, or withheld as a
result of employer fraud, | ||||||
19 | coercion, or any other unfair labor practice by the
employer. | ||||||
20 | If the Board determines that a labor organization would have | ||||||
21 | had a
majority interest but for an employer's fraud, coercion, | ||||||
22 | or unfair labor
practice, it shall designate the labor | ||||||
23 | organization as an exclusive
representative without conducting | ||||||
24 | an
election.
| ||||||
25 | (b) The Board shall decide in each case, in order to assure | ||||||
26 | public employees
the fullest freedom in exercising the rights | ||||||
27 | guaranteed by this Act, a unit
appropriate for the purpose of | ||||||
28 | collective bargaining, based upon but not
limited to such | ||||||
29 | factors as: historical pattern of recognition; community
of | ||||||
30 | interest including employee skills and functions; degree of | ||||||
31 | functional
integration; interchangeability and contact among | ||||||
32 | employees; fragmentation
of employee groups; common | ||||||
33 | supervision, wages, hours and other working
conditions of the | ||||||
34 | employees involved; and the desires of the employees.
For | ||||||
35 | purposes of this subsection, fragmentation shall not be the | ||||||
36 | sole or
predominant factor used by the Board in determining an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appropriate
bargaining unit. Except with respect to non-State | ||||||
2 | fire fighters and
paramedics employed by fire departments and | ||||||
3 | fire protection districts,
non-State peace officers and peace | ||||||
4 | officers in the State
Department of State Police, a single | ||||||
5 | bargaining unit determined by the
Board may not include both | ||||||
6 | supervisors and nonsupervisors, except for
bargaining units in | ||||||
7 | existence on the effective date of this Act. With
respect to | ||||||
8 | non-State fire fighters and paramedics employed by fire
| ||||||
9 | departments and fire protection districts, non-State peace | ||||||
10 | officers and
peace officers in the State Department of State | ||||||
11 | Police, a single bargaining
unit determined by the Board may | ||||||
12 | not include both supervisors and
nonsupervisors, except for | ||||||
13 | bargaining units in existence on the effective
date of this | ||||||
14 | amendatory Act of 1985.
| ||||||
15 | In cases involving an historical pattern of recognition, | ||||||
16 | and in cases where
the employer has recognized the union as the | ||||||
17 | sole and exclusive bargaining
agent for a specified existing | ||||||
18 | unit, the Board shall find the employees
in the unit then | ||||||
19 | represented by the union pursuant to the recognition to
be the | ||||||
20 | appropriate unit.
| ||||||
21 | Notwithstanding the above factors, where the majority of | ||||||
22 | public employees
of a craft so decide, the Board shall | ||||||
23 | designate such craft as a unit
appropriate for the purposes of | ||||||
24 | collective bargaining.
| ||||||
25 | The Board shall not decide that any unit is appropriate if | ||||||
26 | such unit
includes both professional and nonprofessional | ||||||
27 | employees, unless a majority
of each group votes for inclusion | ||||||
28 | in such unit.
| ||||||
29 | (c) Nothing in this Act shall interfere with or negate the | ||||||
30 | current
representation rights or patterns and practices of | ||||||
31 | labor organizations
which have historically represented public | ||||||
32 | employees for the purpose of
collective bargaining, including | ||||||
33 | but not limited to the negotiations of
wages, hours and working | ||||||
34 | conditions, discussions of employees' grievances,
resolution | ||||||
35 | of jurisdictional disputes, or the establishment and | ||||||
36 | maintenance
of prevailing wage rates, unless a majority of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employees so represented
express a contrary desire pursuant to | ||||||
2 | the procedures set forth in this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (d) In instances where the employer does not voluntarily | ||||||
4 | recognize a labor
organization as the exclusive bargaining | ||||||
5 | representative for a unit of
employees, the Board shall | ||||||
6 | determine the majority representative of the
public employees | ||||||
7 | in an appropriate collective bargaining unit by conducting
a | ||||||
8 | secret ballot election, except as otherwise provided in | ||||||
9 | subsection (a-5).
Within 7 days after the Board issues its
| ||||||
10 | bargaining unit determination and direction of election or the | ||||||
11 | execution of
a stipulation for the purpose of a consent | ||||||
12 | election, the public employer
shall submit to the labor | ||||||
13 | organization the complete names and addresses of
those | ||||||
14 | employees who are determined by the Board to be eligible to
| ||||||
15 | participate in the election. When the Board has determined that | ||||||
16 | a labor
organization has been fairly and freely chosen by a | ||||||
17 | majority of employees
in an appropriate unit, it shall certify | ||||||
18 | such organization as the exclusive
representative. If the Board | ||||||
19 | determines that a majority of employees in an
appropriate unit | ||||||
20 | has fairly and freely chosen not to be represented by a
labor | ||||||
21 | organization, it shall so certify. The Board may also revoke | ||||||
22 | the
certification of the public employee organizations as | ||||||
23 | exclusive bargaining
representatives which have been found by a | ||||||
24 | secret ballot election to be no
longer the majority | ||||||
25 | representative.
| ||||||
26 | (e) The Board shall not conduct an election in any | ||||||
27 | bargaining unit or
any subdivision thereof within which a valid | ||||||
28 | election has been held in the
preceding 12-month period. The | ||||||
29 | Board shall determine who is eligible to
vote in an election | ||||||
30 | and shall establish rules governing the conduct of the
election | ||||||
31 | or conduct affecting the results of the election. The Board | ||||||
32 | shall
include on a ballot in a representation election a choice | ||||||
33 | of "no
representation". A labor organization currently | ||||||
34 | representing the bargaining
unit of employees shall be placed | ||||||
35 | on the ballot in any representation
election. In any election | ||||||
36 | where none of the choices on the ballot receives
a majority, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | runoff election shall be conducted between the 2 choices
| ||||||
2 | receiving the largest number of valid votes cast in the | ||||||
3 | election. A labor
organization which receives a majority of the | ||||||
4 | votes cast in an election
shall be certified by the Board as | ||||||
5 | exclusive representative of all public
employees in the unit.
| ||||||
6 | (f) A labor
organization shall be designated as the | ||||||
7 | exclusive representative by a
public employer, provided that | ||||||
8 | the labor
organization represents a majority of the public | ||||||
9 | employees in an
appropriate unit. Any employee organization | ||||||
10 | which is designated or selected
by the majority of public | ||||||
11 | employees, in a unit of the public employer
having no other | ||||||
12 | recognized or certified representative, as their
| ||||||
13 | representative for purposes of collective bargaining may | ||||||
14 | request
recognition by the public employer in writing. The | ||||||
15 | public employer shall
post such request for a period of at | ||||||
16 | least 20 days following its receipt
thereof on bulletin boards | ||||||
17 | or other places used or reserved for employee
notices.
| ||||||
18 | (g) Within the 20-day period any other interested employee | ||||||
19 | organization
may petition the Board in the manner specified by | ||||||
20 | rules and regulations
of the Board, provided that such | ||||||
21 | interested employee organization has been
designated by at | ||||||
22 | least 10% of the employees in an appropriate bargaining
unit | ||||||
23 | which includes all or some of the employees in the unit | ||||||
24 | recognized
by the employer. In such event, the Board shall | ||||||
25 | proceed with the petition
in the same manner as provided by | ||||||
26 | paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this
Section.
| ||||||
27 | (h) No election shall be directed by the Board in any | ||||||
28 | bargaining unit
where there is in force a valid collective | ||||||
29 | bargaining agreement. The Board,
however, may process an | ||||||
30 | election petition filed between 90 and 60 days prior
to the | ||||||
31 | expiration of the date of an agreement, and may further refine, | ||||||
32 | by
rule or decision, the implementation of this provision.
| ||||||
33 | Where more than 4 years have elapsed since the effective date | ||||||
34 | of the agreement,
the agreement shall continue to bar an | ||||||
35 | election, except that the Board may
process an election | ||||||
36 | petition filed between 90 and 60 days prior to the end of
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fifth year of such an agreement, and between 90 and 60 days | ||||||
2 | prior to the
end of each successive year of such agreement.
| ||||||
3 | (i) An order of the Board dismissing a representation | ||||||
4 | petition,
determining and certifying that a labor organization | ||||||
5 | has been fairly and
freely chosen by a majority of employees in | ||||||
6 | an appropriate bargaining unit,
determining and certifying | ||||||
7 | that a labor organization has not been fairly
and freely chosen | ||||||
8 | by a majority of employees in the bargaining unit or
certifying | ||||||
9 | a labor organization as the exclusive representative of
| ||||||
10 | employees in an appropriate bargaining unit because of a | ||||||
11 | determination by
the Board that the labor organization is the | ||||||
12 | historical bargaining
representative of employees in the | ||||||
13 | bargaining unit, is a final order. Any
person aggrieved by any | ||||||
14 | such order issued on or after the effective date of
this | ||||||
15 | amendatory Act of 1987 may apply for and obtain judicial review | ||||||
16 | in
accordance with provisions of the Administrative Review Law, | ||||||
17 | as now or
hereafter amended, except that such review shall be | ||||||
18 | afforded directly in
the Appellate Court for the district in | ||||||
19 | which the aggrieved party resides
or transacts business.
Any | ||||||
20 | direct appeal to the Appellate Court shall be filed within 35 | ||||||
21 | days from
the date that a copy of the decision sought to be | ||||||
22 | reviewed was served upon the
party affected by the decision.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 93-427, eff. 8-5-03; 93-444, eff. 8-5-03; revised | ||||||
24 | 9-10-03.)
| ||||||
25 | (5 ILCS 315/15) (from Ch. 48, par. 1615)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 15. Act Takes Precedence. | ||||||
27 | (a) In case of any conflict between the
provisions of this | ||||||
28 | Act and any other law (other than Section 5 of the State | ||||||
29 | Employees Group Insurance Act of 1971), executive order or | ||||||
30 | administrative
regulation relating to wages, hours and | ||||||
31 | conditions of employment and employment
relations, the | ||||||
32 | provisions of this Act or any collective bargaining agreement
| ||||||
33 | negotiated thereunder shall prevail and control.
Nothing in | ||||||
34 | this Act shall be construed to replace or diminish the
rights | ||||||
35 | of employees established by Sections 28 and 28a of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Metropolitan
Transit Authority Act, Sections 2.15 through 2.19 | ||||||
2 | of the Regional Transportation
Authority Act. The provisions of | ||||||
3 | this Act are subject to Section 5 of the State Employees Group | ||||||
4 | Insurance Act of 1971. Nothing in this Act shall be construed | ||||||
5 | to replace the necessity of complaints against a sworn peace | ||||||
6 | officer, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Uniform Peace | ||||||
7 | Officer Disciplinary Act, from having a complaint supported by | ||||||
8 | a sworn affidavit.
| ||||||
9 | (b) Except as provided in subsection (a) above, any | ||||||
10 | collective bargaining
contract between a public employer and a | ||||||
11 | labor organization executed pursuant
to this Act shall | ||||||
12 | supersede any contrary statutes, charters, ordinances, rules
| ||||||
13 | or regulations relating to wages, hours and conditions of | ||||||
14 | employment and
employment relations adopted by the public | ||||||
15 | employer or its agents. Any collective
bargaining agreement | ||||||
16 | entered into prior to the effective date of this Act
shall | ||||||
17 | remain in full force during its duration.
| ||||||
18 | (c) It is the public policy of this State, pursuant to | ||||||
19 | paragraphs (h)
and (i) of Section 6 of Article VII of the | ||||||
20 | Illinois Constitution, that the
provisions of this Act are the | ||||||
21 | exclusive exercise by the State of powers
and functions which | ||||||
22 | might otherwise be exercised by home rule units. Such
powers | ||||||
23 | and functions may not be exercised concurrently, either | ||||||
24 | directly
or indirectly, by any unit of local government, | ||||||
25 | including any home rule
unit, except as otherwise authorized by | ||||||
26 | this Act.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 93-1006, eff. 8-24-04; | ||||||
28 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
29 | Section 30. The Military Leave of Absence Act is amended by | ||||||
30 | changing Sections 1 and 1.1 as follows:
| ||||||
31 | (5 ILCS 325/1) (from Ch. 129, par. 501)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 1. Leave of absence.
| ||||||
33 | (a) Any full-time employee of the State of Illinois, a unit | ||||||
34 | of local
government, or a school district, other than an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | independent
contractor, who is a member of any reserve
| ||||||
2 | component of the United States Armed Forces or of any reserve | ||||||
3 | component
of the Illinois State Militia, shall be granted leave | ||||||
4 | from his or her
public employment
for any period actively spent | ||||||
5 | in military
service, including:
| ||||||
6 | (1) basic training;
| ||||||
7 | (2) special or advanced training, whether or not within the | ||||||
8 | State, and
whether or not voluntary; and
| ||||||
9 | (3) annual training.
| ||||||
10 | During these leaves, the employee's seniority
and other | ||||||
11 | benefits shall continue
to accrue.
| ||||||
12 | During leaves for annual training, the employee shall | ||||||
13 | continue to receive
his or her regular compensation as a public | ||||||
14 | employee.
During leaves for basic training and up to 60 days of | ||||||
15 | special or advanced
training, if the employee's compensation | ||||||
16 | for military activities
is less
than his or her compensation as | ||||||
17 | a public employee, he or
she shall receive his or her regular
| ||||||
18 | compensation as a public employee minus the amount of his or
| ||||||
19 | her base pay for military
activities.
| ||||||
20 | (b) Any full-time employee of the State of Illinois, other | ||||||
21 | than an
independent contractor, who is a member of the Illinois | ||||||
22 | National Guard or a
reserve component of the United States | ||||||
23 | Armed Forces or the Illinois State
Militia and who is mobilized | ||||||
24 | to active duty shall continue during the period of
active duty | ||||||
25 | to receive his or her benefits and regular compensation as a | ||||||
26 | State
employee, minus an amount equal to his or her military | ||||||
27 | active duty base pay.
The
Department of Central Management | ||||||
28 | Services and the State
Comptroller shall coordinate in the | ||||||
29 | development of procedures for the
implementation of this | ||||||
30 | Section.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 93-409, eff. 8-4-03; 93-537, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
32 | 9-11-03.)
| ||||||
33 | (5 ILCS 325/1.1)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 1.1. Home rule. A home rule unit may not regulate its | ||||||
35 | employees in a
manner that is inconsistent with this Act. This |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section is a limitation under
subsection (i) of Section 6 , of | ||||||
2 | Article VII of the Illinois Constitution on
the concurrent | ||||||
3 | exercise by home rule units of powers and functions exercised | ||||||
4 | by
the State.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-409, eff. 8-4-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
6 | Section 35. The State Officials and Employees Ethics Act is | ||||||
7 | amended by adding Section 99-10 as follows:
| ||||||
8 | (5 ILCS 430/99-10) (was Sec. 995 of PA 93-617)
| ||||||
9 | (This Section was enacted as Section 995 of P.A. 93-617; it | ||||||
10 | is being added to the State Officials and Employees Ethics Act, | ||||||
11 | amended, and renumbered for codification purposes.) | ||||||
12 | Sec. 99-10.
995.
Closed sessions; vote requirement.
Public | ||||||
13 | Act 93-617
This Act authorizes the ethics commissions of the | ||||||
14 | executive branch and legislative
branch
to conduct closed | ||||||
15 | sessions, hearings, and meetings in certain circumstances. In
| ||||||
16 | order to meet the requirements of subsection (c) of Section 5 | ||||||
17 | of Article IV of
the Illinois Constitution, the General | ||||||
18 | Assembly determines that closed
sessions,
hearings, and | ||||||
19 | meetings of the ethics commissions, including the ethics
| ||||||
20 | commission for the legislative branch, are required by the | ||||||
21 | public interest.
Thus, Public Act 93-617 was
this Act is
| ||||||
22 | enacted by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members
| ||||||
23 | elected to each house of the General Assembly.
| ||||||
24 | (P.A. 93-617, eff. 12-9-03; revised 1-10-04.)
| ||||||
25 | Section 40. The Election Code is amended by changing | ||||||
26 | Sections 7-7, 9-10, and 24B-9.1 as follows:
| ||||||
27 | (10 ILCS 5/7-7) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-7)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 7-7. For the purpose of making nominations in certain | ||||||
29 | instances as
provided in this Article and this Act, the | ||||||
30 | following committees are authorized
and shall constitute the | ||||||
31 | central or managing committees of each political
party, viz: A | ||||||
32 | State central committee, a congressional committee for each
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | congressional district, a county central committee for each | ||||||
2 | county, a
municipal central committee for each city, | ||||||
3 | incorporated town or village, a
ward committeeman for each ward | ||||||
4 | in cities containing a population of
500,000 or more; a | ||||||
5 | township committeeman for each township or part of a
township | ||||||
6 | that lies outside of cities having a population of 200,000 or
| ||||||
7 | more, in counties having a population of 2,000,000 or more; a | ||||||
8 | precinct
committeeman for each precinct in counties having a | ||||||
9 | population of less than
2,000,000; a county board district | ||||||
10 | committee for each county board district
created under Division | ||||||
11 | 2-3 of the Counties Code; a State's Attorney committee
for each | ||||||
12 | group of 2 or more counties which jointly elect a State's | ||||||
13 | Attorney; a
Superintendent of Multi-County Educational Service | ||||||
14 | Region committee for each
group of 2 or more counties which | ||||||
15 | jointly elect a Superintendent of a
Multi-County Educational | ||||||
16 | Service Region; a judicial subcircuit
committee in
a judicial | ||||||
17 | circuit divided into subcircuits for each judicial subcircuit | ||||||
18 | in
that circuit; and
a board of review election district | ||||||
19 | committee
for each Cook County Board of Review election | ||||||
20 | district.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 93-541, eff. 8-18-03; 93-574, eff. 8-21-03; | ||||||
22 | revised
9-22-03.)
| ||||||
23 | (10 ILCS 5/9-10) (from Ch. 46, par. 9-10)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 9-10. Financial reports.
| ||||||
25 | (a) The treasurer of every state political committee and | ||||||
26 | the
treasurer of every local political committee shall file | ||||||
27 | with the
Board, and the treasurer of every local political | ||||||
28 | committee shall file
with the county clerk, reports of campaign | ||||||
29 | contributions, and semi-annual
reports of campaign | ||||||
30 | contributions and expenditures on forms to be
prescribed or | ||||||
31 | approved by the Board. The treasurer of every political
| ||||||
32 | committee that acts as both a state political committee and a | ||||||
33 | local
political committee shall file a copy of each report with | ||||||
34 | the State Board
of Elections and the county clerk.
Entities | ||||||
35 | subject to Section 9-7.5 shall file reports required by
that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section at times
provided in this Section and are subject to | ||||||
2 | the penalties provided in this
Section.
| ||||||
3 | (b) Reports of campaign contributions shall be filed no | ||||||
4 | later than the
15th day next preceding each election including | ||||||
5 | a primary election in
connection with which the political | ||||||
6 | committee has accepted or is
accepting contributions or has | ||||||
7 | made or is making expenditures. Such
reports shall be complete | ||||||
8 | as of the 30th day next preceding each election
including a | ||||||
9 | primary election. The Board shall assess a civil penalty not to
| ||||||
10 | exceed $5,000 for a violation of this subsection, except that | ||||||
11 | for State
officers and candidates
and political
committees | ||||||
12 | formed for statewide office, the civil
penalty may not exceed | ||||||
13 | $10,000.
The fine, however, shall not exceed $500 for a
first | ||||||
14 | filing violation for filing less than 10 days after the | ||||||
15 | deadline.
There shall be no fine if the report is mailed and | ||||||
16 | postmarked at least 72 hours
prior to the filing deadline.
For | ||||||
17 | the purpose of this subsection, "statewide
office" and "State | ||||||
18 | officer" means the Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney
| ||||||
19 | General,
Secretary of State,
Comptroller, and Treasurer. | ||||||
20 | However, a
continuing political committee that neither accepts | ||||||
21 | contributions nor makes
expenditures on behalf of or in | ||||||
22 | opposition to any candidate or public
question on the ballot at | ||||||
23 | an election shall not be required to file the
reports | ||||||
24 | heretofore prescribed but may file in lieu thereof a Statement | ||||||
25 | of
Nonparticipation in the Election with the Board or the Board | ||||||
26 | and the county
clerk.
| ||||||
27 | (b-5) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b) and
| ||||||
28 | Section 1.25 of the Statute on Statutes, any contribution
of | ||||||
29 | more than $500 received in the interim between the last date
of | ||||||
30 | the period
covered by the last report filed under subsection | ||||||
31 | (b) prior to the election and
the date of the election shall be | ||||||
32 | filed with and must actually be received by
the State Board of | ||||||
33 | Elections within 2 business days after
receipt of such | ||||||
34 | contribution.
The State Board shall allow filings of reports of | ||||||
35 | contributions of more than
$500 under this subsection (b-5) by | ||||||
36 | political committees that are not
required to file |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | electronically to be made by
facsimile transmission.
For the | ||||||
2 | purpose of this subsection, a contribution is considered
| ||||||
3 | received on the date the public official, candidate, or | ||||||
4 | political committee (or
equivalent person
in the case of a
| ||||||
5 | reporting entity other than a political committee) actually | ||||||
6 | receives it or, in
the case of goods or services, 2 business | ||||||
7 | days after the date the public
official,
candidate, committee,
| ||||||
8 | or other reporting entity receives the certification required | ||||||
9 | under subsection
(b) of Section 9-6.
Failure to report
each | ||||||
10 | contribution is a separate violation of this subsection. In the | ||||||
11 | final
disposition of any matter by the Board on or after the | ||||||
12 | effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
13 | Assembly, the Board
may
impose fines for violations of this | ||||||
14 | subsection not to exceed 100% of the
total
amount of the | ||||||
15 | contributions that were untimely reported, but in no case when | ||||||
16 | a
fine is imposed shall it be less
than 10% of the total amount | ||||||
17 | of the contributions that were untimely
reported.
When | ||||||
18 | considering the amount of the fine to be imposed, the Board | ||||||
19 | shall
consider, but is not limited to, the following factors:
| ||||||
20 | (1) whether in the Board's opinion the violation was | ||||||
21 | committed
inadvertently,
negligently, knowingly, or | ||||||
22 | intentionally;
| ||||||
23 | (2) the number of days the contribution was reported | ||||||
24 | late; and
| ||||||
25 | (3) past violations of Sections 9-3 and 9-10 of this | ||||||
26 | Article by the
committee.
| ||||||
27 | (c) In addition to such reports the treasurer of every | ||||||
28 | political
committee shall file semi-annual reports of campaign | ||||||
29 | contributions and
expenditures no later than July 31st, | ||||||
30 | covering the period from January 1st
through June 30th | ||||||
31 | immediately preceding, and no later than January 31st,
covering | ||||||
32 | the period from July 1st through December 31st of the preceding
| ||||||
33 | calendar year. Reports of contributions and expenditures must | ||||||
34 | be filed to
cover the prescribed time periods even though no | ||||||
35 | contributions or
expenditures may have been received or made | ||||||
36 | during the period.
The Board shall assess a civil penalty not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to exceed $5,000 for a violation
of this subsection, except | ||||||
2 | that for State officers and candidates
and political
committees | ||||||
3 | formed for statewide office, the civil
penalty may not exceed | ||||||
4 | $10,000.
The fine, however, shall not exceed $500 for a
first | ||||||
5 | filing violation for filing less than 10 days after the | ||||||
6 | deadline.
There shall be no fine if the report is mailed and | ||||||
7 | postmarked at least 72 hours
prior to the filing deadline.
For | ||||||
8 | the purpose of this subsection, "statewide
office" and "State | ||||||
9 | officer"
means the Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney | ||||||
10 | General, Secretary
of State,
Comptroller, and Treasurer.
| ||||||
11 | (c-5) A political committee that acts as either (i) a State | ||||||
12 | and local
political committee or (ii) a local political | ||||||
13 | committee and that files reports
electronically under Section | ||||||
14 | 9-28 is not required to file copies of the reports
with the | ||||||
15 | appropriate county clerk if the county clerk has a system that
| ||||||
16 | permits access to, and duplication of, reports that are filed | ||||||
17 | with the State
Board of Elections. A State and local political | ||||||
18 | committee or
a local political committee shall file with the | ||||||
19 | county clerk a copy of its
statement of organization pursuant | ||||||
20 | to Section 9-3.
| ||||||
21 | (d) A copy of each report or statement filed under this | ||||||
22 | Article
shall be
preserved by the person filing it for a period | ||||||
23 | of two years from the
date of filing.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 93-574, eff. 8-21-03; 93-615, eff. 11-19-03; | ||||||
25 | revised 12-17-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (10 ILCS 5/24B-9.1)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 24B-9.1. Examination of Votes by Electronic Precinct
| ||||||
28 | Tabulation Optical Scan Technology Scanning Process or other | ||||||
29 | authorized
electronic process; definition of a vote.
| ||||||
30 | (a) Examination of Votes by Electronic Precinct Tabulation | ||||||
31 | Optical Scan
Technology Scanning Process. Whenever a
Precinct | ||||||
32 | Tabulation Optical Scan Technology process is used
to | ||||||
33 | automatically examine and count the votes on ballot sheets,
the | ||||||
34 | provisions of this Section shall apply. A voter shall cast a
| ||||||
35 | proper vote on a ballot sheet by making a mark, or causing a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mark to be
made, in the designated
area for the casting of a | ||||||
2 | vote for any party or candidate or for
or against any | ||||||
3 | proposition. For this purpose, a mark is an
intentional | ||||||
4 | darkening of the designated area on the ballot,
and not an | ||||||
5 | identifying mark.
| ||||||
6 | (b) For any ballot sheet that does not register a vote for | ||||||
7 | one or more
ballot positions on the ballot sheet on a | ||||||
8 | Electronic Precinct Tabulation
Optical Scan Technology | ||||||
9 | Scanning Process, the following shall constitute a vote
on the | ||||||
10 | ballot sheet:
| ||||||
11 | (1) the designated area for casting a vote for a | ||||||
12 | particular ballot
position on the ballot sheet is fully | ||||||
13 | darkened or shaded in;
| ||||||
14 | (2) the designated area for casting a vote for a | ||||||
15 | particular ballot
position on the ballot sheet is partially | ||||||
16 | darkened or shaded in;
| ||||||
17 | (3) the designated area for casting a vote for a | ||||||
18 | particular ballot
position on the ballot sheet contains a | ||||||
19 | dot or ".", a check, or a
plus or "+"; or
| ||||||
20 | (4) the designated area for casting a vote for a | ||||||
21 | particular ballot
position on the ballot sheet contains | ||||||
22 | some other type of mark that
indicates the clearly | ||||||
23 | ascertainable intent of the voter to vote based
on the | ||||||
24 | totality of the circumstances, including but not limited to
| ||||||
25 | any pattern or frequency of marks on other ballot
positions | ||||||
26 | from the same ballot sheet ; or .
| ||||||
27 | (5) the designated area for casting a vote for a | ||||||
28 | particular ballot
position on the ballot sheet is not | ||||||
29 | marked, but the ballot sheet contains other
markings | ||||||
30 | associated with a particular ballot position, such as | ||||||
31 | circling a
candidate's name, that indicates the clearly | ||||||
32 | ascertainable intent of the voter
to vote, based on the | ||||||
33 | totality of the circumstances, including but not limited
| ||||||
34 | to, any pattern or frequency of markings on other ballot | ||||||
35 | positions from the
same ballot sheet.
| ||||||
36 | (c) For other electronic voting systems that use a computer |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as the marking
device to mark a ballot sheet, the bar code | ||||||
2 | found on the ballot sheet shall
constitute the votes found on | ||||||
3 | the ballot. If, however, the county clerk or
board of election | ||||||
4 | commissioners determines that the votes
represented by the | ||||||
5 | tally on the bar code for one or more ballot positions is
| ||||||
6 | inconsistent with the votes represented by numerical ballot | ||||||
7 | positions
identified on the ballot sheet produced using a | ||||||
8 | computer as the marking device,
then the numerical ballot | ||||||
9 | positions identified on the ballot sheet shall
constitute the | ||||||
10 | votes for purposes of any official canvass or recount
| ||||||
11 | proceeding. An electronic voting system that uses a computer as | ||||||
12 | the marking
device to mark a ballot sheet shall be capable of | ||||||
13 | producing a ballot sheet that
contains all numerical ballot | ||||||
14 | positions selected by the voter,
and provides a place for the | ||||||
15 | voter to cast a write-in vote for a candidate
for a particular | ||||||
16 | numerical ballot position.
| ||||||
17 | (d) The election authority shall provide an envelope, | ||||||
18 | sleeve or
other device to each voter so the voter can
deliver | ||||||
19 | the voted ballot sheet to the counting equipment and
ballot box | ||||||
20 | without the votes indicated on the ballot sheet being
visible | ||||||
21 | to other persons in the polling place.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-574, eff. 8-21-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
23 | Section 45. The Secretary of State Act is amended by | ||||||
24 | changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
25 | (15 ILCS 305/10) (from Ch. 124, par. 10)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 10. Whenever any bill which has passed both houses of | ||||||
27 | the General
Assembly, and is not approved, or vetoed and | ||||||
28 | returned by the Governor, or filed
with his objection in the | ||||||
29 | office of the Secretary of State, as required by
Section 9, of | ||||||
30 | Article IV, of the Constitution, it shall be the duty of the
| ||||||
31 | Secretary of State to authenticate the same by a certificate | ||||||
32 | thereon, to the
following effect, as the case may be:
| ||||||
33 | "This bill having remained with the Governor 60 | ||||||
34 | calendar days after it was
presented to him, the General |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Assembly being in session, ( or the Governor
having failed | ||||||
2 | to return this bill to the General Assembly during its | ||||||
3 | session,
and having failed to file it in my office, with | ||||||
4 | his objections, within such
60 calendar days, it has | ||||||
5 | thereby become a law.
| ||||||
6 | Dated ..............
19
| ||||||
7 | Signature ..............., Secretary of State" .
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 84-550; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
9 | Section 50. The Secretary of State Merit Employment Code is | ||||||
10 | amended by changing Section 10b.1 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (15 ILCS 310/10b.1) (from Ch. 124, par. 110b.1)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 10b.1. (a) Competitive examinations.
| ||||||
13 | (a) For open competitive
examinations to test the relative | ||||||
14 | fitness of applicants for the
respective positions. Tests shall | ||||||
15 | be designed to eliminate those who
are not qualified for | ||||||
16 | entrance into the Office of the Secretary of State
and to | ||||||
17 | discover the relative fitness of those who are qualified. The
| ||||||
18 | Director may use any one of or any combination of the following
| ||||||
19 | examination methods which in his judgment best serves this end:
| ||||||
20 | investigation of education and experience; test of cultural | ||||||
21 | knowledge;
test of capacity; test of knowledge; test of manual | ||||||
22 | skill; test of
linguistic ability; test of character; test of | ||||||
23 | physical skill; test of
psychological fitness. No person with a | ||||||
24 | record of misdemeanor
convictions except those under Sections | ||||||
25 | 11-6, 11-7, 11-9, 11-14,
11-15, 11-17, 11-18, 11-19, 12-2, | ||||||
26 | 12-6, 12-15, 14-4, 16-1, 21.1-3, 24-3.1,
24-5, 25-1, 28-3, | ||||||
27 | 31-1, 31-4, 31-6, 31-7, 32-1, 32-2, 32-3, 32-4, 32-8
and | ||||||
28 | sub-sections 1, 6 and 8 of Section 24-1 of the Criminal Code of
| ||||||
29 | 1961, or arrested for any cause but not convicted thereon shall | ||||||
30 | be
disqualified from taking such examinations or subsequent | ||||||
31 | appointment
unless the person is attempting to qualify for a | ||||||
32 | position which would
give him the powers of a peace officer, in | ||||||
33 | which case the person's
conviction or arrest record may be | ||||||
34 | considered as a factor in determining
the person's fitness for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the position. All examinations shall be
announced publicly at | ||||||
2 | least 2 weeks in advance of the date of
examinations and may be | ||||||
3 | advertised through the press, radio or other
media.
| ||||||
4 | The Director may, at his discretion, accept the results of
| ||||||
5 | competitive examinations conducted by any merit system | ||||||
6 | established by
Federal law or by the law of any State, and may | ||||||
7 | compile eligible lists
therefrom or may add the names of | ||||||
8 | successful candidates in examinations
conducted by those merit | ||||||
9 | systems to existing eligible lists in
accordance with their | ||||||
10 | respective ratings. No person who is a
non-resident of the | ||||||
11 | State of Illinois may be appointed from those
eligible lists, | ||||||
12 | however, unless the requirement that applicants be
residents of | ||||||
13 | the State of Illinois is waived by the Director of
Personnel | ||||||
14 | and unless there are less than 3 Illinois residents available
| ||||||
15 | for appointment from the appropriate eligible list. The results | ||||||
16 | of the
examinations conducted by other merit systems may not be | ||||||
17 | used unless
they are comparable in difficulty and | ||||||
18 | comprehensiveness to examinations
conducted by the Department | ||||||
19 | of Personnel for similar positions. Special
linguistic options | ||||||
20 | may also be established where deemed appropriate.
| ||||||
21 | (b) The Director of Personnel may require that each person | ||||||
22 | seeking
employment with the Secretary of State, as part of the | ||||||
23 | application
process, authorize an investigation to determine | ||||||
24 | if the applicant has
ever been convicted of a crime and if so, | ||||||
25 | the disposition of those
convictions; this authorization shall | ||||||
26 | indicate the scope of the inquiry
and the agencies which may be | ||||||
27 | contacted. Upon this authorization, the
Director of Personnel | ||||||
28 | may request and receive information and assistance
from any | ||||||
29 | federal, state or local governmental agency as part of the
| ||||||
30 | authorized investigation. The investigation shall be | ||||||
31 | undertaken after the
fingerprinting of an applicant in the form | ||||||
32 | and manner prescribed by the
Department of State Police. The | ||||||
33 | investigation shall consist of a criminal
history records check | ||||||
34 | performed by the Department of State Police and the
Federal | ||||||
35 | Bureau of Investigation, or some other entity that has the | ||||||
36 | ability to
check the applicant's fingerprints against the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fingerprint records now and
hereafter filed in the Department | ||||||
2 | of State Police and Federal Bureau of
Investigation criminal | ||||||
3 | history records databases. If the Department of State
Police | ||||||
4 | and the Federal Bureau of Investigation
conduct an | ||||||
5 | investigation directly for the Secretary of State's Office, | ||||||
6 | then
the Department of State Police shall charge a fee for | ||||||
7 | conducting the criminal
history records check, which shall be | ||||||
8 | deposited in the State Police Services
Fund and shall not | ||||||
9 | exceed the actual cost of the records check. The
Department of | ||||||
10 | State Police shall
provide information concerning any criminal | ||||||
11 | convictions, and their
disposition, brought against the | ||||||
12 | applicant or prospective employee of
the Secretary of State | ||||||
13 | upon request of the Department of Personnel when
the request is | ||||||
14 | made in the form and manner required by the Department of
State | ||||||
15 | Police. The information derived from this investigation,
| ||||||
16 | including the source of this information, and any conclusions | ||||||
17 | or
recommendations derived from this information by the | ||||||
18 | Director of
Personnel shall be provided to the applicant or | ||||||
19 | prospective employee, or
his designee, upon request to the | ||||||
20 | Director of Personnel prior to any
final action by the Director | ||||||
21 | of Personnel on the application. No
information obtained from | ||||||
22 | such investigation may be placed in any
automated information | ||||||
23 | system. Any criminal convictions and their
disposition | ||||||
24 | information obtained by the Director of Personnel shall be
| ||||||
25 | confidential and may not be transmitted outside the Office of | ||||||
26 | the
Secretary of State, except as required herein, and may not | ||||||
27 | be
transmitted to anyone within the Office of the Secretary of | ||||||
28 | State except
as needed for the purpose of evaluating the | ||||||
29 | application. The only
physical identity materials which the | ||||||
30 | applicant or prospective employee
can be required to provide | ||||||
31 | the Director of Personnel are photographs or
fingerprints; | ||||||
32 | these shall be returned to the applicant or prospective
| ||||||
33 | employee upon request to the Director of Personnel, after the
| ||||||
34 | investigation has been completed and no copy of these materials | ||||||
35 | may be
kept by the Director of Personnel or any agency to which | ||||||
36 | such identity
materials were transmitted. Only information and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | standards which bear a
reasonable and rational relation to the | ||||||
2 | performance of an employee shall
be used by the Director of | ||||||
3 | Personnel. The Secretary of State shall
adopt rules and | ||||||
4 | regulations for the administration of this Section. Any
| ||||||
5 | employee of the Secretary of State who gives or causes to be | ||||||
6 | given away
any confidential information concerning any | ||||||
7 | criminal convictions and
their disposition of an applicant or | ||||||
8 | prospective employee shall be
guilty of a Class A misdemeanor | ||||||
9 | unless release of such information is
authorized by this | ||||||
10 | Section.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-418, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 55. The Illinois Identification Card Act is amended | ||||||
13 | by changing Section 14 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (15 ILCS 335/14)
(from Ch. 124, par. 34)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 14. Unlawful use of identification card.
| ||||||
16 | (a) It is a violation of this Section for any person:
| ||||||
17 | 1. To possess, display, or cause to be displayed
any | ||||||
18 | cancelled or revoked identification card;
| ||||||
19 | 2. To display or represent as the person's own any
| ||||||
20 | identification
card issued to another;
| ||||||
21 | 3. To allow any unlawful use of an identification card
| ||||||
22 | issued to the person;
| ||||||
23 | 4. To lend an identification card to
another or | ||||||
24 | knowingly allow the use
thereof by another;
| ||||||
25 | 5. To fail or refuse to surrender to the Secretary of | ||||||
26 | State, the
Secretary's agent or any peace officer upon | ||||||
27 | lawful demand, any
identification card
which has
been | ||||||
28 | revoked or cancelled;
| ||||||
29 | 6. To possess, use, or allow to be used any materials, | ||||||
30 | hardware, or
software specifically designed for or | ||||||
31 | primarily used in the manufacture,
assembly,
issuance, or | ||||||
32 | authentication of an official Illinois Identification Card | ||||||
33 | or
Illinois
Disabled Person Identification Card issued by | ||||||
34 | the Secretary of State ; or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 7.
6. To knowingly possess, use, or allow to be used a | ||||||
2 | stolen identification card making implement. | ||||||
3 | (a-5) As used in this Section "identification card" means | ||||||
4 | any document
made or issued by or under the authority of the | ||||||
5 | United States Government, the
State of Illinois or any other | ||||||
6 | State or political subdivision thereof, or any
governmental or | ||||||
7 | quasi-governmental organization that, when completed with
| ||||||
8 | information concerning the individual, is of a type intended or | ||||||
9 | commonly
accepted for the purpose of identifying the | ||||||
10 | individual.
| ||||||
11 | (b) Sentence.
| ||||||
12 | 1. Any person convicted of a violation of this Section | ||||||
13 | shall be guilty
of a Class A misdemeanor and shall be | ||||||
14 | sentenced to a minimum fine of $500 or
50 hours of | ||||||
15 | community service, preferably at an alcohol abuse | ||||||
16 | prevention
program, if available.
| ||||||
17 | 2. A person convicted of a second or subsequent | ||||||
18 | violation of this
Section shall be guilty of a Class 4 | ||||||
19 | felony.
| ||||||
20 | (c) This Section does not prohibit any lawfully authorized
| ||||||
21 | investigative, protective, law enforcement or other activity | ||||||
22 | of any agency
of the United States, State of Illinois or any | ||||||
23 | other state or political
subdivision thereof.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 93-667, eff. 3-19-04; 93-895, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
25 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
26 | Section 60. The Deposit of State Moneys Act is amended by | ||||||
27 | changing Sections 11 and 22.5 as follows:
| ||||||
28 | (15 ILCS 520/11) (from Ch. 130, par. 30)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 11. Protection of public deposits; eligible | ||||||
30 | collateral.
| ||||||
31 | (a) For deposits not insured by an agency of the federal | ||||||
32 | government,
the State Treasurer, in his or her discretion, may | ||||||
33 | accept as collateral any
of the
following classes of | ||||||
34 | securities, provided there has been no default in the
payment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of principal or interest thereon:
| ||||||
2 | (1) Bonds, notes, or other securities constituting | ||||||
3 | direct and general
obligations of the United States, the | ||||||
4 | bonds, notes, or other securities
constituting the direct | ||||||
5 | and general obligation of any agency or
instrumentality of | ||||||
6 | the United States, the interest and principal of which
is | ||||||
7 | unconditionally guaranteed by the United States, and | ||||||
8 | bonds, notes, or
other securities or evidence of | ||||||
9 | indebtedness constituting the obligation of
a U.S. agency | ||||||
10 | or instrumentality.
| ||||||
11 | (2) Direct and general obligation bonds of the State of | ||||||
12 | Illinois or of
any other state of the United States.
| ||||||
13 | (3) Revenue bonds of this State or any authority, | ||||||
14 | board, commission,
or similar agency thereof.
| ||||||
15 | (4) Direct and general obligation bonds of any city, | ||||||
16 | town, county,
school district, or other taxing body of any | ||||||
17 | state, the debt service of
which is payable from general ad | ||||||
18 | valorem taxes.
| ||||||
19 | (5) Revenue bonds of any city, town, county, or school | ||||||
20 | district of the
State of Illinois.
| ||||||
21 | (6) Obligations issued, assumed, or guaranteed by the | ||||||
22 | International
Finance Corporation, the principal of which | ||||||
23 | is not amortized during the
life of the obligation, but no | ||||||
24 | such obligation shall be accepted at more
than 90% of its | ||||||
25 | market value.
| ||||||
26 | (7) Illinois Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund | ||||||
27 | Bonds or Notes as
defined in and issued pursuant to the | ||||||
28 | Illinois Housing Development Act.
| ||||||
29 | (8) In an amount equal to at least market value of that | ||||||
30 | amount of funds
deposited exceeding the insurance | ||||||
31 | limitation provided by the Federal Deposit
Insurance | ||||||
32 | Corporation or the National Credit Union Administration or | ||||||
33 | other
approved share insurer: (i) securities, (ii) | ||||||
34 | mortgages, (iii) letters of
credit issued by a Federal Home | ||||||
35 | Loan Bank, or (iv) loans covered by a State
Guarantee
| ||||||
36 | Guaranty under the Illinois Farm Development Act , if that
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | guarantee has been assumed by the Illinois Finance | ||||||
2 | Authority under Section
845-75 of the Illinois Finance | ||||||
3 | Authority Act, and loans covered by a State
Guarantee under | ||||||
4 | Article 830 of the Illinois Finance Authority Act .
| ||||||
5 | (b) The State Treasurer may establish a system to aggregate | ||||||
6 | permissible
securities received as collateral from financial | ||||||
7 | institutions in a
collateral pool to secure State deposits of | ||||||
8 | the institutions that have
pledged securities to the pool.
| ||||||
9 | (c) The Treasurer may at any time declare any particular | ||||||
10 | security
ineligible to qualify as collateral when, in the | ||||||
11 | Treasurer's judgment, it
is deemed desirable to do so.
| ||||||
12 | (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, as | ||||||
13 | security the
State Treasurer may, in his discretion, accept a | ||||||
14 | bond, executed by a company
authorized to transact the kinds of | ||||||
15 | business described in clause (g) of
Section 4 of the Illinois | ||||||
16 | Insurance Code, in an amount not less than the
amount of the | ||||||
17 | deposits required by this Section to be secured, payable to the
| ||||||
18 | State Treasurer for the benefit of the People of the State of | ||||||
19 | Illinois, in
a form that is acceptable to the State Treasurer.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-561, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-17-03.)
| ||||||
21 | (15 ILCS 520/22.5) (from Ch. 130, par. 41a)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 22.5. Permitted investments. The State Treasurer may, | ||||||
23 | with the
approval of the Governor, invest and reinvest any | ||||||
24 | State money in the treasury
which is not needed for current | ||||||
25 | expenditures due or about to become due, in
obligations of the | ||||||
26 | United States government or its agencies or of National
| ||||||
27 | Mortgage Associations established by or under the National | ||||||
28 | Housing Act, 1201
U.S.C. 1701 et seq., or
in mortgage | ||||||
29 | participation certificates representing undivided interests in
| ||||||
30 | specified, first-lien conventional residential Illinois | ||||||
31 | mortgages that are
underwritten, insured, guaranteed, or | ||||||
32 | purchased by the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation or in | ||||||
33 | Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or
Notes as defined | ||||||
34 | in and issued pursuant to the Illinois Housing Development
Act. | ||||||
35 | All such obligations shall be considered as cash and may
be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | delivered over as cash by a State Treasurer to his successor.
| ||||||
2 | The State Treasurer may, with the approval of the Governor, | ||||||
3 | purchase
any state bonds with any money in the State Treasury | ||||||
4 | that has been set
aside and held for the payment of the | ||||||
5 | principal of and interest on the
bonds. The bonds shall be | ||||||
6 | considered as cash and may be delivered over
as cash by the | ||||||
7 | State Treasurer to his successor.
| ||||||
8 | The State Treasurer may, with the approval of the Governor, | ||||||
9 | invest or
reinvest any State money in the treasury that is not | ||||||
10 | needed for
current expenditure due or about to become due, or | ||||||
11 | any money in the
State Treasury that has been set aside and | ||||||
12 | held for the payment of the
principal of and the interest on | ||||||
13 | any State bonds, in shares,
withdrawable accounts, and | ||||||
14 | investment certificates of savings and
building and loan | ||||||
15 | associations, incorporated under the laws of this
State or any | ||||||
16 | other state or under the laws of the United States;
provided, | ||||||
17 | however, that investments may be made only in those savings
and | ||||||
18 | loan or building and loan associations the shares and | ||||||
19 | withdrawable
accounts or other forms of investment securities | ||||||
20 | of which are insured
by the Federal Deposit Insurance | ||||||
21 | Corporation.
| ||||||
22 | The State Treasurer may not invest State money in any | ||||||
23 | savings and
loan or building and loan association unless a | ||||||
24 | commitment by the savings
and loan (or building and loan) | ||||||
25 | association, executed by the president
or chief executive | ||||||
26 | officer of that association, is submitted in the
following | ||||||
27 | form:
| ||||||
28 | The .................. Savings and Loan (or Building | ||||||
29 | and Loan)
Association pledges not to reject arbitrarily | ||||||
30 | mortgage loans for
residential properties within any | ||||||
31 | specific part of the community served
by the savings and | ||||||
32 | loan (or building and loan) association because of
the | ||||||
33 | location of the property. The savings and loan (or building | ||||||
34 | and
loan) association also pledges to make loans available | ||||||
35 | on low and
moderate income residential property throughout | ||||||
36 | the community within
the limits of its legal restrictions |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and prudent financial practices.
| ||||||
2 | The State Treasurer may, with the approval of the Governor, | ||||||
3 | invest or
reinvest, at a price not to exceed par, any State | ||||||
4 | money in the treasury
that is not needed for current | ||||||
5 | expenditures due or about to become
due, or any money in the | ||||||
6 | State Treasury that has been set aside and
held for the payment | ||||||
7 | of the principal of and interest on any State
bonds, in bonds | ||||||
8 | issued by counties or municipal corporations of the
State of | ||||||
9 | Illinois.
| ||||||
10 | The State Treasurer may, with the approval of the Governor, | ||||||
11 | invest or
reinvest any State money in the Treasury which is not | ||||||
12 | needed for current
expenditure, due or about to become due, or | ||||||
13 | any money in the State Treasury
which has been set aside and | ||||||
14 | held for the payment of the principal of and
the interest on | ||||||
15 | any State bonds, in participations in loans, the principal
of | ||||||
16 | which participation is fully guaranteed by an agency or | ||||||
17 | instrumentality
of the United States government; provided, | ||||||
18 | however, that such loan
participations are represented by | ||||||
19 | certificates issued only by banks which
are incorporated under | ||||||
20 | the laws of this State or any other state
or under the laws of | ||||||
21 | the United States, and such banks, but not
the loan | ||||||
22 | participation certificates, are insured by the Federal Deposit
| ||||||
23 | Insurance Corporation.
| ||||||
24 | The State Treasurer may, with the approval of the Governor, | ||||||
25 | invest or
reinvest any State money in the Treasury that is not | ||||||
26 | needed for current
expenditure, due or about to become due, or | ||||||
27 | any money in the State Treasury
that has been set aside and | ||||||
28 | held for the payment of the principal of and
the interest on | ||||||
29 | any State bonds, in any of the following:
| ||||||
30 | (1) Bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, | ||||||
31 | Treasury bills, or other
securities now or hereafter issued | ||||||
32 | that are guaranteed by the full faith
and credit of the | ||||||
33 | United States of America as to principal and interest.
| ||||||
34 | (2) Bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar | ||||||
35 | obligations of the United
States of America, its agencies, | ||||||
36 | and instrumentalities.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2.5) Bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar | ||||||
2 | obligations of a
foreign government that are guaranteed by | ||||||
3 | the full faith and credit of that
government as to | ||||||
4 | principal and interest, but only if the foreign government
| ||||||
5 | has not defaulted and has met its payment obligations in a | ||||||
6 | timely manner on
all similar obligations for a period of at | ||||||
7 | least 25 years immediately before
the time of acquiring | ||||||
8 | those obligations.
| ||||||
9 | (3) Interest-bearing savings accounts, | ||||||
10 | interest-bearing certificates of
deposit, interest-bearing | ||||||
11 | time deposits, or any other investments
constituting | ||||||
12 | direct obligations of any bank as defined by the Illinois
| ||||||
13 | Banking Act.
| ||||||
14 | (4) Interest-bearing accounts, certificates of | ||||||
15 | deposit, or any other
investments constituting direct | ||||||
16 | obligations of any savings and loan
associations | ||||||
17 | incorporated under the laws of this State or any other | ||||||
18 | state or
under the laws of the United States.
| ||||||
19 | (5) Dividend-bearing share accounts, share certificate | ||||||
20 | accounts, or
class of share accounts of a credit union | ||||||
21 | chartered under the laws of this
State or the laws of the | ||||||
22 | United States; provided, however, the principal
office of | ||||||
23 | the credit union must be located within the State of | ||||||
24 | Illinois.
| ||||||
25 | (6) Bankers' acceptances of banks whose senior | ||||||
26 | obligations are rated in
the top 2 rating categories by 2 | ||||||
27 | national rating agencies and maintain that
rating during | ||||||
28 | the term of the investment.
| ||||||
29 | (7) Short-term obligations of corporations organized | ||||||
30 | in the United
States with assets exceeding $500,000,000 if | ||||||
31 | (i) the obligations are rated
at the time of purchase at | ||||||
32 | one of the 3 highest classifications established
by at | ||||||
33 | least 2 standard rating services and mature not later than
| ||||||
34 | 180 days from the date of purchase, (ii) the purchases do | ||||||
35 | not exceed 10% of
the corporation's outstanding | ||||||
36 | obligations, and (iii) no more than one-third of
the public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agency's funds are invested in short-term obligations of
| ||||||
2 | corporations.
| ||||||
3 | (8) Money market mutual funds registered under the | ||||||
4 | Investment Company
Act of 1940, provided that the portfolio | ||||||
5 | of the money market mutual fund is
limited to obligations | ||||||
6 | described in this Section and to agreements to
repurchase | ||||||
7 | such obligations.
| ||||||
8 | (9) The Public Treasurers' Investment Pool created | ||||||
9 | under Section 17 of
the State Treasurer Act or in a fund | ||||||
10 | managed, operated, and administered by
a bank.
| ||||||
11 | (10) Repurchase agreements of government securities | ||||||
12 | having the meaning
set out in the Government Securities Act | ||||||
13 | of 1986 subject to the provisions
of that Act and the | ||||||
14 | regulations issued thereunder.
| ||||||
15 | (11) Investments made in accordance with the | ||||||
16 | Technology Development
Act.
| ||||||
17 | For purposes of this Section, "agencies" of the United | ||||||
18 | States
Government includes:
| ||||||
19 | (i) the federal land banks, federal intermediate | ||||||
20 | credit banks, banks for
cooperatives, federal farm credit | ||||||
21 | banks, or any other entity authorized
to issue debt | ||||||
22 | obligations under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. | ||||||
23 | 2001
et seq.) and Acts amendatory thereto;
| ||||||
24 | (ii) the federal home loan banks and the federal home | ||||||
25 | loan
mortgage corporation;
| ||||||
26 | (iii) the Commodity Credit Corporation; and
| ||||||
27 | (iv) any other agency created by Act of Congress.
| ||||||
28 | The Treasurer may, with the approval of the Governor, lend | ||||||
29 | any securities
acquired under this Act. However, securities may | ||||||
30 | be lent under this Section
only in accordance with Federal | ||||||
31 | Financial Institution Examination Council
guidelines and only | ||||||
32 | if the securities are collateralized at a level sufficient
to | ||||||
33 | assure the safety of the securities, taking into account market | ||||||
34 | value
fluctuation. The securities may be collateralized by cash | ||||||
35 | or collateral
acceptable under Sections 11 and 11.1.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 92-546, eff. 1-1-03; 92-851, eff. 8-26-02; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | revised 9-19-02.)
| ||||||
2 | Section 65. The Illinois Act on the Aging is amended by | ||||||
3 | setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section 4.12 | ||||||
4 | as follows: | ||||||
5 | (20 ILCS 105/4.12) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 4.12. Assistance to nursing home residents. | ||||||
7 | (a) The Department on Aging shall assist eligible nursing | ||||||
8 | home residents and their families to select long-term care | ||||||
9 | options that meet their needs and reflect their preferences. At | ||||||
10 | any time during the process, the resident or his or her | ||||||
11 | representative may decline further assistance. | ||||||
12 | (b) To provide assistance, the Department shall develop a | ||||||
13 | program of transition services with follow-up in selected areas | ||||||
14 | of the State, to be expanded statewide as funding becomes | ||||||
15 | available. The program shall be developed in consultation with | ||||||
16 | nursing homes, case managers, Area Agencies on Aging, and | ||||||
17 | others interested in the well-being of frail elderly Illinois | ||||||
18 | residents. The Department shall establish administrative rules | ||||||
19 | pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act with | ||||||
20 | respect to resident eligibility, assessment of the resident's | ||||||
21 | health, cognitive, social, and financial needs, development of | ||||||
22 | comprehensive service transition plans, and the level of | ||||||
23 | services that must be available prior to transition of a | ||||||
24 | resident into the community.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-902, eff. 8-10-04.) | ||||||
26 | (20 ILCS 105/4.13) | ||||||
27 | Sec. 4.13
4.12 . Older Adult Services Act. The Department | ||||||
28 | shall implement the Older Adult Services Act.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-1031, eff. 8-27-04; revised 11-03-04.) | ||||||
30 | Section 70. The Department of Central Management Services | ||||||
31 | Law of the
Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is amended by | ||||||
32 | changing Section 405-292 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (20 ILCS 405/405-292)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 405-292. Business processing reengineering; planning | ||||||
3 | for a more
efficient government.
| ||||||
4 | (a) The Department shall be responsible for recommending to | ||||||
5 | the Governor
efficiency initiatives to reorganize, | ||||||
6 | restructure, and reengineer the business
processes of the | ||||||
7 | State. In performing this responsibility the Department shall
| ||||||
8 | have the power and duty to do the following:
| ||||||
9 | (1) propose the transfer, consolidation, | ||||||
10 | reorganization, restructuring,
reengineering, or | ||||||
11 | elimination of programs, processes, or functions in order | ||||||
12 | to
attain efficiency in operations and cost savings through | ||||||
13 | the efficiency
initiatives ; .
| ||||||
14 | (2) control the procurement of contracted services in | ||||||
15 | connection with the
efficiency initiatives to assist in the | ||||||
16 | analysis, design, planning, and
implementation of | ||||||
17 | proposals approved by the Governor to attain efficiency in
| ||||||
18 | operations and cost savings; and
| ||||||
19 | (3) establish the amount of cost savings to be realized | ||||||
20 | by State agencies
from implementing the efficiency | ||||||
21 | initiatives, which shall be paid to the
Department for | ||||||
22 | deposit into the Efficiency Initiatives Revolving Fund.
| ||||||
23 | (b) For the purposes of this Section, "State agencies" | ||||||
24 | means all
departments, boards, commissions, and agencies of the | ||||||
25 | State of Illinois subject
to the Governor.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
27 | Section 75. The Personnel Code is amended by changing | ||||||
28 | Section 4c as follows: | ||||||
29 | (20 ILCS 415/4c) (from Ch. 127, par. 63b104c)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 4c. General exemptions. The following positions in | ||||||
31 | State
service shall be exempt from jurisdictions A, B, and C, | ||||||
32 | unless the
jurisdictions shall be extended as provided in this | ||||||
33 | Act:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) All officers elected by the people.
| ||||||
2 | (2) All positions under the Lieutenant Governor, | ||||||
3 | Secretary of State,
State Treasurer, State Comptroller, | ||||||
4 | State Board of Education, Clerk of
the Supreme Court, and | ||||||
5 | Attorney General.
| ||||||
6 | (3) Judges, and officers and employees of the courts, | ||||||
7 | and notaries
public.
| ||||||
8 | (4) All officers and employees of the Illinois General | ||||||
9 | Assembly, all
employees of legislative commissions, all | ||||||
10 | officers and employees of the
Illinois Legislative | ||||||
11 | Reference Bureau, the Legislative
Research Unit, and the | ||||||
12 | Legislative Printing Unit.
| ||||||
13 | (5) All positions in the Illinois National Guard and | ||||||
14 | Illinois State
Guard, paid from federal funds or positions
| ||||||
15 | in the State Military Service filled by enlistment and paid | ||||||
16 | from State
funds.
| ||||||
17 | (6) All employees of the Governor at the executive | ||||||
18 | mansion and on
his immediate personal staff.
| ||||||
19 | (7) Directors of Departments, the Adjutant General, | ||||||
20 | the Assistant
Adjutant General, the Director of the | ||||||
21 | Illinois Emergency
Management Agency, members of boards | ||||||
22 | and commissions, and all other
positions appointed by the | ||||||
23 | Governor by and with the consent of the
Senate.
| ||||||
24 | (8) The presidents, other principal administrative | ||||||
25 | officers, and
teaching, research and extension faculties | ||||||
26 | of
Chicago State University, Eastern Illinois University, | ||||||
27 | Governors State
University, Illinois State University, | ||||||
28 | Northeastern Illinois University,
Northern Illinois | ||||||
29 | University, Western Illinois University, the Illinois
| ||||||
30 | Community College Board, Southern Illinois
University, | ||||||
31 | Illinois Board of Higher Education, University of
| ||||||
32 | Illinois, State Universities Civil Service System, | ||||||
33 | University Retirement
System of Illinois, and the | ||||||
34 | administrative officers and scientific and
technical staff | ||||||
35 | of the Illinois State Museum.
| ||||||
36 | (9) All other employees except the presidents, other |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | principal
administrative officers, and teaching, research | ||||||
2 | and extension faculties
of the universities under the | ||||||
3 | jurisdiction of the Board of Regents and
the colleges and | ||||||
4 | universities under the jurisdiction of the Board of
| ||||||
5 | Governors of State Colleges and Universities, Illinois | ||||||
6 | Community College
Board, Southern Illinois University, | ||||||
7 | Illinois Board of Higher Education,
Board of Governors of | ||||||
8 | State Colleges and Universities, the Board of
Regents, | ||||||
9 | University of Illinois, State Universities Civil Service
| ||||||
10 | System, University Retirement System of Illinois, so long | ||||||
11 | as these are
subject to the provisions of the State | ||||||
12 | Universities Civil Service Act.
| ||||||
13 | (10) The State Police so long as they are subject to | ||||||
14 | the merit
provisions of the State Police Act.
| ||||||
15 | (11) The scientific staff of the State Scientific | ||||||
16 | Surveys and the
Waste Management and Research
Center.
| ||||||
17 | (12) The technical and engineering staffs of the | ||||||
18 | Department of
Transportation, the Department of Nuclear | ||||||
19 | Safety, the Pollution Control
Board, and the Illinois | ||||||
20 | Commerce Commission, and the technical and engineering
| ||||||
21 | staff providing architectural and engineering services in | ||||||
22 | the Department of
Central Management Services.
| ||||||
23 | (13) All employees of the Illinois State Toll Highway | ||||||
24 | Authority.
| ||||||
25 | (14) The Secretary of the Illinois Workers' | ||||||
26 | Compensation Commission.
| ||||||
27 | (15) All persons who are appointed or employed by the | ||||||
28 | Director of
Insurance under authority of Section 202 of the | ||||||
29 | Illinois Insurance Code
to assist the Director of Insurance | ||||||
30 | in discharging his responsibilities
relating to the | ||||||
31 | rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation, and
dissolution | ||||||
32 | of companies that are subject to the jurisdiction of the
| ||||||
33 | Illinois Insurance Code.
| ||||||
34 | (16) All employees of the St. Louis Metropolitan Area | ||||||
35 | Airport
Authority.
| ||||||
36 | (17) All investment officers employed by the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board of
Investment.
| ||||||
2 | (18) Employees of the Illinois Young Adult | ||||||
3 | Conservation Corps program,
administered by the Illinois | ||||||
4 | Department of Natural Resources, authorized
grantee under | ||||||
5 | Title VIII of the Comprehensive
Employment and Training Act | ||||||
6 | of 1973, 29 USC 993.
| ||||||
7 | (19) Seasonal employees of the Department of | ||||||
8 | Agriculture for the
operation of the Illinois State Fair | ||||||
9 | and the DuQuoin State Fair, no one
person receiving more | ||||||
10 | than 29 days of such employment in any calendar year.
| ||||||
11 | (20) All "temporary" employees hired under the | ||||||
12 | Department of Natural
Resources' Illinois Conservation | ||||||
13 | Service, a youth
employment program that hires young people | ||||||
14 | to work in State parks for a period
of one year or less.
| ||||||
15 | (21) All hearing officers of the Human Rights | ||||||
16 | Commission.
| ||||||
17 | (22) All employees of the Illinois Mathematics and | ||||||
18 | Science Academy.
| ||||||
19 | (23) All employees of the Kankakee River Valley Area
| ||||||
20 | Airport Authority.
| ||||||
21 | (24) The commissioners and employees of the Executive | ||||||
22 | Ethics
Commission.
| ||||||
23 | (25) The Executive Inspectors General, including | ||||||
24 | special Executive
Inspectors General, and employees of | ||||||
25 | each Office of an
Executive Inspector General.
| ||||||
26 | (26) The commissioners and employees of the | ||||||
27 | Legislative Ethics
Commission.
| ||||||
28 | (27) The Legislative Inspector General, including | ||||||
29 | special Legislative
Inspectors General, and employees of | ||||||
30 | the Office of
the Legislative Inspector General.
| ||||||
31 | (28) The Auditor General's Inspector General and | ||||||
32 | employees of the Office
of the Auditor General's Inspector | ||||||
33 | General.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 93-617, eff. 12-9-03; 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
35 | revised 10-14-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 80. The Children and Family Services Act is amended | ||||||
2 | by changing Section 7 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (20 ILCS 505/7) (from Ch. 23, par. 5007)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 7. Placement of children; considerations.
| ||||||
5 | (a) In placing any child under this Act, the Department | ||||||
6 | shall place
such child, as far as possible, in the care and | ||||||
7 | custody of some individual
holding the same religious belief as | ||||||
8 | the parents of the child, or with some
child care facility | ||||||
9 | which is operated by persons of like religious faith as
the | ||||||
10 | parents of such child.
| ||||||
11 | (b) In placing a child under this Act, the Department may | ||||||
12 | place a child
with a relative if the Department has reason to | ||||||
13 | believe that the relative
will be able to adequately provide | ||||||
14 | for the child's safety and welfare.
The Department may not | ||||||
15 | place a child with a relative, with the exception of
certain | ||||||
16 | circumstances which may be waived as defined by the Department | ||||||
17 | in
rules, if the results of a check of the Law Enforcement | ||||||
18 | Agencies
Agency
Data System (LEADS) identifies a prior criminal | ||||||
19 | conviction of the relative or
any adult member of the | ||||||
20 | relative's household for any of the following offenses
under | ||||||
21 | the Criminal Code of 1961:
| ||||||
22 | (1) murder;
| ||||||
23 | (1.1) solicitation of murder;
| ||||||
24 | (1.2) solicitation of murder for hire;
| ||||||
25 | (1.3) intentional homicide of an unborn child;
| ||||||
26 | (1.4) voluntary manslaughter of an unborn child;
| ||||||
27 | (1.5) involuntary manslaughter;
| ||||||
28 | (1.6) reckless homicide;
| ||||||
29 | (1.7) concealment of a homicidal death;
| ||||||
30 | (1.8) involuntary manslaughter of an unborn child;
| ||||||
31 | (1.9) reckless homicide of an unborn child;
| ||||||
32 | (1.10) drug-induced homicide;
| ||||||
33 | (2) a sex offense under Article 11, except offenses | ||||||
34 | described in Sections
11-7, 11-8, 11-12, and 11-13;
| ||||||
35 | (3) kidnapping;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3.1) aggravated unlawful restraint;
| ||||||
2 | (3.2) forcible detention;
| ||||||
3 | (3.3) aiding and abetting child abduction;
| ||||||
4 | (4) aggravated kidnapping;
| ||||||
5 | (5) child abduction;
| ||||||
6 | (6) aggravated battery of a child;
| ||||||
7 | (7) criminal sexual assault;
| ||||||
8 | (8) aggravated criminal sexual assault;
| ||||||
9 | (8.1) predatory criminal sexual assault of a child;
| ||||||
10 | (9) criminal sexual abuse;
| ||||||
11 | (10) aggravated sexual abuse;
| ||||||
12 | (11) heinous battery;
| ||||||
13 | (12) aggravated battery with a firearm;
| ||||||
14 | (13) tampering with food, drugs, or cosmetics;
| ||||||
15 | (14) drug-induced infliction of great bodily harm;
| ||||||
16 | (15) aggravated stalking;
| ||||||
17 | (16) home invasion;
| ||||||
18 | (17) vehicular invasion;
| ||||||
19 | (18) criminal transmission of HIV;
| ||||||
20 | (19) criminal abuse or neglect of an elderly or | ||||||
21 | disabled person;
| ||||||
22 | (20) child abandonment;
| ||||||
23 | (21) endangering the life or health of a child;
| ||||||
24 | (22) ritual mutilation;
| ||||||
25 | (23) ritualized abuse of a child;
| ||||||
26 | (24) an offense in any other state the elements of | ||||||
27 | which are similar and
bear a substantial relationship to | ||||||
28 | any of the foregoing offenses.
| ||||||
29 | For the purpose of this subsection, "relative" shall include
| ||||||
30 | any person, 21 years of age or over, other than the parent, who | ||||||
31 | (i) is
currently related to the child in any of the following | ||||||
32 | ways by blood or
adoption: grandparent, sibling, | ||||||
33 | great-grandparent, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece,
first cousin, | ||||||
34 | second cousin, godparent, great-uncle, or great-aunt; or (ii) | ||||||
35 | is
the spouse of such a
relative; or (iii) is the child's | ||||||
36 | step-father, step-mother, or adult
step-brother or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | step-sister; "relative" also includes a person related in any
| ||||||
2 | of the foregoing ways to a sibling of a child, even though the | ||||||
3 | person is not
related to the child, when the
child and its | ||||||
4 | sibling are placed together with that person. A relative with
| ||||||
5 | whom a child is placed pursuant to this subsection may, but is | ||||||
6 | not required to,
apply for licensure as a foster family home | ||||||
7 | pursuant to the Child Care Act of
1969; provided, however, that | ||||||
8 | as of July 1, 1995, foster care payments shall be
made only to | ||||||
9 | licensed foster family homes pursuant to the terms of Section 5 | ||||||
10 | of
this Act.
| ||||||
11 | (c) In placing a child under this Act, the Department shall | ||||||
12 | ensure that
the child's health, safety, and best interests are | ||||||
13 | met in making a family
foster care placement.
The Department | ||||||
14 | shall consider the individual needs of the
child and the | ||||||
15 | capacity of the prospective foster or adoptive
parents to meet | ||||||
16 | the needs of the child. When a child must be placed
outside his | ||||||
17 | or her home and cannot be immediately returned to his or her
| ||||||
18 | parents or guardian, a comprehensive, individualized | ||||||
19 | assessment shall be
performed of that child at which time the | ||||||
20 | needs of the child shall be
determined. Only if race, color, or | ||||||
21 | national origin is identified as a
legitimate factor in | ||||||
22 | advancing the child's best interests shall it be
considered. | ||||||
23 | Race, color, or national origin shall not be routinely
| ||||||
24 | considered in making a placement decision. The Department shall | ||||||
25 | make
special
efforts for the diligent recruitment of potential | ||||||
26 | foster and adoptive families
that reflect the ethnic and racial | ||||||
27 | diversity of the children for whom foster
and adoptive homes | ||||||
28 | are needed. "Special efforts" shall include contacting and
| ||||||
29 | working with community organizations and religious | ||||||
30 | organizations and may
include contracting with those | ||||||
31 | organizations, utilizing local media and other
local | ||||||
32 | resources, and conducting outreach activities.
| ||||||
33 | (c-1) At the time of placement, the Department shall | ||||||
34 | consider concurrent
planning, as described in subsection (l-1) | ||||||
35 | of Section 5, so that permanency may
occur at the earliest | ||||||
36 | opportunity. Consideration should be given so that if
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reunification fails or is delayed, the placement made is the | ||||||
2 | best available
placement to provide permanency for the child.
| ||||||
3 | (d) The Department may accept gifts, grants, offers of | ||||||
4 | services, and
other contributions to use in making special | ||||||
5 | recruitment efforts.
| ||||||
6 | (e) The Department in placing children in adoptive or | ||||||
7 | foster care homes
may not, in any policy or practice relating | ||||||
8 | to the placement of children for
adoption or foster care, | ||||||
9 | discriminate against any child or prospective adoptive
or | ||||||
10 | foster parent on the basis of race.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 92-192, eff. 1-1-02; 92-328, eff. 1-1-02; 92-334, | ||||||
12 | eff. 8-10-01;
92-651, eff. 7-11-02; revised 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
13 | Section 85. The Illinois Enterprise Zone Act is amended by | ||||||
14 | changing Section 5.5 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (20 ILCS 655/5.5) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 609.1)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 5.5. High Impact Business.
| ||||||
17 | (a) In order to respond to unique opportunities to assist | ||||||
18 | in the
encouragement, development, growth and expansion of the | ||||||
19 | private sector through
large scale investment and development | ||||||
20 | projects, the Department is authorized
to receive and approve | ||||||
21 | applications for the designation of "High Impact
Businesses" in | ||||||
22 | Illinois subject to the following conditions:
| ||||||
23 | (1) such applications may be submitted at any time | ||||||
24 | during the year;
| ||||||
25 | (2) such business is not located, at the time of | ||||||
26 | designation, in
an enterprise zone designated pursuant to | ||||||
27 | this Act;
| ||||||
28 | (3) (A) the business intends to make a minimum | ||||||
29 | investment of
$12,000,000 which will be placed in | ||||||
30 | service in qualified property and
intends to create 500 | ||||||
31 | full-time equivalent jobs at a designated location
in | ||||||
32 | Illinois or intends to make a minimum investment of | ||||||
33 | $30,000,000 which
will be placed in service in | ||||||
34 | qualified property and intends to retain 1,500
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | full-time jobs at a designated location in Illinois.
| ||||||
2 | The business must certify in writing that the | ||||||
3 | investments would not be
placed in service in qualified | ||||||
4 | property and the job creation or job
retention would | ||||||
5 | not occur without the tax credits and exemptions set | ||||||
6 | forth
in subsection (b) of this Section. The terms | ||||||
7 | "placed in service" and
"qualified property" have the | ||||||
8 | same meanings as described in subsection (h)
of Section | ||||||
9 | 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act; or
| ||||||
10 | (B) the business intends to establish a new | ||||||
11 | electric generating
facility at a designated location | ||||||
12 | in Illinois. "New electric generating
facility" , for | ||||||
13 | purposes of this Section , means a newly-constructed
| ||||||
14 | electric
generation plant
or a newly-constructed | ||||||
15 | generation capacity expansion at an existing electric
| ||||||
16 | generation
plant, including the transmission lines and | ||||||
17 | associated
equipment that transfers electricity from | ||||||
18 | points of supply to points of
delivery, and for which | ||||||
19 | such new foundation construction commenced not sooner
| ||||||
20 | than July 1,
2001. Such facility shall be designed to | ||||||
21 | provide baseload electric
generation and shall operate | ||||||
22 | on a continuous basis throughout the year;
and shall | ||||||
23 | have an aggregate rated generating capacity of at least | ||||||
24 | 1,000
megawatts for all new units at one site if it | ||||||
25 | uses natural gas as its primary
fuel and foundation | ||||||
26 | construction of the facility is commenced on
or before | ||||||
27 | December 31, 2004, or shall have an aggregate rated | ||||||
28 | generating
capacity of at least 400 megawatts for all | ||||||
29 | new units at one site if it uses
coal or gases derived | ||||||
30 | from coal
as its primary fuel and
shall support the | ||||||
31 | creation of at least 150 new Illinois coal mining jobs. | ||||||
32 | The
business must certify in writing that the | ||||||
33 | investments necessary to establish
a new electric | ||||||
34 | generating facility would not be placed in service and | ||||||
35 | the
job creation in the case of a coal-fueled plant
| ||||||
36 | would not occur without the tax credits and exemptions |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | set forth in
subsection (b-5) of this Section. The term | ||||||
2 | "placed in service" has
the same meaning as described | ||||||
3 | in subsection
(h) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income | ||||||
4 | Tax Act; or
| ||||||
5 | (C) the business intends to establish
production | ||||||
6 | operations at a new coal mine, re-establish production | ||||||
7 | operations at
a closed coal mine, or expand production | ||||||
8 | at an existing coal mine
at a designated location in | ||||||
9 | Illinois not sooner than July 1, 2001;
provided that | ||||||
10 | the
production operations result in the creation of 150 | ||||||
11 | new Illinois coal mining
jobs as described in | ||||||
12 | subdivision (a)(3)(B) of this Section, and further
| ||||||
13 | provided that the coal extracted from such mine is | ||||||
14 | utilized as the predominant
source for a new electric | ||||||
15 | generating facility.
The business must certify in | ||||||
16 | writing that the
investments necessary to establish a | ||||||
17 | new, expanded, or reopened coal mine would
not
be | ||||||
18 | placed in service and the job creation would not
occur | ||||||
19 | without the tax credits and exemptions set forth in | ||||||
20 | subsection (b-5) of
this Section. The term "placed in | ||||||
21 | service" has
the same meaning as described in | ||||||
22 | subsection (h) of Section 201 of the
Illinois Income | ||||||
23 | Tax Act; or
| ||||||
24 | (D) the business intends to construct new | ||||||
25 | transmission facilities or
upgrade existing | ||||||
26 | transmission facilities at designated locations in | ||||||
27 | Illinois,
for which construction commenced not sooner | ||||||
28 | than July 1, 2001. For the
purposes of this Section, | ||||||
29 | "transmission facilities" means transmission lines
| ||||||
30 | with a voltage rating of 115 kilovolts or above, | ||||||
31 | including associated
equipment, that transfer | ||||||
32 | electricity from points of supply to points of
delivery | ||||||
33 | and that transmit a majority of the electricity | ||||||
34 | generated by a new
electric generating facility | ||||||
35 | designated as a High Impact Business in accordance
with | ||||||
36 | this Section. The business must certify in writing that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the investments
necessary to construct new | ||||||
2 | transmission facilities or upgrade existing
| ||||||
3 | transmission facilities would not be placed in service
| ||||||
4 | without the tax credits and exemptions set forth in | ||||||
5 | subsection (b-5) of this
Section. The term "placed in | ||||||
6 | service" has the
same meaning as described in | ||||||
7 | subsection (h) of Section 201 of the Illinois
Income | ||||||
8 | Tax Act; and
| ||||||
9 | (4) no later than 90 days after an application is | ||||||
10 | submitted, the
Department shall notify the applicant of the | ||||||
11 | Department's determination of
the qualification of the | ||||||
12 | proposed High Impact Business under this Section.
| ||||||
13 | (b) Businesses designated as High Impact Businesses | ||||||
14 | pursuant to
subdivision (a)(3)(A) of this Section shall qualify | ||||||
15 | for the credits and
exemptions described in the
following Acts: | ||||||
16 | Section 9-222 and Section 9-222.1A of the Public Utilities
Act,
| ||||||
17 | subsection (h)
of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act , ;
| ||||||
18 | and , Section 1d of
the
Retailers' Occupation Tax Act ; , provided | ||||||
19 | that these credits and
exemptions
described in these Acts shall | ||||||
20 | not be authorized until the minimum
investments set forth in | ||||||
21 | subdivision (a)(3)(A) of this
Section have been placed in
| ||||||
22 | service in qualified properties and, in the case of the | ||||||
23 | exemptions
described in the Public Utilities Act and Section 1d | ||||||
24 | of the Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act, the minimum full-time | ||||||
25 | equivalent jobs or full-time jobs set
forth in subdivision | ||||||
26 | (a)(3)(A) of this Section have been
created or retained.
| ||||||
27 | Businesses designated as High Impact Businesses under
this | ||||||
28 | Section shall also
qualify for the exemption described in | ||||||
29 | Section 5l of the Retailers' Occupation
Tax Act. The credit | ||||||
30 | provided in subsection (h) of Section 201 of the Illinois
| ||||||
31 | Income Tax Act shall be applicable to investments in qualified | ||||||
32 | property as set
forth in subdivision (a)(3)(A) of this Section.
| ||||||
33 | (b-5) Businesses designated as High Impact Businesses | ||||||
34 | pursuant to
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and (a)(3)(D) | ||||||
35 | of this Section shall qualify
for the credits and exemptions | ||||||
36 | described in the following Acts: Section 51 of
the Retailers' |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Occupation Tax Act, Section 9-222 and Section 9-222.1A of the
| ||||||
2 | Public Utilities Act, and subsection (h) of Section 201 of the | ||||||
3 | Illinois Income
Tax Act; however, the credits and exemptions | ||||||
4 | authorized under Section 9-222 and
Section 9-222.1A of the | ||||||
5 | Public Utilities Act, and subsection (h) of Section 201
of the | ||||||
6 | Illinois Income Tax Act shall not be authorized until the new | ||||||
7 | electric
generating facility, the new transmission facility, | ||||||
8 | or the new, expanded, or
reopened coal mine is operational,
| ||||||
9 | except that a new electric generating facility whose primary | ||||||
10 | fuel source is
natural gas is eligible only for the exemption | ||||||
11 | under Section 5l of the
Retailers' Occupation Tax Act.
| ||||||
12 | (c) High Impact Businesses located in federally designated | ||||||
13 | foreign trade
zones or sub-zones are also eligible for | ||||||
14 | additional credits, exemptions and
deductions as described in | ||||||
15 | the following Acts: Section 9-221 and Section
9-222.1 of the | ||||||
16 | Public
Utilities Act; and subsection (g) of Section 201, and | ||||||
17 | Section 203
of the Illinois Income Tax Act.
| ||||||
18 | (d) Existing Illinois businesses which apply for | ||||||
19 | designation as a
High Impact Business must provide the | ||||||
20 | Department with the prospective plan
for which 1,500 full-time | ||||||
21 | jobs would be eliminated in the event that the
business is not | ||||||
22 | designated.
| ||||||
23 | (e) New proposed facilities which apply for designation as | ||||||
24 | High Impact
Business must provide the Department with proof of | ||||||
25 | alternative non-Illinois
sites which would receive the | ||||||
26 | proposed investment and job creation in the
event that the | ||||||
27 | business is not designated as a High Impact Business.
| ||||||
28 | (f) In the event that a business is designated a High | ||||||
29 | Impact Business
and it is later determined after reasonable | ||||||
30 | notice and an opportunity for a
hearing as provided under the | ||||||
31 | Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, that
the business would | ||||||
32 | have placed in service in qualified property the
investments | ||||||
33 | and created or retained the requisite number of jobs without
| ||||||
34 | the benefits of the High Impact Business designation, the | ||||||
35 | Department shall
be required to immediately revoke the | ||||||
36 | designation and notify the Director
of the Department of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Revenue who shall begin proceedings to recover all
wrongfully | ||||||
2 | exempted State taxes with interest. The business shall also be
| ||||||
3 | ineligible for all State funded Department programs for a | ||||||
4 | period of 10 years.
| ||||||
5 | (g) The Department shall revoke a High Impact Business | ||||||
6 | designation if
the participating business fails to comply with | ||||||
7 | the terms and conditions of
the designation.
| ||||||
8 | (h) Prior to designating a business, the Department shall | ||||||
9 | provide the
members of the General Assembly and Illinois | ||||||
10 | Economic and Fiscal Commission
with a report setting forth the | ||||||
11 | terms and conditions of the designation and
guarantees that | ||||||
12 | have been received by the Department in relation to the
| ||||||
13 | proposed business being designated.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 91-914, eff. 7-7-00; 92-12, eff. 7-1-01; revised | ||||||
15 | 3-7-02.)
| ||||||
16 | Section 90. The Illinois Renewable Fuels Development | ||||||
17 | Program Act is amended by renumbering Section 905 as follows:
| ||||||
18 | (20 ILCS 689/95) (was 20 ILCS 689/905)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 95.
905.
(Amendatory provisions; text omitted). | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-15, eff. 6-11-03; text omitted; revised | ||||||
21 | 8-1-03.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 100. The Department of Natural Resources Act is | ||||||
23 | amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of | ||||||
24 | Section 1-30 as follows:
| ||||||
25 | (20 ILCS 801/1-30)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 1-30. Badges. The Director must authorize to each | ||||||
27 | Conservation Police
Officer
and to any other employee of the | ||||||
28 | Department exercising the powers of a peace
officer a
distinct | ||||||
29 | badge that, on its face, (i) clearly states that the badge is
| ||||||
30 | authorized by the
Department and (ii)
contains a unique | ||||||
31 | identifying number.
No other badge shall be authorized by
the | ||||||
32 | Department.
Nothing in this Section prohibits the Director from |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | issuing shields or other
distinctive
identification to | ||||||
2 | employees not exercising the powers of a peace officer if the
| ||||||
3 | Director determines
that a shield or distinctive | ||||||
4 | identification is needed by the employee to carry
out his or | ||||||
5 | her
responsibilities.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 93-423, eff. 8-5-03.)
| ||||||
7 | (20 ILCS 801/1-35)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 1-35.
1-30.
Aquifer study. The Department shall | ||||||
9 | conduct a study to (i)
develop an understanding of the geology | ||||||
10 | of each aquifer in the State; (ii)
determine the groundwater | ||||||
11 | flow through the geologic units and the interaction
of the | ||||||
12 | groundwater with surface waters; (iii) analyze current | ||||||
13 | groundwater
withdrawals; and (iv) determine the chemistry of | ||||||
14 | the geologic units and the
groundwater in those units. Based | ||||||
15 | upon information obtained from the study,
the Department shall | ||||||
16 | develop geologic and groundwater flow models for each
| ||||||
17 | underground aquifer in the State showing the impact of adding | ||||||
18 | future wells
or of future groundwater withdrawals.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 93-608, eff. 11-20-03; revised 1-10-04.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 105. The Energy Conservation and Coal Development | ||||||
21 | Act is amended by changing Section 15 as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (20 ILCS 1105/15) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7415)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 15. (a) The Department, in cooperation with the | ||||||
24 | Illinois Finance
Authority,
shall establish a program to assist | ||||||
25 | units of local government, as defined in
the Illinois Finance | ||||||
26 | Authority Act, to identify and arrange financing for
energy | ||||||
27 | conservation projects for buildings and facilities owned or | ||||||
28 | leased by
those units of local government.
| ||||||
29 | (b) The Department, in cooperation with the Illinois | ||||||
30 | Finance
Authority, shall establish a program to assist health | ||||||
31 | facilities to
identify and arrange financing for energy | ||||||
32 | conservation projects for
buildings and facilities owned or | ||||||
33 | leased by those health facilities.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-205 (Sections 890-4 and 890-39), eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
2 | revised
9-23-03.)
| ||||||
3 | Section 110. The Department of Human Services Act is | ||||||
4 | amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of | ||||||
5 | Section 10-35 as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (20 ILCS 1305/10-35)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 10-35. Folic acid; public information campaign. The | ||||||
8 | Department, in
consultation with the Department of Public | ||||||
9 | Health,
shall
conduct a public information campaign to (i) | ||||||
10 | educate women about the benefits
of
consuming folic acid before | ||||||
11 | and during pregnancy to improve their chances of
having a
| ||||||
12 | healthy baby and (ii) increase the consumption of folic acid by | ||||||
13 | women of
child-bearing
age. The campaign must include | ||||||
14 | information about the sources of folic
acid.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 93-84, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
16 | (20 ILCS 1305/10-40)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 10-40
10-35 . Recreational programs; handicapped; | ||||||
18 | grants. The
Department of
Human Services, subject to | ||||||
19 | appropriation,
may
make grants to special recreation | ||||||
20 | associations for the operation of
recreational programs for
the
| ||||||
21 | handicapped, including both physically and mentally | ||||||
22 | handicapped, and
transportation to
and from those programs. The | ||||||
23 | grants should target unserved or underserved
populations,
such | ||||||
24 | as persons with brain injuries, persons who are medically | ||||||
25 | fragile, and
adults who
have acquired disabling conditions. The | ||||||
26 | Department must adopt rules to
implement the
grant program.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 93-107, eff. 7-8-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
28 | (20 ILCS 1305/10-45)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 10-45
10-35 . Hispanic/Latino Teen Pregnancy | ||||||
30 | Prevention and
Intervention
Initiative.
| ||||||
31 | (a) The Department is authorized to establish a | ||||||
32 | Hispanic/Latino Teen
Pregnancy Prevention and
Intervention |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Initiative program.
| ||||||
2 | (b) As a part of the program established under subsection | ||||||
3 | (a), the
Department is authorized to
award a grant to a | ||||||
4 | qualified entity for the purpose of conducting
research, | ||||||
5 | education,
and prevention activities to reduce pregnancy among | ||||||
6 | Hispanic
teenagers.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 93-515, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
8 | Section 115. The Department of Public Health Powers and | ||||||
9 | Duties Law of the
Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is | ||||||
10 | amended by changing Section 2310-330 and by setting forth and | ||||||
11 | renumbering multiple versions of Section 2310-610 as follows: | ||||||
12 | (20 ILCS 2310/2310-330) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.46)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 2310-330. Sperm and tissue bank registry; AIDS test | ||||||
14 | for donors;
penalties.
| ||||||
15 | (a) The Department shall establish a registry of all sperm
| ||||||
16 | banks and tissue banks operating in this State. All sperm banks | ||||||
17 | and tissue
banks operating in this State
shall register with | ||||||
18 | the Department by May 1 of each year. Any person,
hospital, | ||||||
19 | clinic, corporation, partnership, or other legal entity that
| ||||||
20 | operates a sperm bank or tissue bank in this State and fails to | ||||||
21 | register with
the
Department pursuant to this Section commits a | ||||||
22 | business offense and shall be
subject to a fine of $5000.
| ||||||
23 | (b) All donors
of semen for purposes of artificial | ||||||
24 | insemination, or donors of corneas,
bones, organs, or other | ||||||
25 | human tissue for the purpose of injecting,
transfusing, or | ||||||
26 | transplanting any of them in the human body, shall be
tested | ||||||
27 | for
evidence of exposure to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)
| ||||||
28 | and any other identified causative agent of acquired | ||||||
29 | immunodeficiency
syndrome (AIDS) at the time of or after the | ||||||
30 | donation but prior to the
semen, corneas, bones, organs, or | ||||||
31 | other human tissue being made available for
that use.
However, | ||||||
32 | when in the opinion of the attending physician the life of a
| ||||||
33 | recipient of a bone, organ, or other human tissue donation | ||||||
34 | would be
jeopardized by delays caused by testing for evidence |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of exposure to HIV and
any other causative agent of AIDS, | ||||||
2 | testing shall not be required.
| ||||||
3 | (c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c-5), no | ||||||
4 | person may
intentionally, knowingly, recklessly, or | ||||||
5 | negligently
use the semen, corneas, bones, organs, or
other | ||||||
6 | human tissue of a donor unless the requirements of subsection | ||||||
7 | (b)
have been met. Except as otherwise provided in subsection | ||||||
8 | (c-5), no person
may intentionally, knowingly, recklessly, or
| ||||||
9 | negligently use the semen, corneas, bones, organs, or other | ||||||
10 | human tissue of a
donor who
has tested positive for exposure to
| ||||||
11 | HIV or any other identified causative agent of AIDS. Violation | ||||||
12 | of
this subsection (c) shall be a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
13 | (c-5) It is not a violation of this Section for a person to | ||||||
14 | perform a solid
organ transplant
of an organ from an HIV | ||||||
15 | infected donor to a person who has tested positive for
exposure
| ||||||
16 | to HIV or any other identified causative agent of AIDS and who | ||||||
17 | is in immediate
threat of
death unless the transplant is | ||||||
18 | performed. A tissue bank that provides an organ
from an
HIV | ||||||
19 | infected donor under this subsection (c-5) may not be | ||||||
20 | criminally or civilly
liable for
the furnishing of that organ | ||||||
21 | under this subsection (c-5).
| ||||||
22 | (d) For the purposes of this Section:
| ||||||
23 | "Human tissue" shall not be
construed to mean organs or | ||||||
24 | whole blood or its component parts.
| ||||||
25 | "Tissue bank" has the same meaning as set forth in the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Anatomical Gift Act.
| ||||||
27 | "Solid organ transplant" means the surgical | ||||||
28 | transplantation of internal
organs including, but not limited | ||||||
29 | to, the liver, kidney, pancreas, lungs, or
heart.
"Solid
organ | ||||||
30 | transplant" does not mean a bone marrow based transplant or a | ||||||
31 | blood
transfusion.
| ||||||
32 | "HIV infected donor" means a deceased donor who was | ||||||
33 | infected with HIV or a living donor known to be infected with | ||||||
34 | HIV and who is willing to donate a part or all of one or more of | ||||||
35 | his or her organs. A determination of the donor's HIV infection | ||||||
36 | is made by the donor's medical history or by specific tests |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that document HIV infection, such as HIV RNA or DNA, or by | ||||||
2 | antibodies to HIV.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-737, eff. 7-15-04; 93-794, eff. 7-22-04; | ||||||
4 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
5 | (20 ILCS 2310/2310-610) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 2310-610. Rules; public health preparedness. The | ||||||
7 | Department shall adopt and implement rules, contact lists, and | ||||||
8 | response plans governing public health preparedness and | ||||||
9 | response.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 93-829, eff. 7-28-04.) | ||||||
11 | (20 ILCS 2310/2310-630) | ||||||
12 | Sec. 2310-630
2310-610 . Influenza vaccinations. | ||||||
13 | (a) As used in this Section, "eligible individual" means a | ||||||
14 | resident of Illinois who:
(1) is not entitled to receive an | ||||||
15 | influenza vaccination at no cost as a benefit under a plan of | ||||||
16 | health insurance, a managed care plan, or a plan provided by a | ||||||
17 | health maintenance organization, a health services plan | ||||||
18 | corporation, or a similar entity; and
(2) meets the | ||||||
19 | requirements established by the Department of Public Health by | ||||||
20 | rule. | ||||||
21 | (b) Subject to appropriation, the Department of Public | ||||||
22 | Health shall establish and administer a program under which any | ||||||
23 | eligible individual shall, upon the eligible individual's | ||||||
24 | request, receive an influenza vaccination once each year at no | ||||||
25 | cost to the eligible individual. | ||||||
26 | (c) The Department of Public Health shall adopt rules for | ||||||
27 | the administration and operation of the program, including but | ||||||
28 | not limited to: determination of the influenza vaccine | ||||||
29 | formulation to be administered and the method of | ||||||
30 | administration; eligibility requirements and eligibility | ||||||
31 | determinations; and standards and criteria for acquisition and | ||||||
32 | distribution of influenza vaccine and related supplies. The | ||||||
33 | Department may enter into contracts or agreements with public | ||||||
34 | or private entities for the performance of such duties under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the program as the Department may deem appropriate to carry out | ||||||
2 | this Section and its rules adopted under this Section.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-943, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-5-04.) | ||||||
4 | Section 120. The State Police Act is amended by changing | ||||||
5 | Section 23 as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (20 ILCS 2610/23) (from Ch. 121, par. 307.18d)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 23. The Director may appoint auxiliary State policemen | ||||||
8 | in
such number as he deems necessary. Such auxiliary policemen | ||||||
9 | shall not be
regular State policemen. Such auxiliary State | ||||||
10 | policemen shall
not supplement members of the regular State | ||||||
11 | police in the performance
of their assigned and normal duties, | ||||||
12 | except as otherwise provided herein.
Such auxiliary State | ||||||
13 | policemen shall only be assigned to perform the following
| ||||||
14 | duties: to aid or direct traffic, to aid in control of natural | ||||||
15 | or man made
disasters, or to aid in case of civil disorder as | ||||||
16 | directed by the commanding
officers. Identification symbols | ||||||
17 | worn by such auxiliary State policemen
shall be different and | ||||||
18 | distinct from those used by State policemen. Such
auxiliary | ||||||
19 | State policemen shall at all times during the performance of | ||||||
20 | their
duties be subject to the direction and control of the | ||||||
21 | commanding officer.
Such auxiliary State policemen shall not | ||||||
22 | carry firearms.
| ||||||
23 | Auxiliary State policemen, prior to entering upon any of | ||||||
24 | their duties,
shall receive a course of training in such police | ||||||
25 | procedures as shall be
appropriate in the exercise of the | ||||||
26 | powers conferred upon them, which training
and course of study | ||||||
27 | shall be determined and provided by the Department of
State | ||||||
28 | Police. Prior to the appointment of any auxiliary State | ||||||
29 | policeman
his fingerprints shall be taken and no person shall | ||||||
30 | be appointed as such
auxiliary State policeman if he has been | ||||||
31 | convicted of a felony or other
crime involving moral turpitude.
| ||||||
32 | All auxiliary State policemen shall be between the age of | ||||||
33 | 21 and 60 years,
and shall serve without compensation.
| ||||||
34 | The Line of Duty Compensation Act
"Law Enforcement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Officers, Civil Defense Workers, Civil Air Patrol
Members, | ||||||
2 | Paramedics and Firemen Compensation Act", approved September | ||||||
3 | 30,
1969, as now or hereafter amended, shall be applicable to | ||||||
4 | auxiliary State
policemen upon their death in the line of duty | ||||||
5 | described herein.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 85-1042; revised 11-15-04.)
| ||||||
7 | Section 125. The Criminal Identification Act is amended by | ||||||
8 | changing Section 5 as follows:
| ||||||
9 | (20 ILCS 2630/5) (from Ch. 38, par. 206-5)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 5. Arrest reports; expungement.
| ||||||
11 | (a) All policing bodies of this State shall furnish to the | ||||||
12 | Department,
daily, in the form and detail the Department | ||||||
13 | requires, fingerprints and
descriptions of all persons who are | ||||||
14 | arrested on charges of violating any penal
statute of this | ||||||
15 | State for offenses that are classified as felonies and Class
A | ||||||
16 | or B misdemeanors and of all minors of the age of 10 and over | ||||||
17 | who have been
arrested for an offense which would be a felony | ||||||
18 | if committed by an adult, and
may forward such fingerprints and | ||||||
19 | descriptions for minors arrested for Class A
or B misdemeanors. | ||||||
20 | Moving or nonmoving traffic violations under the Illinois
| ||||||
21 | Vehicle Code shall not be reported except for violations of | ||||||
22 | Chapter 4, Section
11-204.1, or Section 11-501 of that Code. In | ||||||
23 | addition, conservation offenses,
as defined in the Supreme | ||||||
24 | Court Rule 501(c), that are classified as Class B
misdemeanors | ||||||
25 | shall not be reported.
| ||||||
26 | Whenever an adult or minor prosecuted as an adult,
not | ||||||
27 | having previously been convicted of any criminal offense or | ||||||
28 | municipal
ordinance violation, charged with a violation of a | ||||||
29 | municipal ordinance or a
felony or misdemeanor, is acquitted or | ||||||
30 | released without being convicted,
whether the acquittal or | ||||||
31 | release occurred before, on, or after the
effective date of | ||||||
32 | this amendatory Act of 1991, the Chief Judge of the circuit
| ||||||
33 | wherein the charge was brought, any judge of that circuit | ||||||
34 | designated by the
Chief Judge, or in counties of less than |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 3,000,000 inhabitants, the presiding
trial judge at the | ||||||
2 | defendant's trial may upon verified petition of the
defendant | ||||||
3 | order the record of arrest expunged from the official records | ||||||
4 | of the
arresting authority and the Department and order that | ||||||
5 | the records of the clerk
of the circuit court be sealed until | ||||||
6 | further order of the court upon good cause
shown and the name | ||||||
7 | of the defendant obliterated on the official index required
to | ||||||
8 | be kept by the circuit court clerk under Section 16 of the | ||||||
9 | Clerks of Courts
Act, but the order shall not affect any index | ||||||
10 | issued by the circuit court clerk
before the entry of the | ||||||
11 | order. The Department may charge the petitioner a fee
| ||||||
12 | equivalent to the cost of processing any order to expunge or | ||||||
13 | seal the records,
and the fee shall be deposited into the State | ||||||
14 | Police Services Fund. The
records of those arrests, however, | ||||||
15 | that result in a disposition of
supervision for any offense | ||||||
16 | shall not be expunged from the records of the
arresting | ||||||
17 | authority or the Department nor impounded by the court until 2 | ||||||
18 | years
after discharge and dismissal of supervision. Those | ||||||
19 | records
that result from a supervision for a violation of | ||||||
20 | Section 3-707, 3-708, 3-710,
5-401.3, or 11-503 of the Illinois | ||||||
21 | Vehicle Code or a similar provision
of a local ordinance, or | ||||||
22 | for a violation of Section 12-3.2, 12-15 or 16A-3
of the | ||||||
23 | Criminal Code of 1961, or probation under Section 10 of the | ||||||
24 | Cannabis
Control Act, Section 410 of the Illinois Controlled | ||||||
25 | Substances Act, Section
12-4.3(b)(1) and (2) of the Criminal | ||||||
26 | Code of 1961 (as those provisions
existed before their deletion | ||||||
27 | by Public Act 89-313), Section 10-102 of the
Illinois | ||||||
28 | Alcoholism and Other Drug Dependency Act when the judgment of
| ||||||
29 | conviction has been vacated, Section 40-10 of the Alcoholism | ||||||
30 | and Other Drug
Abuse and Dependency Act when the judgment of | ||||||
31 | conviction has been vacated,
or Section 10 of the Steroid | ||||||
32 | Control Act shall not be expunged from the records
of the | ||||||
33 | arresting authority nor impounded by the court until 5 years | ||||||
34 | after
termination of probation or supervision. Those records | ||||||
35 | that result from a
supervision for a violation of Section | ||||||
36 | 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or
a similar provision of a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | local ordinance, shall not be expunged. All records
set out | ||||||
2 | above may be ordered by the court to be expunged from the | ||||||
3 | records of
the arresting authority and impounded by the court | ||||||
4 | after 5 years, but shall
not be expunged by the Department, but | ||||||
5 | shall, on court order be sealed by the
Department and may be | ||||||
6 | disseminated by the Department only as required by law or
to | ||||||
7 | the arresting authority, the State's Attorney, and the court | ||||||
8 | upon a later
arrest for the same or a similar offense or for | ||||||
9 | the purpose of sentencing for
any subsequent felony. Upon | ||||||
10 | conviction for any offense, the Department of
Corrections shall | ||||||
11 | have access to all sealed records of the Department
pertaining | ||||||
12 | to that individual.
| ||||||
13 | (a-5) Those records maintained by the Department for | ||||||
14 | persons arrested
prior to their 17th birthday shall be expunged | ||||||
15 | as provided in Section 5-915 of
the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
| ||||||
16 | (b) Whenever a person has been convicted of a crime or of | ||||||
17 | the violation of
a municipal ordinance, in the name of a person | ||||||
18 | whose identity he has stolen
or otherwise come into possession | ||||||
19 | of, the aggrieved person from whom the
identity was stolen or | ||||||
20 | otherwise obtained without authorization, upon learning
of the | ||||||
21 | person having been arrested using his identity, may, upon | ||||||
22 | verified
petition to the chief judge of the circuit wherein the | ||||||
23 | arrest was made,
have a court order entered nunc pro tunc by | ||||||
24 | the chief judge to correct
the arrest record, conviction | ||||||
25 | record, if any, and all official records of the
arresting | ||||||
26 | authority, the Department, other criminal justice agencies, | ||||||
27 | the
prosecutor, and the trial court concerning such arrest, if | ||||||
28 | any, by removing his
name from all such records in connection | ||||||
29 | with the arrest and conviction, if
any, and by inserting in the | ||||||
30 | records the name of the offender, if known or
ascertainable, in | ||||||
31 | lieu of the aggrieved's name. The records of the
clerk of
the | ||||||
32 | circuit court clerk shall be sealed until further order of the | ||||||
33 | court upon
good cause shown and the name of the aggrieved | ||||||
34 | person obliterated on the
official index required to be kept by | ||||||
35 | the circuit court clerk under Section 16
of the Clerks of | ||||||
36 | Courts Act, but the order shall not affect any index issued by
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the circuit court clerk before the entry of the order. Nothing | ||||||
2 | in this Section
shall limit the Department of State Police or | ||||||
3 | other criminal justice agencies
or prosecutors from listing | ||||||
4 | under an offender's name the false names he or she
has used. | ||||||
5 | For purposes of this Section, convictions for moving and | ||||||
6 | nonmoving
traffic violations other than convictions for | ||||||
7 | violations of Chapter 4, Section
11-204.1 or Section 11-501 of | ||||||
8 | the Illinois Vehicle Code shall not be a bar to
expunging the | ||||||
9 | record of arrest and court records for
violation of a | ||||||
10 | misdemeanor or municipal ordinance.
| ||||||
11 | (c) Whenever a person who has been convicted of an offense | ||||||
12 | is granted
a pardon by the Governor which specifically | ||||||
13 | authorizes expungement, he may,
upon verified petition to the | ||||||
14 | chief judge of the circuit where the person had
been convicted, | ||||||
15 | any judge of the circuit designated by the Chief Judge, or in
| ||||||
16 | counties of less than 3,000,000 inhabitants, the presiding | ||||||
17 | trial judge at the
defendant's trial, may have a court order | ||||||
18 | entered expunging the record of
arrest from the official | ||||||
19 | records of the arresting authority and order that the
records | ||||||
20 | of the clerk of the circuit court and the Department be sealed | ||||||
21 | until
further order of the court upon good cause shown or as | ||||||
22 | otherwise provided
herein, and the name of the defendant | ||||||
23 | obliterated from the official index
requested to be kept by the | ||||||
24 | circuit court clerk under Section 16 of the Clerks
of Courts | ||||||
25 | Act in connection with the arrest and conviction for the | ||||||
26 | offense for
which he had been pardoned but the order shall not | ||||||
27 | affect any index issued by
the circuit court clerk before the | ||||||
28 | entry of the order. All records sealed by
the Department may be | ||||||
29 | disseminated by the Department only as required by law or
to | ||||||
30 | the arresting authority, the State's Attorney, and the court | ||||||
31 | upon a later
arrest for the same or similar offense or for the | ||||||
32 | purpose of sentencing for any
subsequent felony. Upon | ||||||
33 | conviction for any subsequent offense, the Department
of | ||||||
34 | Corrections shall have access to all sealed records of the | ||||||
35 | Department
pertaining to that individual. Upon entry of the | ||||||
36 | order of expungement, the
clerk of the circuit court shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | promptly mail a copy of the order to the
person who was | ||||||
2 | pardoned.
| ||||||
3 | (c-5) Whenever a person has been convicted of criminal | ||||||
4 | sexual assault,
aggravated criminal sexual assault, predatory | ||||||
5 | criminal sexual assault of a
child, criminal sexual abuse, or | ||||||
6 | aggravated criminal sexual abuse, the victim
of that offense | ||||||
7 | may request that the State's Attorney of the county in which
| ||||||
8 | the conviction occurred file a verified petition with the | ||||||
9 | presiding trial judge
at the defendant's trial to have a court | ||||||
10 | order entered to seal the records of
the clerk of the circuit | ||||||
11 | court in connection with the proceedings of the trial
court | ||||||
12 | concerning that offense. However, the records of the arresting | ||||||
13 | authority
and the Department of State Police concerning the | ||||||
14 | offense shall not be
sealed. The court, upon good cause shown, | ||||||
15 | shall make the records of the clerk
of the circuit court in | ||||||
16 | connection with the proceedings of the trial court
concerning | ||||||
17 | the offense available for public inspection.
| ||||||
18 | (c-6) If a conviction has been set aside on direct review | ||||||
19 | or on
collateral attack
and the court determines by clear and | ||||||
20 | convincing evidence that the defendant
was factually innocent | ||||||
21 | of
the charge, the court shall enter an expungement order as | ||||||
22 | provided in
subsection (b) of Section 5-5-4
of the Unified Code | ||||||
23 | of Corrections.
| ||||||
24 | (d) Notice of the petition for subsections (a), (b), and | ||||||
25 | (c) shall be
served upon the State's Attorney or prosecutor | ||||||
26 | charged with the duty
of prosecuting the offense, the | ||||||
27 | Department of State Police, the arresting
agency and the chief | ||||||
28 | legal officer of the unit of local government
affecting the | ||||||
29 | arrest. Unless the State's Attorney or prosecutor, the
| ||||||
30 | Department of State Police, the arresting agency or such chief | ||||||
31 | legal officer
objects to the petition within 30 days from the | ||||||
32 | date of the notice, the
court shall enter an order granting or | ||||||
33 | denying the petition. The clerk
of the court shall promptly | ||||||
34 | mail a copy of the order to the person, the
arresting agency, | ||||||
35 | the prosecutor, the Department of State Police and such
other | ||||||
36 | criminal justice agencies as may be ordered by the judge.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) Nothing herein shall prevent the Department of State | ||||||
2 | Police from
maintaining all records of any person who is | ||||||
3 | admitted to probation upon
terms and conditions and who | ||||||
4 | fulfills those terms and conditions pursuant
to Section 10 of | ||||||
5 | the Cannabis Control Act, Section 410 of the Illinois
| ||||||
6 | Controlled Substances Act, Section 12-4.3 of the Criminal Code
| ||||||
7 | of 1961, Section 10-102 of the Illinois Alcoholism and Other | ||||||
8 | Drug
Dependency Act, Section 40-10 of the Alcoholism and Other | ||||||
9 | Drug Abuse and
Dependency Act, or Section 10 of the Steroid | ||||||
10 | Control Act.
| ||||||
11 | (f) No court order issued pursuant to the expungement | ||||||
12 | provisions of this
Section shall become final for purposes of | ||||||
13 | appeal until 30 days after
notice is received by the | ||||||
14 | Department. Any court order contrary to the
provisions of this | ||||||
15 | Section is void.
| ||||||
16 | (g) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c-5) of | ||||||
17 | this Section,
the court shall not order the sealing or | ||||||
18 | expungement of the arrest
records and records of the circuit | ||||||
19 | court clerk of any person granted
supervision for or convicted | ||||||
20 | of any sexual offense committed against a minor
under 18 years | ||||||
21 | of age. For the purposes of this Section, "sexual offense
| ||||||
22 | committed against a minor" includes but is not limited to the | ||||||
23 | offenses of
indecent solicitation of a child or criminal sexual | ||||||
24 | abuse when the victim of
such offense is under 18 years of age.
| ||||||
25 | (h) (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act to | ||||||
26 | the contrary
and cumulative with any rights to expungement of | ||||||
27 | criminal
records, whenever an adult or minor prosecuted as an | ||||||
28 | adult charged with a
violation of a municipal ordinance or a | ||||||
29 | misdemeanor is acquitted or released
without being convicted, | ||||||
30 | or if the person is convicted but the conviction is
reversed, | ||||||
31 | or if the person has
been placed on supervision for a | ||||||
32 | misdemeanor and has not been
convicted of a felony or | ||||||
33 | misdemeanor or placed on supervision for a
misdemeanor within 3 | ||||||
34 | years after the acquittal or release or reversal of
conviction, | ||||||
35 | or the
completion of the terms and conditions of the | ||||||
36 | supervision, if the
acquittal, release, finding of not guilty, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or reversal of conviction occurred
on
or
after the
effective | ||||||
2 | date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the
| ||||||
3 | Chief Judge of the circuit in which the charge was brought may | ||||||
4 | have the
official records of the arresting authority, the
| ||||||
5 | Department, and the clerk of the circuit court sealed 3 years | ||||||
6 | after the
dismissal of the charge, the finding of not guilty, | ||||||
7 | the reversal of conviction,
or the
completion of the terms and | ||||||
8 | conditions of the supervision,
except those records are subject | ||||||
9 | to inspection and use by the court for the
purposes of | ||||||
10 | subsequent sentencing for misdemeanor and felony violations | ||||||
11 | and
inspection and use by law enforcement agencies and State's | ||||||
12 | Attorneys or other
prosecutors in carrying out the duties of | ||||||
13 | their offices.
This subsection (h) does not apply to persons | ||||||
14 | placed on
supervision for:
(1) a violation of Section 11-501 of | ||||||
15 | the Illinois Vehicle
Code or a similar provision of a local | ||||||
16 | ordinance; (2) a misdemeanor
violation of Article 11 of the | ||||||
17 | Criminal Code of 1961 or a similar provision of
a
local | ||||||
18 | ordinance; (3) a misdemeanor
violation of Section 12-15, 12-30, | ||||||
19 | or 26-5 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or a
similar
provision of | ||||||
20 | a local ordinance; (4) a
misdemeanor violation that is a crime | ||||||
21 | of violence as defined in Section 2 of
the Crime Victims | ||||||
22 | Compensation Act or a similar provision of a local ordinance;
| ||||||
23 | (5) a Class A misdemeanor violation of the Humane Care for | ||||||
24 | Animals Act; or
(6) any offense or attempted offense that would | ||||||
25 | subject a person to
registration under the Sex Offender | ||||||
26 | Registration Act.
| ||||||
27 | (2) Upon acquittal, release without conviction, or being | ||||||
28 | placed on
supervision,
the person charged with the offense | ||||||
29 | shall be informed by the court of the right
to have the records | ||||||
30 | sealed and the procedures for the sealing of the records.
Three | ||||||
31 | years after the dismissal of the charge, the finding of not | ||||||
32 | guilty, the
reversal of conviction, or the completion of the | ||||||
33 | terms and
conditions of the supervision, the defendant
shall | ||||||
34 | provide the clerk of the
court with a notice of request for | ||||||
35 | sealing of records and payment of the
applicable fee and a | ||||||
36 | current
address and shall promptly notify the clerk of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | court
of any change of address. The clerk shall promptly serve | ||||||
2 | notice that the
person's records are to be sealed on the | ||||||
3 | State's Attorney or prosecutor charged
with the
duty of | ||||||
4 | prosecuting the offense, the Department of State Police, the
| ||||||
5 | arresting agency and the chief legal officer of the unit of | ||||||
6 | local
government effecting the arrest.
Unless the State's | ||||||
7 | Attorney or prosecutor, the Department of
State Police, the | ||||||
8 | arresting agency or such chief legal officer objects to
sealing | ||||||
9 | of the records within 90 days of notice
the court shall enter | ||||||
10 | an
order sealing the defendant's records 3 years after the | ||||||
11 | dismissal of the
charge, the finding of not guilty, the | ||||||
12 | reversal of conviction, or the
completion of the terms and | ||||||
13 | conditions of the supervision.
The clerk of the court shall | ||||||
14 | promptly serve by mail or in person a copy of the
order to the | ||||||
15 | person,
the arresting agency, the prosecutor, the Department of
| ||||||
16 | State Police and such other criminal justice agencies as may be | ||||||
17 | ordered
by the judge. If an objection is filed, the court shall | ||||||
18 | set a date for hearing.
At
the hearing the court shall hear | ||||||
19 | evidence on whether the sealing of the
records should or should | ||||||
20 | not be granted.
| ||||||
21 | (3) The clerk may charge
a fee equivalent to the cost | ||||||
22 | associated with the sealing
of records by the clerk and the | ||||||
23 | Department of State Police.
The clerk shall forward the | ||||||
24 | Department of State Police portion of the fee to
the Department | ||||||
25 | and it shall be
deposited into the State Police Services Fund.
| ||||||
26 | (4) Whenever sealing of records is required under this
| ||||||
27 | subsection (h), the notification of the sealing must be given | ||||||
28 | by the circuit
court where the arrest occurred to the | ||||||
29 | Department in a form and manner
prescribed by the Department.
| ||||||
30 | (5) An adult or a minor prosecuted as an adult who was | ||||||
31 | charged with a
violation of a municipal ordinance or a | ||||||
32 | misdemeanor who was acquitted,
released without being | ||||||
33 | convicted, convicted and the conviction was
reversed, or placed | ||||||
34 | on supervision for a
misdemeanor before the date of this | ||||||
35 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General
Assembly and was not | ||||||
36 | convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or placed on
supervision |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for a misdemeanor for 3 years after the acquittal or release or
| ||||||
2 | reversal of conviction, or completion of the
terms and | ||||||
3 | conditions of the supervision may petition the Chief Judge of | ||||||
4 | the
circuit in which the charge was brought, any judge of that | ||||||
5 | circuit in which
the charge was brought, any judge of the | ||||||
6 | circuit designated by the Chief
Judge, or, in counties of less | ||||||
7 | than 3,000,000 inhabitants, the presiding trial
judge at that | ||||||
8 | defendant's trial, to seal the official records of the | ||||||
9 | arresting
authority, the Department, and the clerk of the | ||||||
10 | court, except those records
are subject to inspection and use | ||||||
11 | by the court for the purposes of subsequent
sentencing for | ||||||
12 | misdemeanor and felony violations and inspection and use by
law | ||||||
13 | enforcement agencies, the Department of Corrections, and | ||||||
14 | State's
Attorneys and other prosecutors in carrying out the | ||||||
15 | duties of their offices.
This subsection (h) does not apply to | ||||||
16 | persons placed on
supervision for: (1) a violation of Section | ||||||
17 | 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle
Code or a similar provision of a | ||||||
18 | local ordinance; (2) a misdemeanor
violation of Article 11 of | ||||||
19 | the Criminal Code of 1961 or a similar provision
of a local | ||||||
20 | ordinance; (3) a misdemeanor violation of Section 12-15, 12-30, | ||||||
21 | or
26-5 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or a similar provision of | ||||||
22 | a local ordinance;
(4) a misdemeanor violation that is a crime | ||||||
23 | of violence as defined in
Section
2 of the Crime Victims | ||||||
24 | Compensation Act or a similar provision of a local
ordinance; | ||||||
25 | (5) a Class A misdemeanor violation of the Humane Care for
| ||||||
26 | Animals Act; or (6) any offense or attempted offense that would | ||||||
27 | subject a
person to registration under the Sex Offender | ||||||
28 | Registration Act.
The State's Attorney or prosecutor charged | ||||||
29 | with the duty of
prosecuting the offense, the Department of | ||||||
30 | State Police, the arresting agency
and the chief legal officer | ||||||
31 | of the unit of local government effecting the
arrest
shall be | ||||||
32 | served with a copy of the verified petition and shall have 90 | ||||||
33 | days to
object. If an objection is filed, the court shall set a | ||||||
34 | date for hearing. At
the
hearing the court shall hear evidence | ||||||
35 | on whether the sealing of the records
should or should not be | ||||||
36 | granted. The person whose records are sealed under
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provisions of this Act shall pay to the clerk of the court and | ||||||
2 | the
Department of State Police a fee equivalent to the cost | ||||||
3 | associated
with the sealing of records. The fees shall be paid | ||||||
4 | to the clerk of the court
who shall forward the appropriate | ||||||
5 | portion to the Department at the time the
court order to seal
| ||||||
6 | the defendant's record is forwarded to the Department for
| ||||||
7 | processing. The Department of State Police portion of the fee | ||||||
8 | shall be
deposited into the
State Police Services Fund.
| ||||||
9 | (i) (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act to | ||||||
10 | the contrary
and cumulative with any rights to expungement of | ||||||
11 | criminal
records, whenever an adult or minor prosecuted as an | ||||||
12 | adult charged with a
violation of a municipal ordinance or a | ||||||
13 | misdemeanor is convicted of
a misdemeanor and has not been
| ||||||
14 | convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or placed on supervision | ||||||
15 | for a
misdemeanor within 4 years after the
completion of the | ||||||
16 | sentence, if the
conviction occurred on
or
after the
effective | ||||||
17 | date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the
| ||||||
18 | Chief Judge of the circuit in which the charge was brought may | ||||||
19 | have the
official records of the arresting authority, the
| ||||||
20 | Department, and the clerk of the circuit court sealed 4 years | ||||||
21 | after the
completion of the sentence,
except those records are | ||||||
22 | subject to inspection and use by the court for the
purposes of | ||||||
23 | subsequent sentencing for misdemeanor and felony violations | ||||||
24 | and
inspection and use by law enforcement agencies and State's | ||||||
25 | Attorneys or other
prosecutors in carrying out the duties of | ||||||
26 | their offices.
This subsection (i) does not apply to persons | ||||||
27 | convicted of:
(1) a violation of Section 11-501 of the Illinois | ||||||
28 | Vehicle
Code or a similar provision of a local ordinance; (2) a | ||||||
29 | misdemeanor
violation of Article 11 of the Criminal Code of | ||||||
30 | 1961 or a similar provision of
a
local ordinance; (3) a | ||||||
31 | misdemeanor
violation of Section 12-15, 12-30, or 26-5 of the | ||||||
32 | Criminal Code of 1961 or a
similar
provision of a local | ||||||
33 | ordinance; (4) a
misdemeanor violation that is a crime of | ||||||
34 | violence as defined in Section 2 of
the Crime Victims | ||||||
35 | Compensation Act or a similar provision of a local ordinance;
| ||||||
36 | (5) a Class A misdemeanor violation of the Humane Care for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Animals Act; or
(6) any offense or attempted offense that would | ||||||
2 | subject a person to
registration under the Sex Offender | ||||||
3 | Registration Act.
| ||||||
4 | (2) Upon the conviction of such offense,
the person charged | ||||||
5 | with the offense shall be informed by the court of the right
to | ||||||
6 | have the records sealed and the procedures for the sealing of | ||||||
7 | the records.
Four years after the
completion of the sentence, | ||||||
8 | the defendant
shall provide the clerk of the
court with a | ||||||
9 | notice of request for sealing of records and payment of the
| ||||||
10 | applicable fee and a current
address and shall promptly notify | ||||||
11 | the clerk of the court
of any change of address. The clerk | ||||||
12 | shall promptly serve notice that the
person's records are to be | ||||||
13 | sealed on the State's Attorney or prosecutor charged
with the
| ||||||
14 | duty of prosecuting the offense, the Department of State | ||||||
15 | Police, the
arresting agency and the chief legal officer of the | ||||||
16 | unit of local
government effecting the arrest.
Unless the | ||||||
17 | State's Attorney or prosecutor, the Department of
State Police, | ||||||
18 | the arresting agency or such chief legal officer objects to
| ||||||
19 | sealing of the records within 90 days of notice
the court shall | ||||||
20 | enter an
order sealing the defendant's records 4 years after | ||||||
21 | the
completion of the sentence.
The clerk of the court shall | ||||||
22 | promptly serve by mail or in person a copy of the
order to the | ||||||
23 | person,
the arresting agency, the prosecutor, the Department of
| ||||||
24 | State Police and such other criminal justice agencies as may be | ||||||
25 | ordered
by the judge. If an objection is filed, the court shall | ||||||
26 | set a date for hearing.
At
the hearing the court shall hear | ||||||
27 | evidence on whether the sealing of the
records should or should | ||||||
28 | not be granted.
| ||||||
29 | (3) The clerk may charge
a fee equivalent to the cost | ||||||
30 | associated with the sealing
of records by the clerk and the | ||||||
31 | Department of State Police.
The clerk shall forward the | ||||||
32 | Department of State Police portion of the fee to
the Department | ||||||
33 | and it shall be
deposited into the State Police Services Fund.
| ||||||
34 | (4) Whenever sealing of records is required under this
| ||||||
35 | subsection (i), the notification of the sealing must be given | ||||||
36 | by the circuit
court where the arrest occurred to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department in a form and manner
prescribed by the Department.
| ||||||
2 | (5) An adult or a minor prosecuted as an adult who was | ||||||
3 | charged with a
violation of a municipal ordinance or a | ||||||
4 | misdemeanor who was convicted of a
misdemeanor
before the date | ||||||
5 | of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General
Assembly and was not | ||||||
6 | convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or placed on
supervision | ||||||
7 | for a misdemeanor for 4 years after the completion of the | ||||||
8 | sentence
may petition the Chief Judge of the
circuit in which | ||||||
9 | the charge was brought, any judge of that circuit in which
the | ||||||
10 | charge was brought, any judge of the circuit designated by the | ||||||
11 | Chief
Judge, or, in counties of less than 3,000,000 | ||||||
12 | inhabitants, the presiding trial
judge at that defendant's | ||||||
13 | trial, to seal the official records of the arresting
authority, | ||||||
14 | the Department, and the clerk of the court, except those | ||||||
15 | records
are subject to inspection and use by the court for the | ||||||
16 | purposes of subsequent
sentencing for misdemeanor and felony | ||||||
17 | violations and inspection and use by
law enforcement agencies, | ||||||
18 | the Department of Corrections, and State's
Attorneys and other | ||||||
19 | prosecutors in carrying out the duties of their offices.
This | ||||||
20 | subsection (i) does not apply to persons convicted of: (1) a | ||||||
21 | violation of
Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle
Code or a | ||||||
22 | similar provision of a local ordinance; (2) a misdemeanor
| ||||||
23 | violation of Article 11 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or a | ||||||
24 | similar provision
of a local ordinance; (3) a misdemeanor | ||||||
25 | violation of Section 12-15, 12-30, or
26-5 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
26 | of 1961 or a similar provision of a local ordinance;
(4) a | ||||||
27 | misdemeanor violation that is a crime of violence as defined in
| ||||||
28 | Section
2 of the Crime Victims Compensation Act or a similar | ||||||
29 | provision of a local
ordinance; (5) a Class A misdemeanor | ||||||
30 | violation of the Humane Care for
Animals Act; or (6) any | ||||||
31 | offense or attempted offense that would subject a
person to | ||||||
32 | registration under the Sex Offender Registration Act.
The | ||||||
33 | State's Attorney or prosecutor charged with the duty of
| ||||||
34 | prosecuting the offense, the Department of State Police, the | ||||||
35 | arresting agency
and the chief legal officer of the unit of | ||||||
36 | local government effecting the
arrest
shall be served with a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | copy of the verified petition and shall have 90 days to
object. | ||||||
2 | If an objection is filed, the court shall set a date for | ||||||
3 | hearing. At
the
hearing the court shall hear evidence on | ||||||
4 | whether the sealing of the records
should or should not be | ||||||
5 | granted. The person whose records are sealed under
the | ||||||
6 | provisions of this Act shall pay to the clerk of the court and | ||||||
7 | the
Department of State Police a fee equivalent to the cost | ||||||
8 | associated
with the sealing of records. The fees shall be paid | ||||||
9 | to the clerk of the court
who shall forward the appropriate | ||||||
10 | portion to the Department at the time the
court order to seal
| ||||||
11 | the defendant's record is forwarded to the Department for
| ||||||
12 | processing. The Department of State Police portion of the fee | ||||||
13 | shall be
deposited into the
State Police Services Fund.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 92-651, eff.
7-11-02; 93-210, eff. 7-18-03; | ||||||
15 | 93-211, eff. 1-1-04; revised 8-25-03.)
| ||||||
16 | Section 130. The Department of Veterans Affairs Act is | ||||||
17 | amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of | ||||||
18 | Section 2e as follows:
| ||||||
19 | (20 ILCS 2805/2e)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 2e. The World War II Illinois Veterans Memorial Fund. | ||||||
21 | There is
created in the State treasury the World War II | ||||||
22 | Illinois Veterans Memorial
Fund. The Department must make | ||||||
23 | grants from the Fund for the construction of a
World War II | ||||||
24 | Illinois Veterans Memorial in Springfield, Illinois.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-131, eff. 7-10-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (20 ILCS 2805/2f)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 2f
2e . LaSalle Veterans Home capacity.
| ||||||
28 | (a) The Department finds that the Illinois Veterans Home at | ||||||
29 | LaSalle requires
an increase in capacity to better serve the | ||||||
30 | north central region of Illinois
and to accommodate the | ||||||
31 | increasing number of Illinois veterans eligible for
care.
| ||||||
32 | (b) Subject to appropriation, the Department shall | ||||||
33 | increase by at least
80 beds the capacity of the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Veterans Home at LaSalle and shall
request and expend federal | ||||||
2 | grants for this Veterans Home addition.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-142, eff. 7-10-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
4 | Section 135. The Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act | ||||||
5 | is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (20 ILCS 3305/5) (from Ch. 127, par. 1055)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 5. Illinois Emergency Management Agency.
| ||||||
8 | (a) There is created within the executive branch of the | ||||||
9 | State Government an
Illinois Emergency Management Agency and a | ||||||
10 | Director of the Illinois Emergency
Management Agency, herein | ||||||
11 | called the "Director" who shall be the head thereof.
The | ||||||
12 | Director shall be appointed by the Governor, with the advice | ||||||
13 | and consent of
the Senate, and shall serve for a term of 2 | ||||||
14 | years beginning on the third Monday
in January of the | ||||||
15 | odd-numbered year, and until a successor is appointed and
has | ||||||
16 | qualified; except that the term of the first Director appointed | ||||||
17 | under this
Act shall expire on the third Monday in January, | ||||||
18 | 1989. The Director shall not
hold any other remunerative public | ||||||
19 | office. The Director shall receive an annual
salary as set by | ||||||
20 | the Governor from time to time or the amount set by the
| ||||||
21 | Compensation Review Board, whichever is higher. If set by the | ||||||
22 | Governor, the
Director's annual salary may not exceed 85% of | ||||||
23 | the Governor's annual salary.
| ||||||
24 | (b) The Illinois Emergency Management Agency shall obtain, | ||||||
25 | under the
provisions of the Personnel Code, technical, | ||||||
26 | clerical, stenographic and other
administrative personnel, and | ||||||
27 | may make expenditures within the appropriation
therefor as may | ||||||
28 | be necessary to carry out the purpose of this Act. The agency
| ||||||
29 | created by this Act is intended to be a successor to the agency | ||||||
30 | created under
the Illinois Emergency Services and Disaster | ||||||
31 | Agency Act of 1975 and the
personnel, equipment, records, and | ||||||
32 | appropriations of that agency are
transferred to the successor | ||||||
33 | agency as of the effective date of this Act.
| ||||||
34 | (c) The Director, subject to the direction and control of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Governor,
shall be the executive head of the Illinois | ||||||
2 | Emergency Management Agency and
the State Emergency Response | ||||||
3 | Commission and shall be responsible under the
direction of the | ||||||
4 | Governor, for carrying out the program for emergency
management | ||||||
5 | of this State. The Director shall also maintain liaison
and | ||||||
6 | cooperate with
the emergency management organizations of this | ||||||
7 | State and other states and of
the federal government.
| ||||||
8 | (d) The Illinois Emergency Management Agency shall take an | ||||||
9 | integral part in
the development and revision of political | ||||||
10 | subdivision emergency operations
plans prepared under | ||||||
11 | paragraph (f) of Section 10. To this end it shall employ
or | ||||||
12 | otherwise secure the services of professional and technical | ||||||
13 | personnel
capable of providing expert assistance to the | ||||||
14 | emergency services and disaster
agencies. These personnel | ||||||
15 | shall consult with emergency services and disaster
agencies on | ||||||
16 | a regular basis and shall make field examinations of the areas,
| ||||||
17 | circumstances, and conditions that particular political | ||||||
18 | subdivision emergency
operations plans are intended to apply.
| ||||||
19 | (e) The Illinois Emergency Management Agency and political | ||||||
20 | subdivisions
shall be encouraged to form an emergency | ||||||
21 | management advisory committee composed
of private and public | ||||||
22 | personnel representing the emergency management phases of
| ||||||
23 | mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery.
The Local | ||||||
24 | Emergency Planning Committee, as created under the Illinois
| ||||||
25 | Emergency
Planning and Community Right to Know Act, shall serve | ||||||
26 | as
an advisory
committee to the emergency services and disaster | ||||||
27 | agency or agencies serving
within the boundaries
of that Local | ||||||
28 | Emergency Planning Committee planning district for:
| ||||||
29 | (1) the development of emergency operations plan | ||||||
30 | provisions for hazardous
chemical
emergencies; and
| ||||||
31 | (2) the assessment of emergency response capabilities | ||||||
32 | related to hazardous
chemical
emergencies.
| ||||||
33 | (f) The Illinois Emergency Management Agency shall:
| ||||||
34 | (1) Coordinate the overall emergency management | ||||||
35 | program of the State.
| ||||||
36 | (2) Cooperate with local governments, the federal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | government and any
public or private agency or entity in | ||||||
2 | achieving any purpose of this Act and
in implementing | ||||||
3 | emergency management programs for mitigation, | ||||||
4 | preparedness,
response, and recovery.
| ||||||
5 | (2.5) Cooperate with the Department of Nuclear Safety | ||||||
6 | in development of
the comprehensive emergency preparedness | ||||||
7 | and response plan for any nuclear
accident in accordance | ||||||
8 | with Section 2005-65 of the Department of Nuclear Safety
| ||||||
9 | Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois and in | ||||||
10 | development of the
Illinois
Nuclear Safety Preparedness | ||||||
11 | program in accordance with Section 8 of the
Illinois | ||||||
12 | Nuclear Safety Preparedness Act.
| ||||||
13 | (2.6) Coordinate with the Department of Public Health
| ||||||
14 | with respect to planning for and responding to public | ||||||
15 | health emergencies.
| ||||||
16 | (3) Prepare, for issuance by the Governor, executive | ||||||
17 | orders,
proclamations, and regulations as necessary or | ||||||
18 | appropriate in coping with
disasters.
| ||||||
19 | (4) Promulgate rules and requirements for political | ||||||
20 | subdivision
emergency operations plans that are not | ||||||
21 | inconsistent with and are at least
as stringent as | ||||||
22 | applicable federal laws and regulations.
| ||||||
23 | (5) Review and approve, in accordance with Illinois | ||||||
24 | Emergency Management
Agency rules, emergency operations
| ||||||
25 | plans for those political subdivisions required to have an | ||||||
26 | emergency services
and disaster agency pursuant to this | ||||||
27 | Act.
| ||||||
28 | (5.5) Promulgate rules and requirements for the | ||||||
29 | political subdivision
emergency management
exercises, | ||||||
30 | including, but not limited to, exercises of the emergency | ||||||
31 | operations
plans.
| ||||||
32 | (5.10) Review, evaluate, and approve, in accordance | ||||||
33 | with Illinois
Emergency
Management
Agency rules, political | ||||||
34 | subdivision emergency management exercises for those
| ||||||
35 | political subdivisions
required to have an emergency | ||||||
36 | services and disaster agency pursuant to this
Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) Determine requirements of the State and its | ||||||
2 | political
subdivisions
for food, clothing, and other | ||||||
3 | necessities in event of a disaster.
| ||||||
4 | (7) Establish a register of persons with types of | ||||||
5 | emergency
management
training and skills in mitigation, | ||||||
6 | preparedness, response, and recovery.
| ||||||
7 | (8) Establish a register of government and private | ||||||
8 | response
resources
available for use in a disaster.
| ||||||
9 | (9) Expand the Earthquake Awareness Program and its | ||||||
10 | efforts to
distribute earthquake preparedness materials to | ||||||
11 | schools, political
subdivisions, community groups, civic | ||||||
12 | organizations, and the media.
Emphasis will be placed on | ||||||
13 | those areas of the State most at risk from an
earthquake. | ||||||
14 | Maintain the list of all school districts, hospitals,
| ||||||
15 | airports, power plants, including nuclear power plants, | ||||||
16 | lakes, dams,
emergency response facilities of all types, | ||||||
17 | and all other major public or
private structures which are | ||||||
18 | at the greatest risk of damage from
earthquakes under | ||||||
19 | circumstances where the damage would cause subsequent
harm | ||||||
20 | to the surrounding communities and residents.
| ||||||
21 | (10) Disseminate all information, completely and | ||||||
22 | without
delay, on water
levels for rivers and streams and | ||||||
23 | any other data pertaining to potential
flooding supplied by | ||||||
24 | the Division of Water Resources within the Department of
| ||||||
25 | Natural Resources to all political subdivisions to the | ||||||
26 | maximum extent possible.
| ||||||
27 | (11) Develop agreements, if feasible, with medical | ||||||
28 | supply and
equipment
firms to
supply resources as are | ||||||
29 | necessary to respond to an earthquake or any other
disaster | ||||||
30 | as defined in this Act. These resources will be made | ||||||
31 | available
upon notifying the vendor of the disaster. | ||||||
32 | Payment for the resources will
be in accordance with | ||||||
33 | Section 7 of this Act. The Illinois Department of
Public | ||||||
34 | Health shall determine which resources will be required and | ||||||
35 | requested.
| ||||||
36 | (11.5) In coordination with the Department of State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Police, develop and
implement a community outreach program | ||||||
2 | to promote awareness among the State's
parents and children | ||||||
3 | of child abduction prevention and response.
| ||||||
4 | (12) Out of funds appropriated for these purposes, | ||||||
5 | award capital and
non-capital grants to Illinois hospitals | ||||||
6 | or health care facilities located
outside of a city with a | ||||||
7 | population in excess of 1,000,000 to be used for
purposes | ||||||
8 | that include, but are not limited to, preparing to respond | ||||||
9 | to mass
casualties and disasters, maintaining and | ||||||
10 | improving patient safety and
quality of care, and | ||||||
11 | protecting the confidentiality of patient information.
No | ||||||
12 | single grant for a capital expenditure shall exceed | ||||||
13 | $300,000.
No single grant for a non-capital expenditure | ||||||
14 | shall exceed $100,000.
In awarding such grants, preference | ||||||
15 | shall be given to hospitals that serve
a significant number | ||||||
16 | of Medicaid recipients, but do not qualify for
| ||||||
17 | disproportionate share hospital adjustment payments under | ||||||
18 | the Illinois Public
Aid Code. To receive such a grant, a | ||||||
19 | hospital or health care facility must
provide funding of at | ||||||
20 | least 50% of the cost of the project for which the grant
is | ||||||
21 | being requested.
In awarding such grants the Illinois | ||||||
22 | Emergency Management Agency shall consider
the | ||||||
23 | recommendations of the Illinois Hospital Association.
| ||||||
24 | (13) Do all other things necessary, incidental or | ||||||
25 | appropriate
for the implementation of this Act.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 92-73, eff. 1-1-02; 92-597, eff.
6-28-02; 93-249, | ||||||
27 | eff. 7-22-03; 93-310, eff. 7-23-03; revised 9-11-03.)
| ||||||
28 | Section 140. The Illinois Finance Authority Act is amended | ||||||
29 | by changing Sections 801-1 and 815-10 as follows:
| ||||||
30 | (20 ILCS 3501/801-1)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 801-1. Short Title. Articles 801
80 through 845 of | ||||||
32 | this Act may
be cited as the Illinois Finance Authority Act. | ||||||
33 | References to "this Act" in
Articles 801 through 845 are | ||||||
34 | references to the Illinois Finance Authority Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-16-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (20 ILCS 3501/815-10)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 815-10. Definitions. The following terms, whenever | ||||||
4 | used or referred
to in this Article, shall have the following | ||||||
5 | meanings ascribed to them, except
where the context clearly | ||||||
6 | requires otherwise:
| ||||||
7 | (a) "Property" means land, parcels or combination of | ||||||
8 | parcels, structures,
and all improvements, easements and | ||||||
9 | franchises . ;
| ||||||
10 | (b) "Redevelopment area" means any property which is a | ||||||
11 | contiguous area
of at least 2 acres but less than 160 acres in | ||||||
12 | the aggregate located within
one and one-half miles of the | ||||||
13 | corporate limits of a municipality and not
included within any | ||||||
14 | municipality, where, (1) if improved, a substantial
proportion | ||||||
15 | of the industrial, commercial and residential buildings or
| ||||||
16 | improvements are detrimental
to the public safety, health, | ||||||
17 | morals or welfare because of a combination of any
of the | ||||||
18 | following factors: age; physical configuration; dilapidation; | ||||||
19 | structural
or economic obsolescence; deterioration; illegal | ||||||
20 | use of individual structures;
presence of structures below | ||||||
21 | minimum code standards; excessive and sustained
vacancies; | ||||||
22 | overcrowding of structures and community facilities; | ||||||
23 | inadequate
ventilation, light, sewer, water, transportation | ||||||
24 | and other infrastructure
facilities; inadequate utilities; | ||||||
25 | excessive land coverage; deleterious land use
or layout; | ||||||
26 | depreciation or lack of physical maintenance; and lack of | ||||||
27 | community
planning; or (2) if vacant, the sound utilization of | ||||||
28 | land for industrial
projects is impaired by a combination of 2 | ||||||
29 | or more of the following factors:
obsolete platting of the | ||||||
30 | vacant land; diversity of ownership of such land; tax
and | ||||||
31 | special assessment delinquencies on such land; and | ||||||
32 | deterioration of
structures or site improvements in | ||||||
33 | neighboring areas to the vacant land, or the
area immediately | ||||||
34 | prior to becoming vacant qualified as a redevelopment improved
| ||||||
35 | area; or (3) if an improved area within the boundaries of a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | development project
is located within the corporate limits of | ||||||
2 | the municipality in which 50% or more
of the structures in the | ||||||
3 | area have an age of 35 years or more, such area does
not | ||||||
4 | qualify under clause (1) but is detrimental to the public | ||||||
5 | safety, health,
morals or welfare and such area may become a | ||||||
6 | redevelopment area pursuant to
clause (1) because of a | ||||||
7 | combination of 3 or more of the factors specified in
clause | ||||||
8 | (1).
| ||||||
9 | (c) "Enterprise" means an individual, corporation, | ||||||
10 | partnership, joint
venture, trust, estate , or unincorporated | ||||||
11 | association . ;
| ||||||
12 | (d) "Development plan" means the comprehensive program of | ||||||
13 | the Authority and
the participating entity to reduce or | ||||||
14 | eliminate those conditions the existence
of which qualified the | ||||||
15 | project area as a redevelopment area. Each development
plan | ||||||
16 | shall set forth in writing the program to be undertaken to | ||||||
17 | accomplish such
objectives and shall include, without | ||||||
18 | limitation, estimated development project
costs, the sources | ||||||
19 | of funds to pay costs, the nature and term of any
obligations | ||||||
20 | to be issued, the most recent equalized assessed valuation of
| ||||||
21 | the project area, an estimate as to the equalized assessed | ||||||
22 | valuation after
development and the general land uses to apply | ||||||
23 | in the project area.
| ||||||
24 | (e) "Development project" means any project in furtherance | ||||||
25 | of the objectives
of a development plan, including any building | ||||||
26 | or buildings or building addition
or other structures to be | ||||||
27 | newly constructed, renovated or improved and suitable
for use | ||||||
28 | by an enterprise as an industrial project, and includes the | ||||||
29 | sites and
other rights in the property on which such buildings | ||||||
30 | or structures are located.
| ||||||
31 | (f) "Participating entity" means a municipality, a local | ||||||
32 | industrial
development agency or an enterprise or any | ||||||
33 | combination thereof.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
35 | Section 142. The Council on Responsible Fatherhood Act is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
2 | (20 ILCS 3927/10)
| ||||||
3 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 2005)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 10. Fatherhood initiative.
| ||||||
5 | (a) The purpose of this Act shall be implemented through a | ||||||
6 | fatherhood
initiative to be directed by the Council on | ||||||
7 | Responsible Fatherhood created by
this Act.
| ||||||
8 | (b) The goals of the fatherhood initiative are to increase | ||||||
9 | the awareness of
the problems created when a child grows up | ||||||
10 | without the presence of a
responsible father; to identify | ||||||
11 | obstacles that impede or prevent the
involvement of responsible | ||||||
12 | fathers in the lives of their children; to identify
strategies | ||||||
13 | that are successful in overcoming identified obstacles and in
| ||||||
14 | encouraging responsible fatherhood; and to facilitate the | ||||||
15 | transition from
current policies, perceptions, and practices | ||||||
16 | that adversely affect the
participation of fathers in their | ||||||
17 | children's lives to policies, perceptions,
and practices that | ||||||
18 | promote the contributions of responsible fathers. The
| ||||||
19 | fatherhood initiative must promote positive interaction | ||||||
20 | between fathers and
their children. While the emphasis of the | ||||||
21 | program must be on the population of
children whose families | ||||||
22 | have received or are receiving public assistance, the
program | ||||||
23 | may not exclude other populations of children for which the | ||||||
24 | program is
appropriate.
| ||||||
25 | (c)
(b) The fatherhood initiative must include, but is not | ||||||
26 | limited
to, the following:
| ||||||
27 | (1) The promotion of public education concerning the | ||||||
28 | financial and
emotional responsibilities of fatherhood.
| ||||||
29 | (2) The provision of assistance to men in preparing for | ||||||
30 | the legal,
financial, and emotional responsibilities of | ||||||
31 | fatherhood.
| ||||||
32 | (3) The promotion of the establishment of paternity | ||||||
33 | upon the birth of a
child.
| ||||||
34 | (4) The encouragement of fathers in fostering an | ||||||
35 | emotional connection to
children and providing financial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | support to children.
| ||||||
2 | (5) The establishment of support mechanisms for | ||||||
3 | fathers developing and
maintaining relationships with | ||||||
4 | their children.
| ||||||
5 | (6) The identification and promotion of methods that | ||||||
6 | reduce the negative
outcomes experienced by children | ||||||
7 | affected by divorce, separation, and
disputes concerning | ||||||
8 | custody and visitation.
| ||||||
9 | (7) The integration of State and local services | ||||||
10 | available to families.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-437, eff. 8-5-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 143. The Illinois Health Facilities Planning Act is | ||||||
13 | amended by changing Section 3 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (20 ILCS 3960/3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1153)
| ||||||
15 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 2006)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 3. Definitions. As used in this Act:
| ||||||
17 | "Health care facilities" means and includes
the following | ||||||
18 | facilities and organizations:
| ||||||
19 | 1. An ambulatory surgical treatment center required to | ||||||
20 | be licensed
pursuant to the Ambulatory Surgical Treatment | ||||||
21 | Center Act;
| ||||||
22 | 2. An institution, place, building, or agency required | ||||||
23 | to be licensed
pursuant to the Hospital Licensing Act;
| ||||||
24 | 3. Skilled and intermediate long term care facilities | ||||||
25 | licensed under the
Nursing
Home Care Act;
| ||||||
26 | 3. Skilled and intermediate long term care facilities | ||||||
27 | licensed under the
Nursing
Home Care Act;
| ||||||
28 | 4. Hospitals, nursing homes, ambulatory surgical | ||||||
29 | treatment centers, or
kidney disease treatment centers
| ||||||
30 | maintained by the State or any department or agency | ||||||
31 | thereof;
| ||||||
32 | 5. Kidney disease treatment centers, including a | ||||||
33 | free-standing
hemodialysis unit required to be licensed | ||||||
34 | under the End Stage Renal Disease Facility Act; and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 6. An institution, place, building, or room used for | ||||||
2 | the performance of
outpatient surgical procedures that is | ||||||
3 | leased, owned, or operated by or on
behalf of an | ||||||
4 | out-of-state facility.
| ||||||
5 | No federally owned facility shall be subject to the | ||||||
6 | provisions of this
Act, nor facilities used solely for healing | ||||||
7 | by prayer or spiritual means.
| ||||||
8 | No facility licensed under the Supportive Residences | ||||||
9 | Licensing Act or the
Assisted Living and Shared Housing Act
| ||||||
10 | shall be subject to the provisions of this Act.
| ||||||
11 | A facility designated as a supportive living facility that | ||||||
12 | is in good
standing with the demonstration project established | ||||||
13 | under Section 5-5.01a of
the Illinois Public Aid Code shall not | ||||||
14 | be subject to the provisions of this
Act.
| ||||||
15 | This Act does not apply to facilities granted waivers under | ||||||
16 | Section 3-102.2
of the Nursing Home Care Act. However, if a | ||||||
17 | demonstration project under that
Act applies for a certificate
| ||||||
18 | of need to convert to a nursing facility, it shall meet the | ||||||
19 | licensure and
certificate of need requirements in effect as of | ||||||
20 | the date of application. | ||||||
21 | This Act does not apply to a dialysis facility that | ||||||
22 | provides only dialysis training, support, and related services | ||||||
23 | to individuals with end stage renal disease who have elected to | ||||||
24 | receive home dialysis. This Act does not apply to a dialysis | ||||||
25 | unit located in a licensed nursing home that offers or provides | ||||||
26 | dialysis-related services to residents with end stage renal | ||||||
27 | disease who have elected to receive home dialysis within the | ||||||
28 | nursing home. The Board, however, may require these dialysis | ||||||
29 | facilities and licensed nursing homes to report statistical | ||||||
30 | information on a quarterly basis to the Board to be used by the | ||||||
31 | Board to conduct analyses on the need for proposed kidney | ||||||
32 | disease treatment centers.
| ||||||
33 | This Act shall not apply to the closure of an entity or a | ||||||
34 | portion of an
entity licensed under the Nursing Home Care Act | ||||||
35 | that elects to convert, in
whole or in part, to an assisted | ||||||
36 | living or shared housing establishment
licensed under the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Assisted Living and Shared Housing Act.
| ||||||
2 | With the exception of those health care facilities | ||||||
3 | specifically
included in this Section, nothing in this Act | ||||||
4 | shall be intended to
include facilities operated as a part of | ||||||
5 | the practice of a physician or
other licensed health care | ||||||
6 | professional, whether practicing in his
individual capacity or | ||||||
7 | within the legal structure of any partnership,
medical or | ||||||
8 | professional corporation, or unincorporated medical or
| ||||||
9 | professional group. Further, this Act shall not apply to | ||||||
10 | physicians or
other licensed health care professional's | ||||||
11 | practices where such practices
are carried out in a portion of | ||||||
12 | a health care facility under contract
with such health care | ||||||
13 | facility by a physician or by other licensed
health care | ||||||
14 | professionals, whether practicing in his individual capacity
| ||||||
15 | or within the legal structure of any partnership, medical or
| ||||||
16 | professional corporation, or unincorporated medical or | ||||||
17 | professional
groups. This Act shall apply to construction or
| ||||||
18 | modification and to establishment by such health care facility | ||||||
19 | of such
contracted portion which is subject to facility | ||||||
20 | licensing requirements,
irrespective of the party responsible | ||||||
21 | for such action or attendant
financial obligation.
| ||||||
22 | "Person" means any one or more natural persons, legal | ||||||
23 | entities,
governmental bodies other than federal, or any | ||||||
24 | combination thereof.
| ||||||
25 | "Consumer" means any person other than a person (a) whose | ||||||
26 | major
occupation currently involves or whose official capacity | ||||||
27 | within the last
12 months has involved the providing, | ||||||
28 | administering or financing of any
type of health care facility, | ||||||
29 | (b) who is engaged in health research or
the teaching of | ||||||
30 | health, (c) who has a material financial interest in any
| ||||||
31 | activity which involves the providing, administering or | ||||||
32 | financing of any
type of health care facility, or (d) who is or | ||||||
33 | ever has been a member of
the immediate family of the person | ||||||
34 | defined by (a), (b), or (c).
| ||||||
35 | "State Board" means the Health Facilities Planning Board.
| ||||||
36 | "Construction or modification" means the establishment, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | erection,
building, alteration, reconstruction, modernization, | ||||||
2 | improvement,
extension, discontinuation, change of ownership, | ||||||
3 | of or by a health care
facility, or the purchase or acquisition | ||||||
4 | by or through a health care facility
of
equipment or service | ||||||
5 | for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes or for
facility | ||||||
6 | administration or operation, or any capital expenditure made by
| ||||||
7 | or on behalf of a health care facility which
exceeds the | ||||||
8 | capital expenditure minimum; however, any capital expenditure
| ||||||
9 | made by or on behalf of a health care facility for (i) the | ||||||
10 | construction or
modification of a facility licensed under the | ||||||
11 | Assisted Living and Shared
Housing Act or (ii) a conversion | ||||||
12 | project undertaken in accordance with Section 30 of the Older | ||||||
13 | Adult Services Act shall be excluded from any obligations under | ||||||
14 | this Act.
| ||||||
15 | "Establish" means the construction of a health care | ||||||
16 | facility or the
replacement of an existing facility on another | ||||||
17 | site.
| ||||||
18 | "Major medical equipment" means medical equipment which is | ||||||
19 | used for the
provision of medical and other health services and | ||||||
20 | which costs in excess
of the capital expenditure minimum, | ||||||
21 | except that such term does not include
medical equipment | ||||||
22 | acquired
by or on behalf of a clinical laboratory to provide | ||||||
23 | clinical laboratory
services if the clinical laboratory is | ||||||
24 | independent of a physician's office
and a hospital and it has | ||||||
25 | been determined under Title XVIII of the Social
Security Act to | ||||||
26 | meet the requirements of paragraphs (10) and (11) of Section
| ||||||
27 | 1861(s) of such Act. In determining whether medical equipment | ||||||
28 | has a value
in excess of the capital expenditure minimum, the | ||||||
29 | value of studies, surveys,
designs, plans, working drawings, | ||||||
30 | specifications, and other activities
essential to the | ||||||
31 | acquisition of such equipment shall be included.
| ||||||
32 | "Capital Expenditure" means an expenditure: (A) made by or | ||||||
33 | on behalf of
a health care facility (as such a facility is | ||||||
34 | defined in this Act); and
(B) which under generally accepted | ||||||
35 | accounting principles is not properly
chargeable as an expense | ||||||
36 | of operation and maintenance, or is made to obtain
by lease or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | comparable arrangement any facility or part thereof or any
| ||||||
2 | equipment for a facility or part; and which exceeds the capital | ||||||
3 | expenditure
minimum.
| ||||||
4 | For the purpose of this paragraph, the cost of any studies, | ||||||
5 | surveys, designs,
plans, working drawings, specifications, and | ||||||
6 | other activities essential
to the acquisition, improvement, | ||||||
7 | expansion, or replacement of any plant
or equipment with | ||||||
8 | respect to which an expenditure is made shall be included
in | ||||||
9 | determining if such expenditure exceeds the capital | ||||||
10 | expenditures minimum.
Donations of equipment
or facilities to a | ||||||
11 | health care facility which if acquired directly by such
| ||||||
12 | facility would be subject to review under this Act shall be | ||||||
13 | considered capital
expenditures, and a transfer of equipment or | ||||||
14 | facilities for less than fair
market value shall be considered | ||||||
15 | a capital expenditure for purposes of this
Act if a transfer of | ||||||
16 | the equipment or facilities at fair market value would
be | ||||||
17 | subject to review.
| ||||||
18 | "Capital expenditure minimum" means $6,000,000, which | ||||||
19 | shall be annually
adjusted to reflect the increase in | ||||||
20 | construction costs due to inflation, for major medical | ||||||
21 | equipment and for all other
capital expenditures; provided, | ||||||
22 | however, that when a capital expenditure is
for the | ||||||
23 | construction or modification of a health and fitness center, | ||||||
24 | "capital
expenditure minimum" means the capital expenditure | ||||||
25 | minimum for all other
capital expenditures in effect on March | ||||||
26 | 1, 2000, which shall be annually
adjusted to reflect the | ||||||
27 | increase in construction costs due to inflation.
| ||||||
28 | "Non-clinical service area" means an area (i) for the | ||||||
29 | benefit of the
patients, visitors, staff, or employees of a | ||||||
30 | health care facility and (ii) not
directly related to the | ||||||
31 | diagnosis, treatment, or rehabilitation of persons
receiving | ||||||
32 | services from the health care facility. "Non-clinical service | ||||||
33 | areas"
include, but are not limited to, chapels; gift shops; | ||||||
34 | news stands; computer
systems; tunnels, walkways, and | ||||||
35 | elevators; telephone systems; projects to
comply with life | ||||||
36 | safety codes; educational facilities; student housing;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | patient, employee, staff, and visitor dining areas; | ||||||
2 | administration and
volunteer offices; modernization of | ||||||
3 | structural components (such as roof
replacement and masonry | ||||||
4 | work); boiler repair or replacement; vehicle
maintenance and | ||||||
5 | storage facilities; parking facilities; mechanical systems for
| ||||||
6 | heating, ventilation, and air conditioning; loading docks; and | ||||||
7 | repair or
replacement of carpeting, tile, wall coverings, | ||||||
8 | window coverings or treatments,
or furniture. Solely for the | ||||||
9 | purpose of this definition, "non-clinical service
area" does | ||||||
10 | not include health and fitness centers.
| ||||||
11 | "Areawide" means a major area of the State delineated on a
| ||||||
12 | geographic, demographic, and functional basis for health | ||||||
13 | planning and
for health service and having within it one or | ||||||
14 | more local areas for
health planning and health service. The | ||||||
15 | term "region", as contrasted
with the term "subregion", and the | ||||||
16 | word "area" may be used synonymously
with the term "areawide".
| ||||||
17 | "Local" means a subarea of a delineated major area that on | ||||||
18 | a
geographic, demographic, and functional basis may be | ||||||
19 | considered to be
part of such major area. The term "subregion" | ||||||
20 | may be used synonymously
with the term "local".
| ||||||
21 | "Areawide health planning organization" or "Comprehensive | ||||||
22 | health
planning organization" means the health systems agency | ||||||
23 | designated by the
Secretary, Department of Health and Human | ||||||
24 | Services or any successor agency.
| ||||||
25 | "Local health planning organization" means those local | ||||||
26 | health
planning organizations that are designated as such by | ||||||
27 | the areawide
health planning organization of the appropriate | ||||||
28 | area.
| ||||||
29 | "Physician" means a person licensed to practice in | ||||||
30 | accordance with
the Medical Practice Act of 1987, as amended.
| ||||||
31 | "Licensed health care professional" means a person | ||||||
32 | licensed to
practice a health profession under pertinent | ||||||
33 | licensing statutes of the
State of Illinois.
| ||||||
34 | "Director" means the Director of the Illinois Department of | ||||||
35 | Public Health.
| ||||||
36 | "Agency" means the Illinois Department of Public Health.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Comprehensive health planning" means health planning | ||||||
2 | concerned with
the total population and all health and | ||||||
3 | associated problems that affect
the well-being of people and | ||||||
4 | that encompasses health services, health
manpower, and health | ||||||
5 | facilities; and the coordination among these and
with those | ||||||
6 | social, economic, and environmental factors that affect | ||||||
7 | health.
| ||||||
8 | "Alternative health care model" means a facility or program | ||||||
9 | authorized
under the Alternative Health Care Delivery Act.
| ||||||
10 | "Out-of-state facility" means a person that is both (i) | ||||||
11 | licensed as a
hospital or as an ambulatory surgery center under | ||||||
12 | the laws of another state
or that
qualifies as a hospital or an | ||||||
13 | ambulatory surgery center under regulations
adopted pursuant | ||||||
14 | to the Social Security Act and (ii) not licensed under the
| ||||||
15 | Ambulatory Surgical Treatment Center Act, the Hospital | ||||||
16 | Licensing Act, or the
Nursing Home Care Act. Affiliates of | ||||||
17 | out-of-state facilities shall be
considered out-of-state | ||||||
18 | facilities. Affiliates of Illinois licensed health
care | ||||||
19 | facilities 100% owned by an Illinois licensed health care | ||||||
20 | facility, its
parent, or Illinois physicians licensed to | ||||||
21 | practice medicine in all its
branches shall not be considered | ||||||
22 | out-of-state facilities. Nothing in
this definition shall be
| ||||||
23 | construed to include an office or any part of an office of a | ||||||
24 | physician licensed
to practice medicine in all its branches in | ||||||
25 | Illinois that is not required to be
licensed under the | ||||||
26 | Ambulatory Surgical Treatment Center Act.
| ||||||
27 | "Change of ownership of a health care facility" means a | ||||||
28 | change in the
person
who has ownership or
control of a health | ||||||
29 | care facility's physical plant and capital assets. A change
in | ||||||
30 | ownership is indicated by
the following transactions: sale, | ||||||
31 | transfer, acquisition, lease, change of
sponsorship, or other | ||||||
32 | means of
transferring control.
| ||||||
33 | "Related person" means any person that: (i) is at least 50% | ||||||
34 | owned, directly
or indirectly, by
either the health care | ||||||
35 | facility or a person owning, directly or indirectly, at
least | ||||||
36 | 50% of the health
care facility; or (ii) owns, directly or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | indirectly, at least 50% of the
health care facility.
| ||||||
2 | "Charity care" means care provided by a health care | ||||||
3 | facility for which the provider does not expect to receive | ||||||
4 | payment from the patient or a third-party payer. | ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-41, eff. 6-27-03; 93-766, eff. 7-20-04; | ||||||
6 | 93-935, eff. 1-1-05; 93-1031, eff. 8-27-04; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
7 | Section 145. The State Finance Act is amended by changing, | ||||||
8 | setting forth, and renumbering multiple versions of Sections | ||||||
9 | 5.545, 5.552, 5.567, 5.570, 5.571, 5.595, 5.596, 5.620, 5.625, | ||||||
10 | 6z-65, and 8h and by changing Sections 6z-43, 8.3, 8j, and 25 | ||||||
11 | as follows:
| ||||||
12 | (30 ILCS 105/5.545)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 5.545. The Digital Divide Elimination Fund. | ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 92-22, eff. 6-30-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02.)
| ||||||
15 | (30 ILCS 105/5.552)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 5.552. The ICCB Adult Education Fund. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 92-49, eff. 7-9-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02.)
| ||||||
18 | (30 ILCS 105/5.567)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 5.567. The Secretary of State Police Services Fund. | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-501, eff. 12-19-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.569)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 5.569
5.570 . The National Guard Grant Fund. | ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 92-589, eff. 7-1-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/5.570)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 5.570. The Illinois Student Assistance Commission | ||||||
26 | Contracts and
Grants Fund.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 92-597, eff. 6-28-02.)
| ||||||
28 | (30 ILCS 105/5.571)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 5.571. The Career and Technical Education Fund. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 92-597, eff. 6-28-02.)
| ||||||
2 | (30 ILCS 105/5.572)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 5.572
5.570 . The Presidential Library and Museum | ||||||
4 | Operating Fund. | ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-600, eff. 6-28-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
6 | (30 ILCS 105/5.573)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 5.573
5.571 . The Family Care Fund. | ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 92-600, eff. 6-28-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
9 | (30 ILCS 105/5.574)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 5.574
5.570 . The Transportation Safety Highway | ||||||
11 | Hire-back Fund. | ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 92-619, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
13 | (30 ILCS 105/5.575)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 5.575
5.570 . The McKinley Bridge Fund. | ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-679, eff. 7-16-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
16 | (30 ILCS 105/5.576)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 5.576
5.570 . The Illinois Century Network Special | ||||||
18 | Purposes
Fund.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 92-691, eff. 7-18-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
20 | (30 ILCS 105/5.577)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 5.577
5.545 . The Hospice Fund. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 92-693, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/5.578)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 5.578
5.552 . Lewis and Clark Bicentennial Fund. | ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 92-694, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
26 | (30 ILCS 105/5.579)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5.579
5.570 . The Public Broadcasting Fund. | ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 92-695, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (30 ILCS 105/5.580)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 5.580
5.570 . The Park District Youth Program Fund. | ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 92-697, eff. 7-19-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
4 | (30 ILCS 105/5.581)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 5.581
5.570 . The Professional Sports Teams Education | ||||||
6 | Fund. | ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 92-699, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 105/5.582)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 5.582
5.570 . The Illinois Pan Hellenic Trust Fund. | ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-702, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 105/5.583)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 5.583
5.567 . The September 11th Fund. | ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-704, eff. 7-19-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
14 | (30 ILCS 105/5.584)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 5.584
5.570 . The Illinois Route 66 Heritage Project | ||||||
16 | Fund. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 92-706, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
18 | (30 ILCS 105/5.585)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 5.585
5.570 . The Stop Neuroblastoma Fund. | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-711, eff. 7-19-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.586)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 5.586
5.570 . The Lawyers' Assistance Program Fund. | ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 92-747, eff. 7-31-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/5.587)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 5.587
5.570 . The Local Planning Fund. | ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 92-768, eff. 8-6-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
27 | (30 ILCS 105/5.588)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 5.588
5.570 . The Multiple Sclerosis Assistance Fund. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 92-772, eff. 8-6-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 105/5.589)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 5.589
5.570 . The Innovations in Long-term Care Quality
| ||||||
5 | Demonstration Grants
Fund.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 92-784, eff. 8-6-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
7 | (30 ILCS 105/5.590)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 5.590
5.570 . The End Stage Renal Disease Facility | ||||||
9 | Licensing
Fund.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-794, eff. 7-1-03; revised 9-27-03.)
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 105/5.591)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 5.591
5.570 . The Restricted Call Registry Fund. | ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-795, eff. 8-9-02; revised 8-27-02.)
| ||||||
14 | (30 ILCS 105/5.592)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 5.592
5.570 . The Illinois Military Family Relief Fund. | ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-886, eff. 2-7-03; revised 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
17 | (30 ILCS 105/5.593)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 5.593
5.595 . The Illinois Medical District at | ||||||
19 | Springfield
Income Fund.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-870, eff. 1-3-03; revised 4-14-03.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.594)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 5.594
5.595 . The Pension Contribution Fund. | ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 93-2, eff. 4-7-03; revised 4-14-03.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/5.595)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 5.595. The Senior Citizens and Disabled Persons | ||||||
26 | Prescription Drug
Discount Program Fund.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 93-18, eff. 7-1-03.)
| ||||||
28 | (30 ILCS 105/5.596)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 5.596
5.595 . The Emergency Public Health Fund. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 105/5.597)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 5.597
5.596 . The Illinois Clean Water Fund. | ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 7-1-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
6 | (30 ILCS 105/5.598)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 5.598
5.595 . The Fire Truck Revolving Loan Fund. | ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-35, eff. 6-24-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
9 | (30 ILCS 105/5.599)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 5.599
5.595 . The Lou Gehrig's Disease (ALS) Research | ||||||
11 | Fund. | ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 93-36, eff. 6-24-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
13 | (30 ILCS 105/5.600)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 5.600
5.595 . The Emergency Public Health Fund. | ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 93-52, eff. 6-30-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
16 | (30 ILCS 105/5.601)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 5.601
5.595 . The Obesity Study and Prevention Fund. | ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-60, eff. 7-1-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
19 | (30 ILCS 105/5.602)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 5.602
5.595 . The World War II Illinois Veterans | ||||||
21 | Memorial Fund. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-131, eff. 7-10-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/5.603)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 5.603
5.595 . The Oil Spill Response Fund. | ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-152, eff. 7-10-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (30 ILCS 105/5.604)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5.604
5.595 . The Community Senior Services and | ||||||
28 | Resources Fund. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-246, eff. 7-22-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (30 ILCS 105/5.605)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 5.605
5.595 . The Good Samaritan Energy Trust Fund. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 93-285, eff. 7-22-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
5 | (30 ILCS 105/5.606)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 5.606
5.595 . The Leukemia Treatment and Education | ||||||
7 | Fund. | ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-324, eff. 7-23-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
9 | (30 ILCS 105/5.607)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 5.607
5.595 . The State Library Fund. | ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-397, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
12 | (30 ILCS 105/5.608)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 5.608
5.595 . The Responsible Fatherhood Fund. | ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 93-437, eff. 8-5-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
15 | (30 ILCS 105/5.609)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 5.609
5.595 . The Corporate Crime Fund. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-496, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
18 | (30 ILCS 105/5.610)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 5.610
5.595 . The TOMA Consumer Protection Fund. | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-535, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.611)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 5.611
5.595 . The Debt Collection Fund. | ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 93-570, eff. 8-20-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/5.612)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 5.612
5.595 . The Help Illinois Vote Fund. | ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-574, eff. 8-21-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
27 | (30 ILCS 105/5.613)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 5.613
5.595 . The Secretary of State Police DUI Fund. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-584, eff. 8-22-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 105/5.614)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 5.614
5.595 . The I-FLY Fund. | ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-585, eff. 8-22-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
6 | (30 ILCS 105/5.615)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 5.615
5.596 . The Efficiency Initiatives Revolving | ||||||
8 | Fund. | ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
10 | (30 ILCS 105/5.616)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 5.616
5.596 . ICCB Federal Trust Fund. | ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 93-153, eff. 7-10-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
13 | (30 ILCS 105/5.617)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 5.617.
5.595.
The Illinois Law Enforcement Training | ||||||
15 | Standards Board Costs
and
Attorney Fees Fund.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 93-605, eff. 11-19-03; revised 1-10-04.) | ||||||
17 | (30 ILCS 105/5.618)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 5.618
5.595 . The Tax Recovery Fund. | ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 93-658, eff. 1-22-04; revised 1-22-04.) | ||||||
20 | (30 ILCS 105/5.619)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 5.619
5.620 . The Capitol Restoration Trust Fund.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-632, eff. 2-1-04; revised 2-3-04.) | ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/5.620)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 5.620. The Health Care Services Trust Fund.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-659, eff. 2-3-04.)
| ||||||
26 | (30 ILCS 105/5.622)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5.622
5.625 . The Medicaid Provider Relief Fund. | ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 93-674, eff. 6-10-04; revised 11-8-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (30 ILCS 105/5.623)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 5.623
5.625 . The Illinois Veterans' Homes Fund. | ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-776, eff. 7-21-04; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
4 | (30 ILCS 105/5.624)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 5.624
5.625 . The Illinois Laboratory Advisory | ||||||
6 | Committee Act Fund. | ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 93-784, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 105/5.625)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 5.625. The Alzheimer's Disease Center Clinical Fund. | ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 93-929, eff. 8-12-04.)
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 105/5.628)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 5.628
5.625 . The Downtown Development and Improvement | ||||||
13 | Fund.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 93-790, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
15 | (30 ILCS 105/5.629)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 5.629
5.625 . The Accessible Electronic Information | ||||||
17 | Service Fund.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-797, eff. 7-22-04, revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
19 | (30 ILCS 105/5.630)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 5.630
5.625 . The Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute | ||||||
21 | Resolution Fund. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-801, eff. 7-22-04, revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/5.631)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 5.631
5.625 . The Professional Services Fund. | ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
26 | (30 ILCS 105/5.632)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5.632
5.625 . The Safe Bottled Water Fund. | ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 93-866, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-8-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (30 ILCS 105/5.633)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 5.633
5.625 . The Food Animal Institute Fund.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-883, eff. 8-6-04; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
4 | (30 ILCS 105/5.634)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 5.634
5.625 . The Fire Sprinkler Dormitory Revolving | ||||||
6 | Loan Fund.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 93-887, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 105/5.635)
| ||||||
9 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on August 31, 2007) | ||||||
10 | Sec. 5.635
5.625 . The Technology Immersion Pilot Project | ||||||
11 | Fund. This Section is
repealed on August 31, 2007.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 93-901, eff. 8-10-04; 93-904, eff. 8-10-04; | ||||||
13 | revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
14 | (30 ILCS 105/5.636)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 5.636
5.625 . The Physical Fitness Facility Medical | ||||||
16 | Emergency
Preparedness Fund.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-910, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
18 | (30 ILCS 105/5.637)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 5.637
5.625 . The Arsonist Registration Fund.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-949, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.638)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 5.638
5.625 . The Mental Health Transportation Fund.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 93-1034, eff. 9-3-04; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/6z-43)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 6z-43. Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund.
| ||||||
26 | (a) There is created in the State Treasury a special fund | ||||||
27 | to be known
as the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund, into which | ||||||
28 | shall be deposited
all monies paid to the State pursuant to (1) | ||||||
29 | the Master Settlement Agreement
entered in the case of People |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the State of Illinois v. Philip Morris, et al.
(Circuit | ||||||
2 | Court of Cook County, No. 96-L13146) and (2) any settlement | ||||||
3 | with or
judgment against any tobacco product manufacturer other | ||||||
4 | than one participating
in the Master Settlement Agreement in | ||||||
5 | satisfaction of any released claim as
defined in the Master | ||||||
6 | Settlement Agreement, as well as any other monies as
provided | ||||||
7 | by law. All earnings on Fund investments shall be deposited | ||||||
8 | into
the Fund. Upon the creation of the Fund, the State | ||||||
9 | Comptroller shall order
the State Treasurer to transfer into | ||||||
10 | the Fund any monies paid to the State as
described in item (1) | ||||||
11 | or (2) of this Section before the creation of the Fund
plus any | ||||||
12 | interest earned on the investment of those monies. The | ||||||
13 | Treasurer
may invest the moneys in the Fund in the same manner, | ||||||
14 | in the same types of
investments, and subject to the same | ||||||
15 | limitations provided in the Illinois
Pension Code for the | ||||||
16 | investment of pension funds other than those established
under | ||||||
17 | Article 3 or 4 of the Code.
| ||||||
18 | (b) As soon as may be practical after June 30, 2001, upon | ||||||
19 | notification
from and at the direction of the Governor, the | ||||||
20 | State Comptroller shall direct
and the State Treasurer shall | ||||||
21 | transfer the unencumbered balance in the Tobacco
Settlement | ||||||
22 | Recovery Fund as of June 30, 2001, as determined by the | ||||||
23 | Governor,
into the Budget Stabilization Fund. The Treasurer may | ||||||
24 | invest the moneys in the
Budget Stabilization Fund in the same | ||||||
25 | manner, in the same types of investments,
and subject to the | ||||||
26 | same limitations provided in the Illinois Pension Code for
the | ||||||
27 | investment of pension funds other than those established under | ||||||
28 | Article 3 or
4 of the Code.
| ||||||
29 | (c) In addition to any other deposits authorized by law, | ||||||
30 | after any delivery
of any bonds as authorized by Section 7.5 of | ||||||
31 | the General Obligation Bond Act
for deposits to the General | ||||||
32 | Revenue Fund and the Budget Stabilization Fund
(referred to as | ||||||
33 | "tobacco securitization general obligation bonds"), the
| ||||||
34 | Governor shall certify, on or before June 30, 2003 and June 30 | ||||||
35 | of each year
thereafter, to the State Comptroller and State | ||||||
36 | Treasurer the total amount of
principal of, interest on, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | premium, if any, due on those bonds in the
next fiscal year | ||||||
2 | beginning with amounts due in fiscal year 2004. As soon as
| ||||||
3 | practical after the annual payment of tobacco settlement moneys | ||||||
4 | to the Tobacco
Settlement Recovery Fund as described in item | ||||||
5 | (1) of subsection (a), the State
Treasurer and State | ||||||
6 | Comptroller shall transfer from the Tobacco Settlement
| ||||||
7 | Recovery Fund to the General Obligation Bond Retirement and | ||||||
8 | Interest Fund the
amount certified by the Governor, plus any | ||||||
9 | cumulative deficiency in those
transfers for prior years.
| ||||||
10 | (d)
(c) All federal financial participation moneys | ||||||
11 | received
pursuant to expenditures from the Fund shall be | ||||||
12 | deposited into the Fund.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 91-646, eff. 11-19-99; 91-704, eff. 7-1-00; | ||||||
14 | 91-797, eff.
6-9-00; 92-11, eff. 6-11-01; 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; | ||||||
15 | 92-596, eff. 6-28-02;
92-597, eff. 6-28-02; revised 9-3-02.)
| ||||||
16 | (30 ILCS 105/6z-65)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 6z-65. The Facilities Management Revolving Fund. | ||||||
18 | (a) The Facilities Management Revolving Fund is created as | ||||||
19 | a revolving fund in the State treasury. The following moneys | ||||||
20 | shall be deposited into the Fund: | ||||||
21 | (1) amounts authorized for transfer to the Fund from | ||||||
22 | the General Revenue Fund and other State funds (except for | ||||||
23 | funds classified by the Comptroller as federal trust funds | ||||||
24 | or State trust funds) pursuant to State law or Executive | ||||||
25 | Order; | ||||||
26 | (2) federal funds received by the Department of Central | ||||||
27 | Management Services (the "Department") as a result of | ||||||
28 | expenditures from the Fund; | ||||||
29 | (3) interest earned on moneys in the Fund; | ||||||
30 | (4) receipts or inter-fund transfers resulting from | ||||||
31 | billings issued by the Department to State agencies for the | ||||||
32 | cost of facilities management services rendered by the | ||||||
33 | Department that are not compensated through the specific | ||||||
34 | fund transfers authorized by this Section, if any; and | ||||||
35 | (5) fees from the lease, rental, use, or occupancy of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State facilities managed, operated, or maintained by the | ||||||
2 | Department. | ||||||
3 | (b) Moneys in the Fund may be used by the Department for | ||||||
4 | reimbursement or payment for: | ||||||
5 | (1) the acquisition and operation of State facilities, | ||||||
6 | including, without limitation, rental or installment | ||||||
7 | payments and interest, personal services, utilities, | ||||||
8 | maintenance, and remodeling; or | ||||||
9 | (2) providing for payment of administrative and other | ||||||
10 | expenses incurred by the Department in providing | ||||||
11 | facilities management services. | ||||||
12 | (c) State agencies may direct the Comptroller to process | ||||||
13 | inter-fund
transfers or make payment through the voucher and | ||||||
14 | warrant process to the Facilities Management Revolving Fund in | ||||||
15 | satisfaction of billings issued under subsection (a) of this | ||||||
16 | Section. | ||||||
17 | (d) Reconciliation. The Director of Central Management | ||||||
18 | Services (the "Director") shall order that each State agency's | ||||||
19 | payments and transfers made to the Fund be reconciled with | ||||||
20 | actual Fund costs for facilities management services provided | ||||||
21 | by the Department and attributable to the State agency and | ||||||
22 | relevant fund on no less than an annual basis. The Director may | ||||||
23 | require reports from State agencies as deemed necessary to | ||||||
24 | perform this reconciliation. | ||||||
25 | (e) The term "facilities management services" means | ||||||
26 | services performed by the Department in providing for the | ||||||
27 | acquisition, occupancy, management, and operation of State | ||||||
28 | owned and leased buildings, facilities, structures, grounds, | ||||||
29 | or the real property under management of the Department.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-839, eff. 7-30-04.)
| ||||||
31 | (30 ILCS 105/6z-65.5)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 6z-65.5
6z-65 . SBE Federal Department of Education | ||||||
33 | Fund. The SBE Federal Department of Education Fund is created | ||||||
34 | as a federal trust fund in the State treasury. This fund is | ||||||
35 | established to receive funds from the federal Department of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Education, including administrative funds recovered from | ||||||
2 | federal programs, for the specific purposes established by the | ||||||
3 | terms and conditions of federal awards. All moneys in the SBE | ||||||
4 | Federal Department of Education Fund shall be used, subject to | ||||||
5 | appropriation by the General Assembly, for grants and contracts | ||||||
6 | to local education agencies, colleges and universities, and | ||||||
7 | other State agencies and for administrative expenses of the | ||||||
8 | State Board of Education.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; revised 11-8-04.)
| ||||||
10 | (30 ILCS 105/8.3) (from Ch. 127, par. 144.3)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 8.3. Money in the Road Fund shall, if and when the | ||||||
12 | State of
Illinois incurs any bonded indebtedness for the | ||||||
13 | construction of
permanent highways, be set aside and used for | ||||||
14 | the purpose of paying and
discharging annually the principal | ||||||
15 | and interest on that bonded
indebtedness then due and payable, | ||||||
16 | and for no other purpose. The
surplus, if any, in the Road Fund | ||||||
17 | after the payment of principal and
interest on that bonded | ||||||
18 | indebtedness then annually due shall be used as
follows:
| ||||||
19 | first -- to pay the cost of administration of Chapters | ||||||
20 | 2 through 10 of
the Illinois Vehicle Code, except the cost | ||||||
21 | of administration of Articles I and
II of Chapter 3 of that | ||||||
22 | Code; and
| ||||||
23 | secondly -- for expenses of the Department of | ||||||
24 | Transportation for
construction, reconstruction, | ||||||
25 | improvement, repair, maintenance,
operation, and | ||||||
26 | administration of highways in accordance with the
| ||||||
27 | provisions of laws relating thereto, or for any purpose | ||||||
28 | related or
incident to and connected therewith, including | ||||||
29 | the separation of grades
of those highways with railroads | ||||||
30 | and with highways and including the
payment of awards made | ||||||
31 | by the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission under the | ||||||
32 | terms of
the Workers' Compensation Act or Workers' | ||||||
33 | Occupational Diseases Act for
injury or death of an | ||||||
34 | employee of the Division of Highways in the
Department of | ||||||
35 | Transportation; or for the acquisition of land and the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | erection of buildings for highway purposes, including the | ||||||
2 | acquisition of
highway right-of-way or for investigations | ||||||
3 | to determine the reasonably
anticipated future highway | ||||||
4 | needs; or for making of surveys, plans,
specifications and | ||||||
5 | estimates for and in the construction and maintenance
of | ||||||
6 | flight strips and of highways necessary to provide access | ||||||
7 | to military
and naval reservations, to defense industries | ||||||
8 | and defense-industry
sites, and to the sources of raw | ||||||
9 | materials and for replacing existing
highways and highway | ||||||
10 | connections shut off from general public use at
military | ||||||
11 | and naval reservations and defense-industry sites, or for | ||||||
12 | the
purchase of right-of-way, except that the State shall | ||||||
13 | be reimbursed in
full for any expense incurred in building | ||||||
14 | the flight strips; or for the
operating and maintaining of | ||||||
15 | highway garages; or for patrolling and
policing the public | ||||||
16 | highways and conserving the peace; or for the operating | ||||||
17 | expenses of the Department relating to the administration | ||||||
18 | of public transportation programs; or for any of
those | ||||||
19 | purposes or any other purpose that may be provided by law.
| ||||||
20 | Appropriations for any of those purposes are payable from | ||||||
21 | the Road
Fund. Appropriations may also be made from the Road | ||||||
22 | Fund for the
administrative expenses of any State agency that | ||||||
23 | are related to motor
vehicles or arise from the use of motor | ||||||
24 | vehicles.
| ||||||
25 | Beginning with fiscal year 1980 and thereafter, no Road | ||||||
26 | Fund monies
shall be appropriated to the following Departments | ||||||
27 | or agencies of State
government for administration, grants, or | ||||||
28 | operations; but this
limitation is not a restriction upon | ||||||
29 | appropriating for those purposes any
Road Fund monies that are | ||||||
30 | eligible for federal reimbursement;
| ||||||
31 | 1. Department of Public Health;
| ||||||
32 | 2. Department of Transportation, only with respect to | ||||||
33 | subsidies for
one-half fare Student Transportation and | ||||||
34 | Reduced Fare for Elderly;
| ||||||
35 | 3. Department of Central Management
Services, except | ||||||
36 | for expenditures
incurred for group insurance premiums of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appropriate personnel;
| ||||||
2 | 4. Judicial Systems and Agencies.
| ||||||
3 | Beginning with fiscal year 1981 and thereafter, no Road | ||||||
4 | Fund monies
shall be appropriated to the following Departments | ||||||
5 | or agencies of State
government for administration, grants, or | ||||||
6 | operations; but this
limitation is not a restriction upon | ||||||
7 | appropriating for those purposes any
Road Fund monies that are | ||||||
8 | eligible for federal reimbursement:
| ||||||
9 | 1. Department of State Police, except for expenditures | ||||||
10 | with
respect to the Division of Operations;
| ||||||
11 | 2. Department of Transportation, only with respect to | ||||||
12 | Intercity Rail
Subsidies and Rail Freight Services.
| ||||||
13 | Beginning with fiscal year 1982 and thereafter, no Road | ||||||
14 | Fund monies
shall be appropriated to the following Departments | ||||||
15 | or agencies of State
government for administration, grants, or | ||||||
16 | operations; but this
limitation is not a restriction upon | ||||||
17 | appropriating for those purposes any
Road Fund monies that are | ||||||
18 | eligible for federal reimbursement: Department
of Central | ||||||
19 | Management Services, except for awards made by
the Illinois | ||||||
20 | Workers' Compensation Commission under the terms of the | ||||||
21 | Workers' Compensation Act
or Workers' Occupational Diseases | ||||||
22 | Act for injury or death of an employee of
the Division of | ||||||
23 | Highways in the Department of Transportation.
| ||||||
24 | Beginning with fiscal year 1984 and thereafter, no Road | ||||||
25 | Fund monies
shall be appropriated to the following Departments | ||||||
26 | or agencies of State
government for administration, grants, or | ||||||
27 | operations; but this
limitation is not a restriction upon | ||||||
28 | appropriating for those purposes any
Road Fund monies that are | ||||||
29 | eligible for federal reimbursement:
| ||||||
30 | 1. Department of State Police, except not more than 40% | ||||||
31 | of the
funds appropriated for the Division of Operations;
| ||||||
32 | 2. State Officers.
| ||||||
33 | Beginning with fiscal year 1984 and thereafter, no Road | ||||||
34 | Fund monies
shall be appropriated to any Department or agency | ||||||
35 | of State government
for administration, grants, or operations | ||||||
36 | except as provided hereafter;
but this limitation is not a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | restriction upon appropriating for those
purposes any Road Fund | ||||||
2 | monies that are eligible for federal
reimbursement. It shall | ||||||
3 | not be lawful to circumvent the above
appropriation limitations | ||||||
4 | by governmental reorganization or other
methods. | ||||||
5 | Appropriations shall be made from the Road Fund only in
| ||||||
6 | accordance with the provisions of this Section.
| ||||||
7 | Money in the Road Fund shall, if and when the State of | ||||||
8 | Illinois
incurs any bonded indebtedness for the construction of | ||||||
9 | permanent
highways, be set aside and used for the purpose of | ||||||
10 | paying and
discharging during each fiscal year the principal | ||||||
11 | and interest on that
bonded indebtedness as it becomes due and | ||||||
12 | payable as provided in the
Transportation Bond Act, and for no | ||||||
13 | other
purpose. The surplus, if any, in the Road Fund after the | ||||||
14 | payment of
principal and interest on that bonded indebtedness | ||||||
15 | then annually due
shall be used as follows:
| ||||||
16 | first -- to pay the cost of administration of Chapters | ||||||
17 | 2 through 10
of the Illinois Vehicle Code; and
| ||||||
18 | secondly -- no Road Fund monies derived from fees, | ||||||
19 | excises, or
license taxes relating to registration, | ||||||
20 | operation and use of vehicles on
public highways or to | ||||||
21 | fuels used for the propulsion of those vehicles,
shall be | ||||||
22 | appropriated or expended other than for costs of | ||||||
23 | administering
the laws imposing those fees, excises, and | ||||||
24 | license taxes, statutory
refunds and adjustments allowed | ||||||
25 | thereunder, administrative costs of the
Department of | ||||||
26 | Transportation, including, but not limited to, the | ||||||
27 | operating expenses of the Department relating to the | ||||||
28 | administration of public transportation programs, payment | ||||||
29 | of debts and liabilities incurred
in construction and | ||||||
30 | reconstruction of public highways and bridges,
acquisition | ||||||
31 | of rights-of-way for and the cost of construction,
| ||||||
32 | reconstruction, maintenance, repair, and operation of | ||||||
33 | public highways and
bridges under the direction and | ||||||
34 | supervision of the State, political
subdivision, or | ||||||
35 | municipality collecting those monies, and the costs for
| ||||||
36 | patrolling and policing the public highways (by State, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | political
subdivision, or municipality collecting that | ||||||
2 | money) for enforcement of
traffic laws. The separation of | ||||||
3 | grades of such highways with railroads
and costs associated | ||||||
4 | with protection of at-grade highway and railroad
crossing | ||||||
5 | shall also be permissible.
| ||||||
6 | Appropriations for any of such purposes are payable from | ||||||
7 | the Road
Fund or the Grade Crossing Protection Fund as provided | ||||||
8 | in Section 8 of
the Motor Fuel Tax Law.
| ||||||
9 | Except as provided in this paragraph, beginning with fiscal | ||||||
10 | year 1991 and
thereafter, no Road Fund monies
shall be | ||||||
11 | appropriated to the Department of State Police for the purposes | ||||||
12 | of
this Section in excess of its total fiscal year 1990 Road | ||||||
13 | Fund
appropriations for those purposes unless otherwise | ||||||
14 | provided in Section 5g of
this Act.
For fiscal years 2003,
| ||||||
15 | 2004, and 2005 only, no Road Fund monies shall
be appropriated | ||||||
16 | to the
Department of State Police for the purposes of this | ||||||
17 | Section in excess of
$97,310,000.
It shall not be lawful to | ||||||
18 | circumvent this limitation on
appropriations by governmental | ||||||
19 | reorganization or other methods unless
otherwise provided in | ||||||
20 | Section 5g of this Act.
| ||||||
21 | In fiscal year 1994, no Road Fund monies shall be | ||||||
22 | appropriated
to the
Secretary of State for the purposes of this | ||||||
23 | Section in excess of the total
fiscal year 1991 Road Fund | ||||||
24 | appropriations to the Secretary of State for
those purposes, | ||||||
25 | plus $9,800,000. It
shall not be
lawful to circumvent
this | ||||||
26 | limitation on appropriations by governmental reorganization or | ||||||
27 | other
method.
| ||||||
28 | Beginning with fiscal year 1995 and thereafter, no Road | ||||||
29 | Fund
monies
shall be appropriated to the Secretary of State for | ||||||
30 | the purposes of this
Section in excess of the total fiscal year | ||||||
31 | 1994 Road Fund
appropriations to
the Secretary of State for | ||||||
32 | those purposes. It shall not be lawful to
circumvent this | ||||||
33 | limitation on appropriations by governmental reorganization
or | ||||||
34 | other methods.
| ||||||
35 | Beginning with fiscal year 2000, total Road Fund | ||||||
36 | appropriations to the
Secretary of State for the purposes of |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | this Section shall not exceed the
amounts specified for the | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | following fiscal years:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | It shall not be lawful to circumvent this limitation on | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | appropriations by
governmental reorganization or other | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | methods.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | No new program may be initiated in fiscal year 1991 and
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | thereafter that is not consistent with the limitations imposed | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | by this
Section for fiscal year 1984 and thereafter, insofar as | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | appropriation of
Road Fund monies is concerned.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | Nothing in this Section prohibits transfers from the Road | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | Fund to the
State Construction Account Fund under Section 5e of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | this Act; nor to the
General Revenue Fund, as authorized by | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | this amendatory Act of
the 93rd
General Assembly.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | The additional amounts authorized for expenditure in this | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
23 | Section by Public Acts 92-0600 and 93-0025 shall be repaid to | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | the Road Fund
from the General Revenue Fund in the next | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
25 | succeeding fiscal year that the
General Revenue Fund has a | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | positive budgetary balance, as determined by
generally | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | accepted accounting principles applicable to government.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
28 | The additional amounts authorized for expenditure by the | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
29 | Secretary of State
and
the Department of State Police in this | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
30 | Section by this amendatory Act of the
93rd General
Assembly | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31 | shall be repaid to the Road Fund from the General Revenue Fund | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
32 | in the
next
succeeding fiscal year that the General Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
33 | Fund has a positive budgetary
balance,
as determined by | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
34 | generally accepted accounting principles applicable to
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
35 | government.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 92-600, eff. 6-28-02; 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
2 | (30 ILCS 105/8h)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 8h. Transfers to General Revenue Fund. | ||||||
4 | (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), notwithstanding | ||||||
5 | any other
State law to the contrary, the Governor
may, through | ||||||
6 | June 30, 2007, from time to time direct the State Treasurer and | ||||||
7 | Comptroller to transfer
a specified sum from any fund held by | ||||||
8 | the State Treasurer to the General
Revenue Fund in order to | ||||||
9 | help defray the State's operating costs for the
fiscal year. | ||||||
10 | The total transfer under this Section from any fund in any
| ||||||
11 | fiscal year shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 8% of the | ||||||
12 | revenues to be deposited
into the fund during that fiscal year | ||||||
13 | or (ii) an amount that leaves a remaining fund balance of 25% | ||||||
14 | of the July 1 fund balance of that fiscal year. In fiscal year | ||||||
15 | 2005 only, prior to calculating the July 1, 2004 final | ||||||
16 | balances, the Governor may calculate and direct the State | ||||||
17 | Treasurer with the Comptroller to transfer additional amounts | ||||||
18 | determined by applying the formula authorized in Public Act | ||||||
19 | 93-839
this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly to the | ||||||
20 | funds balances on July 1, 2003.
No transfer may be made from a | ||||||
21 | fund under this Section that would have the
effect of reducing | ||||||
22 | the available balance in the fund to an amount less than
the | ||||||
23 | amount remaining unexpended and unreserved from the total | ||||||
24 | appropriation
from that fund estimated to be expended for that | ||||||
25 | fiscal year. This Section does not apply to any
funds that are | ||||||
26 | restricted by federal law to a specific use, to any funds in
| ||||||
27 | the Motor Fuel Tax Fund, the Hospital Provider Fund, or the | ||||||
28 | Medicaid Provider Relief Fund, or the Reviewing Court | ||||||
29 | Alternative Dispute Resolution Fund, or to any
funds to which | ||||||
30 | subsection (f) of Section 20-40 of the Nursing and Advanced | ||||||
31 | Practice Nursing Act applies. Notwithstanding any
other | ||||||
32 | provision of this Section, for fiscal year 2004,
the total | ||||||
33 | transfer under this Section from the Road Fund or the State
| ||||||
34 | Construction Account Fund shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 5% | ||||||
35 | of the revenues to be deposited
into the fund during that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fiscal year or (ii) 25% of the beginning balance in the fund.
| ||||||
2 | For fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year 2007, no amounts may | ||||||
3 | be transferred under this Section from the Road Fund, the State | ||||||
4 | Construction Account Fund, the Criminal Justice Information | ||||||
5 | Systems Trust Fund, the Wireless Carrier Reimbursement Fund, or | ||||||
6 | the Mandatory Arbitration Fund.
| ||||||
7 | In determining the available balance in a fund, the | ||||||
8 | Governor
may include receipts, transfers into the fund, and | ||||||
9 | other
resources anticipated to be available in the fund in that | ||||||
10 | fiscal year.
| ||||||
11 | The State Treasurer and Comptroller shall transfer the | ||||||
12 | amounts designated
under this Section as soon as may be | ||||||
13 | practicable after receiving the direction
to transfer from the | ||||||
14 | Governor.
| ||||||
15 | (b) This Section does not apply to any fund established | ||||||
16 | under the Community Senior Services and Resources Act.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-659, eff. 2-3-04; 93-674, | ||||||
18 | eff. 6-10-04; 93-714, eff. 7-12-04; 93-801, eff. 7-22-04; | ||||||
19 | 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 93-1054, eff. 11-18-04; revised | ||||||
20 | 12-1-04.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/8i)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 8i
8h . Transfers between the Communications Revolving | ||||||
23 | Fund and
the Illinois Military Family Relief Fund. The State | ||||||
24 | Comptroller shall order
transferred and the Treasurer shall | ||||||
25 | transfer, on March 31, 2003 or as soon
as practicable | ||||||
26 | thereafter, the amount of $300,000 from the Communications
| ||||||
27 | Revolving Fund to the Illinois Military Family Relief Fund. | ||||||
28 | Beginning on July
1, 2004, the State Comptroller shall order | ||||||
29 | transferred and the Treasurer shall
transfer, on the last day | ||||||
30 | of each month, an amount equal to 50% of that day's
beginning | ||||||
31 | balance in the Illinois Military Family Relief Fund from the | ||||||
32 | Illinois
Military Family Relief Fund to the Communications | ||||||
33 | Revolving Fund. These
transfers shall continue until the | ||||||
34 | cumulative total of transfers executed
from the Illinois | ||||||
35 | Military Family Relief Fund to the Communications Revolving
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Fund equals $300,000.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-506, eff. 8-11-03; revised 8-21-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 105/8j)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 8j. Allocation and transfer of fee receipts to General | ||||||
5 | Revenue Fund.
If and only if any one or more of Senate Bills | ||||||
6 | 774, 841, 842, and 1903 of
the 93rd General Assembly become | ||||||
7 | law, Notwithstanding any other law to the
contrary, additional | ||||||
8 | amounts generated by the new and increased fees created
or | ||||||
9 | authorized by Public Acts 93-22, 93-23, 93-24, and 93-32
these | ||||||
10 | amendatory Acts of the 93rd General Assembly
this amendatory | ||||||
11 | Act of the 93rd General Assembly and by Senate Bill 774,
Senate | ||||||
12 | Bill 841, and Senate Bill 842 of the 93rd General Assembly, if | ||||||
13 | those
bills become law, shall be allocated between the fund | ||||||
14 | otherwise entitled to
receive the fee and the General Revenue | ||||||
15 | Fund by the Governor's Office of
Management and Budget
Bureau | ||||||
16 | of the Budget . In determining the amount of
the allocation to | ||||||
17 | the General Revenue Fund, the Director of the Governor's
Office | ||||||
18 | of Management and Budget
Bureau of the Budget shall calculate
| ||||||
19 | whether the available resources in the fund are sufficient to | ||||||
20 | satisfy the
unexpended and unreserved appropriations from the | ||||||
21 | fund for the fiscal year.
| ||||||
22 | In calculating the available resources in a fund, the | ||||||
23 | Director of the
Governor's Office of Management and Budget
| ||||||
24 | Bureau of the Budget may
include receipts, transfers into the | ||||||
25 | fund, and other resources anticipated to
be available in the | ||||||
26 | fund in that fiscal year.
| ||||||
27 | Upon determining the amount of an allocation to the General | ||||||
28 | Revenue Fund
under this Section, the Director of the Governor's | ||||||
29 | Office of Management
and Budget
Bureau of the Budget may direct | ||||||
30 | the State Treasurer and
Comptroller to transfer the amount of | ||||||
31 | that allocation from the fund in which
the fee amounts have | ||||||
32 | been deposited to the General Revenue Fund; provided,
however, | ||||||
33 | that the Director shall not direct the transfer of any amount | ||||||
34 | that
would have the effect of reducing the available resources | ||||||
35 | in the fund to an
amount less than the amount remaining |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | unexpended and unreserved from the total
appropriation from | ||||||
2 | that fund for that fiscal year.
| ||||||
3 | The State Treasurer and Comptroller shall transfer the | ||||||
4 | amounts designated
under this Section as soon as may be | ||||||
5 | practicable after receiving the direction
to transfer from the | ||||||
6 | Director of the Governor's Office of Management and
Budget
| ||||||
7 | Bureau of the Budget .
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; revised | ||||||
9 | 8-21-03.)
| ||||||
10 | (30 ILCS 105/25) (from Ch. 127, par. 161)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 25. Fiscal year limitations.
| ||||||
12 | (a) All appropriations shall be
available for expenditure | ||||||
13 | for the fiscal year or for a lesser period if the
Act making | ||||||
14 | that appropriation so specifies. A deficiency or emergency
| ||||||
15 | appropriation shall be available for expenditure only through | ||||||
16 | June 30 of
the year when the Act making that appropriation is | ||||||
17 | enacted unless that Act
otherwise provides.
| ||||||
18 | (b) Outstanding liabilities as of June 30, payable from | ||||||
19 | appropriations
which have otherwise expired, may be paid out of | ||||||
20 | the expiring
appropriations during the 2-month period ending at | ||||||
21 | the
close of business on August 31. Any service involving
| ||||||
22 | professional or artistic skills or any personal services by an | ||||||
23 | employee whose
compensation is subject to income tax | ||||||
24 | withholding must be performed as of June
30 of the fiscal year | ||||||
25 | in order to be considered an "outstanding liability as of
June | ||||||
26 | 30" that is thereby eligible for payment out of the expiring
| ||||||
27 | appropriation.
| ||||||
28 | However, payment of tuition reimbursement claims under | ||||||
29 | Section 14-7.03 or
18-3 of the School Code may be made by the | ||||||
30 | State Board of Education from its
appropriations for those | ||||||
31 | respective purposes for any fiscal year, even though
the claims | ||||||
32 | reimbursed by the payment may be claims attributable to a prior
| ||||||
33 | fiscal year, and payments may be made at the direction of the | ||||||
34 | State
Superintendent of Education from the fund from which the | ||||||
35 | appropriation is made
without regard to any fiscal year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limitations.
| ||||||
2 | Medical payments may be made by the Department of Veterans' | ||||||
3 | Affairs from
its
appropriations for those purposes for any | ||||||
4 | fiscal year, without regard to the
fact that the medical | ||||||
5 | services being compensated for by such payment may have
been | ||||||
6 | rendered in a prior fiscal year.
| ||||||
7 | Medical payments may be made by the Department of Public | ||||||
8 | Aid and medical payments and child care
payments may be made by | ||||||
9 | the Department of
Human Services (as successor to the | ||||||
10 | Department of Public Aid) from
appropriations for those | ||||||
11 | purposes for any fiscal year,
without regard to the fact that | ||||||
12 | the medical or child care services being
compensated for by | ||||||
13 | such payment may have been rendered in a prior fiscal
year; and | ||||||
14 | payments may be made at the direction of the Department of
| ||||||
15 | Central Management Services from the Health Insurance Reserve | ||||||
16 | Fund and the
Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund | ||||||
17 | without regard to any fiscal
year limitations.
| ||||||
18 | Medical payments may be made by the Department of Human | ||||||
19 | Services from its appropriations relating to substance abuse | ||||||
20 | treatment services for any fiscal year, without regard to the | ||||||
21 | fact that the medical services being compensated for by such | ||||||
22 | payment may have been rendered in a prior fiscal year, provided | ||||||
23 | the payments are made on a fee-for-service basis consistent | ||||||
24 | with requirements established for Medicaid reimbursement by | ||||||
25 | the Department of Public Aid. | ||||||
26 | Additionally, payments may be made by the Department of | ||||||
27 | Human Services from
its appropriations, or any other State | ||||||
28 | agency from its appropriations with
the approval of the | ||||||
29 | Department of Human Services, from the Immigration Reform
and | ||||||
30 | Control Fund for purposes authorized pursuant to the | ||||||
31 | Immigration Reform
and Control Act of 1986, without regard to | ||||||
32 | any fiscal year limitations.
| ||||||
33 | Further, with respect to costs incurred in fiscal years | ||||||
34 | 2002 and 2003 only,
payments may be made by the State Treasurer | ||||||
35 | from its
appropriations
from the Capital Litigation Trust Fund | ||||||
36 | without regard to any fiscal year
limitations.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Lease payments may be made by the Department of Central | ||||||
2 | Management
Services under the sale and leaseback provisions of
| ||||||
3 | Section 7.4 of
the State Property Control Act with respect to | ||||||
4 | the James R. Thompson Center and
the
Elgin Mental Health Center | ||||||
5 | and surrounding land from appropriations for that
purpose | ||||||
6 | without regard to any fiscal year
limitations.
| ||||||
7 | Lease payments may be made under the sale and leaseback | ||||||
8 | provisions of
Section 7.5 of the State Property Control Act | ||||||
9 | with
respect to the
Illinois State Toll Highway Authority | ||||||
10 | headquarters building and surrounding
land
without regard to | ||||||
11 | any fiscal year
limitations.
| ||||||
12 | (c) Further, payments may be made by the Department of | ||||||
13 | Public Health and the
Department of Human Services (acting as | ||||||
14 | successor to the Department of Public
Health under the | ||||||
15 | Department of Human Services Act)
from their respective | ||||||
16 | appropriations for grants for medical care to or on
behalf of | ||||||
17 | persons
suffering from chronic renal disease, persons | ||||||
18 | suffering from hemophilia, rape
victims, and premature and | ||||||
19 | high-mortality risk infants and their mothers and
for grants | ||||||
20 | for supplemental food supplies provided under the United States
| ||||||
21 | Department of Agriculture Women, Infants and Children | ||||||
22 | Nutrition Program,
for any fiscal year without regard to the | ||||||
23 | fact that the services being
compensated for by such payment | ||||||
24 | may have been rendered in a prior fiscal year.
| ||||||
25 | (d) The Department of Public Health and the Department of | ||||||
26 | Human Services
(acting as successor to the Department of Public | ||||||
27 | Health under the Department of
Human Services Act) shall each | ||||||
28 | annually submit to the State Comptroller, Senate
President, | ||||||
29 | Senate
Minority Leader, Speaker of the House, House Minority | ||||||
30 | Leader, and the
respective Chairmen and Minority Spokesmen of | ||||||
31 | the
Appropriations Committees of the Senate and the House, on | ||||||
32 | or before
December 31, a report of fiscal year funds used to | ||||||
33 | pay for services
provided in any prior fiscal year. This report | ||||||
34 | shall document by program or
service category those | ||||||
35 | expenditures from the most recently completed fiscal
year used | ||||||
36 | to pay for services provided in prior fiscal years.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) The Department of Public Aid, the Department of Human | ||||||
2 | Services
(acting as successor to the Department of Public Aid), | ||||||
3 | and the Department of Human Services making fee-for-service | ||||||
4 | payments relating to substance abuse treatment services | ||||||
5 | provided during a previous fiscal year shall each annually
| ||||||
6 | submit to the State
Comptroller, Senate President, Senate | ||||||
7 | Minority Leader, Speaker of the House,
House Minority Leader, | ||||||
8 | the respective Chairmen and Minority Spokesmen of the
| ||||||
9 | Appropriations Committees of the Senate and the House, on or | ||||||
10 | before November
30, a report that shall document by program or | ||||||
11 | service category those
expenditures from the most recently | ||||||
12 | completed fiscal year used to pay for (i)
services provided in | ||||||
13 | prior fiscal years and (ii) services for which claims were
| ||||||
14 | received in prior fiscal years.
| ||||||
15 | (f) The Department of Human Services (as successor to the | ||||||
16 | Department of
Public Aid) shall annually submit to the State
| ||||||
17 | Comptroller, Senate President, Senate Minority Leader, Speaker | ||||||
18 | of the House,
House Minority Leader, and the respective | ||||||
19 | Chairmen and Minority Spokesmen of
the Appropriations | ||||||
20 | Committees of the Senate and the House, on or before
December | ||||||
21 | 31, a report
of fiscal year funds used to pay for services | ||||||
22 | (other than medical care)
provided in any prior fiscal year. | ||||||
23 | This report shall document by program or
service category those | ||||||
24 | expenditures from the most recently completed fiscal
year used | ||||||
25 | to pay for services provided in prior fiscal years.
| ||||||
26 | (g) In addition, each annual report required to be | ||||||
27 | submitted by the
Department of Public Aid under subsection (e) | ||||||
28 | shall include the following
information with respect to the | ||||||
29 | State's Medicaid program:
| ||||||
30 | (1) Explanations of the exact causes of the variance | ||||||
31 | between the previous
year's estimated and actual | ||||||
32 | liabilities.
| ||||||
33 | (2) Factors affecting the Department of Public Aid's | ||||||
34 | liabilities,
including but not limited to numbers of aid | ||||||
35 | recipients, levels of medical
service utilization by aid | ||||||
36 | recipients, and inflation in the cost of medical
services.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) The results of the Department's efforts to combat | ||||||
2 | fraud and abuse.
| ||||||
3 | (h) As provided in Section 4 of the General Assembly | ||||||
4 | Compensation Act,
any utility bill for service provided to a | ||||||
5 | General Assembly
member's district office for a period | ||||||
6 | including portions of 2 consecutive
fiscal years may be paid | ||||||
7 | from funds appropriated for such expenditure in
either fiscal | ||||||
8 | year.
| ||||||
9 | (i) An agency which administers a fund classified by the | ||||||
10 | Comptroller as an
internal service fund may issue rules for:
| ||||||
11 | (1) billing user agencies in advance for payments or | ||||||
12 | authorized inter-fund transfers
based on estimated charges | ||||||
13 | for goods or services;
| ||||||
14 | (2) issuing credits, refunding through inter-fund | ||||||
15 | transfers, or reducing future inter-fund transfers
during
| ||||||
16 | the subsequent fiscal year for all user agency payments or | ||||||
17 | authorized inter-fund transfers received during the
prior | ||||||
18 | fiscal year which were in excess of the final amounts owed | ||||||
19 | by the user
agency for that period; and
| ||||||
20 | (3) issuing catch-up billings to user agencies
during | ||||||
21 | the subsequent fiscal year for amounts remaining due when | ||||||
22 | payments or authorized inter-fund transfers
received from | ||||||
23 | the user agency during the prior fiscal year were less than | ||||||
24 | the
total amount owed for that period.
| ||||||
25 | User agencies are authorized to reimburse internal service | ||||||
26 | funds for catch-up
billings by vouchers drawn against their | ||||||
27 | respective appropriations for the
fiscal year in which the | ||||||
28 | catch-up billing was issued or by increasing an authorized | ||||||
29 | inter-fund transfer during the current fiscal year. For the | ||||||
30 | purposes of this Act, "inter-fund transfers" means transfers | ||||||
31 | without the use of the voucher-warrant process, as authorized | ||||||
32 | by Section 9.01 of the State Comptroller Act.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 92-885, eff. 1-13-03; 93-19, eff. 6-20-03; | ||||||
34 | 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 93-841, eff. 7-30-04; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
35 | (30 ILCS 105/5.05 rep.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (30 ILCS 105/5.06 rep.)
| ||||||
2 | (30 ILCS 105/5.35 rep.)
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 105/5.37 rep.)
| ||||||
4 | (30 ILCS 105/5.47 rep.)
| ||||||
5 | (30 ILCS 105/5.51 rep.)
| ||||||
6 | (30 ILCS 105/5.59 rep.)
| ||||||
7 | (30 ILCS 105/5.60 rep.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 105/5.69 rep.)
| ||||||
9 | (30 ILCS 105/5.75 rep.)
| ||||||
10 | (30 ILCS 105/5.76 rep.)
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 105/5.90 rep.)
| ||||||
12 | (30 ILCS 105/5.113 rep.)
| ||||||
13 | (30 ILCS 105/5.178 rep.)
| ||||||
14 | (30 ILCS 105/5.190 rep.)
| ||||||
15 | (30 ILCS 105/5.191 rep.)
| ||||||
16 | (30 ILCS 105/5.193 rep.)
| ||||||
17 | (30 ILCS 105/5.197 rep.)
| ||||||
18 | (30 ILCS 105/5.205 rep.)
| ||||||
19 | (30 ILCS 105/5.210 rep.)
| ||||||
20 | (30 ILCS 105/5.218 rep.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.220 rep.)
| ||||||
22 | (30 ILCS 105/5.228 rep.)
| ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/5.245 rep.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/5.246 rep.)
| ||||||
25 | (30 ILCS 105/5.264 rep.)
| ||||||
26 | (30 ILCS 105/5.271 rep.)
| ||||||
27 | (30 ILCS 105/5.283 rep.)
| ||||||
28 | (30 ILCS 105/5.285 rep.)
| ||||||
29 | (30 ILCS 105/5.294 rep.)
| ||||||
30 | (30 ILCS 105/5.299 rep.)
| ||||||
31 | (30 ILCS 105/5.300 rep.)
| ||||||
32 | (30 ILCS 105/5.301 rep.)
| ||||||
33 | (30 ILCS 105/5.304 rep.)
| ||||||
34 | (30 ILCS 105/5.308 rep.)
| ||||||
35 | (30 ILCS 105/5.309 rep.)
| ||||||
36 | (30 ILCS 105/5.311 rep.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (30 ILCS 105/5.314 rep.)
| ||||||
2 | (30 ILCS 105/5.327 rep.)
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 105/5.330 rep.)
| ||||||
4 | (30 ILCS 105/5.335 rep.)
| ||||||
5 | (30 ILCS 105/5.336 rep.)
| ||||||
6 | (30 ILCS 105/5.360 rep.)
from P.A. 87-1249
| ||||||
7 | (30 ILCS 105/5.361 rep.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 105/5.363 rep.)
| ||||||
9 | (30 ILCS 105/5.388 rep.)
| ||||||
10 | (30 ILCS 105/5.389 rep.)
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 105/5.390 rep.)
| ||||||
12 | (30 ILCS 105/5.393 rep.)
| ||||||
13 | (30 ILCS 105/5.396 rep.)
| ||||||
14 | (30 ILCS 105/5.398 rep.)
| ||||||
15 | (30 ILCS 105/5.399 rep.)
| ||||||
16 | (30 ILCS 105/5.400 rep.)
| ||||||
17 | (30 ILCS 105/5.401 rep.)
| ||||||
18 | (30 ILCS 105/5.402 rep.)
| ||||||
19 | (30 ILCS 105/5.403 rep.)
| ||||||
20 | (30 ILCS 105/5.404 rep.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 105/5.405 rep.)
| ||||||
22 | (30 ILCS 105/5.406 rep.)
| ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/5.407 rep.)
| ||||||
24 | (30 ILCS 105/5.417 rep.)
| ||||||
25 | (30 ILCS 105/5.432 rep.)
| ||||||
26 | (30 ILCS 105/5.433 rep.)
| ||||||
27 | (30 ILCS 105/5.434 rep.)
| ||||||
28 | (30 ILCS 105/5.439 rep.)
| ||||||
29 | (30 ILCS 105/5.447 rep.)
| ||||||
30 | (30 ILCS 105/5.467 rep.)
| ||||||
31 | (30 ILCS 105/5.483 rep.)
| ||||||
32 | (30 ILCS 105/5.486 rep.)
| ||||||
33 | (30 ILCS 105/5.488 rep.)
| ||||||
34 | (30 ILCS 105/5.507 rep.)
| ||||||
35 | (30 ILCS 105/5.519 rep.)
| ||||||
36 | (30 ILCS 105/5.522 rep.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 146. The State Finance Act is amended by repealing | ||||||
2 | Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.35, 5.37, 5.47, 5.51, 5.59, 5.60, 5.69, | ||||||
3 | 5.75, 5.76, 5.90, 5.113, 5.178, 5.190, 5.191, 5.193, 5.197, | ||||||
4 | 5.205, 5.210, 5.218, 5.220, 5.228, 5.245, 5.246, 5.264, 5.271, | ||||||
5 | 5.283, 5.285, 5.294, 5.299, 5.300, 5.301, 5.304, 5.308, 5.309, | ||||||
6 | 5.311, 5.314, 5.327, 5.330, 5.335, 5.336, 5.360 (as added by | ||||||
7 | P.A. 87-1249), 5.361, 5.363, 5.388, 5.389, 5.390, 5.393, 5.396, | ||||||
8 | 5.398, 5.399, 5.400, 5.401, 5.402, 5.403, 5.404, 5.405, 5.406, | ||||||
9 | 5.407, 5.417, 5.432, 5.433, 5.434, 5.439, 5.447, 5.467, 5.483, | ||||||
10 | 5.486, 5.488, 5.507, 5.519, and 5.522.
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 105/5.230 rep.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 147. The State Finance Act is amended by repealing | ||||||
13 | Section 5.230. | ||||||
14 | Section 150. The Public Funds Investment Act is amended by | ||||||
15 | changing Section 6 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (30 ILCS 235/6) (from Ch. 85, par. 906)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 6. Report of financial institutions.
| ||||||
18 | (a) No bank shall receive any public funds unless it has | ||||||
19 | furnished
the corporate authorities of a public agency | ||||||
20 | submitting a deposit with copies
of the last two sworn | ||||||
21 | statements of resources and liabilities which the
bank is | ||||||
22 | required to furnish to the Commissioner of Banks and Real | ||||||
23 | Estate or to
the Comptroller of the Currency. Each bank
| ||||||
24 | designated as a depository for public funds shall, while acting | ||||||
25 | as such
depository, furnish the corporate authorities of a | ||||||
26 | public agency with a copy of
all statements of resources and | ||||||
27 | liabilities which it is required to furnish to
the Commissioner | ||||||
28 | of Banks and Real Estate or to the
Comptroller of the Currency; | ||||||
29 | provided, that if such funds or moneys are
deposited in a bank, | ||||||
30 | the amount of all such deposits not collateralized or
insured | ||||||
31 | by an agency of the federal government shall not exceed 75% of | ||||||
32 | the
capital stock and surplus of such bank, and the corporate | ||||||
33 | authorities of a
public agency submitting a deposit shall not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be discharged from responsibility
for any funds or moneys | ||||||
2 | deposited in any bank in excess of such limitation.
| ||||||
3 | (b) No savings bank or savings and loan association shall | ||||||
4 | receive
public funds unless it has furnished the corporate | ||||||
5 | authorities of a public
agency submitting a deposit with copies | ||||||
6 | of the last 2 sworn statements of
resources and liabilities | ||||||
7 | which the savings bank or savings and loan
association is | ||||||
8 | required to furnish to the Commissioner of Banks and Real
| ||||||
9 | Estate or the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation. Each | ||||||
10 | savings bank or savings and loan association designated as a
| ||||||
11 | depository for public funds shall, while acting as such | ||||||
12 | depository, furnish the
corporate authorities of a public | ||||||
13 | agency with a copy of all statements of
resources and | ||||||
14 | liabilities which it is required to furnish to the Commissioner
| ||||||
15 | of Banks and Real Estate or the Federal
Deposit Insurance | ||||||
16 | Corporation; provided, that if such
funds or moneys are | ||||||
17 | deposited in a savings bank or savings and loan
association, | ||||||
18 | the amount of all such deposits not collateralized or insured
| ||||||
19 | by an agency of the federal government shall not exceed 75% of | ||||||
20 | the net
worth of such savings bank or savings and loan | ||||||
21 | association as defined by the
Federal Deposit Insurance | ||||||
22 | Corporation, and the corporate authorities of a
public agency | ||||||
23 | submitting a deposit shall not be discharged from | ||||||
24 | responsibility
for any funds or moneys deposited in any savings | ||||||
25 | bank or savings and loan
association in excess of such | ||||||
26 | limitation.
| ||||||
27 | (c) No credit union shall receive public funds unless it | ||||||
28 | has furnished
the corporate authorities of a public agency | ||||||
29 | submitting a share deposit
with copies of the last two reports | ||||||
30 | of examination prepared by or submitted
to the Illinois | ||||||
31 | Department of Financial Institutions or the National Credit
| ||||||
32 | Union Administration. Each credit union designated as a | ||||||
33 | depository for
public funds shall, while acting as such | ||||||
34 | depository, furnish the corporate
authorities of a public | ||||||
35 | agency with a copy of all reports of examination
prepared by or | ||||||
36 | furnished to the Illinois Department of Financial Institutions
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or the National Credit Union Administration; provided that if | ||||||
2 | such funds
or moneys are invested in a credit union account, | ||||||
3 | the amount of all such
investments not collateralized or | ||||||
4 | insured by an agency of the federal
government or other | ||||||
5 | approved share insurer shall not exceed 50% of the
unimpaired | ||||||
6 | capital and surplus of such credit union, which shall include
| ||||||
7 | shares, reserves and undivided earnings and the corporate | ||||||
8 | authorities of a
public agency making an investment shall not | ||||||
9 | be discharged from
responsibility for any funds or moneys | ||||||
10 | invested in a credit union in excess of
such limitation.
| ||||||
11 | (d) Whenever a public agency deposits any public funds in a | ||||||
12 | financial
institution, the public agency may enter into an | ||||||
13 | agreement with the financial
institution requiring any funds | ||||||
14 | not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or the | ||||||
15 | National Credit Union Administration or other approved share
| ||||||
16 | insurer to be collateralized by
any of the following classes of | ||||||
17 | securities, provided there
has been no default in the payment | ||||||
18 | of principal or interest
thereon:
| ||||||
19 | (1) Bonds, notes, or other securities constituting | ||||||
20 | direct
and general obligations of the United States, the | ||||||
21 | bonds, notes,
or other securities constituting the direct | ||||||
22 | and general
obligation of any agency or instrumentality of | ||||||
23 | the United States,
the interest and principal of which is | ||||||
24 | unconditionally guaranteed
by the United States, and | ||||||
25 | bonds, notes, or other securities or
evidence of | ||||||
26 | indebtedness constituting the obligation of a U.S.
agency | ||||||
27 | or instrumentality.
| ||||||
28 | (2) Direct and general obligation bonds of the State of
| ||||||
29 | Illinois or of any other state of the United States.
| ||||||
30 | (3) Revenue bonds of this State or any authority, | ||||||
31 | board,
commission, or similar agency thereof.
| ||||||
32 | (4) Direct and general obligation bonds of any city, | ||||||
33 | town,
county, school district, or other taxing body of any | ||||||
34 | state, the
debt service of which is payable from general ad | ||||||
35 | valorem taxes.
| ||||||
36 | (5) Revenue bonds of any city, town, county, or school
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district of the State of Illinois.
| ||||||
2 | (6) Obligations issued, assumed, or guaranteed by the
| ||||||
3 | International Finance Corporation, the principal of which | ||||||
4 | is not
amortized during the life of the obligation, but no | ||||||
5 | such
obligation shall be accepted at more than 90% of its | ||||||
6 | market
value.
| ||||||
7 | (7) Illinois Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund | ||||||
8 | Bonds or
Notes as defined in and issued pursuant to the | ||||||
9 | Illinois Housing
Development Act.
| ||||||
10 | (8) In an amount equal to at least market value of that
| ||||||
11 | amount of funds deposited exceeding the insurance | ||||||
12 | limitation
provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance | ||||||
13 | Corporation or the
National Credit Union Administration or | ||||||
14 | other approved share
insurer: (i) securities, (ii) | ||||||
15 | mortgages, (iii) letters of credit
issued by a Federal Home | ||||||
16 | Loan Bank, or (iv) loans covered by a
State Guarantee
| ||||||
17 | Guaranty under the Illinois
Farm Development
Act , if that
| ||||||
18 | guarantee has been assumed by the Illinois Finance | ||||||
19 | Authority under Section
845-75 of the Illinois Finance | ||||||
20 | Authority Act, and loans covered by a State
Guarantee under | ||||||
21 | Article 830 of the Illinois Finance Authority Act .
| ||||||
22 | (9) Certificates of deposit or share certificates | ||||||
23 | issued to
the depository institution pledging them as | ||||||
24 | security. The public
agency may require security in the | ||||||
25 | amount of 125% of the value of
the public agency deposit. | ||||||
26 | Such certificate of deposit or share
certificate shall:
| ||||||
27 | (i) be fully insured by the Federal Deposit | ||||||
28 | Insurance
Corporation, the Federal Savings and Loan | ||||||
29 | Insurance
Corporation, or the National Credit Union | ||||||
30 | Share Insurance
Fund or issued by a depository | ||||||
31 | institution which is rated
within the 3 highest | ||||||
32 | classifications established by at
least one of the 2 | ||||||
33 | standard rating services;
| ||||||
34 | (ii) be issued by a financial institution having
| ||||||
35 | assets of $15,000,000 or more; and
| ||||||
36 | (iii) be issued by either a savings and loan
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | association having a capital to asset ratio of at least | ||||||
2 | 2%,
by a bank having a capital to asset ratio of at | ||||||
3 | least 6% or
by a credit union having a capital to asset | ||||||
4 | ratio of at
least 4%.
| ||||||
5 | The depository institution shall effect the assignment of | ||||||
6 | the
certificate of deposit or share certificate to the public | ||||||
7 | agency
and shall agree that, in the event the issuer of the | ||||||
8 | certificate
fails to maintain the capital to asset ratio | ||||||
9 | required by this
Section, such certificate of deposit or share | ||||||
10 | certificate shall
be replaced by additional suitable security.
| ||||||
11 | (e) The public agency may accept a system established by | ||||||
12 | the State
Treasurer to aggregate permissible securities | ||||||
13 | received as collateral
from financial institutions in a | ||||||
14 | collateral pool to secure public
deposits of the institutions | ||||||
15 | that have pledged securities to the pool.
| ||||||
16 | (f) The public agency may at any time declare any | ||||||
17 | particular
security ineligible to qualify as collateral when, | ||||||
18 | in the public
agency's judgment, it is deemed desirable to do | ||||||
19 | so.
| ||||||
20 | (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, as
| ||||||
21 | security a public agency may, at its discretion, accept a bond,
| ||||||
22 | executed by a company authorized to transact the kinds of | ||||||
23 | business
described in clause (g) of Section 4 of the Illinois | ||||||
24 | Insurance Code, in
an amount not less than the amount of the | ||||||
25 | deposits required by
this Section to be secured, payable to the | ||||||
26 | public agency for the
benefit of the People of the unit of | ||||||
27 | government, in a form that is
acceptable to the public agency | ||||||
28 | Finance Authority .
| ||||||
29 | (h) Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and
(g) of | ||||||
30 | this Section
do not apply to the University of Illinois, | ||||||
31 | Southern Illinois University,
Chicago State University, | ||||||
32 | Eastern Illinois University, Governors State
University, | ||||||
33 | Illinois State University, Northeastern Illinois University,
| ||||||
34 | Northern Illinois University, Western Illinois University, the | ||||||
35 | Cooperative
Computer Center
and public community colleges.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; 93-561, eff. 1-1-04; revised |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1-14-04 .)
| ||||||
2 | Section 165. The State Facilities Closure Act is amended by | ||||||
3 | changing Section 5-1 as follows: | ||||||
4 | (30 ILCS 608/5-1)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 5-1. Short title. This Article
Act may be cited as the | ||||||
6 | State Facilities Closure Act. All references in this Article to | ||||||
7 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; revised 11-5-04.) | ||||||
9 | Section 170. The Build Illinois Act is amended by changing | ||||||
10 | Section 8-3 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (30 ILCS 750/8-3) (from Ch. 127, par. 2708-3)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 8-3. Powers of the Department. The Department has the | ||||||
13 | power to:
| ||||||
14 | (a) provide business development public infrastructure | ||||||
15 | loans or grants
from appropriations from the Build Illinois | ||||||
16 | Bond Fund, the Build Illinois
Purposes Fund, the Fund for | ||||||
17 | Illinois' Future, and the Public Infrastructure
Construction | ||||||
18 | Loan Fund to local governments to provide or improve a | ||||||
19 | community's
public infrastructure so as to create or retain | ||||||
20 | private sector jobs pursuant to
the provisions of this
Article;
| ||||||
21 | (b) provide affordable financing of public infrastructure | ||||||
22 | loans and grants
to, or on behalf of, local governments, local | ||||||
23 | public entities, medical
facilities, and public health clinics | ||||||
24 | from appropriations from the Public
Infrastructure | ||||||
25 | Construction Loan Fund for the purpose of assisting with the
| ||||||
26 | financing, or application and access to financing, of a | ||||||
27 | community's public
infrastructure necessary to health, safety, | ||||||
28 | and economic development;
| ||||||
29 | (c) enter into agreements, accept funds or grants,
and | ||||||
30 | engage in cooperation with agencies of the federal
government, | ||||||
31 | or state or local governments to carry out the
purposes of this | ||||||
32 | Article, and to use funds appropriated pursuant
to this Article |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to participate in federal infrastructure loan and
grant | ||||||
2 | programs upon such terms and conditions as may be
established | ||||||
3 | by the federal government;
| ||||||
4 | (d) establish application, notification, contract,
and | ||||||
5 | other procedures, rules, or regulations deemed necessary
and | ||||||
6 | appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Article;
| ||||||
7 | (e) coordinate assistance under this program with
| ||||||
8 | activities of the Illinois Finance Authority in
order to | ||||||
9 | maximize the effectiveness and efficiency of State
development | ||||||
10 | programs;
| ||||||
11 | (f) coordinate assistance under the Affordable Financing | ||||||
12 | of Public
Infrastructure Loan and Grant Program with the | ||||||
13 | activities of the
Illinois Finance Authority, Illinois Finance | ||||||
14 | Authority, Illinois
Finance Authority, Illinois Housing | ||||||
15 | Development Authority, Illinois
Environmental Protection | ||||||
16 | Agency, and other federal and State programs and
entities | ||||||
17 | providing financing assistance to communities for public | ||||||
18 | health,
safety, and economic development infrastructure;
| ||||||
19 | (f-5) provide staff, administration, and related support | ||||||
20 | required to
manage the programs authorized under this Article | ||||||
21 | and pay for the staffing,
administration, and related support | ||||||
22 | from the Public Infrastructure Construction
Loan Revolving | ||||||
23 | Fund;
| ||||||
24 | (g) exercise such other powers as are necessary or | ||||||
25 | incidental to the
foregoing.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-205 (Sections 890-10, 890-34, and 890-43), | ||||||
27 | eff. 1-1-04;
revised 10-3-03.)
| ||||||
28 | Section 175. The State Mandates Act is amended by setting | ||||||
29 | forth, renumbering, and changing multiple versions of Section | ||||||
30 | 8.25 and by changing Sections 8.27 and 8.28 as follows:
| ||||||
31 | (30 ILCS 805/8.25)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 8.25. Exempt mandate. Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 | ||||||
33 | of this
Act, no reimbursement by the State is required for the | ||||||
34 | implementation of
any mandate created by Public Act 92-36, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 92-50, 92-52, 92-53, 92-166,
92-281, 92-382, 92-388, 92-416, | ||||||
2 | 92-424, or 92-465.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 92-36, eff. 6-28-01; 92-50, eff. 7-12-01; 92-52, | ||||||
4 | eff. 7-12-01;
92-53, eff. 7-12-01; 92-166, eff. 1-1-02; 92-281, | ||||||
5 | eff. 8-7-01; 92-382, eff.
8-16-01; 92-388, eff. 1-1-02; 92-416, | ||||||
6 | eff. 8-17-01; 92-424, eff. 8-17-01;
92-465, eff. 1-1-02; | ||||||
7 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 805/8.26)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 8.26 8.25 . Exempt mandate. Notwithstanding Sections 6 | ||||||
10 | and 8 of
this Act, no reimbursement by the State is required | ||||||
11 | for the implementation of
any mandate created by Public Act | ||||||
12 | 92-505, 92-533, 92-599, 92-602, 92-609,
92-616, 92-631, | ||||||
13 | 92-705, 92-733, 92-767, 92-779, 92-844, or 92-846.
this | ||||||
14 | amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-505, eff. 12-20-01; 92-533, eff. 3-14-02; | ||||||
16 | 92-599, eff.
6-28-02; 92-602, eff. 7-1-02; 92-609, eff. 7-1-02; | ||||||
17 | 92-616, eff. 7-8-02; 92-631,
eff. 7-11-02; 92-705, eff. | ||||||
18 | 7-19-02; 92-733, eff. 7-25-02; 92-767, eff. 8-6-02;
92-779, | ||||||
19 | eff. 8-6-02; 92-844, eff. 8-23-02; 92-846, eff. 8-23-02; | ||||||
20 | revised
10-25-02.)
| ||||||
21 | (30 ILCS 805/8.27)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 8.27. Exempt mandate.
| ||||||
23 | (a) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this Act, no | ||||||
24 | reimbursement by
the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
25 | of any mandate created by Public
Act 93-3, 93-19, 93-42, | ||||||
26 | 93-119, 93-123, 93-146, 93-206, 93-209, 93-226, 93-282,
| ||||||
27 | 93-314, 93-334, 93-377, 93-378, 93-409, 93-411, 93-517, | ||||||
28 | 93-538, 93-574, or 93-633.
this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
29 | General Assembly.
| ||||||
30 | (b) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this Act, no | ||||||
31 | reimbursement by
the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
32 | of any mandate created by Section
25.5 of the River Conservancy | ||||||
33 | Districts Act.
| ||||||
34 | (c) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this
Act, no |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reimbursement by the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
2 | of
any mandate created by the Public Works Contract Change | ||||||
3 | Order Act.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 93-3, eff. 4-16-03; 93-19, eff. 6-20-03; 93-42, | ||||||
5 | eff. 7-1-03;
93-119, eff. 7-10-03; 93-123, eff. 7-10-03; | ||||||
6 | 93-146, eff. 7-10-03; 93-206, eff.
7-18-03; 93-209, eff. | ||||||
7 | 7-18-03; 93-226, eff. 7-22-03; 93-275, eff. 7-22-03;
93-282, | ||||||
8 | eff. 7-22-03; 93-314, eff. 1-1-04; 93-334, eff. 7-24-03; | ||||||
9 | 93-377, eff.
1-1-04; 93-378, eff. 7-24-03; 93-409, eff. 8-4-03; | ||||||
10 | 93-411, eff. 8-4-03; 93-517,
eff. 8-6-03; 93-538, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
11 | 93-574, eff. 8-21-03; 93-633; eff. 12-23-03; 93-656, eff. | ||||||
12 | 6-1-04; revised 1-22-04.)
| ||||||
13 | (30 ILCS 805/8.28)
| ||||||
14 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 93-1038 ) | ||||||
15 | Sec. 8.28. Exempt mandate. | ||||||
16 | (a) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this
Act, no | ||||||
17 | reimbursement by the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
18 | of
any mandate created by Public Act 93-654, 93-677, 93-679, | ||||||
19 | 93-689, 93-734, 93-753, 93-910, 93-917, or 93-1036
this | ||||||
20 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly .
| ||||||
21 | (b) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this
Act, no | ||||||
22 | reimbursement by the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
23 | of
any mandate created by the Senior Citizens Assessment Freeze | ||||||
24 | Homestead Exemption under Section 15-172 of the Property Tax | ||||||
25 | Code, the General Homestead Exemption under Section 15-175 of | ||||||
26 | the Property Tax Code, the alternative General Homestead | ||||||
27 | Exemption
under
Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code, the | ||||||
28 | Homestead Improvements Exemption under Section 15-180 of the | ||||||
29 | Property Tax Code, and by Public Act 93-715
this amendatory Act | ||||||
30 | of the 93rd General Assembly . | ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 93-654, eff. 1-16-04; 93-677, eff. 6-28-04; | ||||||
32 | 93-679, eff. 6-30-04; 93-689, eff. 7-1-04; 93-715, eff. | ||||||
33 | 7-12-04; 93-734, eff. 7-14-04; 93-753, eff. 7-16-04; 93-910, | ||||||
34 | eff. 1-1-05; 93-917, eff. 8-12-04; 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04; | ||||||
35 | revised 11-8-04.) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 93-1038 ) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 8.28. Exempt mandate. | ||||||
3 | (a) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this
Act, no | ||||||
4 | reimbursement by the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
5 | of
any mandate created by Public Act 93-654, 93-677, 93-679, | ||||||
6 | 93-689, 93-734, 93-753, 93-910, 93-917, 93-1036, or 93-1038
| ||||||
7 | this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly .
| ||||||
8 | (b) Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8 of this
Act, no | ||||||
9 | reimbursement by the State is required for the implementation | ||||||
10 | of
any mandate created by the Senior Citizens Assessment Freeze | ||||||
11 | Homestead Exemption under Section 15-172 of the Property Tax | ||||||
12 | Code, the General Homestead Exemption under Section 15-175 of | ||||||
13 | the Property Tax Code, the alternative General Homestead | ||||||
14 | Exemption
under
Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code, the | ||||||
15 | Homestead Improvements Exemption under Section 15-180 of the | ||||||
16 | Property Tax Code, and by Public Act 93-715
this amendatory Act | ||||||
17 | of the 93rd General Assembly . | ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-654, eff. 1-16-04; 93-677, eff. 6-28-04; | ||||||
19 | 93-679, eff. 6-30-04; 93-689, eff. 7-1-04; 93-715, eff. | ||||||
20 | 7-12-04; 93-734, eff. 7-14-04; 93-753, eff. 7-16-04; 93-910, | ||||||
21 | eff. 1-1-05; 93-917, eff. 8-12-04; 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04; | ||||||
22 | 93-1038, eff. 6-1-05; revised 11-8-04.) | ||||||
23 | Section 180. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by | ||||||
24 | changing Sections 201, 203, 205, and 917 and by setting forth | ||||||
25 | and renumbering multiple versions of Sections 507X and 507Y as | ||||||
26 | follows:
| ||||||
27 | (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 201. Tax Imposed.
| ||||||
29 | (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby | ||||||
30 | imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for | ||||||
31 | each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege | ||||||
32 | of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this | ||||||
33 | State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
| ||||||
2 | corporation or political subdivision thereof.
| ||||||
3 | (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this | ||||||
4 | Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by | ||||||
5 | subsection (d-1):
| ||||||
6 | (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | ||||||
7 | taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal | ||||||
8 | to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable | ||||||
9 | year.
| ||||||
10 | (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | ||||||
11 | taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending | ||||||
12 | after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 | ||||||
13 | 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to | ||||||
14 | July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) | ||||||
15 | 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June | ||||||
16 | 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3.
| ||||||
17 | (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | ||||||
18 | taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989, an amount | ||||||
19 | equal to 3% of the taxpayer's net
income for the taxable | ||||||
20 | year.
| ||||||
21 | (4) (Blank).
| ||||||
22 | (5) (Blank).
| ||||||
23 | (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
| ||||||
24 | ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
| ||||||
25 | taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
| ||||||
26 | (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | ||||||
27 | beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, | ||||||
28 | 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the | ||||||
29 | taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
| ||||||
30 | as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the | ||||||
31 | taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, | ||||||
32 | as calculated under Section
202.3.
| ||||||
33 | (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | ||||||
34 | beginning after
June 30, 1989, an amount equal to 4.8% of | ||||||
35 | the taxpayer's net income for the
taxable year.
| ||||||
36 | (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such | ||||||
2 | income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property | ||||||
3 | Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every | ||||||
4 | corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership | ||||||
5 | and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. | ||||||
6 | Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving | ||||||
7 | income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
| ||||||
8 | Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income | ||||||
9 | tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in | ||||||
10 | addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by | ||||||
11 | this State or by any municipal
corporation or political | ||||||
12 | subdivision thereof.
| ||||||
13 | (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income | ||||||
14 | Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax | ||||||
15 | imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section | ||||||
16 | in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S | ||||||
17 | corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall | ||||||
18 | be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net | ||||||
19 | income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January | ||||||
20 | 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this | ||||||
21 | subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
| ||||||
22 | partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an | ||||||
23 | additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income | ||||||
24 | for the taxable year.
| ||||||
25 | (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the | ||||||
26 | case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the | ||||||
27 | Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile | ||||||
28 | imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax | ||||||
29 | (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed | ||||||
30 | are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined | ||||||
31 | under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except | ||||||
32 | that for purposes of this determination premiums from | ||||||
33 | reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate | ||||||
34 | reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending | ||||||
35 | on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax | ||||||
36 | imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed | ||||||
2 | under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, | ||||||
3 | shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed | ||||||
4 | on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for | ||||||
5 | the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
| ||||||
6 | domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes | ||||||
7 | and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign | ||||||
8 | insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits | ||||||
9 | allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such | ||||||
10 | income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the | ||||||
11 | purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes | ||||||
12 | a
mutual insurer under common management.
| ||||||
13 | (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event | ||||||
14 | shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections | ||||||
15 | (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of:
| ||||||
16 | (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign | ||||||
17 | insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all | ||||||
18 | credits allowed under this Act, plus
| ||||||
19 | (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the | ||||||
20 | Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company | ||||||
21 | tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation | ||||||
22 | Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under | ||||||
23 | Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code,
| ||||||
24 | equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, | ||||||
25 | 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
26 | December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for | ||||||
27 | the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section | ||||||
28 | 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in | ||||||
29 | no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) | ||||||
30 | and (d).
| ||||||
31 | (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this | ||||||
32 | subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed | ||||||
33 | by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by | ||||||
34 | subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this | ||||||
35 | Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) | ||||||
36 | has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (d).
| ||||||
2 | This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of | ||||||
3 | Section 250.
| ||||||
4 | (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
| ||||||
5 | against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
| ||||||
6 | investment in qualified property.
| ||||||
7 | (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% | ||||||
8 | of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during | ||||||
9 | the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in | ||||||
10 | service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an | ||||||
11 | additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified | ||||||
12 | property placed in service during the
taxable year, | ||||||
13 | provided such property is placed in service on or
after | ||||||
14 | July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within | ||||||
15 | Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding | ||||||
16 | year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records | ||||||
17 | filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. | ||||||
18 | Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have | ||||||
19 | met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in | ||||||
20 | which they file employment records with the Illinois
| ||||||
21 | Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to | ||||||
22 | this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public | ||||||
23 | Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing | ||||||
24 | law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the | ||||||
25 | increase in base employment within Illinois over the
| ||||||
26 | preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall | ||||||
27 | be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the | ||||||
28 | numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is | ||||||
29 | 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall | ||||||
30 | not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a | ||||||
31 | taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may | ||||||
32 | any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year | ||||||
33 | other than the year in which the property was placed in | ||||||
34 | service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after | ||||||
35 | December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the | ||||||
36 | credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the | ||||||
2 | credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it | ||||||
3 | exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later | ||||||
4 | amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to | ||||||
5 | the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the | ||||||
6 | excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments | ||||||
7 | which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time | ||||||
8 | equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an | ||||||
9 | enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
| ||||||
10 | Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the | ||||||
11 | Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now | ||||||
12 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as | ||||||
13 | complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and | ||||||
14 | (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
| ||||||
15 | Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
16 | Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all | ||||||
17 | such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending | ||||||
18 | after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for | ||||||
19 | the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, | ||||||
20 | or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability | ||||||
21 | for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or | ||||||
22 | the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried | ||||||
23 | forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable | ||||||
24 | years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall | ||||||
25 | be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a | ||||||
26 | liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year | ||||||
27 | that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit | ||||||
28 | shall be applied first.
| ||||||
29 | (2) The term "qualified property" means property | ||||||
30 | which:
| ||||||
31 | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | ||||||
32 | buildings and structural
components of buildings and | ||||||
33 | signs that are real property, but not including
land or | ||||||
34 | improvements to real property that are not a structural | ||||||
35 | component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer | ||||||
36 | lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | other appurtenances;
| ||||||
2 | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | ||||||
3 | Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" | ||||||
4 | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not | ||||||
5 | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | ||||||
6 | (e);
| ||||||
7 | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | ||||||
8 | 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
9 | (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is | ||||||
10 | primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal | ||||||
11 | or fluorite, or in retailing; and
| ||||||
12 | (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in | ||||||
13 | such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for | ||||||
14 | the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or | ||||||
15 | subsection (f).
| ||||||
16 | (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), | ||||||
17 | "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production | ||||||
18 | of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly | ||||||
19 | regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
| ||||||
20 | assembling which changes some existing material into new | ||||||
21 | shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of | ||||||
22 | this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same | ||||||
23 | meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the | ||||||
24 | Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), | ||||||
25 | the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal | ||||||
26 | property or
services rendered in conjunction with the sale | ||||||
27 | of tangible consumer goods
or commodities.
| ||||||
28 | (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
| ||||||
29 | used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal | ||||||
30 | income tax purposes.
| ||||||
31 | (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | ||||||
32 | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | ||||||
33 | in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such | ||||||
34 | increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the | ||||||
35 | date of such increase in basis.
| ||||||
36 | (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
2 | (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
| ||||||
3 | be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within | ||||||
4 | 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of | ||||||
5 | any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 | ||||||
6 | months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property | ||||||
7 | Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
| ||||||
8 | increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) | ||||||
9 | recomputing the
investment credit which would have been | ||||||
10 | allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was | ||||||
11 | originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such | ||||||
12 | computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
| ||||||
13 | from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the | ||||||
14 | purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of | ||||||
15 | qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the | ||||||
16 | purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified | ||||||
17 | property to the extent of such reduction.
| ||||||
18 | (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, | ||||||
19 | the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs | ||||||
20 | incurred after
December 31, 2008, except for costs incurred | ||||||
21 | pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before | ||||||
22 | December 31, 2008.
| ||||||
23 | (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, | ||||||
24 | a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the | ||||||
25 | credits to which the partnership is entitled under this | ||||||
26 | subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the | ||||||
27 | credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only | ||||||
28 | against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this | ||||||
29 | Section. If the partnership makes that election, those | ||||||
30 | credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the | ||||||
31 | partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in | ||||||
32 | Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
| ||||||
33 | promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of | ||||||
34 | the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that | ||||||
35 | taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on | ||||||
36 | its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits | ||||||
2 | shall be
irrevocable.
| ||||||
3 | For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, | ||||||
4 | a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction | ||||||
5 | under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) | ||||||
6 | of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter | ||||||
7 | S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of | ||||||
8 | paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be | ||||||
9 | allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its | ||||||
10 | share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
| ||||||
11 | the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S | ||||||
12 | corporation, determined in
accordance with the | ||||||
13 | determination of income and distributive share of
income | ||||||
14 | under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal | ||||||
15 | Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | ||||||
16 | of Section 250.
| ||||||
17 | (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone.
| ||||||
18 | (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the | ||||||
19 | tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for | ||||||
20 | investment in qualified
property which is placed in service | ||||||
21 | in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois | ||||||
22 | Enterprise Zone Act. For partners, shareholders
of | ||||||
23 | Subchapter S corporations, and owners of limited liability | ||||||
24 | companies,
if the liability company is treated as a | ||||||
25 | partnership for purposes of
federal and State income | ||||||
26 | taxation, there shall be allowed a credit under
this | ||||||
27 | subsection (f) to be determined in accordance with the | ||||||
28 | determination
of income and distributive share of income | ||||||
29 | under Sections 702 and 704 and
Subchapter S of the Internal | ||||||
30 | Revenue Code. The credit shall be .5% of the
basis for such | ||||||
31 | property. The credit shall be available only in the taxable
| ||||||
32 | year in which the property is placed in service in the | ||||||
33 | Enterprise Zone and
shall not be allowed to the extent that | ||||||
34 | it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for the tax imposed | ||||||
35 | by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to
below zero. | ||||||
36 | For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in which the | ||||||
2 | property is placed in
service, or, if the amount of the | ||||||
3 | credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, whether it | ||||||
4 | exceeds the original liability or the liability as later
| ||||||
5 | amended, such excess may be carried forward and applied to | ||||||
6 | the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years following the | ||||||
7 | excess credit year.
The credit shall be applied to the | ||||||
8 | earliest year for which there is a
liability. If there is | ||||||
9 | credit from more than one tax year that is available
to | ||||||
10 | offset a liability, the credit accruing first in time shall | ||||||
11 | be applied
first.
| ||||||
12 | (2) The term qualified property means property which:
| ||||||
13 | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | ||||||
14 | buildings and
structural components of buildings;
| ||||||
15 | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | ||||||
16 | Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" | ||||||
17 | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not | ||||||
18 | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | ||||||
19 | (f);
| ||||||
20 | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | ||||||
21 | 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
22 | (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone by the taxpayer; | ||||||
23 | and
| ||||||
24 | (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in | ||||||
25 | such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for | ||||||
26 | the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or | ||||||
27 | subsection (e).
| ||||||
28 | (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis | ||||||
29 | used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal | ||||||
30 | income tax purposes.
| ||||||
31 | (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | ||||||
32 | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | ||||||
33 | in service in the Enterprise
Zone by the taxpayer, the | ||||||
34 | amount of such increase shall be deemed property
placed in | ||||||
35 | service on the date of such increase in basis.
| ||||||
36 | (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
2 | (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to | ||||||
3 | be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within | ||||||
4 | 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of | ||||||
5 | any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone | ||||||
6 | within 48 months after being placed in service, the tax
| ||||||
7 | imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for | ||||||
8 | such taxable year
shall be increased. Such increase shall | ||||||
9 | be determined by (i) recomputing
the investment credit | ||||||
10 | which would have been allowed for the year in which
credit | ||||||
11 | for such property was originally allowed by eliminating | ||||||
12 | such
property from such computation, and (ii) subtracting | ||||||
13 | such recomputed credit
from the amount of credit previously | ||||||
14 | allowed. For the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a | ||||||
15 | reduction of the basis of qualified property resulting
from | ||||||
16 | a redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a | ||||||
17 | disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such | ||||||
18 | reduction.
| ||||||
19 | (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone and Foreign Trade | ||||||
20 | Zone or Sub-Zone.
| ||||||
21 | (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an | ||||||
22 | enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the | ||||||
23 | Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity conducting | ||||||
24 | a trade or business in a federally designated
Foreign Trade | ||||||
25 | Zone or Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit against the tax
| ||||||
26 | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in the | ||||||
27 | amount of $500
per eligible employee hired to work in the | ||||||
28 | zone during the taxable year.
| ||||||
29 | (2) To qualify for the credit:
| ||||||
30 | (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible | ||||||
31 | employees to work in an
enterprise zone or federally | ||||||
32 | designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the | ||||||
33 | taxable year;
| ||||||
34 | (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the | ||||||
35 | enterprise zone or
federally designated Foreign Trade | ||||||
36 | Zone or Sub-Zone must
increase by 5 or more full-time |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employees beyond the total employed in that
zone at the | ||||||
2 | end of the previous tax year for which a jobs tax
| ||||||
3 | credit under this Section was taken, or beyond the | ||||||
4 | total employed by the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, | ||||||
5 | whichever is later; and
| ||||||
6 | (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 | ||||||
7 | consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for | ||||||
8 | purposes of this subsection.
| ||||||
9 | (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is:
| ||||||
10 | (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and | ||||||
11 | Economic Opportunity
as "eligible for services" | ||||||
12 | pursuant to regulations promulgated in
accordance with | ||||||
13 | Title II of the Job Training Partnership Act, Training
| ||||||
14 | Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job | ||||||
15 | Training Partnership
Act, Employment and Training | ||||||
16 | Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
| ||||||
17 | (B) Hired after the enterprise zone or federally | ||||||
18 | designated Foreign
Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was | ||||||
19 | designated or the trade or
business was located in that | ||||||
20 | zone, whichever is later.
| ||||||
21 | (C) Employed in the enterprise zone or Foreign | ||||||
22 | Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. An employee is employed in an
| ||||||
23 | enterprise zone or federally designated Foreign Trade | ||||||
24 | Zone or Sub-Zone
if his services are rendered there or | ||||||
25 | it is the base of
operations for the services | ||||||
26 | performed.
| ||||||
27 | (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours | ||||||
28 | per week.
| ||||||
29 | (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 | ||||||
30 | and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed | ||||||
31 | for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. | ||||||
32 | For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the | ||||||
33 | credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
| ||||||
34 | following the tax year in which the eligible employees are | ||||||
35 | hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax | ||||||
36 | liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess | ||||||
2 | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of | ||||||
3 | the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The | ||||||
4 | credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which | ||||||
5 | there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one | ||||||
6 | tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier | ||||||
7 | credit shall be applied first.
| ||||||
8 | (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such | ||||||
9 | rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry | ||||||
10 | out the purposes of this subsection (g).
| ||||||
11 | (6) The credit shall be available for eligible | ||||||
12 | employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986.
| ||||||
13 | (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business.
| ||||||
14 | (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 | ||||||
15 | of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be | ||||||
16 | allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | ||||||
17 | and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
| ||||||
18 | property which is placed in service by a Department of | ||||||
19 | Commerce and Economic Opportunity
designated High Impact | ||||||
20 | Business. The credit shall be .5% of the basis
for such | ||||||
21 | property. The credit shall not be available (i) until the | ||||||
22 | minimum
investments in qualified property set forth in | ||||||
23 | subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 of the Illinois
| ||||||
24 | Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or (ii) until the | ||||||
25 | time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the Illinois
| ||||||
26 | Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as High Impact | ||||||
27 | Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and | ||||||
28 | (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone | ||||||
29 | Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
| ||||||
30 | reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by | ||||||
31 | subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below zero. The | ||||||
32 | credit applicable to such investments shall be
taken in the | ||||||
33 | taxable year in which such investments have been completed. | ||||||
34 | The
credit for additional investments beyond the minimum | ||||||
35 | investment by a designated
high impact business authorized | ||||||
36 | under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section 5.5 of
the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Enterprise Zone Act shall be available only in the taxable | ||||||
2 | year in
which the property is placed in service and shall | ||||||
3 | not be allowed to the extent
that it would reduce a | ||||||
4 | taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by subsections
(a) | ||||||
5 | and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For tax years ending | ||||||
6 | on or after December 31, 1987, the credit shall be
allowed | ||||||
7 | for the tax year in which the property is placed in | ||||||
8 | service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds the tax | ||||||
9 | liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the original | ||||||
10 | liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess | ||||||
11 | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of | ||||||
12 | the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The | ||||||
13 | credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which | ||||||
14 | there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one | ||||||
15 | tax year that is available to offset a liability,
the | ||||||
16 | credit accruing first in time shall be applied first.
| ||||||
17 | Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act | ||||||
18 | 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and | ||||||
19 | reflect existing law.
| ||||||
20 | (2) The term qualified property means property which:
| ||||||
21 | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | ||||||
22 | buildings and
structural components of buildings;
| ||||||
23 | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | ||||||
24 | Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" | ||||||
25 | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not | ||||||
26 | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | ||||||
27 | (h);
| ||||||
28 | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | ||||||
29 | 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
| ||||||
30 | (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone | ||||||
31 | Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this | ||||||
32 | Section.
| ||||||
33 | (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis | ||||||
34 | used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal | ||||||
35 | income tax purposes.
| ||||||
36 | (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | ||||||
2 | in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or | ||||||
3 | Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of | ||||||
4 | such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
| ||||||
5 | the date of such increase in basis.
| ||||||
6 | (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same | ||||||
7 | meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
8 | (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before | ||||||
9 | December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
| ||||||
10 | property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months | ||||||
11 | after being placed
in service, or the situs of any | ||||||
12 | qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 | ||||||
13 | months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under | ||||||
14 | subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable | ||||||
15 | year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined | ||||||
16 | by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have | ||||||
17 | been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property | ||||||
18 | was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from | ||||||
19 | such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed | ||||||
20 | credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For | ||||||
21 | the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the | ||||||
22 | basis of qualified property resulting
from a | ||||||
23 | redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a | ||||||
24 | disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such | ||||||
25 | reduction.
| ||||||
26 | (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, | ||||||
27 | 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this | ||||||
28 | subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and | ||||||
29 | the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of | ||||||
30 | the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
| ||||||
31 | 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under | ||||||
32 | subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased | ||||||
33 | for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its | ||||||
34 | facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit | ||||||
35 | received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h).
| ||||||
36 | (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit | ||||||
2 | shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and | ||||||
3 | (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and | ||||||
4 | (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by | ||||||
5 | multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this | ||||||
6 | Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income | ||||||
7 | allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois | ||||||
8 | base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax | ||||||
9 | rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
| ||||||
10 | Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this | ||||||
11 | subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed | ||||||
12 | because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) | ||||||
13 | and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
| ||||||
14 | liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried | ||||||
15 | forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections | ||||||
16 | (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit | ||||||
17 | year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any | ||||||
18 | year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
| ||||||
19 | applied first to the earliest year for which there is a | ||||||
20 | liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more | ||||||
21 | than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the | ||||||
22 | earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied | ||||||
23 | first.
| ||||||
24 | If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, | ||||||
25 | 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this | ||||||
26 | Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this | ||||||
27 | subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax | ||||||
28 | shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by | ||||||
29 | recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
| ||||||
30 | imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
| ||||||
31 | reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different | ||||||
32 | taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable | ||||||
33 | year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed.
| ||||||
34 | (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years | ||||||
35 | ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, | ||||||
36 | 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all | ||||||
2 | amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by | ||||||
3 | the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside | ||||||
4 | of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational | ||||||
5 | training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled | ||||||
6 | or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the | ||||||
7 | computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax | ||||||
8 | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such | ||||||
9 | training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
| ||||||
10 | corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the | ||||||
11 | liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of | ||||||
12 | federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a | ||||||
13 | credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance | ||||||
14 | with the determination of income and distributive
share of | ||||||
15 | income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the | ||||||
16 | Internal
Revenue Code.
| ||||||
17 | Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in | ||||||
18 | the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of | ||||||
19 | the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is | ||||||
20 | first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied | ||||||
21 | first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If | ||||||
22 | there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax | ||||||
23 | year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
| ||||||
24 | credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No | ||||||
25 | carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or | ||||||
26 | after
December 31, 2003.
| ||||||
27 | (k) Research and development credit.
| ||||||
28 | For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
| ||||||
29 | December 31, 2003, and beginning again for tax years ending on | ||||||
30 | or after December 31, 2004, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a | ||||||
31 | credit against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of | ||||||
32 | this
Section for increasing research activities in this State. | ||||||
33 | The credit
allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | ||||||
34 | and (b) shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures | ||||||
35 | for increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, | ||||||
36 | shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limited liability companies, if the liability company is | ||||||
2 | treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State | ||||||
3 | income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this | ||||||
4 | subsection to be determined in accordance with the
| ||||||
5 | determination of income and distributive share of income under | ||||||
6 | Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
7 | Code.
| ||||||
8 | For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" | ||||||
9 | means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal | ||||||
10 | credit for increasing
research activities which would be | ||||||
11 | allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and | ||||||
12 | which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for | ||||||
13 | increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess | ||||||
14 | of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which | ||||||
15 | incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, | ||||||
16 | "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average | ||||||
17 | of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base | ||||||
18 | period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately | ||||||
19 | preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being | ||||||
20 | made.
| ||||||
21 | Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable | ||||||
22 | year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
| ||||||
23 | unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over | ||||||
24 | as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 | ||||||
25 | taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs | ||||||
26 | first; provided that no credit earned in a tax year ending | ||||||
27 | prior to December 31, 2003 may be carried forward to any year | ||||||
28 | ending on or after December 31, 2003.
| ||||||
29 | If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from | ||||||
30 | 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest | ||||||
31 | year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the | ||||||
32 | given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still | ||||||
33 | remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be | ||||||
34 | applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
| ||||||
35 | liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused | ||||||
36 | credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except | ||||||
2 | that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more | ||||||
3 | than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the | ||||||
4 | credit is given was incurred.
| ||||||
5 | No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
6 | 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable | ||||||
7 | years beginning before January
1, 1999.
| ||||||
8 | (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
| ||||||
9 | (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on | ||||||
10 | or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a | ||||||
11 | credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) | ||||||
12 | of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed | ||||||
13 | eligible remediation costs, as specified in this | ||||||
14 | subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed | ||||||
15 | eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the | ||||||
16 | Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
| ||||||
17 | Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were | ||||||
18 | paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for | ||||||
19 | which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the | ||||||
20 | Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the | ||||||
21 | Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed | ||||||
22 | for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the | ||||||
23 | eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not | ||||||
24 | available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related | ||||||
25 | party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a | ||||||
26 | release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site | ||||||
27 | that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action | ||||||
28 | pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the | ||||||
29 | Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control | ||||||
30 | Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois | ||||||
31 | Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and | ||||||
32 | enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental | ||||||
33 | Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability | ||||||
34 | for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with | ||||||
35 | those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" | ||||||
36 | includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code | ||||||
2 | and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a | ||||||
3 | deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of | ||||||
4 | Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being | ||||||
5 | a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The | ||||||
6 | credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | ||||||
7 | and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible | ||||||
8 | remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except | ||||||
9 | that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site | ||||||
10 | contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the | ||||||
11 | Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now | ||||||
12 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The | ||||||
13 | total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with | ||||||
14 | a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
| ||||||
15 | shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be | ||||||
16 | allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in | ||||||
17 | accordance with the determination of
income and | ||||||
18 | distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
| ||||||
19 | subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
20 | (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is | ||||||
21 | unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried | ||||||
22 | forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year | ||||||
23 | for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The | ||||||
24 | term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of | ||||||
25 | unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the | ||||||
26 | maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). | ||||||
27 | This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for | ||||||
28 | which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this | ||||||
29 | subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to | ||||||
30 | offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this | ||||||
31 | subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under | ||||||
32 | this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of | ||||||
33 | all or part of the remediation site for which the credit | ||||||
34 | was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the | ||||||
35 | tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining | ||||||
36 | carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the | ||||||
2 | chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to | ||||||
3 | the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the | ||||||
4 | assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the | ||||||
5 | amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of | ||||||
6 | the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any | ||||||
7 | taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be | ||||||
8 | eligible under the provisions of subsection (i).
| ||||||
9 | (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" | ||||||
10 | shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the | ||||||
11 | Environmental Protection Act.
| ||||||
12 | (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years | ||||||
13 | ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian | ||||||
14 | of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
| ||||||
15 | against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this | ||||||
16 | Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of | ||||||
17 | the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of | ||||||
18 | qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total | ||||||
19 | credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
| ||||||
20 | custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a | ||||||
21 | credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability | ||||||
22 | under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt | ||||||
23 | from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act.
| ||||||
24 | For purposes of this subsection:
| ||||||
25 | "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are | ||||||
26 | residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of | ||||||
27 | 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is | ||||||
28 | sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is | ||||||
29 | sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through | ||||||
30 | twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in | ||||||
31 | this subsection.
| ||||||
32 | "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on | ||||||
33 | behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, | ||||||
34 | book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is | ||||||
35 | enrolled during the regular school
year.
| ||||||
36 | "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title | ||||||
2 | VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which | ||||||
3 | satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, | ||||||
4 | except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
| ||||||
5 | attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for | ||||||
6 | the credit
under this Section.
| ||||||
7 | "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an | ||||||
8 | Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal | ||||||
9 | guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-12, eff. 7-1-01; 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-651, | ||||||
11 | eff. 7-11-02; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; 92-846, eff. 8-23-02; | ||||||
12 | 93-29, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; 93-871, eff. 8-6-04; | ||||||
13 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
14 | (35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 203. Base income defined.
| ||||||
16 | (a) Individuals.
| ||||||
17 | (1) In general. In the case of an individual, base | ||||||
18 | income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's adjusted | ||||||
19 | gross income for the taxable
year as modified by paragraph | ||||||
20 | (2).
| ||||||
21 | (2) Modifications. The adjusted gross income referred | ||||||
22 | to in
paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the | ||||||
23 | sum of the
following amounts:
| ||||||
24 | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | ||||||
25 | to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the | ||||||
26 | taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income | ||||||
27 | in the computation of adjusted gross income, except | ||||||
28 | stock
dividends of qualified public utilities | ||||||
29 | described in Section 305(e) of the
Internal Revenue | ||||||
30 | Code;
| ||||||
31 | (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | ||||||
32 | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in | ||||||
33 | the computation of adjusted gross
income for the | ||||||
34 | taxable year;
| ||||||
35 | (C) An amount equal to the amount received during |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the taxable year
as a recovery or refund of real | ||||||
2 | property taxes paid with respect to the
taxpayer's | ||||||
3 | principal residence under the Revenue Act of
1939 and | ||||||
4 | for which a deduction was previously taken under | ||||||
5 | subparagraph (L) of
this paragraph (2) prior to July 1, | ||||||
6 | 1991, the retrospective application date of
Article 4 | ||||||
7 | of Public Act 87-17. In the case of multi-unit or | ||||||
8 | multi-use
structures and farm dwellings, the taxes on | ||||||
9 | the taxpayer's principal residence
shall be that | ||||||
10 | portion of the total taxes for the entire property | ||||||
11 | which is
attributable to such principal residence;
| ||||||
12 | (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital | ||||||
13 | gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue | ||||||
14 | Code, to the extent deducted from gross
income in the | ||||||
15 | computation of adjusted gross income;
| ||||||
16 | (D-5) An amount, to the extent not included in | ||||||
17 | adjusted gross income,
equal to the amount of money | ||||||
18 | withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from
a | ||||||
19 | medical care savings account and the interest earned on | ||||||
20 | the account in the
taxable year of a withdrawal | ||||||
21 | pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 20 of the
Medical | ||||||
22 | Care Savings Account Act or subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
23 | 20 of the
Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000;
| ||||||
24 | (D-10) For taxable years ending after December 31, | ||||||
25 | 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs | ||||||
26 | that the individual
deducted in computing adjusted | ||||||
27 | gross income and for which the
individual claims a | ||||||
28 | credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
| ||||||
29 | (D-15) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | ||||||
30 | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | ||||||
31 | of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | ||||||
32 | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | ||||||
33 | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | ||||||
34 | Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
35 | (D-16) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | ||||||
36 | loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of | ||||||
2 | property for which the taxpayer was required in any | ||||||
3 | taxable year to
make an addition modification under | ||||||
4 | subparagraph (D-15), then an amount equal
to the | ||||||
5 | aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
| ||||||
6 | years under subparagraph (Z) with respect to that | ||||||
7 | property.
| ||||||
8 | The taxpayer is required to make the addition | ||||||
9 | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | ||||||
10 | respect to any one piece of property;
| ||||||
11 | (D-17) For taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
12 | December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount | ||||||
13 | otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base | ||||||
14 | income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, | ||||||
15 | directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who would | ||||||
16 | be a member of the same unitary business group but for | ||||||
17 | the fact that foreign person's business activity | ||||||
18 | outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign | ||||||
19 | person's total business activity. The addition | ||||||
20 | modification required by this subparagraph shall be | ||||||
21 | reduced to the extent that dividends were included in | ||||||
22 | base income of the unitary group for the same taxable | ||||||
23 | year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the | ||||||
24 | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts | ||||||
25 | included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 | ||||||
26 | of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in | ||||||
27 | gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
28 | Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to | ||||||
29 | whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred. | ||||||
30 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
| ||||||
31 | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
32 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
33 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
34 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
35 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
36 | income with respect to such interest; or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
2 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
3 | person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a | ||||||
4 | preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
5 | following: | ||||||
6 | (a) the foreign person, during the same | ||||||
7 | taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
8 | interest to a person that is not a related | ||||||
9 | member, and | ||||||
10 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
11 | interest expense between the taxpayer and the | ||||||
12 | foreign person did not have as a principal | ||||||
13 | purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, | ||||||
14 | and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement | ||||||
15 | that reflects an arm's-length interest rate | ||||||
16 | and terms; or
| ||||||
17 | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on | ||||||
18 | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest | ||||||
19 | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or | ||||||
20 | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and | ||||||
21 | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is | ||||||
22 | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
| ||||||
23 | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
24 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
25 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
26 | convincing evidence that the adjustments are | ||||||
27 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
28 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
29 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
30 | 304(f).
| ||||||
31 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
32 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
33 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
34 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
35 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
36 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
2 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
3 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
4 | (D-18) For taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
5 | December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of | ||||||
6 | intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a | ||||||
7 | deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, | ||||||
8 | accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a | ||||||
9 | foreign person who would be a member of the same | ||||||
10 | unitary business group but for the fact that the | ||||||
11 | foreign person's business activity outside the United | ||||||
12 | States is 80% or more of that person's total business | ||||||
13 | activity. The addition modification required by this | ||||||
14 | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that | ||||||
15 | dividends were included in base income of the unitary | ||||||
16 | group for the same taxable year and received by the | ||||||
17 | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary | ||||||
18 | business group (including amounts included in gross | ||||||
19 | income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal | ||||||
20 | Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under | ||||||
21 | Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect | ||||||
22 | to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible | ||||||
23 | expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, | ||||||
24 | incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not | ||||||
25 | apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a | ||||||
26 | reduction to the addition modification required under | ||||||
27 | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act. As used in this | ||||||
28 | subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" | ||||||
29 | includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or | ||||||
30 | related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, | ||||||
31 | maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, | ||||||
32 | or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) | ||||||
33 | losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from | ||||||
34 | factoring transactions or discounting transactions; | ||||||
35 | (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; | ||||||
36 | (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | costs.
For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible | ||||||
2 | property" includes patents, patent applications, trade | ||||||
3 | names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask | ||||||
4 | works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible | ||||||
5 | assets. | ||||||
6 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: | ||||||
7 | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs | ||||||
8 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
9 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
10 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
11 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
12 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
13 | income with respect to such item; or | ||||||
14 | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
15 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
16 | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based | ||||||
17 | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
18 | following: | ||||||
19 | (a) the foreign person during the same | ||||||
20 | taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
21 | intangible expense or cost to a person that is | ||||||
22 | not a related member, and | ||||||
23 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
24 | intangible expense or cost between the | ||||||
25 | taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as | ||||||
26 | a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois | ||||||
27 | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract | ||||||
28 | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; | ||||||
29 | or | ||||||
30 | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
31 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
32 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
33 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
34 | convincing evidence, that the adjustments are | ||||||
35 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
36 | agree in writing to the application or use of an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
2 | 304(f);
| ||||||
3 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
4 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
5 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
6 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
7 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
8 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
9 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
10 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
11 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
12 | (D-20) For taxable years beginning on or after | ||||||
13 | January 1,
2002, in
the
case of a distribution from a | ||||||
14 | qualified tuition program under Section 529 of
the | ||||||
15 | Internal Revenue Code, other than (i) a distribution | ||||||
16 | from a College Savings
Pool created under Section 16.5 | ||||||
17 | of the State Treasurer Act or (ii) a
distribution from | ||||||
18 | the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, an amount | ||||||
19 | equal to
the amount excluded from gross income under | ||||||
20 | Section 529(c)(3)(B);
| ||||||
21 | and by deducting from the total so obtained the
sum of the | ||||||
22 | following amounts:
| ||||||
23 | (E) For taxable years ending before December 31, | ||||||
24 | 2001,
any amount included in such total in respect of | ||||||
25 | any compensation
(including but not limited to any | ||||||
26 | compensation paid or accrued to a
serviceman while a | ||||||
27 | prisoner of war or missing in action) paid to a | ||||||
28 | resident
by reason of being on active duty in the Armed | ||||||
29 | Forces of the United States
and in respect of any | ||||||
30 | compensation paid or accrued to a resident who as a
| ||||||
31 | governmental employee was a prisoner of war or missing | ||||||
32 | in action, and in
respect of any compensation paid to a | ||||||
33 | resident in 1971 or thereafter for
annual training | ||||||
34 | performed pursuant to Sections 502 and 503, Title 32,
| ||||||
35 | United States Code as a member of the Illinois National | ||||||
36 | Guard.
For taxable years ending on or after December |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 31, 2001, any amount included in
such total in respect | ||||||
2 | of any compensation (including but not limited to any
| ||||||
3 | compensation paid or accrued to a serviceman while a | ||||||
4 | prisoner of war or missing
in action) paid to a | ||||||
5 | resident by reason of being a member of any component | ||||||
6 | of
the Armed Forces of the United States and in respect | ||||||
7 | of any compensation paid
or accrued to a resident who | ||||||
8 | as a governmental employee was a prisoner of war
or | ||||||
9 | missing in action, and in respect of any compensation | ||||||
10 | paid to a resident in
2001 or thereafter by reason of | ||||||
11 | being a member of the Illinois National Guard.
The | ||||||
12 | provisions of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
13 | Assembly are exempt
from the provisions of Section 250;
| ||||||
14 | (F) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | ||||||
15 | total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 402(a), | ||||||
16 | 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a),
and 408 of the | ||||||
17 | Internal Revenue Code, or included in such total as
| ||||||
18 | distributions under the provisions of any retirement | ||||||
19 | or disability plan for
employees of any governmental | ||||||
20 | agency or unit, or retirement payments to
retired | ||||||
21 | partners, which payments are excluded in computing net | ||||||
22 | earnings
from self employment by Section 1402 of the | ||||||
23 | Internal Revenue Code and
regulations adopted pursuant | ||||||
24 | thereto;
| ||||||
25 | (G) The valuation limitation amount;
| ||||||
26 | (H) An amount equal to the amount of any tax | ||||||
27 | imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer | ||||||
28 | and included in such total for the
taxable year;
| ||||||
29 | (I) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | ||||||
30 | total pursuant
to the provisions of Section 111 of the | ||||||
31 | Internal Revenue Code as a
recovery of items previously | ||||||
32 | deducted from adjusted gross income in the
computation | ||||||
33 | of taxable income;
| ||||||
34 | (J) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
35 | such total which were
paid by a corporation which | ||||||
36 | conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, | ||||||
2 | and conducts
substantially all of its operations in an | ||||||
3 | Enterprise Zone or zones;
| ||||||
4 | (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
5 | such total that
were paid by a corporation that | ||||||
6 | conducts business operations in a federally
designated | ||||||
7 | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a | ||||||
8 | High Impact
Business located in Illinois; provided | ||||||
9 | that dividends eligible for the
deduction provided in | ||||||
10 | subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection
| ||||||
11 | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | ||||||
12 | this subparagraph
(K);
| ||||||
13 | (L) For taxable years ending after December 31, | ||||||
14 | 1983, an amount equal to
all social security benefits | ||||||
15 | and railroad retirement benefits included in
such | ||||||
16 | total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and 86 of the Internal | ||||||
17 | Revenue Code;
| ||||||
18 | (M) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | ||||||
19 | under subparagraph
(N), an amount equal to the sum of | ||||||
20 | all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections | ||||||
21 | 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code
of | ||||||
22 | 1954, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of | ||||||
23 | expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as | ||||||
24 | deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue | ||||||
25 | Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for | ||||||
26 | taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, | ||||||
27 | Sections 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of | ||||||
28 | the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
| ||||||
29 | subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section | ||||||
30 | 250;
| ||||||
31 | (N) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | ||||||
32 | total which are
exempt from taxation by this State | ||||||
33 | either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by | ||||||
34 | reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the | ||||||
35 | United States;
provided that, in the case of any | ||||||
36 | statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under | ||||||
2 | this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net | ||||||
3 | of bond premium amortization;
| ||||||
4 | (O) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | ||||||
5 | job training
project established pursuant to the Tax | ||||||
6 | Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
| ||||||
7 | (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | ||||||
8 | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | ||||||
9 | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | ||||||
10 | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | ||||||
11 | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| ||||||
12 | (Q) An amount equal to any amounts included in such | ||||||
13 | total, received by
the taxpayer as an acceleration in | ||||||
14 | the payment of life, endowment or annuity
benefits in | ||||||
15 | advance of the time they would otherwise be payable as | ||||||
16 | an indemnity
for a terminal illness;
| ||||||
17 | (R) An amount equal to the amount of any federal or | ||||||
18 | State bonus paid
to veterans of the Persian Gulf War;
| ||||||
19 | (S) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted | ||||||
20 | gross income, equal
to the amount of a contribution | ||||||
21 | made in the taxable year on behalf of the
taxpayer to a | ||||||
22 | medical care savings account established under the | ||||||
23 | Medical Care
Savings Account Act or the Medical Care | ||||||
24 | Savings Account Act of 2000 to the
extent the | ||||||
25 | contribution is accepted by the account
administrator | ||||||
26 | as provided in that Act;
| ||||||
27 | (T) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted | ||||||
28 | gross income, equal to
the amount of interest earned in | ||||||
29 | the taxable year on a medical care savings
account | ||||||
30 | established under the Medical Care Savings Account Act | ||||||
31 | or the Medical
Care Savings Account Act of 2000 on | ||||||
32 | behalf of the
taxpayer, other than interest added | ||||||
33 | pursuant to item (D-5) of this paragraph
(2);
| ||||||
34 | (U) For one taxable year beginning on or after | ||||||
35 | January 1,
1994, an
amount equal to the total amount of | ||||||
36 | tax imposed and paid under subsections (a)
and (b) of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 201 of this Act on grant amounts received by | ||||||
2 | the taxpayer
under the Nursing Home Grant Assistance | ||||||
3 | Act during the taxpayer's taxable years
1992 and 1993;
| ||||||
4 | (V) Beginning with tax years ending on or after | ||||||
5 | December 31, 1995 and
ending with tax years ending on | ||||||
6 | or before December 31, 2004, an amount equal to
the | ||||||
7 | amount paid by a taxpayer who is a
self-employed | ||||||
8 | taxpayer, a partner of a partnership, or a
shareholder | ||||||
9 | in a Subchapter S corporation for health insurance or | ||||||
10 | long-term
care insurance for that taxpayer or that | ||||||
11 | taxpayer's spouse or dependents, to
the extent that the | ||||||
12 | amount paid for that health insurance or long-term care
| ||||||
13 | insurance may be deducted under Section 213 of the | ||||||
14 | Internal Revenue Code of
1986, has not been deducted on | ||||||
15 | the federal income tax return of the taxpayer,
and does | ||||||
16 | not exceed the taxable income attributable to that | ||||||
17 | taxpayer's income,
self-employment income, or | ||||||
18 | Subchapter S corporation income; except that no
| ||||||
19 | deduction shall be allowed under this item (V) if the | ||||||
20 | taxpayer is eligible to
participate in any health | ||||||
21 | insurance or long-term care insurance plan of an
| ||||||
22 | employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's
spouse. The | ||||||
23 | amount of the health insurance and long-term care | ||||||
24 | insurance
subtracted under this item (V) shall be | ||||||
25 | determined by multiplying total
health insurance and | ||||||
26 | long-term care insurance premiums paid by the taxpayer
| ||||||
27 | times a number that represents the fractional | ||||||
28 | percentage of eligible medical
expenses under Section | ||||||
29 | 213 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 not actually
| ||||||
30 | deducted on the taxpayer's federal income tax return;
| ||||||
31 | (W) For taxable years beginning on or after January | ||||||
32 | 1, 1998,
all amounts included in the taxpayer's federal | ||||||
33 | gross income
in the taxable year from amounts converted | ||||||
34 | from a regular IRA to a Roth IRA.
This paragraph is | ||||||
35 | exempt from the provisions of Section
250;
| ||||||
36 | (X) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equal to the
amount of any (i) distributions, to the | ||||||
2 | extent includible in gross income for
federal income | ||||||
3 | tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of his or | ||||||
4 | her status
as a victim of persecution for racial or | ||||||
5 | religious reasons by Nazi Germany or
any other Axis | ||||||
6 | regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of | ||||||
7 | income, to the extent
includible in gross income for | ||||||
8 | federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived | ||||||
9 | from or in any way related to assets stolen from, | ||||||
10 | hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
| ||||||
11 | persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi | ||||||
12 | Germany or any other Axis
regime immediately prior to, | ||||||
13 | during, and immediately after World War II,
including, | ||||||
14 | but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable | ||||||
15 | as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of | ||||||
16 | persecution for racial or religious
reasons
by Nazi | ||||||
17 | Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance | ||||||
18 | companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
| ||||||
19 | provided, however, this subtraction from federal | ||||||
20 | adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired | ||||||
21 | with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
| ||||||
22 | such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall | ||||||
23 | only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of | ||||||
24 | such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of | ||||||
25 | persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi | ||||||
26 | Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the | ||||||
27 | victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any | ||||||
28 | public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is | ||||||
29 | not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
| ||||||
30 | this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax | ||||||
31 | purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | ||||||
32 | of Section 250;
| ||||||
33 | (Y) For taxable years beginning on or after January | ||||||
34 | 1, 2002
and ending
on or before December 31, 2004, | ||||||
35 | moneys contributed in the taxable year to a College | ||||||
36 | Savings Pool account under
Section 16.5 of the State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Treasurer Act, except that amounts excluded from
gross | ||||||
2 | income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal | ||||||
3 | Revenue Code
shall not be considered moneys | ||||||
4 | contributed under this subparagraph (Y). For taxable | ||||||
5 | years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, a maximum | ||||||
6 | of $10,000
contributed
in the
taxable year to (i) a | ||||||
7 | College Savings Pool account under Section 16.5 of the
| ||||||
8 | State
Treasurer Act or (ii) the Illinois Prepaid | ||||||
9 | Tuition Trust Fund,
except that
amounts excluded from | ||||||
10 | gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the
| ||||||
11 | Internal
Revenue Code shall not be considered moneys | ||||||
12 | contributed under this subparagraph
(Y). This
| ||||||
13 | subparagraph (Y) is exempt from the provisions of | ||||||
14 | Section 250;
| ||||||
15 | (Z) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | ||||||
16 | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | ||||||
17 | (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | ||||||
18 | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | ||||||
19 | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | ||||||
20 | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | ||||||
21 | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| ||||||
22 | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | ||||||
23 | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | ||||||
24 | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | ||||||
25 | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | ||||||
26 | the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | ||||||
27 | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | ||||||
28 | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | ||||||
29 | the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| ||||||
30 | (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | ||||||
31 | divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| ||||||
32 | The aggregate amount deducted under this | ||||||
33 | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | ||||||
34 | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| ||||||
35 | depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | ||||||
36 | the qualified property)
taken on that property on the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | ||||||
2 | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
3 | (AA) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | ||||||
4 | on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | ||||||
5 | taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | ||||||
6 | for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | ||||||
7 | to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | ||||||
8 | (D-15), then an amount equal to that
addition | ||||||
9 | modification.
| ||||||
10 | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | ||||||
11 | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | ||||||
12 | piece of property;
| ||||||
13 | (BB) Any amount included in adjusted gross income, | ||||||
14 | other
than
salary,
received by a driver in a | ||||||
15 | ridesharing arrangement using a motor vehicle;
| ||||||
16 | (CC) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of | ||||||
17 | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account | ||||||
18 | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with | ||||||
19 | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition | ||||||
20 | modification with respect to such transaction under | ||||||
21 | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-13), | ||||||
22 | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed | ||||||
23 | the amount of that addition modification, and
(ii) any | ||||||
24 | income from intangible property (net of the deductions | ||||||
25 | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable | ||||||
26 | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that | ||||||
27 | is required to make an addition modification with | ||||||
28 | respect to such transaction under Section | ||||||
29 | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-14), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or | ||||||
30 | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of that | ||||||
31 | addition modification; | ||||||
32 | (DD) An amount equal to the interest income taken | ||||||
33 | into account for the taxable year (net of the | ||||||
34 | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
35 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
36 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
2 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
3 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
4 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
5 | taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) for | ||||||
6 | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
7 | indirectly, to the same foreign person; and | ||||||
8 | (EE) An amount equal to the income from intangible | ||||||
9 | property taken into account for the taxable year (net | ||||||
10 | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
11 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
12 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
13 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
14 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
15 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
16 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
17 | taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for | ||||||
18 | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or | ||||||
19 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign | ||||||
20 | person.
| ||||||
21 | (b) Corporations.
| ||||||
22 | (1) In general. In the case of a corporation, base | ||||||
23 | income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable | ||||||
24 | income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
| ||||||
25 | (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in | ||||||
26 | paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum | ||||||
27 | of the following amounts:
| ||||||
28 | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | ||||||
29 | to the taxpayer
as interest and all distributions | ||||||
30 | received from regulated investment
companies during | ||||||
31 | the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross
| ||||||
32 | income in the computation of taxable income;
| ||||||
33 | (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | ||||||
34 | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in | ||||||
35 | the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (C) In the case of a regulated investment company, | ||||||
2 | an amount equal to
the excess of (i) the net long-term | ||||||
3 | capital gain for the taxable year, over
(ii) the amount | ||||||
4 | of the capital gain dividends designated as such in | ||||||
5 | accordance
with Section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Internal | ||||||
6 | Revenue Code and any amount
designated under Section | ||||||
7 | 852(b)(3)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code,
| ||||||
8 | attributable to the taxable year (this amendatory Act | ||||||
9 | of 1995
(Public Act 89-89) is declarative of existing | ||||||
10 | law and is not a new
enactment);
| ||||||
11 | (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction | ||||||
12 | taken in arriving
at taxable income, other than a net | ||||||
13 | operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year | ||||||
14 | ending prior to December 31, 1986;
| ||||||
15 | (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss | ||||||
16 | carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending | ||||||
17 | prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable | ||||||
18 | income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or
| ||||||
19 | subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), | ||||||
20 | the amount by which
addition modifications other than | ||||||
21 | those provided by this subparagraph (E)
exceeded | ||||||
22 | subtraction modifications in such earlier taxable | ||||||
23 | year, with the
following limitations applied in the | ||||||
24 | order that they are listed:
| ||||||
25 | (i) the addition modification relating to the | ||||||
26 | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | ||||||
27 | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | ||||||
28 | December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of | ||||||
29 | addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) | ||||||
30 | which related to that net operating
loss and which | ||||||
31 | was taken into account in calculating the base | ||||||
32 | income of an
earlier taxable year, and
| ||||||
33 | (ii) the addition modification relating to the | ||||||
34 | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | ||||||
35 | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | ||||||
36 | December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such carryback or
carryforward;
| ||||||
2 | For taxable years in which there is a net operating | ||||||
3 | loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other | ||||||
4 | taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the | ||||||
5 | addition modification provided in this subparagraph | ||||||
6 | (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed | ||||||
7 | independently under the preceding
provisions of this | ||||||
8 | subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;
| ||||||
9 | (E-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, | ||||||
10 | 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs | ||||||
11 | that the corporation
deducted in computing adjusted | ||||||
12 | gross income and for which the
corporation claims a | ||||||
13 | credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
| ||||||
14 | (E-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | ||||||
15 | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | ||||||
16 | of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | ||||||
17 | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | ||||||
18 | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | ||||||
19 | Internal Revenue Code; and
| ||||||
20 | (E-11) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | ||||||
21 | loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for | ||||||
22 | the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of | ||||||
23 | property for which the taxpayer was required in any | ||||||
24 | taxable year to
make an addition modification under | ||||||
25 | subparagraph (E-10), then an amount equal
to the | ||||||
26 | aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
| ||||||
27 | years under subparagraph (T) with respect to that | ||||||
28 | property.
| ||||||
29 | The taxpayer is required to make the addition | ||||||
30 | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | ||||||
31 | respect to any one piece of property;
| ||||||
32 | (E-12) For taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
33 | December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount | ||||||
34 | otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base | ||||||
35 | income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, | ||||||
36 | directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who would |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be a member of the same unitary business group but for | ||||||
2 | the fact the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
3 | outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign | ||||||
4 | person's total business activity. The addition | ||||||
5 | modification required by this subparagraph shall be | ||||||
6 | reduced to the extent that dividends were included in | ||||||
7 | base income of the unitary group for the same taxable | ||||||
8 | year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the | ||||||
9 | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts | ||||||
10 | included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 | ||||||
11 | through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts | ||||||
12 | included in gross income under Section 78 of the | ||||||
13 | Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the | ||||||
14 | same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or | ||||||
15 | incurred.
| ||||||
16 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
| ||||||
17 | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
18 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
19 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
20 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
21 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
22 | income with respect to such interest; or | ||||||
23 | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
24 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
25 | person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a | ||||||
26 | preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
27 | following: | ||||||
28 | (a) the foreign person, during the same | ||||||
29 | taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
30 | interest to a person that is not a related | ||||||
31 | member, and | ||||||
32 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
33 | interest expense between the taxpayer and the | ||||||
34 | foreign person did not have as a principal | ||||||
35 | purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, | ||||||
36 | and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that reflects an arm's-length interest rate | ||||||
2 | and terms; or
| ||||||
3 | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on | ||||||
4 | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest | ||||||
5 | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or | ||||||
6 | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and | ||||||
7 | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is | ||||||
8 | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
| ||||||
9 | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
10 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
11 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
12 | convincing evidence that the adjustments are | ||||||
13 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
14 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
15 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
16 | 304(f).
| ||||||
17 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
18 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
19 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
20 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
21 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
22 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
23 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
24 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
25 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
26 | (E-13) For taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
27 | December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of | ||||||
28 | intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a | ||||||
29 | deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, | ||||||
30 | accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a | ||||||
31 | foreign person who would be a member of the same | ||||||
32 | unitary business group but for the fact that the | ||||||
33 | foreign person's business activity outside the United | ||||||
34 | States is 80% or more of that person's total business | ||||||
35 | activity. The addition modification required by this | ||||||
36 | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | dividends were included in base income of the unitary | ||||||
2 | group for the same taxable year and received by the | ||||||
3 | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary | ||||||
4 | business group (including amounts included in gross | ||||||
5 | income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the | ||||||
6 | Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross | ||||||
7 | income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) | ||||||
8 | with respect to the stock of the same person to whom | ||||||
9 | the intangible expenses and costs were directly or | ||||||
10 | indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding | ||||||
11 | sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same | ||||||
12 | dividends caused a reduction to the addition | ||||||
13 | modification required under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) of | ||||||
14 | this Act.
As used in this subparagraph, the term | ||||||
15 | "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, | ||||||
16 | losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or | ||||||
17 | indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, | ||||||
18 | ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of | ||||||
19 | intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or | ||||||
20 | indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting | ||||||
21 | transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and | ||||||
22 | copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other | ||||||
23 | similar expenses and costs.
For purposes of this | ||||||
24 | subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, | ||||||
25 | patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service | ||||||
26 | marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and | ||||||
27 | similar types of intangible assets. | ||||||
28 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: | ||||||
29 | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs | ||||||
30 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
31 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
32 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
33 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
34 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
35 | income with respect to such item; or | ||||||
36 | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
2 | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based | ||||||
3 | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
4 | following: | ||||||
5 | (a) the foreign person during the same | ||||||
6 | taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
7 | intangible expense or cost to a person that is | ||||||
8 | not a related member, and | ||||||
9 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
10 | intangible expense or cost between the | ||||||
11 | taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as | ||||||
12 | a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois | ||||||
13 | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract | ||||||
14 | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; | ||||||
15 | or | ||||||
16 | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
17 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
18 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
19 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
20 | convincing evidence, that the adjustments are | ||||||
21 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
22 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
23 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
24 | 304(f);
| ||||||
25 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
26 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
27 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
28 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
29 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
30 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
31 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
32 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
33 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
34 | and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the | ||||||
35 | following
amounts:
| ||||||
36 | (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer | ||||||
2 | and included in such total for the
taxable year;
| ||||||
3 | (G) An amount equal to any amount included in such | ||||||
4 | total under
Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
5 | (H) In the case of a regulated investment company, | ||||||
6 | an amount equal
to the amount of exempt interest | ||||||
7 | dividends as defined in subsection (b)
(5) of Section | ||||||
8 | 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to shareholders
| ||||||
9 | for the taxable year;
| ||||||
10 | (I) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | ||||||
11 | under subparagraph
(J),
an amount equal to the sum of | ||||||
12 | all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections | ||||||
13 | 171(a) (2), and 265(a)(2) and amounts disallowed as
| ||||||
14 | interest expense by Section 291(a)(3) of the Internal | ||||||
15 | Revenue Code, as now
or hereafter amended, and all | ||||||
16 | amounts of expenses allocable to interest and
| ||||||
17 | disallowed as deductions by Section 265(a)(1) of the | ||||||
18 | Internal Revenue Code,
as now or hereafter amended;
and | ||||||
19 | (ii) for taxable years
ending on or after August 13, | ||||||
20 | 1999, Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, 291(a)(3), and | ||||||
21 | 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the
| ||||||
22 | provisions of this
subparagraph are exempt from the | ||||||
23 | provisions of Section 250;
| ||||||
24 | (J) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | ||||||
25 | total which are
exempt from taxation by this State | ||||||
26 | either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by | ||||||
27 | reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the | ||||||
28 | United States;
provided that, in the case of any | ||||||
29 | statute of this State that exempts income
derived from | ||||||
30 | bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under | ||||||
31 | this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net | ||||||
32 | of bond premium amortization;
| ||||||
33 | (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
34 | such total
which were paid by a corporation which | ||||||
35 | conducts
business operations in an Enterprise Zone or | ||||||
36 | zones created under
the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and conducts substantially all of its
operations in an | ||||||
2 | Enterprise Zone or zones;
| ||||||
3 | (L) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
4 | such total that
were paid by a corporation that | ||||||
5 | conducts business operations in a federally
designated | ||||||
6 | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a | ||||||
7 | High Impact
Business located in Illinois; provided | ||||||
8 | that dividends eligible for the
deduction provided in | ||||||
9 | subparagraph (K) of paragraph 2 of this subsection
| ||||||
10 | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | ||||||
11 | this subparagraph
(L);
| ||||||
12 | (M) For any taxpayer that is a financial | ||||||
13 | organization within the meaning
of Section 304(c) of | ||||||
14 | this Act, an amount included in such total as interest
| ||||||
15 | income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a | ||||||
16 | borrower, to the extent
that such a loan is secured by | ||||||
17 | property which is eligible for the Enterprise
Zone | ||||||
18 | Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a loan | ||||||
19 | or loans that is
secured by property eligible for a | ||||||
20 | Section 201(f) investment
credit to the borrower, the | ||||||
21 | entire principal amount of the loan or loans
between | ||||||
22 | the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into | ||||||
23 | the basis of the
Section 201(f) investment credit | ||||||
24 | property which secures the
loan or loans, using for | ||||||
25 | this purpose the original basis of such property on
the | ||||||
26 | date that it was placed in service in the
Enterprise | ||||||
27 | Zone. The subtraction modification available to | ||||||
28 | taxpayer in any
year under this subsection shall be | ||||||
29 | that portion of the total interest paid
by the borrower | ||||||
30 | with respect to such loan attributable to the eligible
| ||||||
31 | property as calculated under the previous sentence;
| ||||||
32 | (M-1) For any taxpayer that is a financial | ||||||
33 | organization within the
meaning of Section 304(c) of | ||||||
34 | this Act, an amount included in such total as
interest | ||||||
35 | income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a | ||||||
36 | borrower,
to the extent that such a loan is secured by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | property which is eligible for
the High Impact Business | ||||||
2 | Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a
loan | ||||||
3 | or loans that is secured by property eligible for a | ||||||
4 | Section 201(h) investment credit to the borrower, the | ||||||
5 | entire principal amount of
the loan or loans between | ||||||
6 | the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into
| ||||||
7 | the basis of the Section 201(h) investment credit | ||||||
8 | property which
secures the loan or loans, using for | ||||||
9 | this purpose the original basis of such
property on the | ||||||
10 | date that it was placed in service in a federally | ||||||
11 | designated
Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone located in | ||||||
12 | Illinois. No taxpayer that is
eligible for the | ||||||
13 | deduction provided in subparagraph (M) of paragraph | ||||||
14 | (2) of
this subsection shall be eligible for the | ||||||
15 | deduction provided under this
subparagraph (M-1). The | ||||||
16 | subtraction modification available to taxpayers in
any | ||||||
17 | year under this subsection shall be that portion of the | ||||||
18 | total interest
paid by the borrower with respect to | ||||||
19 | such loan attributable to the eligible
property as | ||||||
20 | calculated under the previous sentence;
| ||||||
21 | (N) Two times any contribution made during the | ||||||
22 | taxable year to a
designated zone organization to the | ||||||
23 | extent that the contribution (i)
qualifies as a | ||||||
24 | charitable contribution under subsection (c) of | ||||||
25 | Section 170
of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) must, | ||||||
26 | by its terms, be used for a
project approved by the | ||||||
27 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity under | ||||||
28 | Section 11 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act;
| ||||||
29 | (O) An amount equal to: (i) 85% for taxable years | ||||||
30 | ending on or before
December 31, 1992, or, a percentage | ||||||
31 | equal to the percentage allowable under
Section | ||||||
32 | 243(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for | ||||||
33 | taxable years ending
after December 31, 1992, of the | ||||||
34 | amount by which dividends included in taxable
income | ||||||
35 | and received from a corporation that is not created or | ||||||
36 | organized under
the laws of the United States or any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | state or political subdivision thereof,
including, for | ||||||
2 | taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1988, | ||||||
3 | dividends
received or deemed received or paid or deemed | ||||||
4 | paid under Sections 951 through
964 of the Internal | ||||||
5 | Revenue Code, exceed the amount of the modification
| ||||||
6 | provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of | ||||||
7 | this subsection (b) which
is related to such dividends; | ||||||
8 | plus (ii) 100% of the amount by which dividends,
| ||||||
9 | included in taxable income and received, including, | ||||||
10 | for taxable years ending on
or after December 31, 1988, | ||||||
11 | dividends received or deemed received or paid or
deemed | ||||||
12 | paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal | ||||||
13 | Revenue Code, from
any such corporation specified in | ||||||
14 | clause (i) that would but for the provisions
of Section | ||||||
15 | 1504 (b) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code be treated as | ||||||
16 | a member of
the affiliated group which includes the | ||||||
17 | dividend recipient, exceed the amount
of the | ||||||
18 | modification provided under subparagraph (G) of | ||||||
19 | paragraph (2) of this
subsection (b) which is related | ||||||
20 | to such dividends;
| ||||||
21 | (P) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | ||||||
22 | job training project
established pursuant to the Tax | ||||||
23 | Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
| ||||||
24 | (Q) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | ||||||
25 | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | ||||||
26 | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | ||||||
27 | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | ||||||
28 | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| ||||||
29 | (R) In the case of an attorney-in-fact with respect | ||||||
30 | to whom an
interinsurer or a reciprocal insurer has | ||||||
31 | made the election under Section 835 of
the Internal | ||||||
32 | Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 835, an amount equal to the | ||||||
33 | excess, if
any, of the amounts paid or incurred by that | ||||||
34 | interinsurer or reciprocal insurer
in the taxable year | ||||||
35 | to the attorney-in-fact over the deduction allowed to | ||||||
36 | that
interinsurer or reciprocal insurer with respect |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the attorney-in-fact under
Section 835(b) of the | ||||||
2 | Internal Revenue Code for the taxable year;
| ||||||
3 | (S) For taxable years ending on or after December | ||||||
4 | 31, 1997, in the
case of a Subchapter
S corporation, an | ||||||
5 | amount equal to all amounts of income allocable to a
| ||||||
6 | shareholder subject to the Personal Property Tax | ||||||
7 | Replacement Income Tax imposed
by subsections (c) and | ||||||
8 | (d) of Section 201 of this Act, including amounts
| ||||||
9 | allocable to organizations exempt from federal income | ||||||
10 | tax by reason of Section
501(a) of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
11 | Code. This subparagraph (S) is exempt from
the | ||||||
12 | provisions of Section 250;
| ||||||
13 | (T) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | ||||||
14 | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | ||||||
15 | (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | ||||||
16 | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | ||||||
17 | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | ||||||
18 | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | ||||||
19 | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| ||||||
20 | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | ||||||
21 | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | ||||||
22 | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | ||||||
23 | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | ||||||
24 | the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | ||||||
25 | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | ||||||
26 | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | ||||||
27 | the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| ||||||
28 | (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | ||||||
29 | divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| ||||||
30 | The aggregate amount deducted under this | ||||||
31 | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | ||||||
32 | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| ||||||
33 | depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | ||||||
34 | the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | ||||||
35 | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | ||||||
36 | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (U) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | ||||||
2 | on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | ||||||
3 | taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | ||||||
4 | for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | ||||||
5 | to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | ||||||
6 | (E-10), then an amount equal to that
addition | ||||||
7 | modification.
| ||||||
8 | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | ||||||
9 | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | ||||||
10 | piece of property;
| ||||||
11 | (V) The amount of: (i) any interest income (net of | ||||||
12 | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account | ||||||
13 | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with | ||||||
14 | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition | ||||||
15 | modification with respect to such transaction under | ||||||
16 | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), | ||||||
17 | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed | ||||||
18 | the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any | ||||||
19 | income from intangible property (net of the deductions | ||||||
20 | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable | ||||||
21 | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that | ||||||
22 | is required to make an addition modification with | ||||||
23 | respect to such transaction under Section | ||||||
24 | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or | ||||||
25 | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such | ||||||
26 | addition modification;
| ||||||
27 | (W) An amount equal to the interest income taken | ||||||
28 | into account for the taxable year (net of the | ||||||
29 | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
30 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
31 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
32 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
33 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
34 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
35 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
36 | taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
2 | indirectly, to the same foreign person; and
| ||||||
3 | (X) An amount equal to the income from intangible | ||||||
4 | property taken into account for the taxable year (net | ||||||
5 | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
6 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
7 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
8 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
9 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
10 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
11 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
12 | taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-13) for | ||||||
13 | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or | ||||||
14 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign | ||||||
15 | person.
| ||||||
16 | (3) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (2) (A), | ||||||
17 | "gross income"
in the case of a life insurance company, for | ||||||
18 | tax years ending on and after
December 31, 1994,
shall mean | ||||||
19 | the gross investment income for the taxable year.
| ||||||
20 | (c) Trusts and estates.
| ||||||
21 | (1) In general. In the case of a trust or estate, base | ||||||
22 | income means
an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable | ||||||
23 | income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
| ||||||
24 | (2) Modifications. Subject to the provisions of | ||||||
25 | paragraph (3), the
taxable income referred to in paragraph | ||||||
26 | (1) shall be modified by adding
thereto the sum of the | ||||||
27 | following amounts:
| ||||||
28 | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | ||||||
29 | to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the | ||||||
30 | taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income | ||||||
31 | in the computation of taxable income;
| ||||||
32 | (B) In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a | ||||||
33 | trust which, under
its governing instrument, is | ||||||
34 | required to distribute all of its income
currently, | ||||||
35 | $300; and (iii) any other trust, $100, but in each such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | case,
only to the extent such amount was deducted in | ||||||
2 | the computation of
taxable income;
| ||||||
3 | (C) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | ||||||
4 | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in | ||||||
5 | the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year;
| ||||||
6 | (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction | ||||||
7 | taken in arriving at
taxable income, other than a net | ||||||
8 | operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year | ||||||
9 | ending prior to December 31, 1986;
| ||||||
10 | (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss | ||||||
11 | carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending | ||||||
12 | prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable | ||||||
13 | income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or | ||||||
14 | subparagraph
(E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), | ||||||
15 | the amount by which addition
modifications other than | ||||||
16 | those provided by this subparagraph (E) exceeded
| ||||||
17 | subtraction modifications in such taxable year, with | ||||||
18 | the following limitations
applied in the order that | ||||||
19 | they are listed:
| ||||||
20 | (i) the addition modification relating to the | ||||||
21 | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | ||||||
22 | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | ||||||
23 | December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of | ||||||
24 | addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) | ||||||
25 | which related to that net
operating loss and which | ||||||
26 | was taken into account in calculating the base
| ||||||
27 | income of an earlier taxable year, and
| ||||||
28 | (ii) the addition modification relating to the | ||||||
29 | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the | ||||||
30 | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to | ||||||
31 | December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of | ||||||
32 | such carryback or
carryforward;
| ||||||
33 | For taxable years in which there is a net operating | ||||||
34 | loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other | ||||||
35 | taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the | ||||||
36 | addition modification provided in this subparagraph |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed | ||||||
2 | independently under the preceding
provisions of this | ||||||
3 | subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;
| ||||||
4 | (F) For taxable years ending on or after January 1, | ||||||
5 | 1989, an amount
equal to the tax deducted pursuant to | ||||||
6 | Section 164 of the Internal Revenue
Code if the trust | ||||||
7 | or estate is claiming the same tax for purposes of the
| ||||||
8 | Illinois foreign tax credit under Section 601 of this | ||||||
9 | Act;
| ||||||
10 | (G) An amount equal to the amount of the capital | ||||||
11 | gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue | ||||||
12 | Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the | ||||||
13 | computation of taxable income;
| ||||||
14 | (G-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, | ||||||
15 | 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs | ||||||
16 | that the trust or estate
deducted in computing adjusted | ||||||
17 | gross income and for which the trust
or estate claims a | ||||||
18 | credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
| ||||||
19 | (G-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | ||||||
20 | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | ||||||
21 | of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | ||||||
22 | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | ||||||
23 | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | ||||||
24 | Internal Revenue Code; and
| ||||||
25 | (G-11) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | ||||||
26 | loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for | ||||||
27 | the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of | ||||||
28 | property for which the taxpayer was required in any | ||||||
29 | taxable year to
make an addition modification under | ||||||
30 | subparagraph (G-10), then an amount equal
to the | ||||||
31 | aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
| ||||||
32 | years under subparagraph (R) with respect to that | ||||||
33 | property.
| ||||||
34 | The taxpayer is required to make the addition | ||||||
35 | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | ||||||
36 | respect to any one piece of property;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (G-12) For taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
2 | December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount | ||||||
3 | otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base | ||||||
4 | income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, | ||||||
5 | directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who would | ||||||
6 | be a member of the same unitary business group but for | ||||||
7 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
8 | outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign | ||||||
9 | person's total business activity. The addition | ||||||
10 | modification required by this subparagraph shall be | ||||||
11 | reduced to the extent that dividends were included in | ||||||
12 | base income of the unitary group for the same taxable | ||||||
13 | year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the | ||||||
14 | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts | ||||||
15 | included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 | ||||||
16 | through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts | ||||||
17 | included in gross income under Section 78 of the | ||||||
18 | Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the | ||||||
19 | same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or | ||||||
20 | incurred.
| ||||||
21 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
| ||||||
22 | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
23 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
24 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
25 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
26 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
27 | income with respect to such interest; or | ||||||
28 | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
29 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
30 | person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a | ||||||
31 | preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
32 | following: | ||||||
33 | (a) the foreign person, during the same | ||||||
34 | taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
35 | interest to a person that is not a related | ||||||
36 | member, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
2 | interest expense between the taxpayer and the | ||||||
3 | foreign person did not have as a principal | ||||||
4 | purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, | ||||||
5 | and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement | ||||||
6 | that reflects an arm's-length interest rate | ||||||
7 | and terms; or
| ||||||
8 | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on | ||||||
9 | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest | ||||||
10 | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or | ||||||
11 | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and | ||||||
12 | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is | ||||||
13 | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
| ||||||
14 | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
15 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
16 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
17 | convincing evidence that the adjustments are | ||||||
18 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
19 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
20 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
21 | 304(f).
| ||||||
22 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
23 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
24 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
25 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
26 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
27 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
28 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
29 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
30 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
31 | (G-13) For taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
32 | December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of | ||||||
33 | intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a | ||||||
34 | deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, | ||||||
35 | accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a | ||||||
36 | foreign person who would be a member of the same |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | unitary business group but for the fact that the | ||||||
2 | foreign person's business activity outside the United | ||||||
3 | States is 80% or more of that person's total business | ||||||
4 | activity. The addition modification required by this | ||||||
5 | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that | ||||||
6 | dividends were included in base income of the unitary | ||||||
7 | group for the same taxable year and received by the | ||||||
8 | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary | ||||||
9 | business group (including amounts included in gross | ||||||
10 | income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the | ||||||
11 | Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross | ||||||
12 | income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) | ||||||
13 | with respect to the stock of the same person to whom | ||||||
14 | the intangible expenses and costs were directly or | ||||||
15 | indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding | ||||||
16 | sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same | ||||||
17 | dividends caused a reduction to the addition | ||||||
18 | modification required under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) of | ||||||
19 | this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term | ||||||
20 | "intangible expenses and costs" includes: (1) | ||||||
21 | expenses, losses, and costs for or related to the | ||||||
22 | direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or | ||||||
23 | management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other | ||||||
24 | disposition of intangible property; (2) losses | ||||||
25 | incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring | ||||||
26 | transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, | ||||||
27 | patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing | ||||||
28 | fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For | ||||||
29 | purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" | ||||||
30 | includes patents, patent applications, trade names, | ||||||
31 | trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, | ||||||
32 | trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets. | ||||||
33 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: | ||||||
34 | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs | ||||||
35 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
36 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
2 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
3 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
4 | income with respect to such item; or | ||||||
5 | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
6 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
7 | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based | ||||||
8 | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
9 | following: | ||||||
10 | (a) the foreign person during the same | ||||||
11 | taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
12 | intangible expense or cost to a person that is | ||||||
13 | not a related member, and | ||||||
14 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
15 | intangible expense or cost between the | ||||||
16 | taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as | ||||||
17 | a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois | ||||||
18 | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract | ||||||
19 | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; | ||||||
20 | or | ||||||
21 | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
22 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
23 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
24 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
25 | convincing evidence, that the adjustments are | ||||||
26 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
27 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
28 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
29 | 304(f);
| ||||||
30 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
31 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
32 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
33 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
34 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
35 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
36 | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
2 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
3 | and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the | ||||||
4 | following
amounts:
| ||||||
5 | (H) An amount equal to all amounts included in such | ||||||
6 | total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 402(a), | ||||||
7 | 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a)
and 408 of the | ||||||
8 | Internal Revenue Code or included in such total as
| ||||||
9 | distributions under the provisions of any retirement | ||||||
10 | or disability plan for
employees of any governmental | ||||||
11 | agency or unit, or retirement payments to
retired | ||||||
12 | partners, which payments are excluded in computing net | ||||||
13 | earnings
from self employment by Section 1402 of the | ||||||
14 | Internal Revenue Code and
regulations adopted pursuant | ||||||
15 | thereto;
| ||||||
16 | (I) The valuation limitation amount;
| ||||||
17 | (J) An amount equal to the amount of any tax | ||||||
18 | imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer | ||||||
19 | and included in such total for the
taxable year;
| ||||||
20 | (K) An amount equal to all amounts included in | ||||||
21 | taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), | ||||||
22 | (C), (D), (E), (F) and (G) which
are exempt from | ||||||
23 | taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes | ||||||
24 | or
Constitution
or by reason of the Constitution, | ||||||
25 | treaties or statutes of the United States;
provided | ||||||
26 | that, in the case of any statute of this State that | ||||||
27 | exempts income
derived from bonds or other obligations | ||||||
28 | from the tax imposed under this Act,
the amount | ||||||
29 | exempted shall be the interest net of bond premium | ||||||
30 | amortization;
| ||||||
31 | (L) With the exception of any amounts subtracted | ||||||
32 | under subparagraph
(K),
an amount equal to the sum of | ||||||
33 | all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections | ||||||
34 | 171(a) (2) and 265(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, | ||||||
35 | as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of | ||||||
36 | expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue | ||||||
2 | Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for | ||||||
3 | taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, | ||||||
4 | Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of | ||||||
5 | the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
| ||||||
6 | subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section | ||||||
7 | 250;
| ||||||
8 | (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
9 | such total
which were paid by a corporation which | ||||||
10 | conducts business operations in an
Enterprise Zone or | ||||||
11 | zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act | ||||||
12 | and
conducts substantially all of its operations in an | ||||||
13 | Enterprise Zone or Zones;
| ||||||
14 | (N) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | ||||||
15 | job training
project established pursuant to the Tax | ||||||
16 | Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act;
| ||||||
17 | (O) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
18 | such total
that were paid by a corporation that | ||||||
19 | conducts business operations in a
federally designated | ||||||
20 | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated
a | ||||||
21 | High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided | ||||||
22 | that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in | ||||||
23 | subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection | ||||||
24 | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | ||||||
25 | this
subparagraph (O);
| ||||||
26 | (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | ||||||
27 | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | ||||||
28 | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | ||||||
29 | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | ||||||
30 | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
| ||||||
31 | (Q) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount | ||||||
32 | equal to the
amount of any
(i) distributions, to the | ||||||
33 | extent includible in gross income for
federal income | ||||||
34 | tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of
his or | ||||||
35 | her status as a victim of
persecution for racial or | ||||||
36 | religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of | ||||||
2 | income, to the extent
includible in gross income for | ||||||
3 | federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived | ||||||
4 | from or in any way related to assets stolen from, | ||||||
5 | hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
| ||||||
6 | persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi
| ||||||
7 | Germany or any other Axis regime
immediately prior to, | ||||||
8 | during, and immediately after World War II, including,
| ||||||
9 | but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable | ||||||
10 | as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of | ||||||
11 | persecution for racial or religious
reasons by Nazi | ||||||
12 | Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance
| ||||||
13 | companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
| ||||||
14 | provided, however, this subtraction from federal | ||||||
15 | adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired | ||||||
16 | with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
| ||||||
17 | such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall | ||||||
18 | only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of | ||||||
19 | such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of
| ||||||
20 | persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi | ||||||
21 | Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the | ||||||
22 | victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any | ||||||
23 | public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is | ||||||
24 | not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
| ||||||
25 | this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax | ||||||
26 | purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | ||||||
27 | of Section 250;
| ||||||
28 | (R) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | ||||||
29 | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | ||||||
30 | (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | ||||||
31 | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | ||||||
32 | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | ||||||
33 | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | ||||||
34 | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| ||||||
35 | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | ||||||
36 | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | ||||||
2 | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | ||||||
3 | the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | ||||||
4 | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | ||||||
5 | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | ||||||
6 | the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| ||||||
7 | (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | ||||||
8 | divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| ||||||
9 | The aggregate amount deducted under this | ||||||
10 | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | ||||||
11 | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| ||||||
12 | depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | ||||||
13 | the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | ||||||
14 | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | ||||||
15 | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
16 | (S) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | ||||||
17 | on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | ||||||
18 | taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | ||||||
19 | for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | ||||||
20 | to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | ||||||
21 | (G-10), then an amount equal to that
addition | ||||||
22 | modification.
| ||||||
23 | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | ||||||
24 | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | ||||||
25 | piece of property;
| ||||||
26 | (T) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of | ||||||
27 | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account | ||||||
28 | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with | ||||||
29 | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition | ||||||
30 | modification with respect to such transaction under | ||||||
31 | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), | ||||||
32 | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed | ||||||
33 | the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any | ||||||
34 | income from intangible property (net of the deductions | ||||||
35 | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable | ||||||
36 | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is required to make an addition modification with | ||||||
2 | respect to such transaction under Section | ||||||
3 | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or | ||||||
4 | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such | ||||||
5 | addition modification;
| ||||||
6 | (U) An amount equal to the interest income taken | ||||||
7 | into account for the taxable year (net of the | ||||||
8 | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
9 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
10 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
11 | the fact the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
12 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
13 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
14 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
15 | taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) for | ||||||
16 | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
17 | indirectly, to the same foreign person; and
| ||||||
18 | (V) An amount equal to the income from intangible | ||||||
19 | property taken into account for the taxable year (net | ||||||
20 | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
21 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
22 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
23 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
24 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
25 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
26 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
27 | taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-13) for | ||||||
28 | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or | ||||||
29 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign | ||||||
30 | person.
| ||||||
31 | (3) Limitation. The amount of any modification | ||||||
32 | otherwise required
under this subsection shall, under | ||||||
33 | regulations prescribed by the
Department, be adjusted by | ||||||
34 | any amounts included therein which were
properly paid, | ||||||
35 | credited, or required to be distributed, or permanently set
| ||||||
36 | aside for charitable purposes pursuant to Internal Revenue |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Code Section
642(c) during the taxable year.
| ||||||
2 | (d) Partnerships.
| ||||||
3 | (1) In general. In the case of a partnership, base | ||||||
4 | income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable | ||||||
5 | income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
| ||||||
6 | (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in | ||||||
7 | paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum | ||||||
8 | of the following amounts:
| ||||||
9 | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued | ||||||
10 | to the taxpayer as
interest or dividends during the | ||||||
11 | taxable year to the extent excluded from
gross income | ||||||
12 | in the computation of taxable income;
| ||||||
13 | (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by | ||||||
14 | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income for | ||||||
15 | the taxable year;
| ||||||
16 | (C) The amount of deductions allowed to the | ||||||
17 | partnership pursuant to
Section 707 (c) of the Internal | ||||||
18 | Revenue Code in calculating its taxable income;
| ||||||
19 | (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital | ||||||
20 | gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue | ||||||
21 | Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the | ||||||
22 | computation of taxable income;
| ||||||
23 | (D-5) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an | ||||||
24 | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% | ||||||
25 | of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken | ||||||
26 | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the | ||||||
27 | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the | ||||||
28 | Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
29 | (D-6) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or | ||||||
30 | loss on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for | ||||||
31 | the taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
| ||||||
32 | property for which the taxpayer was required in any | ||||||
33 | taxable year to make an
addition modification under | ||||||
34 | subparagraph (D-5), then an amount equal to the
| ||||||
35 | aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | years
under subparagraph (O) with respect to that | ||||||
2 | property.
| ||||||
3 | The taxpayer is required to make the addition | ||||||
4 | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with | ||||||
5 | respect to any one piece of property;
| ||||||
6 | (D-7) For taxable years ending on or after December | ||||||
7 | 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount otherwise | ||||||
8 | allowed as a deduction in computing base income for | ||||||
9 | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
10 | indirectly, to a foreign person who would be a member | ||||||
11 | of the same unitary business group but for the fact the | ||||||
12 | foreign person's business activity outside the United | ||||||
13 | States is 80% or more of the foreign person's total | ||||||
14 | business activity. The addition modification required | ||||||
15 | by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent | ||||||
16 | that dividends were included in base income of the | ||||||
17 | unitary group for the same taxable year and received by | ||||||
18 | the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary | ||||||
19 | business group (including amounts included in gross | ||||||
20 | income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the | ||||||
21 | Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross | ||||||
22 | income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) | ||||||
23 | with respect to the stock of the same person to whom | ||||||
24 | the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred.
| ||||||
25 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
| ||||||
26 | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
27 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
28 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
29 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
30 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
31 | income with respect to such interest; or | ||||||
32 | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
33 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
34 | person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a | ||||||
35 | preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
36 | following: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) the foreign person, during the same | ||||||
2 | taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
3 | interest to a person that is not a related | ||||||
4 | member, and | ||||||
5 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
6 | interest expense between the taxpayer and the | ||||||
7 | foreign person did not have as a principal | ||||||
8 | purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, | ||||||
9 | and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement | ||||||
10 | that reflects an arm's-length interest rate | ||||||
11 | and terms; or
| ||||||
12 | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on | ||||||
13 | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest | ||||||
14 | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or | ||||||
15 | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and | ||||||
16 | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is | ||||||
17 | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
| ||||||
18 | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or | ||||||
19 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign | ||||||
20 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
21 | convincing evidence that the adjustments are | ||||||
22 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
23 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
24 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
25 | 304(f).
| ||||||
26 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
27 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
28 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for | ||||||
29 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
30 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
31 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
32 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
33 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
34 | under Section 404 of this Act; and
| ||||||
35 | (D-8) For taxable years ending on or after December | ||||||
36 | 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of intangible |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in | ||||||
2 | computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or | ||||||
3 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person | ||||||
4 | who would be a member of the same unitary business | ||||||
5 | group but for the fact that the foreign person's | ||||||
6 | business activity outside the United States is 80% or | ||||||
7 | more of that person's total business activity. The | ||||||
8 | addition modification required by this subparagraph | ||||||
9 | shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were | ||||||
10 | included in base income of the unitary group for the | ||||||
11 | same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a | ||||||
12 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group | ||||||
13 | (including amounts included in gross income pursuant | ||||||
14 | to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
15 | Code and amounts included in gross income under Section | ||||||
16 | 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the | ||||||
17 | stock of the same person to whom the intangible | ||||||
18 | expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, | ||||||
19 | incurred or accrued. The preceding sentence shall not | ||||||
20 | apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a | ||||||
21 | reduction to the addition modification required under | ||||||
22 | Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) of this Act. As used in this | ||||||
23 | subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" | ||||||
24 | includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or | ||||||
25 | related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, | ||||||
26 | maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, | ||||||
27 | or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) | ||||||
28 | losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from | ||||||
29 | factoring transactions or discounting transactions; | ||||||
30 | (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; | ||||||
31 | (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and | ||||||
32 | costs. For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible | ||||||
33 | property" includes patents, patent applications, trade | ||||||
34 | names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask | ||||||
35 | works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible | ||||||
36 | assets; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: | ||||||
2 | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs | ||||||
3 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
4 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
5 | person who is subject in a foreign country or | ||||||
6 | state, other than a state which requires mandatory | ||||||
7 | unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net | ||||||
8 | income with respect to such item; or | ||||||
9 | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
10 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
11 | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based | ||||||
12 | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the | ||||||
13 | following: | ||||||
14 | (a) the foreign person during the same | ||||||
15 | taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the | ||||||
16 | intangible expense or cost to a person that is | ||||||
17 | not a related member, and | ||||||
18 | (b) the transaction giving rise to the | ||||||
19 | intangible expense or cost between the | ||||||
20 | taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as | ||||||
21 | a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois | ||||||
22 | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract | ||||||
23 | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; | ||||||
24 | or | ||||||
25 | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost | ||||||
26 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or | ||||||
27 | indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign | ||||||
28 | person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and | ||||||
29 | convincing evidence, that the adjustments are | ||||||
30 | unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director | ||||||
31 | agree in writing to the application or use of an | ||||||
32 | alternative method of apportionment under Section | ||||||
33 | 304(f);
| ||||||
34 | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the | ||||||
35 | Director from making any other adjustment | ||||||
36 | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any tax year beginning after the effective date of | ||||||
2 | this amendment provided such adjustment is made | ||||||
3 | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department | ||||||
4 | and such regulations provide methods and standards | ||||||
5 | by which the Department will utilize its authority | ||||||
6 | under Section 404 of this Act;
| ||||||
7 | and by deducting from the total so obtained the following | ||||||
8 | amounts:
| ||||||
9 | (E) The valuation limitation amount;
| ||||||
10 | (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax | ||||||
11 | imposed by this Act which
was refunded to the taxpayer | ||||||
12 | and included in such total for the taxable year;
| ||||||
13 | (G) An amount equal to all amounts included in | ||||||
14 | taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), | ||||||
15 | (C) and (D) which are exempt from
taxation by this | ||||||
16 | State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution | ||||||
17 | or
by reason of
the Constitution, treaties or statutes | ||||||
18 | of the United States;
provided that, in the case of any | ||||||
19 | statute of this State that exempts income
derived from | ||||||
20 | bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under | ||||||
21 | this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net | ||||||
22 | of bond premium amortization;
| ||||||
23 | (H) Any income of the partnership which | ||||||
24 | constitutes personal service
income as defined in | ||||||
25 | Section 1348 (b) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code (as
| ||||||
26 | in effect December 31, 1981) or a reasonable allowance | ||||||
27 | for compensation
paid or accrued for services rendered | ||||||
28 | by partners to the partnership,
whichever is greater;
| ||||||
29 | (I) An amount equal to all amounts of income | ||||||
30 | distributable to an entity
subject to the Personal | ||||||
31 | Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed by
| ||||||
32 | subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act | ||||||
33 | including amounts
distributable to organizations | ||||||
34 | exempt from federal income tax by reason of
Section | ||||||
35 | 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
36 | (J) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under subparagraph
(G),
an amount equal to the sum of | ||||||
2 | all amounts disallowed as deductions
by (i) Sections | ||||||
3 | 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of | ||||||
4 | 1954,
as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of | ||||||
5 | expenses allocable to
interest and disallowed as | ||||||
6 | deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue | ||||||
7 | Code, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for taxable | ||||||
8 | years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections
| ||||||
9 | 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the | ||||||
10 | Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
| ||||||
11 | subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section | ||||||
12 | 250;
| ||||||
13 | (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
14 | such total which were
paid by a corporation which | ||||||
15 | conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or | ||||||
16 | zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, | ||||||
17 | enacted by
the 82nd General Assembly, and
conducts | ||||||
18 | substantially all of its operations
in an Enterprise | ||||||
19 | Zone or Zones;
| ||||||
20 | (L) An amount equal to any contribution made to a | ||||||
21 | job training project
established pursuant to the Real | ||||||
22 | Property Tax Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act;
| ||||||
23 | (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in | ||||||
24 | such total
that were paid by a corporation that | ||||||
25 | conducts business operations in a
federally designated | ||||||
26 | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a
| ||||||
27 | High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided | ||||||
28 | that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in | ||||||
29 | subparagraph (K) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection | ||||||
30 | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under | ||||||
31 | this
subparagraph (M);
| ||||||
32 | (N) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction | ||||||
33 | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for | ||||||
34 | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of | ||||||
35 | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of | ||||||
36 | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (O) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the | ||||||
2 | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction | ||||||
3 | (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) | ||||||
4 | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return | ||||||
5 | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal | ||||||
6 | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year | ||||||
7 | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
| ||||||
8 | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation | ||||||
9 | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the | ||||||
10 | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property | ||||||
11 | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of | ||||||
12 | the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was | ||||||
13 | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section | ||||||
14 | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including | ||||||
15 | the bonus depreciation deduction; and
| ||||||
16 | (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then | ||||||
17 | divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
| ||||||
18 | The aggregate amount deducted under this | ||||||
19 | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of | ||||||
20 | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
| ||||||
21 | depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of | ||||||
22 | the qualified property)
taken on that property on the | ||||||
23 | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection | ||||||
24 | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
25 | (P) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss | ||||||
26 | on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the | ||||||
27 | taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property | ||||||
28 | for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year | ||||||
29 | to make an
addition modification under subparagraph | ||||||
30 | (D-5), then an amount equal to that
addition | ||||||
31 | modification.
| ||||||
32 | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under | ||||||
33 | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one | ||||||
34 | piece of property;
| ||||||
35 | (Q) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of | ||||||
36 | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with | ||||||
2 | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition | ||||||
3 | modification with respect to such transaction under | ||||||
4 | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), | ||||||
5 | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed | ||||||
6 | the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any | ||||||
7 | income from intangible property (net of the deductions | ||||||
8 | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable | ||||||
9 | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that | ||||||
10 | is required to make an addition modification with | ||||||
11 | respect to such transaction under Section | ||||||
12 | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or | ||||||
13 | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such | ||||||
14 | addition modification;
| ||||||
15 | (R) An amount equal to the interest income taken | ||||||
16 | into account for the taxable year (net of the | ||||||
17 | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
18 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
19 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
20 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
21 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
22 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
23 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
24 | taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) for interest | ||||||
25 | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to | ||||||
26 | the same foreign person; and
| ||||||
27 | (S) An amount equal to the income from intangible | ||||||
28 | property taken into account for the taxable year (net | ||||||
29 | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to | ||||||
30 | transactions with a foreign person who would be a | ||||||
31 | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for | ||||||
32 | the fact that the foreign person's business activity | ||||||
33 | outside the United States is 80% or more of that | ||||||
34 | person's total business activity, but not to exceed the | ||||||
35 | addition modification required to be made for the same | ||||||
36 | taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-8) for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or | ||||||
2 | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign | ||||||
3 | person.
| ||||||
4 | (e) Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income.
| ||||||
5 | (1) In general. Subject to the provisions of paragraph | ||||||
6 | (2) and
subsection (b) (3), for purposes of this Section | ||||||
7 | and Section 803(e), a
taxpayer's gross income, adjusted | ||||||
8 | gross income, or taxable income for
the taxable year shall | ||||||
9 | mean the amount of gross income, adjusted gross
income or | ||||||
10 | taxable income properly reportable for federal income tax
| ||||||
11 | purposes for the taxable year under the provisions of the | ||||||
12 | Internal
Revenue Code. Taxable income may be less than | ||||||
13 | zero. However, for taxable
years ending on or after | ||||||
14 | December 31, 1986, net operating loss
carryforwards from | ||||||
15 | taxable years ending prior to December 31, 1986, may not
| ||||||
16 | exceed the sum of federal taxable income for the taxable | ||||||
17 | year before net
operating loss deduction, plus the excess | ||||||
18 | of addition modifications over
subtraction modifications | ||||||
19 | for the taxable year. For taxable years ending
prior to | ||||||
20 | December 31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in | ||||||
21 | excess
of the net operating loss for the taxable year as | ||||||
22 | defined in subsections
(c) and (d) of Section 172 of the | ||||||
23 | Internal Revenue Code, provided that when
taxable income of | ||||||
24 | a corporation (other than a Subchapter S corporation),
| ||||||
25 | trust, or estate is less than zero and addition | ||||||
26 | modifications, other than
those provided by subparagraph | ||||||
27 | (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) for
corporations or | ||||||
28 | subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) for
| ||||||
29 | trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications, an | ||||||
30 | addition
modification must be made under those | ||||||
31 | subparagraphs for any other taxable
year to which the | ||||||
32 | taxable income less than zero (net operating loss) is
| ||||||
33 | applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or | ||||||
34 | under
subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||||||
35 | (e) applied in
conjunction with Section 172 of the Internal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Revenue Code.
| ||||||
2 | (2) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (1) of this | ||||||
3 | subsection,
the taxable income properly reportable for | ||||||
4 | federal income tax purposes
shall mean:
| ||||||
5 | (A) Certain life insurance companies. In the case | ||||||
6 | of a life
insurance company subject to the tax imposed | ||||||
7 | by Section 801 of the
Internal Revenue Code, life | ||||||
8 | insurance company taxable income, plus the
amount of | ||||||
9 | distribution from pre-1984 policyholder surplus | ||||||
10 | accounts as
calculated under Section 815a of the | ||||||
11 | Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
12 | (B) Certain other insurance companies. In the case | ||||||
13 | of mutual
insurance companies subject to the tax | ||||||
14 | imposed by Section 831 of the
Internal Revenue Code, | ||||||
15 | insurance company taxable income;
| ||||||
16 | (C) Regulated investment companies. In the case of | ||||||
17 | a regulated
investment company subject to the tax | ||||||
18 | imposed by Section 852 of the
Internal Revenue Code, | ||||||
19 | investment company taxable income;
| ||||||
20 | (D) Real estate investment trusts. In the case of a | ||||||
21 | real estate
investment trust subject to the tax imposed | ||||||
22 | by Section 857 of the
Internal Revenue Code, real | ||||||
23 | estate investment trust taxable income;
| ||||||
24 | (E) Consolidated corporations. In the case of a | ||||||
25 | corporation which
is a member of an affiliated group of | ||||||
26 | corporations filing a consolidated
income tax return | ||||||
27 | for the taxable year for federal income tax purposes,
| ||||||
28 | taxable income determined as if such corporation had | ||||||
29 | filed a separate
return for federal income tax purposes | ||||||
30 | for the taxable year and each
preceding taxable year | ||||||
31 | for which it was a member of an affiliated group.
For | ||||||
32 | purposes of this subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate | ||||||
33 | taxable
income shall be determined as if the election | ||||||
34 | provided by Section
243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
35 | Code had been in effect for all such years;
| ||||||
36 | (F) Cooperatives. In the case of a cooperative |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | corporation or
association, the taxable income of such | ||||||
2 | organization determined in
accordance with the | ||||||
3 | provisions of Section 1381 through 1388 of the
Internal | ||||||
4 | Revenue Code;
| ||||||
5 | (G) Subchapter S corporations. In the case of: (i) | ||||||
6 | a Subchapter S
corporation for which there is in effect | ||||||
7 | an election for the taxable year
under Section 1362 of | ||||||
8 | the Internal Revenue Code, the taxable income of such
| ||||||
9 | corporation determined in accordance with Section | ||||||
10 | 1363(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code, except that | ||||||
11 | taxable income shall take into
account those items | ||||||
12 | which are required by Section 1363(b)(1) of the
| ||||||
13 | Internal Revenue Code to be separately stated; and (ii) | ||||||
14 | a Subchapter
S corporation for which there is in effect | ||||||
15 | a federal election to opt out of
the provisions of the | ||||||
16 | Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and have applied
| ||||||
17 | instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules as in | ||||||
18 | effect on July 1, 1982,
the taxable income of such | ||||||
19 | corporation determined in accordance with the
federal | ||||||
20 | Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982; and
| ||||||
21 | (H) Partnerships. In the case of a partnership, | ||||||
22 | taxable income
determined in accordance with Section | ||||||
23 | 703 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that taxable | ||||||
24 | income shall take into account those items which are
| ||||||
25 | required by Section 703(a)(1) to be separately stated | ||||||
26 | but which would be
taken into account by an individual | ||||||
27 | in calculating his taxable income.
| ||||||
28 | (3) Recapture of business expenses on disposition of | ||||||
29 | asset or business. Notwithstanding any other law to the | ||||||
30 | contrary, if in prior years income from an asset or | ||||||
31 | business has been classified as business income and in a | ||||||
32 | later year is demonstrated to be non-business income, then | ||||||
33 | all expenses, without limitation, deducted in such later | ||||||
34 | year and in the 2 immediately preceding taxable years | ||||||
35 | related to that asset or business that generated the | ||||||
36 | non-business income shall be added back and recaptured as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | business income in the year of the disposition of the asset | ||||||
2 | or business. Such amount shall be apportioned to Illinois | ||||||
3 | using the greater of the apportionment fraction computed | ||||||
4 | for the business under Section 304 of this Act for the | ||||||
5 | taxable year or the average of the apportionment fractions | ||||||
6 | computed for the business under Section 304 of this Act for | ||||||
7 | the taxable year and for the 2 immediately preceding | ||||||
8 | taxable years.
| ||||||
9 | (f) Valuation limitation amount.
| ||||||
10 | (1) In general. The valuation limitation amount | ||||||
11 | referred to in
subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2) (I) and | ||||||
12 | (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to:
| ||||||
13 | (A) The sum of the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation | ||||||
14 | amounts (to the
extent consisting of gain reportable | ||||||
15 | under the provisions of Section
1245 or 1250 of the | ||||||
16 | Internal Revenue Code) for all property in respect
of | ||||||
17 | which such gain was reported for the taxable year; plus
| ||||||
18 | (B) The lesser of (i) the sum of the pre-August 1, | ||||||
19 | 1969 appreciation
amounts (to the extent consisting of | ||||||
20 | capital gain) for all property in
respect of which such | ||||||
21 | gain was reported for federal income tax purposes
for | ||||||
22 | the taxable year, or (ii) the net capital gain for the | ||||||
23 | taxable year,
reduced in either case by any amount of | ||||||
24 | such gain included in the amount
determined under | ||||||
25 | subsection (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H).
| ||||||
26 | (2) Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount.
| ||||||
27 | (A) If the fair market value of property referred | ||||||
28 | to in paragraph
(1) was readily ascertainable on August | ||||||
29 | 1, 1969, the pre-August 1, 1969
appreciation amount for | ||||||
30 | such property is the lesser of (i) the excess of
such | ||||||
31 | fair market value over the taxpayer's basis (for | ||||||
32 | determining gain)
for such property on that date | ||||||
33 | (determined under the Internal Revenue
Code as in | ||||||
34 | effect on that date), or (ii) the total gain realized | ||||||
35 | and
reportable for federal income tax purposes in | ||||||
36 | respect of the sale,
exchange or other disposition of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such property.
| ||||||
2 | (B) If the fair market value of property referred | ||||||
3 | to in paragraph
(1) was not readily ascertainable on | ||||||
4 | August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1,
1969 appreciation | ||||||
5 | amount for such property is that amount which bears
the | ||||||
6 | same ratio to the total gain reported in respect of the | ||||||
7 | property for
federal income tax purposes for the | ||||||
8 | taxable year, as the number of full
calendar months in | ||||||
9 | that part of the taxpayer's holding period for the
| ||||||
10 | property ending July 31, 1969 bears to the number of | ||||||
11 | full calendar
months in the taxpayer's entire holding | ||||||
12 | period for the
property.
| ||||||
13 | (C) The Department shall prescribe such | ||||||
14 | regulations as may be
necessary to carry out the | ||||||
15 | purposes of this paragraph.
| ||||||
16 | (g) Double deductions. Unless specifically provided | ||||||
17 | otherwise, nothing
in this Section shall permit the same item | ||||||
18 | to be deducted more than once.
| ||||||
19 | (h) Legislative intention. Except as expressly provided by | ||||||
20 | this
Section there shall be no modifications or limitations on | ||||||
21 | the amounts
of income, gain, loss or deduction taken into | ||||||
22 | account in determining
gross income, adjusted gross income or | ||||||
23 | taxable income for federal income
tax purposes for the taxable | ||||||
24 | year, or in the amount of such items
entering into the | ||||||
25 | computation of base income and net income under this
Act for | ||||||
26 | such taxable year, whether in respect of property values as of
| ||||||
27 | August 1, 1969 or otherwise.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-244, eff. 8-3-01; 92-439, | ||||||
29 | eff. 8-17-01; 92-603, eff. 6-28-02; 92-626, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
30 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-846, eff. 8-23-02; 93-812, eff. | ||||||
31 | 7-26-04; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; revised 10-12-04.)
| ||||||
32 | (35 ILCS 5/205) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-205)
| ||||||
33 | Sec. 205. Exempt organizations.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) Charitable, etc. organizations. The base income of an
| ||||||
2 | organization which is exempt from the federal income tax by | ||||||
3 | reason of
Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not | ||||||
4 | be determined
under section 203 of this Act, but shall be its | ||||||
5 | unrelated business
taxable income as determined under section | ||||||
6 | 512 of the Internal Revenue
Code, without any deduction for the | ||||||
7 | tax imposed by this Act. The
standard exemption provided by | ||||||
8 | section 204 of this Act shall not be
allowed in determining the | ||||||
9 | net income of an organization to which this
subsection applies.
| ||||||
10 | (b) Partnerships. A partnership as such shall not be | ||||||
11 | subject to
the tax imposed by subsection 201 (a) and (b) of | ||||||
12 | this Act, but shall be
subject to the replacement tax imposed | ||||||
13 | by subsection 201 (c) and (d) of
this Act and shall compute its | ||||||
14 | base income as described in subsection (d)
of Section 203 of | ||||||
15 | this Act. For taxable years ending on or after December 31, | ||||||
16 | 2004, an investment partnership, as defined in Section | ||||||
17 | 1501(a)(11.5) of this Act, shall not be subject to the tax | ||||||
18 | imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act.
| ||||||
19 | A partnership shall file such returns and other
information at | ||||||
20 | such
time and in such manner as may be required under Article 5 | ||||||
21 | of this Act.
The partners in a partnership shall be liable for | ||||||
22 | the replacement tax imposed
by subsection 201 (c) and (d) of | ||||||
23 | this Act on such partnership, to the extent
such tax is not | ||||||
24 | paid by the partnership, as provided under the laws of Illinois
| ||||||
25 | governing the liability of partners for the obligations of a | ||||||
26 | partnership.
Persons carrying on business as partners shall be | ||||||
27 | liable for the tax
imposed by subsection 201 (a) and (b) of | ||||||
28 | this Act only in their separate
or individual capacities.
| ||||||
29 | (c) Subchapter S corporations. A Subchapter S corporation | ||||||
30 | shall not
be subject to the tax imposed by subsection 201 (a) | ||||||
31 | and
(b) of this Act but shall be subject to the replacement tax | ||||||
32 | imposed by subsection
201 (c) and (d) of this Act and shall | ||||||
33 | file such returns
and other information
at such time and in | ||||||
34 | such manner as may be required under Article 5 of this Act.
| ||||||
35 | (d) Combat zone death. An individual relieved from the | ||||||
36 | federal
income tax for any taxable year by reason of section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 692 of the Internal
Revenue Code shall not be subject to the | ||||||
2 | tax imposed by this Act for
such taxable year.
| ||||||
3 | (e) Certain trusts. A common trust fund described in | ||||||
4 | Section 584
of the Internal Revenue Code, and any other trust | ||||||
5 | to the extent that the
grantor is treated as the owner thereof | ||||||
6 | under sections 671 through 678
of the Internal Revenue Code | ||||||
7 | shall not be subject to the tax imposed by
this Act.
| ||||||
8 | (f) Certain business activities. A person not otherwise | ||||||
9 | subject to the tax
imposed by this Act shall not become subject | ||||||
10 | to the tax imposed by this Act by
reason of:
| ||||||
11 | (1) that person's ownership of tangible personal | ||||||
12 | property located at the
premises of
a printer in this State | ||||||
13 | with which the person has contracted for printing, or
| ||||||
14 | (2) activities of the person's employees or agents | ||||||
15 | located solely at the
premises of a printer and related to | ||||||
16 | quality control, distribution, or printing
services | ||||||
17 | performed by a printer in the State with which the person | ||||||
18 | has
contracted for printing.
| ||||||
19 | (g) A nonprofit risk organization that holds a certificate | ||||||
20 | of authority under Article VIID of the Illinois Insurance Code | ||||||
21 | is exempt from the tax imposed under this Act with respect to | ||||||
22 | its activities or operations in furtherance of the powers | ||||||
23 | conferred upon it under that Article VIID of the Illinois | ||||||
24 | Insurance Code.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; 93-918, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
26 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
27 | (35 ILCS 5/507X)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 507X. The Multiple Sclerosis
Assistance Fund | ||||||
29 | checkoff. Beginning with taxable years ending on or
after | ||||||
30 | December 31, 2002, the Department shall print on its standard | ||||||
31 | individual
income tax form a provision indicating that if the | ||||||
32 | taxpayer wishes to
contribute to the Multiple Sclerosis
| ||||||
33 | Assistance Fund, as authorized by this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
34 | 92nd General
Assembly, he or she may do so by stating the | ||||||
35 | amount of the contribution (not
less than $1) on the return and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that the contribution will reduce the
taxpayer's refund or | ||||||
2 | increase the amount of payment to accompany the return.
Failure | ||||||
3 | to remit any amount of increased payment shall reduce the | ||||||
4 | contribution
accordingly. This Section shall not apply to any | ||||||
5 | amended return.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 92-772, eff. 8-6-02.)
| ||||||
7 | (35 ILCS 5/507Y)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 507Y
507X . The Illinois Military Family Relief | ||||||
9 | checkoff.
Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
10 | December 31, 2003, the
Department shall print on its standard | ||||||
11 | individual income tax form a provision
indicating that if the | ||||||
12 | taxpayer wishes to contribute to the Illinois Military
Family | ||||||
13 | Relief Fund, as authorized by this amendatory Act of the 92nd | ||||||
14 | General
Assembly, he or she may do so by stating the amount of | ||||||
15 | the contribution (not
less than $1) on the return and that the | ||||||
16 | contribution will reduce the
taxpayer's refund or increase the | ||||||
17 | amount of payment to accompany the return.
Failure to remit any | ||||||
18 | amount of increased payment shall reduce the contribution
| ||||||
19 | accordingly. This Section shall not apply to any amended | ||||||
20 | return.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 92-886, eff. 2-7-03; revised 3-11-03.)
| ||||||
22 | (35 ILCS 5/507AA)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 507AA
507Y . The Lou Gehrig's Disease (ALS) Research | ||||||
24 | Fund
checkoff.
Beginning with the taxable year ending on | ||||||
25 | December 31, 2003, the
Department shall print on its standard | ||||||
26 | individual income tax form a provision
indicating that if the | ||||||
27 | taxpayer wishes to contribute to the Lou Gehrig's
Disease (ALS) | ||||||
28 | Research Fund, as authorized by this amendatory Act of the 93rd
| ||||||
29 | General Assembly, he or she may do so by stating the amount of | ||||||
30 | the contribution
(not less than $1) on the return and that the | ||||||
31 | contribution will reduce the
taxpayer's refund or increase the | ||||||
32 | amount of payment to accompany the return.
Failure to remit any | ||||||
33 | amount of increased payment shall reduce the contribution
| ||||||
34 | accordingly. This Section shall not apply to any amended |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | return.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-36, eff. 6-24-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (35 ILCS 5/507BB)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 507BB
507Y . Asthma and Lung Research checkoff. The | ||||||
5 | Department
must print on
its
standard individual income tax | ||||||
6 | form a provision indicating that if the taxpayer
wishes to
| ||||||
7 | contribute to the Asthma and Lung Research Fund, as authorized | ||||||
8 | by this
amendatory Act
of the 93rd General Assembly, he or she | ||||||
9 | may do so by stating the amount of the
contribution (not less | ||||||
10 | than $1) on the return and that the contribution will
reduce | ||||||
11 | the
taxpayer's refund or increase the amount of payment to | ||||||
12 | accompany the return.
Failure to
remit any amount of increased | ||||||
13 | payment reduces the contribution accordingly.
This
Section | ||||||
14 | does not apply to an amended return.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 93-292, eff. 7-22-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
16 | (35 ILCS 5/507CC)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 507CC
507Y . The Leukemia Treatment and Education | ||||||
18 | checkoff. The
Department
shall print on its standard individual | ||||||
19 | income tax form a provision indicating
that if the taxpayer | ||||||
20 | wishes to contribute to the Leukemia Treatment and
Education
| ||||||
21 | Fund, as authorized by this amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
22 | Assembly, he or
she may do so be
stating the amount of the | ||||||
23 | contribution (not less than $1) on the return and
that the | ||||||
24 | contribution will reduce the taxpayer's refund or increase the | ||||||
25 | amount
of payment to accompany the return. Failure to remit any | ||||||
26 | amount of increased
payment shall reduce the contribution | ||||||
27 | accordingly. This Section shall not
apply to any amended | ||||||
28 | return.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-324, eff. 7-23-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
30 | (35 ILCS 5/917) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-917)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 917. Confidentiality and information sharing.
| ||||||
32 | (a) Confidentiality.
Except as provided in this Section, | ||||||
33 | all information received by the Department
from returns filed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this Act, or from any investigation conducted under
the | ||||||
2 | provisions of this Act, shall be confidential, except for | ||||||
3 | official purposes
within the Department or pursuant to official | ||||||
4 | procedures for collection
of any State tax or pursuant to an | ||||||
5 | investigation or audit by the Illinois
State Scholarship | ||||||
6 | Commission of a delinquent student loan or monetary award
or | ||||||
7 | enforcement of any civil or criminal penalty or sanction
| ||||||
8 | imposed by this Act or by another statute imposing a State tax, | ||||||
9 | and any
person who divulges any such information in any manner, | ||||||
10 | except for such
purposes and pursuant to order of the Director | ||||||
11 | or in accordance with a proper
judicial order, shall be guilty | ||||||
12 | of a Class A misdemeanor. However, the
provisions of this | ||||||
13 | paragraph are not applicable to information furnished
to (i) | ||||||
14 | the Department of Public Aid, State's Attorneys, and the | ||||||
15 | Attorney General for child support enforcement purposes and | ||||||
16 | (ii) a licensed attorney representing the taxpayer where an | ||||||
17 | appeal or a protest
has been filed on behalf of the taxpayer. | ||||||
18 | If it is necessary to file information obtained pursuant to | ||||||
19 | this Act in a child support enforcement proceeding, the | ||||||
20 | information shall be filed under seal.
| ||||||
21 | (b) Public information. Nothing contained in this Act shall | ||||||
22 | prevent
the Director from publishing or making available to the | ||||||
23 | public the names
and addresses of persons filing returns under | ||||||
24 | this Act, or from publishing
or making available reasonable | ||||||
25 | statistics concerning the operation of the
tax wherein the | ||||||
26 | contents of returns are grouped into aggregates in such a
way | ||||||
27 | that the information contained in any individual return shall | ||||||
28 | not be
disclosed.
| ||||||
29 | (c) Governmental agencies. The Director may make available | ||||||
30 | to the
Secretary of the Treasury of the United States or his | ||||||
31 | delegate, or the
proper officer or his delegate of any other | ||||||
32 | state imposing a tax upon or
measured by income, for | ||||||
33 | exclusively official purposes, information received
by the | ||||||
34 | Department in the administration of this Act, but such | ||||||
35 | permission
shall be granted only if the United States or such | ||||||
36 | other state, as the case
may be, grants the Department |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | substantially similar privileges. The Director
may exchange | ||||||
2 | information with the Illinois Department of Public Aid and the
| ||||||
3 | Department of Human Services (acting as successor to the | ||||||
4 | Department of Public
Aid under the Department of Human Services | ||||||
5 | Act) for
the purpose of verifying sources and amounts of income | ||||||
6 | and for other purposes
directly connected with the | ||||||
7 | administration of this Act and the Illinois
Public Aid Code. | ||||||
8 | The Director may exchange information with the Director of
the | ||||||
9 | Department of Employment Security for the purpose of verifying | ||||||
10 | sources
and amounts of income and for other purposes directly | ||||||
11 | connected with the
administration of this Act and Acts | ||||||
12 | administered by the Department of
Employment
Security.
The | ||||||
13 | Director may make available to the Illinois Workers' | ||||||
14 | Compensation Commission
information regarding employers for | ||||||
15 | the purpose of verifying the insurance
coverage required under | ||||||
16 | the Workers' Compensation Act and Workers'
Occupational | ||||||
17 | Diseases Act. The Director may exchange information with the | ||||||
18 | Illinois Department on Aging for the purpose of verifying | ||||||
19 | sources and amounts of income for purposes directly related to | ||||||
20 | confirming eligibility for participation in the programs of | ||||||
21 | benefits authorized by the Senior Citizens and Disabled Persons | ||||||
22 | Property Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical Assistance Act.
| ||||||
23 | The Director may make available to any State agency, | ||||||
24 | including the
Illinois Supreme Court, which licenses persons to | ||||||
25 | engage in any occupation,
information that a person licensed by | ||||||
26 | such agency has failed to file
returns under this Act or pay | ||||||
27 | the tax, penalty and interest shown therein,
or has failed to | ||||||
28 | pay any final assessment of tax, penalty or interest due
under | ||||||
29 | this Act.
The Director may make available to any State agency, | ||||||
30 | including the Illinois
Supreme
Court, information regarding | ||||||
31 | whether a bidder, contractor, or an affiliate of a
bidder or
| ||||||
32 | contractor has failed to file returns under this Act or pay the | ||||||
33 | tax, penalty,
and interest
shown therein, or has failed to pay | ||||||
34 | any final assessment of tax, penalty, or
interest due
under | ||||||
35 | this Act, for the limited purpose of enforcing bidder and | ||||||
36 | contractor
certifications.
For purposes of this Section, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | term "affiliate" means any entity that (1)
directly,
| ||||||
2 | indirectly, or constructively controls another entity, (2) is | ||||||
3 | directly,
indirectly, or
constructively controlled by another | ||||||
4 | entity, or (3) is subject to the control
of
a common
entity. | ||||||
5 | For purposes of this subsection (a), an entity controls another | ||||||
6 | entity
if
it owns,
directly or individually, more than 10% of | ||||||
7 | the voting securities of that
entity.
As used in
this | ||||||
8 | subsection (a), the term "voting security" means a security | ||||||
9 | that (1)
confers upon the
holder the right to vote for the | ||||||
10 | election of members of the board of directors
or similar
| ||||||
11 | governing body of the business or (2) is convertible into, or | ||||||
12 | entitles the
holder to receive
upon its exercise, a security | ||||||
13 | that confers such a right to vote. A general
partnership
| ||||||
14 | interest is a voting security.
| ||||||
15 | The Director may make available to any State agency, | ||||||
16 | including the
Illinois
Supreme Court, units of local | ||||||
17 | government, and school districts, information
regarding
| ||||||
18 | whether a bidder or contractor is an affiliate of a person who | ||||||
19 | is not
collecting
and
remitting Illinois Use taxes, for the | ||||||
20 | limited purpose of enforcing bidder and
contractor
| ||||||
21 | certifications.
| ||||||
22 | The Director may also make available to the Secretary of | ||||||
23 | State
information that a corporation which has been issued a | ||||||
24 | certificate of
incorporation by the Secretary of State has | ||||||
25 | failed to file returns under
this Act or pay the tax, penalty | ||||||
26 | and interest shown therein, or has failed
to pay any final | ||||||
27 | assessment of tax, penalty or interest due under this Act.
An | ||||||
28 | assessment is final when all proceedings in court for
review of | ||||||
29 | such assessment have terminated or the time for the taking
| ||||||
30 | thereof has expired without such proceedings being instituted. | ||||||
31 | For
taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1987, the | ||||||
32 | Director may make
available to the Director or principal | ||||||
33 | officer of any Department of the
State of Illinois, information | ||||||
34 | that a person employed by such Department
has failed to file | ||||||
35 | returns under this Act or pay the tax, penalty and
interest | ||||||
36 | shown therein. For purposes of this paragraph, the word
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Department" shall have the same meaning as provided in Section | ||||||
2 | 3 of the
State Employees Group Insurance Act of 1971.
| ||||||
3 | (d) The Director shall make available for public
inspection | ||||||
4 | in the Department's principal office and for publication, at | ||||||
5 | cost,
administrative decisions issued on or after January
1, | ||||||
6 | 1995. These decisions are to be made available in a manner so | ||||||
7 | that the
following
taxpayer information is not disclosed:
| ||||||
8 | (1) The names, addresses, and identification numbers | ||||||
9 | of the taxpayer,
related entities, and employees.
| ||||||
10 | (2) At the sole discretion of the Director, trade | ||||||
11 | secrets
or other confidential information identified as | ||||||
12 | such by the taxpayer, no later
than 30 days after receipt | ||||||
13 | of an administrative decision, by such means as the
| ||||||
14 | Department shall provide by rule.
| ||||||
15 | The Director shall determine the
appropriate extent of the
| ||||||
16 | deletions allowed in paragraph (2). In the event the taxpayer | ||||||
17 | does not submit
deletions,
the Director shall make only the | ||||||
18 | deletions specified in paragraph (1).
| ||||||
19 | The Director shall make available for public inspection and | ||||||
20 | publication an
administrative decision within 180 days after | ||||||
21 | the issuance of the
administrative
decision. The term | ||||||
22 | "administrative decision" has the same meaning as defined in
| ||||||
23 | Section 3-101 of Article III of the Code of Civil Procedure. | ||||||
24 | Costs collected
under this Section shall be paid into the Tax | ||||||
25 | Compliance and Administration
Fund.
| ||||||
26 | (e) Nothing contained in this Act shall prevent the | ||||||
27 | Director from
divulging
information to any person pursuant to a | ||||||
28 | request or authorization made by the
taxpayer, by an authorized | ||||||
29 | representative of the taxpayer, or, in the case of
information | ||||||
30 | related to a joint return, by the spouse filing the joint | ||||||
31 | return
with the taxpayer.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-835; | ||||||
33 | eff. 7-29-04; 93-841, eff. 7-30-04; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
34 | Section 190. The Use Tax Act is amended by changing Section | ||||||
35 | 3-5 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (35 ILCS 105/3-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.3-5)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 3-5. Exemptions. Use of the following tangible | ||||||
3 | personal property
is exempt from the tax imposed by this Act:
| ||||||
4 | (1) Personal property purchased from a corporation, | ||||||
5 | society, association,
foundation, institution, or | ||||||
6 | organization, other than a limited liability
company, that is | ||||||
7 | organized and operated as a not-for-profit service enterprise
| ||||||
8 | for the benefit of persons 65 years of age or older if the | ||||||
9 | personal property
was not purchased by the enterprise for the | ||||||
10 | purpose of resale by the
enterprise.
| ||||||
11 | (2) Personal property purchased by a not-for-profit | ||||||
12 | Illinois county
fair association for use in conducting, | ||||||
13 | operating, or promoting the
county fair.
| ||||||
14 | (3) Personal property purchased by a not-for-profit
arts or | ||||||
15 | cultural organization that establishes, by proof required by | ||||||
16 | the
Department by
rule, that it has received an exemption under | ||||||
17 | Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal
Revenue Code and that is | ||||||
18 | organized and operated primarily for the
presentation
or | ||||||
19 | support of arts or cultural programming, activities, or | ||||||
20 | services. These
organizations include, but are not limited to, | ||||||
21 | music and dramatic arts
organizations such as symphony | ||||||
22 | orchestras and theatrical groups, arts and
cultural service | ||||||
23 | organizations, local arts councils, visual arts organizations,
| ||||||
24 | and media arts organizations.
On and after the effective date | ||||||
25 | of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General
Assembly, however, | ||||||
26 | an entity otherwise eligible for this exemption shall not
make | ||||||
27 | tax-free purchases unless it has an active identification | ||||||
28 | number issued by
the Department.
| ||||||
29 | (4) Personal property purchased by a governmental body, by | ||||||
30 | a
corporation, society, association, foundation, or | ||||||
31 | institution organized and
operated exclusively for charitable, | ||||||
32 | religious, or educational purposes, or
by a not-for-profit | ||||||
33 | corporation, society, association, foundation,
institution, or | ||||||
34 | organization that has no compensated officers or employees
and | ||||||
35 | that is organized and operated primarily for the recreation of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | persons
55 years of age or older. A limited liability company | ||||||
2 | may qualify for the
exemption under this paragraph only if the | ||||||
3 | limited liability company is
organized and operated | ||||||
4 | exclusively for educational purposes. On and after July
1, | ||||||
5 | 1987, however, no entity otherwise eligible for this exemption | ||||||
6 | shall make
tax-free purchases unless it has an active exemption | ||||||
7 | identification number
issued by the Department.
| ||||||
8 | (5) Until July 1, 2003, a passenger car that is a | ||||||
9 | replacement vehicle to
the extent that the
purchase price of | ||||||
10 | the car is subject to the Replacement Vehicle Tax.
| ||||||
11 | (6) Until July 1, 2003 and beginning again on September 1, | ||||||
12 | 2004, graphic arts machinery and equipment, including
repair | ||||||
13 | and replacement
parts, both new and used, and including that | ||||||
14 | manufactured on special order,
certified by the purchaser to be | ||||||
15 | used primarily for graphic arts production,
and including | ||||||
16 | machinery and equipment purchased for lease.
Equipment | ||||||
17 | includes chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if
| ||||||
18 | the
chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct | ||||||
19 | and immediate change
upon a graphic arts product.
| ||||||
20 | (7) Farm chemicals.
| ||||||
21 | (8) Legal tender, currency, medallions, or gold or silver | ||||||
22 | coinage issued by
the State of Illinois, the government of the | ||||||
23 | United States of America, or the
government of any foreign | ||||||
24 | country, and bullion.
| ||||||
25 | (9) Personal property purchased from a teacher-sponsored | ||||||
26 | student
organization affiliated with an elementary or | ||||||
27 | secondary school located in
Illinois.
| ||||||
28 | (10) A motor vehicle of the first division, a motor vehicle | ||||||
29 | of the
second division that is a self-contained motor vehicle | ||||||
30 | designed or
permanently converted to provide living quarters | ||||||
31 | for recreational, camping,
or travel use, with direct walk | ||||||
32 | through to the living quarters from the
driver's seat, or a | ||||||
33 | motor vehicle of the second division that is of the
van | ||||||
34 | configuration designed for the transportation of not less than | ||||||
35 | 7 nor
more than 16 passengers, as defined in Section 1-146 of | ||||||
36 | the Illinois
Vehicle Code, that is used for automobile renting, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as defined in the
Automobile Renting Occupation and Use Tax | ||||||
2 | Act.
| ||||||
3 | (11) Farm machinery and equipment, both new and used,
| ||||||
4 | including that manufactured on special order, certified by the | ||||||
5 | purchaser
to be used primarily for production agriculture or | ||||||
6 | State or federal
agricultural programs, including individual | ||||||
7 | replacement parts for
the machinery and equipment, including | ||||||
8 | machinery and equipment
purchased
for lease,
and including | ||||||
9 | implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
the | ||||||
10 | Illinois Vehicle Code, farm machinery and agricultural | ||||||
11 | chemical and
fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required to | ||||||
12 | be registered
under Section 3-809 of the Illinois Vehicle Code,
| ||||||
13 | but excluding other motor
vehicles required to be
registered | ||||||
14 | under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
Horticultural polyhouses or | ||||||
15 | hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
overwintering | ||||||
16 | plants shall be considered farm machinery and equipment under
| ||||||
17 | this item (11).
Agricultural chemical tender tanks and dry | ||||||
18 | boxes shall include units sold
separately from a motor vehicle | ||||||
19 | required to be licensed and units sold mounted
on a motor | ||||||
20 | vehicle required to be licensed if the selling price of the | ||||||
21 | tender
is separately stated.
| ||||||
22 | Farm machinery and equipment shall include precision | ||||||
23 | farming equipment
that is
installed or purchased to be | ||||||
24 | installed on farm machinery and equipment
including, but not | ||||||
25 | limited to, tractors, harvesters, sprayers, planters,
seeders, | ||||||
26 | or spreaders.
Precision farming equipment includes, but is not | ||||||
27 | limited to, soil testing
sensors, computers, monitors, | ||||||
28 | software, global positioning
and mapping systems, and other | ||||||
29 | such equipment.
| ||||||
30 | Farm machinery and equipment also includes computers, | ||||||
31 | sensors, software, and
related equipment used primarily in the
| ||||||
32 | computer-assisted operation of production agriculture | ||||||
33 | facilities, equipment,
and
activities such as, but not limited | ||||||
34 | to,
the collection, monitoring, and correlation of
animal and | ||||||
35 | crop data for the purpose of
formulating animal diets and | ||||||
36 | agricultural chemicals. This item (11) is exempt
from the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provisions of
Section 3-90.
| ||||||
2 | (12) Fuel and petroleum products sold to or used by an air | ||||||
3 | common
carrier, certified by the carrier to be used for | ||||||
4 | consumption, shipment, or
storage in the conduct of its | ||||||
5 | business as an air common carrier, for a
flight destined for or | ||||||
6 | returning from a location or locations
outside the United | ||||||
7 | States without regard to previous or subsequent domestic
| ||||||
8 | stopovers.
| ||||||
9 | (13) Proceeds of mandatory service charges separately
| ||||||
10 | stated on customers' bills for the purchase and consumption of | ||||||
11 | food and
beverages purchased at retail from a retailer, to the | ||||||
12 | extent that the proceeds
of the service charge are in fact | ||||||
13 | turned over as tips or as a substitute
for tips to the | ||||||
14 | employees who participate directly in preparing, serving,
| ||||||
15 | hosting or cleaning up the food or beverage function with | ||||||
16 | respect to which
the service charge is imposed.
| ||||||
17 | (14) Until July 1, 2003, oil field exploration, drilling, | ||||||
18 | and production
equipment,
including (i) rigs and parts of rigs, | ||||||
19 | rotary
rigs, cable tool rigs, and workover rigs, (ii) pipe and | ||||||
20 | tubular goods,
including casing and drill strings, (iii) pumps | ||||||
21 | and pump-jack units, (iv)
storage tanks and flow lines, (v) any | ||||||
22 | individual replacement part for oil
field exploration, | ||||||
23 | drilling, and production equipment, and (vi) machinery and
| ||||||
24 | equipment purchased
for lease; but excluding motor vehicles | ||||||
25 | required to be registered under the
Illinois Vehicle Code.
| ||||||
26 | (15) Photoprocessing machinery and equipment, including | ||||||
27 | repair and
replacement parts, both new and used, including that
| ||||||
28 | manufactured on special order, certified by the purchaser to be | ||||||
29 | used
primarily for photoprocessing, and including
| ||||||
30 | photoprocessing machinery and equipment purchased for lease.
| ||||||
31 | (16) Until July 1, 2003, coal exploration, mining, | ||||||
32 | offhighway hauling,
processing, maintenance, and reclamation | ||||||
33 | equipment,
including replacement parts and equipment, and
| ||||||
34 | including equipment purchased for lease, but excluding motor
| ||||||
35 | vehicles required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle | ||||||
36 | Code.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (17) Until July 1, 2003, distillation machinery and | ||||||
2 | equipment, sold as a
unit or kit,
assembled or installed by the | ||||||
3 | retailer, certified by the user to be used
only for the | ||||||
4 | production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption
| ||||||
5 | as motor fuel or as a component of motor fuel for the personal | ||||||
6 | use of the
user, and not subject to sale or resale.
| ||||||
7 | (18) Manufacturing and assembling machinery and equipment | ||||||
8 | used
primarily in the process of manufacturing or assembling | ||||||
9 | tangible
personal property for wholesale or retail sale or | ||||||
10 | lease, whether that sale
or lease is made directly by the | ||||||
11 | manufacturer or by some other person,
whether the materials | ||||||
12 | used in the process are
owned by the manufacturer or some other | ||||||
13 | person, or whether that sale or
lease is made apart from or as | ||||||
14 | an incident to the seller's engaging in
the service occupation | ||||||
15 | of producing machines, tools, dies, jigs,
patterns, gauges, or | ||||||
16 | other similar items of no commercial value on
special order for | ||||||
17 | a particular purchaser.
| ||||||
18 | (19) Personal property delivered to a purchaser or | ||||||
19 | purchaser's donee
inside Illinois when the purchase order for | ||||||
20 | that personal property was
received by a florist located | ||||||
21 | outside Illinois who has a florist located
inside Illinois | ||||||
22 | deliver the personal property.
| ||||||
23 | (20) Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock | ||||||
24 | for direct
agricultural production.
| ||||||
25 | (21) Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and | ||||||
26 | meeting the
requirements of any of the
Arabian Horse Club | ||||||
27 | Registry of America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter
| ||||||
28 | Horse Association, United States
Trotting Association, or | ||||||
29 | Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for
purposes of breeding or | ||||||
30 | racing for prizes.
| ||||||
31 | (22) Computers and communications equipment utilized for | ||||||
32 | any
hospital
purpose
and equipment used in the diagnosis,
| ||||||
33 | analysis, or treatment of hospital patients purchased by a | ||||||
34 | lessor who leases
the
equipment, under a lease of one year or | ||||||
35 | longer executed or in effect at the
time the lessor would | ||||||
36 | otherwise be subject to the tax imposed by this Act, to a
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | hospital
that has been issued an active tax exemption | ||||||
2 | identification number by
the
Department under Section 1g of the | ||||||
3 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act. If the
equipment is leased in a | ||||||
4 | manner that does not qualify for
this exemption or is used in | ||||||
5 | any other non-exempt manner, the lessor
shall be liable for the
| ||||||
6 | tax imposed under this Act or the Service Use Tax Act, as the | ||||||
7 | case may
be, based on the fair market value of the property at | ||||||
8 | the time the
non-qualifying use occurs. No lessor shall collect | ||||||
9 | or attempt to collect an
amount (however
designated) that | ||||||
10 | purports to reimburse that lessor for the tax imposed by this
| ||||||
11 | Act or the Service Use Tax Act, as the case may be, if the tax | ||||||
12 | has not been
paid by the lessor. If a lessor improperly | ||||||
13 | collects any such amount from the
lessee, the lessee shall have | ||||||
14 | a legal right to claim a refund of that amount
from the lessor. | ||||||
15 | If, however, that amount is not refunded to the lessee for
any | ||||||
16 | reason, the lessor is liable to pay that amount to the | ||||||
17 | Department.
| ||||||
18 | (23) Personal property purchased by a lessor who leases the
| ||||||
19 | property, under
a
lease of
one year or longer executed or in | ||||||
20 | effect at the time
the lessor would otherwise be subject to the | ||||||
21 | tax imposed by this Act,
to a governmental body
that has been | ||||||
22 | issued an active sales tax exemption identification number by | ||||||
23 | the
Department under Section 1g of the Retailers' Occupation | ||||||
24 | Tax Act.
If the
property is leased in a manner that does not | ||||||
25 | qualify for
this exemption
or used in any other non-exempt | ||||||
26 | manner, the lessor shall be liable for the
tax imposed under | ||||||
27 | this Act or the Service Use Tax Act, as the case may
be, based | ||||||
28 | on the fair market value of the property at the time the
| ||||||
29 | non-qualifying use occurs. No lessor shall collect or attempt | ||||||
30 | to collect an
amount (however
designated) that purports to | ||||||
31 | reimburse that lessor for the tax imposed by this
Act or the | ||||||
32 | Service Use Tax Act, as the case may be, if the tax has not been
| ||||||
33 | paid by the lessor. If a lessor improperly collects any such | ||||||
34 | amount from the
lessee, the lessee shall have a legal right to | ||||||
35 | claim a refund of that amount
from the lessor. If, however, | ||||||
36 | that amount is not refunded to the lessee for
any reason, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | lessor is liable to pay that amount to the Department.
| ||||||
2 | (24) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
3 | December
31, 1995
and
ending with taxable years ending on or | ||||||
4 | before December 31, 2004,
personal property that is
donated for | ||||||
5 | disaster relief to be used in a State or federally declared
| ||||||
6 | disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a | ||||||
7 | manufacturer or retailer
that is registered in this State to a | ||||||
8 | corporation, society, association,
foundation, or institution | ||||||
9 | that has been issued a sales tax exemption
identification | ||||||
10 | number by the Department that assists victims of the disaster
| ||||||
11 | who reside within the declared disaster area.
| ||||||
12 | (25) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
13 | December
31, 1995 and
ending with taxable years ending on or | ||||||
14 | before December 31, 2004, personal
property that is used in the | ||||||
15 | performance of infrastructure repairs in this
State, including | ||||||
16 | but not limited to municipal roads and streets, access roads,
| ||||||
17 | bridges, sidewalks, waste disposal systems, water and sewer | ||||||
18 | line extensions,
water distribution and purification | ||||||
19 | facilities, storm water drainage and
retention facilities, and | ||||||
20 | sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a State
or | ||||||
21 | federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering Illinois | ||||||
22 | when such
repairs are initiated on facilities located in the | ||||||
23 | declared disaster area
within 6 months after the disaster.
| ||||||
24 | (26) Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds purchased | ||||||
25 | at a "game
breeding
and hunting preserve area" or an "exotic | ||||||
26 | game hunting area" as those terms are
used in
the Wildlife Code | ||||||
27 | or at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted by
the
| ||||||
28 | Department of Natural Resources. This paragraph is exempt from | ||||||
29 | the provisions
of
Section 3-90.
| ||||||
30 | (27) A motor vehicle, as that term is defined in Section | ||||||
31 | 1-146
of the
Illinois
Vehicle Code, that is donated to a | ||||||
32 | corporation, limited liability company,
society, association, | ||||||
33 | foundation, or institution that is determined by the
Department | ||||||
34 | to be organized and operated exclusively for educational | ||||||
35 | purposes.
For purposes of this exemption, "a corporation, | ||||||
36 | limited liability company,
society, association, foundation, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or institution organized and operated
exclusively for | ||||||
2 | educational purposes" means all tax-supported public schools,
| ||||||
3 | private schools that offer systematic instruction in useful | ||||||
4 | branches of
learning by methods common to public schools and | ||||||
5 | that compare favorably in
their scope and intensity with the | ||||||
6 | course of study presented in tax-supported
schools, and | ||||||
7 | vocational or technical schools or institutes organized and
| ||||||
8 | operated exclusively to provide a course of study of not less | ||||||
9 | than 6 weeks
duration and designed to prepare individuals to | ||||||
10 | follow a trade or to pursue a
manual, technical, mechanical, | ||||||
11 | industrial, business, or commercial
occupation.
| ||||||
12 | (28) Beginning January 1, 2000, personal property, | ||||||
13 | including
food,
purchased through fundraising
events for the | ||||||
14 | benefit of
a public or private elementary or
secondary school, | ||||||
15 | a group of those schools, or one or more school
districts if | ||||||
16 | the events are
sponsored by an entity recognized by the school | ||||||
17 | district that consists
primarily of volunteers and includes
| ||||||
18 | parents and teachers of the school children. This paragraph | ||||||
19 | does not apply
to fundraising
events (i) for the benefit of | ||||||
20 | private home instruction or (ii)
for which the fundraising | ||||||
21 | entity purchases the personal property sold at
the events from | ||||||
22 | another individual or entity that sold the property for the
| ||||||
23 | purpose of resale by the fundraising entity and that
profits | ||||||
24 | from the sale to the
fundraising entity. This paragraph is | ||||||
25 | exempt
from the provisions
of Section 3-90.
| ||||||
26 | (29) Beginning January 1, 2000 and through December 31, | ||||||
27 | 2001, new or
used automatic vending
machines that prepare and | ||||||
28 | serve hot food and beverages, including coffee, soup,
and
other | ||||||
29 | items, and replacement parts for these machines.
Beginning | ||||||
30 | January 1,
2002 and through June 30, 2003, machines and parts | ||||||
31 | for machines used in
commercial, coin-operated amusement and | ||||||
32 | vending business if a use or occupation
tax is paid on the | ||||||
33 | gross receipts derived from the use of the commercial,
| ||||||
34 | coin-operated amusement and vending machines.
This
paragraph
| ||||||
35 | is exempt from the provisions of Section 3-90.
| ||||||
36 | (30) Food for human consumption that is to be consumed off |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the premises
where it is sold (other than alcoholic beverages, | ||||||
2 | soft drinks, and food that
has been prepared for immediate | ||||||
3 | consumption) and prescription and
nonprescription medicines, | ||||||
4 | drugs, medical appliances, and insulin, urine
testing | ||||||
5 | materials, syringes, and needles used by diabetics, for human | ||||||
6 | use, when
purchased for use by a person receiving medical | ||||||
7 | assistance under Article 5 of
the Illinois Public Aid Code who | ||||||
8 | resides in a licensed long-term care facility,
as defined in | ||||||
9 | the Nursing Home Care Act.
| ||||||
10 | (31) Beginning on
the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
11 | of the 92nd General Assembly,
computers and communications | ||||||
12 | equipment
utilized for any hospital purpose and equipment used | ||||||
13 | in the diagnosis,
analysis, or treatment of hospital patients | ||||||
14 | purchased by a lessor who leases
the equipment, under a lease | ||||||
15 | of one year or longer executed or in effect at the
time the | ||||||
16 | lessor would otherwise be subject to the tax imposed by this | ||||||
17 | Act, to a
hospital that has been issued an active tax exemption | ||||||
18 | identification number by
the Department under Section 1g of the | ||||||
19 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act. If the
equipment is leased in a | ||||||
20 | manner that does not qualify for this exemption or is
used in | ||||||
21 | any other nonexempt manner, the lessor shall be liable for the | ||||||
22 | tax
imposed under this Act or the Service Use Tax Act, as the | ||||||
23 | case may be, based on
the fair market value of the property at | ||||||
24 | the time the nonqualifying use
occurs. No lessor shall collect | ||||||
25 | or attempt to collect an amount (however
designated) that | ||||||
26 | purports to reimburse that lessor for the tax imposed by this
| ||||||
27 | Act or the Service Use Tax Act, as the case may be, if the tax | ||||||
28 | has not been
paid by the lessor. If a lessor improperly | ||||||
29 | collects any such amount from the
lessee, the lessee shall have | ||||||
30 | a legal right to claim a refund of that amount
from the lessor. | ||||||
31 | If, however, that amount is not refunded to the lessee for
any | ||||||
32 | reason, the lessor is liable to pay that amount to the | ||||||
33 | Department.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of | ||||||
34 | Section 3-90.
| ||||||
35 | (32) Beginning on
the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
36 | of the 92nd General Assembly,
personal property purchased by a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | lessor who leases the property,
under a lease of one year or | ||||||
2 | longer executed or in effect at the time the
lessor would | ||||||
3 | otherwise be subject to the tax imposed by this Act, to a
| ||||||
4 | governmental body that has been issued an active sales tax | ||||||
5 | exemption
identification number by the Department under | ||||||
6 | Section 1g of the Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act. If the | ||||||
7 | property is leased in a manner that does not
qualify for this | ||||||
8 | exemption or used in any other nonexempt manner, the lessor
| ||||||
9 | shall be liable for the tax imposed under this Act or the | ||||||
10 | Service Use Tax Act,
as the case may be, based on the fair | ||||||
11 | market value of the property at the time
the nonqualifying use | ||||||
12 | occurs. No lessor shall collect or attempt to collect
an amount | ||||||
13 | (however designated) that purports to reimburse that lessor for | ||||||
14 | the
tax imposed by this Act or the Service Use Tax Act, as the | ||||||
15 | case may be, if the
tax has not been paid by the lessor. If a | ||||||
16 | lessor improperly collects any such
amount from the lessee, the | ||||||
17 | lessee shall have a legal right to claim a refund
of that | ||||||
18 | amount from the lessor. If, however, that amount is not | ||||||
19 | refunded to
the lessee for any reason, the lessor is liable to | ||||||
20 | pay that amount to the
Department. This paragraph is exempt | ||||||
21 | from the provisions of Section 3-90.
| ||||||
22 | (33) On and after July 1, 2003 and through June 30, 2004, | ||||||
23 | the use in this State of motor vehicles of
the second division | ||||||
24 | with a gross vehicle weight in excess of 8,000 pounds and
that | ||||||
25 | are subject to the commercial distribution fee imposed under | ||||||
26 | Section
3-815.1 of the Illinois Vehicle Code. Beginning on July | ||||||
27 | 1, 2004 and through June 30, 2005, the use in this State of | ||||||
28 | motor vehicles of the second division: (i) with a gross vehicle | ||||||
29 | weight rating in excess of 8,000 pounds; (ii) that are subject | ||||||
30 | to the commercial distribution fee imposed under Section | ||||||
31 | 3-815.1 of the Illinois Vehicle Code; and (iii) that are | ||||||
32 | primarily used for commercial purposes. Through June 30, 2005, | ||||||
33 | this exemption applies to repair and
replacement parts added | ||||||
34 | after the initial purchase of such a motor vehicle if
that | ||||||
35 | motor
vehicle is used in a manner that would qualify for the | ||||||
36 | rolling stock exemption
otherwise provided for in this Act. For |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purposes of this paragraph, the term "used for commercial | ||||||
2 | purposes" means the transportation of persons or property in | ||||||
3 | furtherance of any commercial or industrial enterprise, | ||||||
4 | whether for-hire or not.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-35, eff. 7-1-01; 92-227, eff. 8-2-01; 92-337, | ||||||
6 | eff. 8-10-01; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
7 | 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; | ||||||
8 | 93-1033, eff. 9-3-04; revised 10-21-04.)
| ||||||
9 | Section 205. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended | ||||||
10 | by changing Sections 2-5 and 3 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (35 ILCS 120/2-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 441-5)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 2-5. Exemptions. Gross receipts from proceeds from the | ||||||
13 | sale of
the following tangible personal property are exempt | ||||||
14 | from the tax imposed
by this Act:
| ||||||
15 | (1) Farm chemicals.
| ||||||
16 | (2) Farm machinery and equipment, both new and used, | ||||||
17 | including that
manufactured on special order, certified by the | ||||||
18 | purchaser to be used
primarily for production agriculture or | ||||||
19 | State or federal agricultural
programs, including individual | ||||||
20 | replacement parts for the machinery and
equipment, including | ||||||
21 | machinery and equipment purchased for lease,
and including | ||||||
22 | implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
the | ||||||
23 | Illinois Vehicle Code, farm machinery and agricultural | ||||||
24 | chemical and
fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required to | ||||||
25 | be registered
under Section 3-809 of the Illinois Vehicle Code,
| ||||||
26 | but
excluding other motor vehicles required to be registered | ||||||
27 | under the Illinois
Vehicle Code.
Horticultural polyhouses or | ||||||
28 | hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
overwintering | ||||||
29 | plants shall be considered farm machinery and equipment under
| ||||||
30 | this item (2).
Agricultural chemical tender tanks and dry boxes | ||||||
31 | shall include units sold
separately from a motor vehicle | ||||||
32 | required to be licensed and units sold mounted
on a motor | ||||||
33 | vehicle required to be licensed, if the selling price of the | ||||||
34 | tender
is separately stated.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Farm machinery and equipment shall include precision | ||||||
2 | farming equipment
that is
installed or purchased to be | ||||||
3 | installed on farm machinery and equipment
including, but not | ||||||
4 | limited to, tractors, harvesters, sprayers, planters,
seeders, | ||||||
5 | or spreaders.
Precision farming equipment includes, but is not | ||||||
6 | limited to,
soil testing sensors, computers, monitors, | ||||||
7 | software, global positioning
and mapping systems, and other | ||||||
8 | such equipment.
| ||||||
9 | Farm machinery and equipment also includes computers, | ||||||
10 | sensors, software, and
related equipment used primarily in the
| ||||||
11 | computer-assisted operation of production agriculture | ||||||
12 | facilities, equipment,
and activities such as, but
not limited | ||||||
13 | to,
the collection, monitoring, and correlation of
animal and | ||||||
14 | crop data for the purpose of
formulating animal diets and | ||||||
15 | agricultural chemicals. This item (7) is exempt
from the | ||||||
16 | provisions of
Section 2-70.
| ||||||
17 | (3) Until July 1, 2003, distillation machinery and | ||||||
18 | equipment, sold as a
unit or kit,
assembled or installed by the | ||||||
19 | retailer, certified by the user to be used
only for the | ||||||
20 | production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption
| ||||||
21 | as motor fuel or as a component of motor fuel for the personal | ||||||
22 | use of the
user, and not subject to sale or resale.
| ||||||
23 | (4) Until July 1, 2003 and beginning again September 1, | ||||||
24 | 2004, graphic arts machinery and equipment, including
repair | ||||||
25 | and
replacement parts, both new and used, and including that | ||||||
26 | manufactured on
special order or purchased for lease, certified | ||||||
27 | by the purchaser to be used
primarily for graphic arts | ||||||
28 | production.
Equipment includes chemicals or
chemicals acting | ||||||
29 | as catalysts but only if
the chemicals or chemicals acting as | ||||||
30 | catalysts effect a direct and immediate
change upon a
graphic | ||||||
31 | arts product.
| ||||||
32 | (5) A motor vehicle of the first division, a motor vehicle | ||||||
33 | of the second
division that is a self-contained motor vehicle | ||||||
34 | designed or permanently
converted to provide living quarters | ||||||
35 | for recreational, camping, or travel
use, with direct walk | ||||||
36 | through access to the living quarters from the
driver's seat, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or a motor vehicle of the second division that is of the van
| ||||||
2 | configuration designed for the transportation of not less than | ||||||
3 | 7 nor more
than 16 passengers, as defined in Section 1-146 of | ||||||
4 | the Illinois Vehicle
Code, that is used for automobile renting, | ||||||
5 | as defined in the Automobile
Renting Occupation and Use Tax | ||||||
6 | Act.
| ||||||
7 | (6) Personal property sold by a teacher-sponsored student | ||||||
8 | organization
affiliated with an elementary or secondary school | ||||||
9 | located in Illinois.
| ||||||
10 | (7) Until July 1, 2003, proceeds of that portion of the | ||||||
11 | selling price of
a passenger car the
sale of which is subject | ||||||
12 | to the Replacement Vehicle Tax.
| ||||||
13 | (8) Personal property sold to an Illinois county fair | ||||||
14 | association for
use in conducting, operating, or promoting the | ||||||
15 | county fair.
| ||||||
16 | (9) Personal property sold to a not-for-profit arts
or | ||||||
17 | cultural organization that establishes, by proof required by | ||||||
18 | the Department
by
rule, that it has received an exemption under | ||||||
19 | Section 501(c)(3) of the
Internal Revenue Code and that is | ||||||
20 | organized and operated primarily for the
presentation
or | ||||||
21 | support of arts or cultural programming, activities, or | ||||||
22 | services. These
organizations include, but are not limited to, | ||||||
23 | music and dramatic arts
organizations such as symphony | ||||||
24 | orchestras and theatrical groups, arts and
cultural service | ||||||
25 | organizations, local arts councils, visual arts organizations,
| ||||||
26 | and media arts organizations.
On and after the effective date | ||||||
27 | of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General
Assembly, however, | ||||||
28 | an entity otherwise eligible for this exemption shall not
make | ||||||
29 | tax-free purchases unless it has an active identification | ||||||
30 | number issued by
the Department.
| ||||||
31 | (10) Personal property sold by a corporation, society, | ||||||
32 | association,
foundation, institution, or organization, other | ||||||
33 | than a limited liability
company, that is organized and | ||||||
34 | operated as a not-for-profit service enterprise
for the benefit | ||||||
35 | of persons 65 years of age or older if the personal property
| ||||||
36 | was not purchased by the enterprise for the purpose of resale |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by the
enterprise.
| ||||||
2 | (11) Personal property sold to a governmental body, to a | ||||||
3 | corporation,
society, association, foundation, or institution | ||||||
4 | organized and operated
exclusively for charitable, religious, | ||||||
5 | or educational purposes, or to a
not-for-profit corporation, | ||||||
6 | society, association, foundation, institution,
or organization | ||||||
7 | that has no compensated officers or employees and that is
| ||||||
8 | organized and operated primarily for the recreation of persons | ||||||
9 | 55 years of
age or older. A limited liability company may | ||||||
10 | qualify for the exemption under
this paragraph only if the | ||||||
11 | limited liability company is organized and operated
| ||||||
12 | exclusively for educational purposes. On and after July 1, | ||||||
13 | 1987, however, no
entity otherwise eligible for this exemption | ||||||
14 | shall make tax-free purchases
unless it has an active | ||||||
15 | identification number issued by the Department.
| ||||||
16 | (12) Tangible personal property sold to
interstate | ||||||
17 | carriers
for hire for use as
rolling stock moving in interstate | ||||||
18 | commerce or to lessors under leases of
one year or longer | ||||||
19 | executed or in effect at the time of purchase by
interstate | ||||||
20 | carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate
| ||||||
21 | commerce and equipment operated by a telecommunications | ||||||
22 | provider, licensed as a
common carrier by the Federal | ||||||
23 | Communications Commission, which is permanently
installed in | ||||||
24 | or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
| ||||||
25 | (12-5) On and after July 1, 2003 and through June 30, 2004, | ||||||
26 | motor vehicles of the second division
with a gross vehicle | ||||||
27 | weight in excess of 8,000 pounds
that
are
subject to the | ||||||
28 | commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of
| ||||||
29 | the Illinois
Vehicle Code. Beginning on July 1, 2004 and | ||||||
30 | through June 30, 2005, the use in this State of motor vehicles | ||||||
31 | of the second division: (i) with a gross vehicle weight rating | ||||||
32 | in excess of 8,000 pounds; (ii) that are subject to the | ||||||
33 | commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of | ||||||
34 | the Illinois Vehicle Code; and (iii) that are primarily used | ||||||
35 | for commercial purposes. Through June 30, 2005, this
exemption | ||||||
36 | applies to repair and replacement parts added
after the
initial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purchase of such a motor vehicle if that motor vehicle is used | ||||||
2 | in a
manner that
would qualify for the rolling stock exemption | ||||||
3 | otherwise provided for in this
Act. For purposes of this | ||||||
4 | paragraph, "used for commercial purposes" means the | ||||||
5 | transportation of persons or property in furtherance of any | ||||||
6 | commercial or industrial enterprise whether for-hire or not.
| ||||||
7 | (13) Proceeds from sales to owners, lessors, or
shippers of
| ||||||
8 | tangible personal property that is utilized by interstate | ||||||
9 | carriers for
hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate | ||||||
10 | commerce
and equipment operated by a telecommunications | ||||||
11 | provider, licensed as a
common carrier by the Federal | ||||||
12 | Communications Commission, which is
permanently installed in | ||||||
13 | or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
| ||||||
14 | (14) Machinery and equipment that will be used by the | ||||||
15 | purchaser, or a
lessee of the purchaser, primarily in the | ||||||
16 | process of manufacturing or
assembling tangible personal | ||||||
17 | property for wholesale or retail sale or
lease, whether the | ||||||
18 | sale or lease is made directly by the manufacturer or by
some | ||||||
19 | other person, whether the materials used in the process are | ||||||
20 | owned by
the manufacturer or some other person, or whether the | ||||||
21 | sale or lease is made
apart from or as an incident to the | ||||||
22 | seller's engaging in the service
occupation of producing | ||||||
23 | machines, tools, dies, jigs, patterns, gauges, or
other similar | ||||||
24 | items of no commercial value on special order for a particular
| ||||||
25 | purchaser.
| ||||||
26 | (15) Proceeds of mandatory service charges separately | ||||||
27 | stated on
customers' bills for purchase and consumption of food | ||||||
28 | and beverages, to the
extent that the proceeds of the service | ||||||
29 | charge are in fact turned over as
tips or as a substitute for | ||||||
30 | tips to the employees who participate directly
in preparing, | ||||||
31 | serving, hosting or cleaning up the food or beverage function
| ||||||
32 | with respect to which the service charge is imposed.
| ||||||
33 | (16) Petroleum products sold to a purchaser if the seller
| ||||||
34 | is prohibited by federal law from charging tax to the | ||||||
35 | purchaser.
| ||||||
36 | (17) Tangible personal property sold to a common carrier by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | rail or
motor that
receives the physical possession of the | ||||||
2 | property in Illinois and that
transports the property, or | ||||||
3 | shares with another common carrier in the
transportation of the | ||||||
4 | property, out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill
of lading | ||||||
5 | showing the seller of the property as the shipper or consignor | ||||||
6 | of
the property to a destination outside Illinois, for use | ||||||
7 | outside Illinois.
| ||||||
8 | (18) Legal tender, currency, medallions, or gold or silver | ||||||
9 | coinage
issued by the State of Illinois, the government of the | ||||||
10 | United States of
America, or the government of any foreign | ||||||
11 | country, and bullion.
| ||||||
12 | (19) Until July 1 2003, oil field exploration, drilling, | ||||||
13 | and production
equipment, including
(i) rigs and parts of rigs, | ||||||
14 | rotary rigs, cable tool
rigs, and workover rigs, (ii) pipe and | ||||||
15 | tubular goods, including casing and
drill strings, (iii) pumps | ||||||
16 | and pump-jack units, (iv) storage tanks and flow
lines, (v) any | ||||||
17 | individual replacement part for oil field exploration,
| ||||||
18 | drilling, and production equipment, and (vi) machinery and | ||||||
19 | equipment purchased
for lease; but
excluding motor vehicles | ||||||
20 | required to be registered under the Illinois
Vehicle Code.
| ||||||
21 | (20) Photoprocessing machinery and equipment, including | ||||||
22 | repair and
replacement parts, both new and used, including that | ||||||
23 | manufactured on
special order, certified by the purchaser to be | ||||||
24 | used primarily for
photoprocessing, and including | ||||||
25 | photoprocessing machinery and equipment
purchased for lease.
| ||||||
26 | (21) Until July 1, 2003, coal exploration, mining, | ||||||
27 | offhighway hauling,
processing,
maintenance, and reclamation | ||||||
28 | equipment, including
replacement parts and equipment, and | ||||||
29 | including
equipment purchased for lease, but excluding motor | ||||||
30 | vehicles required to be
registered under the Illinois Vehicle | ||||||
31 | Code.
| ||||||
32 | (22) Fuel and petroleum products sold to or used by an air | ||||||
33 | carrier,
certified by the carrier to be used for consumption, | ||||||
34 | shipment, or storage
in the conduct of its business as an air | ||||||
35 | common carrier, for a flight
destined for or returning from a | ||||||
36 | location or locations
outside the United States without regard |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to previous or subsequent domestic
stopovers.
| ||||||
2 | (23) A transaction in which the purchase order is received | ||||||
3 | by a florist
who is located outside Illinois, but who has a | ||||||
4 | florist located in Illinois
deliver the property to the | ||||||
5 | purchaser or the purchaser's donee in Illinois.
| ||||||
6 | (24) Fuel consumed or used in the operation of ships, | ||||||
7 | barges, or vessels
that are used primarily in or for the | ||||||
8 | transportation of property or the
conveyance of persons for | ||||||
9 | hire on rivers bordering on this State if the
fuel is delivered | ||||||
10 | by the seller to the purchaser's barge, ship, or vessel
while | ||||||
11 | it is afloat upon that bordering river.
| ||||||
12 | (25) A motor vehicle sold in this State to a nonresident | ||||||
13 | even though the
motor vehicle is delivered to the nonresident | ||||||
14 | in this State, if the motor
vehicle is not to be titled in this | ||||||
15 | State, and if a drive-away permit
is issued to the motor | ||||||
16 | vehicle as provided in Section 3-603 of the Illinois
Vehicle | ||||||
17 | Code or if the nonresident purchaser has vehicle registration
| ||||||
18 | plates to transfer to the motor vehicle upon returning to his | ||||||
19 | or her home
state. The issuance of the drive-away permit or | ||||||
20 | having
the
out-of-state registration plates to be transferred | ||||||
21 | is prima facie evidence
that the motor vehicle will not be | ||||||
22 | titled in this State.
| ||||||
23 | (26) Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock | ||||||
24 | for direct
agricultural production.
| ||||||
25 | (27) Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and | ||||||
26 | meeting the
requirements of any of the
Arabian Horse Club | ||||||
27 | Registry of America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter
| ||||||
28 | Horse Association, United States
Trotting Association, or | ||||||
29 | Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for
purposes of breeding or | ||||||
30 | racing for prizes.
| ||||||
31 | (28) Computers and communications equipment utilized for | ||||||
32 | any
hospital
purpose
and equipment used in the diagnosis,
| ||||||
33 | analysis, or treatment of hospital patients sold to a lessor | ||||||
34 | who leases the
equipment, under a lease of one year or longer | ||||||
35 | executed or in effect at the
time of the purchase, to a
| ||||||
36 | hospital
that has been issued an active tax exemption |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | identification number by the
Department under Section 1g of | ||||||
2 | this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (29) Personal property sold to a lessor who leases the
| ||||||
4 | property, under a
lease of one year or longer executed or in | ||||||
5 | effect at the time of the purchase,
to a governmental body
that | ||||||
6 | has been issued an active tax exemption identification number | ||||||
7 | by the
Department under Section 1g of this Act.
| ||||||
8 | (30) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
9 | December
31, 1995
and
ending with taxable years ending on or | ||||||
10 | before December 31, 2004,
personal property that is
donated for | ||||||
11 | disaster relief to be used in a State or federally declared
| ||||||
12 | disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a | ||||||
13 | manufacturer or retailer
that is registered in this State to a | ||||||
14 | corporation, society, association,
foundation, or institution | ||||||
15 | that has been issued a sales tax exemption
identification | ||||||
16 | number by the Department that assists victims of the disaster
| ||||||
17 | who reside within the declared disaster area.
| ||||||
18 | (31) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
19 | December
31, 1995 and
ending with taxable years ending on or | ||||||
20 | before December 31, 2004, personal
property that is used in the | ||||||
21 | performance of infrastructure repairs in this
State, including | ||||||
22 | but not limited to municipal roads and streets, access roads,
| ||||||
23 | bridges, sidewalks, waste disposal systems, water and sewer | ||||||
24 | line extensions,
water distribution and purification | ||||||
25 | facilities, storm water drainage and
retention facilities, and | ||||||
26 | sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a State
or | ||||||
27 | federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering Illinois | ||||||
28 | when such
repairs are initiated on facilities located in the | ||||||
29 | declared disaster area
within 6 months after the disaster.
| ||||||
30 | (32) Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds sold at a | ||||||
31 | "game breeding
and
hunting preserve area" or an "exotic game | ||||||
32 | hunting area" as those terms are used
in the
Wildlife Code or | ||||||
33 | at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted by the
| ||||||
34 | Department of Natural Resources. This paragraph is exempt from | ||||||
35 | the provisions
of
Section 2-70.
| ||||||
36 | (33) A motor vehicle, as that term is defined in Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1-146
of the
Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated to a | ||||||
2 | corporation, limited liability
company, society, association, | ||||||
3 | foundation, or institution that is determined by
the Department | ||||||
4 | to be organized and operated exclusively for educational
| ||||||
5 | purposes. For purposes of this exemption, "a corporation, | ||||||
6 | limited liability
company, society, association, foundation, | ||||||
7 | or institution organized and
operated
exclusively for | ||||||
8 | educational purposes" means all tax-supported public schools,
| ||||||
9 | private schools that offer systematic instruction in useful | ||||||
10 | branches of
learning by methods common to public schools and | ||||||
11 | that compare favorably in
their scope and intensity with the | ||||||
12 | course of study presented in tax-supported
schools, and | ||||||
13 | vocational or technical schools or institutes organized and
| ||||||
14 | operated exclusively to provide a course of study of not less | ||||||
15 | than 6 weeks
duration and designed to prepare individuals to | ||||||
16 | follow a trade or to pursue a
manual, technical, mechanical, | ||||||
17 | industrial, business, or commercial
occupation.
| ||||||
18 | (34) Beginning January 1, 2000, personal property, | ||||||
19 | including food, purchased
through fundraising events for the | ||||||
20 | benefit of a public or private elementary or
secondary school, | ||||||
21 | a group of those schools, or one or more school districts if
| ||||||
22 | the events are sponsored by an entity recognized by the school | ||||||
23 | district that
consists primarily of volunteers and includes | ||||||
24 | parents and teachers of the
school children. This paragraph | ||||||
25 | does not apply to fundraising events (i) for
the benefit of | ||||||
26 | private home instruction or (ii) for which the fundraising
| ||||||
27 | entity purchases the personal property sold at the events from | ||||||
28 | another
individual or entity that sold the property for the | ||||||
29 | purpose of resale by the
fundraising entity and that profits | ||||||
30 | from the sale to the fundraising entity.
This paragraph is | ||||||
31 | exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.
| ||||||
32 | (35) Beginning January 1, 2000 and through December 31, | ||||||
33 | 2001, new or used
automatic vending machines that prepare and | ||||||
34 | serve hot food and beverages,
including coffee, soup, and other | ||||||
35 | items, and replacement parts for these
machines. Beginning | ||||||
36 | January 1, 2002 and through June 30, 2003, machines
and parts |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for machines used in
commercial, coin-operated amusement and | ||||||
2 | vending business if a use or occupation
tax is paid on the | ||||||
3 | gross receipts derived from the use of the commercial,
| ||||||
4 | coin-operated amusement and vending machines. This paragraph | ||||||
5 | is exempt from
the provisions of Section 2-70.
| ||||||
6 | (35-5) Food for human consumption that is to be consumed | ||||||
7 | off
the premises where it is sold (other than alcoholic | ||||||
8 | beverages, soft drinks,
and food that has been prepared for | ||||||
9 | immediate consumption) and prescription
and nonprescription | ||||||
10 | medicines, drugs, medical appliances, and insulin, urine
| ||||||
11 | testing materials, syringes, and needles used by diabetics, for | ||||||
12 | human use, when
purchased for use by a person receiving medical | ||||||
13 | assistance under Article 5 of
the Illinois Public Aid Code who | ||||||
14 | resides in a licensed long-term care facility,
as defined in | ||||||
15 | the Nursing Home Care Act.
| ||||||
16 | (36) Beginning August 2, 2001, computers and | ||||||
17 | communications equipment
utilized for any hospital purpose and | ||||||
18 | equipment used in the diagnosis,
analysis, or treatment of | ||||||
19 | hospital patients sold to a lessor who leases the
equipment, | ||||||
20 | under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at | ||||||
21 | the
time of the purchase, to a hospital that has been issued an | ||||||
22 | active tax
exemption identification number by the Department | ||||||
23 | under Section 1g of this Act.
This paragraph is exempt from the | ||||||
24 | provisions of Section 2-70.
| ||||||
25 | (37) Beginning August 2, 2001, personal property sold to a | ||||||
26 | lessor who
leases the property, under a lease of one year or | ||||||
27 | longer executed or in effect
at the time of the purchase, to a | ||||||
28 | governmental body that has been issued an
active tax exemption | ||||||
29 | identification number by the Department under Section 1g
of | ||||||
30 | this Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of | ||||||
31 | Section 2-70.
| ||||||
32 | (38) Beginning on January 1, 2002, tangible personal | ||||||
33 | property purchased
from an Illinois retailer by a taxpayer | ||||||
34 | engaged in centralized purchasing
activities in Illinois who | ||||||
35 | will, upon receipt of the property in Illinois,
temporarily | ||||||
36 | store the property in Illinois (i) for the purpose of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsequently
transporting it outside this State for use or | ||||||
2 | consumption thereafter solely
outside this State or (ii) for | ||||||
3 | the purpose of being processed, fabricated, or
manufactured | ||||||
4 | into, attached to, or incorporated into other tangible personal
| ||||||
5 | property to be transported outside this State and thereafter | ||||||
6 | used or consumed
solely outside this State. The Director of | ||||||
7 | Revenue shall, pursuant to rules
adopted in accordance with the | ||||||
8 | Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, issue a
permit to any | ||||||
9 | taxpayer in good standing with the Department who is eligible | ||||||
10 | for
the exemption under this paragraph (38). The permit issued | ||||||
11 | under
this paragraph (38) shall authorize the holder, to the | ||||||
12 | extent and
in the manner specified in the rules adopted under | ||||||
13 | this Act, to purchase
tangible personal property from a | ||||||
14 | retailer exempt from the taxes imposed by
this Act. Taxpayers | ||||||
15 | shall maintain all necessary books and records to
substantiate | ||||||
16 | the use and consumption of all such tangible personal property
| ||||||
17 | outside of the State of Illinois.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-35, eff. 7-1-01; 92-227, | ||||||
19 | eff. 8-2-01; 92-337, eff. 8-10-01; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; | ||||||
20 | 92-488, eff. 8-23-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-680, eff. | ||||||
21 | 7-16-02; 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. | ||||||
22 | 7-30-04; 93-1033, eff. 9-3-04; revised 9-14-04.)
| ||||||
23 | (35 ILCS 120/3) (from Ch. 120, par. 442)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 3. Except as provided in this Section, on or before | ||||||
25 | the twentieth
day of each calendar month, every person engaged | ||||||
26 | in the business of
selling tangible personal property at retail | ||||||
27 | in this State during the
preceding calendar month shall file a | ||||||
28 | return with the Department, stating:
| ||||||
29 | 1. The name of the seller;
| ||||||
30 | 2. His residence address and the address of his | ||||||
31 | principal place of
business and the address of the | ||||||
32 | principal place of business (if that is
a different | ||||||
33 | address) from which he engages in the business of selling
| ||||||
34 | tangible personal property at retail in this State;
| ||||||
35 | 3. Total amount of receipts received by him during the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | preceding
calendar month or quarter, as the case may be, | ||||||
2 | from sales of tangible
personal property, and from services | ||||||
3 | furnished, by him during such
preceding calendar month or | ||||||
4 | quarter;
| ||||||
5 | 4. Total amount received by him during the preceding | ||||||
6 | calendar month or
quarter on charge and time sales of | ||||||
7 | tangible personal property, and from
services furnished, | ||||||
8 | by him prior to the month or quarter for which the return
| ||||||
9 | is filed;
| ||||||
10 | 5. Deductions allowed by law;
| ||||||
11 | 6. Gross receipts which were received by him during the | ||||||
12 | preceding
calendar month or quarter and upon the basis of | ||||||
13 | which the tax is imposed;
| ||||||
14 | 7. The amount of credit provided in Section 2d of this | ||||||
15 | Act;
| ||||||
16 | 8. The amount of tax due;
| ||||||
17 | 9. The signature of the taxpayer; and
| ||||||
18 | 10. Such other reasonable information as the | ||||||
19 | Department may require.
| ||||||
20 | If a taxpayer fails to sign a return within 30 days after | ||||||
21 | the proper notice
and demand for signature by the Department, | ||||||
22 | the return shall be considered
valid and any amount shown to be | ||||||
23 | due on the return shall be deemed assessed.
| ||||||
24 | Each return shall be accompanied by the statement of | ||||||
25 | prepaid tax issued
pursuant to Section 2e for which credit is | ||||||
26 | claimed.
| ||||||
27 | Prior to October 1, 2003, and on and after September 1, | ||||||
28 | 2004 a retailer may accept a Manufacturer's Purchase
Credit
| ||||||
29 | certification from a purchaser in satisfaction of Use Tax
as | ||||||
30 | provided in Section 3-85 of the Use Tax Act if the purchaser | ||||||
31 | provides the
appropriate documentation as required by Section | ||||||
32 | 3-85
of the Use Tax Act. A Manufacturer's Purchase Credit
| ||||||
33 | certification, accepted by a retailer prior to October 1, 2003 | ||||||
34 | and on and after September 1, 2004 as provided
in
Section 3-85 | ||||||
35 | of the Use Tax Act, may be used by that retailer to
satisfy | ||||||
36 | Retailers' Occupation Tax liability in the amount claimed in
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the certification, not to exceed 6.25% of the receipts
subject | ||||||
2 | to tax from a qualifying purchase. A Manufacturer's Purchase | ||||||
3 | Credit
reported on any original or amended return
filed under
| ||||||
4 | this Act after October 20, 2003 for reporting periods prior to | ||||||
5 | September 1, 2004 shall be disallowed. Manufacturer's | ||||||
6 | Purchaser Credit reported on annual returns due on or after | ||||||
7 | January 1, 2005 will be disallowed for periods prior to | ||||||
8 | September 1, 2004. No Manufacturer's
Purchase Credit may be | ||||||
9 | used after September 30, 2003 through August 31, 2004 to
| ||||||
10 | satisfy any
tax liability imposed under this Act, including any | ||||||
11 | audit liability.
| ||||||
12 | The Department may require returns to be filed on a | ||||||
13 | quarterly basis.
If so required, a return for each calendar | ||||||
14 | quarter shall be filed on or
before the twentieth day of the | ||||||
15 | calendar month following the end of such
calendar quarter. The | ||||||
16 | taxpayer shall also file a return with the
Department for each | ||||||
17 | of the first two months of each calendar quarter, on or
before | ||||||
18 | the twentieth day of the following calendar month, stating:
| ||||||
19 | 1. The name of the seller;
| ||||||
20 | 2. The address of the principal place of business from | ||||||
21 | which he engages
in the business of selling tangible | ||||||
22 | personal property at retail in this State;
| ||||||
23 | 3. The total amount of taxable receipts received by him | ||||||
24 | during the
preceding calendar month from sales of tangible | ||||||
25 | personal property by him
during such preceding calendar | ||||||
26 | month, including receipts from charge and
time sales, but | ||||||
27 | less all deductions allowed by law;
| ||||||
28 | 4. The amount of credit provided in Section 2d of this | ||||||
29 | Act;
| ||||||
30 | 5. The amount of tax due; and
| ||||||
31 | 6. Such other reasonable information as the Department | ||||||
32 | may
require.
| ||||||
33 | Beginning on October 1, 2003, any person who is not a | ||||||
34 | licensed
distributor, importing distributor, or manufacturer, | ||||||
35 | as defined in the Liquor
Control Act of 1934, but is engaged in | ||||||
36 | the business of
selling, at retail, alcoholic liquor
shall file |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a statement with the Department of Revenue, in a format
and at | ||||||
2 | a time prescribed by the Department, showing the total amount | ||||||
3 | paid for
alcoholic liquor purchased during the preceding month | ||||||
4 | and such other
information as is reasonably required by the | ||||||
5 | Department.
The Department may adopt rules to require
that this | ||||||
6 | statement be filed in an electronic or telephonic format. Such | ||||||
7 | rules
may provide for exceptions from the filing requirements | ||||||
8 | of this paragraph. For
the
purposes of this
paragraph, the term | ||||||
9 | "alcoholic liquor" shall have the meaning prescribed in the
| ||||||
10 | Liquor Control Act of 1934.
| ||||||
11 | Beginning on October 1, 2003, every distributor, importing | ||||||
12 | distributor, and
manufacturer of alcoholic liquor as defined in | ||||||
13 | the Liquor Control Act of 1934,
shall file a
statement with the | ||||||
14 | Department of Revenue, no later than the 10th day of the
month | ||||||
15 | for the
preceding month during which transactions occurred, by | ||||||
16 | electronic means,
showing the
total amount of gross receipts | ||||||
17 | from the sale of alcoholic liquor sold or
distributed during
| ||||||
18 | the preceding month to purchasers; identifying the purchaser to | ||||||
19 | whom it was
sold or
distributed; the purchaser's tax | ||||||
20 | registration number; and such other
information
reasonably | ||||||
21 | required by the Department. A distributor, importing | ||||||
22 | distributor, or manufacturer of alcoholic liquor must | ||||||
23 | personally deliver, mail, or provide by electronic means to | ||||||
24 | each retailer listed on the monthly statement a report | ||||||
25 | containing a cumulative total of that distributor's, importing | ||||||
26 | distributor's, or manufacturer's total sales of alcoholic | ||||||
27 | liquor to that retailer no later than the 10th day of the month | ||||||
28 | for the preceding month during which the transaction occurred. | ||||||
29 | The distributor, importing distributor, or manufacturer shall | ||||||
30 | notify the retailer as to the method by which the distributor, | ||||||
31 | importing distributor, or manufacturer will provide the sales | ||||||
32 | information. If the retailer is unable to receive the sales | ||||||
33 | information by electronic means, the distributor, importing | ||||||
34 | distributor, or manufacturer shall furnish the sales | ||||||
35 | information by personal delivery or by mail. For purposes of | ||||||
36 | this paragraph, the term "electronic means" includes, but is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not limited to, the use of a secure Internet website, e-mail, | ||||||
2 | or facsimile.
| ||||||
3 | If a total amount of less than $1 is payable, refundable or | ||||||
4 | creditable,
such amount shall be disregarded if it is less than | ||||||
5 | 50 cents and shall be
increased to $1 if it is 50 cents or more.
| ||||||
6 | Beginning October 1, 1993,
a taxpayer who has an average | ||||||
7 | monthly tax liability of $150,000 or more shall
make all | ||||||
8 | payments required by rules of the
Department by electronic | ||||||
9 | funds transfer. Beginning October 1, 1994, a taxpayer
who has | ||||||
10 | an average monthly tax liability of $100,000 or more shall make | ||||||
11 | all
payments required by rules of the Department by electronic | ||||||
12 | funds transfer.
Beginning October 1, 1995, a taxpayer who has | ||||||
13 | an average monthly tax liability
of $50,000 or more shall make | ||||||
14 | all
payments required by rules of the Department by electronic | ||||||
15 | funds transfer.
Beginning October 1, 2000, a taxpayer who has | ||||||
16 | an annual tax liability of
$200,000 or more shall make all | ||||||
17 | payments required by rules of the Department by
electronic | ||||||
18 | funds transfer. The term "annual tax liability" shall be the | ||||||
19 | sum of
the taxpayer's liabilities under this Act, and under all | ||||||
20 | other State and local
occupation and use tax laws administered | ||||||
21 | by the Department, for the immediately
preceding calendar year.
| ||||||
22 | The term "average monthly tax liability" shall be the sum of | ||||||
23 | the
taxpayer's liabilities under this
Act, and under all other | ||||||
24 | State and local occupation and use tax
laws administered by the | ||||||
25 | Department, for the immediately preceding calendar
year | ||||||
26 | divided by 12.
Beginning on October 1, 2002, a taxpayer who has | ||||||
27 | a tax liability in the
amount set forth in subsection (b) of | ||||||
28 | Section 2505-210 of the Department of
Revenue Law shall make | ||||||
29 | all payments required by rules of the Department by
electronic | ||||||
30 | funds transfer.
| ||||||
31 | Before August 1 of each year beginning in 1993, the | ||||||
32 | Department shall
notify all taxpayers required to make payments | ||||||
33 | by electronic funds
transfer. All taxpayers
required to make | ||||||
34 | payments by electronic funds transfer shall make those
payments | ||||||
35 | for
a minimum of one year beginning on October 1.
| ||||||
36 | Any taxpayer not required to make payments by electronic |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funds transfer may
make payments by electronic funds transfer | ||||||
2 | with
the permission of the Department.
| ||||||
3 | All taxpayers required to make payment by electronic funds | ||||||
4 | transfer and
any taxpayers authorized to voluntarily make | ||||||
5 | payments by electronic funds
transfer shall make those payments | ||||||
6 | in the manner authorized by the Department.
| ||||||
7 | The Department shall adopt such rules as are necessary to | ||||||
8 | effectuate a
program of electronic funds transfer and the | ||||||
9 | requirements of this Section.
| ||||||
10 | Any amount which is required to be shown or reported on any | ||||||
11 | return or
other document under this Act shall, if such amount | ||||||
12 | is not a whole-dollar
amount, be increased to the nearest | ||||||
13 | whole-dollar amount in any case where
the fractional part of a | ||||||
14 | dollar is 50 cents or more, and decreased to the
nearest | ||||||
15 | whole-dollar amount where the fractional part of a dollar is | ||||||
16 | less
than 50 cents.
| ||||||
17 | If the retailer is otherwise required to file a monthly | ||||||
18 | return and if the
retailer's average monthly tax liability to | ||||||
19 | the Department does not exceed
$200, the Department may | ||||||
20 | authorize his returns to be filed on a quarter
annual basis, | ||||||
21 | with the return for January, February and March of a given
year | ||||||
22 | being due by April 20 of such year; with the return for April, | ||||||
23 | May and
June of a given year being due by July 20 of such year; | ||||||
24 | with the return for
July, August and September of a given year | ||||||
25 | being due by October 20 of such
year, and with the return for | ||||||
26 | October, November and December of a given
year being due by | ||||||
27 | January 20 of the following year.
| ||||||
28 | If the retailer is otherwise required to file a monthly or | ||||||
29 | quarterly
return and if the retailer's average monthly tax | ||||||
30 | liability with the
Department does not exceed $50, the | ||||||
31 | Department may authorize his returns to
be filed on an annual | ||||||
32 | basis, with the return for a given year being due by
January 20 | ||||||
33 | of the following year.
| ||||||
34 | Such quarter annual and annual returns, as to form and | ||||||
35 | substance,
shall be subject to the same requirements as monthly | ||||||
36 | returns.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Notwithstanding any other provision in this Act concerning | ||||||
2 | the time
within which a retailer may file his return, in the | ||||||
3 | case of any retailer
who ceases to engage in a kind of business | ||||||
4 | which makes him responsible
for filing returns under this Act, | ||||||
5 | such retailer shall file a final
return under this Act with the | ||||||
6 | Department not more than one month after
discontinuing such | ||||||
7 | business.
| ||||||
8 | Where the same person has more than one business registered | ||||||
9 | with the
Department under separate registrations under this | ||||||
10 | Act, such person may
not file each return that is due as a | ||||||
11 | single return covering all such
registered businesses, but | ||||||
12 | shall file separate returns for each such
registered business.
| ||||||
13 | In addition, with respect to motor vehicles, watercraft,
| ||||||
14 | aircraft, and trailers that are required to be registered with | ||||||
15 | an agency of
this State, every
retailer selling this kind of | ||||||
16 | tangible personal property shall file,
with the Department, | ||||||
17 | upon a form to be prescribed and supplied by the
Department, a | ||||||
18 | separate return for each such item of tangible personal
| ||||||
19 | property which the retailer sells, except that if, in the same
| ||||||
20 | transaction, (i) a retailer of aircraft, watercraft, motor | ||||||
21 | vehicles or
trailers transfers more than one aircraft, | ||||||
22 | watercraft, motor
vehicle or trailer to another aircraft, | ||||||
23 | watercraft, motor vehicle
retailer or trailer retailer for the | ||||||
24 | purpose of resale
or (ii) a retailer of aircraft, watercraft, | ||||||
25 | motor vehicles, or trailers
transfers more than one aircraft, | ||||||
26 | watercraft, motor vehicle, or trailer to a
purchaser for use as | ||||||
27 | a qualifying rolling stock as provided in Section 2-5 of
this | ||||||
28 | Act, then
that seller may report the transfer of all aircraft,
| ||||||
29 | watercraft, motor vehicles or trailers involved in that | ||||||
30 | transaction to the
Department on the same uniform | ||||||
31 | invoice-transaction reporting return form. For
purposes of | ||||||
32 | this Section, "watercraft" means a Class 2, Class 3, or Class 4
| ||||||
33 | watercraft as defined in Section 3-2 of the Boat Registration | ||||||
34 | and Safety Act, a
personal watercraft, or any boat equipped | ||||||
35 | with an inboard motor.
| ||||||
36 | Any retailer who sells only motor vehicles, watercraft,
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | aircraft, or trailers that are required to be registered with | ||||||
2 | an agency of
this State, so that all
retailers' occupation tax | ||||||
3 | liability is required to be reported, and is
reported, on such | ||||||
4 | transaction reporting returns and who is not otherwise
required | ||||||
5 | to file monthly or quarterly returns, need not file monthly or
| ||||||
6 | quarterly returns. However, those retailers shall be required | ||||||
7 | to
file returns on an annual basis.
| ||||||
8 | The transaction reporting return, in the case of motor | ||||||
9 | vehicles
or trailers that are required to be registered with an | ||||||
10 | agency of this
State, shall
be the same document as the Uniform | ||||||
11 | Invoice referred to in Section 5-402
of The Illinois Vehicle | ||||||
12 | Code and must show the name and address of the
seller; the name | ||||||
13 | and address of the purchaser; the amount of the selling
price | ||||||
14 | including the amount allowed by the retailer for traded-in
| ||||||
15 | property, if any; the amount allowed by the retailer for the | ||||||
16 | traded-in
tangible personal property, if any, to the extent to | ||||||
17 | which Section 1 of
this Act allows an exemption for the value | ||||||
18 | of traded-in property; the
balance payable after deducting such | ||||||
19 | trade-in allowance from the total
selling price; the amount of | ||||||
20 | tax due from the retailer with respect to
such transaction; the | ||||||
21 | amount of tax collected from the purchaser by the
retailer on | ||||||
22 | such transaction (or satisfactory evidence that such tax is
not | ||||||
23 | due in that particular instance, if that is claimed to be the | ||||||
24 | fact);
the place and date of the sale; a sufficient | ||||||
25 | identification of the
property sold; such other information as | ||||||
26 | is required in Section 5-402 of
The Illinois Vehicle Code, and | ||||||
27 | such other information as the Department
may reasonably | ||||||
28 | require.
| ||||||
29 | The transaction reporting return in the case of watercraft
| ||||||
30 | or aircraft must show
the name and address of the seller; the | ||||||
31 | name and address of the
purchaser; the amount of the selling | ||||||
32 | price including the amount allowed
by the retailer for | ||||||
33 | traded-in property, if any; the amount allowed by
the retailer | ||||||
34 | for the traded-in tangible personal property, if any, to
the | ||||||
35 | extent to which Section 1 of this Act allows an exemption for | ||||||
36 | the
value of traded-in property; the balance payable after |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deducting such
trade-in allowance from the total selling price; | ||||||
2 | the amount of tax due
from the retailer with respect to such | ||||||
3 | transaction; the amount of tax
collected from the purchaser by | ||||||
4 | the retailer on such transaction (or
satisfactory evidence that | ||||||
5 | such tax is not due in that particular
instance, if that is | ||||||
6 | claimed to be the fact); the place and date of the
sale, a | ||||||
7 | sufficient identification of the property sold, and such other
| ||||||
8 | information as the Department may reasonably require.
| ||||||
9 | Such transaction reporting return shall be filed not later | ||||||
10 | than 20
days after the day of delivery of the item that is | ||||||
11 | being sold, but may
be filed by the retailer at any time sooner | ||||||
12 | than that if he chooses to
do so. The transaction reporting | ||||||
13 | return and tax remittance or proof of
exemption from the | ||||||
14 | Illinois use tax may be transmitted to the Department
by way of | ||||||
15 | the State agency with which, or State officer with whom the
| ||||||
16 | tangible personal property must be titled or registered (if | ||||||
17 | titling or
registration is required) if the Department and such | ||||||
18 | agency or State
officer determine that this procedure will | ||||||
19 | expedite the processing of
applications for title or | ||||||
20 | registration.
| ||||||
21 | With each such transaction reporting return, the retailer | ||||||
22 | shall remit
the proper amount of tax due (or shall submit | ||||||
23 | satisfactory evidence that
the sale is not taxable if that is | ||||||
24 | the case), to the Department or its
agents, whereupon the | ||||||
25 | Department shall issue, in the purchaser's name, a
use tax | ||||||
26 | receipt (or a certificate of exemption if the Department is
| ||||||
27 | satisfied that the particular sale is tax exempt) which such | ||||||
28 | purchaser
may submit to the agency with which, or State officer | ||||||
29 | with whom, he must
title or register the tangible personal | ||||||
30 | property that is involved (if
titling or registration is | ||||||
31 | required) in support of such purchaser's
application for an | ||||||
32 | Illinois certificate or other evidence of title or
registration | ||||||
33 | to such tangible personal property.
| ||||||
34 | No retailer's failure or refusal to remit tax under this | ||||||
35 | Act
precludes a user, who has paid the proper tax to the | ||||||
36 | retailer, from
obtaining his certificate of title or other |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | evidence of title or
registration (if titling or registration | ||||||
2 | is required) upon satisfying
the Department that such user has | ||||||
3 | paid the proper tax (if tax is due) to
the retailer. The | ||||||
4 | Department shall adopt appropriate rules to carry out
the | ||||||
5 | mandate of this paragraph.
| ||||||
6 | If the user who would otherwise pay tax to the retailer | ||||||
7 | wants the
transaction reporting return filed and the payment of | ||||||
8 | the tax or proof
of exemption made to the Department before the | ||||||
9 | retailer is willing to
take these actions and such user has not | ||||||
10 | paid the tax to the retailer,
such user may certify to the fact | ||||||
11 | of such delay by the retailer and may
(upon the Department | ||||||
12 | being satisfied of the truth of such certification)
transmit | ||||||
13 | the information required by the transaction reporting return
| ||||||
14 | and the remittance for tax or proof of exemption directly to | ||||||
15 | the
Department and obtain his tax receipt or exemption | ||||||
16 | determination, in
which event the transaction reporting return | ||||||
17 | and tax remittance (if a
tax payment was required) shall be | ||||||
18 | credited by the Department to the
proper retailer's account | ||||||
19 | with the Department, but without the 2.1% or 1.75%
discount | ||||||
20 | provided for in this Section being allowed. When the user pays
| ||||||
21 | the tax directly to the Department, he shall pay the tax in the | ||||||
22 | same
amount and in the same form in which it would be remitted | ||||||
23 | if the tax had
been remitted to the Department by the retailer.
| ||||||
24 | Refunds made by the seller during the preceding return | ||||||
25 | period to
purchasers, on account of tangible personal property | ||||||
26 | returned to the
seller, shall be allowed as a deduction under | ||||||
27 | subdivision 5 of his monthly
or quarterly return, as the case | ||||||
28 | may be, in case the
seller had theretofore included the | ||||||
29 | receipts from the sale of such
tangible personal property in a | ||||||
30 | return filed by him and had paid the tax
imposed by this Act | ||||||
31 | with respect to such receipts.
| ||||||
32 | Where the seller is a corporation, the return filed on | ||||||
33 | behalf of such
corporation shall be signed by the president, | ||||||
34 | vice-president, secretary
or treasurer or by the properly | ||||||
35 | accredited agent of such corporation.
| ||||||
36 | Where the seller is a limited liability company, the return |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | filed on behalf
of the limited liability company shall be | ||||||
2 | signed by a manager, member, or
properly accredited agent of | ||||||
3 | the limited liability company.
| ||||||
4 | Except as provided in this Section, the retailer filing the | ||||||
5 | return
under this Section shall, at the time of filing such | ||||||
6 | return, pay to the
Department the amount of tax imposed by this | ||||||
7 | Act less a discount of 2.1%
prior to January 1, 1990 and 1.75% | ||||||
8 | on and after January 1, 1990, or $5 per
calendar year, | ||||||
9 | whichever is greater, which is allowed to
reimburse the | ||||||
10 | retailer for the expenses incurred in keeping records,
| ||||||
11 | preparing and filing returns, remitting the tax and supplying | ||||||
12 | data to
the Department on request. Any prepayment made pursuant | ||||||
13 | to Section 2d
of this Act shall be included in the amount on | ||||||
14 | which such
2.1% or 1.75% discount is computed. In the case of | ||||||
15 | retailers who report
and pay the tax on a transaction by | ||||||
16 | transaction basis, as provided in this
Section, such discount | ||||||
17 | shall be taken with each such tax remittance
instead of when | ||||||
18 | such retailer files his periodic return.
| ||||||
19 | Before October 1, 2000, if the taxpayer's average monthly | ||||||
20 | tax liability
to the Department
under this Act, the Use Tax | ||||||
21 | Act, the Service Occupation Tax
Act, and the Service Use Tax | ||||||
22 | Act, excluding any liability for prepaid sales
tax to be | ||||||
23 | remitted in accordance with Section 2d of this Act, was
$10,000
| ||||||
24 | or more during the preceding 4 complete calendar quarters, he | ||||||
25 | shall file a
return with the Department each month by the 20th | ||||||
26 | day of the month next
following the month during which such tax | ||||||
27 | liability is incurred and shall
make payments to the Department | ||||||
28 | on or before the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last
day of the month | ||||||
29 | during which such liability is incurred.
On and after October | ||||||
30 | 1, 2000, if the taxpayer's average monthly tax liability
to the | ||||||
31 | Department under this Act, the Use Tax Act, the Service | ||||||
32 | Occupation Tax
Act, and the Service Use Tax Act, excluding any | ||||||
33 | liability for prepaid sales tax
to be remitted in accordance | ||||||
34 | with Section 2d of this Act, was $20,000 or more
during the | ||||||
35 | preceding 4 complete calendar quarters, he shall file a return | ||||||
36 | with
the Department each month by the 20th day of the month |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | next following the month
during which such tax liability is | ||||||
2 | incurred and shall make payment to the
Department on or before | ||||||
3 | the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of the month during
which such | ||||||
4 | liability is incurred.
If the month
during which such tax | ||||||
5 | liability is incurred began prior to January 1, 1985,
each | ||||||
6 | payment shall be in an amount equal to 1/4 of the taxpayer's | ||||||
7 | actual
liability for the month or an amount set by the | ||||||
8 | Department not to exceed
1/4 of the average monthly liability | ||||||
9 | of the taxpayer to the Department for
the preceding 4 complete | ||||||
10 | calendar quarters (excluding the month of highest
liability and | ||||||
11 | the month of lowest liability in such 4 quarter period). If
the | ||||||
12 | month during which such tax liability is incurred begins on or | ||||||
13 | after
January 1, 1985 and prior to January 1, 1987, each | ||||||
14 | payment shall be in an
amount equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's | ||||||
15 | actual liability for the month or
27.5% of the taxpayer's | ||||||
16 | liability for the same calendar
month of the preceding year. If | ||||||
17 | the month during which such tax
liability is incurred begins on | ||||||
18 | or after January 1, 1987 and prior to
January 1, 1988, each | ||||||
19 | payment shall be in an amount equal to 22.5% of the
taxpayer's | ||||||
20 | actual liability for the month or 26.25% of the taxpayer's
| ||||||
21 | liability for the same calendar month of the preceding year. If | ||||||
22 | the month
during which such tax liability is incurred begins on | ||||||
23 | or after January 1,
1988, and prior to January 1, 1989, or | ||||||
24 | begins on or after January 1, 1996, each
payment shall be in an | ||||||
25 | amount
equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's actual liability for | ||||||
26 | the month or 25% of
the taxpayer's liability for the same | ||||||
27 | calendar month of the preceding year. If
the month during which | ||||||
28 | such tax liability is incurred begins on or after
January 1, | ||||||
29 | 1989, and prior to January 1, 1996, each payment shall be in an
| ||||||
30 | amount equal to 22.5% of the
taxpayer's actual liability for | ||||||
31 | the month or 25% of the taxpayer's
liability for the same | ||||||
32 | calendar month of the preceding year or 100% of the
taxpayer's | ||||||
33 | actual liability for the quarter monthly reporting period. The
| ||||||
34 | amount of such quarter monthly payments shall be credited | ||||||
35 | against
the final tax liability of the taxpayer's return for | ||||||
36 | that month. Before
October 1, 2000, once
applicable, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | requirement of the making of quarter monthly payments to
the | ||||||
2 | Department by taxpayers having an average monthly tax liability | ||||||
3 | of
$10,000 or more as determined in the manner provided above
| ||||||
4 | shall continue
until such taxpayer's average monthly liability | ||||||
5 | to the Department during
the preceding 4 complete calendar | ||||||
6 | quarters (excluding the month of highest
liability and the | ||||||
7 | month of lowest liability) is less than
$9,000, or until
such | ||||||
8 | taxpayer's average monthly liability to the Department as | ||||||
9 | computed for
each calendar quarter of the 4 preceding complete | ||||||
10 | calendar quarter period
is less than $10,000. However, if a | ||||||
11 | taxpayer can show the
Department that
a substantial change in | ||||||
12 | the taxpayer's business has occurred which causes
the taxpayer | ||||||
13 | to anticipate that his average monthly tax liability for the
| ||||||
14 | reasonably foreseeable future will fall below the $10,000 | ||||||
15 | threshold
stated above, then
such taxpayer
may petition the | ||||||
16 | Department for a change in such taxpayer's reporting
status. On | ||||||
17 | and after October 1, 2000, once applicable, the requirement of
| ||||||
18 | the making of quarter monthly payments to the Department by | ||||||
19 | taxpayers having an
average monthly tax liability of $20,000 or | ||||||
20 | more as determined in the manner
provided above shall continue | ||||||
21 | until such taxpayer's average monthly liability
to the | ||||||
22 | Department during the preceding 4 complete calendar quarters | ||||||
23 | (excluding
the month of highest liability and the month of | ||||||
24 | lowest liability) is less than
$19,000 or until such taxpayer's | ||||||
25 | average monthly liability to the Department as
computed for | ||||||
26 | each calendar quarter of the 4 preceding complete calendar | ||||||
27 | quarter
period is less than $20,000. However, if a taxpayer can | ||||||
28 | show the Department
that a substantial change in the taxpayer's | ||||||
29 | business has occurred which causes
the taxpayer to anticipate | ||||||
30 | that his average monthly tax liability for the
reasonably | ||||||
31 | foreseeable future will fall below the $20,000 threshold stated
| ||||||
32 | above, then such taxpayer may petition the Department for a | ||||||
33 | change in such
taxpayer's reporting status. The Department | ||||||
34 | shall change such taxpayer's
reporting status
unless it finds | ||||||
35 | that such change is seasonal in nature and not likely to be
| ||||||
36 | long term. If any such quarter monthly payment is not paid at |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the time or
in the amount required by this Section, then the | ||||||
2 | taxpayer shall be liable for
penalties and interest on the | ||||||
3 | difference
between the minimum amount due as a payment and the | ||||||
4 | amount of such quarter
monthly payment actually and timely | ||||||
5 | paid, except insofar as the
taxpayer has previously made | ||||||
6 | payments for that month to the Department in
excess of the | ||||||
7 | minimum payments previously due as provided in this Section.
| ||||||
8 | The Department shall make reasonable rules and regulations to | ||||||
9 | govern the
quarter monthly payment amount and quarter monthly | ||||||
10 | payment dates for
taxpayers who file on other than a calendar | ||||||
11 | monthly basis.
| ||||||
12 | The provisions of this paragraph apply before October 1, | ||||||
13 | 2001.
Without regard to whether a taxpayer is required to make | ||||||
14 | quarter monthly
payments as specified above, any taxpayer who | ||||||
15 | is required by Section 2d
of this Act to collect and remit | ||||||
16 | prepaid taxes and has collected prepaid
taxes which average in | ||||||
17 | excess of $25,000 per month during the preceding
2 complete | ||||||
18 | calendar quarters, shall file a return with the Department as
| ||||||
19 | required by Section 2f and shall make payments to the | ||||||
20 | Department on or before
the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of the | ||||||
21 | month during which such liability
is incurred. If the month | ||||||
22 | during which such tax liability is incurred
began prior to the | ||||||
23 | effective date of this amendatory Act of 1985, each
payment | ||||||
24 | shall be in an amount not less than 22.5% of the taxpayer's | ||||||
25 | actual
liability under Section 2d. If the month during which | ||||||
26 | such tax liability
is incurred begins on or after January 1, | ||||||
27 | 1986, each payment shall be in an
amount equal to 22.5% of the | ||||||
28 | taxpayer's actual liability for the month or
27.5% of the | ||||||
29 | taxpayer's liability for the same calendar month of the
| ||||||
30 | preceding calendar year. If the month during which such tax | ||||||
31 | liability is
incurred begins on or after January 1, 1987, each | ||||||
32 | payment shall be in an
amount equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's | ||||||
33 | actual liability for the month or
26.25% of the taxpayer's | ||||||
34 | liability for the same calendar month of the
preceding year. | ||||||
35 | The amount of such quarter monthly payments shall be
credited | ||||||
36 | against the final tax liability of the taxpayer's return for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that
month filed under this Section or Section 2f, as the case | ||||||
2 | may be. Once
applicable, the requirement of the making of | ||||||
3 | quarter monthly payments to
the Department pursuant to this | ||||||
4 | paragraph shall continue until such
taxpayer's average monthly | ||||||
5 | prepaid tax collections during the preceding 2
complete | ||||||
6 | calendar quarters is $25,000 or less. If any such quarter | ||||||
7 | monthly
payment is not paid at the time or in the amount | ||||||
8 | required, the taxpayer
shall be liable for penalties and | ||||||
9 | interest on such difference, except
insofar as the taxpayer has | ||||||
10 | previously made payments for that month in
excess of the | ||||||
11 | minimum payments previously due.
| ||||||
12 | The provisions of this paragraph apply on and after October | ||||||
13 | 1, 2001.
Without regard to whether a taxpayer is required to | ||||||
14 | make quarter monthly
payments as specified above, any taxpayer | ||||||
15 | who is required by Section 2d of this
Act to collect and remit | ||||||
16 | prepaid taxes and has collected prepaid taxes that
average in | ||||||
17 | excess of $20,000 per month during the preceding 4 complete | ||||||
18 | calendar
quarters shall file a return with the Department as | ||||||
19 | required by Section 2f
and shall make payments to the | ||||||
20 | Department on or before the 7th, 15th, 22nd and
last day of the | ||||||
21 | month during which the liability is incurred. Each payment
| ||||||
22 | shall be in an amount equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's actual | ||||||
23 | liability for the
month or 25% of the taxpayer's liability for | ||||||
24 | the same calendar month of the
preceding year. The amount of | ||||||
25 | the quarter monthly payments shall be credited
against the | ||||||
26 | final tax liability of the taxpayer's return for that month | ||||||
27 | filed
under this Section or Section 2f, as the case may be. | ||||||
28 | Once applicable, the
requirement of the making of quarter | ||||||
29 | monthly payments to the Department
pursuant to this paragraph | ||||||
30 | shall continue until the taxpayer's average monthly
prepaid tax | ||||||
31 | collections during the preceding 4 complete calendar quarters
| ||||||
32 | (excluding the month of highest liability and the month of | ||||||
33 | lowest liability) is
less than $19,000 or until such taxpayer's | ||||||
34 | average monthly liability to the
Department as computed for | ||||||
35 | each calendar quarter of the 4 preceding complete
calendar | ||||||
36 | quarters is less than $20,000. If any such quarter monthly |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | payment is
not paid at the time or in the amount required, the | ||||||
2 | taxpayer shall be liable
for penalties and interest on such | ||||||
3 | difference, except insofar as the taxpayer
has previously made | ||||||
4 | payments for that month in excess of the minimum payments
| ||||||
5 | previously due.
| ||||||
6 | If any payment provided for in this Section exceeds
the | ||||||
7 | taxpayer's liabilities under this Act, the Use Tax Act, the | ||||||
8 | Service
Occupation Tax Act and the Service Use Tax Act, as | ||||||
9 | shown on an original
monthly return, the Department shall, if | ||||||
10 | requested by the taxpayer, issue to
the taxpayer a credit | ||||||
11 | memorandum no later than 30 days after the date of
payment. The | ||||||
12 | credit evidenced by such credit memorandum may
be assigned by | ||||||
13 | the taxpayer to a similar taxpayer under this Act, the
Use Tax | ||||||
14 | Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act or the Service Use Tax Act, | ||||||
15 | in
accordance with reasonable rules and regulations to be | ||||||
16 | prescribed by the
Department. If no such request is made, the | ||||||
17 | taxpayer may credit such excess
payment against tax liability | ||||||
18 | subsequently to be remitted to the Department
under this Act, | ||||||
19 | the Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act or the
Service | ||||||
20 | Use Tax Act, in accordance with reasonable rules and | ||||||
21 | regulations
prescribed by the Department. If the Department | ||||||
22 | subsequently determined
that all or any part of the credit | ||||||
23 | taken was not actually due to the
taxpayer, the taxpayer's 2.1% | ||||||
24 | and 1.75% vendor's discount shall be reduced
by 2.1% or 1.75% | ||||||
25 | of the difference between the credit taken and that
actually | ||||||
26 | due, and that taxpayer shall be liable for penalties and | ||||||
27 | interest
on such difference.
| ||||||
28 | If a retailer of motor fuel is entitled to a credit under | ||||||
29 | Section 2d of
this Act which exceeds the taxpayer's liability | ||||||
30 | to the Department under
this Act for the month which the | ||||||
31 | taxpayer is filing a return, the
Department shall issue the | ||||||
32 | taxpayer a credit memorandum for the excess.
| ||||||
33 | Beginning January 1, 1990, each month the Department shall | ||||||
34 | pay into
the Local Government Tax Fund, a special fund in the | ||||||
35 | State treasury which
is hereby created, the net revenue | ||||||
36 | realized for the preceding month from
the 1% tax on sales of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | food for human consumption which is to be consumed
off the | ||||||
2 | premises where it is sold (other than alcoholic beverages, soft
| ||||||
3 | drinks and food which has been prepared for immediate | ||||||
4 | consumption) and
prescription and nonprescription medicines, | ||||||
5 | drugs, medical appliances and
insulin, urine testing | ||||||
6 | materials, syringes and needles used by diabetics.
| ||||||
7 | Beginning January 1, 1990, each month the Department shall | ||||||
8 | pay into
the County and Mass Transit District Fund, a special | ||||||
9 | fund in the State
treasury which is hereby created, 4% of the | ||||||
10 | net revenue realized
for the preceding month from the 6.25% | ||||||
11 | general rate.
| ||||||
12 | Beginning August 1, 2000, each
month the Department shall | ||||||
13 | pay into the
County and Mass Transit District Fund 20% of the | ||||||
14 | net revenue realized for the
preceding month from the 1.25% | ||||||
15 | rate on the selling price of motor fuel and
gasohol.
| ||||||
16 | Beginning January 1, 1990, each month the Department shall | ||||||
17 | pay into
the Local Government Tax Fund 16% of the net revenue | ||||||
18 | realized for the
preceding month from the 6.25% general rate on | ||||||
19 | the selling price of
tangible personal property.
| ||||||
20 | Beginning August 1, 2000, each
month the Department shall | ||||||
21 | pay into the
Local Government Tax Fund 80% of the net revenue | ||||||
22 | realized for the preceding
month from the 1.25% rate on the | ||||||
23 | selling price of motor fuel and gasohol.
| ||||||
24 | Of the remainder of the moneys received by the Department | ||||||
25 | pursuant
to this Act, (a) 1.75% thereof shall be paid into the | ||||||
26 | Build Illinois
Fund and (b) prior to July 1, 1989, 2.2% and on | ||||||
27 | and after July 1, 1989,
3.8% thereof shall be paid into the | ||||||
28 | Build Illinois Fund; provided, however,
that if in any fiscal | ||||||
29 | year the sum of (1) the aggregate of 2.2% or 3.8%, as
the case | ||||||
30 | may be, of the moneys received by the Department and required | ||||||
31 | to
be paid into the Build Illinois Fund pursuant to this Act, | ||||||
32 | Section 9 of the
Use Tax Act, Section 9 of the Service Use Tax | ||||||
33 | Act, and Section 9 of the
Service Occupation Tax Act, such Acts | ||||||
34 | being hereinafter called the "Tax
Acts" and such aggregate of | ||||||
35 | 2.2% or 3.8%, as the case may be, of moneys
being hereinafter | ||||||
36 | called the "Tax Act Amount", and (2) the amount
transferred to |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | the Build Illinois Fund from the State and Local Sales Tax
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | Reform Fund shall be less than the Annual Specified Amount (as | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | hereinafter
defined), an amount equal to the difference shall | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | be immediately paid into
the Build Illinois Fund from other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | moneys received by the Department
pursuant to the Tax Acts; the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | "Annual Specified Amount" means the amounts
specified below for | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | fiscal years 1986 through 1993:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | and means the Certified Annual Debt Service Requirement (as | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | defined in
Section 13 of the Build Illinois Bond Act) or the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | Tax Act Amount, whichever
is greater, for fiscal year 1994 and | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | each fiscal year thereafter; and
further provided, that if on | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | the last business day of any month the sum of
(1) the Tax Act | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | Amount required to be deposited into the Build Illinois
Bond | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
23 | Account in the Build Illinois Fund during such month and (2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | the
amount transferred to the Build Illinois Fund from the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
25 | State and Local
Sales Tax Reform Fund shall have been less than | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 1/12 of the Annual
Specified Amount, an amount equal to the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | difference shall be immediately
paid into the Build Illinois | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
28 | Fund from other moneys received by the
Department pursuant to | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
29 | the Tax Acts; and, further provided, that in no
event shall the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
30 | payments required under the preceding proviso result in
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31 | aggregate payments into the Build Illinois Fund pursuant to | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
32 | this clause (b)
for any fiscal year in excess of the greater of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
33 | (i) the Tax Act Amount or
(ii) the Annual Specified Amount for | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
34 | such fiscal year. The amounts payable
into the Build Illinois | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
35 | Fund under clause (b) of the first sentence in this
paragraph | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36 | shall be payable only until such time as the aggregate amount |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | on
deposit under each trust indenture securing Bonds issued and | ||||||
2 | outstanding
pursuant to the Build Illinois Bond Act is | ||||||
3 | sufficient, taking into account
any future investment income, | ||||||
4 | to fully provide, in accordance with such
indenture, for the | ||||||
5 | defeasance of or the payment of the principal of,
premium, if | ||||||
6 | any, and interest on the Bonds secured by such indenture and on
| ||||||
7 | any Bonds expected to be issued thereafter and all fees and | ||||||
8 | costs payable
with respect thereto, all as certified by the | ||||||
9 | Director of the Bureau of the
Budget (now Governor's Office of | ||||||
10 | Management and Budget). If on the last
business day of any | ||||||
11 | month in which Bonds are
outstanding pursuant to the Build | ||||||
12 | Illinois Bond Act, the aggregate of
moneys deposited in the | ||||||
13 | Build Illinois Bond Account in the Build Illinois
Fund in such | ||||||
14 | month shall be less than the amount required to be transferred
| ||||||
15 | in such month from the Build Illinois Bond Account to the Build | ||||||
16 | Illinois
Bond Retirement and Interest Fund pursuant to Section | ||||||
17 | 13 of the Build
Illinois Bond Act, an amount equal to such | ||||||
18 | deficiency shall be immediately
paid from other moneys received | ||||||
19 | by the Department pursuant to the Tax Acts
to the Build | ||||||
20 | Illinois Fund; provided, however, that any amounts paid to the
| ||||||
21 | Build Illinois Fund in any fiscal year pursuant to this | ||||||
22 | sentence shall be
deemed to constitute payments pursuant to | ||||||
23 | clause (b) of the first sentence
of this paragraph and shall | ||||||
24 | reduce the amount otherwise payable for such
fiscal year | ||||||
25 | pursuant to that clause (b). The moneys received by the
| ||||||
26 | Department pursuant to this Act and required to be deposited | ||||||
27 | into the Build
Illinois Fund are subject to the pledge, claim | ||||||
28 | and charge set forth in
Section 12 of the Build Illinois Bond | ||||||
29 | Act.
| ||||||
30 | Subject to payment of amounts into the Build Illinois Fund | ||||||
31 | as provided in
the preceding paragraph or in any amendment | ||||||
32 | thereto hereafter enacted, the
following specified monthly | ||||||
33 | installment of the amount requested in the
certificate of the | ||||||
34 | Chairman of the Metropolitan Pier and Exposition
Authority | ||||||
35 | provided under Section 8.25f of the State Finance Act, but not | ||||||
36 | in
excess of sums designated as "Total Deposit", shall be |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | deposited in the
aggregate from collections under Section 9 of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | the Use Tax Act, Section 9 of
the Service Use Tax Act, Section | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 9 of the Service Occupation Tax Act, and
Section 3 of the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act into the McCormick Place
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | Expansion Project Fund in the specified fiscal years.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | Beginning July 20, 1993 and in each month of each fiscal | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | year thereafter,
one-eighth of the amount requested in the | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | certificate of the Chairman of
the Metropolitan Pier and | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | Exposition Authority for that fiscal year, less
the amount | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | deposited into the McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund by | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | the
State Treasurer in the respective month under subsection | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | (g) of Section 13
of the Metropolitan Pier and Exposition | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | Authority Act, plus cumulative
deficiencies in the deposits | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | required under this Section for previous
months and years, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | shall be deposited into the McCormick Place Expansion
Project | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | Fund, until the full amount requested for the fiscal year, but | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | not
in excess of the amount specified above as "Total Deposit", | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | has been deposited.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
23 | Subject to payment of amounts into the Build Illinois Fund | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | and the
McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund pursuant to the | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
25 | preceding paragraphs
or in any amendments
thereto hereafter | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | enacted, beginning July 1, 1993, the Department shall each
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | month pay into the Illinois Tax Increment Fund 0.27% of 80% of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
28 | the net revenue
realized for the preceding month from the 6.25% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
29 | general rate on the selling
price of tangible personal | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
30 | property.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31 | Subject to payment of amounts into the Build Illinois Fund | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
32 | and the
McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund pursuant to the | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
33 | preceding paragraphs or in any
amendments thereto hereafter | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
34 | enacted, beginning with the receipt of the first
report of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
35 | taxes paid by an eligible business and continuing for a 25-year
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36 | period, the Department shall each month pay into the Energy |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Infrastructure
Fund 80% of the net revenue realized from the | ||||||
2 | 6.25% general rate on the
selling price of Illinois-mined coal | ||||||
3 | that was sold to an eligible business.
For purposes of this | ||||||
4 | paragraph, the term "eligible business" means a new
electric | ||||||
5 | generating facility certified pursuant to Section 605-332 of | ||||||
6 | the
Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity
Law of the | ||||||
7 | Civil Administrative Code of Illinois.
| ||||||
8 | Of the remainder of the moneys received by the Department | ||||||
9 | pursuant to
this Act, 75% thereof shall be paid into the State | ||||||
10 | Treasury and 25% shall
be reserved in a special account and | ||||||
11 | used only for the transfer to the
Common School Fund as part of | ||||||
12 | the monthly transfer from the General Revenue
Fund in | ||||||
13 | accordance with Section 8a of the State Finance Act.
| ||||||
14 | The Department may, upon separate written notice to a | ||||||
15 | taxpayer,
require the taxpayer to prepare and file with the | ||||||
16 | Department on a form
prescribed by the Department within not | ||||||
17 | less than 60 days after receipt
of the notice an annual | ||||||
18 | information return for the tax year specified in
the notice. | ||||||
19 | Such annual return to the Department shall include a
statement | ||||||
20 | of gross receipts as shown by the retailer's last Federal | ||||||
21 | income
tax return. If the total receipts of the business as | ||||||
22 | reported in the
Federal income tax return do not agree with the | ||||||
23 | gross receipts reported to
the Department of Revenue for the | ||||||
24 | same period, the retailer shall attach
to his annual return a | ||||||
25 | schedule showing a reconciliation of the 2
amounts and the | ||||||
26 | reasons for the difference. The retailer's annual
return to the | ||||||
27 | Department shall also disclose the cost of goods sold by
the | ||||||
28 | retailer during the year covered by such return, opening and | ||||||
29 | closing
inventories of such goods for such year, costs of goods | ||||||
30 | used from stock
or taken from stock and given away by the | ||||||
31 | retailer during such year,
payroll information of the | ||||||
32 | retailer's business during such year and any
additional | ||||||
33 | reasonable information which the Department deems would be
| ||||||
34 | helpful in determining the accuracy of the monthly, quarterly | ||||||
35 | or annual
returns filed by such retailer as provided for in | ||||||
36 | this Section.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If the annual information return required by this Section | ||||||
2 | is not
filed when and as required, the taxpayer shall be liable | ||||||
3 | as follows:
| ||||||
4 | (i) Until January 1, 1994, the taxpayer shall be liable
| ||||||
5 | for a penalty equal to 1/6 of 1% of the tax due from such | ||||||
6 | taxpayer under
this Act during the period to be covered by | ||||||
7 | the annual return for each
month or fraction of a month | ||||||
8 | until such return is filed as required, the
penalty to be | ||||||
9 | assessed and collected in the same manner as any other
| ||||||
10 | penalty provided for in this Act.
| ||||||
11 | (ii) On and after January 1, 1994, the taxpayer shall | ||||||
12 | be
liable for a penalty as described in Section 3-4 of the | ||||||
13 | Uniform Penalty and
Interest Act.
| ||||||
14 | The chief executive officer, proprietor, owner or highest | ||||||
15 | ranking
manager shall sign the annual return to certify the | ||||||
16 | accuracy of the
information contained therein. Any person who | ||||||
17 | willfully signs the
annual return containing false or | ||||||
18 | inaccurate information shall be guilty
of perjury and punished | ||||||
19 | accordingly. The annual return form prescribed
by the | ||||||
20 | Department shall include a warning that the person signing the
| ||||||
21 | return may be liable for perjury.
| ||||||
22 | The provisions of this Section concerning the filing of an | ||||||
23 | annual
information return do not apply to a retailer who is not | ||||||
24 | required to
file an income tax return with the United States | ||||||
25 | Government.
| ||||||
26 | As soon as possible after the first day of each month, upon | ||||||
27 | certification
of the Department of Revenue, the Comptroller | ||||||
28 | shall order transferred and
the Treasurer shall transfer from | ||||||
29 | the General Revenue Fund to the Motor
Fuel Tax Fund an amount | ||||||
30 | equal to 1.7% of 80% of the net revenue realized
under this Act | ||||||
31 | for the second preceding
month.
Beginning April 1, 2000, this | ||||||
32 | transfer is no longer required
and shall not be made.
| ||||||
33 | Net revenue realized for a month shall be the revenue | ||||||
34 | collected by the
State pursuant to this Act, less the amount | ||||||
35 | paid out during that month as
refunds to taxpayers for | ||||||
36 | overpayment of liability.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | For greater simplicity of administration, manufacturers, | ||||||
2 | importers
and wholesalers whose products are sold at retail in | ||||||
3 | Illinois by
numerous retailers, and who wish to do so, may | ||||||
4 | assume the responsibility
for accounting and paying to the | ||||||
5 | Department all tax accruing under this
Act with respect to such | ||||||
6 | sales, if the retailers who are affected do not
make written | ||||||
7 | objection to the Department to this arrangement.
| ||||||
8 | Any person who promotes, organizes, provides retail | ||||||
9 | selling space for
concessionaires or other types of sellers at | ||||||
10 | the Illinois State Fair, DuQuoin
State Fair, county fairs, | ||||||
11 | local fairs, art shows, flea markets and similar
exhibitions or | ||||||
12 | events, including any transient merchant as defined by Section | ||||||
13 | 2
of the Transient Merchant Act of 1987, is required to file a | ||||||
14 | report with the
Department providing the name of the merchant's | ||||||
15 | business, the name of the
person or persons engaged in | ||||||
16 | merchant's business, the permanent address and
Illinois | ||||||
17 | Retailers Occupation Tax Registration Number of the merchant, | ||||||
18 | the
dates and location of the event and other reasonable | ||||||
19 | information that the
Department may require. The report must be | ||||||
20 | filed not later than the 20th day
of the month next following | ||||||
21 | the month during which the event with retail sales
was held. | ||||||
22 | Any person who fails to file a report required by this Section
| ||||||
23 | commits a business offense and is subject to a fine not to | ||||||
24 | exceed $250.
| ||||||
25 | Any person engaged in the business of selling tangible | ||||||
26 | personal
property at retail as a concessionaire or other type | ||||||
27 | of seller at the
Illinois State Fair, county fairs, art shows, | ||||||
28 | flea markets and similar
exhibitions or events, or any | ||||||
29 | transient merchants, as defined by Section 2
of the Transient | ||||||
30 | Merchant Act of 1987, may be required to make a daily report
of | ||||||
31 | the amount of such sales to the Department and to make a daily | ||||||
32 | payment of
the full amount of tax due. The Department shall | ||||||
33 | impose this
requirement when it finds that there is a | ||||||
34 | significant risk of loss of
revenue to the State at such an | ||||||
35 | exhibition or event. Such a finding
shall be based on evidence | ||||||
36 | that a substantial number of concessionaires
or other sellers |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who are not residents of Illinois will be engaging in
the | ||||||
2 | business of selling tangible personal property at retail at the
| ||||||
3 | exhibition or event, or other evidence of a significant risk of | ||||||
4 | loss of revenue
to the State. The Department shall notify | ||||||
5 | concessionaires and other sellers
affected by the imposition of | ||||||
6 | this requirement. In the absence of
notification by the | ||||||
7 | Department, the concessionaires and other sellers
shall file | ||||||
8 | their returns as otherwise required in this Section.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 92-12, eff. 7-1-01; 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-208, | ||||||
10 | eff. 8-2-01; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; 92-492, eff. 1-1-02; 92-600, | ||||||
11 | eff. 6-28-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-22, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, | ||||||
12 | eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; 93-926, eff. 8-12-04; | ||||||
13 | 93-1057, eff. 12-2-04; revised 12-6-04.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 207. The Hotel Operators' Occupation Tax Act is | ||||||
15 | amended by changing Section 6 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (35 ILCS 145/6) (from Ch. 120, par. 481b.36)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 6. Except as provided hereinafter in this Section, on | ||||||
18 | or before
the last day of each calendar month, every person | ||||||
19 | engaged in the
business of renting, leasing or letting rooms in | ||||||
20 | a hotel in this State
during the preceding calendar month shall | ||||||
21 | file a return with the
Department, stating:
| ||||||
22 | 1. The name of the operator;
| ||||||
23 | 2. His residence address and the address of his | ||||||
24 | principal place of
business and the address of the | ||||||
25 | principal place of business (if that is
a different | ||||||
26 | address) from which he engages in the business of renting,
| ||||||
27 | leasing or letting rooms in a hotel in this State;
| ||||||
28 | 3. Total amount of rental receipts received by him | ||||||
29 | during the
preceding calendar month from renting, leasing | ||||||
30 | or letting rooms during
such preceding calendar month;
| ||||||
31 | 4. Total amount of rental receipts received by him | ||||||
32 | during the
preceding calendar month from renting, leasing | ||||||
33 | or letting rooms to
permanent residents during such | ||||||
34 | preceding calendar month;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 5. Total amount of other exclusions from gross rental | ||||||
2 | receipts
allowed by this Act;
| ||||||
3 | 6. Gross rental receipts which were received by him | ||||||
4 | during the
preceding calendar month and upon the basis of | ||||||
5 | which the tax is imposed;
| ||||||
6 | 7. The amount of tax due;
| ||||||
7 | 8. Such other reasonable information as the Department | ||||||
8 | may require.
| ||||||
9 | If the operator's average monthly tax liability to the | ||||||
10 | Department
does not exceed $200, the Department may authorize | ||||||
11 | his returns to be
filed on a quarter annual basis, with the | ||||||
12 | return for January, February
and March of a given year being | ||||||
13 | due by April 30 of such year; with the
return for April, May | ||||||
14 | and June of a given year being due by July 31 of
such year; with | ||||||
15 | the return for July, August and September of a given
year being | ||||||
16 | due by October 31 of such year, and with the return for
| ||||||
17 | October, November and December of a given year being due by | ||||||
18 | January 31
of the following year.
| ||||||
19 | If the operator's average monthly tax liability to the | ||||||
20 | Department
does not exceed $50, the Department may authorize | ||||||
21 | his returns to be
filed on an annual basis, with the return for | ||||||
22 | a given year being due by
January 31 of the following year.
| ||||||
23 | Such quarter annual and annual returns, as to form and | ||||||
24 | substance,
shall be subject to the same requirements as monthly | ||||||
25 | returns.
| ||||||
26 | Notwithstanding any other provision in this Act concerning | ||||||
27 | the time
within which an operator may file his return, in the | ||||||
28 | case of any
operator who ceases to engage in a kind of business | ||||||
29 | which makes him
responsible for filing returns under this Act, | ||||||
30 | such operator shall file
a final return under this Act with the | ||||||
31 | Department not more than 1 month
after discontinuing such | ||||||
32 | business.
| ||||||
33 | Where the same person has more than 1 business registered | ||||||
34 | with the
Department under separate registrations under this | ||||||
35 | Act, such person
shall not file each return that is due as a | ||||||
36 | single return covering all
such registered businesses, but |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall file separate returns for each
such registered business.
| ||||||
2 | In his return, the operator shall determine the value of | ||||||
3 | any
consideration other than money received by him in | ||||||
4 | connection with the
renting, leasing or letting of rooms in the | ||||||
5 | course of his business and
he shall include such value in his | ||||||
6 | return. Such determination shall be
subject to review and | ||||||
7 | revision by the Department in the manner
hereinafter provided | ||||||
8 | for the correction of returns.
| ||||||
9 | Where the operator is a corporation, the return filed on | ||||||
10 | behalf of
such corporation shall be signed by the president, | ||||||
11 | vice-president,
secretary or treasurer or by the properly | ||||||
12 | accredited agent of such
corporation.
| ||||||
13 | The person filing the return herein provided for shall, at | ||||||
14 | the time of
filing such return, pay to the Department the | ||||||
15 | amount of tax herein imposed.
The operator filing the return | ||||||
16 | under this Section shall, at the time of
filing such return, | ||||||
17 | pay to the Department the amount of tax imposed by this
Act | ||||||
18 | less a discount of 2.1% or $25 per calendar year, whichever is | ||||||
19 | greater,
which is allowed to reimburse the operator for the | ||||||
20 | expenses incurred in
keeping records, preparing and filing | ||||||
21 | returns, remitting the tax and
supplying data to the Department | ||||||
22 | on request.
| ||||||
23 | There shall be deposited in the Build Illinois Fund in the | ||||||
24 | State
Treasury for each State fiscal year 40% of the amount of | ||||||
25 | total
net proceeds from the tax imposed by subsection (a) of | ||||||
26 | Section 3.
Of the remaining 60%, $5,000,000 shall be deposited | ||||||
27 | in the Illinois
Sports Facilities Fund and credited to the | ||||||
28 | Subsidy Account each fiscal
year by making monthly deposits in | ||||||
29 | the amount of 1/8 of $5,000,000 plus
cumulative deficiencies in | ||||||
30 | such deposits for prior months, and an
additional $8,000,000 | ||||||
31 | shall be deposited in the Illinois Sports Facilities
Fund and | ||||||
32 | credited to the Advance Account each fiscal year by making | ||||||
33 | monthly
deposits in the amount of 1/8 of $8,000,000 plus any | ||||||
34 | cumulative deficiencies
in such deposits for prior months; | ||||||
35 | provided, that for fiscal years ending
after June 30, 2001, the | ||||||
36 | amount to be so deposited into the Illinois
Sports Facilities |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Fund and credited to the Advance Account each fiscal year
shall | ||||||
2 | be increased from $8,000,000 to the then applicable Advance | ||||||
3 | Amount and
the required monthly deposits beginning with July | ||||||
4 | 2001 shall be in the amount
of 1/8 of the then applicable | ||||||
5 | Advance Amount plus any cumulative deficiencies
in those | ||||||
6 | deposits for prior months. (The deposits of the additional | ||||||
7 | $8,000,000
or the then applicable Advance Amount, as | ||||||
8 | applicable,
during each fiscal year shall be treated as | ||||||
9 | advances
of funds to the Illinois Sports Facilities Authority | ||||||
10 | for its corporate
purposes to the extent paid to the Authority | ||||||
11 | or its trustee and shall be
repaid into the General Revenue | ||||||
12 | Fund in the State Treasury by the State
Treasurer on behalf of | ||||||
13 | the Authority pursuant to Section 19 of the Illinois
Sports | ||||||
14 | Facilities Authority Act, as amended. If in any fiscal year the | ||||||
15 | full
amount of the then applicable Advance Amount
is not repaid | ||||||
16 | into the General Revenue Fund, then the deficiency shall be | ||||||
17 | paid
from the amount in the Local Government Distributive Fund | ||||||
18 | that would otherwise
be allocated to the City of Chicago under | ||||||
19 | the State Revenue Sharing Act.)
| ||||||
20 | For purposes of the foregoing paragraph, the term "Advance | ||||||
21 | Amount"
means, for fiscal year 2002, $22,179,000, and for | ||||||
22 | subsequent fiscal years
through fiscal year 2032, 105.615% of | ||||||
23 | the Advance Amount for the immediately
preceding fiscal year, | ||||||
24 | rounded up to the nearest $1,000.
| ||||||
25 | Of the remaining 60% of the amount of total net proceeds | ||||||
26 | from the tax
imposed by subsection (a) of Section 3 after all | ||||||
27 | required deposits in the
Illinois Sports Facilities Fund, the | ||||||
28 | amount equal to 8% of the net revenue
realized from the Hotel | ||||||
29 | Operators' Occupation Tax Act plus an amount equal to
8% of the | ||||||
30 | net revenue realized from any tax imposed under Section 4.05 of | ||||||
31 | the
Chicago World's Fair-1992 Authority Act during the | ||||||
32 | preceding month shall be
deposited in the Local Tourism Fund | ||||||
33 | each month for purposes authorized by
Section 605-705 of the | ||||||
34 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity
Community | ||||||
35 | Affairs Law (20 ILCS 605/605-705) in the Local Tourism Fund ,
| ||||||
36 | and beginning August 1, 1999, the amount equal to 4.5% of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | net revenue
realized from the Hotel Operators' Occupation Tax | ||||||
2 | Act during the preceding
month shall be deposited into the | ||||||
3 | International Tourism Fund for the purposes
authorized in | ||||||
4 | Section 605-707
605-725 of the Department of Commerce
and | ||||||
5 | Economic Opportunity
Community Affairs Law. "Net
revenue | ||||||
6 | realized for a month" means the revenue collected by the State | ||||||
7 | under
that Act during the previous month less the amount paid | ||||||
8 | out during that same
month as refunds to taxpayers for | ||||||
9 | overpayment of liability under that Act.
| ||||||
10 | After making all these deposits, all other proceeds of the | ||||||
11 | tax imposed under
subsection (a) of Section 3 shall be | ||||||
12 | deposited in the General Revenue Fund in
the State Treasury. | ||||||
13 | All moneys received by the Department from the additional
tax | ||||||
14 | imposed under subsection (b) of Section 3 shall be deposited | ||||||
15 | into the Build
Illinois Fund in the State Treasury.
| ||||||
16 | The Department may, upon separate written notice to a | ||||||
17 | taxpayer, require
the taxpayer to prepare and file with the | ||||||
18 | Department on a form prescribed
by the Department within not | ||||||
19 | less than 60 days after receipt of the notice
an annual | ||||||
20 | information return for the tax year specified in the notice.
| ||||||
21 | Such annual return to the Department shall include a statement | ||||||
22 | of gross
receipts as shown by the operator's last State income | ||||||
23 | tax return. If the
total receipts of the business as reported | ||||||
24 | in the State income tax return
do not agree with the gross | ||||||
25 | receipts reported to the Department for the
same period, the | ||||||
26 | operator shall attach to his annual information return a
| ||||||
27 | schedule showing a reconciliation of the 2 amounts and the | ||||||
28 | reasons for the
difference. The operator's annual information | ||||||
29 | return to the Department
shall also disclose pay roll | ||||||
30 | information of the operator's business during
the year covered | ||||||
31 | by such return and any additional reasonable information
which | ||||||
32 | the Department deems would be helpful in determining the | ||||||
33 | accuracy of
the monthly, quarterly or annual tax returns by | ||||||
34 | such operator as
hereinbefore provided for in this Section.
| ||||||
35 | If the annual information return required by this Section | ||||||
36 | is not filed
when and as required the taxpayer shall be liable |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for a penalty in an
amount determined in accordance with | ||||||
2 | Section 3-4 of the Uniform Penalty and
Interest Act until such | ||||||
3 | return is filed as required, the penalty to be
assessed and | ||||||
4 | collected in the same manner as any other penalty provided
for | ||||||
5 | in this Act.
| ||||||
6 | The chief executive officer, proprietor, owner or highest | ||||||
7 | ranking manager
shall sign the annual return to certify the | ||||||
8 | accuracy of the information
contained therein. Any person who | ||||||
9 | willfully signs the annual return containing
false or | ||||||
10 | inaccurate information shall be guilty of perjury and punished
| ||||||
11 | accordingly. The annual return form prescribed by the | ||||||
12 | Department shall
include a warning that the person signing the | ||||||
13 | return may be liable for perjury.
| ||||||
14 | The foregoing portion of this Section concerning the filing | ||||||
15 | of an annual
information return shall not apply to an operator | ||||||
16 | who is not required to
file an income tax return with the | ||||||
17 | United States Government.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-600, eff. 6-28-02; | ||||||
19 | revised 10-15-03.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 210. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing | ||||||
21 | Sections 15-25, 15-55, 16-190, 18-177, and 18-185 and by | ||||||
22 | setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section | ||||||
23 | 18-92 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (35 ILCS 200/15-25)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 15-25. Removal of exemptions. If the Department | ||||||
26 | determines that any
property has been unlawfully exempted from | ||||||
27 | taxation, or is no longer entitled
to exemption, the Department | ||||||
28 | shall, before January 1 of any year, direct the
chief county | ||||||
29 | assessment officer to assess the property and return it to the
| ||||||
30 | assessment rolls for the next assessment year. The Department | ||||||
31 | shall give
notice of its decision to the owner of the property | ||||||
32 | by certified mail. The
decision shall be subject to review and | ||||||
33 | hearing under Section 8-35, upon
application by the owner filed | ||||||
34 | within 60 days after the notice of
decision is
mailed. However, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the extension of taxes on the assessment shall not be delayed
| ||||||
2 | by any proceedings under this Section. If the property is | ||||||
3 | determined to be
exempt, any taxes extended upon the assessment | ||||||
4 | shall be abated or, if already
paid, be refunded.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-658, eff. 7-16-02; | ||||||
6 | revised 7-26-02.)
| ||||||
7 | (35 ILCS 200/15-55)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 15-55. State property.
| ||||||
9 | (a) All property belonging to the State of Illinois
is | ||||||
10 | exempt. However, the State agency holding title shall file the | ||||||
11 | certificate
of ownership and use required by Section 15-10, | ||||||
12 | together with a copy of any
written lease or agreement, in | ||||||
13 | effect on March 30 of the assessment year,
concerning parcels | ||||||
14 | of 1 acre or more, or an explanation of the terms of any
oral | ||||||
15 | agreement under which the property is leased, subleased or | ||||||
16 | rented.
| ||||||
17 | The leased property shall be assessed to the lessee and the | ||||||
18 | taxes thereon
extended and billed to the lessee, and collected | ||||||
19 | in the same manner as
for property which is not exempt. The | ||||||
20 | lessee shall be liable
for the taxes and no lien shall attach | ||||||
21 | to the property of the State.
| ||||||
22 | For the purposes of this Section, the word "leases" | ||||||
23 | includes
licenses, franchises, operating agreements and other | ||||||
24 | arrangements under which
private individuals, associations or | ||||||
25 | corporations are granted the right to use
property of the | ||||||
26 | Illinois State Toll Highway Authority and includes all property
| ||||||
27 | of the Authority used by others without regard to the size of | ||||||
28 | the leased
parcel.
| ||||||
29 | (b) However, all property of every kind belonging to the | ||||||
30 | State of
Illinois, which
is or may hereafter be leased to the | ||||||
31 | Illinois Prairie Path Corporation, shall
be exempt from all | ||||||
32 | assessments, taxation or collection, despite the making of
any | ||||||
33 | such lease, if it is used for:
| ||||||
34 | (1) conservation, nature trail or any other | ||||||
35 | charitable,
scientific,
educational or recreational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purposes with public benefit, including the
preserving and | ||||||
2 | aiding in the preservation of natural areas, objects, | ||||||
3 | flora,
fauna or biotic communities;
| ||||||
4 | (2) the establishment of footpaths, trails and other | ||||||
5 | protected
areas;
| ||||||
6 | (3) the conservation of the proper use of natural
| ||||||
7 | resources or the promotion of the study of plant and animal | ||||||
8 | communities and
of other phases of ecology, natural history | ||||||
9 | and conservation;
| ||||||
10 | (4) the promotion of education in the fields of nature,
| ||||||
11 | preservation and
conservation; or
| ||||||
12 | (5) similar public recreational activities conducted | ||||||
13 | by the
Illinois
Prairie
Path Corporation.
| ||||||
14 | No lien shall attach to the property of the State. No tax | ||||||
15 | liability shall
become the obligation of or be enforceable | ||||||
16 | against Illinois Prairie Path
Corporation.
| ||||||
17 | (c) If the State sells the
James R.
Thompson Center
or the | ||||||
18 | Elgin Mental Health Center and surrounding land located at 750 | ||||||
19 | S.
State Street,
Elgin, Illinois, as provided in subdivision | ||||||
20 | (a)(2) of Section 7.4 of
the State Property Control Act,
to
| ||||||
21 | another entity whose property is not exempt and immediately | ||||||
22 | thereafter enters
into a
leaseback or other agreement that | ||||||
23 | directly or indirectly gives the State a
right to use,
control, | ||||||
24 | and possess the property, that portion of the property leased | ||||||
25 | and
occupied exclusively by the State shall remain exempt under | ||||||
26 | this
Section.
For the property to remain exempt under this | ||||||
27 | subsection (c), the State must
retain an
option to purchase the | ||||||
28 | property at a future date or, within the limitations
period for
| ||||||
29 | reverters, the property must revert back to the State.
| ||||||
30 | If the property has been conveyed as described in this | ||||||
31 | subsection (c), the
property
is no longer exempt pursuant to | ||||||
32 | this Section as of the date when:
| ||||||
33 | (1) the right of the State to use, control, and possess | ||||||
34 | the property has
been
terminated; or
| ||||||
35 | (2) the State no longer has an option to
purchase or | ||||||
36 | otherwise acquire the property and
there is no provision |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for a reverter of the property to the State
within the | ||||||
2 | limitations period for reverters.
| ||||||
3 | Pursuant to Sections 15-15 and 15-20 of this Code, the | ||||||
4 | State shall notify the
chief
county assessment officer of any | ||||||
5 | transaction under this subsection (c). The
chief county
| ||||||
6 | assessment officer shall determine initial and continuing | ||||||
7 | compliance with the
requirements of this Section for tax | ||||||
8 | exemption. Failure to notify the chief
county
assessment | ||||||
9 | officer of a transaction under this subsection (c) or to | ||||||
10 | otherwise
comply with
the requirements of Sections 15-15 and | ||||||
11 | 15-20 of this Code shall, in the
discretion of the
chief county | ||||||
12 | assessment officer, constitute cause to terminate the | ||||||
13 | exemption,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Code.
| ||||||
14 | (c-1) If the Illinois State Toll Highway Authority sells | ||||||
15 | the
Illinois State Toll Highway Authority headquarters | ||||||
16 | building and surrounding
land,
located at 2700 Ogden Avenue, | ||||||
17 | Downers Grove, Illinois
as provided in subdivision (a)(2) of | ||||||
18 | Section 7.5 of
the State Property Control Act,
to
another | ||||||
19 | entity whose property is not exempt and immediately thereafter | ||||||
20 | enters
into a
leaseback or other agreement that directly or | ||||||
21 | indirectly gives the State or the
Illinois State Toll Highway | ||||||
22 | Authority a
right to use,
control, and possess the property, | ||||||
23 | that portion of the property leased and
occupied exclusively by | ||||||
24 | the State or the Authority shall remain exempt under
this
| ||||||
25 | Section.
For the property to remain exempt under this | ||||||
26 | subsection (c), the Authority must
retain an
option to purchase | ||||||
27 | the property at a future date or, within the limitations
period | ||||||
28 | for
reverters, the property must revert back to the Authority.
| ||||||
29 | If the property has been conveyed as described in this | ||||||
30 | subsection (c), the
property
is no longer exempt pursuant to | ||||||
31 | this Section as of the date when:
| ||||||
32 | (1) the right of the State or the Authority to use, | ||||||
33 | control, and possess
the
property has
been
terminated; or
| ||||||
34 | (2) the Authority no longer has an option to
purchase | ||||||
35 | or otherwise acquire the property and
there is no provision | ||||||
36 | for a reverter of the property to the Authority
within the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limitations period for reverters.
| ||||||
2 | Pursuant to Sections 15-15 and 15-20 of this Code, the | ||||||
3 | Authority
shall notify the
chief
county assessment officer of | ||||||
4 | any transaction under this subsection (c). The
chief county
| ||||||
5 | assessment officer shall determine initial and continuing | ||||||
6 | compliance with the
requirements of this Section for tax | ||||||
7 | exemption. Failure to notify the chief
county
assessment | ||||||
8 | officer of a transaction under this subsection (c) or to | ||||||
9 | otherwise
comply with
the requirements of Sections 15-15 and | ||||||
10 | 15-20 of this Code shall, in the
discretion of the
chief county | ||||||
11 | assessment officer, constitute cause to terminate the | ||||||
12 | exemption,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Code.
| ||||||
13 | (d)
However, The fair market rent of each parcel of real | ||||||
14 | property in Will
County owned by the State of Illinois for the | ||||||
15 | purpose of developing an airport
by the Department of | ||||||
16 | Transportation shall include the assessed value of
leasehold | ||||||
17 | tax. The lessee of each parcel of real property in Will
County | ||||||
18 | owned by
the
State of Illinois for the purpose of developing an | ||||||
19 | airport by the Department of
Transportation shall not be liable | ||||||
20 | for the taxes thereon. In order for the
State to
compensate | ||||||
21 | taxing districts for
the leasehold tax under this paragraph
the | ||||||
22 | Will County Supervisor of Assessments shall
certify, in
| ||||||
23 | writing, to the
Department of Transportation, the amount of | ||||||
24 | leasehold taxes
extended for the 2002 property tax
year for
| ||||||
25 | each such exempt parcel.
The Department of Transportation shall | ||||||
26 | pay to the Will
County
Treasurer, from the Tax Recovery Fund, | ||||||
27 | on or before July 1 of each
year, the amount of leasehold taxes | ||||||
28 | for each such exempt parcel as certified
by the Will County | ||||||
29 | Supervisor of Assessments. The tax compensation shall
| ||||||
30 | terminate
on
December 31, 2010. It is the duty of the | ||||||
31 | Department of Transportation to file
with the
Office of the | ||||||
32 | Will County Supervisor of Assessments an affidavit stating the
| ||||||
33 | termination
date for rental of each such parcel due to airport | ||||||
34 | construction. The affidavit
shall include
the property | ||||||
35 | identification number for each such parcel. In no instance | ||||||
36 | shall
tax
compensation for property owned by the State be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deemed delinquent or bear
interest. In
no instance shall a lien | ||||||
2 | attach to the property of the State. In no instance
shall the | ||||||
3 | State
be required to pay leasehold tax compensation in excess | ||||||
4 | of the Tax
Recovery Fund's balance.
| ||||||
5 | (e)
(d) Public Act 81-1026 applies to all leases or | ||||||
6 | agreements entered into
or
renewed on or after September 24, | ||||||
7 | 1979.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-19, eff. 6-20-03; 93-658, eff. 1-22-04; | ||||||
9 | revised 1-22-04.)
| ||||||
10 | (35 ILCS 200/16-190)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 16-190. Record of proceedings and orders.
| ||||||
12 | (a) The Property Tax Appeal
Board shall keep a record of | ||||||
13 | its proceedings and orders and the record shall be
a public | ||||||
14 | record. In all cases where the contesting party is seeking a | ||||||
15 | change of
$100,000 or more in assessed valuation, the | ||||||
16 | contesting party must provide a
court reporter at his or her | ||||||
17 | own expense. The original certified transcript of
such hearing | ||||||
18 | shall be forwarded to the Springfield office of the Property | ||||||
19 | Tax
Appeal Board and shall become part of the Board's official | ||||||
20 | record of the
proceeding on appeal. Each year the Property Tax | ||||||
21 | Appeal Board shall publish a
volume containing a synopsis of | ||||||
22 | representative cases decided by the Board
during that year. The | ||||||
23 | publication shall be organized by or cross-referenced by
the | ||||||
24 | issue presented before the Board in each case contained in the
| ||||||
25 | publication. The publication shall be available for inspection | ||||||
26 | by the public at
the Property Tax Appeal Board offices and | ||||||
27 | copies shall be available for a
reasonable cost, except as | ||||||
28 | provided in Section 16-191.
| ||||||
29 | (b) The Property Tax Appeal Board shall provide annually, | ||||||
30 | no later than
February 1, to the Governor and the General | ||||||
31 | Assembly a report that contains for
each county the following:
| ||||||
32 | (1) the total number of cases for commercial and | ||||||
33 | industrial property
requesting a reduction in assessed | ||||||
34 | value of $100,000 or more for each of the
last 5 years;
| ||||||
35 | (2) the total number of cases for commercial and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | industrial property
decided by the Property Tax Appeal | ||||||
2 | Board for each of the last 5 years; and
| ||||||
3 | (3) the total change in assessed value based on the | ||||||
4 | Property Tax Appeal
Board decisions for commercial | ||||||
5 | property and industrial property for each of the
last 5 | ||||||
6 | years.
| ||||||
7 | (c) The requirement for providing a report to the General | ||||||
8 | Assembly shall be
satisfied by filing copies of the report with | ||||||
9 | the following:
| ||||||
10 | (1) the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
| ||||||
11 | (2) the Minority Leader of the House of | ||||||
12 | Representatives;
| ||||||
13 | (3) the Clerk of the House of Representatives;
| ||||||
14 | (4) the President of the Senate;
| ||||||
15 | (5) the Minority Leader of the Senate;
| ||||||
16 | (6) the Secretary of the Senate;
| ||||||
17 | (7) the Legislative Research Unit, as required by | ||||||
18 | Section 3.1 of the
General Assembly Organization Act; and
| ||||||
19 | (8) the State Government Report Distribution Center | ||||||
20 | for the General
Assembly, as required by subsection (t) of | ||||||
21 | Section 7
320 of the State
Library Act.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-248, eff. 7-22-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
23 | (35 ILCS 200/18-92)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 18-92. Downstate School Finance Authority for | ||||||
25 | Elementary
Districts Law. The provisions of the Truth in | ||||||
26 | Taxation Law are subject to
the Downstate School Finance | ||||||
27 | Authority for Elementary Districts Law.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 92-855, eff. 12-6-02.)
| ||||||
29 | (35 ILCS 200/18-93)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 18-93
18-92 . Maywood Public Library District Tax Levy
| ||||||
31 | Validation (2002) Law. The provisions of the Truth in Taxation | ||||||
32 | Law are
subject to the Maywood Public Library District Tax Levy | ||||||
33 | Validation (2002) Law.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 92-884, eff. 1-13-03; revised 1-18-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (35 ILCS 200/18-177)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 18-177. Leased low-rent housing abatement. In | ||||||
3 | counties of 3,000,000
or more inhabitants, the county clerk | ||||||
4 | shall abate property taxes levied by
any taxing district under | ||||||
5 | this Code on property that meets the following
requirements:
| ||||||
6 | (1) The property does not qualify as exempt property | ||||||
7 | under Section
15-95 of this Code.
| ||||||
8 | (2) The property is situated in a municipality with | ||||||
9 | 1,000,000 or more
inhabitants and improved with either a | ||||||
10 | multifamily dwelling or a multi-building
development that | ||||||
11 | is subject to a leasing agreement, regulatory and operating
| ||||||
12 | agreement, or other similar instrument with a Housing | ||||||
13 | Authority created under
the Housing Authorities Act that | ||||||
14 | sets forth the terms for leasing low-rent
housing.
| ||||||
15 | (3) For a period of not less than 20 years , the | ||||||
16 | property and
improvements are used solely for low-rent | ||||||
17 | housing and related uses.
| ||||||
18 | Property and portions of property used or intended to be used | ||||||
19 | for
commercial purposes are not eligible for the abatement | ||||||
20 | provided in this
Section.
| ||||||
21 | A housing authority created under the Housing Authorities | ||||||
22 | Act shall
file annually with the county clerk for any property | ||||||
23 | eligible for an abatement
under this Section, on a form | ||||||
24 | prescribed by the county clerk, a certificate of
the property's | ||||||
25 | use during the immediately preceding year. The certificate
| ||||||
26 | shall certify that the property or a portion of the property | ||||||
27 | meets the
requirements of this Section and that the eligible | ||||||
28 | residential units have been
inspected within the previous 90 | ||||||
29 | days and meet or exceed all housing quality
standards of the | ||||||
30 | authority. If only a portion of the property meets these
| ||||||
31 | requirements, the certificate shall state the amount of that | ||||||
32 | portion as a
percentage of the total equalized and assessed | ||||||
33 | value of the property. If the
property is improved with an | ||||||
34 | eligible multifamily dwelling or multi-building
development | ||||||
35 | containing residential units that are individually assessed, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | no
more than 40% of those residential units may be certified. | ||||||
2 | If the property is
improved with an eligible multifamily | ||||||
3 | dwelling or multi-building development
containing residential | ||||||
4 | units that are not individually assessed, the portion
of the | ||||||
5 | property certified shall represent no more than 40% of those | ||||||
6 | residential
units.
| ||||||
7 | The county clerk shall abate the taxes only if a | ||||||
8 | certificate of use has
been timely filed for that year. If only | ||||||
9 | a portion of the property has been
certified as eligible, the | ||||||
10 | county clerk shall abate the taxes in the percentage
so | ||||||
11 | certified.
| ||||||
12 | Whenever property receives an abatement under this | ||||||
13 | Section, the rental rate
set under the lease, regulatory and | ||||||
14 | operating agreement, or other similar
instrument for that | ||||||
15 | property shall not include property taxes.
| ||||||
16 | No property shall be eligible for abatement under this | ||||||
17 | Section if the owner
of the property has any outstanding and | ||||||
18 | overdue debts to the municipality in
which the property is | ||||||
19 | situated.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-621, eff. 7-11-02; revised 11-6-02.)
| ||||||
21 | (35 ILCS 200/18-185)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 18-185. Short title; definitions. This Division 5 may | ||||||
23 | be cited as the
Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. As used | ||||||
24 | in this Division 5:
| ||||||
25 | "Consumer Price Index" means the Consumer Price Index for | ||||||
26 | All Urban
Consumers for all items published by the United | ||||||
27 | States Department of Labor.
| ||||||
28 | "Extension limitation" means (a) the lesser of 5% or the | ||||||
29 | percentage increase
in the Consumer Price Index during the | ||||||
30 | 12-month calendar year preceding the
levy year or (b) the rate | ||||||
31 | of increase approved by voters under Section 18-205.
| ||||||
32 | "Affected county" means a county of 3,000,000 or more | ||||||
33 | inhabitants or a
county contiguous to a county of 3,000,000 or | ||||||
34 | more inhabitants.
| ||||||
35 | "Taxing district" has the same meaning provided in Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1-150, except as
otherwise provided in this Section. For the | ||||||
2 | 1991 through 1994 levy years only,
"taxing district" includes | ||||||
3 | only each non-home rule taxing district having the
majority of | ||||||
4 | its
1990 equalized assessed value within any county or counties | ||||||
5 | contiguous to a
county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants. | ||||||
6 | Beginning with the 1995 levy
year, "taxing district" includes | ||||||
7 | only each non-home rule taxing district
subject to this Law | ||||||
8 | before the 1995 levy year and each non-home rule
taxing | ||||||
9 | district not subject to this Law before the 1995 levy year | ||||||
10 | having the
majority of its 1994 equalized assessed value in an | ||||||
11 | affected county or
counties. Beginning with the levy year in
| ||||||
12 | which this Law becomes applicable to a taxing district as
| ||||||
13 | provided in Section 18-213, "taxing district" also includes | ||||||
14 | those taxing
districts made subject to this Law as provided in | ||||||
15 | Section 18-213.
| ||||||
16 | "Aggregate extension" for taxing districts to which this | ||||||
17 | Law applied before
the 1995 levy year means the annual | ||||||
18 | corporate extension for the taxing
district and those special | ||||||
19 | purpose extensions that are made annually for
the taxing | ||||||
20 | district, excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for | ||||||
21 | the
taxing district to pay interest or principal on general | ||||||
22 | obligation bonds
that were approved by referendum; (b) made for | ||||||
23 | any taxing district to pay
interest or principal on general | ||||||
24 | obligation bonds issued before October 1,
1991; (c) made for | ||||||
25 | any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds
| ||||||
26 | issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds issued | ||||||
27 | before October 1,
1991; (d)
made for any taxing district to pay | ||||||
28 | interest or principal on bonds
issued to refund or continue to | ||||||
29 | refund bonds issued after October 1, 1991 that
were approved by | ||||||
30 | referendum; (e)
made for any taxing district to pay interest
or | ||||||
31 | principal on revenue bonds issued before October 1, 1991 for | ||||||
32 | payment of
which a property tax levy or the full faith and | ||||||
33 | credit of the unit of local
government is pledged; however, a | ||||||
34 | tax for the payment of interest or principal
on those bonds | ||||||
35 | shall be made only after the governing body of the unit of | ||||||
36 | local
government finds that all other sources for payment are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | insufficient to make
those payments; (f) made for payments | ||||||
2 | under a building commission lease when
the lease payments are | ||||||
3 | for the retirement of bonds issued by the commission
before | ||||||
4 | October 1, 1991, to pay for the building project; (g) made for | ||||||
5 | payments
due under installment contracts entered into before | ||||||
6 | October 1, 1991;
(h) made for payments of principal and | ||||||
7 | interest on bonds issued under the
Metropolitan Water | ||||||
8 | Reclamation District Act to finance construction projects
| ||||||
9 | initiated before October 1, 1991; (i) made for payments of | ||||||
10 | principal and
interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section | ||||||
11 | 3 of the Local Government Debt
Reform Act, in an amount not to | ||||||
12 | exceed the debt service extension base less
the amount in items | ||||||
13 | (b), (c), (e), and (h) of this definition for
non-referendum | ||||||
14 | obligations, except obligations initially issued pursuant to
| ||||||
15 | referendum; (j) made for payments of principal and interest on | ||||||
16 | bonds
issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt | ||||||
17 | Reform Act; (k)
made
by a school district that participates in | ||||||
18 | the Special Education District of
Lake County, created by | ||||||
19 | special education joint agreement under Section
10-22.31 of the | ||||||
20 | School Code, for payment of the school district's share of the
| ||||||
21 | amounts required to be contributed by the Special Education | ||||||
22 | District of Lake
County to the Illinois Municipal Retirement | ||||||
23 | Fund under Article 7 of the
Illinois Pension Code; the amount | ||||||
24 | of any extension under this item (k) shall be
certified by the | ||||||
25 | school district to the county clerk; (l) made to fund
expenses | ||||||
26 | of providing joint recreational programs for the handicapped | ||||||
27 | under
Section 5-8 of
the
Park District Code or Section 11-95-14 | ||||||
28 | of the Illinois Municipal Code; (m) made for temporary | ||||||
29 | relocation loan repayment purposes pursuant to Sections 2-3.77 | ||||||
30 | and 17-2.2d of the School Code ; , and (n) made for payment of | ||||||
31 | principal and interest on any bonds issued under the authority | ||||||
32 | of Section 17-2.2d of the School Code; and (o)
(m) made for | ||||||
33 | contributions to a firefighter's pension fund created under | ||||||
34 | Article 4 of the Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the | ||||||
35 | amount certified under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the | ||||||
36 | Illinois Pension Code.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Aggregate extension" for the taxing districts to which | ||||||
2 | this Law did not
apply before the 1995 levy year (except taxing | ||||||
3 | districts subject to this Law
in
accordance with Section | ||||||
4 | 18-213) means the annual corporate extension for the
taxing | ||||||
5 | district and those special purpose extensions that are made | ||||||
6 | annually for
the taxing district, excluding special purpose | ||||||
7 | extensions: (a) made for the
taxing district to pay interest or | ||||||
8 | principal on general obligation bonds that
were approved by | ||||||
9 | referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay interest
or | ||||||
10 | principal on general obligation bonds issued before March 1, | ||||||
11 | 1995; (c) made
for any taxing district to pay interest or | ||||||
12 | principal on bonds issued to refund
or continue to refund those | ||||||
13 | bonds issued before March 1, 1995; (d) made for any
taxing | ||||||
14 | district to pay interest or principal on bonds issued to refund | ||||||
15 | or
continue to refund bonds issued after March 1, 1995 that | ||||||
16 | were approved by
referendum; (e) made for any taxing district | ||||||
17 | to pay interest or principal on
revenue bonds issued before | ||||||
18 | March 1, 1995 for payment of which a property tax
levy or the | ||||||
19 | full faith and credit of the unit of local government is | ||||||
20 | pledged;
however, a tax for the payment of interest or | ||||||
21 | principal on those bonds shall be
made only after the governing | ||||||
22 | body of the unit of local government finds that
all other | ||||||
23 | sources for payment are insufficient to make those payments; | ||||||
24 | (f) made
for payments under a building commission lease when | ||||||
25 | the lease payments are for
the retirement of bonds issued by | ||||||
26 | the commission before March 1, 1995 to
pay for the building | ||||||
27 | project; (g) made for payments due under installment
contracts | ||||||
28 | entered into before March 1, 1995; (h) made for payments of
| ||||||
29 | principal and interest on bonds issued under the Metropolitan | ||||||
30 | Water Reclamation
District Act to finance construction | ||||||
31 | projects initiated before October 1,
1991; (h-4) made for | ||||||
32 | stormwater management purposes by the Metropolitan Water | ||||||
33 | Reclamation District of Greater Chicago under Section 12 of the | ||||||
34 | Metropolitan Water Reclamation District Act; (i) made for | ||||||
35 | payments of principal and interest on limited bonds,
as defined | ||||||
36 | in Section 3 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act, in an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amount
not to exceed the debt service extension base less the | ||||||
2 | amount in items (b),
(c), and (e) of this definition for | ||||||
3 | non-referendum obligations, except
obligations initially | ||||||
4 | issued pursuant to referendum and bonds described in
subsection | ||||||
5 | (h) of this definition; (j) made for payments of
principal and | ||||||
6 | interest on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local | ||||||
7 | Government
Debt Reform Act; (k) made for payments of principal | ||||||
8 | and interest on bonds
authorized by Public Act 88-503 and | ||||||
9 | issued under Section 20a of the Chicago
Park District Act for | ||||||
10 | aquarium or
museum projects; (l) made for payments of principal | ||||||
11 | and interest on
bonds
authorized by Public Act 87-1191 or | ||||||
12 | 93-601 and (i) issued pursuant to Section 21.2 of the Cook | ||||||
13 | County Forest
Preserve District Act, (ii) issued under Section | ||||||
14 | 42 of the Cook County
Forest Preserve District Act for | ||||||
15 | zoological park projects, or (iii) issued
under Section 44.1 of | ||||||
16 | the Cook County Forest Preserve District Act for
botanical | ||||||
17 | gardens projects; (m) made
pursuant
to Section 34-53.5 of the | ||||||
18 | School Code, whether levied annually or not;
(n) made to fund | ||||||
19 | expenses of providing joint recreational programs for the
| ||||||
20 | handicapped under Section 5-8 of the Park
District Code or | ||||||
21 | Section 11-95-14 of the Illinois Municipal Code;
(o) made by | ||||||
22 | the
Chicago Park
District for recreational programs for the | ||||||
23 | handicapped under subsection (c) of
Section
7.06 of the Chicago | ||||||
24 | Park District Act; and (p) made for contributions to a | ||||||
25 | firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified | ||||||
27 | under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code.
| ||||||
28 | "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts to which | ||||||
29 | this Law applies in
accordance with Section 18-213, except for | ||||||
30 | those taxing districts subject to
paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
31 | (e) of Section 18-213, means the annual corporate
extension for | ||||||
32 | the
taxing district and those special purpose extensions that | ||||||
33 | are made annually for
the taxing district, excluding special | ||||||
34 | purpose extensions: (a) made for the
taxing district to pay | ||||||
35 | interest or principal on general obligation bonds that
were | ||||||
36 | approved by referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | interest
or principal on general obligation bonds issued before | ||||||
2 | the date on which the
referendum making this
Law applicable to | ||||||
3 | the taxing district is held; (c) made
for any taxing district | ||||||
4 | to pay interest or principal on bonds issued to refund
or | ||||||
5 | continue to refund those bonds issued before the date on which | ||||||
6 | the
referendum making this Law
applicable to the taxing | ||||||
7 | district is held;
(d) made for any
taxing district to pay | ||||||
8 | interest or principal on bonds issued to refund or
continue to | ||||||
9 | refund bonds issued after the date on which the referendum | ||||||
10 | making
this Law
applicable to the taxing district is held if | ||||||
11 | the bonds were approved by
referendum after the date on which | ||||||
12 | the referendum making this Law
applicable to the taxing | ||||||
13 | district is held; (e) made for any
taxing district to pay | ||||||
14 | interest or principal on
revenue bonds issued before the date | ||||||
15 | on which the referendum making this Law
applicable to the
| ||||||
16 | taxing district is held for payment of which a property tax
| ||||||
17 | levy or the full faith and credit of the unit of local | ||||||
18 | government is pledged;
however, a tax for the payment of | ||||||
19 | interest or principal on those bonds shall be
made only after | ||||||
20 | the governing body of the unit of local government finds that
| ||||||
21 | all other sources for payment are insufficient to make those | ||||||
22 | payments; (f) made
for payments under a building commission | ||||||
23 | lease when the lease payments are for
the retirement of bonds | ||||||
24 | issued by the commission before the date on which the
| ||||||
25 | referendum making this
Law applicable to the taxing district is | ||||||
26 | held to
pay for the building project; (g) made for payments due | ||||||
27 | under installment
contracts entered into before the date on | ||||||
28 | which the referendum making this Law
applicable to
the taxing | ||||||
29 | district is held;
(h) made for payments
of principal and | ||||||
30 | interest on limited bonds,
as defined in Section 3 of the Local | ||||||
31 | Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount
not to exceed the debt | ||||||
32 | service extension base less the amount in items (b),
(c), and | ||||||
33 | (e) of this definition for non-referendum obligations, except
| ||||||
34 | obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum; (i) made | ||||||
35 | for payments
of
principal and interest on bonds issued under | ||||||
36 | Section 15 of the Local Government
Debt Reform Act;
(j)
made |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for a qualified airport authority to pay interest or principal | ||||||
2 | on
general obligation bonds issued for the purpose of paying | ||||||
3 | obligations due
under, or financing airport facilities | ||||||
4 | required to be acquired, constructed,
installed or equipped | ||||||
5 | pursuant to, contracts entered into before March
1, 1996 (but | ||||||
6 | not including any amendments to such a contract taking effect | ||||||
7 | on
or after that date); (k) made to fund expenses of providing | ||||||
8 | joint
recreational programs for the handicapped under Section | ||||||
9 | 5-8 of
the
Park District Code or Section 11-95-14 of the | ||||||
10 | Illinois Municipal Code; and (l) made for contributions to a | ||||||
11 | firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the | ||||||
12 | Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified | ||||||
13 | under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code.
| ||||||
14 | "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts to which | ||||||
15 | this Law applies in
accordance with paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
16 | (e) of Section 18-213 means the
annual corporate extension for | ||||||
17 | the
taxing district and those special purpose extensions that | ||||||
18 | are made annually for
the taxing district, excluding special | ||||||
19 | purpose extensions: (a) made for the
taxing district to pay | ||||||
20 | interest or principal on general obligation bonds that
were | ||||||
21 | approved by referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay | ||||||
22 | interest
or principal on general obligation bonds issued before | ||||||
23 | the effective date of
this amendatory Act of 1997;
(c) made
for | ||||||
24 | any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds | ||||||
25 | issued to refund
or continue to refund those bonds issued | ||||||
26 | before the effective date
of this amendatory Act of 1997;
(d) | ||||||
27 | made for any
taxing district to pay interest or principal on | ||||||
28 | bonds issued to refund or
continue to refund bonds issued after | ||||||
29 | the effective date of this amendatory Act
of 1997 if the bonds | ||||||
30 | were approved by referendum after the effective date of
this | ||||||
31 | amendatory Act of 1997;
(e) made for any
taxing district to pay | ||||||
32 | interest or principal on
revenue bonds issued before the | ||||||
33 | effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997
for payment of | ||||||
34 | which a property tax
levy or the full faith and credit of the | ||||||
35 | unit of local government is pledged;
however, a tax for the | ||||||
36 | payment of interest or principal on those bonds shall be
made |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | only after the governing body of the unit of local government | ||||||
2 | finds that
all other sources for payment are insufficient to | ||||||
3 | make those payments; (f) made
for payments under a building | ||||||
4 | commission lease when the lease payments are for
the retirement | ||||||
5 | of bonds issued by the commission before the effective date
of | ||||||
6 | this amendatory Act of 1997
to
pay for the building project; | ||||||
7 | (g) made for payments due under installment
contracts entered | ||||||
8 | into before the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997;
| ||||||
9 | (h) made for payments
of principal and interest on limited | ||||||
10 | bonds,
as defined in Section 3 of the Local Government Debt | ||||||
11 | Reform Act, in an amount
not to exceed the debt service | ||||||
12 | extension base less the amount in items (b),
(c), and (e) of | ||||||
13 | this definition for non-referendum obligations, except
| ||||||
14 | obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum; (i) made | ||||||
15 | for payments
of
principal and interest on bonds issued under | ||||||
16 | Section 15 of the Local Government
Debt Reform Act;
(j)
made | ||||||
17 | for a qualified airport authority to pay interest or principal | ||||||
18 | on
general obligation bonds issued for the purpose of paying | ||||||
19 | obligations due
under, or financing airport facilities | ||||||
20 | required to be acquired, constructed,
installed or equipped | ||||||
21 | pursuant to, contracts entered into before March
1, 1996 (but | ||||||
22 | not including any amendments to such a contract taking effect | ||||||
23 | on
or after that date); (k) made to fund expenses of providing | ||||||
24 | joint
recreational programs for the handicapped under Section | ||||||
25 | 5-8 of
the
Park District Code or Section 11-95-14 of the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Municipal Code; and (l) made for contributions to a | ||||||
27 | firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the | ||||||
28 | Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified | ||||||
29 | under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code.
| ||||||
30 | "Debt service extension base" means an amount equal to that | ||||||
31 | portion of the
extension for a taxing district for the 1994 | ||||||
32 | levy year, or for those taxing
districts subject to this Law in | ||||||
33 | accordance with Section 18-213, except for
those subject to | ||||||
34 | paragraph (2) of subsection (e) of Section 18-213, for the
levy
| ||||||
35 | year in which the referendum making this Law applicable to the | ||||||
36 | taxing district
is held, or for those taxing districts subject |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to this Law in accordance with
paragraph (2) of subsection (e) | ||||||
2 | of Section 18-213 for the 1996 levy year,
constituting an
| ||||||
3 | extension for payment of principal and interest on bonds issued | ||||||
4 | by the taxing
district without referendum, but not including | ||||||
5 | excluded non-referendum bonds. For park districts (i) that were | ||||||
6 | first
subject to this Law in 1991 or 1995 and (ii) whose | ||||||
7 | extension for the 1994 levy
year for the payment of principal | ||||||
8 | and interest on bonds issued by the park
district without | ||||||
9 | referendum (but not including excluded non-referendum bonds)
| ||||||
10 | was less than 51% of the amount for the 1991 levy year | ||||||
11 | constituting an
extension for payment of principal and interest | ||||||
12 | on bonds issued by the park
district without referendum (but | ||||||
13 | not including excluded non-referendum bonds),
"debt service | ||||||
14 | extension base" means an amount equal to that portion of the
| ||||||
15 | extension for the 1991 levy year constituting an extension for | ||||||
16 | payment of
principal and interest on bonds issued by the park | ||||||
17 | district without referendum
(but not including excluded | ||||||
18 | non-referendum bonds). The debt service extension
base may be | ||||||
19 | established or increased as provided under Section 18-212.
| ||||||
20 | "Excluded non-referendum bonds" means (i) bonds authorized by | ||||||
21 | Public
Act 88-503 and issued under Section 20a of the Chicago | ||||||
22 | Park District Act for
aquarium and museum projects; (ii) bonds | ||||||
23 | issued under Section 15 of the
Local Government Debt Reform | ||||||
24 | Act; or (iii) refunding obligations issued
to refund or to | ||||||
25 | continue to refund obligations initially issued pursuant to
| ||||||
26 | referendum.
| ||||||
27 | "Special purpose extensions" include, but are not limited | ||||||
28 | to, extensions
for levies made on an annual basis for | ||||||
29 | unemployment and workers'
compensation, self-insurance, | ||||||
30 | contributions to pension plans, and extensions
made pursuant to | ||||||
31 | Section 6-601 of the Illinois Highway Code for a road
| ||||||
32 | district's permanent road fund whether levied annually or not. | ||||||
33 | The
extension for a special service area is not included in the
| ||||||
34 | aggregate extension.
| ||||||
35 | "Aggregate extension base" means the taxing district's | ||||||
36 | last preceding
aggregate extension as adjusted under Sections |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 18-215 through 18-230.
| ||||||
2 | "Levy year" has the same meaning as "year" under Section
| ||||||
3 | 1-155.
| ||||||
4 | "New property" means (i) the assessed value, after final | ||||||
5 | board of review or
board of appeals action, of new improvements | ||||||
6 | or additions to existing
improvements on any parcel of real | ||||||
7 | property that increase the assessed value of
that real property | ||||||
8 | during the levy year multiplied by the equalization factor
| ||||||
9 | issued by the Department under Section 17-30, (ii) the assessed | ||||||
10 | value, after
final board of review or board of appeals action, | ||||||
11 | of real property not exempt
from real estate taxation, which | ||||||
12 | real property was exempt from real estate
taxation for any | ||||||
13 | portion of the immediately preceding levy year, multiplied by
| ||||||
14 | the equalization factor issued by the Department under Section | ||||||
15 | 17-30, and
(iii) in counties that classify in accordance with | ||||||
16 | Section 4 of Article
IX of the
Illinois Constitution, an | ||||||
17 | incentive property's additional assessed value
resulting from | ||||||
18 | a
scheduled increase in the level of assessment as applied to | ||||||
19 | the first year
final board of
review market value.
In addition, | ||||||
20 | the county clerk in a county containing a population of
| ||||||
21 | 3,000,000 or more shall include in the 1997
recovered tax | ||||||
22 | increment value for any school district, any recovered tax
| ||||||
23 | increment value that was applicable to the 1995 tax year | ||||||
24 | calculations.
| ||||||
25 | "Qualified airport authority" means an airport authority | ||||||
26 | organized under
the Airport Authorities Act and located in a | ||||||
27 | county bordering on the State of
Wisconsin and having a | ||||||
28 | population in excess of 200,000 and not greater than
500,000.
| ||||||
29 | "Recovered tax increment value" means, except as otherwise | ||||||
30 | provided in this
paragraph, the amount of the current year's | ||||||
31 | equalized assessed value, in the
first year after a | ||||||
32 | municipality terminates
the designation of an area as a | ||||||
33 | redevelopment project area previously
established under the | ||||||
34 | Tax Increment Allocation Development Act in the Illinois
| ||||||
35 | Municipal Code, previously established under the Industrial | ||||||
36 | Jobs Recovery Law
in the Illinois Municipal Code, or previously |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established under the Economic
Development Area Tax Increment | ||||||
2 | Allocation Act, of each taxable lot, block,
tract, or parcel of | ||||||
3 | real property in the redevelopment project area over and
above | ||||||
4 | the initial equalized assessed value of each property in the
| ||||||
5 | redevelopment project area.
For the taxes which are extended | ||||||
6 | for the 1997 levy year, the recovered tax
increment value for a | ||||||
7 | non-home rule taxing district that first became subject
to this | ||||||
8 | Law for the 1995 levy year because a majority of its 1994 | ||||||
9 | equalized
assessed value was in an affected county or counties | ||||||
10 | shall be increased if a
municipality terminated the designation | ||||||
11 | of an area in 1993 as a redevelopment
project area previously | ||||||
12 | established under the Tax Increment Allocation
Development Act | ||||||
13 | in the Illinois Municipal Code, previously established under
| ||||||
14 | the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law in the Illinois Municipal | ||||||
15 | Code, or previously
established under the Economic Development | ||||||
16 | Area Tax Increment Allocation Act,
by an amount equal to the | ||||||
17 | 1994 equalized assessed value of each taxable lot,
block, | ||||||
18 | tract, or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project | ||||||
19 | area over
and above the initial equalized assessed value of | ||||||
20 | each property in the
redevelopment project area.
In the first | ||||||
21 | year after a municipality
removes a taxable lot, block, tract, | ||||||
22 | or parcel of real property from a
redevelopment project area | ||||||
23 | established under the Tax Increment Allocation
Development Act | ||||||
24 | in the Illinois
Municipal Code, the Industrial Jobs Recovery | ||||||
25 | Law
in the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Economic
Development | ||||||
26 | Area Tax Increment Allocation Act, "recovered tax increment | ||||||
27 | value"
means the amount of the current year's equalized | ||||||
28 | assessed value of each taxable
lot, block, tract, or parcel of | ||||||
29 | real property removed from the redevelopment
project area over | ||||||
30 | and above the initial equalized assessed value of that real
| ||||||
31 | property before removal from the redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
32 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, "limiting | ||||||
33 | rate" means a
fraction the numerator of which is the last
| ||||||
34 | preceding aggregate extension base times an amount equal to one | ||||||
35 | plus the
extension limitation defined in this Section and the | ||||||
36 | denominator of which
is the current year's equalized assessed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | value of all real property in the
territory under the | ||||||
2 | jurisdiction of the taxing district during the prior
levy year. | ||||||
3 | For those taxing districts that reduced their aggregate
| ||||||
4 | extension for the last preceding levy year, the highest | ||||||
5 | aggregate extension
in any of the last 3 preceding levy years | ||||||
6 | shall be used for the purpose of
computing the limiting rate. | ||||||
7 | The denominator shall not include new
property. The denominator | ||||||
8 | shall not include the recovered tax increment
value.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02; 93-601, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
10 | 93-606, eff. 11-18-03; 93-612, eff. 11-18-03; 93-689, eff. | ||||||
11 | 7-1-04; 93-690, eff. 7-1-04; 93-1049, eff. 11-17-04; revised | ||||||
12 | 12-14-04.)
| ||||||
13 | (35 ILCS 200/18-101.47 rep.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 211. The Property Tax Code is amended by repealing | ||||||
15 | Section 18-101.47 as added by Public Acts 92-855
and 92-884. | ||||||
16 | Section 215. The Simplified Municipal Telecommunications | ||||||
17 | Tax Act is amended by changing Section 5-50 as follows:
| ||||||
18 | (35 ILCS 636/5-50)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 5-50. Returns to the Department.
| ||||||
20 | (a) Commencing on February 1, 2003, for the tax imposed | ||||||
21 | under subsection (a)
of Section 5-20 of this Act, every | ||||||
22 | retailer maintaining a place of business in
this State shall, | ||||||
23 | on or before the last day of each month make a return to the
| ||||||
24 | Department for the preceding calendar month, stating:
| ||||||
25 | (1) Its name;
| ||||||
26 | (2) The address of its principal place of business or
| ||||||
27 | the address of the principal place of business (if that is | ||||||
28 | a
different address) from which it engages in the business | ||||||
29 | of
transmitting telecommunications;
| ||||||
30 | (3) Total amount of gross charges billed by it during | ||||||
31 | the
preceding calendar month for providing | ||||||
32 | telecommunications during
the calendar month;
| ||||||
33 | (4) Total amount received by it during the preceding
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | calendar month on credit extended;
| ||||||
2 | (5) Deductions allowed by law;
| ||||||
3 | (6) Gross charges that were billed by it during the
| ||||||
4 | preceding calendar month and upon the basis of which the | ||||||
5 | tax is
imposed;
| ||||||
6 | (7) Amount of tax (computed upon Item 6);
| ||||||
7 | (8) The municipalities to which the Department shall
| ||||||
8 | remit the taxes and the amount of such remittances;
| ||||||
9 | (9) Such other reasonable information as the | ||||||
10 | Department may require.
| ||||||
11 | (b) Any retailer required to make payments under this | ||||||
12 | Section
may make the payments by electronic funds transfer. The | ||||||
13 | Department
shall adopt rules necessary to effectuate a program | ||||||
14 | of electronic
funds transfer.
Any retailer who has average | ||||||
15 | monthly tax billings due to the Department under
this Act and | ||||||
16 | the Telecommunications Excise Tax Act that exceed $1,000 shall
| ||||||
17 | make all payments by electronic funds transfer as required by | ||||||
18 | rules of the
Department.
| ||||||
19 | (c) If the retailer's average monthly tax billings due to | ||||||
20 | the
Department under this Act and the Telecommunications Excise | ||||||
21 | Tax Act do
not exceed $1,000, the Department may authorize such | ||||||
22 | retailer's returns
to be filed on a quarter-annual basis, with | ||||||
23 | the return for January,
February, and March of a given year | ||||||
24 | being due by April 30th of that
year; with the return for | ||||||
25 | April, May, and June of a given year being
due by July 31st of | ||||||
26 | that year; with the return for July, August, and
September of a | ||||||
27 | given year being due by October 31st of that year;
and with the | ||||||
28 | return for October, November, and December of a given year
| ||||||
29 | being due by January 31st of the following year.
| ||||||
30 | (d) If the retailer is otherwise required to file a monthly | ||||||
31 | or
quarterly return and if the retailer's average monthly tax | ||||||
32 | billings
due to the Department under this Act and the | ||||||
33 | Telecommunications Excise
Tax Act do not exceed $400, the | ||||||
34 | Department may authorize such
retailer's return to be filed on | ||||||
35 | an annual basis, with the return for
a given year being due by | ||||||
36 | January 31st of the following year.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) Each retailer whose average monthly remittance to the
| ||||||
2 | Department under this Act and the Telecommunications Excise Tax | ||||||
3 | Act
was $25,000 or more during the preceding calendar year, | ||||||
4 | excluding the
month of highest remittance and the month of | ||||||
5 | lowest remittance in such
calendar year, and who is not | ||||||
6 | operated by a unit of local government,
shall make estimated | ||||||
7 | payments to the Department on or before the 7th,
15th, 22nd, | ||||||
8 | and last day of the month during which the tax remittance
is | ||||||
9 | owed to the Department in an amount not less than the lower of
| ||||||
10 | either 22.5% of the retailer's actual tax collections for the | ||||||
11 | month
or 25% of the retailer's actual tax collections for the | ||||||
12 | same
calendar month of the preceding year. The amount of such | ||||||
13 | quarter-monthly
payments shall be credited against the final | ||||||
14 | remittance of the
retailer's return for that month. Any | ||||||
15 | outstanding credit, approved by
the Department, arising from | ||||||
16 | the retailer's overpayment of its final
remittance for any | ||||||
17 | month may be applied to reduce the amount of any
subsequent | ||||||
18 | quarter-monthly payment or credited against the final
| ||||||
19 | remittance of the retailer's return for any subsequent month. | ||||||
20 | If any
quarter-monthly payment is not paid at the time or in | ||||||
21 | the amount
required by this Section, the retailer shall be | ||||||
22 | liable for penalty and
interest on the
difference between the | ||||||
23 | minimum amount due as a payment
and the amount of such payment | ||||||
24 | actually and timely paid, except
insofar as the retailer has | ||||||
25 | previously made payments for
that month to
the Department or | ||||||
26 | received credits in excess of the minimum payments previously
| ||||||
27 | due.
| ||||||
28 | (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section
| ||||||
29 | containing the time within which a retailer may file his or her | ||||||
30 | return, in
the case of any retailer who ceases to engage in a | ||||||
31 | kind of business
that makes him or her responsible for filing | ||||||
32 | returns under this
Section, the retailer shall file a final | ||||||
33 | return under this Section
with the Department not more than one | ||||||
34 | month after discontinuing such
business.
| ||||||
35 | (g) In making such return, the retailer shall determine the
| ||||||
36 | value of any consideration other than money received by it and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such
retailer shall include the value in its return. Such | ||||||
2 | determination
shall be subject to review and revision by the | ||||||
3 | Department in the
manner hereinafter provided for the | ||||||
4 | correction of returns.
| ||||||
5 | (h) Any retailer who has average monthly tax billings due | ||||||
6 | to the Department
under this Act and the Telecommunications | ||||||
7 | Excise Tax Act that exceed $1,000
shall file the return | ||||||
8 | required by this Section by electronic means as required
by | ||||||
9 | rules of the Department.
| ||||||
10 | (i) The retailer filing the return herein provided for | ||||||
11 | shall, at the time of
filing the return, pay to the Department | ||||||
12 | the amounts due pursuant to this Act.
The Department shall | ||||||
13 | immediately pay over to the State Treasurer, ex officio,
as | ||||||
14 | trustee, 99.5% of all taxes, penalties, and interest collected | ||||||
15 | hereunder for
deposit into the Municipal Telecommunications | ||||||
16 | Fund, which is hereby created.
The remaining 0.5% received by | ||||||
17 | the Department pursuant to this Act shall be
deposited into the | ||||||
18 | Tax Compliance and Administration Fund and shall be used by
the | ||||||
19 | Department, subject to appropriation, to cover the costs of the | ||||||
20 | Department.
| ||||||
21 | On or before the 25th day of each calendar month, the | ||||||
22 | Department shall
prepare and certify to the Comptroller the | ||||||
23 | disbursement of stated sums of money
to be paid to named | ||||||
24 | municipalities from the Municipal Telecommunications Fund
for | ||||||
25 | amounts collected during the second preceding calendar month. | ||||||
26 | The named
municipalities shall be those municipalities | ||||||
27 | identified by a retailer in such
retailer's return as having | ||||||
28 | imposed the tax authorized by the Act. The amount
of money to | ||||||
29 | be paid to each municipality shall be the amount (not including
| ||||||
30 | credit memoranda) collected hereunder during the second | ||||||
31 | preceding calendar
month by the Department, plus an amount the | ||||||
32 | Department determines is necessary
to offset any amounts that | ||||||
33 | were erroneously
erronenously paid to a
different taxing body, | ||||||
34 | and not including an amount equal to the amount of
refunds made | ||||||
35 | during the second preceding calendar month by the Department on
| ||||||
36 | behalf of such municipality, and not including any amount that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Department
determines is necessary to offset any amount | ||||||
2 | that were payable to a different
taxing body but were | ||||||
3 | erroneously paid to the municipality. Within 10 days
after | ||||||
4 | receipt by the Comptroller of the disbursement certification | ||||||
5 | from the
Department, the Comptroller shall cause the orders to | ||||||
6 | be drawn for the
respective amounts in accordance with the | ||||||
7 | directions contained in the
certification. When certifying to | ||||||
8 | the Comptroller the amount of a monthly
disbursement to a | ||||||
9 | municipality under this Section, the Department shall
increase | ||||||
10 | or decrease the amount by an amount necessary to offset any
| ||||||
11 | misallocation of previous disbursements. The offset amount | ||||||
12 | shall be the
amount erroneously disbursed within the previous 6 | ||||||
13 | months from the time a
misallocation is discovered.
| ||||||
14 | (j) For municipalities with populations of less than | ||||||
15 | 500,000,
whenever the Department determines that a refund shall | ||||||
16 | be made under
this Section to a claimant instead of issuing a | ||||||
17 | credit memorandum, the
Department shall notify the State | ||||||
18 | Comptroller, who shall cause the
order to be drawn for the | ||||||
19 | amount specified and to the person named in
the notification | ||||||
20 | from the Department. The refund shall be paid by the
State | ||||||
21 | Treasurer out of the Municipal Telecommunications Fund.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 92-526, eff. 7-1-02; revised 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
23 | Section 220. The Uniform Penalty and Interest Act is | ||||||
24 | amended by changing Sections 3-2 and 3-3 as follows:
| ||||||
25 | (35 ILCS 735/3-2) (from Ch. 120, par. 2603-2)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 3-2. Interest.
| ||||||
27 | (a) Interest paid by the Department to taxpayers and | ||||||
28 | interest
charged to taxpayers by the Department shall be paid | ||||||
29 | at the annual
rate determined by the Department. For periods | ||||||
30 | prior to January 1, 2004, that
rate shall be the underpayment
| ||||||
31 | rate established under Section 6621 of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
32 | Code. For periods
after December 31, 2003, that rate shall be:
| ||||||
33 | (1) for the one-year period beginning with the date of | ||||||
34 | underpayment or
overpayment, the short-term federal rate |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established under Section 6621 of the
Internal Revenue | ||||||
2 | Code.
| ||||||
3 | (2) for any period beginning the day after the one-year | ||||||
4 | period described
in paragraph (1) of this subsection (a), | ||||||
5 | the underpayment rate established
under Section 6621 of the | ||||||
6 | Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
7 | (b) The interest rate shall be adjusted on a semiannual | ||||||
8 | basis, on
January 1 and July 1, based upon the underpayment | ||||||
9 | rate or short-term federal
rate going into
effect on that | ||||||
10 | January 1 or July 1 under Section 6621 of the Internal
Revenue | ||||||
11 | Code.
| ||||||
12 | (c) This subsection (c) is applicable to returns due on and | ||||||
13 | before
December 31, 2000.
Interest shall be simple interest | ||||||
14 | calculated on a daily basis.
Interest shall accrue upon tax and | ||||||
15 | penalty due. If notice and demand
is made for the payment of | ||||||
16 | any amount of tax due and if the amount due is
paid within 30 | ||||||
17 | days after the date of such notice and demand, interest
under | ||||||
18 | this Section on the amount so paid shall not be imposed for the
| ||||||
19 | period after the date of the notice and demand.
| ||||||
20 | (c-5) This subsection (c-5) is applicable to returns due on | ||||||
21 | and after
January 1, 2001.
Interest shall be simple interest | ||||||
22 | calculated on a daily basis. Interest shall
accrue upon tax | ||||||
23 | due. If notice and demand is made for the payment of any
amount | ||||||
24 | of tax due and if the amount due is paid within 30 days after | ||||||
25 | the date
of the notice and demand, interest under this Section | ||||||
26 | on the amount so paid
shall not be imposed for the period after | ||||||
27 | the date of the notice and demand.
| ||||||
28 | (d) No interest shall be paid upon any overpayment of tax | ||||||
29 | if the
overpayment is refunded or a credit approved within 90 | ||||||
30 | days after the last
date prescribed for filing the original | ||||||
31 | return,
or within 90 days of the receipt of the processable | ||||||
32 | return, or within 90
days after the date of overpayment, | ||||||
33 | whichever date is latest, as determined
without regard to | ||||||
34 | processing time by the Comptroller or without regard to
the | ||||||
35 | date on which the credit is applied to the taxpayer's account.
| ||||||
36 | In order for an original return to be processable for purposes |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of this
Section, it must be in the form prescribed or approved | ||||||
2 | by
the Department, signed by the person authorized by law, and | ||||||
3 | contain all
information, schedules, and support documents | ||||||
4 | necessary to determine the
tax due and to make allocations of | ||||||
5 | tax as prescribed by law.
For the purposes of computing | ||||||
6 | interest, a return shall be deemed to be
processable unless the | ||||||
7 | Department notifies the taxpayer that the return is
not | ||||||
8 | processable within 90 days after the receipt of the return; | ||||||
9 | however,
interest shall not accumulate for the period following | ||||||
10 | this date of notice.
Interest on amounts refunded or credited | ||||||
11 | pursuant to the filing of an
amended return or claim for refund | ||||||
12 | shall be determined from the due date of
the original return or | ||||||
13 | the date of overpayment, whichever is later, to the
date of | ||||||
14 | payment by the Department without regard to processing time by | ||||||
15 | the
Comptroller or the date of credit by the Department or | ||||||
16 | without regard to
the date on which the credit is applied to | ||||||
17 | the taxpayer's account. If a
claim for refund relates to an | ||||||
18 | overpayment attributable to a net loss
carryback as provided by | ||||||
19 | Section 207 of the Illinois Income Tax Act, the
date of | ||||||
20 | overpayment shall be the last day of the taxable year in which | ||||||
21 | the
loss was incurred.
| ||||||
22 | (e) Interest on erroneous refunds. Any portion of the tax | ||||||
23 | imposed by an
Act to which this Act is applicable or any | ||||||
24 | interest or penalty which has
been erroneously refunded and | ||||||
25 | which is recoverable by the Department shall
bear interest from | ||||||
26 | the date of payment of the refund. However, no interest
will be | ||||||
27 | charged if the erroneous refund is for an amount less than $500 | ||||||
28 | and
is due to a mistake of the Department.
| ||||||
29 | (f) If a taxpayer has a tax liability that is eligible for | ||||||
30 | amnesty under
the Tax Delinquency Amnesty Act and the taxpayer | ||||||
31 | fails to satisfy the tax
liability during the amnesty period | ||||||
32 | provided for in that Act, then the interest
charged by the | ||||||
33 | Department under this Section shall be
imposed at a rate that | ||||||
34 | is 200% of the rate that would otherwise be imposed
under this | ||||||
35 | Section.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 93-26, eff. 6-20-03; 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; revised |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 8-1-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (35 ILCS 735/3-3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2603-3)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 3-3. Penalty for failure to file or pay.
| ||||||
4 | (a) This subsection (a) is applicable before January 1, | ||||||
5 | 1996. A penalty
of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on a | ||||||
6 | return shall be
imposed for failure to file the tax return on | ||||||
7 | or before the due date prescribed
for filing determined with | ||||||
8 | regard for any extension of time for filing
(penalty
for late | ||||||
9 | filing or nonfiling). If any unprocessable return is corrected | ||||||
10 | and
filed within 21 days after notice by the Department, the | ||||||
11 | late filing or
nonfiling penalty shall not apply. If a penalty | ||||||
12 | for late filing or nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a | ||||||
13 | penalty for late payment, the total penalty due
shall be the | ||||||
14 | sum of the late filing penalty and the applicable late payment
| ||||||
15 | penalty.
Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
16 | of 1995, in the case
of any type of tax return required to be | ||||||
17 | filed more frequently
than annually, when the failure to file | ||||||
18 | the tax return on or before the
date prescribed for filing | ||||||
19 | (including any extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has | ||||||
20 | not occurred in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure | ||||||
21 | to file on the prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by | ||||||
22 | Section
3-3(a) shall be abated.
| ||||||
23 | (a-5) This subsection (a-5) is applicable to returns due on | ||||||
24 | and after
January 1, 1996 and on or before December 31, 2000.
A | ||||||
25 | penalty equal to 2% of
the tax required to be shown due on a | ||||||
26 | return, up to a maximum amount of $250,
determined without | ||||||
27 | regard to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any
| ||||||
28 | credit that was properly allowable on the date the return was | ||||||
29 | required to be
filed, shall be
imposed for failure to file the | ||||||
30 | tax return on or before the due date prescribed
for filing | ||||||
31 | determined with regard for any extension of time for filing.
| ||||||
32 | However, if any return is not filed within 30 days after notice | ||||||
33 | of nonfiling
mailed by the Department to the last known address | ||||||
34 | of the taxpayer contained in
Department records, an additional | ||||||
35 | penalty amount shall be imposed equal to the
greater of $250 or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 2% of the tax shown on the return. However, the additional
| ||||||
2 | penalty amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without | ||||||
3 | regard to any
part of the tax that is paid on time or by any | ||||||
4 | credit that was properly
allowable on the date the return was | ||||||
5 | required to be filed (penalty
for late filing or nonfiling). If | ||||||
6 | any unprocessable return is corrected and
filed within 30 days | ||||||
7 | after notice by the Department, the late filing or
nonfiling | ||||||
8 | penalty shall not apply. If a penalty for late filing or | ||||||
9 | nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a penalty for late payment, | ||||||
10 | the total penalty due
shall be the sum of the late filing | ||||||
11 | penalty and the applicable late payment
penalty.
In the case of | ||||||
12 | any type of tax return required to be filed more frequently
| ||||||
13 | than annually, when the failure to file the tax return on or | ||||||
14 | before the
date prescribed for filing (including any | ||||||
15 | extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has not occurred | ||||||
16 | in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure to file on the | ||||||
17 | prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by Section
3-3(a-5) | ||||||
18 | shall be abated.
| ||||||
19 | (a-10) This subsection (a-10) is applicable to returns due | ||||||
20 | on and after
January 1, 2001.
A penalty equal to 2% of
the tax | ||||||
21 | required to be shown due on a return, up to a maximum amount of | ||||||
22 | $250,
reduced by any tax that is
paid on time or by any
credit | ||||||
23 | that was properly allowable on the date the return was required | ||||||
24 | to be
filed, shall be
imposed for failure to file the tax | ||||||
25 | return on or before the due date prescribed
for filing | ||||||
26 | determined with regard for any extension of time for filing.
| ||||||
27 | However, if any return is not filed within 30 days after notice | ||||||
28 | of nonfiling
mailed by the Department to the last known address | ||||||
29 | of the taxpayer contained in
Department records, an additional | ||||||
30 | penalty amount shall be imposed equal to the
greater of $250 or | ||||||
31 | 2% of the tax shown on the return. However, the additional
| ||||||
32 | penalty amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without | ||||||
33 | regard to any
part of the tax that is paid on time or by any | ||||||
34 | credit that was properly
allowable on the date the return was | ||||||
35 | required to be filed (penalty
for late filing or nonfiling). If | ||||||
36 | any unprocessable return is corrected and
filed within 30 days |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | after notice by the Department, the late filing or
nonfiling | ||||||
2 | penalty shall not apply. If a penalty for late filing or | ||||||
3 | nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a penalty for late payment, | ||||||
4 | the total penalty due
shall be the sum of the late filing | ||||||
5 | penalty and the applicable late payment
penalty.
In the case of | ||||||
6 | any type of tax return required to be filed more frequently
| ||||||
7 | than annually, when the failure to file the tax return on or | ||||||
8 | before the
date prescribed for filing (including any | ||||||
9 | extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has not occurred | ||||||
10 | in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure to file on the | ||||||
11 | prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by Section
3-3(a-10) | ||||||
12 | shall be abated.
| ||||||
13 | (b) This subsection is applicable before January 1, 1998.
A | ||||||
14 | penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or the tax | ||||||
15 | required to
be shown due on the return shall be imposed for | ||||||
16 | failure to pay:
| ||||||
17 | (1) the tax shown due on the return on or before the | ||||||
18 | due date prescribed
for payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
19 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an
amount that is | ||||||
20 | reported in an amended return other than an amended return
| ||||||
21 | timely filed as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 | ||||||
22 | of the Illinois
Income Tax Act (penalty for late payment or | ||||||
23 | nonpayment of admitted liability);
or
| ||||||
24 | (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due | ||||||
25 | on a
return and which is not shown (penalty for late | ||||||
26 | payment or nonpayment of
additional liability), within 30 | ||||||
27 | days after a notice of arithmetic error,
notice and demand, | ||||||
28 | or a final assessment is issued by the Department.
In the | ||||||
29 | case of a final assessment arising following a protest and | ||||||
30 | hearing,
the 30-day period shall not begin until all | ||||||
31 | proceedings in court for review of
the final assessment | ||||||
32 | have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has
| ||||||
33 | expired without proceedings for a review having been | ||||||
34 | instituted. In the case
of a notice of tax liability that | ||||||
35 | becomes a final assessment without a protest
and hearing, | ||||||
36 | the penalty provided in this paragraph (2) shall be imposed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | at the
expiration of the period provided for the filing of | ||||||
2 | a protest.
| ||||||
3 | (b-5) This subsection is applicable to returns due on and | ||||||
4 | after January
1, 1998 and on or before December 31, 2000.
A | ||||||
5 | penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or the tax | ||||||
6 | required to be
shown due on the return shall be imposed for | ||||||
7 | failure to
pay:
| ||||||
8 | (1) the tax shown due on the return on or before the | ||||||
9 | due date prescribed
for payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
10 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an
amount that is | ||||||
11 | reported in an amended return other than an amended return
| ||||||
12 | timely filed as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 | ||||||
13 | of the Illinois
Income Tax Act (penalty for late payment or | ||||||
14 | nonpayment of admitted liability);
or
| ||||||
15 | (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due | ||||||
16 | on a
return and which is not shown (penalty for late | ||||||
17 | payment or nonpayment of
additional liability), within 30 | ||||||
18 | days after a notice of arithmetic error,
notice and demand, | ||||||
19 | or a final assessment is issued by the Department.
In the | ||||||
20 | case of a final assessment arising following a protest and | ||||||
21 | hearing,
the 30-day period shall not begin until all | ||||||
22 | proceedings in court for review of
the final assessment | ||||||
23 | have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has
| ||||||
24 | expired without proceedings for a review having been | ||||||
25 | instituted. In the case
of a notice of tax liability that | ||||||
26 | becomes a final assessment without a protest
and hearing, | ||||||
27 | the penalty provided in this paragraph (2) shall be imposed | ||||||
28 | at the
expiration of the period provided for the filing of | ||||||
29 | a protest.
| ||||||
30 | (b-10) This subsection (b-10) is applicable to returns due | ||||||
31 | on and after
January 1, 2001 and on or before December 31, | ||||||
32 | 2003. A penalty shall be
imposed for failure to pay:
| ||||||
33 | (1) the tax shown due on a return on or before the due | ||||||
34 | date prescribed for
payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
35 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an amount
that is | ||||||
36 | reported in an amended return other than an amended return |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | timely filed
as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 | ||||||
2 | of the Illinois Income Tax Act
(penalty for late payment or | ||||||
3 | nonpayment of admitted liability). The amount of
penalty | ||||||
4 | imposed under this subsection (b-10)(1) shall be 2% of any | ||||||
5 | amount that
is paid no later than 30 days after the due | ||||||
6 | date, 5% of any amount that is
paid later than 30 days | ||||||
7 | after the due date and not later than 90 days after
the due | ||||||
8 | date, 10% of any amount that is paid later than 90 days | ||||||
9 | after the due
date and not later than 180 days after the | ||||||
10 | due date, and 15% of any amount that
is paid later than 180 | ||||||
11 | days after the
due date.
If notice and demand is made for | ||||||
12 | the payment of any amount of tax due and if
the amount due | ||||||
13 | is paid within 30 days after the date of the notice and | ||||||
14 | demand,
then the penalty for late payment or nonpayment of | ||||||
15 | admitted liability under
this subsection (b-10)(1) on the | ||||||
16 | amount so paid shall not accrue for the period
after the | ||||||
17 | date of the notice and demand.
| ||||||
18 | (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due | ||||||
19 | on a return and
that is not shown (penalty for late payment | ||||||
20 | or nonpayment of additional
liability), within 30 days | ||||||
21 | after a notice of arithmetic error, notice and
demand, or a | ||||||
22 | final assessment is issued by the Department. In the case | ||||||
23 | of a
final assessment arising following a protest and | ||||||
24 | hearing, the 30-day period
shall not begin until all | ||||||
25 | proceedings in court for review of the final
assessment | ||||||
26 | have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has | ||||||
27 | expired
without proceedings for a review having been | ||||||
28 | instituted. The amount of penalty
imposed under this | ||||||
29 | subsection (b-10)(2) shall be 20% of any amount that is not
| ||||||
30 | paid within the 30-day period. In the case of a notice of | ||||||
31 | tax liability that
becomes a final assessment without a | ||||||
32 | protest and hearing, the penalty provided
in this | ||||||
33 | subsection (b-10)(2) shall be imposed at the expiration of | ||||||
34 | the period
provided for the filing of a protest.
| ||||||
35 | (b-15) This subsection (b-15) is applicable to returns due | ||||||
36 | on and after
January 1, 2004.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay the | ||||||
2 | tax shown due or
required to be shown due on a return on or | ||||||
3 | before the due date prescribed for
payment of that tax, an | ||||||
4 | amount of underpayment of estimated tax, or an amount
that | ||||||
5 | is reported in an amended return other than an amended | ||||||
6 | return timely filed
as required by subsection (b) of | ||||||
7 | Section 506 of the Illinois Income Tax Act
(penalty for | ||||||
8 | late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability). The | ||||||
9 | amount of
penalty imposed under this subsection (b-15)(1) | ||||||
10 | shall be 2% of any amount that
is paid no later than 30 | ||||||
11 | days after the due date, 10% of any amount that is
paid | ||||||
12 | later than 30 days after the due date and not later than 90 | ||||||
13 | days after the
due date, 15% of any amount that is paid | ||||||
14 | later than 90 days after the due date
and not later than | ||||||
15 | 180 days after the due date, and 20% of any amount that is
| ||||||
16 | paid later than 180 days after the due date. If notice and | ||||||
17 | demand is made for
the payment of any amount of tax due and | ||||||
18 | if the amount due is paid within 30
days after the date of | ||||||
19 | this notice and demand, then the penalty for late
payment | ||||||
20 | or nonpayment of admitted liability under this subsection | ||||||
21 | (b-15)(1) on
the amount so paid shall not accrue for the | ||||||
22 | period after the date of the notice
and demand.
| ||||||
23 | (2) A penalty shall be imposed for failure to file a | ||||||
24 | return or to show on
a timely return the full amount of any | ||||||
25 | tax required to be shown due. The
amount
of penalty imposed | ||||||
26 | under this subsection (b-15)(2) shall be:
| ||||||
27 | (A) 5% of any amount of tax (other than an amount | ||||||
28 | properly reported on
an amended return timely filed as | ||||||
29 | required by subsection (b) of Section 506 of
the | ||||||
30 | Illinois Income Tax Act) that is shown on a return or | ||||||
31 | amended return filed
prior to the date the Department | ||||||
32 | has initiated an audit or investigation of the
| ||||||
33 | taxpayer;
| ||||||
34 | (B) 10% of any amount of tax (other than an amount | ||||||
35 | properly reported on
an
amended return timely filed as | ||||||
36 | required by subsection (b) of Section 506 of the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois Income Tax Act) that is shown on a return or | ||||||
2 | amended return filed on
or after the date the | ||||||
3 | Department has initiated an audit or investigation of | ||||||
4 | the
taxpayer, but prior to the date any notice of | ||||||
5 | deficiency, notice of tax
liability, notice of | ||||||
6 | assessment or notice of final assessment is issued by | ||||||
7 | the
Department with respect to any portion of such | ||||||
8 | underreported amount; or
| ||||||
9 | (C) 20% of any amount that is not reported on a | ||||||
10 | return or amended return
filed prior to the date any | ||||||
11 | notice of deficiency, notice of tax liability,
notice | ||||||
12 | of assessment or notice of final assessment is issued | ||||||
13 | by the Department
with respect to any portion of such | ||||||
14 | underreported amount.
| ||||||
15 | (c) For purposes of the late payment penalties, the basis | ||||||
16 | of the penalty
shall be the tax shown or required to be shown | ||||||
17 | on a return, whichever is
applicable, reduced by any part of | ||||||
18 | the tax which is paid on time and by any
credit which was | ||||||
19 | properly allowable on the date the return was required to
be | ||||||
20 | filed.
| ||||||
21 | (d) A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be | ||||||
22 | shown even if
that amount is less than the tax shown on the | ||||||
23 | return.
| ||||||
24 | (e) This subsection (e) is applicable to returns due before | ||||||
25 | January 1,
2001.
If both a subsection (b)(1) or (b-5)(1) | ||||||
26 | penalty and a subsection (b)(2)
or (b-5)(2) penalty are | ||||||
27 | assessed against the same return, the subsection
(b)(2) or | ||||||
28 | (b-5)(2) penalty shall
be assessed against only the additional | ||||||
29 | tax found to be due.
| ||||||
30 | (e-5) This subsection (e-5) is applicable to returns due on | ||||||
31 | and after
January 1, 2001.
If both a subsection (b-10)(1) | ||||||
32 | penalty and a subsection
(b-10)(2) penalty are assessed against | ||||||
33 | the same return,
the subsection (b-10)(2) penalty shall be | ||||||
34 | assessed against
only the additional tax found to be due.
| ||||||
35 | (f) If the taxpayer has failed to file the return, the | ||||||
36 | Department shall
determine the correct tax according to its |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | best judgment and information,
which amount shall be prima | ||||||
2 | facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
| ||||||
3 | (g) The time within which to file a return or pay an amount | ||||||
4 | of tax due
without imposition of a penalty does not extend the | ||||||
5 | time within which to
file a protest to a notice of tax | ||||||
6 | liability or a notice of deficiency.
| ||||||
7 | (h) No return shall be determined to be unprocessable | ||||||
8 | because of the
omission of any information requested on the | ||||||
9 | return pursuant to Section
2505-575
of the Department of | ||||||
10 | Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-575).
| ||||||
11 | (i) If a taxpayer has a tax liability that is eligible for | ||||||
12 | amnesty under the
Tax Delinquency Amnesty Act and the taxpayer | ||||||
13 | fails to satisfy the tax liability
during the amnesty period | ||||||
14 | provided for in that Act, then the penalty imposed by
the | ||||||
15 | Department under this Section shall be imposed in an amount | ||||||
16 | that is 200% of
the amount that would otherwise be imposed | ||||||
17 | under this Section.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-742, eff. 7-25-02; 93-26, eff. 6-20-03; 93-32, | ||||||
19 | eff.
6-20-03; revised 8-1-03.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 225. The Illinois Pension Code is amended by | ||||||
21 | changing Sections 8-138, 11-134, 14-103.04, 14-103.05, 16-150, | ||||||
22 | and 16-182 and the headings of Articles 9 and 13 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (40 ILCS 5/8-138) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-138)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 8-138. Minimum annuities - Additional provisions.
| ||||||
25 | (a) An employee who withdraws after age 65 or more with at | ||||||
26 | least 20
years of service, for whom the amount of age and | ||||||
27 | service and prior service
annuity combined is less than the | ||||||
28 | amount stated in this Section, shall
from the date of | ||||||
29 | withdrawal, instead of all annuities
otherwise provided, be | ||||||
30 | entitled to receive an annuity for life of $150 a
year, plus 1 | ||||||
31 | 1/2% for each year of service, to and including 20 years, and
1 | ||||||
32 | 2/3% for each year of service over 20 years, of his highest | ||||||
33 | average
annual salary for any 4 consecutive years within the | ||||||
34 | last 10 years of
service immediately preceding the date of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | withdrawal.
| ||||||
2 | An employee who withdraws after 20 or more years of | ||||||
3 | service, before age
65, shall be entitled to such annuity, to | ||||||
4 | begin not earlier than upon
attained age of 55 years if under | ||||||
5 | such age at withdrawal, reduced by 2% for
each full year or | ||||||
6 | fractional part thereof that his attained age is less
than 65, | ||||||
7 | plus an additional 2% reduction for each full year or | ||||||
8 | fractional
part thereof that his attained age when annuity is | ||||||
9 | to begin is less than 60
so that the total reduction at age 55 | ||||||
10 | shall be 30%.
| ||||||
11 | (b) An employee who withdraws after July 1, 1957, at age 60 | ||||||
12 | or over,
with 20 or more years of service, for whom the age and | ||||||
13 | service and prior
service annuity combined, is less than the | ||||||
14 | amount stated in this paragraph,
shall, from the date of | ||||||
15 | withdrawal, instead of such annuities, be entitled
to receive | ||||||
16 | an annuity for life equal to 1 2/3% for each year of service, | ||||||
17 | of
the highest average annual salary for any 5 consecutive | ||||||
18 | years within the
last 10 years of service immediately preceding | ||||||
19 | the date of withdrawal;
provided, that in the case of any | ||||||
20 | employee who withdraws on or after July
1, 1971, such employee | ||||||
21 | age 60 or over with 20 or more years of service,
shall receive | ||||||
22 | an annuity for life equal to 1.67% for each of the
first 10 | ||||||
23 | years of service; 1.90% for each of the next 10 years of | ||||||
24 | service;
2.10% for each year of service in excess of 20 but not | ||||||
25 | exceeding 30; and
2.30% for each year of service in excess of | ||||||
26 | 30, based on the highest
average annual salary for any 4 | ||||||
27 | consecutive years within the last 10 years
of service | ||||||
28 | immediately preceding the date of withdrawal.
| ||||||
29 | An employee who withdraws after July 1, 1957 and before | ||||||
30 | January 1,
1988, with 20 or more years of service, before age | ||||||
31 | 60 years is entitled to
annuity, to begin not earlier than upon | ||||||
32 | attained age of 55 years, if under
such age at withdrawal, as | ||||||
33 | computed in the last preceding paragraph,
reduced 0.25% for | ||||||
34 | each full month or fractional part thereof that his
attained | ||||||
35 | age when annuity is to begin is less than 60 if the employee | ||||||
36 | was
born before January 1, 1936, or 0.5% for each such month if |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the employee
was born on or after January 1, 1936.
| ||||||
2 | Any employee born before January 1, 1936, who withdraws | ||||||
3 | with 20 or more
years of service, and any employee with 20 or | ||||||
4 | more years of service who
withdraws on or after January 1, | ||||||
5 | 1988, may elect to receive, in lieu of any
other employee | ||||||
6 | annuity provided in this Section, an annuity for life equal
to | ||||||
7 | 1.80% for each of the first 10 years of service, 2.00% for each | ||||||
8 | of the
next 10 years of service, 2.20% for each year of service | ||||||
9 | in excess of 20
but not exceeding 30, and 2.40% for each year | ||||||
10 | of service in excess of 30,
of the highest average annual | ||||||
11 | salary for any 4 consecutive
years within the last 10 years of | ||||||
12 | service immediately preceding the date of
withdrawal, to begin | ||||||
13 | not earlier than upon attained age of 55 years, if
under such | ||||||
14 | age at withdrawal, reduced 0.25% for each full month or | ||||||
15 | fractional
part thereof that his attained age when annuity is | ||||||
16 | to begin is less than
60; except that an employee retiring on | ||||||
17 | or after January 1, 1988, at age
55 or over but less than age | ||||||
18 | 60, having at least 35 years of service,
or an employee | ||||||
19 | retiring on or after July 1, 1990, at age 55 or over but
less | ||||||
20 | than age 60, having at least 30 years of service,
or an | ||||||
21 | employee retiring on or after the effective date of this | ||||||
22 | amendatory
Act of 1997, at age 55 or over but less than age 60, | ||||||
23 | having at least 25 years
of service, shall not be subject to | ||||||
24 | the reduction in retirement annuity
because of retirement below | ||||||
25 | age 60.
| ||||||
26 | However, in the case of an employee who retired on or after | ||||||
27 | January 1,
1985 but before January 1, 1988, at age 55 or older | ||||||
28 | and with at least 35
years of service, and who was subject | ||||||
29 | under this subsection (b) to the
reduction in retirement | ||||||
30 | annuity because of retirement below age 60, that
reduction | ||||||
31 | shall cease to be effective January 1, 1991, and the retirement
| ||||||
32 | annuity shall be recalculated accordingly.
| ||||||
33 | Any employee who withdraws on or after July 1, 1990, with | ||||||
34 | 20 or more years of
service, may elect to receive, in lieu of | ||||||
35 | any other employee annuity provided
in this Section, an annuity | ||||||
36 | for life equal to 2.20% for each year of service
if withdrawal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is before January 1, 2002, 60 days after the effective date of
| ||||||
2 | this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, or 2.40% for | ||||||
3 | each year of
service if withdrawal is on or after January 1, | ||||||
4 | 2002, 60 days after the
effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
5 | of the 92nd General Assembly or later,
of the highest average | ||||||
6 | annual salary for any 4 consecutive years within the
last 10 | ||||||
7 | years of service immediately preceding the date of withdrawal, | ||||||
8 | to begin
not earlier than upon attained
age of 55 years, if | ||||||
9 | under such age at withdrawal, reduced 0.25% for each
full month | ||||||
10 | or fractional part thereof that his attained age when annuity | ||||||
11 | is
to begin is less than 60; except that an employee retiring | ||||||
12 | at age 55 or
over but less than age 60, having at least 30 years | ||||||
13 | of service, shall not
be subject to the reduction in retirement | ||||||
14 | annuity because of retirement below
age 60.
| ||||||
15 | Any employee who withdraws on or after the effective date | ||||||
16 | of this
amendatory Act of 1997 with 20 or more years of service | ||||||
17 | may elect to receive,
in lieu of any other employee annuity | ||||||
18 | provided in this Section, an annuity for
life equal to 2.20% | ||||||
19 | for each year of service, if withdrawal is before
January 1, | ||||||
20 | 2002, 60 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
21 | of
the 92nd General Assembly, or 2.40% for each year of service | ||||||
22 | if withdrawal is
on or
after January 1, 2002, 60 days after the | ||||||
23 | effective date of this amendatory
Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
24 | Assembly or later, of the highest average annual
salary for any | ||||||
25 | 4 consecutive years within the last 10 years of service
| ||||||
26 | immediately preceding the date of withdrawal, to begin not | ||||||
27 | earlier than upon
attainment of age 55 (age 50 if the employee | ||||||
28 | has at least 30 years of service),
reduced 0.25% for each full | ||||||
29 | month or remaining fractional part thereof that the
employee's | ||||||
30 | attained age when annuity is to begin is less than 60; except | ||||||
31 | that
an employee retiring at age 50 or over with at least 30 | ||||||
32 | years of service or at
age 55 or over with at least 25 years of | ||||||
33 | service shall not be subject to the
reduction in retirement | ||||||
34 | annuity because of retirement below age 60.
| ||||||
35 | The maximum annuity payable under part (a) and (b) of this | ||||||
36 | Section shall
not exceed 70% of highest average annual salary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in the case of an employee
who withdraws prior to July 1, 1971, | ||||||
2 | 75% if withdrawal takes place on
or after July 1, 1971 and | ||||||
3 | prior to January 1, 2002, 60 days after the
effective date of | ||||||
4 | this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, or 80% if
| ||||||
5 | withdrawal
takes place on or after January 1, 2002 is 60 days | ||||||
6 | after the effective date
of this amendatory Act of the 92nd | ||||||
7 | General Assembly or later . For the
purpose of the minimum
| ||||||
8 | annuity provided in this Section $1,500 is considered the | ||||||
9 | minimum annual
salary for any year; and the maximum annual | ||||||
10 | salary for the computation of such
annuity is $4,800 for any | ||||||
11 | year before 1953, $6000 for the years 1953 to 1956,
inclusive, | ||||||
12 | and the actual annual salary, as salary is defined in this | ||||||
13 | Article,
for any year thereafter.
| ||||||
14 | To preserve rights existing on December 31, 1959, for | ||||||
15 | participants and
contributors on that date to the fund created | ||||||
16 | by the Court and Law
Department Employees' Annuity Act, who | ||||||
17 | became participants in the fund
provided for on January 1, | ||||||
18 | 1960, the maximum annual salary to be considered
for such | ||||||
19 | persons for the years 1955 and 1956 is $7,500.
| ||||||
20 | (c) For an employee receiving disability benefit, his | ||||||
21 | salary for annuity
purposes under paragraphs (a) and (b) of | ||||||
22 | this Section, for all periods of
disability benefit subsequent | ||||||
23 | to the year 1956, is the amount on which his
disability benefit | ||||||
24 | was based.
| ||||||
25 | (d) An employee with 20 or more years of service, whose | ||||||
26 | entire disability
benefit credit period expires before
| ||||||
27 | attainment of age 55 while still disabled for service, is | ||||||
28 | entitled upon
withdrawal to the larger of (1) the minimum | ||||||
29 | annuity provided above, assuming he
is then age 55, and | ||||||
30 | reducing such annuity to its actuarial equivalent as of his
| ||||||
31 | attained age on such date or (2) the annuity provided from his | ||||||
32 | age and service
and prior service annuity credits.
| ||||||
33 | (e) The minimum annuity provisions do not apply to any | ||||||
34 | former municipal
employee receiving an annuity from the fund | ||||||
35 | who re-enters service as a
municipal employee, unless he | ||||||
36 | renders at least 3 years of additional
service after the date |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of re-entry.
| ||||||
2 | (f) An employee in service on July 1, 1947, or who became a | ||||||
3 | contributor
after July 1, 1947 and before attainment of age 70, | ||||||
4 | who withdraws after age
65, with less than 20 years of service | ||||||
5 | for whom the annuity has been fixed
under this Article shall, | ||||||
6 | instead of the annuity so fixed, receive an
annuity as follows:
| ||||||
7 | Such amount as he could have received had the accumulated | ||||||
8 | amounts for
annuity been improved with interest at the | ||||||
9 | effective rate to the date of
his withdrawal, or to attainment | ||||||
10 | of age 70, whichever is earlier, and had
the city contributed | ||||||
11 | to such earlier date for age and service annuity the
amount | ||||||
12 | that it would have contributed had he been under age 65, after | ||||||
13 | the
date his annuity was fixed in accordance with this Article, | ||||||
14 | and assuming
his annuity were computed from such accumulations | ||||||
15 | as of his age on such
earlier date. The annuity so computed | ||||||
16 | shall not exceed the annuity which
would be payable under the | ||||||
17 | other provisions of this Section if the employee
was credited | ||||||
18 | with 20 years of service and would qualify for annuity | ||||||
19 | thereunder.
| ||||||
20 | (g) Instead of the annuity provided in this Article, an | ||||||
21 | employee having
attained age 65 with at least 15 years of | ||||||
22 | service who withdraws from
service on or after July 1, 1971 and | ||||||
23 | whose annuity computed under other
provisions of this Article | ||||||
24 | is less than the amount provided under this
paragraph, is | ||||||
25 | entitled to a minimum annuity for life equal to 1% of the
| ||||||
26 | highest average annual salary, as salary is defined and limited | ||||||
27 | in this
Section for any 4 consecutive years within the last 10 | ||||||
28 | years of service for
each year of service, plus the sum of $25 | ||||||
29 | for each year of service. The
annuity shall not exceed 60% of | ||||||
30 | such highest average annual salary.
| ||||||
31 | (g-1) Instead of any other retirement annuity provided in | ||||||
32 | this Article,
an employee who has at least 10 years of service | ||||||
33 | and withdraws from service
on or after January 1, 1999 may | ||||||
34 | elect to receive a retirement annuity for
life, beginning no | ||||||
35 | earlier than upon attainment of age 60, equal to 2.2%
if | ||||||
36 | withdrawal is before January 1, 2002, 60 days after the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | effective date of
this amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
2 | Assembly or 2.4% if withdrawal is on
or after January 1, 2002, | ||||||
3 | 60 days after the effective date of this amendatory
Act of the | ||||||
4 | 92nd General Assembly or later, of final average salary for | ||||||
5 | each
year of service,
subject to a maximum of 75% of final | ||||||
6 | average salary if withdrawal is before
January 1, 2002, or 80% | ||||||
7 | if withdrawal is on or after January 1, 2002. For
the purpose | ||||||
8 | of calculating this annuity, "final average salary" means the
| ||||||
9 | highest average annual salary for any 4 consecutive years in | ||||||
10 | the last 10 years
of service.
| ||||||
11 | (h) The minimum annuities provided under this Section shall | ||||||
12 | be paid in
equal monthly installments.
| ||||||
13 | (i) The amendatory provisions of part (b) and (g) of this | ||||||
14 | Section shall
be effective July 1, 1971 and apply in the case | ||||||
15 | of every qualifying
employee withdrawing on or after July 1, | ||||||
16 | 1971.
| ||||||
17 | (j) The amendatory provisions of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
18 | 1985 (P.A.
84-23) relating to the discount of annuity because | ||||||
19 | of retirement prior to
attainment of age 60, and to the | ||||||
20 | retirement formula, for those born before
January 1, 1936, | ||||||
21 | shall apply only to qualifying employees withdrawing on or
| ||||||
22 | after July 18, 1985.
| ||||||
23 | (j-1) The changes made to this Section by Public Act 92-609
| ||||||
24 | this
amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly (increasing | ||||||
25 | the retirement
formula to 2.4% per year of service and | ||||||
26 | increasing the maximum to 80%) apply
to persons who withdraw | ||||||
27 | from service on or after January 1, 2002, regardless
of whether | ||||||
28 | that withdrawal takes place before the effective date of that
| ||||||
29 | this amendatory Act. In the case of a person who withdraws from | ||||||
30 | service
on or after January 1, 2002 but begins to receive a | ||||||
31 | retirement annuity before
July 1, 2002
the effective date of | ||||||
32 | this amendatory Act , the annuity
shall be recalculated, with | ||||||
33 | the increase resulting from Public
this
amendatory Act 92-609
| ||||||
34 | accruing from the date the retirement annuity
began. The | ||||||
35 | changes made by Public Act 92-609 control over the changes made
| ||||||
36 | by Public Act 92-599, as provided in Section 95 of P.A. 92-609.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (k) Beginning on January 1, 1999, the minimum amount of | ||||||
2 | employee's annuity
shall be $850 per month for life for the | ||||||
3 | following classes of employees,
without regard to the fact that | ||||||
4 | withdrawal occurred prior to the effective date
of this | ||||||
5 | amendatory Act of 1998:
| ||||||
6 | (1) any employee annuitant alive and receiving a life | ||||||
7 | annuity on
the effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
8 | 1998,
except a reciprocal annuity;
| ||||||
9 | (2) any employee annuitant alive and receiving a term | ||||||
10 | annuity on
the effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
11 | 1998,
except a reciprocal annuity;
| ||||||
12 | (3) any employee annuitant alive and receiving a | ||||||
13 | reciprocal annuity on
the effective date of this amendatory | ||||||
14 | Act of 1998,
whose service in this fund is at least 5 | ||||||
15 | years;
| ||||||
16 | (4) any employee annuitant withdrawing after age 60 on | ||||||
17 | or after
the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1998,
| ||||||
18 | with at least 10 years of service in this fund.
| ||||||
19 | The increases granted under items (1), (2) and (3) of this | ||||||
20 | subsection (k)
shall not be limited by any other Section of | ||||||
21 | this Act.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 92-599, eff. 6-28-02; 92-609, eff. 7-1-02; | ||||||
23 | revised 9-11-02.)
| ||||||
24 | (40 ILCS 5/Art. 9 heading) | ||||||
25 | ARTICLE 9. COUNTY EMPLOYEES' AND OFFICERS'
| ||||||
26 | ANNUITY AND BENEFIT FUND - COUNTIES OVER
| ||||||
27 | 3,000,000
500,000 INHABITANTS
| ||||||
28 | (40 ILCS 5/11-134) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 11-134)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 11-134. Minimum annuities.
| ||||||
30 | (a) An employee whose withdrawal occurs after July 1, 1957 | ||||||
31 | at age 60 or
over, with 20 or more years of service, (as | ||||||
32 | service is defined or computed
in Section 11-216), for whom the | ||||||
33 | age and service and prior service annuity
combined is less than | ||||||
34 | the amount stated in this Section, shall, from and
after the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | date of withdrawal, in lieu of all annuities otherwise provided
| ||||||
2 | in this Article, be entitled to receive an annuity for life of | ||||||
3 | an amount
equal to 1 2/3% for each year of service, of the | ||||||
4 | highest average annual
salary for any 5 consecutive years | ||||||
5 | within the last 10 years of service
immediately preceding the | ||||||
6 | date of withdrawal; provided, that in the case of
any employee | ||||||
7 | who withdraws on or after July 1, 1971, such employee age 60
or | ||||||
8 | over with 20 or more years of service, shall be entitled to | ||||||
9 | instead
receive an annuity for life equal to 1.67% for each of | ||||||
10 | the first 10 years
of service; 1.90% for each of the next 10 | ||||||
11 | years of service; 2.10% for each
year of service in excess of | ||||||
12 | 20 but not exceeding 30; and 2.30% for each
year of service in | ||||||
13 | excess of 30, based on the highest average annual salary
for | ||||||
14 | any 4 consecutive years within the last 10 years of service | ||||||
15 | immediately
preceding the date of withdrawal.
| ||||||
16 | An employee who withdraws after July 1, 1957 and before | ||||||
17 | January 1,
1988, with 20 or more years of service, before age | ||||||
18 | 60, shall be entitled to
an annuity, to begin not earlier than | ||||||
19 | age 55, if under such age at
withdrawal, as computed in the | ||||||
20 | last preceding paragraph, reduced 0.25% if
the employee was | ||||||
21 | born before January 1, 1936, or 0.5% if the employee was
born | ||||||
22 | on or after January 1, 1936, for each full month or fractional | ||||||
23 | part
thereof that his attained age when such annuity is to | ||||||
24 | begin is less than 60.
| ||||||
25 | Any employee born before January 1, 1936 who withdraws
with | ||||||
26 | 20 or more years of service, and any employee with 20 or more | ||||||
27 | years of
service who withdraws on or after January 1, 1988, may | ||||||
28 | elect to receive, in
lieu of any other employee
annuity | ||||||
29 | provided in this Section, an annuity for life equal to 1.80% | ||||||
30 | for
each of the first 10 years of service, 2.00% for each of | ||||||
31 | the next 10 years
of service, 2.20% for each year of service in | ||||||
32 | excess of 20, but not
exceeding 30, and 2.40% for each year of | ||||||
33 | service in excess of 30,
of the highest average annual salary | ||||||
34 | for any 4
consecutive years within the last 10 years of service | ||||||
35 | immediately preceding
the date of withdrawal, to begin not | ||||||
36 | earlier than upon attained age of 55
years, if under such age |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | at withdrawal, reduced 0.25% for each full month
or fractional | ||||||
2 | part thereof that his attained age when annuity is to begin
is | ||||||
3 | less than 60; except that an employee retiring on or after | ||||||
4 | January 1,
1988, at age 55 or over but less than age 60, having | ||||||
5 | at least 35 years of
service, or an employee retiring on or | ||||||
6 | after July 1, 1990, at age 55
or over but less than age 60, | ||||||
7 | having at least 30 years of service,
or an employee retiring on | ||||||
8 | or after the effective date of this amendatory Act
of 1997, at | ||||||
9 | age 55 or over but less than age 60, having at least 25 years of
| ||||||
10 | service, shall not be subject to the reduction in retirement | ||||||
11 | annuity because
of retirement below age 60.
| ||||||
12 | However, in the case of an employee who retired on or after | ||||||
13 | January 1,
1985 but before January 1, 1988, at age 55 or older | ||||||
14 | and with at least 35
years of service, and who was subject | ||||||
15 | under this subsection (a) to the
reduction in retirement | ||||||
16 | annuity because of retirement below age 60, that
reduction | ||||||
17 | shall cease to be effective January 1, 1991, and the retirement
| ||||||
18 | annuity shall be recalculated accordingly.
| ||||||
19 | Any employee who withdraws on or after July 1, 1990, with | ||||||
20 | 20 or more
years of service, may elect to receive, in lieu of | ||||||
21 | any other employee
annuity provided in this Section, an annuity | ||||||
22 | for life equal to 2.20% for
each year of service if withdrawal | ||||||
23 | is before January 1, 2002, 60 days after
the effective date of | ||||||
24 | this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, or
2.40% for | ||||||
25 | each year of service if withdrawal is on or after January 1,
| ||||||
26 | 2002, 60 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
27 | of the 92nd
General Assembly or later, of the highest average | ||||||
28 | annual salary for any 4
consecutive years within the last 10 | ||||||
29 | years of service immediately preceding
the date of withdrawal, | ||||||
30 | to begin not earlier than upon attained age of 55
years, if | ||||||
31 | under such age at withdrawal, reduced 0.25% for each full month
| ||||||
32 | or fractional part thereof that his attained age when annuity | ||||||
33 | is to begin
is less than 60; except that an employee retiring | ||||||
34 | at age 55 or over but
less than age 60, having at least 30 years | ||||||
35 | of service, shall not be subject
to the reduction in retirement | ||||||
36 | annuity because of retirement below age 60.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Any employee who withdraws on or after the effective date | ||||||
2 | of this
amendatory Act of 1997 with 20 or more years of service | ||||||
3 | may elect to receive,
in lieu of any other employee annuity | ||||||
4 | provided in this Section, an annuity for
life equal to 2.20% | ||||||
5 | for each year of service if withdrawal is before
January 1, | ||||||
6 | 2002, 60 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
7 | of
the 92nd General Assembly, or 2.40% for each year of service | ||||||
8 | if withdrawal is
on or
after January 1, 2002, 60 days after the | ||||||
9 | effective date of this amendatory
Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
10 | Assembly or later, of the
highest average annual
salary for any | ||||||
11 | 4 consecutive years within the last 10 years of service
| ||||||
12 | immediately preceding the date of withdrawal, to begin not | ||||||
13 | earlier than upon
attainment of age 55 (age 50 if the employee | ||||||
14 | has at least 30 years of service),
reduced 0.25% for each full | ||||||
15 | month or remaining fractional part thereof that the
employee's | ||||||
16 | attained age when annuity is to begin is less than 60; except | ||||||
17 | that
an employee retiring at age 50 or over with at least 30 | ||||||
18 | years of service or at
age 55 or over with at least 25 years of | ||||||
19 | service shall not be subject to the
reduction in retirement | ||||||
20 | annuity because of retirement below age 60.
| ||||||
21 | The maximum annuity payable under this paragraph (a) of | ||||||
22 | this Section
shall not exceed 70% of highest average annual | ||||||
23 | salary in the case of an
employee who withdraws prior to July | ||||||
24 | 1, 1971, 75% if withdrawal takes place on
or after July 1, 1971 | ||||||
25 | and prior to January 1, 2002, 60 days after the
effective date | ||||||
26 | of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, or 80% if
| ||||||
27 | withdrawal
is on or after January 1, 2002 60 days after the | ||||||
28 | effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
29 | Assembly or later . For the purpose of the
minimum annuity
| ||||||
30 | provided in said paragraphs $1,500 shall be considered the | ||||||
31 | minimum annual
salary for any year; and the maximum annual | ||||||
32 | salary to be considered for the
computation of such annuity | ||||||
33 | shall be $4,800 for any year prior to 1953,
$6,000 for the | ||||||
34 | years 1953 to 1956, inclusive, and the actual annual salary,
as | ||||||
35 | salary is defined in this Article, for any year thereafter.
| ||||||
36 | (b) For an employee receiving disability benefit, his |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | salary for annuity
purposes under this Section shall, for all | ||||||
2 | periods of disability benefit
subsequent to the year 1956, be | ||||||
3 | the amount on which his disability benefit
was based.
| ||||||
4 | (c) An employee with 20 or more years of service, whose | ||||||
5 | entire
disability benefit credit period expires prior to | ||||||
6 | attainment of age 55
while still disabled for service, shall be | ||||||
7 | entitled upon withdrawal to the
larger of (1) the minimum | ||||||
8 | annuity provided above assuming that he is then
age 55, and | ||||||
9 | reducing such annuity to its actuarial equivalent at his
| ||||||
10 | attained age on such date, or (2) the annuity provided from his | ||||||
11 | age and
service and prior service annuity credits.
| ||||||
12 | (d) The minimum annuity provisions as aforesaid shall not | ||||||
13 | apply to any
former employee receiving an annuity from the | ||||||
14 | fund, and who re-enters
service as an employee, unless he | ||||||
15 | renders at least 3 years of additional
service after the date | ||||||
16 | of re-entry.
| ||||||
17 | (e) An employee in service on July 1, 1947, or who became a | ||||||
18 | contributor
after July 1, 1947 and prior to July 1, 1950, or | ||||||
19 | who shall become a
contributor to the fund after July 1, 1950 | ||||||
20 | prior to attainment of age 70,
who withdraws after age 65 with | ||||||
21 | less than 20 years of service, for whom the
annuity has been | ||||||
22 | fixed under the foregoing Sections of this Article shall,
in | ||||||
23 | lieu of the annuity so fixed, receive an annuity as follows:
| ||||||
24 | Such amount as he could have received had the accumulated | ||||||
25 | amounts for
annuity been improved with interest at the | ||||||
26 | effective rate to the date of
his withdrawal, or to attainment | ||||||
27 | of age 70, whichever is earlier, and had
the city contributed | ||||||
28 | to such earlier date for age and service annuity the
amount | ||||||
29 | that would have been contributed had he been under age 65, | ||||||
30 | after the
date his annuity was fixed in accordance with this | ||||||
31 | Article, and assuming
his annuity were computed from such | ||||||
32 | accumulations as of his age on such
earlier date. The annuity | ||||||
33 | so computed shall not exceed the annuity which
would be payable | ||||||
34 | under the other provisions of this Section if the employee
was | ||||||
35 | credited with 20 years of service and would qualify for annuity
| ||||||
36 | thereunder.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) In lieu of the annuity provided in this or in any other | ||||||
2 | Section of
this Article, an employee having attained age 65 | ||||||
3 | with at least 15 years of
service who withdraws from service on | ||||||
4 | or after July 1, 1971 and whose
annuity computed under other | ||||||
5 | provisions of this Article is less than the
amount provided | ||||||
6 | under this paragraph shall be entitled to receive a minimum
| ||||||
7 | annual annuity for life equal to 1% of the highest average | ||||||
8 | annual salary
for any 4 consecutive years within the last 10 | ||||||
9 | years of service immediately
preceding retirement for each year | ||||||
10 | of his service plus the sum of $25 for
each year of service. | ||||||
11 | Such annual annuity shall not exceed the maximum
percentages | ||||||
12 | stated under paragraph (a) of this Section of such highest
| ||||||
13 | average annual salary.
| ||||||
14 | (f-1) Instead of any other retirement annuity provided in | ||||||
15 | this Article,
an employee who has at least 10 years of service | ||||||
16 | and withdraws from service
on or after January 1, 1999 may | ||||||
17 | elect to receive a retirement annuity for
life, beginning no | ||||||
18 | earlier than upon attainment of age 60, equal to 2.2%
if | ||||||
19 | withdrawal is before January 1, 2002, 60 days after the | ||||||
20 | effective date of
this amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
21 | Assembly or 2.4% for each year of
service if
withdrawal is on | ||||||
22 | or after January 1, 2002, 60 days after the effective date
of | ||||||
23 | this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly or later, of | ||||||
24 | final
average salary for
each
year of service, subject to a | ||||||
25 | maximum of 75% of final average salary
if withdrawal is before | ||||||
26 | January 1, 2002, 60 days after the effective date of
this | ||||||
27 | amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, or 80% if | ||||||
28 | withdrawal is on
or after
January 1, 2002 60 days after the | ||||||
29 | effective date of this amendatory Act of
the 92nd General | ||||||
30 | Assembly or later . For the purpose of calculating this
annuity, | ||||||
31 | "final average
salary" means the highest average annual salary | ||||||
32 | for any 4 consecutive years
in the last 10 years of service.
| ||||||
33 | (g) Any annuity payable under the preceding subsections of | ||||||
34 | this Section
11-134 shall be paid in equal monthly | ||||||
35 | installments.
| ||||||
36 | (h) The amendatory provisions of part (a) and (f) of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section shall
be effective July 1, 1971 and apply in the case | ||||||
2 | of every qualifying
employee withdrawing on or after July 1, | ||||||
3 | 1971.
| ||||||
4 | (h-1) The changes made to this Section by Public Act 92-609
| ||||||
5 | this
amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly (increasing | ||||||
6 | the retirement
formula to 2.4% per year of service and | ||||||
7 | increasing the maximum to 80%) apply
to persons who withdraw | ||||||
8 | from service on or after January 1, 2002, regardless
of whether | ||||||
9 | that withdrawal takes place before the effective date of that
| ||||||
10 | this amendatory Act. In the case of a person who withdraws from | ||||||
11 | service
on or after January 1, 2002 but begins to receive a | ||||||
12 | retirement annuity before
July 1, 2002
the effective date of | ||||||
13 | this amendatory Act , the annuity
shall be recalculated, with | ||||||
14 | the increase resulting from Public
this
amendatory Act 92-609
| ||||||
15 | accruing from the date the retirement annuity
began. The | ||||||
16 | changes made by Public Act 92-609 control over the changes made
| ||||||
17 | by Public Act 92-599, as provided in Section 95 of P.A. 92-609.
| ||||||
18 | (i) The amendatory provisions of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
19 | 1985 relating to
the discount of annuity because of retirement | ||||||
20 | prior to attainment of age 60
and increasing the retirement | ||||||
21 | formula for those born before January 1, 1936,
shall apply only | ||||||
22 | to qualifying employees withdrawing on or after
August 16, | ||||||
23 | 1985.
| ||||||
24 | (j) Beginning on January 1, 1999, the minimum amount of | ||||||
25 | employee's annuity
shall be $850 per month for life for the | ||||||
26 | following classes of employees,
without regard to the fact that | ||||||
27 | withdrawal occurred prior to the effective
date of this | ||||||
28 | amendatory Act of 1998:
| ||||||
29 | (1) any employee annuitant alive and receiving a life | ||||||
30 | annuity on the
effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
31 | 1998, except a reciprocal
annuity;
| ||||||
32 | (2) any employee annuitant alive and receiving a term | ||||||
33 | annuity on the
effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
34 | 1998, except a reciprocal
annuity;
| ||||||
35 | (3) any employee annuitant alive and receiving a | ||||||
36 | reciprocal annuity on
the effective date of this amendatory |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act of 1998, whose service
in this fund is at least 5 | ||||||
2 | years;
| ||||||
3 | (4) any employee annuitant withdrawing after age 60 on | ||||||
4 | or after the
effective date of this amendatory Act of 1998, | ||||||
5 | with at least 10
years of service in this fund.
| ||||||
6 | The increases granted under items (1), (2) and (3) of this | ||||||
7 | subsection (j)
shall not be limited by any other Section of | ||||||
8 | this Act.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 92-599, eff. 6-28-02; 92-609, eff. 7-1-02; | ||||||
10 | revised 9-11-02.)
| ||||||
11 | (40 ILCS 5/Art. 13 heading) | ||||||
12 | ARTICLE 13. METROPOLITAN WATER RECLAMATION
| ||||||
13 | DISTRICT RETIREMENT FUND
SANITARY DISTRICT
| ||||||
14 | EMPLOYEE'S AND TRUSTEES' ANNUITY AND BENEFIT FUND
| ||||||
15 | (40 ILCS 5/14-103.04) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-103.04)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 14-103.04. Department. "Department": Any department, | ||||||
17 | institution,
board, commission, officer, court, or any agency | ||||||
18 | of the State having power to
certify payrolls to the State | ||||||
19 | Comptroller authorizing payments of salary or
wages against | ||||||
20 | State appropriations, or against trust funds held by the State
| ||||||
21 | Treasurer, except those departments included under the term | ||||||
22 | "employer" in the
State Universities Retirement System. | ||||||
23 | "Department" includes the Illinois
Finance Authority. | ||||||
24 | "Department" also includes the
Illinois
Comprehensive Health | ||||||
25 | Insurance Board and the Illinois Finance Authority .
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-205 (Sections 890-11 and 890-44), eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
27 | revised
9-23-03.)
| ||||||
28 | (40 ILCS 5/14-103.05) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-103.05)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 14-103.05. Employee.
| ||||||
30 | (a) Any person employed by a Department who receives salary
| ||||||
31 | for personal services rendered to the Department on a warrant
| ||||||
32 | issued pursuant to a payroll voucher certified by a Department | ||||||
33 | and drawn
by the State Comptroller upon the State Treasurer, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | including an elected
official described in subparagraph (d) of | ||||||
2 | Section 14-104, shall become
an employee for purpose of | ||||||
3 | membership in the Retirement System on the
first day of such | ||||||
4 | employment.
| ||||||
5 | A person entering service on or after January 1, 1972 and | ||||||
6 | prior to January
1, 1984 shall become a member as a condition | ||||||
7 | of employment and shall begin
making contributions as of the | ||||||
8 | first day of employment.
| ||||||
9 | A person entering service on or after January 1, 1984 | ||||||
10 | shall, upon completion
of 6 months of continuous service which | ||||||
11 | is not interrupted by a break of more
than 2 months, become a | ||||||
12 | member as a condition of employment. Contributions
shall begin | ||||||
13 | the first of the month after completion of the qualifying | ||||||
14 | period.
| ||||||
15 | The qualifying period of 6 months of service is not | ||||||
16 | applicable to: (1)
a person who has been granted credit for | ||||||
17 | service in a position covered by
the State Universities | ||||||
18 | Retirement System, the Teachers' Retirement System
of the State | ||||||
19 | of Illinois, the General Assembly Retirement System, or the
| ||||||
20 | Judges Retirement System of Illinois unless that service has | ||||||
21 | been forfeited
under the laws of those systems; (2) a person | ||||||
22 | entering service on or
after July 1, 1991 in a noncovered | ||||||
23 | position; or (3) a person to whom Section
14-108.2a or | ||||||
24 | 14-108.2b applies.
| ||||||
25 | (b) The term "employee" does not include the following:
| ||||||
26 | (1) members of the State Legislature, and persons | ||||||
27 | electing to become
members of the General Assembly | ||||||
28 | Retirement System pursuant to Section 2-105;
| ||||||
29 | (2) incumbents of offices normally filled by vote of | ||||||
30 | the people;
| ||||||
31 | (3) except as otherwise provided in this Section, any | ||||||
32 | person
appointed by the Governor with the advice and | ||||||
33 | consent
of the Senate unless that person elects to | ||||||
34 | participate in this system;
| ||||||
35 | (3.1) any person serving as a commissioner of an ethics | ||||||
36 | commission created under the State Officials and Employees |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Ethics Act unless that person elects to participate in this | ||||||
2 | system with respect to that service as a commissioner;
| ||||||
3 | (3.2) any person serving as a part-time employee in any | ||||||
4 | of the following positions: Legislative Inspector General, | ||||||
5 | Special Legislative Inspector General, employee of the | ||||||
6 | Office of the Legislative Inspector General, Executive | ||||||
7 | Director of the Legislative Ethics Commission, or staff of | ||||||
8 | the Legislative Ethics Commission, regardless of whether | ||||||
9 | he or she is in active service on or after July 8, 2004 | ||||||
10 | ( the effective date of Public Act 93-685)
this amendatory | ||||||
11 | Act of the 93rd General Assembly , unless that person elects | ||||||
12 | to participate in this System with respect to that service; | ||||||
13 | in this item (3.2), a "part-time employee" is a person who | ||||||
14 | is not required to work at least 35 hours per week;
| ||||||
15 | (4) except as provided in Section 14-108.2 or | ||||||
16 | 14-108.2c, any person
who is covered or eligible to be | ||||||
17 | covered by the Teachers' Retirement System of
the State of | ||||||
18 | Illinois, the State Universities Retirement System, or the | ||||||
19 | Judges
Retirement System of Illinois;
| ||||||
20 | (5) an employee of a municipality or any other | ||||||
21 | political subdivision
of the State;
| ||||||
22 | (6) any person who becomes an employee after June 30, | ||||||
23 | 1979 as a
public service employment program participant | ||||||
24 | under the Federal
Comprehensive Employment and Training | ||||||
25 | Act and whose wages or fringe
benefits are paid in whole or | ||||||
26 | in part by funds provided under such Act;
| ||||||
27 | (7) enrollees of the Illinois Young Adult Conservation | ||||||
28 | Corps program,
administered by the Department of Natural | ||||||
29 | Resources, authorized grantee
pursuant to Title VIII of the | ||||||
30 | "Comprehensive Employment and Training Act of
1973", 29 USC | ||||||
31 | 993, as now or hereafter amended;
| ||||||
32 | (8) enrollees and temporary staff of programs | ||||||
33 | administered by the
Department of Natural Resources under | ||||||
34 | the Youth
Conservation Corps Act of 1970;
| ||||||
35 | (9) any person who is a member of any professional | ||||||
36 | licensing or
disciplinary board created under an Act |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | administered by the Department of
Professional Regulation | ||||||
2 | or a successor agency or created or re-created
after the | ||||||
3 | effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997, and who | ||||||
4 | receives
per diem compensation rather than a salary, | ||||||
5 | notwithstanding that such per diem
compensation is paid by | ||||||
6 | warrant issued pursuant to a payroll voucher; such
persons | ||||||
7 | have never been included in the membership of this System, | ||||||
8 | and this
amendatory Act of 1987 (P.A. 84-1472) is not | ||||||
9 | intended to effect any change in
the status of such | ||||||
10 | persons;
| ||||||
11 | (10) any person who is a member of the Illinois Health | ||||||
12 | Care Cost
Containment Council, and receives per diem | ||||||
13 | compensation rather than a
salary, notwithstanding that | ||||||
14 | such per diem compensation is paid by warrant
issued | ||||||
15 | pursuant to a payroll voucher; such persons have never been | ||||||
16 | included
in the membership of this System, and this | ||||||
17 | amendatory Act of 1987 is not
intended to effect any change | ||||||
18 | in the status of such persons;
| ||||||
19 | (11) any person who is a member of the Oil and Gas | ||||||
20 | Board created by
Section 1.2 of the Illinois Oil and Gas | ||||||
21 | Act, and receives per diem
compensation rather than a | ||||||
22 | salary, notwithstanding that such per diem
compensation is | ||||||
23 | paid by warrant issued pursuant to a payroll voucher; or
| ||||||
24 | (12) a person employed by the State Board of Higher | ||||||
25 | Education in a position with the Illinois Century Network | ||||||
26 | as of June 30, 2004, who remains continuously employed | ||||||
27 | after that date by the Department of Central Management | ||||||
28 | Services in a position with the Illinois Century Network | ||||||
29 | and participates in the Article 15 system with respect to | ||||||
30 | that employment.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 92-14, eff. 6-28-01; 93-685, eff. 7-8-04; 93-839, | ||||||
32 | eff. 7-30-04; revised 9-8-04.)
| ||||||
33 | (40 ILCS 5/16-150) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 16-150)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 16-150. Re-entry.
| ||||||
35 | (a) This Section does not apply to an annuitant who returns |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to teaching
under the program established in Section 16-150.1, | ||||||
2 | for the duration of his
or her participation in that program.
| ||||||
3 | (b) If an annuitant under this System is again
employed as | ||||||
4 | a teacher for an aggregate period exceeding that permitted by
| ||||||
5 | Section 16-118, his or her retirement annuity shall be | ||||||
6 | terminated and the
annuitant shall thereupon be regarded as an | ||||||
7 | active member.
| ||||||
8 | Such annuitant is not entitled to a recomputation of his or | ||||||
9 | her
retirement annuity unless at least one full year of | ||||||
10 | creditable service is
rendered after the latest re-entry into | ||||||
11 | service and the annuitant must have
rendered at least 3 years | ||||||
12 | of creditable service after last re-entry into
service to | ||||||
13 | qualify for a recomputation of the retirement annuity based on
| ||||||
14 | amendments enacted while in receipt of a retirement annuity, | ||||||
15 | except when
retirement was due to disability.
| ||||||
16 | However, regardless of age, an annuitant in receipt of a | ||||||
17 | retirement annuity
may be given temporary employment by a | ||||||
18 | school board not exceeding that
permitted under Section 16-118 | ||||||
19 | and continue to receive the retirement annuity.
| ||||||
20 | (c) Unless retirement was necessitated by disability, a | ||||||
21 | retirement
shall be considered cancelled and the retirement | ||||||
22 | allowance must be repaid
in full if the annuitant is employed | ||||||
23 | as a teacher within the school year
during which service was | ||||||
24 | terminated.
| ||||||
25 | (d) An annuitant's retirement which does not include a | ||||||
26 | period of at
least one full and complete school year shall be | ||||||
27 | considered cancelled and
the retirement annuity must be repaid | ||||||
28 | in full unless such retirement was
necessitated by disability.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-320, eff. 7-23-03; 93-469, eff. 8-8-03; | ||||||
30 | revised 9-11-03.)
| ||||||
31 | (40 ILCS 5/16-182) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 16-182)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 16-182. Members' Contribution Reserve. (a) On July 1, | ||||||
33 | 2003, the
Members' Contribution Reserve is abolished and the | ||||||
34 | remaining balance shall be
transferred from that Reserve to the | ||||||
35 | Benefit Trust Reserve.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-469, eff. 8-8-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
2 | Section 230. The Bi-State Development Agency Act is amended | ||||||
3 | by changing Section 3 as follows:
| ||||||
4 | (45 ILCS 105/3) (from Ch. 127, par. 63s-3)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 3. Vacancies occurring in the office of any | ||||||
6 | commissioner shall be
filled by appointment by the Chairman of | ||||||
7 | the County Board that made the
original appointment of that | ||||||
8 | commissioner, with the advice and consent of the
respective | ||||||
9 | county board, for the unexpired term. Any vacancies occurring
| ||||||
10 | during the transition for the implementation of this amendatory | ||||||
11 | Act of the 93rd
General Assembly that were appointed by the | ||||||
12 | Governor, and not by the respective
County Board Chairmen, | ||||||
13 | shall be filled by the appointment by the County Board
Chairman | ||||||
14 | of Madison County if occurring in the years 2004, 2006, or 2008 | ||||||
15 | or by
the County Board Chairman of St. Clair County if | ||||||
16 | occurring in the years 2005 or
2007, each with the advice and | ||||||
17 | consent of the respective county board. .
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-432, eff. 6-1-04; revised 10-29-04.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 235. The Interstate Compact for Adult Offender | ||||||
20 | Supervision is amended by setting forth and renumbering | ||||||
21 | multiple versions of Section 110 as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (45 ILCS 170/110)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 110. (Amendatory provisions; text omitted.)
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-571, eff. 6-26-02; text omitted.)
| ||||||
25 | (45 ILCS 170/115)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 115.
110.
The Unified Code of Corrections is amended | ||||||
27 | by repealing Section 3-3-11.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 92-571, eff. 6-26-02; revised 7-15-02.)
| ||||||
29 | Section 240. The Special Assessment Supplemental Bond and | ||||||
30 | Procedures Act is amended by changing Section 55 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (50 ILCS 460/55)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 55. County clerk may collect. Pursuant to the Illinois | ||||||
3 | constitutional and statutory provisions
relating to | ||||||
4 | intergovernmental cooperation, the county clerk of
any county | ||||||
5 | in which property subject to a special assessment is
located | ||||||
6 | may, but shall not be required to, agree to mail bills
for a | ||||||
7 | special assessment with the regular tax bills of the
county, or | ||||||
8 | otherwise as may be provided by a special assessment
law. If | ||||||
9 | the clerk agrees to mail such bills with the regular tax
bills, | ||||||
10 | then the annual amount due as of January 2 shall become
due | ||||||
11 | instead in even installments with each tax bill made during
the | ||||||
12 | year in which such January 2 date occurs, thus deferring to
| ||||||
13 | later date in the year the obligation to pay the assessments.
| ||||||
14 | If In the event that the county clerk does not agree to | ||||||
15 | mail
the such bills, or if in the event that the municipality | ||||||
16 | declines
to request the county clerk to
mail
the said bills,
| ||||||
17 | the
municipality still may bill the annual amount due, as of | ||||||
18 | January 2 2nd ,
in
2
even
installments to become due on or about | ||||||
19 | the due dates date for the real
estate tax bills issued
by
the | ||||||
20 | county clerk during the year in which the January 2 2nd date | ||||||
21 | occurs,
thus thereby deferring to later dates in said year
the
| ||||||
22 | obligation to pay the assessment installment to later dates in | ||||||
23 | that year.
| ||||||
24 | If
In the event that the county clerk agrees to mail the
| ||||||
25 | such bills on behalf of a
municipality, the county may charge a | ||||||
26 | fee for such services to be paid from the
special assessment. | ||||||
27 | The
Such fee shall be considered as a cost of
making, levying,
| ||||||
28 | and collecting the assessment provided for in Section 9-2-139 | ||||||
29 | of the Illinois
Municipal Code.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-196, eff. 7-14-03; 93-222, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
31 | revised 9-11-03.)
| ||||||
32 | Section 245. The Public Works Contract
Change Order Act is | ||||||
33 | amended by changing Section 5 as follows: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (50 ILCS 525/5)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 5. Change orders; bidding. If a change order for any | ||||||
3 | public works
contract (i) is entered into by
a unit of local | ||||||
4 | government or school district, (ii) is not procured in
| ||||||
5 | accordance with the Illinois Procurement Code and the State | ||||||
6 | Finance Act, and
(iii) authorizes or necessitates any increase | ||||||
7 | in the contract price that is 50%
or more of the
original | ||||||
8 | contract price, then the portion of the contract that is | ||||||
9 | covered by the
change order must be resubmitted
for bidding in | ||||||
10 | the same manner for which the original contract was bid. | ||||||
11 | Bidding
for the portion of the contract covered by the change | ||||||
12 | order is subject to
any requirements to employ females and | ||||||
13 | minorities on the public works project
that existed at the | ||||||
14 | bidding for the original contract, together with any later
| ||||||
15 | requirements imposed by law.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 93-656, eff. 6-1-04; revised 12-20-04.) | ||||||
17 | Section 250. The Emergency Telephone System Act is amended | ||||||
18 | by changing Section 15.3 as follows:
| ||||||
19 | (50 ILCS 750/15.3) (from Ch. 134, par. 45.3)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 15.3. Surcharge.
| ||||||
21 | (a) The corporate authorities of any municipality or any
| ||||||
22 | county may, subject to the limitations of subsections (c), (d), | ||||||
23 | and (h),
and in addition to any tax levied pursuant to the | ||||||
24 | Simplified Municipal
Telecommunications Tax Act, impose a | ||||||
25 | monthly surcharge on billed subscribers
of network connection | ||||||
26 | provided by telecommunication carriers engaged in the
business | ||||||
27 | of transmitting messages by means of electricity originating | ||||||
28 | within
the corporate limits of the municipality or county | ||||||
29 | imposing the surcharge at
a rate per network connection | ||||||
30 | determined in accordance with subsection (c).
Provided, | ||||||
31 | however, that where multiple voice grade communications | ||||||
32 | channels
are connected between the subscriber's premises and a | ||||||
33 | public switched network
through private branch exchange (PBX) | ||||||
34 | or centrex type service, a municipality
imposing a surcharge at |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a rate per network connection, as determined in
accordance with | ||||||
2 | this Act, shall impose 5 such surcharges per network
| ||||||
3 | connection, as determined in accordance with subsections (a) | ||||||
4 | and (d) of
Section 2.12 of this Act.
For mobile | ||||||
5 | telecommunications services, if a surcharge is imposed it shall | ||||||
6 | be
imposed based upon the municipality or county that | ||||||
7 | encompasses the customer's
place of primary use as defined in | ||||||
8 | the Mobile Telecommunications Sourcing
Conformity Act. A | ||||||
9 | municipality may enter into an intergovernmental
agreement | ||||||
10 | with any county in which it is partially located, when the | ||||||
11 | county
has adopted an ordinance to impose a surcharge as | ||||||
12 | provided in subsection
(c), to include that portion of the | ||||||
13 | municipality lying outside the county
in that county's | ||||||
14 | surcharge referendum. If the county's surcharge
referendum is | ||||||
15 | approved, the portion of the municipality identified in the
| ||||||
16 | intergovernmental agreement shall automatically be | ||||||
17 | disconnected from the
county in which it lies and connected to | ||||||
18 | the county which approved the
referendum for purposes of a | ||||||
19 | surcharge on telecommunications carriers.
| ||||||
20 | (b) For purposes of computing the surcharge imposed by | ||||||
21 | subsection (a),
the network connections to which the surcharge | ||||||
22 | shall apply shall be those
in-service network connections, | ||||||
23 | other than those network connections
assigned to the | ||||||
24 | municipality or county, where the service address for each
such | ||||||
25 | network connection or connections is located within the | ||||||
26 | corporate
limits of the municipality or county levying the | ||||||
27 | surcharge. Except for mobile
telecommunication services, the | ||||||
28 | "service address" shall mean the location of
the primary use of | ||||||
29 | the network connection or connections. For mobile
| ||||||
30 | telecommunication services, "service address" means the | ||||||
31 | customer's place of
primary use as defined in the Mobile | ||||||
32 | Telecommunications Sourcing Conformity
Act. With respect to | ||||||
33 | network connections provided for
use with pay telephone | ||||||
34 | services for which there is no billed subscriber,
the | ||||||
35 | telecommunications carrier providing the network connection | ||||||
36 | shall be
deemed to be its own billed subscriber for purposes of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | applying the surcharge.
| ||||||
2 | (c) Upon the passage of an ordinance to impose a surcharge | ||||||
3 | under this
Section the clerk of the municipality or county | ||||||
4 | shall certify the question
of whether the surcharge may be | ||||||
5 | imposed to the proper election authority
who shall submit the | ||||||
6 | public question to the electors of the municipality or
county | ||||||
7 | in accordance with the general election law; provided that such
| ||||||
8 | question shall not be submitted at a consolidated primary | ||||||
9 | election. The
public question shall be in substantially the | ||||||
10 | following form:
| ||||||
11 | -------------------------------------------------------------
| ||||||
12 | Shall the county (or city, village
| ||||||
13 | or incorporated town) of ..... impose YES
| ||||||
14 | a surcharge of up to ...¢ per month per
| ||||||
15 | network connection, which surcharge will
| ||||||
16 | be added to the monthly bill you receive ------------------
| ||||||
17 | for telephone or telecommunications
| ||||||
18 | charges, for the purpose of installing
| ||||||
19 | (or improving) a 9-1-1 Emergency NO
| ||||||
20 | Telephone System?
| ||||||
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------
| ||||||
22 | If a majority of the votes cast upon the public question | ||||||
23 | are in favor
thereof, the surcharge shall be imposed.
| ||||||
24 | However, if a Joint Emergency Telephone System Board is to | ||||||
25 | be created
pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement under | ||||||
26 | Section 15.4, the
ordinance to impose the surcharge shall be | ||||||
27 | subject to the approval of a
majority of the total number of | ||||||
28 | votes cast upon the public question by the
electors of all of | ||||||
29 | the municipalities or counties, or combination thereof,
that | ||||||
30 | are parties to the intergovernmental agreement.
| ||||||
31 | The referendum requirement of this subsection (c) shall not | ||||||
32 | apply
to any municipality with a population over 500,000 or to | ||||||
33 | any
county in which a proposition as to whether a sophisticated | ||||||
34 | 9-1-1 Emergency
Telephone System should be installed in the | ||||||
35 | county, at a cost not to
exceed a specified monthly amount per | ||||||
36 | network connection, has previously
been approved by a majority |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the electors of the county voting on the
proposition at an | ||||||
2 | election conducted before the effective date of this
amendatory | ||||||
3 | Act of 1987.
| ||||||
4 | (d) A county may not impose a surcharge, unless requested | ||||||
5 | by a
municipality, in any incorporated area which has | ||||||
6 | previously approved a
surcharge as provided in subsection (c) | ||||||
7 | or in any incorporated area where
the corporate authorities of | ||||||
8 | the municipality have previously entered into
a binding | ||||||
9 | contract or letter of intent with a telecommunications carrier | ||||||
10 | to
provide sophisticated 9-1-1 service through municipal | ||||||
11 | funds.
| ||||||
12 | (e) A municipality or county may at any time by ordinance | ||||||
13 | change the
rate of the surcharge imposed under this Section if | ||||||
14 | the new rate does not
exceed the rate specified in the | ||||||
15 | referendum held pursuant to subsection (c).
| ||||||
16 | (f) The surcharge authorized by this Section shall be | ||||||
17 | collected from
the subscriber by the telecommunications | ||||||
18 | carrier providing the subscriber
the network connection as a | ||||||
19 | separately stated item on the subscriber's bill.
| ||||||
20 | (g) The amount of surcharge collected by the | ||||||
21 | telecommunications carrier
shall be paid to the particular | ||||||
22 | municipality or county or Joint Emergency
Telephone System | ||||||
23 | Board not later than 30 days after the surcharge is
collected, | ||||||
24 | net of any network or other 9-1-1 or sophisticated 9-1-1 system
| ||||||
25 | charges then due the particular telecommunications carrier, as | ||||||
26 | shown on an
itemized bill. The telecommunications carrier | ||||||
27 | collecting the surcharge
shall also be entitled to deduct 3% of | ||||||
28 | the gross amount of surcharge
collected to reimburse the | ||||||
29 | telecommunications carrier for the expense of
accounting and | ||||||
30 | collecting the surcharge.
| ||||||
31 | (h) Except as expressly provided in subsection (a) of this | ||||||
32 | Section, a
municipality with a population over 500,000 may not | ||||||
33 | impose a
monthly surcharge in excess of $1.25 per network | ||||||
34 | connection.
| ||||||
35 | (i) Any municipality or county or joint emergency telephone | ||||||
36 | system
board that has imposed a surcharge pursuant to this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section prior to the
effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
2 | 1990 shall hereafter impose the
surcharge in accordance with | ||||||
3 | subsection (b) of this Section.
| ||||||
4 | (j) The corporate authorities of any municipality or county | ||||||
5 | may issue,
in accordance with Illinois law, bonds, notes or | ||||||
6 | other obligations secured
in whole or in part by the proceeds | ||||||
7 | of the surcharge described in this
Section. Notwithstanding any | ||||||
8 | change in law subsequent to the issuance of
any bonds, notes or | ||||||
9 | other obligations secured by the surcharge, every
municipality | ||||||
10 | or county issuing such bonds, notes or other obligations shall
| ||||||
11 | be authorized to impose the surcharge as though the laws | ||||||
12 | relating to the
imposition of the surcharge in effect at the | ||||||
13 | time of issuance of the
bonds, notes or other obligations were | ||||||
14 | in full force and effect until the
bonds, notes or other | ||||||
15 | obligations are paid in full.
The State of Illinois pledges and | ||||||
16 | agrees that it will not limit or alter
the rights and powers | ||||||
17 | vested in municipalities and counties by this Section
to impose | ||||||
18 | the surcharge so as to impair the terms of or affect the
| ||||||
19 | security for bonds, notes or other obligations secured in whole | ||||||
20 | or in part
with the proceeds of the surcharge described in this | ||||||
21 | Section.
| ||||||
22 | (k) Any surcharge collected by or imposed on a | ||||||
23 | telecommunications
carrier pursuant to this Section shall be | ||||||
24 | held to be a special fund in
trust for the municipality, county | ||||||
25 | or Joint Emergency Telephone Board
imposing the surcharge. | ||||||
26 | Except for the 3% deduction provided in subsection
(g) above, | ||||||
27 | the special fund shall not be subject to the claims of
| ||||||
28 | creditors of the telecommunication carrier.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 92-474, eff. 8-1-02; 92-526, eff. 1-1-03; 92-557, | ||||||
30 | eff. 1-1-03;
revised 10-2-02.)
| ||||||
31 | Section 255. The Counties Code is amended by changing | ||||||
32 | Sections 5-1022 and 5-1101 as follows:
| ||||||
33 | (55 ILCS 5/5-1022) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-1022)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 5-1022. Competitive bids.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) Any purchase by a county with fewer than 2,000,000 | ||||||
2 | inhabitants of
services, materials, equipment or supplies in | ||||||
3 | excess of $20,000, other than
professional services, shall be | ||||||
4 | contracted for in one of the following ways:
| ||||||
5 | (1) by a contract let to the lowest responsible bidder | ||||||
6 | after advertising
for bids in a newspaper published within | ||||||
7 | the county or, if no newspaper
is published within the | ||||||
8 | county, then a newspaper having general circulation
within | ||||||
9 | the county; or
| ||||||
10 | (2) by a contract let without advertising for bids in | ||||||
11 | the case of an
emergency if authorized by the county board.
| ||||||
12 | (b) In determining the lowest responsible bidder, the | ||||||
13 | county board shall
take into consideration the qualities of the | ||||||
14 | articles supplied; their
conformity with the specifications; | ||||||
15 | their suitability to the
requirements
of the county,
| ||||||
16 | availability of support services; uniqueness of the service, | ||||||
17 | materials,
equipment, or supplies as it applies to networked, | ||||||
18 | integrated computer systems;
compatibility to existing | ||||||
19 | equipment;
and the delivery terms. The county board also may
| ||||||
20 | take into consideration whether a bidder is a private | ||||||
21 | enterprise or a
State-controlled enterprise and, | ||||||
22 | notwithstanding any other provision of
this Section or a lower | ||||||
23 | bid by a State-controlled enterprise, may let a
contract to the | ||||||
24 | lowest responsible bidder that is a private enterprise.
| ||||||
25 | (c) This Section does not apply to contracts by a county | ||||||
26 | with the federal
government or to purchases of used equipment, | ||||||
27 | purchases at auction
or similar transactions which by their | ||||||
28 | very nature are not suitable to
competitive bids, pursuant to | ||||||
29 | an ordinance adopted by the county board.
| ||||||
30 | (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, a | ||||||
31 | county may let
without advertising for bids in the case of | ||||||
32 | purchases and contracts, when
individual orders do not exceed | ||||||
33 | $25,000, for the use, purchase, delivery,
movement, or | ||||||
34 | installation of data processing equipment, software, or | ||||||
35 | services
and
telecommunications and inter-connect equipment, | ||||||
36 | software, and services.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) A county may require, as a condition of any contract | ||||||
2 | for goods and
services,
that persons awarded a contract with | ||||||
3 | the county and all affiliates of the
person
collect and
remit | ||||||
4 | Illinois Use Tax on all sales of tangible personal property | ||||||
5 | into the
State
of Illinois
in accordance with the provisions of | ||||||
6 | the Illinois Use Tax Act regardless of
whether the
person or | ||||||
7 | affiliate is a "retailer maintaining a place of business within | ||||||
8 | this
State" as
defined in Section 2 of the Use Tax Act. For | ||||||
9 | purposes of this subsection (e),
the term
"affiliate" means any | ||||||
10 | entity that (1) directly, indirectly, or constructively
| ||||||
11 | controls another
entity, (2) is directly, indirectly, or | ||||||
12 | constructively controlled by another
entity, or (3) is
subject | ||||||
13 | to the control of a common entity. For purposes of this | ||||||
14 | subsection (e),
an entity
controls another entity if it owns, | ||||||
15 | directly or individually, more than 10% of
the voting
| ||||||
16 | securities of that entity. As used in this subsection (e), the | ||||||
17 | term "voting
security" means a
security that (1) confers upon | ||||||
18 | the holder the right to vote for the election of
members of
the | ||||||
19 | board of directors or similar governing body of the business or | ||||||
20 | (2) is
convertible into,
or entitles the holder to receive upon | ||||||
21 | its exercise, a security that confers
such a right to
vote. A | ||||||
22 | general partnership interest is a voting security.
| ||||||
23 | (f) Bids submitted to, and contracts executed by, the | ||||||
24 | county may require
a
certification by the bidder or contractor | ||||||
25 | that the bidder or contractor is not
barred from
bidding for or | ||||||
26 | entering into a contract under this Section and that the bidder
| ||||||
27 | or contractor
acknowledges that the county may declare the | ||||||
28 | contract void if the certification
completed
pursuant to this | ||||||
29 | subsection (f) is false.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-157, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
31 | 8-12-03.)
| ||||||
32 | (55 ILCS 5/5-1101) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-1101)
| ||||||
33 | Sec. 5-1101. Additional fees to finance court system.
A | ||||||
34 | county board may enact by ordinance or resolution the following | ||||||
35 | fees:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) A $5 fee to be paid by the defendant on a judgment of | ||||||
2 | guilty or a grant
of supervision for violation of the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Vehicle Code other than Section
11-501 or violations of similar | ||||||
4 | provisions contained in county or municipal
ordinances | ||||||
5 | committed in the county, and up to a $30 fee to be paid by the
| ||||||
6 | defendant on a judgment of guilty or a grant of supervision for | ||||||
7 | violation of
Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or a | ||||||
8 | violation of a similar
provision contained in county or | ||||||
9 | municipal ordinances committed in the county.
| ||||||
10 | (b) In the case of a county having a population of | ||||||
11 | 1,000,000 or less,
a $5 fee to be collected in all civil cases | ||||||
12 | by the clerk of the circuit court.
| ||||||
13 | (c) A fee to be paid by the defendant on a judgment of | ||||||
14 | guilty or a grant of
supervision under Section 5-9-1 of the | ||||||
15 | Unified Code of Corrections, as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (1) for a felony, $50;
| ||||||
17 | (2) for a class A misdemeanor, $25;
| ||||||
18 | (3) for a class B or class C misdemeanor, $15;
| ||||||
19 | (4) for a petty offense, $10;
| ||||||
20 | (5) for a business offense, $10.
| ||||||
21 | (d) A $100 fee for the second and subsequent violations of | ||||||
22 | Section
11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or violations of | ||||||
23 | similar provisions
contained in county or municipal ordinances | ||||||
24 | committed in the county. The
proceeds of this fee shall be | ||||||
25 | placed in the county general fund and used to
finance education | ||||||
26 | programs related to driving under the influence of alcohol or
| ||||||
27 | drugs.
| ||||||
28 | (d-5) A $10 fee to be paid by the defendant on a judgment | ||||||
29 | of guilty or a grant of supervision under Section 5-9-1 of the | ||||||
30 | Unified Code of Corrections to be placed in the county general | ||||||
31 | fund and used to finance the county mental health court. | ||||||
32 | (e) In each county in which a teen court, peer court, peer | ||||||
33 | jury, youth
court, or
other
youth diversion program has been | ||||||
34 | created, a county may adopt a mandatory fee
of up to $5 to be | ||||||
35 | assessed as provided in this subsection. Assessments
collected
| ||||||
36 | by the clerk of the circuit court pursuant to this subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | must be deposited
into an
account specifically for the | ||||||
2 | operation and administration of a teen court, peer
court, peer | ||||||
3 | jury, youth court, or other youth diversion program. The clerk | ||||||
4 | of
the
circuit court shall collect the fees established in this | ||||||
5 | subsection and must
remit the
fees to the teen court, peer | ||||||
6 | court, peer jury, youth court, or other youth
diversion
program | ||||||
7 | monthly, less 5%, which is to be retained as fee income to the | ||||||
8 | office
of
the clerk of the circuit court. The fees are to be | ||||||
9 | paid as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (1) a fee of up to $5 paid by the defendant on a | ||||||
11 | judgment of guilty or
grant of supervision for violation of | ||||||
12 | the Illinois Vehicle Code or violations
of similar | ||||||
13 | provisions contained in county or municipal ordinances | ||||||
14 | committed in
the
county;
| ||||||
15 | (2) a fee of up to $5 paid by the defendant on a | ||||||
16 | judgment of guilty or
grant of supervision under Section | ||||||
17 | 5-9-1 of the Unified Code of Corrections for
a
felony; for | ||||||
18 | a Class A, Class B, or Class C misdemeanor; for a petty | ||||||
19 | offense;
and
for a business offense.
| ||||||
20 | (f) The proceeds of all fees enacted under this Section | ||||||
21 | must, except as
provided in subsections (d) ,
and (d-5) , and | ||||||
22 | (e), be placed
in the
county general fund and used to
finance | ||||||
23 | the court system in the county, unless the fee is subject to
| ||||||
24 | disbursement by the circuit clerk as provided under Section | ||||||
25 | 27.5 of the Clerks
of Courts Act.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-892, eff. 1-1-05; 93-992, eff. 1-1-05; revised | ||||||
27 | 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
28 | Section 260. The Township Code is amended by setting forth | ||||||
29 | and renumbering multiple versions of Sections 30-166 and 85-50 | ||||||
30 | and by changing Section 235-20 as follows:
| ||||||
31 | (60 ILCS 1/30-166)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 30-166. Civil penalties for false fire alarms. The | ||||||
33 | township board of
any township providing fire protection | ||||||
34 | services may impose reasonable civil
penalties on individuals |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who repeatedly cause false fire alarms.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-302, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
3 | (60 ILCS 1/30-167)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 30-167
30-166 . Charge against non-residents.
| ||||||
5 | (a) The township board of each township may
fix, charge, | ||||||
6 | and collect fees not exceeding the reasonable cost of the
| ||||||
7 | service for all services rendered by the township against | ||||||
8 | persons,
businesses, and other entities who are not residents | ||||||
9 | of the township.
| ||||||
10 | (b) The charge may not be assessed against residents of the | ||||||
11 | township or
persons who request fire protection coverage for an | ||||||
12 | unprotected area and who
pay to the township an amount equal to | ||||||
13 | the township's fire
protection tax under Article 200 of this | ||||||
14 | Code.
| ||||||
15 | (c) The charge for such services shall be computed at a | ||||||
16 | rate not to exceed
$125 per hour per vehicle and not to exceed | ||||||
17 | $35 per hour per firefighter
responding to a call for | ||||||
18 | assistance. An additional charge may be levied to
reimburse the | ||||||
19 | township for extraordinary expenses of materials used in
| ||||||
20 | rendering such services. No charge shall be made for services | ||||||
21 | for which the
total charge would be less than $50.
| ||||||
22 | (d) All revenue from the charges assessed pursuant to this | ||||||
23 | Section shall
be deposited into the general fund of the | ||||||
24 | township.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-304, eff. 7-23-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (60 ILCS 1/85-50)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 85-50. Demolition, repair, or enclosure of buildings.
| ||||||
28 | (a) The township board of any township may formally request | ||||||
29 | the county board
to commence specified proceedings with respect | ||||||
30 | to property located within the
township but outside the | ||||||
31 | territory of any municipality as provided in Section
5-1121 of | ||||||
32 | the Counties Code. If the county board declines the request as
| ||||||
33 | provided in Section 5-1121 of the Counties Code, the township | ||||||
34 | may exercise its
powers under this Section.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) The township board of each township may
demolish, | ||||||
2 | repair, or enclose or cause the demolition, repair, or | ||||||
3 | enclosure of
dangerous and unsafe buildings or uncompleted and | ||||||
4 | abandoned buildings within
the territory of the township and
| ||||||
5 | may remove or cause the removal of garbage, debris, and other | ||||||
6 | hazardous,
noxious, or unhealthy substances or materials from | ||||||
7 | those buildings.
| ||||||
8 | The township board shall apply to the circuit court of the | ||||||
9 | county
in which the building is located (i) for an order | ||||||
10 | authorizing action to
be taken with respect to a building if | ||||||
11 | the owner or owners of the building,
including the lien holders | ||||||
12 | of record, after at least 15 days' written
notice by mail to do | ||||||
13 | so, have failed to commence proceedings to put the
building in | ||||||
14 | a safe
condition or to demolish it or (ii) for an order | ||||||
15 | requiring the owner or
owners of record to demolish, repair, or | ||||||
16 | enclose the building or to remove
garbage, debris, and other | ||||||
17 | hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances or
materials from | ||||||
18 | the building. It is not a defense to the cause of action
that | ||||||
19 | the building is boarded up or otherwise enclosed, although the | ||||||
20 | court
may order the defendant to have the building boarded up | ||||||
21 | or otherwise
enclosed. Where, upon diligent search, the | ||||||
22 | identity or whereabouts of the
owner or owners of the building, | ||||||
23 | including the lien holders of record,
is not ascertainable, | ||||||
24 | notice mailed to the person or persons in whose name
the real | ||||||
25 | estate was last assessed and the posting of the notice upon the
| ||||||
26 | premises sought to be demolished or repaired is sufficient | ||||||
27 | notice under this
Section.
| ||||||
28 | The hearing upon the application to the circuit court shall | ||||||
29 | be expedited
by the court and shall be given precedence over | ||||||
30 | all other suits.
| ||||||
31 | The cost of the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal | ||||||
32 | incurred by
the township, by an intervenor, or by a lien holder | ||||||
33 | of record,
including court costs, attorney's fees, and other | ||||||
34 | costs related to the
enforcement of this Section, is | ||||||
35 | recoverable from the owner or owners of
the real estate or the | ||||||
36 | previous owner or both if the property was transferred
during |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the 15-day notice period and is a lien on the real estate
if, | ||||||
2 | within
180 days after the repair, demolition, enclosure, or | ||||||
3 | removal, the township,
the lien holder of record, or the | ||||||
4 | intervenor who incurred the cost and expense
shall file a | ||||||
5 | notice of lien for the cost and expense incurred in the office | ||||||
6 | of
the recorder in the county in which the real estate is | ||||||
7 | located or in the office
of the registrar of titles of the | ||||||
8 | county if the real estate affected is
registered under the | ||||||
9 | Registered Titles (Torrens) Act.
The lien becomes effective at | ||||||
10 | the time of filing.
| ||||||
11 | The notice must consist of a sworn statement setting out | ||||||
12 | (1) a
description of the real estate sufficient for its | ||||||
13 | identification, (2)
the amount of money representing the cost | ||||||
14 | and expense incurred, and (3) the
date or dates when the cost | ||||||
15 | and expense was incurred by the township,
the lien holder of | ||||||
16 | record, or the intervenor. Upon payment of the cost and
expense | ||||||
17 | by the owner of or persons interested in the property after the
| ||||||
18 | notice of lien has been filed, the lien shall be released by | ||||||
19 | the
township, the person in whose name the lien has been filed, | ||||||
20 | or the
assignee of the lien, and the release may be filed of | ||||||
21 | record as in the case
of filing notice of lien. Unless the lien | ||||||
22 | is enforced under subsection (c),
the lien may be enforced by | ||||||
23 | foreclosure proceedings as in the case of
mortgage foreclosures | ||||||
24 | under Article XV of the Code of Civil Procedure or
mechanics' | ||||||
25 | lien foreclosures. An action to foreclose this lien
may be | ||||||
26 | commenced at any time after the date of filing of the notice of
| ||||||
27 | lien. The costs of foreclosure incurred by the township, | ||||||
28 | including
court costs, reasonable attorney's fees, advances to | ||||||
29 | preserve the property,
and other costs related to the | ||||||
30 | enforcement of this subsection, plus
statutory interest, are a | ||||||
31 | lien on the real estate and are recoverable by
the township | ||||||
32 | from the owner or owners of the real estate.
| ||||||
33 | All liens arising under this subsection (b) shall be | ||||||
34 | assignable.
The assignee of the lien shall have the same power | ||||||
35 | to enforce the lien
as the assigning party, except that the | ||||||
36 | lien may not be
enforced under subsection (c).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) In any case where a township has obtained a lien under
| ||||||
2 | subsection (b), the township may enforce the lien under
this | ||||||
3 | subsection (c) in the same proceeding in which the lien is | ||||||
4 | authorized.
| ||||||
5 | A township desiring to enforce a lien under this subsection | ||||||
6 | (c) shall
petition the court to retain jurisdiction for | ||||||
7 | foreclosure proceedings under
this subsection. Notice of the | ||||||
8 | petition shall be served, by certified or
registered mail, on | ||||||
9 | all persons who were served notice under subsection (b).
The | ||||||
10 | court shall conduct a hearing on the petition not less than 15
| ||||||
11 | days after the notice is served. If the court determines that | ||||||
12 | the
requirements of this subsection (c) have been satisfied, it | ||||||
13 | shall grant the
petition and retain jurisdiction over the | ||||||
14 | matter until the foreclosure
proceeding is completed. The costs | ||||||
15 | of foreclosure incurred by the
township, including court costs, | ||||||
16 | reasonable attorneys' fees, advances
to preserve the property, | ||||||
17 | and other costs related to the enforcement of
this subsection, | ||||||
18 | plus statutory interest, are a lien on the real estate and
are | ||||||
19 | recoverable by the township from the owner or owners of the | ||||||
20 | real
estate. If the court denies the petition, the township may | ||||||
21 | enforce the
lien in a separate action as provided in subsection | ||||||
22 | (b).
| ||||||
23 | All persons designated in Section 15-1501 of the Code of | ||||||
24 | Civil Procedure
as necessary parties in a mortgage foreclosure | ||||||
25 | action shall be joined as
parties before issuance of an order | ||||||
26 | of foreclosure. Persons designated
in Section 15-1501 of the | ||||||
27 | Code of Civil Procedure as permissible parties
may also be | ||||||
28 | joined as parties in the action.
| ||||||
29 | The provisions of Article XV of the Code of Civil Procedure | ||||||
30 | applicable to
mortgage foreclosures shall apply to the | ||||||
31 | foreclosure of a lien under
this subsection (c), except to the | ||||||
32 | extent that those provisions are
inconsistent with this | ||||||
33 | subsection. For purposes of foreclosures
of liens under this | ||||||
34 | subsection, however, the redemption period described in
| ||||||
35 | subsection (c) of Section 15-1603 of the Code of Civil | ||||||
36 | Procedure shall end
60 days after the date of entry of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | order of foreclosure.
| ||||||
2 | (d) In addition to any other remedy provided by law, the | ||||||
3 | township
board of any township may petition the circuit court | ||||||
4 | to have
property declared abandoned under this subsection (d) | ||||||
5 | if:
| ||||||
6 | (1) the property has been tax delinquent for 2 or more | ||||||
7 | years or bills
for water service for the property have been | ||||||
8 | outstanding for 2 or more years;
| ||||||
9 | (2) the property is unoccupied by persons legally in | ||||||
10 | possession; and
| ||||||
11 | (3) the property contains a dangerous or unsafe | ||||||
12 | building.
| ||||||
13 | All persons having an interest of record in the property, | ||||||
14 | including tax
purchasers and beneficial owners of any Illinois | ||||||
15 | land trust having title to
the property, shall be named as | ||||||
16 | defendants in the petition and shall be
served with process. In | ||||||
17 | addition, service shall be had under Section
2-206 of the Code | ||||||
18 | of Civil Procedure as in other cases affecting property.
| ||||||
19 | The township, however, may proceed under this subsection in | ||||||
20 | a
proceeding brought under subsection (b). Notice of the | ||||||
21 | petition
shall be served by certified or registered mail on all | ||||||
22 | persons who were
served notice under subsection (b).
| ||||||
23 | If the township proves that the conditions described in | ||||||
24 | this
subsection exist and the owner of record of the property | ||||||
25 | does not enter
an appearance in the action, or, if title to the | ||||||
26 | property is held by an
Illinois land trust, if neither the | ||||||
27 | owner of record nor the owner of the
beneficial interest of the | ||||||
28 | trust enters an appearance, the court
shall declare the | ||||||
29 | property abandoned.
| ||||||
30 | If that determination is made, notice shall be sent by | ||||||
31 | certified or
registered mail to all persons having an interest | ||||||
32 | of record in the
property, including tax purchasers and | ||||||
33 | beneficial owners of any Illinois
land trust having title to | ||||||
34 | the property, stating that title to the
property will be | ||||||
35 | transferred to the township unless, within 30 days of
the | ||||||
36 | notice, the owner of record enters an appearance in the action, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or
unless any other person having an interest in the property | ||||||
2 | files with the
court a request to demolish the dangerous or | ||||||
3 | unsafe building or to put the
building in safe condition.
| ||||||
4 | If the owner of record enters an appearance in the action | ||||||
5 | within the 30-day
period, the court shall vacate its order | ||||||
6 | declaring the property
abandoned. In that case, the township | ||||||
7 | may amend its complaint in order
to initiate proceedings under | ||||||
8 | subsection (b).
| ||||||
9 | If a request to demolish or repair the building is filed | ||||||
10 | within the 30-day
period, the court shall grant permission to | ||||||
11 | the requesting party to
demolish the building within 30 days or | ||||||
12 | to restore the building to safe
condition within 60 days after | ||||||
13 | the request is granted. An extension of
that period for up to | ||||||
14 | 60 additional days may be given for good cause. If
more than | ||||||
15 | one person with an interest in the property files a timely
| ||||||
16 | request, preference shall be given to the person with the lien | ||||||
17 | or other
interest of the highest priority.
| ||||||
18 | If the requesting party proves to the court that the | ||||||
19 | building has been
demolished or put in a safe condition within | ||||||
20 | the period of time granted by
the court, the court shall issue | ||||||
21 | a quitclaim judicial deed for the
property to the requesting | ||||||
22 | party, conveying only the interest of the owner
of record, upon | ||||||
23 | proof of payment to the township of all costs incurred
by the | ||||||
24 | township in connection with the action, including but not
| ||||||
25 | limited to court costs, attorney's fees, administrative costs, | ||||||
26 | the
costs, if any, associated with building enclosure or | ||||||
27 | removal, and receiver's
certificates. The interest in the | ||||||
28 | property so conveyed shall be subject to
all liens and | ||||||
29 | encumbrances on the property. In addition, if the interest is
| ||||||
30 | conveyed to a person holding a certificate of purchase for the | ||||||
31 | property
under the Property Tax Code, the conveyance shall
be | ||||||
32 | subject to the rights of redemption of all persons entitled to | ||||||
33 | redeem under
that Act, including the original owner of record.
| ||||||
34 | If no person with an interest in the property files a | ||||||
35 | timely request or
if the requesting party fails to demolish the | ||||||
36 | building or put the building
in safe condition within the time |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | specified by the court, the township
may petition the court to | ||||||
2 | issue a judicial deed for the property
to the
county. A | ||||||
3 | conveyance by judicial deed shall operate to extinguish
all | ||||||
4 | existing ownership interests in, liens on, and other interest | ||||||
5 | in the
property, including tax liens.
| ||||||
6 | (e) This Section applies only to requests made by townships | ||||||
7 | under subsection
(a) before January 1, 2006 and proceedings to | ||||||
8 | implement or enforce this Section
with respect to matters | ||||||
9 | related to or arising from those requests.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-347, eff. 8-15-01.)
| ||||||
11 | (60 ILCS 1/85-55)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 85-55
85-50 . Horse-drawn vehicles. The township board | ||||||
13 | may, by
ordinance,
license and regulate horse-drawn vehicles | ||||||
14 | operating within the township. The
ordinance may also (i) | ||||||
15 | prescribe regulations for the safe operation of
horse-drawn | ||||||
16 | vehicles and (ii) require the examination of persons operating | ||||||
17 | a
horse-drawn vehicle. Any annual fee charged for a license to | ||||||
18 | operate a
horse-drawn vehicle may not exceed $50. Any fees | ||||||
19 | charged for a license to
operate a horse-drawn
vehicle within | ||||||
20 | the township must be used for the improvement of township | ||||||
21 | roads.
| ||||||
22 | For the purposes of this Section, "horse-drawn vehicle" | ||||||
23 | means any vehicle
powered by any animal of the equine family.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-613, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-26-02.)
| ||||||
25 | (60 ILCS 1/235-20)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 235-20. General assistance tax.
| ||||||
27 | (a) The township board may raise money by taxation deemed
| ||||||
28 | necessary to be expended to provide general assistance in the | ||||||
29 | township to
persons needing that assistance as provided in the | ||||||
30 | Illinois Public Aid
Code, including persons eligible for | ||||||
31 | assistance under the Military Veterans
Assistance Act, where | ||||||
32 | that duty is provided by law. The tax for each
fiscal year | ||||||
33 | shall not be more than 0.10% of value, or more than an
amount | ||||||
34 | approved at a referendum held under this Section, as equalized |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or
assessed by the Department of Revenue, and shall in no case | ||||||
2 | exceed the
amount needed in the township for general | ||||||
3 | assistance.
The board may decrease
the maximum tax rate by | ||||||
4 | ordinance.
| ||||||
5 | (b) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection,
if the | ||||||
6 | board desires to increase the maximum tax rate, it shall
order | ||||||
7 | a referendum on that proposition to be held at an election in
| ||||||
8 | accordance with the general election law. The board shall | ||||||
9 | certify the
proposition to the proper election officials, who | ||||||
10 | shall submit the
proposition to the voters at an election in | ||||||
11 | accordance with the general
election law. If a majority of the | ||||||
12 | votes cast on the proposition is in
favor of the proposition, | ||||||
13 | the board may annually levy the tax at a rate
not exceeding the | ||||||
14 | higher rate approved by the voters at the election. If,
| ||||||
15 | however, the board has decreased the maximum tax rate under | ||||||
16 | subsection
(a), then it may, at any time after the decrease, | ||||||
17 | increase the maximum tax
rate, by ordinance, to a rate less | ||||||
18 | than or equal to the maximum tax rate
immediately prior to the | ||||||
19 | board's ordinance to decrease the rate.
| ||||||
20 | (c) If a city, village, or incorporated town having a | ||||||
21 | population of
more than 500,000 is located within or partially | ||||||
22 | within a township, then
the entire amount of the tax levied by | ||||||
23 | the township for the purpose of
providing general assistance | ||||||
24 | under this Section on property lying within
that city, village, | ||||||
25 | or incorporated town, less the amount allowed for
collecting | ||||||
26 | the tax, shall be paid over by the treasurer of the township to
| ||||||
27 | the treasurer of the city, village, or incorporated town to be | ||||||
28 | appropriated
and used by the city, village, or incorporated | ||||||
29 | town for the relief and
support of persons needing general | ||||||
30 | assistance residing in that portion of
the city, village, or | ||||||
31 | incorporated town located within the township in
accordance | ||||||
32 | with the Illinois Public Aid Code.
| ||||||
33 | (d) Any taxes levied for general assistance before or after | ||||||
34 | this Section
takes effect may also be used for the payment of | ||||||
35 | warrants issued against
and in anticipation of those taxes and | ||||||
36 | accrued interest on those warrants
and may also be used to pay |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the cost of administering that assistance.
| ||||||
2 | (e) In any township with a population of less than 500,000 | ||||||
3 | that receives no
State funding for the general assistance | ||||||
4 | program and that has not issued
anticipation warrants or | ||||||
5 | otherwise borrowed monies for the administration of
the general | ||||||
6 | assistance program during the township's previous 3 fiscal | ||||||
7 | years
of operation, a one time transfer of monies from the | ||||||
8 | township's general
assistance fund may be made to the general | ||||||
9 | township fund pursuant to action
by the township board. This | ||||||
10 | transfer may occur only to the
extent that the amount of monies | ||||||
11 | remaining in the general assistance fund
after the transfer is | ||||||
12 | equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the
township's | ||||||
13 | expenditures in the previous fiscal year for general assistance
| ||||||
14 | or (ii) an amount equal to either 0.10% of the last known total | ||||||
15 | equalized
value of
all taxable property in the township, or | ||||||
16 | 100% of the highest amount levied
for general assistance | ||||||
17 | purposes in any of the three previous fiscal years.
The | ||||||
18 | transfer shall
be completed no later than one year after the | ||||||
19 | effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
20 | Assembly.
No township that
has certified a new levy or an | ||||||
21 | increase in the levy under this Section
during calendar year | ||||||
22 | 2002 may transfer monies under this
subsection.
No action on | ||||||
23 | the transfer of monies under this subsection shall be taken by
| ||||||
24 | the township board except at a township board meeting. No
| ||||||
25 | monies transferred under this subsection shall be considered in | ||||||
26 | determining
whether the township qualifies for State funds to | ||||||
27 | supplement local funds
for public aid purposes under Section | ||||||
28 | 12-21.13 of the Illinois Public Aid Code.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 92-558, eff. 6-24-02; 92-718, eff. 7-25-02; | ||||||
30 | revised 9-9-02.)
| ||||||
31 | Section 265. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by | ||||||
32 | changing Sections 3.1-30-20, 8-11-1.2, 11-31-1, 11-74.4-3, | ||||||
33 | 11-74.4-7, and 11-124-1 as follows:
| ||||||
34 | (65 ILCS 5/3.1-30-20) (from Ch. 24, par. 3.1-30-20)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 3.1-30-20. Auxiliary policemen.
| ||||||
2 | (a) Auxiliary policemen shall
not be members of the regular | ||||||
3 | police department of the municipality.
Auxiliary policemen | ||||||
4 | shall not supplement members of the regular
police department | ||||||
5 | of any municipality in the performance of their
assigned and | ||||||
6 | normal duties, except as otherwise provided in this Code.
| ||||||
7 | Auxiliary policemen shall only be assigned to perform the | ||||||
8 | following
duties in a municipality:
(i) to aid or direct | ||||||
9 | traffic within the
municipality, (ii) to aid in control of | ||||||
10 | natural or man made disasters, and
(iii) to aid
in case of | ||||||
11 | civil disorder as directed by the chief of police.
When it is | ||||||
12 | impractical for members of the regular
police department to | ||||||
13 | perform those normal and regular police duties, however,
the
| ||||||
14 | chief of police of the regular police department may
assign | ||||||
15 | auxiliary policemen to perform those normal and regular police
| ||||||
16 | duties. Identification symbols worn by auxiliary policemen | ||||||
17 | shall be
different and distinct from those used by members of | ||||||
18 | the regular police
department. Auxiliary policemen shall at all | ||||||
19 | times during the
performance of their duties be subject to the | ||||||
20 | direction and control of
the chief of police of the | ||||||
21 | municipality. Auxiliary policemen
shall not carry firearms, | ||||||
22 | except with the permission of the chief of
police and while in | ||||||
23 | uniform and in the performance of their duties.
Auxiliary | ||||||
24 | policemen, when on duty, shall also be conservators of the
| ||||||
25 | peace and shall have the powers specified in Section 3.1-15-25.
| ||||||
26 | (b) Auxiliary policemen, before entering upon any of their | ||||||
27 | duties,
shall receive a course of training in the use of | ||||||
28 | weapons and other
police procedures appropriate for the | ||||||
29 | exercise of the powers
conferred upon them under this Code. The | ||||||
30 | training and course of study
shall be determined and provided | ||||||
31 | by the corporate authorities of each
municipality employing | ||||||
32 | auxiliary policemen. The municipal authorities may
require | ||||||
33 | that all auxiliary policemen be residents of the municipality
| ||||||
34 | served by them. Before the appointment of an auxiliary | ||||||
35 | policeman, the
person's fingerprints shall be taken, and no | ||||||
36 | person shall be appointed as an
auxiliary policeman if that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | person has been convicted of a felony or other
crime
involving | ||||||
2 | moral turpitude.
| ||||||
3 | (c) The Line of Duty
Law Enforcement Officers, Civil | ||||||
4 | Defense Workers, Civil Air Patrol
Members, Paramedics and | ||||||
5 | Firemen Compensation Act
shall be applicable to auxiliary | ||||||
6 | policemen
upon their death in the line of duty described in | ||||||
7 | this Code.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 87-1119; revised 11-15-04.)
| ||||||
9 | (65 ILCS 5/8-11-1.2) (from Ch. 24, par. 8-11-1.2)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 8-11-1.2. Definition. As used in Sections 8-11-1.3,
| ||||||
11 | 8-11-1.4 and 8-11-1.5 of this Act:
| ||||||
12 | (a) "Public infrastructure" means
municipal roads and | ||||||
13 | streets, access roads, bridges, and sidewalks; waste
disposal | ||||||
14 | systems; and water and sewer line extensions, water | ||||||
15 | distribution
and purification facilities, storm water drainage | ||||||
16 | and retention facilities,
and sewage treatment facilities.
For | ||||||
17 | purposes of referenda authorizing the
imposition of taxes by | ||||||
18 | the City of DuQuoin under Sections 8-11-1.3, 8-11-1.4,
and | ||||||
19 | 8-11-1.5 of this
Act
that are approved in November, 2002, | ||||||
20 | "public infrastructure" shall also
include public schools.
| ||||||
21 | (b) "Property tax relief" means the action of a | ||||||
22 | municipality to reduce the
levy for real estate taxes or avoid | ||||||
23 | an increase in the levy for real estate
taxes that would | ||||||
24 | otherwise have been required. Property tax relief or the
| ||||||
25 | avoidance of property tax must uniformly apply to all classes | ||||||
26 | of property.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 91-51, eff. 6-30-99; 92-739, eff. 1-1-03; 92-815, | ||||||
28 | eff. 8-21-02;
revised 9-10-02.)
| ||||||
29 | (65 ILCS 5/11-31-1) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-31-1)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 11-31-1. Demolition, repair, enclosure, or | ||||||
31 | remediation.
| ||||||
32 | (a) The corporate authorities of each municipality may | ||||||
33 | demolish, repair,
or enclose or cause the demolition, repair, | ||||||
34 | or enclosure of
dangerous and unsafe buildings or uncompleted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and abandoned buildings
within the territory of the | ||||||
2 | municipality and may remove or cause the
removal of garbage, | ||||||
3 | debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy
substances | ||||||
4 | or materials from those buildings. In any county
having adopted | ||||||
5 | by referendum or otherwise a county health department as
| ||||||
6 | provided by Division 5-25 of the Counties Code or its | ||||||
7 | predecessor, the
county board of that county may exercise those | ||||||
8 | powers with regard to
dangerous and unsafe buildings or | ||||||
9 | uncompleted and abandoned buildings
within the territory of any | ||||||
10 | city, village, or incorporated town having less
than 50,000 | ||||||
11 | population.
| ||||||
12 | The corporate authorities shall apply to the circuit court | ||||||
13 | of the county
in which the building is located (i) for an order | ||||||
14 | authorizing action to
be taken with respect to a building if | ||||||
15 | the owner or owners of the building,
including the lien holders | ||||||
16 | of record, after at least 15 days' written
notice by mail so to | ||||||
17 | do, have failed to put the building in a safe
condition or to | ||||||
18 | demolish it or (ii) for an order requiring the owner or
owners | ||||||
19 | of record to demolish, repair, or enclose the building or to | ||||||
20 | remove
garbage, debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or | ||||||
21 | unhealthy substances or
materials from the building. It is not | ||||||
22 | a defense to the cause of action
that the building is boarded | ||||||
23 | up or otherwise enclosed, although the court
may order the | ||||||
24 | defendant to have the building boarded up or otherwise
| ||||||
25 | enclosed. Where, upon diligent search, the identity or | ||||||
26 | whereabouts of the
owner or owners of the building, including | ||||||
27 | the lien holders of record,
is not ascertainable, notice mailed | ||||||
28 | to the person or persons in whose name
the real estate was last | ||||||
29 | assessed is sufficient notice under this Section.
| ||||||
30 | The hearing upon the application to the circuit court shall | ||||||
31 | be expedited
by the court and shall be given precedence over | ||||||
32 | all other suits.
Any person entitled to bring an action under | ||||||
33 | subsection (b) shall have
the right to intervene in an action | ||||||
34 | brought under this Section.
| ||||||
35 | The cost of the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal | ||||||
36 | incurred by
the municipality, by an intervenor, or by a lien |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | holder of record,
including court costs, attorney's fees, and | ||||||
2 | other costs related to the
enforcement of this Section, is | ||||||
3 | recoverable from the owner or owners of
the real estate or the | ||||||
4 | previous owner or both if the property was transferred
during | ||||||
5 | the 15 day notice period and is a lien on the real estate; the | ||||||
6 | lien is
superior to all prior existing liens and encumbrances, | ||||||
7 | except taxes, if, within
180 days after the repair, demolition, | ||||||
8 | enclosure, or removal, the municipality,
the lien holder of | ||||||
9 | record, or the intervenor who incurred the cost and expense
| ||||||
10 | shall file a notice of lien for the cost and expense incurred | ||||||
11 | in the office of
the recorder in the county in which the real | ||||||
12 | estate is located or in the office
of the registrar of titles | ||||||
13 | of the county if the real estate affected is
registered under | ||||||
14 | the Registered Titles (Torrens) Act.
| ||||||
15 | The notice must consist of a sworn statement setting out | ||||||
16 | (1) a
description of the real estate sufficient for its | ||||||
17 | identification, (2)
the amount of money representing the cost | ||||||
18 | and expense incurred, and (3) the
date or dates when the cost | ||||||
19 | and expense was incurred by the municipality,
the lien holder | ||||||
20 | of record, or the intervenor. Upon payment of the cost and
| ||||||
21 | expense by the owner of or persons interested in the property | ||||||
22 | after the
notice of lien has been filed, the lien shall be | ||||||
23 | released by the
municipality, the person in whose name the lien | ||||||
24 | has been filed, or the
assignee of the lien, and the release | ||||||
25 | may be filed of record as in the case
of filing notice of lien. | ||||||
26 | Unless the lien is enforced under subsection (c),
the lien may | ||||||
27 | be enforced by foreclosure proceedings as in the case of
| ||||||
28 | mortgage foreclosures under Article XV of the Code of Civil | ||||||
29 | Procedure or
mechanics' lien foreclosures. An action to | ||||||
30 | foreclose this lien
may be commenced at any time after the date | ||||||
31 | of filing of the notice of
lien. The costs of foreclosure | ||||||
32 | incurred by the municipality, including
court costs, | ||||||
33 | reasonable attorney's fees, advances to preserve the property,
| ||||||
34 | and other costs related to the enforcement of this subsection, | ||||||
35 | plus
statutory interest, are a lien on the real estate and are | ||||||
36 | recoverable by
the municipality from the owner or owners of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | real estate.
| ||||||
2 | All liens arising under this subsection (a) shall be | ||||||
3 | assignable.
The assignee of the lien shall have the same power | ||||||
4 | to enforce the lien
as the assigning party, except that the | ||||||
5 | lien may not be
enforced under subsection (c).
| ||||||
6 | If the appropriate official of any municipality determines | ||||||
7 | that any
dangerous and unsafe building or uncompleted and | ||||||
8 | abandoned building within
its territory fulfills the | ||||||
9 | requirements for an action by the municipality
under the | ||||||
10 | Abandoned Housing Rehabilitation Act, the municipality may
| ||||||
11 | petition under that Act in a proceeding brought under this | ||||||
12 | subsection.
| ||||||
13 | (b) Any owner or tenant of real property within 1200 feet | ||||||
14 | in any
direction of any dangerous or unsafe building located | ||||||
15 | within the territory
of a municipality with a population of | ||||||
16 | 500,000 or more may file with the
appropriate municipal | ||||||
17 | authority a request that the municipality apply to
the circuit | ||||||
18 | court of the county in which the building is located for an
| ||||||
19 | order permitting the demolition, removal of garbage, debris, | ||||||
20 | and other
noxious or unhealthy substances and materials from, | ||||||
21 | or repair or enclosure of
the building in the manner prescribed | ||||||
22 | in subsection (a) of this Section.
If the municipality fails to | ||||||
23 | institute an action in circuit court within 90
days after the | ||||||
24 | filing of the request, the owner or tenant of real property
| ||||||
25 | within 1200 feet in any direction of the building may institute | ||||||
26 | an action
in circuit court seeking an order compelling the | ||||||
27 | owner or owners of record
to demolish, remove garbage, debris, | ||||||
28 | and other noxious or unhealthy
substances and materials from, | ||||||
29 | repair or enclose or to cause to be
demolished, have garbage, | ||||||
30 | debris, and other noxious or unhealthy substances
and materials | ||||||
31 | removed from, repaired, or enclosed the building in question.
A | ||||||
32 | private owner or tenant who institutes an action under the | ||||||
33 | preceding sentence
shall not be required to pay any fee to the | ||||||
34 | clerk of the circuit court.
The cost of repair, removal, | ||||||
35 | demolition, or enclosure shall be borne by
the owner or owners | ||||||
36 | of record of the building. In the event the owner or
owners of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | record fail to demolish, remove garbage, debris, and other | ||||||
2 | noxious
or unhealthy substances and materials from, repair, or | ||||||
3 | enclose the building
within 90 days of the date the court | ||||||
4 | entered its order, the owner or tenant
who instituted the | ||||||
5 | action may request that the court join the municipality
as a | ||||||
6 | party to the action. The court may order the municipality to | ||||||
7 | demolish,
remove materials from, repair, or enclose the | ||||||
8 | building, or cause that action to
be taken upon the request of | ||||||
9 | any owner or tenant who instituted the action or
upon the | ||||||
10 | municipality's request. The municipality may file, and the | ||||||
11 | court may
approve, a plan for rehabilitating the building in | ||||||
12 | question. A court order
authorizing the municipality to | ||||||
13 | demolish, remove materials from, repair, or
enclose a building, | ||||||
14 | or cause that action to be taken, shall not preclude the
court | ||||||
15 | from adjudging the owner or owners of record of the building in | ||||||
16 | contempt
of court due to the failure to comply with the order | ||||||
17 | to demolish, remove
garbage, debris, and other noxious or | ||||||
18 | unhealthy substances and materials from,
repair, or enclose the | ||||||
19 | building.
| ||||||
20 | If a municipality or a person or persons other than the | ||||||
21 | owner or
owners of record pay the cost of demolition, removal | ||||||
22 | of garbage, debris, and
other noxious or unhealthy substances | ||||||
23 | and materials, repair, or enclosure
pursuant to a court order, | ||||||
24 | the cost, including court costs, attorney's fees,
and other | ||||||
25 | costs related to the enforcement of this subsection, is
| ||||||
26 | recoverable from the owner or owners of the real estate and is | ||||||
27 | a lien
on the real estate; the lien is superior to all prior | ||||||
28 | existing liens and
encumbrances, except taxes, if, within 180 | ||||||
29 | days after the
repair, removal, demolition, or enclosure, the | ||||||
30 | municipality or the person or
persons who paid the costs of | ||||||
31 | demolition, removal, repair, or enclosure
shall file a notice | ||||||
32 | of lien of the cost and expense incurred in the office
of the | ||||||
33 | recorder in the county in which the real estate is located or | ||||||
34 | in the
office of the registrar of the county if the real estate | ||||||
35 | affected is
registered under the Registered Titles (Torrens) | ||||||
36 | Act. The notice shall be
in a form as is provided in subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a). An owner or tenant who
institutes an action in circuit | ||||||
2 | court seeking an order to compel the owner
or owners of record | ||||||
3 | to demolish, remove materials from, repair, or enclose any
| ||||||
4 | dangerous or unsafe building, or to cause that action to be | ||||||
5 | taken under this
subsection may recover court costs and | ||||||
6 | reasonable attorney's fees for
instituting the action from the | ||||||
7 | owner or owners of record of the building.
Upon payment of the | ||||||
8 | costs and expenses by the owner of or a person
interested in | ||||||
9 | the property after the notice of lien has been filed, the
lien | ||||||
10 | shall be released by the municipality or the person in whose | ||||||
11 | name the
lien has been filed or his or her assignee, and the | ||||||
12 | release may be filed of
record as in the case of filing a | ||||||
13 | notice of lien. Unless the lien is
enforced under subsection | ||||||
14 | (c), the lien may be enforced by foreclosure
proceedings as in | ||||||
15 | the case of mortgage foreclosures under Article XV of the
Code | ||||||
16 | of Civil Procedure or mechanics' lien foreclosures. An action | ||||||
17 | to
foreclose this lien may be commenced at any time after the | ||||||
18 | date of filing
of the notice of lien. The costs of foreclosure | ||||||
19 | incurred by the
municipality, including court costs, | ||||||
20 | reasonable attorneys' fees, advances
to preserve the property, | ||||||
21 | and other costs related to the enforcement of
this subsection, | ||||||
22 | plus statutory interest, are a lien on the real estate
and are | ||||||
23 | recoverable by the municipality from the owner or owners of the
| ||||||
24 | real estate.
| ||||||
25 | All liens arising under the terms of this subsection (b) | ||||||
26 | shall be
assignable. The assignee of the lien shall have the | ||||||
27 | same power to
enforce the lien as the assigning party, except | ||||||
28 | that the lien may not be
enforced under subsection (c).
| ||||||
29 | (c) In any case where a municipality has obtained a lien | ||||||
30 | under
subsection (a), (b), or (f), the municipality may enforce | ||||||
31 | the
lien
under
this subsection (c) in the same proceeding in | ||||||
32 | which the lien is authorized.
| ||||||
33 | A municipality desiring to enforce a lien under this | ||||||
34 | subsection (c) shall
petition the court to retain jurisdiction | ||||||
35 | for foreclosure proceedings under
this subsection. Notice of | ||||||
36 | the petition shall be served, by certified or
registered mail, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | on all persons who were served notice under subsection
(a), | ||||||
2 | (b), or (f). The court shall conduct a hearing on the petition | ||||||
3 | not
less than 15
days after the notice is served. If the court | ||||||
4 | determines that the
requirements of this subsection (c) have | ||||||
5 | been satisfied, it shall grant the
petition and retain | ||||||
6 | jurisdiction over the matter until the foreclosure
proceeding | ||||||
7 | is completed. The costs of foreclosure incurred by the
| ||||||
8 | municipality, including court costs, reasonable attorneys' | ||||||
9 | fees, advances
to preserve the property, and other costs | ||||||
10 | related to the enforcement of
this subsection, plus statutory | ||||||
11 | interest, are a lien on the real estate and
are recoverable by | ||||||
12 | the municipality from the owner or owners of the real
estate. | ||||||
13 | If the court denies the petition, the municipality may enforce | ||||||
14 | the
lien in a separate action as provided in subsection (a), | ||||||
15 | (b), or
(f).
| ||||||
16 | All persons designated in Section 15-1501 of the Code of | ||||||
17 | Civil Procedure
as necessary parties in a mortgage foreclosure | ||||||
18 | action shall be joined as
parties before issuance of an order | ||||||
19 | of foreclosure. Persons designated
in Section 15-1501 of the | ||||||
20 | Code of Civil Procedure as permissible parties
may also be | ||||||
21 | joined as parties in the action.
| ||||||
22 | The provisions of Article XV of the Code of Civil Procedure | ||||||
23 | applicable to
mortgage foreclosures shall apply to the | ||||||
24 | foreclosure of a lien under
this subsection (c), except to the | ||||||
25 | extent that those provisions are
inconsistent with this | ||||||
26 | subsection. For purposes of foreclosures
of liens under this | ||||||
27 | subsection, however, the redemption period described in
| ||||||
28 | subsection (b) of Section 15-1603 of the Code of Civil | ||||||
29 | Procedure shall end
60 days after the date of entry of the | ||||||
30 | order of foreclosure.
| ||||||
31 | (d) In addition to any other remedy provided by law, the | ||||||
32 | corporate
authorities of any municipality may petition the | ||||||
33 | circuit court to have
property declared abandoned under this | ||||||
34 | subsection (d) if:
| ||||||
35 | (1) the property has been tax delinquent for 2 or more | ||||||
36 | years or bills
for water service for the property have been |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | outstanding for 2 or more years;
| ||||||
2 | (2) the property is unoccupied by persons legally in | ||||||
3 | possession; and
| ||||||
4 | (3) the property contains a dangerous or unsafe | ||||||
5 | building.
| ||||||
6 | All persons having an interest of record in the property, | ||||||
7 | including tax
purchasers and beneficial owners of any Illinois | ||||||
8 | land trust having title to
the property, shall be named as | ||||||
9 | defendants in the petition and shall be
served with process. In | ||||||
10 | addition, service shall be had under Section
2-206 of the Code | ||||||
11 | of Civil Procedure as in other cases affecting property.
| ||||||
12 | The municipality, however, may proceed under this | ||||||
13 | subsection in a
proceeding brought under subsection (a) or (b). | ||||||
14 | Notice of the petition
shall be served by certified or | ||||||
15 | registered mail on all persons who were
served notice under | ||||||
16 | subsection (a) or (b).
| ||||||
17 | If the municipality proves that the conditions described in | ||||||
18 | this
subsection exist and the owner of record of the property | ||||||
19 | does not enter
an appearance in the action, or, if title to the | ||||||
20 | property is held by an
Illinois land trust, if neither the | ||||||
21 | owner of record nor the owner of the
beneficial interest of the | ||||||
22 | trust enters an appearance, the court
shall declare the | ||||||
23 | property abandoned.
| ||||||
24 | If that determination is made, notice shall be sent by | ||||||
25 | certified or
registered mail to all persons having an interest | ||||||
26 | of record in the
property, including tax purchasers and | ||||||
27 | beneficial owners of any Illinois
land trust having title to | ||||||
28 | the property, stating that title to the
property will be | ||||||
29 | transferred to the municipality unless, within 30 days of
the | ||||||
30 | notice, the owner of record enters an appearance in the action, | ||||||
31 | or
unless any other person having an interest in the property | ||||||
32 | files with the
court a request to demolish the dangerous or | ||||||
33 | unsafe building or to put the
building in safe condition.
| ||||||
34 | If the owner of record enters an appearance in the action | ||||||
35 | within the 30
day period, the court shall vacate its order | ||||||
36 | declaring the property
abandoned. In that case, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality may amend its complaint in order
to initiate | ||||||
2 | proceedings under subsection (a).
| ||||||
3 | If a request to demolish or repair the building is filed | ||||||
4 | within the 30
day period, the court shall grant permission to | ||||||
5 | the requesting party to
demolish the building within 30 days or | ||||||
6 | to restore the building to safe
condition within 60 days after | ||||||
7 | the request is granted. An extension of
that period for up to | ||||||
8 | 60 additional days may be given for good cause. If
more than | ||||||
9 | one person with an interest in the property files a timely
| ||||||
10 | request, preference shall be given to the person with the lien | ||||||
11 | or other
interest of the highest priority.
| ||||||
12 | If the requesting party proves to the court that the | ||||||
13 | building has been
demolished or put in a safe condition within | ||||||
14 | the period of time granted by
the court, the court shall issue | ||||||
15 | a quitclaim judicial deed for the
property to the requesting | ||||||
16 | party, conveying only the interest of the owner
of record, upon | ||||||
17 | proof of payment to the municipality of all costs incurred
by | ||||||
18 | the municipality in connection with the action, including but | ||||||
19 | not
limited to court costs, attorney's fees, administrative | ||||||
20 | costs, the
costs, if any, associated with building enclosure or | ||||||
21 | removal, and receiver's
certificates. The interest in the | ||||||
22 | property so conveyed shall be subject to
all liens and | ||||||
23 | encumbrances on the property. In addition, if the interest is
| ||||||
24 | conveyed to a person holding a certificate of purchase for the | ||||||
25 | property
under the Property Tax Code, the conveyance shall
be | ||||||
26 | subject to the rights of redemption of all persons entitled to | ||||||
27 | redeem under
that Act, including the original owner of record.
| ||||||
28 | If no person with an interest in the property files a | ||||||
29 | timely request or
if the requesting party fails to demolish the | ||||||
30 | building or put the building
in safe condition within the time | ||||||
31 | specified by the court, the municipality
may petition the court | ||||||
32 | to issue a judicial deed for the property to the
municipality. | ||||||
33 | A conveyance by judicial deed shall operate to extinguish
all | ||||||
34 | existing ownership interests in, liens on, and other interest | ||||||
35 | in the
property, including tax liens, and shall extinguish the | ||||||
36 | rights and
interests of any and all holders of a bona fide |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | certificate of purchase of the
property for delinquent taxes. | ||||||
2 | Any such bona fide certificate of purchase
holder shall be
| ||||||
3 | entitled to a sale in error as prescribed under Section 21-310 | ||||||
4 | of the Property
Tax Code.
| ||||||
5 | (e) Each municipality may use the provisions of this | ||||||
6 | subsection to expedite
the removal
of certain buildings that | ||||||
7 | are a continuing hazard to the community in which
they are | ||||||
8 | located.
| ||||||
9 | If a residential or commercial building is 3 stories or | ||||||
10 | less in height as
defined by the
municipality's building code, | ||||||
11 | and the corporate official designated to be
in charge of | ||||||
12 | enforcing the municipality's building code determines that the
| ||||||
13 | building is open and vacant and an immediate and continuing | ||||||
14 | hazard to the
community in which the building is located, then | ||||||
15 | the official shall be
authorized to post a notice not less than | ||||||
16 | 2 feet by 2 feet in size on the
front of the building. The | ||||||
17 | notice shall be dated as of the date of the
posting and shall | ||||||
18 | state that unless the building is demolished, repaired,
or | ||||||
19 | enclosed, and unless any garbage, debris, and other hazardous, | ||||||
20 | noxious,
or unhealthy substances or materials are removed so | ||||||
21 | that an immediate and
continuing hazard to the community no | ||||||
22 | longer exists, then the building may
be demolished, repaired, | ||||||
23 | or enclosed, or any garbage, debris, and other
hazardous, | ||||||
24 | noxious, or unhealthy substances or materials may be removed, | ||||||
25 | by
the municipality.
| ||||||
26 | Not later than 30 days following the posting of the notice, | ||||||
27 | the
municipality shall do all of the following:
| ||||||
28 | (1) Cause to be sent, by certified mail, return receipt | ||||||
29 | requested,
a Notice to Remediate to all owners of
record of | ||||||
30 | the property, the beneficial owners of any Illinois land | ||||||
31 | trust
having title to the property, and all lienholders of | ||||||
32 | record in the property,
stating the intent of the | ||||||
33 | municipality to demolish,
repair, or enclose the building | ||||||
34 | or remove any garbage, debris, or other
hazardous, noxious, | ||||||
35 | or unhealthy substances or materials if that action is
not | ||||||
36 | taken by the owner or owners.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) Cause to be published, in a newspaper published or | ||||||
2 | circulated in the
municipality where the building is | ||||||
3 | located, a notice setting forth (i)
the permanent tax index | ||||||
4 | number and the address of the building, (ii) a
statement | ||||||
5 | that the property is open and vacant and constitutes an | ||||||
6 | immediate and
continuing hazard to the community, and (iii) | ||||||
7 | a statement that the municipality
intends to demolish, | ||||||
8 | repair, or enclose the building or remove any garbage,
| ||||||
9 | debris, or other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy | ||||||
10 | substances or materials if
the owner or owners or | ||||||
11 | lienholders of record fail to do so. This notice shall
be | ||||||
12 | published for 3 consecutive days.
| ||||||
13 | (3) Cause to be recorded the Notice to Remediate mailed | ||||||
14 | under paragraph
(1) in
the office of the recorder in the | ||||||
15 | county in which the real estate is located or
in the
office | ||||||
16 | of the registrar of titles of the county if the real estate | ||||||
17 | is
registered under the
Registered Title (Torrens) Act.
| ||||||
18 | Any person or persons with a current legal or equitable | ||||||
19 | interest in the
property objecting to the proposed actions of | ||||||
20 | the corporate authorities may
file his or her objection in an | ||||||
21 | appropriate form in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
| ||||||
22 | If the building is not demolished, repaired, or enclosed, | ||||||
23 | or the garbage,
debris, or other hazardous, noxious, or | ||||||
24 | unhealthy substances or materials are
not removed, within 30 | ||||||
25 | days of mailing the notice to the owners of record,
the | ||||||
26 | beneficial owners of any Illinois land trust having title to | ||||||
27 | the
property, and all lienholders of record in the property, or
| ||||||
28 | within 30 days of the last day of publication of the notice, | ||||||
29 | whichever is
later, the corporate authorities shall have the | ||||||
30 | power to demolish, repair, or
enclose the building or to remove | ||||||
31 | any garbage, debris, or other hazardous,
noxious, or unhealthy | ||||||
32 | substances or materials.
| ||||||
33 | The municipality may proceed to demolish, repair, or | ||||||
34 | enclose a building
or remove any garbage, debris, or other | ||||||
35 | hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy
substances or materials under | ||||||
36 | this subsection within a 120-day period
following the date of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the mailing of the notice if the appropriate official
| ||||||
2 | determines that the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal | ||||||
3 | of any garbage,
debris, or other hazardous, noxious, or | ||||||
4 | unhealthy substances or materials is
necessary to remedy the | ||||||
5 | immediate and continuing hazard. If, however, before
the | ||||||
6 | municipality proceeds with any of the actions authorized by | ||||||
7 | this
subsection, any person with a legal or equitable interest | ||||||
8 | in the property has
sought a hearing under this subsection | ||||||
9 | before a
court and has served a copy of the complaint on the | ||||||
10 | chief executive officer of
the municipality, then the | ||||||
11 | municipality shall not proceed with the demolition,
repair, | ||||||
12 | enclosure, or removal of garbage, debris, or other substances | ||||||
13 | until the
court determines that that action is necessary to | ||||||
14 | remedy the hazard and issues
an order authorizing the | ||||||
15 | municipality to do so.
If the court dismisses the action for | ||||||
16 | want of prosecution, the municipality
must send the objector a | ||||||
17 | copy of the dismissal
order and a letter stating that the | ||||||
18 | demolition, repair, enclosure, or
removal of garbage, debris, | ||||||
19 | or other substances will proceed unless, within 30
days after | ||||||
20 | the copy of the order and the letter are mailed, the
objector
| ||||||
21 | moves to vacate the dismissal and serves a
copy of the
motion | ||||||
22 | on the chief executive officer of the municipality. | ||||||
23 | Notwithstanding
any other law to the contrary, if the objector | ||||||
24 | does not file a motion and give
the required notice, if the | ||||||
25 | motion is denied by the court, or if the action is
again | ||||||
26 | dismissed for want of prosecution, then the dismissal is with | ||||||
27 | prejudice
and the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal may | ||||||
28 | proceed forthwith.
| ||||||
29 | Following the demolition, repair, or enclosure of a | ||||||
30 | building, or the
removal of garbage, debris, or other | ||||||
31 | hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy
substances or materials under | ||||||
32 | this subsection, the municipality may file a
notice of lien | ||||||
33 | against the real estate for the cost of the demolition,
repair, | ||||||
34 | enclosure, or removal within 180 days after the repair, | ||||||
35 | demolition,
enclosure, or removal occurred, for the cost and | ||||||
36 | expense incurred, in the
office of the recorder in the county |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in which the real estate is located or
in the office of the | ||||||
2 | registrar of titles of the county if the real estate
affected | ||||||
3 | is registered under the Registered Titles (Torrens) Act; this
| ||||||
4 | lien has priority over the interests of those parties named in | ||||||
5 | the
Notice to
Remediate mailed under paragraph (1), but not | ||||||
6 | over the interests of third party
purchasers
or encumbrancers | ||||||
7 | for value who obtained their interests in the property before
| ||||||
8 | obtaining
actual or constructive notice of the lien.
The
notice | ||||||
9 | of lien shall consist of a sworn statement setting forth (i) a
| ||||||
10 | description of the real estate, such as the address or other | ||||||
11 | description of
the property, sufficient for its | ||||||
12 | identification; (ii) the expenses incurred
by the municipality | ||||||
13 | in undertaking the remedial actions authorized under
this | ||||||
14 | subsection; (iii) the date or dates the expenses were incurred | ||||||
15 | by
the municipality; (iv) a statement by the corporate official
| ||||||
16 | responsible for enforcing the building code that the building | ||||||
17 | was open and
vacant and constituted an immediate and continuing | ||||||
18 | hazard
to the community; (v) a statement by the corporate | ||||||
19 | official that the
required sign was posted on the building, | ||||||
20 | that notice was sent by certified
mail to the owners of record, | ||||||
21 | and that notice was published in accordance
with this | ||||||
22 | subsection; and (vi) a statement as to when and where the | ||||||
23 | notice
was published. The lien authorized by this subsection | ||||||
24 | may thereafter be
released or enforced by the municipality as | ||||||
25 | provided in subsection (a).
| ||||||
26 | (f) The corporate authorities of each municipality may | ||||||
27 | remove or cause the
removal of, or otherwise environmentally | ||||||
28 | remediate hazardous substances and
petroleum products on, in,
| ||||||
29 | or under any abandoned and unsafe property within the territory | ||||||
30 | of a
municipality. In addition, where preliminary evidence | ||||||
31 | indicates the presence
or likely presence of a hazardous | ||||||
32 | substance or a petroleum product or a release
or a substantial
| ||||||
33 | threat of a release of a hazardous substance or a petroleum | ||||||
34 | product on, in, or
under the property, the
corporate | ||||||
35 | authorities of the municipality may inspect the property and | ||||||
36 | test for
the presence or release of hazardous substances and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | petroleum products. In any
county having adopted
by referendum | ||||||
2 | or otherwise a county health department as provided by Division
| ||||||
3 | 5-25 of the Counties Code or its predecessor, the county board | ||||||
4 | of that county
may exercise the above-described powers with | ||||||
5 | regard to property within the
territory of any city, village, | ||||||
6 | or incorporated town having less than 50,000
population.
| ||||||
7 | For purposes of this subsection (f):
| ||||||
8 | (1) "property" or "real estate" means all real | ||||||
9 | property, whether or
not improved by a structure;
| ||||||
10 | (2) "abandoned" means;
| ||||||
11 | (A) the property has been tax delinquent for 2 or | ||||||
12 | more years;
| ||||||
13 | (B) the property is unoccupied by persons legally | ||||||
14 | in possession; and
| ||||||
15 | (3) "unsafe" means property that presents an actual or | ||||||
16 | imminent
threat to public health and safety caused by
the | ||||||
17 | release of hazardous substances; and
| ||||||
18 | (4) "hazardous substances" means the same as in Section | ||||||
19 | 3.215 of the
Environmental Protection Act.
| ||||||
20 | The corporate authorities shall apply to the circuit court | ||||||
21 | of the county in
which the property is located (i) for an order | ||||||
22 | allowing the municipality to
enter the property and inspect and | ||||||
23 | test substances on, in, or under
the property; or (ii) for an | ||||||
24 | order authorizing the
corporate authorities to take action with | ||||||
25 | respect to remediation of the
property if conditions on the | ||||||
26 | property, based on the inspection and testing
authorized in | ||||||
27 | paragraph (i), indicate the presence of hazardous substances or
| ||||||
28 | petroleum products.
Remediation shall be deemed
complete for | ||||||
29 | purposes of
paragraph (ii) above when the property satisfies | ||||||
30 | Tier
I,
II, or
III
remediation objectives for the property's | ||||||
31 | most recent usage, as established by
the Environmental | ||||||
32 | Protection Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated
| ||||||
33 | thereunder. Where, upon diligent search, the identity or | ||||||
34 | whereabouts of the
owner or owners of the property, including | ||||||
35 | the lien holders of record, is not
ascertainable, notice mailed | ||||||
36 | to the person or persons in whose name the real
estate was last |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessed is sufficient notice under this Section.
| ||||||
2 | The court shall grant an order authorizing testing under | ||||||
3 | paragraph (i) above
upon a
showing of preliminary evidence | ||||||
4 | indicating the presence or likely presence of a
hazardous | ||||||
5 | substance or a petroleum product or a release of
or a | ||||||
6 | substantial threat of a release of a hazardous substance or a | ||||||
7 | petroleum
product on, in, or under
abandoned property. The | ||||||
8 | preliminary evidence may include, but is not limited
to, | ||||||
9 | evidence of prior use, visual site inspection, or records of | ||||||
10 | prior
environmental investigations. The testing authorized by | ||||||
11 | paragraph (i) above
shall include any type of investigation | ||||||
12 | which is necessary for an environmental
professional to | ||||||
13 | determine the environmental condition of the property,
| ||||||
14 | including but not limited to performance of soil borings and | ||||||
15 | groundwater
monitoring. The court shall grant a remediation | ||||||
16 | order under paragraph (ii)
above where testing of the property | ||||||
17 | indicates that it fails to meet the
applicable remediation | ||||||
18 | objectives. The hearing upon the application to the
circuit | ||||||
19 | court shall be expedited by the court and shall be given | ||||||
20 | precedence
over
all other suits.
| ||||||
21 | The cost of the inspection, testing, or remediation | ||||||
22 | incurred by the
municipality or by a lien holder of record, | ||||||
23 | including court costs, attorney's
fees, and other costs related | ||||||
24 | to the enforcement of this Section,
is a lien on the real | ||||||
25 | estate; except that in any instances where a
municipality
| ||||||
26 | incurs costs
of inspection and testing but finds no hazardous | ||||||
27 | substances or petroleum
products on the property
that present | ||||||
28 | an actual or imminent
threat to public health and safety, such | ||||||
29 | costs are not recoverable from the
owners nor are such costs a | ||||||
30 | lien on the real estate. The lien is superior to
all prior | ||||||
31 | existing liens and encumbrances, except taxes and any lien | ||||||
32 | obtained
under subsection (a) or (e), if, within 180 days after | ||||||
33 | the completion of the
inspection, testing, or remediation, the | ||||||
34 | municipality or the lien holder of
record who
incurred the cost | ||||||
35 | and expense shall file a notice of lien for the cost and
| ||||||
36 | expense incurred in the office of the recorder in the county in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which the real
estate is located or in the office of the | ||||||
2 | registrar of titles of the county if
the real estate affected | ||||||
3 | is registered under the Registered Titles (Torrens)
Act.
| ||||||
4 | The notice must consist of a sworn statement setting out | ||||||
5 | (i) a description of
the real estate sufficient for its | ||||||
6 | identification, (ii) the amount of money
representing the cost | ||||||
7 | and expense incurred, and (iii) the date or dates when
the
cost | ||||||
8 | and expense was incurred by the municipality or the lien holder | ||||||
9 | of record.
Upon payment of the lien amount by the owner of or | ||||||
10 | persons interested in the
property after the notice of lien has | ||||||
11 | been filed, a release of lien shall be
issued by the | ||||||
12 | municipality, the person in whose name the lien has been filed,
| ||||||
13 | or the assignee of the lien, and the release may be filed of | ||||||
14 | record as in the
case of filing notice of lien.
| ||||||
15 | The lien may be enforced under subsection (c) or by | ||||||
16 | foreclosure proceedings
as
in the case of mortgage foreclosures | ||||||
17 | under Article XV of the Code of Civil
Procedure or mechanics' | ||||||
18 | lien foreclosures; provided that where the lien is
enforced by | ||||||
19 | foreclosure under subsection (c) or under either statute, the
| ||||||
20 | municipality may
not proceed against the other assets of the | ||||||
21 | owner or owners of the real estate
for any costs that otherwise | ||||||
22 | would be recoverable under this Section but that
remain | ||||||
23 | unsatisfied after foreclosure except where such additional | ||||||
24 | recovery is
authorized by separate environmental laws. An | ||||||
25 | action to foreclose this lien
may be commenced at any time | ||||||
26 | after the date of filing of the notice of lien.
The costs of | ||||||
27 | foreclosure incurred by the municipality, including court | ||||||
28 | costs,
reasonable attorney's fees, advances to preserve the | ||||||
29 | property, and other costs
related to the enforcement of this | ||||||
30 | subsection, plus statutory interest, are a
lien on the real | ||||||
31 | estate.
| ||||||
32 | All liens arising under this subsection (f) shall be | ||||||
33 | assignable. The
assignee of the lien shall have the same power | ||||||
34 | to enforce the lien as the
assigning party, except that the | ||||||
35 | lien may not be enforced under subsection
(c).
| ||||||
36 | (g) In any case where a municipality has obtained a lien |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under subsection
(a), the municipality may also bring an action | ||||||
2 | for a money judgment against the
owner or owners of the real | ||||||
3 | estate in the amount of the lien in the same manner
as provided | ||||||
4 | for bringing causes of action in Article II of the Code of | ||||||
5 | Civil
Procedure and, upon obtaining a judgment, file a judgment | ||||||
6 | lien against all of
the real estate of the owner or owners and | ||||||
7 | enforce that lien as provided for in
Article XII of the Code of | ||||||
8 | Civil Procedure.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 91-162, eff. 7-16-99; 91-177, eff. 1-1-00; | ||||||
10 | 91-357, eff.
7-29-99; 91-542, eff. 1-1-00; 91-561, eff. 1-1-00; | ||||||
11 | 92-16, eff. 6-28-01;
92-574, eff. 6-26-02; 92-681, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
12 | revised 2-18-03.)
| ||||||
13 | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-3) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-3)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 11-74.4-3. Definitions. The following terms, wherever | ||||||
15 | used or
referred to in this Division 74.4 shall have the | ||||||
16 | following respective meanings,
unless in any case a different | ||||||
17 | meaning clearly appears from the context.
| ||||||
18 | (a) For any redevelopment project area that has been | ||||||
19 | designated pursuant
to this
Section by an ordinance adopted | ||||||
20 | prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective
date of Public Act
| ||||||
21 | 91-478), "blighted area" shall have the meaning set
forth in | ||||||
22 | this Section
prior to that date.
| ||||||
23 | On and after November 1, 1999,
"blighted area" means any | ||||||
24 | improved or vacant area within the boundaries
of a | ||||||
25 | redevelopment project area located within the territorial | ||||||
26 | limits of
the municipality where:
| ||||||
27 | (1) If improved, industrial, commercial, and | ||||||
28 | residential buildings or
improvements are detrimental to | ||||||
29 | the public safety, health, or welfare
because of a | ||||||
30 | combination of 5 or more of the following factors, each of | ||||||
31 | which
is (i) present, with that presence documented, to a | ||||||
32 | meaningful extent so
that a municipality may reasonably | ||||||
33 | find that the factor is clearly
present within the intent | ||||||
34 | of the Act and (ii) reasonably distributed throughout
the | ||||||
35 | improved part of the redevelopment project area:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (A) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair | ||||||
2 | or neglect of
necessary
repairs to the primary | ||||||
3 | structural components of buildings or improvements in
| ||||||
4 | such a combination that a documented building | ||||||
5 | condition analysis determines
that major repair is | ||||||
6 | required or the defects are so serious and so extensive
| ||||||
7 | that the buildings must be removed.
| ||||||
8 | (B) Obsolescence. The condition or process of | ||||||
9 | falling into disuse.
Structures have become ill-suited | ||||||
10 | for the original use.
| ||||||
11 | (C) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, | ||||||
12 | defects
including, but not limited to, major defects in
| ||||||
13 | the secondary building components such as doors, | ||||||
14 | windows, porches, gutters and
downspouts, and fascia. | ||||||
15 | With respect to surface improvements, that the
| ||||||
16 | condition of roadways, alleys, curbs, gutters, | ||||||
17 | sidewalks, off-street parking,
and surface storage | ||||||
18 | areas evidence deterioration, including, but not | ||||||
19 | limited
to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes, | ||||||
20 | depressions, loose paving material,
and weeds | ||||||
21 | protruding through paved surfaces.
| ||||||
22 | (D) Presence of structures below minimum code | ||||||
23 | standards. All structures
that do not meet the | ||||||
24 | standards of zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
| ||||||
25 | other governmental codes applicable to property, but | ||||||
26 | not including housing and
property maintenance codes.
| ||||||
27 | (E) Illegal use of individual structures. The use | ||||||
28 | of structures in
violation of applicable federal, | ||||||
29 | State, or local laws, exclusive of those
applicable to | ||||||
30 | the presence of structures below minimum code | ||||||
31 | standards.
| ||||||
32 | (F) Excessive vacancies. The presence of
buildings | ||||||
33 | that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that | ||||||
34 | represent an adverse
influence on the area because of | ||||||
35 | the frequency, extent, or duration of the
vacancies.
| ||||||
36 | (G) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | facilities. The absence of
adequate ventilation for | ||||||
2 | light or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
| ||||||
3 | windows, or that require the removal of dust, odor, | ||||||
4 | gas, smoke, or other
noxious airborne materials. | ||||||
5 | Inadequate natural light and ventilation means
the | ||||||
6 | absence of skylights or windows for interior spaces or | ||||||
7 | rooms and improper
window sizes and amounts by room | ||||||
8 | area to window area ratios. Inadequate
sanitary | ||||||
9 | facilities refers to the absence or inadequacy of | ||||||
10 | garbage storage and
enclosure,
bathroom facilities, | ||||||
11 | hot water and kitchens, and structural inadequacies
| ||||||
12 | preventing ingress and egress to and from all rooms and | ||||||
13 | units within a
building.
| ||||||
14 | (H) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead | ||||||
15 | utilities
such as storm sewers and storm drainage, | ||||||
16 | sanitary sewers, water lines, and
gas, telephone, and
| ||||||
17 | electrical services that are shown to be inadequate. | ||||||
18 | Inadequate utilities are
those that are: (i) of | ||||||
19 | insufficient capacity to serve the uses in the
| ||||||
20 | redevelopment project area, (ii) deteriorated,
| ||||||
21 | antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or (iii) | ||||||
22 | lacking within the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
23 | (I) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of | ||||||
24 | structures and community
facilities. The | ||||||
25 | over-intensive use of property and the crowding of | ||||||
26 | buildings
and accessory facilities onto a site. | ||||||
27 | Examples of problem conditions
warranting the | ||||||
28 | designation of an area as one exhibiting excessive land | ||||||
29 | coverage
are: (i) the presence of buildings either | ||||||
30 | improperly situated on parcels or
located
on parcels of | ||||||
31 | inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day | ||||||
32 | standards of
development for health and safety and (ii) | ||||||
33 | the presence of multiple buildings
on a
single parcel. | ||||||
34 | For there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
| ||||||
35 | these parcels must exhibit one or more of the following | ||||||
36 | conditions:
insufficient provision for
light and air |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | within or around buildings, increased threat of spread | ||||||
2 | of fire
due to the close proximity of buildings, lack | ||||||
3 | of adequate or proper access to a
public right-of-way, | ||||||
4 | lack of reasonably required off-street parking, or
| ||||||
5 | inadequate provision for loading and service.
| ||||||
6 | (J) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence | ||||||
7 | of incompatible
land-use
relationships, buildings | ||||||
8 | occupied by inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
| ||||||
9 | considered to be noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for | ||||||
10 | the
surrounding area.
| ||||||
11 | (K) Environmental clean-up. The proposed | ||||||
12 | redevelopment project area
has incurred Illinois | ||||||
13 | Environmental Protection Agency or United States
| ||||||
14 | Environmental Protection Agency remediation costs for, | ||||||
15 | or a study conducted by
an independent consultant | ||||||
16 | recognized as having expertise in environmental
| ||||||
17 | remediation has determined a need for, the
clean-up of | ||||||
18 | hazardous
waste, hazardous substances, or underground | ||||||
19 | storage tanks required by State or
federal law, | ||||||
20 | provided that the remediation costs constitute a | ||||||
21 | material
impediment to the development or | ||||||
22 | redevelopment of the redevelopment project
area.
| ||||||
23 | (L) Lack of community planning. The proposed | ||||||
24 | redevelopment project area
was
developed prior to or | ||||||
25 | without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
| ||||||
26 | This means that the development occurred prior to the | ||||||
27 | adoption by the
municipality of a comprehensive or | ||||||
28 | other community plan or that the plan was
not followed | ||||||
29 | at the time of the area's development. This factor must | ||||||
30 | be
documented by evidence of adverse or incompatible | ||||||
31 | land-use relationships,
inadequate street layout, | ||||||
32 | improper subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
| ||||||
33 | size to meet contemporary development standards, or | ||||||
34 | other evidence
demonstrating
an absence of effective | ||||||
35 | community planning.
| ||||||
36 | (M) The total equalized assessed value of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | proposed redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 | ||||||
2 | of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the year in which | ||||||
3 | the redevelopment project area is designated
or is | ||||||
4 | increasing at an
annual rate that is less
than the | ||||||
5 | balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
6 | calendar years
for which
information is available or is | ||||||
7 | increasing at an annual rate that is less than
the | ||||||
8 | Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Consumers published | ||||||
9 | by the United States Department of Labor or
successor | ||||||
10 | agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the | ||||||
11 | year in which the redevelopment project area is | ||||||
12 | designated.
| ||||||
13 | (2) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment | ||||||
14 | project area
is impaired by a
combination of 2 or more of | ||||||
15 | the following factors, each of which
is (i) present, with | ||||||
16 | that presence documented, to a meaningful extent so
that
a | ||||||
17 | municipality may reasonably find that the factor is clearly | ||||||
18 | present
within the intent of the Act and (ii) reasonably | ||||||
19 | distributed throughout the
vacant part of the
| ||||||
20 | redevelopment project area to which it pertains:
| ||||||
21 | (A) Obsolete platting of vacant land that results | ||||||
22 | in parcels of
limited or
narrow size or configurations | ||||||
23 | of parcels of irregular size or shape that would
be | ||||||
24 | difficult to develop on
a planned basis and in a manner | ||||||
25 | compatible with contemporary standards and
| ||||||
26 | requirements, or platting that failed to create | ||||||
27 | rights-of-ways for streets or
alleys or that created | ||||||
28 | inadequate right-of-way widths for streets, alleys, or
| ||||||
29 | other public rights-of-way or that omitted easements | ||||||
30 | for public utilities.
| ||||||
31 | (B) Diversity of ownership of parcels of vacant | ||||||
32 | land sufficient in
number to
retard or impede the | ||||||
33 | ability to assemble the land for development.
| ||||||
34 | (C) Tax and special assessment delinquencies exist | ||||||
35 | or the property has
been the subject of tax sales under | ||||||
36 | the Property Tax Code within the last 5
years.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (D) Deterioration of structures or site | ||||||
2 | improvements in neighboring
areas adjacent to the | ||||||
3 | vacant land.
| ||||||
4 | (E) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental | ||||||
5 | Protection Agency or
United States Environmental | ||||||
6 | Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
| ||||||
7 | conducted by an independent consultant recognized as | ||||||
8 | having expertise in
environmental remediation has | ||||||
9 | determined a need for, the
clean-up of hazardous
waste, | ||||||
10 | hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks | ||||||
11 | required by State or
federal law, provided that the | ||||||
12 | remediation costs
constitute a material impediment to | ||||||
13 | the development or redevelopment of
the
redevelopment | ||||||
14 | project area.
| ||||||
15 | (F) The total equalized assessed value of the | ||||||
16 | proposed redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 | ||||||
17 | of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the year in which | ||||||
18 | the redevelopment project area is designated
or is | ||||||
19 | increasing at an
annual rate that is less
than the | ||||||
20 | balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
21 | calendar years for
which information is available or is | ||||||
22 | increasing at an annual rate that is less
than
the | ||||||
23 | Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Consumers published | ||||||
24 | by the United States Department of Labor or
successor | ||||||
25 | agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the | ||||||
26 | year in which the redevelopment project area is | ||||||
27 | designated.
| ||||||
28 | (3) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment | ||||||
29 | project area is
impaired by one of the
following factors | ||||||
30 | that (i) is present, with that presence documented, to a
| ||||||
31 | meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably | ||||||
32 | find that the factor is
clearly
present within the intent | ||||||
33 | of the Act and (ii) is reasonably distributed
throughout | ||||||
34 | the vacant part of the
redevelopment project area to which | ||||||
35 | it pertains:
| ||||||
36 | (A) The area consists of one or more unused |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | quarries, mines, or strip
mine ponds.
| ||||||
2 | (B) The area consists of unused rail yards, rail | ||||||
3 | tracks, or railroad
rights-of-way.
| ||||||
4 | (C) The area, prior to its designation, is subject | ||||||
5 | to (i) chronic
flooding
that adversely impacts on real | ||||||
6 | property in the area as certified by a
registered
| ||||||
7 | professional engineer or appropriate regulatory agency | ||||||
8 | or (ii) surface water
that
discharges from all or a | ||||||
9 | part of the area and contributes to flooding within
the
| ||||||
10 | same watershed, but only if the redevelopment project | ||||||
11 | provides for facilities
or
improvements to contribute | ||||||
12 | to the alleviation of all or part of the
flooding.
| ||||||
13 | (D) The area consists of an unused or illegal | ||||||
14 | disposal site containing
earth,
stone, building | ||||||
15 | debris, or similar materials that were removed from
| ||||||
16 | construction, demolition, excavation, or dredge sites.
| ||||||
17 | (E) Prior to November 1, 1999, the area
is not less | ||||||
18 | than 50 nor more than 100 acres and 75%
of which is | ||||||
19 | vacant (notwithstanding that the area has been used
for | ||||||
20 | commercial agricultural purposes within 5 years prior | ||||||
21 | to the designation
of the redevelopment project area), | ||||||
22 | and the area meets at least one of
the factors itemized | ||||||
23 | in paragraph (1) of this subsection, the area
has been | ||||||
24 | designated as a town or village center by ordinance or | ||||||
25 | comprehensive
plan adopted prior to January 1, 1982, | ||||||
26 | and the area has not been developed
for that designated | ||||||
27 | purpose.
| ||||||
28 | (F) The area qualified as a blighted improved area | ||||||
29 | immediately prior to
becoming vacant, unless there has | ||||||
30 | been substantial private investment in the
immediately | ||||||
31 | surrounding area.
| ||||||
32 | (b) For any redevelopment project area that has been | ||||||
33 | designated pursuant
to this
Section by an ordinance adopted | ||||||
34 | prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective
date of Public Act
| ||||||
35 | 91-478), "conservation area" shall have the meaning
set forth | ||||||
36 | in this
Section prior to that date.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | On and after November 1, 1999,
"conservation area" means | ||||||
2 | any improved area within the boundaries
of a redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project area located within the territorial limits of
the | ||||||
4 | municipality in which 50% or more of the structures in the area | ||||||
5 | have
an age of 35 years or more.
Such an area is not yet a | ||||||
6 | blighted area but
because of a combination of 3 or more of the | ||||||
7 | following factors is detrimental
to the public safety, health, | ||||||
8 | morals
or welfare and such an area may become a blighted area:
| ||||||
9 | (1) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair or | ||||||
10 | neglect of
necessary
repairs to the primary structural | ||||||
11 | components of buildings or improvements in
such a | ||||||
12 | combination that a documented building condition analysis | ||||||
13 | determines
that major repair is required or the defects are | ||||||
14 | so serious and so extensive
that the buildings must be | ||||||
15 | removed.
| ||||||
16 | (2) Obsolescence. The condition or process of falling | ||||||
17 | into disuse.
Structures have become ill-suited for the | ||||||
18 | original use.
| ||||||
19 | (3) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, defects
| ||||||
20 | including, but not limited to, major defects in
the | ||||||
21 | secondary building components such as doors, windows, | ||||||
22 | porches, gutters and
downspouts, and fascia. With respect | ||||||
23 | to surface improvements, that the
condition of roadways, | ||||||
24 | alleys, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, off-street parking,
and | ||||||
25 | surface storage areas evidence deterioration, including, | ||||||
26 | but not limited
to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes, | ||||||
27 | depressions, loose paving material,
and weeds protruding | ||||||
28 | through paved surfaces.
| ||||||
29 | (4) Presence of structures below minimum code | ||||||
30 | standards. All structures
that do not meet the standards of | ||||||
31 | zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
other | ||||||
32 | governmental codes applicable to property, but not | ||||||
33 | including housing and
property maintenance codes.
| ||||||
34 | (5) Illegal use of individual structures. The use of | ||||||
35 | structures in
violation of applicable federal, State, or | ||||||
36 | local laws, exclusive of those
applicable to the presence |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of structures below minimum code standards.
| ||||||
2 | (6) Excessive vacancies. The presence of
buildings | ||||||
3 | that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that represent an | ||||||
4 | adverse
influence on the area because of the frequency, | ||||||
5 | extent, or duration of the
vacancies.
| ||||||
6 | (7) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary | ||||||
7 | facilities. The absence of
adequate ventilation for light | ||||||
8 | or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
windows, or | ||||||
9 | that require the removal of dust, odor, gas, smoke, or | ||||||
10 | other
noxious airborne materials. Inadequate natural light | ||||||
11 | and ventilation means
the absence or inadequacy of | ||||||
12 | skylights or windows for interior spaces or rooms
and | ||||||
13 | improper
window sizes and amounts by room area to window | ||||||
14 | area ratios. Inadequate
sanitary facilities refers to the | ||||||
15 | absence or inadequacy of garbage storage and
enclosure,
| ||||||
16 | bathroom facilities, hot water and kitchens, and | ||||||
17 | structural inadequacies
preventing ingress and egress to | ||||||
18 | and from all rooms and units within a
building.
| ||||||
19 | (8) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead | ||||||
20 | utilities
such as storm sewers and storm drainage, sanitary | ||||||
21 | sewers, water lines, and gas,
telephone, and
electrical | ||||||
22 | services that are shown to be inadequate. Inadequate | ||||||
23 | utilities are
those that are: (i) of insufficient capacity | ||||||
24 | to serve the uses in the
redevelopment project area, (ii) | ||||||
25 | deteriorated,
antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or | ||||||
26 | (iii) lacking within the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
27 | (9) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of | ||||||
28 | structures and community
facilities. The over-intensive | ||||||
29 | use of property and the crowding of buildings
and accessory | ||||||
30 | facilities onto a site. Examples of problem conditions
| ||||||
31 | warranting the designation of an area as one exhibiting | ||||||
32 | excessive land coverage
are: the presence of buildings | ||||||
33 | either improperly situated on parcels or located
on parcels | ||||||
34 | of inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day | ||||||
35 | standards of
development for health and safety and the | ||||||
36 | presence of multiple buildings on a
single parcel. For |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
these | ||||||
2 | parcels must exhibit one or more of the following | ||||||
3 | conditions:
insufficient provision for
light and air | ||||||
4 | within or around buildings, increased threat of spread of | ||||||
5 | fire
due to the close proximity of buildings, lack of | ||||||
6 | adequate or proper access to a
public right-of-way, lack of | ||||||
7 | reasonably required off-street parking, or
inadequate | ||||||
8 | provision for loading and service.
| ||||||
9 | (10) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence of | ||||||
10 | incompatible
land-use
relationships, buildings occupied by | ||||||
11 | inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
considered to be | ||||||
12 | noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for the
surrounding | ||||||
13 | area.
| ||||||
14 | (11) Lack of community planning. The proposed | ||||||
15 | redevelopment project area
was
developed prior to or | ||||||
16 | without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
This | ||||||
17 | means that the development occurred prior to the adoption | ||||||
18 | by the
municipality of a comprehensive or other community | ||||||
19 | plan or that the plan was
not followed at the time of the | ||||||
20 | area's development. This factor must be
documented by | ||||||
21 | evidence of adverse or incompatible land-use | ||||||
22 | relationships,
inadequate street layout, improper | ||||||
23 | subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
size to meet | ||||||
24 | contemporary development standards, or other evidence
| ||||||
25 | demonstrating
an absence of effective community planning.
| ||||||
26 | (12) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental | ||||||
27 | Protection Agency or
United
States Environmental | ||||||
28 | Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
| ||||||
29 | conducted by an independent consultant recognized as | ||||||
30 | having expertise in
environmental remediation has | ||||||
31 | determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous
waste, | ||||||
32 | hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks | ||||||
33 | required by State
or federal law, provided that the | ||||||
34 | remediation costs constitute a material
impediment to the | ||||||
35 | development or redevelopment of the redevelopment project
| ||||||
36 | area.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (13) The total equalized assessed value of the proposed | ||||||
2 | redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
3 | calendar years
for which information is
available or is | ||||||
4 | increasing at an annual rate that is less than the balance | ||||||
5 | of
the municipality for 3 of the last 5 calendar years for | ||||||
6 | which information is
available or is increasing at an | ||||||
7 | annual rate that is less
than the Consumer Price Index for | ||||||
8 | All Urban Consumers published by the United
States | ||||||
9 | Department of Labor or successor agency for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
10 | calendar
years for which information is available.
| ||||||
11 | (c) "Industrial park" means an area in a blighted or | ||||||
12 | conservation
area suitable for use by any manufacturing, | ||||||
13 | industrial, research or
transportation enterprise, of | ||||||
14 | facilities to include but not be limited to
factories, mills, | ||||||
15 | processing plants, assembly plants, packing plants,
| ||||||
16 | fabricating plants, industrial distribution centers, | ||||||
17 | warehouses, repair
overhaul or service facilities, freight | ||||||
18 | terminals, research facilities,
test facilities or railroad | ||||||
19 | facilities.
| ||||||
20 | (d) "Industrial park conservation area" means an area | ||||||
21 | within the
boundaries of a redevelopment project area located | ||||||
22 | within the territorial
limits of a municipality that is a labor | ||||||
23 | surplus municipality or within 1
1/2 miles of the territorial | ||||||
24 | limits of a municipality that is a labor
surplus municipality | ||||||
25 | if the area is annexed to the municipality; which
area is zoned | ||||||
26 | as industrial no later than at the time the municipality by
| ||||||
27 | ordinance designates the redevelopment project area, and which | ||||||
28 | area
includes both vacant land suitable for use as an | ||||||
29 | industrial park and a
blighted area or conservation area | ||||||
30 | contiguous to such vacant land.
| ||||||
31 | (e) "Labor surplus municipality" means a municipality in | ||||||
32 | which, at any
time during the 6 months before the municipality | ||||||
33 | by ordinance designates
an industrial park conservation area, | ||||||
34 | the unemployment rate was over 6% and was
also 100% or more of | ||||||
35 | the national average unemployment rate for that same
time as | ||||||
36 | published in the United States Department of Labor Bureau of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Labor
Statistics publication entitled "The Employment | ||||||
2 | Situation" or its successor
publication. For the purpose of | ||||||
3 | this subsection, if unemployment rate
statistics for the | ||||||
4 | municipality are not available, the unemployment rate in
the | ||||||
5 | municipality shall be deemed to be the same as the unemployment | ||||||
6 | rate in
the principal county in which the municipality is | ||||||
7 | located.
| ||||||
8 | (f) "Municipality" shall mean a city, village or | ||||||
9 | incorporated town.
| ||||||
10 | (g) "Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount of taxes | ||||||
11 | paid under
the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act, | ||||||
12 | Service Use Tax Act, the
Service Occupation Tax Act, the | ||||||
13 | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
and the Municipal | ||||||
14 | Service Occupation Tax Act by
retailers and servicemen on | ||||||
15 | transactions at places located in a
State Sales Tax Boundary | ||||||
16 | during the calendar year 1985.
| ||||||
17 | (g-1) "Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount | ||||||
18 | of taxes paid
under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax | ||||||
19 | Act, Service Use Tax Act, the
Service Occupation Tax Act, the | ||||||
20 | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
and the Municipal | ||||||
21 | Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
| ||||||
22 | transactions at places located within the State Sales Tax | ||||||
23 | Boundary
revised pursuant to Section 11-74.4-8a(9) of this Act.
| ||||||
24 | (h) "Municipal Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal | ||||||
25 | to the
increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid to a | ||||||
26 | municipality from the
Local Government Tax Fund arising from | ||||||
27 | sales by retailers and servicemen
within the redevelopment | ||||||
28 | project area or State Sales Tax Boundary, as
the case may be, | ||||||
29 | for as long as the redevelopment project area or State
Sales | ||||||
30 | Tax Boundary, as the case may be, exist over and above the | ||||||
31 | aggregate
amount of taxes as certified by the Illinois | ||||||
32 | Department of Revenue and paid
under the Municipal Retailers' | ||||||
33 | Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service
Occupation Tax Act | ||||||
34 | by retailers and servicemen, on transactions at places
of | ||||||
35 | business located in the redevelopment project area or State | ||||||
36 | Sales Tax
Boundary, as the case may be, during the
base year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which shall be the calendar year immediately prior to the year | ||||||
2 | in
which the municipality adopted tax increment allocation | ||||||
3 | financing. For
purposes of computing the aggregate amount of | ||||||
4 | such taxes for base years
occurring prior to 1985, the | ||||||
5 | Department of Revenue shall determine the
Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
6 | Amounts for such taxes and deduct therefrom an amount
equal to | ||||||
7 | 4% of the aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the
| ||||||
8 | base year is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction | ||||||
9 | of 12%.
The amount so determined shall be known as the | ||||||
10 | "Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
Amounts". For purposes of | ||||||
11 | determining the Municipal Sales Tax Increment,
the Department | ||||||
12 | of Revenue shall for each period subtract from the amount
paid | ||||||
13 | to the municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising | ||||||
14 | from
sales by retailers and servicemen on transactions
located | ||||||
15 | in the redevelopment project area or the State Sales Tax | ||||||
16 | Boundary,
as the case may be, the certified Initial Sales Tax
| ||||||
17 | Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised | ||||||
18 | Initial
Sales Tax Amounts for the Municipal Retailers'
| ||||||
19 | Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service
Occupation Tax | ||||||
20 | Act. For the State Fiscal Year 1989, this calculation shall
be | ||||||
21 | made by utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax | ||||||
22 | amounts
received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this | ||||||
23 | calculation shall be made
by utilizing the period from January | ||||||
24 | 1, 1988, until September 30, 1988, to
determine the tax amounts | ||||||
25 | received from retailers and servicemen pursuant
to the | ||||||
26 | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service
| ||||||
27 | Occupation Tax Act, which shall have deducted therefrom
| ||||||
28 | nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the | ||||||
29 | Adjusted Initial
Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales | ||||||
30 | Tax Amounts as appropriate.
For the State Fiscal Year 1991, | ||||||
31 | this calculation shall be made by utilizing
the period from | ||||||
32 | October 1, 1988, to June 30, 1989, to determine the tax
amounts | ||||||
33 | received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the | ||||||
34 | Municipal
Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service | ||||||
35 | Occupation Tax Act
which shall have deducted therefrom | ||||||
36 | nine-twelfths of the
certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales | ||||||
2 | Tax Amounts as appropriate. For every
State Fiscal Year | ||||||
3 | thereafter, the applicable period shall be the 12 months
| ||||||
4 | beginning July 1 and ending June 30 to determine the tax | ||||||
5 | amounts received
which shall have deducted therefrom the | ||||||
6 | certified Initial Sales Tax
Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales | ||||||
7 | Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial
Sales Tax Amounts, as the | ||||||
8 | case may be.
| ||||||
9 | (i) "Net State Sales Tax Increment" means the sum of the | ||||||
10 | following: (a)
80% of the first $100,000 of State Sales Tax | ||||||
11 | Increment annually generated
within a State Sales Tax Boundary; | ||||||
12 | (b) 60% of the amount in excess of
$100,000 but not exceeding | ||||||
13 | $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually
generated within | ||||||
14 | a State Sales Tax Boundary; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
| ||||||
15 | excess of $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually | ||||||
16 | generated within a
State Sales Tax Boundary. If, however, a | ||||||
17 | municipality established a tax
increment financing district in | ||||||
18 | a county with a population in excess of
3,000,000 before | ||||||
19 | January 1, 1986, and the municipality entered into a
contract | ||||||
20 | or issued bonds after January 1, 1986, but before December 31, | ||||||
21 | 1986,
to finance redevelopment project costs within a State | ||||||
22 | Sales Tax
Boundary, then the Net State Sales Tax Increment | ||||||
23 | means, for the fiscal years
beginning July 1, 1990, and July 1, | ||||||
24 | 1991, 100% of the State Sales Tax
Increment annually generated | ||||||
25 | within a State Sales Tax Boundary; and
notwithstanding any | ||||||
26 | other provision of this Act, for those fiscal years the
| ||||||
27 | Department of Revenue shall distribute to those municipalities | ||||||
28 | 100% of
their Net State Sales Tax Increment before any | ||||||
29 | distribution to any other
municipality and regardless of | ||||||
30 | whether or not those other municipalities
will receive 100% of | ||||||
31 | their Net State Sales Tax Increment. For Fiscal Year
1999, and | ||||||
32 | every year thereafter until the year 2007, for any municipality
| ||||||
33 | that has not entered into a contract or has not issued bonds | ||||||
34 | prior to June
1, 1988 to finance redevelopment project costs | ||||||
35 | within a State Sales Tax
Boundary, the Net State Sales Tax | ||||||
36 | Increment shall be calculated as follows:
By multiplying the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Net State Sales Tax Increment by 90% in the State Fiscal
Year | ||||||
2 | 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% in the State | ||||||
3 | Fiscal Year
2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002; 50% in the | ||||||
4 | State Fiscal Year 2003; 40%
in the State Fiscal Year 2004; 30% | ||||||
5 | in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in
the State Fiscal Year | ||||||
6 | 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No
payment shall | ||||||
7 | be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and thereafter.
| ||||||
8 | Municipalities that issued bonds in connection with a | ||||||
9 | redevelopment project
in a redevelopment project area within | ||||||
10 | the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to
July 29, 1991,
or that | ||||||
11 | entered into contracts in connection with a redevelopment | ||||||
12 | project in
a redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988,
| ||||||
13 | shall continue to receive their proportional share of the
| ||||||
14 | Illinois Tax Increment Fund distribution until the date on | ||||||
15 | which the
redevelopment project is completed or terminated.
If, | ||||||
16 | however, a municipality that issued bonds in connection with a
| ||||||
17 | redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within | ||||||
18 | the State Sales
Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991 retires the | ||||||
19 | bonds prior to June 30, 2007 or
a municipality that entered | ||||||
20 | into contracts in connection with a redevelopment
project in a | ||||||
21 | redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988 completes the
| ||||||
22 | contracts prior to June 30, 2007, then so long as the | ||||||
23 | redevelopment project is
not
completed or is not terminated, | ||||||
24 | the Net State Sales Tax Increment shall be
calculated, | ||||||
25 | beginning on the date on which the bonds are retired or the
| ||||||
26 | contracts are completed, as follows: By multiplying the Net | ||||||
27 | State Sales Tax
Increment by 60% in the State Fiscal Year
2002; | ||||||
28 | 50% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year | ||||||
29 | 2004; 30%
in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State | ||||||
30 | Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in
the State Fiscal Year 2007. No | ||||||
31 | payment shall be made for State Fiscal Year
2008 and | ||||||
32 | thereafter.
Refunding of any bonds issued
prior to July 29, | ||||||
33 | 1991, shall not alter the Net State Sales Tax Increment.
| ||||||
34 | (j) "State Utility Tax Increment Amount" means an amount | ||||||
35 | equal to the
aggregate increase in State electric and gas tax | ||||||
36 | charges imposed on owners
and tenants, other than residential |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | customers, of properties located within
the redevelopment | ||||||
2 | project area under Section 9-222 of the Public Utilities
Act, | ||||||
3 | over and above the aggregate of such charges as certified by | ||||||
4 | the
Department of Revenue and paid by owners and tenants, other | ||||||
5 | than
residential customers, of properties within the | ||||||
6 | redevelopment project area
during the base year, which shall be | ||||||
7 | the calendar year immediately prior to
the year of the adoption | ||||||
8 | of the ordinance authorizing tax increment allocation
| ||||||
9 | financing.
| ||||||
10 | (k) "Net State Utility Tax Increment" means the sum of the | ||||||
11 | following:
(a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Utility Tax | ||||||
12 | Increment annually
generated by a redevelopment project area; | ||||||
13 | (b) 60% of the amount in excess
of $100,000 but not exceeding | ||||||
14 | $500,000 of the State Utility Tax Increment
annually generated | ||||||
15 | by a redevelopment project area; and (c) 40% of all
amounts in | ||||||
16 | excess of $500,000 of State Utility Tax Increment annually
| ||||||
17 | generated by a redevelopment project area. For the State Fiscal | ||||||
18 | Year 1999,
and every year thereafter until the year 2007, for | ||||||
19 | any municipality that
has not entered into a contract or has | ||||||
20 | not issued bonds prior to June 1,
1988 to finance redevelopment | ||||||
21 | project costs within a redevelopment project
area, the Net | ||||||
22 | State Utility Tax Increment shall be calculated as follows:
By | ||||||
23 | multiplying the Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in the | ||||||
24 | State
Fiscal Year 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% | ||||||
25 | in the State
Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year | ||||||
26 | 2002; 50% in the State
Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State | ||||||
27 | Fiscal Year 2004; 30% in the State
Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the | ||||||
28 | State Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State
Fiscal Year 2007. | ||||||
29 | No payment shall be made for the State Fiscal Year 2008
and | ||||||
30 | thereafter.
| ||||||
31 | Municipalities that issue bonds in connection with the | ||||||
32 | redevelopment project
during the period from June 1, 1988 until | ||||||
33 | 3 years after the effective date
of this Amendatory Act of 1988 | ||||||
34 | shall receive the Net State Utility Tax
Increment, subject to | ||||||
35 | appropriation, for 15 State Fiscal Years after the
issuance of | ||||||
36 | such bonds. For the 16th through the 20th State Fiscal Years
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | after issuance of the bonds, the Net State Utility Tax | ||||||
2 | Increment shall be
calculated as follows: By multiplying the | ||||||
3 | Net State Utility Tax Increment
by 90% in year 16; 80% in year | ||||||
4 | 17; 70% in year 18; 60% in year 19; and 50%
in year 20. | ||||||
5 | Refunding of any bonds issued prior to June 1, 1988, shall not
| ||||||
6 | alter the revised Net State Utility Tax Increment payments set | ||||||
7 | forth above.
| ||||||
8 | (l) "Obligations" mean bonds, loans, debentures, notes, | ||||||
9 | special certificates
or other evidence of indebtedness issued | ||||||
10 | by the municipality to carry out
a redevelopment project or to | ||||||
11 | refund outstanding obligations.
| ||||||
12 | (m) "Payment in lieu of taxes" means those estimated tax | ||||||
13 | revenues from
real property in a redevelopment project area | ||||||
14 | derived from real property that
has been acquired by a | ||||||
15 | municipality
which according to the redevelopment project or | ||||||
16 | plan is to be used for a
private use which taxing districts | ||||||
17 | would have received had a municipality
not acquired the real | ||||||
18 | property and adopted tax increment allocation
financing and | ||||||
19 | which would result from
levies made after the time of the | ||||||
20 | adoption of tax increment allocation
financing to the time the | ||||||
21 | current equalized value of real property in the
redevelopment | ||||||
22 | project area exceeds the total initial equalized value of
real | ||||||
23 | property in said area.
| ||||||
24 | (n) "Redevelopment plan" means the comprehensive program | ||||||
25 | of
the municipality for development or redevelopment intended | ||||||
26 | by the payment of
redevelopment project costs to reduce or | ||||||
27 | eliminate those conditions the
existence of which qualified the | ||||||
28 | redevelopment project area as
a "blighted
area" or | ||||||
29 | "conservation area" or combination thereof or "industrial park
| ||||||
30 | conservation area," and thereby to enhance the tax bases of the | ||||||
31 | taxing
districts which extend into the redevelopment project | ||||||
32 | area.
On and after November 1, 1999 (the effective date of
| ||||||
33 | Public Act 91-478), no
redevelopment plan may be approved or | ||||||
34 | amended that includes the development of
vacant land (i) with a | ||||||
35 | golf course and related clubhouse and other facilities
or (ii) | ||||||
36 | designated by federal, State, county, or municipal government |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as public
land for outdoor recreational activities or for | ||||||
2 | nature preserves and used for
that purpose within 5
years prior | ||||||
3 | to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. For the purpose of
| ||||||
4 | this subsection, "recreational activities" is limited to mean | ||||||
5 | camping and
hunting.
Each
redevelopment plan shall set forth in | ||||||
6 | writing the program to be undertaken
to accomplish the | ||||||
7 | objectives and shall include but not be limited to:
| ||||||
8 | (A) an itemized list of estimated redevelopment | ||||||
9 | project costs;
| ||||||
10 | (B) evidence indicating that the redevelopment project | ||||||
11 | area on the whole
has not been subject to growth and | ||||||
12 | development through investment by private
enterprise;
| ||||||
13 | (C) an assessment of any financial impact of the | ||||||
14 | redevelopment project
area on or any increased demand for | ||||||
15 | services from any taxing district affected
by the plan and | ||||||
16 | any program to address such financial impact or increased
| ||||||
17 | demand;
| ||||||
18 | (D) the sources of funds to pay costs;
| ||||||
19 | (E) the nature and term of the obligations to be | ||||||
20 | issued;
| ||||||
21 | (F) the most recent equalized assessed valuation of the | ||||||
22 | redevelopment
project area;
| ||||||
23 | (G) an estimate as to the equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
24 | after redevelopment
and the general land uses to apply in | ||||||
25 | the redevelopment project area;
| ||||||
26 | (H) a commitment to fair employment practices and an | ||||||
27 | affirmative action
plan;
| ||||||
28 | (I) if it concerns an industrial park
conservation | ||||||
29 | area, the plan shall
also include a general description
of | ||||||
30 | any proposed developer, user and tenant of any property, a | ||||||
31 | description
of the type, structure and general character of | ||||||
32 | the facilities to be
developed, a description of the type, | ||||||
33 | class and number of new employees to
be employed in the | ||||||
34 | operation of the facilities to be developed; and
| ||||||
35 | (J) if property is to be annexed to the municipality, | ||||||
36 | the plan shall
include the terms of the annexation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agreement.
| ||||||
2 | The provisions of items (B) and (C) of this subsection (n) | ||||||
3 | shall not apply to
a municipality that before March 14, 1994 | ||||||
4 | (the effective date of Public Act
88-537) had fixed, either by | ||||||
5 | its
corporate authorities or by a commission designated under | ||||||
6 | subsection (k) of
Section 11-74.4-4, a time and place for a | ||||||
7 | public hearing as required by
subsection (a) of Section | ||||||
8 | 11-74.4-5.
No redevelopment plan shall be adopted unless a
| ||||||
9 | municipality complies with all of the following requirements:
| ||||||
10 | (1) The municipality finds that the redevelopment | ||||||
11 | project area on
the whole has not been subject to growth | ||||||
12 | and development through investment
by private enterprise | ||||||
13 | and would not reasonably be anticipated to be
developed | ||||||
14 | without the adoption of the redevelopment plan.
| ||||||
15 | (2) The municipality finds that the redevelopment plan | ||||||
16 | and project conform
to the comprehensive plan for the | ||||||
17 | development of the municipality as a whole,
or, for | ||||||
18 | municipalities with a population of 100,000 or more, | ||||||
19 | regardless of when
the redevelopment plan and project was | ||||||
20 | adopted, the redevelopment plan and
project either: (i) | ||||||
21 | conforms to the strategic economic development or
| ||||||
22 | redevelopment plan issued by the designated planning | ||||||
23 | authority of the
municipality, or (ii) includes land uses | ||||||
24 | that have been approved by the
planning commission of the | ||||||
25 | municipality.
| ||||||
26 | (3) The redevelopment plan establishes the estimated | ||||||
27 | dates of completion
of the redevelopment project and | ||||||
28 | retirement of obligations issued to finance
redevelopment | ||||||
29 | project costs. Those dates shall not be
later than December | ||||||
30 | 31 of the year in which the payment to the municipal
| ||||||
31 | treasurer as provided in subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
32 | 11-74.4-8 of this Act is to
be made with respect to ad | ||||||
33 | valorem taxes levied in the twenty-third
calendar year | ||||||
34 | after the year in which the ordinance approving the
| ||||||
35 | redevelopment project area is adopted if the ordinance was | ||||||
36 | adopted on or after
January 15, 1981, and
not later than |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | December 31 of the year in which the payment to the | ||||||
2 | municipal
treasurer as provided in subsection (b) of | ||||||
3 | Section 11-74.4-8 of this Act is to
be made with respect to | ||||||
4 | ad valorem taxes levied in the thirty-fifth calendar
year | ||||||
5 | after the year in which the ordinance approving the
| ||||||
6 | redevelopment project area is adopted:
| ||||||
7 | (A) if the ordinance was adopted before January 15,
| ||||||
8 | 1981, or
| ||||||
9 | (B) if the ordinance was adopted in December 1983, | ||||||
10 | April 1984,
July 1985, or December 1989, or
| ||||||
11 | (C) if the ordinance was adopted in December 1987 | ||||||
12 | and the
redevelopment project is located within one | ||||||
13 | mile of Midway Airport, or
| ||||||
14 | (D) if the ordinance was adopted before January 1, | ||||||
15 | 1987 by a
municipality
in Mason County, or
| ||||||
16 | (E) if the municipality is
subject to the Local | ||||||
17 | Government Financial Planning and Supervision Act or | ||||||
18 | the
Financially Distressed City Law, or
| ||||||
19 | (F) if
the ordinance was adopted in December 1984 | ||||||
20 | by the Village of Rosemont, or
| ||||||
21 | (G) if
the ordinance was adopted on December 31, | ||||||
22 | 1986 by a municipality
located in Clinton County
for | ||||||
23 | which at least $250,000 of tax
increment bonds were | ||||||
24 | authorized on June 17, 1997, or if
the ordinance was | ||||||
25 | adopted on December 31, 1986 by a municipality with
a | ||||||
26 | population in 1990 of less than 3,600 that is located | ||||||
27 | in a county with a
population in 1990 of less than | ||||||
28 | 34,000 and for which at least $250,000 of tax
increment | ||||||
29 | bonds were authorized on June 17, 1997, or
| ||||||
30 | (H) if the ordinance was adopted on October 5, 1982 | ||||||
31 | by the City of
Kankakee, or if the ordinance was | ||||||
32 | adopted on December 29, 1986 by East St.
Louis, or
| ||||||
33 | (I) if the ordinance was adopted on November 12, | ||||||
34 | 1991 by the Village
of Sauget, or
| ||||||
35 | (J) if the ordinance was adopted on February 11, | ||||||
36 | 1985 by the City of
Rock Island, or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (K) if the ordinance was adopted before December | ||||||
2 | 18, 1986 by the City of
Moline, or
| ||||||
3 | (L) if the ordinance was adopted in September 1988 | ||||||
4 | by Sauk Village,
or
| ||||||
5 | (M) if the ordinance was adopted in October 1993 by | ||||||
6 | Sauk Village,
or
| ||||||
7 | (N) if the ordinance was adopted on December 29, | ||||||
8 | 1986 by the City of
Galva, or
| ||||||
9 | (O) if the ordinance was adopted in March 1991 by | ||||||
10 | the City of
Centreville, or
| ||||||
11 | (P) if the ordinance was adopted on January 23, | ||||||
12 | 1991 by the
City of East St. Louis, or
| ||||||
13 | (Q) if the ordinance was adopted on December 22, | ||||||
14 | 1986 by the City of
Aledo, or
| ||||||
15 | (R) if the ordinance was adopted on February 5, | ||||||
16 | 1990 by the City of
Clinton, or
| ||||||
17 | (S) if the ordinance was adopted on September 6, | ||||||
18 | 1994 by the City of
Freeport, or
| ||||||
19 | (T) if the ordinance was adopted on December 22, | ||||||
20 | 1986 by the City of
Tuscola, or
| ||||||
21 | (U) if the ordinance was adopted on December 23, | ||||||
22 | 1986 by the City of
Sparta, or
| ||||||
23 | (V) if the ordinance was adopted on December 23, | ||||||
24 | 1986 by the City of
Beardstown, or
| ||||||
25 | (W) if the ordinance was adopted on April 27, 1981, | ||||||
26 | October 21, 1985, or
December 30, 1986 by the City of | ||||||
27 | Belleville, or
| ||||||
28 | (X) if the ordinance was adopted on December 29, | ||||||
29 | 1986 by the City of
Collinsville, or
| ||||||
30 | (Y) if the ordinance was adopted on September 14, | ||||||
31 | 1994 by the City of
Alton, or
| ||||||
32 | (Z) if the ordinance was adopted on November 11, | ||||||
33 | 1996 by the City of
Lexington, or
| ||||||
34 | (AA) if the ordinance was adopted on November 5, | ||||||
35 | 1984 by the City of
LeRoy, or
| ||||||
36 | (BB) if the ordinance was adopted on April 3, 1991 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or June 3, 1992 by
the City of Markham, or
| ||||||
2 | (CC) if the ordinance was adopted on November 11, | ||||||
3 | 1986 by the City of Pekin, or
| ||||||
4 | (DD)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December | ||||||
5 | 15, 1981 by the City of Champaign, or | ||||||
6 | (EE)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December | ||||||
7 | 15, 1986 by the City of Urbana, or | ||||||
8 | (FF)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December | ||||||
9 | 15, 1986 by the Village of Heyworth, or | ||||||
10 | (GG)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on February | ||||||
11 | 24, 1992 by the Village of Heyworth, or | ||||||
12 | (HH)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on March 16, | ||||||
13 | 1995 by the Village of Heyworth, or | ||||||
14 | (II)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December | ||||||
15 | 23, 1986 by the Town of Cicero, or | ||||||
16 | (JJ)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December | ||||||
17 | 30, 1986 by the City of Effingham, or | ||||||
18 | (KK)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on May 9, | ||||||
19 | 1991 by the Village of
Tilton, or | ||||||
20 | (LL)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on October | ||||||
21 | 20, 1986 by the City of Elmhurst.
| ||||||
22 | However, for redevelopment project areas for which | ||||||
23 | bonds were issued before
July 29, 1991, or for which | ||||||
24 | contracts were entered into before June 1,
1988, in | ||||||
25 | connection with a redevelopment project in the area within
| ||||||
26 | the State Sales Tax Boundary, the estimated dates of | ||||||
27 | completion of the
redevelopment project and retirement of | ||||||
28 | obligations to finance redevelopment
project costs may be | ||||||
29 | extended by municipal ordinance to December 31, 2013.
The | ||||||
30 | termination procedures of subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
31 | 11-74.4-8 are not
required for
these redevelopment project | ||||||
32 | areas in 2009 but are required in 2013.
The extension | ||||||
33 | allowed by this amendatory Act of 1993 shall not apply to | ||||||
34 | real
property tax increment allocation financing under | ||||||
35 | Section 11-74.4-8.
| ||||||
36 | A municipality may by municipal ordinance amend an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | existing redevelopment
plan to conform to this paragraph | ||||||
2 | (3) as amended by Public Act 91-478, which
municipal | ||||||
3 | ordinance may be adopted without
further hearing or
notice | ||||||
4 | and without complying with the procedures provided in this | ||||||
5 | Act
pertaining to an amendment to or the initial approval | ||||||
6 | of a redevelopment plan
and project and
designation of a | ||||||
7 | redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
8 | Those dates, for purposes of real property tax | ||||||
9 | increment allocation
financing pursuant to Section | ||||||
10 | 11-74.4-8 only, shall be not more than 35 years
for | ||||||
11 | redevelopment project areas that were adopted on or after | ||||||
12 | December 16,
1986 and for which at least $8 million worth | ||||||
13 | of municipal bonds were authorized
on or after December 19, | ||||||
14 | 1989 but before January 1, 1990; provided that the
| ||||||
15 | municipality elects to extend the life of the redevelopment | ||||||
16 | project area to 35
years by the adoption of an ordinance | ||||||
17 | after at least 14 but not more than 30
days' written notice | ||||||
18 | to the taxing bodies, that would otherwise constitute the
| ||||||
19 | joint review board for the redevelopment project area, | ||||||
20 | before the adoption of
the ordinance.
| ||||||
21 | Those dates, for purposes of real property tax | ||||||
22 | increment allocation
financing pursuant to Section | ||||||
23 | 11-74.4-8 only, shall be not more than 35 years
for | ||||||
24 | redevelopment project areas that were established on or | ||||||
25 | after December 1,
1981 but before January 1, 1982 and for | ||||||
26 | which at least $1,500,000 worth of
tax increment revenue | ||||||
27 | bonds were authorized
on or after September 30, 1990 but | ||||||
28 | before July 1, 1991; provided that the
municipality elects | ||||||
29 | to extend the life of the redevelopment project area to 35
| ||||||
30 | years by the adoption of an ordinance after at least 14 but | ||||||
31 | not more than 30
days' written notice to the taxing bodies, | ||||||
32 | that would otherwise constitute the
joint review board for | ||||||
33 | the redevelopment project area, before the adoption of
the | ||||||
34 | ordinance.
| ||||||
35 | (3.5) The municipality finds, in the case of an | ||||||
36 | industrial
park
conservation area, also that the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality is a labor surplus municipality
and that the | ||||||
2 | implementation of the redevelopment plan will reduce | ||||||
3 | unemployment,
create new jobs and by the provision of new | ||||||
4 | facilities enhance the tax base of
the taxing districts | ||||||
5 | that extend into the redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
6 | (4) If any incremental revenues are being utilized | ||||||
7 | under
Section 8(a)(1)
or 8(a)(2) of this Act in | ||||||
8 | redevelopment project areas approved by ordinance
after | ||||||
9 | January 1, 1986, the municipality finds: (a) that the | ||||||
10 | redevelopment
project area would not reasonably be | ||||||
11 | developed without the use of such
incremental revenues, and | ||||||
12 | (b) that such incremental revenues will be
exclusively | ||||||
13 | utilized for the development of the redevelopment project | ||||||
14 | area.
| ||||||
15 | (5) If
the redevelopment plan will not result in
| ||||||
16 | displacement of
residents from 10 or more inhabited | ||||||
17 | residential units, and the
municipality certifies in the | ||||||
18 | plan that
such displacement will not result from the plan, | ||||||
19 | a housing impact study
need not be performed.
If, however, | ||||||
20 | the redevelopment plan would result in the displacement
of
| ||||||
21 | residents from 10 or more inhabited
residential units,
or | ||||||
22 | if the redevelopment project area contains 75 or more | ||||||
23 | inhabited residential
units and no
certification is made,
| ||||||
24 | then the municipality shall prepare, as part of the | ||||||
25 | separate
feasibility report required by subsection (a) of | ||||||
26 | Section 11-74.4-5, a housing
impact study.
| ||||||
27 | Part I of the housing impact study shall include (i) | ||||||
28 | data as to whether
the residential units are single family | ||||||
29 | or multi-family units,
(ii) the number and type of rooms | ||||||
30 | within the units, if that information is
available, (iii) | ||||||
31 | whether
the
units are inhabited or uninhabited, as | ||||||
32 | determined not less than 45
days before the date that the | ||||||
33 | ordinance or resolution required
by subsection (a) of | ||||||
34 | Section 11-74.4-5 is passed, and (iv) data as to the
racial | ||||||
35 | and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited | ||||||
36 | residential
units. The data requirement as to the racial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and ethnic composition of the
residents in the inhabited | ||||||
2 | residential units shall be deemed to be fully
satisfied by | ||||||
3 | data from the most recent federal census.
| ||||||
4 | Part II of the housing impact study shall identify the | ||||||
5 | inhabited
residential units in the proposed redevelopment | ||||||
6 | project area that are to be or
may be removed. If inhabited | ||||||
7 | residential units are to be removed, then the
housing | ||||||
8 | impact study shall identify (i) the number and location of | ||||||
9 | those units
that will or may be removed, (ii) the | ||||||
10 | municipality's plans for relocation
assistance for those | ||||||
11 | residents in the proposed redevelopment project area
whose | ||||||
12 | residences are to be removed, (iii) the availability of | ||||||
13 | replacement
housing for those residents whose residences | ||||||
14 | are to be removed, and shall
identify the type, location, | ||||||
15 | and cost of the housing, and (iv) the type and
extent
of | ||||||
16 | relocation assistance to be provided.
| ||||||
17 | (6) On and after November 1, 1999, the
housing impact | ||||||
18 | study required by paragraph (5) shall be
incorporated in | ||||||
19 | the redevelopment plan for the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
20 | (7) On and after November 1, 1999, no
redevelopment | ||||||
21 | plan shall be adopted, nor an
existing plan amended, nor | ||||||
22 | shall residential housing that is
occupied by households of | ||||||
23 | low-income and very low-income
persons in currently | ||||||
24 | existing redevelopment project
areas be removed after | ||||||
25 | November 1, 1999 unless the redevelopment plan provides, | ||||||
26 | with
respect to inhabited housing units that are to be | ||||||
27 | removed for
households of low-income and very low-income | ||||||
28 | persons, affordable
housing and relocation assistance not | ||||||
29 | less than that which would
be provided under the federal | ||||||
30 | Uniform Relocation Assistance and
Real Property | ||||||
31 | Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 and the regulations
under | ||||||
32 | that Act, including the eligibility criteria.
Affordable | ||||||
33 | housing may be either existing or newly constructed
| ||||||
34 | housing. For purposes of this paragraph (7), "low-income
| ||||||
35 | households", "very low-income households", and "affordable
| ||||||
36 | housing" have the meanings set forth in the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Affordable
Housing Act.
The municipality shall make a good | ||||||
2 | faith effort to ensure that this affordable
housing is | ||||||
3 | located in or near the redevelopment project area within | ||||||
4 | the
municipality.
| ||||||
5 | (8) On and after November 1, 1999, if,
after the | ||||||
6 | adoption of the redevelopment plan for the
redevelopment | ||||||
7 | project area, any municipality desires to amend its
| ||||||
8 | redevelopment plan
to remove more inhabited residential | ||||||
9 | units than
specified in its original redevelopment plan, | ||||||
10 | that change shall be made in
accordance with the procedures | ||||||
11 | in subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-5.
| ||||||
12 | (9) For redevelopment project areas designated prior | ||||||
13 | to November 1,
1999, the redevelopment plan may be amended | ||||||
14 | without further joint review board
meeting or hearing, | ||||||
15 | provided that the municipality shall give notice of any
| ||||||
16 | such changes by mail to each affected taxing district and | ||||||
17 | registrant on the
interested party registry, to authorize | ||||||
18 | the municipality to expend tax
increment revenues for | ||||||
19 | redevelopment project costs defined by paragraphs (5)
and | ||||||
20 | (7.5), subparagraphs (E) and (F) of paragraph (11), and | ||||||
21 | paragraph (11.5) of
subsection (q) of Section 11-74.4-3, so | ||||||
22 | long as the changes do not increase the
total estimated | ||||||
23 | redevelopment project costs set out in the redevelopment | ||||||
24 | plan
by more than 5% after adjustment for inflation from | ||||||
25 | the date the plan was
adopted.
| ||||||
26 | (o) "Redevelopment project" means any public and private | ||||||
27 | development project
in furtherance of the objectives of a | ||||||
28 | redevelopment plan.
On and after November 1, 1999 (the | ||||||
29 | effective date of Public Act 91-478), no
redevelopment plan may | ||||||
30 | be approved or amended that includes the development
of vacant | ||||||
31 | land (i) with a golf course and related clubhouse and other
| ||||||
32 | facilities
or (ii) designated by federal, State, county, or | ||||||
33 | municipal government as public
land for outdoor recreational | ||||||
34 | activities or for nature preserves and used for
that purpose | ||||||
35 | within 5
years prior to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. | ||||||
36 | For the purpose of
this subsection, "recreational activities" |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is limited to mean camping and
hunting.
| ||||||
2 | (p) "Redevelopment project area" means an area designated | ||||||
3 | by
the
municipality, which is not less in the aggregate than 1 | ||||||
4 | 1/2 acres and in
respect to which the municipality has made a | ||||||
5 | finding that there exist
conditions which cause the area to be | ||||||
6 | classified as an industrial park
conservation area or a | ||||||
7 | blighted area or a conservation area, or a
combination of both | ||||||
8 | blighted areas and conservation areas.
| ||||||
9 | (q) "Redevelopment project costs" mean and include the sum | ||||||
10 | total of all
reasonable or necessary costs incurred or | ||||||
11 | estimated to be incurred, and
any such costs incidental to a | ||||||
12 | redevelopment plan and a redevelopment
project. Such costs | ||||||
13 | include, without limitation, the following:
| ||||||
14 | (1) Costs of studies, surveys, development of plans, | ||||||
15 | and
specifications, implementation and administration of | ||||||
16 | the redevelopment
plan including but not limited to staff | ||||||
17 | and professional service costs for
architectural, | ||||||
18 | engineering, legal, financial, planning or other
services, | ||||||
19 | provided however that no charges for professional services | ||||||
20 | may be
based on a percentage of the tax increment | ||||||
21 | collected; except that on and
after November 1, 1999 (the | ||||||
22 | effective date of Public Act 91-478), no
contracts for
| ||||||
23 | professional services, excluding architectural and | ||||||
24 | engineering services, may be
entered into if the terms of | ||||||
25 | the contract extend
beyond a period of 3 years. In | ||||||
26 | addition, "redevelopment project costs" shall
not include | ||||||
27 | lobbying expenses.
After consultation with the | ||||||
28 | municipality, each tax
increment consultant or advisor to a | ||||||
29 | municipality that plans to designate or
has designated a | ||||||
30 | redevelopment project area shall inform the municipality | ||||||
31 | in
writing of any contracts that the consultant or advisor | ||||||
32 | has entered into with
entities or individuals that have | ||||||
33 | received, or are receiving, payments financed
by tax
| ||||||
34 | increment revenues produced by the redevelopment project | ||||||
35 | area with respect to
which the consultant or advisor has | ||||||
36 | performed, or will be performing, service
for the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality. This requirement shall be satisfied by the | ||||||
2 | consultant or advisor
before the commencement of services | ||||||
3 | for the municipality and thereafter
whenever any other | ||||||
4 | contracts with those individuals or entities are executed | ||||||
5 | by
the consultant or advisor;
| ||||||
6 | (1.5) After July 1, 1999, annual administrative costs | ||||||
7 | shall
not include general overhead or
administrative costs | ||||||
8 | of the municipality
that would still have been incurred by | ||||||
9 | the municipality if the municipality had
not
designated a | ||||||
10 | redevelopment project area or approved a redevelopment | ||||||
11 | plan;
| ||||||
12 | (1.6) The cost of
marketing sites within the | ||||||
13 | redevelopment project area to prospective
businesses, | ||||||
14 | developers, and investors;
| ||||||
15 | (2) Property assembly costs, including but not limited | ||||||
16 | to acquisition
of land and other property, real or | ||||||
17 | personal, or rights or interests therein,
demolition of | ||||||
18 | buildings, site preparation, site improvements that serve | ||||||
19 | as an
engineered barrier addressing ground level or below | ||||||
20 | ground environmental
contamination, including, but not | ||||||
21 | limited to parking lots and other concrete
or asphalt | ||||||
22 | barriers, and the clearing and grading of
land;
| ||||||
23 | (3) Costs of rehabilitation, reconstruction or repair | ||||||
24 | or remodeling of
existing public or private buildings, | ||||||
25 | fixtures, and leasehold
improvements; and the cost of | ||||||
26 | replacing
an existing public building if pursuant to the | ||||||
27 | implementation of a
redevelopment project the existing | ||||||
28 | public building is to be demolished to use
the site for | ||||||
29 | private investment or
devoted to a different use requiring | ||||||
30 | private investment;
| ||||||
31 | (4) Costs of the construction of public works or | ||||||
32 | improvements, except
that on and after November 1, 1999,
| ||||||
33 | redevelopment
project costs shall not include the cost of | ||||||
34 | constructing a
new municipal public building principally | ||||||
35 | used to provide
offices, storage space, or conference | ||||||
36 | facilities or vehicle storage,
maintenance, or repair for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | administrative,
public safety, or public works personnel
| ||||||
2 | and that is not intended to replace an existing
public | ||||||
3 | building as provided under paragraph (3) of subsection (q) | ||||||
4 | of Section
11-74.4-3
unless either (i) the construction of | ||||||
5 | the new municipal building
implements a redevelopment | ||||||
6 | project that was included in a redevelopment plan
that was | ||||||
7 | adopted by the municipality prior to November 1, 1999 or | ||||||
8 | (ii) the
municipality makes a reasonable
determination in | ||||||
9 | the redevelopment plan, supported by information that | ||||||
10 | provides
the basis for that determination, that the new | ||||||
11 | municipal building is required
to meet an increase in the | ||||||
12 | need for public safety purposes anticipated to
result from | ||||||
13 | the implementation of the redevelopment plan;
| ||||||
14 | (5) Costs of job training and retraining projects, | ||||||
15 | including the cost of
"welfare to work" programs | ||||||
16 | implemented by businesses located within the
redevelopment | ||||||
17 | project area;
| ||||||
18 | (6) Financing costs, including but not limited to all | ||||||
19 | necessary and
incidental expenses related to the issuance | ||||||
20 | of obligations and which may
include payment of interest on | ||||||
21 | any obligations issued hereunder including
interest | ||||||
22 | accruing
during the estimated period of construction of any | ||||||
23 | redevelopment project
for which such obligations are | ||||||
24 | issued and for not exceeding 36 months
thereafter and | ||||||
25 | including reasonable reserves related thereto;
| ||||||
26 | (7) To the extent the municipality by written agreement | ||||||
27 | accepts and
approves
the same, all or a portion of a taxing | ||||||
28 | district's capital costs resulting
from the redevelopment | ||||||
29 | project necessarily incurred or to be incurred within a
| ||||||
30 | taxing district in
furtherance of the objectives of the | ||||||
31 | redevelopment plan and project.
| ||||||
32 | (7.5) For redevelopment project areas designated (or | ||||||
33 | redevelopment
project areas amended to add or increase the | ||||||
34 | number of
tax-increment-financing assisted housing units) | ||||||
35 | on or after November 1,
1999,
an elementary, secondary,
or | ||||||
36 | unit school
district's increased costs attributable to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assisted housing units located
within the
redevelopment | ||||||
2 | project area for which the developer or redeveloper | ||||||
3 | receives
financial assistance through an agreement with | ||||||
4 | the municipality or because the
municipality incurs the | ||||||
5 | cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
the | ||||||
6 | boundaries of the assisted housing sites necessary for the | ||||||
7 | completion of
that housing
as authorized by this Act, and | ||||||
8 | which costs shall be paid by the municipality
from the | ||||||
9 | Special Tax Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue | ||||||
10 | is received
as a result of the assisted housing units and | ||||||
11 | shall be calculated annually as
follows:
| ||||||
12 | (A) for foundation districts, excluding any school | ||||||
13 | district in a
municipality with a population in excess | ||||||
14 | of 1,000,000, by multiplying the
district's increase | ||||||
15 | in attendance resulting from the net increase in new
| ||||||
16 | students enrolled in that school district who reside in | ||||||
17 | housing units within
the redevelopment project area | ||||||
18 | that have received financial assistance through
an | ||||||
19 | agreement with the municipality or because the | ||||||
20 | municipality incurs the cost
of necessary | ||||||
21 | infrastructure improvements within the boundaries of | ||||||
22 | the housing
sites necessary for the completion of that | ||||||
23 | housing as authorized by this Act
since the designation | ||||||
24 | of the redevelopment project area by the most recently
| ||||||
25 | available per capita tuition cost as defined in Section | ||||||
26 | 10-20.12a of the School
Code less any increase in | ||||||
27 | general State aid as defined in Section 18-8.05 of
the | ||||||
28 | School Code attributable to these added new students | ||||||
29 | subject to the
following annual limitations:
| ||||||
30 | (i) for unit school districts with a district | ||||||
31 | average 1995-96 Per
Capita
Tuition Charge of less | ||||||
32 | than $5,900, no more than 25% of the total amount | ||||||
33 | of
property tax increment revenue produced by | ||||||
34 | those housing units that have
received tax | ||||||
35 | increment finance assistance under this Act;
| ||||||
36 | (ii) for elementary school districts with a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district average 1995-96
Per
Capita Tuition Charge | ||||||
2 | of less than $5,900, no more than 17% of the total | ||||||
3 | amount
of property tax increment revenue produced | ||||||
4 | by those housing units that have
received tax | ||||||
5 | increment finance assistance under this Act; and
| ||||||
6 | (iii) for secondary school districts with a | ||||||
7 | district average 1995-96
Per
Capita Tuition Charge | ||||||
8 | of less than $5,900, no more than 8% of the total | ||||||
9 | amount
of property tax increment revenue produced | ||||||
10 | by those housing units that have
received tax | ||||||
11 | increment finance assistance under this Act.
| ||||||
12 | (B) For alternate method districts, flat grant | ||||||
13 | districts, and foundation
districts with a district | ||||||
14 | average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge equal to or
| ||||||
15 | more than $5,900, excluding any school district with a | ||||||
16 | population in excess of
1,000,000, by multiplying the | ||||||
17 | district's increase in attendance
resulting
from the | ||||||
18 | net increase in new students enrolled in that school | ||||||
19 | district who
reside in
housing units within the | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project area that have received
| ||||||
21 | financial assistance through an agreement with the | ||||||
22 | municipality or because the
municipality incurs the | ||||||
23 | cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
| ||||||
24 | the boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the | ||||||
25 | completion of that
housing as authorized by this Act | ||||||
26 | since the designation of the redevelopment
project | ||||||
27 | area by the most recently available per capita tuition | ||||||
28 | cost as defined
in Section 10-20.12a of the School Code | ||||||
29 | less any increase in general state aid
as defined in | ||||||
30 | Section 18-8.05 of the School Code attributable to | ||||||
31 | these added
new students subject to the following | ||||||
32 | annual limitations:
| ||||||
33 | (i) for unit school districts, no more than 40% | ||||||
34 | of the total amount of
property tax increment | ||||||
35 | revenue produced by those housing units that have
| ||||||
36 | received tax increment finance assistance under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Act;
| ||||||
2 | (ii) for elementary school districts, no more | ||||||
3 | than 27% of the total
amount
of property tax | ||||||
4 | increment revenue produced by those housing units | ||||||
5 | that have
received tax increment finance | ||||||
6 | assistance under this Act; and
| ||||||
7 | (iii) for secondary school districts, no more | ||||||
8 | than 13% of the total
amount
of property tax | ||||||
9 | increment revenue produced by those housing units | ||||||
10 | that have
received tax increment finance | ||||||
11 | assistance under this Act.
| ||||||
12 | (C) For any school district in a municipality with | ||||||
13 | a population in
excess of
1,000,000, the following | ||||||
14 | restrictions shall apply to the
reimbursement of | ||||||
15 | increased costs under this paragraph (7.5):
| ||||||
16 | (i) no increased costs shall be reimbursed | ||||||
17 | unless the school district
certifies that each of | ||||||
18 | the schools affected by the assisted housing | ||||||
19 | project
is at or over its student capacity;
| ||||||
20 | (ii) the amount reimbursable shall be reduced | ||||||
21 | by the value of any
land
donated to the school | ||||||
22 | district by the municipality or developer, and by | ||||||
23 | the
value of any physical improvements made to the | ||||||
24 | schools by the
municipality or developer; and
| ||||||
25 | (iii) the amount reimbursed may not affect | ||||||
26 | amounts otherwise obligated
by
the terms of any | ||||||
27 | bonds, notes, or other funding instruments, or the | ||||||
28 | terms of
any redevelopment agreement.
| ||||||
29 | Any school district seeking payment under this | ||||||
30 | paragraph (7.5) shall,
after July 1 and before | ||||||
31 | September 30 of each year,
provide the municipality | ||||||
32 | with reasonable evidence to support its claim for
| ||||||
33 | reimbursement before the municipality shall be | ||||||
34 | required to approve or make
the payment to the school | ||||||
35 | district. If the school district fails to provide
the | ||||||
36 | information during this period in any year, it shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | forfeit any claim to
reimbursement for that year. | ||||||
2 | School districts may adopt a resolution
waiving the | ||||||
3 | right to all or a portion of the reimbursement | ||||||
4 | otherwise required
by this paragraph
(7.5). By | ||||||
5 | acceptance of this reimbursement the school
district | ||||||
6 | waives the right to directly or indirectly set aside, | ||||||
7 | modify, or
contest in any manner the establishment of | ||||||
8 | the redevelopment project area or
projects;
| ||||||
9 | (7.7) For redevelopment project areas designated (or | ||||||
10 | redevelopment
project areas amended to add or increase the | ||||||
11 | number of
tax-increment-financing assisted housing units) | ||||||
12 | on or after
January 1, 2005 ( the effective date of Public | ||||||
13 | Act 93-961)
this amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
14 | Assembly ,
a public library
district's increased costs | ||||||
15 | attributable to assisted housing units located
within the
| ||||||
16 | redevelopment project area for which the developer or | ||||||
17 | redeveloper receives
financial assistance through an | ||||||
18 | agreement with the municipality or because the
| ||||||
19 | municipality incurs the cost of necessary infrastructure | ||||||
20 | improvements within
the boundaries of the assisted housing | ||||||
21 | sites necessary for the completion of
that housing
as | ||||||
22 | authorized by this Act shall be paid to the library | ||||||
23 | district by the
municipality
from the Special Tax | ||||||
24 | Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue is received
| ||||||
25 | as a result of the assisted housing units. This paragraph | ||||||
26 | (7.7) applies only if (i) the library district is located | ||||||
27 | in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
28 | Limitation Law or (ii) the library district is not located | ||||||
29 | in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
30 | Limitation Law but the district is prohibited by any other | ||||||
31 | law from increasing its tax levy rate without a prior voter | ||||||
32 | referendum.
| ||||||
33 | The amount paid to a library district under this | ||||||
34 | paragraph (7.7) shall be
calculated
by multiplying (i) the | ||||||
35 | net increase in the number of persons eligible to obtain
a
| ||||||
36 | library card
in that district who reside in housing units |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | within
the redevelopment project area that have received | ||||||
2 | financial assistance through
an agreement with the | ||||||
3 | municipality or because the municipality incurs the cost
of | ||||||
4 | necessary infrastructure improvements within the | ||||||
5 | boundaries of the housing
sites necessary for the | ||||||
6 | completion of that housing as authorized by this Act
since | ||||||
7 | the designation of the redevelopment project area by (ii)
| ||||||
8 | the per-patron cost of providing library services so long | ||||||
9 | as it does not exceed $120.
The per-patron cost shall be | ||||||
10 | the Total Operating Expenditures Per Capita as stated in | ||||||
11 | the most recent Illinois Public Library Statistics | ||||||
12 | produced by the Library Research Center at the University | ||||||
13 | of Illinois.
The municipality may deduct from the amount | ||||||
14 | that it must pay to a library district under this paragraph | ||||||
15 | any amount that it has voluntarily paid to the library | ||||||
16 | district from the tax increment revenue. The amount paid to | ||||||
17 | a library district under this paragraph (7.7) shall be no
| ||||||
18 | more
than 2% of the amount produced by the assisted housing | ||||||
19 | units and deposited into the Special Tax Allocation Fund.
| ||||||
20 | A library district is not eligible for any payment | ||||||
21 | under this paragraph
(7.7)
unless the library district has | ||||||
22 | experienced an increase in the
number of patrons from the | ||||||
23 | municipality that created the tax-increment-financing | ||||||
24 | district since the designation of the redevelopment | ||||||
25 | project area.
| ||||||
26 | Any library district seeking payment under this | ||||||
27 | paragraph (7.7) shall,
after July 1 and before September 30 | ||||||
28 | of each year,
provide the municipality with convincing | ||||||
29 | evidence to support its claim for
reimbursement before the | ||||||
30 | municipality shall be required to approve or make
the | ||||||
31 | payment to the library district. If the library district | ||||||
32 | fails to provide
the information during this period in any | ||||||
33 | year, it shall forfeit any claim to
reimbursement for that | ||||||
34 | year. Library districts may adopt a resolution
waiving the | ||||||
35 | right to all or a portion of the reimbursement otherwise | ||||||
36 | required by this paragraph (7.7). By acceptance of such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reimbursement, the library district shall forfeit any | ||||||
2 | right to directly or indirectly set aside, modify, or | ||||||
3 | contest in any manner whatsoever the establishment of the | ||||||
4 | redevelopment project area or
projects;
| ||||||
5 | (8) Relocation costs to the extent that a municipality | ||||||
6 | determines that
relocation costs shall be paid or is | ||||||
7 | required to make payment of relocation
costs by federal or | ||||||
8 | State law or in order to satisfy subparagraph (7) of
| ||||||
9 | subsection (n);
| ||||||
10 | (9) Payment in lieu of taxes;
| ||||||
11 | (10) Costs of job training, retraining, advanced | ||||||
12 | vocational education
or career
education, including but | ||||||
13 | not limited to courses in occupational,
semi-technical or | ||||||
14 | technical fields leading directly to employment, incurred
| ||||||
15 | by one or more taxing districts, provided that such costs | ||||||
16 | (i) are related
to the establishment and maintenance of | ||||||
17 | additional job training, advanced
vocational education or | ||||||
18 | career education programs for persons employed or
to be | ||||||
19 | employed by employers located in a redevelopment project | ||||||
20 | area; and
(ii) when incurred by a taxing district or taxing | ||||||
21 | districts other than the
municipality, are set forth in a | ||||||
22 | written agreement by or among the
municipality and the | ||||||
23 | taxing district or taxing districts, which agreement
| ||||||
24 | describes the program to be undertaken, including but not | ||||||
25 | limited to the
number of employees to be trained, a | ||||||
26 | description of the training and
services to be provided, | ||||||
27 | the number and type of positions available or to
be | ||||||
28 | available, itemized costs of the program and sources of | ||||||
29 | funds to pay for the
same, and the term of the agreement. | ||||||
30 | Such costs include, specifically, the
payment by community | ||||||
31 | college districts of costs pursuant to Sections 3-37,
3-38, | ||||||
32 | 3-40 and 3-40.1 of the Public Community College Act and by | ||||||
33 | school
districts of costs pursuant to Sections 10-22.20a | ||||||
34 | and 10-23.3a of The School
Code;
| ||||||
35 | (11) Interest cost incurred by a redeveloper related to | ||||||
36 | the
construction, renovation or rehabilitation of a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | redevelopment project
provided that:
| ||||||
2 | (A) such costs are to be paid directly from the | ||||||
3 | special tax
allocation fund established pursuant to | ||||||
4 | this Act;
| ||||||
5 | (B) such payments in any one year may not exceed | ||||||
6 | 30% of the annual
interest costs incurred by the | ||||||
7 | redeveloper with regard to the redevelopment
project | ||||||
8 | during that year;
| ||||||
9 | (C) if there are not sufficient funds available in | ||||||
10 | the special tax
allocation fund to make the payment | ||||||
11 | pursuant to this paragraph (11) then
the amounts so due | ||||||
12 | shall accrue and be payable when sufficient funds are
| ||||||
13 | available in the special tax allocation fund;
| ||||||
14 | (D) the total of such interest payments paid | ||||||
15 | pursuant to this Act
may not exceed 30% of the total | ||||||
16 | (i) cost paid or incurred by the
redeveloper for the | ||||||
17 | redevelopment project plus (ii) redevelopment project
| ||||||
18 | costs excluding any property assembly costs and any | ||||||
19 | relocation costs
incurred by a municipality pursuant | ||||||
20 | to this Act; and
| ||||||
21 | (E) the cost limits set forth in subparagraphs (B) | ||||||
22 | and (D) of
paragraph (11) shall be modified for the | ||||||
23 | financing of rehabilitated or
new housing units for | ||||||
24 | low-income households and very low-income households, | ||||||
25 | as
defined in
Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable | ||||||
26 | Housing Act. The percentage of
75% shall be substituted | ||||||
27 | for 30% in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of
paragraph (11).
| ||||||
28 | (F) Instead of the eligible costs provided by | ||||||
29 | subparagraphs (B) and (D)
of
paragraph (11), as | ||||||
30 | modified by this subparagraph, and notwithstanding
any | ||||||
31 | other provisions of this Act to the contrary, the | ||||||
32 | municipality may
pay from tax increment revenues up to | ||||||
33 | 50% of the cost of construction
of new housing units to | ||||||
34 | be occupied by low-income households and very
| ||||||
35 | low-income
households as defined in Section 3 of the | ||||||
36 | Illinois Affordable Housing
Act. The cost of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | construction of those units may be derived from the
| ||||||
2 | proceeds of bonds issued by the municipality under this | ||||||
3 | Act or
other constitutional or statutory authority or | ||||||
4 | from other sources of
municipal revenue that may be | ||||||
5 | reimbursed from tax increment
revenues or the proceeds | ||||||
6 | of bonds issued to finance the construction
of that | ||||||
7 | housing.
| ||||||
8 | The eligible costs provided under this | ||||||
9 | subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11)
shall
be
an eligible | ||||||
10 | cost for the construction, renovation, and | ||||||
11 | rehabilitation of all
low and very low-income housing | ||||||
12 | units, as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois
| ||||||
13 | Affordable Housing Act, within the redevelopment | ||||||
14 | project area. If the low and
very
low-income units are | ||||||
15 | part of a residential redevelopment project that | ||||||
16 | includes
units not affordable to low and very | ||||||
17 | low-income households, only the low and
very | ||||||
18 | low-income units shall be eligible for benefits under | ||||||
19 | subparagraph (F) of
paragraph (11).
The standards for | ||||||
20 | maintaining the occupancy
by low-income households and | ||||||
21 | very low-income households,
as
defined in Section 3 of | ||||||
22 | the Illinois Affordable Housing Act,
of those units | ||||||
23 | constructed with eligible costs made available under | ||||||
24 | the
provisions of
this subparagraph (F) of paragraph | ||||||
25 | (11)
shall be
established by guidelines adopted by the | ||||||
26 | municipality. The
responsibility for annually | ||||||
27 | documenting the initial occupancy of
the units by | ||||||
28 | low-income households and very low-income households, | ||||||
29 | as defined
in
Section 3
of the Illinois Affordable | ||||||
30 | Housing Act, shall be that of the then current
owner of | ||||||
31 | the property.
For ownership units, the guidelines will | ||||||
32 | provide, at a minimum, for a
reasonable recapture of | ||||||
33 | funds, or other appropriate methods designed to
| ||||||
34 | preserve the original affordability of the ownership | ||||||
35 | units. For rental units,
the guidelines will provide, | ||||||
36 | at a minimum, for the affordability of rent to low
and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | very low-income households. As units become available, | ||||||
2 | they shall be
rented to income-eligible tenants.
The | ||||||
3 | municipality may modify these
guidelines from time to | ||||||
4 | time; the guidelines, however, shall be in effect
for | ||||||
5 | as long as tax increment revenue is being used to pay | ||||||
6 | for costs
associated with the units or for the | ||||||
7 | retirement of bonds issued to finance
the units or for | ||||||
8 | the life of the redevelopment project area, whichever | ||||||
9 | is
later.
| ||||||
10 | (11.5) If the redevelopment project area is located | ||||||
11 | within a municipality
with a population of more than | ||||||
12 | 100,000, the cost of day care services for
children of | ||||||
13 | employees from
low-income
families working for businesses | ||||||
14 | located within the redevelopment project area
and all or a
| ||||||
15 | portion of the cost of operation of day care centers | ||||||
16 | established by
redevelopment project
area businesses to | ||||||
17 | serve employees from low-income families working in
| ||||||
18 | businesses
located in the redevelopment project area. For | ||||||
19 | the purposes of this paragraph,
"low-income families" | ||||||
20 | means families whose annual income does not exceed 80% of
| ||||||
21 | the
municipal, county, or regional median income, adjusted | ||||||
22 | for family size, as the
annual
income and municipal, | ||||||
23 | county, or regional median income are determined from
time | ||||||
24 | to
time by the United States Department of Housing and | ||||||
25 | Urban Development.
| ||||||
26 | (12) Unless explicitly stated herein the cost of | ||||||
27 | construction of new
privately-owned buildings shall not be | ||||||
28 | an eligible redevelopment project cost.
| ||||||
29 | (13) After November 1, 1999 (the effective date of | ||||||
30 | Public Act
91-478), none of
the
redevelopment project costs | ||||||
31 | enumerated in this subsection shall be eligible
| ||||||
32 | redevelopment project costs if those costs would provide | ||||||
33 | direct financial
support to a
retail entity initiating | ||||||
34 | operations in the
redevelopment project area while
| ||||||
35 | terminating operations at another Illinois location within | ||||||
36 | 10 miles of the
redevelopment project area but outside the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | boundaries of the redevelopment
project area municipality. | ||||||
2 | For
purposes of this paragraph, termination means a
closing | ||||||
3 | of a retail operation that is directly related to the | ||||||
4 | opening of the
same operation or like retail entity owned | ||||||
5 | or operated by more than 50% of the
original ownership in a | ||||||
6 | redevelopment project area, but
it does not mean
closing an | ||||||
7 | operation for reasons beyond the control of the
retail | ||||||
8 | entity, as
documented by the retail entity, subject to a | ||||||
9 | reasonable finding by the
municipality that the current | ||||||
10 | location contained inadequate space, had become
| ||||||
11 | economically obsolete, or was no longer a viable location | ||||||
12 | for the retailer or
serviceman.
| ||||||
13 | If a special service area has been established pursuant to
| ||||||
14 | the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special Service Area Tax | ||||||
15 | Law, then any
tax increment revenues derived
from the tax | ||||||
16 | imposed pursuant to the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special
| ||||||
17 | Service Area Tax Law may
be used within the redevelopment | ||||||
18 | project area for the purposes permitted by
that Act or Law as | ||||||
19 | well as the purposes permitted by this Act.
| ||||||
20 | (r) "State Sales Tax Boundary" means the redevelopment | ||||||
21 | project area or
the amended redevelopment project area | ||||||
22 | boundaries which are determined
pursuant to subsection (9) of | ||||||
23 | Section 11-74.4-8a of this
Act. The Department of Revenue shall | ||||||
24 | certify pursuant to subsection (9) of
Section 11-74.4-8a the | ||||||
25 | appropriate boundaries eligible for the
determination of State | ||||||
26 | Sales Tax Increment.
| ||||||
27 | (s) "State Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal to | ||||||
28 | the increase
in the aggregate amount of taxes paid by retailers | ||||||
29 | and servicemen, other
than retailers and servicemen subject to | ||||||
30 | the Public Utilities Act,
on transactions at places of business | ||||||
31 | located within a State Sales Tax
Boundary pursuant to the | ||||||
32 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
the Service Use | ||||||
33 | Tax Act, and the Service Occupation Tax Act, except such
| ||||||
34 | portion of such increase that is paid into the State and Local | ||||||
35 | Sales Tax
Reform Fund, the Local Government Distributive Fund, | ||||||
36 | the Local
Government Tax Fund and the County and Mass Transit |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | District Fund, for as
long as State participation exists, over | ||||||
2 | and above the Initial Sales Tax
Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales | ||||||
3 | Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
Tax Amounts for such | ||||||
4 | taxes as certified by the Department of Revenue and
paid under | ||||||
5 | those Acts by retailers and servicemen on transactions at | ||||||
6 | places
of business located within the State Sales Tax Boundary | ||||||
7 | during the base
year which shall be the calendar year | ||||||
8 | immediately prior to the year in
which the municipality adopted | ||||||
9 | tax increment allocation financing, less
3.0% of such amounts | ||||||
10 | generated under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use
Tax Act | ||||||
11 | and Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act, | ||||||
12 | which
sum shall be appropriated to the Department of Revenue to | ||||||
13 | cover its costs
of administering and enforcing this Section. | ||||||
14 | For purposes of computing the
aggregate amount of such taxes | ||||||
15 | for base years occurring prior to 1985, the
Department of | ||||||
16 | Revenue shall compute the Initial Sales Tax Amount for such
| ||||||
17 | taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to 4% of the | ||||||
18 | aggregate amount of
taxes per year for each year the base year | ||||||
19 | is prior to 1985, but not to
exceed a total deduction of 12%. | ||||||
20 | The amount so determined shall be known
as the "Adjusted | ||||||
21 | Initial Sales Tax Amount". For purposes of determining the
| ||||||
22 | State Sales Tax Increment the Department of Revenue shall for | ||||||
23 | each period
subtract from the tax amounts received from | ||||||
24 | retailers and servicemen on
transactions located in the State | ||||||
25 | Sales Tax Boundary, the certified Initial
Sales Tax Amounts, | ||||||
26 | Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or Revised Initial
Sales Tax | ||||||
27 | Amounts for the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
| ||||||
28 | the Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act. For | ||||||
29 | the State
Fiscal Year 1989 this calculation shall be made by | ||||||
30 | utilizing the calendar
year 1987 to determine the tax amounts | ||||||
31 | received. For the State Fiscal Year
1990, this calculation | ||||||
32 | shall be made by utilizing the period from January
1, 1988, | ||||||
33 | until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts received
| ||||||
34 | from retailers and servicemen, which shall have deducted | ||||||
35 | therefrom
nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
36 | Amounts, Adjusted Initial
Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Initial Sales Tax Amounts as appropriate.
For the State Fiscal | ||||||
2 | Year 1991, this calculation shall be made by utilizing
the | ||||||
3 | period from October 1, 1988, until June 30, 1989, to determine | ||||||
4 | the tax
amounts received from retailers and servicemen, which | ||||||
5 | shall have
deducted therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified | ||||||
6 | Initial State Sales Tax
Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
7 | Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
Tax Amounts as | ||||||
8 | appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year thereafter, the
| ||||||
9 | applicable period shall be the 12 months beginning July 1 and | ||||||
10 | ending on
June 30, to determine the tax amounts received which | ||||||
11 | shall have deducted
therefrom the certified Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
12 | Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales
Tax Amounts or the Revised | ||||||
13 | Initial Sales Tax Amounts. Municipalities
intending to receive | ||||||
14 | a distribution of State Sales Tax Increment must
report a list | ||||||
15 | of retailers to the Department of Revenue by October 31, 1988
| ||||||
16 | and by July 31, of each year thereafter.
| ||||||
17 | (t) "Taxing districts" means counties, townships, cities | ||||||
18 | and incorporated
towns and villages, school, road, park, | ||||||
19 | sanitary, mosquito abatement, forest
preserve, public health, | ||||||
20 | fire protection, river conservancy, tuberculosis
sanitarium | ||||||
21 | and any other municipal corporations or districts with the | ||||||
22 | power
to levy taxes.
| ||||||
23 | (u) "Taxing districts' capital costs" means those costs of | ||||||
24 | taxing districts
for capital improvements that are found by the | ||||||
25 | municipal corporate authorities
to be necessary and directly | ||||||
26 | result from the redevelopment project.
| ||||||
27 | (v) As used in subsection (a) of Section 11-74.4-3 of this
| ||||||
28 | Act, "vacant
land" means any parcel or combination of parcels | ||||||
29 | of real property without
industrial, commercial, and | ||||||
30 | residential buildings which has not been used
for commercial | ||||||
31 | agricultural purposes within 5 years prior to the
designation | ||||||
32 | of the redevelopment project area, unless the parcel
is | ||||||
33 | included in an industrial park conservation area or the parcel | ||||||
34 | has
been subdivided; provided that if the parcel was part of a | ||||||
35 | larger tract that
has been divided into 3 or more smaller | ||||||
36 | tracts that were accepted for
recording during the period from |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1950 to 1990, then the parcel shall be deemed
to have been | ||||||
2 | subdivided, and all proceedings and actions of the municipality
| ||||||
3 | taken in that connection with respect to any previously | ||||||
4 | approved or designated
redevelopment project area or amended | ||||||
5 | redevelopment project area are hereby
validated and hereby | ||||||
6 | declared to be legally sufficient for all purposes of this
Act.
| ||||||
7 | For purposes of this Section and only for land subject to
the | ||||||
8 | subdivision requirements of the Plat Act, land is subdivided | ||||||
9 | when the
original plat of
the proposed Redevelopment Project | ||||||
10 | Area or relevant portion thereof has
been
properly certified, | ||||||
11 | acknowledged, approved, and recorded or filed in accordance
| ||||||
12 | with the Plat Act and a preliminary plat, if any, for any | ||||||
13 | subsequent phases of
the
proposed Redevelopment Project Area or | ||||||
14 | relevant portion thereof has been
properly approved and filed | ||||||
15 | in accordance with the applicable ordinance of the
| ||||||
16 | municipality.
| ||||||
17 | (w) "Annual Total Increment" means the sum of each | ||||||
18 | municipality's
annual Net Sales Tax Increment and each | ||||||
19 | municipality's annual Net Utility
Tax Increment. The ratio of | ||||||
20 | the Annual Total Increment of each
municipality to the Annual | ||||||
21 | Total Increment for all municipalities, as most
recently | ||||||
22 | calculated by the Department, shall determine the proportional
| ||||||
23 | shares of the Illinois Tax Increment Fund to be distributed to | ||||||
24 | each
municipality.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 92-263, eff. 8-7-01; 92-406, eff. 1-1-02; 92-624, | ||||||
26 | eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-298, eff. 7-23-03; | ||||||
27 | 93-708, eff. 1-1-05; 93-747, eff. 7-15-04; 93-924, eff. | ||||||
28 | 8-12-04; 93-961, eff. 1-1-05; 93-983, eff. 8-23-04; 93-984, | ||||||
29 | eff. 8-23-04; 93-985, eff. 8-23-04; 93-986, eff. 8-23-04; | ||||||
30 | 93-987, eff. 8-23-04; 93-995, eff. 8-23-04; 93-1024, eff. | ||||||
31 | 8-25-04; revised 10-21-04.)
| ||||||
32 | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-7) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-7)
| ||||||
33 | Sec. 11-74.4-7. Obligations secured by the special tax | ||||||
34 | allocation fund
set forth in Section 11-74.4-8 for the | ||||||
35 | redevelopment project area may be
issued to provide for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | redevelopment project costs. Such obligations, when
so issued, | ||||||
2 | shall be retired in the manner provided in the ordinance
| ||||||
3 | authorizing the issuance of such obligations by the receipts of | ||||||
4 | taxes
levied as specified in Section 11-74.4-9 against the | ||||||
5 | taxable property
included in the area, by revenues as specified | ||||||
6 | by Section 11-74.4-8a and
other revenue designated by the | ||||||
7 | municipality. A municipality may in the
ordinance pledge all or | ||||||
8 | any part of the funds in and to be deposited in the
special tax | ||||||
9 | allocation fund created pursuant to Section 11-74.4-8 to the
| ||||||
10 | payment of the redevelopment project costs and obligations. Any | ||||||
11 | pledge of
funds in the special tax allocation fund shall | ||||||
12 | provide for distribution to
the taxing districts and to the | ||||||
13 | Illinois Department of Revenue of moneys
not required, pledged, | ||||||
14 | earmarked, or otherwise designated for payment and
securing of | ||||||
15 | the obligations and anticipated redevelopment project costs | ||||||
16 | and
such excess funds shall be calculated annually and deemed | ||||||
17 | to be "surplus"
funds. In the event a municipality only applies | ||||||
18 | or pledges a portion of the
funds in the special tax allocation | ||||||
19 | fund for the payment or securing of
anticipated redevelopment | ||||||
20 | project costs or of obligations, any such funds
remaining in | ||||||
21 | the special tax allocation fund after complying with the
| ||||||
22 | requirements of the application or pledge, shall also be | ||||||
23 | calculated annually
and deemed "surplus" funds. All surplus | ||||||
24 | funds in the special tax allocation
fund shall be distributed | ||||||
25 | annually within 180 days after the close of the
municipality's | ||||||
26 | fiscal year by being paid by the
municipal treasurer to the | ||||||
27 | County Collector, to the Department of Revenue
and to the | ||||||
28 | municipality in direct proportion to the tax incremental | ||||||
29 | revenue
received as a result of an increase in the equalized | ||||||
30 | assessed value of
property in the redevelopment project area, | ||||||
31 | tax incremental revenue
received from the State and tax | ||||||
32 | incremental revenue received from the
municipality, but not to | ||||||
33 | exceed as to each such source the total
incremental revenue | ||||||
34 | received from that source. The County Collector shall
| ||||||
35 | thereafter make distribution to the respective taxing | ||||||
36 | districts in the same
manner and proportion as the most recent |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | distribution by the county
collector to the affected districts | ||||||
2 | of real property taxes from real
property in the redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project area.
| ||||||
4 | Without limiting the foregoing in this Section, the | ||||||
5 | municipality may in
addition to obligations secured by the | ||||||
6 | special tax allocation fund pledge
for a period not greater | ||||||
7 | than the term of the obligations towards payment
of such | ||||||
8 | obligations any part or any combination of the following: (a) | ||||||
9 | net
revenues of all or part of any redevelopment project; (b) | ||||||
10 | taxes levied and
collected on any or all property in the | ||||||
11 | municipality; (c) the full faith
and credit of the | ||||||
12 | municipality; (d) a mortgage on part or all of the
| ||||||
13 | redevelopment project; or (e) any other taxes or anticipated | ||||||
14 | receipts that
the municipality may lawfully pledge.
| ||||||
15 | Such obligations may be issued in one or more series | ||||||
16 | bearing interest at
such rate or rates as the corporate | ||||||
17 | authorities of the municipality shall
determine by ordinance. | ||||||
18 | Such obligations shall bear such date or dates,
mature at such | ||||||
19 | time or times not exceeding 20 years from their respective
| ||||||
20 | dates, be in such denomination, carry such registration | ||||||
21 | privileges, be executed
in such manner, be payable in such | ||||||
22 | medium of payment at such place or places,
contain such | ||||||
23 | covenants, terms and conditions, and be subject to redemption
| ||||||
24 | as such ordinance shall provide. Obligations issued pursuant to | ||||||
25 | this Act
may be sold at public or private sale at such price as | ||||||
26 | shall be determined
by the corporate authorities of the | ||||||
27 | municipalities. No referendum approval
of the electors shall be | ||||||
28 | required as a condition to the issuance of obligations
pursuant | ||||||
29 | to this Division except as provided in this Section.
| ||||||
30 | In the event the municipality authorizes issuance of | ||||||
31 | obligations pursuant
to the authority of this Division secured | ||||||
32 | by the full faith and credit of
the municipality, which | ||||||
33 | obligations are other than obligations which may
be issued | ||||||
34 | under home rule powers provided by Article VII, Section 6 of | ||||||
35 | the
Illinois Constitution, or pledges taxes pursuant to (b) or | ||||||
36 | (c) of the second
paragraph of this section, the ordinance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | authorizing the issuance of such
obligations or pledging such | ||||||
2 | taxes shall be published within 10 days after
such ordinance | ||||||
3 | has been passed in one or more newspapers, with general
| ||||||
4 | circulation within such municipality. The publication of the | ||||||
5 | ordinance
shall be accompanied by a notice of (1) the specific | ||||||
6 | number of voters
required to sign a petition requesting the | ||||||
7 | question of the issuance of such
obligations or pledging taxes | ||||||
8 | to be submitted to the electors; (2) the time
in which such | ||||||
9 | petition must be filed; and (3) the date of the prospective
| ||||||
10 | referendum. The municipal clerk shall provide a petition form | ||||||
11 | to any
individual requesting one.
| ||||||
12 | If no petition is filed with the municipal clerk, as | ||||||
13 | hereinafter provided
in this Section, within 30 days after the | ||||||
14 | publication of the ordinance,
the ordinance shall be in effect. | ||||||
15 | But, if within that 30 day period a petition
is filed with the | ||||||
16 | municipal clerk, signed by electors in the
municipality | ||||||
17 | numbering 10% or more of the number of registered voters in the
| ||||||
18 | municipality, asking that the question of issuing
obligations | ||||||
19 | using full faith and credit of the municipality as security
for | ||||||
20 | the cost of paying for redevelopment project costs, or of | ||||||
21 | pledging taxes
for the payment of such obligations, or both, be | ||||||
22 | submitted to the electors
of the municipality, the corporate | ||||||
23 | authorities of the municipality shall
call a special election | ||||||
24 | in the manner provided by law to vote upon that
question, or, | ||||||
25 | if a general, State or municipal election is to be held within
| ||||||
26 | a period of not less than 30 or more than 90 days from the date | ||||||
27 | such petition
is filed, shall submit the question at the next | ||||||
28 | general, State or municipal
election. If it appears upon the | ||||||
29 | canvass of the election by the corporate
authorities that a | ||||||
30 | majority of electors voting upon the question voted in
favor | ||||||
31 | thereof, the ordinance shall be in effect, but if a majority of | ||||||
32 | the
electors voting upon the question are not in favor thereof, | ||||||
33 | the ordinance
shall not take effect.
| ||||||
34 | The ordinance authorizing the obligations may provide that | ||||||
35 | the obligations
shall contain a recital that they are issued | ||||||
36 | pursuant to this Division,
which recital shall be conclusive |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | evidence of their validity and of the
regularity of their | ||||||
2 | issuance.
| ||||||
3 | In the event the municipality authorizes issuance of | ||||||
4 | obligations pursuant
to this Section secured by the full faith | ||||||
5 | and credit of the municipality,
the ordinance authorizing the | ||||||
6 | obligations may provide for the levy and
collection of a direct | ||||||
7 | annual tax upon all taxable property within the
municipality | ||||||
8 | sufficient to pay the principal thereof and interest thereon
as | ||||||
9 | it matures, which levy may be in addition to and exclusive of | ||||||
10 | the
maximum of all other taxes authorized to be levied by the | ||||||
11 | municipality,
which levy, however, shall be abated to the | ||||||
12 | extent that monies from other
sources are available for payment | ||||||
13 | of the obligations and the municipality
certifies the amount of | ||||||
14 | said monies available to the county clerk.
| ||||||
15 | A certified copy of such ordinance shall be filed with the | ||||||
16 | county clerk
of each county in which any portion of the | ||||||
17 | municipality is situated, and
shall constitute the authority | ||||||
18 | for the extension and collection of the taxes
to be deposited | ||||||
19 | in the special tax allocation fund.
| ||||||
20 | A municipality may also issue its obligations to refund in | ||||||
21 | whole or in
part, obligations theretofore issued by such | ||||||
22 | municipality under the authority
of this Act, whether at or | ||||||
23 | prior to maturity, provided however, that the
last maturity of | ||||||
24 | the refunding obligations shall not be expressed to mature
| ||||||
25 | later than December 31 of the year in which the payment to the | ||||||
26 | municipal
treasurer as provided in subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
27 | 11-74.4-8 of this Act
is to be made with respect to ad valorem | ||||||
28 | taxes levied in the twenty-third
calendar year after the year | ||||||
29 | in which the ordinance approving the redevelopment
project area | ||||||
30 | is adopted if the ordinance was adopted on or after January 15,
| ||||||
31 | 1981, and not
later than December 31 of the year in which the | ||||||
32 | payment to the municipal
treasurer as provided in subsection | ||||||
33 | (b) of Section 11-74.4-8 of this Act
is to be made with respect | ||||||
34 | to ad valorem taxes levied in the thirty-fifth
calendar year | ||||||
35 | after the year in which the ordinance approving the | ||||||
36 | redevelopment
project area is adopted
(A) if the ordinance was |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | adopted before January 15, 1981, or
(B) if the ordinance was | ||||||
2 | adopted in December 1983, April 1984, July 1985,
or December | ||||||
3 | 1989, or
(C) if the ordinance was adopted in December, 1987 and | ||||||
4 | the redevelopment
project is located within one mile of Midway | ||||||
5 | Airport, or
(D) if the ordinance was adopted before January 1, | ||||||
6 | 1987 by a municipality in
Mason County, or
(E) if the | ||||||
7 | municipality is subject to the Local Government Financial | ||||||
8 | Planning
and Supervision Act or the Financially Distressed City | ||||||
9 | Law, or
(F) if the ordinance was adopted in December 1984 by | ||||||
10 | the Village of Rosemont,
or
(G) if the ordinance was adopted on | ||||||
11 | December 31, 1986 by a municipality
located in Clinton County | ||||||
12 | for which at least $250,000 of tax increment
bonds were | ||||||
13 | authorized on June 17, 1997, or if the ordinance was adopted on
| ||||||
14 | December 31, 1986 by a municipality with a population in 1990 | ||||||
15 | of less than
3,600 that is located in a county with a | ||||||
16 | population in 1990 of less than
34,000 and for which at least | ||||||
17 | $250,000 of tax increment bonds were authorized
on June 17, | ||||||
18 | 1997, or
(H) if the ordinance was adopted on October 5, 1982 by | ||||||
19 | the City of Kankakee, or
(I) if the ordinance was adopted on | ||||||
20 | December 29, 1986 by East St. Louis, or if
the ordinance was | ||||||
21 | adopted on November 12, 1991 by the Village of Sauget, or
(J) | ||||||
22 | if the ordinance was
adopted on February 11, 1985 by the City | ||||||
23 | of Rock Island, or
(K) if the ordinance was adopted before | ||||||
24 | December 18, 1986 by the City of
Moline, or
(L) if the | ||||||
25 | ordinance was adopted in September 1988 by Sauk Village, or
(M) | ||||||
26 | if the ordinance was adopted in October 1993 by Sauk Village, | ||||||
27 | or
(N) if the ordinance was adopted on December 29, 1986 by the | ||||||
28 | City of Galva, or
(O) if the ordinance was adopted in March | ||||||
29 | 1991 by the City of Centreville, or
(P) if the ordinance was | ||||||
30 | adopted on January 23, 1991
by the City of East St. Louis, or
| ||||||
31 | (Q) if the ordinance was adopted on December 22, 1986 by the | ||||||
32 | City of Aledo, or
(R) if the ordinance was adopted on February | ||||||
33 | 5, 1990 by the City of Clinton, or
(S) if the ordinance was | ||||||
34 | adopted on September 6, 1994 by the City of Freeport,
or
(T) if | ||||||
35 | the ordinance was adopted on December 22, 1986 by the City of | ||||||
36 | Tuscola,
or
(U) if the ordinance was adopted on December 23, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1986 by the City of Sparta, or
(V) if the ordinance was adopted | ||||||
2 | on December 23, 1986 by the City of
Beardstown, or
(W) if the | ||||||
3 | ordinance was adopted on April 27, 1981, October 21, 1985, or
| ||||||
4 | December 30, 1986 by the City of Belleville, or
(X) if the | ||||||
5 | ordinance was adopted on December 29, 1986 by the City of
| ||||||
6 | Collinsville, or (Y) if the ordinance was adopted on September | ||||||
7 | 14, 1994 by the
City of Alton, or (Z) if the ordinance was | ||||||
8 | adopted on November 11, 1996 by the
City of Lexington, or (AA) | ||||||
9 | if the ordinance was adopted on November 5, 1984 by
the City of | ||||||
10 | LeRoy, or (BB) if the ordinance was adopted on April 3, 1991 or
| ||||||
11 | June 3, 1992 by the City of Markham, or (CC) if the ordinance | ||||||
12 | was adopted on November 11, 1986 by the City of Pekin, or (DD)
| ||||||
13 | (CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December 15, 1981 by the | ||||||
14 | City of Champaign, or (EE)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on | ||||||
15 | December 15, 1986 by the City of Urbana, or (FF)
(CC) if the | ||||||
16 | ordinance was adopted on December 15, 1986 by the Village of | ||||||
17 | Heyworth, or (GG)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on February | ||||||
18 | 24, 1992 by the Village of Heyworth, or (HH)
(CC) if the | ||||||
19 | ordinance was adopted on March 16, 1995 by the Village of | ||||||
20 | Heyworth, or (II)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on December | ||||||
21 | 23, 1986 by the Town of Cicero, or (JJ)
(CC) if the ordinance | ||||||
22 | was adopted on December 30, 1986 by the City of Effingham, or | ||||||
23 | (KK)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on May 9, 1991 by the | ||||||
24 | Village of
Tilton, or (LL)
(CC) if the ordinance was adopted on | ||||||
25 | October 20, 1986 by the City of Elmhurst and, for redevelopment
| ||||||
26 | project areas for which bonds were issued
before July
29, 1991, | ||||||
27 | in connection with a redevelopment project in the area within | ||||||
28 | the
State Sales Tax Boundary and which were extended by | ||||||
29 | municipal ordinance under
subsection (n) of Section 11-74.4-3, | ||||||
30 | the last maturity of the refunding
obligations shall not be | ||||||
31 | expressed to mature later than the date on which the
| ||||||
32 | redevelopment project area is terminated or December 31, 2013, | ||||||
33 | whichever date
occurs first.
| ||||||
34 | In the event a municipality issues obligations under home | ||||||
35 | rule powers or
other legislative authority the proceeds of | ||||||
36 | which are pledged to pay
for redevelopment project costs, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality may, if it has followed
the procedures in | ||||||
2 | conformance with this division, retire said obligations
from | ||||||
3 | funds in the special tax allocation fund in amounts and in such | ||||||
4 | manner
as if such obligations had been issued pursuant to the | ||||||
5 | provisions of this
division.
| ||||||
6 | All obligations heretofore or hereafter issued pursuant to | ||||||
7 | this Act shall
not be regarded as indebtedness of the | ||||||
8 | municipality issuing such obligations
or any other taxing | ||||||
9 | district for the purpose of any limitation imposed by law.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-263, eff. 8-7-01; 92-406, eff. 1-1-02; 92-624, | ||||||
11 | eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-298, eff. 7-23-03; | ||||||
12 | 93-708, eff. 1-1-05; 93-747, eff. 7-15-04; 93-924, eff. | ||||||
13 | 8-12-04; 93-983, eff. 8-23-04; 93-984, eff. 8-23-04; 93-985, | ||||||
14 | eff. 8-23-04; 93-986, eff. 8-23-04; 93-987, eff. 8-23-04; | ||||||
15 | 93-995, eff. 8-23-04; 93-1024, eff. 8-25-04; revised | ||||||
16 | 10-21-04.)
| ||||||
17 | (65 ILCS 5/11-124-1) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-124-1)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 11-124-1. Contracts for supply of water.
| ||||||
19 | (a) The corporate authorities of each municipality may | ||||||
20 | contract
with any person, corporation, municipal corporation, | ||||||
21 | political subdivision,
public water district or any other | ||||||
22 | agency for a supply of water. Any such
contract entered into by | ||||||
23 | a municipality shall provide that payments to be
made | ||||||
24 | thereunder shall be solely from the revenues to be derived from | ||||||
25 | the
operation of the waterworks system of the municipality, and | ||||||
26 | the contract
shall be a continuing valid and binding obligation | ||||||
27 | of the municipality
payable from the revenues derived from the | ||||||
28 | operation of the waterworks
system of the municipality for the | ||||||
29 | period of years, not to exceed 40, as may
be provided in such | ||||||
30 | contract. Any such contract shall not be a debt within the
| ||||||
31 | meaning of any constitutional or statutory limitation. No prior | ||||||
32 | appropriation
shall be required before entering into such a | ||||||
33 | contract and no appropriation
shall be required to authorize | ||||||
34 | payments to be made under the terms of any
such contract | ||||||
35 | notwithstanding any provision in this Code to the contrary.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b)
(a) Payments to be made under any such contract shall | ||||||
2 | be an
operation and
maintenance expense of the waterworks | ||||||
3 | system of the municipality. Any such
contract made by a | ||||||
4 | municipality for a supply of water may contain provisions
| ||||||
5 | whereby the municipality is obligated to pay for such supply of | ||||||
6 | water
without setoff or counterclaim and irrespective of | ||||||
7 | whether such supply of
water is ever furnished, made available | ||||||
8 | or delivered to the municipality or
whether any project for the | ||||||
9 | supply of water contemplated by any such
contract is completed, | ||||||
10 | operable or operating and notwithstanding
any suspension, | ||||||
11 | interruption, interference, reduction or curtailment of the
| ||||||
12 | supply of water from such project. Any such contract may | ||||||
13 | provide that if
one or more of the other purchasers of water | ||||||
14 | defaults in the payment of its
obligations under such contract | ||||||
15 | or a similar contract made with the
supplier of the water, one | ||||||
16 | or more of the remaining purchasers party to
such contract or | ||||||
17 | such similar contract shall be required to pay for all or
a | ||||||
18 | portion of the obligations of the defaulting purchasers.
| ||||||
19 | (c)
(b) Payments to
be made under any such contract with a | ||||||
20 | municipal joint action water
agency under the | ||||||
21 | Intergovernmental Cooperation Act shall be an operation and
| ||||||
22 | maintenance expense of the waterworks system of the | ||||||
23 | municipality. Any such
contract made by a municipality for a | ||||||
24 | supply of water with a municipal
joint action water agency | ||||||
25 | under the provisions of the Intergovernmental
Cooperation Act | ||||||
26 | may contain provisions
whereby the municipality is obligated to | ||||||
27 | pay for such supply of water
without setoff or counterclaim and | ||||||
28 | irrespective of whether such supply of
water is ever furnished, | ||||||
29 | made available or delivered to the municipality or
whether any | ||||||
30 | project for the supply of water contemplated by any such
| ||||||
31 | contract is completed, operable or operating and | ||||||
32 | notwithstanding
any suspension, interruption, interference, | ||||||
33 | reduction or curtailment of the
supply of water from such | ||||||
34 | project. Any such contract with a municipal
joint action water | ||||||
35 | agency may provide that if
one or more of the other purchasers | ||||||
36 | of water defaults in the payment of its
obligations under such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contract or a similar contract made with the
supplier of the | ||||||
2 | water, one or more of the remaining purchasers party to
such | ||||||
3 | contract or such similar contract shall be required to pay for | ||||||
4 | all or
a portion of the obligations of the defaulting | ||||||
5 | purchasers.
| ||||||
6 | The changes in this Section made by these amendatory Acts | ||||||
7 | of 1984 are
intended to be declarative of existing law.
| ||||||
8 | (d)
(b) A municipality with a water supply contract with a | ||||||
9 | county
water commission organized pursuant to the Water | ||||||
10 | Commission Act of 1985
shall provide water to unincorporated | ||||||
11 | areas of that home county in accordance
with the terms of this | ||||||
12 | subsection. The provision of water by the municipality
shall be | ||||||
13 | in accordance with a mandate of the home county as provided
in | ||||||
14 | Section 0.01 of the Water Commission Act of 1985.
A home rule | ||||||
15 | unit may not provide water
in a manner that is inconsistent | ||||||
16 | with the provisions of this
amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
17 | Assembly. This subsection is a limitation
under subsection (i) | ||||||
18 | of Section 6 of Article VII of the Illinois Constitution
on the | ||||||
19 | concurrent exercise by home rule units of powers and functions | ||||||
20 | exercised
by the State.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 93-226, eff. 7-22-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 270. The Joliet Arsenal Development Authority Act | ||||||
23 | is amended by changing Section 40 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (70 ILCS 508/40)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 40. Acquisition.
| ||||||
26 | (a) The Authority may, but need not, acquire title to any
| ||||||
27 | project with respect to which it exercises its authority.
| ||||||
28 | (b) The Authority shall have power to acquire by purchase, | ||||||
29 | lease, gift, or
otherwise any property or rights therein from | ||||||
30 | any person, the
State of Illinois, any municipal corporation, | ||||||
31 | any local unit of government, the
government of the United | ||||||
32 | States, any agency or instrumentality of the
United States, any | ||||||
33 | body politic, or any county useful for its purposes, whether
| ||||||
34 | improved for the purposes of any prospective project or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | unimproved. The
Authority may also accept any donation of funds | ||||||
2 | for its
purposes from any of those sources.
| ||||||
3 | (c) The Authority shall have power to develop, construct, | ||||||
4 | and improve,
either under its own direction or through | ||||||
5 | collaboration with any approved
applicant, or to acquire | ||||||
6 | through purchase or otherwise any project, using
for that | ||||||
7 | purpose the proceeds derived from its sale of revenue bonds, | ||||||
8 | notes,
or other evidences of indebtedness or governmental loans | ||||||
9 | or grants, and to
hold title in the name of the Authority to | ||||||
10 | those projects.
| ||||||
11 | (d) The Authority shall have the power to enter into | ||||||
12 | intergovernmental
agreements with the State of Illinois, the | ||||||
13 | county of Will,
the Illinois Finance Authority,
the | ||||||
14 | Metropolitan Pier and Exposition
Authority, the United States | ||||||
15 | government, any agency or instrumentality
of the United States, | ||||||
16 | any unit of local government located within the
territory of | ||||||
17 | the Authority, or any other unit of government to the extent
| ||||||
18 | allowed by Article VII, Section 10 of the Illinois Constitution | ||||||
19 | and the
Intergovernmental Cooperation Act.
| ||||||
20 | (e) The Authority shall have the power to share employees | ||||||
21 | with other
units of government, including agencies of the | ||||||
22 | United States, agencies of
the State of Illinois, and agencies | ||||||
23 | or personnel of any unit of local
government.
| ||||||
24 | (f) Subject to subsection (i) of Section 35 of this Act, | ||||||
25 | the Authority shall
have the power to exercise powers and issue
| ||||||
26 | revenue bonds as if it were a municipality so authorized in | ||||||
27 | Divisions 12.1, 74,
74.1, 74.3, and 74.5 of Article 11 of the | ||||||
28 | Illinois Municipal Code.
| ||||||
29 | (g) All property owned by
the Joliet Arsenal Development | ||||||
30 | Authority is exempt from property taxes.
Any property owned by | ||||||
31 | the
Joliet Arsenal Development Authority and leased to an | ||||||
32 | entity that is not exempt
shall remain exempt. The leasehold | ||||||
33 | interest of the lessee shall be assessed
under Section 9-195 of | ||||||
34 | the Property Tax Code.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; 93-421, eff. 8-5-03; revised | ||||||
36 | 9-11-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 275. The Fire Protection District Act is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Sections 4a and 6 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (70 ILCS 705/4a) (from Ch. 127 1/2, par. 24.1)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 4a. Change to elected board of trustees; petition; | ||||||
5 | election; ballot; nomination and election of trustees.
Any fire | ||||||
6 | protection district organized under this Act may
determine, in | ||||||
7 | either manner provided in the following items (1) and (2) of | ||||||
8 | this
Section, to have an elected, rather than an appointed, | ||||||
9 | board of trustees.
| ||||||
10 | (1) If the district lies wholly within a single | ||||||
11 | township but does not
also lie wholly within a | ||||||
12 | municipality, the township board of trustees
may | ||||||
13 | determine, by ordinance, to have an elected board of | ||||||
14 | trustees.
| ||||||
15 | (2) Upon presentation to the board of trustees of a | ||||||
16 | petition, signed
by not less than 10% of the electors of | ||||||
17 | the district, requesting that a
proposition for the | ||||||
18 | election of trustees be submitted to the electors of the
| ||||||
19 | district, the secretary of the board of trustees shall | ||||||
20 | certify the proposition
to the appropriate election | ||||||
21 | authorities who shall submit the proposition at
a regular | ||||||
22 | election in accordance with the general election law.
The | ||||||
23 | general election law shall apply to and govern such | ||||||
24 | election. The
proposition shall be in substantially the | ||||||
25 | following form:
| ||||||
26 | -------------------------------------------------------------
| ||||||
27 | Shall the trustees of...... YES
| ||||||
28 | Fire Protection District be -------------------------
| ||||||
29 | elected, rather than appointed? NO
| ||||||
30 | -------------------------------------------------------------
| ||||||
31 | If a majority of the votes cast on such proposition are | ||||||
32 | in the affirmative,
the trustees of the district shall | ||||||
33 | thereafter be elected as provided by this
Section.
| ||||||
34 | At the next regular election for trustees as provided by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the general election
law, a district that has approved by | ||||||
2 | ordinance or referendum to have its
trustees elected rather | ||||||
3 | than appointed shall elect 3, 5, or 7 trustees, as
previously | ||||||
4 | determined by the organization of the district or as increased | ||||||
5 | under
Section 4.01 or 4.02. The initial elected trustees shall | ||||||
6 | be elected for 2, 4,
and 6 year terms. In a district with 3 | ||||||
7 | trustees, one trustee shall be elected
for a term of 2 years, | ||||||
8 | one for a term of 4 years, and one for a term of 6
years. In a | ||||||
9 | district with 5 trustees, 2 shall be elected for terms of 2
| ||||||
10 | years, 2 for terms of 4 years, and one for a term of 6 years. In | ||||||
11 | a district
with 7 trustees, 3 shall be elected for terms of 2 | ||||||
12 | years, 2 for terms of 4
years, and 2 for terms of 6 years. | ||||||
13 | Except as otherwise provided in Section
2A-54 of the Election | ||||||
14 | Code, the term of each elected trustee shall
commence on the | ||||||
15 | third Monday of the month following the month of his election
| ||||||
16 | and until his successor is elected and qualified. The length of | ||||||
17 | the terms of
the trustees first elected shall be determined by | ||||||
18 | lot at their first meeting.
Except as otherwise provided in | ||||||
19 | Section 2A-54 of the Election Code,
thereafter, each trustee | ||||||
20 | shall be elected to serve for a term of 6 years
commencing on | ||||||
21 | the third Monday of the month following the month of his | ||||||
22 | election
and until his successor is elected and qualified.
| ||||||
23 | No party designation shall appear on the ballot for | ||||||
24 | election of trustees.
The provisions of the general election | ||||||
25 | law shall apply to and govern
the nomination and election of | ||||||
26 | trustees.
| ||||||
27 | Nominations for members of the board of trustees shall be | ||||||
28 | made by a petition signed by at least 25 voters or 5% of the | ||||||
29 | voters, whichever is less, residing within the district and | ||||||
30 | shall be filed with the secretary of the board. In addition to | ||||||
31 | the requirements of general election law, the form of the | ||||||
32 | petition shall be as follows: | ||||||
33 | NOMINATING PETITIONS
| ||||||
34 | To the Secretary of the Board of Trustees of (name of fire | ||||||
35 | protection district): | ||||||
36 | We, the undersigned, being (number of signatories or 5% or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | more) of the voters residing within the district, hereby | ||||||
2 | petition that (name of candidate) who resides at (address of | ||||||
3 | candidate) in this district shall be a candidate for the office | ||||||
4 | of (office) of the Board of Trustees (full-term or vacancy) to | ||||||
5 | be voted for at the election to be held (date of election). | ||||||
6 | The secretary of the board shall notify each candidate for | ||||||
7 | whom a petition for nomination has been filed of their | ||||||
8 | obligations under the Campaign Financing Act, as required by | ||||||
9 | the general election law. The notice shall be given on a form | ||||||
10 | prescribed by the State Board of Elections and in accordance | ||||||
11 | with the requirements of the general election law.
| ||||||
12 | The secretary shall, within 7 days of filing or on the
last | ||||||
13 | day for filing, whichever is earlier, acknowledge to the | ||||||
14 | petitioner
in writing his acceptance of the petition.
| ||||||
15 | The provisions of Section 4 relating to eligibility, powers | ||||||
16 | and disabilities
of trustees shall apply equally to elected | ||||||
17 | trustees.
| ||||||
18 | Whenever a fire protection district determines to elect | ||||||
19 | trustees as provided
in this Section, the trustees appointed | ||||||
20 | pursuant to Section 4 shall continue
to constitute the board of | ||||||
21 | trustees until the third Monday of the month
following the | ||||||
22 | month of the first election of trustees.
If the term of office | ||||||
23 | of any appointed trustees expires before the first
election of | ||||||
24 | trustees, the authority which appointed that trustee under | ||||||
25 | Section
4 of this Act shall appoint a successor to serve until | ||||||
26 | a successor is
elected and has qualified. The terms of all | ||||||
27 | appointed trustees in such
district shall expire on the third | ||||||
28 | Monday of the month following the
month of the first election | ||||||
29 | of trustees under this Section or when
successors have been | ||||||
30 | elected and have qualified, whichever occurs later.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 93-847, eff. 7-30-04; 93-952, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
32 | revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
33 | (70 ILCS 705/6) (from Ch. 127 1/2, par. 26)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 6. Board of trustees; powers.
| ||||||
35 | (a) The trustees shall constitute a board of trustees for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
district for which they are appointed, which board of | ||||||
2 | trustees is
declared to be the corporate authority of the fire | ||||||
3 | protection district,
and shall exercise all of the powers and | ||||||
4 | control all the affairs and
property of such district.
| ||||||
5 | The board of trustees at their initial
meeting and at their | ||||||
6 | first meeting following the commencement of the
term of any | ||||||
7 | trustee shall elect one of their number as president and one
of | ||||||
8 | their number as secretary and shall elect a treasurer for the
| ||||||
9 | district, who may be one of the trustees or may be any other | ||||||
10 | citizen of
the district and who shall hold office during the | ||||||
11 | pleasure of the board
and who shall give such bond as may be | ||||||
12 | required by the board.
| ||||||
13 | (b) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 16.01 through | ||||||
14 | 16.18, the
board may appoint and enter into a multi-year | ||||||
15 | contract not exceeding 3 years
with a fire chief and may | ||||||
16 | appoint any firemen that may be necessary for the
district , who | ||||||
17 | shall hold office during the pleasure of the board and who
| ||||||
18 | shall give any bond that the board may require. The board may | ||||||
19 | prescribe the
duties and fix the compensation of all the | ||||||
20 | officers and employees of the fire
protection district.
| ||||||
21 | (c) A member of the board of trustees of a
fire protection | ||||||
22 | district may be compensated as follows: in a district
having | ||||||
23 | fewer than 4 full time paid firemen, a sum not to exceed $1,000 | ||||||
24 | per
annum; in a district having more than 3 but less than 10 | ||||||
25 | full time paid
firemen, a sum not to exceed $1,500 per annum; | ||||||
26 | in a district having
either 10 or more full time paid firemen, | ||||||
27 | a sum not to exceed $2,000 per
annum. In addition, fire | ||||||
28 | districts that operate an ambulance service
pursuant to | ||||||
29 | authorization by referendum, as provided in Section 22, may
pay | ||||||
30 | trustees an additional annual compensation not to exceed 50% of | ||||||
31 | the
amount otherwise authorized herein. The additional | ||||||
32 | compensation shall
be an administrative expense of the | ||||||
33 | ambulance service and shall be paid
from revenues raised by the | ||||||
34 | ambulance tax levy.
| ||||||
35 | (d) The trustees also have
the express power to execute a | ||||||
36 | note or notes and to execute a mortgage
or trust deed to secure |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the payment of such note or notes; such trust
deed or mortgage | ||||||
2 | shall cover real estate, or some part thereof, or personal
| ||||||
3 | property owned by the district and the lien of the mortgage | ||||||
4 | shall apply to
the real estate or personal property so | ||||||
5 | mortgaged by the district, and the
proceeds of the note or | ||||||
6 | notes may be used in the acquisition of personal
property or of | ||||||
7 | real estate or in the erection of improvements on such real
| ||||||
8 | estate.
| ||||||
9 | The trustees have express power to
purchase either real | ||||||
10 | estate or personal property to be used for the
purposes of the | ||||||
11 | fire protection district through contracts which provide
for | ||||||
12 | the consideration for such purchase to be paid through | ||||||
13 | installments
to be made at stated intervals during a certain | ||||||
14 | period of time, but, in
no case, shall such contracts provide | ||||||
15 | for the consideration to be paid
during a period of time in | ||||||
16 | excess of 25 years.
| ||||||
17 | (e) The trustees have
express power to provide for the | ||||||
18 | benefit of its employees, volunteer
firemen and paid firemen, | ||||||
19 | group life, health, accident, hospital and
medical insurance, | ||||||
20 | or any combination thereof; and to pay for all or any
portion | ||||||
21 | of the premiums on such insurance. Such insurance may include
| ||||||
22 | provisions for employees who rely on treatment by spiritual | ||||||
23 | means alone
through prayer for healing in accord with the | ||||||
24 | tenets and practice of a
well recognized religious | ||||||
25 | denomination.
| ||||||
26 | (f) To encourage continued service with the district, the | ||||||
27 | board of
trustees has the express power to award monetary | ||||||
28 | incentives, not to exceed
$240 per year, to volunteer | ||||||
29 | firefighters of the district based on the length
of service. To | ||||||
30 | be eligible for the incentives, the volunteer firefighters
must | ||||||
31 | have at least 5 years of service with the district. The amount | ||||||
32 | of the
incentives may not be greater than 2% of the annual levy | ||||||
33 | amount when all
incentive awards are combined.
| ||||||
34 | (g) The board of trustees has express power to change the | ||||||
35 | corporate
name of the fire protection district by ordinance ,
| ||||||
36 | provided that
notification of any change is given to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | circuit clerk and the Office
of the State Fire Marshal.
| ||||||
2 | (h) The board of trustees may impose reasonable civil | ||||||
3 | penalties on
individuals who repeatedly cause false fire | ||||||
4 | alarms.
| ||||||
5 | (i) The board of trustees has full power to pass all | ||||||
6 | necessary
ordinances, and rules and regulations for the proper | ||||||
7 | management and conduct
of the business of the board of trustees | ||||||
8 | of the fire protection district for
carrying into effect the | ||||||
9 | objects for which the district was formed.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 93-302, eff. 1-1-04; 93-589, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
11 | 10-3-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 280. The Park District Code is amended by changing | ||||||
13 | Section 5-1 as follows: | ||||||
14 | (70 ILCS 1205/5-1) (from Ch. 105, par. 5-1)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 5-1. Each Park District has the power to levy and | ||||||
16 | collect taxes on
all the taxable property in the district for | ||||||
17 | all corporate purposes. The
commissioners may accumulate funds | ||||||
18 | for the purposes of building repairs and
improvements and may | ||||||
19 | annually levy taxes for such purposes in excess of
current | ||||||
20 | requirements for its other purposes but subject to the tax rate
| ||||||
21 | limitation as herein provided.
| ||||||
22 | All general taxes
proposed by the board to be levied upon | ||||||
23 | the taxable
property within the district shall be levied by | ||||||
24 | ordinance. A certified
copy of such levy ordinance shall be | ||||||
25 | filed with the county clerk of the
county in which the same is | ||||||
26 | to be collected not later than the last
Tuesday in December in | ||||||
27 | each year. The county clerk shall extend
such tax; provided, | ||||||
28 | the aggregate amount of taxes levied for any one year,
| ||||||
29 | exclusive of the amount levied for the payment of the principal | ||||||
30 | and
interest on bonded indebtedness of the district and taxes | ||||||
31 | authorized by
special referenda, shall not exceed, except as | ||||||
32 | otherwise provided in this
Section, the rate of .10%, or the | ||||||
33 | rate
limitation in effect on July 1, 1967, whichever is | ||||||
34 | greater, of the
value, as equalized or assessed by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department of Revenue.
| ||||||
2 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, a
park
| ||||||
3 | district board of a park district lying wholly within one | ||||||
4 | county is
authorized to increase property taxes under this
| ||||||
5 | Section for corporate purposes for any one year so long as the
| ||||||
6 | increase is
offset by a like property tax levy reduction in one | ||||||
7 | or more of the park
district's
funds.
At the time that such | ||||||
8 | park district files its levy with the county clerk, it
shall | ||||||
9 | also certify to the county clerk that the park district has | ||||||
10 | complied with
and is authorized to act under this Section 5-1 | ||||||
11 | of the Park District Code.
In no instance shall
the increase | ||||||
12 | either
exceed or result in a reduction to the extension | ||||||
13 | limitation to which any park
district is subject under
Section | ||||||
14 | 18-195
of the Property Tax Code.
| ||||||
15 | Any funds on hand at the end of the fiscal year that are | ||||||
16 | not pledged for or
allocated to a particular purpose may, by | ||||||
17 | action of the board of commissioners,
be transferred to a | ||||||
18 | capital improvement fund and accumulated therein, but
the total | ||||||
19 | amount accumulated in the fund may not exceed 1.5% of the | ||||||
20 | aggregate
assessed valuation of all taxable property in the | ||||||
21 | park district.
| ||||||
22 | The foregoing limitations upon tax rates may be decreased | ||||||
23 | under the referendum provisions of the General Revenue Law of
| ||||||
24 | the State of Illinois.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-434, eff. 8-5-03; 93-625, eff. 12-19-03; | ||||||
26 | revised 1-13-04.)
| ||||||
27 | Section 285. The Metropolitan Water Reclamation District | ||||||
28 | Act is amended by setting forth, changing, and renumbering | ||||||
29 | multiple versions of Section 288 as follows:
| ||||||
30 | (70 ILCS 2605/288)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 288. District enlarged. On March 7, 2002
Upon the | ||||||
32 | effective date
of this amendatory
Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
33 | Assembly , the corporate limits of the Metropolitan
Water | ||||||
34 | Reclamation District Act are extended to include within those |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limits
the following described tracts of land, and those tracts | ||||||
2 | are annexed to the
District.
| ||||||
3 | (1) Parcel 1 (Canter Parcel)
| ||||||
4 | THAT PART OF SECTION 21 TOWNSHIP 41 NORTH, RANGE 9, EAST OF | ||||||
5 | THE THIRD
PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: | ||||||
6 | COMMENCING AT NORTHWEST
CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF THE | ||||||
7 | NORTHWEST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 21;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES | ||||||
8 | 12 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST (DEED BEING
SOUTH), ALONG THE | ||||||
9 | WEST LINE OF SAID NORTHEAST 1/4 OF THE NORTHWEST
1/4, A | ||||||
10 | DISTANCE OF 574.20 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 69 DEGREES 48 MINUTES | ||||||
11 | 00
SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF 181.20 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 28 | ||||||
12 | DEGREES 49
MINUTES 00 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF 720.45 | ||||||
13 | FEET; THENCE SOUTH 38
DEGREES 25 MINUTES 33 SECONDS WEST, A | ||||||
14 | DISTANCE OF 222.79 FEET (DEED
BEING SOUTH 33 DEGREES 37 | ||||||
15 | MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST, 238.50 FEET) TO AN
IRON STAKE; | ||||||
16 | THENCE SOUTH 60 DEGREES 26 MINUTES 25 SECONDS EAST (DEED
| ||||||
17 | BEING SOUTH 59 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 00 SECONDS EAST), ALONG A | ||||||
18 | LINE THAT
WOULD INTERSECT THE EAST LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST | ||||||
19 | 1/4 OF SECTION 21 AT A
POINT THAT IS 669.25 FEET NORTHERLY | ||||||
20 | OF (AS MEASURED ALONG SAID EAST
LINE) THE CENTER OF SAID | ||||||
21 | SECTION 21, A DISTANCE OF 24.03 FEET FOR THE
POINT OF | ||||||
22 | BEGINNING; THENCE CONTINUING SOUTH 60 DEGREES 26 MINUTES 25
| ||||||
23 | SECONDS EAST, ALONG SAID LINE, A DISTANCE OF 629.56 FEET TO | ||||||
24 | THE
INTERSECTION WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY EXTENSION OF A LINE | ||||||
25 | PREVIOUSLY
SURVEYED AND MONUMENTED; THENCE SOUTH 38 | ||||||
26 | DEGREES 40 MINUTES 02
SECONDS WEST, ALONG SAID LINE, A | ||||||
27 | DISTANCE OF 1100.29 FEET (DEED BEING
SOUTH 39 DEGREES 55 | ||||||
28 | MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST, 1098.70 FEET) TO THE
CENTER LINE | ||||||
29 | OF THE CHICAGO-ELGIN ROAD, (NOW KNOWN AS IRVING PARK
| ||||||
30 | BOULEVARD AND STATE ROUTE NO. 19) AS SHOWN ON THE PLAT OF
| ||||||
31 | DEDICATION RECORDED JUNE 9, 1933 AS DOCUMENT NO. 11245764 | ||||||
32 | AND AS
SHOWN ON A PLAT OF SURVEY DATED SEPTEMBER 22, 1932 | ||||||
33 | APPROVED BY THE
SUPERINTENDENT OF HIGHWAYS OF COOK COUNTY, | ||||||
34 | ILLINOIS ON DECEMBER 17,
1933; THENCE SOUTH 51 DEGREES 24 | ||||||
35 | MINUTES 19 SECONDS EAST, ALONG SAID
CENTER LINE, A DISTANCE |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | OF 597.60 FEET (DEED BEING SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG
CENTER LINE, | ||||||
2 | 620.50 FEET) TO A POINT OF CURVE IN SAID CENTER LINE,
| ||||||
3 | ACCORDING TO THE PLAT OF DEDICATION RECORDED FEBRUARY 16, | ||||||
4 | 1933 AS
DOCUMENT NO. 11200330 AND AFORESAID PLAT OF SURVEY; | ||||||
5 | THENCE
SOUTHEASTERLY, ALONG THE SAID CENTER LINE, BEING | ||||||
6 | ALONG A CURVE TO
THE LEFT, HAVING A RADIUS OF 4645.69 FEET | ||||||
7 | AND BEING TANGENT TO THE LAST
DESCRIBED COURSE AT THE LAST | ||||||
8 | DESCRIBED POINT, A DISTANCE OF 341.66 FEET
(DEED BEING | ||||||
9 | ALONG SAID CURVE, 338.30 FEET) TO THE INTERSECTION WITH A
| ||||||
10 | PREVIOUSLY SURVEYED AND MONUMENTED LINE; THENCE SOUTH 42 | ||||||
11 | DEGREES
46 MINUTES 09 SECONDS WEST, ALONG SAID LINE, A | ||||||
12 | DISTANCE OF 65.95 FEET
(DEED BEING SOUTH 44 DEGREES 41 | ||||||
13 | MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST, 65 FEET) TO
THE CENTER LINE OF THE | ||||||
14 | OLD CHICAGO-ELGIN ROAD, ACCORDING TO THE
AFORESAID PLAT OF | ||||||
15 | SURVEY; THENCE NORTH 56 DEGREES 45 MINUTES 03
SECONDS WEST, | ||||||
16 | ALONG THE CENTER LINE OF THE SAID OLD CHICAGO-ELGIN
ROAD, A | ||||||
17 | DISTANCE OF 685.80 FEET (DEED BEING NORTH 54 DEGREES 52 | ||||||
18 | MINUTES
00 SECONDS WEST, 635.0 FEET) TO AN ANGLE IN SAID | ||||||
19 | CENTER LINE; THENCE
NORTH 44 DEGREES 23 MINUTES 58 SECONDS | ||||||
20 | WEST, ALONG SAID CENTER LINE, A
DISTANCE OF 878.23 FEET | ||||||
21 | (DEED BEING NORTH 44 DEGREES 23 MINUTES 00
SECONDS WEST) TO | ||||||
22 | A LINE THAT IS DRAWN SOUTH 38 DEGREES 35 MINUTES 41
SECONDS | ||||||
23 | WEST FROM THE POINT OF BEGINNING AND BEING PERPENDICULAR
TO | ||||||
24 | THE NORTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF THE CHICAGO-ELGIN ROAD, | ||||||
25 | AS
DESCRIBED ON THE AFORESAID PLAT OF DEDICATION PER | ||||||
26 | DOCUMENT NO.
11245764 AND SHOWN ON THE AFORESAID PLAT OF | ||||||
27 | SURVEY; THENCE NORTH 38
DEGREES 35 MINUTES 41 SECONDS EAST, | ||||||
28 | ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE,
A DISTANCE OF 1011.41 FEET | ||||||
29 | TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, (EXCEPTING
THEREFROM SUCH | ||||||
30 | PORTIONS THEREOF AS MAY HAVE BEEN HERETOFORE
CONVEYED OR | ||||||
31 | DEDICATED FOR HIGHWAY PURPOSES) IN COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS.
| ||||||
32 | P.I.N.: 06-21-101-024-0000
| ||||||
33 | (2) Parcel 2 (T Bar J Ranch Parcel)
| ||||||
34 | PARCEL 1:
| ||||||
35 | THAT PART OF SECTION 21, TOWNSHIP 41 NORTH; RANGE 9 EAST OF |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | THE
THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
| ||||||
2 | COMMENCING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF | ||||||
3 | THE
NORTHWEST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 21; THENCE SOUTH ALONG | ||||||
4 | THE WEST LINE OF
THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF THE NORTHWEST 1/4 OF | ||||||
5 | SAID SECTION, 574.20 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 69 DEGREES 48 | ||||||
6 | MINUTES EAST, 181.20 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 28
DEGREES 49 | ||||||
7 | MINUTES EAST, 720.45 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 33 DEGREES 37
| ||||||
8 | MINUTES WEST, 238.50 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 75 DEGREES 29 | ||||||
9 | MINUTES WEST,
ALONG A FENCE LINE 510.8 FEET; THENCE SOUTH | ||||||
10 | 29 DEGREES 48 MINUTES WEST,
ALONG A FENCE LINE, 275.05 FEET | ||||||
11 | TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE NORTH
67 DEGREES 40 | ||||||
12 | MINUTES WEST, 277.64 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 19 DEGREES 47
| ||||||
13 | MINUTES WEST, ALONG A FENCE LINE, 175.5 FEET TO THE | ||||||
14 | NORTHERLY RIGHT
OF WAY LINE OF A PUBLIC HIGHWAY KNOWN AS | ||||||
15 | IRVING PARK BOULEVARD;
THENCE SOUTH 50 DEGREES 21 MINUTES | ||||||
16 | EAST ALONG SAID NORTHERLY RIGHT
OF WAY LINE OF PUBLIC | ||||||
17 | HIGHWAY, A DISTANCE OF 248.3 FEET TO A POINT THAT
IS SOUTH | ||||||
18 | 29 DEGREES 48 MINUTES WEST, 251.15 FEET FROM THE POINT OF
| ||||||
19 | BEGINNING; THENCE NORTH 29 DEGREES 48 MINUTES, EAST ALONG A | ||||||
20 | FENCE
LINE 251.15 FEET TO A POINT OF BEGINNING, IN COOK | ||||||
21 | COUNTY, ILLINOIS.
| ||||||
22 | P.I.N.: 06-21-101-018-0000
| ||||||
23 | PARCEL 2:
| ||||||
24 | THAT PART OF SECTION 21, TOWNSHIP 41 NORTH, RANGE 9 EAST OF | ||||||
25 | THE
THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: | ||||||
26 | COMMENCING AT THE
NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF | ||||||
27 | THE NORTHWEST 1/4 OF
SECTION 21 AFORESAID; THENCE SOUTH | ||||||
28 | ALONG THE WEST LINE OF THE
NORTHEAST 1/4 OF THE NORTHWEST | ||||||
29 | 1/4 OF SAID SECTION, 574.2 FEET; THENCE
SOUTH 69 DEGREES 48 | ||||||
30 | MINUTES EAST, 181.2 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 28 DEGREES 49
| ||||||
31 | MINUTES EAST, 720.45 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 33 DEGREES 37 | ||||||
32 | MINUTES WEST, 238.5
FEET; THENCE SOUTH 75 DEGREES 29 | ||||||
33 | MINUTES WEST, 203.4 FEET TO THE POINT
OF BEGINNING; THENCE | ||||||
34 | CONTINUING SOUTH 75 DEGREES 29 MINUTES WEST,
307.4 FEET; | ||||||
35 | THENCE SOUTH 29 DEGREES 48 MINUTES WEST, 275.05 FEET; | ||||||
36 | THENCE
NORTH 67 DEGREES 40 MINUTES WEST, 277.64 FEET; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | THENCE SOUTH 19 DEGREES
47 MINUTES WEST ALONG A FENCE LINE, | ||||||
2 | 175.5 FEET TO NORTHERLY RIGHT OF
WAY LINE OF PUBLIC HIGHWAY | ||||||
3 | KNOWN AS IRVING PARK BOULEVARD; THENCE
NORTH 50 DEGREES 21 | ||||||
4 | MINUTES WEST ALONG SAID NORTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY
LINE OF | ||||||
5 | HIGHWAY 566.2 FEET; THENCE NORTH 17 DEGREES 17 MINUTES EAST
| ||||||
6 | ALONG A FENCE LINE 193.07 FEET; THENCE NORTH 84 DEGREES 47 | ||||||
7 | MINUTES EAST
988.44 FEET TO A FENCE LINE; THENCE SOUTH 31 | ||||||
8 | DEGREES 51 MINUTES EAST
ALONG SAID FENCE LINE, A DISTANCE | ||||||
9 | OF 282.19 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING
IN HANOVER | ||||||
10 | TOWNSHIP IN COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS.
| ||||||
11 | P.I.N.: 06-21-101-022-0000
| ||||||
12 | (3) Parcel 3 (Gibas parcel)
| ||||||
13 | A PARCEL OF LAND IN SECTION 21, TOWNSHIP 41 NORTH, RANGE 9 | ||||||
14 | EAST OF THE
THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, IN COOK COUNTY, | ||||||
15 | ILLINOIS, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
| ||||||
16 | COMMENCING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF | ||||||
17 | THE
NORTHWEST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 21, THENCE SOUTH ALONG | ||||||
18 | THE WEST LINE OF
SAID NORTHEAST 1/4 OF THE NORTHWEST 1/4, | ||||||
19 | 574.20 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 69
DEGREES 48 MINUTES EAST, | ||||||
20 | 181.20 FEET FOR A POINT OF BEGINNING, THENCE
SOUTH 28 | ||||||
21 | DEGREES 49 MINUTES EAST, 720.45 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 33 | ||||||
22 | DEGREES
37 MINUTES WEST, 238.5 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 75 | ||||||
23 | DEGREES 29 MINUTES WEST,
203.4 FEET TO A FENCE CORNER; | ||||||
24 | THENCE NORTH 31 DEGREES 51 MINUTES WEST
ALONG A FENCE LINE, | ||||||
25 | 512.8 FEET; THENCE NORTH 3 DEGREES 29 MINUTES WEST
ALONG | ||||||
26 | SAID FENCE LINE 263.6 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHERLY | ||||||
27 | RIGHT
OF WAY LINE OF NEW SCHAUMBURG ROAD THAT IS 311.0 FEET | ||||||
28 | MORE OR LESS
SOUTHWESTERLY OF THE POINT OF BEGINNING; | ||||||
29 | THENCE NORTHEASTERLY
ALONG THE SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY | ||||||
30 | LINE OF ROAD 311.0 FEET MORE OR
LESS TO THE POINT OF | ||||||
31 | BEGINNING, (EXCEPTING SUCH PORTIONS THEREOF AS
MAY FALL | ||||||
32 | WITHIN LOTS 10 OR 26 OF COUNTY CLERK'S DIVISION OF SECTION | ||||||
33 | 21
ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED, MAY 31, 1895 IN | ||||||
34 | BOOK 65 OF
PLATS PAGE 35) IN COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS.
| ||||||
35 | P.I.N.: 06-21-101-015-0000
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) Parcel 4 (Blake parcel)
| ||||||
2 | THAT PART OF SECTIONS 20 AND 21 IN TOWNSHIP 41 NORTH, RANGE | ||||||
3 | 9
EAST OF THE THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN DESCRIBED AS | ||||||
4 | FOLLOWS:
| ||||||
5 | COMMENCING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER | ||||||
6 | OF
THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 21 AFORESAID; THENCE | ||||||
7 | SOUTH ALONG
THE WEST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE | ||||||
8 | NORTHWEST QUARTER OF
SAID SECTION, 574.2 FEET; THENCE SOUTH | ||||||
9 | 69 DEGREES 48 MINUTES EAST, 181.2
FEET; THENCE SOUTH 28 | ||||||
10 | DEGREES 49 MINUTES EAST, 720.45 FEET; THENCE
SOUTH 33 | ||||||
11 | DEGREES 37 MINUTES WEST, 238.5 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 75 | ||||||
12 | DEGREES 29
MINUTES WEST, 203.4 FEET; THENCE NORTH 31 | ||||||
13 | DEGREES 51 MINUTES WEST
ALONG A FENCE LINE, 282.19 FEET TO | ||||||
14 | A POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE SOUTH 84
DEGREES 47 MINUTES | ||||||
15 | WEST, 988.44 FEET TO A POINT ON A FENCE LINE THAT LIES
| ||||||
16 | NORTH 17 DEGREES 17 MINUTES EAST, 193.07 FEET FROM A POINT | ||||||
17 | ON THE
NORTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF IRVING PARK | ||||||
18 | BOULEVARD; THENCE NORTH
17 DEGREES 17 MINUTES EAST ALONG | ||||||
19 | SAID FENCE LINE, 276.03 FEET TO THE
SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY | ||||||
20 | LINE OF SCHAUMBURG ROAD (AS NOW DEDICATED);
THENCE EASTERLY | ||||||
21 | AND NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF
WAY LINE ON | ||||||
22 | A CURVE TO LEFT HAVING A RADIUS OF 1425.4 FEET A DISTANCE
| ||||||
23 | OF 829.0 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 3 DEGREES 29 MINUTES EAST ALONG | ||||||
24 | A FENCE
LINE 263.6 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 31 DEGREES 51 MINUTES | ||||||
25 | EAST ALONG A FENCE
LINE A DISTANCE OF 230.61 FEET TO THE | ||||||
26 | POINT OF BEGINNING, IN HANOVER
TOWNSHIP, COOK COUNTY, | ||||||
27 | ILLINOIS.
| ||||||
28 | P.I.N.
PI.N. : 06-21-101-021-0000.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 92-532, eff. 3-7-02; revised 1-27-03.)
| ||||||
30 | (70 ILCS 2605/289)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 289
288 . District enlarged. On August 22, 2002
Upon | ||||||
32 | the
effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
33 | Assembly , the corporate limits of the
Metropolitan Water | ||||||
34 | Reclamation District are extended to include within those
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limits the following described tract of land, and that tract is | ||||||
2 | annexed to the
District.
| ||||||
3 | LEGAL DESCRIPTION
| ||||||
4 | 5.425 ACRES
| ||||||
5 | THAT PART OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP | ||||||
6 | 42 NORTH, RANGE
9, EAST OF THE THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, | ||||||
7 | DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
| ||||||
8 | COMMENCING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER | ||||||
9 | OF SAID SECTION
25; THENCE NORTH 00°00'00" EAST ALONG THE | ||||||
10 | EAST LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER
OF SECTION 25, A | ||||||
11 | DISTANCE OF 1314.40 FEET TO THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH | ||||||
12 | HALF
OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 25; THENCE SOUTH | ||||||
13 | 89°15'17" WEST ALONG THE
NORTH LINE OF SAID SOUTH HALF OF | ||||||
14 | THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 25, A
DISTANCE OF 170.00 | ||||||
15 | FEET; THENCE SOUTH 44°22'03" WEST, 410.93 FEET TO THE POINT
| ||||||
16 | OF BEGINNING; THENCE SOUTH 89°15'17" WEST PARALLEL WITH THE | ||||||
17 | NORTH LINE
OF SAID SOUTH HALF OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF | ||||||
18 | SECTION 25, A DISTANCE OF 420.04
FEET TO A LINE 1755.25 | ||||||
19 | FEET EAST OF, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, AND PARALLEL
WITH | ||||||
20 | THE WEST LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 25; | ||||||
21 | THENCE NORTH
00°02'28" WEST ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE, | ||||||
22 | 105.23 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89°15'17"
WEST PARALLEL WITH THE | ||||||
23 | NORTH LINE OF SAID SOUTH HALF OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER
OF | ||||||
24 | SECTION 25, A DISTANCE OF 300.13 FEET; THENCE SOUTH | ||||||
25 | 00°02'28" EAST, 150.68
FEET; THENCE NORTH 89°57'32" EAST | ||||||
26 | 120.37 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 00°02'28" EAST
PARALLEL WITH THE | ||||||
27 | WEST LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 25, A | ||||||
28 | DISTANCE
OF 353.10 FEET; THENCE NORTH 89°15'17" EAST | ||||||
29 | PARALLEL WITH THE NORTH LINE OF
SAID SOUTH HALF OF THE | ||||||
30 | NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 25, A DISTANCE OF 479.77
FEET; | ||||||
31 | THENCE NORTH 00°02'28" WEST, 278.99 FEET; THENCE NORTH | ||||||
32 | 44°22'03" EAST,
171.50 FEET TO THE PLACE OF BEGINNING, IN | ||||||
33 | COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 92-843, eff. 8-22-02; revised 2-18-03 .)
| ||||||
35 | Section 290. The Local Mass Transit District Act is amended |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by changing Section 2 as follows:
| ||||||
2 | (70 ILCS 3610/2) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 352)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 2. For the purposes of this Act:
| ||||||
4 | (a) "Mass transit facility" means any local public | ||||||
5 | transportation
facility, whether buses, trolley-buses, or | ||||||
6 | railway systems, utilized by
a substantial number of persons | ||||||
7 | for their daily transportation, and
includes not only the local | ||||||
8 | public transportation facility itself but
ancillary and | ||||||
9 | supporting facilities such as, for example, motor vehicle
| ||||||
10 | parking facilities, as well.
| ||||||
11 | (b) "Participating municipality and county" means the | ||||||
12 | municipality
or municipalities, county or counties creating | ||||||
13 | the local Mass Transit
District pursuant to Section 3 of this | ||||||
14 | Act.
| ||||||
15 | (c) "Municipality" means a city, village, township, or | ||||||
16 | incorporated
town.
| ||||||
17 | (d) "Corporate authorities" means (1) the city council or | ||||||
18 | similar
body of a city, (2) the board of trustees or similar | ||||||
19 | body of a village
or incorporated town, (3) the council of a | ||||||
20 | municipality under the
commission form of municipal | ||||||
21 | government, and (4) the board of trustees
in a township.
| ||||||
22 | (e) "County board" means the governing board of a county.
| ||||||
23 | (f) "District" means a local Mass Transit District created | ||||||
24 | pursuant
to Section 3 of this Act.
| ||||||
25 | (g) "Board" means the Board of Trustees of a local Mass | ||||||
26 | Transit
District created pursuant to Section 3 of this Act.
| ||||||
27 | (h) "Interstate transportation authority" shall mean any | ||||||
28 | political
subdivision created by compact between this State and | ||||||
29 | another state, which is
a body corporate and politic and a | ||||||
30 | political subdivision of both contracting
states, and which | ||||||
31 | operates a public mass transportation system . ;
| ||||||
32 | (i) "Metro East Mass Transit District" means one or more | ||||||
33 | local mass transit
districts created pursuant to this Act, | ||||||
34 | composed only of Madison, St. Clair
or Monroe Counties, or any | ||||||
35 | combination thereof or any territory annexed to such
district.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (j) "Public mass transportation system" shall mean a | ||||||
2 | transportation system
or systems owned and operated by an | ||||||
3 | interstate transportation authority,
a municipality, District, | ||||||
4 | or other public or private authority, employing
motor busses, | ||||||
5 | rails or any other means of conveyance, by whatsoever type or
| ||||||
6 | power, operated for public use in the conveyance of persons, | ||||||
7 | mainly providing
local transportation service within an | ||||||
8 | interstate transportation district,
municipality, or county.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-590, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
10 | Section 295. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
11 | Sections 2-3.64, 10-17a, 10-20.21a, 18-8.05, 19-1, 21-1b, | ||||||
12 | 21-12, 27-8.1, 27-23.5, and 34-8.1 and by setting forth and | ||||||
13 | renumbering multiple versions of Sections 2-3.131, 2-3.134, | ||||||
14 | 10-20.35, 10-20.37, 34-18.23, 34-18.26, and 34-18.30 as | ||||||
15 | follows:
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.64)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 2-3.64. State goals and assessment.
| ||||||
18 | (a) Beginning in the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board | ||||||
19 | of Education
shall establish standards and periodically, in | ||||||
20 | collaboration with local school
districts, conduct studies of | ||||||
21 | student performance in the learning areas of fine
arts and | ||||||
22 | physical development/health.
| ||||||
23 | Beginning with the 1998-1999 school
year until the | ||||||
24 | 2004-2005 school year, the State Board of
Education shall | ||||||
25 | annually test: (i) all pupils enrolled
in the 3rd, 5th, and 8th | ||||||
26 | grades in English language arts (reading, writing, and
English | ||||||
27 | grammar) and mathematics; and (ii) all pupils enrolled in the | ||||||
28 | 4th and
7th grades in the biological and physical sciences and | ||||||
29 | the social sciences
(history, geography, civics, economics, | ||||||
30 | and government).
Unless the testing required to be implemented | ||||||
31 | no later than the 2005-2006 school year under this subsection | ||||||
32 | (a) is implemented for the 2004-2005 school year, for the | ||||||
33 | 2004-2005 school year, the State Board of
Education shall test: | ||||||
34 | (i) all pupils enrolled
in the 3rd, 5th, and 8th grades in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | English language arts (reading and
English grammar) and | ||||||
2 | mathematics and (ii) all pupils enrolled in the 4th and
7th | ||||||
3 | grades in the biological and physical sciences. The maximum | ||||||
4 | time allowed for all actual testing required under this
| ||||||
5 | paragraph shall not exceed 25 hours, as allocated among the | ||||||
6 | required
tests by the State Board of Education, across all | ||||||
7 | grades tested.
| ||||||
8 | Beginning no later than the 2005-2006 school year, the | ||||||
9 | State
Board of Education shall annually test: (i) all pupils | ||||||
10 | enrolled in the 3rd,
4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th grades in | ||||||
11 | reading and mathematics and (ii) all pupils
enrolled in the 4th | ||||||
12 | and 7th grades in the biological and physical
sciences. After | ||||||
13 | the addition of grades and change in subjects as delineated in | ||||||
14 | this paragraph and including whatever other
tests that may be | ||||||
15 | approved from time to time no later than the
2005-2006 school | ||||||
16 | year, the maximum time allowed for all State testing in
grades | ||||||
17 | 3 through 8 shall not exceed 38 hours across those grades.
| ||||||
18 | Beginning with the 2004-2005 school year, the State Board | ||||||
19 | of Education shall not test pupils under this subsection (a) in | ||||||
20 | writing, physical development and health, fine arts, and the | ||||||
21 | social sciences (history, geography, civics, economics, and | ||||||
22 | government).
| ||||||
23 | The State Board of
Education shall establish the academic | ||||||
24 | standards that are to be applicable to
pupils who are subject | ||||||
25 | to State tests under this Section beginning with the
1998-1999 | ||||||
26 | school year. However, the State Board of Education shall not
| ||||||
27 | establish any such standards in final form without first | ||||||
28 | providing
opportunities for public participation and local | ||||||
29 | input in the development
of the final academic standards. Those | ||||||
30 | opportunities shall include a
well-publicized period of public | ||||||
31 | comment, public hearings throughout the State,
and | ||||||
32 | opportunities to file written comments. Beginning with the | ||||||
33 | 1998-99 school
year and thereafter, the State tests will | ||||||
34 | identify pupils in the 3rd grade or
5th grade who do not meet | ||||||
35 | the State standards.
| ||||||
36 | If, by performance on the State
tests or local assessments |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or by teacher judgment, a student's performance is
determined | ||||||
2 | to be 2 or more grades below current placement, the student | ||||||
3 | shall be
provided a remediation program developed by the | ||||||
4 | district in consultation with a
parent or guardian. Such | ||||||
5 | remediation programs may include, but shall not be
limited to, | ||||||
6 | increased or concentrated instructional time, a remedial | ||||||
7 | summer
school program of not less than 90 hours, improved | ||||||
8 | instructional approaches,
tutorial sessions, retention in | ||||||
9 | grade, and modifications to instructional
materials. Each | ||||||
10 | pupil for whom a remediation program is developed under this
| ||||||
11 | subsection shall be required to enroll in and attend whatever | ||||||
12 | program the
district determines is appropriate for the pupil. | ||||||
13 | Districts may combine
students in remediation programs where | ||||||
14 | appropriate and may cooperate with other
districts in the | ||||||
15 | design and delivery of those programs. The parent or guardian
| ||||||
16 | of a student required to attend a remediation program under | ||||||
17 | this Section shall
be given written notice of that requirement | ||||||
18 | by the school district a reasonable
time prior to commencement | ||||||
19 | of the remediation program that the student is to
attend. The | ||||||
20 | State shall be responsible for providing school districts with | ||||||
21 | the
new and additional funding, under Section 2-3.51.5 or by | ||||||
22 | other or additional
means, that is required to enable the | ||||||
23 | districts to operate remediation programs
for the pupils who | ||||||
24 | are required to enroll in and attend those programs under
this | ||||||
25 | Section. Every individualized educational program as described | ||||||
26 | in Article
14 shall identify if the State test or components | ||||||
27 | thereof are appropriate for
that student. The State Board of | ||||||
28 | Education shall develop rules and
regulations governing the | ||||||
29 | administration of alternative tests prescribed within
each | ||||||
30 | student's individualized educational program which are | ||||||
31 | appropriate to the
disability of each student.
| ||||||
32 | All pupils who are in a State approved
transitional | ||||||
33 | bilingual education program or transitional program of | ||||||
34 | instruction
shall participate in the State
tests. Any student | ||||||
35 | who has been enrolled in a
State approved bilingual education | ||||||
36 | program less than 3 cumulative academic
years may take an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accommodated State test, to be known as the Illinois
Measure of | ||||||
2 | Annual Growth in English
(IMAGE), if the student's lack of | ||||||
3 | English as determined by an English
language
proficiency test | ||||||
4 | would keep the student from understanding the regular
State | ||||||
5 | test. If the
school district determines, on a case-by-case | ||||||
6 | individual basis,
that IMAGE would likely yield more accurate | ||||||
7 | and reliable information on
what the student knows and can do, | ||||||
8 | the school district may make a
determination to assess the | ||||||
9 | student using IMAGE for a period that does
not exceed 2 | ||||||
10 | additional consecutive years, provided that the student has
not | ||||||
11 | yet reached a level of English language proficiency sufficient | ||||||
12 | to yield
valid and reliable information on what the student | ||||||
13 | knows and can do on
the regular State test.
| ||||||
14 | Reasonable accommodations as prescribed by
the State Board | ||||||
15 | of Education shall be provided for individual students in the
| ||||||
16 | testing procedure. All test procedures prescribed by the State | ||||||
17 | Board of
Education shall require: (i) that each test used for | ||||||
18 | State and local student
testing under this Section identify by | ||||||
19 | name the pupil taking the test; (ii)
that the name of the pupil | ||||||
20 | taking the test be placed on the test at the time
the test is | ||||||
21 | taken; (iii) that the results or scores of each test taken | ||||||
22 | under
this Section by a pupil of the school district be | ||||||
23 | reported to that district and
identify by name the pupil who | ||||||
24 | received the reported results or scores; and
(iv) that the | ||||||
25 | results or scores of each test taken under this Section be made
| ||||||
26 | available to the parents of the pupil. In addition, in each | ||||||
27 | school year the highest
scores
attained by
a student on the | ||||||
28 | Prairie State Achievement
Examination administered under | ||||||
29 | subsection (c) of this Section and any Prairie
State | ||||||
30 | Achievement Awards received by the student shall become part
of | ||||||
31 | the student's permanent record and shall be entered on the | ||||||
32 | student's
transcript pursuant to regulations that the State | ||||||
33 | Board of Education shall
promulgate for that purpose in | ||||||
34 | accordance with Section 3 and subsection (e) of
Section 2 of | ||||||
35 | the Illinois School Student Records Act. Beginning with the
| ||||||
36 | 1998-1999 school year and in every school year thereafter, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | scores received by
students on the State assessment tests | ||||||
2 | administered in grades 3 through 8 shall
be placed into | ||||||
3 | students' temporary records.
| ||||||
4 | The State Board of Education shall
establish a
period of | ||||||
5 | time, to be referred to as the State test window, in each | ||||||
6 | school year for which State
testing shall occur to meet the | ||||||
7 | objectives of this Section. However, if the
schools of a | ||||||
8 | district are closed and classes are not scheduled during any | ||||||
9 | week
that is established by the State Board of Education as the | ||||||
10 | State test
window, the school district may
(at the discretion | ||||||
11 | of the State Board of Education) move its State test
window one | ||||||
12 | week earlier or one week later than the established State test
| ||||||
13 | window, so long as
the school district gives the State Board of | ||||||
14 | Education written notice of its
intention to deviate from the | ||||||
15 | established schedule by December 1 of the school
year in which | ||||||
16 | falls the State test window established by the State
Board of | ||||||
17 | Education for
the testing.
| ||||||
18 | (a-5) All tests administered pursuant to this Section shall | ||||||
19 | be academically
based. For the purposes of this Section | ||||||
20 | "academically based tests" shall mean
tests consisting of | ||||||
21 | questions and answers that are measurable and quantifiable
to | ||||||
22 | measure the knowledge, skill, and ability of students in the | ||||||
23 | subject matters
covered by tests. The scoring of academically | ||||||
24 | based tests shall be reliable,
valid, unbiased and shall meet | ||||||
25 | the guidelines for test development and use
prescribed by the | ||||||
26 | American Psychological Association, the National Council of
| ||||||
27 | Measurement and Evaluation, and the American Educational | ||||||
28 | Research Association.
Academically based tests shall not | ||||||
29 | include assessments or evaluations of
attitudes, values, or | ||||||
30 | beliefs, or testing of personality, self-esteem, or
| ||||||
31 | self-concept. Nothing in this amendatory Act is intended, nor | ||||||
32 | shall it be
construed, to nullify, supersede, or contradict the | ||||||
33 | legislative intent on
academic testing expressed during the | ||||||
34 | passage of HB 1005/P.A. 90-296.
Nothing in this Section is | ||||||
35 | intended, nor shall it be construed, to nullify,
supersede, or | ||||||
36 | contradict the legislative intent on academic testing
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expressed in the preamble of this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
2 | General
Assembly.
| ||||||
3 | The State Board of Education shall monitor the use of
short | ||||||
4 | answer
questions in the math
and reading assessments or in | ||||||
5 | other assessments in order to demonstrate that the use of short
| ||||||
6 | answer questions results in a statistically significant | ||||||
7 | improvement in student
achievement as measured on the State | ||||||
8 | assessments for math and reading or on
other State assessments | ||||||
9 | and is
justifiable in terms of cost and student performance.
| ||||||
10 | (b) It shall be the policy of the State to encourage school | ||||||
11 | districts
to continuously test pupil proficiency in the | ||||||
12 | fundamental learning areas in
order to: (i) provide timely | ||||||
13 | information on individual students' performance
relative to | ||||||
14 | State standards that is adequate to guide instructional | ||||||
15 | strategies;
(ii) improve future instruction; and (iii) | ||||||
16 | complement the information provided
by the State testing system | ||||||
17 | described in this Section. Each district's school
improvement | ||||||
18 | plan must address specific activities the district intends to
| ||||||
19 | implement to assist pupils who by teacher judgment and test | ||||||
20 | results as
prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section | ||||||
21 | demonstrate that they are not
meeting State standards or local | ||||||
22 | objectives. Such activities may include, but
shall not be | ||||||
23 | limited to, summer school, extended school day, special | ||||||
24 | homework,
tutorial sessions, modified instructional materials, | ||||||
25 | other modifications in the
instructional program, reduced | ||||||
26 | class size or retention in grade. To assist
school districts in | ||||||
27 | testing pupil proficiency in reading in the primary grades,
the | ||||||
28 | State Board shall make optional reading inventories for | ||||||
29 | diagnostic purposes
available to each school district that | ||||||
30 | requests such assistance. Districts
that administer the | ||||||
31 | reading inventories may develop remediation programs for
| ||||||
32 | students who perform in the bottom half of the student | ||||||
33 | population. Those
remediation programs may be funded by moneys | ||||||
34 | provided under the School Safety
and Educational Improvement | ||||||
35 | Block Grant Program established under Section
2-3.51.5. | ||||||
36 | Nothing in this Section shall prevent school districts from
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | implementing testing and remediation policies for grades not | ||||||
2 | required under
this Section.
| ||||||
3 | (c) Beginning with the 2000-2001 school year, each school | ||||||
4 | district that
operates a high school program for students in | ||||||
5 | grades 9 through 12 shall
annually administer the Prairie State | ||||||
6 | Achievement Examination
established under this subsection to | ||||||
7 | its students as set forth
below. The Prairie State Achievement | ||||||
8 | Examination shall be developed by
the State Board of Education | ||||||
9 | to measure student performance in the academic
areas of | ||||||
10 | reading, writing, mathematics, science, and social sciences. | ||||||
11 | Beginning with the 2004-2005 school year, however, the State | ||||||
12 | Board of Education shall not test a student in writing and the | ||||||
13 | social sciences (history, geography, civics, economics, and | ||||||
14 | government) as part of the Prairie State Achievement | ||||||
15 | Examination unless the student is retaking the Prairie State | ||||||
16 | Achievement Examination in the fall of 2004. The
State Board of | ||||||
17 | Education shall establish the academic standards that are to
| ||||||
18 | apply in measuring student performance on the Prairie State | ||||||
19 | Achievement
Examination including the minimum examination | ||||||
20 | score in each area that will
qualify a student to receive a | ||||||
21 | Prairie State Achievement Award from the State
in recognition | ||||||
22 | of the student's excellent performance. Each school district
| ||||||
23 | that is subject to the requirements of this subsection (c) | ||||||
24 | shall afford all
students 2 opportunities to take the Prairie | ||||||
25 | State Achievement Examination
beginning as late as practical | ||||||
26 | during the second semester of grade 11, but in
no event before | ||||||
27 | March 1. The State Board of Education shall annually notify
| ||||||
28 | districts of the weeks during which these test administrations | ||||||
29 | shall be
required to occur. Every individualized educational | ||||||
30 | program as described in
Article 14 shall identify if the | ||||||
31 | Prairie State Achievement Examination or
components thereof | ||||||
32 | are appropriate for that student. Each student, exclusive of
a | ||||||
33 | student whose individualized educational program developed | ||||||
34 | under Article 14
identifies the Prairie State Achievement | ||||||
35 | Examination as inappropriate for the
student, shall be required | ||||||
36 | to take the examination in grade 11. For each
academic area the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board of Education shall establish the score that
| ||||||
2 | qualifies for the Prairie State Achievement Award on that | ||||||
3 | portion of the
examination. Any student who fails to earn a | ||||||
4 | qualifying score for a Prairie
State Achievement Award in any | ||||||
5 | one or more of the academic areas on the initial
test | ||||||
6 | administration or who wishes to improve his or her score on any | ||||||
7 | portion of
the examination shall be permitted to retake such | ||||||
8 | portion or portions of the
examination during grade 12. | ||||||
9 | Districts shall inform their students of the
timelines and | ||||||
10 | procedures applicable to their participation in every yearly
| ||||||
11 | administration of the Prairie State Achievement Examination. | ||||||
12 | Students
receiving special education services whose | ||||||
13 | individualized educational programs
identify the Prairie State | ||||||
14 | Achievement Examination as inappropriate for them
nevertheless | ||||||
15 | shall have the option of taking the examination, which shall be
| ||||||
16 | administered to those students in accordance with standards | ||||||
17 | adopted by the
State Board of Education to accommodate the | ||||||
18 | respective disabilities of those
students. A student who | ||||||
19 | successfully completes all other applicable high
school | ||||||
20 | graduation requirements but fails to receive a score on the | ||||||
21 | Prairie
State Achievement Examination that qualifies the | ||||||
22 | student for receipt of a
Prairie State Achievement Award shall | ||||||
23 | nevertheless qualify for the receipt
of a regular high school | ||||||
24 | diploma. In no case, however, shall a student receive a regular | ||||||
25 | high school diploma without taking the Prairie State | ||||||
26 | Achievement Examination, unless the student is exempted from | ||||||
27 | taking the Prairie State Achievement Examination under this | ||||||
28 | subsection (c) because the student's individualized | ||||||
29 | educational program developed under Article 14 of this Code | ||||||
30 | identifies the Prairie State Achievement Examination as | ||||||
31 | inappropriate for the student, (ii) the student is exempt due | ||||||
32 | to the student's lack of English language proficiency under | ||||||
33 | subsection (a) of this Section, or (iii) the student is | ||||||
34 | enrolled in a program of Adult and Continuing Education as | ||||||
35 | defined in the Adult Education Act.
| ||||||
36 | (d) Beginning with the 2002-2003 school year, all schools |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in this
State that are part of the sample drawn by the National | ||||||
2 | Center for
Education Statistics, in collaboration with their | ||||||
3 | school districts and the
State Board of Education, shall | ||||||
4 | administer the biennial State academic
assessments of 4th and | ||||||
5 | 8th grade reading and mathematics under the
National Assessment | ||||||
6 | of Educational Progress carried out under Section
m11(b)(2) of | ||||||
7 | the National Education Statistics Act of 1994 (20 U.S.C.
9010) | ||||||
8 | if the Secretary of Education pays the costs of administering | ||||||
9 | the
assessments.
| ||||||
10 | (e) Beginning no later than the 2005-2006 school year, | ||||||
11 | subject to
available federal funds to this State for the | ||||||
12 | purpose of student
assessment, the State Board of Education | ||||||
13 | shall provide additional tests
and assessment resources that | ||||||
14 | may be used by school districts for local
diagnostic purposes. | ||||||
15 | These tests and resources shall include without
limitation | ||||||
16 | additional high school writing, physical development and
| ||||||
17 | health, and fine arts assessments. The State Board of Education | ||||||
18 | shall
annually distribute a listing of these additional tests | ||||||
19 | and resources,
using funds available from appropriations made | ||||||
20 | for student assessment
purposes.
| ||||||
21 | (f) For the assessment and accountability purposes of this | ||||||
22 | Section,
"all pupils" includes those pupils enrolled in a | ||||||
23 | public or
State-operated elementary school, secondary school, | ||||||
24 | or cooperative or
joint agreement with a governing body or | ||||||
25 | board of control, a charter
school operating in compliance with | ||||||
26 | the Charter Schools Law, a school
operated by a regional office | ||||||
27 | of education under Section 13A-3 of this
Code, or a public | ||||||
28 | school administered by a local public agency or the
Department | ||||||
29 | of Human Services.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 92-604, eff. 7-1-02; 93-426, eff. 8-5-03; 93-838, | ||||||
31 | eff. 7-30-04; 93-857, eff. 8-3-04; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
32 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.131)
| ||||||
33 | Sec. 2-3.131. Transitional assistance payments.
| ||||||
34 | (a) If the amount that
the State Board of Education will | ||||||
35 | pay to
a school
district from fiscal year 2004 appropriations, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as estimated by the State
Board of Education on April 1, 2004, | ||||||
2 | is less than the amount that the
State Board of Education paid | ||||||
3 | to the school district from fiscal year 2003
appropriations, | ||||||
4 | then, subject to appropriation, the State Board of
Education | ||||||
5 | shall make a fiscal year 2004 transitional assistance payment
| ||||||
6 | to the school district in an amount equal to the difference | ||||||
7 | between the
estimated amount to be paid from fiscal year 2004 | ||||||
8 | appropriations and
the amount paid from fiscal year 2003 | ||||||
9 | appropriations.
| ||||||
10 | (b) If the amount that
the State Board of Education will | ||||||
11 | pay to
a school
district from fiscal year 2005 appropriations, | ||||||
12 | as estimated by the State
Board of Education on April 1, 2005, | ||||||
13 | is less than the amount that the
State Board of Education paid | ||||||
14 | to the school district from fiscal year 2004
appropriations, | ||||||
15 | then the State Board of
Education shall make a fiscal year 2005 | ||||||
16 | transitional assistance payment
to the school district in an | ||||||
17 | amount equal to the difference between the
estimated amount to | ||||||
18 | be paid from fiscal year 2005 appropriations and
the amount | ||||||
19 | paid from fiscal year 2004 appropriations.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.132)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 2-3.132
2-3.131 . Sharing information on school lunch
| ||||||
23 | applicants. The
State Board of Education shall, whenever | ||||||
24 | requested by the Department of
Public Aid, agree in writing | ||||||
25 | with the Department of Public Aid (as the State
agency that | ||||||
26 | administers the State Medical Assistance Program as provided in
| ||||||
27 | Title XIX of the federal Social Security Act and the State | ||||||
28 | Children's Health
Insurance Program as provided in Title XXI of | ||||||
29 | the federal Social Security Act)
to
share with the Department | ||||||
30 | of Public Aid information on applicants for free or
| ||||||
31 | reduced-price lunches. This sharing of information shall be for | ||||||
32 | the sole
purpose of helping the Department of Public Aid | ||||||
33 | identify and enroll children in
the State Medical Assistance | ||||||
34 | Program or the State Children's Health Insurance
Program or | ||||||
35 | both as allowed under 42 U.S.C. Sec. 1758(b)(2)(C)(iii)(IV) and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under the
restrictions set forth in 42 U.S.C. Sec. | ||||||
2 | 1758(b)(2)(C)(vi) and (vii).
The State Board of Education may | ||||||
3 | not adopt any rule that would
prohibit a child from receiving | ||||||
4 | any form of subsidy or benefit due to
his or her
parent or | ||||||
5 | guardian withholding consent under Section 22-35 of this Code.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 93-404, eff. 8-1-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.133)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 2-3.133
2-3.131 . Homework assistance information for | ||||||
9 | parents. The State Board of Education shall
provide information | ||||||
10 | on its Internet web site regarding strategies that
parents can | ||||||
11 | use to assist their children in successfully completing
| ||||||
12 | homework assignments. The State Board of Education
shall notify | ||||||
13 | all school districts about this information's availability on | ||||||
14 | the
State Board of Education's Internet web site.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 93-471, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.134)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 2-3.134.
2-3.131.
Persistently dangerous schools. The | ||||||
18 | State Board of
Education
shall maintain data and publish a list | ||||||
19 | of persistently dangerous schools on an
annual basis.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-633, eff. 12-23-03; revised 1-12-04.) | ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.136)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 2-3.136
2-3.134 . K-3 class size reduction grant | ||||||
23 | program. A class size
reduction grant program is created. The | ||||||
24 | program shall be implemented
and
administered by the State | ||||||
25 | Board of Education. From
appropriations made for purposes of | ||||||
26 | this Section, the State Board shall award grants to schools | ||||||
27 | that meet
the criteria established by this Section for the | ||||||
28 | award of those grants.
| ||||||
29 | Grants shall be awarded pursuant to application. The form | ||||||
30 | and manner of
applications and the criteria for the award of | ||||||
31 | grants shall be prescribed by
the State Board of Education. The | ||||||
32 | grant criteria as so prescribed, however,
shall provide that | ||||||
33 | only those schools that are on the State
Board of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Early
Academic Warning List or the academic
watch list
under | ||||||
2 | Section 2-3.25d that maintain grades kindergarten through 3 are | ||||||
3 | grant eligible.
| ||||||
4 | Grants awarded to eligible schools under this Section shall | ||||||
5 | be used and
applied by the schools to defray the costs and | ||||||
6 | expenses of operating and
maintaining classes in grades | ||||||
7 | kindergarten through 3 with an average class size within a | ||||||
8 | specific grade of no more than 20 pupils. If a school's | ||||||
9 | facilities are inadequate to allow for this specified class | ||||||
10 | size, then a school may use the grant funds for teacher aides | ||||||
11 | instead.
| ||||||
12 | The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules, | ||||||
13 | consistent with the
requirements of this Section, that are | ||||||
14 | necessary to implement and administer
the K-3 class size | ||||||
15 | reduction grant program.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 93-814, eff. 7-27-04; revised 11-10-04.)
| ||||||
17 | (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 10-17a. Better schools accountability.
| ||||||
19 | (1) Policy and
Purpose. It shall be the policy of the State | ||||||
20 | of Illinois that each school
district in this State, including | ||||||
21 | special charter districts and districts
subject to the | ||||||
22 | provisions of Article 34, shall submit to parents, taxpayers
of | ||||||
23 | such district, the Governor, the General Assembly, and the | ||||||
24 | State
Board of Education a school report card assessing the | ||||||
25 | performance of its
schools and students. The report card shall | ||||||
26 | be an index of school
performance measured against statewide | ||||||
27 | and local standards and will provide
information to make prior | ||||||
28 | year comparisons and to set future year targets
through the | ||||||
29 | school improvement plan.
| ||||||
30 | (2) Reporting Requirements. Each school district shall | ||||||
31 | prepare a report
card in accordance with the guidelines set | ||||||
32 | forth in this Section which
describes the performance of its | ||||||
33 | students by school attendance centers and
by district and the | ||||||
34 | district's financial resources and use of financial
resources. | ||||||
35 | Such report
card shall be presented at a regular school board |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | meeting subject to
applicable notice requirements,
posted on | ||||||
2 | the
school district's Internet web site, if the district | ||||||
3 | maintains an Internet web
site,
made available
to a newspaper | ||||||
4 | of general circulation serving the district, and, upon
request, | ||||||
5 | sent
home to a parent (unless the district does not maintain an | ||||||
6 | Internet web site,
in which case
the report card shall be sent | ||||||
7 | home to parents without request). If the
district posts the | ||||||
8 | report card on its Internet web
site, the district
shall send a
| ||||||
9 | written notice home to parents stating (i) that the report card | ||||||
10 | is available on
the web site,
(ii) the address of the web site, | ||||||
11 | (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
will be sent to
| ||||||
12 | parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone number that | ||||||
13 | parents may
call to
request a printed copy of the report card.
| ||||||
14 | In addition, each school district shall submit the
completed | ||||||
15 | report card to the office of the district's Regional
| ||||||
16 | Superintendent which shall make copies available to any | ||||||
17 | individuals
requesting them.
| ||||||
18 | The report card shall be completed and disseminated prior | ||||||
19 | to October 31
in each school year. The report card shall | ||||||
20 | contain, but
not be limited to, actual local school attendance | ||||||
21 | center, school district
and statewide data indicating the | ||||||
22 | present performance of the school, the
State norms and the | ||||||
23 | areas for planned improvement for the school and school
| ||||||
24 | district.
| ||||||
25 | (3) (a) The report card shall include the following | ||||||
26 | applicable
indicators of attendance center, district, and | ||||||
27 | statewide student
performance: percent of students who exceed, | ||||||
28 | meet, or do not meet
standards established by the
State Board | ||||||
29 | of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.25a; composite and subtest
| ||||||
30 | means on
nationally normed achievement tests for
college bound | ||||||
31 | students; student attendance rates; chronic
truancy rate; | ||||||
32 | dropout rate;
graduation rate;
and student
mobility, turnover
| ||||||
33 | shown as a percent of transfers out and a percent of transfers | ||||||
34 | in.
| ||||||
35 | (b) The report card shall include the following | ||||||
36 | descriptions for the
school,
district, and State: average
class |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | size; amount of time per day devoted to mathematics, science,
| ||||||
2 | English and social science at primary,
middle and junior high | ||||||
3 | school grade levels;
number of students taking the Prairie | ||||||
4 | State Achievement Examination under
subsection (c) of
Section | ||||||
5 | 2-3.64, the number of those students who received a score of | ||||||
6 | excellent,
and
the average score by school of students taking | ||||||
7 | the examination;
pupil-teacher ratio; pupil-administrator | ||||||
8 | ratio;
operating expenditure per
pupil; district expenditure | ||||||
9 | by fund; average administrator salary; and average
teacher | ||||||
10 | salary.
The report card shall also specify the amount of money | ||||||
11 | that the district
receives from all sources, including without | ||||||
12 | limitation subcategories
specifying the amount from local | ||||||
13 | property taxes, the amount from
general State aid, the amount | ||||||
14 | from other State funding, and the amount
from other income.
| ||||||
15 | (c) The report card shall include applicable indicators of | ||||||
16 | parental
involvement in each attendance center. The parental | ||||||
17 | involvement component
of the report card shall include the | ||||||
18 | percentage of students whose parents
or guardians have had one | ||||||
19 | or more personal contacts with the students'
teachers during | ||||||
20 | the school year concerning the students' education, and such
| ||||||
21 | other information, commentary, and suggestions as the school | ||||||
22 | district
desires. For the purposes of this paragraph, "personal | ||||||
23 | contact" includes,
but is not limited to, parent-teacher | ||||||
24 | conferences, parental visits to
school, school visits to home, | ||||||
25 | telephone conversations, and written
correspondence. The | ||||||
26 | parental involvement component shall not single out or
identify | ||||||
27 | individual students, parents, or guardians by name.
| ||||||
28 | (d) The report card form shall be prepared by the State | ||||||
29 | Board of
Education and provided to school districts by the most | ||||||
30 | efficient, economic,
and appropriate means.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 92-604, eff. 7-1-02; 92-631, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
32 | revised 7-26-02.)
| ||||||
33 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.21a)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 10-20.21a. Contracts for charter bus services. To | ||||||
35 | award
contracts for providing charter bus services for the sole |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purpose of
transporting students regularly enrolled in grade 12 | ||||||
2 | or below to or
from interscholastic athletic or interscholastic | ||||||
3 | or school sponsored
activities.
| ||||||
4 | All contracts for providing charter bus services for the | ||||||
5 | sole
purpose of transporting students regularly enrolled in | ||||||
6 | grade 12 or
below to or from interscholastic athletic or | ||||||
7 | interscholastic or school
sponsored activities must contain | ||||||
8 | clause (A) as
set forth below, except that a contract with an | ||||||
9 | out-of-state company may
contain
clause (B), as set forth | ||||||
10 | below, or clause (A). The clause must be set
forth in the body | ||||||
11 | of the
contract in typeface of at least 12 points and all upper | ||||||
12 | case letters:
| ||||||
13 | (A) "ALL OF THE CHARTER BUS DRIVERS WHO WILL BE PROVIDING
| ||||||
14 | SERVICES UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAVE, OR WILL HAVE BEFORE ANY | ||||||
15 | SERVICES ARE
PROVIDED:
| ||||||
16 | (1) SUBMITTED THEIR FINGERPRINTS TO THE DEPARTMENT OF | ||||||
17 | STATE POLICE IN
THE FORM
AND MANNER PRESCRIBED BY THE | ||||||
18 | DEPARTMENT OF STATE
POLICE. THESE FINGERPRINTS SHALL BE | ||||||
19 | CHECKED AGAINST THE FINGERPRINT RECORDS
NOW AND HEREAFTER | ||||||
20 | FILED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
POLICE AND FEDERAL BUREAU | ||||||
21 | OF INVESTIGATION CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORDS
DATABASES. THE | ||||||
22 | FINGERPRINT CHECK HAS RESULTED A STATE POLICE
AGENCY AND | ||||||
23 | THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION FOR A CRIMINAL
| ||||||
24 | BACKGROUND CHECK, RESULTING IN A DETERMINATION
THAT THEY | ||||||
25 | HAVE NOT
BEEN CONVICTED OF COMMITTING ANY OF THE OFFENSES | ||||||
26 | SET FORTH IN
SUBDIVISION (C-1)(4) OF SECTION 6-508 OF THE | ||||||
27 | ILLINOIS VEHICLE
CODE; AND
| ||||||
28 | (2) DEMONSTRATED PHYSICAL FITNESS TO OPERATE
SCHOOL | ||||||
29 | BUSES BY SUBMITTING THE RESULTS OF A MEDICAL EXAMINATION,
| ||||||
30 | INCLUDING TESTS FOR DRUG USE, TO A STATE REGULATORY | ||||||
31 | AGENCY."
| ||||||
32 | (B) "NOT ALL OF THE CHARTER BUS DRIVERS WHO WILL BE | ||||||
33 | PROVIDING
SERVICES UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAVE, OR WILL HAVE | ||||||
34 | BEFORE ANY SERVICES ARE
PROVIDED:
| ||||||
35 | (1) SUBMITTED THEIR FINGERPRINTS TO THE DEPARTMENT OF | ||||||
36 | STATE POLICE IN
THE FORM
AND MANNER PRESCRIBED BY THE |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | DEPARTMENT OF STATE
POLICE. THESE FINGERPRINTS SHALL BE | ||||||
2 | CHECKED AGAINST THE FINGERPRINT RECORDS
NOW AND HEREAFTER | ||||||
3 | FILED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
POLICE AND FEDERAL BUREAU | ||||||
4 | OF INVESTIGATION CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORDS
DATABASES. THE | ||||||
5 | FINGERPRINT CHECK HAS RESULTED A STATE POLICE
AGENCY AND | ||||||
6 | THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION FOR A CRIMINAL
| ||||||
7 | BACKGROUND CHECK, RESULTING IN A DETERMINATION
THAT THEY | ||||||
8 | HAVE NOT
BEEN CONVICTED OF COMMITTING ANY OF THE OFFENSES | ||||||
9 | SET FORTH IN
SUBDIVISION (C-1)(4) OF SECTION 6-508 OF THE | ||||||
10 | ILLINOIS VEHICLE CODE;
AND
| ||||||
11 | (2) DEMONSTRATED PHYSICAL FITNESS TO OPERATE
SCHOOL | ||||||
12 | BUSES BY SUBMITTING THE RESULTS OF A MEDICAL EXAMINATION,
| ||||||
13 | INCLUDING TESTS FOR DRUG USE, TO A STATE REGULATORY | ||||||
14 | AGENCY."
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 93-476, eff. 1-1-04; 93-644, eff. 6-1-04; revised | ||||||
16 | 12-6-04.)
| ||||||
17 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.35)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 10-20.35. Medical information form for bus drivers and
| ||||||
19 | emergency medical technicians. School districts are encouraged | ||||||
20 | to
create and use an emergency medical information form for bus | ||||||
21 | drivers and
emergency medical technicians for those students | ||||||
22 | with special needs or
medical conditions. The form may include | ||||||
23 | without
limitation
information to be provided by the student's | ||||||
24 | parent or legal guardian
concerning the student's relevant | ||||||
25 | medical conditions, medications that
the student is taking, the | ||||||
26 | student's communication skills, and how a
bus driver or an | ||||||
27 | emergency medical technician is to respond to
certain behaviors | ||||||
28 | of the student. If the form is used, the school
district is | ||||||
29 | encouraged to notify parents and legal guardians of the
| ||||||
30 | availability of the form. The parent or legal guardian of the | ||||||
31 | student may fill
out the
form and submit it to the school that | ||||||
32 | the student is attending. The
school district is encouraged to | ||||||
33 | keep one copy of the form on file at the
school and another | ||||||
34 | copy on the student's school bus in a secure location.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-580, eff. 7-1-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.36)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 10-20.36
10-20.35 . Psychotropic or psychostimulant | ||||||
3 | medication;
disciplinary
action.
| ||||||
4 | (a) In this Section:
| ||||||
5 | "Psychostimulant medication" means medication that | ||||||
6 | produces increased
levels of mental and physical energy and | ||||||
7 | alertness and an elevated mood
by stimulating the central | ||||||
8 | nervous system.
| ||||||
9 | "Psychotropic medication" means psychotropic medication as
| ||||||
10 | defined in Section 1-121.1 of the Mental Health and | ||||||
11 | Developmental
Disabilities Code.
| ||||||
12 | (b) Each school
board
must adopt and implement a policy | ||||||
13 | that prohibits any disciplinary action
that is based totally or | ||||||
14 | in part on the refusal of a student's parent or
guardian to | ||||||
15 | administer or consent to the administration of
psychotropic or | ||||||
16 | psychostimulant medication to the student.
| ||||||
17 | The policy must require that, at least once every 2 years, | ||||||
18 | the in-service
training of certified school personnel and | ||||||
19 | administrators include training
on current best practices | ||||||
20 | regarding the identification and treatment of
attention | ||||||
21 | deficit disorder and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, | ||||||
22 | the
application of non-aversive behavioral interventions in | ||||||
23 | the school
environment, and the use of psychotropic or | ||||||
24 | psychostimulant medication for
school-age children.
| ||||||
25 | (c) This Section does not prohibit school medical staff, an
| ||||||
26 | individualized educational program team, or a professional | ||||||
27 | worker (as defined
in Section 14-1.10 of this Code)
from | ||||||
28 | recommending that a
student be evaluated by an appropriate | ||||||
29 | medical practitioner or prohibit
school personnel from | ||||||
30 | consulting with the practitioner with the consent
of the | ||||||
31 | student's parents or guardian.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 92-663, eff. 1-1-03; revised 9-3-02.)
| ||||||
33 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.37)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 10-20.37. Summer kindergarten. A school board may
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | establish, maintain, and operate, in connection with the | ||||||
2 | kindergarten
program of the school district, a summer | ||||||
3 | kindergarten program that
begins 2 months before the beginning | ||||||
4 | of the regular school year and a
summer kindergarten program | ||||||
5 | for grade one readiness for those pupils
making unsatisfactory | ||||||
6 | progress during the regular kindergarten session
that will | ||||||
7 | continue for 2 months after the regular school year. The
summer | ||||||
8 | kindergarten program may be held within the school district or,
| ||||||
9 | pursuant to a contract that must be approved by the State Board | ||||||
10 | of
Education, may be operated by 2 or more adjacent school | ||||||
11 | districts or by a
public or private university or college. | ||||||
12 | Transportation for students attending
the summer kindergarten | ||||||
13 | program shall be the responsibility of the school
district. The | ||||||
14 | expense of establishing, maintaining, and operating the summer
| ||||||
15 | kindergarten program may be paid from funds contributed or | ||||||
16 | otherwise made
available to the school district for that | ||||||
17 | purpose by federal or State
appropriation.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-472, eff. 8-8-03.)
| ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.38)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 10-20.38
10-20.37 . Provision of student information
| ||||||
21 | prohibited. A school district may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
22 | address,
telephone number, social security number, e-mail | ||||||
23 | address, or other personal
identifying information to a | ||||||
24 | business organization or financial institution
that issues | ||||||
25 | credit or debit cards.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-28-03.)
| ||||||
27 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State | ||||||
29 | financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common | ||||||
30 | schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
| ||||||
31 | (A) General Provisions.
| ||||||
32 | (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 | ||||||
33 | and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to | ||||||
2 | assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
| ||||||
3 | required local resources, the financial support provided each | ||||||
4 | pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
| ||||||
5 | prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach | ||||||
6 | imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and | ||||||
7 | provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of | ||||||
8 | general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local | ||||||
9 | Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount | ||||||
10 | of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, | ||||||
11 | in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local | ||||||
12 | Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school | ||||||
13 | district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in | ||||||
14 | this
Section.
| ||||||
15 | (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school | ||||||
16 | districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils | ||||||
17 | from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental | ||||||
18 | general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to | ||||||
19 | subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for | ||||||
20 | school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for | ||||||
21 | distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item | ||||||
22 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
23 | appropriated under this Section.
| ||||||
24 | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, | ||||||
25 | school districts
are required to file claims with the State | ||||||
26 | Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
| ||||||
27 | (a) Any school district which fails for any given | ||||||
28 | school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to | ||||||
29 | maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for | ||||||
30 | such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In | ||||||
31 | case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in | ||||||
32 | a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, | ||||||
33 | the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the | ||||||
34 | proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the | ||||||
35 | attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
| ||||||
36 | Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | means any
public school which meets the standards as | ||||||
2 | established for recognition
by the State Board of | ||||||
3 | Education. A school district or attendance center
not | ||||||
4 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
5 | entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
6 | claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
| ||||||
7 | (b) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
8 | subject to
Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as | ||||||
9 | otherwise provided in this
Section.
| ||||||
10 | (c) If a school district operates a full year school | ||||||
11 | under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school | ||||||
12 | district shall be determined
by the State Board of | ||||||
13 | Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be | ||||||
14 | applicable.
| ||||||
15 | (d) (Blank).
| ||||||
16 | (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the | ||||||
17 | board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for | ||||||
18 | in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received | ||||||
19 | for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
| ||||||
20 | School districts are not required to exert a minimum | ||||||
21 | Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under | ||||||
22 | this Section.
| ||||||
23 | (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when | ||||||
24 | capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
| ||||||
25 | (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil | ||||||
26 | attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in | ||||||
27 | subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial | ||||||
28 | support levels.
| ||||||
29 | (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of | ||||||
30 | local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average | ||||||
31 | Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to | ||||||
32 | subsection (D).
| ||||||
33 | (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": | ||||||
34 | Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in | ||||||
35 | relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property | ||||||
36 | tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in | ||||||
2 | connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as | ||||||
3 | amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
| ||||||
4 | (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil | ||||||
5 | financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
| ||||||
6 | (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property | ||||||
7 | taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, | ||||||
8 | Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational | ||||||
9 | Education
Building purposes.
| ||||||
10 | (B) Foundation Level.
| ||||||
11 | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the | ||||||
12 | State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial | ||||||
13 | support that should be available to
provide for the basic | ||||||
14 | education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set | ||||||
15 | forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
| ||||||
16 | a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with | ||||||
17 | the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the | ||||||
18 | district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are | ||||||
19 | available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the | ||||||
20 | district.
| ||||||
21 | (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
22 | support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the | ||||||
23 | Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school | ||||||
24 | year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the | ||||||
25 | 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation | ||||||
26 | Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the | ||||||
27 | Foundation Level of support is $4,810.
| ||||||
28 | (3) For the 2004-2005 school year and each school year | ||||||
29 | thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $4,964 $5,060 or | ||||||
30 | such greater amount as
may be established by law by the General | ||||||
31 | Assembly.
| ||||||
32 | (C) Average Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
33 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
34 | to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
| ||||||
2 | calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual | ||||||
3 | number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as | ||||||
4 | further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for | ||||||
5 | each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number | ||||||
6 | of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board | ||||||
7 | of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, | ||||||
8 | conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection | ||||||
9 | (F).
| ||||||
10 | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in | ||||||
11 | subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the | ||||||
12 | school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which | ||||||
13 | general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the | ||||||
14 | attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is | ||||||
15 | greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in | ||||||
16 | subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
| ||||||
17 | school year immediately preceding the school year for which | ||||||
18 | general
State aid is being calculated.
| ||||||
19 | (D) Available Local Resources.
| ||||||
20 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
21 | to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local | ||||||
22 | Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in | ||||||
23 | this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources | ||||||
24 | per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing | ||||||
25 | local school district revenues from local property
taxes and | ||||||
26 | from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed | ||||||
27 | on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation | ||||||
28 | of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty | ||||||
29 | funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
| ||||||
30 | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local | ||||||
31 | property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the | ||||||
32 | equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each | ||||||
33 | school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The | ||||||
34 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and | ||||||
35 | determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
2 | through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be | ||||||
3 | calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
| ||||||
4 | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by | ||||||
5 | the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school | ||||||
6 | districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
| ||||||
7 | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the | ||||||
8 | product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the | ||||||
9 | district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's | ||||||
10 | Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts | ||||||
11 | maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues | ||||||
12 | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
13 | of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the | ||||||
14 | district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
| ||||||
15 | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid | ||||||
16 | to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before | ||||||
17 | the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the | ||||||
18 | Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be | ||||||
19 | added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived | ||||||
20 | by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). | ||||||
21 | The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district | ||||||
22 | shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is | ||||||
23 | utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State | ||||||
24 | aid.
| ||||||
25 | (E) Computation of General State Aid.
| ||||||
26 | (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid | ||||||
27 | allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State | ||||||
28 | Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
| ||||||
29 | (2) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
30 | Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the | ||||||
31 | Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be | ||||||
32 | calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus | ||||||
33 | Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
| ||||||
34 | Attendance of the school district.
| ||||||
35 | (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of | ||||||
2 | 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of | ||||||
3 | 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per | ||||||
4 | pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level | ||||||
5 | derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, | ||||||
6 | the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in | ||||||
7 | direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for | ||||||
8 | a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the | ||||||
9 | product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the | ||||||
10 | Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local | ||||||
11 | Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation | ||||||
12 | Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts | ||||||
13 | subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general | ||||||
14 | State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily | ||||||
15 | Attendance of the school
district.
| ||||||
16 | (4) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
17 | Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times | ||||||
18 | the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school | ||||||
19 | district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied | ||||||
20 | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
| ||||||
21 | (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school | ||||||
22 | district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements | ||||||
23 | set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased | ||||||
24 | by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have | ||||||
25 | been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
| ||||||
26 | utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
27 | Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less | ||||||
28 | the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. | ||||||
29 | This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
| ||||||
30 | affect any future general State aid allocations.
| ||||||
31 | (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
32 | (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, | ||||||
33 | submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by | ||||||
34 | the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school | ||||||
35 | year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily | ||||||
2 | attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning | ||||||
3 | with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
| ||||||
4 | year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as | ||||||
5 | provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph | ||||||
6 | (1).
| ||||||
7 | (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
| ||||||
8 | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
9 | September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
10 | to the month of May.
| ||||||
11 | (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round | ||||||
12 | classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be | ||||||
13 | added to the month
of September and any days of attendance | ||||||
14 | in June shall be added to
the month of May.
| ||||||
15 | (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, | ||||||
16 | hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, | ||||||
17 | days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
18 | September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
19 | to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the | ||||||
20 | year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in | ||||||
21 | subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the | ||||||
22 | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average | ||||||
23 | daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
| ||||||
24 | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round | ||||||
25 | buildings
for each month and added to the monthly | ||||||
26 | attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
| ||||||
27 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
| ||||||
28 | attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not | ||||||
29 | less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct | ||||||
30 | supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or | ||||||
31 | volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and | ||||||
32 | supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of | ||||||
33 | Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils | ||||||
34 | of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through | ||||||
35 | 12.
| ||||||
36 | Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized | ||||||
2 | school.
| ||||||
3 | (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
4 | of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the | ||||||
5 | compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
6 | (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for | ||||||
7 | only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis | ||||||
8 | of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 | ||||||
9 | minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
| ||||||
10 | unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | ||||||
11 | minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may | ||||||
12 | be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of | ||||||
13 | school work completed each day to the minimum number of
| ||||||
14 | minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
| ||||||
15 | (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
16 | on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the | ||||||
17 | first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days | ||||||
18 | utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
| ||||||
19 | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
20 | as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional | ||||||
21 | superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent | ||||||
22 | of Education to the extent that the
district has been | ||||||
23 | forced to use daily multiple sessions.
| ||||||
24 | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
25 | as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school | ||||||
26 | day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is | ||||||
27 | utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, | ||||||
28 | up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a | ||||||
29 | maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
| ||||||
30 | parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts | ||||||
31 | an in-service
training program for teachers which has been | ||||||
32 | approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in | ||||||
33 | lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which | ||||||
34 | event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; | ||||||
35 | and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) | ||||||
36 | are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or | ||||||
2 | amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, | ||||||
3 | provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours | ||||||
4 | are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
| ||||||
5 | remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur | ||||||
6 | are utilized
for in-service training programs or other | ||||||
7 | staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a | ||||||
8 | sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
| ||||||
9 | direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days | ||||||
10 | between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate | ||||||
11 | not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions | ||||||
12 | of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any | ||||||
13 | full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not | ||||||
14 | be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days | ||||||
15 | scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff | ||||||
16 | development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may | ||||||
17 | be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and | ||||||
18 | different attendance centers of the district.
| ||||||
19 | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of | ||||||
20 | teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by | ||||||
21 | telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of | ||||||
22 | attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more | ||||||
23 | clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of | ||||||
24 | attendance.
| ||||||
25 | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted | ||||||
26 | as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils | ||||||
27 | in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours | ||||||
28 | may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in | ||||||
29 | kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
| ||||||
30 | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the | ||||||
31 | age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours | ||||||
32 | because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not | ||||||
33 | less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of | ||||||
34 | attendance; however for such children whose educational | ||||||
35 | needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be | ||||||
36 | counted as a full day of attendance.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only | ||||||
2 | 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more | ||||||
3 | than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, | ||||||
4 | kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 | ||||||
5 | consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
| ||||||
6 | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the | ||||||
7 | pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from | ||||||
8 | school, unless the school district
obtains permission in | ||||||
9 | writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
| ||||||
10 | Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of | ||||||
11 | attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as | ||||||
12 | attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of | ||||||
13 | attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in | ||||||
14 | case of children who entered the kindergarten in their | ||||||
15 | fifth year
whose educational development requires a second | ||||||
16 | year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and | ||||||
17 | regulations of the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
18 | (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
| ||||||
19 | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
20 | Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board | ||||||
21 | of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the | ||||||
22 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
| ||||||
23 | all taxable property of every school district, together with | ||||||
24 | (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the | ||||||
25 | funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
| ||||||
26 | and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to | ||||||
27 | property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
| ||||||
28 | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
29 | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized | ||||||
30 | assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district | ||||||
31 | situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was | ||||||
32 | subject to the alternative general homestead exemption | ||||||
33 | provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
(i)
| ||||||
34 | an amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead | ||||||
35 | exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the | ||||||
2 | total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school | ||||||
3 | district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) | ||||||
4 | $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax | ||||||
5 | year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and | ||||||
6 | thereafter and (b)
(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount | ||||||
7 | for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section | ||||||
8 | 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household | ||||||
9 | income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that | ||||||
10 | is or was subject to the alternative general homestead | ||||||
11 | exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
12 | shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of | ||||||
13 | Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption | ||||||
14 | amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all | ||||||
15 | amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
16 | Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 | ||||||
17 | or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general | ||||||
18 | homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined | ||||||
19 | under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than | ||||||
20 | Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
21 | Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, | ||||||
22 | between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed | ||||||
23 | for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the | ||||||
24 | Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
25 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property | ||||||
26 | been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. | ||||||
27 | It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional | ||||||
28 | exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
29 | Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, | ||||||
30 | then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be | ||||||
31 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional | ||||||
32 | exemptions.
| ||||||
33 | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by | ||||||
34 | the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the | ||||||
35 | calculation of Available Local
Resources.
| ||||||
36 | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
| ||||||
2 | (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under | ||||||
3 | this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district | ||||||
4 | within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a | ||||||
5 | municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation | ||||||
6 | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
| ||||||
7 | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 | ||||||
8 | of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs | ||||||
9 | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the | ||||||
10 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
| ||||||
11 | assessed valuation of real property located in any such | ||||||
12 | project area which is
attributable to an increase above the | ||||||
13 | total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such | ||||||
14 | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
| ||||||
15 | valuation of the district, until such time as all
| ||||||
16 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in | ||||||
17 | Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation | ||||||
18 | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the | ||||||
19 | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the | ||||||
20 | equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total | ||||||
21 | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
| ||||||
22 | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
23 | used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
24 | have been paid.
| ||||||
25 | (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for | ||||||
26 | a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the | ||||||
27 | real property
value as equalized or assessed by the | ||||||
28 | Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed | ||||||
29 | by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under | ||||||
30 | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a | ||||||
31 | district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by | ||||||
32 | 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
33 | through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 | ||||||
34 | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
| ||||||
35 | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) | ||||||
36 | of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | percentage rates for district type as
specified in this | ||||||
2 | subparagraph (b).
| ||||||
3 | (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year | ||||||
4 | thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of | ||||||
5 | this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local | ||||||
6 | Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the | ||||||
7 | district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
8 | as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
| ||||||
9 | For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms | ||||||
10 | shall have
the following meanings:
| ||||||
11 | "Budget Year": The school year for which general State | ||||||
12 | aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
| ||||||
13 | "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to | ||||||
14 | calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
| ||||||
15 | "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year | ||||||
16 | immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
| ||||||
17 | "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the | ||||||
18 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk | ||||||
19 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as | ||||||
20 | calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property | ||||||
21 | Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
22 | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of | ||||||
23 | the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County | ||||||
24 | Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating | ||||||
25 | Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
| ||||||
26 | "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, | ||||||
27 | certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is | ||||||
28 | the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is | ||||||
29 | the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
| ||||||
30 | "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined | ||||||
31 | in subsection (A).
| ||||||
32 | If a school district is subject to property tax extension | ||||||
33 | limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
34 | Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate | ||||||
35 | the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that | ||||||
36 | district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
| ||||||
2 | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to | ||||||
3 | the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
4 | and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the | ||||||
5 | 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the | ||||||
6 | Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school | ||||||
7 | district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be | ||||||
8 | equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last | ||||||
9 | used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's | ||||||
10 | Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
| ||||||
11 | Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated | ||||||
12 | under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's | ||||||
13 | equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to | ||||||
14 | subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating | ||||||
15 | the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant | ||||||
16 | to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized | ||||||
17 | Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
| ||||||
18 | district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
| ||||||
19 | (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for | ||||||
20 | the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district | ||||||
21 | experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed | ||||||
22 | valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid | ||||||
23 | apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
| ||||||
24 | Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized | ||||||
25 | Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the | ||||||
26 | district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal | ||||||
27 | the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
| ||||||
28 | calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and | ||||||
29 | the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension | ||||||
30 | Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district | ||||||
31 | as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the | ||||||
32 | district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in | ||||||
33 | calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid | ||||||
34 | allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's | ||||||
35 | general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
| ||||||
36 | that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local | ||||||
2 | Resources.
| ||||||
3 | (5) For school districts having a majority of their | ||||||
4 | equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, | ||||||
5 | Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State | ||||||
6 | aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school | ||||||
7 | year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
| ||||||
8 | this Section is less than the amount of general State aid | ||||||
9 | allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under | ||||||
10 | these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district | ||||||
11 | for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the | ||||||
12 | difference between these amounts. The total payments made under | ||||||
13 | this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall | ||||||
14 | be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
| ||||||
15 | (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
| ||||||
16 | (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district | ||||||
17 | is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school | ||||||
18 | districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a | ||||||
19 | district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental | ||||||
20 | general State aid based upon the concentration level of | ||||||
21 | children
from low-income households within the school | ||||||
22 | district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school | ||||||
23 | districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for | ||||||
24 | distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item | ||||||
25 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
26 | appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any | ||||||
27 | fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general | ||||||
28 | State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the | ||||||
29 | general State aid and supplemental general State aid | ||||||
30 | calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure | ||||||
31 | that
each school district receives the full amount due for | ||||||
32 | general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall | ||||||
33 | be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State | ||||||
34 | Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible | ||||||
35 | districts on a prorated basis.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school | ||||||
2 | years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
| ||||||
3 | subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
4 | shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most | ||||||
5 | recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily | ||||||
6 | Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the | ||||||
7 | percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in | ||||||
8 | the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district | ||||||
9 | with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the | ||||||
10 | percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
11 | of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries | ||||||
12 | are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high | ||||||
13 | school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
| ||||||
14 | school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the | ||||||
15 | high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most | ||||||
16 | recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
17 | and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income | ||||||
18 | eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school | ||||||
19 | districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal | ||||||
20 | censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible | ||||||
21 | pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number | ||||||
22 | used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school | ||||||
23 | district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made | ||||||
24 | to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
| ||||||
25 | supplemental general State aid
grants for school years | ||||||
26 | preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal | ||||||
27 | year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in | ||||||
28 | fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to | ||||||
29 | subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
| ||||||
30 | repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is | ||||||
31 | affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of | ||||||
32 | its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in | ||||||
33 | any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
| ||||||
34 | affected by any other funding.
| ||||||
35 | (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 | ||||||
36 | school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
2 | shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil | ||||||
3 | count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as | ||||||
4 | determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the | ||||||
5 | number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the | ||||||
6 | following
low income programs: Medicaid, KidCare, TANF, or Food | ||||||
7 | Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided | ||||||
8 | by the Department
of Children and Family Services,
averaged | ||||||
9 | over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year | ||||||
10 | 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each | ||||||
11 | fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
12 | of the school district.
| ||||||
13 | (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
14 | subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, | ||||||
15 | 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
| ||||||
16 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
17 | Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
18 | grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the | ||||||
19 | low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
20 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
21 | Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
22 | grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 | ||||||
23 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
24 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
25 | Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
26 | grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 | ||||||
27 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
28 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
29 | Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the | ||||||
30 | 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low | ||||||
31 | income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
32 | (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount | ||||||
33 | specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately | ||||||
34 | above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, | ||||||
35 | respectively.
| ||||||
36 | (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) | ||||||
2 | immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, | ||||||
3 | respectively.
| ||||||
4 | (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
5 | subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 | ||||||
6 | school year:
| ||||||
7 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
8 | Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each | ||||||
9 | school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income | ||||||
10 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
11 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
12 | Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the | ||||||
13 | grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the | ||||||
14 | low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
15 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
16 | Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
17 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by | ||||||
18 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
19 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
20 | Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
21 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by | ||||||
22 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
23 | (e) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
24 | Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
25 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by | ||||||
26 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
27 | (f) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
28 | Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each | ||||||
29 | school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income | ||||||
30 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
31 | (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general | ||||||
32 | State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as | ||||||
33 | follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year | ||||||
34 | thereafter:
| ||||||
35 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
36 | Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income | ||||||
2 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
3 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
4 | Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each | ||||||
5 | school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 | ||||||
6 | and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all | ||||||
7 | multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
8 | For the 2003-2004 and 2004-2005 school year only, the grant | ||||||
9 | shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. | ||||||
10 | For the 2005-2006 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less | ||||||
11 | than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by | ||||||
12 | 0.66. For the
2006-2007
school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
13 | less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by | ||||||
14 | 0.33.
| ||||||
15 | For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
16 | greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school | ||||||
17 | year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference | ||||||
18 | between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) | ||||||
19 | of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the | ||||||
20 | grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the | ||||||
21 | 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
| ||||||
22 | the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to | ||||||
23 | the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the | ||||||
24 | grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this | ||||||
25 | paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant | ||||||
26 | received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 | ||||||
27 | school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant | ||||||
28 | received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product | ||||||
29 | of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
| ||||||
30 | calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph | ||||||
31 | (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during | ||||||
32 | the 2002-2003
school year.
| ||||||
33 | (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
34 | more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for | ||||||
35 | supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection | ||||||
36 | shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from | ||||||
2 | this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the | ||||||
3 | improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to | ||||||
4 | meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such | ||||||
5 | plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and | ||||||
6 | regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
7 | (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
8 | 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid | ||||||
9 | pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute | ||||||
10 | from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than | ||||||
11 | $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
| ||||||
12 | (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the | ||||||
13 | attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the | ||||||
14 | number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are | ||||||
15 | eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
| ||||||
16 | breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 | ||||||
17 | and under the National
School Lunch Act during the | ||||||
18 | immediately preceding school year.
| ||||||
19 | (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental | ||||||
20 | and general State
aid among attendance centers according to | ||||||
21 | these requirements shall not be
compensated for or | ||||||
22 | contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
| ||||||
23 | appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of | ||||||
24 | Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources | ||||||
25 | in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior | ||||||
26 | to the opening of school.
| ||||||
27 | (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
| ||||||
28 | school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and | ||||||
29 | other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is | ||||||
30 | entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and | ||||||
31 | supplemental general State aid provided
by application of | ||||||
32 | this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
| ||||||
33 | noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided | ||||||
34 | by the school
district to the attendance centers.
| ||||||
35 | (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that | ||||||
36 | by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers | ||||||
2 | may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district | ||||||
3 | for any lawful school purpose.
| ||||||
4 | (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to | ||||||
5 | this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at | ||||||
6 | the discretion
of the principal and local school council | ||||||
7 | for programs to improve educational
opportunities at | ||||||
8 | qualifying schools through the following programs and
| ||||||
9 | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or | ||||||
10 | improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment | ||||||
11 | programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and | ||||||
12 | other educationally beneficial expenditures which
| ||||||
13 | supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by | ||||||
14 | the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be | ||||||
15 | expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined | ||||||
16 | by board rule.
| ||||||
17 | (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
18 | subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet | ||||||
19 | the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
| ||||||
20 | compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the | ||||||
21 | State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. | ||||||
22 | This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local | ||||||
23 | school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
| ||||||
24 | developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The | ||||||
25 | State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days | ||||||
26 | after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district | ||||||
27 | shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
| ||||||
28 | within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then | ||||||
29 | submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the | ||||||
30 | written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend | ||||||
31 | approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
| ||||||
32 | Board of Education.
| ||||||
33 | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that | ||||||
34 | the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a | ||||||
35 | modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
| ||||||
36 | State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a | ||||||
2 | plan or modified plan is submitted.
| ||||||
3 | If the district fails to distribute State aid to | ||||||
4 | attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the | ||||||
5 | plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in | ||||||
6 | addition to the funds otherwise required by this
| ||||||
7 | subsection, to those attendance centers which were | ||||||
8 | underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to | ||||||
9 | such underfunding.
| ||||||
10 | For purposes of determining compliance with this | ||||||
11 | subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance | ||||||
12 | center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of | ||||||
13 | this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by | ||||||
14 | December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for | ||||||
15 | the prior year in addition to any
modification of its | ||||||
16 | current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a | ||||||
17 | failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this | ||||||
18 | subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the | ||||||
19 | State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of | ||||||
20 | receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected | ||||||
21 | local school council. The district shall within
45 days of | ||||||
22 | receipt of that notification inform the State | ||||||
23 | Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective | ||||||
24 | action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current | ||||||
25 | plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the | ||||||
26 | following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report | ||||||
27 | or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a | ||||||
28 | timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected | ||||||
29 | funds.
| ||||||
30 | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and | ||||||
31 | regulations
to implement the provisions of this | ||||||
32 | subsection. No funds shall be released
under this | ||||||
33 | subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a | ||||||
34 | plan
that has been approved by the State Board of | ||||||
35 | Education.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (I) General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
| ||||||
2 | (1) For a new school district formed by combining property | ||||||
3 | included
totally within 2 or more previously existing school | ||||||
4 | districts, for its
first year of existence the general State | ||||||
5 | aid and supplemental general State
aid calculated under this | ||||||
6 | Section
shall be computed for the new district and for the | ||||||
7 | previously existing
districts for which property is totally | ||||||
8 | included
within the new district. If the computation on the | ||||||
9 | basis of the previously
existing districts is greater, a | ||||||
10 | supplementary payment equal to the difference
shall be made for | ||||||
11 | the first 4 years of existence of the new district.
| ||||||
12 | (2) For a school district which annexes all of the | ||||||
13 | territory of one or more
entire other school districts, for the | ||||||
14 | first year during which the change
of boundaries attributable | ||||||
15 | to such annexation becomes effective for all
purposes as | ||||||
16 | determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general State aid and
| ||||||
17 | supplemental general State aid calculated
under this Section | ||||||
18 | shall be computed for the annexing district as constituted
| ||||||
19 | after the annexation and for the annexing and each annexed | ||||||
20 | district as
constituted prior to the annexation; and if the | ||||||
21 | computation on the basis of
the annexing and annexed districts | ||||||
22 | as constituted prior to the annexation is
greater, a | ||||||
23 | supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for
| ||||||
24 | the first 4 years of existence of the annexing school district | ||||||
25 | as
constituted upon such annexation.
| ||||||
26 | (3) For 2 or more school districts which annex all of the | ||||||
27 | territory of
one or more entire other school districts, and for | ||||||
28 | 2 or more community unit
districts which result upon the | ||||||
29 | division (pursuant to petition under
Section 11A-2) of one or | ||||||
30 | more other unit school districts into 2 or more
parts and which | ||||||
31 | together include all of the parts into which such other
unit | ||||||
32 | school district or districts are so divided, for the first year
| ||||||
33 | during which the change of boundaries attributable to such | ||||||
34 | annexation or
division becomes effective for all purposes as | ||||||
35 | determined under Section 7-9
or 11A-10, as the case may be, the | ||||||
36 | general State aid and supplemental general
State aid calculated |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this Section
shall be computed for each annexing or | ||||||
2 | resulting district as constituted
after the annexation or | ||||||
3 | division and for each annexing and annexed
district, or for | ||||||
4 | each resulting and divided district, as constituted prior
to | ||||||
5 | the annexation or division; and if the aggregate of the general | ||||||
6 | State aid
and supplemental general State aid as so
computed for | ||||||
7 | the annexing or resulting districts as constituted after the
| ||||||
8 | annexation or division is less than the aggregate of the | ||||||
9 | general State aid and
supplemental general State aid as so | ||||||
10 | computed for the annexing and annexed
districts, or for the | ||||||
11 | resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to
the | ||||||
12 | annexation or division, then
a supplementary payment equal to | ||||||
13 | the difference shall be made and allocated
between or among the | ||||||
14 | annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon
such | ||||||
15 | annexation or division, for the first 4 years of their | ||||||
16 | existence. The
total difference payment shall be allocated | ||||||
17 | between or among the annexing
or resulting districts in the | ||||||
18 | same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that
portion of the | ||||||
19 | annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed to
or | ||||||
20 | included in each such annexing or resulting district bears to | ||||||
21 | the total
pupil enrollment from the entire annexed or divided | ||||||
22 | district or districts,
as such pupil enrollment is determined | ||||||
23 | for the school year last ending
prior to the date when the | ||||||
24 | change of boundaries attributable to the
annexation or division | ||||||
25 | becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of
the total | ||||||
26 | difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to | ||||||
27 | the
annexing or resulting districts shall be computed by the | ||||||
28 | State Board of
Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and | ||||||
29 | other data which shall be
certified to the State Board of | ||||||
30 | Education, on forms which it shall provide
for that purpose, by | ||||||
31 | the regional superintendent of schools for each
educational | ||||||
32 | service region in which the annexing and annexed districts, or
| ||||||
33 | resulting and divided districts are located.
| ||||||
34 | (3.5) Claims for financial assistance under this | ||||||
35 | subsection (I) shall
not be recomputed except as expressly | ||||||
36 | provided under this Section.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) Any
supplementary payment made under this subsection | ||||||
2 | (I)
shall be treated as separate from all other payments made | ||||||
3 | pursuant to
this Section.
| ||||||
4 | (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
| ||||||
5 | (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, | ||||||
6 | the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination | ||||||
7 | with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for | ||||||
8 | which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than | ||||||
9 | the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that | ||||||
10 | was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of | ||||||
11 | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | ||||||
12 | Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the | ||||||
13 | provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a | ||||||
14 | school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment | ||||||
15 | made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate | ||||||
16 | general State aid in combination with supplemental general
| ||||||
17 | State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to | ||||||
18 | receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount | ||||||
19 | of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was | ||||||
20 | received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of | ||||||
21 | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | ||||||
22 | Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the | ||||||
23 | provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
| ||||||
24 | (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection | ||||||
25 | (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State | ||||||
26 | aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under | ||||||
27 | this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent | ||||||
28 | school
year that in any such school year is less than the | ||||||
29 | amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the | ||||||
30 | district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school | ||||||
31 | district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made | ||||||
32 | for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment | ||||||
33 | that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate | ||||||
34 | State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
| ||||||
35 | (3) (Blank).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
| ||||||
2 | In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board | ||||||
3 | of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under | ||||||
4 | this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a | ||||||
5 | regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of | ||||||
6 | Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as | ||||||
7 | it
deems necessary.
| ||||||
8 | As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public | ||||||
9 | school which is
created and operated by a public university and | ||||||
10 | approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board | ||||||
11 | of a public university which receives funds
from the State | ||||||
12 | Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
| ||||||
13 | students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single | ||||||
14 | district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
| ||||||
15 | students, except under a mutual agreement between the school | ||||||
16 | board of a
student's district of residence and the university | ||||||
17 | which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may | ||||||
18 | not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with | ||||||
19 | disabilities in a special education program.
| ||||||
20 | As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a | ||||||
21 | public school which is
created and operated by a Regional | ||||||
22 | Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of | ||||||
23 | Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
| ||||||
24 | instruction for which credit is given in regular school | ||||||
25 | programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school | ||||||
26 | equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational | ||||||
27 | training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
| ||||||
28 | with a school district or a public community college district | ||||||
29 | to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving | ||||||
30 | more than one educational
service region may be established by | ||||||
31 | the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected | ||||||
32 | educational service regions. An alternative school
serving | ||||||
33 | more than one educational service region may be operated under | ||||||
34 | such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those | ||||||
35 | educational service
regions may agree.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms | ||||||
2 | provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual | ||||||
3 | State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
4 | the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average | ||||||
5 | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general | ||||||
6 | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
| ||||||
7 | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as | ||||||
8 | determined under
this Section.
| ||||||
9 | (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
| ||||||
10 | (1) For a school district operating under the financial | ||||||
11 | supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the | ||||||
12 | general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this | ||||||
13 | Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be | ||||||
14 | reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of | ||||||
15 | the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board | ||||||
16 | of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be | ||||||
17 | paid
to the Authority created for such district for its | ||||||
18 | operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The | ||||||
19 | remainder
of general State school aid for any such district | ||||||
20 | shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article | ||||||
21 | provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this | ||||||
22 | Article.
| ||||||
23 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
24 | (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as | ||||||
25 | provided in
Section 18-4.3.
| ||||||
26 | (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
| ||||||
27 | The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this | ||||||
28 | subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. | ||||||
29 | The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the | ||||||
30 | Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The | ||||||
31 | members appointed shall include
representatives of education, | ||||||
32 | business, and the general public. One of the
members so | ||||||
33 | appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the | ||||||
34 | appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after | ||||||
2 | the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular | ||||||
3 | term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the | ||||||
4 | third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the | ||||||
5 | member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 | ||||||
6 | initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who | ||||||
7 | is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that | ||||||
8 | commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on | ||||||
9 | the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, | ||||||
10 | by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
| ||||||
11 | after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their | ||||||
12 | number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
| ||||||
13 | respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of | ||||||
14 | January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that | ||||||
15 | commence
on the date of their respective appointments and | ||||||
16 | expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members | ||||||
17 | appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their | ||||||
18 | respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies | ||||||
19 | shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If | ||||||
20 | a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not | ||||||
21 | in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment | ||||||
22 | until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall | ||||||
23 | appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a | ||||||
24 | person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the | ||||||
25 | Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are | ||||||
26 | made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of | ||||||
27 | vacancies.
| ||||||
28 | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed | ||||||
29 | established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor | ||||||
30 | to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date | ||||||
31 | that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth | ||||||
32 | initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are | ||||||
33 | then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or | ||||||
34 | pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the | ||||||
35 | Governor as in the case of vacancies.
| ||||||
36 | The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is | ||||||
2 | reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of | ||||||
3 | its responsibilities.
| ||||||
4 | For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the | ||||||
5 | Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the | ||||||
6 | State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as | ||||||
7 | provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the | ||||||
8 | foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
| ||||||
9 | for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under | ||||||
10 | subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high | ||||||
11 | concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended | ||||||
12 | foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology | ||||||
13 | which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of | ||||||
14 | low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The | ||||||
15 | Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such | ||||||
16 | recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
| ||||||
17 | numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
| ||||||
18 | (N) (Blank).
| ||||||
19 | (O) References.
| ||||||
20 | (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
| ||||||
21 | Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and | ||||||
22 | replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to | ||||||
23 | the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the | ||||||
24 | extent that those references remain applicable.
| ||||||
25 | (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall | ||||||
26 | be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid | ||||||
27 | provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
| ||||||
28 | (P) Public Act 93-838
This amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
29 | Assembly and Public Act 93-808
House Bill 4266 of the 93rd | ||||||
30 | General Assembly make inconsistent changes to this Section. If | ||||||
31 | House Bill 4266 becomes law, then Under Section 6 of the | ||||||
32 | Statute on Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between | ||||||
33 | Public Act 93-808 and Public Act 93-838
House Bill 4266 and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this amendatory Act . Public Act 93-838
This amendatory Act , | ||||||
2 | being the last acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public | ||||||
3 | Act 93-838
this amendatory Act is the law regardless of the | ||||||
4 | text of Public Act 93-808
House Bill 4266 . | ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-28, eff. 7-1-01; 92-29, | ||||||
6 | eff. 7-1-01; 92-269, eff. 8-7-01; 92-604, eff. 7-1-02; 92-636, | ||||||
7 | eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, | ||||||
8 | eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; | ||||||
9 | 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; revised 10-21-04.)
| ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/19-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 19-1)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 19-1. Debt limitations of school districts.
| ||||||
12 | (a) School districts shall not be subject to the provisions | ||||||
13 | limiting their
indebtedness prescribed in "An Act to limit the | ||||||
14 | indebtedness of counties having
a population of less than | ||||||
15 | 500,000 and townships, school districts and other
municipal | ||||||
16 | corporations having a population of less than 300,000", | ||||||
17 | approved
February 15, 1928, as amended.
| ||||||
18 | No school districts maintaining grades K through 8 or 9 | ||||||
19 | through 12
shall become indebted in any manner or for any | ||||||
20 | purpose to an amount,
including existing indebtedness, in the | ||||||
21 | aggregate exceeding 6.9% on the
value of the taxable property | ||||||
22 | therein to be ascertained by the last assessment
for State and | ||||||
23 | county taxes or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum | ||||||
24 | that
is produced by multiplying the school district's 1978 | ||||||
25 | equalized assessed
valuation by the debt limitation percentage | ||||||
26 | in effect on January 1, 1979,
previous to the incurring of such | ||||||
27 | indebtedness.
| ||||||
28 | No school districts maintaining grades K through 12 shall | ||||||
29 | become
indebted in any manner or for any purpose to an amount, | ||||||
30 | including
existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding | ||||||
31 | 13.8% on the value of
the taxable property therein to be | ||||||
32 | ascertained by the last assessment
for State and county taxes | ||||||
33 | or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum that
is produced | ||||||
34 | by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized assessed
| ||||||
35 | valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | January 1, 1979,
previous to the incurring of such | ||||||
2 | indebtedness.
| ||||||
3 | Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law to the | ||||||
4 | contrary, in any
case in which the voters of a school district | ||||||
5 | have approved a proposition
for the issuance of bonds of such | ||||||
6 | school district at an election held prior
to January 1, 1979, | ||||||
7 | and all of the bonds approved at such election have
not been | ||||||
8 | issued, the debt limitation applicable to such school district
| ||||||
9 | during the calendar year 1979 shall be computed by multiplying | ||||||
10 | the value
of taxable property therein, including personal | ||||||
11 | property, as ascertained
by the last assessment for State and | ||||||
12 | county taxes, previous to the incurring
of such indebtedness, | ||||||
13 | by the percentage limitation applicable to such school
district | ||||||
14 | under the provisions of this subsection (a).
| ||||||
15 | (b) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in | ||||||
16 | subsection (a)
of this Section, additional indebtedness may be | ||||||
17 | incurred in an amount
not to exceed the estimated cost of | ||||||
18 | acquiring or improving school sites
or constructing and | ||||||
19 | equipping additional building facilities under the
following | ||||||
20 | conditions:
| ||||||
21 | (1) Whenever the enrollment of students for the next | ||||||
22 | school year is
estimated by the board of education to | ||||||
23 | increase over the actual present
enrollment by not less | ||||||
24 | than 35% or by not less than 200 students or the
actual | ||||||
25 | present enrollment of students has increased over the | ||||||
26 | previous
school year by not less than 35% or by not less | ||||||
27 | than 200 students and
the board of education determines | ||||||
28 | that additional school sites or
building facilities are | ||||||
29 | required as a result of such increase in
enrollment; and
| ||||||
30 | (2) When the Regional Superintendent of Schools having | ||||||
31 | jurisdiction
over the school district and the State | ||||||
32 | Superintendent of Education
concur in such enrollment | ||||||
33 | projection or increase and approve the need
for such | ||||||
34 | additional school sites or building facilities and the
| ||||||
35 | estimated cost thereof; and
| ||||||
36 | (3) When the voters in the school district approve a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | proposition for
the issuance of bonds for the purpose of | ||||||
2 | acquiring or improving such
needed school sites or | ||||||
3 | constructing and equipping such needed additional
building | ||||||
4 | facilities at an election called and held for that purpose.
| ||||||
5 | Notice of such an election shall state that the amount of | ||||||
6 | indebtedness
proposed to be incurred would exceed the debt | ||||||
7 | limitation otherwise
applicable to the school district. | ||||||
8 | The ballot for such proposition
shall state what percentage | ||||||
9 | of the equalized assessed valuation will be
outstanding in | ||||||
10 | bonds if the proposed issuance of bonds is approved by
the | ||||||
11 | voters; or
| ||||||
12 | (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) | ||||||
13 | through (3) of
this subsection (b), if the school board | ||||||
14 | determines that additional
facilities are needed to | ||||||
15 | provide a quality educational program and not
less than 2/3 | ||||||
16 | of those voting in an election called by the school board
| ||||||
17 | on the question approve the issuance of bonds for the | ||||||
18 | construction of
such facilities, the school district may | ||||||
19 | issue bonds for this
purpose; or
| ||||||
20 | (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) | ||||||
21 | through (3) of this
subsection (b), if (i) the school | ||||||
22 | district has previously availed itself of the
provisions of | ||||||
23 | paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) to enable it to issue | ||||||
24 | bonds,
(ii) the voters of the school district have not | ||||||
25 | defeated a proposition for the
issuance of bonds since the | ||||||
26 | referendum described in paragraph (4) of this
subsection | ||||||
27 | (b) was held, (iii) the school board determines that | ||||||
28 | additional
facilities are needed to provide a quality | ||||||
29 | educational program, and (iv) a
majority of those voting in | ||||||
30 | an election called by the school board on the
question | ||||||
31 | approve the issuance of bonds for the construction of such | ||||||
32 | facilities,
the school district may issue bonds for this | ||||||
33 | purpose.
| ||||||
34 | In no event shall the indebtedness incurred pursuant to | ||||||
35 | this
subsection (b) and the existing indebtedness of the school | ||||||
36 | district
exceed 15% of the value of the taxable property |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | therein to be
ascertained by the last assessment for State and | ||||||
2 | county taxes, previous
to the incurring of such indebtedness | ||||||
3 | or, until January 1, 1983, if greater,
the sum that is produced | ||||||
4 | by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized
assessed | ||||||
5 | valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on | ||||||
6 | January 1,
1979.
| ||||||
7 | The indebtedness provided for by this subsection (b) shall | ||||||
8 | be in
addition to and in excess of any other debt limitation.
| ||||||
9 | (c) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in | ||||||
10 | subsection (a)
of this Section, in any case in which a public | ||||||
11 | question for the issuance
of bonds of a proposed school | ||||||
12 | district maintaining grades kindergarten
through 12 received | ||||||
13 | at least 60% of the valid ballots cast on the question at
an | ||||||
14 | election held on or prior to November 8, 1994, and in which the | ||||||
15 | bonds
approved at such election have not been issued, the | ||||||
16 | school district pursuant to
the requirements of Section 11A-10 | ||||||
17 | may issue the total amount of bonds approved
at such election | ||||||
18 | for the purpose stated in the question.
| ||||||
19 | (d) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in | ||||||
20 | subsection (a)
of this Section, a school district that meets | ||||||
21 | all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) and (2) of this | ||||||
22 | subsection (d) may incur an additional
indebtedness in an | ||||||
23 | amount not to exceed $4,500,000, even though the amount of
the | ||||||
24 | additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (d), | ||||||
25 | when incurred
and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness | ||||||
26 | of the district existing
immediately prior to the district | ||||||
27 | incurring the additional indebtedness
authorized by this | ||||||
28 | subsection (d), causes the aggregate indebtedness of the
| ||||||
29 | district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable to | ||||||
30 | that district
under subsection (a):
| ||||||
31 | (1) The additional indebtedness authorized by this | ||||||
32 | subsection (d) is
incurred by the school district through | ||||||
33 | the issuance of bonds under and in
accordance with Section | ||||||
34 | 17-2.11a for the purpose of replacing a school
building | ||||||
35 | which, because of mine subsidence damage, has been closed | ||||||
36 | as provided
in paragraph (2) of this subsection (d) or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | through the issuance of bonds under
and in accordance with | ||||||
2 | Section 19-3 for the purpose of increasing the size of,
or | ||||||
3 | providing for additional functions in, such replacement | ||||||
4 | school buildings, or
both such purposes.
| ||||||
5 | (2) The bonds issued by the school district as provided | ||||||
6 | in paragraph (1)
above are issued for the purposes of | ||||||
7 | construction by the school district of
a new school | ||||||
8 | building pursuant to Section 17-2.11, to replace an | ||||||
9 | existing
school building that, because of mine subsidence | ||||||
10 | damage, is closed as of the
end of the 1992-93 school year | ||||||
11 | pursuant to action of the regional
superintendent of | ||||||
12 | schools of the educational service region in which the
| ||||||
13 | district is located under Section 3-14.22 or are issued for | ||||||
14 | the purpose of
increasing the size of, or providing for | ||||||
15 | additional functions in, the new
school building being | ||||||
16 | constructed to replace a school building closed as the
| ||||||
17 | result of mine subsidence damage, or both such purposes.
| ||||||
18 | (e) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in | ||||||
19 | subsection (a) of
this Section, a school district that meets | ||||||
20 | all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) through (5) of | ||||||
21 | this subsection (e) may, without referendum,
incur an | ||||||
22 | additional indebtedness in an amount not to exceed the lesser | ||||||
23 | of
$5,000,000 or 1.5% of the value of the taxable property | ||||||
24 | within the district
even though the amount of the additional | ||||||
25 | indebtedness authorized by this
subsection (e), when incurred | ||||||
26 | and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness
of the | ||||||
27 | district existing immediately prior to the district incurring | ||||||
28 | that
additional indebtedness, causes the aggregate | ||||||
29 | indebtedness of the district to
exceed or increases the amount | ||||||
30 | by which the aggregate indebtedness of the
district already | ||||||
31 | exceeds the debt limitation otherwise applicable to that
| ||||||
32 | district under subsection (a):
| ||||||
33 | (1) The State Board of Education certifies the school | ||||||
34 | district under
Section 19-1.5 as a financially distressed | ||||||
35 | district.
| ||||||
36 | (2) The additional indebtedness authorized by this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (e) is
incurred by the financially distressed | ||||||
2 | district during the school year or
school years in which | ||||||
3 | the certification of the district as a financially
| ||||||
4 | distressed district continues in effect through the | ||||||
5 | issuance of bonds for the
lawful school purposes of the | ||||||
6 | district, pursuant to resolution of the school
board and | ||||||
7 | without referendum, as provided in paragraph (5) of this | ||||||
8 | subsection.
| ||||||
9 | (3) The aggregate amount of bonds issued by the | ||||||
10 | financially distressed
district during a fiscal year in | ||||||
11 | which it is authorized to issue bonds under
this subsection | ||||||
12 | does not exceed the amount by which the aggregate | ||||||
13 | expenditures
of the district for operational purposes | ||||||
14 | during the immediately preceding
fiscal year exceeds the | ||||||
15 | amount appropriated for the operational
purposes of the | ||||||
16 | district in the annual school budget adopted by the school
| ||||||
17 | board of the district for the fiscal year in which the | ||||||
18 | bonds are issued.
| ||||||
19 | (4) Throughout each fiscal year in which certification | ||||||
20 | of the district as
a financially distressed district | ||||||
21 | continues in effect, the district maintains
in effect a | ||||||
22 | gross salary expense and gross wage expense freeze policy | ||||||
23 | under
which the district expenditures for total employee | ||||||
24 | salaries and wages do not
exceed such expenditures for the | ||||||
25 | immediately preceding fiscal year. Nothing in
this | ||||||
26 | paragraph, however, shall be deemed to impair or to require | ||||||
27 | impairment of
the contractual obligations, including | ||||||
28 | collective bargaining agreements, of the
district or to | ||||||
29 | impair or require the impairment of the vested rights of | ||||||
30 | any
employee of the district under the terms of any | ||||||
31 | contract or agreement in effect
on the effective date of | ||||||
32 | this amendatory Act of 1994.
| ||||||
33 | (5) Bonds issued by the financially distressed | ||||||
34 | district under this
subsection shall bear interest at a | ||||||
35 | rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by law at | ||||||
36 | the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
within |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 40 years from their date of issue, and shall be signed by | ||||||
2 | the president
of the school board and treasurer of the | ||||||
3 | school district. In order to issue
bonds under this | ||||||
4 | subsection, the school board shall adopt a resolution | ||||||
5 | fixing
the amount of the bonds, the
date of the bonds, the | ||||||
6 | maturities of the bonds, the rates of interest of the
| ||||||
7 | bonds, and their place of payment and denomination, and | ||||||
8 | shall provide
for the levy and collection of a direct | ||||||
9 | annual tax upon all the taxable
property in the district | ||||||
10 | sufficient to pay the principal and interest on the
bonds | ||||||
11 | to maturity. Upon the filing in the office of the county | ||||||
12 | clerk of the
county in which the financially
distressed | ||||||
13 | district is located of a certified copy of the resolution, | ||||||
14 | it is the
duty of the county clerk to extend the tax | ||||||
15 | therefor in addition to and in
excess of all other taxes at | ||||||
16 | any time authorized to be levied by the district.
If bond | ||||||
17 | proceeds from the sale of bonds include a premium or if the | ||||||
18 | proceeds of
the bonds are invested as authorized by law, | ||||||
19 | the school board shall determine
by resolution whether the | ||||||
20 | interest earned on the investment of bond proceeds or
the | ||||||
21 | premium realized on the sale of the bonds is to be used for | ||||||
22 | any of the
lawful school purposes for which the bonds were | ||||||
23 | issued or for the payment of
the principal indebtedness and | ||||||
24 | interest on the bonds. The proceeds of the bond
sale shall | ||||||
25 | be deposited in the educational purposes fund of the | ||||||
26 | district and
shall be used to pay operational expenses of | ||||||
27 | the district. This subsection is
cumulative and | ||||||
28 | constitutes complete authority for the issuance of bonds as
| ||||||
29 | provided in this subsection, notwithstanding any other law | ||||||
30 | to the contrary.
| ||||||
31 | (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of | ||||||
32 | this Section or of
any other law, bonds in not to exceed the | ||||||
33 | aggregate amount of $5,500,000 and
issued by a school district | ||||||
34 | meeting the following criteria shall not be
considered | ||||||
35 | indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may | ||||||
36 | be
issued in an amount or amounts, including existing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | indebtedness, in excess of
any heretofore or hereafter imposed | ||||||
2 | statutory limitation as to indebtedness:
| ||||||
3 | (1) At the time of the sale of such bonds, the board of | ||||||
4 | education of the
district shall have determined by | ||||||
5 | resolution that the enrollment of students in
the district | ||||||
6 | is projected to increase by not less than 7% during each of | ||||||
7 | the
next succeeding 2 school years.
| ||||||
8 | (2) The board of education shall also determine by | ||||||
9 | resolution that the
improvements to be financed with the | ||||||
10 | proceeds of the bonds are needed because
of the projected | ||||||
11 | enrollment increases.
| ||||||
12 | (3) The board of education shall also determine by | ||||||
13 | resolution that the
projected increases in enrollment are | ||||||
14 | the result of improvements made or
expected to be made to | ||||||
15 | passenger rail facilities located in the school
district.
| ||||||
16 | Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this | ||||||
17 | Section or of any other law, a school district that has availed | ||||||
18 | itself of the provisions of this subsection (f) prior to July | ||||||
19 | 22, 2004 ( the effective date of Public Act 93-799)
this | ||||||
20 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly may also issue | ||||||
21 | bonds approved by referendum up to an amount, including | ||||||
22 | existing indebtedness, not exceeding 25% of the equalized | ||||||
23 | assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all | ||||||
24 | of the conditions set forth in items (1), (2), and (3) of this | ||||||
25 | subsection (f) are met.
| ||||||
26 | (g) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of | ||||||
27 | this Section or any
other law, bonds in not to exceed an | ||||||
28 | aggregate amount of 25% of the equalized
assessed value of the | ||||||
29 | taxable property of a school district and issued by a
school | ||||||
30 | district meeting the criteria in paragraphs (i) through (iv) of | ||||||
31 | this
subsection shall not be considered indebtedness for | ||||||
32 | purposes of any statutory
limitation and may be issued pursuant | ||||||
33 | to resolution of the school board in an
amount or amounts, | ||||||
34 | including existing indebtedness, in
excess of any statutory | ||||||
35 | limitation of indebtedness heretofore or hereafter
imposed:
| ||||||
36 | (i) The bonds are issued for the purpose of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | constructing a new high school
building to replace two | ||||||
2 | adjacent existing buildings which together house a
single | ||||||
3 | high school, each of which is more than 65 years old, and | ||||||
4 | which together
are located on more than 10 acres and less | ||||||
5 | than 11 acres of property.
| ||||||
6 | (ii) At the time the resolution authorizing the | ||||||
7 | issuance of the bonds is
adopted, the cost of constructing | ||||||
8 | a new school building to replace the existing
school | ||||||
9 | building is less than 60% of the cost of repairing the | ||||||
10 | existing school
building.
| ||||||
11 | (iii) The sale of the bonds occurs before July 1, 1997.
| ||||||
12 | (iv) The school district issuing the bonds is a unit | ||||||
13 | school district
located in a county of less than 70,000 and | ||||||
14 | more than 50,000 inhabitants,
which has an average daily | ||||||
15 | attendance of less than 1,500 and an equalized
assessed | ||||||
16 | valuation of less than $29,000,000.
| ||||||
17 | (h) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
18 | the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a | ||||||
19 | community unit school
district maintaining grades K through 12 | ||||||
20 | may issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing | ||||||
21 | indebtedness, not exceeding 27.6% of the equalized assessed
| ||||||
22 | value of the taxable property in the district, if all of the | ||||||
23 | following
conditions are met:
| ||||||
24 | (i) The school district has an equalized assessed | ||||||
25 | valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $24,000,000;
| ||||||
26 | (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital improvement, | ||||||
27 | renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement of existing | ||||||
28 | school buildings of the district,
all of which buildings | ||||||
29 | were originally constructed not less than 40 years ago;
| ||||||
30 | (iii) The voters of the district approve a proposition | ||||||
31 | for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after | ||||||
32 | March 19, 1996; and
| ||||||
33 | (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
34 | through 19-7 of this
Code.
| ||||||
35 | (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
36 | the provisions
of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | community unit school district
maintaining grades K through 12 | ||||||
2 | may issue bonds up to an amount, including
existing | ||||||
3 | indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed value | ||||||
4 | of the
taxable property in the district, if all of the | ||||||
5 | following conditions are met:
| ||||||
6 | (i) The school district has an equalized assessed | ||||||
7 | valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $44,600,000;
| ||||||
8 | (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital improvement, | ||||||
9 | renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement
of existing | ||||||
10 | school buildings of the district, all of which
existing | ||||||
11 | buildings were originally constructed not less than 80 | ||||||
12 | years ago;
| ||||||
13 | (iii) The voters of the district approve a proposition | ||||||
14 | for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after | ||||||
15 | December 31, 1996; and
| ||||||
16 | (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
17 | through 19-7 of this
Code.
| ||||||
18 | (j) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
19 | the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1999, a | ||||||
20 | community unit school
district maintaining grades K through 12 | ||||||
21 | may issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing | ||||||
22 | indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed
value | ||||||
23 | of the taxable property in the district if all of the following
| ||||||
24 | conditions are met:
| ||||||
25 | (i) The school district has an equalized assessed | ||||||
26 | valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $140,000,000 | ||||||
27 | and a best 3 months
average daily
attendance for the | ||||||
28 | 1995-96 school year of at least 2,800;
| ||||||
29 | (ii) The bonds are issued to purchase a site and build | ||||||
30 | and equip a new
high school, and the school district's | ||||||
31 | existing high school was originally
constructed not less | ||||||
32 | than 35
years prior to the sale of the bonds;
| ||||||
33 | (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board | ||||||
34 | of education
determines
by resolution that a new high | ||||||
35 | school is needed because of projected enrollment
| ||||||
36 | increases;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (iv) At least 60% of those voting in an election held
| ||||||
2 | after December 31, 1996 approve a proposition
for the | ||||||
3 | issuance of
the bonds; and
| ||||||
4 | (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
5 | through
19-7 of this Code.
| ||||||
6 | (k) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in | ||||||
7 | subsection (a) of
this Section, a school district that meets | ||||||
8 | all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) through (4) of | ||||||
9 | this subsection (k) may issue bonds to incur an
additional | ||||||
10 | indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 even though | ||||||
11 | the
amount of the additional indebtedness authorized by this | ||||||
12 | subsection (k), when
incurred and added to the aggregate amount | ||||||
13 | of indebtedness of the school
district existing immediately | ||||||
14 | prior to the school district incurring such
additional | ||||||
15 | indebtedness, causes the aggregate indebtedness of the school
| ||||||
16 | district to exceed or increases the amount by which the | ||||||
17 | aggregate indebtedness
of the district already exceeds the debt | ||||||
18 | limitation otherwise applicable to
that school district under | ||||||
19 | subsection (a):
| ||||||
20 | (1) the school district is located in 2 counties, and a | ||||||
21 | referendum to
authorize the additional indebtedness was | ||||||
22 | approved by a majority of the voters
of the school district | ||||||
23 | voting on the proposition to authorize that
indebtedness;
| ||||||
24 | (2) the additional indebtedness is for the purpose of | ||||||
25 | financing a
multi-purpose room addition to the existing | ||||||
26 | high school;
| ||||||
27 | (3) the additional indebtedness, together with the | ||||||
28 | existing indebtedness
of the school district, shall not | ||||||
29 | exceed 17.4% of the value of the taxable
property in the | ||||||
30 | school district, to be ascertained by the last assessment | ||||||
31 | for
State and county taxes; and
| ||||||
32 | (4) the bonds evidencing the additional indebtedness | ||||||
33 | are issued, if at
all, within 120 days of the effective | ||||||
34 | date of this amendatory Act of 1998.
| ||||||
35 | (l) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
36 | the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 2000, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 8 may | ||||||
2 | issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing indebtedness, | ||||||
3 | not exceeding 15% of the equalized assessed
value of the | ||||||
4 | taxable property in the district if all of the following
| ||||||
5 | conditions are met:
| ||||||
6 | (i) the district has an equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
7 | for calendar year
1996 of less than $10,000,000;
| ||||||
8 | (ii) the bonds are issued for capital improvement, | ||||||
9 | renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement of one or more | ||||||
10 | school buildings of the district,
which buildings were | ||||||
11 | originally constructed not less than 70 years ago;
| ||||||
12 | (iii) the voters of the district approve a proposition | ||||||
13 | for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held on or | ||||||
14 | after March 17, 1998; and
| ||||||
15 | (iv) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
16 | through 19-7 of this
Code.
| ||||||
17 | (m) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
18 | the provisions
of
any other law, until January 1, 1999, an | ||||||
19 | elementary school district maintaining
grades K through 8 may | ||||||
20 | issue bonds up to an amount, excluding existing
indebtedness, | ||||||
21 | not exceeding 18% of the equalized assessed value of the | ||||||
22 | taxable
property in the district, if all of the following | ||||||
23 | conditions are met:
| ||||||
24 | (i) The school district has an equalized assessed | ||||||
25 | valuation for calendar
year 1995 or less than $7,700,000;
| ||||||
26 | (ii) The school district operates 2 elementary | ||||||
27 | attendance centers that
until
1976 were operated as the | ||||||
28 | attendance centers of 2 separate and distinct school
| ||||||
29 | districts;
| ||||||
30 | (iii) The bonds are issued for the construction of a | ||||||
31 | new elementary school
building to replace an existing | ||||||
32 | multi-level elementary school building of the
school | ||||||
33 | district that is not handicapped accessible at all levels | ||||||
34 | and parts of
which were constructed more than 75 years ago;
| ||||||
35 | (iv) The voters of the school district approve a | ||||||
36 | proposition for the
issuance of the bonds at a referendum |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | held after July 1, 1998; and
| ||||||
2 | (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
3 | through 19-7 of this
Code.
| ||||||
4 | (n) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in | ||||||
5 | subsection (a) of
this Section or any other provisions of this | ||||||
6 | Section or of any other law, a
school district that meets all | ||||||
7 | of the criteria set forth in paragraphs (i)
through (vi) of | ||||||
8 | this subsection (n) may incur additional indebtedness by the
| ||||||
9 | issuance of bonds in an amount not exceeding the amount | ||||||
10 | certified by the
Capital Development Board to the school | ||||||
11 | district as provided in paragraph (iii)
of
this subsection (n), | ||||||
12 | even though the amount of the additional indebtedness so
| ||||||
13 | authorized, when incurred and added to the aggregate amount of | ||||||
14 | indebtedness of
the district existing immediately prior to the | ||||||
15 | district incurring the
additional indebtedness authorized by | ||||||
16 | this subsection (n), causes the aggregate
indebtedness of the | ||||||
17 | district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable
by | ||||||
18 | law to that district:
| ||||||
19 | (i) The school district applies to the State Board of | ||||||
20 | Education for a
school construction project grant and | ||||||
21 | submits a district facilities plan in
support
of its | ||||||
22 | application pursuant to Section 5-20 of
the School | ||||||
23 | Construction Law.
| ||||||
24 | (ii) The school district's application and facilities | ||||||
25 | plan are approved
by,
and the district receives a grant | ||||||
26 | entitlement for a school construction project
issued by, | ||||||
27 | the State Board of Education under the School Construction | ||||||
28 | Law.
| ||||||
29 | (iii) The school district has exhausted its bonding | ||||||
30 | capacity or the unused
bonding capacity of the district is | ||||||
31 | less than the amount certified by the
Capital Development | ||||||
32 | Board to the district under Section 5-15 of the School
| ||||||
33 | Construction Law as the dollar amount of the school | ||||||
34 | construction project's cost
that the district will be | ||||||
35 | required to finance with non-grant funds in order to
| ||||||
36 | receive a school construction project grant under the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | School Construction Law.
| ||||||
2 | (iv) The bonds are issued for a "school construction | ||||||
3 | project", as that
term is defined in Section 5-5 of the | ||||||
4 | School Construction Law, in an amount
that does not exceed | ||||||
5 | the dollar amount certified, as provided in paragraph
(iii) | ||||||
6 | of this subsection (n), by the Capital Development Board
to | ||||||
7 | the school
district under Section 5-15 of the School | ||||||
8 | Construction Law.
| ||||||
9 | (v) The voters of the district approve a proposition | ||||||
10 | for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after | ||||||
11 | the criteria specified in paragraphs (i)
and (iii) of this | ||||||
12 | subsection (n) are met.
| ||||||
13 | (vi) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
14 | through 19-7 of the
School Code.
| ||||||
15 | (o) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
16 | the
provisions of any other law, until November 1, 2007, a | ||||||
17 | community unit
school district maintaining grades K through 12 | ||||||
18 | may issue bonds up to
an amount, including existing | ||||||
19 | indebtedness, not exceeding 20% of the
equalized assessed value | ||||||
20 | of the taxable property in the district if all of the
following | ||||||
21 | conditions are met:
| ||||||
22 | (i) the school district has an equalized assessed | ||||||
23 | valuation
for calendar year 2001 of at least $737,000,000 | ||||||
24 | and an enrollment
for the 2002-2003 school year of at least | ||||||
25 | 8,500;
| ||||||
26 | (ii) the bonds are issued to purchase school sites, | ||||||
27 | build and
equip a new high school, build and equip a new | ||||||
28 | junior high school,
build and equip 5 new elementary | ||||||
29 | schools, and make technology
and other improvements and | ||||||
30 | additions to existing schools;
| ||||||
31 | (iii) at the time of the sale of the bonds, the board | ||||||
32 | of
education determines by resolution that the sites and | ||||||
33 | new or
improved facilities are needed because of projected | ||||||
34 | enrollment
increases;
| ||||||
35 | (iv) at least 57% of those voting in a general election | ||||||
36 | held
prior to January 1, 2003 approved a proposition for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the issuance of
the bonds; and
| ||||||
2 | (v) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
3 | through
19-7 of this Code.
| ||||||
4 | (p) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or | ||||||
5 | the provisions of any other law, a community unit school | ||||||
6 | district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to | ||||||
7 | an amount, including indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the | ||||||
8 | equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the | ||||||
9 | district if all of the following conditions are met: | ||||||
10 | (i) The school district has an equalized assessed | ||||||
11 | valuation for calendar year 2001 of at least $295,741,187 | ||||||
12 | and a best 3 months' average daily attendance for the | ||||||
13 | 2002-2003 school year of at least 2,394. | ||||||
14 | (ii) The bonds are issued to build and equip 3 | ||||||
15 | elementary school buildings; build and equip one middle | ||||||
16 | school building; and alter, repair, improve, and equip all | ||||||
17 | existing school buildings in the district. | ||||||
18 | (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board | ||||||
19 | of education determines by resolution that the project is | ||||||
20 | needed because of expanding growth in the school district | ||||||
21 | and a projected enrollment increase. | ||||||
22 | (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 | ||||||
23 | through 19-7 of this Code.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 93-13, eff. 6-9-03; 93-799, eff. 7-22-04; | ||||||
25 | 93-1045, eff. 10-15-04; revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
26 | (105 ILCS 5/21-1b) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-1b)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 21-1b. Subject endorsement on certificates. All | ||||||
28 | certificates
initially issued under this Article after June 30, | ||||||
29 | 1986, shall be
specifically endorsed by the State Board of | ||||||
30 | Education for each subject the
holder of the certificate is | ||||||
31 | legally qualified to teach, such endorsements
to be made in | ||||||
32 | accordance with standards promulgated by the State Board of
| ||||||
33 | Education in consultation with the State Teacher Certification | ||||||
34 | Board. The regional superintendent of schools, however, has the | ||||||
35 | duty, after appropriate training, to accept and review all |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | transcripts for new initial certificate applications and | ||||||
2 | ensure that each applicant has met all of the criteria | ||||||
3 | established by the State Board of Education in consultation | ||||||
4 | with with the State Teacher Certification Board. All
| ||||||
5 | certificates which are issued under this Article prior to July | ||||||
6 | 1, 1986 may,
by application to the State Board of Education, be | ||||||
7 | specifically endorsed
for each subject the holder is legally | ||||||
8 | qualified to teach. Endorsements
issued under this Section | ||||||
9 | shall not apply to substitute teacher's
certificates issued | ||||||
10 | under Section 21-9 of this Code.
| ||||||
11 | Commencing July 1, 1999, each application for endorsement | ||||||
12 | of an existing
teaching certificate shall be accompanied by a | ||||||
13 | $30 nonrefundable fee. There is hereby created a Teacher | ||||||
14 | Certificate
Fee
Revolving Fund as a special fund within the | ||||||
15 | State Treasury. The proceeds of
each $30 fee shall be paid into | ||||||
16 | the Teacher
Certificate Fee Revolving
Fund; and the moneys in | ||||||
17 | that Fund shall be appropriated and used to provide the
| ||||||
18 | technology and other resources necessary for the timely and | ||||||
19 | efficient
processing of certification requests.
| ||||||
20 | The State Board of Education and each regional office of | ||||||
21 | education are authorized to charge a service or convenience fee | ||||||
22 | for the use of credit cards for the payment of certification | ||||||
23 | fees. This service or convenience fee may not exceed the amount | ||||||
24 | required by the credit card processing company or vendor that | ||||||
25 | has entered into a contract with the State Board or regional | ||||||
26 | office of education for this purpose, and the fee must be paid | ||||||
27 | to that company or vendor.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 93-679, eff. 6-30-04; 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04; | ||||||
29 | revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
30 | (105 ILCS 5/21-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-12)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 21-12. Printing; Seal; Signature; Credentials.
All | ||||||
32 | certificates shall be printed by and bear the signatures of the | ||||||
33 | chairman
and of the secretary of the State Teacher | ||||||
34 | Certification Board. Each
certificate shall show the | ||||||
35 | integrally printed seal of the State Teacher
Certification |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Board. All college credentials offered as the basis
of a | ||||||
2 | certificate shall be presented to the secretary of the State
| ||||||
3 | Teacher Certification Board for inspection and approval. The | ||||||
4 | regional superintendent of schools, however, has the duty, | ||||||
5 | after appropriate training, to accept and review all | ||||||
6 | transcripts for new initial certificate applications and | ||||||
7 | ensure that each applicant has met all of the criteria | ||||||
8 | established by the State Board of Education in consultation | ||||||
9 | with the State Teacher Certification Board.
| ||||||
10 | Commencing July 1, 1999, each application for a certificate | ||||||
11 | or evaluation
of credentials shall be accompanied by an | ||||||
12 | evaluation fee of $30 payable to the
State Superintendent of | ||||||
13 | Education, which is not
refundable, except that no application | ||||||
14 | or evaluation fee shall be required
for a Master Certificate | ||||||
15 | issued pursuant to subsection (d) of Section 21-2 of
this Code. | ||||||
16 | The proceeds of each $30 fee shall be paid into the Teacher
| ||||||
17 | Certificate Fee Revolving Fund, created under Section 21-1b of | ||||||
18 | this Code;
and the moneys in that Fund shall be appropriated | ||||||
19 | and used to provide the
technology and other resources | ||||||
20 | necessary for the timely and efficient
processing of | ||||||
21 | certification requests.
| ||||||
22 | The State Board of Education and each regional office of | ||||||
23 | education are authorized to charge a service or convenience fee | ||||||
24 | for the use of credit cards for the payment of certification | ||||||
25 | fees. This service or convenience fee may not exceed the amount | ||||||
26 | required by the credit card processing company or vendor that | ||||||
27 | has entered into a contract with the State Board or regional | ||||||
28 | office of education for this purpose, and the fee must be paid | ||||||
29 | to that company or vendor.
| ||||||
30 | When evaluation verifies the requirements for a valid | ||||||
31 | certificate,
the applicant shall be issued an entitlement card | ||||||
32 | that may be presented
to a regional superintendent of schools | ||||||
33 | for issuance of a certificate.
| ||||||
34 | The applicant shall be notified of any deficiencies.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 93-679, eff. 6-30-04; 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04; | ||||||
36 | revised 10-22-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1)
| ||||||
2 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 93-946 )
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations.
| ||||||
4 | (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the | ||||||
5 | Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as | ||||||
6 | hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a | ||||||
7 | health examination as follows: within one year prior to
| ||||||
8 | entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, | ||||||
9 | private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the | ||||||
10 | fifth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial | ||||||
11 | school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
| ||||||
12 | parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, | ||||||
13 | immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, | ||||||
14 | or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present | ||||||
15 | proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section | ||||||
16 | and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder.
| ||||||
17 | A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||||||
18 | required part of
each health examination included under this | ||||||
19 | Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the | ||||||
20 | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of | ||||||
21 | tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, | ||||||
22 | including dental
and vision examinations, may be required when | ||||||
23 | deemed necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged | ||||||
24 | to have their children undergo dental
and vision examinations | ||||||
25 | at the same points in time required for health
examinations.
| ||||||
26 | (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules | ||||||
27 | and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures | ||||||
28 | that constitute a health examination, which shall include the | ||||||
29 | collection of data relating to obesity, including at a minimum, | ||||||
30 | date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date | ||||||
31 | of exam,
and may recommend by rule that certain additional | ||||||
32 | examinations be performed.
The rules and regulations of the | ||||||
33 | Department of Public Health shall specify that
a tuberculosis | ||||||
34 | skin test screening shall be included as a required part of | ||||||
35 | each
health examination included under this Section if the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | child resides in an area
designated by the Department of Public | ||||||
2 | Health as having a high incidence of
tuberculosis.
The | ||||||
3 | Department of Public Health shall specify that a diabetes
| ||||||
4 | screening as defined by rule shall be included as a required | ||||||
5 | part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing is not | ||||||
6 | required.
| ||||||
7 | Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
8 | branches, advanced
practice nurses who have a written | ||||||
9 | collaborative agreement with
a collaborating physician which | ||||||
10 | authorizes them to perform health
examinations, or physician | ||||||
11 | assistants who have been delegated the
performance of health | ||||||
12 | examinations by their supervising physician
shall be
| ||||||
13 | responsible for the performance of the health examinations, | ||||||
14 | other than dental
examinations and vision and hearing | ||||||
15 | screening, and shall sign all report forms
required by | ||||||
16 | subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to those portions | ||||||
17 | of
the health examination for which the physician, advanced | ||||||
18 | practice nurse, or
physician assistant is responsible.
If a | ||||||
19 | registered
nurse performs any part of a health examination, | ||||||
20 | then a physician licensed to
practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
21 | branches must review and sign all required
report forms. | ||||||
22 | Licensed dentists shall perform all dental examinations and
| ||||||
23 | shall sign all report forms required by subsection (4) of this | ||||||
24 | Section that
pertain to the dental examinations. Physicians | ||||||
25 | licensed to practice medicine
in all its branches, or licensed | ||||||
26 | optometrists, shall perform all vision exams
required by school | ||||||
27 | authorities and shall sign all report forms required by
| ||||||
28 | subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to the vision exam. | ||||||
29 | Vision and
hearing screening tests, which shall not be | ||||||
30 | considered examinations as that
term is used in this Section, | ||||||
31 | shall be conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of | ||||||
32 | the Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
| ||||||
33 | Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and | ||||||
34 | regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that | ||||||
35 | individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
| ||||||
36 | parent or guardian written notification, before the vision |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a | ||||||
2 | substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye | ||||||
3 | doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision | ||||||
4 | screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed | ||||||
5 | and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has | ||||||
6 | been administered within the previous 12 months."
| ||||||
7 | (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or | ||||||
8 | she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of | ||||||
9 | this Section, present
to the local school proof of having | ||||||
10 | received such immunizations against
preventable communicable | ||||||
11 | diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by | ||||||
12 | rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and | ||||||
13 | the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act.
| ||||||
14 | (4) The individuals conducting the health examination | ||||||
15 | shall record the
fact of having conducted the examination, and | ||||||
16 | such additional information as
required, including data | ||||||
17 | relating to obesity, including at a minimum, date of birth, | ||||||
18 | gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of exam, on | ||||||
19 | uniform forms which the Department of Public Health and the | ||||||
20 | State
Board of Education shall prescribe for statewide use. The | ||||||
21 | examiner shall
summarize on the report form any condition that | ||||||
22 | he or she suspects indicates a
need for special services, | ||||||
23 | including factors relating to obesity. The individuals | ||||||
24 | confirming the administration of
required immunizations shall | ||||||
25 | record as indicated on the form that the
immunizations were | ||||||
26 | administered.
| ||||||
27 | (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either | ||||||
28 | the health
examination or the immunization as required, then | ||||||
29 | the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the | ||||||
30 | case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current | ||||||
31 | school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
| ||||||
32 | established by a school district. To establish a date before | ||||||
33 | October 15 of the
current school year for the health | ||||||
34 | examination or immunization as required, a
school district must | ||||||
35 | give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior | ||||||
36 | to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | more of
the required immunizations must be given after October | ||||||
2 | 15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established | ||||||
3 | date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, | ||||||
4 | by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule | ||||||
5 | for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of | ||||||
6 | the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and | ||||||
7 | the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice | ||||||
8 | nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or local health | ||||||
9 | department that will
be responsible for administration of the | ||||||
10 | remaining required immunizations. If
a child does not comply by | ||||||
11 | October 15, or by the earlier established date of
the current | ||||||
12 | school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
| ||||||
13 | local school authority shall exclude that child from school | ||||||
14 | until such time as
the child presents proof of having had the | ||||||
15 | health examination as required and
presents proof of having | ||||||
16 | received those required immunizations which are
medically | ||||||
17 | possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion | ||||||
18 | from
school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's | ||||||
19 | parents or legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of | ||||||
20 | Section 26-1 and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section | ||||||
21 | 26-10.
| ||||||
22 | (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of | ||||||
23 | Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall | ||||||
24 | require, the number of children who
have received the necessary | ||||||
25 | immunizations and the health examination as
required, | ||||||
26 | indicating, of those who have not received the immunizations | ||||||
27 | and
examination as required, the number of children who are | ||||||
28 | exempt from health
examination and immunization requirements | ||||||
29 | on religious or medical grounds as
provided in subsection (8). | ||||||
30 | This reported information shall be provided to the
Department | ||||||
31 | of Public Health by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
32 | (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are | ||||||
33 | required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this | ||||||
34 | Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the | ||||||
35 | school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to | ||||||
36 | Section 18-8 to the school district for such year shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | withheld
by the regional superintendent until the number of | ||||||
2 | students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the applicable | ||||||
3 | specified percentage or higher.
| ||||||
4 | (8) Parents or legal guardians who object to health
| ||||||
5 | examinations or any part thereof, or to immunizations, on | ||||||
6 | religious grounds
shall not be required to submit their | ||||||
7 | children or wards to the examinations
or immunizations to which | ||||||
8 | they so object if such parents or legal guardians
present to | ||||||
9 | the appropriate local school authority a signed statement of
| ||||||
10 | objection, detailing the grounds for the objection. If the | ||||||
11 | physical condition
of the child is such that any one or more of | ||||||
12 | the immunizing agents should not
be administered, the examining | ||||||
13 | physician, advanced practice nurse, or
physician assistant | ||||||
14 | responsible for the performance of the
health examination shall | ||||||
15 | endorse that fact upon the health examination form.
Exempting a | ||||||
16 | child from the health examination does not exempt the child | ||||||
17 | from
participation in the program of physical education | ||||||
18 | training provided in
Sections 27-5 through 27-7 of this Code.
| ||||||
19 | (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" | ||||||
20 | means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school | ||||||
21 | systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of | ||||||
22 | higher learning.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 92-703, eff. 7-19-02; 93-504, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
24 | 93-530, eff. 1-1-04; 93-966, eff. 1-1-05.)
| ||||||
25 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 93-946 )
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations.
| ||||||
27 | (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the | ||||||
28 | Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as | ||||||
29 | hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a | ||||||
30 | health examination as follows: within one year prior to
| ||||||
31 | entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, | ||||||
32 | private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the | ||||||
33 | fifth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial | ||||||
34 | school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
| ||||||
35 | parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, | ||||||
2 | or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present | ||||||
3 | proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section | ||||||
4 | and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder.
| ||||||
5 | A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||||||
6 | required part of
each health examination included under this | ||||||
7 | Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the | ||||||
8 | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of | ||||||
9 | tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, | ||||||
10 | including vision examinations, may be required when deemed | ||||||
11 | necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged to have | ||||||
12 | their children undergo vision examinations at the same points | ||||||
13 | in time required for health
examinations.
| ||||||
14 | (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of | ||||||
15 | Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section, | ||||||
16 | all children in kindergarten and the second and sixth grades of | ||||||
17 | any public, private, or parochial school shall have a dental | ||||||
18 | examination. Each of these children shall present proof of | ||||||
19 | having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this | ||||||
20 | Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of | ||||||
21 | the school year. If a child in the second or sixth grade fails | ||||||
22 | to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold the child's | ||||||
23 | report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the child | ||||||
24 | presents proof of a completed dental examination or (ii) the | ||||||
25 | child presents proof that a dental examination will take place | ||||||
26 | within 60 days after May 15th. The Department of Public Health | ||||||
27 | shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an | ||||||
28 | undue burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public, | ||||||
29 | private, and parochial school must give notice of this dental | ||||||
30 | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||||||
31 | students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
| ||||||
32 | (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules | ||||||
33 | and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures | ||||||
34 | that constitute a health examination, which shall include the | ||||||
35 | collection of data relating to obesity ,
( including at a | ||||||
36 | minimum, date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and date of exam ) ,
and a dental examination and may recommend | ||||||
2 | by rule that certain additional examinations be performed.
The | ||||||
3 | rules and regulations of the Department of Public Health shall | ||||||
4 | specify that
a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be | ||||||
5 | included as a required part of each
health examination included | ||||||
6 | under this Section if the child resides in an area
designated | ||||||
7 | by the Department of Public Health as having a high incidence | ||||||
8 | of
tuberculosis.
The Department of Public Health shall specify | ||||||
9 | that a diabetes
screening as defined by rule shall be included | ||||||
10 | as a required part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing | ||||||
11 | is not required.
| ||||||
12 | Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
13 | branches, advanced
practice nurses who have a written | ||||||
14 | collaborative agreement with
a collaborating physician which | ||||||
15 | authorizes them to perform health
examinations, or physician | ||||||
16 | assistants who have been delegated the
performance of health | ||||||
17 | examinations by their supervising physician
shall be
| ||||||
18 | responsible for the performance of the health examinations, | ||||||
19 | other than dental
examinations and vision and hearing | ||||||
20 | screening, and shall sign all report forms
required by | ||||||
21 | subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to those portions | ||||||
22 | of
the health examination for which the physician, advanced | ||||||
23 | practice nurse, or
physician assistant is responsible.
If a | ||||||
24 | registered
nurse performs any part of a health examination, | ||||||
25 | then a physician licensed to
practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
26 | branches must review and sign all required
report forms. | ||||||
27 | Licensed dentists shall perform all dental examinations and
| ||||||
28 | shall sign all report forms required by subsection (4) of this | ||||||
29 | Section that
pertain to the dental examinations. Physicians | ||||||
30 | licensed to practice medicine
in all its branches, or licensed | ||||||
31 | optometrists, shall perform all vision exams
required by school | ||||||
32 | authorities and shall sign all report forms required by
| ||||||
33 | subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to the vision exam. | ||||||
34 | Vision and
hearing screening tests, which shall not be | ||||||
35 | considered examinations as that
term is used in this Section, | ||||||
36 | shall be conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
| ||||||
2 | Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and | ||||||
3 | regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that | ||||||
4 | individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
| ||||||
5 | parent or guardian written notification, before the vision | ||||||
6 | screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a | ||||||
7 | substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye | ||||||
8 | doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision | ||||||
9 | screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed | ||||||
10 | and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has | ||||||
11 | been administered within the previous 12 months."
| ||||||
12 | (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or | ||||||
13 | she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of | ||||||
14 | this Section, present
to the local school proof of having | ||||||
15 | received such immunizations against
preventable communicable | ||||||
16 | diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by | ||||||
17 | rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and | ||||||
18 | the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act.
| ||||||
19 | (4) The individuals conducting the health examination or | ||||||
20 | dental examination shall record the
fact of having conducted | ||||||
21 | the examination, and such additional information as
required, | ||||||
22 | including for a health examination data relating to obesity ,
| ||||||
23 | ( including at a minimum, date of birth, gender, height, weight, | ||||||
24 | blood pressure, and date of exam ) , on uniform forms which the | ||||||
25 | Department of Public Health and the State
Board of Education | ||||||
26 | shall prescribe for statewide use. The examiner shall
summarize | ||||||
27 | on the report form any condition that he or she suspects | ||||||
28 | indicates a
need for special services, including for a health | ||||||
29 | examination factors relating to obesity. The individuals | ||||||
30 | confirming the administration of
required immunizations shall | ||||||
31 | record as indicated on the form that the
immunizations were | ||||||
32 | administered.
| ||||||
33 | (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either | ||||||
34 | the health
examination or the immunization as required, then | ||||||
35 | the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the | ||||||
36 | case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
| ||||||
2 | established by a school district. To establish a date before | ||||||
3 | October 15 of the
current school year for the health | ||||||
4 | examination or immunization as required, a
school district must | ||||||
5 | give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior | ||||||
6 | to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or | ||||||
7 | more of
the required immunizations must be given after October | ||||||
8 | 15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established | ||||||
9 | date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, | ||||||
10 | by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule | ||||||
11 | for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of | ||||||
12 | the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and | ||||||
13 | the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice | ||||||
14 | nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or local health | ||||||
15 | department that will
be responsible for administration of the | ||||||
16 | remaining required immunizations. If
a child does not comply by | ||||||
17 | October 15, or by the earlier established date of
the current | ||||||
18 | school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
| ||||||
19 | local school authority shall exclude that child from school | ||||||
20 | until such time as
the child presents proof of having had the | ||||||
21 | health examination as required and
presents proof of having | ||||||
22 | received those required immunizations which are
medically | ||||||
23 | possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion | ||||||
24 | from
school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's | ||||||
25 | parents or legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of | ||||||
26 | Section 26-1 and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section | ||||||
27 | 26-10. This subsection (5) does not apply to dental | ||||||
28 | examinations.
| ||||||
29 | (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of | ||||||
30 | Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall | ||||||
31 | require, the number of children who
have received the necessary | ||||||
32 | immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental | ||||||
33 | examination) as
required, indicating, of those who have not | ||||||
34 | received the immunizations and
examination as required, the | ||||||
35 | number of children who are exempt from health
examination and | ||||||
36 | immunization requirements on religious or medical grounds as
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provided in subsection (8). Every school shall report to the | ||||||
2 | State Board of Education by June 30, in the manner that the | ||||||
3 | State Board requires, the number of children who have received | ||||||
4 | the required dental examination, indicating, of those who have | ||||||
5 | not received the required dental examination, the number of | ||||||
6 | children who are exempt from the dental examination on | ||||||
7 | religious grounds as provided in subsection (8) of this Section | ||||||
8 | and the number of children who have received a waiver under | ||||||
9 | subsection (1.5) of this Section. This reported information | ||||||
10 | shall be provided to the
Department of Public Health by the | ||||||
11 | State Board of Education.
| ||||||
12 | (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are | ||||||
13 | required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this | ||||||
14 | Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the | ||||||
15 | school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to | ||||||
16 | Section 18-8.05 to the school district for such year shall be | ||||||
17 | withheld
by the regional superintendent until the number of | ||||||
18 | students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the applicable | ||||||
19 | specified percentage or higher.
| ||||||
20 | (8) Parents or legal guardians who object to health
or | ||||||
21 | dental examinations or any part thereof, or to immunizations, | ||||||
22 | on religious grounds
shall not be required to submit their | ||||||
23 | children or wards to the examinations
or immunizations to which | ||||||
24 | they so object if such parents or legal guardians
present to | ||||||
25 | the appropriate local school authority a signed statement of
| ||||||
26 | objection, detailing the grounds for the objection. If the | ||||||
27 | physical condition
of the child is such that any one or more of | ||||||
28 | the immunizing agents should not
be administered, the examining | ||||||
29 | physician, advanced practice nurse, or
physician assistant | ||||||
30 | responsible for the performance of the
health examination shall | ||||||
31 | endorse that fact upon the health examination form.
Exempting a | ||||||
32 | child from the health or dental examination does not exempt the | ||||||
33 | child from
participation in the program of physical education | ||||||
34 | training provided in
Sections 27-5 through 27-7 of this Code.
| ||||||
35 | (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" | ||||||
36 | means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of | ||||||
2 | higher learning.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 92-703, eff. 7-19-02; 93-504, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
4 | 93-530, eff. 1-1-04; 93-946, eff. 7-1-05; 93-966, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
5 | revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/27-23.5)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 27-23.5. Organ/tissue and blood donor and | ||||||
8 | transplantation programs. Each
school district that maintains | ||||||
9 | grades 9 and 10 may include in its curriculum
and teach to the | ||||||
10 | students of either such grade one unit of instruction on
| ||||||
11 | organ/tissue and blood donor and transplantation programs. No | ||||||
12 | student
shall be required
to
take or participate in instruction | ||||||
13 | on
organ/tissue and blood donor and transplantation programs if | ||||||
14 | a parent or
guardian files
written objection thereto on | ||||||
15 | constitutional grounds, and refusal to take or
participate in | ||||||
16 | such instruction on those grounds shall not be reason for
| ||||||
17 | suspension or expulsion of a student or result in any academic | ||||||
18 | penalty.
| ||||||
19 | The regional superintendent of schools in which a school | ||||||
20 | district that
maintains grades 9 and 10 is located shall obtain | ||||||
21 | and distribute to each
school that maintains grades 9 and 10 in | ||||||
22 | his or her district
information and data, including
| ||||||
23 | instructional materials provided at no cost by America's Blood | ||||||
24 | Centers, the
American
Red Cross, and Gift of Hope,
that may be | ||||||
25 | used by the
school in developing a unit of instruction under | ||||||
26 | this Section.
However, each
school board shall determine the | ||||||
27 | minimum amount of instructional time that
shall qualify as a | ||||||
28 | unit of instruction satisfying the requirements of this
| ||||||
29 | Section.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-547, eff. 8-19-03; 93-794, eff. 7-22-04; | ||||||
31 | revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
32 | (105 ILCS 5/34-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-8.1)
| ||||||
33 | Sec. 34-8.1. Principals. Principals shall be employed to | ||||||
34 | supervise the
operation of each attendance center. Their powers |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and duties shall include
but not be limited to the authority | ||||||
2 | (i) to
direct, supervise, evaluate, and suspend with or without | ||||||
3 | pay or otherwise
discipline all teachers, assistant | ||||||
4 | principals, and other employees assigned to
the attendance | ||||||
5 | center in accordance with board rules and policies and (ii) to
| ||||||
6 | direct
all other persons assigned to the
attendance center | ||||||
7 | pursuant to a contract with a third party to provide services
| ||||||
8 | to the school system. The right to employ, discharge, and | ||||||
9 | layoff shall be
vested solely with the board, provided that | ||||||
10 | decisions to
discharge or suspend
non-certified employees, | ||||||
11 | including disciplinary layoffs, and the
termination of | ||||||
12 | certified employees from employment pursuant to a layoff
or | ||||||
13 | reassignment policy are subject to review under the grievance | ||||||
14 | resolution
procedure adopted pursuant to subsection (c) of | ||||||
15 | Section 10 of the Illinois
Educational Labor Relations Act. The | ||||||
16 | grievance resolution procedure
adopted by the board shall | ||||||
17 | provide for final and binding arbitration, and,
| ||||||
18 | notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the
| ||||||
19 | arbitrator's decision may include all make-whole relief, | ||||||
20 | including without
limitation reinstatement. The principal | ||||||
21 | shall fill positions by
appointment as provided in this Section | ||||||
22 | and may make recommendations to the
board regarding the | ||||||
23 | employment, discharge, or layoff of any individual. The
| ||||||
24 | authority of the principal shall include the
authority to | ||||||
25 | direct the hours during which the attendance center
shall be | ||||||
26 | open and available for use provided the use complies with board | ||||||
27 | rules
and policies, to determine when and what operations shall | ||||||
28 | be conducted within
those hours, and to schedule staff within | ||||||
29 | those hours. Under the direction of, and subject to the | ||||||
30 | authority
of the principal, the Engineer In Charge shall
be | ||||||
31 | accountable for the safe, economical operation of the plant and | ||||||
32 | grounds
and shall also be responsible for orientation, | ||||||
33 | training,
and supervising the work of Engineers,
Trainees, | ||||||
34 | school maintenance assistants, custodial workers and other | ||||||
35 | plant
operation employees under his or her direction.
| ||||||
36 | There shall be established by the board a system of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | semi-annual
evaluations conducted by the principal as to | ||||||
2 | performance of the engineer in charge. Nothing
in this Section | ||||||
3 | shall prevent the principal from conducting additional
| ||||||
4 | evaluations. An overall
numerical rating shall be given by the | ||||||
5 | principal based on the evaluation
conducted by the principal. | ||||||
6 | An unsatisfactory numerical rating shall result in
| ||||||
7 | disciplinary
action, which may include, without limitation and | ||||||
8 | in the judgment of the
principal, loss of
promotion
or bidding | ||||||
9 | procedure, reprimand, suspension with or without pay, or
| ||||||
10 | recommended dismissal. The board shall establish
procedures | ||||||
11 | for conducting the
evaluation
and reporting the results to the | ||||||
12 | engineer in charge.
| ||||||
13 | Under the direction of, and subject to the authority of, | ||||||
14 | the principal, the
Food Service Manager is responsible at
all | ||||||
15 | times for the proper operation and maintenance of the lunch | ||||||
16 | room to which
he is assigned and shall also be responsible for | ||||||
17 | the orientation, training, and
supervising the work of cooks, | ||||||
18 | bakers, porters,
and lunchroom attendants under his or
her | ||||||
19 | direction.
| ||||||
20 | There shall be established by the Board a system of | ||||||
21 | semi-annual
evaluations conducted by the principal as to the | ||||||
22 | performance of the food
service manager.
Nothing in this | ||||||
23 | Section shall prevent the principal from conducting
additional | ||||||
24 | evaluations. An overall numerical rating shall be given by the
| ||||||
25 | principal based on the
evaluation conducted by the principal. | ||||||
26 | An unsatisfactory numerical rating
shall
result in | ||||||
27 | disciplinary action which may include, without limitation and | ||||||
28 | in
the judgment of the principal, loss of promotion or bidding | ||||||
29 | procedure,
reprimand, suspension with or without pay, or | ||||||
30 | recommended dismissal. The board
shall establish rules for | ||||||
31 | conducting the evaluation and
reporting the results to the food | ||||||
32 | service manager.
| ||||||
33 | Nothing in this Section shall be interpreted to require the | ||||||
34 | employment or
assignment of an Engineer-In-Charge or a Food | ||||||
35 | Service Manager for each
attendance center.
| ||||||
36 | Principals shall be employed to supervise the educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | operation of
each attendance center. If a principal is absent | ||||||
2 | due to extended
illness or leave or absence, an assistant | ||||||
3 | principal may be assigned as
acting principal for a period not | ||||||
4 | to exceed 100 school days. Each principal
shall assume | ||||||
5 | administrative responsibility and instructional leadership, in
| ||||||
6 | accordance with reasonable rules and regulations of the board, | ||||||
7 | for the
planning, operation and evaluation of the educational | ||||||
8 | program of the
attendance center to which he is assigned. The | ||||||
9 | principal shall submit
recommendations to the general | ||||||
10 | superintendent concerning the appointment,
dismissal, | ||||||
11 | retention, promotion, and assignment of all personnel assigned | ||||||
12 | to
the attendance center; provided, that from and after | ||||||
13 | September 1, 1989: (i) if
any vacancy occurs in a position at | ||||||
14 | the
attendance center or if an additional or new position is | ||||||
15 | created at the attendance center, that position shall be filled
| ||||||
16 | by appointment made by the principal in accordance with | ||||||
17 | procedures
established and provided by the Board
whenever the | ||||||
18 | majority of the duties included in that position are to be
| ||||||
19 | performed at the attendance center which is under the | ||||||
20 | principal's supervision,
and each such appointment so made by | ||||||
21 | the principal
shall be made and based upon merit and ability to | ||||||
22 | perform in that position
without regard to seniority or length | ||||||
23 | of service, provided, that such
appointments shall be subject | ||||||
24 | to the Board's desegregation obligations,
including but not | ||||||
25 | limited to the Consent Decree and Desegregation Plan in
U.S. v. | ||||||
26 | Chicago Board of Education; (ii)
the principal shall submit | ||||||
27 | recommendations based upon merit and ability to
perform in the | ||||||
28 | particular position, without regard to
seniority or length of | ||||||
29 | service, to the general
superintendent
concerning the | ||||||
30 | appointment of any teacher, teacher aide, counselor, clerk,
| ||||||
31 | hall guard, security guard and any other personnel which is
to | ||||||
32 | be made by the general superintendent whenever less than
a | ||||||
33 | majority
of the duties of that teacher, teacher aide, | ||||||
34 | counselor, clerk, hall guard,
and security guard and any other | ||||||
35 | personnel are to be performed
at the attendance center which is | ||||||
36 | under the principal's supervision; and
(iii) subject to law and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the applicable collective bargaining agreements,
the authority | ||||||
2 | and responsibilities of a principal with respect to the
| ||||||
3 | evaluation of all teachers and other personnel assigned to an | ||||||
4 | attendance
center shall commence immediately upon his or her | ||||||
5 | appointment as principal
of the attendance center, without | ||||||
6 | regard to the length of time that he or
she has been the | ||||||
7 | principal of that attendance center.
| ||||||
8 | Notwithstanding the existence of any other law of this | ||||||
9 | State, nothing in
this Act shall prevent the board from | ||||||
10 | entering into a contract with a third
party for services | ||||||
11 | currently performed by any employee or bargaining unit
member.
| ||||||
12 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, each | ||||||
13 | principal may
approve contracts, binding on the board, in the | ||||||
14 | amount of no more than $10,000,
if the contract is endorsed by | ||||||
15 | the Local School Council.
| ||||||
16 | Unless otherwise prohibited by law or by rule of the board, | ||||||
17 | the principal
shall provide to local
school council members | ||||||
18 | copies of all
internal audits and any other pertinent | ||||||
19 | information generated by any audits or
reviews of the programs | ||||||
20 | and operation of the attendance center.
| ||||||
21 | Each principal shall hold a valid administrative
| ||||||
22 | certificate issued or exchanged in accordance with Article 21 | ||||||
23 | and endorsed
as required by that Article for the position of | ||||||
24 | principal. The board may
establish or impose academic,
| ||||||
25 | educational, examination, and experience requirements and
| ||||||
26 | criteria that are in addition
to those established and required | ||||||
27 | by Article 21 for issuance of a valid
certificate endorsed for | ||||||
28 | the position of principal as a condition of the nomination, | ||||||
29 | selection,
appointment,
employment, or continued employment of | ||||||
30 | a person as principal of any
attendance center, or as a | ||||||
31 | condition of the renewal of any principal's
performance | ||||||
32 | contract.
| ||||||
33 | The board shall specify in its formal job description for | ||||||
34 | principals,
and from and after July 1, 1990 shall specify in | ||||||
35 | the 4 year
performance contracts for use with respect to all | ||||||
36 | principals,
that his or her primary responsibility is in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | improvement of
instruction. A majority of the time spent by a | ||||||
2 | principal shall be spent on
curriculum and staff development | ||||||
3 | through both formal and informal
activities, establishing | ||||||
4 | clear lines of communication regarding school
goals, | ||||||
5 | accomplishments, practices and policies with parents and | ||||||
6 | teachers.
The principal, with the assistance of the local | ||||||
7 | school council, shall
develop a school improvement plan as | ||||||
8 | provided in Section 34-2.4 and, upon
approval of the plan by | ||||||
9 | the local school council, shall
be responsible for directing | ||||||
10 | implementation of the plan. The principal,
with the assistance | ||||||
11 | of the professional personnel leadership committee, shall
| ||||||
12 | develop the specific methods and contents of the school's | ||||||
13 | curriculum within
the board's system-wide curriculum standards | ||||||
14 | and objectives and the
requirements of the school improvement | ||||||
15 | plan. The board shall ensure that all
principals are evaluated | ||||||
16 | on their instructional leadership ability and their
ability to | ||||||
17 | maintain a positive education and learning climate. It shall | ||||||
18 | also
be the responsibility of the principal to utilize | ||||||
19 | resources of proper law
enforcement agencies when the safety | ||||||
20 | and welfare of students and teachers are
threatened by illegal | ||||||
21 | use of drugs and alcohol, by illegal use or possession
of | ||||||
22 | weapons, or by illegal gang activity.
| ||||||
23 | On or before October 1, 1989, the Board of Education, in | ||||||
24 | consultation
with any professional organization representing | ||||||
25 | principals in the district,
shall promulgate rules and | ||||||
26 | implement a lottery for the purpose of
determining whether a | ||||||
27 | principal's existing performance contract (including
the | ||||||
28 | performance contract applicable to any principal's position in | ||||||
29 | which a
vacancy then exists) expires on June 30, 1990 or on | ||||||
30 | June 30, 1991, and
whether the ensuing 4 year performance | ||||||
31 | contract begins on July 1, 1990 or
July 1, 1991. The Board of | ||||||
32 | Education shall establish and conduct the
lottery in such | ||||||
33 | manner that of all the performance contracts of principals
| ||||||
34 | (including the performance contracts applicable to all | ||||||
35 | principal positions
in which a vacancy then exists), 50% of | ||||||
36 | such contracts shall expire on June
30, 1990, and 50% shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expire on June 30, 1991. All persons serving as
principal on | ||||||
2 | May 1, 1989, and all persons appointed as principal after May
| ||||||
3 | 1, 1989 and prior to July 1, 1990 or July 1, 1991, in a manner | ||||||
4 | other than
as provided by Section 34-2.3, shall be deemed by | ||||||
5 | operation of
law to be serving under a performance contract | ||||||
6 | which expires on June 30,
1990 or June 30, 1991; and unless | ||||||
7 | such performance contract of any such
principal is renewed (or | ||||||
8 | such person is again appointed to serve as
principal) in the | ||||||
9 | manner provided by Section 34-2.2 or 34-2.3, the
employment of | ||||||
10 | such person as principal shall terminate on June 30, 1990
or | ||||||
11 | June 30, 1991.
| ||||||
12 | Commencing on July 1, 1990, or on July 1, 1991, and | ||||||
13 | thereafter, the
principal of each attendance center shall be | ||||||
14 | the person selected in the
manner provided by Section 34-2.3 to | ||||||
15 | serve as principal of that attendance
center under a 4 year | ||||||
16 | performance contract. All performance contracts of
principals | ||||||
17 | expiring after July 1, 1990, or July 1, 1991, shall commence on
| ||||||
18 | the date specified in the contract, and the renewal of their | ||||||
19 | performance
contracts and the appointment of principals when | ||||||
20 | their performance contracts
are not renewed shall be governed | ||||||
21 | by Sections 34-2.2 and 34-2.3. Whenever a
vacancy in the office | ||||||
22 | of a principal occurs for any reason, the vacancy shall
be | ||||||
23 | filled by the selection of a new principal to serve under a 4 | ||||||
24 | year
performance contract in the manner provided by Section | ||||||
25 | 34-2.3.
| ||||||
26 | The board of education shall develop and prepare, in | ||||||
27 | consultation with
the organization representing principals, a | ||||||
28 | performance contract for
use
at all attendance centers, and | ||||||
29 | shall furnish the same to each local school
council. The term | ||||||
30 | of the performance contract shall be 4 years, unless the
| ||||||
31 | principal is retained by the decision of a hearing officer | ||||||
32 | pursuant to
subdivision 1.5 of Section 34-2.3, in which case | ||||||
33 | the contract shall be
extended for 2 years. The performance
| ||||||
34 | contract of each principal shall consist of the
uniform | ||||||
35 | performance contract, as developed or from time to time | ||||||
36 | modified by the
board, and such additional criteria as are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established by a local school
council pursuant to Section | ||||||
2 | 34-2.3 for the performance contract of its
principal.
| ||||||
3 | During the term of his or her performance contract, a | ||||||
4 | principal may be
removed only as provided for in the | ||||||
5 | performance contract except for cause.
He or she shall also be | ||||||
6 | obliged to follow the rules of the board of
education | ||||||
7 | concerning conduct and efficiency.
| ||||||
8 | In the event the performance contract of a principal is not | ||||||
9 | renewed or a
principal is not reappointed as principal under a | ||||||
10 | new performance contract,
or in the event a principal is | ||||||
11 | appointed to any position of
superintendent or higher position, | ||||||
12 | or voluntarily
resigns his position of principal, his or her | ||||||
13 | employment as a principal
shall terminate and such former | ||||||
14 | principal shall not be
reinstated to the position from which he | ||||||
15 | or she was promoted to principal,
except that he or she, if | ||||||
16 | otherwise qualified and certified in accordance
with Article | ||||||
17 | 21, shall be placed by the board on appropriate eligibility
| ||||||
18 | lists which it prepares for use in the filling of vacant or | ||||||
19 | additional or
newly created positions for teachers. The | ||||||
20 | principal's total years of
service to the board as both a | ||||||
21 | teacher and a principal, or in other
professional capacities, | ||||||
22 | shall be used in calculating years of experience
for purposes | ||||||
23 | of being selected as a teacher into new, additional or vacant
| ||||||
24 | positions.
| ||||||
25 | In the event the performance contract of a principal is not | ||||||
26 | renewed or
a principal is not reappointed as principal under a | ||||||
27 | new performance
contract, such principal shall be eligible to | ||||||
28 | continue to receive his or
her previously provided level of | ||||||
29 | health insurance benefits for a period of
90 days following the | ||||||
30 | non-renewal of the contract at no expense to the
principal, | ||||||
31 | provided that such principal has not retired.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 93-3, eff. 4-16-03; 93-48, eff. 7-1-03; revised | ||||||
33 | 9-11-03.)
| ||||||
34 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.23)
| ||||||
35 | Sec. 34-18.23. Medical information form for bus drivers and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | emergency medical technicians. The school district is | ||||||
2 | encouraged to
create and use an emergency medical information | ||||||
3 | form for bus drivers and
emergency medical technicians for | ||||||
4 | those students with special needs or
medical conditions. The | ||||||
5 | form may include without
limitation
information to be provided | ||||||
6 | by the student's parent or legal guardian
concerning the | ||||||
7 | student's relevant medical conditions, medications that
the | ||||||
8 | student is taking, the student's communication skills, and how | ||||||
9 | a
bus driver or an emergency medical technician is to respond | ||||||
10 | to
certain behaviors of the student. If the form is used, the | ||||||
11 | school
district is encouraged to notify parents and legal | ||||||
12 | guardians of the
availability of the form. The parent or legal | ||||||
13 | guardian of the student may fill
out the
form and submit it to | ||||||
14 | the school that the student is attending. The
school district | ||||||
15 | is encouraged to keep one copy of the form on file at the
| ||||||
16 | school and another copy on the student's school bus in a secure | ||||||
17 | location.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-580, eff. 7-1-02.)
| ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.25)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 34-18.25
34-18.23 . Psychotropic or psychostimulant
| ||||||
21 | medication; disciplinary
action.
| ||||||
22 | (a) In this Section:
| ||||||
23 | "Psychostimulant medication" means medication that | ||||||
24 | produces increased
levels of mental and physical energy and | ||||||
25 | alertness and an elevated mood
by stimulating the central | ||||||
26 | nervous system.
| ||||||
27 | "Psychotropic medication" means psychotropic medication as
| ||||||
28 | defined in Section 1-121.1 of the Mental Health and | ||||||
29 | Developmental
Disabilities Code.
| ||||||
30 | (b) The board must
adopt
and implement a policy that | ||||||
31 | prohibits any disciplinary action that is
based totally or in | ||||||
32 | part on the refusal of a student's parent or guardian to
| ||||||
33 | administer or consent to the administration of psychotropic or
| ||||||
34 | psychostimulant medication to the
student.
| ||||||
35 | The policy must require that, at least once every 2 years, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the in-service
training of certified school personnel and | ||||||
2 | administrators include training
on current best practices | ||||||
3 | regarding the identification and treatment of
attention | ||||||
4 | deficit disorder and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, | ||||||
5 | the
application of non-aversive behavioral interventions in | ||||||
6 | the school
environment, and the use of psychotropic or | ||||||
7 | psychostimulant medication for
school-age children.
| ||||||
8 | (c) This Section does not prohibit school medical staff, an
| ||||||
9 | individualized educational program team, or a professional | ||||||
10 | worker (as defined
in Section 14-1.10 of this Code)
from | ||||||
11 | recommending that a
student be evaluated by an appropriate | ||||||
12 | medical practitioner or prohibit
school personnel from | ||||||
13 | consulting with the practitioner with the consent
of the | ||||||
14 | student's parents or guardian.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-663, eff. 1-1-03; revised 9-3-02.)
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.26)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 34-18.26. Sharing information on school lunch | ||||||
18 | applicants. The board shall, whenever requested by the | ||||||
19 | Department of Public Aid,
agree in writing with the Department | ||||||
20 | of Public Aid (as
the State agency that administers the State | ||||||
21 | Medical Assistance Program
as provided in Title XIX of the | ||||||
22 | federal Social Security Act and the State
Children's Health | ||||||
23 | Insurance Program as provided in Title XXI of the
federal | ||||||
24 | Social Security Act) to share with the Department of Public Aid
| ||||||
25 | information on applicants for free or reduced-price lunches.
| ||||||
26 | The board shall, whenever requested by the Department of Public | ||||||
27 | Aid,
require each of its schools to agree in writing with the | ||||||
28 | Department of
Public Aid to share with the Department of Public | ||||||
29 | Aid information on
applicants for free or reduced-price | ||||||
30 | lunches.
This
sharing of information shall be for the sole | ||||||
31 | purpose of helping the
Department of Public Aid identify and | ||||||
32 | enroll children in the State Medical
Assistance Program or the | ||||||
33 | State Children's Health Insurance Program or
both as allowed | ||||||
34 | under 42 U.S.C. Sec. 1758(b)(2)(C)(iii)(IV) and under the
| ||||||
35 | restrictions set forth in 42 U.S.C. Sec. 1758(b)(2)(C)(vi) and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (vii).
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-404, eff. 8-1-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.27)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 34-18.27
34-18.26 . Summer kindergarten. The board may
| ||||||
5 | establish, maintain, and operate, in connection with the | ||||||
6 | kindergarten
program of the school district, a summer | ||||||
7 | kindergarten program that
begins 2 months before the beginning | ||||||
8 | of the regular school year and a
summer kindergarten program | ||||||
9 | for grade one readiness for those pupils
making unsatisfactory | ||||||
10 | progress during the regular kindergarten session
that will | ||||||
11 | continue for 2 months after the regular school year. The
summer | ||||||
12 | kindergarten program may be held within the school district or,
| ||||||
13 | pursuant to a contract that must be approved by the State Board | ||||||
14 | of
Education,
may be operated by 2 or more adjacent school | ||||||
15 | districts or by a
public or private university or college. | ||||||
16 | Transportation for students attending
the summer
kindergarten | ||||||
17 | program shall be the responsibility of the school district.
The | ||||||
18 | expense of establishing, maintaining, and operating the summer
| ||||||
19 | kindergarten program may be paid from funds contributed or | ||||||
20 | otherwise
made available to the school district for that | ||||||
21 | purpose by federal or
State appropriation.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-472, eff. 8-8-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.28)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 34-18.28
34-18.26 . Prison tour pilot program. The | ||||||
25 | board shall establish a pilot program to
prevent crime by | ||||||
26 | developing guidelines to identify students at risk of
| ||||||
27 | committing crimes. "Students at risk of committing crimes" | ||||||
28 | shall be
limited to those students who have engaged in serious | ||||||
29 | acts of
misconduct in violation of the board's policy on | ||||||
30 | discipline.
This program, in
cooperation with the Department of | ||||||
31 | Corrections, shall include a guided tour of
a prison for each | ||||||
32 | student so identified in order to discourage criminal
behavior.
| ||||||
33 | The touring of a prison
under this Section shall be subject to | ||||||
34 | approval, in writing, of a student's
parent or guardian.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-538, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.29)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 34-18.29
34-18.26 . Provision of student information | ||||||
4 | prohibited. The school
district
may not provide a student's | ||||||
5 | name, address, telephone
number, social security number, | ||||||
6 | e-mail address, or other personal
identifying information to a | ||||||
7 | business organization or financial institution
that issues | ||||||
8 | credit or debit cards.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.30)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 34-18.30. Dependents of military personnel; no | ||||||
12 | tuition charge. If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of | ||||||
13 | United States military personnel is housed in temporary housing | ||||||
14 | located outside of the school district, but will be living | ||||||
15 | within the district within 60 days after the time of initial | ||||||
16 | enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to | ||||||
17 | the requirements of this Section, and must not be charged | ||||||
18 | tuition. Any United States military personnel attempting to | ||||||
19 | enroll a dependent under this Section shall provide proof that | ||||||
20 | the dependent will be living within the district within 60 days | ||||||
21 | after the time of initial enrollment. Proof of residency may | ||||||
22 | include, but is not limited to, postmarked mail addressed to | ||||||
23 | the military personnel and sent to an address located within | ||||||
24 | the district, a lease agreement for occupancy of a residence | ||||||
25 | located within the district, or proof of ownership of a | ||||||
26 | residence located within the district. Non-resident dependents | ||||||
27 | of United States military personnel attending school on a | ||||||
28 | tuition-free basis may be counted for the purposes
of | ||||||
29 | determining the apportionment of State aid provided under | ||||||
30 | Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 93-740, eff. 7-15-04.) | ||||||
32 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.31) | ||||||
33 | Sec. 34-18.31
34-18.30 . Highly qualified teachers; No |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Child Left Behind Act funds. If the school district has an | ||||||
2 | overall shortage of highly qualified teachers, as defined by | ||||||
3 | the federal No Child Left Behind Act of 2001 (Public Law | ||||||
4 | 107-110), or a shortage of highly qualified teachers in the | ||||||
5 | subject area of mathematics, science, reading, or special | ||||||
6 | education, then the school board must spend at least 40% of the | ||||||
7 | money it receives from Title 2 grants under the Act on | ||||||
8 | recruitment and retention initiatives to assist in recruiting | ||||||
9 | and retaining highly qualified teachers (in a specific subject | ||||||
10 | area is applicable) as specified in paragraphs (1)(B), (2)(A), | ||||||
11 | (2)(B), (4)(A), (4)(B), and (4)(C) of subsection (a) of Section | ||||||
12 | 2123 of the Act until there is no longer a shortage of highly | ||||||
13 | qualified teachers (in a specific subject area if applicable). | ||||||
14 | As the number of highly qualified teachers in the district | ||||||
15 | increases, however, the school board may spend any surplus of | ||||||
16 | the minimum 40% of funds dedicated to addressing the highly | ||||||
17 | qualified teacher shortage in any manner the school board deems | ||||||
18 | appropriate.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 93-997, eff. 8-23-04; revised 10-14-04.) | ||||||
20 | Section 300. The Southern Illinois University Management | ||||||
21 | Act is amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple | ||||||
22 | versions of Section 15 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (110 ILCS 520/15)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 15. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
25 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
26 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
27 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
28 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
29 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the | ||||||
30 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
31 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
32 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
33 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
34 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to | ||||||
2 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
4 | (110 ILCS 520/16)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 16
15 . Provision of student information prohibited. | ||||||
6 | The
University may not provide a student's name, address, | ||||||
7 | telephone number,
social security number, e-mail address, or | ||||||
8 | other personal identifying
information to a business | ||||||
9 | organization or financial institution that issues
credit or | ||||||
10 | debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or older.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 305. The Chicago State University Law is amended by | ||||||
13 | setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section | ||||||
14 | 5-120 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (110 ILCS 660/5-120)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 5-120. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
17 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
18 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
19 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
20 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
21 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the | ||||||
22 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
23 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
24 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
25 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
26 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the | ||||||
27 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to | ||||||
28 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-228; eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
30 | (110 ILCS 660/5-125)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 5-125
5-120 . Provision of student information | ||||||
32 | prohibited. The
University may not provide a student's name, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | address,
telephone number, social security number, e-mail | ||||||
2 | address, or other personal
identifying
information
to a | ||||||
3 | business organization or financial institution that issues | ||||||
4 | credit or
debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
5 | older.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
7 | Section 310. The Eastern Illinois University Law is amended | ||||||
8 | by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section | ||||||
9 | 10-120 as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (110 ILCS 665/10-120)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 10-120. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
12 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
13 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
14 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
15 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
16 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the | ||||||
17 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
18 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
19 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
20 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
21 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the | ||||||
22 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to | ||||||
23 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
25 | (110 ILCS 665/10-125)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 10-125
10-120 . Provision of student information | ||||||
27 | prohibited.
The
University may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
28 | address,
telephone number, social security number, e-mail | ||||||
29 | address, or other personal
identifying
information
to a | ||||||
30 | business organization or financial institution that issues | ||||||
31 | credit or
debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
32 | older.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 315. The Governors State University Law is amended | ||||||
2 | by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section | ||||||
3 | 15-120 as follows:
| ||||||
4 | (110 ILCS 670/15-120)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 15-120. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
6 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
7 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
8 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
9 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
10 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the | ||||||
11 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
12 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
13 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
14 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
15 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the | ||||||
16 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to | ||||||
17 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
19 | (110 ILCS 670/15-125)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 15-125
15-120 . Provision of student information | ||||||
21 | prohibited.
The
University may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
22 | address,
telephone number, social security number, e-mail | ||||||
23 | address, or other personal
identifying
information
to a | ||||||
24 | business organization or financial institution that issues | ||||||
25 | credit or
debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
26 | older.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
28 | Section 320. The Illinois State University Law is amended | ||||||
29 | by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section | ||||||
30 | 20-125 as follows:
| ||||||
31 | (110 ILCS 675/20-125)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 20-125. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
2 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
3 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
4 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
5 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
6 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the | ||||||
7 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
8 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
9 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
10 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
11 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the | ||||||
12 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to | ||||||
13 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
15 | (110 ILCS 675/20-130)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 20-130
20-125 . Provision of student information | ||||||
17 | prohibited.
The University may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
18 | address, telephone number,
social security number, e-mail | ||||||
19 | address, or other personal identifying
information to a | ||||||
20 | business organization or financial institution that issues
| ||||||
21 | credit or debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
22 | older.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
24 | Section 325. The Northeastern Illinois University Law is | ||||||
25 | amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of | ||||||
26 | Section 25-120 as follows:
| ||||||
27 | (110 ILCS 680/25-120)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 25-120. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
29 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
30 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
31 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
32 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
33 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
2 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
3 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
4 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
5 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the | ||||||
6 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to | ||||||
7 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
9 | (110 ILCS 680/25-125)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 25-125
25-120 . Provision of student information | ||||||
11 | prohibited.
The
University may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
12 | address,
telephone number, social security number, e-mail | ||||||
13 | address, or other personal
identifying
information
to a | ||||||
14 | business organization or financial institution that issues | ||||||
15 | credit or
debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
16 | older.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
18 | Section 330. The Northern Illinois University Law is | ||||||
19 | amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of | ||||||
20 | Section 30-130 as follows:
| ||||||
21 | (110 ILCS 685/30-130)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 30-130. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
23 | applies only to those students who first enroll after the
| ||||||
24 | 2003-2004 academic year. For 4 continuous academic years | ||||||
25 | following
initial enrollment (or for undergraduate programs | ||||||
26 | that require more than
4 years to complete, for the normal time | ||||||
27 | to complete the program, as
determined by the University), the | ||||||
28 | tuition charged an undergraduate
student who is an Illinois | ||||||
29 | resident shall not exceed the amount that the
student was | ||||||
30 | charged at the time he or she first enrolled in the University.
| ||||||
31 | However, if the student changes majors during this time period, | ||||||
32 | the
tuition charged the student shall equal the amount the | ||||||
33 | student would
have been charged had he or she been admitted to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the changed major
when he or she first enrolled.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
3 | (110 ILCS 685/30-135)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 30-135
30-130 . Provision of student information | ||||||
5 | prohibited.
The University may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
6 | address, telephone number,
social security number, e-mail | ||||||
7 | address, or other personal identifying
information to a | ||||||
8 | business organization or financial institution that issues
| ||||||
9 | credit or debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
10 | older.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 335. The Western Illinois University Law is amended | ||||||
13 | by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section | ||||||
14 | 35-125 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (110 ILCS 690/35-125)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 35-125. Limitation on tuition increase. This Section | ||||||
17 | applies
only to those students who first enroll after the | ||||||
18 | 2003-2004 academic
year. The tuition charged an undergraduate | ||||||
19 | student who is an Illinois
resident shall not exceed the amount | ||||||
20 | that the student was charged at
the time he or she first | ||||||
21 | enrolled at the University as an Illinois resident
if that | ||||||
22 | student first enrolled not more than 3 and one-half academic | ||||||
23 | years
before. However, if the student changes majors during | ||||||
24 | this time period,
the tuition charged the student shall equal | ||||||
25 | the amount the student would
have been charged had he or she | ||||||
26 | been admitted to the changed major
when he or she first | ||||||
27 | enrolled.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 93-228, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
29 | (110 ILCS 690/35-130)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 35-130
35-125 . Provision of student information | ||||||
31 | prohibited.
The University may not provide a student's name, | ||||||
32 | address, telephone number,
social security number, e-mail |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | address, or other personal identifying
information to a | ||||||
2 | business organization or financial institution that issues
| ||||||
3 | credit or debit cards, unless the student is 21 years of age or | ||||||
4 | older.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-549, eff. 8-19-03; revised 9-24-03.)
| ||||||
6 | Section 340. The Public Community College Act is amended by | ||||||
7 | changing Section 2-16.08 as follows:
| ||||||
8 | (110 ILCS 805/2-16.08)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 2-16.08. ICCB Federal Trust Fund. The ICCB Federal | ||||||
10 | Trust
Fund is created as a special fund in the State treasury. | ||||||
11 | Money recovered
from federal programs for general | ||||||
12 | administration that is
are received by the
State Board shall be | ||||||
13 | deposited into the ICCB Federal Trust Fund. All
money in the | ||||||
14 | ICCB Federal Trust Fund shall be used, subject to
appropriation | ||||||
15 | by the General Assembly, by the State Board for the ordinary | ||||||
16 | and
contingent
expenses of the State Board.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-153, eff. 7-10-03; revised 1-14-04.)
| ||||||
18 | Section 345. The Higher Education Loan Act is amended by | ||||||
19 | changing Sections 3, 3.01, and 5 as follows:
| ||||||
20 | (110 ILCS 945/3) (from Ch. 144, par. 1603)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 3. Definitions. In this Act, unless the context | ||||||
22 | otherwise requires,
the terms specified in Sections 3.01 | ||||||
23 | through 3.13 of this Act and the Illinois
Finance Facilities
| ||||||
24 | Authority Act have the meanings ascribed to them in
those Acts.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (110 ILCS 945/3.01) (from Ch. 144, par. 1603.01)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 3.01. Authority. "Authority" means the Illinois State
| ||||||
28 | Finance
Authority created by the Illinois State Finance | ||||||
29 | Authority Act.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (110 ILCS 945/5) (from Ch. 144, par. 1605)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 5. Transfer of functions from the Illinois Educational | ||||||
3 | Facilities
Authority to the Illinois Finance Authority. The | ||||||
4 | Illinois Finance Authority
created by the Illinois Finance | ||||||
5 | Authority Act shall succeed to, assume and
exercise all rights, | ||||||
6 | powers, duties and responsibilities formerly exercised by
the | ||||||
7 | Illinois Educational Facilities Authority prior to the | ||||||
8 | abolition of that
Authority by this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
9 | General Assembly. All books,
records, papers, documents and | ||||||
10 | pending business in any way pertaining to the
former Illinois | ||||||
11 | Educational Facilities Authority are transferred to the
| ||||||
12 | Illinois State Finance Authority, but any rights or obligations | ||||||
13 | of
any person under any contract made by, or under any rules, | ||||||
14 | regulations,
uniform standards, criteria and guidelines | ||||||
15 | established or approved by, such
former Illinois Educational | ||||||
16 | Facilities Authority shall be unaffected thereby.
All bonds, | ||||||
17 | notes or other evidences of indebtedness outstanding on the
| ||||||
18 | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
19 | Assembly shall be
unaffected by the transfer of functions to | ||||||
20 | the Illinois Finance Authority.
No rule, regulation, standard, | ||||||
21 | criteria or guideline promulgated, established
or approved by | ||||||
22 | the former Illinois Educational Facilities Authority pursuant
| ||||||
23 | to an exercise of any right, power, duty or responsibility | ||||||
24 | assumed by and
transferred to the Illinois Finance Authority | ||||||
25 | shall be affected by this
amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
26 | Assembly, and all such rules, regulations,
standards, criteria | ||||||
27 | and guidelines shall become those of the Illinois Finance
| ||||||
28 | Authority until such time as they are amended or repealed by | ||||||
29 | the Authority.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
31 | Section 350. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act is | ||||||
32 | amended by changing Section 45 as follows:
| ||||||
33 | (110 ILCS 947/45)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 45. Illinois National Guard grant program.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) As used in this Section:
| ||||||
2 | "State controlled university or community college" means | ||||||
3 | those
institutions under the administration of the Chicago | ||||||
4 | State University Board
of Trustees, the Eastern Illinois | ||||||
5 | University Board of Trustees, the Governors
State University | ||||||
6 | Board of Trustees, the Illinois State University Board of
| ||||||
7 | Trustees, the Northeastern Illinois University Board of | ||||||
8 | Trustees, the Northern
Illinois University Board of Trustees, | ||||||
9 | the Western Illinois University Board of
Trustees, Southern | ||||||
10 | Illinois University
Board of Trustees, University of Illinois | ||||||
11 | Board of Trustees, or the Illinois
Community College Board.
| ||||||
12 | "Tuition and fees" shall not include expenses for any | ||||||
13 | sectarian
or denominational instruction, the construction or | ||||||
14 | maintenance of sectarian
or denominational facilities, or any | ||||||
15 | other sectarian or denominational
purposes or activity.
| ||||||
16 | "Fees" means matriculation, graduation, activity, term, or | ||||||
17 | incidental fees.
Exemption shall not be granted from any other | ||||||
18 | fees, including book rental,
service, laboratory, supply, and | ||||||
19 | union building fees, hospital and medical
insurance fees, and | ||||||
20 | any fees established for the operation and maintenance of
| ||||||
21 | buildings, the income of which is pledged to the payment of | ||||||
22 | interest and
principal on bonds issued by the governing board | ||||||
23 | of any university or community
college.
| ||||||
24 | (b) Any enlisted person or
any company grade officer,
| ||||||
25 | including warrant officers, First and Second Lieutenants, and | ||||||
26 | Captains in
the Army and Air National Guard, who has served at | ||||||
27 | least one
year in the
Illinois National Guard and who possesses | ||||||
28 | all necessary
entrance requirements shall, upon application | ||||||
29 | and proper proof, be
awarded a grant to the State-controlled | ||||||
30 | university or community
college of his or her choice, | ||||||
31 | consisting of exemption from tuition and
fees for not more than | ||||||
32 | the equivalent of 4 years of full-time enrollment
in relation | ||||||
33 | to his or her course of study at that State controlled
| ||||||
34 | university or community college while he or she is a member of | ||||||
35 | the Illinois
National Guard. Except as otherwise provided in | ||||||
36 | this Section, if the recipient of any grant awarded under this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section
ceases to be a member of the Illinois National Guard | ||||||
2 | while enrolled in a
course of study under that grant, the grant | ||||||
3 | shall be terminated as of the date
membership in the Illinois | ||||||
4 | National Guard ended, and the recipient shall be
permitted to | ||||||
5 | complete the school term in which he or she is then enrolled | ||||||
6 | only
upon payment of tuition and other fees allocable to the | ||||||
7 | part of the term then
remaining.
If the recipient of a grant | ||||||
8 | awarded under this Section ceases to be a member of the | ||||||
9 | Illinois National Guard while enrolled in a course of study | ||||||
10 | under that grant but (i) has served in the Illinois National | ||||||
11 | Guard for at least 5 years and (ii) has served a cumulative | ||||||
12 | total of at least 6 months of active duty, then that recipient | ||||||
13 | shall continue to be eligible for a grant for one year after | ||||||
14 | membership in the Illinois National Guard ended, provided that | ||||||
15 | the recipient has not already received the exemption from | ||||||
16 | tuition and fees for the equivalent of 4 years of full-time | ||||||
17 | enrollment under this Section. If the recipient of the grant | ||||||
18 | fails to complete his or her
military
service obligations or | ||||||
19 | requirements for satisfactory participation, the
Department of | ||||||
20 | Military Affairs shall require the recipient to repay the | ||||||
21 | amount
of the grant received, prorated according to the | ||||||
22 | fraction of the service
obligation not completed, and, if | ||||||
23 | applicable, reasonable collection fees. The
Department of | ||||||
24 | Military Affairs may adopt rules relating to its
collection | ||||||
25 | activities for repayment of the grant under this Section.
| ||||||
26 | Unsatisfactory participation shall be defined by rules adopted
| ||||||
27 | by the Department of Military Affairs. Repayments shall be | ||||||
28 | deposited
in the National Guard Grant Fund. The National Guard | ||||||
29 | Grant Fund is created as
a special fund in the State treasury. | ||||||
30 | All money in the National Guard Grant
Fund shall be used, | ||||||
31 | subject to appropriation, by the Illinois Student Assistance | ||||||
32 | Commission for the purposes of this Section.
| ||||||
33 | A grant awarded under this Section shall be considered an | ||||||
34 | entitlement
which the State-controlled university or community | ||||||
35 | college in which the
holder is enrolled shall honor without any | ||||||
36 | condition other than the
holder's maintenance of minimum grade |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | levels and a satisfactory student
loan repayment record | ||||||
2 | pursuant to subsection (c) of Section 20 of this
Act.
| ||||||
3 | (c) Subject to a separate appropriation for such purposes, | ||||||
4 | the
Commission may reimburse the State-controlled university | ||||||
5 | or community
college for grants authorized by this Section.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 92-589, eff. 7-1-02; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; | ||||||
7 | 93-856, eff. 8-3-04; revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
8 | Section 355. The Nursing Education Scholarship Law is | ||||||
9 | amended by changing Section 3 as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (110 ILCS 975/3) (from Ch. 144, par. 2753)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 3. Definitions.
| ||||||
12 | The following terms, whenever used or referred to, have the | ||||||
13 | following
meanings except where the context clearly indicates | ||||||
14 | otherwise:
| ||||||
15 | (1) "Board" means the Board of Higher Education created by | ||||||
16 | the Board
of Higher Education Act.
| ||||||
17 | (2) "Department" means the Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
18 | Health.
| ||||||
19 | (3) "Approved institution" means a public community | ||||||
20 | college, private
junior college, hospital-based diploma in | ||||||
21 | nursing
program, or public or private
college or university | ||||||
22 | located in this State that has approval by the Department of | ||||||
23 | Professional
Regulation for an associate degree in nursing
| ||||||
24 | program,
associate degree in applied
sciences in nursing | ||||||
25 | program, hospital-based diploma in nursing
program,
| ||||||
26 | baccalaureate degree in nursing program, graduate degree in | ||||||
27 | nursing program, or
certificate in practical
nursing program.
| ||||||
28 | (4) "Baccalaureate degree in nursing program" means a | ||||||
29 | program offered by
an
approved institution and leading to a | ||||||
30 | bachelor of science degree in nursing.
| ||||||
31 | (5) "Enrollment" means the establishment and maintenance | ||||||
32 | of an
individual's status as a student in an approved | ||||||
33 | institution, regardless of
the terms used at the institution to | ||||||
34 | describe such status.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) "Academic year" means the period of time from September | ||||||
2 | 1 of one
year through August 31 of the next year or as | ||||||
3 | otherwise defined by the
academic institution.
| ||||||
4 | (7) "Associate degree in nursing program or hospital-based | ||||||
5 | diploma in
nursing program" means a program
offered by an | ||||||
6 | approved institution and leading to an associate
degree in
| ||||||
7 | nursing, associate degree in applied sciences in nursing, or
| ||||||
8 | hospital-based diploma in nursing.
| ||||||
9 | (8) "Graduate degree in nursing program" means a program | ||||||
10 | offered by an approved institution and leading to a master of | ||||||
11 | science degree in nursing or a doctorate of philosophy or | ||||||
12 | doctorate of nursing degree in nursing.
| ||||||
13 | (9) "Director" means the Director of the Illinois | ||||||
14 | Department of Public
Health.
| ||||||
15 | (10) "Accepted for admission" means a student has completed | ||||||
16 | the
requirements for entry into an associate degree in nursing | ||||||
17 | program,
associate degree in applied sciences in nursing | ||||||
18 | program, hospital-based
diploma in nursing program,
| ||||||
19 | baccalaureate degree in nursing program, graduate degree in | ||||||
20 | nursing program, or
certificate in practical nursing program at | ||||||
21 | an approved institution, as
documented by the
institution.
| ||||||
22 | (11) "Fees" means those mandatory charges, in addition to | ||||||
23 | tuition, that
all enrolled students must pay, including | ||||||
24 | required course or lab fees.
| ||||||
25 | (12) "Full-time student" means a student enrolled for at | ||||||
26 | least 12 hours
per
term or as otherwise determined by the | ||||||
27 | academic institution.
| ||||||
28 | (13) "Law" means the Nursing Education Scholarship Law.
| ||||||
29 | (14) "Nursing employment obligation" means employment in | ||||||
30 | this State as a
registered
professional
nurse or licensed | ||||||
31 | practical nurse in direct patient care
or as a nurse educator | ||||||
32 | in the case of a graduate degree in nursing program recipient | ||||||
33 | for at least one year for each year of scholarship assistance | ||||||
34 | received through
the Nursing
Education Scholarship Program.
| ||||||
35 | (15) "Part-time student" means a person who is enrolled for | ||||||
36 | at least
one-third of the number of hours required per term by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a school for its
full-time students.
| ||||||
2 | (16) "Practical nursing program" means a program offered by | ||||||
3 | an approved
institution leading to a certificate in practical | ||||||
4 | nursing.
| ||||||
5 | (17) "Registered professional nurse" means a
person who is | ||||||
6 | currently licensed as a registered professional nurse
by the | ||||||
7 | Department of Professional
Regulation under the Nursing and | ||||||
8 | Advanced Practice Nursing Act.
| ||||||
9 | (18) "Licensed practical nurse" means a
person who is | ||||||
10 | currently licensed as a licensed practical nurse
by the | ||||||
11 | Department of Professional
Regulation under the Nursing and | ||||||
12 | Advanced Practice Nursing Act.
| ||||||
13 | (19) "School term" means an academic term, such as a | ||||||
14 | semester, quarter,
trimester, or number of clock hours, as | ||||||
15 | defined by an approved institution.
| ||||||
16 | (20) "Student in good standing" means a student maintaining | ||||||
17 | a cumulative
grade point average equivalent to at least the | ||||||
18 | academic grade of a "C".
| ||||||
19 | (21) "Total and permanent disability" means a physical or | ||||||
20 | mental impairment,
disease, or loss of a permanent nature that | ||||||
21 | prevents nursing employment with or
without reasonable | ||||||
22 | accommodation. Proof of disability shall be a declaration
from | ||||||
23 | the social security administration, Illinois Workers' | ||||||
24 | Compensation Commission,
Department of Defense, or an insurer | ||||||
25 | authorized to transact business in
Illinois who is providing | ||||||
26 | disability insurance coverage to a contractor.
| ||||||
27 | (22) "Tuition" means the established charges of an | ||||||
28 | institution of higher
learning for instruction at that | ||||||
29 | institution.
| ||||||
30 | (23) "Nurse educator" means a person who is currently | ||||||
31 | licensed as a registered nurse by the Department of | ||||||
32 | Professional Regulation under the Nursing and Advanced | ||||||
33 | Practice Nursing Act, who has a graduate degree in nursing, and | ||||||
34 | who is employed by an approved academic institution to educate | ||||||
35 | registered nursing students, licensed practical nursing | ||||||
36 | students, and registered nurses pursuing graduate degrees.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 92-43, eff. 1-1-02; 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-879, | ||||||
2 | eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
3 | Section 360. The Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act | ||||||
4 | is amended by changing Sections 2 and 7 as follows:
| ||||||
5 | (115 ILCS 5/2) (from Ch. 48, par. 1702)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 2. Definitions. As used in this Act:
| ||||||
7 | (a) "Educational employer"
or "employer" means the | ||||||
8 | governing body of a public school district, combination
of | ||||||
9 | public school districts, including the governing body of joint | ||||||
10 | agreements
of any type formed by 2 or more school districts, | ||||||
11 | public community college
district or State college or | ||||||
12 | university, and any State agency whose major
function is | ||||||
13 | providing educational services.
"Educational employer" or | ||||||
14 | "employer" does not include a Financial Oversight
Panel created | ||||||
15 | pursuant to Section 1A-8 of the School Code due to a
district
| ||||||
16 | violating a financial plan but does include a School Finance | ||||||
17 | Authority
created
under Article 1E or 1F of the School Code.
| ||||||
18 | (b) "Educational employee" or "employee" means any | ||||||
19 | individual, excluding
supervisors, managerial, confidential, | ||||||
20 | short term employees, student, and
part-time academic | ||||||
21 | employees of community colleges employed full or part
time by | ||||||
22 | an educational employer, but shall not include elected | ||||||
23 | officials
and appointees of the Governor with the advice and | ||||||
24 | consent of the Senate,
firefighters as defined by subsection | ||||||
25 | (g-1) of Section 3 of the Illinois
Public Labor Relations Act, | ||||||
26 | and peace officers employed by a State
university. For the | ||||||
27 | purposes of this Act, part-time
academic employees of community | ||||||
28 | colleges shall be defined as those
employees who provide less | ||||||
29 | than 3 credit hours of instruction per
academic
semester. In | ||||||
30 | this subsection (b), the term "student"
includes graduate | ||||||
31 | students who are research assistants primarily
performing | ||||||
32 | duties that involve research or graduate assistants primarily
| ||||||
33 | performing duties that are pre-professional, but excludes | ||||||
34 | graduate
students who are teaching assistants primarily |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | performing duties that
involve the delivery and support of | ||||||
2 | instruction and all other graduate
assistants.
| ||||||
3 | (c) "Employee organization" or "labor organization" means | ||||||
4 | an organization
of any kind in which membership includes | ||||||
5 | educational employees, and which
exists for the purpose, in | ||||||
6 | whole or in part, of dealing with employers
concerning | ||||||
7 | grievances, employee-employer disputes, wages, rates of pay,
| ||||||
8 | hours of employment, or conditions of work, but shall not | ||||||
9 | include any
organization which practices discrimination in | ||||||
10 | membership because of race,
color, creed, age, gender, national | ||||||
11 | origin or political affiliation.
| ||||||
12 | (d) "Exclusive representative" means the labor | ||||||
13 | organization which has
been designated by the Illinois | ||||||
14 | Educational Labor Relations Board as the
representative of the | ||||||
15 | majority of educational employees in an appropriate
unit, or | ||||||
16 | recognized by an educational employer prior to January 1, 1984 | ||||||
17 | as
the exclusive representative of the employees in an | ||||||
18 | appropriate unit or,
after January 1, 1984, recognized by an | ||||||
19 | employer upon evidence that the
employee organization has been | ||||||
20 | designated as the exclusive representative
by a majority of the | ||||||
21 | employees in an appropriate unit.
| ||||||
22 | (e) "Board" means the Illinois Educational Labor Relations | ||||||
23 | Board.
| ||||||
24 | (f) "Regional Superintendent" means the regional | ||||||
25 | superintendent of
schools provided for in Articles 3 and 3A of | ||||||
26 | The School Code.
| ||||||
27 | (g) "Supervisor" means any individual having authority in | ||||||
28 | the interests
of the employer to hire, transfer, suspend, lay | ||||||
29 | off, recall, promote,
discharge, reward or discipline other | ||||||
30 | employees within the appropriate
bargaining unit and adjust | ||||||
31 | their grievances, or to effectively recommend
such action if | ||||||
32 | the exercise of such authority is not of a merely routine or
| ||||||
33 | clerical nature but requires the use of independent judgment. | ||||||
34 | The term
"supervisor" includes only those individuals who | ||||||
35 | devote a preponderance of
their employment time to such | ||||||
36 | exercising authority.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h) "Unfair labor practice" or "unfair practice" means any | ||||||
2 | practice
prohibited by Section 14 of this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (i) "Person" includes an individual, educational employee, | ||||||
4 | educational
employer, legal representative, or employee | ||||||
5 | organization.
| ||||||
6 | (j) "Wages" means salaries or other forms of compensation | ||||||
7 | for services
rendered.
| ||||||
8 | (k) "Professional employee" means, in the case of a public | ||||||
9 | community
college, State college or university, State agency | ||||||
10 | whose major function is
providing educational services, the | ||||||
11 | Illinois School for the Deaf, and the
Illinois School for the | ||||||
12 | Visually Impaired, (1) any employee engaged in work
(i) | ||||||
13 | predominantly intellectual and varied in character as opposed | ||||||
14 | to
routine mental, manual, mechanical, or physical work; (ii) | ||||||
15 | involving the
consistent exercise of discretion and judgment in | ||||||
16 | its performance; (iii) of
such character that the output | ||||||
17 | produced or the result accomplished cannot
be standardized in | ||||||
18 | relation to a given period of time; and (iv) requiring
| ||||||
19 | knowledge of an advanced type in a field of science or learning | ||||||
20 | customarily
acquired by a prolonged course of specialized | ||||||
21 | intellectual instruction and
study in an institution of higher | ||||||
22 | learning or a hospital, as distinguished
from a general | ||||||
23 | academic education or from an apprenticeship or from training
| ||||||
24 | in the performance of routine mental, manual, or physical | ||||||
25 | processes; or
(2) any employee, who (i) has completed the | ||||||
26 | courses of specialized
intellectual instruction and study | ||||||
27 | described in clause (iv) of paragraph
(1) of this subsection, | ||||||
28 | and (ii) is performing related work under the
supervision of a | ||||||
29 | professional person to qualify himself or herself to
become a | ||||||
30 | professional as defined in paragraph (l).
| ||||||
31 | (l) "Professional employee" means, in the case of any | ||||||
32 | public school
district, or combination of school districts | ||||||
33 | pursuant to joint agreement,
any employee who has a certificate | ||||||
34 | issued under Article 21 or Section 34-83
of the School Code, as | ||||||
35 | now or hereafter amended.
| ||||||
36 | (m) "Unit" or "bargaining unit" means any group of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employees for which
an exclusive representative is selected.
| ||||||
2 | (n) "Confidential employee" means an employee, who (i) in | ||||||
3 | the regular
course of his or her duties, assists and acts in a | ||||||
4 | confidential capacity to
persons who formulate, determine and | ||||||
5 | effectuate management policies with
regard to labor relations | ||||||
6 | or who (ii) in the regular course of his or her
duties has | ||||||
7 | access to information relating to the effectuation or review of
| ||||||
8 | the employer's collective bargaining policies.
| ||||||
9 | (o) "Managerial employee" means an individual who is | ||||||
10 | engaged
predominantly in executive and management functions | ||||||
11 | and is charged with the
responsibility of directing the | ||||||
12 | effectuation of such management policies and
practices.
| ||||||
13 | (p) "Craft employee" means a skilled journeyman, craft | ||||||
14 | person, and his
or her apprentice or helper.
| ||||||
15 | (q) "Short-term employee" is an employee who is employed | ||||||
16 | for less than
2 consecutive calendar quarters during a calendar | ||||||
17 | year and who does not
have a reasonable expectation that he or | ||||||
18 | she will be rehired by the same
employer for the same service | ||||||
19 | in a subsequent calendar year. Nothing in
this subsection shall | ||||||
20 | affect the employee status of individuals who were
covered by a | ||||||
21 | collective bargaining agreement on the effective date of this
| ||||||
22 | amendatory Act of 1991.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02; 92-748, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
24 | 93-314, eff. 1-1-04;
93-501, eff. 8-11-03; 93-1044, eff. | ||||||
25 | 10-14-04; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
26 | (115 ILCS 5/7) (from Ch. 48, par. 1707)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 7. Recognition of exclusive bargaining | ||||||
28 | representatives - unit
determination. The Board is empowered to | ||||||
29 | administer the
recognition of bargaining representatives of | ||||||
30 | employees of public school
districts, including employees of | ||||||
31 | districts which have entered into joint
agreements, or | ||||||
32 | employees of public community college districts, or any
State | ||||||
33 | college or university, and any State agency whose major | ||||||
34 | function is
providing educational services, making certain | ||||||
35 | that each bargaining unit
contains employees with an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | identifiable community of interest and that no unit
includes | ||||||
2 | both professional employees and nonprofessional employees | ||||||
3 | unless a
majority of employees in each group vote for inclusion | ||||||
4 | in the unit.
| ||||||
5 | (a) In determining the appropriateness of a unit, the Board
| ||||||
6 | shall decide in each case, in order to ensure employees the | ||||||
7 | fullest freedom
in exercising the rights guaranteed by this | ||||||
8 | Act, the unit appropriate for
the purpose of collective | ||||||
9 | bargaining, based upon but not limited to such
factors as | ||||||
10 | historical pattern of recognition, community of interest, | ||||||
11 | including
employee skills and functions, degree of functional | ||||||
12 | integration,
interchangeability and contact among employees, | ||||||
13 | common supervision, wages,
hours and other working conditions | ||||||
14 | of the employees involved, and the desires
of the employees. | ||||||
15 | Nothing in this Act, except as herein provided, shall
interfere | ||||||
16 | with or negate the
current representation rights or patterns | ||||||
17 | and practices of employee
organizations which have | ||||||
18 | historically represented employees for the purposes of
| ||||||
19 | collective bargaining, including but not limited to the | ||||||
20 | negotiations of wages,
hours and working conditions, | ||||||
21 | resolutions of employees' grievances, or
resolution of | ||||||
22 | jurisdictional disputes, or the establishment and maintenance | ||||||
23 | of
prevailing wage rates, unless a majority of the employees so | ||||||
24 | represented
expresses a contrary desire under the procedures | ||||||
25 | set forth in this Act. This
Section, however, does not prohibit | ||||||
26 | multi-unit bargaining. Notwithstanding the
above factors, | ||||||
27 | where the majority of public employees of a craft so decide, | ||||||
28 | the
Board shall designate such craft as a unit appropriate for | ||||||
29 | the purposes of
collective bargaining.
| ||||||
30 | The sole appropriate bargaining unit for tenured and | ||||||
31 | tenure-track
academic faculty at
each campus
of
the
University | ||||||
32 | of Illinois shall be a unit that is comprised of
| ||||||
33 | non-supervisory academic faculty employed more than half-time | ||||||
34 | and
that includes all tenured and tenure-track
faculty
of that | ||||||
35 | University campus employed by the board of trustees in all of | ||||||
36 | the campus's undergraduate, graduate, and
professional
schools |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and degree and non-degree programs
(with the exception of the | ||||||
2 | college of medicine, the college of pharmacy,
the college of | ||||||
3 | dentistry, the college of law, and the college of veterinary
| ||||||
4 | medicine, each of which shall have its own separate unit), | ||||||
5 | regardless of
current
or
historical representation rights or | ||||||
6 | patterns or the application of any
other factors. Any decision, | ||||||
7 | rule, or regulation promulgated by the
Board to the contrary | ||||||
8 | shall be null and void.
| ||||||
9 | (b) An educational employer shall voluntarily recognize a | ||||||
10 | labor organization
for collective bargaining purposes if that | ||||||
11 | organization appears to represent
a majority of employees in | ||||||
12 | the unit. The employer shall post notice
of its intent to so | ||||||
13 | recognize for a period of at least 20 school days on
bulletin | ||||||
14 | boards or other places used or reserved for employee notices.
| ||||||
15 | Thereafter, the employer, if satisfied as to the majority | ||||||
16 | status of the
employee organization, shall send written | ||||||
17 | notification of such recognition
to the Board for | ||||||
18 | certification.
Any dispute regarding the majority status of
a | ||||||
19 | labor organization shall be
resolved by the Board which shall | ||||||
20 | make the determination of majority
status.
| ||||||
21 | Within the 20 day notice period, however, any other | ||||||
22 | interested employee
organization may petition the Board to seek | ||||||
23 | recognition as the exclusive
representative of the unit in the | ||||||
24 | manner specified by rules and regulations
prescribed by the | ||||||
25 | Board, if such interested employee organization has been
| ||||||
26 | designated by at least 15% of the employees in an appropriate | ||||||
27 | bargaining unit
which includes all or some of the employees in | ||||||
28 | the unit intended to be
recognized by the employer. In such | ||||||
29 | event, the Board shall proceed with the
petition in the same | ||||||
30 | manner as provided in paragraph (c) of this Section.
| ||||||
31 | (c) A labor organization may also gain recognition as the | ||||||
32 | exclusive
representative by an election of the employees in the | ||||||
33 | unit. Petitions
requesting an election may be filed with the | ||||||
34 | Board:
| ||||||
35 | (1) by an employee or group of employees or any labor | ||||||
36 | organizations acting
on their behalf alleging and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | presenting evidence that 30% or more of the
employees in a | ||||||
2 | bargaining unit wish to be represented for collective | ||||||
3 | bargaining
or that the labor organization which has been | ||||||
4 | acting as the exclusive
bargaining representative is no | ||||||
5 | longer representative of a majority of the
employees in the | ||||||
6 | unit; or
| ||||||
7 | (2) by an employer alleging that one or more labor | ||||||
8 | organizations have
presented a claim to be recognized as an | ||||||
9 | exclusive bargaining representative
of a majority of the | ||||||
10 | employees in an appropriate unit and that it doubts
the | ||||||
11 | majority status of any of the organizations or that it | ||||||
12 | doubts the majority
status of an exclusive bargaining | ||||||
13 | representative.
| ||||||
14 | The Board shall investigate the petition and if it has | ||||||
15 | reasonable cause to
suspect that a question of representation | ||||||
16 | exists, it shall give notice and
conduct a hearing. If it finds | ||||||
17 | upon the record of the hearing that a question
of | ||||||
18 | representation exists, it shall direct an election, which shall | ||||||
19 | be held no
later than 90 days after the date the petition was | ||||||
20 | filed. Nothing prohibits
the waiving of hearings by the parties | ||||||
21 | and the conduct of consent elections.
| ||||||
22 | (c-5) The Board shall designate an exclusive | ||||||
23 | representative for purposes
of
collective bargaining when the | ||||||
24 | representative demonstrates a showing of
majority interest by | ||||||
25 | employees in the unit. If the parties to a dispute are
without
| ||||||
26 | agreement on the means to ascertain the choice, if any, of | ||||||
27 | employee
organization as their representative, the Board shall | ||||||
28 | ascertain the employees'
choice of
employee organization, on | ||||||
29 | the basis of dues deduction authorization and other
evidence, | ||||||
30 | or, if necessary, by conducting an election. If either party | ||||||
31 | provides
to the Board, before the designation of a | ||||||
32 | representative, clear and convincing
evidence that the dues | ||||||
33 | deduction authorizations, and other evidence upon which
the | ||||||
34 | Board would otherwise rely to ascertain the employees' choice | ||||||
35 | of
representative, are fraudulent or were obtained through | ||||||
36 | coercion, the Board
shall promptly thereafter conduct an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | election. The Board shall also investigate
and consider a | ||||||
2 | party's allegations that the dues deduction authorizations and
| ||||||
3 | other evidence submitted in support of a designation of | ||||||
4 | representative without
an election were subsequently changed, | ||||||
5 | altered, withdrawn, or withheld as a
result of employer fraud, | ||||||
6 | coercion, or any other unfair labor practice by the
employer. | ||||||
7 | If the Board determines that a labor organization would have | ||||||
8 | had a
majority interest but for an employer's fraud, coercion, | ||||||
9 | or unfair labor
practice, it shall designate the labor | ||||||
10 | organization as an exclusive
representative without conducting | ||||||
11 | an election.
| ||||||
12 | (d) An order of the Board dismissing a representation | ||||||
13 | petition, determining
and certifying that a labor organization | ||||||
14 | has been fairly and freely chosen by a
majority of employees in | ||||||
15 | an appropriate bargaining unit, determining and
certifying | ||||||
16 | that a labor organization has not been fairly and freely chosen | ||||||
17 | by a
majority of employees in the bargaining unit or certifying | ||||||
18 | a labor organization
as the exclusive representative of | ||||||
19 | employees in an appropriate bargaining unit
because of a | ||||||
20 | determination by the Board that the labor organization is the
| ||||||
21 | historical bargaining representative of employees in the | ||||||
22 | bargaining unit,
is a final order. Any person aggrieved by any | ||||||
23 | such order issued on or after
the effective date of this | ||||||
24 | amendatory Act of 1987 may apply for and obtain
judicial review | ||||||
25 | in accordance with provisions of the Administrative Review Law,
| ||||||
26 | as now or hereafter amended, except that such review shall be | ||||||
27 | afforded directly
in the Appellate Court of a judicial district | ||||||
28 | in which the Board maintains an
office. Any direct appeal to | ||||||
29 | the Appellate Court shall be filed within 35 days
from the date | ||||||
30 | that a copy of the decision sought to be reviewed was served | ||||||
31 | upon
the party affected by the decision.
| ||||||
32 | No election may be conducted in any bargaining unit during | ||||||
33 | the term of
a collective bargaining agreement covering such | ||||||
34 | unit or subdivision thereof,
except the Board may direct an | ||||||
35 | election after the filing
of a petition between January 15 and | ||||||
36 | March 1 of the final year of a collective
bargaining agreement. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Nothing in this Section prohibits the negotiation
of a | ||||||
2 | collective bargaining agreement covering a period not | ||||||
3 | exceeding 3 years.
A collective bargaining agreement of less | ||||||
4 | than 3 years may be extended up
to 3 years by the parties if the | ||||||
5 | extension is agreed to in writing before
the filing of a | ||||||
6 | petition under this Section. In such case, the final year
of | ||||||
7 | the extension is the final year of the collective bargaining | ||||||
8 | agreement.
No election may be conducted in a bargaining unit, | ||||||
9 | or subdivision thereof,
in which a valid election has been held | ||||||
10 | within the preceding 12 month period.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-444, eff. 8-5-03; 93-445, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
12 | 9-11-03.)
| ||||||
13 | Section 365. The Illinois Savings and Loan Act of 1985 is | ||||||
14 | amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of | ||||||
15 | Section 1-6e as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (205 ILCS 105/1-6e)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 1-6e. Reverse mortgage; disclosure. At the time a | ||||||
18 | reverse mortgage
loan is made, the lender must provide to the | ||||||
19 | mortgagor a separate document
that informs the mortgagor that | ||||||
20 | by obtaining the reverse mortgage the
mortgagor's eligibility | ||||||
21 | to obtain a tax deferral under the Senior Citizens Real
Estate | ||||||
22 | Tax Deferral Act may be adversely affected. The mortgagor must | ||||||
23 | sign
the disclosure document as part of the reverse mortgage | ||||||
24 | transaction.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 92-577, eff. 6-26-02.)
| ||||||
26 | (205 ILCS 105/1-6f)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 1-6f
1-6e . Non-English language transactions. An | ||||||
28 | association
may conduct
transactions in a language other than | ||||||
29 | English through an employee or agent
acting as interpreter or | ||||||
30 | through an interpreter provided by the customer.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 92-578, eff. 6-26-02; revised 9-3-02.)
| ||||||
32 | Section 370. The Illinois Credit Union Act is amended by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | changing Section 13 as follows:
| ||||||
2 | (205 ILCS 305/13) (from Ch. 17, par. 4414)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 13. General powers. A credit union may:
| ||||||
4 | (1) Make contracts; sue and be sued; and adopt and use | ||||||
5 | a common seal
and alter the same;
| ||||||
6 | (2) Acquire, lease (either as lessee or lessor), hold, | ||||||
7 | pledge, mortgage,
sell and dispose of real property, either | ||||||
8 | in whole or in part, or any interest
therein, as may be | ||||||
9 | necessary or incidental to its present or future
operations | ||||||
10 | and needs, subject to such limitations as may be imposed
| ||||||
11 | thereon in rules and regulations promulgated by the | ||||||
12 | Director; acquire, lease
(either as lessee or lessor), | ||||||
13 | hold, pledge, mortgage, sell and dispose of
personal | ||||||
14 | property, either in whole or in part, or any interest | ||||||
15 | therein,
as may be necessary or incidental to its present | ||||||
16 | or future operations
and needs;
| ||||||
17 | (3) At the discretion of the Board of Directors, | ||||||
18 | require the payment of
an entrance fee or annual membership | ||||||
19 | fee, or both, of any person admitted to
membership;
| ||||||
20 | (4) Receive savings from its members in the form of | ||||||
21 | shares of various
classes, or special purpose share | ||||||
22 | accounts; act as custodian of its members'
accounts; issue | ||||||
23 | shares in trust as provided in this Act;
| ||||||
24 | (5) Lend its funds to its members and otherwise as | ||||||
25 | hereinafter provided;
| ||||||
26 | (6) Borrow from any source in accordance with policy | ||||||
27 | established by the
Board of Directors to a maximum of 50% | ||||||
28 | of capital, surplus and reserves;
| ||||||
29 | (7) Discount and sell any obligations owed to the | ||||||
30 | credit union;
| ||||||
31 | (8) Honor requests for withdrawals or transfers of all | ||||||
32 | or any part of
member share accounts, and any classes | ||||||
33 | thereof, in any manner approved by
the credit union Board | ||||||
34 | of Directors;
| ||||||
35 | (9) Sell all or substantially all of its assets or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purchase all or
substantially all of the assets of another | ||||||
2 | credit union, subject to the
prior approval of the | ||||||
3 | Director;
| ||||||
4 | (10) Invest surplus funds as provided in this Act;
| ||||||
5 | (11) Make deposits in banks, savings banks, savings and | ||||||
6 | loan associations,
trust companies; and invest in shares, | ||||||
7 | classes of shares or share certificates
of other credit | ||||||
8 | unions;
| ||||||
9 | (12) Assess charges and fees to members in accordance | ||||||
10 | with board
resolution;
| ||||||
11 | (13) Hold membership in and pay dues to associations | ||||||
12 | and organizations;
to invest in shares, stocks or | ||||||
13 | obligations of any credit union organization;
| ||||||
14 | (14) Declare dividends and pay interest refunds to | ||||||
15 | borrowers as provided
in this Act;
| ||||||
16 | (15) Collect, receive and disburse monies in | ||||||
17 | connection with providing
negotiable checks, money orders | ||||||
18 | and other money-type instruments, and for
such other | ||||||
19 | purposes as may provide benefit or convenience to its | ||||||
20 | members,
and charge a reasonable fee for such services;
| ||||||
21 | (16) Act as fiscal agent for and receive deposits from | ||||||
22 | the federal
government, this state or any agency or | ||||||
23 | political subdivision thereof;
| ||||||
24 | (17) Receive savings from nonmembers in the form of | ||||||
25 | shares or share
accounts in the case of credit unions | ||||||
26 | serving predominantly low-income
members. The term "low | ||||||
27 | income
members" shall mean those members who make less than | ||||||
28 | 80% of the average for
all wage earners as established by | ||||||
29 | the Bureau of Labor Statistics or those
members whose | ||||||
30 | annual household income falls at or below 80% of the
median | ||||||
31 | household income for the nation as established by the | ||||||
32 | Census Bureau. The
term "predominantly" is defined as a | ||||||
33 | simple majority;
| ||||||
34 | (18) To Establish, maintain, and operate terminals as | ||||||
35 | authorized by
the Electronic Fund Transfer Act; and
| ||||||
36 | (19) Subject to Article XLIV of the Illinois Insurance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Code, to act
as the agent for any fire, life, or other | ||||||
2 | insurance company authorized by the
State of Illinois, by | ||||||
3 | soliciting and selling insurance and collecting premiums
| ||||||
4 | on policies issued by such company; and may receive for | ||||||
5 | services so rendered
such fees or commissions as may be | ||||||
6 | agreed upon between the said credit union
and the insurance | ||||||
7 | company for which it may act as agent; provided, however,
| ||||||
8 | that no such credit union shall in any case assume or | ||||||
9 | guarantee the payment of
any premium on insurance policies | ||||||
10 | issued through its agency by its principal;
and provided | ||||||
11 | further, that the credit union shall not guarantee the | ||||||
12 | truth of
any statement made by an assured in filing his | ||||||
13 | application for insurance.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 92-608, eff. 7-1-02; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 375. The Residential Mortgage License Act of 1987 | ||||||
16 | is amended by changing Section 2-4 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (205 ILCS 635/2-4) (from Ch. 17, par. 2322-4)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 2-4. Averments of Licensee. Each application for | ||||||
19 | license or for the
renewal of a license shall be accompanied by | ||||||
20 | the following averments stating
that the applicant:
| ||||||
21 | (a) Will maintain at least one full service office | ||||||
22 | within the
State of Illinois pursuant to Section 3-4 of | ||||||
23 | this Act;
| ||||||
24 | (b) Will maintain staff reasonably adequate to meet the | ||||||
25 | requirements of
Section 3-4 of this Act;
| ||||||
26 | (c) Will keep and maintain for 36 months the same | ||||||
27 | written records
as required by the federal Equal Credit | ||||||
28 | Opportunity Act, and any other
information required by | ||||||
29 | regulations of the Commissioner regarding any home
| ||||||
30 | mortgage in the course of the conduct of its residential | ||||||
31 | mortgage business;
| ||||||
32 | (d) Will file with the Commissioner, when due, any | ||||||
33 | report or reports
which it is required to file under any of | ||||||
34 | the provisions of this Act;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) Will not engage, whether as principal or agent, in | ||||||
2 | the practice of
rejecting residential mortgage | ||||||
3 | applications without reasonable cause, or
varying terms or | ||||||
4 | application procedures without reasonable cause, for home
| ||||||
5 | mortgages on real estate within any specific geographic | ||||||
6 | area from the terms
or procedures generally provided by the | ||||||
7 | licensee within other geographic
areas of the State;
| ||||||
8 | (f) Will not engage in fraudulent home mortgage | ||||||
9 | underwriting practices;
| ||||||
10 | (g) Will not make payment, whether directly or | ||||||
11 | indirectly, of any kind
to any in house or fee appraiser of | ||||||
12 | any government or private money lending
agency with which | ||||||
13 | an application for a home mortgage has been filed for the
| ||||||
14 | purpose of influencing the independent judgment of the | ||||||
15 | appraiser with respect
to the value of any real estate | ||||||
16 | which is to be covered by such home mortgage;
| ||||||
17 | (h) Has filed tax returns (State and Federal) for the | ||||||
18 | past 3
years or filed with the Commissioner an accountant's | ||||||
19 | or attorney's
statement as to why no return was filed;
| ||||||
20 | (i) Will not engage in any discrimination or redlining | ||||||
21 | activities
prohibited by Section 3-8 of this Act;
| ||||||
22 | (j) Will not knowingly make any false promises likely | ||||||
23 | to influence or
persuade, or pursue a course of | ||||||
24 | misrepresentation and false promises
through agents, | ||||||
25 | solicitors, advertising or otherwise;
| ||||||
26 | (k) Will not knowingly misrepresent, circumvent or | ||||||
27 | conceal, through
whatever subterfuge or device, any of the | ||||||
28 | material particulars or the
nature thereof, regarding a | ||||||
29 | transaction to which it is a party to the
injury of another | ||||||
30 | party thereto;
| ||||||
31 | (l) Will disburse funds in accordance with its | ||||||
32 | agreements;
| ||||||
33 | (m) Has not committed a crime against the law of this | ||||||
34 | State, any other
state or of the United States, involving | ||||||
35 | moral turpitude, fraudulent or
dishonest dealing, and that | ||||||
36 | no final judgment has been entered against it in
a civil |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | action upon grounds of fraud, misrepresentation or deceit | ||||||
2 | which has
not been previously reported to the Commissioner;
| ||||||
3 | (n) Will account or deliver to any person any personal | ||||||
4 | property such as
money, fund, deposit, check, draft, | ||||||
5 | mortgage, other document or thing of
value, which has come | ||||||
6 | into its possession, and which is not its property,
or | ||||||
7 | which it is not in law or equity entitled to retain under | ||||||
8 | the
circumstances, at the time which has been agreed upon | ||||||
9 | or is required
by law, or, in the absence of a fixed time, | ||||||
10 | upon demand of the person
entitled to such accounting and | ||||||
11 | delivery;
| ||||||
12 | (o) Has not engaged in any conduct which would be cause | ||||||
13 | for denial of a
license;
| ||||||
14 | (p) Has not become insolvent;
| ||||||
15 | (q) Has not submitted an application for a license | ||||||
16 | under this Act which
contains a material misstatement;
| ||||||
17 | (r) Has not demonstrated by course of conduct, | ||||||
18 | negligence or incompetence
in performing any act for which | ||||||
19 | it is required to hold a license under this
Act;
| ||||||
20 | (s) Will advise the Commissioner in writing of any | ||||||
21 | changes to the
information submitted on the most recent | ||||||
22 | application for license within 30
days of said change. The | ||||||
23 | written notice must be signed in the same form as
the | ||||||
24 | application for license being amended;
| ||||||
25 | (t) Will comply with the provisions of this Act, or | ||||||
26 | with any lawful
order, rule or regulation made or issued | ||||||
27 | under the provisions of this Act;
| ||||||
28 | (u) Will submit to periodic examination by the | ||||||
29 | Commissioner as required
by this Act;
| ||||||
30 | (v) Will advise the Commissioner in writing of | ||||||
31 | judgments entered
against, and bankruptcy petitions by, | ||||||
32 | the license applicant within 5
days of occurrence;
| ||||||
33 | (w) Will advise the Commissioner in writing within 30 | ||||||
34 | days when the
license applicant requests a licensee under | ||||||
35 | this Act to repurchase a loan, and
the circumstances | ||||||
36 | therefor; and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (x) Will advise the Commissioner in writing within 30 | ||||||
2 | days when the
license applicant is requested by another | ||||||
3 | entity to repurchase a loan, and the
circumstances | ||||||
4 | therefor ; .
| ||||||
5 | (y) Will at all times act in a manner consistent with | ||||||
6 | subsections (a) and
(b) of Section 1-2 of this Act ; and .
| ||||||
7 | (z) (x) Will not knowingly hire or employ a loan | ||||||
8 | originator who is
not registered with the Commissioner as | ||||||
9 | required under Section 7-1 of this Act.
| ||||||
10 | A licensee who fails to fulfill obligations of an averment, | ||||||
11 | to comply with
averments made, or otherwise violates any of the | ||||||
12 | averments made under this
Section shall be subject to the | ||||||
13 | penalties in Section 4-5 of this Act.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 93-561, eff. 1-1-04; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 380. The Debt Management Service Act is amended by | ||||||
16 | changing Section 2 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (205 ILCS 665/2) (from Ch. 17, par. 5302)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 2. Definitions. As used in this Act:
| ||||||
19 | "Debt management
service" means
the planning and | ||||||
20 | management of the financial affairs of
a debtor for a fee and | ||||||
21 | the receiving
of money
from the debtor for the purpose
of | ||||||
22 | distributing it, directly or indirectly, to the debtor's | ||||||
23 | creditors in payment or partial payment of
the debtor's | ||||||
24 | obligations or soliciting financial contributions from | ||||||
25 | creditors.
The business of debt management is conducted in this | ||||||
26 | State if the debt
management business, its employees, or its | ||||||
27 | agents are located in this State or
if the
debt management | ||||||
28 | business solicits or contracts with debtors located in this
| ||||||
29 | State.
| ||||||
30 | This term shall not include the following when engaged in
| ||||||
31 | the regular course of their respective businesses and | ||||||
32 | professions:
| ||||||
33 | (a) Attorneys at law.
| ||||||
34 | (b) Banks, fiduciaries, credit unions, savings and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | loan associations,
and savings banks as duly
authorized and | ||||||
2 | admitted to transact business in the State of Illinois and
| ||||||
3 | performing credit and financial adjusting service in the | ||||||
4 | regular course of
their principal business.
| ||||||
5 | (c) Title insurers and abstract companies, while doing | ||||||
6 | an escrow
business.
| ||||||
7 | (d) Judicial officers or others acting pursuant to | ||||||
8 | court
order.
| ||||||
9 | (e) Employers for their employees.
| ||||||
10 | (f) Bill payment services, as defined in the | ||||||
11 | Transmitters of Money Act.
| ||||||
12 | "Director" means Director of Financial Institutions.
| ||||||
13 | "Debtor" means the person or persons for whom the debt
| ||||||
14 | management service is performed.
| ||||||
15 | "Person" means an individual, firm, partnership,
| ||||||
16 | association, limited liability company,
corporation, or | ||||||
17 | not-for-profit corporation.
| ||||||
18 | "Licensee" means a person licensed under this Act.
| ||||||
19 | "Director" means the Director of the Department of | ||||||
20 | Financial Institutions.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 92-400, eff. 1-1-02; 93-903, eff. 8-10-04; | ||||||
22 | revised 9-21-04.)
| ||||||
23 | Section 385. The Hospital Licensing Act is amended by | ||||||
24 | changing Section 10.4 as follows:
| ||||||
25 | (210 ILCS 85/10.4) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 151.4)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 10.4. Medical staff privileges.
| ||||||
27 | (a) Any hospital licensed under this Act or any hospital | ||||||
28 | organized under the
University of Illinois Hospital Act shall, | ||||||
29 | prior to the granting of any medical
staff privileges to an | ||||||
30 | applicant, or renewing a current medical staff member's
| ||||||
31 | privileges, request of the Director of Professional Regulation | ||||||
32 | information
concerning the licensure status and any | ||||||
33 | disciplinary action taken against the
applicant's or medical | ||||||
34 | staff member's license, except: (1) for medical personnel who
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | enter a hospital to obtain organs and tissues for transplant | ||||||
2 | from a donor in accordance with the Illinois Anatomical Gift | ||||||
3 | Act; or (2) for medical personnel who have been granted | ||||||
4 | disaster privileges pursuant to the procedures and | ||||||
5 | requirements established by rules adopted by the Department. | ||||||
6 | Any hospital and any employees of the hospital or others | ||||||
7 | involved in granting privileges who
that , in good faith, grant
| ||||||
8 | grants disaster privileges pursuant to this Section to respond | ||||||
9 | to an emergency shall not, as a result of their
his, her, or | ||||||
10 | its acts or omissions, be liable for civil damages for granting | ||||||
11 | or denying disaster privileges except in the event of willful | ||||||
12 | and wanton misconduct, as that term is defined in Section 10.2 | ||||||
13 | of this Act. Individuals granted privileges who provide care in | ||||||
14 | an emergency situation, in good faith and without direct | ||||||
15 | compensation, shall not, as a result of their his or her acts | ||||||
16 | or omissions, except for acts or omissions involving willful | ||||||
17 | and wanton misconduct, as that term is defined in Section 10.2 | ||||||
18 | of this Act, on the part of the person, be liable for civil | ||||||
19 | damages. The Director of
Professional Regulation shall | ||||||
20 | transmit, in writing and in a timely fashion,
such information | ||||||
21 | regarding the license of the applicant or the medical staff
| ||||||
22 | member, including the record of imposition of any periods of
| ||||||
23 | supervision or monitoring as a result of alcohol or
substance | ||||||
24 | abuse, as provided by Section 23 of the Medical
Practice Act of | ||||||
25 | 1987, and such information as may have been
submitted to the | ||||||
26 | Department indicating that the application
or medical staff | ||||||
27 | member has been denied, or has surrendered,
medical staff | ||||||
28 | privileges at a hospital licensed under this
Act, or any | ||||||
29 | equivalent facility in another state or
territory of the United | ||||||
30 | States. The Director of Professional Regulation
shall define by | ||||||
31 | rule the period for timely response to such requests.
| ||||||
32 | No transmittal of information by the Director of | ||||||
33 | Professional Regulation,
under this Section shall be to other | ||||||
34 | than the president, chief
operating officer, chief | ||||||
35 | administrative officer, or chief of
the medical staff of a | ||||||
36 | hospital licensed under this Act, a
hospital organized under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the University of Illinois Hospital Act, or a hospital
operated | ||||||
2 | by the United States, or any of its instrumentalities. The
| ||||||
3 | information so transmitted shall be afforded the same status
as | ||||||
4 | is information concerning medical studies by Part 21 of Article | ||||||
5 | VIII of the
Code of Civil Procedure, as now or hereafter | ||||||
6 | amended.
| ||||||
7 | (b) All hospitals licensed under this Act, except county | ||||||
8 | hospitals as
defined in subsection (c) of Section 15-1 of the | ||||||
9 | Illinois Public Aid Code,
shall comply with, and the medical | ||||||
10 | staff bylaws of these hospitals shall
include rules consistent | ||||||
11 | with, the provisions of this Section in granting,
limiting, | ||||||
12 | renewing, or denying medical staff membership and
clinical | ||||||
13 | staff privileges. Hospitals that require medical staff members | ||||||
14 | to
possess
faculty status with a specific institution of higher | ||||||
15 | education are not required
to comply with subsection (1) below | ||||||
16 | when the physician does not possess faculty
status.
| ||||||
17 | (1) Minimum procedures for
pre-applicants and | ||||||
18 | applicants for medical staff
membership shall include the | ||||||
19 | following:
| ||||||
20 | (A) Written procedures relating to the acceptance | ||||||
21 | and processing of
pre-applicants or applicants for | ||||||
22 | medical staff membership, which should be
contained in
| ||||||
23 | medical staff bylaws.
| ||||||
24 | (B) Written procedures to be followed in | ||||||
25 | determining
a pre-applicant's or
an applicant's
| ||||||
26 | qualifications for being granted medical staff | ||||||
27 | membership and privileges.
| ||||||
28 | (C) Written criteria to be followed in evaluating
a | ||||||
29 | pre-applicant's or
an applicant's
qualifications.
| ||||||
30 | (D) An evaluation of
a pre-applicant's or
an | ||||||
31 | applicant's current health status and current
license | ||||||
32 | status in Illinois.
| ||||||
33 | (E) A written response to each
pre-applicant or
| ||||||
34 | applicant that explains the reason or
reasons for any | ||||||
35 | adverse decision (including all reasons based in whole | ||||||
36 | or
in part on the applicant's medical qualifications or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any other basis,
including economic factors).
| ||||||
2 | (2) Minimum procedures with respect to medical staff | ||||||
3 | and clinical
privilege determinations concerning current | ||||||
4 | members of the medical staff shall
include the following:
| ||||||
5 | (A) A written notice of an adverse decision.
| ||||||
6 | (B) An explanation of the reasons for an adverse | ||||||
7 | decision including all
reasons based on the quality of | ||||||
8 | medical care or any other basis, including
economic | ||||||
9 | factors.
| ||||||
10 | (C) A statement of the medical staff member's right | ||||||
11 | to request a fair
hearing on the adverse decision | ||||||
12 | before a hearing panel whose membership is
mutually | ||||||
13 | agreed upon by the medical staff and the hospital | ||||||
14 | governing board. The
hearing panel shall have | ||||||
15 | independent authority to recommend action to the
| ||||||
16 | hospital governing board. Upon the request of the | ||||||
17 | medical staff member or the
hospital governing board, | ||||||
18 | the hearing panel shall make findings concerning the
| ||||||
19 | nature of each basis for any adverse decision | ||||||
20 | recommended to and accepted by
the hospital governing | ||||||
21 | board.
| ||||||
22 | (i) Nothing in this subparagraph (C) limits a | ||||||
23 | hospital's or medical
staff's right to summarily | ||||||
24 | suspend, without a prior hearing, a person's | ||||||
25 | medical
staff membership or clinical privileges if | ||||||
26 | the continuation of practice of a
medical staff | ||||||
27 | member constitutes an immediate danger to the | ||||||
28 | public, including
patients, visitors, and hospital | ||||||
29 | employees and staff. A fair hearing shall be
| ||||||
30 | commenced within 15 days after the suspension and | ||||||
31 | completed without delay.
| ||||||
32 | (ii) Nothing in this subparagraph (C) limits a | ||||||
33 | medical staff's right
to permit, in the medical | ||||||
34 | staff bylaws, summary suspension of membership or
| ||||||
35 | clinical privileges in designated administrative | ||||||
36 | circumstances as specifically
approved by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | medical staff. This bylaw provision must | ||||||
2 | specifically describe
both the administrative | ||||||
3 | circumstance that can result in a summary | ||||||
4 | suspension
and the length of the summary | ||||||
5 | suspension. The opportunity for a fair hearing is
| ||||||
6 | required for any administrative summary | ||||||
7 | suspension. Any requested hearing must
be | ||||||
8 | commenced within 15 days after the summary | ||||||
9 | suspension and completed without
delay. Adverse | ||||||
10 | decisions other than suspension or other | ||||||
11 | restrictions on the
treatment or admission of | ||||||
12 | patients may be imposed summarily and without a
| ||||||
13 | hearing under designated administrative | ||||||
14 | circumstances as specifically provided
for in the | ||||||
15 | medical staff bylaws as approved by the medical | ||||||
16 | staff.
| ||||||
17 | (iii) If a hospital exercises its option to | ||||||
18 | enter into an exclusive
contract and that contract | ||||||
19 | results in the total or partial termination or
| ||||||
20 | reduction of medical staff membership or clinical | ||||||
21 | privileges of a current
medical staff member, the | ||||||
22 | hospital shall provide the affected medical staff
| ||||||
23 | member 60 days prior notice of the effect on his or | ||||||
24 | her medical staff
membership or privileges. An | ||||||
25 | affected medical staff member desiring a hearing
| ||||||
26 | under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2) must | ||||||
27 | request the hearing within 14
days after the date | ||||||
28 | he or she is so notified. The requested hearing | ||||||
29 | shall be
commenced and completed (with a report and | ||||||
30 | recommendation to the affected
medical staff | ||||||
31 | member, hospital governing board, and medical | ||||||
32 | staff) within 30
days after the date of the medical | ||||||
33 | staff member's request. If agreed upon by
both the | ||||||
34 | medical staff and the hospital governing board, | ||||||
35 | the medical staff
bylaws may provide for longer | ||||||
36 | time periods.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (D) A statement of the member's right to inspect | ||||||
2 | all pertinent
information in the hospital's possession | ||||||
3 | with respect to the decision.
| ||||||
4 | (E) A statement of the member's right to present | ||||||
5 | witnesses and other
evidence at the hearing on the | ||||||
6 | decision.
| ||||||
7 | (F) A written notice and written explanation of the | ||||||
8 | decision resulting
from the hearing.
| ||||||
9 | (F-5) A written notice of a final adverse decision | ||||||
10 | by a hospital
governing board.
| ||||||
11 | (G) Notice given 15 days before implementation of | ||||||
12 | an adverse medical
staff membership or clinical | ||||||
13 | privileges decision based substantially on
economic | ||||||
14 | factors. This notice shall be given after the medical | ||||||
15 | staff member
exhausts all applicable procedures under | ||||||
16 | this Section, including item (iii) of
subparagraph (C) | ||||||
17 | of this paragraph (2), and under the medical staff | ||||||
18 | bylaws in
order to allow sufficient time for the | ||||||
19 | orderly provision of patient care.
| ||||||
20 | (H) Nothing in this paragraph (2) of this | ||||||
21 | subsection (b) limits a
medical staff member's right to | ||||||
22 | waive, in writing, the rights provided in
| ||||||
23 | subparagraphs (A) through (G) of this paragraph (2) of | ||||||
24 | this subsection (b) upon
being granted the written | ||||||
25 | exclusive right to provide particular services at a
| ||||||
26 | hospital, either individually or as a member of a | ||||||
27 | group. If an exclusive
contract is signed by a | ||||||
28 | representative of a group of physicians, a waiver
| ||||||
29 | contained in the contract shall apply to all members of | ||||||
30 | the group unless stated
otherwise in the contract.
| ||||||
31 | (3) Every adverse medical staff membership and | ||||||
32 | clinical privilege decision
based substantially on | ||||||
33 | economic factors shall be reported to the Hospital
| ||||||
34 | Licensing Board before the decision takes effect. These | ||||||
35 | reports shall not be
disclosed in any form that reveals the | ||||||
36 | identity of any hospital or physician.
These reports shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be utilized to study the effects that hospital medical
| ||||||
2 | staff membership and clinical privilege decisions based | ||||||
3 | upon economic factors
have on access to care and the | ||||||
4 | availability of physician services. The
Hospital Licensing | ||||||
5 | Board shall submit an initial study to the Governor and the
| ||||||
6 | General Assembly by January 1, 1996, and subsequent reports | ||||||
7 | shall be submitted
periodically thereafter.
| ||||||
8 | (4) As used in this Section:
| ||||||
9 | "Adverse decision" means a decision reducing, | ||||||
10 | restricting, suspending,
revoking, denying, or not | ||||||
11 | renewing medical staff membership or clinical
privileges.
| ||||||
12 | "Economic factor" means any information or reasons for | ||||||
13 | decisions unrelated
to quality of care or professional | ||||||
14 | competency.
| ||||||
15 | "Pre-applicant" means a physician licensed to practice | ||||||
16 | medicine in all
its
branches who requests an application | ||||||
17 | for medical staff membership or
privileges.
| ||||||
18 | "Privilege" means permission to provide
medical or | ||||||
19 | other patient care services and permission to use hospital
| ||||||
20 | resources, including equipment, facilities and personnel | ||||||
21 | that are necessary to
effectively provide medical or other | ||||||
22 | patient care services. This definition
shall not be | ||||||
23 | construed to
require a hospital to acquire additional | ||||||
24 | equipment, facilities, or personnel to
accommodate the | ||||||
25 | granting of privileges.
| ||||||
26 | (5) Any amendment to medical staff bylaws required | ||||||
27 | because of
this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly | ||||||
28 | shall be adopted on or
before July 1, 2001.
| ||||||
29 | (c) All hospitals shall consult with the medical staff | ||||||
30 | prior to closing
membership in the entire or any portion of the | ||||||
31 | medical staff or a department.
If
the hospital closes | ||||||
32 | membership in the medical staff, any portion of the medical
| ||||||
33 | staff, or the department over the objections of the medical | ||||||
34 | staff, then the
hospital
shall provide a detailed written | ||||||
35 | explanation for the decision to the medical
staff
10 days prior | ||||||
36 | to the effective date of any closure. No applications need to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be
provided when membership in the medical staff or any | ||||||
2 | relevant portion of the
medical staff is closed.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-794, eff. 7-22-04; 93-829, eff. 7-28-04; | ||||||
4 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
5 | Section 390. The Mobile Home Park Act is amended by | ||||||
6 | changing Section 2.2 as follows:
| ||||||
7 | (210 ILCS 115/2.2) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 712.2)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 2.2. Permanent habitation. "Permanent habitation" | ||||||
9 | means
habitation for a period of 2 or more months.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 77-1472; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 395. The Illinois Insurance Code is amended by | ||||||
12 | setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Sections | ||||||
13 | 155.39, 356z.2, and 356z.4 and by changing Sections 416 and | ||||||
14 | 500-135 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (215 ILCS 5/155.39)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 155.39. Vehicle protection products.
| ||||||
17 | (a) As used in this Section:
| ||||||
18 | "Administrator" means a third party other than the | ||||||
19 | warrantor who is
designated by the warrantor to be responsible | ||||||
20 | for the administration of
vehicle protection product | ||||||
21 | warranties.
| ||||||
22 | "Incidental costs" means expenses specified in the vehicle | ||||||
23 | protection
product warranty incurred by the warranty holder | ||||||
24 | related to the failure of the
vehicle protection product to | ||||||
25 | perform as provided in the warranty.
Incidental costs may | ||||||
26 | include, without limitation, insurance policy
deductibles, | ||||||
27 | rental vehicle charges, the difference between the actual value
| ||||||
28 | of the stolen vehicle at the time of theft and the cost of a | ||||||
29 | replacement
vehicle, sales taxes, registration fees, | ||||||
30 | transaction fees, and mechanical
inspection fees.
| ||||||
31 | "Vehicle protection product" means a vehicle protection | ||||||
32 | device,
system, or service that is (i) installed on or applied |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to a vehicle, (ii) is
designed to prevent loss or damage to a | ||||||
2 | vehicle from a specific cause, (iii)
includes a written | ||||||
3 | warranty by a warrantor that provides if the vehicle
protection | ||||||
4 | product fails to prevent loss or damage to a vehicle from a
| ||||||
5 | specific cause, that the warranty holder shall be paid | ||||||
6 | specified incidental
costs by the warrantor as a result of the | ||||||
7 | failure of the vehicle protection
product to perform pursuant | ||||||
8 | to the terms of the warranty, and (iv) the
warrantor's | ||||||
9 | liability is covered by a warranty reimbursement insurance
| ||||||
10 | policy. The term "vehicle protection product"
shall include, | ||||||
11 | without limitation, alarm systems, body part marking products,
| ||||||
12 | steering locks, window etch products, pedal and ignition locks, | ||||||
13 | fuel and
ignition kill switches, and electronic, radio, and | ||||||
14 | satellite tracking devices.
| ||||||
15 | "Vehicle protection product warrantor" or "warrantor"
| ||||||
16 | means a person who is contractually obligated to the
warranty | ||||||
17 | holder under the terms of the vehicle protection product.
| ||||||
18 | Warrantor does not include an authorized insurer.
| ||||||
19 | "Warranty reimbursement insurance policy" means a policy | ||||||
20 | of
insurance
issued to the vehicle protection product warrantor
| ||||||
21 | to pay on behalf of the warrantor
all covered contractual | ||||||
22 | obligations incurred by the warrantor under the terms
and | ||||||
23 | conditions of the insured vehicle protection product | ||||||
24 | warranties sold by
the warrantor. The warranty reimbursement | ||||||
25 | insurance policy shall be issued by
an insurer authorized to do | ||||||
26 | business in this State that has filed its policy
form with the | ||||||
27 | Department.
| ||||||
28 | (b) No vehicle protection product sold or offered for sale | ||||||
29 | in this State
shall be subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
30 | Code.
Vehicle protection product warrantors and related | ||||||
31 | vehicle protection
product sellers and warranty administrators | ||||||
32 | complying with this Section are
not required to comply with and | ||||||
33 | are not subject to any other provision of this
Code. The | ||||||
34 | vehicle protection products' written warranties are express
| ||||||
35 | warranties and not insurance.
| ||||||
36 | (c) This Section applies to all vehicle protection products |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sold or
offered for sale prior to, on, or after the effective | ||||||
2 | date of this amendatory
Act
of the 93rd General Assembly. The | ||||||
3 | enactment of this Section does not
imply that vehicle | ||||||
4 | protection products should have been subject to regulation
| ||||||
5 | under this Code prior to the enactment of this Section.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 93-218, eff. 7-18-03.)
| ||||||
7 | (215 ILCS 5/155.40)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 155.40
155.39 . Auto insurance; application; false | ||||||
9 | address.
| ||||||
10 | (a) An applicant for a policy of insurance that insures | ||||||
11 | against any loss or
liability resulting from or incident to the | ||||||
12 | ownership, maintenance, or use of a
motor vehicle shall not | ||||||
13 | provide to the insurer to which the application for
coverage is | ||||||
14 | made any address for the applicant other than the address
at | ||||||
15 | which the applicant resides.
| ||||||
16 | (b) A person who knowingly violates this Section is guilty | ||||||
17 | of a business
offense. The penalty is a fine of not less than | ||||||
18 | $1,001 and not more than
$1,200.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 93-269, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-19-03.)
| ||||||
20 | (215 ILCS 5/155.41)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 155.41
155.39 . Slave era policies.
| ||||||
22 | (a) The General Assembly finds and declares all of the
| ||||||
23 | following:
| ||||||
24 | (1) Insurance policies from the slavery era have been | ||||||
25 | discovered
in the archives of several insurance companies, | ||||||
26 | documenting insurance
coverage for slaveholders for damage | ||||||
27 | to or death of their slaves,
issued by a predecessor | ||||||
28 | insurance firm. These documents provide the
first evidence | ||||||
29 | of ill-gotten profits from slavery, which profits in
part | ||||||
30 | capitalized insurers whose successors remain in existence | ||||||
31 | today.
| ||||||
32 | (2) Legislation has been introduced in Congress for the | ||||||
33 | past 10
years demanding an inquiry into slavery and its | ||||||
34 | continuing legacies.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) The Director of Insurance and the Department of | ||||||
2 | Insurance are
entitled to seek information from the files | ||||||
3 | of insurers licensed and
doing business in this State, | ||||||
4 | including licensed Illinois
subsidiaries of international | ||||||
5 | insurance corporations, regarding
insurance policies | ||||||
6 | issued to slaveholders by predecessor
corporations. The | ||||||
7 | people of Illinois are entitled to significant
historical | ||||||
8 | information of this nature.
| ||||||
9 | (b) The Department shall request and obtain information | ||||||
10 | from
insurers licensed and doing business in this State | ||||||
11 | regarding any
records of slaveholder insurance policies issued | ||||||
12 | by any predecessor
corporation during the slavery era.
| ||||||
13 | (c) The Department shall obtain the names of any
| ||||||
14 | slaveholders or slaves described in those insurance records, | ||||||
15 | and
shall make the information available to the public and the
| ||||||
16 | General Assembly.
| ||||||
17 | (d) Any insurer licensed and doing business in this State
| ||||||
18 | shall research and report to the Department with respect to any
| ||||||
19 | records within the insurer's possession or knowledge relating | ||||||
20 | to
insurance policies issued to slaveholders that provided | ||||||
21 | coverage for
damage to or death of their slaves.
| ||||||
22 | (e) Descendants of slaves, whose ancestors were defined as
| ||||||
23 | private property, dehumanized, divided from their families, | ||||||
24 | forced to
perform labor without appropriate compensation or | ||||||
25 | benefits, and
whose ancestors' owners were compensated for | ||||||
26 | damages by insurers, are
entitled to full disclosure.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 93-333, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-19-03.)
| ||||||
28 | (215 ILCS 5/356z.2)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 356z.2. Coverage for adjunctive services in dental | ||||||
30 | care.
| ||||||
31 | (a) An individual or group policy of accident and health | ||||||
32 | insurance
amended, delivered, issued, or renewed after the | ||||||
33 | effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
34 | Assembly shall cover
charges incurred, and anesthetics | ||||||
35 | provided, in
conjunction with dental care that is provided to a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | covered individual in a
hospital or
an ambulatory surgical | ||||||
2 | treatment center
if any of the
following
applies:
| ||||||
3 | (1) the individual is a child age 6 or under;
| ||||||
4 | (2) the individual has a medical condition that | ||||||
5 | requires
hospitalization or general anesthesia for dental | ||||||
6 | care; or
| ||||||
7 | (3) the individual is disabled.
| ||||||
8 | (b) For purposes of this Section, "ambulatory surgical | ||||||
9 | treatment center"
has the meaning given to that term in Section | ||||||
10 | 3 of the Ambulatory
Surgical Treatment Center Act.
| ||||||
11 | For purposes of this Section, "disabled" means a person, | ||||||
12 | regardless of age,
with a chronic
disability if the chronic | ||||||
13 | disability meets all of the following conditions:
| ||||||
14 | (1) It is attributable to a mental or physical | ||||||
15 | impairment or
combination of mental and physical | ||||||
16 | impairments.
| ||||||
17 | (2) It is likely to continue.
| ||||||
18 | (3) It results in substantial functional limitations | ||||||
19 | in one or more of
the following areas of major life | ||||||
20 | activity:
| ||||||
21 | (A) self-care;
| ||||||
22 | (B) receptive and expressive language;
| ||||||
23 | (C) learning;
| ||||||
24 | (D) mobility;
| ||||||
25 | (E) capacity for independent living; or
| ||||||
26 | (F) economic self-sufficiency.
| ||||||
27 | (c) The coverage required under this Section may be subject | ||||||
28 | to any
limitations, exclusions, or cost-sharing provisions | ||||||
29 | that apply generally under
the insurance policy.
| ||||||
30 | (d) This Section does not apply to a policy that covers | ||||||
31 | only dental care.
| ||||||
32 | (e) Nothing in this Section requires that the dental | ||||||
33 | services be
covered.
| ||||||
34 | (f) The provisions of this Section do not apply to | ||||||
35 | short-term travel,
accident-only, limited, or specified | ||||||
36 | disease policies, nor to policies or
contracts designed for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | issuance to persons eligible for coverage under Title
XVIII of | ||||||
2 | the Social Security Act, known as Medicare, or any other | ||||||
3 | similar
coverage under State or federal governmental plans.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 92-764, eff. 1-1-03.)
| ||||||
5 | (215 ILCS 5/356z.3)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 356z.3
356z.2 . Disclosure of limited benefit. An | ||||||
7 | insurer that
issues,
delivers,
amends, or
renews an individual | ||||||
8 | or group policy of accident and health insurance in this
State | ||||||
9 | after the
effective date of this amendatory Act of the 92nd | ||||||
10 | General Assembly and
arranges, contracts
with, or administers | ||||||
11 | contracts with a provider whereby beneficiaries are
provided an | ||||||
12 | incentive to
use the services of such provider must include the | ||||||
13 | following disclosure on its
contracts and
evidences of | ||||||
14 | coverage: "WARNING, LIMITED BENEFITS WILL BE PAID WHEN
| ||||||
15 | NON-PARTICIPATING PROVIDERS ARE USED. You should be aware that | ||||||
16 | when you elect
to
utilize the services of a non-participating | ||||||
17 | provider for a covered service in non-emergency
situations, | ||||||
18 | benefit payments to such non-participating provider are not | ||||||
19 | based upon the amount
billed. The basis of your benefit payment | ||||||
20 | will be determined according to your policy's fee
schedule, | ||||||
21 | usual and customary charge (which is determined by comparing | ||||||
22 | charges for similar
services adjusted to the geographical area | ||||||
23 | where the services are performed), or other method as
defined | ||||||
24 | by the policy. YOU CAN EXPECT TO PAY MORE THAN THE COINSURANCE
| ||||||
25 | AMOUNT DEFINED IN THE POLICY AFTER THE PLAN HAS PAID ITS | ||||||
26 | REQUIRED
PORTION. Non-participating providers may bill members | ||||||
27 | for any amount up to the
billed
charge after the plan has paid | ||||||
28 | its portion of the bill. Participating providers
have agreed to | ||||||
29 | accept
discounted payments for services with no additional | ||||||
30 | billing to the member other
than co-insurance and deductible | ||||||
31 | amounts. You may obtain further information
about the
| ||||||
32 | participating
status of professional providers and information | ||||||
33 | on out-of-pocket expenses by
calling the toll
free telephone | ||||||
34 | number on your identification card.".
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-579, eff. 1-1-03; revised 9-3-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (215 ILCS 5/356z.4)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 356z.4. Coverage for contraceptives.
| ||||||
3 | (a) An individual or group policy of accident and health | ||||||
4 | insurance amended,
delivered, issued, or renewed in this State | ||||||
5 | after the effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
6 | General Assembly that provides coverage for
outpatient | ||||||
7 | services and outpatient prescription drugs or devices must | ||||||
8 | provide
coverage for the insured and any
dependent of the
| ||||||
9 | insured covered by the policy for all outpatient contraceptive | ||||||
10 | services and
all outpatient contraceptive drugs and devices | ||||||
11 | approved by the Food and
Drug Administration. Coverage required | ||||||
12 | under this Section may not impose any
deductible, coinsurance, | ||||||
13 | waiting period, or other cost-sharing or limitation
that is | ||||||
14 | greater than that required for any outpatient service or | ||||||
15 | outpatient
prescription drug or device otherwise covered by the | ||||||
16 | policy.
| ||||||
17 | (b) As used in this Section, "outpatient contraceptive | ||||||
18 | service" means
consultations, examinations, procedures, and | ||||||
19 | medical services, provided on an
outpatient basis and related | ||||||
20 | to the use of contraceptive methods (including
natural family | ||||||
21 | planning) to prevent an unintended pregnancy.
| ||||||
22 | (c) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to require | ||||||
23 | an insurance
company to cover services related to an abortion | ||||||
24 | as the term "abortion" is
defined in the Illinois Abortion Law | ||||||
25 | of 1975.
| ||||||
26 | (d) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to require | ||||||
27 | an insurance
company to cover services related to permanent | ||||||
28 | sterilization that requires a
surgical procedure.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-102, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
30 | (215 ILCS 5/356z.5)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 356z.5
356z.4 . Prescription inhalants. A group or | ||||||
32 | individual
policy of
accident and health insurance or managed | ||||||
33 | care plan amended, delivered, issued,
or renewed
after the | ||||||
34 | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Assembly
that provides
coverage for prescription drugs may not | ||||||
2 | deny or limit coverage
for prescription inhalants to enable | ||||||
3 | persons to breathe when suffering from
asthma or other | ||||||
4 | life-threatening bronchial ailments based upon any restriction
| ||||||
5 | on the number of days before an inhaler refill may be obtained | ||||||
6 | if, contrary to
those restrictions, the inhalants have been | ||||||
7 | ordered or prescribed by the
treating physician and are | ||||||
8 | medically appropriate.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-529, eff. 8-14-03; revised 9-25-03.)
| ||||||
10 | (215 ILCS 5/416)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 416. Illinois Workers' Compensation
Commission | ||||||
12 | Operations Fund Surcharge.
| ||||||
13 | (a) As of July 30, 2004 ( the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
14 | 93-840)
this amendatory Act of 2004 , every company licensed or
| ||||||
15 | authorized by the Illinois Department of Insurance and insuring | ||||||
16 | employers'
liabilities arising under the Workers' Compensation | ||||||
17 | Act or the Workers'
Occupational Diseases Act shall remit to | ||||||
18 | the Director a surcharge based upon
the annual direct written | ||||||
19 | premium, as reported under Section 136 of this Act,
of the | ||||||
20 | company in the manner provided in this
Section. Such
proceeds | ||||||
21 | shall
be deposited into the Illinois Workers' Compensation
| ||||||
22 | Commission Operations Fund as
established in
the Workers' | ||||||
23 | Compensation Act. If a company
survives or
was formed by a | ||||||
24 | merger, consolidation, reorganization, or reincorporation, the
| ||||||
25 | direct
written premiums of all companies party to the merger, | ||||||
26 | consolidation,
reorganization, or
reincorporation shall, for | ||||||
27 | purposes of determining the amount of the fee
imposed by this
| ||||||
28 | Section, be regarded as those of the surviving or new company.
| ||||||
29 | (b)(1) Except as provided in subsection (b)(2) of this | ||||||
30 | Section, beginning on
July 30, 2004 ( the effective date of | ||||||
31 | Public Act 93-840)
this amendatory Act of 2004 and on July 1 of | ||||||
32 | each year thereafter,
the
Director shall
charge an annual | ||||||
33 | Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission Operations Fund | ||||||
34 | Surcharge from every
company subject to subsection (a) of this | ||||||
35 | Section equal to 1.01% of its direct
written
premium for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | insuring employers' liabilities arising under the Workers'
| ||||||
2 | Compensation Act or Workers' Occupational Diseases Act as | ||||||
3 | reported in each
company's
annual
statement filed for the | ||||||
4 | previous year as required by Section 136. The
Illinois Workers' | ||||||
5 | Compensation Commission Operations Fund Surcharge shall be | ||||||
6 | collected by companies
subject to subsection (a) of this | ||||||
7 | Section as a separately stated surcharge on
insured employers | ||||||
8 | at the rate of 1.01% of direct written premium. The
Illinois | ||||||
9 | Workers' Compensation
Industrial Commission Operations Fund | ||||||
10 | Surcharge shall not be collected by companies
subject to | ||||||
11 | subsection (a) of this Section from any employer that | ||||||
12 | self-insures its liabilities arising under the Workers' | ||||||
13 | Compensation Act or Workers' Occupational Diseases Act, | ||||||
14 | provided that the employer has paid the Illinois Workers' | ||||||
15 | Compensation
Industrial Commission Operations Fund Fee | ||||||
16 | pursuant to Section 4d of the Workers' Compensation Act. All | ||||||
17 | sums
collected by
the Department of Insurance under the | ||||||
18 | provisions of this Section shall be paid
promptly
after the | ||||||
19 | receipt of the same, accompanied by a detailed statement | ||||||
20 | thereof,
into the
Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission | ||||||
21 | Operations Fund in the State treasury.
| ||||||
22 | (b)(2) The surcharge due pursuant to Public Act 93-840
this | ||||||
23 | amendatory Act of 2004 shall be collected instead of the | ||||||
24 | surcharge due on July 1, 2004 under Public Act 93-32. Payment | ||||||
25 | of the surcharge due under Public Act 93-840
this amendatory | ||||||
26 | Act of 2004 shall discharge the employer's obligations due on | ||||||
27 | July 1, 2004.
| ||||||
28 | (c) In addition to the authority specifically granted under | ||||||
29 | Article XXV of
this
Code, the Director shall have such | ||||||
30 | authority to adopt rules or establish forms
as may be
| ||||||
31 | reasonably necessary for purposes of enforcing this Section. | ||||||
32 | The Director shall
also have
authority to defer, waive, or | ||||||
33 | abate the surcharge or any penalties imposed by
this
Section if | ||||||
34 | in
the Director's opinion the company's solvency and ability to | ||||||
35 | meet its insured
obligations
would be immediately threatened by | ||||||
36 | payment of the surcharge due.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d) When a company fails to pay the full amount of any | ||||||
2 | annual
Illinois Workers' Compensation
Commission Operations | ||||||
3 | Fund Surcharge of $100 or more due under this Section,
there
| ||||||
4 | shall be
added to the amount due as a penalty the greater of | ||||||
5 | $1,000 or an amount equal
to 5% of
the deficiency for each | ||||||
6 | month or part of a month that the deficiency remains
unpaid.
| ||||||
7 | (e) The Department of Insurance may enforce the collection | ||||||
8 | of any delinquent
payment, penalty, or portion thereof by legal | ||||||
9 | action or in any other manner by
which the
collection of debts | ||||||
10 | due the State of Illinois may be enforced under the laws of
| ||||||
11 | this State.
| ||||||
12 | (f) Whenever it appears to the satisfaction of the Director | ||||||
13 | that a company
has
paid
pursuant to this Act an Illinois | ||||||
14 | Workers' Compensation Commission Operations Fund Surcharge in
| ||||||
15 | an amount
in excess of the amount legally collectable from the | ||||||
16 | company, the Director
shall issue a
credit memorandum for an | ||||||
17 | amount equal to the amount of such overpayment. A
credit
| ||||||
18 | memorandum may be applied for the 2-year period from the date | ||||||
19 | of issuance,
against the
payment of any amount due during that | ||||||
20 | period under the surcharge imposed by
this
Section or,
subject | ||||||
21 | to reasonable rule of the Department of Insurance including | ||||||
22 | requirement
of
notification, may be assigned to any other | ||||||
23 | company subject to regulation under
this Act.
Any application | ||||||
24 | of credit memoranda after the period provided for in this
| ||||||
25 | Section is void.
| ||||||
26 | (g) Annually, the Governor may direct a transfer of up to | ||||||
27 | 2% of all moneys
collected under this Section to the Insurance | ||||||
28 | Financial Regulation Fund.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-840, | ||||||
30 | eff. 7-30-04; revised 12-29-04.)
| ||||||
31 | (215 ILCS 5/500-135)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 500-135. Fees.
| ||||||
33 | (a) The fees required by this Article are as follows:
| ||||||
34 | (1) a fee of $180 for a person who is a resident of | ||||||
35 | Illinois, and $250
for a person who is not a resident of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois, payable once every 2
years for an insurance
| ||||||
2 | producer
license;
| ||||||
3 | (2) a fee of $50 for the issuance of a temporary | ||||||
4 | insurance
producer
license;
| ||||||
5 | (3) a fee of $150 payable once every 2 years for a | ||||||
6 | business
entity;
| ||||||
7 | (4) an annual $50 fee for a limited
line producer | ||||||
8 | license issued under items (1)
through (7) of subsection | ||||||
9 | (a) of Section 500-100;
| ||||||
10 | (5) a $50 application fee for the processing of a | ||||||
11 | request to
take the
written
examination for an insurance | ||||||
12 | producer license;
| ||||||
13 | (6) an annual registration fee of $1,000 for | ||||||
14 | registration of
an
education provider;
| ||||||
15 | (7) a certification fee of $50 for each certified
| ||||||
16 | pre-licensing or
continuing
education course and an annual | ||||||
17 | fee of $20 for renewing the
certification of
each such
| ||||||
18 | course;
| ||||||
19 | (8) a fee of $180 for a person who is a resident of | ||||||
20 | Illinois, and $250
for a person who is not a resident of | ||||||
21 | Illinois, payable once every 2
years for a car rental
| ||||||
22 | limited line
license;
| ||||||
23 | (9) a fee of $200 payable once every 2 years for a | ||||||
24 | limited
lines license
other
than the licenses issued under | ||||||
25 | items (1) through (7) of subsection (a) of
Section
500-100, | ||||||
26 | a
car rental limited line license, or a self-service | ||||||
27 | storage facility limited
line license;
| ||||||
28 | (10) a fee of $50 payable once every 2 years for a | ||||||
29 | self-service storage
facility limited line license.
| ||||||
30 | (b) Except as otherwise provided, all
fees paid to and | ||||||
31 | collected by the Director under
this Section shall be paid | ||||||
32 | promptly after receipt thereof, together with a
detailed | ||||||
33 | statement of
such fees, into a special fund in the State | ||||||
34 | Treasury to be known as the
Insurance Producer
Administration | ||||||
35 | Fund. The moneys deposited into the Insurance Producer
| ||||||
36 | Administration Fund
may be used only for payment of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expenses of the Department in the
execution,
administration, | ||||||
2 | and enforcement of the insurance laws of this State, and shall
| ||||||
3 | be appropriated as
otherwise provided by law for the payment of | ||||||
4 | those expenses with first priority
being any
expenses incident | ||||||
5 | to or associated with the administration and enforcement of
| ||||||
6 | this Article.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 92-386, eff. 1-1-02; 93-32, eff. 7-1-03; 93-288, | ||||||
8 | eff. 1-1-04;
revised 9-12-03.)
| ||||||
9 | Section 400. The Health Maintenance Organization Act is | ||||||
10 | amended by changing Section 5-3 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (215 ILCS 125/5-3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1411.2)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 5-3. Insurance Code provisions.
| ||||||
13 | (a) Health Maintenance Organizations
shall be subject to | ||||||
14 | the provisions of Sections 133, 134, 137, 140, 141.1,
141.2, | ||||||
15 | 141.3, 143, 143c, 147, 148, 149, 151,
152, 153, 154, 154.5, | ||||||
16 | 154.6,
154.7, 154.8, 155.04, 355.2, 356m, 356v, 356w, 356x, | ||||||
17 | 356y,
356z.2, 356z.4, 356z.5, 356z.6, 364.01, 367.2, 367.2-5, | ||||||
18 | 367i, 368a, 368b, 368c, 368d, 368e,
401, 401.1, 402, 403, 403A,
| ||||||
19 | 408, 408.2, 409, 412, 444,
and
444.1,
paragraph (c) of | ||||||
20 | subsection (2) of Section 367, and Articles IIA, VIII 1/2,
XII,
| ||||||
21 | XII 1/2, XIII, XIII 1/2, XXV, and XXVI of the Illinois | ||||||
22 | Insurance Code.
| ||||||
23 | (b) For purposes of the Illinois Insurance Code, except for | ||||||
24 | Sections 444
and 444.1 and Articles XIII and XIII 1/2, Health | ||||||
25 | Maintenance Organizations in
the following categories are | ||||||
26 | deemed to be "domestic companies":
| ||||||
27 | (1) a corporation authorized under the
Dental Service | ||||||
28 | Plan Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans Act;
| ||||||
29 | (2) a corporation organized under the laws of this | ||||||
30 | State; or
| ||||||
31 | (3) a corporation organized under the laws of another | ||||||
32 | state, 30% or more
of the enrollees of which are residents | ||||||
33 | of this State, except a
corporation subject to | ||||||
34 | substantially the same requirements in its state of
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | organization as is a "domestic company" under Article VIII | ||||||
2 | 1/2 of the
Illinois Insurance Code.
| ||||||
3 | (c) In considering the merger, consolidation, or other | ||||||
4 | acquisition of
control of a Health Maintenance Organization | ||||||
5 | pursuant to Article VIII 1/2
of the Illinois Insurance Code,
| ||||||
6 | (1) the Director shall give primary consideration to | ||||||
7 | the continuation of
benefits to enrollees and the financial | ||||||
8 | conditions of the acquired Health
Maintenance Organization | ||||||
9 | after the merger, consolidation, or other
acquisition of | ||||||
10 | control takes effect;
| ||||||
11 | (2)(i) the criteria specified in subsection (1)(b) of | ||||||
12 | Section 131.8 of
the Illinois Insurance Code shall not | ||||||
13 | apply and (ii) the Director, in making
his determination | ||||||
14 | with respect to the merger, consolidation, or other
| ||||||
15 | acquisition of control, need not take into account the | ||||||
16 | effect on
competition of the merger, consolidation, or | ||||||
17 | other acquisition of control;
| ||||||
18 | (3) the Director shall have the power to require the | ||||||
19 | following
information:
| ||||||
20 | (A) certification by an independent actuary of the | ||||||
21 | adequacy
of the reserves of the Health Maintenance | ||||||
22 | Organization sought to be acquired;
| ||||||
23 | (B) pro forma financial statements reflecting the | ||||||
24 | combined balance
sheets of the acquiring company and | ||||||
25 | the Health Maintenance Organization sought
to be | ||||||
26 | acquired as of the end of the preceding year and as of | ||||||
27 | a date 90 days
prior to the acquisition, as well as pro | ||||||
28 | forma financial statements
reflecting projected | ||||||
29 | combined operation for a period of 2 years;
| ||||||
30 | (C) a pro forma business plan detailing an | ||||||
31 | acquiring party's plans with
respect to the operation | ||||||
32 | of the Health Maintenance Organization sought to
be | ||||||
33 | acquired for a period of not less than 3 years; and
| ||||||
34 | (D) such other information as the Director shall | ||||||
35 | require.
| ||||||
36 | (d) The provisions of Article VIII 1/2 of the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Insurance Code
and this Section 5-3 shall apply to the sale by | ||||||
2 | any health maintenance
organization of greater than 10% of its
| ||||||
3 | enrollee population (including without limitation the health | ||||||
4 | maintenance
organization's right, title, and interest in and to | ||||||
5 | its health care
certificates).
| ||||||
6 | (e) In considering any management contract or service | ||||||
7 | agreement subject
to Section 141.1 of the Illinois Insurance | ||||||
8 | Code, the Director (i) shall, in
addition to the criteria | ||||||
9 | specified in Section 141.2 of the Illinois
Insurance Code, take | ||||||
10 | into account the effect of the management contract or
service | ||||||
11 | agreement on the continuation of benefits to enrollees and the
| ||||||
12 | financial condition of the health maintenance organization to | ||||||
13 | be managed or
serviced, and (ii) need not take into account the | ||||||
14 | effect of the management
contract or service agreement on | ||||||
15 | competition.
| ||||||
16 | (f) Except for small employer groups as defined in the | ||||||
17 | Small Employer
Rating, Renewability and Portability Health | ||||||
18 | Insurance Act and except for
medicare supplement policies as | ||||||
19 | defined in Section 363 of the Illinois
Insurance Code, a Health | ||||||
20 | Maintenance Organization may by contract agree with a
group or | ||||||
21 | other enrollment unit to effect refunds or charge additional | ||||||
22 | premiums
under the following terms and conditions:
| ||||||
23 | (i) the amount of, and other terms and conditions with | ||||||
24 | respect to, the
refund or additional premium are set forth | ||||||
25 | in the group or enrollment unit
contract agreed in advance | ||||||
26 | of the period for which a refund is to be paid or
| ||||||
27 | additional premium is to be charged (which period shall not | ||||||
28 | be less than one
year); and
| ||||||
29 | (ii) the amount of the refund or additional premium | ||||||
30 | shall not exceed 20%
of the Health Maintenance | ||||||
31 | Organization's profitable or unprofitable experience
with | ||||||
32 | respect to the group or other enrollment unit for the | ||||||
33 | period (and, for
purposes of a refund or additional | ||||||
34 | premium, the profitable or unprofitable
experience shall | ||||||
35 | be calculated taking into account a pro rata share of the
| ||||||
36 | Health Maintenance Organization's administrative and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | marketing expenses, but
shall not include any refund to be | ||||||
2 | made or additional premium to be paid
pursuant to this | ||||||
3 | subsection (f)). The Health Maintenance Organization and | ||||||
4 | the
group or enrollment unit may agree that the profitable | ||||||
5 | or unprofitable
experience may be calculated taking into | ||||||
6 | account the refund period and the
immediately preceding 2 | ||||||
7 | plan years.
| ||||||
8 | The Health Maintenance Organization shall include a | ||||||
9 | statement in the
evidence of coverage issued to each enrollee | ||||||
10 | describing the possibility of a
refund or additional premium, | ||||||
11 | and upon request of any group or enrollment unit,
provide to | ||||||
12 | the group or enrollment unit a description of the method used | ||||||
13 | to
calculate (1) the Health Maintenance Organization's | ||||||
14 | profitable experience with
respect to the group or enrollment | ||||||
15 | unit and the resulting refund to the group
or enrollment unit | ||||||
16 | or (2) the Health Maintenance Organization's unprofitable
| ||||||
17 | experience with respect to the group or enrollment unit and the | ||||||
18 | resulting
additional premium to be paid by the group or | ||||||
19 | enrollment unit.
| ||||||
20 | In no event shall the Illinois Health Maintenance | ||||||
21 | Organization
Guaranty Association be liable to pay any | ||||||
22 | contractual obligation of an
insolvent organization to pay any | ||||||
23 | refund authorized under this Section.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-764, eff. 1-1-03; 93-102, eff. 1-1-04; 93-261, | ||||||
25 | eff. 1-1-04; 93-477, eff. 8-8-03; 93-529, eff. 8-14-03; 93-853, | ||||||
26 | eff. 1-1-05; 93-1000, eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
27 | Section 405. The Voluntary Health Services Plans Act is | ||||||
28 | amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
29 | (215 ILCS 165/10) (from Ch. 32, par. 604)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 10. Application of Insurance Code provisions. Health | ||||||
31 | services
plan corporations and all persons interested therein | ||||||
32 | or dealing therewith
shall be subject to the provisions of | ||||||
33 | Articles IIA and XII 1/2 and Sections
3.1, 133, 140, 143, 143c, | ||||||
34 | 149, 155.37, 354, 355.2, 356r, 356t, 356u, 356v,
356w, 356x, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 356y, 356z.1, 356z.2, 356z.4, 356z.5, 356z.6, 364.01, 367.2, | ||||||
2 | 368a, 401, 401.1,
402,
403, 403A, 408,
408.2, and 412, and | ||||||
3 | paragraphs (7) and (15) of Section 367 of the Illinois
| ||||||
4 | Insurance Code.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-130, eff. 7-20-01; 92-440, eff. 8-17-01; | ||||||
6 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-764, eff. 1-1-03; 93-102, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
7 | 93-529, eff. 8-14-03; 93-853, eff. 1-1-05; 93-1000, eff. | ||||||
8 | 1-1-05; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
9 | Section 410. The Public Utilities Act is amended by | ||||||
10 | changing Sections 5-109 and 16-111 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (220 ILCS 5/5-109) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 5-109)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 5-109. Reports; false reports; penalty. Each public | ||||||
13 | utility in the
State, other than a commercial
mobile radio | ||||||
14 | service provider, shall each year furnish to
the Commission, in | ||||||
15 | such form as the Commission shall require, annual
reports as to | ||||||
16 | all the items mentioned in the preceding Sections of this
| ||||||
17 | Article, and in addition such other items, whether of a nature | ||||||
18 | similar
to those therein enumerated or otherwise, as the | ||||||
19 | Commission may
prescribe. Such annual reports shall contain all | ||||||
20 | the required information
for the period of 12 months ending on
| ||||||
21 | June 30 in each year, or ending on December 31 in
each year, as | ||||||
22 | the Commission may by order prescribe for each class of
public | ||||||
23 | utilities, except commercial mobile radio service providers,
| ||||||
24 | and shall be filed with the Commission at its office in | ||||||
25 | Springfield
within 3 months after the close of the year for | ||||||
26 | which
the report is made. The Commission shall have authority | ||||||
27 | to require any
public utility to file monthly reports of | ||||||
28 | earnings and expenses of such
utility, and to file other | ||||||
29 | periodical or special, or both periodical and
special reports | ||||||
30 | concerning any matter about which the Commission is
authorized | ||||||
31 | by law to keep itself informed. All reports shall be under | ||||||
32 | oath.
| ||||||
33 | When any report is erroneous or defective or appears to the | ||||||
34 | Commission
to be erroneous or defective, the Commission may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | notify the public
utility to amend such report within 30 days, | ||||||
2 | and before
or after the termination of such period the | ||||||
3 | Commission may examine the
officers, agents, or employees, and | ||||||
4 | books, records, accounts, vouchers,
plant, equipment and | ||||||
5 | property of such public utility, and correct such
items in the | ||||||
6 | report as upon such examination the Commission may find
| ||||||
7 | defective or erroneous.
| ||||||
8 | All reports made to the Commission by any public utility | ||||||
9 | and the contents
thereof shall be open to public inspection, | ||||||
10 | unless otherwise ordered by the
Commission. Such reports shall | ||||||
11 | be preserved in the office of the Commission.
| ||||||
12 | Any public utility which fails to make and file any report | ||||||
13 | called for by
the Commission within the time specified; or to | ||||||
14 | make specific answer to any
question propounded by the | ||||||
15 | Commission within 30 days from the
time it is lawfully required | ||||||
16 | to do so, or within such further time, not
to exceed 90 days, | ||||||
17 | as may in its discretion be allowed by the
Commission, shall | ||||||
18 | forfeit up to $100 for each and every day it may so be in
| ||||||
19 | default if the utility collects less than $100,000 annually in | ||||||
20 | gross revenue;
and if the utility collects $100,000 or more | ||||||
21 | annually in gross revenue,
it shall forfeit $1,000 per day for | ||||||
22 | each and every day it is in default.
| ||||||
23 | Any person who willfully makes any false return or report | ||||||
24 | to the
Commission or to any member, officer, or employee | ||||||
25 | thereof,
any
person who willfully, in a
return or report, | ||||||
26 | withholds or fails to provide material information to which
the | ||||||
27 | Commission
is entitled under this Act and which information is | ||||||
28 | either required to be filed
by statute, rule, regulation, | ||||||
29 | order, or decision of the Commission or has been
requested by | ||||||
30 | the Commission,
and any
person who willfully aids or abets such | ||||||
31 | person shall be guilty of a Class A
misdemeanor.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 93-132, eff. 7-10-03; 93-457, eff. 8-8-03; | ||||||
33 | revised 9-12-03.)
| ||||||
34 | (220 ILCS 5/16-111)
| ||||||
35 | Sec. 16-111. Rates and restructuring transactions during
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mandatory transition period.
| ||||||
2 | (a) During the mandatory transition period,
| ||||||
3 | notwithstanding any provision of Article IX of this Act, and
| ||||||
4 | except as provided in subsections (b), (d), (e), and (f)
of | ||||||
5 | this Section, the Commission shall not (i) initiate,
authorize | ||||||
6 | or order any change by way of increase (other than in | ||||||
7 | connection with
a request for rate increase which was filed | ||||||
8 | after September 1, 1997 but prior
to October 15, 1997, by an | ||||||
9 | electric utility serving less than 12,500 customers
in this | ||||||
10 | State), (ii)
initiate or, unless requested by the electric | ||||||
11 | utility,
authorize or order any change by way of decrease,
| ||||||
12 | restructuring or unbundling (except as provided in Section | ||||||
13 | 16-109A), in the
rates of any electric
utility that were in | ||||||
14 | effect on October 1, 1996, or (iii) in any order approving
any | ||||||
15 | application for a merger pursuant to Section 7-204 that was | ||||||
16 | pending as of
May 16, 1997, impose any condition requiring any | ||||||
17 | filing for an increase,
decrease, or change in, or other review | ||||||
18 | of, an electric utility's rates or
enforce any such condition | ||||||
19 | of any such order;
provided,
however, that this subsection | ||||||
20 | shall not prohibit the
Commission from:
| ||||||
21 | (1) approving the application of an electric utility
to | ||||||
22 | implement an alternative to rate of return regulation
or a | ||||||
23 | regulatory mechanism that rewards or penalizes the
| ||||||
24 | electric utility through adjustment of rates based on
| ||||||
25 | utility performance, pursuant to Section 9-244;
| ||||||
26 | (2) authorizing an electric utility to eliminate its
| ||||||
27 | fuel adjustment clause and adjust its base rate tariffs
in | ||||||
28 | accordance with subsection (b), (d), or (f) of Section
| ||||||
29 | 9-220 of this Act, to fix its fuel adjustment factor in
| ||||||
30 | accordance with subsection (c) of Section 9-220 of this
| ||||||
31 | Act, or to eliminate its fuel adjustment clause in | ||||||
32 | accordance with subsection
(e) of Section 9-220 of this | ||||||
33 | Act;
| ||||||
34 | (3) ordering into effect tariffs for delivery
services | ||||||
35 | and transition charges in accordance with
Sections 16-104 | ||||||
36 | and 16-108, for real-time pricing in
accordance with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 16-107, or the options required
by Section 16-110 | ||||||
2 | and subsection (n) of 16-112,
allowing a billing experiment | ||||||
3 | in accordance with
Section 16-106, or modifying delivery | ||||||
4 | services tariffs in accordance with
Section 16-109; or
| ||||||
5 | (4) ordering or allowing into effect any tariff to
| ||||||
6 | recover charges pursuant to Sections 9-201.5, 9-220.1,
| ||||||
7 | 9-221, 9-222 (except as provided in Section 9-222.1), | ||||||
8 | 16-108, and 16-114 of
this
Act, Section 5-5 of the | ||||||
9 | Electricity Infrastructure Maintenance Fee Law, Section
| ||||||
10 | 6-5 of the Renewable Energy, Energy Efficiency, and Coal | ||||||
11 | Resources Development
Law of 1997, and Section 13 of the | ||||||
12 | Energy Assistance Act.
| ||||||
13 | After December 31, 2004, the provisions of this subsection | ||||||
14 | (a) shall not
apply to an electric utility whose average | ||||||
15 | residential retail rate was less
than or equal to 90% of the | ||||||
16 | average residential retail rate for the "Midwest
Utilities", as | ||||||
17 | that term is defined in subsection (b) of this Section, based | ||||||
18 | on
data reported on Form 1 to the Federal Energy Regulatory | ||||||
19 | Commission for
calendar year 1995, and which served between | ||||||
20 | 150,000 and 250,000 retail
customers in this State on January | ||||||
21 | 1, 1995
unless the electric utility or its holding company has | ||||||
22 | been acquired by or
merged with an affiliate of another | ||||||
23 | electric utility subsequent to January 1,
2002. This exemption | ||||||
24 | shall be limited to
this subsection (a) and shall not extend to | ||||||
25 | any other provisions of this Act.
| ||||||
26 | (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), each | ||||||
27 | Illinois electric
utility serving more than 12,500 customers in | ||||||
28 | Illinois shall file tariffs (i)
reducing, effective August 1, | ||||||
29 | 1998, each component of its base rates to
residential retail
| ||||||
30 | customers by 15% from the base rates in effect immediately | ||||||
31 | prior to January 1,
1998 and (ii) if the public utility | ||||||
32 | provides electric service to (A) more
than
500,000
customers | ||||||
33 | but less than 1,000,000 customers in this State on January 1,
| ||||||
34 | 1999,
reducing, effective May 1, 2002, each component of its
| ||||||
35 | base rates to residential retail customers by an additional 5% | ||||||
36 | from the base
rates in effect immediately prior to January 1, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1998, or (B) at least
1,000,000 customers in this State on | ||||||
2 | January 1, 1999,
reducing, effective October 1, 2001, each | ||||||
3 | component of its
base rates to residential retail customers by | ||||||
4 | an additional
5% from the base rates in effect immediately | ||||||
5 | prior to
January 1, 1998.
Provided, however, that (A) if an | ||||||
6 | electric utility's average residential
retail
rate is less than | ||||||
7 | or equal to the average residential retail
rate for a group
of | ||||||
8 | Midwest Utilities (consisting of all investor-owned electric | ||||||
9 | utilities with
annual system peaks in excess of 1000 megawatts | ||||||
10 | in the States of Illinois,
Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Michigan, | ||||||
11 | Missouri, Ohio, and Wisconsin), based on
data
reported on Form | ||||||
12 | 1 to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for calendar
year | ||||||
13 | 1995,
then it shall only be required to file tariffs (i) | ||||||
14 | reducing, effective August
1, 1998, each component of its base | ||||||
15 | rates to residential
retail customers by
5% from the base rates | ||||||
16 | in effect immediately prior to January 1, 1998, (ii)
reducing, | ||||||
17 | effective October 1, 2000, each component of its base
rates to | ||||||
18 | residential retail customers by the lesser of 5% of the base | ||||||
19 | rates in
effect immediately prior to January 1, 1998 or the
| ||||||
20 | percentage by which the electric utility's average residential | ||||||
21 | retail rate
exceeds the average residential retail rate of the | ||||||
22 | Midwest Utilities,
based on data
reported on Form 1 to the | ||||||
23 | Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for calendar
year 1999, | ||||||
24 | and (iii) reducing, effective October 1, 2002, each component | ||||||
25 | of its
base rates to
residential retail customers by an
| ||||||
26 | additional amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the base rates | ||||||
27 | in effect
immediately prior to January 1, 1998 or the | ||||||
28 | percentage by which
the electric utility's average residential | ||||||
29 | retail rate exceeds the average
residential retail rate of the | ||||||
30 | Midwest Utilities,
based on data reported on Form
1 to the | ||||||
31 | Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for calendar year 2001; | ||||||
32 | and (B)
if the average residential retail rate of an electric | ||||||
33 | utility serving between
150,000
and 250,000 retail customers in | ||||||
34 | this State on January 1, 1995 is less than or
equal to 90% of
| ||||||
35 | the average residential retail rate for the Midwest Utilities, | ||||||
36 | based on data
reported
on Form 1 to the Federal Energy |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Regulatory Commission for calendar year 1995,
then it shall | ||||||
2 | only be required to file tariffs (i) reducing, effective August
| ||||||
3 | 1,
1998, each component of its base rates to residential retail | ||||||
4 | customers by 2%
from the base rates in effect immediately prior | ||||||
5 | to January 1, 1998; (ii)
reducing, effective October 1, 2000, | ||||||
6 | each component of its base rates to
residential retail | ||||||
7 | customers by 2% from the base rate in effect immediately
prior | ||||||
8 | to January 1, 1998; and (iii) reducing, effective October 1, | ||||||
9 | 2002, each
component of its base rates to residential retail | ||||||
10 | customers by 1% from the base
rates in effect immediately prior | ||||||
11 | to January 1, 1998.
Provided,
further, that any electric | ||||||
12 | utility for which a decrease in base rates has been
or is | ||||||
13 | placed into effect between October 1, 1996 and the dates | ||||||
14 | specified in the
preceding sentences of this subsection, other | ||||||
15 | than pursuant to the requirements
of this subsection,
shall be | ||||||
16 | entitled to reduce the amount of any reduction or reductions in | ||||||
17 | its
base rates required by this subsection by the amount of | ||||||
18 | such other decrease.
The tariffs required under this
subsection | ||||||
19 | shall be filed 45 days in advance of
the effective date.
| ||||||
20 | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9-220 of | ||||||
21 | this Act, no
restatement of base rates in conjunction with the | ||||||
22 | elimination of a fuel
adjustment clause under that Section | ||||||
23 | shall result in a lesser decrease in base
rates than customers | ||||||
24 | would otherwise receive under this subsection had the
electric | ||||||
25 | utility's fuel adjustment clause not been eliminated.
| ||||||
26 | (c) Any utility reducing its base rates by 15% on August 1, | ||||||
27 | 1998 pursuant
to
subsection
(b)
shall include the following | ||||||
28 | statement on its bills for residential customers
from August 1 | ||||||
29 | through December 31, 1998: "Effective August 1, 1998, your | ||||||
30 | rates
have been
reduced by 15% by the Electric Service
Customer | ||||||
31 | Choice and Rate Relief Law of 1997 passed by the Illinois | ||||||
32 | General
Assembly.". Any utility reducing its base rates by 5% | ||||||
33 | on August 1, 1998,
pursuant to subsection (b) shall include the | ||||||
34 | following statement on its bills
for residential customers from | ||||||
35 | August 1 through December 31, 1998: "Effective
August 1,
1998, | ||||||
36 | your rates have been reduced by 5% by the Electric Service |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Customer
Choice and Rate Relief Law of 1997 passed by the | ||||||
2 | Illinois General Assembly.".
| ||||||
3 | Any utility reducing its base rates by 2% on August 1, 1998 | ||||||
4 | pursuant to
subsection (b) shall include the following | ||||||
5 | statement on its bills for
residential customers from August 1 | ||||||
6 | through December 31, 1998: "Effective
August 1, 1998, your | ||||||
7 | rates have been reduced by 2% by the Electric Service
Customer | ||||||
8 | Choice and Rate Relief Law of 1997 passed by the Illinois | ||||||
9 | General
Assembly.".
| ||||||
10 | (d) During the mandatory transition period, but not before | ||||||
11 | January 1, 2000,
and notwithstanding
the provisions of | ||||||
12 | subsection (a), an electric
utility may request an increase in | ||||||
13 | its base rates if the
electric utility demonstrates that the | ||||||
14 | 2-year average of its
earned rate of return on common equity, | ||||||
15 | calculated as its net
income applicable to common stock divided | ||||||
16 | by the average of
its beginning and ending balances of common | ||||||
17 | equity using data
reported in the electric utility's Form 1 | ||||||
18 | report to the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission but adjusted | ||||||
19 | to remove
the effects of accelerated depreciation or | ||||||
20 | amortization or
other transition or mitigation measures | ||||||
21 | implemented by the
electric utility pursuant to subsection (g) | ||||||
22 | of this Section
and the effect of any refund paid pursuant to | ||||||
23 | subsection (e)
of this Section, is
below the 2-year average for | ||||||
24 | the same 2 years of the monthly average yields of
30-year
U.S. | ||||||
25 | Treasury bonds published by the Board of Governors of the
| ||||||
26 | Federal Reserve System in its weekly H.15 Statistical Release | ||||||
27 | or
successor publication.
The Commission shall review the | ||||||
28 | electric utility's request, and may review the
justness and | ||||||
29 | reasonableness of all rates for tariffed services, in
| ||||||
30 | accordance with the provisions of Article IX of this Act, | ||||||
31 | provided that the
Commission shall consider any special or | ||||||
32 | negotiated adjustments to the
revenue requirement agreed to | ||||||
33 | between the electric utility and the other
parties to the | ||||||
34 | proceeding. In setting rates under this Section, the Commission
| ||||||
35 | shall exclude the costs and revenues that are associated with | ||||||
36 | competitive
services and any billing or pricing experiments |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | conducted under Section 16-106.
| ||||||
2 | (e) For the purposes of this subsection (e) all | ||||||
3 | calculations and
comparisons shall be performed for the | ||||||
4 | Illinois operations
of
multijurisdictional utilities. During | ||||||
5 | the mandatory transition period,
notwithstanding the | ||||||
6 | provisions
of subsection (a), if the 2-year
average of an | ||||||
7 | electric utility's earned rate of return on
common equity, | ||||||
8 | calculated as its net income applicable to
common stock divided | ||||||
9 | by the average of its beginning and
ending balances of common | ||||||
10 | equity using data reported in
the electric utility's Form 1 | ||||||
11 | report to the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission but adjusted | ||||||
12 | to remove the
effect of any refund paid under this subsection | ||||||
13 | (e),
and further adjusted to include the annual amortization of | ||||||
14 | any difference
between the consideration received by an | ||||||
15 | affiliated interest of the electric
utility in the sale of an | ||||||
16 | asset which had been sold or transferred by the
electric | ||||||
17 | utility to the affiliated interest subsequent to the effective | ||||||
18 | date of
this
amendatory Act of 1997 and the consideration for | ||||||
19 | which such asset had been sold
or transferred to the affiliated | ||||||
20 | interest, with such difference to be amortized
ratably from the | ||||||
21 | date of the sale by the affiliated interest to December 31,
| ||||||
22 | 2006,
exceeds the 2-year average of the Index for the same 2
| ||||||
23 | years by 1.5 or more percentage points, the electric
utility | ||||||
24 | shall make refunds to customers beginning the
first billing day | ||||||
25 | of April in the following year in the
manner described in | ||||||
26 | paragraph (3) of this subsection.
For purposes of this | ||||||
27 | subsection (e),
the "Index" shall be the sum of (A) the average | ||||||
28 | for
the 12 months ended September 30
of the monthly average | ||||||
29 | yields of 30-year U.S. Treasury
bonds published by the Board of | ||||||
30 | Governors of the Federal
Reserve System in its weekly H.15 | ||||||
31 | Statistical Release or
successor publication for each year 1998 | ||||||
32 | through 2006, and (B) (i)
4.00
percentage points for
each of | ||||||
33 | the 12-month periods ending September 30, 1998 through
| ||||||
34 | September 30, 1999 or
8.00 percentage points if the electric | ||||||
35 | utility's average
residential retail rate is less than or equal | ||||||
36 | to 90% of the average residential
retail rate
for the "Midwest |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Utilities", as that term is defined in subsection (b) of this
| ||||||
2 | Section, based on data reported on Form 1 to the Federal Energy | ||||||
3 | Regulatory
Commission for calendar year 1995, and the electric | ||||||
4 | utility served between
150,000 and 250,000 retail customers on | ||||||
5 | January 1, 1995,
(ii) 7.00
percentage points for each of the | ||||||
6 | 12-month periods ending September 30, 2000
through September | ||||||
7 | 30, 2006 if the electric utility was providing
service to
at | ||||||
8 | least 1,000,000 customers in this State on January 1, 1999,
or | ||||||
9 | 9.00 percentage points if the
electric
utility's
average | ||||||
10 | residential retail rate is less than or equal to 90% of the | ||||||
11 | average
residential retail rate for the "Midwest Utilities", as | ||||||
12 | that term is defined in
subsection (b) of this Section, based | ||||||
13 | on data reported on Form 1 to the Federal
Energy Regulatory | ||||||
14 | Commission for calendar year 1995 and the electric utility
| ||||||
15 | served between 150,000 and 250,000 retail customers in this | ||||||
16 | State on January
1, 1995, (iii) 11.00 percentage points for | ||||||
17 | each of the
12-month periods ending
September 30, 2000 through | ||||||
18 | September 30, 2006, but only if the
electric
utility's average | ||||||
19 | residential retail rate is less than or equal to 90% of the
| ||||||
20 | average residential retail rate for the "Midwest Utilities", as | ||||||
21 | that term is
defined in subsection (b) of this Section, based | ||||||
22 | on data reported on Form 1 to
the Federal Energy Regulatory | ||||||
23 | Commission for calendar year 1995, the electric
utility served | ||||||
24 | between 150,000 and 250,000 retail customers in this State on
| ||||||
25 | January 1, 1995, and the electric utility offers delivery | ||||||
26 | services on or before
June 1, 2000 to retail customers whose | ||||||
27 | annual electric energy use comprises 33%
of the kilowatt hour | ||||||
28 | sales to that group of retail
customers that are classified | ||||||
29 | under Division D, Groups 20 through 39 of the
Standard | ||||||
30 | Industrial Classifications set forth in the Standard | ||||||
31 | Industrial
Classification Manual published by the United | ||||||
32 | States Office of Management and
Budget, excluding the kilowatt | ||||||
33 | hour sales to those customers that are eligible
for delivery | ||||||
34 | services pursuant to Section 16-104(a)(1)(i), and offers | ||||||
35 | delivery
services to its remaining retail customers classified | ||||||
36 | under Division D, Groups
20 through 39 on or before October 1, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 2000, and, provided further, that the
electric
utility commits | ||||||
2 | not to petition pursuant to Section 16-108(f) for entry of an
| ||||||
3 | order by the Commission authorizing the electric utility to | ||||||
4 | implement
transition charges for an additional period after | ||||||
5 | December 31, 2006, or (iv)
5.00 percentage points for each of | ||||||
6 | the 12-month periods
ending September 30, 2000 through | ||||||
7 | September 30, 2006 for all other
electric
utilities or 7.00 | ||||||
8 | percentage points for such utilities for
each of the 12-month | ||||||
9 | periods ending September 30, 2000 through September 30,
2006 | ||||||
10 | for any such utility that commits not to petition pursuant to
| ||||||
11 | Section
16-108(f) for entry of an order by the Commission | ||||||
12 | authorizing the electric
utility to implement transition | ||||||
13 | charges for an additional period after December
31, 2006 or | ||||||
14 | 11.00 percentage points for each of the
12-month periods ending | ||||||
15 | September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006 for each
electric | ||||||
16 | utility providing service to fewer than 6,500, or between | ||||||
17 | 75,000 and
150,000, electric
retail customers in this State
on | ||||||
18 | January 1, 1995 if such utility commits not to petition | ||||||
19 | pursuant to Section
16-108(f) for entry of an order by the | ||||||
20 | Commission authorizing the electric
utility to implement | ||||||
21 | transition charges for an additional period after December
31, | ||||||
22 | 2006.
| ||||||
23 | (1) For purposes of this subsection (e), "excess
| ||||||
24 | earnings" means the difference between (A) the 2-year
| ||||||
25 | average of the electric utility's earned rate of return
on | ||||||
26 | common equity, less (B) the 2-year average of the sum
of | ||||||
27 | (i) the Index applicable to each of the 2 years and
(ii) | ||||||
28 | 1.5 percentage points; provided, that "excess
earnings" | ||||||
29 | shall never be less than zero.
| ||||||
30 | (2) On or before March 31 of each year 2000 through | ||||||
31 | 2007 each
electric
utility shall
file a report with the | ||||||
32 | Commission showing its earned rate
of return on common | ||||||
33 | equity, calculated in accordance with
this subsection, for | ||||||
34 | the preceding calendar year and the
average for the | ||||||
35 | preceding 2 calendar years.
| ||||||
36 | (3) If an electric utility has excess earnings,
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | determined in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) of
| ||||||
2 | this subsection, the refunds which the electric utility
| ||||||
3 | shall pay to its customers beginning the first billing
day | ||||||
4 | of April in the following year shall be calculated
and | ||||||
5 | applied as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (i) The electric utility's excess earnings
shall | ||||||
7 | be multiplied by the average of the beginning
and | ||||||
8 | ending balances of the electric utility's common
| ||||||
9 | equity for the 2-year period in which excess
earnings | ||||||
10 | occurred.
| ||||||
11 | (ii) The result of the calculation in (i) shall
be | ||||||
12 | multiplied by 0.50 and then divided by a number
equal | ||||||
13 | to 1 minus the electric utility's composite
federal and | ||||||
14 | State income tax rate.
| ||||||
15 | (iii) The result of the calculation in (ii)
shall | ||||||
16 | be divided by the sum of the electric
utility's | ||||||
17 | projected total kilowatt-hour sales to
retail | ||||||
18 | customers plus projected kilowatt-hours to be
| ||||||
19 | delivered to delivery services customers over a one
| ||||||
20 | year period beginning with the first billing date in
| ||||||
21 | April in the succeeding year to determine a cents
per | ||||||
22 | kilowatt-hour refund factor.
| ||||||
23 | (iv) The cents per kilowatt-hour refund factor
| ||||||
24 | calculated in (iii) shall be credited to the
electric | ||||||
25 | utility's customers by applying the factor
on the | ||||||
26 | customer's monthly bills to each kilowatt-hour sold or | ||||||
27 | delivered until
the total amount
calculated in (ii) has | ||||||
28 | been paid to customers.
| ||||||
29 | (f) During the mandatory transition period, an electric
| ||||||
30 | utility may file revised tariffs reducing the price of any
| ||||||
31 | tariffed service offered by the electric utility for all
| ||||||
32 | customers taking that tariffed service, which shall be
| ||||||
33 | effective 7 days after filing.
| ||||||
34 | (g) During the mandatory transition period, an electric
| ||||||
35 | utility may, without obtaining any approval of the Commission | ||||||
36 | other than that
provided for in this subsection and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or any rule or
| ||||||
2 | regulation of the Commission that would require such approval:
| ||||||
3 | (1) implement a reorganization, other than a merger of | ||||||
4 | 2 or
more public utilities as defined in Section 3-105 or | ||||||
5 | their
holding companies;
| ||||||
6 | (2) retire generating plants from service;
| ||||||
7 | (3) sell, assign, lease or otherwise transfer assets to | ||||||
8 | an
affiliated or unaffiliated entity and as part of such
| ||||||
9 | transaction enter into service agreements, power purchase
| ||||||
10 | agreements, or other agreements with the transferee; | ||||||
11 | provided,
however, that the prices, terms and conditions of | ||||||
12 | any power
purchase agreement must be approved or allowed | ||||||
13 | into effect by
the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission; or
| ||||||
14 | (4) use any
accelerated cost recovery method including | ||||||
15 | accelerated depreciation,
accelerated amortization or | ||||||
16 | other capital recovery
methods, or record reductions to the | ||||||
17 | original cost of its
assets.
| ||||||
18 | In order to implement a reorganization, retire
generating | ||||||
19 | plants from service, or sell, assign, lease or
otherwise | ||||||
20 | transfer assets pursuant to this Section, the
electric utility | ||||||
21 | shall comply with subsections (c) and (d) of Section
16-128, if | ||||||
22 | applicable, and subsection (k) of this Section, if applicable,
| ||||||
23 | and provide the Commission with at
least 30 days notice of the | ||||||
24 | proposed reorganization or
transaction, which notice shall | ||||||
25 | include the following
information:
| ||||||
26 | (i) a complete statement of the entries that the
| ||||||
27 | electric utility will make on its books and records of
| ||||||
28 | account to implement the proposed reorganization or
| ||||||
29 | transaction together with a certification from an
| ||||||
30 | independent certified public accountant that such | ||||||
31 | entries
are in accord with generally accepted | ||||||
32 | accounting
principles and, if the Commission has | ||||||
33 | previously approved
guidelines for cost allocations | ||||||
34 | between the utility and
its affiliates, a | ||||||
35 | certification from the chief accounting
officer of the | ||||||
36 | utility that such entries are in accord
with those cost |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | allocation guidelines;
| ||||||
2 | (ii) a description of how the electric utility will
| ||||||
3 | use proceeds of any sale, assignment, lease or transfer
| ||||||
4 | to retire debt or otherwise reduce or recover the costs
| ||||||
5 | of services provided by such electric utility;
| ||||||
6 | (iii) a list of all federal approvals or approvals
| ||||||
7 | required from departments and agencies of this State,
| ||||||
8 | other than the Commission, that the electric utility | ||||||
9 | has
or will obtain before implementing the | ||||||
10 | reorganization or
transaction;
| ||||||
11 | (iv) an irrevocable commitment by the electric
| ||||||
12 | utility that it will not, as a result of the | ||||||
13 | transaction,
impose any stranded cost charges that it | ||||||
14 | might otherwise
be allowed to charge retail customers | ||||||
15 | under federal law
or increase the transition charges | ||||||
16 | that it is otherwise
entitled to collect under this | ||||||
17 | Article XVI; and
| ||||||
18 | (v) if the electric utility proposes to sell,
| ||||||
19 | assign, lease or otherwise transfer a generating plant
| ||||||
20 | that brings the amount of net dependable generating
| ||||||
21 | capacity transferred pursuant to this subsection to an
| ||||||
22 | amount equal to or greater than 15% of the electric
| ||||||
23 | utility's net dependable capacity as of the effective
| ||||||
24 | date of this amendatory Act of 1997, and enters into a
| ||||||
25 | power purchase agreement with the entity to which such
| ||||||
26 | generating plant is sold, assigned, leased, or | ||||||
27 | otherwise
transferred, the electric utility also | ||||||
28 | agrees, if its
fuel adjustment clause has not already | ||||||
29 | been eliminated,
to eliminate its fuel adjustment | ||||||
30 | clause in accordance
with subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
31 | 9-220 for a period of time
equal to the length of any | ||||||
32 | such power purchase agreement
or successor agreement, | ||||||
33 | or until January 1, 2005,
whichever is longer; if the | ||||||
34 | capacity of the generating
plant so transferred and | ||||||
35 | related power purchase agreement
does not result in the | ||||||
36 | elimination of the fuel adjustment
clause under this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection, and the fuel adjustment clause has not | ||||||
2 | already
been eliminated, the electric utility shall
| ||||||
3 | agree that the costs associated with the transferred
| ||||||
4 | plant that are included in the calculation of the rate
| ||||||
5 | per kilowatt-hour to be applied pursuant to the | ||||||
6 | electric
utility's fuel adjustment clause during such | ||||||
7 | period shall
not exceed the per kilowatt-hour cost | ||||||
8 | associated with
such generating plant included in the | ||||||
9 | electric utility's
fuel adjustment clause during the | ||||||
10 | full calendar year
preceding the transfer, with such | ||||||
11 | limit to be adjusted
each year thereafter by the Gross | ||||||
12 | Domestic Product
Implicit Price Deflator.
| ||||||
13 | (vi) In addition, if the electric utility proposes | ||||||
14 | to sell, assign, or
lease, (A) either (1) an amount of | ||||||
15 | generating plant that brings the amount of
net | ||||||
16 | dependable generating capacity transferred pursuant to | ||||||
17 | this subsection to
an amount equal to or greater than | ||||||
18 | 15% of its net dependable capacity on the
effective | ||||||
19 | date of this amendatory Act of 1997, or (2) one or more | ||||||
20 | generating
plants with a total net dependable capacity | ||||||
21 | of 1100 megawatts, or (B)
transmission and | ||||||
22 | distribution facilities that either (1) bring the | ||||||
23 | amount of
transmission and distribution facilities | ||||||
24 | transferred pursuant to this
subsection to an amount | ||||||
25 | equal to or greater than 15% of the electric utility's
| ||||||
26 | total depreciated original cost investment in such | ||||||
27 | facilities, or (2) represent
an investment of | ||||||
28 | $25,000,000 in terms of total depreciated original | ||||||
29 | cost, the
electric utility shall provide, in
addition | ||||||
30 | to the information listed in subparagraphs
(i) through | ||||||
31 | (v), the following information: (A) a description of | ||||||
32 | how the
electric utility will meet its service | ||||||
33 | obligations under this Act in a safe and
reliable | ||||||
34 | manner and (B) the electric utility's projected earned | ||||||
35 | rate of
return on common equity, calculated in | ||||||
36 | accordance with subsection (d) of this
Section, for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | each year from the date of the notice through December | ||||||
2 | 31,
2006
both with and without the proposed | ||||||
3 | transaction. If
the Commission has not issued an order | ||||||
4 | initiating a hearing on the proposed
transaction | ||||||
5 | within 30 days after the date the electric utility's | ||||||
6 | notice is
filed, the transaction shall be deemed | ||||||
7 | approved. The Commission may, after
notice and | ||||||
8 | hearing,
prohibit the proposed transaction if it makes | ||||||
9 | either or both of the following
findings: (1) that the | ||||||
10 | proposed transaction will render the electric utility
| ||||||
11 | unable to provide its tariffed services in a safe and | ||||||
12 | reliable manner, or (2)
that there is a strong | ||||||
13 | likelihood that consummation of the proposed | ||||||
14 | transaction
will result in the electric utility being | ||||||
15 | entitled to request an increase in
its base rates | ||||||
16 | during the mandatory transition period pursuant to | ||||||
17 | subsection
(d) of this Section. Any hearing initiated | ||||||
18 | by the Commission into the proposed
transaction shall | ||||||
19 | be completed, and the Commission's final order | ||||||
20 | approving or
prohibiting the proposed transaction | ||||||
21 | shall be entered, within 90 days after the
date the | ||||||
22 | electric utility's notice was filed.
Provided, | ||||||
23 | however, that a sale, assignment, or lease of | ||||||
24 | transmission facilities
to an independent system | ||||||
25 | operator that meets the requirements of Section 16-126
| ||||||
26 | shall not be subject to Commission approval under this | ||||||
27 | Section.
| ||||||
28 | In any proceeding conducted by the Commission | ||||||
29 | pursuant to this
subparagraph
(vi), intervention shall | ||||||
30 | be limited to parties with a direct interest in the
| ||||||
31 | transaction which is the subject of the hearing and any | ||||||
32 | statutory consumer
protection agency as defined in | ||||||
33 | subsection (d) of Section 9-102.1.
Notwithstanding the | ||||||
34 | provisions of Section 10-113 of this Act, any | ||||||
35 | application
seeking rehearing of an order issued under | ||||||
36 | this subparagraph (vi), whether
filed by the electric |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | utility or by an intervening party, shall be filed | ||||||
2 | within
10 days after service of the order.
| ||||||
3 | The Commission shall not in any subsequent proceeding or
| ||||||
4 | otherwise, review such a reorganization or other transaction
| ||||||
5 | authorized by this Section, but shall retain the authority to | ||||||
6 | allocate costs as
stated in Section 16-111(i). An entity to | ||||||
7 | which an electric
utility sells, assigns, leases or transfers | ||||||
8 | assets pursuant to
this subsection (g) shall not, as a result | ||||||
9 | of the transactions
specified in this subsection (g), be deemed | ||||||
10 | a public utility
as defined in Section 3-105. Nothing in this | ||||||
11 | subsection (g)
shall change any requirement under the | ||||||
12 | jurisdiction of the
Illinois Department of Nuclear Safety | ||||||
13 | including, but not
limited to, the payment of fees. Nothing in | ||||||
14 | this subsection
(g) shall exempt a utility from obtaining a | ||||||
15 | certificate
pursuant to Section 8-406 of this Act for the | ||||||
16 | construction of
a new electric generating facility. Nothing in | ||||||
17 | this
subsection (g) is intended to exempt the transactions | ||||||
18 | hereunder from the
operation of the federal or State antitrust
| ||||||
19 | laws. Nothing in this subsection (g) shall require an electric
| ||||||
20 | utility to use the procedures specified in this subsection for
| ||||||
21 | any of the transactions specified herein. Any other procedure
| ||||||
22 | available under this Act may, at the electric utility's
| ||||||
23 | election, be used for any such transaction.
| ||||||
24 | (h) During the mandatory transition period, the
Commission | ||||||
25 | shall not establish or use any rates of
depreciation, which for | ||||||
26 | purposes of this subsection shall
include amortization, for any | ||||||
27 | electric utility other than
those established pursuant to | ||||||
28 | subsection (c) of Section 5-104
of this Act or utilized | ||||||
29 | pursuant to subsection (g) of this
Section. Provided, however, | ||||||
30 | that in any proceeding to review an electric
utility's rates | ||||||
31 | for tariffed services pursuant to Section 9-201, 9-202, 9-250
| ||||||
32 | or
16-111(d) of this Act, the Commission may establish new | ||||||
33 | rates
of depreciation for the electric utility in the same | ||||||
34 | manner provided in
subsection (d) of Section 5-104 of this Act.
| ||||||
35 | An electric utility implementing an accelerated cost
recovery | ||||||
36 | method including accelerated depreciation,
accelerated |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amortization or other capital recovery methods, or
recording | ||||||
2 | reductions to the original cost of its assets,
pursuant to | ||||||
3 | subsection (g) of this Section, shall file a
statement with the | ||||||
4 | Commission describing the accelerated cost
recovery method to | ||||||
5 | be implemented or the reduction in the
original cost of its | ||||||
6 | assets to be recorded. Upon the filing
of such statement, the | ||||||
7 | accelerated cost recovery method or the
reduction in the | ||||||
8 | original cost of assets shall be deemed to be
approved by the | ||||||
9 | Commission as though an order had been entered
by the | ||||||
10 | Commission.
| ||||||
11 | (i) Subsequent to the mandatory transition period, the
| ||||||
12 | Commission, in any proceeding to establish rates and charges
| ||||||
13 | for tariffed services offered by an electric utility, shall
| ||||||
14 | consider only (1) the then current or projected revenues,
| ||||||
15 | costs, investments and cost of capital directly or
indirectly | ||||||
16 | associated with the provision of such tariffed
services; (2) | ||||||
17 | collection of transition charges in accordance
with Sections | ||||||
18 | 16-102 and 16-108 of this Act; (3) recovery of
any employee | ||||||
19 | transition costs as described in Section 16-128
which the | ||||||
20 | electric utility is continuing to incur, including
recovery of | ||||||
21 | any unamortized portion of such costs previously
incurred or | ||||||
22 | committed, with such costs to be equitably
allocated among | ||||||
23 | bundled services, delivery services, and
contracts with | ||||||
24 | alternative retail electric suppliers; and (4)
recovery of the | ||||||
25 | costs associated with the electric utility's
compliance with | ||||||
26 | decommissioning funding requirements; and
shall not consider | ||||||
27 | any other revenues, costs, investments
or cost of capital of | ||||||
28 | either the electric utility or of any
affiliate of the electric | ||||||
29 | utility that are not associated with the provision of
tariffed | ||||||
30 | services. In setting rates for tariffed services, the | ||||||
31 | Commission
shall equitably allocate joint and common costs and | ||||||
32 | investments between the
electric utility's competitive and | ||||||
33 | tariffed services. In determining the
justness and
| ||||||
34 | reasonableness of the electric power and energy component of
an | ||||||
35 | electric utility's rates for tariffed services subsequent
to | ||||||
36 | the mandatory transition period and prior to the time that
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provision of such electric power and energy is declared
| ||||||
2 | competitive, the Commission shall consider the extent to which
| ||||||
3 | the electric utility's tariffed rates for such component for
| ||||||
4 | each customer class exceed the market value determined
pursuant | ||||||
5 | to Section 16-112, and, if the electric power and
energy | ||||||
6 | component of such tariffed rate exceeds the market
value by | ||||||
7 | more than 10% for any customer class, may
establish such | ||||||
8 | electric power and energy component at a rate
equal to the | ||||||
9 | market value plus 10%.
In any such case, the Commission may | ||||||
10 | also elect to extend the provisions of
Section 16-111(e) for | ||||||
11 | any period in which the electric utility is collecting
| ||||||
12 | transition charges, using information applicable to such | ||||||
13 | period.
| ||||||
14 | (j) During the mandatory transition period, an electric
| ||||||
15 | utility may elect to transfer to a non-operating income
account | ||||||
16 | under the Commission's Uniform System of Accounts
either or | ||||||
17 | both of (i) an amount of unamortized investment tax
credit that | ||||||
18 | is in addition to the ratable amount which is
credited to the | ||||||
19 | electric utility's operating income account
for the year in | ||||||
20 | accordance with Section 46(f)(2) of the
federal Internal | ||||||
21 | Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect prior to P.L. 101-508, or
| ||||||
22 | (ii) "excess tax reserves",
as that term is defined in Section | ||||||
23 | 203(e)(2)(A) of the federal
Tax Reform Act of 1986, provided | ||||||
24 | that (A) the amount
transferred may not exceed the amount of | ||||||
25 | the electric
utility's assets that were created pursuant to | ||||||
26 | Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 71 which the | ||||||
27 | electric
utility has written off during the mandatory | ||||||
28 | transition
period, and (B) the transfer shall not be effective | ||||||
29 | until
approved by the Internal Revenue Service. An electric | ||||||
30 | utility
electing to make such a transfer shall file a statement | ||||||
31 | with
the Commission stating the amount and timing of the | ||||||
32 | transfer
for which it intends to request approval of the | ||||||
33 | Internal
Revenue Service, along with a copy of its proposed | ||||||
34 | request to
the Internal Revenue Service for a ruling. The | ||||||
35 | Commission
shall issue an order within 14 days after the | ||||||
36 | electric
utility's filing approving, subject to receipt of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | approval
from the Internal Revenue Service, the proposed | ||||||
2 | transfer.
| ||||||
3 | (k) If an electric utility is selling or transferring
to a | ||||||
4 | single buyer 5 or more generating plants located in this State | ||||||
5 | with a
total net dependable capacity of 5000 megawatts or more
| ||||||
6 | pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section and has obtained
a | ||||||
7 | sale price or consideration that exceeds 200% of
the book value | ||||||
8 | of such plants, the electric utility must
provide to the | ||||||
9 | Governor, the President of the Illinois
Senate, the Minority | ||||||
10 | Leader of the Illinois Senate, the
Speaker of the Illinois | ||||||
11 | House of Representatives, and the
Minority Leader of the | ||||||
12 | Illinois House of Representatives no
later than 15 days after | ||||||
13 | filing its notice under subsection
(g) of this Section or 5 | ||||||
14 | days after the date on which this
subsection (k) becomes law, | ||||||
15 | whichever is later, a written
commitment in which such electric | ||||||
16 | utility agrees to expend
$2 billion outside the corporate | ||||||
17 | limits of any municipality
with 1,000,000 or more inhabitants | ||||||
18 | within such electric
utility's service area, over a 6-year | ||||||
19 | period beginning
with the calendar year in which the notice is | ||||||
20 | filed, on
projects, programs, and improvements within its | ||||||
21 | service area
relating to transmission and distribution | ||||||
22 | including, without
limitation, infrastructure expansion, | ||||||
23 | repair and
replacement, capital investments, operations and
| ||||||
24 | maintenance, and vegetation management.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 91-50, eff. 6-30-99; 92-537, eff. 6-6-02; 92-690, | ||||||
26 | eff. 7-18-02;
revised 9-10-02.)
| ||||||
27 | Section 415. The Nursing and Advanced Practice Nursing Act | ||||||
28 | is amended by changing Sections 10-30 and 20-40 as follows:
| ||||||
29 | (225 ILCS 65/10-30)
| ||||||
30 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2008)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 10-30. Qualifications for licensure.
| ||||||
32 | (a) Each applicant who successfully meets the requirements | ||||||
33 | of this Section
shall be entitled to licensure as a Registered | ||||||
34 | Nurse or Licensed Practical
Nurse, whichever is applicable.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) An applicant for licensure by examination to practice | ||||||
2 | as a registered
nurse or licensed practical nurse shall:
| ||||||
3 | (1) submit a completed written application, on forms | ||||||
4 | provided by the
Department and fees as established by the | ||||||
5 | Department;
| ||||||
6 | (2) for registered nurse licensure, have graduated | ||||||
7 | from a
professional nursing education program approved by | ||||||
8 | the Department;
| ||||||
9 | (2.5) for licensed practical nurse licensure, have | ||||||
10 | graduated
graduate from a practical nursing education | ||||||
11 | program approved by the
Department;
| ||||||
12 | (3) have not violated the provisions of Section 10-45 | ||||||
13 | of this Act. The
Department may take into consideration any | ||||||
14 | felony conviction of the applicant,
but such a conviction | ||||||
15 | shall not operate as an absolute bar to licensure;
| ||||||
16 | (4) meet all other requirements as established by rule;
| ||||||
17 | (5) pay, either to the Department or its designated | ||||||
18 | testing service,
a fee covering the cost of providing the | ||||||
19 | examination. Failure to appear for
the examination on the | ||||||
20 | scheduled date at the time and place specified after the
| ||||||
21 | applicant's application for examination has been received | ||||||
22 | and acknowledged by
the Department or the designated | ||||||
23 | testing service shall result in the forfeiture
of the | ||||||
24 | examination fee.
| ||||||
25 | If an applicant neglects, fails, or refuses to take an | ||||||
26 | examination or fails
to pass an examination for a license under | ||||||
27 | this Act within 3 years after filing
the application, the | ||||||
28 | application shall be denied. However, the applicant may
make a | ||||||
29 | new application accompanied by the required fee and provide
| ||||||
30 | evidence of meeting the requirements in force at the time of | ||||||
31 | the new
application.
| ||||||
32 | An applicant may take and successfully complete a | ||||||
33 | Department-approved
examination in another jurisdiction. | ||||||
34 | However, an applicant who has never been
licensed previously in | ||||||
35 | any jurisdiction that utilizes a Department-approved
| ||||||
36 | examination and who has taken and failed to
pass the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | examination within 3 years after filing the application must | ||||||
2 | submit
proof of successful completion of a | ||||||
3 | Department-authorized nursing education
program or | ||||||
4 | recompletion of an approved registered nursing program or | ||||||
5 | licensed
practical nursing program, as appropriate, prior to | ||||||
6 | re-application.
| ||||||
7 | An applicant shall have one year from the date of | ||||||
8 | notification of successful
completion of the examination to | ||||||
9 | apply to the Department for a license. If an
applicant fails to | ||||||
10 | apply within one year, the applicant shall be required to
again | ||||||
11 | take and pass the examination unless licensed in another | ||||||
12 | jurisdiction of
the United States within one year of passing | ||||||
13 | the examination.
| ||||||
14 | (c) An applicant for licensure by endorsement who is a | ||||||
15 | registered
professional nurse or a licensed practical nurse | ||||||
16 | licensed by examination
under the laws of another state or | ||||||
17 | territory of the United States or a
foreign country, | ||||||
18 | jurisdiction, territory, or province shall:
| ||||||
19 | (1) submit a completed written application, on forms | ||||||
20 | supplied by the
Department, and fees as established by the | ||||||
21 | Department;
| ||||||
22 | (2) for registered nurse licensure, have graduated | ||||||
23 | from a professional
nursing education program approved by | ||||||
24 | the Department;
| ||||||
25 | (2.5) for licensed practical nurse licensure, have | ||||||
26 | graduated
from a practical nursing education program | ||||||
27 | approved by the Department;
| ||||||
28 | (3) submit verification of licensure status directly | ||||||
29 | from the United
States jurisdiction of licensure, if | ||||||
30 | applicable, as defined by rule;
| ||||||
31 | (4) have passed the examination authorized by the | ||||||
32 | Department;
| ||||||
33 | (5) meet all other requirements as established by rule.
| ||||||
34 | (d) All applicants for registered nurse licensure pursuant | ||||||
35 | to item (2) of
subsection (b) and item (2) of subsection (c) of | ||||||
36 | this Section who are graduates
of nursing educational programs |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in a country other than the United States or
its territories | ||||||
2 | must submit to the Department certification of successful
| ||||||
3 | completion of the Commission of Graduates of Foreign Nursing | ||||||
4 | Schools (CGFNS)
examination. An applicant who is unable to | ||||||
5 | provide appropriate documentation
to satisfy CGFNS of her or | ||||||
6 | his educational qualifications for the CGFNS
examination shall | ||||||
7 | be required to pass an examination to test competency in the
| ||||||
8 | English language, which shall be prescribed by the Department, | ||||||
9 | if the
applicant is determined by the Board to be educationally | ||||||
10 | prepared in
nursing. The Board shall make appropriate inquiry | ||||||
11 | into the reasons for
any adverse determination by CGFNS before | ||||||
12 | making its own decision.
| ||||||
13 | An applicant licensed in another state or territory who is | ||||||
14 | applying for
licensure and has received her or his education in | ||||||
15 | a country other than the
United States or its territories shall | ||||||
16 | be exempt from the completion of the
Commission of Graduates of | ||||||
17 | Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) examination if the
applicant | ||||||
18 | meets all of the following requirements:
| ||||||
19 | (1) successful passage of the licensure examination | ||||||
20 | authorized by the
Department;
| ||||||
21 | (2) holds an active, unencumbered license in another | ||||||
22 | state; and
| ||||||
23 | (3) has been actively practicing for a minimum of 2 | ||||||
24 | years in another
state.
| ||||||
25 | (e) (Blank).
| ||||||
26 | (f) Pending the issuance of a license under subsection (c) | ||||||
27 | of this Section,
the Department may grant an applicant a | ||||||
28 | temporary license to practice nursing
as a registered nurse or | ||||||
29 | as a licensed practical nurse if the Department is
satisfied | ||||||
30 | that the applicant holds an active, unencumbered license in | ||||||
31 | good
standing in another jurisdiction. If the applicant holds | ||||||
32 | more than one
current active license, or one or more active | ||||||
33 | temporary licenses from other
jurisdictions, the
Department | ||||||
34 | shall not issue a temporary license until it is satisfied that
| ||||||
35 | each current active license held by the applicant is | ||||||
36 | unencumbered. The
temporary license, which shall be issued no |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | later than 14 working days
following receipt by the Department | ||||||
2 | of an application for the temporary
license, shall be granted | ||||||
3 | upon the submission of the following to the
Department:
| ||||||
4 | (1) a signed and completed application for licensure | ||||||
5 | under subsection (a)
of this Section as a registered nurse | ||||||
6 | or a licensed practical nurse;
| ||||||
7 | (2) proof of a current, active license in at least one | ||||||
8 | other jurisdiction
and proof that each current active | ||||||
9 | license or temporary license held by the
applicant within | ||||||
10 | the last 5 years is unencumbered;
| ||||||
11 | (3) a signed and completed application for a temporary | ||||||
12 | license; and
| ||||||
13 | (4) the required temporary license fee.
| ||||||
14 | (g) The Department may refuse to issue an applicant a | ||||||
15 | temporary
license authorized pursuant to this Section if, | ||||||
16 | within 14 working days
following its receipt of an application | ||||||
17 | for a temporary license, the
Department determines that:
| ||||||
18 | (1) the applicant has been convicted of a crime under | ||||||
19 | the laws of a
jurisdiction of the United States: (i) which | ||||||
20 | is a felony; or (ii) which is a
misdemeanor directly | ||||||
21 | related to the practice of the profession, within the last
| ||||||
22 | 5 years;
| ||||||
23 | (2) within the last 5 years the applicant has had a | ||||||
24 | license or permit
related to the practice of nursing | ||||||
25 | revoked, suspended, or placed on probation
by
another | ||||||
26 | jurisdiction, if at least one of the grounds for revoking, | ||||||
27 | suspending,
or placing on probation is the same or | ||||||
28 | substantially equivalent to grounds in
Illinois; or
| ||||||
29 | (3) it intends to deny licensure by endorsement.
| ||||||
30 | For purposes of this Section, an "unencumbered license" | ||||||
31 | means a
license against which no disciplinary action has been | ||||||
32 | taken or is pending and
for which all fees and charges are paid | ||||||
33 | and current.
| ||||||
34 | (h) The Department may revoke a temporary license issued | ||||||
35 | pursuant to this
Section if:
| ||||||
36 | (1) it determines that the applicant has been convicted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of a crime under
the law of any jurisdiction of the United | ||||||
2 | States that is (i) a felony or
(ii) a misdemeanor directly | ||||||
3 | related to the practice of the profession,
within the last | ||||||
4 | 5 years;
| ||||||
5 | (2) it determines that within the last 5 years the | ||||||
6 | applicant has had a
license or permit related to the | ||||||
7 | practice of nursing revoked, suspended, or
placed on | ||||||
8 | probation by another jurisdiction, if at least one of the | ||||||
9 | grounds for
revoking, suspending, or placing on probation | ||||||
10 | is the same or substantially
equivalent to grounds in | ||||||
11 | Illinois; or
| ||||||
12 | (3) it determines that it intends to deny licensure by | ||||||
13 | endorsement.
| ||||||
14 | A temporary license shall expire 6 months from the date of | ||||||
15 | issuance.
Further renewal may be granted by the Department in | ||||||
16 | hardship cases, as defined
by rule and upon approval of the | ||||||
17 | Director. However, a temporary license shall
automatically | ||||||
18 | expire upon issuance of the Illinois license or upon | ||||||
19 | notification
that the Department intends to deny licensure, | ||||||
20 | whichever occurs first.
| ||||||
21 | (i) Applicants have 3 years from the date of application to | ||||||
22 | complete the
application process. If the process has not been | ||||||
23 | completed within 3 years from
the date of application, the | ||||||
24 | application shall be denied, the fee forfeited,
and the | ||||||
25 | applicant must reapply and meet the requirements in effect at | ||||||
26 | the time
of reapplication.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 92-39, eff. 6-29-01; 92-744, eff. 7-25-02; | ||||||
28 | revised 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
29 | (225 ILCS 65/20-40)
| ||||||
30 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2008)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 20-40. Fund. There is hereby created within the State | ||||||
32 | Treasury the
Nursing Dedicated and Professional Fund. The | ||||||
33 | monies in the Fund may be
used by and at the direction of the | ||||||
34 | Department for the administration and
enforcement of this Act, | ||||||
35 | including but not limited to:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) Distribution and publication of the Nursing and | ||||||
2 | Advanced Practice
Nursing Act and the rules at the time of | ||||||
3 | renewal to all persons licensed by
the Department under | ||||||
4 | this Act.
| ||||||
5 | (b) Employment of secretarial, nursing, | ||||||
6 | administrative, enforcement, and
other staff for the | ||||||
7 | administration of this Act.
| ||||||
8 | (c) Conducting a survey, as prescribed by rule of the | ||||||
9 | Department, once
every 4 years during the license renewal | ||||||
10 | period.
| ||||||
11 | (d) Conducting of training seminars for licensees | ||||||
12 | under this Act relating
to the obligations, | ||||||
13 | responsibilities, enforcement and other provisions of
the | ||||||
14 | Act and its rules.
| ||||||
15 | (e) Disposition of Fees:
| ||||||
16 | (i) (Blank).
| ||||||
17 | (ii) All of the fees and fines collected pursuant | ||||||
18 | to
this Act shall be deposited in the Nursing Dedicated | ||||||
19 | and Professional Fund.
| ||||||
20 | (iii) For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1988, | ||||||
21 | the moneys deposited
in the Nursing Dedicated and | ||||||
22 | Professional Fund shall be appropriated to the
| ||||||
23 | Department for expenses of the Department and the Board | ||||||
24 | in the
administration of this Act. All earnings | ||||||
25 | received from investment of
moneys in the Nursing | ||||||
26 | Dedicated and Professional Fund shall be
deposited in | ||||||
27 | the Nursing Dedicated and Professional Fund and shall | ||||||
28 | be used
for the same purposes as fees deposited in the | ||||||
29 | Fund.
| ||||||
30 | (iv) For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2004 and | ||||||
31 | for
each fiscal
year thereafter, $1,200,000 of the | ||||||
32 | moneys deposited in the
Nursing Dedicated
and | ||||||
33 | Professional Fund each year shall be set aside and | ||||||
34 | appropriated to the
Illinois
Department of Public | ||||||
35 | Health for nursing scholarships awarded pursuant to
| ||||||
36 | the Nursing Education Scholarship Law.
Representatives
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the Department and the Nursing Education | ||||||
2 | Scholarship Program Advisory
Council shall review this | ||||||
3 | requirement and
the scholarship awards every 2 years.
| ||||||
4 | (v) Moneys in the Fund may be transferred to the | ||||||
5 | Professions
Indirect Cost Fund as authorized under | ||||||
6 | Section 2105-300 of the
Department of Professional | ||||||
7 | Regulation Law (20 ILCS 2105/2105-300).
| ||||||
8 | (f) Moneys set aside for nursing scholarships awarded | ||||||
9 | pursuant to
the Nursing Education Scholarship Law as | ||||||
10 | provided in item (iv) of subsection (e) of this Section may | ||||||
11 | not be transferred under Section 8h of the State Finance | ||||||
12 | Act. | ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-46, eff. 7-1-01; 93-806, eff. 7-24-04; | ||||||
14 | 93-1054, eff. 11-18-04; revised 12-1-04.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 420. The Pyrotechnic Operator Licensing Act is | ||||||
16 | amended by renumbering Section 99 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (225 ILCS 227/999)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 999
99 . Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||||||
19 | becoming
law.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-263, eff. 7-22-03; revised 9-19-03.)
| ||||||
21 | Section 425. The Elevator Safety and Regulation Act is | ||||||
22 | amended by changing Sections 15 and 25 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (225 ILCS 312/15)
| ||||||
24 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2013)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 15. Definitions. For the purpose of this Act:
| ||||||
26 | "Administrator" means the Office of the State Fire Marshal.
| ||||||
27 | "ANSI A10.4" means the safety requirements for personnel | ||||||
28 | hoists, an American
National Standard.
| ||||||
29 | "ASCE 21" means the American Society of Civil Engineers | ||||||
30 | Automated People
Mover Standards.
| ||||||
31 | "ASME A17.1" means the Safety Code for
Elevators and | ||||||
32 | Escalators, an American National Standard.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "ASME A17.3" means the Safety Code for
Existing Elevators | ||||||
2 | and Escalators, an American National Standard.
| ||||||
3 | "ASME A18.1" means the Safety Standard for
Platform Lifts | ||||||
4 | and Stairway Chairlifts, an American National Standard.
| ||||||
5 | "Automated people mover" means an
installation as defined | ||||||
6 | as an "automated people mover" in ASCE 21.
| ||||||
7 | "Board" means the Elevator Safety Review Board.
| ||||||
8 | "Certificate of operation" means a certificate issued by | ||||||
9 | the Administrator
that indicates that the conveyance has passed | ||||||
10 | the required safety inspection
and tests and fees have been | ||||||
11 | paid as set forth in this Act. The Administrator
may issue a | ||||||
12 | temporary certificate of operation that permits the temporary | ||||||
13 | use
of a non-compliant conveyance by the general public for a | ||||||
14 | limited time of 30
days while minor repairs are being | ||||||
15 | completed.
| ||||||
16 | "Conveyance" means any elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, | ||||||
17 | moving sidewalk,
platform lifts, stairway chairlifts and | ||||||
18 | automated people movers.
| ||||||
19 | "Elevator" means an installation defined as an
"elevator" | ||||||
20 | in ASME A17.1.
| ||||||
21 | "Elevator contractor" means any person, firm, or | ||||||
22 | corporation who possesses
an elevator contractor's license in | ||||||
23 | accordance with the provisions of Sections
40 and 55 of this | ||||||
24 | Act and who is engaged in the business of erecting,
| ||||||
25 | constructing, installing, altering, servicing, repairing, or | ||||||
26 | maintaining
elevators or related conveyance covered by this | ||||||
27 | Act.
| ||||||
28 | "Elevator contractor's license" means a license issued to | ||||||
29 | an elevator
contractor who has proven his or her qualifications | ||||||
30 | and ability and has been
authorized by the Elevator Safety | ||||||
31 | Review Board to possess this type of
license. It shall entitle | ||||||
32 | the holder thereof to engage in the business of
erecting, | ||||||
33 | constructing, installing, altering, servicing, testing, | ||||||
34 | repairing,
or maintaining elevators or related conveyance | ||||||
35 | covered by this Act. The
Administrator may issue a limited | ||||||
36 | elevator contractor's license authorizing a
firm or company |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that employs individuals to carry on a business of erecting,
| ||||||
2 | constructing, installing, altering, servicing, repairing, or | ||||||
3 | maintaining
platform lifts and stairway chairlifts within any | ||||||
4 | building or structure,
including but not limited to private | ||||||
5 | residences.
| ||||||
6 | "Elevator inspector" means any person who possesses an | ||||||
7 | elevator inspector's
license in accordance with the provisions | ||||||
8 | of this Act or any person who
performs the duties and functions | ||||||
9 | of an elevator inspector for any unit of
local government with | ||||||
10 | a population greater than 500,000 prior to or on the
effective | ||||||
11 | date of this Act.
| ||||||
12 | "Elevator mechanic" means any person who possesses an | ||||||
13 | elevator mechanic's
license in accordance with the provisions | ||||||
14 | of Sections 40 and 45 of this Act and
who is engaged in | ||||||
15 | erecting, constructing, installing, altering, servicing,
| ||||||
16 | repairing, or maintaining elevators or related conveyance | ||||||
17 | covered by this Act.
| ||||||
18 | "Elevator mechanic's license" means a license issued to a | ||||||
19 | person who has
proven his or her qualifications and ability and | ||||||
20 | has been authorized by the
Elevator Safety Review Board to work | ||||||
21 | on conveyance equipment. It shall entitle
the holder thereof to | ||||||
22 | install, construct, alter, service, repair, test,
maintain, | ||||||
23 | and perform electrical work on elevators or related conveyance
| ||||||
24 | covered by this Act.
| ||||||
25 | "Escalator" means an installation defined as an | ||||||
26 | "escalator" in ASME A17.1.
| ||||||
27 | "Existing installation" means an installation
defined as | ||||||
28 | an "installation, existing" in ASME A17.1.
| ||||||
29 | "Inspector's license" means a license issued to a person | ||||||
30 | who has proven his
or her qualifications and ability and has | ||||||
31 | been authorized by the Elevator
Safety Review Board to possess | ||||||
32 | this type of license. It shall entitle the
holder thereof to | ||||||
33 | engage in the business of inspecting elevators or related
| ||||||
34 | conveyance covered by this Act.
| ||||||
35 | "License" means a written license, duly issued by the | ||||||
36 | Administrator,
authorizing a person, firm, or company to carry |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | on the business of erecting,
constructing, installing, | ||||||
2 | altering, servicing, repairing, maintaining, or
performing | ||||||
3 | inspections of elevators or related conveyance covered by this | ||||||
4 | Act.
| ||||||
5 | "Material alteration" means an "alteration" as defined by | ||||||
6 | the Board.
| ||||||
7 | "Moving walk" means an installation as defined as a "moving | ||||||
8 | walk"
in ASME A17.1.
| ||||||
9 | "Private residence" means a separate dwelling or a separate | ||||||
10 | apartment in
a multiple dwelling that is occupied by members of | ||||||
11 | a single-family unit.
| ||||||
12 | "Repair" has the meaning defined by the Board, which does | ||||||
13 | not require a
permit.
| ||||||
14 | "Temporarily dormant" means an elevator, dumbwaiter, or | ||||||
15 | escalator:
| ||||||
16 | (1) with a power supply that has been disconnected by | ||||||
17 | removing fuses and
placing a padlock on the mainline | ||||||
18 | disconnect switch in the "off" position;
| ||||||
19 | (2) with a car that is parked and hoistway doors that | ||||||
20 | are in the closed
and latched position;
| ||||||
21 | (3) with a wire seal on the mainline disconnect switch | ||||||
22 | installed by a
licensed elevator inspector;
| ||||||
23 | (4) that shall not be used again until it has been put | ||||||
24 | in safe running
order and is in condition for use;
| ||||||
25 | (5) requiring annual inspections for the duration of | ||||||
26 | the temporarily
dormant status by a licensed elevator | ||||||
27 | inspector;
| ||||||
28 | (6) that has a "temporarily dormant" status that is | ||||||
29 | renewable on an
annual basis, not to exceed a one-year | ||||||
30 | period;
| ||||||
31 | (7) requiring the inspector to file a report with the | ||||||
32 | chief elevator
inspector describing the current | ||||||
33 | conditions; and
| ||||||
34 | (8) with a wire seal and padlock that shall not be | ||||||
35 | removed for any
purpose without permission from the | ||||||
36 | elevator inspector.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 92-873, eff. 6-1-03; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (225 ILCS 312/25)
| ||||||
3 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2013)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 25. Elevator Safety Review Board.
| ||||||
5 | (a) There is hereby created within the Office of the State | ||||||
6 | Fire Marshal
the Elevator Safety Review Board, consisting of 13 | ||||||
7 | members. The Administrator
shall appoint 3 members who shall be | ||||||
8 | representatives of
of a fire
service communities. The Governor | ||||||
9 | shall appoint the remaining 10 members of
the Board as follows: | ||||||
10 | one representative from a major elevator manufacturing
company | ||||||
11 | or its authorized representative; one representative from an | ||||||
12 | elevator
servicing company; one representative of the | ||||||
13 | architectural design
profession; one representative of the | ||||||
14 | general public; one representative of a
municipality in this | ||||||
15 | State with a population over 500,000; one representative
of a | ||||||
16 | municipality in this State with a population under 25,000; one
| ||||||
17 | representative of a municipality in this State with a | ||||||
18 | population of 25,000 or
over but under 50,000; one | ||||||
19 | representative of a municipality in this State with
a | ||||||
20 | population of 50,000 or over but under 500,000; one | ||||||
21 | representative of a
building owner or manager; and one | ||||||
22 | representative of labor involved in the
installation, | ||||||
23 | maintenance, and repair of elevators.
| ||||||
24 | (b) The members constituting the Board shall be appointed | ||||||
25 | for initial terms
as follows:
| ||||||
26 | (1) Of the members appointed by the Administrator, 2 | ||||||
27 | shall serve
for a term of 2 years, and one for a term of 4 | ||||||
28 | years.
| ||||||
29 | (2) Of the members appointed by the Governor, 2 shall | ||||||
30 | serve for a term
of one year, 2 for terms of 2 years, 2 for | ||||||
31 | terms of 3 years, and 4 for terms of
4 years.
| ||||||
32 | At the expiration of their initial terms of office, the | ||||||
33 | members or their
successors shall be appointed for terms of 4 | ||||||
34 | years each. Upon the expiration
of a member's term of office, | ||||||
35 | the officer who appointed
that member shall reappoint that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | member or appoint a successor who is a
representative of the | ||||||
2 | same interests with which his or her predecessor was
| ||||||
3 | identified. The Administrator and the Governor may at any time | ||||||
4 | remove any
of their respective appointees for inefficiency or | ||||||
5 | neglect of duty in office.
Upon the death or incapacity of a | ||||||
6 | member, the officer who appointed that member
shall fill the | ||||||
7 | vacancy for the remainder of the vacated term by appointing a
| ||||||
8 | member who is a representative of the same interests with which | ||||||
9 | his or her
predecessor was identified. The members shall serve | ||||||
10 | without salary, but shall
receive from the State expenses | ||||||
11 | necessarily incurred by them in performance
of their duties. | ||||||
12 | The Governor shall appoint one of the members to serve as
| ||||||
13 | chairperson. The chairperson shall be the deciding vote in the | ||||||
14 | event of a tie
vote.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-873, eff. 6-1-03; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
16 | Section 430. The Illinois Public Accounting Act is amended | ||||||
17 | by changing Section 28 as follows:
| ||||||
18 | (225 ILCS 450/28) (from Ch. 111, par. 5534)
| ||||||
19 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2014)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 28. Penalties. Each of the following acts perpetrated | ||||||
21 | in the State
of Illinois is a Class B misdemeanor.
| ||||||
22 | (a) The practice of public accounting insofar as it | ||||||
23 | consists in
rendering service as described in Section 8, | ||||||
24 | without licensure, in
violation of the provisions of this | ||||||
25 | Act;
| ||||||
26 | (b) The obtaining or attempting to obtain licensure as | ||||||
27 | a licensed
certified public accountant
or registration as a | ||||||
28 | registered certified public accountant by fraud;
| ||||||
29 | (c) The use of the title "Certified Public Accountant" | ||||||
30 | or the abbreviation "C.P.A." or use of any similar words or | ||||||
31 | letters indicating the user is a certified public | ||||||
32 | accountant, the title "Registered Certified Public | ||||||
33 | Accountant", the abbreviation "R.C.P.A.", any similar | ||||||
34 | words or letters indicating the user is a certified public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accountant or a registered certified public accountant by | ||||||
2 | any person in contravention of this Act; | ||||||
3 | (c-5) The use of the title "Certified Public | ||||||
4 | Accountant" or "Licensed Certified Public Accountant" or | ||||||
5 | the abbreviation "C.P.A." or "L.C.P.A." or any similar | ||||||
6 | words or letters indicating the user is a certified public | ||||||
7 | accountant by any person in contravention with this Act;
| ||||||
8 | (d) The use of the title
"Certified Public Accountant" | ||||||
9 | or the
abbreviation "C.P.A." or any similar words or | ||||||
10 | letters indicating that the
members are certified public | ||||||
11 | accountants, by any partnership, limited liability | ||||||
12 | company, corporation, or other entity unless all
members | ||||||
13 | thereof personally engaged in the practice of public | ||||||
14 | accounting in
this State
are licensed as licensed certified | ||||||
15 | public
accountants by the
Department, and
are holders of an | ||||||
16 | effective unrevoked license, and the partnership, limited | ||||||
17 | liability company, corporation, or other entity
is | ||||||
18 | licensed as licensed certified public accountants by the
| ||||||
19 | Board
with an effective
unrevoked license;
| ||||||
20 | (e) The use of the title "Licensed Certified Public | ||||||
21 | Accountant", or the abbreviation
"L.C.P.A."
or any similar | ||||||
22 | words or letters indicating such person is a licensed
| ||||||
23 | certified public
accountant, by any person not licensed as | ||||||
24 | a licensed certified public
accountant by the
Department, | ||||||
25 | and holding an effective unrevoked license; provided
| ||||||
26 | nothing in
this Act shall prohibit the use of the title | ||||||
27 | "Accountant" or "Bookkeeper" by
any person;
| ||||||
28 | (f) The use of the title "Licensed Certified Public | ||||||
29 | Accountants",
"Public
Accountants" or the abbreviation | ||||||
30 | "P.A.'s"
or any similar words or letters indicating that | ||||||
31 | the members are public
accountants by any partnership, | ||||||
32 | limited liability company, corporation, or other entity
| ||||||
33 | unless all members thereof personally
engaged in the | ||||||
34 | practice of public accounting in this State are licensed
as | ||||||
35 | licensed certified public accountants by the
Department
| ||||||
36 | and are holders
of effective
unrevoked licenses, and the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | partnership is licensed as a public
accounting
firm by
the | ||||||
2 | Department with an effective unrevoked license
licenses ;
| ||||||
3 | (g) Making false statements to the Department
| ||||||
4 | regarding
compliance with
continuing professional | ||||||
5 | education requirements;
| ||||||
6 | (h) The use of the title "Certified Public Accountant" | ||||||
7 | or the abbreviation "C.P.A." or any similar words or | ||||||
8 | letters indicating that the members are certified public | ||||||
9 | accountants, by any partnership unless all members thereof | ||||||
10 | personally engaged in the practice of public accounting in | ||||||
11 | this State have received certificates as certified public | ||||||
12 | accountants from the Board, are licensed as public | ||||||
13 | accountants by the Department, and are holders of an | ||||||
14 | effective unrevoked license, and the partnership is | ||||||
15 | licensed as public accountants by the Department with an | ||||||
16 | effective unrevoked license. | ||||||
17 | This Section does not prohibit a firm partnership, limited | ||||||
18 | liability company, corporation, or other entity who does not | ||||||
19 | practice public accounting as set forth in Section 8 of this | ||||||
20 | Act and whose members residing in Illinois are registered with | ||||||
21 | the Department from using the title "Certified Public | ||||||
22 | Accountant" or the abbreviation "C.P.A." or "CPA" or similar | ||||||
23 | words or letters indicating that the members are certified | ||||||
24 | public accountants.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 92-457, eff. 7-1-04; 93-683, eff. 7-2-04; revised | ||||||
26 | 11-5-04.)
| ||||||
27 | Section 435. The Illinois Petroleum Education and | ||||||
28 | Marketing Act is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
29 | (225 ILCS 728/10)
| ||||||
30 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2008)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 10. Illinois Petroleum Resources Board.
| ||||||
32 | (a) There is hereby created until January 1, 2008, the | ||||||
33 | Illinois Petroleum
Resources Board which shall be subject to | ||||||
34 | the provisions of the Regulatory
Sunset Act. The purpose of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Board is to coordinate a program designed to
demonstrate to the | ||||||
2 | general public the importance of the Illinois oil
exploration | ||||||
3 | and production industry, to encourage the wise and efficient | ||||||
4 | use of
energy, to promote environmentally
sound production | ||||||
5 | methods and technologies, to develop existing supplies of
State | ||||||
6 | oil resources, and to support research and educational | ||||||
7 | activities
concerning the oil exploration and production | ||||||
8 | industry.
| ||||||
9 | (b) The Board shall be composed of 12 members to be
| ||||||
10 | appointed by the Governor. The Governor shall make appointments | ||||||
11 | from a
list of names submitted by qualified producer | ||||||
12 | associations, of which 10 shall
be oil and gas producers.
| ||||||
13 | (c) A member of the Board shall:
| ||||||
14 | (1) be at least 25 years of age;
| ||||||
15 | (2) be a resident of the State of Illinois; and
| ||||||
16 | (3) have at least 5 years of active experience in the | ||||||
17 | oil industry.
| ||||||
18 | (d) Members shall serve for a term of 3 years, except that | ||||||
19 | of the initial
appointments, 4 members shall serve for one | ||||||
20 | year, 4 members for 2 years, and 4
members for 3 years.
| ||||||
21 | (e) Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired term of | ||||||
22 | office in the same
manner as the original appointment.
| ||||||
23 | (f) The Board shall, at its first meeting, elect one of its | ||||||
24 | members as
chairperson, who shall preside over meetings of the | ||||||
25 | Board and perform
other duties that may be required by the | ||||||
26 | Board. The first meeting of the Board
shall be called by the | ||||||
27 | Governor.
| ||||||
28 | (g) No member of the Board shall receive a salary or | ||||||
29 | reimbursement for
duties performed as a member of the Board, | ||||||
30 | except that members are eligible to
receive
reimbursement for | ||||||
31 | travel expenses incurred in the performance of Board duties.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 92-610, eff. 7-1-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
33 | revised 8-12-02.)
| ||||||
34 | Section 440. The Riverboat Gambling Act is amended by | ||||||
35 | changing Sections 4, 7, 12, and 13 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (230 ILCS 10/4) (from Ch. 120, par. 2404)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 4. Definitions. As used in this Act:
| ||||||
3 | (a) "Board" means the Illinois Gaming Board.
| ||||||
4 | (b) "Occupational license" means a license issued by the | ||||||
5 | Board to a
person or entity to perform an occupation which the | ||||||
6 | Board has identified as
requiring a license to engage in | ||||||
7 | riverboat gambling in Illinois.
| ||||||
8 | (c) "Gambling game" includes, but is not limited to, | ||||||
9 | baccarat,
twenty-one, poker, craps, slot machine, video game of | ||||||
10 | chance, roulette
wheel, klondike table, punchboard, faro | ||||||
11 | layout, keno layout, numbers
ticket, push card, jar ticket, or | ||||||
12 | pull tab which is authorized by the Board
as a wagering device | ||||||
13 | under this Act.
| ||||||
14 | (d) "Riverboat" means a self-propelled excursion boat, a
| ||||||
15 | permanently moored barge, or permanently moored barges that are | ||||||
16 | permanently
fixed together to operate as one vessel, on which | ||||||
17 | lawful gambling is
authorized and licensed as
provided in this | ||||||
18 | Act.
| ||||||
19 | (e) "Managers license" means a license issued by the Board | ||||||
20 | to a person or
entity
to manage gambling operations conducted | ||||||
21 | by the State pursuant to Section 7.3
7.2 .
| ||||||
22 | (f) "Dock" means the location where a riverboat moors for | ||||||
23 | the purpose of
embarking passengers for and disembarking | ||||||
24 | passengers from the riverboat.
| ||||||
25 | (g) "Gross receipts" means the total amount of money | ||||||
26 | exchanged for the
purchase of chips, tokens or electronic cards | ||||||
27 | by riverboat patrons.
| ||||||
28 | (h) "Adjusted gross receipts" means the gross receipts less
| ||||||
29 | winnings paid to wagerers.
| ||||||
30 | (i) "Cheat" means to alter the selection of criteria which | ||||||
31 | determine the
result of a gambling game or the amount or | ||||||
32 | frequency of payment in a gambling
game.
| ||||||
33 | (j) "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
| ||||||
34 | (k) "Gambling operation" means the conduct of authorized | ||||||
35 | gambling games
upon a riverboat.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (l) "License bid" means the lump sum amount of money that | ||||||
2 | an applicant
bids and agrees to pay the State in return for an | ||||||
3 | owners license that is
re-issued on or after July 1, 2003.
| ||||||
4 | (m) The terms "minority person" and "female" shall have the | ||||||
5 | same meaning
as
defined in
Section 2 of the Business Enterprise | ||||||
6 | for Minorities, Females, and Persons with
Disabilities Act.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 92-600, eff. 6-28-02; 93-28, eff. 6-20-03; | ||||||
8 | revisory 1-28-04.)
| ||||||
9 | (230 ILCS 10/7) (from Ch. 120, par. 2407)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 7. Owners Licenses.
| ||||||
11 | (a) The Board shall issue owners licenses to persons, firms | ||||||
12 | or
corporations which apply for such licenses upon payment to | ||||||
13 | the Board of the
non-refundable license fee set by the Board, | ||||||
14 | upon payment of a $25,000
license fee for the first year of | ||||||
15 | operation and a $5,000 license fee for
each succeeding year and | ||||||
16 | upon a determination by the Board that the
applicant is | ||||||
17 | eligible for an owners license pursuant to this Act and the
| ||||||
18 | rules of the Board. A person, firm or corporation is ineligible | ||||||
19 | to receive
an owners license if:
| ||||||
20 | (1) the person has been convicted of a felony under the | ||||||
21 | laws of this
State, any other state, or the United States;
| ||||||
22 | (2) the person has been convicted of any violation of | ||||||
23 | Article 28 of the
Criminal Code of 1961, or substantially | ||||||
24 | similar laws of any other jurisdiction;
| ||||||
25 | (3) the person has submitted an application for a | ||||||
26 | license under this
Act which contains false information;
| ||||||
27 | (4) the person is
a member of the Board;
| ||||||
28 | (5) a person defined in (1), (2), (3) or (4) is an | ||||||
29 | officer, director or
managerial employee of the firm or | ||||||
30 | corporation;
| ||||||
31 | (6) the firm or corporation employs a person defined in | ||||||
32 | (1), (2), (3) or
(4) who participates in the management or | ||||||
33 | operation of gambling operations
authorized under this | ||||||
34 | Act;
| ||||||
35 | (7) (blank); or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (8) a license of the person, firm or corporation issued | ||||||
2 | under
this Act, or a license to own or operate gambling | ||||||
3 | facilities
in any other jurisdiction, has been revoked.
| ||||||
4 | (b) In determining whether to grant an owners license to an | ||||||
5 | applicant, the
Board shall consider:
| ||||||
6 | (1) the character, reputation, experience and | ||||||
7 | financial integrity of the
applicants and of any other or | ||||||
8 | separate person that either:
| ||||||
9 | (A) controls, directly or indirectly, such | ||||||
10 | applicant, or
| ||||||
11 | (B) is controlled, directly or indirectly, by such | ||||||
12 | applicant or by a
person which controls, directly or | ||||||
13 | indirectly, such applicant;
| ||||||
14 | (2) the facilities or proposed facilities for the | ||||||
15 | conduct of riverboat
gambling;
| ||||||
16 | (3) the highest prospective total revenue to be derived | ||||||
17 | by the State
from the conduct of riverboat gambling;
| ||||||
18 | (4) the extent to which the ownership of the applicant | ||||||
19 | reflects the
diversity of the State by including minority | ||||||
20 | persons and females
and the good faith affirmative action | ||||||
21 | plan of
each applicant to recruit, train and upgrade | ||||||
22 | minority persons and females in all employment | ||||||
23 | classifications;
| ||||||
24 | (5) the financial ability of the applicant to purchase | ||||||
25 | and maintain
adequate liability and casualty insurance;
| ||||||
26 | (6) whether the applicant has adequate capitalization | ||||||
27 | to provide and
maintain, for the duration of a license, a | ||||||
28 | riverboat;
| ||||||
29 | (7) the extent to which the applicant exceeds or meets | ||||||
30 | other standards
for the issuance of an owners license which | ||||||
31 | the Board may adopt by rule;
and
| ||||||
32 | (8) The amount of the applicant's license bid.
| ||||||
33 | (c) Each owners license shall specify the place where | ||||||
34 | riverboats shall
operate and dock.
| ||||||
35 | (d) Each applicant shall submit with his application, on | ||||||
36 | forms
provided by the Board, 2 sets of his fingerprints.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) The Board may issue up to 10 licenses authorizing the | ||||||
2 | holders of such
licenses to own riverboats. In the application | ||||||
3 | for an owners license, the
applicant shall state the dock at | ||||||
4 | which the riverboat is based and the water
on which the | ||||||
5 | riverboat will be located. The Board shall issue 5 licenses to
| ||||||
6 | become effective not earlier than January 1, 1991. Three of | ||||||
7 | such licenses
shall authorize riverboat gambling on the | ||||||
8 | Mississippi River, or, with approval
by the municipality in | ||||||
9 | which the
riverboat is docked on August 7, 2003,
the effective | ||||||
10 | date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd
Assembly,
in a
| ||||||
11 | municipality that (1) borders on the Mississippi River or is | ||||||
12 | within 5
miles of the city limits of a municipality that | ||||||
13 | borders on the Mississippi
River and (2), on August 7, 2003,
| ||||||
14 | the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General
| ||||||
15 | Assembly, has a riverboat conducting riverboat gambling | ||||||
16 | operations pursuant to
a license issued under this Act; , one of | ||||||
17 | which shall authorize riverboat
gambling from a home dock in | ||||||
18 | the city of East St. Louis. One other license
shall
authorize | ||||||
19 | riverboat gambling on
the Illinois River south of Marshall | ||||||
20 | County. The Board shall issue one
additional license to become | ||||||
21 | effective not earlier than March 1, 1992, which
shall authorize | ||||||
22 | riverboat gambling on the Des Plaines River in Will County.
The | ||||||
23 | Board may issue 4 additional licenses to become effective not
| ||||||
24 | earlier than
March 1, 1992. In determining the water upon which | ||||||
25 | riverboats will operate,
the Board shall consider the economic | ||||||
26 | benefit which riverboat gambling confers
on the State, and | ||||||
27 | shall seek to assure that all regions of the State share
in the | ||||||
28 | economic benefits of riverboat gambling.
| ||||||
29 | In granting all licenses, the Board may give favorable | ||||||
30 | consideration to
economically depressed areas of the State, to | ||||||
31 | applicants presenting plans
which provide for significant | ||||||
32 | economic development over a large geographic
area, and to | ||||||
33 | applicants who currently operate non-gambling riverboats in
| ||||||
34 | Illinois.
The Board shall review all applications for owners | ||||||
35 | licenses,
and shall inform each applicant of the Board's | ||||||
36 | decision.
The Board may grant an owners license to an
applicant |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that has not submitted the highest license bid, but if it does | ||||||
2 | not
select the highest bidder, the Board shall issue a written | ||||||
3 | decision explaining
why another
applicant was selected and | ||||||
4 | identifying the factors set forth in this Section
that favored | ||||||
5 | the winning bidder.
| ||||||
6 | In addition to any other revocation powers granted to the | ||||||
7 | Board under this
Act,
the Board may revoke the owners license | ||||||
8 | of a licensee which fails
to begin conducting gambling within | ||||||
9 | 15 months
of receipt of the
Board's approval of the application | ||||||
10 | if the Board determines that license
revocation is in the best | ||||||
11 | interests of the State.
| ||||||
12 | (f) The first 10 owners licenses issued under this Act | ||||||
13 | shall permit the
holder to own up to 2 riverboats and equipment | ||||||
14 | thereon
for a period of 3 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
15 | license. Holders of
the first 10 owners licenses must pay the | ||||||
16 | annual license fee for each of
the 3
years during which they | ||||||
17 | are authorized to own riverboats.
| ||||||
18 | (g) Upon the termination, expiration, or revocation of each | ||||||
19 | of the first
10 licenses, which shall be issued for a 3 year | ||||||
20 | period, all licenses are
renewable annually upon payment of the | ||||||
21 | fee and a determination by the Board
that the licensee | ||||||
22 | continues to meet all of the requirements of this Act and the
| ||||||
23 | Board's rules.
However, for licenses renewed on or after May 1, | ||||||
24 | 1998, renewal shall be
for a period of 4 years, unless the | ||||||
25 | Board sets a shorter period.
| ||||||
26 | (h) An owners license shall entitle the licensee to own up | ||||||
27 | to 2
riverboats. A licensee shall limit the number of gambling | ||||||
28 | participants to
1,200 for any such owners license.
A licensee | ||||||
29 | may operate both of its riverboats concurrently, provided that | ||||||
30 | the
total number of gambling participants on both riverboats | ||||||
31 | does not exceed
1,200. Riverboats licensed to operate on the
| ||||||
32 | Mississippi River and the Illinois River south of Marshall | ||||||
33 | County shall
have an authorized capacity of at least 500 | ||||||
34 | persons. Any other riverboat
licensed under this Act shall have | ||||||
35 | an authorized capacity of at least 400
persons.
| ||||||
36 | (i) A licensed owner is authorized to apply to the Board |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for and, if
approved therefor, to receive all licenses from the | ||||||
2 | Board necessary for the
operation of a riverboat, including a | ||||||
3 | liquor license, a license
to prepare and serve food for human | ||||||
4 | consumption, and other necessary
licenses. All use, occupation | ||||||
5 | and excise taxes which apply to the sale of
food and beverages | ||||||
6 | in this State and all taxes imposed on the sale or use
of | ||||||
7 | tangible personal property apply to such sales aboard the | ||||||
8 | riverboat.
| ||||||
9 | (j) The Board may issue or re-issue a license authorizing a | ||||||
10 | riverboat to
dock
in a municipality or approve a relocation | ||||||
11 | under Section 11.2 only if, prior
to the issuance or | ||||||
12 | re-issuance of
the license or approval, the governing body of | ||||||
13 | the municipality in which
the riverboat will dock has by a | ||||||
14 | majority vote approved the docking of
riverboats in the | ||||||
15 | municipality. The Board may issue or re-issue a license
| ||||||
16 | authorizing a
riverboat to dock in areas of a county outside | ||||||
17 | any municipality or approve a
relocation under Section 11.2 | ||||||
18 | only if, prior to the issuance or re-issuance
of the license
or | ||||||
19 | approval, the
governing body of the county has by a majority | ||||||
20 | vote approved of the docking of
riverboats within such areas.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 92-600, eff. 6-28-02; 93-28, eff. 6-20-03; | ||||||
22 | 93-453, eff. 8-7-03;
revised 1-27-04.)
| ||||||
23 | (230 ILCS 10/12) (from Ch. 120, par. 2412)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 12. Admission tax; fees.
| ||||||
25 | (a) A tax is hereby imposed upon admissions to riverboats | ||||||
26 | operated by
licensed owners authorized pursuant to this Act. | ||||||
27 | Until July 1, 2002, the
rate is $2 per person admitted. From | ||||||
28 | July 1, 2002 and until
July 1, 2003, the rate is $3 per person | ||||||
29 | admitted.
Beginning July 1, 2003, for a licensee that admitted | ||||||
30 | 1,000,000 persons or
fewer in the previous calendar year, the | ||||||
31 | rate is $3 per person admitted; for a
licensee that admitted | ||||||
32 | more than 1,000,000 but no more than 2,300,000 persons
in the | ||||||
33 | previous calendar year, the rate is $4 per person admitted; and | ||||||
34 | for
a licensee that admitted more than 2,300,000 persons in the | ||||||
35 | previous calendar
year, the rate is $5 per person admitted.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Beginning July 1, 2003, for a licensee that admitted 2,300,000 | ||||||
2 | persons or
fewer in the previous calendar year, the rate is $4 | ||||||
3 | per person admitted and for
a licensee that admitted more than | ||||||
4 | 2,300,000 persons in the previous calendar
year, the rate is $5 | ||||||
5 | per person admitted.
This admission tax is imposed upon the
| ||||||
6 | licensed owner conducting gambling.
| ||||||
7 | (1) The admission tax shall be paid for each admission.
| ||||||
8 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
9 | (3) The riverboat licensee may issue tax-free passes to
| ||||||
10 | actual and necessary officials and employees of the | ||||||
11 | licensee or other
persons actually working on the | ||||||
12 | riverboat.
| ||||||
13 | (4) The number and issuance of tax-free passes is | ||||||
14 | subject to the rules
of the Board, and a list of all | ||||||
15 | persons to whom the tax-free passes are
issued shall be | ||||||
16 | filed with the Board.
| ||||||
17 | (a-5) A fee is hereby imposed upon admissions operated by | ||||||
18 | licensed
managers on behalf of the State pursuant to Section | ||||||
19 | 7.3 at the rates provided
in
this subsection (a-5). For a | ||||||
20 | licensee that
admitted 1,000,000 persons or fewer in the | ||||||
21 | previous calendar year, the rate is
$3 per person admitted; for | ||||||
22 | a licensee that admitted more than 1,000,000 but no
more than | ||||||
23 | 2,300,000 persons
in the previous calendar year, the rate is $4 | ||||||
24 | per person admitted; and for
a licensee that admitted more than | ||||||
25 | 2,300,000 persons in the previous calendar
year, the rate is $5 | ||||||
26 | per person admitted.
| ||||||
27 | (1) The admission fee shall be paid for each admission.
| ||||||
28 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
29 | (3) The licensed manager may issue fee-free passes to | ||||||
30 | actual and necessary
officials and employees of the manager | ||||||
31 | or other persons actually working on the
riverboat.
| ||||||
32 | (4) The number and issuance of fee-free passes is | ||||||
33 | subject to the rules
of the Board, and a list of all | ||||||
34 | persons to whom the fee-free passes are
issued shall be | ||||||
35 | filed with the Board.
| ||||||
36 | (b) From the tax imposed under subsection (a) and the fee |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | imposed under
subsection (a-5), a municipality shall receive | ||||||
2 | from the State $1 for each
person embarking on a riverboat | ||||||
3 | docked within the municipality, and a county
shall receive $1 | ||||||
4 | for each person embarking on a riverboat docked within the
| ||||||
5 | county but outside the boundaries of any municipality. The | ||||||
6 | municipality's or
county's share shall be collected by the | ||||||
7 | Board on behalf of the State and
remitted quarterly by the | ||||||
8 | State, subject to appropriation, to the treasurer of
the unit | ||||||
9 | of local government for deposit in the general fund.
| ||||||
10 | (c) The licensed owner shall pay the entire admission tax | ||||||
11 | to the Board and
the licensed manager shall pay the entire | ||||||
12 | admission fee to the Board.
Such payments shall be made daily. | ||||||
13 | Accompanying each payment shall be a
return on forms provided | ||||||
14 | by the Board which shall include other
information regarding | ||||||
15 | admissions as the Board may require. Failure to
submit either | ||||||
16 | the payment or the return within the specified time may
result | ||||||
17 | in suspension or revocation of the owners or managers license.
| ||||||
18 | (d) The Board shall administer and collect the admission | ||||||
19 | tax imposed by
this Section, to the extent practicable, in a | ||||||
20 | manner consistent with the
provisions of Sections 4, 5, 5a, 5b, | ||||||
21 | 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5i, 5j, 6, 6a,
6b, 6c, 8, 9 and 10 of the | ||||||
22 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and
Section 3-7 of the Uniform | ||||||
23 | Penalty and Interest Act.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-595, eff. 6-28-02; 93-27, eff. 6-20-03; 93-28, | ||||||
25 | eff. 6-20-03;
revised 8-1-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (230 ILCS 10/13) (from Ch. 120, par. 2413)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 13. Wagering tax; rate; distribution.
| ||||||
28 | (a) Until January 1, 1998, a tax is imposed on the adjusted | ||||||
29 | gross
receipts received from gambling games authorized under | ||||||
30 | this Act at the rate of
20%.
| ||||||
31 | (a-1) From January 1, 1998 until July 1, 2002, a privilege | ||||||
32 | tax is
imposed on persons engaged in the business of conducting | ||||||
33 | riverboat gambling
operations, based on the adjusted gross | ||||||
34 | receipts received by a licensed owner
from gambling games | ||||||
35 | authorized under this Act at the following rates:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 15% of annual adjusted gross receipts up to and | ||||||
2 | including $25,000,000;
| ||||||
3 | 20% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
4 | $25,000,000 but not
exceeding $50,000,000;
| ||||||
5 | 25% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
6 | $50,000,000 but not
exceeding $75,000,000;
| ||||||
7 | 30% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
8 | $75,000,000 but not
exceeding $100,000,000;
| ||||||
9 | 35% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
10 | $100,000,000.
| ||||||
11 | (a-2) From July 1, 2002 until July 1, 2003, a privilege tax | ||||||
12 | is imposed on
persons engaged in the business of conducting | ||||||
13 | riverboat gambling operations,
other than licensed managers | ||||||
14 | conducting riverboat gambling operations on behalf
of the | ||||||
15 | State, based on the adjusted gross receipts received by a | ||||||
16 | licensed
owner from gambling games authorized under this Act at | ||||||
17 | the following rates:
| ||||||
18 | 15% of annual adjusted gross receipts up to and | ||||||
19 | including $25,000,000;
| ||||||
20 | 22.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
21 | $25,000,000 but not
exceeding $50,000,000;
| ||||||
22 | 27.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
23 | $50,000,000 but not
exceeding $75,000,000;
| ||||||
24 | 32.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
25 | $75,000,000 but not
exceeding $100,000,000;
| ||||||
26 | 37.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
27 | $100,000,000 but not
exceeding $150,000,000;
| ||||||
28 | 45% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
29 | $150,000,000 but not
exceeding $200,000,000;
| ||||||
30 | 50% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
31 | $200,000,000.
| ||||||
32 | (a-3) Beginning July 1, 2003, a privilege tax is imposed on | ||||||
33 | persons engaged
in the business of conducting riverboat | ||||||
34 | gambling operations, other than
licensed managers conducting | ||||||
35 | riverboat gambling operations on behalf of the
State, based on | ||||||
36 | the adjusted gross receipts received by a licensed owner from
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | gambling games authorized under this Act at the following | ||||||
2 | rates:
| ||||||
3 | 15% of annual adjusted gross receipts up to and | ||||||
4 | including $25,000,000;
| ||||||
5 | 27.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
6 | $25,000,000 but not
exceeding $37,500,000;
| ||||||
7 | 32.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
8 | $37,500,000 but not
exceeding $50,000,000;
| ||||||
9 | 37.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
10 | $50,000,000 but not
exceeding $75,000,000;
| ||||||
11 | 45% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
12 | $75,000,000 but not
exceeding $100,000,000;
| ||||||
13 | 50% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
14 | $100,000,000 but not
exceeding $250,000,000;
| ||||||
15 | 70% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
16 | $250,000,000.
| ||||||
17 | An amount equal to the amount of wagering taxes collected | ||||||
18 | under this
subsection (a-3) that are in addition to the amount | ||||||
19 | of wagering taxes that
would have been collected if the | ||||||
20 | wagering tax rates under subsection (a-2)
were in effect shall | ||||||
21 | be paid into the Common School Fund.
| ||||||
22 | The privilege tax imposed under this subsection (a-3) shall | ||||||
23 | no longer be
imposed beginning on the earlier of (i) July 1, | ||||||
24 | 2005; (ii) the first date
after June 20, 2003
the effective | ||||||
25 | date of this amendatory Act of the
93rd General Assembly that | ||||||
26 | riverboat gambling operations are conducted
pursuant to a | ||||||
27 | dormant license; or (iii) the first day that riverboat gambling
| ||||||
28 | operations are conducted under the authority of an owners | ||||||
29 | license that is in
addition to the 10 owners licenses initially | ||||||
30 | authorized under this Act.
For the purposes of this subsection | ||||||
31 | (a-3), the term "dormant license"
means an owners license that | ||||||
32 | is authorized by this Act under which no
riverboat gambling | ||||||
33 | operations are being conducted on June 20, 2003
the effective | ||||||
34 | date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly .
| ||||||
35 | (a-4) Beginning on the first day on which the tax imposed | ||||||
36 | under
subsection (a-3) is no longer imposed, a privilege tax is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | imposed on persons
engaged in the business of conducting | ||||||
2 | riverboat gambling operations, other
than licensed managers | ||||||
3 | conducting riverboat gambling operations on behalf of
the | ||||||
4 | State, based on the adjusted gross receipts received by a | ||||||
5 | licensed owner
from gambling games authorized under this Act at | ||||||
6 | the following rates:
| ||||||
7 | 15% of annual adjusted gross receipts up to and | ||||||
8 | including $25,000,000;
| ||||||
9 | 22.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
10 | $25,000,000 but not
exceeding $50,000,000;
| ||||||
11 | 27.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
12 | $50,000,000 but not
exceeding $75,000,000;
| ||||||
13 | 32.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
14 | $75,000,000 but not
exceeding $100,000,000;
| ||||||
15 | 37.5% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
16 | $100,000,000 but not
exceeding $150,000,000;
| ||||||
17 | 45% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
18 | $150,000,000 but not
exceeding $200,000,000;
| ||||||
19 | 50% of annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of | ||||||
20 | $200,000,000.
| ||||||
21 | (a-8) Riverboat gambling operations conducted by a | ||||||
22 | licensed manager on
behalf of the State are not subject to the | ||||||
23 | tax imposed under this Section.
| ||||||
24 | (a-10) The taxes imposed by this Section shall be paid by | ||||||
25 | the licensed
owner to the Board not later than 3:00 o'clock | ||||||
26 | p.m. of the day after the day
when the wagers were made.
| ||||||
27 | (b) Until January 1, 1998, 25% of the tax revenue deposited | ||||||
28 | in the State
Gaming Fund under this Section shall be paid, | ||||||
29 | subject to appropriation by the
General Assembly, to the unit | ||||||
30 | of local government which is designated as the
home dock of the | ||||||
31 | riverboat. Beginning January 1, 1998, from the tax revenue
| ||||||
32 | deposited in the State Gaming Fund under this Section, an | ||||||
33 | amount equal to 5% of
adjusted gross receipts generated by a | ||||||
34 | riverboat shall be paid monthly, subject
to appropriation by | ||||||
35 | the General Assembly, to the unit of local government that
is | ||||||
36 | designated as the home dock of the riverboat. From the tax |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | revenue
deposited in the State Gaming Fund pursuant to | ||||||
2 | riverboat gambling operations
conducted by a licensed manager | ||||||
3 | on behalf of the State, an amount equal to 5%
of adjusted gross | ||||||
4 | receipts generated pursuant to those riverboat gambling
| ||||||
5 | operations shall be paid monthly,
subject to appropriation by | ||||||
6 | the General Assembly, to the unit of local
government that is | ||||||
7 | designated as the home dock of the riverboat upon which
those | ||||||
8 | riverboat gambling operations are conducted.
| ||||||
9 | (c) Appropriations, as approved by the General Assembly, | ||||||
10 | may be made
from the State Gaming Fund to the Department of | ||||||
11 | Revenue and the Department
of State Police for the | ||||||
12 | administration and enforcement of this Act, or to the
| ||||||
13 | Department of Human Services for the administration of programs | ||||||
14 | to treat
problem gambling.
| ||||||
15 | (c-5) After the payments required under subsections (b) and | ||||||
16 | (c) have been
made, an amount equal to 15% of the adjusted | ||||||
17 | gross receipts of (1) an owners
licensee that relocates | ||||||
18 | pursuant to Section 11.2,
(2) an owners licensee
license
| ||||||
19 | conducting riverboat gambling operations
pursuant to an
owners | ||||||
20 | license that is initially issued after June
25, 1999,
or (3) | ||||||
21 | the first
riverboat gambling operations conducted by a licensed | ||||||
22 | manager on behalf of the
State under Section 7.3
7.2 ,
whichever | ||||||
23 | comes first, shall be paid from the State
Gaming Fund into the | ||||||
24 | Horse Racing Equity Fund.
| ||||||
25 | (c-10) Each year the General Assembly shall appropriate | ||||||
26 | from the General
Revenue Fund to the Education Assistance Fund | ||||||
27 | an amount equal to the amount
paid into the Horse Racing Equity | ||||||
28 | Fund pursuant to subsection (c-5) in the
prior calendar year.
| ||||||
29 | (c-15) After the payments required under subsections (b), | ||||||
30 | (c), and (c-5)
have been made, an amount equal to 2% of the | ||||||
31 | adjusted gross receipts of (1)
an owners licensee that | ||||||
32 | relocates pursuant to Section 11.2, (2) an owners
licensee | ||||||
33 | conducting riverboat gambling operations pursuant to
an
owners | ||||||
34 | license that is initially issued after June 25, 1999,
or (3) | ||||||
35 | the first
riverboat gambling operations conducted by a licensed | ||||||
36 | manager on behalf of the
State under Section 7.3
7.2 ,
whichever |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | comes first, shall be paid, subject to appropriation
from the | ||||||
2 | General Assembly, from the State Gaming Fund to each home rule
| ||||||
3 | county with a population of over 3,000,000 inhabitants for the | ||||||
4 | purpose of
enhancing the county's criminal justice system.
| ||||||
5 | (c-20) Each year the General Assembly shall appropriate | ||||||
6 | from the General
Revenue Fund to the Education Assistance Fund | ||||||
7 | an amount equal to the amount
paid to each home rule county | ||||||
8 | with a population of over 3,000,000 inhabitants
pursuant to | ||||||
9 | subsection (c-15) in the prior calendar year.
| ||||||
10 | (c-25) After the payments required under subsections (b), | ||||||
11 | (c), (c-5) and
(c-15) have been made, an amount equal to 2% of | ||||||
12 | the
adjusted gross receipts of (1) an owners licensee
license
| ||||||
13 | that
relocates pursuant to Section 11.2, (2) an
owners
licensee
| ||||||
14 | license conducting riverboat gambling operations pursuant to
| ||||||
15 | an
owners license
that is initially issued after June 25, 1999,
| ||||||
16 | or (3) the first
riverboat gambling operations conducted by a | ||||||
17 | licensed manager on behalf of the
State under Section 7.3
7.2 ,
| ||||||
18 | whichever
comes first,
shall be paid from the State
Gaming Fund | ||||||
19 | to Chicago State University.
| ||||||
20 | (d) From time to time, the
Board shall transfer the | ||||||
21 | remainder of the funds
generated by this Act into the Education
| ||||||
22 | Assistance Fund, created by Public Act 86-0018, of the State of | ||||||
23 | Illinois.
| ||||||
24 | (e) Nothing in this Act shall prohibit the unit of local | ||||||
25 | government
designated as the home dock of the riverboat from | ||||||
26 | entering into agreements
with other units of local government | ||||||
27 | in this State or in other states to
share its portion of the | ||||||
28 | tax revenue.
| ||||||
29 | (f) To the extent practicable, the Board shall administer | ||||||
30 | and collect the
wagering taxes imposed by this Section in a | ||||||
31 | manner consistent with the
provisions of Sections 4, 5, 5a, 5b, | ||||||
32 | 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5i, 5j, 6, 6a, 6b,
6c, 8, 9, and 10 of the | ||||||
33 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and Section 3-7 of the
Uniform | ||||||
34 | Penalty and Interest Act.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-595, eff. 6-28-02; 93-27, eff. 6-20-03; 93-28, | ||||||
36 | eff.
6-20-03; revised 1-28-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 445. The Liquor Control Act of 1934 is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Sections 5-1, 6-11, 6-16.2, 7-5, 7-6, and 12-4 as | ||||||
3 | follows:
| ||||||
4 | (235 ILCS 5/5-1) (from Ch. 43, par. 115)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 5-1. Licenses issued by the Illinois Liquor Control | ||||||
6 | Commission
shall be of the following classes:
| ||||||
7 | (a) Manufacturer's license - Class 1.
Distiller, Class 2. | ||||||
8 | Rectifier, Class 3. Brewer, Class 4. First Class Wine
| ||||||
9 | Manufacturer, Class 5. Second Class Wine Manufacturer,
Class 6. | ||||||
10 | First Class Winemaker, Class 7. Second Class Winemaker, Class | ||||||
11 | 8.
Limited Wine Manufacturer,
| ||||||
12 | (b) Distributor's license,
| ||||||
13 | (c) Importing Distributor's license,
| ||||||
14 | (d) Retailer's license,
| ||||||
15 | (e) Special Event Retailer's license (not-for-profit),
| ||||||
16 | (f) Railroad license,
| ||||||
17 | (g) Boat license,
| ||||||
18 | (h) Non-Beverage User's license,
| ||||||
19 | (i) Wine-maker's premises license,
| ||||||
20 | (j) Airplane license,
| ||||||
21 | (k) Foreign importer's license,
| ||||||
22 | (l) Broker's license,
| ||||||
23 | (m) Non-resident dealer's
license,
| ||||||
24 | (n) Brew Pub license,
| ||||||
25 | (o) Auction liquor license,
| ||||||
26 | (p) Caterer retailer license,
| ||||||
27 | (q) Special use permit license.
| ||||||
28 | No
person, firm, partnership, corporation, or other legal | ||||||
29 | business entity that is
engaged in the manufacturing of wine | ||||||
30 | may concurrently obtain and hold a
wine-maker's license and a | ||||||
31 | wine manufacturer's license.
| ||||||
32 | (a) A manufacturer's license shall allow the manufacture,
| ||||||
33 | importation in bulk, storage, distribution and sale of | ||||||
34 | alcoholic liquor
to persons without the State, as may be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | permitted by law and to licensees
in this State as follows:
| ||||||
2 | Class 1. A Distiller may make sales and deliveries of | ||||||
3 | alcoholic liquor to
distillers, rectifiers, importing | ||||||
4 | distributors, distributors and
non-beverage users and to no | ||||||
5 | other licensees.
| ||||||
6 | Class 2. A Rectifier, who is not a distiller, as defined | ||||||
7 | herein, may make
sales and deliveries of alcoholic liquor to | ||||||
8 | rectifiers, importing distributors,
distributors, retailers | ||||||
9 | and non-beverage users and to no other licensees.
| ||||||
10 | Class 3. A Brewer may make sales and deliveries of beer to | ||||||
11 | importing
distributors, distributors, and to non-licensees, | ||||||
12 | and to
retailers provided the brewer obtains an importing | ||||||
13 | distributor's license or
distributor's license in accordance | ||||||
14 | with the provisions of this Act.
| ||||||
15 | Class 4. A first class wine-manufacturer may make sales and | ||||||
16 | deliveries of
up to 50,000 gallons of wine to manufacturers,
| ||||||
17 | importing
distributors and distributors, and to no other | ||||||
18 | licensees.
| ||||||
19 | Class 5. A second class Wine manufacturer may make sales | ||||||
20 | and deliveries
of more than 50,000 gallons of wine to | ||||||
21 | manufacturers, importing distributors
and distributors and to | ||||||
22 | no other licensees.
| ||||||
23 | Class 6. A first-class wine-maker's license shall allow the | ||||||
24 | manufacture
of up to 50,000 gallons of wine per year, and the
| ||||||
25 | storage
and sale of such
wine to distributors in the State and | ||||||
26 | to persons without the
State, as may be permitted by law. A | ||||||
27 | first-class wine-maker's license shall
allow the sale of no | ||||||
28 | more than 5,000
gallons of the licensee's wine to retailers. | ||||||
29 | The State Commission shall issue
only one first-class | ||||||
30 | wine-maker's license to any person, firm, partnership,
| ||||||
31 | corporation, or other legal business entity that is engaged in | ||||||
32 | the making of
less than 50,000 gallons of wine annually that | ||||||
33 | applies for a first-class
wine-maker's license. No subsidiary | ||||||
34 | or affiliate thereof, nor any officer,
associate, member, | ||||||
35 | partner, representative, employee, agent, or shareholder may
| ||||||
36 | be issued an additional wine-maker's license by the State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Commission.
| ||||||
2 | Class 7. A second-class wine-maker's license shall allow | ||||||
3 | the manufacture
of between 50,000 and 100,000 gallons of wine | ||||||
4 | per year, and
the
storage and sale of such wine
to distributors | ||||||
5 | in this State and to persons without the State, as may be
| ||||||
6 | permitted by law. A second-class wine-maker's license shall | ||||||
7 | allow the sale
of
no more than 10,000 gallons of the licensee's | ||||||
8 | wine directly to retailers.
The State Commission shall issue | ||||||
9 | only one second-class wine-maker's license
to any person, firm, | ||||||
10 | partnership, corporation, or other legal business entity
that | ||||||
11 | is engaged in the making of less than 100,000 gallons of wine | ||||||
12 | annually
that applies for a second-class wine-maker's license. | ||||||
13 | No subsidiary or
affiliate thereof, or any officer, associate, | ||||||
14 | member, partner, representative,
employee, agent, or | ||||||
15 | shareholder may be issued an additional wine-maker's
license by | ||||||
16 | the State Commission.
| ||||||
17 | Class 8. A limited wine-manufacturer may make sales and | ||||||
18 | deliveries not to
exceed 40,000 gallons of wine per year to | ||||||
19 | distributors, and to
non-licensees in accordance with the | ||||||
20 | provisions of this Act.
| ||||||
21 | (a-1) A manufacturer which is licensed in this State to | ||||||
22 | make sales or
deliveries of alcoholic liquor and which enlists | ||||||
23 | agents, representatives, or
individuals acting on its behalf | ||||||
24 | who contact licensed retailers on a regular
and continual basis | ||||||
25 | in this State must register those agents, representatives,
or | ||||||
26 | persons acting on its behalf with the State Commission.
| ||||||
27 | Registration of agents, representatives, or persons acting | ||||||
28 | on behalf of a
manufacturer is fulfilled by submitting a form | ||||||
29 | to the Commission. The form
shall be developed by the | ||||||
30 | Commission and shall include the name and address of
the | ||||||
31 | applicant, the name and address of the manufacturer he or she | ||||||
32 | represents,
the territory or areas assigned to sell to or | ||||||
33 | discuss pricing terms of
alcoholic liquor, and any other | ||||||
34 | questions deemed appropriate and necessary.
All statements in | ||||||
35 | the forms required to be made by law or by rule shall be
deemed | ||||||
36 | material, and any person who knowingly misstates any material |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fact under
oath in an application is guilty of a Class B | ||||||
2 | misdemeanor. Fraud,
misrepresentation, false statements, | ||||||
3 | misleading statements, evasions, or
suppression of material | ||||||
4 | facts in the securing of a registration are grounds for
| ||||||
5 | suspension or revocation of the registration.
| ||||||
6 | (b) A distributor's license shall allow the wholesale | ||||||
7 | purchase and storage
of alcoholic liquors and sale of alcoholic | ||||||
8 | liquors to licensees
in this State and to persons without the | ||||||
9 | State, as may be permitted by law.
| ||||||
10 | (c) An importing distributor's license may be issued to and | ||||||
11 | held by
those only who are duly licensed distributors, upon the | ||||||
12 | filing of an
application by a duly licensed distributor, with | ||||||
13 | the Commission and
the Commission shall, without the
payment of | ||||||
14 | any fee, immediately issue such importing distributor's
| ||||||
15 | license to the applicant, which shall allow the importation of | ||||||
16 | alcoholic
liquor by the licensee into this State from any point | ||||||
17 | in the United
States outside this State, and the purchase of | ||||||
18 | alcoholic liquor in
barrels, casks or other bulk containers and | ||||||
19 | the bottling of such
alcoholic liquors before resale thereof, | ||||||
20 | but all bottles or containers
so filled shall be sealed, | ||||||
21 | labeled, stamped and otherwise made to comply
with all | ||||||
22 | provisions, rules and regulations governing manufacturers in
| ||||||
23 | the preparation and bottling of alcoholic liquors. The | ||||||
24 | importing
distributor's license shall permit such licensee to | ||||||
25 | purchase alcoholic
liquor from Illinois licensed non-resident | ||||||
26 | dealers and foreign importers only.
| ||||||
27 | (d) A retailer's license shall allow the licensee to sell | ||||||
28 | and offer
for sale at retail, only in the premises specified in | ||||||
29 | the license,
alcoholic liquor for use or consumption, but not | ||||||
30 | for resale in any form:
Provided that any retail license issued | ||||||
31 | to a manufacturer shall only
permit the manufacturer to sell | ||||||
32 | beer at retail on the premises actually
occupied by the | ||||||
33 | manufacturer. For the purpose of further describing the type of | ||||||
34 | business conducted at a retail licensed premises, a retailer's | ||||||
35 | licensee may be designated by the State Commission as (i) an on | ||||||
36 | premise consumption retailer, (ii) an off premise sale |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | retailer, or (iii) a combined on premise consumption and off | ||||||
2 | premise sale retailer.
| ||||||
3 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection | ||||||
4 | (d), a retail
licensee may sell alcoholic liquors to a special | ||||||
5 | event retailer licensee for
resale to the extent permitted | ||||||
6 | under subsection (e).
| ||||||
7 | (e) A special event retailer's license (not-for-profit) | ||||||
8 | shall permit the
licensee to purchase alcoholic liquors from an | ||||||
9 | Illinois licensed distributor
(unless the licensee purchases | ||||||
10 | less than $500 of alcoholic liquors for the
special event, in | ||||||
11 | which case the licensee may purchase the alcoholic liquors
from | ||||||
12 | a licensed retailer) and shall allow the licensee to sell and | ||||||
13 | offer for
sale, at retail, alcoholic liquors for use or | ||||||
14 | consumption, but not for resale
in any form and only at the | ||||||
15 | location and on the specific dates designated for
the special | ||||||
16 | event in the license. An applicant for a special event retailer
| ||||||
17 | license must
(i) furnish with the application: (A) a resale | ||||||
18 | number issued under Section
2c of the Retailers' Occupation Tax | ||||||
19 | Act or evidence that the applicant is
registered under Section | ||||||
20 | 2a of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, (B) a
current, valid | ||||||
21 | exemption identification
number issued under Section 1g of the | ||||||
22 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and a
certification to the | ||||||
23 | Commission that the purchase of alcoholic liquors will be
a | ||||||
24 | tax-exempt purchase, or (C) a statement that the applicant is | ||||||
25 | not registered
under Section 2a of the Retailers' Occupation | ||||||
26 | Tax Act, does not hold a resale
number under Section 2c of the | ||||||
27 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and does not
hold an exemption | ||||||
28 | number under Section 1g of the Retailers' Occupation Tax
Act, | ||||||
29 | in which event the Commission shall set forth on the special | ||||||
30 | event
retailer's license a statement to that effect; (ii) | ||||||
31 | submit with the application proof satisfactory to
the State | ||||||
32 | Commission that the applicant will provide dram shop liability
| ||||||
33 | insurance in the maximum limits; and (iii) show proof | ||||||
34 | satisfactory to the
State Commission that the applicant has | ||||||
35 | obtained local authority
approval.
| ||||||
36 | (f) A railroad license shall permit the licensee to import |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | alcoholic
liquors into this State from any point in the United | ||||||
2 | States outside this
State and to store such alcoholic liquors | ||||||
3 | in this State; to make wholesale
purchases of alcoholic liquors | ||||||
4 | directly from manufacturers, foreign
importers, distributors | ||||||
5 | and importing distributors from within or outside
this State; | ||||||
6 | and to store such alcoholic liquors in this State; provided
| ||||||
7 | that the above powers may be exercised only in connection with | ||||||
8 | the
importation, purchase or storage of alcoholic liquors to be | ||||||
9 | sold or
dispensed on a club, buffet, lounge or dining car | ||||||
10 | operated on an electric,
gas or steam railway in this State; | ||||||
11 | and provided further, that railroad
licensees exercising the | ||||||
12 | above powers shall be subject to all provisions of
Article VIII | ||||||
13 | of this Act as applied to importing distributors. A railroad
| ||||||
14 | license shall also permit the licensee to sell or dispense | ||||||
15 | alcoholic
liquors on any club, buffet, lounge or dining car | ||||||
16 | operated on an electric,
gas or steam railway regularly | ||||||
17 | operated by a common carrier in this State,
but shall not | ||||||
18 | permit the sale for resale of any alcoholic liquors to any
| ||||||
19 | licensee within this State. A license shall be obtained for | ||||||
20 | each car in which
such sales are made.
| ||||||
21 | (g) A boat license shall allow the sale of alcoholic liquor | ||||||
22 | in
individual drinks, on any passenger boat regularly operated | ||||||
23 | as a common
carrier on navigable waters in this State or on any | ||||||
24 | riverboat operated
under
the Riverboat Gambling Act, which boat | ||||||
25 | or riverboat maintains a public
dining room or restaurant | ||||||
26 | thereon.
| ||||||
27 | (h) A non-beverage user's license shall allow the licensee | ||||||
28 | to
purchase alcoholic liquor from a licensed manufacturer or | ||||||
29 | importing
distributor, without the imposition of any tax upon | ||||||
30 | the business of such
licensed manufacturer or importing | ||||||
31 | distributor as to such alcoholic
liquor to be used by such | ||||||
32 | licensee solely for the non-beverage purposes
set forth in | ||||||
33 | subsection (a) of Section 8-1 of this Act, and
such licenses | ||||||
34 | shall be divided and classified and shall permit the
purchase, | ||||||
35 | possession and use of limited and stated quantities of
| ||||||
36 | alcoholic liquor as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Class 1, not to exceed ......................... 500 gallons
| ||||||
2 | .Class 2, not to exceed ....................... 1,000 gallons
| ||||||
3 | .Class 3, not to exceed ....................... 5,000 gallons
| ||||||
4 | .Class 4, not to exceed ...................... 10,000 gallons
| ||||||
5 | .Class 5, not to exceed ....................... 50,000 gallons
| ||||||
6 | (i) A wine-maker's premises license shall allow a
licensee | ||||||
7 | that concurrently holds a first-class wine-maker's license to | ||||||
8 | sell
and offer for sale at retail in the premises specified in | ||||||
9 | such license
not more than 50,000 gallons of the first-class | ||||||
10 | wine-maker's wine that is
made at the first-class wine-maker's | ||||||
11 | licensed premises per year for use or
consumption, but not for | ||||||
12 | resale in any form. A wine-maker's premises
license shall allow | ||||||
13 | a licensee who concurrently holds a second-class
wine-maker's | ||||||
14 | license to sell and offer for sale at retail in the premises
| ||||||
15 | specified in such license up to 100,000 gallons of the
| ||||||
16 | second-class wine-maker's wine that is made at the second-class | ||||||
17 | wine-maker's
licensed premises per year
for use or consumption | ||||||
18 | but not for resale in any form. A wine-maker's premises license | ||||||
19 | shall allow a
licensee that concurrently holds a first-class | ||||||
20 | wine-maker's license or a second-class
wine-maker's license to | ||||||
21 | sell
and offer for sale at retail at the premises specified in | ||||||
22 | the wine-maker's premises license, for use or consumption but | ||||||
23 | not for resale in any form, any beer, wine, and spirits | ||||||
24 | purchased from a licensed distributor. Upon approval from the
| ||||||
25 | State Commission, a wine-maker's premises license
shall allow | ||||||
26 | the licensee to sell and offer for sale at (i) the wine-maker's
| ||||||
27 | licensed premises and (ii) at up to 2 additional locations for | ||||||
28 | use and
consumption and not for resale. Each location shall | ||||||
29 | require additional
licensing per location as specified in | ||||||
30 | Section 5-3 of this Act.
| ||||||
31 | (j) An airplane license shall permit the licensee to import
| ||||||
32 | alcoholic liquors into this State from any point in the United | ||||||
33 | States
outside this State and to store such alcoholic liquors | ||||||
34 | in this State; to
make wholesale purchases of alcoholic liquors | ||||||
35 | directly from
manufacturers, foreign importers, distributors | ||||||
36 | and importing
distributors from within or outside this State; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and to store such
alcoholic liquors in this State; provided | ||||||
2 | that the above powers may be
exercised only in connection with | ||||||
3 | the importation, purchase or storage
of alcoholic liquors to be | ||||||
4 | sold or dispensed on an airplane; and
provided further, that | ||||||
5 | airplane licensees exercising the above powers
shall be subject | ||||||
6 | to all provisions of Article VIII of this Act as
applied to | ||||||
7 | importing distributors. An airplane licensee shall also
permit | ||||||
8 | the sale or dispensing of alcoholic liquors on any passenger
| ||||||
9 | airplane regularly operated by a common carrier in this State, | ||||||
10 | but shall
not permit the sale for resale of any alcoholic | ||||||
11 | liquors to any licensee
within this State. A single airplane | ||||||
12 | license shall be required of an
airline company if liquor | ||||||
13 | service is provided on board aircraft in this
State. The annual | ||||||
14 | fee for such license shall be as determined in
Section 5-3.
| ||||||
15 | (k) A foreign importer's license shall permit such licensee | ||||||
16 | to purchase
alcoholic liquor from Illinois licensed | ||||||
17 | non-resident dealers only, and to
import alcoholic liquor other | ||||||
18 | than in bulk from any point outside the
United States and to | ||||||
19 | sell such alcoholic liquor to Illinois licensed
importing | ||||||
20 | distributors and to no one else in Illinois;
provided that the | ||||||
21 | foreign importer registers with the State Commission
every
| ||||||
22 | brand of
alcoholic liquor that it proposes to sell to Illinois | ||||||
23 | licensees during the
license period and
provided further that | ||||||
24 | the foreign importer complies with all of the provisions
of | ||||||
25 | Section
6-9 of this Act with respect to registration of such | ||||||
26 | Illinois licensees as may
be granted the
right to sell such | ||||||
27 | brands at wholesale.
| ||||||
28 | (l) (i) A broker's license shall be required of all persons
| ||||||
29 | who solicit
orders for, offer to sell or offer to supply | ||||||
30 | alcoholic liquor to
retailers in the State of Illinois, or who | ||||||
31 | offer to retailers to ship or
cause to be shipped or to make | ||||||
32 | contact with distillers, rectifiers,
brewers or manufacturers | ||||||
33 | or any other party within or without the State
of Illinois in | ||||||
34 | order that alcoholic liquors be shipped to a distributor,
| ||||||
35 | importing distributor or foreign importer, whether such | ||||||
36 | solicitation or
offer is consummated within or without the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State of Illinois.
| ||||||
2 | No holder of a retailer's license issued by the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Liquor
Control Commission shall purchase or receive any | ||||||
4 | alcoholic liquor, the
order for which was solicited or offered | ||||||
5 | for sale to such retailer by a
broker unless the broker is the | ||||||
6 | holder of a valid broker's license.
| ||||||
7 | The broker shall, upon the acceptance by a retailer of the | ||||||
8 | broker's
solicitation of an order or offer to sell or supply or | ||||||
9 | deliver or have
delivered alcoholic liquors, promptly forward | ||||||
10 | to the Illinois Liquor
Control Commission a notification of | ||||||
11 | said transaction in such form as
the Commission may by | ||||||
12 | regulations prescribe.
| ||||||
13 | (ii) A broker's license shall be required of
a person | ||||||
14 | within this State, other than a retail licensee,
who, for a fee | ||||||
15 | or commission, promotes, solicits, or accepts orders for
| ||||||
16 | alcoholic liquor, for use or consumption and not for
resale, to | ||||||
17 | be shipped from this State and delivered to residents outside | ||||||
18 | of
this State by an express company, common carrier, or | ||||||
19 | contract carrier.
This Section does not apply to any person who | ||||||
20 | promotes, solicits, or accepts
orders for wine as specifically | ||||||
21 | authorized in Section 6-29 of this Act.
| ||||||
22 | A broker's license under this subsection (1) shall not | ||||||
23 | entitle the holder to
buy or sell any
alcoholic liquors for his | ||||||
24 | own account or to take or deliver title to
such alcoholic | ||||||
25 | liquors.
| ||||||
26 | This subsection (1) shall not apply to distributors, | ||||||
27 | employees of
distributors, or employees of a manufacturer who | ||||||
28 | has registered the
trademark, brand or name of the alcoholic | ||||||
29 | liquor pursuant to Section 6-9
of this Act, and who regularly | ||||||
30 | sells such alcoholic liquor
in the State of Illinois only to | ||||||
31 | its registrants thereunder.
| ||||||
32 | Any agent, representative, or person subject to | ||||||
33 | registration pursuant to
subsection (a-1) of this Section shall | ||||||
34 | not be eligible to receive a broker's
license.
| ||||||
35 | (m) A non-resident dealer's license shall permit such | ||||||
36 | licensee to ship
into and warehouse alcoholic liquor into this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State from any point
outside of this State, and to sell such | ||||||
2 | alcoholic liquor to Illinois licensed
foreign importers and | ||||||
3 | importing distributors and to no one else in this State;
| ||||||
4 | provided that said non-resident dealer shall register with the | ||||||
5 | Illinois Liquor
Control Commission each and every brand of | ||||||
6 | alcoholic liquor which it proposes
to sell to Illinois | ||||||
7 | licensees during the license period; and further provided
that | ||||||
8 | it shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6-9 | ||||||
9 | hereof with
respect to registration of such Illinois licensees | ||||||
10 | as may be granted the right
to sell such brands at wholesale.
| ||||||
11 | (n) A brew pub license shall allow the licensee to | ||||||
12 | manufacture beer only
on the premises specified in the license, | ||||||
13 | to make sales of the
beer manufactured on the premises to | ||||||
14 | importing distributors, distributors,
and to non-licensees for | ||||||
15 | use and consumption, to store the beer upon
the premises, and | ||||||
16 | to sell and offer for sale at retail from the licensed
| ||||||
17 | premises, provided that a brew pub licensee shall not sell for | ||||||
18 | off-premises
consumption more than 50,000 gallons per year.
| ||||||
19 | (o) A caterer retailer license shall allow the holder
to | ||||||
20 | serve alcoholic liquors as an incidental part of a food service | ||||||
21 | that serves
prepared meals which excludes the serving of snacks | ||||||
22 | as
the primary meal, either on or off-site whether licensed or | ||||||
23 | unlicensed.
| ||||||
24 | (p) An auction liquor license shall allow the licensee to | ||||||
25 | sell and offer
for sale at auction wine and spirits for use or | ||||||
26 | consumption, or for resale by
an Illinois liquor licensee in | ||||||
27 | accordance with provisions of this Act. An
auction liquor | ||||||
28 | license will be issued to a person and it will permit the
| ||||||
29 | auction liquor licensee to hold the auction anywhere in the | ||||||
30 | State. An auction
liquor license must be obtained for each | ||||||
31 | auction at least 14 days in advance of
the auction date.
| ||||||
32 | (q) A special use permit license shall allow an Illinois | ||||||
33 | licensed
retailer to transfer a portion of its alcoholic liquor | ||||||
34 | inventory from its
retail licensed premises to the premises | ||||||
35 | specified in the license hereby
created, and to sell or offer | ||||||
36 | for sale at retail, only in the premises
specified in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | license hereby created, the transferred alcoholic liquor for
| ||||||
2 | use or consumption, but not for resale in any form. A special | ||||||
3 | use permit
license may be granted for the following time | ||||||
4 | periods: one day or less; 2 or
more days to a maximum of 15 days | ||||||
5 | per location in any 12 month period. An
applicant for the | ||||||
6 | special use permit license must also submit with the
| ||||||
7 | application proof satisfactory to the State Commission that the | ||||||
8 | applicant will
provide dram shop liability insurance to the | ||||||
9 | maximum limits and have local
authority approval.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-105, eff. 1-1-02; 92-378, eff. 8-16-01; | ||||||
11 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-672, eff. 7-16-02; 93-923, eff. | ||||||
12 | 8-12-04; 93-1057, eff. 12-2-04; revised 12-6-04.)
| ||||||
13 | (235 ILCS 5/6-11) (from Ch. 43, par. 127)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 6-11. Sale near churches, schools, and hospitals.
| ||||||
15 | (a) No license shall be issued for the sale at retail of | ||||||
16 | any
alcoholic liquor within 100 feet of any church, school | ||||||
17 | other than an
institution of higher learning, hospital, home | ||||||
18 | for aged or indigent
persons or for veterans, their spouses or | ||||||
19 | children or any military or
naval station, provided, that this | ||||||
20 | prohibition shall not apply to hotels
offering restaurant | ||||||
21 | service, regularly organized clubs, or to
restaurants, food | ||||||
22 | shops or other places where sale of alcoholic liquors
is not | ||||||
23 | the principal business carried on if the place of business so
| ||||||
24 | exempted is not located in a municipality of more than 500,000 | ||||||
25 | persons,
unless required by local ordinance; nor to the renewal | ||||||
26 | of a license for the
sale at retail of alcoholic liquor on | ||||||
27 | premises within 100 feet of any church
or school where the | ||||||
28 | church or school has been established within such
100 feet | ||||||
29 | since the issuance of the original license. In the case of a
| ||||||
30 | church, the distance of 100 feet shall be measured to the | ||||||
31 | nearest part
of any building used for worship services or | ||||||
32 | educational programs and
not to property boundaries.
| ||||||
33 | (b) Nothing in this Section shall prohibit the issuance of | ||||||
34 | a retail
license
authorizing the sale of alcoholic liquor to a | ||||||
35 | restaurant, the primary business
of which is the sale of goods |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | baked on the premises if (i) the restaurant is
newly | ||||||
2 | constructed and located on a lot of not less than 10,000 square | ||||||
3 | feet,
(ii) the restaurant costs at least $1,000,000 to | ||||||
4 | construct, (iii) the licensee
is the titleholder to the | ||||||
5 | premises and resides on the premises, and (iv) the
construction | ||||||
6 | of the restaurant is completed within 18 months of the | ||||||
7 | effective
date of this amendatory Act of 1998.
| ||||||
8 | (c) Nothing in this Section shall prohibit the issuance of | ||||||
9 | a retail
license
authorizing the sale of alcoholic liquor | ||||||
10 | incidental to a restaurant if (1) the
primary
business of the | ||||||
11 | restaurant consists of the sale of food where the sale of
| ||||||
12 | liquor is incidental to the sale of food and the applicant is a | ||||||
13 | completely new
owner of the restaurant, (2) the immediately
| ||||||
14 | prior owner or operator of the premises where the restaurant is | ||||||
15 | located
operated the premises as a restaurant and held a valid | ||||||
16 | retail license
authorizing the
sale of alcoholic liquor at the | ||||||
17 | restaurant for at least part of the 24 months
before the
change | ||||||
18 | of ownership, and (3) the restaurant is located 75 or more feet | ||||||
19 | from a
school.
| ||||||
20 | (d) In the interest of further developing Illinois' economy | ||||||
21 | in the area
of
commerce, tourism, convention, and banquet | ||||||
22 | business, nothing in this
Section shall
prohibit issuance of a | ||||||
23 | retail license authorizing the sale of alcoholic
beverages to a | ||||||
24 | restaurant, banquet facility, grocery store, or hotel having
| ||||||
25 | not fewer than
150 guest room accommodations located in a | ||||||
26 | municipality of more than 500,000
persons, notwithstanding the | ||||||
27 | proximity of such hotel, restaurant,
banquet facility, or | ||||||
28 | grocery store to any church or school, if the licensed
premises
| ||||||
29 | described on the license are located within an enclosed mall or | ||||||
30 | building of a
height of at least 6 stories, or 60 feet in the | ||||||
31 | case of a building that has
been registered as a national | ||||||
32 | landmark, or in a grocery store having a
minimum of 56,010 | ||||||
33 | square feet of floor space in a single story building in an
| ||||||
34 | open mall of at least 3.96 acres that is adjacent to a public | ||||||
35 | school that
opened as a boys technical high school in 1934, or | ||||||
36 | in a grocery store having a minimum of 31,000 square feet of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | floor space in a single story building located a distance of | ||||||
2 | more than 90 feet but less than 100 feet from a high school | ||||||
3 | that opened in 1928 as a junior high school and became a senior | ||||||
4 | high school in 1933, and in each of these
cases if the sale of
| ||||||
5 | alcoholic liquors is not the principal business carried on by | ||||||
6 | the licensee.
| ||||||
7 | For purposes of this Section, a "banquet facility" is any | ||||||
8 | part of a
building that caters to private parties and where the | ||||||
9 | sale of alcoholic liquors
is not the principal business.
| ||||||
10 | (e) Nothing in this Section shall prohibit the issuance of | ||||||
11 | a license to
a
church or private school to sell at retail | ||||||
12 | alcoholic liquor if any such
sales are limited to periods when | ||||||
13 | groups are assembled on the premises
solely for the promotion | ||||||
14 | of some common object other than the sale or
consumption of | ||||||
15 | alcoholic liquors.
| ||||||
16 | (f) Nothing in this Section shall prohibit a church or | ||||||
17 | church affiliated
school
located in a home rule municipality or | ||||||
18 | in a municipality with 75,000 or more
inhabitants from locating
| ||||||
19 | within 100 feet of a property for which there is a preexisting | ||||||
20 | license to sell
alcoholic liquor at retail. In these instances, | ||||||
21 | the local zoning authority
may, by ordinance adopted | ||||||
22 | simultaneously with the granting of an initial
special use | ||||||
23 | zoning permit for the church or church affiliated school, | ||||||
24 | provide
that the 100-foot restriction in this Section shall not | ||||||
25 | apply to that church or
church affiliated school and future | ||||||
26 | retail liquor licenses.
| ||||||
27 | (g) Nothing in this Section shall prohibit the issuance of | ||||||
28 | a retail
license authorizing the sale of alcoholic liquor at | ||||||
29 | premises within 100 feet,
but not less than 90 feet, of a | ||||||
30 | public school if (1) the premises have been
continuously | ||||||
31 | licensed to sell alcoholic liquor
for a period of at least 50 | ||||||
32 | years,
(2) the premises are located in a municipality having a | ||||||
33 | population of over
500,000 inhabitants, (3) the licensee is an | ||||||
34 | individual who is a member of a
family that has held the | ||||||
35 | previous 3 licenses for that location for more than 25
years, | ||||||
36 | (4) the
principal of the school and the alderman of the ward in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which the school is
located have delivered a written statement | ||||||
2 | to the local liquor control
commissioner stating that they do | ||||||
3 | not object to the issuance of a license
under this subsection | ||||||
4 | (g), and (5) the local liquor control commissioner has
received | ||||||
5 | the written consent of a majority of the registered voters who | ||||||
6 | live
within 200 feet of the premises.
| ||||||
7 | (h) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the | ||||||
8 | contrary, nothing in this Section shall prohibit the issuance | ||||||
9 | or renewal of a license authorizing the sale of alcoholic | ||||||
10 | liquor within premises and at an outdoor patio area attached to | ||||||
11 | premises that are located in a municipality with a population | ||||||
12 | in excess of 300,000 inhabitants and that are within 100 feet | ||||||
13 | of a church if:
| ||||||
14 | (1) the sale of alcoholic liquor at the premises is | ||||||
15 | incidental to the sale of food,
| ||||||
16 | (2) the sale of liquor is not the principal business | ||||||
17 | carried on by the licensee at the premises, | ||||||
18 | (3) the premises are less than 1,000 square feet, | ||||||
19 | (4) the premises are owned by the University of | ||||||
20 | Illinois, | ||||||
21 | (5) the premises are immediately adjacent to property | ||||||
22 | owned by a church and are not less than 20 nor more than 40 | ||||||
23 | feet from the church space used for worship services, and | ||||||
24 | (6) the principal religious leader at the place of | ||||||
25 | worship has indicated his or her support for the issuance | ||||||
26 | of the license in writing.
| ||||||
27 | (i)
(h) Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to | ||||||
28 | the contrary, nothing in this Section shall prohibit the | ||||||
29 | issuance or renewal of a license to sell alcoholic liquor at a | ||||||
30 | premises that is located within a municipality with a | ||||||
31 | population in excess of 300,000 inhabitants and is within 100 | ||||||
32 | feet of a church, synagogue, or other place of worship if: | ||||||
33 | (1) the primary entrance of the premises and the | ||||||
34 | primary entrance of the church, synagogue, or other place | ||||||
35 | of worship are at least 100 feet apart, on parallel | ||||||
36 | streets, and separated by an alley; and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) the principal religious leader at the place of | ||||||
2 | worship has not indicated his or her opposition to the | ||||||
3 | issuance or renewal of the license in writing. | ||||||
4 | (j)
(h) Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to | ||||||
5 | the contrary, nothing in this Section shall prohibit the | ||||||
6 | issuance of a retail
license authorizing the sale of alcoholic | ||||||
7 | liquor at a theater that is within 100 feet of a church if (1) | ||||||
8 | the church owns the theater, (2) the church leases the theater | ||||||
9 | to one or more entities, and
(3) the theater is used by at | ||||||
10 | least 5 different not-for-profit theater groups. | ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 92-720, eff. 7-25-02; 92-813, eff. 8-21-02; | ||||||
12 | 93-687, eff. 7-8-04; 93-688, eff. 7-8-04; 93-780, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
13 | revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
14 | (235 ILCS 5/6-16.2)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 6-16.2. Prohibited entry to a licensed premises. A | ||||||
16 | municipality or
county may prohibit a licensee or any officer, | ||||||
17 | associate, member,
representative, agent, or employee of a | ||||||
18 | licensee from permitting a person under
the age of 21 years to | ||||||
19 | enter and remain in that portion of a licensed premises
that | ||||||
20 | sells, gives, or delivers alcoholic liquor for consumption on | ||||||
21 | the
premises. No prohibition under this Section, however, shall | ||||||
22 | apply to any
licensed
premises, such as without limitation a | ||||||
23 | restaurant or food shop, where
selling, giving, or delivering | ||||||
24 | alcoholic liquor is not the principal business
of the licensee | ||||||
25 | at those premises.
| ||||||
26 | In those instances where a person under the age of 21 years | ||||||
27 | is prohibited
from entering and remaining on the premises, | ||||||
28 | proof that the defendant-licensee,
or his employee or agent, | ||||||
29 | demanded, was shown, and reasonably relied upon
adequate | ||||||
30 | written evidence for purposes of entering and remaining on the
| ||||||
31 | licensed
premises is an affirmative defense in any criminal | ||||||
32 | prosecution therefor or to
any proceedings for the suspension | ||||||
33 | or revocation of any license based thereon.
It shall not, | ||||||
34 | however, be an affirmative defense if the defendant-licensee
| ||||||
35 | defendant-license , or
his agent or employee, accepted
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | written evidence knowing it to be false or fraudulent.
| ||||||
2 | Adequate written evidence of age and identity of the person | ||||||
3 | is a document
issued by a federal, state, county, or municipal | ||||||
4 | government, or subdivision or
agency thereof, including, but | ||||||
5 | not limited to, a motor vehicle operator's
license, a | ||||||
6 | registration certificate issued under the Federal Selective | ||||||
7 | Service
Act, or an identification card issued to a member of | ||||||
8 | the armed forces.
| ||||||
9 | If a false or
fraudulent Illinois driver's license or | ||||||
10 | Illinois identification card is
presented by a person less than | ||||||
11 | 21 years of age to a licensee or the licensee's
agent or | ||||||
12 | employee for the purpose of obtaining entry and remaining on a
| ||||||
13 | licensed premises, the law enforcement officer or agency | ||||||
14 | investigating the
incident shall, upon the conviction of the | ||||||
15 | person who presented the fraudulent
license or identification, | ||||||
16 | make a report of the matter to the Secretary of
State on a form | ||||||
17 | provided by the Secretary of State.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 90-617, eff. 7-10-98; revised 1-14-04.)
| ||||||
19 | (235 ILCS 5/7-5) (from Ch. 43, par. 149)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 7-5. The local liquor control commissioner may revoke | ||||||
21 | or suspend any
license issued by him if he determines that the | ||||||
22 | licensee has violated any
of the provisions of this Act or of | ||||||
23 | any valid ordinance or resolution
enacted by the particular | ||||||
24 | city council, president, or board of trustees or
county board | ||||||
25 | (as the case may be) or any applicable rule or regulations
| ||||||
26 | established by the local liquor control commissioner or the | ||||||
27 | State
commission which is not inconsistent with law.
Upon | ||||||
28 | notification by the Illinois Department of Revenue, the State
| ||||||
29 | Commission, in accordance with Section 3-12, may refuse the | ||||||
30 | issuance or renewal of a license, fine a licensee, or suspend | ||||||
31 | or revoke any license issued by the State Commission if the | ||||||
32 | licensee or license applicant has
violated the
provisions of | ||||||
33 | Section 3 of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act.
In addition to | ||||||
34 | the suspension,
the local liquor control commissioner in any
| ||||||
35 | county or municipality
may levy a fine on the licensee for such
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | violations. The fine imposed shall not exceed $1000 for a first
| ||||||
2 | violation within a 12-month period, $1,500 for a second | ||||||
3 | violation within a
12-month period, and $2,500 for a third or | ||||||
4 | subsequent violation within a
12-month period. Each day on | ||||||
5 | which a violation continues shall
constitute a separate | ||||||
6 | violation.
Not more than $15,000 in fines under this Section | ||||||
7 | may be
imposed against
any licensee during the period of his | ||||||
8 | license. Proceeds from such fines
shall be paid into the | ||||||
9 | general corporate fund of the county or
municipal treasury, as | ||||||
10 | the case may be.
| ||||||
11 | However, no such license
shall be so revoked or suspended | ||||||
12 | and no licensee shall be fined except after
a public hearing by | ||||||
13 | the local
liquor control commissioner with a 3 day written | ||||||
14 | notice to the licensee
affording the licensee an opportunity to | ||||||
15 | appear and defend.
All such
hearings shall be open to the | ||||||
16 | public and the local liquor control
commissioner shall reduce | ||||||
17 | all evidence to writing and shall maintain an
official record | ||||||
18 | of the proceedings. If the local liquor control
commissioner | ||||||
19 | has reason to believe that any continued operation of a
| ||||||
20 | particular licensed premises will immediately threaten the | ||||||
21 | welfare of the
community he may, upon the issuance of a written | ||||||
22 | order stating the reason
for such conclusion and without notice | ||||||
23 | or hearing order the licensed
premises closed for not more than | ||||||
24 | 7 days, giving the licensee an
opportunity to be heard during | ||||||
25 | that period, except that if such licensee
shall also be engaged | ||||||
26 | in the conduct of another business or businesses on
the | ||||||
27 | licensed premises such order shall not be applicable to such | ||||||
28 | other
business or businesses.
| ||||||
29 | The local liquor control commissioner shall within 5 days | ||||||
30 | after such
hearing, if he determines after such hearing that | ||||||
31 | the license should be
revoked or suspended or that the licensee | ||||||
32 | should be fined, state the reason
or reasons for such | ||||||
33 | determination in
a written order, and either the amount of the | ||||||
34 | fine, the period of suspension,
or that the license has been | ||||||
35 | revoked,
and shall serve a copy of such
order within the 5 days | ||||||
36 | upon the licensee.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If the premises for which the license was issued are | ||||||
2 | located outside of
a city, village or incorporated town having | ||||||
3 | a population of 500,000 or more
inhabitants, the licensee after | ||||||
4 | the receipt of such order of suspension or
revocation shall | ||||||
5 | have the privilege within a period of 20 days after the
receipt | ||||||
6 | of such order of suspension or revocation of appealing the | ||||||
7 | order to
the State commission for a decision sustaining, | ||||||
8 | reversing or modifying the
order of the local liquor control | ||||||
9 | commissioner. If the State commission
affirms the local | ||||||
10 | commissioner's order to suspend or revoke the license at
the | ||||||
11 | first hearing, the appellant shall cease to engage in the | ||||||
12 | business for
which the license was issued, until the local | ||||||
13 | commissioner's order is
terminated by its own provisions or | ||||||
14 | reversed upon rehearing or by the
courts.
| ||||||
15 | If the premises for which the license was issued are | ||||||
16 | located within a
city, village or incorporated town having a | ||||||
17 | population of 500,000 or more
inhabitants, the licensee shall | ||||||
18 | have the privilege, within a period of 20 days
after the
| ||||||
19 | receipt of such order of fine, suspension or revocation, of | ||||||
20 | appealing the order
to
the local license appeal commission and | ||||||
21 | upon the filing of such an appeal
by the licensee the license | ||||||
22 | appeal commission shall determine the appeal
upon certified | ||||||
23 | record of proceedings of the local liquor commissioner in
| ||||||
24 | accordance with the provisions of Section 7-9. Within 30
days | ||||||
25 | after such appeal was heard the license appeal
commission shall
| ||||||
26 | render a decision sustaining or reversing
the order of the | ||||||
27 | local liquor
control commissioner.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 93-22, eff. 6-20-03; 93-926, eff. 8-12-04; | ||||||
29 | 93-1057, eff. 12-2-04; revised 12-6-04.)
| ||||||
30 | (235 ILCS 5/7-6) (from Ch. 43, par. 150)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 7-6. All proceedings for the revocation or suspension | ||||||
32 | of licenses
of manufacturers, distributors, importing | ||||||
33 | distributors, non-resident dealers,
foreign
importers, | ||||||
34 | non-beverage users, railroads, airplanes and boats shall be
| ||||||
35 | before the State Commission. All such proceedings and all |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | proceedings
for the revocation or suspension of a retailer's | ||||||
2 | license before the
State commission shall be in accordance with | ||||||
3 | rules and regulations
established by it not inconsistent with | ||||||
4 | law. However, no such license
shall be so revoked or suspended | ||||||
5 | except after a hearing by the State
commission with reasonable | ||||||
6 | notice to the licensee served by registered
or certified mail | ||||||
7 | with return receipt requested at least 10 days
prior to
the | ||||||
8 | hearings at the last known place of business of the licensee | ||||||
9 | and
after an opportunity to appear and defend. Such notice | ||||||
10 | shall
specify the
time and place of the hearing, the nature of | ||||||
11 | the charges, the
specific provisions of the Act and rules | ||||||
12 | violated, and the specific facts
supporting the charges or | ||||||
13 | violation. The
findings of the Commission shall be predicated | ||||||
14 | upon competent evidence.
The revocation of a local license | ||||||
15 | shall automatically result in the
revocation of a State | ||||||
16 | license.
Upon notification by the Illinois Department of | ||||||
17 | Revenue, the State
Commission, in accordance with Section 3-12, | ||||||
18 | may refuse the issuance or renewal of a license, fine a | ||||||
19 | licensee, or suspend or revoke any license issued by the State | ||||||
20 | Commission if the licensee or license applicant has
violated | ||||||
21 | the
provisions of Section 3 of the Retailers' Occupation Tax | ||||||
22 | Act.
All procedures for the suspension or revocation
of a | ||||||
23 | license, as enumerated above, are applicable to the levying of | ||||||
24 | fines
for violations of this Act or any rule or regulation | ||||||
25 | issued pursuant thereto.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-22, eff. 6-20-03; 93-926, eff. 8-12-04; | ||||||
27 | 93-1057, eff. 12-2-04; revised 12-6-04.)
| ||||||
28 | (235 ILCS 5/12-4)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 12-4. Grape and Wine Resources Fund. Beginning July 1, | ||||||
30 | 1999 and
ending June 30, 2003 2006 , on the first day of each | ||||||
31 | State fiscal year,
or as soon
thereafter as may be practical, | ||||||
32 | the State Comptroller shall transfer the sum of
$500,000 from | ||||||
33 | the General Revenue Fund to the Grape and Wine Resources Fund,
| ||||||
34 | which is hereby continued as a special fund in the State | ||||||
35 | Treasury. By January
1, 2006, the Department of Commerce and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Economic Opportunity
Community Affairs shall review the
| ||||||
2 | activities of the Council and report to the General Assembly | ||||||
3 | and the Governor
its recommendation of whether or not the | ||||||
4 | funding under this Section should be
continued.
| ||||||
5 | The Grape and Wine Resources Fund shall be administered by | ||||||
6 | the Department of
Commerce and Economic Opportunity
Community | ||||||
7 | Affairs , which shall serve as the lead administrative
agency | ||||||
8 | for allocation and auditing of funds as well as monitoring | ||||||
9 | program
implementation. The Department shall make an annual | ||||||
10 | grant of moneys from the
Fund to the Council, which shall be | ||||||
11 | used to pay for the Council's operations
and expenses. These | ||||||
12 | moneys shall be used by the Council to achieve the
Council's | ||||||
13 | objectives and shall not be used for any political or | ||||||
14 | legislative
purpose. Money remaining in the Fund at the end of | ||||||
15 | the fiscal year shall
remain in the Fund for use during the | ||||||
16 | following year and shall not be
transferred to any other State | ||||||
17 | fund.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-512, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
19 | 12-17-03.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 450. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by | ||||||
21 | changing Sections 5-5, 5-5d, 5-16.8, 9A-7, 10-8.1, 10-10, | ||||||
22 | 10-11, 11-3, 11-3.3, and 12-13.05 and by setting forth and | ||||||
23 | renumbering multiple versions of Section 5-5.23 as follows: | ||||||
24 | (305 ILCS 5/5-5) (from Ch. 23, par. 5-5)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 5-5. Medical services. The Illinois Department, by | ||||||
26 | rule, shall
determine the quantity and quality of and the rate | ||||||
27 | of reimbursement for the
medical assistance for which
payment | ||||||
28 | will be authorized, and the medical services to be provided,
| ||||||
29 | which may include all or part of the following: (1) inpatient | ||||||
30 | hospital
services; (2) outpatient hospital services; (3) other | ||||||
31 | laboratory and
X-ray services; (4) skilled nursing home | ||||||
32 | services; (5) physicians'
services whether furnished in the | ||||||
33 | office, the patient's home, a
hospital, a skilled nursing home, | ||||||
34 | or elsewhere; (6) medical care, or any
other type of remedial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | care furnished by licensed practitioners; (7)
home health care | ||||||
2 | services; (8) private duty nursing service; (9) clinic
| ||||||
3 | services; (10) dental services, including prevention and | ||||||
4 | treatment of periodontal disease and dental caries disease for | ||||||
5 | pregnant women; (11) physical therapy and related
services; | ||||||
6 | (12) prescribed drugs, dentures, and prosthetic devices; and
| ||||||
7 | eyeglasses prescribed by a physician skilled in the diseases of | ||||||
8 | the eye,
or by an optometrist, whichever the person may select; | ||||||
9 | (13) other
diagnostic, screening, preventive, and | ||||||
10 | rehabilitative services; (14)
transportation and such other | ||||||
11 | expenses as may be necessary; (15) medical
treatment of sexual | ||||||
12 | assault survivors, as defined in
Section 1a of the Sexual | ||||||
13 | Assault Survivors Emergency Treatment Act, for
injuries | ||||||
14 | sustained as a result of the sexual assault, including
| ||||||
15 | examinations and laboratory tests to discover evidence which | ||||||
16 | may be used in
criminal proceedings arising from the sexual | ||||||
17 | assault; (16) the
diagnosis and treatment of sickle cell | ||||||
18 | anemia; and (17)
any other medical care, and any other type of | ||||||
19 | remedial care recognized
under the laws of this State, but not | ||||||
20 | including abortions, or induced
miscarriages or premature | ||||||
21 | births, unless, in the opinion of a physician,
such procedures | ||||||
22 | are necessary for the preservation of the life of the
woman | ||||||
23 | seeking such treatment, or except an induced premature birth
| ||||||
24 | intended to produce a live viable child and such procedure is | ||||||
25 | necessary
for the health of the mother or her unborn child. The | ||||||
26 | Illinois Department,
by rule, shall prohibit any physician from | ||||||
27 | providing medical assistance
to anyone eligible therefor under | ||||||
28 | this Code where such physician has been
found guilty of | ||||||
29 | performing an abortion procedure in a wilful and wanton
manner | ||||||
30 | upon a woman who was not pregnant at the time such abortion
| ||||||
31 | procedure was performed. The term "any other type of remedial | ||||||
32 | care" shall
include nursing care and nursing home service for | ||||||
33 | persons who rely on
treatment by spiritual means alone through | ||||||
34 | prayer for healing.
| ||||||
35 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, a | ||||||
36 | comprehensive
tobacco use cessation program that includes |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purchasing prescription drugs or
prescription medical devices | ||||||
2 | approved by the Food and Drug administration shall
be covered | ||||||
3 | under the medical assistance
program under this Article for | ||||||
4 | persons who are otherwise eligible for
assistance under this | ||||||
5 | Article.
| ||||||
6 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, the | ||||||
7 | Illinois
Department may not require, as a condition of payment | ||||||
8 | for any laboratory
test authorized under this Article, that a | ||||||
9 | physician's handwritten signature
appear on the laboratory | ||||||
10 | test order form. The Illinois Department may,
however, impose | ||||||
11 | other appropriate requirements regarding laboratory test
order | ||||||
12 | documentation.
| ||||||
13 | The Illinois Department of Public Aid shall provide the | ||||||
14 | following services to
persons
eligible for assistance under | ||||||
15 | this Article who are participating in
education, training or | ||||||
16 | employment programs operated by the Department of Human
| ||||||
17 | Services as successor to the Department of Public Aid:
| ||||||
18 | (1) dental services, which shall include but not be | ||||||
19 | limited to
prosthodontics; and
| ||||||
20 | (2) eyeglasses prescribed by a physician skilled in the | ||||||
21 | diseases of the
eye, or by an optometrist, whichever the | ||||||
22 | person may select.
| ||||||
23 | The Illinois Department, by rule, may distinguish and | ||||||
24 | classify the
medical services to be provided only in accordance | ||||||
25 | with the classes of
persons designated in Section 5-2.
| ||||||
26 | The Illinois Department shall authorize the provision of, | ||||||
27 | and shall
authorize payment for, screening by low-dose | ||||||
28 | mammography for the presence of
occult breast cancer for women | ||||||
29 | 35 years of age or older who are eligible
for medical | ||||||
30 | assistance under this Article, as follows: a baseline
mammogram | ||||||
31 | for women 35 to 39 years of age and an
annual mammogram for | ||||||
32 | women 40 years of age or older. All screenings
shall
include a | ||||||
33 | physical breast exam, instruction on self-examination and
| ||||||
34 | information regarding the frequency of self-examination and | ||||||
35 | its value as a
preventative tool. As used in this Section, | ||||||
36 | "low-dose mammography" means
the x-ray examination of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | breast using equipment dedicated specifically
for mammography, | ||||||
2 | including the x-ray tube, filter, compression device,
image | ||||||
3 | receptor, and cassettes, with an average radiation exposure | ||||||
4 | delivery
of less than one rad mid-breast, with 2 views for each | ||||||
5 | breast.
| ||||||
6 | Any medical or health care provider shall immediately | ||||||
7 | recommend, to
any pregnant woman who is being provided prenatal | ||||||
8 | services and is suspected
of drug abuse or is addicted as | ||||||
9 | defined in the Alcoholism and Other Drug Abuse
and Dependency | ||||||
10 | Act, referral to a local substance abuse treatment provider
| ||||||
11 | licensed by the Department of Human Services or to a licensed
| ||||||
12 | hospital which provides substance abuse treatment services. | ||||||
13 | The Department of
Public Aid shall assure coverage for the cost | ||||||
14 | of treatment of the drug abuse or
addiction for pregnant | ||||||
15 | recipients in accordance with the Illinois Medicaid
Program in | ||||||
16 | conjunction with the Department of Human Services.
| ||||||
17 | All medical providers providing medical assistance to | ||||||
18 | pregnant women
under this Code shall receive information from | ||||||
19 | the Department on the
availability of services under the Drug | ||||||
20 | Free Families with a Future or any
comparable program providing | ||||||
21 | case management services for addicted women,
including | ||||||
22 | information on appropriate referrals for other social services
| ||||||
23 | that may be needed by addicted women in addition to treatment | ||||||
24 | for addiction.
| ||||||
25 | The Illinois Department, in cooperation with the | ||||||
26 | Departments of Human
Services (as successor to the Department | ||||||
27 | of Alcoholism and Substance
Abuse) and Public Health, through a | ||||||
28 | public awareness campaign, may
provide information concerning | ||||||
29 | treatment for alcoholism and drug abuse and
addiction, prenatal | ||||||
30 | health care, and other pertinent programs directed at
reducing | ||||||
31 | the number of drug-affected infants born to recipients of | ||||||
32 | medical
assistance.
| ||||||
33 | Neither the Illinois Department of Public Aid nor the | ||||||
34 | Department of Human
Services shall sanction the recipient | ||||||
35 | solely on the basis of
her substance abuse.
| ||||||
36 | The Illinois Department shall establish such regulations |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | governing
the dispensing of health services under this Article | ||||||
2 | as it shall deem
appropriate. The Department
should
seek the | ||||||
3 | advice of formal professional advisory committees appointed by
| ||||||
4 | the Director of the Illinois Department for the purpose of | ||||||
5 | providing regular
advice on policy and administrative matters, | ||||||
6 | information dissemination and
educational activities for | ||||||
7 | medical and health care providers, and
consistency in | ||||||
8 | procedures to the Illinois Department.
| ||||||
9 | The Illinois Department may develop and contract with | ||||||
10 | Partnerships of
medical providers to arrange medical services | ||||||
11 | for persons eligible under
Section 5-2 of this Code. | ||||||
12 | Implementation of this Section may be by
demonstration projects | ||||||
13 | in certain geographic areas. The Partnership shall
be | ||||||
14 | represented by a sponsor organization. The Department, by rule, | ||||||
15 | shall
develop qualifications for sponsors of Partnerships. | ||||||
16 | Nothing in this
Section shall be construed to require that the | ||||||
17 | sponsor organization be a
medical organization.
| ||||||
18 | The sponsor must negotiate formal written contracts with | ||||||
19 | medical
providers for physician services, inpatient and | ||||||
20 | outpatient hospital care,
home health services, treatment for | ||||||
21 | alcoholism and substance abuse, and
other services determined | ||||||
22 | necessary by the Illinois Department by rule for
delivery by | ||||||
23 | Partnerships. Physician services must include prenatal and
| ||||||
24 | obstetrical care. The Illinois Department shall reimburse | ||||||
25 | medical services
delivered by Partnership providers to clients | ||||||
26 | in target areas according to
provisions of this Article and the | ||||||
27 | Illinois Health Finance Reform Act,
except that:
| ||||||
28 | (1) Physicians participating in a Partnership and | ||||||
29 | providing certain
services, which shall be determined by | ||||||
30 | the Illinois Department, to persons
in areas covered by the | ||||||
31 | Partnership may receive an additional surcharge
for such | ||||||
32 | services.
| ||||||
33 | (2) The Department may elect to consider and negotiate | ||||||
34 | financial
incentives to encourage the development of | ||||||
35 | Partnerships and the efficient
delivery of medical care.
| ||||||
36 | (3) Persons receiving medical services through |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Partnerships may receive
medical and case management | ||||||
2 | services above the level usually offered
through the | ||||||
3 | medical assistance program.
| ||||||
4 | Medical providers shall be required to meet certain | ||||||
5 | qualifications to
participate in Partnerships to ensure the | ||||||
6 | delivery of high quality medical
services. These | ||||||
7 | qualifications shall be determined by rule of the Illinois
| ||||||
8 | Department and may be higher than qualifications for | ||||||
9 | participation in the
medical assistance program. Partnership | ||||||
10 | sponsors may prescribe reasonable
additional qualifications | ||||||
11 | for participation by medical providers, only with
the prior | ||||||
12 | written approval of the Illinois Department.
| ||||||
13 | Nothing in this Section shall limit the free choice of | ||||||
14 | practitioners,
hospitals, and other providers of medical | ||||||
15 | services by clients.
In order to ensure patient freedom of | ||||||
16 | choice, the Illinois Department shall
immediately promulgate | ||||||
17 | all rules and take all other necessary actions so that
provided | ||||||
18 | services may be accessed from therapeutically certified | ||||||
19 | optometrists
to the full extent of the Illinois Optometric | ||||||
20 | Practice Act of 1987 without
discriminating between service | ||||||
21 | providers.
| ||||||
22 | The Department shall apply for a waiver from the United | ||||||
23 | States Health
Care Financing Administration to allow for the | ||||||
24 | implementation of
Partnerships under this Section.
| ||||||
25 | The Illinois Department shall require health care | ||||||
26 | providers to maintain
records that document the medical care | ||||||
27 | and services provided to recipients
of Medical Assistance under | ||||||
28 | this Article. The Illinois Department shall
require health care | ||||||
29 | providers to make available, when authorized by the
patient, in | ||||||
30 | writing, the medical records in a timely fashion to other
| ||||||
31 | health care providers who are treating or serving persons | ||||||
32 | eligible for
Medical Assistance under this Article. All | ||||||
33 | dispensers of medical services
shall be required to maintain | ||||||
34 | and retain business and professional records
sufficient to | ||||||
35 | fully and accurately document the nature, scope, details and
| ||||||
36 | receipt of the health care provided to persons eligible for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | medical
assistance under this Code, in accordance with | ||||||
2 | regulations promulgated by
the Illinois Department. The rules | ||||||
3 | and regulations shall require that proof
of the receipt of | ||||||
4 | prescription drugs, dentures, prosthetic devices and
| ||||||
5 | eyeglasses by eligible persons under this Section accompany | ||||||
6 | each claim
for reimbursement submitted by the dispenser of such | ||||||
7 | medical services.
No such claims for reimbursement shall be | ||||||
8 | approved for payment by the Illinois
Department without such | ||||||
9 | proof of receipt, unless the Illinois Department
shall have put | ||||||
10 | into effect and shall be operating a system of post-payment
| ||||||
11 | audit and review which shall, on a sampling basis, be deemed | ||||||
12 | adequate by
the Illinois Department to assure that such drugs, | ||||||
13 | dentures, prosthetic
devices and eyeglasses for which payment | ||||||
14 | is being made are actually being
received by eligible | ||||||
15 | recipients. Within 90 days after the effective date of
this | ||||||
16 | amendatory Act of 1984, the Illinois Department shall establish | ||||||
17 | a
current list of acquisition costs for all prosthetic devices | ||||||
18 | and any
other items recognized as medical equipment and | ||||||
19 | supplies reimbursable under
this Article and shall update such | ||||||
20 | list on a quarterly basis, except that
the acquisition costs of | ||||||
21 | all prescription drugs shall be updated no
less frequently than | ||||||
22 | every 30 days as required by Section 5-5.12.
| ||||||
23 | The rules and regulations of the Illinois Department shall | ||||||
24 | require
that a written statement including the required opinion | ||||||
25 | of a physician
shall accompany any claim for reimbursement for | ||||||
26 | abortions, or induced
miscarriages or premature births. This | ||||||
27 | statement shall indicate what
procedures were used in providing | ||||||
28 | such medical services.
| ||||||
29 | The Illinois Department shall require all dispensers of | ||||||
30 | medical
services, other than an individual practitioner or | ||||||
31 | group of practitioners,
desiring to participate in the Medical | ||||||
32 | Assistance program
established under this Article to disclose | ||||||
33 | all financial, beneficial,
ownership, equity, surety or other | ||||||
34 | interests in any and all firms,
corporations, partnerships, | ||||||
35 | associations, business enterprises, joint
ventures, agencies, | ||||||
36 | institutions or other legal entities providing any
form of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | health care services in this State under this Article.
| ||||||
2 | The Illinois Department may require that all dispensers of | ||||||
3 | medical
services desiring to participate in the medical | ||||||
4 | assistance program
established under this Article disclose, | ||||||
5 | under such terms and conditions as
the Illinois Department may | ||||||
6 | by rule establish, all inquiries from clients
and attorneys | ||||||
7 | regarding medical bills paid by the Illinois Department, which
| ||||||
8 | inquiries could indicate potential existence of claims or liens | ||||||
9 | for the
Illinois Department.
| ||||||
10 | Enrollment of a vendor that provides non-emergency medical | ||||||
11 | transportation,
defined by the Department by rule,
shall be
| ||||||
12 | conditional for 180 days. During that time, the Department of | ||||||
13 | Public Aid may
terminate the vendor's eligibility to | ||||||
14 | participate in the medical assistance
program without cause. | ||||||
15 | That termination of eligibility is not subject to the
| ||||||
16 | Department's hearing process.
| ||||||
17 | The Illinois Department shall establish policies, | ||||||
18 | procedures,
standards and criteria by rule for the acquisition, | ||||||
19 | repair and replacement
of orthotic and prosthetic devices and | ||||||
20 | durable medical equipment. Such
rules shall provide, but not be | ||||||
21 | limited to, the following services: (1)
immediate repair or | ||||||
22 | replacement of such devices by recipients without
medical | ||||||
23 | authorization; and (2) rental, lease, purchase or | ||||||
24 | lease-purchase of
durable medical equipment in a | ||||||
25 | cost-effective manner, taking into
consideration the | ||||||
26 | recipient's medical prognosis, the extent of the
recipient's | ||||||
27 | needs, and the requirements and costs for maintaining such
| ||||||
28 | equipment. Such rules shall enable a recipient to temporarily | ||||||
29 | acquire and
use alternative or substitute devices or equipment | ||||||
30 | pending repairs or
replacements of any device or equipment | ||||||
31 | previously authorized for such
recipient by the Department.
| ||||||
32 | The Department shall execute, relative to the nursing home | ||||||
33 | prescreening
project, written inter-agency agreements with the | ||||||
34 | Department of Human
Services and the Department on Aging, to | ||||||
35 | effect the following: (i) intake
procedures and common | ||||||
36 | eligibility criteria for those persons who are receiving
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | non-institutional services; and (ii) the establishment and | ||||||
2 | development of
non-institutional services in areas of the State | ||||||
3 | where they are not currently
available or are undeveloped.
| ||||||
4 | The Illinois Department shall develop and operate, in | ||||||
5 | cooperation
with other State Departments and agencies and in | ||||||
6 | compliance with
applicable federal laws and regulations, | ||||||
7 | appropriate and effective
systems of health care evaluation and | ||||||
8 | programs for monitoring of
utilization of health care services | ||||||
9 | and facilities, as it affects
persons eligible for medical | ||||||
10 | assistance under this Code.
| ||||||
11 | The Illinois Department shall report annually to the | ||||||
12 | General Assembly,
no later than the second Friday in April of | ||||||
13 | 1979 and each year
thereafter, in regard to:
| ||||||
14 | (a) actual statistics and trends in utilization of | ||||||
15 | medical services by
public aid recipients;
| ||||||
16 | (b) actual statistics and trends in the provision of | ||||||
17 | the various medical
services by medical vendors;
| ||||||
18 | (c) current rate structures and proposed changes in | ||||||
19 | those rate structures
for the various medical vendors; and
| ||||||
20 | (d) efforts at utilization review and control by the | ||||||
21 | Illinois Department.
| ||||||
22 | The period covered by each report shall be the 3 years | ||||||
23 | ending on the June
30 prior to the report. The report shall | ||||||
24 | include suggested legislation
for consideration by the General | ||||||
25 | Assembly. The filing of one copy of the
report with the | ||||||
26 | Speaker, one copy with the Minority Leader and one copy
with | ||||||
27 | the Clerk of the House of Representatives, one copy with the | ||||||
28 | President,
one copy with the Minority Leader and one copy with | ||||||
29 | the Secretary of the
Senate, one copy with the Legislative | ||||||
30 | Research Unit, and such additional
copies
with the State | ||||||
31 | Government Report Distribution Center for the General
Assembly | ||||||
32 | as is required under paragraph (t) of Section 7 of the State
| ||||||
33 | Library Act shall be deemed sufficient to comply with this | ||||||
34 | Section.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
36 | 92-789, eff. 8-6-02; 93-632, eff. 2-1-04; 93-841, eff. 7-30-04; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 93-981, eff. 8-23-04; revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
2 | (305 ILCS 5/5-5.23)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 5-5.23. Children's mental health services.
| ||||||
4 | (a) The Department of Public Aid, by rule, shall require | ||||||
5 | the screening and
assessment of
a child prior to any | ||||||
6 | Medicaid-funded admission to an inpatient hospital for
| ||||||
7 | psychiatric
services to be funded by Medicaid. The screening | ||||||
8 | and assessment shall include a
determination of the | ||||||
9 | appropriateness and availability of out-patient support
| ||||||
10 | services
for necessary treatment. The Department, by rule, | ||||||
11 | shall establish methods and
standards of payment for the | ||||||
12 | screening, assessment, and necessary alternative
support
| ||||||
13 | services.
| ||||||
14 | (b) The Department of Public Aid, to the extent allowable | ||||||
15 | under federal law,
shall secure federal financial | ||||||
16 | participation for Individual Care Grant
expenditures made
by | ||||||
17 | the Department of Human Services for the Medicaid optional | ||||||
18 | service
authorized under
Section 1905(h) of the federal Social | ||||||
19 | Security Act, pursuant to the provisions
of Section
7.1 of the | ||||||
20 | Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Administrative | ||||||
21 | Act.
| ||||||
22 | (c) The Department of Public Aid shall work jointly with | ||||||
23 | the Department of
Human Services to implement subsections (a) | ||||||
24 | and (b).
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-495, eff. 8-8-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (305 ILCS 5/5-5.24)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5-5.24
5-5.23 . Prenatal and perinatal care. The | ||||||
28 | Department of
Public Aid may provide reimbursement under this | ||||||
29 | Article for all prenatal and
perinatal health care services | ||||||
30 | that are provided for the purpose of preventing
low-birthweight | ||||||
31 | infants, reducing the need for neonatal intensive care hospital
| ||||||
32 | services, and promoting perinatal health. These services may | ||||||
33 | include
comprehensive risk assessments for pregnant women, | ||||||
34 | women with infants, and
infants, lactation counseling, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | nutrition counseling, childbirth support,
psychosocial | ||||||
2 | counseling, treatment and prevention of periodontal disease, | ||||||
3 | and
other support
services
that have been proven to improve | ||||||
4 | birth outcomes.
The Department
shall
maximize the use of | ||||||
5 | preventive prenatal and perinatal health care services
| ||||||
6 | consistent with
federal statutes, rules, and regulations.
The | ||||||
7 | Department shall develop a plan for prenatal and perinatal | ||||||
8 | preventive
health care and
shall present the plan to the | ||||||
9 | General Assembly by January 1, 2004.
On or before January 1, | ||||||
10 | 2006 and
every 2 years
thereafter, the Department shall report | ||||||
11 | to the General Assembly concerning the
effectiveness of | ||||||
12 | prenatal and perinatal health care services reimbursed under
| ||||||
13 | this Section
in preventing low-birthweight infants and | ||||||
14 | reducing the need for neonatal
intensive care
hospital | ||||||
15 | services. Each such report shall include an evaluation of how | ||||||
16 | the
ratio of
expenditures for treating
low-birthweight infants | ||||||
17 | compared with the investment in promoting healthy
births and
| ||||||
18 | infants in local community areas throughout Illinois relates to | ||||||
19 | healthy infant
development
in those areas.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-536, eff. 8-18-03; revised 9-25-03.)
| ||||||
21 | (305 ILCS 5/5-5d)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 5-5d. Enhanced transition and follow-up services. The | ||||||
23 | Department of Public Aid shall apply for any necessary waivers | ||||||
24 | pursuant to Section 1915(c) of the Social Security Act to | ||||||
25 | facilitate the transition from one residential setting to | ||||||
26 | another and follow-up services. Nothing in this Section shall | ||||||
27 | be construed considered as limiting current similar programs by | ||||||
28 | the Department of Human Services or the Department on Aging.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 93-902, eff. 8-10-04; 93-1031, eff. 8-27-04; | ||||||
30 | revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
31 | (305 ILCS 5/5-16.8)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 5-16.8. Required health benefits. The medical | ||||||
33 | assistance program
shall
(i) provide the post-mastectomy care | ||||||
34 | benefits required to be covered by a policy of
accident and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | health insurance under Section 356t and the coverage required
| ||||||
2 | under Sections 356u, 356w, 356x, and 356z.6 of the Illinois
| ||||||
3 | Insurance Code and (ii) be subject to the provisions of Section | ||||||
4 | 364.01 of the Illinois
Insurance Code.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-853, eff. 1-1-05; 93-1000, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
6 | revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
7 | (305 ILCS 5/9A-7) (from Ch. 23, par. 9A-7)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 9A-7. Good Cause and Pre-Sanction Process.
| ||||||
9 | (a) The Department shall establish by rule what constitutes | ||||||
10 | good cause
for failure to participate in education, training | ||||||
11 | and employment programs,
failure to accept suitable employment | ||||||
12 | or terminating employment or reducing
earnings.
| ||||||
13 | The Department shall establish, by rule, a pre-sanction | ||||||
14 | process to assist
in resolving disputes over proposed sanctions | ||||||
15 | and in determining if good cause
exists.
Good cause shall | ||||||
16 | include, but not be limited to:
| ||||||
17 | (1) temporary illness for its duration;
| ||||||
18 | (2) court required appearance or temporary | ||||||
19 | incarceration;
| ||||||
20 | (3) (blank);
| ||||||
21 | (4) death in the family;
| ||||||
22 | (5) (blank);
| ||||||
23 | (6) (blank);
| ||||||
24 | (7) (blank);
| ||||||
25 | (8) (blank);
| ||||||
26 | (9) extreme inclement weather;
| ||||||
27 | (10) (blank);
| ||||||
28 | (11) lack of any support service even though the | ||||||
29 | necessary service
is not specifically provided under the | ||||||
30 | Department program, to the extent
the lack of the needed | ||||||
31 | service presents a significant barrier to participation;
| ||||||
32 | (12) if an individual is engaged in employment or | ||||||
33 | training or both
that is consistent with the employment | ||||||
34 | related goals of the program, if
such employment and | ||||||
35 | training is later approved by Department staff;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (13) (blank);
| ||||||
2 | (14) failure of Department staff to correctly forward | ||||||
3 | the information
to other Department staff;
| ||||||
4 | (15) failure of the participant to cooperate because of | ||||||
5 | attendance at
a test or a mandatory class or function at an | ||||||
6 | educational program
(including college), when an education | ||||||
7 | or training program is officially
approved by the | ||||||
8 | Department;
| ||||||
9 | (16) failure of the participant due to his or her | ||||||
10 | illiteracy;
| ||||||
11 | (17) failure of the participant because it is | ||||||
12 | determined that he or she
should be in a different | ||||||
13 | activity;
| ||||||
14 | (18) non-receipt by the participant of a notice | ||||||
15 | advising him or her of a
participation requirement. If
the | ||||||
16 | non-receipt of mail occurs frequently, the Department | ||||||
17 | shall
explore an alternative means of providing notices of | ||||||
18 | participation requests
to participants;
| ||||||
19 | (19) (blank);
| ||||||
20 | (20) non-comprehension of English, either written or | ||||||
21 | oral or both;
| ||||||
22 | (21) (blank);
| ||||||
23 | (22) (blank);
| ||||||
24 | (23) child care (or day care for an incapacitated | ||||||
25 | individual living in
the same home as a dependent child) is | ||||||
26 | necessary for the participation or
employment and such care | ||||||
27 | is not available for a child under age 13;
| ||||||
28 | (24) failure to participate in an activity due to a | ||||||
29 | scheduled job
interview, medical appointment for the | ||||||
30 | participant or a household member, or
school appointment;
| ||||||
31 | (25) the individual is homeless. Homeless individuals | ||||||
32 | (including the
family) have no current residence and no | ||||||
33 | expectation of acquiring one in
the next 30 days. This | ||||||
34 | includes individuals residing in overnight
and | ||||||
35 | transitional (temporary) shelters. This does not include | ||||||
36 | individuals
who are sharing a residence with friends or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | relatives on a continuing basis;
| ||||||
2 | (26) circumstances beyond the control of the | ||||||
3 | participant which prevent
the participant from completing | ||||||
4 | program requirements; or
| ||||||
5 | (27) (blank).
| ||||||
6 | (b) (Blank).
| ||||||
7 | (c) (1) The Department shall establish a reconciliation | ||||||
8 | procedure to
assist in resolving disputes related to any | ||||||
9 | aspect of participation,
including exemptions, good cause, | ||||||
10 | sanctions or proposed sanctions,
supportive services, | ||||||
11 | assessments, responsibility and service
plans,
assignment | ||||||
12 | to activities, suitability of employment, or
refusals of | ||||||
13 | offers
of employment.
Through the reconciliation process | ||||||
14 | the Department shall have a mechanism to
identify good | ||||||
15 | cause, ensure that the client is aware of the issue, and | ||||||
16 | enable
the client to perform required activities without | ||||||
17 | facing sanction.
| ||||||
18 | (2) A participant may request reconciliation and
| ||||||
19 | receive notice in
writing of a meeting. At least one | ||||||
20 | face-to-face
meeting may be scheduled to
resolve | ||||||
21 | misunderstandings or disagreements related to program | ||||||
22 | participation
and situations which may lead to a potential | ||||||
23 | sanction. The meeting will
address the underlying reason | ||||||
24 | for the dispute and plan a resolution to
enable the | ||||||
25 | individual to participate in TANF employment and work | ||||||
26 | activity
requirements.
| ||||||
27 | (2.5) If the individual fails to appear at the | ||||||
28 | reconciliation meeting
without good cause, the | ||||||
29 | reconciliation is unsuccessful and a sanction shall be
| ||||||
30 | imposed.
| ||||||
31 | (3) The reconciliation process shall continue after
it | ||||||
32 | is determined that
the individual did not have good cause | ||||||
33 | for non-cooperation. Any necessary
demonstration of | ||||||
34 | cooperation on the part of the participant will be part of
| ||||||
35 | the reconciliation process. Failure to demonstrate | ||||||
36 | cooperation will result in immediate
sanction.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) For the first instance of non-cooperation, if the | ||||||
2 | client reaches
agreement to cooperate, the client shall be | ||||||
3 | allowed 30 days to demonstrate
cooperation before any | ||||||
4 | sanction activity may be imposed. In any subsequent
| ||||||
5 | instances of non-cooperation, the client shall be provided | ||||||
6 | the opportunity to
show good cause or remedy the situation | ||||||
7 | by immediately complying with the
requirement.
| ||||||
8 | (5) The Department shall document in the case record | ||||||
9 | the proceedings
of the reconciliation and provide the | ||||||
10 | client in writing
with a reconciliation
agreement.
| ||||||
11 | (6) If reconciliation resolves the dispute, no
| ||||||
12 | sanction shall be imposed.
If the client fails to comply | ||||||
13 | with the reconciliation agreement, the
Department shall | ||||||
14 | then immediately impose the original sanction.
If the | ||||||
15 | dispute cannot be resolved
during reconciliation, a | ||||||
16 | sanction shall not be imposed
until the reconciliation | ||||||
17 | process is complete.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 93-598, eff. 8-26-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
19 | (305 ILCS 5/10-8.1)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 10-8.1. Temporary order for child support. | ||||||
21 | Notwithstanding any other
law to the contrary, pending the | ||||||
22 | outcome of an
administrative determination of parentage, the | ||||||
23 | Illinois Department shall issue
a temporary order for child | ||||||
24 | support, upon motion by a party and a showing of
clear and | ||||||
25 | convincing evidence of paternity. In determining the amount of | ||||||
26 | the
temporary child support award, the Illinois Department | ||||||
27 | shall use the
guidelines and standards set forth in subsection | ||||||
28 | (a) of Section 505 and in
Section 505.2 of the Illinois | ||||||
29 | Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
| ||||||
30 | Any new or existing support order entered by the Illinois | ||||||
31 | Department under
this Section shall be deemed to be a series of | ||||||
32 | judgments against the person
obligated to pay support | ||||||
33 | thereunder, each such judgment to be in the amount of
each | ||||||
34 | payment or installment of support and each judgment to be | ||||||
35 | deemed entered
as of the date the corresponding payment or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | installment becomes due under the
terms of the support order. | ||||||
2 | Each such judgment shall have
the full force, effect, and | ||||||
3 | attributes of any other judgment of this State,
including the | ||||||
4 | ability to be enforced. Any such judgment is subject to
| ||||||
5 | modification or termination only in accordance with Section 510 | ||||||
6 | of the
Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
A | ||||||
7 | lien arises by operation of law against the real and personal | ||||||
8 | property of the
noncustodial parent for each
installment of | ||||||
9 | overdue support owed by the noncustodial parent.
| ||||||
10 | All orders for support entered or modified in a case in | ||||||
11 | which a party is
receiving child support enforcement services | ||||||
12 | under this
Article X shall include
a provision requiring the | ||||||
13 | non-custodial parent to notify the Illinois
Department, within | ||||||
14 | 7 days, (i) of the name, address, and telephone number of
any | ||||||
15 | new
employer of the non-custodial parent, (ii) whether the | ||||||
16 | non-custodial parent has
access to health insurance coverage | ||||||
17 | through the employer or other group
coverage, and, if so, the | ||||||
18 | policy name and number and the names of persons
covered under | ||||||
19 | the policy, and (iii) of any new residential or mailing address
| ||||||
20 | or telephone number of the non-custodial parent.
| ||||||
21 | In any subsequent action to enforce a support order, upon | ||||||
22 | sufficient showing
that diligent effort has been made to | ||||||
23 | ascertain the location of the
non-custodial parent, service of | ||||||
24 | process or provision of notice necessary in
that action may be | ||||||
25 | made at the last known address of the non-custodial parent,
in | ||||||
26 | any manner expressly provided by the Code of
Civil Procedure or | ||||||
27 | this Act, which service shall be sufficient for purposes of
due | ||||||
28 | process.
| ||||||
29 | An order for support shall include a date on which the | ||||||
30 | current support
obligation terminates. The termination date | ||||||
31 | shall be no earlier than the date
on which the child covered by | ||||||
32 | the order will attain the age of
18. However, if the child will | ||||||
33 | not graduate from high school until after
attaining the age
of | ||||||
34 | 18, then the termination date shall be no earlier than the | ||||||
35 | earlier of the
date on which
the child's high school graduation | ||||||
36 | will occur or the date on which the child
will attain the
age |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of 19. The order for support shall state that the termination
| ||||||
2 | date does not apply to any arrearage that may remain unpaid on | ||||||
3 | that date.
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to | ||||||
4 | prevent the Illinois Department
from modifying the order or | ||||||
5 | terminating the order in the event the child is
otherwise | ||||||
6 | emancipated.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 92-590, eff. 7-1-02; 92-876, eff. 6-1-03; revised | ||||||
8 | 9-27-03.)
| ||||||
9 | (305 ILCS 5/10-10) (from Ch. 23, par. 10-10)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 10-10. Court enforcement; applicability also to | ||||||
11 | persons who are
not applicants or recipients. Except where the | ||||||
12 | Illinois Department, by
agreement, acts for the local | ||||||
13 | governmental unit, as provided in Section
10-3.1, local | ||||||
14 | governmental units shall refer to the State's Attorney or
to | ||||||
15 | the proper legal representative of the governmental unit, for
| ||||||
16 | judicial enforcement as herein provided, instances of | ||||||
17 | non-support or
insufficient support when the dependents are | ||||||
18 | applicants or recipients
under Article VI. The Child and Spouse | ||||||
19 | Support Unit
established by Section 10-3.1 may institute in | ||||||
20 | behalf of the Illinois
Department any actions under this | ||||||
21 | Section for judicial enforcement of
the support liability when | ||||||
22 | the dependents are (a) applicants or
recipients under Articles | ||||||
23 | III, IV, V or VII; (b) applicants or recipients
in a local | ||||||
24 | governmental unit when the Illinois Department, by agreement,
| ||||||
25 | acts for the unit; or (c) non-applicants or non-recipients who | ||||||
26 | are
receiving child support enforcement services under this | ||||||
27 | Article X, as
provided
in Section 10-1. Where the Child and | ||||||
28 | Spouse Support Unit has exercised
its option and discretion not | ||||||
29 | to apply the provisions of Sections 10-3 through
10-8, the | ||||||
30 | failure by the Unit to apply such provisions shall not be a bar
| ||||||
31 | to bringing an action under this Section.
| ||||||
32 | Action shall be brought in the circuit court to obtain | ||||||
33 | support, or
for the recovery of aid granted during the period | ||||||
34 | such support was not
provided, or both for the obtainment of | ||||||
35 | support and the recovery of the
aid provided. Actions for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | recovery of aid may be taken separately
or they may be | ||||||
2 | consolidated with actions to obtain support. Such
actions may | ||||||
3 | be brought in the name of the person or persons requiring
| ||||||
4 | support, or may be brought in the name of the Illinois | ||||||
5 | Department or the
local governmental unit, as the case | ||||||
6 | requires, in behalf of such persons.
| ||||||
7 | The court may enter such orders for the payment of moneys | ||||||
8 | for the
support of the person as may be just and equitable and | ||||||
9 | may direct
payment thereof for such period or periods of time | ||||||
10 | as the circumstances
require, including support for a period | ||||||
11 | before the date the order for support
is entered. The order may | ||||||
12 | be entered against any or all of the defendant
responsible | ||||||
13 | relatives and may be based upon the proportionate ability of
| ||||||
14 | each to contribute to the person's support.
| ||||||
15 | The Court shall determine the amount of child support | ||||||
16 | (including child
support for a period before the date the order | ||||||
17 | for child support is entered)
by
using the
guidelines and | ||||||
18 | standards set forth in subsection (a) of Section 505 and in
| ||||||
19 | Section 505.2 of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of | ||||||
20 | Marriage Act.
For purposes of determining the amount of child | ||||||
21 | support to be paid for a
period before the date the order for | ||||||
22 | child support is entered, there is a
rebuttable
presumption | ||||||
23 | that the responsible relative's net income for that period was | ||||||
24 | the
same as his or her net income at the time the order is | ||||||
25 | entered.
| ||||||
26 | If (i) the responsible relative was properly served with a | ||||||
27 | request for
discovery of
financial information relating to the | ||||||
28 | responsible relative's ability to provide
child support, (ii)
| ||||||
29 | the responsible relative failed to comply with the request, | ||||||
30 | despite having been
ordered to
do so by the court, and (iii) | ||||||
31 | the responsible relative is not present at the
hearing to
| ||||||
32 | determine support despite having received proper notice, then | ||||||
33 | any relevant
financial
information concerning the responsible | ||||||
34 | relative's ability to provide child
support
that was
obtained | ||||||
35 | pursuant to subpoena and proper notice shall be admitted into | ||||||
36 | evidence
without
the need to establish any further foundation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for its admission.
| ||||||
2 | An order entered under this Section shall include a | ||||||
3 | provision requiring
the obligor to report to the obligee and to | ||||||
4 | the clerk of court within 10 days
each time the obligor obtains | ||||||
5 | new employment, and each time the obligor's
employment is | ||||||
6 | terminated for any reason.
The report shall be in writing and | ||||||
7 | shall, in the case of new employment,
include the name and | ||||||
8 | address of the new employer.
Failure to report new employment | ||||||
9 | or
the termination of current employment, if coupled with | ||||||
10 | nonpayment of support
for a period in excess of 60 days, is | ||||||
11 | indirect criminal contempt. For
any obligor arrested for | ||||||
12 | failure to report new employment bond shall be set in
the | ||||||
13 | amount of the child support that should have been paid during | ||||||
14 | the period of
unreported employment. An order entered under | ||||||
15 | this Section shall also include
a provision requiring the | ||||||
16 | obligor and obligee parents to advise each other of a
change in | ||||||
17 | residence within 5 days of the change
except when the court | ||||||
18 | finds that the physical, mental, or emotional health
of a party | ||||||
19 | or that of a minor child, or both, would be seriously | ||||||
20 | endangered by
disclosure of the party's address.
| ||||||
21 | The Court shall determine the amount of maintenance using | ||||||
22 | the standards
set forth in Section 504 of the Illinois Marriage | ||||||
23 | and Dissolution of Marriage
Act.
| ||||||
24 | Any new or existing support order entered by the court | ||||||
25 | under this
Section shall be deemed to be a series of judgments | ||||||
26 | against the person
obligated to pay support thereunder, each | ||||||
27 | such judgment to be in the amount
of each payment or | ||||||
28 | installment of support and each such judgment to be
deemed | ||||||
29 | entered as of the date the corresponding payment or installment
| ||||||
30 | becomes due under the terms of the support order. Each such | ||||||
31 | judgment shall
have the full force, effect and attributes of | ||||||
32 | any other judgment of this
State, including the ability to be | ||||||
33 | enforced. Any such judgment is subject
to modification or | ||||||
34 | termination only in accordance with Section 510 of the
Illinois | ||||||
35 | Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
A lien arises by | ||||||
36 | operation of law against the real and personal property of
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | noncustodial parent for each
installment of overdue support | ||||||
2 | owed by the noncustodial parent.
| ||||||
3 | When an order is entered for the support of a minor, the | ||||||
4 | court may
provide therein for reasonable visitation of the | ||||||
5 | minor by the person or
persons who provided support pursuant to | ||||||
6 | the order. Whoever willfully
refuses to comply with such | ||||||
7 | visitation order or willfully interferes
with its enforcement | ||||||
8 | may be declared in contempt of court and punished
therefor.
| ||||||
9 | Except where the local governmental unit has entered into | ||||||
10 | an
agreement with the Illinois Department for the Child and | ||||||
11 | Spouse Support
Unit to act for it, as provided in Section | ||||||
12 | 10-3.1, support orders
entered by the court in cases involving | ||||||
13 | applicants or recipients under
Article VI shall provide that | ||||||
14 | payments thereunder be made
directly to the local governmental | ||||||
15 | unit. Orders for the support of all
other applicants or | ||||||
16 | recipients shall provide that payments thereunder be
made | ||||||
17 | directly to the Illinois Department.
In accordance with federal | ||||||
18 | law and regulations, the Illinois Department may
continue to | ||||||
19 | collect current maintenance payments or child support | ||||||
20 | payments, or
both, after those persons cease to receive public | ||||||
21 | assistance and until
termination of services under Article X. | ||||||
22 | The Illinois Department shall pay the
net amount collected to | ||||||
23 | those persons after deducting any costs incurred in
making
the | ||||||
24 | collection or any collection fee from the amount of any | ||||||
25 | recovery made. In both cases the order shall permit the local
| ||||||
26 | governmental unit or the Illinois Department, as the case may | ||||||
27 | be, to direct
the responsible relative or relatives to make | ||||||
28 | support payments directly to
the needy person, or to some | ||||||
29 | person or agency in his behalf, upon removal
of the person from | ||||||
30 | the public aid rolls or upon termination of services under
| ||||||
31 | Article X.
| ||||||
32 | If the notice of support due issued pursuant to Section | ||||||
33 | 10-7 directs
that support payments be made directly to the | ||||||
34 | needy person, or to some
person or agency in his behalf, and | ||||||
35 | the recipient is removed from the
public aid rolls, court | ||||||
36 | action may be taken against the responsible
relative hereunder |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | if he fails to furnish support in accordance with the
terms of | ||||||
2 | such notice.
| ||||||
3 | Actions may also be brought under this Section in behalf of | ||||||
4 | any
person who is in need of support from responsible | ||||||
5 | relatives, as defined
in Section 2-11 of Article II who is not | ||||||
6 | an applicant for or recipient
of financial aid under this Code. | ||||||
7 | In such instances, the State's
Attorney of the county in which | ||||||
8 | such person resides shall bring action
against the responsible | ||||||
9 | relatives hereunder. If the Illinois
Department, as authorized | ||||||
10 | by Section 10-1, extends the child support
enforcement
services
| ||||||
11 | provided by this Article to spouses and dependent children who | ||||||
12 | are not
applicants or recipients under this Code, the Child and | ||||||
13 | Spouse Support
Unit established by Section 10-3.1 shall bring | ||||||
14 | action against the
responsible relatives hereunder and any | ||||||
15 | support orders entered by the
court in such cases shall provide | ||||||
16 | that payments thereunder be made
directly to the Illinois | ||||||
17 | Department.
| ||||||
18 | Whenever it is determined in a proceeding to establish or | ||||||
19 | enforce a child
support or maintenance obligation that the | ||||||
20 | person owing a duty of support
is unemployed, the court may | ||||||
21 | order the person to seek employment and report
periodically to | ||||||
22 | the court with a diary, listing or other memorandum of his
or | ||||||
23 | her efforts in accordance with such order. Additionally, the | ||||||
24 | court may
order the unemployed person to report to the | ||||||
25 | Department of Employment
Security for job search services or to | ||||||
26 | make application with the local Job
Training Partnership Act | ||||||
27 | provider for participation in job search,
training or work | ||||||
28 | programs and where the duty of support is owed to a child
| ||||||
29 | receiving child support enforcement services under this | ||||||
30 | Article X, the
court may
order the
unemployed person to report | ||||||
31 | to the Illinois Department for participation
in job search, | ||||||
32 | training or work programs established under Section 9-6 and
| ||||||
33 | Article IXA of this Code.
| ||||||
34 | Whenever it is determined that a person owes past-due | ||||||
35 | support for a child
receiving assistance under this Code, the | ||||||
36 | court shall order at the request of
the Illinois Department:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) that the person pay the past-due support in | ||||||
2 | accordance with a plan
approved by the court; or
| ||||||
3 | (2) if the person owing past-due support is unemployed, | ||||||
4 | is subject to
such a plan, and is not incapacitated, that | ||||||
5 | the person participate in such job
search, training, or | ||||||
6 | work programs established under Section 9-6 and Article
IXA | ||||||
7 | of this Code as the court deems appropriate.
| ||||||
8 | A determination under this Section shall not be | ||||||
9 | administratively
reviewable by the procedures specified in | ||||||
10 | Sections 10-12, and 10-13 to
10-13.10. Any determination under | ||||||
11 | these Sections, if made the basis of
court action under this | ||||||
12 | Section, shall not affect the de novo judicial
determination | ||||||
13 | required under this Section.
| ||||||
14 | A one-time charge of 20% is imposable upon the amount of | ||||||
15 | past-due child
support owed on July 1, 1988 which has accrued | ||||||
16 | under a support order
entered by the court. The charge shall be | ||||||
17 | imposed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 10-21 of | ||||||
18 | this Code and shall be enforced by the court
upon petition.
| ||||||
19 | All orders for support, when entered or modified, shall
| ||||||
20 | include a provision requiring the non-custodial parent to | ||||||
21 | notify the court and,
in cases in which a party is receiving | ||||||
22 | child support
enforcement services under
this Article X, the | ||||||
23 | Illinois Department, within 7 days, (i) of the name,
address, | ||||||
24 | and telephone number of any new employer of the non-custodial | ||||||
25 | parent,
(ii) whether the non-custodial parent has access to | ||||||
26 | health insurance coverage
through the employer or other group | ||||||
27 | coverage and, if so, the policy name and
number and the names | ||||||
28 | of persons covered under
the policy, and (iii) of any new | ||||||
29 | residential or mailing address or telephone
number of the | ||||||
30 | non-custodial parent. In any subsequent action to enforce a
| ||||||
31 | support order, upon a sufficient showing that a diligent effort | ||||||
32 | has been made
to ascertain the location of the non-custodial | ||||||
33 | parent, service of process or
provision of notice necessary in | ||||||
34 | the case may be made at the last known
address of the | ||||||
35 | non-custodial parent in any manner expressly provided by the
| ||||||
36 | Code of Civil Procedure or this Code, which service shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sufficient for
purposes of due process.
| ||||||
2 | An order for support shall include a date on which the | ||||||
3 | current support
obligation terminates. The termination date | ||||||
4 | shall be no earlier than the
date on which the child covered by | ||||||
5 | the order will attain the age of
18. However, if the child will | ||||||
6 | not graduate from high school until after
attaining the age
of | ||||||
7 | 18, then the termination date shall be no earlier than the | ||||||
8 | earlier of the
date on which
the child's high school graduation | ||||||
9 | will occur or the date on which the child
will attain the
age | ||||||
10 | of 19. The order for support shall state
that the termination | ||||||
11 | date does not apply to
any arrearage that may remain unpaid on | ||||||
12 | that date. Nothing in this paragraph
shall be construed to | ||||||
13 | prevent the court from modifying the order or terminating
the | ||||||
14 | order in the event the child is otherwise emancipated.
| ||||||
15 | Upon notification in writing or by electronic transmission | ||||||
16 | from the
Illinois Department to the clerk of the court that a | ||||||
17 | person who
is receiving support payments under this Section is | ||||||
18 | receiving services under
the Child Support Enforcement Program | ||||||
19 | established by Title IV-D of the Social
Security Act, any | ||||||
20 | support payments subsequently received by the clerk of the
| ||||||
21 | court shall be transmitted in accordance with the instructions | ||||||
22 | of the Illinois
Department until the Illinois
Department gives | ||||||
23 | notice to the clerk of the court to cease the transmittal.
| ||||||
24 | After providing the notification authorized under this | ||||||
25 | paragraph, the Illinois
Department shall be entitled as a party | ||||||
26 | to notice of any
further proceedings
in the case. The clerk of | ||||||
27 | the court shall file a copy of the Illinois
Department's | ||||||
28 | notification in the court file. The clerk's failure to file a
| ||||||
29 | copy of the notification in the court file shall not, however, | ||||||
30 | affect the
Illinois Department's right to receive notice of | ||||||
31 | further proceedings.
| ||||||
32 | Payments under this Section to the Illinois Department | ||||||
33 | pursuant to the
Child Support Enforcement Program established | ||||||
34 | by Title IV-D of the Social
Security Act shall be paid into the | ||||||
35 | Child Support Enforcement Trust Fund.
All payments under this | ||||||
36 | Section to the Illinois Department of Human
Services shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deposited in the DHS Recoveries
Trust Fund. Disbursements from | ||||||
2 | these funds shall be as provided in Sections
12-9.1 and 12-10.2 | ||||||
3 | of this Code. Payments received by a local
governmental unit | ||||||
4 | shall be deposited in that unit's General Assistance Fund.
| ||||||
5 | To the extent the provisions of this Section are | ||||||
6 | inconsistent with the
requirements pertaining to the State | ||||||
7 | Disbursement Unit under Sections 10-10.4
and 10-26 of this | ||||||
8 | Code, the requirements pertaining to the State Disbursement
| ||||||
9 | Unit shall apply.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-590, eff. 7-1-02; 92-876, | ||||||
11 | eff. 6-1-03;
revised 9-27-03.)
| ||||||
12 | (305 ILCS 5/10-11) (from Ch. 23, par. 10-11)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 10-11. Administrative Orders. In lieu of actions for | ||||||
14 | court
enforcement of support under Section 10-10, the Child and | ||||||
15 | Spouse Support
Unit of the Illinois Department, in accordance | ||||||
16 | with the rules of the
Illinois Department, may issue an | ||||||
17 | administrative order requiring the
responsible relative to | ||||||
18 | comply with the terms of the determination and
notice of | ||||||
19 | support due, determined and issued under Sections 10-6 and | ||||||
20 | 10-7.
The Unit may also enter an administrative order under | ||||||
21 | subsection (b) of
Section 10-7. The administrative order shall | ||||||
22 | be served upon the
responsible relative by United States | ||||||
23 | registered or certified mail.
In cases in which the responsible | ||||||
24 | relative appeared at the office of the
Child
and Spouse Support | ||||||
25 | Unit in response to the notice of support obligation
issued | ||||||
26 | under Section 10-4, however, or in cases of default in which | ||||||
27 | the notice
was served on the responsible relative by certified | ||||||
28 | mail, return receipt
requested, or by
any
method provided by | ||||||
29 | law for service of summons, the administrative
determination of | ||||||
30 | paternity or administrative support order may be sent to the
| ||||||
31 | responsible relative by ordinary mail addressed to the | ||||||
32 | responsible relative's
last known address.
| ||||||
33 | If a responsible relative or a person receiving child | ||||||
34 | support
enforcement services under this Article fails to | ||||||
35 | petition the Illinois
Department for
release from or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | modification of the administrative order, as provided in
| ||||||
2 | Section 10-12 or Section 10-12.1, the order shall become final | ||||||
3 | and there
shall be no further
administrative or judicial | ||||||
4 | remedy. Likewise a decision by the Illinois
Department as a | ||||||
5 | result of an administrative hearing, as provided in
Sections | ||||||
6 | 10-13 to 10-13.10, shall become final and enforceable if not
| ||||||
7 | judicially reviewed under the Administrative Review Law, as | ||||||
8 | provided in
Section 10-14.
| ||||||
9 | Any new or existing support order entered by the Illinois | ||||||
10 | Department
under this Section shall be deemed to be a series of | ||||||
11 | judgments against the
person obligated to pay support | ||||||
12 | thereunder, each such judgment to be in the
amount of each | ||||||
13 | payment or installment of support and each such judgment to
be | ||||||
14 | deemed entered as of the date the corresponding payment or | ||||||
15 | installment
becomes due under the terms of the support order. | ||||||
16 | Each such judgment
shall have the full force, effect and | ||||||
17 | attributes of any other judgment of
this State, including the | ||||||
18 | ability to be enforced. Any such judgment is
subject to | ||||||
19 | modification or termination only in accordance with Section 510
| ||||||
20 | of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
A | ||||||
21 | lien arises by operation of law against the real and personal | ||||||
22 | property of
the noncustodial parent for each
installment of | ||||||
23 | overdue support owed by the noncustodial parent.
| ||||||
24 | An order entered under this Section shall include a | ||||||
25 | provision requiring
the obligor to report to the obligee and to | ||||||
26 | the clerk of court within 10 days
each time the obligor obtains | ||||||
27 | new employment, and each time the obligor's
employment is | ||||||
28 | terminated for any reason.
The report shall be in writing and | ||||||
29 | shall, in the case of new employment,
include the name and | ||||||
30 | address of the new employer.
Failure to report new employment | ||||||
31 | or
the termination of current employment, if coupled with | ||||||
32 | nonpayment of support
for a period in excess of 60 days, is | ||||||
33 | indirect criminal contempt. For
any obligor arrested for | ||||||
34 | failure to report new employment bond shall be set in
the | ||||||
35 | amount of the child support that should have been paid during | ||||||
36 | the period of
unreported employment. An order entered under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section shall also include
a provision requiring the | ||||||
2 | obligor and obligee parents to advise each other of a
change in | ||||||
3 | residence within 5 days of the change
except when the court | ||||||
4 | finds that the physical, mental, or emotional health
of a party | ||||||
5 | or that of a minor child, or both, would be seriously | ||||||
6 | endangered by
disclosure of the party's address.
| ||||||
7 | A one-time charge of 20% is imposable upon the amount of | ||||||
8 | past-due child
support owed on July 1, 1988, which has accrued | ||||||
9 | under a support order
entered by the Illinois Department under | ||||||
10 | this Section. The charge shall be
imposed in accordance with | ||||||
11 | the provisions of Section 10-21 and shall be
enforced by the | ||||||
12 | court in a suit filed under Section 10-15.
| ||||||
13 | An order for support shall include a date on which the | ||||||
14 | support obligation
terminates. The termination date shall be no | ||||||
15 | earlier than the date on which
the child covered by the order | ||||||
16 | will attain the age of 18. However, if the
child will not | ||||||
17 | graduate from high school until after attaining the age of 18,
| ||||||
18 | then the termination date shall be no earlier than the earlier | ||||||
19 | of the date that
the child's graduation will occur or the date | ||||||
20 | on which the child will attain
the age of 19. The order for | ||||||
21 | support shall state that the termination date
does not apply to | ||||||
22 | any arrearage that may remain unpaid on that date. Nothing
in | ||||||
23 | this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Illinois | ||||||
24 | Department from
modifying the order or terminating the order in | ||||||
25 | the event the child is
otherwise emancipated.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 92-590, eff. 7-1-02; 92-876, eff. 6-1-03; revised | ||||||
27 | 9-27-03.)
| ||||||
28 | (305 ILCS 5/11-3) (from Ch. 23, par. 11-3)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 11-3. Assignment and attachment of aid prohibited. | ||||||
30 | Except as provided
below in this
Section and in Section 11-3.3, | ||||||
31 | all financial aid given under
Articles III, IV, V, and VI and | ||||||
32 | money payments for child care
services
provided by a child care | ||||||
33 | provider under Articles
IX
and IXA shall not be subject to
| ||||||
34 | assignment,
sale,
attachment, garnishment, or otherwise. | ||||||
35 | Provided, however, that a medical
vendor may use his right to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | receive vendor payments as collateral for loans
from financial | ||||||
2 | institutions so long as such arrangements do not constitute
any | ||||||
3 | activity prohibited under Section 1902(a)(32) of the Social | ||||||
4 | Security
Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any | ||||||
5 | other applicable laws or
regulations. Provided further, | ||||||
6 | however, that a medical or other vendor or a
service provider | ||||||
7 | may assign, reassign, sell, pledge or grant a security
interest | ||||||
8 | in any such financial aid, vendor payments or money payments or
| ||||||
9 | grants which he has a right to receive to the Illinois Finance
| ||||||
10 | Authority, in connection with any financing program undertaken | ||||||
11 | by the
Illinois Finance Authority, or to the Illinois
Finance | ||||||
12 | Authority, in connection with any financing program undertaken | ||||||
13 | by
the Illinois Finance Authority. Each Authority may utilize a
| ||||||
14 | trustee or agent to accept, accomplish, effectuate or realize | ||||||
15 | upon any such
assignment, reassignment, sale, pledge or grant | ||||||
16 | on that Authority's behalf.
Provided further, however, that | ||||||
17 | nothing herein shall prevent the Illinois
Department from | ||||||
18 | collecting any assessment, fee, interest or penalty due under
| ||||||
19 | Article V-A, V-B, V-C, or V-E by withholding financial aid as | ||||||
20 | payment of such
assessment, fee, interest, or penalty. Any | ||||||
21 | alienation in contravention of this
statute does not diminish | ||||||
22 | and does not affect the validity, legality or
enforceability of | ||||||
23 | any underlying obligations for which such alienation may
have | ||||||
24 | been made as collateral between the parties to the alienation. | ||||||
25 | This
amendatory Act shall be retroactive in application and | ||||||
26 | shall pertain to
obligations existing prior to its enactment.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 92-111, eff. 1-1-02; 93-205 (Sections 890-25 and | ||||||
28 | 890-40), eff.
1-1-04; revised 9-23-03.)
| ||||||
29 | (305 ILCS 5/11-3.3) (from Ch. 23, par. 11-3.3)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 11-3.3. Payment to provider or governmental agency or | ||||||
31 | entity.
Payments under this Code shall be made to the | ||||||
32 | provider, except that the
Department may issue or may agree to | ||||||
33 | issue the payment directly to the
Illinois Finance Authority,
| ||||||
34 | the Illinois
Finance
Authority , or any other governmental | ||||||
35 | agency or entity, including any bond
trustee for that agency or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | entity, to whom the provider has assigned,
reassigned, sold, | ||||||
2 | pledged or granted a security interest in the payments
that the | ||||||
3 | provider has a right to receive, provided that the issuance or
| ||||||
4 | agreement to issue is not prohibited under Section 1902(a)(32) | ||||||
5 | of the Social
Security Act.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 93-205 (Sections 890-25 and 890-40), eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
7 | revised
9-23-03.)
| ||||||
8 | (305 ILCS 5/12-13.05)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 12-13.05. Rules for Temporary Assistance for Needy | ||||||
10 | Families.
All rules regulating the Temporary Assistance for | ||||||
11 | Needy Families program and
all other rules regulating the | ||||||
12 | amendatory changes to this Code made by this
amendatory Act of | ||||||
13 | 1997 shall be promulgated pursuant to this Section. All
rules | ||||||
14 | regulating the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families program | ||||||
15 | and all
other rules regulating the amendatory changes to this | ||||||
16 | Code made by this
amendatory Act of 1997 are repealed on July | ||||||
17 | 1 , 2006. On and after July
1, 2006, the Illinois Department may | ||||||
18 | not promulgate any rules regulating the
Temporary Assistance | ||||||
19 | for Needy Families program or regulating the amendatory
changes | ||||||
20 | to this Code made by this amendatory Act of 1997.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 91-5, eff. 5-27-99; 92-111, eff. 1-1-02; 92-597, | ||||||
22 | eff. 6-28-02;
revised 11-06-02.)
| ||||||
23 | Section 455. The Elder Abuse and Neglect Act is amended by | ||||||
24 | changing Sections 2, 3.5, and 7 as follows:
| ||||||
25 | (320 ILCS 20/2) (from Ch. 23, par. 6602)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 2. Definitions. As used in this Act, unless the | ||||||
27 | context
requires otherwise:
| ||||||
28 | (a) "Abuse" means causing any physical, mental or sexual | ||||||
29 | injury to an
eligible adult, including exploitation of such | ||||||
30 | adult's financial resources.
| ||||||
31 | Nothing in this Act shall be construed to mean that an | ||||||
32 | eligible adult is a
victim of abuse or neglect for the sole | ||||||
33 | reason that he or she is being
furnished with or relies upon |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | treatment by spiritual means through prayer
alone, in | ||||||
2 | accordance with the tenets and practices of a recognized church
| ||||||
3 | or religious denomination.
| ||||||
4 | Nothing in this Act shall be construed to mean that an | ||||||
5 | eligible adult is a
victim of abuse because of health care | ||||||
6 | services provided or not provided by
licensed health care | ||||||
7 | professionals.
| ||||||
8 | (a-5) "Abuser" means a person who abuses, neglects, or | ||||||
9 | financially
exploits an eligible adult.
| ||||||
10 | (a-7) "Caregiver" means a person who either as a result of | ||||||
11 | a family
relationship, voluntarily, or in exchange for | ||||||
12 | compensation has assumed
responsibility for all or a portion of | ||||||
13 | the care of an eligible adult who needs
assistance with | ||||||
14 | activities of daily
living.
| ||||||
15 | (b) "Department" means the Department on Aging of the State | ||||||
16 | of Illinois.
| ||||||
17 | (c) "Director" means the Director of the Department.
| ||||||
18 | (d) "Domestic living situation" means a residence where the | ||||||
19 | eligible
adult lives alone or with his or her family or a | ||||||
20 | caregiver, or others,
or a board and care home or other | ||||||
21 | community-based unlicensed facility, but
is not:
| ||||||
22 | (1) A licensed facility as defined in Section 1-113 of | ||||||
23 | the Nursing Home
Care Act;
| ||||||
24 | (2) A "life care facility" as defined in the Life Care | ||||||
25 | Facilities Act;
| ||||||
26 | (3) A home, institution, or other place operated by the | ||||||
27 | federal
government or agency thereof or by the State of | ||||||
28 | Illinois;
| ||||||
29 | (4) A hospital, sanitarium, or other institution, the | ||||||
30 | principal activity
or business of which is the diagnosis, | ||||||
31 | care, and treatment of human illness
through the | ||||||
32 | maintenance and operation of organized facilities | ||||||
33 | therefor,
which is required to be licensed under the | ||||||
34 | Hospital Licensing Act;
| ||||||
35 | (5) A "community living facility" as defined in the | ||||||
36 | Community Living
Facilities Licensing Act;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) A "community residential alternative" as defined | ||||||
2 | in the Community
Residential Alternatives Licensing Act; | ||||||
3 | and
| ||||||
4 | (7) A "community-integrated living arrangement" as | ||||||
5 | defined in
the Community-Integrated Living Arrangements | ||||||
6 | Licensure and Certification Act.
| ||||||
7 | (e) "Eligible adult" means a person 60 years of age or | ||||||
8 | older who
resides in a domestic living situation and is, or is | ||||||
9 | alleged
to be, abused, neglected, or financially exploited by | ||||||
10 | another individual.
| ||||||
11 | (f) "Emergency" means a situation in which an eligible | ||||||
12 | adult is living
in conditions presenting a risk of death or | ||||||
13 | physical, mental or sexual
injury and the provider agency has | ||||||
14 | reason to believe the eligible adult is
unable to
consent to | ||||||
15 | services which would alleviate that risk.
| ||||||
16 | (f-5) "Mandated reporter" means any of the following | ||||||
17 | persons
while engaged in carrying out their professional | ||||||
18 | duties:
| ||||||
19 | (1) a professional or professional's delegate while | ||||||
20 | engaged in: (i) social
services, (ii) law enforcement, | ||||||
21 | (iii) education, (iv) the care of an eligible
adult or | ||||||
22 | eligible adults, or (v) any of the occupations required to | ||||||
23 | be licensed
under
the Clinical Psychologist Licensing Act, | ||||||
24 | the Clinical Social Work and Social
Work Practice Act, the | ||||||
25 | Illinois Dental Practice Act, the Dietetic and Nutrition
| ||||||
26 | Services Practice Act, the Marriage and Family Therapy | ||||||
27 | Licensing Act, the
Medical Practice Act of 1987, the | ||||||
28 | Naprapathic Practice Act, the
Nursing and Advanced | ||||||
29 | Practice Nursing Act, the Nursing Home
Administrators | ||||||
30 | Licensing and
Disciplinary Act, the Illinois Occupational | ||||||
31 | Therapy Practice Act, the Illinois
Optometric Practice Act | ||||||
32 | of 1987, the Pharmacy Practice Act of 1987, the
Illinois | ||||||
33 | Physical Therapy Act, the Physician Assistant Practice Act | ||||||
34 | of 1987,
the Podiatric Medical Practice Act of 1987, the | ||||||
35 | Respiratory Care Practice
Act,
the Professional Counselor | ||||||
36 | and
Clinical Professional Counselor Licensing Act, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois Speech-Language
Pathology and Audiology Practice | ||||||
2 | Act, the Veterinary Medicine and Surgery
Practice Act of | ||||||
3 | 2004, and the Illinois Public Accounting Act;
| ||||||
4 | (2) an employee of a vocational rehabilitation | ||||||
5 | facility prescribed or
supervised by the Department of | ||||||
6 | Human Services;
| ||||||
7 | (3) an administrator, employee, or person providing | ||||||
8 | services in or through
an unlicensed community based | ||||||
9 | facility;
| ||||||
10 | (4) a Christian Science Practitioner;
| ||||||
11 | (5) field personnel of the Department of Public Aid, | ||||||
12 | Department of Public
Health, and Department of Human | ||||||
13 | Services, and any county or
municipal health department;
| ||||||
14 | (6) personnel of the Department of Human Services, the | ||||||
15 | Guardianship and
Advocacy Commission, the State Fire | ||||||
16 | Marshal, local fire departments, the
Department on Aging | ||||||
17 | and its subsidiary Area Agencies on Aging and provider
| ||||||
18 | agencies, and the Office of State Long Term Care Ombudsman;
| ||||||
19 | (7) any employee of the State of Illinois not otherwise | ||||||
20 | specified herein
who is involved in providing services to | ||||||
21 | eligible adults, including
professionals providing medical | ||||||
22 | or rehabilitation services and all
other persons having | ||||||
23 | direct contact with eligible adults;
| ||||||
24 | (8) a person who performs the duties of a coroner
or | ||||||
25 | medical examiner; or
| ||||||
26 | (9) a person who performs the duties of a paramedic or | ||||||
27 | an emergency
medical
technician.
| ||||||
28 | (g) "Neglect" means
another individual's failure to | ||||||
29 | provide an eligible
adult with or willful withholding from an | ||||||
30 | eligible adult the necessities of
life including, but not | ||||||
31 | limited to, food, clothing, shelter or medical care.
This | ||||||
32 | subsection does not create any new affirmative duty to provide | ||||||
33 | support to
eligible adults. Nothing in this Act shall be | ||||||
34 | construed to mean that an
eligible adult is a victim of neglect | ||||||
35 | because of health care services provided
or not provided by | ||||||
36 | licensed health care professionals.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h) "Provider agency" means any public or nonprofit agency | ||||||
2 | in a planning
and service area appointed by the regional | ||||||
3 | administrative agency with prior
approval by the Department on | ||||||
4 | Aging to receive and assess reports of
alleged or suspected | ||||||
5 | abuse, neglect, or financial exploitation.
| ||||||
6 | (i) "Regional administrative agency" means any public or | ||||||
7 | nonprofit
agency in a planning and service area so designated | ||||||
8 | by the Department,
provided that the designated Area Agency on | ||||||
9 | Aging shall be designated the
regional administrative agency if | ||||||
10 | it so requests.
The Department shall assume the functions of | ||||||
11 | the regional administrative
agency for any planning and service | ||||||
12 | area where another agency is not so
designated.
| ||||||
13 | (j) "Substantiated case" means a reported case of alleged | ||||||
14 | or suspected
abuse, neglect, or financial exploitation in which | ||||||
15 | a provider agency,
after assessment, determines that there is | ||||||
16 | reason to believe abuse,
neglect, or financial exploitation has | ||||||
17 | occurred.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 93-281 eff. 12-31-03; | ||||||
19 | 93-300, eff. 1-1-04;
revised 9-22-03.)
| ||||||
20 | (320 ILCS 20/3.5)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 3.5. Other Responsibilities. The Department shall | ||||||
22 | also be
responsible for the following activities, contingent | ||||||
23 | upon adequate funding:
| ||||||
24 | (a) promotion of a wide range of endeavors for the purpose | ||||||
25 | of preventing
elder abuse, neglect, and financial exploitation | ||||||
26 | in both domestic and
institutional settings, including, but not | ||||||
27 | limited to, promotion of public
and professional education to | ||||||
28 | increase awareness of elder abuse, neglect,
and financial | ||||||
29 | exploitation, to increase reports, and to improve response by
| ||||||
30 | various legal, financial, social, and health systems;
| ||||||
31 | (b) coordination of efforts with other agencies, councils, | ||||||
32 | and like
entities, to include but not be limited to, the Office | ||||||
33 | of the Attorney General,
the State Police, the Illinois Law | ||||||
34 | Enforcement Training Standards
Board, the State Triad, the | ||||||
35 | Illinois Criminal Justice Information
Authority, the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Departments of Public Health, Public Aid, and Human Services, | ||||||
2 | the Family
Violence Coordinating Council, the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Violence Prevention Authority,
and other
entities which may | ||||||
4 | impact awareness of, and response to, elder abuse, neglect,
and | ||||||
5 | financial exploitation;
| ||||||
6 | (c) collection and analysis of data;
| ||||||
7 | (d) monitoring of the performance of regional | ||||||
8 | administrative agencies and
elder abuse provider agencies;
| ||||||
9 | (e) promotion of prevention activities;
| ||||||
10 | (f) establishing and coordinating establishment and | ||||||
11 | coordination of a an aggressive training program on about the | ||||||
12 | unique
nature of elder abuse cases with other agencies, | ||||||
13 | councils, and like entities,
to include including but not be | ||||||
14 | limited to the Office of the Attorney General, the
State | ||||||
15 | Police, the Illinois Law Enforcement Training Standards Board, | ||||||
16 | the
State Triad, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information | ||||||
17 | Authority, the State
Departments of Public Health, Public Aid, | ||||||
18 | and Human Services, the Family
Violence Coordinating Council, | ||||||
19 | the Illinois Violence Prevention Authority,
and other entities | ||||||
20 | that may impact awareness of , and response to , elder
abuse, | ||||||
21 | neglect, and financial exploitation;
| ||||||
22 | (g) solicitation of financial institutions for the purpose | ||||||
23 | of making
information available to the general public warning | ||||||
24 | of financial exploitation
of the elderly and related financial | ||||||
25 | fraud or abuse, including such
information and warnings | ||||||
26 | available through signage or other written
materials provided | ||||||
27 | by the Department on the premises of such financial
| ||||||
28 | institutions, provided that the manner of displaying or | ||||||
29 | distributing such
information is subject to the sole discretion | ||||||
30 | of each financial institution;
and
| ||||||
31 | (h) coordinating coordination of efforts with utility and | ||||||
32 | electric companies to send
notices in utility bills to which
| ||||||
33 | explain to persons 60 years of age or older
their elder rights | ||||||
34 | regarding telemarketing and home repair fraud frauds .
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 93-300, eff. 1-1-04; 93-301, | ||||||
36 | eff. 1-1-04;
revised 1-23-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (320 ILCS 20/7) (from Ch. 23, par. 6607)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 7. Review. All services provided to an eligible adult | ||||||
3 | shall be
reviewed by the provider agency on at least a | ||||||
4 | quarterly basis for up to
one year
to determine whether the | ||||||
5 | service care plan should be
continued or modified, except that, | ||||||
6 | upon review, the Department on Aging ,
upon review, may grant a
| ||||||
7 | waiver to extend the
service care
plan for up to one an
| ||||||
8 | additional one year period .
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-300, eff. 1-1-04; 93-301, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
10 | 9-22-03.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 460. The Senior Citizens and Disabled Persons | ||||||
12 | Prescription Drug Discount
Program Act is amended by | ||||||
13 | renumbering Section 990 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (320 ILCS 55/90) (was 320 ILCS 55/990)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 90
990 . (Amendatory provisions; text omitted). | ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 93-18, eff. 7-1-03; text omitted; revised | ||||||
17 | 9-28-03.)
| ||||||
18 | Section 465. The Lead Poisoning Prevention Act is amended | ||||||
19 | by changing Section 14 as follows:
| ||||||
20 | (410 ILCS 45/14) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1314)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 14. Departmental regulations and activities. The | ||||||
22 | Department shall
establish and publish regulations and | ||||||
23 | guidelines governing permissible
limits of lead in and about | ||||||
24 | residential buildings and dwellings.
| ||||||
25 | The Department shall also initiate activities that:
| ||||||
26 | (a) Will either provide for or support the monitoring and | ||||||
27 | validation
of all medical laboratories and , private and public | ||||||
28 | hospitals that
perform lead determination tests on human blood | ||||||
29 | or other tissues . ;
| ||||||
30 | (b) Will, subject to Section 7.2 of this Act, provide | ||||||
31 | laboratory testing
of blood specimens for lead content , to any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | physician, hospital, clinic,
free clinic, municipality , or | ||||||
2 | private organization
organizations
that cannot secure or | ||||||
3 | provide the services through other sources. The
Department | ||||||
4 | shall not assume responsibility for blood lead analysis | ||||||
5 | required
in programs currently in operation . ;
| ||||||
6 | (c) Will develop or encourage the development of | ||||||
7 | appropriate programs
and studies to identify sources of lead | ||||||
8 | intoxication and assist other
entities in the identification of | ||||||
9 | lead in children's blood and the sources
of that intoxication . ;
| ||||||
10 | (d) May provide technical assistance and consultation to | ||||||
11 | local,
county , or regional governmental or private agencies for | ||||||
12 | the promotion
and development of lead poisoning prevention | ||||||
13 | programs.
| ||||||
14 | (e) Will provide recommendations by the Department on the | ||||||
15 | subject of
identification and treatment of
for lead poisoning.
| ||||||
16 | (f) Will maintain a clearinghouse of information , and will | ||||||
17 | develop
additional educational materials , on (i) lead hazards | ||||||
18 | to children,
(ii) lead poisoning prevention, (iii) lead | ||||||
19 | poisoning screening,
(iv) lead mitigation, abatement , and | ||||||
20 | disposal, and (v)
on
health hazards during abatement. The | ||||||
21 | Department shall make this information
available to the general | ||||||
22 | public.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 87-175; 87-1144; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
24 | Section 470. The Sexual Assault Survivors Emergency | ||||||
25 | Treatment Act is amended by changing Section 6.4 as follows:
| ||||||
26 | (410 ILCS 70/6.4) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 87-6.4)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 6.4. Sexual assault evidence collection program.
| ||||||
28 | (a) There is created a statewide sexual assault evidence | ||||||
29 | collection program
to facilitate the prosecution of persons | ||||||
30 | accused of sexual assault. This
program shall be administered | ||||||
31 | by the Illinois
State Police. The program shall
consist of the | ||||||
32 | following: (1) distribution of sexual assault evidence
| ||||||
33 | collection kits which have been approved by the Illinois
State | ||||||
34 | Police to hospitals that request them, or arranging for
such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | distribution by the manufacturer of the kits, (2) collection of | ||||||
2 | the kits
from hospitals after the kits have been used to | ||||||
3 | collect
evidence, (3) analysis of the collected evidence and | ||||||
4 | conducting of laboratory
tests, (4) maintaining the chain of | ||||||
5 | custody and safekeeping of the evidence
for use in a legal | ||||||
6 | proceeding, and (5) the comparison of the collected evidence | ||||||
7 | with the genetic marker grouping analysis information | ||||||
8 | maintained by the Department of State Police under Section | ||||||
9 | 5-4-3 of the Unified Code of Corrections and with the | ||||||
10 | information contained in the Federal Bureau of Investigation's | ||||||
11 | National DNA database; provided the amount and quality of | ||||||
12 | genetic marker grouping results obtained from the evidence in | ||||||
13 | the sexual assault case meets the requirements of both the | ||||||
14 | Department of State Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||||||
15 | Investigation's Combined DNA Index System (CODIS) policies. | ||||||
16 | The standardized evidence collection kit for
the State of | ||||||
17 | Illinois shall be the State Police Evidence Collection Kit, | ||||||
18 | also
known as "S.P.E.C.K.".
A sexual assault evidence | ||||||
19 | collection kit may not be released by a hospital
without the | ||||||
20 | written consent of the sexual assault survivor. In the case of | ||||||
21 | a
survivor who is a minor 13 years of age or older, evidence | ||||||
22 | and
information concerning the alleged sexual assault may be | ||||||
23 | released at the
written request of the minor. If the survivor | ||||||
24 | is a minor who is under 13 years
of age, evidence and | ||||||
25 | information concerning the alleged sexual assault may be
| ||||||
26 | released at the written request of the parent, guardian, | ||||||
27 | investigating law
enforcement officer, or Department of | ||||||
28 | Children and Family Services. Any health
care professional, | ||||||
29 | including any physician, advanced practice nurse, physician | ||||||
30 | assistant, or nurse, sexual assault nurse
examiner, and any | ||||||
31 | health care
institution, including any hospital, who provides | ||||||
32 | evidence or information to a
law enforcement officer pursuant | ||||||
33 | to a written request as specified in this
Section is immune | ||||||
34 | from any civil or professional liability that might arise
from | ||||||
35 | those actions, with the exception of willful or wanton | ||||||
36 | misconduct. The
immunity provision applies only if all of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | requirements of this Section are
met.
| ||||||
2 | (a-5) All sexual assault evidence collected using the State | ||||||
3 | Police Evidence Collection Kits before January 1, 2005 ( the | ||||||
4 | effective date of Public Act 93-781)
this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
5 | 93rd General Assembly that have not been previously analyzed | ||||||
6 | and tested by the Department of State Police shall be analyzed | ||||||
7 | and tested within 2 years after receipt of all necessary | ||||||
8 | evidence and standards into the State Police Laboratory if | ||||||
9 | sufficient staffing and resources are available. All sexual | ||||||
10 | assault evidence collected using the State Police Evidence | ||||||
11 | Collection Kits on or after January 1, 2005 ( the effective date | ||||||
12 | of Public Act 93-781) this amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
13 | Assembly shall be analyzed and tested by the Department of | ||||||
14 | State Police within one year after receipt of all necessary | ||||||
15 | evidence and standards into the State Police Laboratory if | ||||||
16 | sufficient staffing and resources are available.
| ||||||
17 | (b) The Illinois State Police shall administer a program to | ||||||
18 | train hospitals
and hospital personnel participating in the | ||||||
19 | sexual assault evidence collection
program, in the correct use | ||||||
20 | and application of the sexual assault evidence
collection kits. | ||||||
21 | A sexual assault nurse examiner may conduct
examinations using | ||||||
22 | the sexual assault evidence collection kits, without the
| ||||||
23 | presence or participation of a physician. The Department of | ||||||
24 | Public Health
shall
cooperate with the Illinois State Police in | ||||||
25 | this
program as it pertains to medical aspects of the evidence | ||||||
26 | collection.
| ||||||
27 | (c) In this Section, "sexual assault nurse examiner" means | ||||||
28 | a registered
nurse
who has completed a sexual assault nurse | ||||||
29 | examiner (SANE) training program that
meets the Forensic Sexual | ||||||
30 | Assault Nurse Examiner Education Guidelines
established by the | ||||||
31 | International Association of Forensic Nurses.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 92-514, eff. 1-1-02; 93-781, eff. 1-1-05; 93-962, | ||||||
33 | eff. 8-20-04; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
34 | Section 475. The AIDS Confidentiality Act is amended by | ||||||
35 | changing Section 3 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (410 ILCS 305/3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 7303)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 3. When used in this Act:
| ||||||
3 | (a) "Department" means the Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
4 | Health.
| ||||||
5 | (b) "AIDS" means acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
| ||||||
6 | (c) "HIV" means the Human Immunodeficiency Virus or
any | ||||||
7 | other identified causative agent of AIDS.
| ||||||
8 | (d) "Written informed consent" means an
agreement in | ||||||
9 | writing executed by the subject of a test or the subject's
| ||||||
10 | legally authorized representative without undue inducement or | ||||||
11 | any element
of force, fraud, deceit, duress or other form of | ||||||
12 | constraint or coercion,
which entails at least the following:
| ||||||
13 | (1) a fair explanation of the test, including its purpose, | ||||||
14 | potential
uses, limitations and the meaning of its results; and
| ||||||
15 | (2) a fair explanation of the procedures to be followed, | ||||||
16 | including the
voluntary nature of the test, the right to | ||||||
17 | withdraw consent to the testing
process at any time, the right | ||||||
18 | to anonymity to the extent provided by law
with respect to | ||||||
19 | participation in the test and disclosure of test results,
and | ||||||
20 | the right to confidential treatment of
information identifying | ||||||
21 | the subject of the test and the results of the
test, to the | ||||||
22 | extent provided by law.
| ||||||
23 | (e) "Health facility" means a hospital, nursing home, blood | ||||||
24 | bank, blood
center, sperm bank, or other health care | ||||||
25 | institution, including any "health
facility" as that term is | ||||||
26 | defined in the Illinois Finance Authority
Act.
| ||||||
27 | (f) "Health care provider" means any health care | ||||||
28 | professional, nurse,
paramedic,
psychologist or other person | ||||||
29 | providing medical, nursing, psychological, or
other health | ||||||
30 | care services of any kind.
| ||||||
31 | (f-5) "Health care professional" means (i) a licensed | ||||||
32 | physician, (ii) a
physician assistant
to whom the physician | ||||||
33 | assistant's supervising physician has delegated the
provision | ||||||
34 | of AIDS and
HIV-related health services, (iii) an advanced | ||||||
35 | practice registered nurse who
has a written
collaborative |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agreement with a collaborating physician which authorizes the
| ||||||
2 | provision of AIDS
and HIV-related health services, (iv) a | ||||||
3 | licensed dentist, (v) a licensed
podiatrist, or (vi) an
| ||||||
4 | individual certified to provide HIV testing and counseling by a | ||||||
5 | state or local
public health
department.
| ||||||
6 | (g) "Test" or "HIV test" means a test to determine the | ||||||
7 | presence of the
antibody or antigen to HIV, or of HIV | ||||||
8 | infection.
| ||||||
9 | (h) "Person" includes any natural person, partnership, | ||||||
10 | association,
joint venture, trust, governmental entity, public | ||||||
11 | or private corporation,
health facility or other legal entity.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 93-205, eff. 1-1-04; 93-482, eff. 8-8-03; revised | ||||||
13 | 9-12-03.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 480. The Environmental Protection Act is amended by | ||||||
15 | changing Sections 5, 55.8, 57.2, 57.7, 57.8, 57.10, 57.13, and | ||||||
16 | 58.7 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (415 ILCS 5/5) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1005)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 5. Pollution Control Board.
| ||||||
19 | (a) There is hereby created an independent board to be | ||||||
20 | known as the
Pollution Control Board.
| ||||||
21 | Until July 1, 2003 or when all of the new members to be | ||||||
22 | initially
appointed under this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
23 | General Assembly have been
appointed by the Governor, whichever | ||||||
24 | occurs later,
the Board shall consist of 7 technically | ||||||
25 | qualified members,
no more than 4 of whom may be of the same | ||||||
26 | political party, to be appointed
by the Governor with the | ||||||
27 | advice and consent of the Senate.
| ||||||
28 | The term of each appointed member of the Board
who is in | ||||||
29 | office on June 30, 2003 shall terminate at the close of | ||||||
30 | business
on that date or when all of the new members to be | ||||||
31 | initially appointed under
this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
32 | General Assembly have been appointed by the
Governor, whichever | ||||||
33 | occurs later.
| ||||||
34 | Beginning on July 1, 2003 or when all of the new members to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be initially
appointed under this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
2 | General Assembly have been
appointed by the Governor, whichever | ||||||
3 | occurs later, the Board shall consist
of 5 technically | ||||||
4 | qualified members, no more than 3 of whom may be of the same
| ||||||
5 | political party, to be appointed by the Governor with the | ||||||
6 | advice and consent
of the Senate. Members shall have verifiable | ||||||
7 | technical, academic, or actual
experience in the field of | ||||||
8 | pollution control or environmental law and
regulation.
| ||||||
9 | Of the members initially appointed pursuant to this | ||||||
10 | amendatory Act of the
93rd General Assembly, one shall be | ||||||
11 | appointed for a term ending July 1, 2004,
2 shall be appointed | ||||||
12 | for terms ending July 1, 2005, and 2 shall be appointed
for | ||||||
13 | terms ending July 1, 2006. Thereafter, all members shall hold | ||||||
14 | office for
3 years from the first day of July in the year in | ||||||
15 | which they were appointed,
except in case of an appointment to | ||||||
16 | fill a vacancy. In case of a vacancy in
the office when the | ||||||
17 | Senate is not in session, the Governor may make a temporary
| ||||||
18 | appointment until the next meeting of the Senate, when he or | ||||||
19 | she shall
nominate some person to fill such office; and any | ||||||
20 | person so nominated, who is
confirmed by the Senate, shall hold | ||||||
21 | the office during the remainder of the
term.
| ||||||
22 | Members of the Board shall hold office until their | ||||||
23 | respective successors
have been appointed and qualified. Any | ||||||
24 | member may resign from office, such
resignation to take effect | ||||||
25 | when a successor has been appointed and has
qualified.
| ||||||
26 | Board members shall be paid $37,000 per year or an amount | ||||||
27 | set by the
Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater, and | ||||||
28 | the Chairman shall
be paid $43,000 per year or an amount set by | ||||||
29 | the Compensation Review Board,
whichever is greater. Each | ||||||
30 | member shall devote his or her entire time to the
duties of the | ||||||
31 | office, and shall hold no other office or position of profit, | ||||||
32 | nor
engage in any other business, employment, or vocation. Each | ||||||
33 | member shall be
reimbursed for expenses necessarily incurred | ||||||
34 | and shall make a financial disclosure upon
appointment.
| ||||||
35 | Each Board member may employ one secretary and one | ||||||
36 | assistant, and the
Chairman one secretary and 2 assistants. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Board also may employ and
compensate hearing officers to | ||||||
2 | preside at hearings under this Act, and such
other personnel as | ||||||
3 | may be necessary. Hearing officers shall be attorneys
licensed | ||||||
4 | to practice law in Illinois.
| ||||||
5 | The Board may have an Executive Director; if so, the | ||||||
6 | Executive Director
shall be appointed by the Governor with the | ||||||
7 | advice and consent of the Senate.
The salary and duties of the | ||||||
8 | Executive Director shall be fixed by the Board.
| ||||||
9 | The Governor shall designate one Board member to be | ||||||
10 | Chairman, who
shall serve at the pleasure of the Governor.
| ||||||
11 | The Board shall hold at least one meeting each month and | ||||||
12 | such
additional meetings as may be prescribed by Board rules. | ||||||
13 | In addition,
special meetings may be called by the Chairman or | ||||||
14 | by any 2 Board
members, upon delivery of 24 hours written | ||||||
15 | notice to the office of each
member. All Board meetings shall | ||||||
16 | be open to the public, and public
notice of all meetings shall | ||||||
17 | be given at least 24 hours in
advance of each meeting. In | ||||||
18 | emergency situations in which a majority of
the Board certifies | ||||||
19 | that exigencies of time require the requirements of
public | ||||||
20 | notice and of 24 hour written notice to members may be
| ||||||
21 | dispensed with, and Board members shall receive such notice as | ||||||
22 | is
reasonable under the circumstances.
| ||||||
23 | If there is no vacancy on the Board, 4 members of the Board | ||||||
24 | shall
constitute a quorum to transact business; otherwise, a | ||||||
25 | majority of the
Board shall constitute a quorum to transact | ||||||
26 | business, and no vacancy
shall impair the right of the | ||||||
27 | remaining members to exercise all of the
powers of the Board. | ||||||
28 | Every action approved by a majority of the members
of the Board | ||||||
29 | shall be deemed to be the action of the Board. The Board shall | ||||||
30 | keep a complete and accurate record of all its
meetings.
| ||||||
31 | (b) The Board shall determine, define and implement the
| ||||||
32 | environmental control standards applicable in the State of | ||||||
33 | Illinois and
may adopt rules and regulations in accordance with | ||||||
34 | Title VII of this Act.
| ||||||
35 | (c) The Board shall have authority to act for the State in | ||||||
36 | regard to
the adoption of standards for submission to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | United States under any
federal law respecting environmental | ||||||
2 | protection. Such standards shall be
adopted in accordance with | ||||||
3 | Title VII of the Act and upon adoption shall
be forwarded to | ||||||
4 | the Environmental Protection Agency for submission to
the | ||||||
5 | United States pursuant to subsections (l) and (m) of Section 4 | ||||||
6 | of this
Act. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the | ||||||
7 | discretion of the Governor to
delegate authority granted to the | ||||||
8 | Governor under any federal law.
| ||||||
9 | (d) The Board shall have authority to conduct proceedings
| ||||||
10 | upon complaints charging violations of this Act, any rule or | ||||||
11 | regulation
adopted under this Act, any permit or term or | ||||||
12 | condition of a permit, or any
Board order; upon
administrative | ||||||
13 | citations; upon petitions for variances or adjusted standards;
| ||||||
14 | upon petitions for review of the Agency's final determinations | ||||||
15 | on permit
applications in accordance with Title X of this Act; | ||||||
16 | upon petitions to remove
seals under Section 34 of this Act; | ||||||
17 | and upon other petitions for review of
final determinations | ||||||
18 | which are made pursuant to this Act or Board rule and
which | ||||||
19 | involve a subject which the Board is authorized to regulate. | ||||||
20 | The Board
may also conduct other proceedings as may be provided | ||||||
21 | by this Act or any other
statute or rule.
| ||||||
22 | (e) In connection with any proceeding pursuant to
| ||||||
23 | subsection (b) or (d) of this Section, the Board may
subpoena | ||||||
24 | and compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of | ||||||
25 | evidence
reasonably necessary to resolution of the matter under | ||||||
26 | consideration. The
Board shall issue such subpoenas upon the | ||||||
27 | request of any party to a proceeding
under subsection (d) of | ||||||
28 | this Section or upon its own motion.
| ||||||
29 | (f) The Board may prescribe reasonable fees for permits | ||||||
30 | required
pursuant to this Act. Such fees in the aggregate may | ||||||
31 | not exceed the total
cost to the Agency for its inspection and | ||||||
32 | permit systems. The Board may not
prescribe any permit fees | ||||||
33 | which are different in amount from those established
by this | ||||||
34 | Act.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-574, eff. 6-26-02; 93-152, eff. 7-10-03; | ||||||
36 | 93-509, eff.
8-11-03; revised 9-11-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (415 ILCS 5/55.8) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1055.8)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 55.8. Tire retailers.
| ||||||
3 | (a) Beginning July 1, 1992, Any person selling new or used | ||||||
4 | tires at
retail or offering new or used tires for retail sale | ||||||
5 | in this State shall:
| ||||||
6 | (1) beginning on June 20, 2003 (the effective date of | ||||||
7 | Public Act
93-32), collect from retail customers a fee of | ||||||
8 | $2 per new or
and used
tire sold and delivered in this | ||||||
9 | State , to be paid to the Department of
Revenue and | ||||||
10 | deposited into the Used Tire Management Fund, less a | ||||||
11 | collection
allowance of 10 cents per tire to be retained by | ||||||
12 | the retail seller and a
collection allowance of 10 cents | ||||||
13 | per tire to be retained by the Department of
Revenue and | ||||||
14 | paid into the General Revenue Fund;
| ||||||
15 | (1.5) beginning on July 1, 2003, collect from retail | ||||||
16 | customers an
additional 50 cents per new or used tire sold | ||||||
17 | and delivered in this State.
The money collected from this | ||||||
18 | fee shall be deposited into the Emergency Public
Health | ||||||
19 | Fund. This fee shall no longer be collected beginning on | ||||||
20 | January 1,
2008 ; .
| ||||||
21 | (2) accept for recycling used tires from customers, at | ||||||
22 | the point of
transfer, in a quantity equal to the number of | ||||||
23 | new tires purchased; and
| ||||||
24 | (3) post in a conspicuous place a written notice at | ||||||
25 | least 8.5 by 11
inches in size that includes the universal | ||||||
26 | recycling symbol and the
following statements: "DO NOT put | ||||||
27 | used tires in the trash.";
"Recycle your used tires."; and | ||||||
28 | "State law requires us to accept used tires
for recycling, | ||||||
29 | in exchange for new tires purchased.".
| ||||||
30 | (b) A person who accepts used tires for recycling under | ||||||
31 | subsection (a)
shall not allow the tires to accumulate for | ||||||
32 | periods of more than 90 days.
| ||||||
33 | (c) The requirements of subsection (a) of this Section do | ||||||
34 | not apply
to mail order sales nor shall the retail sale of a | ||||||
35 | motor vehicle be considered
to be the sale of tires at retail |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or offering of tires for retail sale.
Instead of filing | ||||||
2 | returns, retailers of tires may remit the tire user fee of
| ||||||
3 | $1.00 per tire to their suppliers of tires if the supplier of | ||||||
4 | tires is a
registered retailer of tires and agrees or otherwise | ||||||
5 | arranges to collect
and remit the tire fee to the Department of | ||||||
6 | Revenue, notwithstanding the fact
that the sale of the tire is | ||||||
7 | a sale for resale and not a sale at retail. A
tire supplier who | ||||||
8 | enters into such an arrangement with a tire retailer shall
be | ||||||
9 | liable for the tax on all tires sold to the tire retailer and | ||||||
10 | must (i)
provide the tire retailer with a receipt that | ||||||
11 | separately reflects the tire
tax collected from the retailer on | ||||||
12 | each transaction and (ii) accept used tires
for recycling from | ||||||
13 | the retailer's customers. The tire supplier shall be
entitled | ||||||
14 | to the collection allowance of 10 cents per tire.
| ||||||
15 | The retailer of the tires must maintain in its books and | ||||||
16 | records evidence
that the appropriate fee was paid to the tire | ||||||
17 | supplier and that the tire
supplier has agreed to remit the fee | ||||||
18 | to the Department of Revenue for each tire
sold by the | ||||||
19 | retailer. Otherwise, the tire retailer shall be directly liable
| ||||||
20 | for the fee on all tires sold at retail. Tire retailers paying | ||||||
21 | the fee to
their suppliers are not entitled to the collection | ||||||
22 | allowance of 10 cents per
tire.
| ||||||
23 | (d) The requirements of subsection (a) of this Section | ||||||
24 | shall apply
exclusively to tires to be used for vehicles | ||||||
25 | defined in Section 1-217 of
the Illinois Vehicle Code, aircraft | ||||||
26 | tires, special mobile equipment, and
implements of husbandry.
| ||||||
27 | (e) The requirements of paragraph (1) of subsection (a) do | ||||||
28 | not
apply to the sale of reprocessed tires. For purposes of | ||||||
29 | this Section,
"reprocessed tire" means a used tire that has | ||||||
30 | been recapped, retreaded,
or regrooved and that has not been | ||||||
31 | placed on a vehicle wheel rim.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-52, eff. 6-30-03; revised | ||||||
33 | 10-13-03.)
| ||||||
34 | (415 ILCS 5/57.2)
| ||||||
35 | Sec. 57.2. Definitions. As used in this Title:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Audit" means a systematic inspection or examination of | ||||||
2 | plans, reports,
records, or documents to determine the | ||||||
3 | completeness and accuracy of the data
and
conclusions contained | ||||||
4 | therein.
| ||||||
5 | "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness, or disease | ||||||
6 | sustained by a
person, including death at any time, resulting | ||||||
7 | from a release of petroleum from
an underground storage tank.
| ||||||
8 | "Release" means any spilling, leaking, emitting, | ||||||
9 | discharging,
escaping, leaching or disposing of petroleum from | ||||||
10 | an underground storage tank
into groundwater, surface water or | ||||||
11 | subsurface soils.
| ||||||
12 | "Fill material" means non-native or disturbed materials | ||||||
13 | used to bed and
backfill around an underground storage tank.
| ||||||
14 | "Fund" means the Underground Storage Tank Fund.
| ||||||
15 | "Heating Oil" means petroleum that is No. 1, No. 2, No. 4 - | ||||||
16 | light, No. 4 -
heavy, No. 5 - light, No. 5 - heavy or No. 6 | ||||||
17 | technical grades of fuel oil; and
other residual fuel oils | ||||||
18 | including Navy Special Fuel Oil and Bunker C.
| ||||||
19 | "Indemnification" means indemnification of an owner or | ||||||
20 | operator for the
amount of any judgment entered against the | ||||||
21 | owner or operator in a court of law,
for the amount of any | ||||||
22 | final order or determination made against the owner or
operator | ||||||
23 | by an agency of State government or any subdivision thereof, or | ||||||
24 | for
the amount of any settlement entered into by the owner or | ||||||
25 | operator, if the
judgment, order, determination, or settlement | ||||||
26 | arises out of bodily injury or
property damage suffered as a | ||||||
27 | result of a release of petroleum from an
underground storage | ||||||
28 | tank owned or operated by the owner or operator.
| ||||||
29 | "Corrective action" means activities associated with | ||||||
30 | compliance with the
provisions of Sections 57.6 and 57.7 of | ||||||
31 | this Title.
| ||||||
32 | "Occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or | ||||||
33 | repeated exposure
to conditions, that results in a sudden or | ||||||
34 | nonsudden release from an
underground storage tank.
| ||||||
35 | When used in connection with, or when otherwise relating | ||||||
36 | to, underground
storage tanks, the terms "facility", "owner", |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "operator", "underground storage
tank", "(UST)", "petroleum" | ||||||
2 | and "regulated substance" shall have the meanings
ascribed to | ||||||
3 | them in Subtitle I of the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments | ||||||
4 | of
1984 (P.L. 98-616), of the Resource Conservation and | ||||||
5 | Recovery Act of 1976 (P.L.
94-580); provided however that the | ||||||
6 | term "underground storage tank" shall also
mean an underground | ||||||
7 | storage tank used exclusively to store heating oil for
| ||||||
8 | consumptive use on the premises where stored and which serves | ||||||
9 | other than a farm
or residential unit.
| ||||||
10 | "Licensed Professional Engineer" means a person, | ||||||
11 | corporation, or
partnership licensed under the laws of the | ||||||
12 | State of Illinois to practice
professional engineering.
| ||||||
13 | "Licensed Professional Geologist" means a person licensed | ||||||
14 | under the laws of
the State of Illinois to practice as a | ||||||
15 | professional geologist.
| ||||||
16 | "Site" means any single location, place, tract of land or | ||||||
17 | parcel
of property including contiguous property not separated | ||||||
18 | by a public
right-of-way.
| ||||||
19 | "Site investigation" means activities associated with | ||||||
20 | compliance with the
provisions of subsection (a) of Section | ||||||
21 | 57.7.
| ||||||
22 | "Property damage" means physical injury to, destruction | ||||||
23 | of, or contamination
of tangible property, including all | ||||||
24 | resulting loss of use of that property; or
loss of use of | ||||||
25 | tangible property that is not physically injured, destroyed, or
| ||||||
26 | contaminated, but has been evacuated, withdrawn from use, or | ||||||
27 | rendered
inaccessible because of a release of petroleum from an | ||||||
28 | underground storage
tank.
| ||||||
29 | "Class I Groundwater" means groundwater that meets the | ||||||
30 | Class I: Potable
Resource Groundwater criteria set forth in the | ||||||
31 | Board regulations adopted
pursuant to the Illinois Groundwater | ||||||
32 | Protection Act.
| ||||||
33 | "Class III Groundwater" means groundwater that meets the | ||||||
34 | Class III: Special
Resource Groundwater criteria set forth in | ||||||
35 | the Board regulations adopted
pursuant to the Illinois | ||||||
36 | Groundwater Protection Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 92-554, eff. 6-24-02; 92-735, eff. 7-25-02; | ||||||
2 | revised 9-9-02.)
| ||||||
3 | (415 ILCS 5/57.7)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 57.7. Leaking underground storage tanks; site | ||||||
5 | investigation and
corrective action.
| ||||||
6 | (a) Site investigation.
| ||||||
7 | (1) For any site investigation activities required by | ||||||
8 | statute or rule,
the owner or operator shall submit to the | ||||||
9 | Agency for approval a site
investigation plan designed to | ||||||
10 | determine the nature, concentration, direction
of | ||||||
11 | movement, rate of movement, and extent of the contamination | ||||||
12 | as well as the
significant physical features of the site | ||||||
13 | and surrounding area that may affect
contaminant transport | ||||||
14 | and risk to human health and safety and the environment.
| ||||||
15 | (2) Any owner or operator intending to seek payment | ||||||
16 | from the Fund shall
submit to the Agency for approval a | ||||||
17 | site investigation budget that includes,
but is not limited | ||||||
18 | to, an accounting of all costs associated with the
| ||||||
19 | implementation and completion of the site investigation | ||||||
20 | plan.
| ||||||
21 | (3) Remediation objectives for the applicable | ||||||
22 | indicator contaminants
shall be determined using the | ||||||
23 | tiered approach to corrective action objectives
rules | ||||||
24 | adopted by the Board pursuant to this Title and Title XVII | ||||||
25 | of this Act.
For the purposes of this Title, "Contaminant | ||||||
26 | of Concern" or "Regulated
Substance of Concern" in the | ||||||
27 | rules means the applicable indicator contaminants
set | ||||||
28 | forth in subsection (d) of this Section and the rules | ||||||
29 | adopted thereunder.
| ||||||
30 | (4) Upon the Agency's approval of a site investigation | ||||||
31 | plan, or as
otherwise directed by the Agency, the owner or | ||||||
32 | operator shall conduct a site
investigation in accordance | ||||||
33 | with the plan.
| ||||||
34 | (5) Within 30 days after completing the site | ||||||
35 | investigation, the owner
or operator shall submit to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Agency for approval a site investigation
completion | ||||||
2 | report. At a minimum the report shall include all of the | ||||||
3 | following:
| ||||||
4 | (A) Executive summary.
| ||||||
5 | (B) Site history.
| ||||||
6 | (C) Site-specific sampling methods and results.
| ||||||
7 | (D) Documentation of all field activities, | ||||||
8 | including quality assurance.
| ||||||
9 | (E) Documentation regarding the development of | ||||||
10 | proposed remediation
objectives.
| ||||||
11 | (F) Interpretation of results.
| ||||||
12 | (G) Conclusions.
| ||||||
13 | (b) Corrective action.
| ||||||
14 | (1) If the site investigation confirms none of the | ||||||
15 | applicable indicator
contaminants exceed the proposed | ||||||
16 | remediation objectives, within 30 days after
completing | ||||||
17 | the site investigation the owner or operator shall submit | ||||||
18 | to the
Agency for approval a corrective action completion | ||||||
19 | report in accordance with
this Section.
| ||||||
20 | (2) If any of the applicable indicator contaminants | ||||||
21 | exceed the
remediation objectives approved for the site, | ||||||
22 | within 30 days after the Agency
approves the site | ||||||
23 | investigation completion report the owner or operator | ||||||
24 | shall
submit to the Agency for approval a corrective action | ||||||
25 | plan designed to mitigate
any threat to human health, human | ||||||
26 | safety, or the environment resulting from the
underground | ||||||
27 | storage tank release. The plan shall describe the selected | ||||||
28 | remedy
and evaluate its ability and effectiveness to | ||||||
29 | achieve the remediation
objectives approved for the site. | ||||||
30 | At a minimum, the report shall include all
of the | ||||||
31 | following:
| ||||||
32 | (A) Executive summary.
| ||||||
33 | (B) Statement of remediation objectives.
| ||||||
34 | (C) Remedial technologies selected.
| ||||||
35 | (D) Confirmation sampling plan.
| ||||||
36 | (E) Current and projected future use of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | property.
| ||||||
2 | (F) Applicable preventive, engineering, and | ||||||
3 | institutional controls
including long-term | ||||||
4 | reliability, operating, and maintenance plans, and
| ||||||
5 | monitoring procedures.
| ||||||
6 | (G) A schedule for implementation and completion | ||||||
7 | of the plan.
| ||||||
8 | (3) Any owner or operator intending to seek payment | ||||||
9 | from the Fund shall
submit to the Agency for approval a | ||||||
10 | corrective action budget that includes,
but is not limited | ||||||
11 | to, an accounting of all costs associated with the
| ||||||
12 | implementation and completion of the corrective action | ||||||
13 | plan.
| ||||||
14 | (4) Upon the Agency's approval of a corrective action | ||||||
15 | plan, or as
otherwise directed by the Agency, the owner or | ||||||
16 | operator shall proceed with
corrective action in | ||||||
17 | accordance with the plan.
| ||||||
18 | (5) Within 30 days after the completion of a corrective | ||||||
19 | action plan that
achieves applicable remediation | ||||||
20 | objectives the owner or operator shall submit
to the Agency | ||||||
21 | for approval a corrective action completion report. The | ||||||
22 | report
shall demonstrate whether corrective action was | ||||||
23 | completed in accordance with
the approved corrective | ||||||
24 | action plan and whether the remediation objectives
| ||||||
25 | approved for the site, as well as any other requirements of | ||||||
26 | the plan, have
been achieved.
| ||||||
27 | (6) If within 4 years after the approval of any | ||||||
28 | corrective action plan
the applicable remediation | ||||||
29 | objectives have not been achieved and the owner or
operator | ||||||
30 | has not submitted a corrective action completion report, | ||||||
31 | the owner or
operator must submit a status report for | ||||||
32 | Agency review. The status report must
include, but is not | ||||||
33 | limited to, a description of the remediation activities
| ||||||
34 | taken to date, the effectiveness of the method of | ||||||
35 | remediation being used, the
likelihood of meeting the | ||||||
36 | applicable remediation objectives using the current
method |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of remediation, and the date the applicable remediation | ||||||
2 | objectives are
expected to be achieved.
| ||||||
3 | (7) If the Agency determines any approved corrective | ||||||
4 | action plan will
not achieve applicable remediation | ||||||
5 | objectives within a reasonable time, based
upon the method | ||||||
6 | of remediation and site specific circumstances, the Agency | ||||||
7 | may
require the owner or operator to submit to the Agency | ||||||
8 | for approval a revised
corrective action plan. If the owner | ||||||
9 | or operator intends to seek payment from
the Fund, the | ||||||
10 | owner or operator must also submit a revised budget.
| ||||||
11 | or Licensed Professional Geologist
or Licensed Professional | ||||||
12 | Geologist
or Licensed Professional Geologist
or Licensed | ||||||
13 | Professional Geologist
or Licensed Professional Geologist
or | ||||||
14 | Licensed Professional Geologist
or Licensed Professional | ||||||
15 | Geologist
or Licensed Professional Geologist
or Licensed | ||||||
16 | Professional Geologist
or Licensed Professional Geologist
| ||||||
17 | (c) Agency review and approval.
| ||||||
18 | (1) Agency approval of any plan and associated budget, | ||||||
19 | as described in
this subsection (c), shall be considered | ||||||
20 | final approval for purposes of
seeking and obtaining | ||||||
21 | payment from the Underground Storage Tank Fund if the
costs | ||||||
22 | associated with the completion of any such plan are less | ||||||
23 | than or equal
to the amounts approved in such budget.
| ||||||
24 | (2) In the event the Agency fails to approve, | ||||||
25 | disapprove, or modify any
plan or report submitted pursuant | ||||||
26 | to this Title in writing within 120 days
of the receipt by | ||||||
27 | the Agency, the plan or report shall be considered to be
| ||||||
28 | rejected by operation of law for purposes of this Title and | ||||||
29 | rejected for
purposes of payment from the Underground | ||||||
30 | Storage Tank Fund.
| ||||||
31 | (A) For purposes of those plans as identified in | ||||||
32 | paragraph (5) of this
subsection (c), the Agency's | ||||||
33 | review may be an audit procedure. Such review or
audit | ||||||
34 | shall be consistent with the procedure for such review | ||||||
35 | or audit as
promulgated by the Board under Section | ||||||
36 | 57.14. The Agency has the authority to
establish an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | auditing program to verify compliance of such plans | ||||||
2 | with the
provisions of this Title.
| ||||||
3 | (B) For purposes of corrective action plans | ||||||
4 | submitted pursuant to
subsection (b) of this Section | ||||||
5 | for which payment from the Fund is not being
sought, | ||||||
6 | the Agency need not take action on such plan until 120 | ||||||
7 | days after it
receives the corrective action | ||||||
8 | completion report required under subsection (b)
of | ||||||
9 | this Section. In the event the Agency approved the | ||||||
10 | plan, it shall proceed
under the provisions of this | ||||||
11 | subsection (c).
| ||||||
12 | (3) In approving any plan submitted pursuant to | ||||||
13 | subsection (a) or (b)
of this Section, the Agency shall | ||||||
14 | determine, by a procedure promulgated by
the Board under | ||||||
15 | Section 57.14, that the costs associated with the plan are
| ||||||
16 | reasonable, will be incurred in the performance of site | ||||||
17 | investigation or
corrective action, and will not be used | ||||||
18 | for site investigation or corrective
action activities in | ||||||
19 | excess of those required to meet the minimum requirements
| ||||||
20 | of this Title.
| ||||||
21 | (4) For any plan or report received after June 24,
| ||||||
22 | September 13,
2002, any action by the Agency to disapprove | ||||||
23 | or modify a plan submitted
pursuant to this Title shall be | ||||||
24 | provided to the owner or operator in writing
within 120 | ||||||
25 | days of the receipt by the Agency or, in the case of a site
| ||||||
26 | investigation plan or corrective action plan for which | ||||||
27 | payment is not being
sought, within 120 days of receipt of | ||||||
28 | the site investigation completion report
or corrective | ||||||
29 | action completion report, respectively, and shall be | ||||||
30 | accompanied
by:
| ||||||
31 | (A) an explanation of the Sections of this Act | ||||||
32 | which may be violated
if the plans were approved;
| ||||||
33 | (B) an explanation of the provisions of the | ||||||
34 | regulations, promulgated
under this Act, which may be | ||||||
35 | violated if the plan were approved;
| ||||||
36 | (C) an explanation of the specific type of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | information, if any,
which the Agency deems the | ||||||
2 | applicant did not provide the Agency; and
| ||||||
3 | (D) a statement of specific reasons why the Act and | ||||||
4 | the regulations
might not be met if the plan were | ||||||
5 | approved.
| ||||||
6 | Any action by the Agency to disapprove or modify a plan | ||||||
7 | or report or
the rejection of any plan or report by | ||||||
8 | operation of law shall be subject
to appeal to the Board in | ||||||
9 | accordance with the procedures of Section 40. If
the owner | ||||||
10 | or operator elects to incorporate modifications required | ||||||
11 | by the
Agency rather than appeal, an amended plan shall be | ||||||
12 | submitted to the Agency
within 35 days of receipt of the | ||||||
13 | Agency's written notification.
| ||||||
14 | (5) For purposes of this Title, the term "plan" shall | ||||||
15 | include:
| ||||||
16 | (A) Any site investigation plan submitted pursuant | ||||||
17 | to subsection (a)
of this Section;
| ||||||
18 | (B) Any site investigation budget submitted | ||||||
19 | pursuant to subsection (a)
of this Section;
| ||||||
20 | (C) Any corrective action plan submitted pursuant | ||||||
21 | to
subsection (b) of this Section; or
| ||||||
22 | (D) Any corrective action plan budget submitted | ||||||
23 | pursuant to
subsection (b) of this Section.
| ||||||
24 | (d) For purposes of this Title, the term "indicator | ||||||
25 | contaminant" shall
mean, unless and until the Board promulgates | ||||||
26 | regulations to the contrary, the
following: (i) if an | ||||||
27 | underground storage tank contains gasoline, the indicator
| ||||||
28 | parameter shall be BTEX and Benzene; (ii) if the tank contained | ||||||
29 | petroleum
products consisting of middle distillate or heavy | ||||||
30 | ends, then the indicator
parameter shall be determined by a | ||||||
31 | scan of PNA's taken from the location where
contamination is | ||||||
32 | most likely to be present; and (iii) if the tank contained
used | ||||||
33 | oil, then the indicator contaminant shall be those chemical | ||||||
34 | constituents
which indicate the type of petroleum stored in an | ||||||
35 | underground storage tank.
All references in this Title to | ||||||
36 | groundwater objectives shall mean Class I
groundwater |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | standards or objectives as applicable.
| ||||||
2 | (e) (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, an | ||||||
3 | owner or
operator may proceed to conduct site investigation | ||||||
4 | or corrective action prior
to the submittal or approval of | ||||||
5 | an otherwise required plan. If the owner or
operator elects | ||||||
6 | to so proceed, an applicable plan shall be filed with the
| ||||||
7 | Agency at any time. Such plan shall detail the steps taken | ||||||
8 | to determine the
type of site investigation or corrective | ||||||
9 | action which was necessary at the site
along with the site | ||||||
10 | investigation or corrective action taken or to be taken, in
| ||||||
11 | addition to costs associated with activities to date and | ||||||
12 | anticipated costs.
| ||||||
13 | (2) Upon receipt of a plan submitted after activities | ||||||
14 | have commenced at a
site, the Agency shall proceed to | ||||||
15 | review in the same manner as required under
this Title. In | ||||||
16 | the event the Agency disapproves all or part of the costs, | ||||||
17 | the
owner or operator may appeal such decision to the | ||||||
18 | Board. The owner or operator
shall not be eligible to be | ||||||
19 | reimbursed for such disapproved costs unless and
until the | ||||||
20 | Board determines that such costs were eligible for
payment.
| ||||||
21 | (f) All investigations, plans, and reports conducted or | ||||||
22 | prepared under
this Section shall be conducted or prepared | ||||||
23 | under the supervision of a
licensed professional engineer and | ||||||
24 | in accordance with the requirements
of this Title.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 92-554, eff. 6-24-02; 92-574, eff. 6-26-02; | ||||||
26 | 92-651, eff.
7-11-02; 92-735, eff. 7-25-02; revised 10-3-02.)
| ||||||
27 | (415 ILCS 5/57.8)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 57.8. Underground Storage Tank Fund; payment; options | ||||||
29 | for State payment;
deferred correction election to commence | ||||||
30 | corrective action upon availability of
funds. If an owner or | ||||||
31 | operator is eligible to access the Underground Storage
Tank | ||||||
32 | Fund pursuant to an Office of State Fire Marshal | ||||||
33 | eligibility/deductible
final determination letter issued in | ||||||
34 | accordance with Section 57.9, the owner or
operator may submit | ||||||
35 | a complete application for final or partial payment to the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Agency for activities taken in response to a confirmed release. | ||||||
2 | An owner or
operator may submit a request for partial or final | ||||||
3 | payment regarding a site no
more frequently than once every 90 | ||||||
4 | days.
| ||||||
5 | (a) Payment after completion of corrective action | ||||||
6 | measures.
The owner or operator may submit an application for | ||||||
7 | payment for
activities performed at a site after completion of | ||||||
8 | the requirements of Sections
57.6 and 57.7, or after completion | ||||||
9 | of any other required activities at the
underground storage | ||||||
10 | tank site.
| ||||||
11 | (1) In the case of any approved plan and budget for | ||||||
12 | which payment is
being sought, the Agency shall make a | ||||||
13 | payment determination within 120 days of
receipt of the | ||||||
14 | application. Such determination shall be considered a | ||||||
15 | final
decision. The Agency's review shall be limited to | ||||||
16 | generally accepted auditing
and accounting practices. In | ||||||
17 | no case shall the Agency conduct additional
review of any | ||||||
18 | plan which was completed within the budget, beyond auditing | ||||||
19 | for
adherence to the corrective action measures in the | ||||||
20 | proposal. If the Agency
fails to approve the payment | ||||||
21 | application within 120 days, such application
shall be | ||||||
22 | deemed approved by operation of law and the Agency shall | ||||||
23 | proceed to
reimburse the owner or operator the amount | ||||||
24 | requested in the payment
application. However, in no event | ||||||
25 | shall the Agency reimburse the owner or
operator an amount | ||||||
26 | greater than the amount approved in the plan.
| ||||||
27 | (2) If sufficient funds are available in the | ||||||
28 | Underground Storage Tank
Fund, the Agency shall, within 60 | ||||||
29 | days, forward to the Office of the State
Comptroller a | ||||||
30 | voucher in the amount approved under the payment | ||||||
31 | application.
| ||||||
32 | (3) In the case of insufficient funds, the Agency shall | ||||||
33 | form a priority
list for payment and shall notify
persons | ||||||
34 | in such
priority list monthly of the availability of funds | ||||||
35 | and when payment shall be
made. Payment shall be made to | ||||||
36 | the owner or operator at such time as
sufficient funds |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | become available for the costs associated with site
| ||||||
2 | investigation and corrective
action and costs expended for | ||||||
3 | activities performed where no proposal is
required, if | ||||||
4 | applicable. Such priority list shall be available to any | ||||||
5 | owner or
operator upon request. Priority for payment shall | ||||||
6 | be determined by the date the
Agency receives a complete | ||||||
7 | request for partial or final payment. Upon receipt
of | ||||||
8 | notification from the Agency that the requirements of this | ||||||
9 | Title have been
met, the Comptroller shall make payment to | ||||||
10 | the owner or operator of the amount
approved by the Agency, | ||||||
11 | if sufficient money exists in the Fund. If there is
| ||||||
12 | insufficient money in the Fund, then payment shall not be | ||||||
13 | made. If the owner
or operator appeals a final Agency | ||||||
14 | payment determination and it is determined
that the owner | ||||||
15 | or operator is eligible for payment or additional payment, | ||||||
16 | the
priority date for the payment or additional payment | ||||||
17 | shall be the same as the
priority date assigned to the | ||||||
18 | original request for partial or final payment.
| ||||||
19 | (4) Any deductible, as determined pursuant to the | ||||||
20 | Office of the State Fire
Marshal's eligibility and | ||||||
21 | deductibility final determination in accordance with
| ||||||
22 | Section 57.9, shall be subtracted from any payment invoice | ||||||
23 | paid to an eligible
owner or operator. Only one deductible | ||||||
24 | shall apply per underground storage
tank site.
| ||||||
25 | (5) In the event that costs are or will be incurred in | ||||||
26 | addition to those
approved by the Agency, or after payment, | ||||||
27 | the owner or operator may submit
successive plans | ||||||
28 | containing amended budgets. The requirements of Section | ||||||
29 | 57.7
shall apply to any amended plans.
| ||||||
30 | (6) For purposes of this Section, a complete | ||||||
31 | application shall consist of:
| ||||||
32 | (A) A certification from a Licensed Professional | ||||||
33 | Engineer or Licensed
Professional Geologist as | ||||||
34 | required
under this Title and acknowledged by the owner | ||||||
35 | or operator.
| ||||||
36 | (B) A statement of the amounts approved in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | budget and the amounts
actually sought for payment | ||||||
2 | along with a certified statement by the owner or
| ||||||
3 | operator that the amounts so
sought were expended in | ||||||
4 | conformance with the approved budget.
| ||||||
5 | (C) A copy of the Office of the State Fire | ||||||
6 | Marshal's eligibility and
deductibility determination.
| ||||||
7 | (D) Proof that approval of the payment requested | ||||||
8 | will not result in the
limitations set forth in | ||||||
9 | subsection (g) of this Section being exceeded.
| ||||||
10 | (E) A federal taxpayer identification number and | ||||||
11 | legal status disclosure
certification on a form | ||||||
12 | prescribed and provided by the Agency.
| ||||||
13 | (b) Commencement of site investigation or corrective | ||||||
14 | action upon
availability of funds.
The Board shall adopt | ||||||
15 | regulations setting forth procedures based on risk to
human | ||||||
16 | health or the environment under which the owner or operator who | ||||||
17 | has
received approval for any budget plan submitted pursuant to | ||||||
18 | Section
57.7, and who is eligible for payment from the | ||||||
19 | Underground Storage Tank Fund
pursuant to an Office of the | ||||||
20 | State Fire Marshal eligibility and deductibility
| ||||||
21 | determination, may elect to defer site investigation or | ||||||
22 | corrective action activities until funds are available
in
an | ||||||
23 | amount equal to the amount approved in the budget. The | ||||||
24 | regulations
shall establish criteria based on risk to human | ||||||
25 | health or the environment to be
used for determining on a | ||||||
26 | site-by-site basis whether deferral is appropriate.
The | ||||||
27 | regulations also shall establish the minimum investigatory | ||||||
28 | requirements for
determining whether the risk based criteria | ||||||
29 | are present at a site considering
deferral and procedures for | ||||||
30 | the notification of owners or operators of
insufficient funds, | ||||||
31 | Agency review of request for deferral, notification of
Agency | ||||||
32 | final decisions, returning deferred sites to active status, and
| ||||||
33 | earmarking of funds for payment.
| ||||||
34 | (c) When the owner or operator requests indemnification for | ||||||
35 | payment of costs
incurred as a result of a release of petroleum | ||||||
36 | from an underground storage
tank, if the owner or operator has |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | satisfied the requirements of subsection (a)
of this Section, | ||||||
2 | the Agency shall forward a copy of the request to the Attorney
| ||||||
3 | General. The Attorney General shall review and approve the | ||||||
4 | request for
indemnification if:
| ||||||
5 | (1) there is a legally enforceable judgment entered | ||||||
6 | against the owner or
operator and such judgment was entered | ||||||
7 | due to harm caused by a release of
petroleum from an | ||||||
8 | underground storage tank and such judgment was not entered | ||||||
9 | as
a result of fraud; or
| ||||||
10 | (2) a settlement with a third party due to a release of | ||||||
11 | petroleum from an
underground storage tank is reasonable.
| ||||||
12 | (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Title, the | ||||||
13 | Agency shall not
approve payment to an owner or operator from | ||||||
14 | the Fund for costs of corrective
action or indemnification | ||||||
15 | incurred during a calendar year in excess of the
following | ||||||
16 | aggregate amounts based on the number of petroleum underground
| ||||||
17 | storage tanks owned or operated by such owner or operator in | ||||||
18 | Illinois.
| ||||||
19 | Amount Number of Tanks
| ||||||
20 | $2,000,000 ............................fewer than 101
| ||||||
21 | $3,000,000 ....................................101 or more
| ||||||
22 | (1) Costs incurred in excess of the aggregate amounts | ||||||
23 | set forth in
paragraph (1) of this subsection shall not be | ||||||
24 | eligible for payment in
subsequent years.
| ||||||
25 | (2) For purposes of this subsection, requests | ||||||
26 | submitted by any of the
agencies, departments, boards, | ||||||
27 | committees or commissions of the State of
Illinois shall be | ||||||
28 | acted upon as claims from a single owner or operator.
| ||||||
29 | (3) For purposes of this subsection, owner or operator | ||||||
30 | includes (i) any
subsidiary, parent, or joint stock company | ||||||
31 | of the owner or operator and (ii)
any company owned by any | ||||||
32 | parent, subsidiary, or joint stock company of the
owner or | ||||||
33 | operator.
| ||||||
34 | (e) Costs of corrective action or indemnification incurred | ||||||
35 | by an owner or
operator which have been paid to an owner or | ||||||
36 | operator under a policy of
insurance, another written |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agreement, or a court order are not eligible for
payment under | ||||||
2 | this Section. An owner or operator who receives payment under a
| ||||||
3 | policy of insurance, another written agreement, or a court | ||||||
4 | order shall
reimburse the State to the extent such payment | ||||||
5 | covers costs for which payment
was received from the Fund. Any | ||||||
6 | monies received by the State under this
subsection (e) shall be | ||||||
7 | deposited into the Fund.
| ||||||
8 | (f) (Blank.)
| ||||||
9 | (g) The Agency shall not approve any payment from the Fund | ||||||
10 | to pay an owner
or operator:
| ||||||
11 | (1) for costs of corrective action incurred by such | ||||||
12 | owner or operator
in an
amount in excess of $1,500,000 per | ||||||
13 | occurrence; and
| ||||||
14 | (2) for costs of indemnification of such owner or | ||||||
15 | operator in an amount in
excess of $1,500,000 per | ||||||
16 | occurrence.
| ||||||
17 | (h) Payment of any amount from the Fund for corrective | ||||||
18 | action or
indemnification shall be subject to the State | ||||||
19 | acquiring by subrogation the
rights of any owner, operator, or | ||||||
20 | other person to recover the costs of
corrective action or | ||||||
21 | indemnification for which the Fund has compensated such
owner, | ||||||
22 | operator, or person from the person responsible or liable for | ||||||
23 | the
release.
| ||||||
24 | (i) If the Agency refuses to pay or authorizes only
a | ||||||
25 | partial payment, the affected owner or operator may petition | ||||||
26 | the Board for a
hearing in the manner provided for the review | ||||||
27 | of permit decisions in Section 40
of this Act.
| ||||||
28 | (j) Costs of corrective action or indemnification incurred | ||||||
29 | by an owner or
operator prior to July 28, 1989, shall not be | ||||||
30 | eligible for payment or
reimbursement under this Section.
| ||||||
31 | (k) The Agency shall not pay costs of corrective action or
| ||||||
32 | indemnification incurred before providing notification of the | ||||||
33 | release of
petroleum in accordance with the provisions of this | ||||||
34 | Title.
| ||||||
35 | (l) Corrective action does not include legal defense costs. | ||||||
36 | Legal defense
costs include legal costs for seeking payment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this Title unless the owner
or operator prevails before | ||||||
2 | the Board in which case the Board may authorize
payment of | ||||||
3 | legal fees.
| ||||||
4 | (m) The Agency may apportion payment of costs for plans | ||||||
5 | submitted under
Section 57.7 if:
| ||||||
6 | (1) the owner or operator was deemed eligible to access | ||||||
7 | the Fund for
payment of corrective action costs for some, | ||||||
8 | but not all, of the underground
storage tanks at the site; | ||||||
9 | and
| ||||||
10 | (2) the owner or operator failed to justify all costs | ||||||
11 | attributable to each
underground storage tank at the site.
| ||||||
12 | (n) The Agency shall not pay costs associated with a | ||||||
13 | corrective action
plan incurred after the Agency provides
| ||||||
14 | notification to the owner or operator pursuant to item (7) of | ||||||
15 | subsection (b) of
Section 57.7 that a revised corrective action | ||||||
16 | plan
is required. Costs associated with any subsequently | ||||||
17 | approved corrective action
plan shall be eligible for | ||||||
18 | reimbursement if they
meet the requirements of this Title.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 92-554, eff. 6-24-02; | ||||||
20 | 92-574, eff.
6-26-02; 92-735, eff. 7-25-02; revised 10-3-02.)
| ||||||
21 | (415 ILCS 5/57.10)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 57.10. Professional Engineer or Professional | ||||||
23 | Geologist
certification; presumptions against liability.
| ||||||
24 | (a) Within 120 days of the Agency's receipt of a
corrective | ||||||
25 | action completion report, the Agency
shall issue to the owner | ||||||
26 | or operator a "no further remediation letter" unless
the Agency | ||||||
27 | has requested a modification, issued a rejection under
| ||||||
28 | subsection (d) of this Section, or the report has been rejected | ||||||
29 | by operation
of law.
| ||||||
30 | (b) By certifying such a statement, a Licensed Professional | ||||||
31 | Engineer or
Licensed Professional Geologist shall in no way be | ||||||
32 | liable thereon, unless
the engineer or geologist gave such | ||||||
33 | certification despite his or her actual
knowledge that the | ||||||
34 | performed measures were not in compliance with applicable
| ||||||
35 | statutory or regulatory requirements or any plan submitted to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Agency.
| ||||||
2 | (c) The Agency's issuance of a no further remediation | ||||||
3 | letter shall signify,
based on the certification of the | ||||||
4 | Licensed Professional Engineer, that:
| ||||||
5 | (1) all statutory and regulatory corrective action | ||||||
6 | requirements
applicable to the occurrence have been | ||||||
7 | complied with;
| ||||||
8 | (2) all corrective action concerning the remediation | ||||||
9 | of the
occurrence
has been completed; and
| ||||||
10 | (3) no further corrective action concerning the | ||||||
11 | occurrence
is
necessary for the protection of human health, | ||||||
12 | safety and the environment.
| ||||||
13 | (d) The no further remediation letter issued under this
| ||||||
14 | Section
shall apply in favor of the following
parties:
| ||||||
15 | (1) The owner or operator to whom the letter was | ||||||
16 | issued.
| ||||||
17 | (2) Any parent corporation or subsidiary of such owner | ||||||
18 | or
operator.
| ||||||
19 | (3) Any co-owner or co-operator, either by joint | ||||||
20 | tenancy,
right-of-survivorship, or any other party sharing | ||||||
21 | a legal relationship with
the owner or operator to whom the | ||||||
22 | letter is issued.
| ||||||
23 | (4) Any holder of a beneficial interest of a land trust | ||||||
24 | or
inter
vivos trust whether revocable or irrevocable.
| ||||||
25 | (5) Any mortgagee or trustee of a deed of trust of such
| ||||||
26 | owner or
operator.
| ||||||
27 | (6) Any successor-in-interest of such owner or | ||||||
28 | operator.
| ||||||
29 | (7) Any transferee of such owner or operator whether | ||||||
30 | the
transfer
was by sale, bankruptcy proceeding, | ||||||
31 | partition, dissolution of marriage,
settlement or
| ||||||
32 | adjudication of any civil action, charitable gift, or | ||||||
33 | bequest.
| ||||||
34 | (8) Any heir or devisee or such owner or operator.
| ||||||
35 | (e) If the Agency notifies the owner or operator that the | ||||||
36 | "no
further
remediation" letter has been rejected, the grounds |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for such rejection shall be
described in the notice. Such a | ||||||
2 | decision shall be a final determination which
may be appealed | ||||||
3 | by the owner or operator.
| ||||||
4 | (f) The Board shall adopt rules setting forth the criteria | ||||||
5 | under which the
Agency may require an owner or operator to | ||||||
6 | conduct further investigation or
remediation related to a | ||||||
7 | release for which a no further remediation letter
has been | ||||||
8 | issued.
| ||||||
9 | (g) Holders of security interests in sites subject to the | ||||||
10 | requirements of
this Title XVI shall be entitled to the same | ||||||
11 | protections and subject to the
same responsibilities provided | ||||||
12 | under general regulations promulgated under
Subtitle I of the | ||||||
13 | Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (P.L. 98-616)
of | ||||||
14 | the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (P.L. | ||||||
15 | 94-580).
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-554, eff. 6-24-02; 92-735, eff. 7-25-02; | ||||||
17 | revised 9-25-03.)
| ||||||
18 | (415 ILCS 5/57.13)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 57.13. Underground Storage Tank Program; transition.
| ||||||
20 | (a) If a release is reported to the proper State authority | ||||||
21 | on or after
June 24
September 13 , 2002, the owner or operator | ||||||
22 | shall comply with
the requirements of this Title.
| ||||||
23 | (b) If a release is reported to the proper State authority | ||||||
24 | prior to
June 24
September 13 , 2002, the
owner or operator of | ||||||
25 | an underground storage tank may elect to proceed in
accordance | ||||||
26 | with the requirements of this Title by submitting a written
| ||||||
27 | statement to the Agency of such election. If the owner or | ||||||
28 | operator elects to
proceed under the requirements of this Title | ||||||
29 | all costs incurred in connection
with the incident prior to | ||||||
30 | notification shall be reimbursable in the same
manner as was | ||||||
31 | allowable under the then existing law. Completion of corrective
| ||||||
32 | action shall then follow the provisions of this Title.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 92-554, eff. 6-24-02; 92-574, eff. 6-26-02; | ||||||
34 | revised
9-9-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (415 ILCS 5/58.7)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 58.7. Review and approvals.
| ||||||
3 | (a) Requirements. All plans and reports that are submitted | ||||||
4 | pursuant
to this Title shall be submitted for review or | ||||||
5 | approval in accordance with this
Section.
| ||||||
6 | (b) Review and evaluation by the Agency.
| ||||||
7 | (1) Except for sites excluded under subdivision (a) (2) | ||||||
8 | of Section 58.1,
the Agency shall, subject to available | ||||||
9 | resources, agree to provide review and
evaluation services | ||||||
10 | for activities carried out pursuant to this Title for which
| ||||||
11 | the RA requested the services in writing. As a condition | ||||||
12 | for providing such
services, the Agency may require that | ||||||
13 | the RA for a site:
| ||||||
14 | (A) Conform with the procedures of this Title;
| ||||||
15 | (B) Allow for or otherwise arrange site visits or | ||||||
16 | other site
evaluation by the Agency when so requested;
| ||||||
17 | (C) Agree to perform the Remedial Action Plan as | ||||||
18 | approved under this
Title;
| ||||||
19 | (D) Agree to pay any reasonable costs incurred and | ||||||
20 | documented by
the Agency in providing such services;
| ||||||
21 | (E) Make an advance partial payment to the Agency | ||||||
22 | for such
anticipated services in an amount, acceptable | ||||||
23 | to the Agency, but
not to exceed $5,000 or one-half of | ||||||
24 | the total anticipated costs of
the Agency, whichever | ||||||
25 | sum is less; and
| ||||||
26 | (F) Demonstrate, if necessary, authority to act on | ||||||
27 | behalf of or in lieu
of the owner or operator.
| ||||||
28 | (2) Any moneys received by the State for costs incurred | ||||||
29 | by the
Agency in performing review or evaluation services | ||||||
30 | for actions conducted
pursuant to this Title shall be | ||||||
31 | deposited in the Hazardous Waste Fund.
| ||||||
32 | (3) An RA requesting services under subdivision (b) (1) | ||||||
33 | of this Section
may, at any time, notify the Agency, in | ||||||
34 | writing, that Agency services
previously requested are no | ||||||
35 | longer wanted. Within 180 days after receipt of
the notice, | ||||||
36 | the Agency shall provide the RA with a final invoice for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | services
provided until the date of such notifications.
| ||||||
2 | (4) The Agency may invoice or otherwise request or | ||||||
3 | demand payment
from a RA for costs incurred by the Agency | ||||||
4 | in performing review or evaluation
services for actions by | ||||||
5 | the RA at sites only if:
| ||||||
6 | (A) The Agency has incurred costs in performing | ||||||
7 | response actions,
other than review or evaluation | ||||||
8 | services, due to the failure of the
RA to take response | ||||||
9 | action in accordance with a notice issued
pursuant to | ||||||
10 | this Act;
| ||||||
11 | (B) The RA has agreed in writing to the payment of | ||||||
12 | such costs;
| ||||||
13 | (C) The RA has been ordered to pay such costs by | ||||||
14 | the Board or a
court of competent jurisdiction pursuant | ||||||
15 | to this Act; or
| ||||||
16 | (D) The RA has requested or has consented to Agency | ||||||
17 | review or
evaluation services under subdivision (b) | ||||||
18 | (1) of this Section.
| ||||||
19 | (5) The Agency may, subject to available resources, | ||||||
20 | agree to provide
review and evaluation services for | ||||||
21 | response actions if there is a
written agreement among | ||||||
22 | parties to a legal action or if a notice to
perform a | ||||||
23 | response action has been issued by the Agency.
| ||||||
24 | (c) Review and evaluation by a Licensed Professional | ||||||
25 | Engineer or Licensed
Professional Geologist. A RA may elect to | ||||||
26 | contract with a Licensed
Professional Engineer or, in the case | ||||||
27 | of a site investigation report only,
a Licensed Professional | ||||||
28 | Geologist, who will perform review and evaluation
services on | ||||||
29 | behalf of and under the direction of the Agency relative to the
| ||||||
30 | site activities.
| ||||||
31 | (1) Prior to entering into the contract with the | ||||||
32 | RELPEG, the RA shall notify the Agency of the
RELPEG to be | ||||||
33 | selected. The Agency and the RA shall discuss the potential
| ||||||
34 | terms
of the contract.
| ||||||
35 | (2) At a minimum, the contract with the RELPEG shall
| ||||||
36 | provide that the
RELPEG will submit any reports directly to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Agency, will take
his or her
directions
for work | ||||||
2 | assignments from the Agency, and will perform the assigned | ||||||
3 | work on
behalf of the Agency.
| ||||||
4 | (3) Reasonable costs incurred by the Agency shall be | ||||||
5 | paid by the RA
directly to the Agency in accordance with | ||||||
6 | the terms of the review and
evaluation services agreement | ||||||
7 | entered into under subdivision (b) (1) of Section
58.7.
| ||||||
8 | (4) In no event shall the RELPEG acting on behalf of | ||||||
9 | the
Agency be an
employee of the RA or the owner or | ||||||
10 | operator of the site or be an employee of
any other person | ||||||
11 | the RA has contracted to provide services relative to the
| ||||||
12 | site.
| ||||||
13 | (d) Review and approval. All reviews required under this | ||||||
14 | Title shall
be carried out by the Agency or a RELPEG, both | ||||||
15 | under the
direction of a Licensed Professional Engineer or, in | ||||||
16 | the case of the
review of a site investigation only, a Licensed | ||||||
17 | Professional Geologist.
| ||||||
18 | (1) All review activities conducted by the Agency or a | ||||||
19 | RELPEG shall be carried out in conformance with this Title | ||||||
20 | and rules
promulgated under Section 58.11.
| ||||||
21 | (2) Subject to the limitations in subsection (c) and | ||||||
22 | this subsection
(d), the specific plans, reports, and | ||||||
23 | activities that the
Agency or a RELPEG may review include:
| ||||||
24 | (A) Site Investigation Reports and related | ||||||
25 | activities;
| ||||||
26 | (B) Remediation Objectives Reports;
| ||||||
27 | (C) Remedial Action Plans and related activities; | ||||||
28 | and
| ||||||
29 | (D) Remedial Action Completion Reports and related | ||||||
30 | activities.
| ||||||
31 | (3) Only the Agency shall have the authority to | ||||||
32 | approve,
disapprove, or approve with conditions a plan or | ||||||
33 | report as a result of the
review process including those | ||||||
34 | plans and reports reviewed by a RELPEG. If the Agency | ||||||
35 | disapproves a plan or report or approves a plan or
report | ||||||
36 | with conditions, the written notification required by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subdivision (d)
(4) of this Section shall contain the | ||||||
2 | following information, as applicable:
| ||||||
3 | (A) An explanation of the Sections of this Title | ||||||
4 | that may be
violated if the plan or report was | ||||||
5 | approved;
| ||||||
6 | (B) An explanation of the provisions of the rules
| ||||||
7 | promulgated under this Title that may be violated if | ||||||
8 | the plan or report was
approved;
| ||||||
9 | (C) An explanation of the specific type of | ||||||
10 | information, if any,
that the Agency deems the | ||||||
11 | applicant did not provide the Agency;
| ||||||
12 | (D) A statement of specific reasons why the Title | ||||||
13 | and regulations
might not be met if the plan or report | ||||||
14 | were approved; and
| ||||||
15 | (E) An explanation of the reasons for conditions if | ||||||
16 | conditions are
required.
| ||||||
17 | (4) Upon approving, disapproving, or approving with | ||||||
18 | conditions a
plan or report, the Agency shall notify the RA | ||||||
19 | in writing of its decision. In
the case of approval or | ||||||
20 | approval with conditions of a Remedial Action
Completion | ||||||
21 | Report, the Agency shall prepare a No Further Remediation
| ||||||
22 | Letter that meets the requirements of Section 58.10 and | ||||||
23 | send a copy of
the letter to the RA.
| ||||||
24 | (5) All reviews undertaken by the Agency or a RELPEG | ||||||
25 | shall
be completed and
the decisions communicated to the RA | ||||||
26 | within 60 days of the request for review
or approval. The | ||||||
27 | RA may waive the deadline upon a request from the Agency. | ||||||
28 | If
the Agency disapproves or approves with conditions a | ||||||
29 | plan or report or fails to
issue a final decision within | ||||||
30 | the 60 day period and the RA has not agreed to a
waiver of | ||||||
31 | the deadline, the RA may, within 35 days, file an appeal to | ||||||
32 | the
Board. Appeals to the Board shall be in the manner
| ||||||
33 | provided for the review of permit decisions in Section 40 | ||||||
34 | of this Act.
| ||||||
35 | (e) Standard of review. In making determinations, the | ||||||
36 | following
factors, and additional factors as may be adopted by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Board in accordance
with Section 58.11, shall be considered | ||||||
2 | by the Agency when reviewing or
approving plans, reports, and | ||||||
3 | related activities, or the RELPEG,
when reviewing plans, | ||||||
4 | reports, and related activities:
| ||||||
5 | (1) Site Investigation Reports and related activities: | ||||||
6 | Whether
investigations have been conducted and the results | ||||||
7 | compiled in accordance with
the appropriate procedures and | ||||||
8 | whether the interpretations and conclusions
reached are | ||||||
9 | supported by the information gathered. In making the
| ||||||
10 | determination, the following factors shall be considered:
| ||||||
11 | (A) The adequacy of the description of the site and | ||||||
12 | site
characteristics that were used to evaluate the | ||||||
13 | site;
| ||||||
14 | (B) The adequacy of the investigation of potential | ||||||
15 | pathways and risks to
receptors identified at the site; | ||||||
16 | and
| ||||||
17 | (C) The appropriateness of the sampling and | ||||||
18 | analysis used.
| ||||||
19 | (2) Remediation Objectives Reports: Whether the | ||||||
20 | remediation objectives
are
consistent with the | ||||||
21 | requirements of the applicable method for selecting or
| ||||||
22 | determining remediation objectives under Section 58.5. In | ||||||
23 | making the
determination, the following factors shall be | ||||||
24 | considered:
| ||||||
25 | (A) If the objectives were based on the | ||||||
26 | determination of area
background levels under | ||||||
27 | subsection (b) of Section 58.5, whether the review of
| ||||||
28 | current and historic conditions at or in the immediate | ||||||
29 | vicinity of
the site has been thorough and whether the | ||||||
30 | site sampling and
analysis has been performed in a | ||||||
31 | manner resulting in accurate
determinations;
| ||||||
32 | (B) If the objectives were calculated on the basis | ||||||
33 | of predetermined
equations using site specific data, | ||||||
34 | whether the calculations were
accurately performed and | ||||||
35 | whether the site specific data reflect
actual site | ||||||
36 | conditions; and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (C) If the objectives were determined using a site | ||||||
2 | specific risk
assessment procedure, whether the | ||||||
3 | procedure used is nationally
recognized and accepted, | ||||||
4 | whether the calculations were
accurately performed, | ||||||
5 | and whether the site specific data reflect
actual site | ||||||
6 | conditions.
| ||||||
7 | (3) Remedial Action Plans and related activities: | ||||||
8 | Whether the plan will
result in compliance with this Title, | ||||||
9 | and rules adopted under it and
attainment of the applicable | ||||||
10 | remediation objectives. In making the
determination, the | ||||||
11 | following factors shall be considered:
| ||||||
12 | (A) The likelihood that the plan will result in the | ||||||
13 | attainment of
the applicable remediation objectives;
| ||||||
14 | (B) Whether the activities proposed are consistent | ||||||
15 | with generally
accepted engineering practices; and
| ||||||
16 | (C) The management of risk relative to any | ||||||
17 | remaining contamination,
including but not limited to, | ||||||
18 | provisions for the long-term enforcement,
operation, | ||||||
19 | and maintenance of institutional and engineering | ||||||
20 | controls, if
relied on.
| ||||||
21 | (4) Remedial Action Completion Reports and related | ||||||
22 | activities: Whether
the remedial activities have been | ||||||
23 | completed in accordance with the approved
Remedial Action | ||||||
24 | Plan and whether the applicable remediation objectives | ||||||
25 | have
been attained.
| ||||||
26 | (f) All plans and reports submitted for review shall | ||||||
27 | include a Licensed
Professional Engineer's certification that | ||||||
28 | all investigations and remedial
activities were carried out | ||||||
29 | under his or her direction and, to the best of
his or her | ||||||
30 | knowledge and belief, the work described in the plan or report | ||||||
31 | has
been completed in accordance with generally accepted | ||||||
32 | engineering practices,
and the information presented is | ||||||
33 | accurate and complete.
In the case of
a site investigation | ||||||
34 | report prepared or supervised by a Licensed Professional
| ||||||
35 | Geologist, the required certification may be made by the | ||||||
36 | Licensed Professional
Geologist (rather than a Licensed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Professional Engineer) and based upon
generally accepted | ||||||
2 | principles of professional geology.
| ||||||
3 | (g) In accordance with Section 58.11, the Agency shall | ||||||
4 | propose and the
Board shall adopt rules to carry out the | ||||||
5 | purposes of this Section. At a
minimum, the rules shall detail | ||||||
6 | the types of services the Agency may provide
in response to | ||||||
7 | requests under subdivision (b) (1) of this Section and the
| ||||||
8 | recordkeeping it will utilize in documenting to the RA the | ||||||
9 | costs incurred by
the Agency in providing such services.
| ||||||
10 | (h) Public participation.
| ||||||
11 | (1) The Agency shall develop guidance to assist RA's in | ||||||
12 | the
implementation of a community relations plan to address | ||||||
13 | activity at sites
undergoing remedial action pursuant to | ||||||
14 | this Title.
| ||||||
15 | (2) The RA may elect to enter into a services agreement | ||||||
16 | with the Agency
for Agency assistance in community outreach | ||||||
17 | efforts.
| ||||||
18 | (3) The Agency shall maintain a registry listing those | ||||||
19 | sites
undergoing remedial action pursuant to this Title.
| ||||||
20 | (4) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section, | ||||||
21 | the RA of a site
undergoing remedial activity pursuant to | ||||||
22 | this Title may elect to initiate a
community outreach | ||||||
23 | effort for the site.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-574, eff. 6-26-02; 92-735, eff. 7-25-02; | ||||||
25 | revised 9-9-02.)
| ||||||
26 | Section 483. The Gasoline Storage Act is amended by | ||||||
27 | changing Section 2 as follows:
| ||||||
28 | (430 ILCS 15/2) (from Ch. 127 1/2, par. 154)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 2. Jurisdiction; regulation of tanks.
| ||||||
30 | (1) (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, the | ||||||
31 | jurisdiction of the
Office of the State Fire Marshal under this | ||||||
32 | Act shall be concurrent with that
of municipalities and other | ||||||
33 | political subdivisions. The Office of the State
Fire Marshal | ||||||
34 | has power to promulgate, pursuant to the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Administrative
Procedure Act, reasonable rules and regulations | ||||||
2 | governing the keeping, storage,
transportation, sale or use of | ||||||
3 | gasoline and volatile oils. Nothing in this Act
shall relieve | ||||||
4 | any person,
corporation, or other entity from complying with | ||||||
5 | any zoning ordinance of a
municipality or home rule unit | ||||||
6 | enacted pursuant to
Section 11-13-1 of the Illinois Municipal | ||||||
7 | Code or any ordinance enacted
pursuant to Section 11-8-4 of the | ||||||
8 | Illinois Municipal Code.
| ||||||
9 | (b) The rulemaking power shall include the power to | ||||||
10 | promulgate rules
providing for the issuance and revocation of | ||||||
11 | permits allowing the self
service dispensing of motor fuels as | ||||||
12 | such term is defined in the Motor
Fuel Tax Law in retail | ||||||
13 | service stations or any other place of business
where motor | ||||||
14 | fuels are dispensed into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles,
| ||||||
15 | internal combustion engines or portable containers. Such rules | ||||||
16 | shall
specify the requirements that must be met both prior and | ||||||
17 | subsequent to the
issuance of such permits in order to insure | ||||||
18 | the safety and welfare of the
general public. The operation of | ||||||
19 | such service stations without a permit
shall be unlawful. The | ||||||
20 | Office of the State Fire Marshal shall revoke such
permit if | ||||||
21 | the self service operation of such a service station is found | ||||||
22 | to
pose a significant risk to the safety and welfare of the | ||||||
23 | general public.
| ||||||
24 | (c) However, except in any county with a population of | ||||||
25 | 1,000,000 or
more, the Office of the State Fire Marshal shall | ||||||
26 | not have the
authority to prohibit the operation of a service | ||||||
27 | station solely on the
basis that it is an unattended | ||||||
28 | self-service station which utilizes key or
card operated | ||||||
29 | self-service motor fuel dispensing devices. Nothing
in this | ||||||
30 | paragraph shall prohibit the Office of the State Fire Marshal | ||||||
31 | from
adopting reasonable rules and regulations governing the | ||||||
32 | safety of
self-service motor fuel dispensing devices.
| ||||||
33 | (d) The State Fire Marshal shall not prohibit the | ||||||
34 | dispensing or delivery
of flammable or combustible motor | ||||||
35 | vehicle fuels directly into the fuel tanks
of vehicles from | ||||||
36 | tank trucks, tank wagons, or other portable tanks. The
State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Fire Marshal shall adopt rules (i) for the issuance of permits | ||||||
2 | for the
dispensing of motor vehicle fuels in the manner | ||||||
3 | described in this paragraph
(d), (ii) that establish fees for | ||||||
4 | permits and inspections, and provide
for those fees to be | ||||||
5 | deposited into the Fire Prevention Fund,
(iii) that require the | ||||||
6 | dispensing of motor fuel in the manner described
in this | ||||||
7 | paragraph (d) to meet conditions consistent with nationally | ||||||
8 | recognized
standards such as those of the National Fire | ||||||
9 | Protection Association, and (iv)
that restrict the dispensing | ||||||
10 | of motor vehicle fuels in the manner described in
this | ||||||
11 | paragraph (d) to the following:
| ||||||
12 | (A) agriculture sites for agricultural purposes,
| ||||||
13 | (B) construction sites for refueling construction | ||||||
14 | equipment used at the
construction site,
| ||||||
15 | (C) sites used for the parking, operation, or | ||||||
16 | maintenance of a commercial
vehicle fleet, but only if the | ||||||
17 | site is located in a county with 3,000,000 or
more | ||||||
18 | inhabitants or a county contiguous to a county with | ||||||
19 | 3,000,000 or more
inhabitants and the site is not normally | ||||||
20 | accessible to the public, and
| ||||||
21 | (D) sites used for the refueling of police, fire, or | ||||||
22 | emergency medical
services vehicles or other vehicles that | ||||||
23 | are owned, leased, or operated by
(or operated under | ||||||
24 | contract with) the State, a unit of local government, or
a | ||||||
25 | school district, or any agency of the State and that are | ||||||
26 | not normally
accessible to the public.
| ||||||
27 | (2) (a) The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall adopt | ||||||
28 | rules and
regulations regarding underground storage tanks and | ||||||
29 | associated piping and
no municipality or other political | ||||||
30 | subdivision shall adopt or enforce any
ordinances or | ||||||
31 | regulations regarding such underground tanks and piping other
| ||||||
32 | than those which are identical to the rules and regulations of | ||||||
33 | the Office
of the State Fire Marshal. It is declared to be the | ||||||
34 | law of this State,
pursuant to paragraphs (h) and (i) of | ||||||
35 | Section 6 of Article VII of the
Illinois Constitution, that the | ||||||
36 | establishment and enforcement of standards
regarding |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | underground storage tanks and associated piping within the
| ||||||
2 | jurisdiction of the Office of the State Fire Marshal is an | ||||||
3 | exclusive State
function which may not be exercised | ||||||
4 | concurrently by a home rule unit except as
expressly permitted | ||||||
5 | in this Act.
| ||||||
6 | (b) The Office of the State Fire Marshal may enter into | ||||||
7 | written contracts
with municipalities of over 500,000 in | ||||||
8 | population to enforce the rules and
regulations adopted under | ||||||
9 | this subsection.
| ||||||
10 | (3) (a) The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall have | ||||||
11 | authority over
underground storage tanks which contain, have | ||||||
12 | contained, or are designed to
contain petroleum, hazardous | ||||||
13 | substances and regulated substances as those
terms are used in | ||||||
14 | Subtitle I of the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of
1984 | ||||||
15 | (P.L. 98-616), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and
| ||||||
16 | Reauthorization Act of 1986 (P.L. 99-499). The Office shall | ||||||
17 | have the
power with regard to underground storage tanks to | ||||||
18 | require any person who
tests, installs, repairs, replaces, | ||||||
19 | relines, or removes any underground storage
tank system | ||||||
20 | containing, formerly containing, or which is designed to | ||||||
21 | contain
petroleum or other regulated substances, to obtain a | ||||||
22 | permit to install, repair,
replace, reline, or remove the | ||||||
23 | particular tank system, and to pay a fee set by
the Office for | ||||||
24 | a permit to install, repair, replace, reline, upgrade, test, or
| ||||||
25 | remove any portion of an underground storage tank system. All | ||||||
26 | persons who do
repairs above grade level for themselves need | ||||||
27 | not pay a fee or be certified.
All fees received by the Office | ||||||
28 | from certification and permits shall be
deposited in the Fire | ||||||
29 | Prevention Fund for the exclusive use of the Office in
| ||||||
30 | administering the Underground Storage Tank program.
| ||||||
31 | (b) (i) Within 120 days after the promulgation of | ||||||
32 | regulations
or amendments thereto by the Administrator of the | ||||||
33 | United States Environmental
Protection Agency to implement | ||||||
34 | Section 9003 of Subtitle I of the Hazardous and
Solid Waste | ||||||
35 | Amendments of 1984 (P.L. 98-616) of the Resource Conservation | ||||||
36 | and
Recovery Act of 1976 (P.L. 94-580
95-580 ), as amended, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Office of
the State Fire Marshal shall adopt regulations or | ||||||
2 | amendments thereto which
are identical in substance. The | ||||||
3 | rulemaking provisions of Section 5-35 of the
Illinois | ||||||
4 | Administrative Procedure Act shall not apply to regulations or
| ||||||
5 | amendments thereto adopted pursuant to this subparagraph (i).
| ||||||
6 | (ii) The Office of the State Fire Marshal may adopt | ||||||
7 | additional
regulations relating to an underground storage tank | ||||||
8 | program that are not
inconsistent with and at least as | ||||||
9 | stringent as Section 9003 of Subtitle I
of the Hazardous and | ||||||
10 | Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (P.L. 98-616) of the
Resource | ||||||
11 | Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (P.L. 94-580), as | ||||||
12 | amended,
or regulations adopted thereunder. Except as provided | ||||||
13 | otherwise in
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph (b), the Office | ||||||
14 | of the State Fire
Marshal shall not adopt regulations relating | ||||||
15 | to corrective action at
underground storage tanks. Regulations | ||||||
16 | adopted pursuant to this subsection
shall be adopted in | ||||||
17 | accordance with the procedures for rulemaking in
Section 5-35 | ||||||
18 | of the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
| ||||||
19 | (c) The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall require any | ||||||
20 | person,
corporation or other entity who tests an underground | ||||||
21 | tank or its piping or
cathodic protection for another to report | ||||||
22 | the results of such test to the
Office.
| ||||||
23 | (d) In accordance with constitutional limitations, the | ||||||
24 | Office shall have
authority to enter at all reasonable times | ||||||
25 | upon any private or public
property for the purpose of:
| ||||||
26 | (i) Inspecting and investigating to ascertain possible | ||||||
27 | violations of
this Act, of regulations thereunder or of | ||||||
28 | permits or terms or conditions
thereof; or
| ||||||
29 | (ii) In accordance with the provisions of this Act, | ||||||
30 | taking whatever
emergency action, that is necessary or | ||||||
31 | appropriate, to assure that the
public health or safety is | ||||||
32 | not threatened whenever there is a release or a
substantial | ||||||
33 | threat of a release of petroleum or a regulated substance | ||||||
34 | from
an underground storage tank.
| ||||||
35 | (e) The Office of the State Fire Marshal may issue an | ||||||
36 | Administrative Order
to any person who it reasonably believes |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | has violated the rules and regulations
governing underground | ||||||
2 | storage tanks, including the installation, repair,
leak | ||||||
3 | detection, cathodic protection tank testing, removal or | ||||||
4 | release
notification. Such an order shall be served by | ||||||
5 | registered or certified
mail or in person. Any person served | ||||||
6 | with such an order may appeal such
order by submitting in | ||||||
7 | writing any such appeal to the Office within
10 days of the | ||||||
8 | date of receipt of such order. The Office shall conduct an
| ||||||
9 | administrative hearing governed by the Illinois Administrative | ||||||
10 | Procedure
Act and enter an order to sustain, modify or revoke | ||||||
11 | such order. Any appeal
from such order shall be to the circuit | ||||||
12 | court of the county in which the
violation took place and shall | ||||||
13 | be governed by the Administrative Review Law.
| ||||||
14 | (f) The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall not require | ||||||
15 | the removal
of an underground tank system taken out of | ||||||
16 | operation before January 2,
1974, except in the case in which | ||||||
17 | the office of the State Fire Marshal has
determined that a | ||||||
18 | release from the underground tank system poses a current
or | ||||||
19 | potential threat to human health and the environment. In that | ||||||
20 | case, and
upon receipt of an Order from the Office of the State | ||||||
21 | Fire Marshal, the
owner or operator of the nonoperational | ||||||
22 | underground tank system shall
assess the excavation zone and | ||||||
23 | close the system in accordance with
regulations promulgated by | ||||||
24 | the Office of the State Fire Marshal.
| ||||||
25 | (4) (a) The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall adopt | ||||||
26 | rules and
regulations regarding aboveground storage tanks and | ||||||
27 | associated piping and
no municipality or other political | ||||||
28 | subdivision shall adopt or enforce any
ordinances or | ||||||
29 | regulations regarding such aboveground tanks and piping other
| ||||||
30 | than those which are identical to the rules and regulations of | ||||||
31 | the Office
of the State Fire Marshal unless, in the interest of | ||||||
32 | fire safety, the
Office of the State Fire Marshal delegates | ||||||
33 | such authority to municipalities,
political subdivisions or | ||||||
34 | home rule units. It is declared to be the law of
this State, | ||||||
35 | pursuant to paragraphs (h) and (i) of Section 6 of Article VII
| ||||||
36 | of the Illinois Constitution, that the establishment of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | standards regarding
aboveground storage tanks and associated | ||||||
2 | piping within the jurisdiction of
the Office of the State Fire | ||||||
3 | Marshal is an exclusive State function which
may not be | ||||||
4 | exercised concurrently by a home rule unit except as expressly
| ||||||
5 | permitted in this Act.
| ||||||
6 | (b) The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall enforce its | ||||||
7 | rules
and regulations concerning aboveground storage tanks and | ||||||
8 | associated piping;
however, municipalities may enforce any of | ||||||
9 | their zoning ordinances or zoning
regulations regarding | ||||||
10 | aboveground tanks.
The Office of the State Fire Marshal may | ||||||
11 | issue an administrative order to
any owner of an aboveground | ||||||
12 | storage tank and associated piping it
reasonably believes to be | ||||||
13 | in violation of such rules and regulations to
remedy or remove | ||||||
14 | any such violation. Such an order shall be served by
registered | ||||||
15 | or certified mail or in person. Any person served with such an
| ||||||
16 | order may appeal such order by submitting in writing any such | ||||||
17 | appeal to
the Office within 10 days of the date of receipt of | ||||||
18 | such order. The Office
shall conduct an administrative hearing | ||||||
19 | governed by the Illinois
Administrative Procedure Act and enter | ||||||
20 | an order to sustain, modify or
revoke such order. Any appeal | ||||||
21 | from such order shall be to the circuit
court of the county in | ||||||
22 | which the violation took place and shall be governed
by the | ||||||
23 | Administrative Review Law.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 91-851, eff. 1-1-01; 92-618, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
25 | revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
26 | Section 485. The Animal Control Act is amended by changing | ||||||
27 | Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
28 | (510 ILCS 5/10) (from Ch. 8, par. 360)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 10. Impoundment; redemption.
When dogs or cats are | ||||||
30 | apprehended and impounded by the Administrator,
they must be | ||||||
31 | scanned for the presence of a microchip. The
Administrator | ||||||
32 | shall make every reasonable attempt to contact the owner as | ||||||
33 | soon
as possible. The Administrator shall give notice of not | ||||||
34 | less than 7 business
days to the owner prior to disposal of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | animal. Such notice shall be mailed
to the last known address | ||||||
2 | of the owner. Testimony of the Administrator, or his
or her | ||||||
3 | authorized agent, who mails such notice shall be evidence of | ||||||
4 | the receipt
of such notice by the owner of the animal.
| ||||||
5 | In case the owner of any impounded dog or cat desires to | ||||||
6 | make redemption
thereof, he or she may do so by doing
on the | ||||||
7 | following conditions :
| ||||||
8 | a. presenting
present proof of current rabies | ||||||
9 | inoculation ,
and registration, if applicable ; , or
| ||||||
10 | b. paying
pay for the rabies inoculation of the dog or | ||||||
11 | cat ,
and registration, if applicable ; , and
| ||||||
12 | c. paying
pay the pound for the board of the dog or cat | ||||||
13 | for
the period it was impounded ; ,
| ||||||
14 | d. paying
pay into the Animal Control Fund an | ||||||
15 | additional
impoundment fee as prescribed by the Board as a | ||||||
16 | penalty for the
first offense and for each subsequent | ||||||
17 | offense; and
| ||||||
18 | e. paying
pay for microchipping and registration if not | ||||||
19 | already
done.
| ||||||
20 | Animal control facilities that are open to the public 7 | ||||||
21 | days per week for
animal reclamation are exempt from the | ||||||
22 | business day requirement.
| ||||||
23 | The payments required for redemption under this Section
| ||||||
24 | shall be in
addition to any other penalties invoked under this | ||||||
25 | Act.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 93-548, eff. 8-19-03; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
27 | Section 490. The Humane Care for Animals Act is amended by | ||||||
28 | changing Sections 4.01, 4.04, and 16 as follows:
| ||||||
29 | (510 ILCS 70/4.01) (from Ch. 8, par. 704.01)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 4.01. Animals in entertainment. This Section does not | ||||||
31 | apply when
the only animals involved are dogs. (Section 26-5 of | ||||||
32 | the Criminal Code of
1961, rather than this Section, applies | ||||||
33 | when the only animals involved are
dogs.)
| ||||||
34 | (a) No person may own, capture, breed, train, or lease any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | animal which he
or she knows or should know is intended for use | ||||||
2 | in any show, exhibition,
program, or other activity featuring | ||||||
3 | or otherwise involving a fight between
such animal and any | ||||||
4 | other animal or human, or the intentional killing of any
animal | ||||||
5 | for the purpose of sport, wagering, or entertainment.
| ||||||
6 | (b) No person shall promote, conduct, carry on, advertise, | ||||||
7 | collect money for
or in any other manner assist or aid in the | ||||||
8 | presentation for purposes of sport,
wagering, or | ||||||
9 | entertainment, any show, exhibition, program, or other | ||||||
10 | activity
involving a fight between 2 or more animals or any | ||||||
11 | animal and human, or the
intentional killing of any animal.
| ||||||
12 | (c) No person shall sell or offer for sale, ship, | ||||||
13 | transport, or otherwise
move, or deliver or receive any animal | ||||||
14 | which he or she knows or should know
has been captured, bred, | ||||||
15 | or trained, or will be used, to fight another animal
or human | ||||||
16 | or be intentionally killed, for the purpose of sport, wagering, | ||||||
17 | or
entertainment.
| ||||||
18 | (d) No person shall manufacture for sale, shipment, | ||||||
19 | transportation
or delivery any device or equipment which that | ||||||
20 | person knows or should know
is intended for use in any show, | ||||||
21 | exhibition, program, or other activity
featuring or otherwise | ||||||
22 | involving a fight between 2 or more animals, or any
human and | ||||||
23 | animal, or the intentional killing of any animal for purposes | ||||||
24 | of
sport, wagering or entertainment.
| ||||||
25 | (e) No person shall own, possess, sell or offer for sale, | ||||||
26 | ship,
transport, or otherwise move any equipment or device | ||||||
27 | which such person
knows or should know is intended for use in | ||||||
28 | connection with any show,
exhibition, program, or activity | ||||||
29 | featuring or otherwise involving a fight
between 2 or more | ||||||
30 | animals, or any animal and human, or the intentional
killing of | ||||||
31 | any animal for purposes of sport, wagering or entertainment.
| ||||||
32 | (f) No person shall make available any site, structure, or | ||||||
33 | facility,
whether enclosed or not, which he or she knows or | ||||||
34 | should know is intended
to be used for the purpose of | ||||||
35 | conducting any show, exhibition, program, or
other activity | ||||||
36 | involving a fight between 2 or more animals, or any animal and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | human, or the intentional killing of any animal.
| ||||||
2 | (g) No person shall attend or otherwise patronize any show, | ||||||
3 | exhibition,
program, or other activity featuring or otherwise | ||||||
4 | involving a fight between
2 or more animals, or any animal and | ||||||
5 | human, or the intentional killing of
any animal for the | ||||||
6 | purposes of sport, wagering or entertainment.
| ||||||
7 | (h) (Blank).
| ||||||
8 | (i) Any animals or equipment involved in a violation of | ||||||
9 | this Section shall
be immediately seized and impounded under | ||||||
10 | Section 12 by the Department when
located at any show, | ||||||
11 | exhibition, program, or other activity featuring or
otherwise | ||||||
12 | involving an animal fight for the purposes of sport, wagering, | ||||||
13 | or
entertainment.
| ||||||
14 | (j) Any vehicle or conveyance other than a common carrier | ||||||
15 | that is used
in violation of this Section shall be seized, | ||||||
16 | held, and offered for sale at
public auction by the sheriff's | ||||||
17 | department of the proper jurisdiction, and
the proceeds from | ||||||
18 | the sale shall be remitted to the general fund of the
county | ||||||
19 | where the violation took place.
| ||||||
20 | (k) Any veterinarian in this State who is presented with an | ||||||
21 | animal for
treatment of injuries or wounds resulting from | ||||||
22 | fighting where there is a
reasonable possibility that the | ||||||
23 | animal was engaged in or utilized for a
fighting event for the | ||||||
24 | purposes of sport, wagering, or entertainment shall
file a | ||||||
25 | report with the Department and cooperate by furnishing the | ||||||
26 | owners'
names, dates, and descriptions of the animal or animals | ||||||
27 | involved. Any
veterinarian who in good faith complies with the | ||||||
28 | requirements of this
subsection has immunity from any | ||||||
29 | liability, civil, criminal, or otherwise,
that may result from | ||||||
30 | his or her actions. For the purposes of any proceedings,
civil | ||||||
31 | or criminal, the good faith of the veterinarian shall be | ||||||
32 | rebuttably
presumed.
| ||||||
33 | (l) No person shall solicit a minor to violate this | ||||||
34 | Section.
| ||||||
35 | (m) The penalties for violations of this Section shall be | ||||||
36 | as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) A person convicted of violating subsection (a), | ||||||
2 | (b), or (c) of this
Section or any rule, regulation, or | ||||||
3 | order of the Department pursuant thereto
is guilty of a | ||||||
4 | Class A misdemeanor for the first offense. A second or
| ||||||
5 | subsequent offense involving the violation of subsection | ||||||
6 | (a), (b), or (c) of
this Section or any rule, regulation, | ||||||
7 | or order of the Department pursuant
thereto is a Class 4 | ||||||
8 | felony.
| ||||||
9 | (2) A person convicted of violating subsection (d), | ||||||
10 | (e), or (f) of this
Section or any rule, regulation, or | ||||||
11 | order of the Department pursuant thereto
is guilty of a | ||||||
12 | Class A misdemeanor for the first offense. A second or
| ||||||
13 | subsequent violation is a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
14 | (3) A person convicted of violating subsection (g) of | ||||||
15 | this Section or
any rule, regulation, or order of the | ||||||
16 | Department pursuant thereto is guilty
of a Class C | ||||||
17 | misdemeanor.
| ||||||
18 | (4) A person convicted of violating subsection (l) of | ||||||
19 | this Section is
guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-425, eff. 1-1-02; 92-454, eff. 1-1-02; 92-650, | ||||||
21 | eff.
7-11-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; revised 11-21-02.)
| ||||||
22 | (510 ILCS 70/4.04) (from Ch. 8, par. 704.04)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 4.04. Injuring or killing police animals, service | ||||||
24 | animals, or search
and rescue dogs prohibited.
It shall be | ||||||
25 | unlawful for any person to willfully or maliciously torture,
| ||||||
26 | mutilate, injure, disable, poison, or kill (i) any animal used | ||||||
27 | by a law
enforcement department or agency in the performance of | ||||||
28 | the functions or duties
of the department or agency or when | ||||||
29 | placed in confinement off duty, (ii) any
service animal, (iii) | ||||||
30 | any search and rescue dog, or (iv) any law enforcement,
| ||||||
31 | service, or search and rescue animal in training. However, a | ||||||
32 | police officer or
veterinarian may perform euthanasia in | ||||||
33 | emergency situations when delay would
cause the animal undue | ||||||
34 | suffering and pain.
| ||||||
35 | A person convicted of violating this Section is guilty of a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Class 4
felony
A misdemeanor if the animal is not killed or | ||||||
2 | totally disabled; if
the animal is killed or totally disabled, | ||||||
3 | the person is guilty of a Class 3
Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 92-454, eff. 1-1-02; | ||||||
5 | 92-650, eff.
7-11-02; incorporates 92-723, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
6 | revised 10-3-02.)
| ||||||
7 | (510 ILCS 70/16) (from Ch. 8, par. 716)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 16. Miscellaneous violations; injunctions; | ||||||
9 | forfeiture.
| ||||||
10 | (a) (Blank).
| ||||||
11 | (b) (Blank). 4 felony 3
| ||||||
12 | (c) Any person convicted of any act of abuse or
neglect for | ||||||
13 | which no other penalty is specified in this Act, or of
| ||||||
14 | violating any other provision of this Act or any rule, | ||||||
15 | regulation, or
order of the Department pursuant thereto for | ||||||
16 | which no other penalty is
specified in this Act, is guilty of a | ||||||
17 | Class B misdemeanor for the first
violation. A second or | ||||||
18 | subsequent violation is a Class 4 felony, with
every day that a | ||||||
19 | violation continues constituting a separate offense.
| ||||||
20 | (d) (Blank).
| ||||||
21 | (e) (Blank).
| ||||||
22 | (f) The Department may enjoin a person from a continuing | ||||||
23 | violation of this
Act.
| ||||||
24 | (g) (Blank).
| ||||||
25 | (h) (Blank).
| ||||||
26 | (i) In addition to any other penalty provided by law, upon | ||||||
27 | conviction
for violating Section 3, 3.01, 3.02, or 3.03 the | ||||||
28 | court may order
the convicted person to forfeit to an animal | ||||||
29 | control or animal shelter
the animal or animals that are the | ||||||
30 | basis of the conviction. Upon an
order of forfeiture, the | ||||||
31 | convicted person is deemed to have permanently
relinquished all | ||||||
32 | rights to the animal or animals that are the basis of the
| ||||||
33 | conviction. The forfeited animal or animals shall be adopted or | ||||||
34 | humanely
euthanized. In no event may the convicted person or | ||||||
35 | anyone residing in his
or her household be permitted to adopt |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the forfeited animal or animals. The
court, additionally, may | ||||||
2 | order that the convicted person and persons dwelling
in the | ||||||
3 | same household as the convicted person who conspired, aided, or | ||||||
4 | abetted
in the unlawful act that was the basis of the | ||||||
5 | conviction, or who knew or should
have known of the unlawful | ||||||
6 | act, may not own, harbor, or have custody or control
of any | ||||||
7 | other animals for a period of time that the court deems | ||||||
8 | reasonable.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 91-291, eff. 1-1-00; 91-351, eff. 7-29-99; | ||||||
10 | 91-357, eff.
7-29-99; 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-425, eff. 1-1-02; | ||||||
11 | 92-454, eff. 1-1-02; 92-650,
eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff. | ||||||
12 | 7-11-02; 92-723, eff. 1-1-03; revised 10-3-02.)
| ||||||
13 | Section 495. The Wildlife Code is amended by changing | ||||||
14 | Sections 2.25 and 2.26 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (520 ILCS 5/2.25) (from Ch. 61, par. 2.25)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 2.25. It shall be unlawful for any person to take deer | ||||||
17 | except (i) with
a shotgun, handgun, or muzzleloading rifle or | ||||||
18 | (ii) as provided by
administrative rule,
with a bow and arrow, | ||||||
19 | or crossbow device for handicapped persons as defined
in | ||||||
20 | Section 2.33, during the open season of not more than 14 days | ||||||
21 | which will
be set annually by the Director between the dates of
| ||||||
22 | November 1st and December 31st, both inclusive.
For the | ||||||
23 | purposes of this Section, legal handguns include any centerfire
| ||||||
24 | handguns of .30
caliber or larger with a minimum barrel length | ||||||
25 | of 4 inches. The only legal
ammunition
for a centerfire handgun | ||||||
26 | is a cartridge of .30 caliber or larger with a
capability of at | ||||||
27 | least
500 foot pounds of energy at the muzzle. Full metal | ||||||
28 | jacket bullets may not be
used to
harvest deer.
| ||||||
29 | The Department shall make administrative rules concerning | ||||||
30 | management
restrictions applicable to the firearm and bow and | ||||||
31 | arrow season.
| ||||||
32 | It shall be unlawful for any person to take deer except | ||||||
33 | with a bow and
arrow, or crossbow device for handicapped | ||||||
34 | persons (as defined in Section
2.33), during the open season |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for bow and arrow set annually by the Director
between the | ||||||
2 | dates of September 1st and January 31st, both inclusive.
| ||||||
3 | It shall be unlawful for any person to take deer except | ||||||
4 | with (i) a
muzzleloading rifle, or (ii) bow and arrow, or | ||||||
5 | crossbow device for
handicapped persons as defined in Section | ||||||
6 | 2.33, during the open season for
muzzleloading rifles set | ||||||
7 | annually by the Director.
| ||||||
8 | The Director shall cause an administrative rule setting | ||||||
9 | forth the
prescribed rules and regulations, including bag and | ||||||
10 | possession limits and
those counties of the State where open | ||||||
11 | seasons are established, to be
published in accordance with | ||||||
12 | Sections 1.3 and 1.13 of this Act.
| ||||||
13 | The Department may establish separate harvest periods for | ||||||
14 | the purpose of
managing or eradicating disease that has been | ||||||
15 | found in the deer herd. This
season shall be restricted to gun | ||||||
16 | or bow and arrow hunting only. The Department
shall publicly | ||||||
17 | announce, via statewide news release, the season dates and
| ||||||
18 | shooting hours, the counties and sites open to hunting, permit | ||||||
19 | requirements,
application dates, hunting rules, legal weapons, | ||||||
20 | and reporting requirements.
| ||||||
21 | The Department is authorized to establish a separate | ||||||
22 | harvest period at
specific sites within the State for the | ||||||
23 | purpose of harvesting
surplus deer that cannot be taken during | ||||||
24 | the regular season provided for
the taking of deer. This season | ||||||
25 | shall be restricted to gun or bow and
arrow hunting only and | ||||||
26 | shall be established during the period of September 1st
to | ||||||
27 | February 15th, both inclusive. The Department shall publish | ||||||
28 | suitable
prescribed rules and regulations established by | ||||||
29 | administrative rule pertaining
to management restrictions | ||||||
30 | applicable to this special harvest program.
| ||||||
31 | (Source: P.A. 93-37, eff. 6-25-03; 93-554, eff. 8-20-03; | ||||||
32 | revised 9-15-03.)
| ||||||
33 | (520 ILCS 5/2.26) (from Ch. 61, par. 2.26)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 2.26. Deer hunting permits. In this Section,
"bona | ||||||
35 | fide equity shareholder" means an individual who (1) purchased, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for
market price, publicly sold stock shares in a corporation,
| ||||||
2 | purchased shares of a privately-held corporation for a value
| ||||||
3 | equal to the percentage of the appraised value of the corporate | ||||||
4 | assets
represented by the ownership in the corporation, or is a | ||||||
5 | member of a
closely-held family-owned corporation and has | ||||||
6 | purchased or been gifted with
shares of stock in the | ||||||
7 | corporation accurately reflecting his or her
percentage of | ||||||
8 | ownership and (2) intends to retain the ownership of the
shares | ||||||
9 | of stock for at least 5 years.
| ||||||
10 | In this Section, "bona fide equity member" means an | ||||||
11 | individual who (1) (i)
became a member
upon
the formation of | ||||||
12 | the limited liability company or (ii) has purchased a
| ||||||
13 | distributional interest in a limited liability company for a | ||||||
14 | value equal to the
percentage of the appraised value of the LLC | ||||||
15 | assets represented by the
distributional interest in the LLC | ||||||
16 | and subsequently becomes a member of the
company
pursuant to | ||||||
17 | Article 30 of the Limited Liability Company Act and who (2)
| ||||||
18 | intends to retain the membership for at least 5 years.
| ||||||
19 | In this Section, "bona fide equity partner" means an | ||||||
20 | individual who (1) (i) became a partner, either general or | ||||||
21 | limited, upon the formation of a partnership or limited | ||||||
22 | partnership, or (ii) has purchased, acquired, or been gifted a | ||||||
23 | partnership interest accurately representing his or her | ||||||
24 | percentage distributional interest in the profits, losses, and | ||||||
25 | assets of a partnership or limited partnership, (2) intends to | ||||||
26 | retain ownership of the partnership interest for at least 5 | ||||||
27 | years, and (3) is a resident of Illinois.
| ||||||
28 | Any person attempting to take deer shall first obtain a | ||||||
29 | "Deer
Hunting Permit" in accordance with prescribed | ||||||
30 | regulations set forth in an
Administrative Rule. Deer Hunting | ||||||
31 | Permits shall be issued by the Department.
The fee for a Deer | ||||||
32 | Hunting Permit to take deer with either bow and arrow or gun
| ||||||
33 | shall not exceed $15.00 for residents of the State. The | ||||||
34 | Department may by
administrative rule provide for non-resident | ||||||
35 | deer hunting permits for which the
fee will not exceed $200 | ||||||
36 | except as provided below for non-resident landowners
and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | non-resident archery hunters. The Department may by
| ||||||
2 | administrative rule provide for a non-resident archery deer | ||||||
3 | permit consisting
of not more than 2 harvest tags at a total | ||||||
4 | cost not to exceed $225.
Permits shall be issued without charge | ||||||
5 | to:
| ||||||
6 | (a) Illinois landowners residing in Illinois who own at | ||||||
7 | least 40 acres of
Illinois land and wish to hunt their land | ||||||
8 | only,
| ||||||
9 | (b) resident tenants of at least 40 acres of commercial | ||||||
10 | agricultural land
where they will hunt, and
| ||||||
11 | (c) Bona fide equity shareholders of a corporation,
| ||||||
12 | bona fide
equity
members of a limited liability
company, or | ||||||
13 | bona fide equity partners of a general or limited | ||||||
14 | partnership
which owns at least 40 acres of land
in a | ||||||
15 | county in Illinois who wish to hunt on the corporation's, | ||||||
16 | company's, or partnership's land only.
One permit shall be | ||||||
17 | issued without charge to one bona fide equity
shareholder, | ||||||
18 | one bona fide equity member, or one bona fide equity | ||||||
19 | partner for each 40
acres of land owned by the corporation, | ||||||
20 | company, or partnership in
a county; however, the number of
| ||||||
21 | permits issued without charge to bona fide equity | ||||||
22 | shareholders of any
corporation or bona fide equity members
| ||||||
23 | of a limited
liability company in any
county shall not | ||||||
24 | exceed 15, and shall not exceed 3 in the case of bona fide | ||||||
25 | equity partners of a partnership.
| ||||||
26 | Bona fide landowners or tenants who do not wish to hunt | ||||||
27 | only on the land
they own, rent , or lease or bona fide equity | ||||||
28 | shareholders, bona fide
equity
members, or bona fide equity | ||||||
29 | partners who do not wish to hunt
only on the
land owned by the | ||||||
30 | corporation, limited liability company, or partnership
shall | ||||||
31 | be
charged the same fee as the
applicant who is not a | ||||||
32 | landowner, tenant, bona fide equity
shareholder,
bona fide | ||||||
33 | equity member, or bona fide equity partner. Nonresidents
of
| ||||||
34 | Illinois who own at least 40 acres of land and wish to hunt on | ||||||
35 | their land only
shall be charged a fee set by administrative | ||||||
36 | rule. The method for
obtaining these permits shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | prescribed by administrative rule.
| ||||||
2 | The deer hunting permit issued without fee shall be valid | ||||||
3 | on
all farm lands which the person to whom it is issued owns, | ||||||
4 | leases or rents,
except that in the case of a permit issued to | ||||||
5 | a bona fide equity
shareholder, bona fide equity member, or | ||||||
6 | bona fide equity partner, the
permit shall
be valid on all | ||||||
7 | lands owned by the corporation, limited liability
company, or | ||||||
8 | partnership in the county.
| ||||||
9 | The standards and specifications for use of guns and bow | ||||||
10 | and arrow for
deer hunting shall be established by | ||||||
11 | administrative rule.
| ||||||
12 | No person may have in his possession any firearm not | ||||||
13 | authorized by
administrative rule for a specific hunting season | ||||||
14 | when taking deer.
| ||||||
15 | Persons having a firearm deer hunting permit shall be | ||||||
16 | permitted to
take deer only during the period from 1/2 hour | ||||||
17 | before sunrise to
sunset, and only during those days for which | ||||||
18 | an open season is
established for the taking of deer by use of | ||||||
19 | shotgun, handgun, or muzzle
loading
rifle.
| ||||||
20 | Persons having an archery deer hunting permit shall be | ||||||
21 | permitted to
take deer only during the period from 1/2 hour | ||||||
22 | before sunrise to 1/2 hour
after sunset, and only during those | ||||||
23 | days for which an open season is
established for the taking of | ||||||
24 | deer by use of bow and arrow.
| ||||||
25 | It shall be unlawful for any person to take deer by use of | ||||||
26 | dogs,
horses, automobiles, aircraft or other vehicles, or by | ||||||
27 | the use of salt
or bait of any kind. An area is considered as | ||||||
28 | baited during the presence
of and for 10 consecutive days | ||||||
29 | following the removal of bait. Nothing in this Section shall | ||||||
30 | prohibit the use of a dog to track wounded deer. Any person | ||||||
31 | using a dog for tracking wounded deer must maintain physical | ||||||
32 | control of the dog at all times by means of a maximum 50 foot | ||||||
33 | lead attached to the dog's collar or harness. Tracking wounded | ||||||
34 | deer is permissible at night, but at no time outside of legal | ||||||
35 | deer hunting hours or seasons shall any person handling or | ||||||
36 | accompanying a dog being used for tracking wounded deer be in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | possession of any firearm or archery device. Persons tracking | ||||||
2 | wounded deer with a dog during the firearm deer seasons shall | ||||||
3 | wear blaze orange as required. Dog handlers tracking wounded | ||||||
4 | deer with a dog are exempt from hunting license and deer permit | ||||||
5 | requirements so long as they are accompanied by the licensed | ||||||
6 | deer hunter who wounded the deer.
| ||||||
7 | It shall be unlawful to possess or transport any wild deer | ||||||
8 | which has
been injured or killed in any manner upon a public | ||||||
9 | highway or public
right-of-way of this State unless exempted by | ||||||
10 | administrative rule.
| ||||||
11 | Persons hunting deer must have gun unloaded and no bow and | ||||||
12 | arrow
device shall be carried with the arrow in the nocked | ||||||
13 | position during
hours when deer hunting is unlawful.
| ||||||
14 | It shall be unlawful for any person, having taken the legal | ||||||
15 | limit of
deer by gun, to further participate with gun in any | ||||||
16 | deer hunting party.
| ||||||
17 | It shall be unlawful for any person, having taken the legal | ||||||
18 | limit
of deer by bow and arrow, to further participate with bow | ||||||
19 | and arrow in any
deer hunting party.
| ||||||
20 | The Department may prohibit upland game hunting during the | ||||||
21 | gun deer
season by administrative rule.
| ||||||
22 | It shall be legal for handicapped persons, as defined in | ||||||
23 | Section 2.33, to
utilize a crossbow device, as defined in | ||||||
24 | Department rules, to take deer.
| ||||||
25 | Any person who violates any of the provisions of this | ||||||
26 | Section,
including administrative rules, shall be guilty of a | ||||||
27 | Class B misdemeanor.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 92-177, eff. 7-27-01; 92-261, eff. 8-7-01; | ||||||
29 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-554, eff. 8-20-03; 93-807, eff. | ||||||
30 | 7-24-04; 93-823, eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
31 | Section 500. The Illinois Open Land Trust Act is amended by | ||||||
32 | changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
33 | (525 ILCS 33/10)
| ||||||
34 | Sec. 10. Definitions. As used in this Act:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Conservation and recreation purposes" means activities | ||||||
2 | that are consistent
with the protection and preservation of | ||||||
3 | open lands, natural areas, wetlands,
prairies, forests, | ||||||
4 | watersheds, resource-rich areas, greenways, and fish and
| ||||||
5 | wildlife habitats, including multiple use such as hunting, | ||||||
6 | fishing, trapping,
and other recreational uses.
| ||||||
7 | "Conservation easement" means a nonpossessory interest in | ||||||
8 | real property
imposing limitations or affirmative obligations | ||||||
9 | the purposes of which include
retaining or protecting natural, | ||||||
10 | scenic, or open-space values of real property,
assuring its | ||||||
11 | availability for forest, recreational, or open-space use,
| ||||||
12 | protecting natural resources, maintaining or enhancing air or | ||||||
13 | water quality,
or preserving the natural, historical, | ||||||
14 | architectural, archaeological
archacological , or cultural | ||||||
15 | aspects of real property. A conservation
easement may be | ||||||
16 | released at any time by mutual consent of the parties.
| ||||||
17 | "Department" means the Department of Natural Resources.
| ||||||
18 | "Natural area" means an area of land that either retains or | ||||||
19 | has recovered to
a substantial degree its original natural or | ||||||
20 | primeval character, though it need
not be completely | ||||||
21 | undisturbed, or has floral, faunal, ecological, geological,
or | ||||||
22 | archaeological features of scientific, educational, scenic, or | ||||||
23 | esthetic
interest.
| ||||||
24 | "Open space" means those undeveloped or minimally | ||||||
25 | developed lands that
conserve and protect valuable natural | ||||||
26 | features or processes.
| ||||||
27 | "Real property" means land, including improvements | ||||||
28 | existing on the land.
| ||||||
29 | "Units of local government" means counties, townships, | ||||||
30 | municipalities, park
districts, conservation districts, forest | ||||||
31 | preserve districts, river conservancy
districts, and any other | ||||||
32 | units of local government empowered to expend public
funds for | ||||||
33 | the acquisition and development of land for public outdoor | ||||||
34 | park,
recreation, or conservation purposes.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 91-220, eff. 7-21-99; revised 10-9-03.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 505. The Illinois Highway Code is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Sections 5-701.2, 6-201.7, and 6-201.21 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (605 ILCS 5/5-701.2) (from Ch. 121, par. 5-701.2)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 5-701.2 .
Any county board, with the approval of the | ||||||
5 | Department,
may also use motor fuel tax money allotted to it | ||||||
6 | for construction of State
highways within the county.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: Laws 1959, p. 196; revised 1-21-04.)
| ||||||
8 | (605 ILCS 5/6-201.7) (from Ch. 121, par. 6-201.7)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 6-201.7. Construct, maintain and repair and be | ||||||
10 | responsible for
the construction, maintenance and repair of | ||||||
11 | roads within the district,
let contracts, employ labor and | ||||||
12 | purchase material and machinery
therefor, subject to the | ||||||
13 | limitations provided in this Code.
Contracts,
labor, | ||||||
14 | machinery, disposal, and incidental expenses related to | ||||||
15 | special services
under Section 6-201.21 of this Code constitute | ||||||
16 | maintenance, for purposes of
this Section.
| ||||||
17 | Except for professional services, when the cost of | ||||||
18 | construction,
materials, supplies, new machinery or equipment | ||||||
19 | exceeds
$10,000, the
contract for such construction, | ||||||
20 | materials, supplies, machinery or
equipment shall be let to
the | ||||||
21 | lowest responsible bidder after advertising for bids at least | ||||||
22 | once,
and at least 10 days prior to the time set for the | ||||||
23 | opening of such bids, in a
newspaper
published within the | ||||||
24 | township or road district, or, if no newspaper is
published | ||||||
25 | within the township or road district then in one published
| ||||||
26 | within the county, or, if no newspaper is published within the | ||||||
27 | county
then in a newspaper having general circulation within | ||||||
28 | the township or
road district, but, in case of an emergency, | ||||||
29 | such contract may be let
without advertising for bids. For | ||||||
30 | purposes of this
Section "new machinery or equipment" shall be | ||||||
31 | defined as that which has
been previously untitled or that | ||||||
32 | which shows fewer than 200 hours on its
operating clock and | ||||||
33 | that is accompanied by a new equipment manufacturer's
warranty.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 92-268, eff. 1-1-02; 93-109, eff. 7-8-03; 93-164, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eff.
7-10-03; 93-610, eff. 11-18-03; revised 12-4-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (605 ILCS 5/6-201.21)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 6-201.21. Special services; disaster relief. Subject | ||||||
4 | to Section
30-117 of the Township Code, the highway | ||||||
5 | commissioner has authority to provide
for orderly collection | ||||||
6 | and disposal of brush and leaves that have been properly
placed | ||||||
7 | for collection along the road district rights-of-way in | ||||||
8 | accordance with
local guidelines in those townships or counties | ||||||
9 | that regulate by ordinance open
burning of brush or leaves. | ||||||
10 | Further, the highway commissioner has authority to
provide | ||||||
11 | necessary relief services following the occurrence of an event | ||||||
12 | that has
been declared a disaster by State or local officials. | ||||||
13 | The highway commissioner
has purchasing authority, subject to | ||||||
14 | Section 6-201.6, and contractual authority
as defined in of
| ||||||
15 | Section 6-201.7 of this Code.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 93-109, eff. 7-8-03; 93-610, eff. 11-18-03; | ||||||
17 | revised 12-4-03.)
| ||||||
18 | Section 510. The Illinois Vehicle Code is amended by | ||||||
19 | changing Sections 3-412, 3-413, 3-621, 3-622, 3-625, 3-803, | ||||||
20 | 3-806.3, 6-103, 6-110, 6-206, 6-208, 6-411, 6-500, 6-508, | ||||||
21 | 11-501, 11-1201, 11-1414, 12-215, 15-301, and 18b-105 and by | ||||||
22 | setting forth, renumbering, and changing multiple versions of | ||||||
23 | Sections 3-648, 3-653, and 3-654 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (625 ILCS 5/3-412) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-412)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 3-412. Registration plates and registration stickers | ||||||
26 | to be
furnished by the Secretary of State.
| ||||||
27 | (a) The Secretary of State upon registering a vehicle | ||||||
28 | subject to annual
registration for the first time shall issue | ||||||
29 | or shall cause to be issued to the
owner one registration plate | ||||||
30 | for a motorcycle, trailer, semitrailer, motorized
pedalcycle | ||||||
31 | or truck-tractor, 2 registration plates for other motor | ||||||
32 | vehicles
and, where applicable, current registration stickers | ||||||
33 | for motor vehicles of the
first division. The provisions of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section may be made applicable to such
vehicles of the | ||||||
2 | second division, as the Secretary of State may, from time to
| ||||||
3 | time, in his discretion designate. On subsequent annual | ||||||
4 | registrations
during the term of the registration plate as | ||||||
5 | provided in Section 3-414.1, the
Secretary shall issue or cause | ||||||
6 | to be issued registration stickers as evidence
of current | ||||||
7 | registration. However, the issuance of annual registration | ||||||
8 | stickers
to vehicles registered under the provisions of | ||||||
9 | Sections 3-402.1 and 3-405.3 of
this Code may not be required | ||||||
10 | if the Secretary deems the issuance unnecessary.
| ||||||
11 | (b) Every registration plate shall have displayed upon it | ||||||
12 | the registration
number assigned to the vehicle for which it is | ||||||
13 | issued, the name of this State,
which may be abbreviated, the | ||||||
14 | year number for which it was issued, which may
be abbreviated, | ||||||
15 | the phrase "Land of Lincoln" (except as otherwise provided in
| ||||||
16 | this Code Chapter 3 ), and such other letters or numbers as the | ||||||
17 | Secretary
may prescribe. However, for apportionment plates | ||||||
18 | issued to vehicles registered
under Section 3-402.1 and fleet | ||||||
19 | plates issued to vehicles registered under
Section 3-405.3, the | ||||||
20 | phrase "Land of Lincoln" may be omitted to allow for
the word | ||||||
21 | "apportioned", the word "fleet", or other similar language to | ||||||
22 | be
displayed. Registration plates issued to a vehicle | ||||||
23 | registered as a fleet
vehicle may display a designation | ||||||
24 | determined by the Secretary.
| ||||||
25 | The Secretary may in his discretion prescribe
that letters | ||||||
26 | be used as prefixes only on registration plates issued to | ||||||
27 | vehicles
of the first division which are registered under this | ||||||
28 | Code and only as suffixes
on registration plates issued to | ||||||
29 | other vehicles. Every registration sticker
issued as evidence | ||||||
30 | of current registration shall designate the year number
for | ||||||
31 | which it is issued and such other letters or numbers as the | ||||||
32 | Secretary may
prescribe and shall be of a contrasting color | ||||||
33 | with the registration plates and
registration stickers of the | ||||||
34 | previous year.
| ||||||
35 | (c) Each registration plate and the required letters and | ||||||
36 | numerals thereon,
except the year number for which issued, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be of sufficient size to be
plainly readable from a | ||||||
2 | distance of 100 feet during daylight, and shall be
coated with | ||||||
3 | reflectorizing material. The dimensions of the plate issued to
| ||||||
4 | vehicles of the first division shall be 6 by 12 inches.
| ||||||
5 | (d) The Secretary of State shall issue for every passenger | ||||||
6 | motor vehicle
rented without a driver the same type of | ||||||
7 | registration plates as the type of
plates issued for a private | ||||||
8 | passenger vehicle.
| ||||||
9 | (e) The Secretary of State shall issue for every passenger
| ||||||
10 | car used as a taxicab or livery, distinctive registration | ||||||
11 | plates.
| ||||||
12 | (f) The Secretary of State shall issue for every motorcycle
| ||||||
13 | distinctive registration plates distinguishing between
| ||||||
14 | motorcycles having 150 or more cubic centimeters piston
| ||||||
15 | displacement, or having less than 150 cubic centimeter
piston | ||||||
16 | displacement.
| ||||||
17 | (g) Registration plates issued to vehicles for-hire may
| ||||||
18 | display a designation as determined by the Secretary that
such | ||||||
19 | vehicles are for-hire.
| ||||||
20 | (h) The Secretary of State shall issue for each electric
| ||||||
21 | vehicle distinctive registration plates which shall | ||||||
22 | distinguish
between electric vehicles having a maximum | ||||||
23 | operating speed
of 45 miles per hour or more and those having a | ||||||
24 | maximum
operating speed of less than 45 miles per hour.
| ||||||
25 | (i) The Secretary of State shall issue for every public and | ||||||
26 | private
ambulance registration plates identifying the vehicle | ||||||
27 | as an ambulance.
The Secretary shall forward to the Department | ||||||
28 | of Public Aid registration
information for the purpose of | ||||||
29 | verification of claims filed with the
Department by ambulance | ||||||
30 | owners for payment for services to public assistance
| ||||||
31 | recipients.
| ||||||
32 | (j) The Secretary of State shall issue for every public and | ||||||
33 | private
medical carrier or rescue vehicle livery registration | ||||||
34 | plates displaying
numbers within ranges of numbers reserved | ||||||
35 | respectively for medical carriers
and rescue vehicles. The | ||||||
36 | Secretary shall forward to the Department of Public
Aid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | registration information for the purpose of verification of | ||||||
2 | claims filed
with the Department by owners of medical carriers | ||||||
3 | or rescue vehicles for
payment for services to public | ||||||
4 | assistance recipients.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-629, eff. 7-1-03; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
6 | revised 9-27-03.)
| ||||||
7 | (625 ILCS 5/3-413) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-413)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 3-413. Display of registration plates, registration | ||||||
9 | stickers
and drive-away permits.
| ||||||
10 | (a) Registration plates issued for a
motor vehicle other | ||||||
11 | than a motorcycle, trailer, semitrailer,
truck-tractor, | ||||||
12 | apportioned bus, or apportioned truck shall be attached
| ||||||
13 | thereto, one in the front and one in the
rear. The registration | ||||||
14 | plate issued for a motorcycle, trailer or
semitrailer required | ||||||
15 | to be registered hereunder and any apportionment
plate issued | ||||||
16 | to a bus under the provisions of this Code shall be attached
to | ||||||
17 | the rear thereof. The registration plate issued for a | ||||||
18 | truck-tractor or
an apportioned truck required to be registered | ||||||
19 | hereunder shall be
attached to the front thereof.
| ||||||
20 | (b) Every registration plate shall at all times be securely | ||||||
21 | fastened
in a horizontal position to the vehicle for which it | ||||||
22 | is issued so as to
prevent the plate from swinging and at a | ||||||
23 | height of not less than 5
inches from the ground, measuring | ||||||
24 | from the bottom of such plate, in a
place and position to be | ||||||
25 | clearly visible and shall be maintained in a
condition to be | ||||||
26 | clearly legible, free
from any materials that would obstruct | ||||||
27 | the visibility of the plate,
including, but not limited to, | ||||||
28 | glass covers and tinted plastic covers. Clear
plastic covers | ||||||
29 | are permissible as long as they remain clear and do not | ||||||
30 | obstruct
the visibility of the plates. Registration stickers | ||||||
31 | issued as
evidence of renewed annual registration shall be | ||||||
32 | attached to registration
plates as required by the Secretary of | ||||||
33 | State, and be clearly visible at
all times.
| ||||||
34 | (c) Every drive-away permit issued pursuant to this
Code | ||||||
35 | shall
be firmly attached to the motor vehicle in the manner |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | prescribed by the Secretary of State. If a drive-away permit is | ||||||
2 | affixed to a motor vehicle in any other manner the
permit shall | ||||||
3 | be void and of no effect.
| ||||||
4 | (d) The Illinois prorate decal issued to a foreign | ||||||
5 | registered
vehicle part of a fleet prorated or apportioned with | ||||||
6 | Illinois, shall be
displayed on a registration plate and | ||||||
7 | displayed on the front of such
vehicle in the same manner as an | ||||||
8 | Illinois registration plate.
| ||||||
9 | (e) The registration plate issued for a camper body mounted | ||||||
10 | on a
truck displaying registration plates shall be attached to | ||||||
11 | the rear of
the camper body.
| ||||||
12 | (f) No person shall operate a vehicle, nor permit the | ||||||
13 | operation of a
vehicle, upon which is displayed an Illinois | ||||||
14 | registration plate, plates
or registration stickers after the | ||||||
15 | termination of the registration
period for which issued or | ||||||
16 | after the expiration date set pursuant to
Sections 3-414 and | ||||||
17 | 3-414.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-668, eff. 1-1-03; 92-680, eff. 7-16-02; | ||||||
19 | revised 10-2-02.)
| ||||||
20 | (625 ILCS 5/3-621) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-621)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 3-621. The Secretary, upon receipt of an application, | ||||||
22 | made in the
form prescribed by the Secretary of State, may | ||||||
23 | issue to
members of the Illinois
National Guard, and to | ||||||
24 | Illinois residents who are either former members of
the | ||||||
25 | Illinois National Guard or the surviving spouses of
Illinois | ||||||
26 | National Guard members, special registration plates. The | ||||||
27 | special
plates issued
pursuant to this Section shall be affixed | ||||||
28 | only to passenger vehicles of
the first division, motorcycles, | ||||||
29 | or motor vehicles of the second division
weighing not
more than | ||||||
30 | 8,000 pounds subject to the staggered registration system.
| ||||||
31 | The design and color of such plates shall be wholly within | ||||||
32 | the discretion of
the Secretary of State.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 92-545, eff. 6-12-02; 92-699, 1-1-03; revised | ||||||
34 | 8-23-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (625 ILCS 5/3-622) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-622)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 3-622. The Secretary, upon receipt of an application | ||||||
3 | made in the
form prescribed by the Secretary of State, may | ||||||
4 | issue to
members of the
United States Armed Forces Reserves who | ||||||
5 | reside in Illinois, and to Illinois
residents who are either | ||||||
6 | former members of the United States Armed Forces
Reserves or | ||||||
7 | the surviving spouses of United States Armed Forces Reserve
| ||||||
8 | members who resided in Illinois, special
registration plates. | ||||||
9 | The special plates issued pursuant to this Section
shall be | ||||||
10 | affixed only to passenger vehicles of the first division, | ||||||
11 | motorcycles,
or
motor vehicles of the second division weighing | ||||||
12 | not more than 8,000 pounds
subject
to the staggered | ||||||
13 | registration system. The design and color of such plates
shall | ||||||
14 | be wholly within the discretion of the Secretary of State.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-545, eff. 6-12-02; 92-699, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
16 | revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
17 | (625 ILCS 5/3-625) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-625)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 3-625. Pearl Harbor Plates. The Secretary, upon | ||||||
19 | receipt of an
application made in the form prescribed by the | ||||||
20 | Secretary of State, may
issue special registration plates to | ||||||
21 | any Illinois resident who, while a
member of the armed forces | ||||||
22 | of the United States, participated in the battle
of Pearl | ||||||
23 | Harbor on December 7, 1941, or to the widowed spouse of any | ||||||
24 | Illinois
resident who, while a member of the armed forces of | ||||||
25 | the United States,
participated in the battle of Pearl Harbor | ||||||
26 | on December 7, 1941, provided that
the widowed spouse was | ||||||
27 | married to the battle of Pearl Harbor participant at the
time | ||||||
28 | of the participant's death and is a single person at the time | ||||||
29 | of
application. The special plates issued pursuant to
this | ||||||
30 | Section should be affixed only to passenger vehicles of the 1st
| ||||||
31 | division, motorcycles, or motor vehicles of the 2nd division | ||||||
32 | weighing not more
than
8,000 pounds.
| ||||||
33 | The design and color of such plates shall be wholly within | ||||||
34 | the
discretion of the Secretary of State. Appropriate | ||||||
35 | documentation, as
determined by the Secretary, and the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appropriate registration
fee shall accompany the application.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 92-545, eff. 6-12-02; 92-699, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
3 | revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
4 | (625 ILCS 5/3-648)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 3-648. Education license plates.
| ||||||
6 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of an application made in | ||||||
7 | the form
prescribed by the Secretary, may issue special | ||||||
8 | registration plates designated
as Education license plates. | ||||||
9 | The special plates issued under this Section
shall be affixed | ||||||
10 | only to passenger vehicles of the first division and motor
| ||||||
11 | vehicles of the second division weighing not more than 8,000 | ||||||
12 | pounds. Plates
issued under this Section shall expire according | ||||||
13 | to the multi-year procedure
established by Section 3-414.1 of | ||||||
14 | this Code.
| ||||||
15 | (b) The design and color of the plates
shall be determined | ||||||
16 | by a contest that every elementary school pupil in the
State of | ||||||
17 | Illinois is eligible to enter. The designs submitted for the | ||||||
18 | contest
shall be judged on September 30, 2002, and the winning | ||||||
19 | design shall be selected
by a committee
composed of the | ||||||
20 | Secretary, the Director of State Police, 2 members of the
| ||||||
21 | Senate, one member chosen by the President of the Senate and | ||||||
22 | one member chosen
by the
Senate Minority Leader, and 2 members | ||||||
23 | of the House of Representatives, one
member chosen by the | ||||||
24 | Speaker of the House and one member chosen by the House
| ||||||
25 | Minority
Leader.
The
Secretary may allow the plates to be | ||||||
26 | issued as vanity or personalized plates
under Section 3-405.1 | ||||||
27 | of the Code. The Secretary shall prescribe stickers or
decals | ||||||
28 | as provided under Section 3-412 of this Code.
| ||||||
29 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
30 | $40 fee for
original issuance,
in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
31 | registration fee.
Of this $40 additional original issuance fee, | ||||||
32 | $15 shall be deposited into the
Secretary of State Special
| ||||||
33 | License Plate Fund, to be used by the Secretary to help defray | ||||||
34 | the
administrative processing costs, and
$25 shall be deposited | ||||||
35 | into the Illinois Future Teacher Corps
Scholarship Fund.
For |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | each registration renewal period, a $40 fee, in addition to the
| ||||||
2 | appropriate registration fee, shall be charged.
Of this $40 | ||||||
3 | additional renewal fee, $2 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
4 | Secretary of
State Special License
Plate Fund and $38 shall be | ||||||
5 | deposited into the Illinois Future Teacher
Corps
Scholarship | ||||||
6 | Fund. Each
fiscal year, once deposits from the additional | ||||||
7 | original issuance and renewal
fees into the Secretary of State | ||||||
8 | Special License Plate Fund have reached
$500,000, all the | ||||||
9 | amounts received for the additional fees for the balance of
the | ||||||
10 | fiscal year shall be
deposited into the Illinois Future Teacher | ||||||
11 | Corps Scholarship Fund.
| ||||||
12 | (d) The Illinois Future Teacher Corps Scholarship Fund
is | ||||||
13 | created as a special fund in the State treasury. Ninety-five
| ||||||
14 | percent of the
moneys in the Illinois Future Teacher Corps | ||||||
15 | Scholarship Fund
shall be appropriated to the Illinois Student | ||||||
16 | Assistance
Commission for scholarships under Section 52 of the | ||||||
17 | Higher
Education Student Assistance Act, and 5% of the
moneys | ||||||
18 | in the Illinois Future Teacher Corps Scholarship Fund
shall be | ||||||
19 | appropriated to the State Board of Education for grants to the
| ||||||
20 | Golden Apple Foundation for Excellence in Teaching, a | ||||||
21 | recognized charitable
organization that
meets the requirements | ||||||
22 | of Title 26, Section 501(c)(3) of the United States
Code.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 92-445, eff. 8-17-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
24 | 92-845, eff.
1-1-03; 93-21, eff. 7-1-03.)
| ||||||
25 | (625 ILCS 5/3-653)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 3-653. Pet Friendly license plates.
| ||||||
27 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of an application made in | ||||||
28 | the form
prescribed by the Secretary, may issue special | ||||||
29 | registration plates designated
as Pet Friendly license plates. | ||||||
30 | The special plates issued under this Section
shall be affixed | ||||||
31 | only to passenger vehicles of the first division, motor
| ||||||
32 | vehicles of the second division weighing not more than 8,000 | ||||||
33 | pounds, and
recreational vehicles as defined in Section 1-169 | ||||||
34 | of this Code. Plates
issued under this Section shall expire | ||||||
35 | according to the multi-year procedure
established by Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 3-414.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
2 | (b) The design and color of the plates is wholly within the | ||||||
3 | discretion of
the Secretary, except that the phrase "I am pet | ||||||
4 | friendly" shall be on the
plates. The Secretary may allow the | ||||||
5 | plates to be issued as vanity plates or
personalized plates | ||||||
6 | under Section 3-405.1 of the Code. The Secretary shall
| ||||||
7 | prescribe stickers or decals as provided under Section 3-412 of | ||||||
8 | this Code.
| ||||||
9 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
10 | $40 fee for
original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
11 | registration fee. Of this
additional fee, $25 shall be | ||||||
12 | deposited into the Pet Overpopulation Control
Fund and $15 | ||||||
13 | shall be deposited into the Secretary of State Special License
| ||||||
14 | Plate Fund, to be used by the Secretary to help defray the | ||||||
15 | administrative
processing costs.
| ||||||
16 | For each registration renewal period, a $27 fee, in | ||||||
17 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
18 | Of this additional fee,
$25 shall be deposited into the Pet | ||||||
19 | Overpopulation Control Fund and $2 shall
be deposited into the | ||||||
20 | Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
21 | (d) The Pet Overpopulation Control Fund is created as a | ||||||
22 | special fund
in the State treasury. All moneys in the Pet | ||||||
23 | Overpopulation Control
Fund shall be paid, subject to | ||||||
24 | appropriation by the General Assembly and
approval by the | ||||||
25 | Secretary, as grants to humane societies exempt from federal
| ||||||
26 | income taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
27 | Code to be
used solely for the humane sterilization of dogs and | ||||||
28 | cats in the State of
Illinois. In approving grants under this | ||||||
29 | subsection (d), the Secretary shall
consider recommendations | ||||||
30 | for grants made by a volunteer board appointed by
the Secretary | ||||||
31 | that shall consist of 5 Illinois residents who are officers or
| ||||||
32 | directors of humane societies operating in different regions in | ||||||
33 | Illinois.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 92-520, eff. 6-1-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02.)
| ||||||
35 | (625 ILCS 5/3-654)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 3-654. Illinois Public Broadcasting System Stations
| ||||||
2 | special license
plates.
| ||||||
3 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of all applicable fees and | ||||||
4 | applications
made in the form prescribed by the Secretary, may | ||||||
5 | issue special registration
plates designated as Illinois | ||||||
6 | Public Broadcasting System Stations special
license
plates.
| ||||||
7 | The special plates issued under this Section shall be affixed | ||||||
8 | only to
passenger vehicles of the first division or motor | ||||||
9 | vehicles of the second
division weighing not more than 8,000 | ||||||
10 | pounds.
Plates issued under this Section shall expire according | ||||||
11 | to the multi-year
procedure established by Section 3-414.1 of | ||||||
12 | this Code.
| ||||||
13 | (b) The design and color of the special plates shall be | ||||||
14 | wholly within the
discretion of the Secretary.
The Secretary | ||||||
15 | may, in his or her discretion, allow the plates to be issued as
| ||||||
16 | vanity or personalized plates in accordance with Section | ||||||
17 | 3-405.1 of this Code.
The plates are not required to designate | ||||||
18 | "Land of Lincoln", as prescribed in
subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
19 | 3-412 of this Code. The Secretary, in his or her
discretion, | ||||||
20 | shall approve and prescribe stickers or decals as provided
| ||||||
21 | under Section 3-412.
| ||||||
22 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
23 | $40
fee for
original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
24 | registration fee. Of this
fee, $25 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
25 | Public Broadcasting
Fund and $15
shall be deposited into the | ||||||
26 | Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund, to
be used by | ||||||
27 | the Secretary to help defray the administrative processing | ||||||
28 | costs.
| ||||||
29 | For each registration renewal period, a $27 fee, in | ||||||
30 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
31 | Of this fee, $25 shall be
deposited into the
Public | ||||||
32 | Broadcasting
Fund and $2 shall be deposited
into the Secretary | ||||||
33 | of State Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
34 | (d) The Public Broadcasting Fund is created as a special | ||||||
35 | fund in the
State treasury. Subject to appropriation by the | ||||||
36 | General Assembly and approval
by the Secretary, the Secretary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall pay
all moneys in the Public Broadcasting Fund
to the | ||||||
2 | various Public Broadcasting System stations in Illinois for | ||||||
3 | operating
costs.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 92-695, eff. 1-1-03.)
| ||||||
5 | (625 ILCS 5/3-655)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 3-655
3-648 . Hospice license plates.
| ||||||
7 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of an application made in | ||||||
8 | the form
prescribed by the Secretary, may issue special | ||||||
9 | registration plates designated
as Hospice license plates. The | ||||||
10 | special plates issued under this Section
shall be affixed only | ||||||
11 | to passenger vehicles of the first division and motor
vehicles | ||||||
12 | of the second division weighing not more than 8,000 pounds. | ||||||
13 | Plates
issued under this Section shall expire according to the | ||||||
14 | multi-year procedure
established by Section 3-414.1 of this | ||||||
15 | Code.
| ||||||
16 | (b) The color of the plates is wholly within the discretion | ||||||
17 | of
the Secretary. The design of the plates shall include the | ||||||
18 | word "Hospice" above
drawings of two lilies and a butterfly.
| ||||||
19 | The
Secretary may allow the plates to be issued as vanity | ||||||
20 | plates or personalized
under Section 3-405.1 of the Code. The | ||||||
21 | Secretary shall prescribe stickers or
decals as provided under | ||||||
22 | Section 3-412 of this Code.
| ||||||
23 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
24 | $25 fee for
original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
25 | registration fee. Of this
fee, $10 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
26 | Hospice Fund and $15 shall be
deposited into the Secretary of | ||||||
27 | State Special License Plate Fund, to be used by
the Secretary | ||||||
28 | to help defray the administrative processing costs.
| ||||||
29 | For each registration renewal period, a $25 fee, in | ||||||
30 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
31 | Of this fee, $23 shall be
deposited into the Hospice Fund and | ||||||
32 | $2 shall be deposited into the
Secretary of State Special | ||||||
33 | License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
34 | (d) The Hospice Fund is created as a special fund in the | ||||||
35 | State
treasury. All money in the Hospice Fund shall be paid, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subject to
appropriation by the General Assembly
and approval | ||||||
2 | by the Secretary, to the Department of Public Health for
| ||||||
3 | distribution as grants for hospice services as defined in the | ||||||
4 | Hospice Program
Licensing Act. The Director of Public Health | ||||||
5 | shall adopt rules for the
distribution of these grants.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 92-693, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
7 | (625 ILCS 5/3-656)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 3-656
3-653 . Lewis and Clark Bicentennial license | ||||||
9 | plates.
| ||||||
10 | (a) In addition to any other special license plate, the | ||||||
11 | Secretary, upon
receipt of all applicable fees and applications | ||||||
12 | made in the form prescribed by
the Secretary of State, may | ||||||
13 | issue special registration plates designated as
Lewis and Clark | ||||||
14 | Bicentennial license plates to residents of Illinois. The
| ||||||
15 | special plate issued under this Section shall be affixed only | ||||||
16 | to passenger
vehicles of the first division, motor vehicles of | ||||||
17 | the second
division weighing not more than 8,000 pounds, and | ||||||
18 | recreational vehicles as
defined by Section 1-169 of this Code. | ||||||
19 | Plates issued under this Section shall
expire according to the | ||||||
20 | staggered multi-year procedure established by Section
3-414.1 | ||||||
21 | of this Code.
| ||||||
22 | (b) The Secretary of State shall confer with the Governor's | ||||||
23 | Illinois Lewis
and Clark Bicentennial Commission regarding the | ||||||
24 | design, color, and format of
the plates. The Secretary may, in | ||||||
25 | his or
her discretion, allow the plates to be issued as vanity | ||||||
26 | or personalized plates
in accordance with Section 3-405.1 of | ||||||
27 | this Code. The plates are not required
to designate "Land Of | ||||||
28 | Lincoln", as prescribed in subsection (b) of Section
3-412 of | ||||||
29 | this Code. The Secretary, in his or her discretion, shall | ||||||
30 | approve and
prescribe stickers or decals as provided under | ||||||
31 | Section 3-412.
| ||||||
32 | (c) An applicant shall be charged a $40 fee for original | ||||||
33 | issuance
in addition to the applicable registration fee. Of | ||||||
34 | this additional fee,
$15 shall be deposited into the Secretary | ||||||
35 | of State
Special License Plate Fund and $25 shall be deposited |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | into the Lewis and
Clark Bicentennial Fund. For each | ||||||
2 | registration renewal period, a $27 fee,
in addition to the | ||||||
3 | appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. Of this
| ||||||
4 | additional fee, $2 shall be deposited into the Secretary of | ||||||
5 | State Special
License Plate Fund and $25 shall be deposited | ||||||
6 | into the Lewis and Clark
Bicentennial Fund.
| ||||||
7 | (d) The Secretary of State shall issue special license | ||||||
8 | plates under this
Section on and before September 1, 2008. The | ||||||
9 | Secretary may not issue special
plates under this Section after | ||||||
10 | September 1, 2008.
| ||||||
11 | (e) The Lewis and Clark Bicentennial Fund is created as a | ||||||
12 | special fund
in the State treasury. All moneys in the Lewis and | ||||||
13 | Clark Bicentennial Fund
shall, subject to appropriation by the | ||||||
14 | General Assembly and approval by the
Secretary, be used by the | ||||||
15 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity
Community | ||||||
16 | Affairs
to promote tourism and education related to the Lewis | ||||||
17 | and Clark Expedition and
for historic preservation purposes | ||||||
18 | related to the Expedition.
| ||||||
19 | The State Treasurer shall transfer any moneys remaining in | ||||||
20 | the Lewis and
Clark Bicentennial Fund on September 1, 2009 and | ||||||
21 | any moneys received for
deposit into that Fund on or after | ||||||
22 | September 1, 2009 into the Secretary of
State Special License | ||||||
23 | Plate Fund.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-694, eff. 1-1-03; revised 10-15-03 .)
| ||||||
25 | (625 ILCS 5/3-657)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 3-657
3-654 . Park District Youth Program license | ||||||
27 | plates.
| ||||||
28 | (a) In addition to any other special license
plate,
the | ||||||
29 | Secretary, upon receipt of all
applicable fees and applications | ||||||
30 | made in the form prescribed by the
Secretary of State, may | ||||||
31 | issue Park District Youth Program license plates. The
special | ||||||
32 | Park District Youth Program plate
issued under this
Section | ||||||
33 | shall be affixed only to passenger vehicles of the first | ||||||
34 | division and
motor vehicles of the second division weighing not | ||||||
35 | more than 8,000 pounds.
Plates issued under this Section shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expire according to the staggered
multi-year procedure | ||||||
2 | established by Section 3-414.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
3 | (b) The design, color, and format of the plates shall be | ||||||
4 | wholly
within the discretion of the Secretary of State.
| ||||||
5 | Appropriate documentation, as determined by the Secretary, | ||||||
6 | must accompany each
application.
The Secretary,
in his or her | ||||||
7 | discretion, shall approve and prescribe
stickers
or decals as | ||||||
8 | provided under Section 3-412.
| ||||||
9 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
10 | $40 fee for
original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
11 | registration fee. Of this
fee, $25 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
12 | Park District Youth Program Fund and $15
shall be
deposited | ||||||
13 | into the Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund, to be | ||||||
14 | used by
the Secretary to help defray the administrative | ||||||
15 | processing costs.
| ||||||
16 | For each registration renewal period, a $27 fee, in | ||||||
17 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
18 | Of this fee, $25 shall be
deposited into the Park District | ||||||
19 | Youth Program Fund and $2 shall be deposited
into the
Secretary | ||||||
20 | of State Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
21 | (d) The Park District Youth Program Fund is created as a | ||||||
22 | special fund in the
State
treasury. All money in the Park | ||||||
23 | District Youth Program Fund shall be paid,
subject to
| ||||||
24 | appropriation by the General Assembly
and approval by the | ||||||
25 | Secretary, as grants to the Illinois Association
of Park | ||||||
26 | Districts, a not-for-profit corporation, for grants to park | ||||||
27 | districts
and recreation agencies providing innovative after | ||||||
28 | school programming for
Illinois youth.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 92-697, eff. 7-19-02; revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
30 | (625 ILCS 5/3-658)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 3-658
3-654 . Professional Sports Teams license | ||||||
32 | plates.
| ||||||
33 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of an application made in | ||||||
34 | the form
prescribed by the Secretary, may issue special | ||||||
35 | registration plates designated
as Professional Sports Teams |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | license plates. The special plates issued under
this Section
| ||||||
2 | shall be affixed only to passenger vehicles of the first | ||||||
3 | division and motor
vehicles of the second division weighing not | ||||||
4 | more than 8,000 pounds. Plates
issued under this Section shall | ||||||
5 | expire according to the multi-year procedure
established by | ||||||
6 | Section 3-414.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
7 | (b) The design and color of the plates is wholly within the | ||||||
8 | discretion of
the Secretary, except that the plates shall, | ||||||
9 | subject to the permission of the
applicable team owner, display | ||||||
10 | the logo of the Chicago Bears, the Chicago
Bulls, the Chicago | ||||||
11 | Blackhawks
Black Hawks , the Chicago Cubs, the
Chicago White | ||||||
12 | Sox, the St. Louis Rams, or the St. Louis Cardinals, at the
| ||||||
13 | applicant's option. The Secretary may allow the plates to be | ||||||
14 | issued as vanity
or personalized plates under Section 3-405.1 | ||||||
15 | of the Code. The Secretary shall
prescribe stickers or decals | ||||||
16 | as provided under Section 3-412 of this Code.
| ||||||
17 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
18 | $40 fee for
original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
19 | registration fee. Of this
fee, $25 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
20 | Professional Sports Teams Education Fund
and $15 shall be | ||||||
21 | deposited into the Secretary of State Special License Plate
| ||||||
22 | Fund, to be used by the Secretary to help defray the | ||||||
23 | administrative processing
costs.
| ||||||
24 | For each registration renewal period, a $27 fee, in | ||||||
25 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
26 | Of this fee, $25 shall be
deposited into the Professional | ||||||
27 | Sports Teams Education Fund and $2 shall be
deposited into the | ||||||
28 | Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
29 | (d) The Professional Sports Teams Education Fund is created | ||||||
30 | as a special
fund in the State treasury. All moneys in the | ||||||
31 | Professional Sports Teams
Education Fund shall, subject to | ||||||
32 | appropriation by the General Assembly and
approval by the | ||||||
33 | Secretary, be deposited every 6 months into the Common School
| ||||||
34 | Fund.
| ||||||
35 | (Source: P.A. 92-699, eff. 1-1-03; revised 10-28-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (625 ILCS 5/3-659)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 3-659
3-654 . Pan Hellenic license plates.
| ||||||
3 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of all applicable fees and | ||||||
4 | applications made
in the
form prescribed by the Secretary, may | ||||||
5 | issue special registration plates
designated as
Pan Hellenic | ||||||
6 | license plates. The special plates issued under this Section | ||||||
7 | shall
be
affixed only to passenger vehicles of the first | ||||||
8 | division or motor vehicles of
the
second division weighing not | ||||||
9 | more than 8,000 pounds. Plates issued under this
Section shall | ||||||
10 | expire according to the multi-year procedure established by
| ||||||
11 | Section 3-414.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
12 | (b) The design and color of the special plates shall be | ||||||
13 | wholly within the
discretion
of the Secretary, except that an | ||||||
14 | emblem of a Pan Hellenic eligible member shall
be on the
plate. | ||||||
15 | Appropriate documentation, as determined by the Secretary, | ||||||
16 | shall
accompany each
application. The Secretary may, in his or | ||||||
17 | her discretion, allow the plates to
be issued as
vanity or | ||||||
18 | personalized plates in accordance with Section 3-405.1 of this | ||||||
19 | Code.
The plates
are not required to designate "Land of | ||||||
20 | Lincoln" as prescribed in subsection
(b)
of Section 3-412 of | ||||||
21 | this Code. The Secretary, in his or her discretion, may
| ||||||
22 | prescribe rules
governing the requirements and approval of the | ||||||
23 | special plates.
| ||||||
24 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
25 | $40 fee for
original
issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
26 | registration fee. Of this fee, $25
shall be deposited
into the | ||||||
27 | Illinois Pan Hellenic Trust Fund and $15 shall be deposited | ||||||
28 | into the
Secretary of
State Special License Plate Fund, to be | ||||||
29 | used by the Secretary to help defray
the
administrative | ||||||
30 | processing costs. For each registration renewal period, a $27
| ||||||
31 | fee, in
addition to the appropriate registration fee, shall be | ||||||
32 | charged. Of this fee,
$25 shall be
deposited into the Illinois | ||||||
33 | Pan Hellenic Trust Fund and $2 shall be deposited
into the
| ||||||
34 | Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
35 | (d) The Illinois Pan Hellenic Trust Fund is created as a | ||||||
36 | special fund in the
State
Treasury. The State Treasurer shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | create separate accounts within the
Illinois Pan
Hellenic Trust | ||||||
2 | Fund for each eligible member for which Pan Hellenic license
| ||||||
3 | plates have
been issued. Moneys in the Illinois Pan Hellenic | ||||||
4 | Trust Fund shall be allocated
to each
account in proportion to | ||||||
5 | the number of plates sold in regard to each fraternity
or | ||||||
6 | sorority.
All moneys in the Illinois Pan Hellenic Trust Fund | ||||||
7 | shall be distributed,
subject to
appropriation by the General | ||||||
8 | Assembly and approval by the Secretary, as grants
to the
| ||||||
9 | Illinois Alpha Kappa Alpha Charitable Foundation, Illinois | ||||||
10 | Delta Sigma Theta
Charitable
Foundation, Illinois Zeta Phi Beta | ||||||
11 | Charitable Foundation, Illinois Sigma Gamma
Rho
Charitable | ||||||
12 | Foundation, Illinois Alpha Phi Alpha Charitable Foundation, | ||||||
13 | Illinois
Omega
Psi Phi Charitable Foundation, Illinois Kappa | ||||||
14 | Alpha Psi Charitable Foundation,
Illinois
Phi Beta Sigma | ||||||
15 | Charitable Foundation, or
Illinois Iota Phi Theta Charitable | ||||||
16 | Foundation for charitable
purposes sponsored by the | ||||||
17 | African-American fraternity or sorority.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-702, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
19 | (625 ILCS 5/3-661)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 3-661
3-653 . Illinois Route 66 license plates.
| ||||||
21 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of all applicable fees and | ||||||
22 | applications
made in the form prescribed by the Secretary, may | ||||||
23 | issue special registration
plates designated as
Illinois Route | ||||||
24 | 66
license plates.
The special plates issued under this Section | ||||||
25 | shall be affixed only to
passenger vehicles of the first | ||||||
26 | division or motor vehicles of the second
division weighing not | ||||||
27 | more than 8,000 pounds.
Plates issued under this Section shall | ||||||
28 | expire according to the multi-year
procedure established by | ||||||
29 | Section 3-414.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
30 | (b) The design and color of the special plates shall be | ||||||
31 | wholly within the
discretion of the Secretary.
The Secretary | ||||||
32 | may, in his or her discretion, allow the plates to be issued as
| ||||||
33 | vanity or personalized plates in accordance with Section | ||||||
34 | 3-405.1 of this Code.
The plates are not required to designate | ||||||
35 | "Land of Lincoln", as prescribed in
subsection (b) of Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 3-412 of this Code. The Secretary, in his or her
discretion, | ||||||
2 | shall approve and prescribe stickers or decals as provided
| ||||||
3 | under Section 3-412.
| ||||||
4 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
5 | $40
fee for
original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
6 | registration fee. Of this
fee, $25 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
7 | Illinois
Route 66 Heritage Project
Fund and $15
shall be | ||||||
8 | deposited into the Secretary of State Special License Plate | ||||||
9 | Fund, to
be used by the Secretary to help defray the | ||||||
10 | administrative processing costs.
| ||||||
11 | For each registration renewal period, a $27 fee, in | ||||||
12 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
13 | Of this fee, $25 shall be
deposited into the Illinois
Route 66 | ||||||
14 | Heritage Project
Fund and $2 shall be deposited
into the | ||||||
15 | Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
16 | (d) The Illinois
Route 66 Heritage Project
Fund is created | ||||||
17 | as a special fund in the
State treasury.
Subject to | ||||||
18 | appropriation by the General Assembly and approval by the
| ||||||
19 | Secretary, Illinois Route 66 Heritage Project, Inc. shall use
| ||||||
20 | all moneys in the Illinois
Route 66 Heritage Project
Fund
for | ||||||
21 | the development of tourism, through education and | ||||||
22 | interpretation,
preservation, and promotion of the former U.S. | ||||||
23 | Route 66 in Illinois.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-706, eff. 1-1-03; revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
25 | (625 ILCS 5/3-662)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 3-662
3-654 . Stop Neuroblastoma license plates.
| ||||||
27 | (a) The Secretary, upon receipt of an application made in | ||||||
28 | the form
prescribed by the Secretary, may issue special | ||||||
29 | registration plates
designated as Stop Neuroblastoma license | ||||||
30 | plates. The special plates issued
under this Section shall be | ||||||
31 | affixed only to passenger vehicles of the first
division and | ||||||
32 | motor vehicles of the second division weighing not more than
| ||||||
33 | 8,000 pounds. Plates issued under this Section shall expire | ||||||
34 | according
to the multi-year procedure established by Section | ||||||
35 | 3-414.1 of this Code.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) The design and color of the plates is wholly within the
| ||||||
2 | discretion of the Secretary, except that the following phrases | ||||||
3 | shall be on the
plates: (i) "Stop Neuroblastoma" and (ii) "Stop | ||||||
4 | Cancer". The Secretary may
allow the plates to be issued as | ||||||
5 | vanity plates or personalized under Section
3-405.1 of this | ||||||
6 | Code. The Secretary shall prescribe stickers or decals as
| ||||||
7 | provided under Section 3-412 of this Code.
| ||||||
8 | (c) An applicant for the special plate shall be charged a | ||||||
9 | $25 fee
for original issuance in addition to the appropriate | ||||||
10 | registration fee. Of
this fee, $10 shall be deposited into the | ||||||
11 | Stop Neuroblastoma Fund and $15
shall be deposited into the | ||||||
12 | Secretary of State Special License Plate Fund,
to be used by | ||||||
13 | the Secretary to help defray the administrative processing
| ||||||
14 | costs.
| ||||||
15 | For each registration renewal period, a $25 fee, in | ||||||
16 | addition to the
appropriate registration fee, shall be charged. | ||||||
17 | Of this fee, $23 shall be
deposited into the Stop Neuroblastoma | ||||||
18 | Fund and $2 shall be deposited into the
Secretary of State | ||||||
19 | Special License Plate Fund.
| ||||||
20 | (d) The Stop Neuroblastoma Fund is created as a special | ||||||
21 | fund in
the State treasury. All money in the Stop Neuroblastoma | ||||||
22 | Fund shall be paid,
subject to appropriation by the General | ||||||
23 | Assembly and approval by the
Secretary, as grants to the | ||||||
24 | American Cancer Society for neuroblastoma and
cancer research, | ||||||
25 | education, screening, and treatment.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 92-711, eff. 7-19-02; revised 8-23-02.)
| ||||||
27 | (625 ILCS 5/3-803) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-803)
| ||||||
28 | Sec. 3-803. Reductions.
| ||||||
29 | (a) Reduction of fees and taxes prescribed
in this Chapter | ||||||
30 | shall be applicable only to vehicles newly-acquired by
the | ||||||
31 | owner after the beginning of a registration period or which | ||||||
32 | become
subject to registration after the beginning of a | ||||||
33 | registration period as
specified in this Act. The Secretary of | ||||||
34 | State may deny a reduction as
to any vehicle operated in this | ||||||
35 | State without being properly and timely
registered in Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this Chapter, of a vehicle in violation of
any provision | ||||||
2 | of this Chapter, or upon detection of such violation by an
| ||||||
3 | audit, or upon determining that such vehicle was operated in | ||||||
4 | Illinois
before such violation. Bond or other security in the | ||||||
5 | proper amount may
be required by the Secretary of State while | ||||||
6 | the matter is under
investigation. Reductions shall be granted | ||||||
7 | if a person becomes the owner
after the dates specified or if a | ||||||
8 | vehicle becomes subject to
registration under this Act, as | ||||||
9 | amended, after the dates specified.
| ||||||
10 | (b) Vehicles of the First Division. The annual fees and | ||||||
11 | taxes
prescribed by Section 3-806 shall be reduced by 50% on | ||||||
12 | and after June
15, except as provided in Sections 3-414 and | ||||||
13 | 3-802 of this Act.
| ||||||
14 | (c) Vehicles of the Second Division. The annual fees and | ||||||
15 | taxes
prescribed by Sections 3-402, 3-402.1, 3-815 and 3-819 | ||||||
16 | and paid on a calendar
year for such vehicles shall be reduced | ||||||
17 | on a quarterly basis if the vehicle
becomes subject to | ||||||
18 | registration on and after March 31, June
30 or September 30. | ||||||
19 | Where such fees and taxes are payable on a
fiscal year basis, | ||||||
20 | they shall be reduced on a quarterly basis on and after
| ||||||
21 | September 30, December 31 or March 31.
| ||||||
22 | (d) Two-year Registrations. The fees and taxes prescribed | ||||||
23 | by
Section 3-808 for 2-year registrations shall not be reduced | ||||||
24 | in any
event. However, the fees and taxes prescribed for all | ||||||
25 | other 2-year
registrations by this Act, shall be reduced as | ||||||
26 | follows:
| ||||||
27 | By 25% on and after June 15;
| ||||||
28 | By 50% on and after December 15;
| ||||||
29 | By 75% on and after the next ensuing June 15.
| ||||||
30 | (e) The registration fees and taxes imposed upon certain | ||||||
31 | vehicles
shall not be reduced by any amount in any event in the | ||||||
32 | following
instances:
| ||||||
33 | Permits under Sections 3-403 and 3-811;
| ||||||
34 | Municipal Buses under Section 3-807;
| ||||||
35 | Governmental or charitable vehicles under Section 3-808;
| ||||||
36 | Farm Machinery under Section 3-809;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Soil and conservation equipment under Section 3-809.1;
| ||||||
2 | Special Plates under Section 3-810;
| ||||||
3 | Permanently mounted equipment under Section 3-812;
| ||||||
4 | Registration fee under Section 3-813;
| ||||||
5 | Semitrailer fees under Section 3-814;
| ||||||
6 | Farm trucks under Section 3-815;
| ||||||
7 | Mileage weight tax option under Section 3-818;
| ||||||
8 | Farm trailers under Section 3-819;
| ||||||
9 | Duplicate plates under Section 3-820;
| ||||||
10 | Fees under Section 3-821;
| ||||||
11 | Security Fees under Section 3-822;
| ||||||
12 | Search Fees under Section 3-823.
| ||||||
13 | (f) The reductions provided for shall not apply to any | ||||||
14 | vehicle of the
first or second division registered by the same | ||||||
15 | applicant in the prior
registration year.
| ||||||
16 | The changes to this Section made by Public Act 84-210 take
| ||||||
17 | This bill
takes effect with the 1986 Calendar Registration | ||||||
18 | Year.
| ||||||
19 | (g) Reductions shall in no event result in payment of a fee | ||||||
20 | or tax less
than $6, and the Secretary of State shall | ||||||
21 | promulgate schedules of fees
reflecting applicable reductions. | ||||||
22 | Where any reduced amount is not stated in
full dollars, the | ||||||
23 | Secretary of State may adjust the amount due to the nearest
| ||||||
24 | full dollar amount.
| ||||||
25 | (h) The reductions provided for in subsections (a) through | ||||||
26 | (g) of this
Section shall not apply to those vehicles of the | ||||||
27 | first or second division
registered on a staggered registration | ||||||
28 | basis.
| ||||||
29 | (i) A vehicle which becomes subject to registration during | ||||||
30 | the last
month of the current registration year is exempt from | ||||||
31 | any applicable reduced
fourth quarter or second semiannual | ||||||
32 | registration fee, and may register for
the subsequent | ||||||
33 | registration year as its initial registration.
This subsection | ||||||
34 | does not include those apportioned and prorated fees
under | ||||||
35 | Sections 3-402 and 3-402.1 of this Code.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 84-1311; revised 2-25-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (625 ILCS 5/3-806.3) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 3-806.3)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 3-806.3. Senior Citizens.
Commencing with the 2004 | ||||||
3 | registration year and extending through the 2005 registration | ||||||
4 | year, the registration fee paid by
any vehicle owner who has | ||||||
5 | claimed and received a grant under the Senior
Citizens and | ||||||
6 | Disabled Persons Property Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical | ||||||
7 | Assistance
Act or who is the spouse of such a person shall be | ||||||
8 | $24 instead of the fee
otherwise provided in this Code for | ||||||
9 | passenger cars displaying standard
multi-year registration | ||||||
10 | plates issued under Section 3-414.1, motor vehicles
displaying | ||||||
11 | special registration plates issued under Section 3-616, 3-621,
| ||||||
12 | 3-622, 3-623, 3-624, 3-625, 3-626, 3-628, 3-638, 3-642, 3-645, | ||||||
13 | 3-647, 3-650, or
3-651, motor vehicles registered at 8,000 | ||||||
14 | pounds or less under Section
3-815(a), and recreational | ||||||
15 | vehicles registered at 8,000 pounds or less under
Section | ||||||
16 | 3-815(b). Widows and widowers of claimants shall also be | ||||||
17 | entitled to
this reduced registration fee for the registration | ||||||
18 | year in which the claimant
was eligible. | ||||||
19 | Commencing with the 2006 registration year, the | ||||||
20 | registration fee paid by
any vehicle owner who has been | ||||||
21 | approved for benefits under the Senior
Citizens and Disabled | ||||||
22 | Persons Property Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical Assistance
Act | ||||||
23 | or who is the spouse of such a person shall be $24 instead of | ||||||
24 | the fee
otherwise provided in this Code for passenger cars | ||||||
25 | displaying standard
multi-year registration plates issued | ||||||
26 | under Section 3-414.1, motor vehicles
displaying special | ||||||
27 | registration plates issued under Section 3-616, 3-621,
3-622, | ||||||
28 | 3-623, 3-624, 3-625, 3-626, 3-628, 3-638, 3-642, 3-645, 3-647, | ||||||
29 | 3-650, or
3-651, motor vehicles registered at 8,000 pounds or | ||||||
30 | less under Section
3-815(a), and recreational vehicles | ||||||
31 | registered at 8,000 pounds or less under
Section 3-815(b). | ||||||
32 | Widows and widowers of claimants shall also be entitled to
this | ||||||
33 | reduced registration fee for the registration year in which the | ||||||
34 | claimant
was eligible.
| ||||||
35 | Commencing with the 2006 registration year, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | registration fee paid by
any vehicle owner who has claimed and | ||||||
2 | received a grant under the Senior
Citizens and Disabled Persons | ||||||
3 | Property Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical Assistance
Act or who is | ||||||
4 | the spouse of such a person shall be $24 instead of the fee
| ||||||
5 | otherwise provided in this Code for passenger cars displaying | ||||||
6 | standard
multi-year registration plates issued under Section | ||||||
7 | 3-414.1, motor vehicles
displaying special registration plates | ||||||
8 | issued under Section 3-607, 3-616, 3-621,
3-622, 3-623, 3-624, | ||||||
9 | 3-625, 3-626, 3-628, 3-638, 3-642, 3-645, 3-647, 3-650, or
| ||||||
10 | 3-651, or 3-806.4, motor vehicles registered at 8,000 pounds or | ||||||
11 | less under Section
3-815(a), and recreational vehicles | ||||||
12 | registered at 8,000 pounds or less under
Section 3-815(b). | ||||||
13 | Widows and widowers of claimants shall also be entitled to
this | ||||||
14 | reduced registration fee for the registration year in which the | ||||||
15 | claimant
was eligible.
| ||||||
16 | No more than one reduced registration fee under this | ||||||
17 | Section shall be
allowed during any 12 month period based on | ||||||
18 | the primary eligibility of any
individual, whether such reduced | ||||||
19 | registration fee is allowed to the
individual or to the spouse, | ||||||
20 | widow or widower of such individual. This
Section does not | ||||||
21 | apply to the fee paid in addition to the registration fee
for | ||||||
22 | motor vehicles displaying vanity or special license
plates.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-699, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
24 | 93-846, eff. 7-30-04; 93-849, eff. 1-1-05; 93-937, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
25 | revised 1-17-05.)
| ||||||
26 | (625 ILCS 5/6-103) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-103)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 6-103. What persons shall not be licensed as drivers | ||||||
28 | or granted
permits. The Secretary of State shall not issue, | ||||||
29 | renew, or
allow the retention of any driver's
license nor issue | ||||||
30 | any permit under this Code:
| ||||||
31 | 1. To any person, as a driver, who is under the age of | ||||||
32 | 18 years except
as provided in Section 6-107, and except | ||||||
33 | that an instruction permit may be
issued under Section | ||||||
34 | 6-107.1 to a child who
is not less than 15 years of age if | ||||||
35 | the child is enrolled in an approved
driver education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | course as defined in Section 1-103 of this Code and
| ||||||
2 | requires an instruction permit to participate therein, | ||||||
3 | except that an
instruction permit may be issued under the | ||||||
4 | provisions of Section 6-107.1
to a child who is 17 years | ||||||
5 | and 9 months of age without the child having
enrolled in an
| ||||||
6 | approved driver education course and except that an
| ||||||
7 | instruction permit may be issued to a child who is at least | ||||||
8 | 15 years and 6
months of age, is enrolled in school, meets | ||||||
9 | the educational requirements of
the Driver Education Act, | ||||||
10 | and has passed examinations the Secretary of State in
his | ||||||
11 | or her discretion may prescribe;
| ||||||
12 | 2. To any person who is under the age of 18 as an | ||||||
13 | operator of a motorcycle
other than a motor driven cycle | ||||||
14 | unless the person has, in addition to
meeting the | ||||||
15 | provisions of Section 6-107 of this Code, successfully
| ||||||
16 | completed a motorcycle
training course approved by the | ||||||
17 | Illinois Department of Transportation and
successfully | ||||||
18 | completes the required Secretary of State's motorcycle | ||||||
19 | driver's
examination;
| ||||||
20 | 3. To any person, as a driver, whose driver's license | ||||||
21 | or permit has been
suspended, during the suspension, nor to | ||||||
22 | any person whose driver's license or
permit has been | ||||||
23 | revoked, except as provided in Sections 6-205, 6-206, and
| ||||||
24 | 6-208;
| ||||||
25 | 4. To any person, as a driver, who is a user of alcohol | ||||||
26 | or any other
drug to a degree that renders the person | ||||||
27 | incapable of safely driving a motor
vehicle;
| ||||||
28 | 5. To any person, as a driver, who has previously been | ||||||
29 | adjudged to be
afflicted with or suffering from any mental | ||||||
30 | or physical disability or disease
and who has not at the | ||||||
31 | time of application been restored to competency by the
| ||||||
32 | methods provided by law;
| ||||||
33 | 6. To any person, as a driver, who is required by the | ||||||
34 | Secretary of State
to submit an alcohol and drug evaluation | ||||||
35 | or take an examination provided
for in this Code unless the | ||||||
36 | person has
successfully passed the examination and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | submitted any required evaluation;
| ||||||
2 | 7. To any person who is required under the provisions | ||||||
3 | of the laws of
this State to deposit security or proof of | ||||||
4 | financial responsibility and who
has not deposited the | ||||||
5 | security or proof;
| ||||||
6 | 8. To any person when the Secretary of State has good | ||||||
7 | cause to believe
that the person by reason of physical or | ||||||
8 | mental disability would not be
able to safely operate a | ||||||
9 | motor vehicle upon the highways, unless the
person shall | ||||||
10 | furnish to the Secretary of State a verified written
| ||||||
11 | statement, acceptable to the Secretary of State, from a | ||||||
12 | competent medical
specialist to the effect that the | ||||||
13 | operation of a motor vehicle by the
person would not be | ||||||
14 | inimical to the public safety;
| ||||||
15 | 9. To any person, as a driver, who is 69 years of age | ||||||
16 | or older, unless
the person has successfully complied with | ||||||
17 | the provisions of Section 6-109;
| ||||||
18 | 10. To any person convicted, within 12 months of | ||||||
19 | application for a
license, of any of the sexual offenses | ||||||
20 | enumerated in paragraph 2 of subsection
(b) of Section | ||||||
21 | 6-205;
| ||||||
22 | 11. To any person who is under the age of 21 years with | ||||||
23 | a classification
prohibited in paragraph (b) of Section | ||||||
24 | 6-104 and to any person who is under
the age of 18 years | ||||||
25 | with a classification prohibited in paragraph (c) of
| ||||||
26 | Section 6-104;
| ||||||
27 | 12. To any person who has been either convicted of or | ||||||
28 | adjudicated under
the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 based upon | ||||||
29 | a violation of the Cannabis Control
Act or the Illinois | ||||||
30 | Controlled Substances Act while that person was in actual
| ||||||
31 | physical control of a motor vehicle. For purposes of this | ||||||
32 | Section, any person
placed on probation under Section 10 of | ||||||
33 | the Cannabis Control Act or Section 410
of the Illinois | ||||||
34 | Controlled Substances Act shall not be considered | ||||||
35 | convicted.
Any person found guilty of this offense, while | ||||||
36 | in actual physical control of a
motor vehicle, shall have |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | an entry made in the court record by the judge that
this | ||||||
2 | offense did occur while the person was in actual physical | ||||||
3 | control of a
motor vehicle and order the clerk of the court | ||||||
4 | to report the violation to the
Secretary of State as such. | ||||||
5 | The Secretary of State shall not issue a new
license or | ||||||
6 | permit for a period of one year;
| ||||||
7 | 13. To any person who is under the age of 18 years and | ||||||
8 | who has committed
the offense
of operating a motor vehicle | ||||||
9 | without a valid license or permit in violation of
Section | ||||||
10 | 6-101;
| ||||||
11 | 14. To any person who is
90 days or more
delinquent in | ||||||
12 | court ordered child support
payments or has been | ||||||
13 | adjudicated in arrears
in an amount equal to 90 days' | ||||||
14 | obligation or more
and who has been found in contempt
of
| ||||||
15 | court for failure to pay the support, subject to the | ||||||
16 | requirements and
procedures of Article VII of Chapter 7 of
| ||||||
17 | the Illinois Vehicle Code;
| ||||||
18 | 15. To any person released from a term of imprisonment | ||||||
19 | for violating
Section 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or a | ||||||
20 | similar provision of a law of another state relating to | ||||||
21 | reckless homicide or for violating subparagraph (F) of | ||||||
22 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of this | ||||||
23 | Code relating to aggravated driving under the influence of | ||||||
24 | alcohol, other drug or drugs, intoxicating compound or | ||||||
25 | compounds, or any combination thereof, if the violation was | ||||||
26 | the proximate cause of a death, within
24 months of release | ||||||
27 | from a term of imprisonment; or
| ||||||
28 | 16. To any person who, with intent to influence any act | ||||||
29 | related to the issuance of any driver's license or permit, | ||||||
30 | by an employee of the Secretary of State's Office, or the | ||||||
31 | owner or employee of any commercial driver training school | ||||||
32 | licensed by the Secretary of State, or any other individual | ||||||
33 | authorized by the laws of this State to give driving | ||||||
34 | instructions or administer all or part of a driver's | ||||||
35 | license examination, promises or tenders to that person any | ||||||
36 | property or personal advantage which that person is not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | authorized by law to accept. Any persons promising or | ||||||
2 | tendering such property or personal advantage shall be | ||||||
3 | disqualified from holding any class of driver's license or | ||||||
4 | permit for 120 consecutive days. The Secretary of State | ||||||
5 | shall establish by rule the procedures for implementing | ||||||
6 | this period of disqualification and the procedures by which | ||||||
7 | persons so disqualified may obtain administrative review | ||||||
8 | of the decision to disqualify ; or
| ||||||
9 | 17.
16. To any person for whom the Secretary of State | ||||||
10 | cannot verify the
accuracy of any information or | ||||||
11 | documentation submitted in application for a
driver's | ||||||
12 | license. | ||||||
13 | The Secretary of State shall retain all conviction
| ||||||
14 | information, if the information is required to be held | ||||||
15 | confidential under
the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-343, eff. 1-1-02; 93-174, eff. 1-1-04; 93-712, | ||||||
17 | eff. 1-1-05; 93-783, eff. 1-1-05; 93-788, eff. 1-1-05; 93-895, | ||||||
18 | eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
19 | (625 ILCS 5/6-110) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-110)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 6-110. Licenses issued to drivers.
| ||||||
21 | (a) The Secretary of State shall issue to every qualifying | ||||||
22 | applicant a
driver's license as applied for, which license | ||||||
23 | shall bear a
distinguishing
number assigned to the licensee, | ||||||
24 | the legal name, social security number,
zip
code, date of | ||||||
25 | birth, residence address, and a brief description of the
| ||||||
26 | licensee, and
a space where the licensee may write his usual | ||||||
27 | signature.
| ||||||
28 | If the licensee is less than 17 years of age, the license | ||||||
29 | shall, as a
matter of law, be invalid for the operation of any | ||||||
30 | motor vehicle during
any time the licensee is prohibited from | ||||||
31 | being on any street or highway
under the provisions of the | ||||||
32 | Child Curfew Act.
| ||||||
33 | Licenses issued shall also indicate the classification and
| ||||||
34 | the restrictions under Section 6-104 of this Code.
| ||||||
35 | In lieu of the social security number, the Secretary may in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | his
discretion substitute a federal tax number or other | ||||||
2 | distinctive number.
| ||||||
3 | A driver's license issued may, in the discretion of the | ||||||
4 | Secretary,
include a suitable photograph of a type prescribed | ||||||
5 | by the Secretary.
| ||||||
6 | (b) The Secretary of State shall provide a format on the | ||||||
7 | reverse of
each driver's license issued which the licensee may | ||||||
8 | use to execute a document
of gift conforming to the provisions | ||||||
9 | of the Illinois Anatomical Gift Act.
The format shall allow the | ||||||
10 | licensee to indicate the gift intended, whether
specific | ||||||
11 | organs, any organ, or the entire body, and shall accommodate | ||||||
12 | the
signatures of the donor and 2 witnesses. The Secretary | ||||||
13 | shall also inform
each applicant or licensee of this format, | ||||||
14 | describe the procedure for its
execution, and may offer the | ||||||
15 | necessary witnesses; provided that in so doing,
the Secretary | ||||||
16 | shall advise the applicant or licensee that he or she is
under | ||||||
17 | no compulsion to execute a document of gift. A brochure
| ||||||
18 | explaining this method of executing an anatomical gift document | ||||||
19 | shall be given
to each applicant or licensee. The brochure | ||||||
20 | shall advise the applicant or
licensee that he or she is under | ||||||
21 | no compulsion to execute a document of
gift, and that he or she | ||||||
22 | may wish to consult with family, friends or clergy
before doing | ||||||
23 | so. The Secretary of State may undertake additional efforts,
| ||||||
24 | including education and awareness activities, to promote organ | ||||||
25 | and tissue
donation.
| ||||||
26 | (c) The Secretary of State shall designate on each driver's | ||||||
27 | license issued
a space where the licensee may place a sticker | ||||||
28 | or decal of the uniform
size as the Secretary may specify, | ||||||
29 | which sticker or decal may indicate in
appropriate language | ||||||
30 | that the owner of the license carries an Emergency
Medical | ||||||
31 | Information Card.
| ||||||
32 | The sticker may be provided by any person, hospital, | ||||||
33 | school,
medical group, or association interested in assisting | ||||||
34 | in implementing
the Emergency Medical Information Card, but | ||||||
35 | shall meet the specifications
as the Secretary may by rule or | ||||||
36 | regulation require.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d) The Secretary of State shall designate on each driver's | ||||||
2 | license issued
a space where the licensee may indicate his | ||||||
3 | blood type and RH factor.
| ||||||
4 | (e) The Secretary of State shall provide
that each original | ||||||
5 | or renewal driver's license issued to a licensee under
21 years | ||||||
6 | of age shall be of a distinct nature from those driver's | ||||||
7 | licenses
issued to individuals 21 years of age and older. The | ||||||
8 | color designated for
driver's licenses for licensees under 21 | ||||||
9 | years of age shall be at the
discretion of the Secretary of | ||||||
10 | State.
| ||||||
11 | (e-1) The Secretary shall provide that each driver's | ||||||
12 | license issued to a
person under the age of 21 displays the | ||||||
13 | date upon which the person becomes 18
years of age and the date | ||||||
14 | upon which the person becomes 21 years of age.
| ||||||
15 | (f) The Secretary of State shall inform all Illinois | ||||||
16 | licensed
commercial motor vehicle operators of the | ||||||
17 | requirements of the Uniform
Commercial Driver License Act, | ||||||
18 | Article V of this Chapter, and shall make
provisions to insure | ||||||
19 | that all drivers, seeking to obtain a commercial
driver's | ||||||
20 | license, be afforded an opportunity prior to April 1, 1992, to
| ||||||
21 | obtain the license. The Secretary is authorized to extend
| ||||||
22 | driver's license expiration dates, and assign specific times, | ||||||
23 | dates and
locations where these commercial driver's tests shall | ||||||
24 | be conducted. Any
applicant, regardless of the current | ||||||
25 | expiration date of the applicant's
driver's license, may be | ||||||
26 | subject to any assignment by the Secretary.
Failure to comply | ||||||
27 | with the Secretary's assignment may result in the
applicant's | ||||||
28 | forfeiture of an opportunity to receive a commercial driver's
| ||||||
29 | license prior to April 1, 1992.
| ||||||
30 | (g) The Secretary of State shall designate on a
driver's | ||||||
31 | license issued, a space where the licensee may indicate that he | ||||||
32 | or
she has drafted a living will in accordance with the | ||||||
33 | Illinois Living Will
Act or a durable power of attorney for | ||||||
34 | health care in accordance with the
Illinois Power of Attorney | ||||||
35 | Act.
| ||||||
36 | (g-1) The Secretary of State, in his or her discretion, may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | designate on
each driver's license issued a space where the | ||||||
2 | licensee may place a sticker or
decal, issued by the Secretary | ||||||
3 | of State, of uniform size as the Secretary may
specify, that | ||||||
4 | shall indicate in appropriate language that the owner of the
| ||||||
5 | license has renewed his or her driver's license.
| ||||||
6 | (h) A person who acts in good faith in accordance with the | ||||||
7 | terms of
this Section is not liable for damages in any civil | ||||||
8 | action or subject to
prosecution in any criminal proceeding for | ||||||
9 | his or her act.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 92-689, eff. 1-1-03; 93-794, eff. 7-22-04; | ||||||
11 | 93-895, eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
12 | (625 ILCS 5/6-206) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-206)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 6-206. Discretionary authority to suspend or revoke | ||||||
14 | license or
permit; Right to a hearing.
| ||||||
15 | (a) The Secretary of State is authorized to suspend or | ||||||
16 | revoke the
driving privileges of any person without preliminary | ||||||
17 | hearing upon a showing
of the person's records or other | ||||||
18 | sufficient evidence that
the person:
| ||||||
19 | 1. Has committed an offense for which mandatory | ||||||
20 | revocation of
a driver's license or permit is required upon | ||||||
21 | conviction;
| ||||||
22 | 2. Has been convicted of not less than 3 offenses | ||||||
23 | against traffic
regulations governing the movement of | ||||||
24 | vehicles committed within any 12
month period. No | ||||||
25 | revocation or suspension shall be entered more than
6 | ||||||
26 | months after the date of last conviction;
| ||||||
27 | 3. Has been repeatedly involved as a driver in motor | ||||||
28 | vehicle
collisions or has been repeatedly convicted of | ||||||
29 | offenses against laws and
ordinances regulating the | ||||||
30 | movement of traffic, to a degree that
indicates lack of | ||||||
31 | ability to exercise ordinary and reasonable care in
the | ||||||
32 | safe operation of a motor vehicle or disrespect for the | ||||||
33 | traffic laws
and the safety of other persons upon the | ||||||
34 | highway;
| ||||||
35 | 4. Has by the unlawful operation of a motor vehicle |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | caused or
contributed to an accident resulting in death or | ||||||
2 | injury requiring
immediate professional treatment in a | ||||||
3 | medical facility or doctor's office
to any person, except | ||||||
4 | that any suspension or revocation imposed by the
Secretary | ||||||
5 | of State under the provisions of this subsection shall | ||||||
6 | start no
later than 6 months after being convicted of | ||||||
7 | violating a law or
ordinance regulating the movement of | ||||||
8 | traffic, which violation is related
to the accident, or | ||||||
9 | shall start not more than one year
after
the date of the | ||||||
10 | accident, whichever date occurs later;
| ||||||
11 | 5. Has permitted an unlawful or fraudulent use of a | ||||||
12 | driver's
license, identification card, or permit;
| ||||||
13 | 6. Has been lawfully convicted of an offense or | ||||||
14 | offenses in another
state, including the authorization | ||||||
15 | contained in Section 6-203.1, which
if committed within | ||||||
16 | this State would be grounds for suspension or revocation;
| ||||||
17 | 7. Has refused or failed to submit to an examination | ||||||
18 | provided for by
Section 6-207 or has failed to pass the | ||||||
19 | examination;
| ||||||
20 | 8. Is ineligible for a driver's license or permit under | ||||||
21 | the provisions
of Section 6-103;
| ||||||
22 | 9. Has made a false statement or knowingly concealed a | ||||||
23 | material fact
or has used false information or | ||||||
24 | identification in any application for a
license, | ||||||
25 | identification card, or permit;
| ||||||
26 | 10. Has possessed, displayed, or attempted to | ||||||
27 | fraudulently use any
license, identification card, or | ||||||
28 | permit not issued to the person;
| ||||||
29 | 11. Has operated a motor vehicle upon a highway of this | ||||||
30 | State when
the person's driving privilege or privilege to | ||||||
31 | obtain a driver's license
or permit was revoked or | ||||||
32 | suspended unless the operation was authorized by
a judicial | ||||||
33 | driving permit, probationary license to drive, or a | ||||||
34 | restricted
driving permit issued under this Code;
| ||||||
35 | 12. Has submitted to any portion of the application | ||||||
36 | process for
another person or has obtained the services of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | another person to submit to
any portion of the application | ||||||
2 | process for the purpose of obtaining a
license, | ||||||
3 | identification card, or permit for some other person;
| ||||||
4 | 13. Has operated a motor vehicle upon a highway of this | ||||||
5 | State when
the person's driver's license or permit was | ||||||
6 | invalid under the provisions of
Sections 6-107.1 and
6-110;
| ||||||
7 | 14. Has committed a violation of Section 6-301, | ||||||
8 | 6-301.1, or 6-301.2
of this Act, or Section 14, 14A, or 14B | ||||||
9 | of the Illinois Identification Card
Act;
| ||||||
10 | 15. Has been convicted of violating Section 21-2 of the | ||||||
11 | Criminal Code
of 1961 relating to criminal trespass to | ||||||
12 | vehicles in which case, the suspension
shall be for one | ||||||
13 | year;
| ||||||
14 | 16. Has been convicted of violating Section 11-204 of | ||||||
15 | this Code relating
to fleeing from a peace officer;
| ||||||
16 | 17. Has refused to submit to a test, or tests, as | ||||||
17 | required under Section
11-501.1 of this Code and the person | ||||||
18 | has not sought a hearing as
provided for in Section | ||||||
19 | 11-501.1;
| ||||||
20 | 18. Has, since issuance of a driver's license or | ||||||
21 | permit, been adjudged
to be afflicted with or suffering | ||||||
22 | from any mental disability or disease;
| ||||||
23 | 19. Has committed a violation of paragraph (a) or (b) | ||||||
24 | of Section 6-101
relating to driving without a driver's | ||||||
25 | license;
| ||||||
26 | 20. Has been convicted of violating Section 6-104 | ||||||
27 | relating to
classification of driver's license;
| ||||||
28 | 21. Has been convicted of violating Section 11-402 of
| ||||||
29 | this Code relating to leaving the scene of an accident | ||||||
30 | resulting in damage
to a vehicle in excess of $1,000, in | ||||||
31 | which case the suspension shall be
for one year;
| ||||||
32 | 22. Has used a motor vehicle in violating paragraph | ||||||
33 | (3), (4), (7), or
(9) of subsection (a) of Section 24-1 of | ||||||
34 | the Criminal Code of 1961 relating
to unlawful use of | ||||||
35 | weapons, in which case the suspension shall be for one
| ||||||
36 | year;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 23. Has, as a driver, been convicted of committing a | ||||||
2 | violation of
paragraph (a) of Section 11-502 of this Code | ||||||
3 | for a second or subsequent
time within one year of a | ||||||
4 | similar violation;
| ||||||
5 | 24. Has been convicted by a court-martial or punished | ||||||
6 | by non-judicial
punishment by military authorities of the | ||||||
7 | United States at a military
installation in Illinois of or | ||||||
8 | for a traffic related offense that is the
same as or | ||||||
9 | similar to an offense specified under Section 6-205 or | ||||||
10 | 6-206 of
this Code;
| ||||||
11 | 25. Has permitted any form of identification to be used | ||||||
12 | by another in
the application process in order to obtain or | ||||||
13 | attempt to obtain a license,
identification card, or | ||||||
14 | permit;
| ||||||
15 | 26. Has altered or attempted to alter a license or has | ||||||
16 | possessed an
altered license, identification card, or | ||||||
17 | permit;
| ||||||
18 | 27. Has violated Section 6-16 of the Liquor Control Act | ||||||
19 | of 1934;
| ||||||
20 | 28. Has been convicted of the illegal possession, while | ||||||
21 | operating or
in actual physical control, as a driver, of a | ||||||
22 | motor vehicle, of any
controlled substance prohibited | ||||||
23 | under the Illinois Controlled Substances
Act or any | ||||||
24 | cannabis prohibited under the provisions of the Cannabis | ||||||
25 | Control
Act, in which case the person's driving privileges | ||||||
26 | shall be suspended for
one year, and any driver who is | ||||||
27 | convicted of a second or subsequent
offense, within 5 years | ||||||
28 | of a previous conviction, for the illegal
possession, while | ||||||
29 | operating or in actual physical control, as a driver, of
a | ||||||
30 | motor vehicle, of any controlled substance prohibited | ||||||
31 | under the
provisions of the Illinois Controlled Substances | ||||||
32 | Act or any cannabis
prohibited under the Cannabis Control | ||||||
33 | Act shall be suspended for 5 years.
Any defendant found | ||||||
34 | guilty of this offense while operating a motor vehicle,
| ||||||
35 | shall have an entry made in the court record by the | ||||||
36 | presiding judge that
this offense did occur while the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | defendant was operating a motor vehicle
and order the clerk | ||||||
2 | of the court to report the violation to the Secretary
of | ||||||
3 | State;
| ||||||
4 | 29. Has been convicted of the following offenses that | ||||||
5 | were committed
while the person was operating or in actual | ||||||
6 | physical control, as a driver,
of a motor vehicle: criminal | ||||||
7 | sexual assault,
predatory criminal sexual assault of a | ||||||
8 | child,
aggravated criminal sexual
assault, criminal sexual | ||||||
9 | abuse, aggravated criminal sexual abuse, juvenile
pimping, | ||||||
10 | soliciting for a juvenile prostitute and the manufacture, | ||||||
11 | sale or
delivery of controlled substances or instruments | ||||||
12 | used for illegal drug use
or abuse in which case the | ||||||
13 | driver's driving privileges shall be suspended
for one | ||||||
14 | year;
| ||||||
15 | 30. Has been convicted a second or subsequent time for | ||||||
16 | any
combination of the offenses named in paragraph 29 of | ||||||
17 | this subsection,
in which case the person's driving | ||||||
18 | privileges shall be suspended for 5
years;
| ||||||
19 | 31. Has refused to submit to a test as
required by | ||||||
20 | Section 11-501.6 or has submitted to a test resulting in
an | ||||||
21 | alcohol concentration of 0.08 or more or any amount of a | ||||||
22 | drug, substance, or
compound resulting from the unlawful | ||||||
23 | use or consumption of cannabis as listed
in the Cannabis | ||||||
24 | Control Act, a controlled substance as listed in the | ||||||
25 | Illinois
Controlled Substances Act, or an intoxicating | ||||||
26 | compound as listed in the Use of
Intoxicating Compounds | ||||||
27 | Act, in which case the penalty shall be
as prescribed in | ||||||
28 | Section 6-208.1;
| ||||||
29 | 32. Has been convicted of Section 24-1.2 of the | ||||||
30 | Criminal Code of
1961 relating to the aggravated discharge | ||||||
31 | of a firearm if the offender was
located in a motor vehicle | ||||||
32 | at the time the firearm was discharged, in which
case the | ||||||
33 | suspension shall be for 3 years;
| ||||||
34 | 33. Has as a driver, who was less than 21 years of age | ||||||
35 | on the date of
the offense, been convicted a first time of | ||||||
36 | a violation of paragraph (a) of
Section 11-502 of this Code |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or a similar provision of a local ordinance;
| ||||||
2 | 34. Has committed a violation of Section 11-1301.5 of | ||||||
3 | this Code;
| ||||||
4 | 35. Has committed a violation of Section 11-1301.6 of | ||||||
5 | this Code;
| ||||||
6 | 36. Is under the age of 21 years at the time of arrest | ||||||
7 | and has been
convicted of not less than 2 offenses against | ||||||
8 | traffic regulations governing
the movement of vehicles | ||||||
9 | committed within any 24 month period. No revocation
or | ||||||
10 | suspension shall be entered more than 6 months after the | ||||||
11 | date of last
conviction;
| ||||||
12 | 37. Has committed a violation of subsection (c) of | ||||||
13 | Section 11-907 of this
Code;
| ||||||
14 | 38. Has been convicted of a violation of Section 6-20 | ||||||
15 | of the Liquor
Control Act of 1934 or a similar provision of | ||||||
16 | a local ordinance;
| ||||||
17 | 39. Has committed a second or subsequent violation of | ||||||
18 | Section
11-1201 of this Code; or
| ||||||
19 | 40. Has committed a violation of subsection (a-1) of | ||||||
20 | Section 11-908 of
this Code ; or . | ||||||
21 | 41.
40. Has committed a second or subsequent violation | ||||||
22 | of Section 11-605.1 of this Code within 2 years of the date | ||||||
23 | of the previous violation, in which case the suspension | ||||||
24 | shall be for 90 days. | ||||||
25 | For purposes of paragraphs 5, 9, 10, 12, 14, 19, 25, 26, | ||||||
26 | and 27 of this
subsection, license means any driver's license, | ||||||
27 | any traffic ticket issued when
the person's driver's license is | ||||||
28 | deposited in lieu of bail, a suspension
notice issued by the | ||||||
29 | Secretary of State, a duplicate or corrected driver's
license, | ||||||
30 | a probationary driver's license or a temporary driver's | ||||||
31 | license.
| ||||||
32 | (b) If any conviction forming the basis of a suspension or
| ||||||
33 | revocation authorized under this Section is appealed, the
| ||||||
34 | Secretary of State may rescind or withhold the entry of the | ||||||
35 | order of suspension
or revocation, as the case may be, provided | ||||||
36 | that a certified copy of a stay
order of a court is filed with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Secretary of State. If the conviction is
affirmed on | ||||||
2 | appeal, the date of the conviction shall relate back to the | ||||||
3 | time
the original judgment of conviction was entered and the 6 | ||||||
4 | month limitation
prescribed shall not apply.
| ||||||
5 | (c) 1. Upon suspending or revoking the driver's license or | ||||||
6 | permit of
any person as authorized in this Section, the | ||||||
7 | Secretary of State shall
immediately notify the person in | ||||||
8 | writing of the revocation or suspension.
The notice to be | ||||||
9 | deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
to | ||||||
10 | the last known address of the person.
| ||||||
11 | 2. If the Secretary of State suspends the driver's | ||||||
12 | license
of a person under subsection 2 of paragraph (a) of | ||||||
13 | this Section, a
person's privilege to operate a vehicle as | ||||||
14 | an occupation shall not be
suspended, provided an affidavit | ||||||
15 | is properly completed, the appropriate fee
received, and a | ||||||
16 | permit issued prior to the effective date of the
| ||||||
17 | suspension, unless 5 offenses were committed, at least 2 of | ||||||
18 | which occurred
while operating a commercial vehicle in | ||||||
19 | connection with the driver's
regular occupation. All other | ||||||
20 | driving privileges shall be suspended by the
Secretary of | ||||||
21 | State. Any driver prior to operating a vehicle for
| ||||||
22 | occupational purposes only must submit the affidavit on | ||||||
23 | forms to be
provided by the Secretary of State setting | ||||||
24 | forth the facts of the person's
occupation. The affidavit | ||||||
25 | shall also state the number of offenses
committed while | ||||||
26 | operating a vehicle in connection with the driver's regular
| ||||||
27 | occupation. The affidavit shall be accompanied by the | ||||||
28 | driver's license.
Upon receipt of a properly completed | ||||||
29 | affidavit, the Secretary of State
shall issue the driver a | ||||||
30 | permit to operate a vehicle in connection with the
driver's | ||||||
31 | regular occupation only. Unless the permit is issued by the
| ||||||
32 | Secretary of State prior to the date of suspension, the | ||||||
33 | privilege to drive
any motor vehicle shall be suspended as | ||||||
34 | set forth in the notice that was
mailed under this Section. | ||||||
35 | If an affidavit is received subsequent to the
effective | ||||||
36 | date of this suspension, a permit may be issued for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | remainder
of the suspension period.
| ||||||
2 | The provisions of this subparagraph shall not apply to | ||||||
3 | any driver
required to obtain a commercial driver's license | ||||||
4 | under Section 6-507 during
the period of a disqualification | ||||||
5 | of commercial driving privileges under
Section 6-514.
| ||||||
6 | Any person who falsely states any fact in the affidavit | ||||||
7 | required
herein shall be guilty of perjury under Section | ||||||
8 | 6-302 and upon conviction
thereof shall have all driving | ||||||
9 | privileges revoked without further rights.
| ||||||
10 | 3. At the conclusion of a hearing under Section 2-118 | ||||||
11 | of this Code,
the Secretary of State shall either rescind | ||||||
12 | or continue an order of
revocation or shall substitute an | ||||||
13 | order of suspension; or, good
cause appearing therefor, | ||||||
14 | rescind, continue, change, or extend the
order of | ||||||
15 | suspension. If the Secretary of State does not rescind the | ||||||
16 | order,
the Secretary may upon application,
to relieve undue | ||||||
17 | hardship, issue
a restricted driving permit granting the | ||||||
18 | privilege of driving a motor
vehicle between the | ||||||
19 | petitioner's residence and petitioner's place of
| ||||||
20 | employment or within the scope of his employment related | ||||||
21 | duties, or to
allow transportation for the petitioner, or a | ||||||
22 | household member of the
petitioner's family, to receive | ||||||
23 | necessary medical care and if the
professional evaluation | ||||||
24 | indicates, provide transportation for alcohol
remedial or | ||||||
25 | rehabilitative activity, or for the petitioner to attend
| ||||||
26 | classes, as a student, in an accredited educational | ||||||
27 | institution; if the
petitioner is able to demonstrate that | ||||||
28 | no alternative means of
transportation is reasonably | ||||||
29 | available and the petitioner will not endanger
the public | ||||||
30 | safety or welfare.
| ||||||
31 | If a person's license or permit has been revoked or | ||||||
32 | suspended due to 2
or more convictions of violating Section | ||||||
33 | 11-501 of this Code or a similar
provision of a local | ||||||
34 | ordinance or a similar out-of-state offense, arising out
of | ||||||
35 | separate occurrences, that person, if issued a restricted | ||||||
36 | driving permit,
may not operate a vehicle unless it has |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | been equipped with an ignition
interlock device as defined | ||||||
2 | in Section 1-129.1.
| ||||||
3 | If a person's license or permit has been revoked or | ||||||
4 | suspended 2 or more
times within a 10 year period due to a | ||||||
5 | single conviction of violating Section
11-501 of this Code | ||||||
6 | or a similar provision of a local ordinance or a similar
| ||||||
7 | out-of-state offense, and a statutory summary suspension | ||||||
8 | under Section
11-501.1, or 2 or more statutory summary | ||||||
9 | suspensions, or combination of 2
offenses, or of an offense | ||||||
10 | and a statutory summary suspension, arising out of
separate | ||||||
11 | occurrences, that person, if issued a restricted driving | ||||||
12 | permit, may
not operate a vehicle unless it has been
| ||||||
13 | equipped with an ignition interlock device as defined in | ||||||
14 | Section 1-129.1.
The person must pay to the Secretary of | ||||||
15 | State DUI Administration Fund an amount
not to exceed $20 | ||||||
16 | per month. The Secretary shall establish by rule the amount
| ||||||
17 | and the procedures, terms, and conditions relating to these | ||||||
18 | fees. If the
restricted driving permit was issued for | ||||||
19 | employment purposes, then this
provision does not apply to | ||||||
20 | the operation of an occupational vehicle owned or
leased by | ||||||
21 | that person's employer. In each case the Secretary may | ||||||
22 | issue a
restricted driving permit for a period deemed | ||||||
23 | appropriate, except that all
permits shall expire within | ||||||
24 | one year from the date of issuance. The Secretary
may not, | ||||||
25 | however, issue a restricted driving permit to any person | ||||||
26 | whose current
revocation is the result of a second or | ||||||
27 | subsequent conviction for a violation
of Section 11-501 of | ||||||
28 | this Code or a similar provision of a local ordinance
| ||||||
29 | relating to the offense of operating or being in physical | ||||||
30 | control of a motor
vehicle while under the influence of | ||||||
31 | alcohol, other drug or drugs, intoxicating
compound or | ||||||
32 | compounds, or any similar out-of-state offense, or any | ||||||
33 | combination
of those offenses, until the expiration of at | ||||||
34 | least one year from the date of
the revocation. A
| ||||||
35 | restricted driving permit issued under this Section shall | ||||||
36 | be subject to
cancellation, revocation, and suspension by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Secretary of State in like
manner and for like cause as | ||||||
2 | a driver's license issued under this Code may be
cancelled, | ||||||
3 | revoked, or suspended; except that a conviction upon one or | ||||||
4 | more
offenses against laws or ordinances regulating the | ||||||
5 | movement of traffic
shall be deemed sufficient cause for | ||||||
6 | the revocation, suspension, or
cancellation of a | ||||||
7 | restricted driving permit. The Secretary of State may, as
a | ||||||
8 | condition to the issuance of a restricted driving permit, | ||||||
9 | require the
applicant to participate in a designated driver | ||||||
10 | remedial or rehabilitative
program. The Secretary of State | ||||||
11 | is authorized to cancel a restricted
driving permit if the | ||||||
12 | permit holder does not successfully complete the program.
| ||||||
13 | (c-5) The Secretary of State may, as a condition of the | ||||||
14 | reissuance of a
driver's license or permit to an applicant | ||||||
15 | whose driver's license or permit has
been suspended before he | ||||||
16 | or she reached the age of 18 years pursuant to any of
the | ||||||
17 | provisions of this Section, require the applicant to | ||||||
18 | participate in a
driver remedial education course and be | ||||||
19 | retested under Section 6-109 of this
Code.
| ||||||
20 | (d) This Section is subject to the provisions of the | ||||||
21 | Drivers License
Compact.
| ||||||
22 | (e) The Secretary of State shall not issue a restricted | ||||||
23 | driving permit to
a person under the age of 16 years whose | ||||||
24 | driving privileges have been suspended
or revoked under any | ||||||
25 | provisions of this Code.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 92-283, eff. 1-1-02; 92-418, eff. 8-17-01; | ||||||
27 | 92-458, eff.
8-22-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-804, eff. | ||||||
28 | 1-1-03; 92-814, eff. 1-1-03;
93-120, eff. 1-1-04; 93-667, eff. | ||||||
29 | 3-19-04; 93-788, eff. 1-1-05; 93-955, eff. 8-19-04; revised | ||||||
30 | 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
31 | (625 ILCS 5/6-208) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-208)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 6-208. Period of Suspension - Application After | ||||||
33 | Revocation.
| ||||||
34 | (a) Except as otherwise provided by this Code or any other | ||||||
35 | law of this
State, the Secretary of State shall not suspend a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | driver's license,
permit or privilege to drive a motor vehicle | ||||||
2 | on the highways for a
period of more than one year.
| ||||||
3 | (b) Any person whose license, permit or privilege to drive | ||||||
4 | a motor
vehicle on the highways has been revoked shall not be | ||||||
5 | entitled to have
such license, permit or privilege renewed or | ||||||
6 | restored. However, such
person may, except as provided under | ||||||
7 | subsection (d) of Section 6-205, make
application for a license | ||||||
8 | pursuant to Section 6-106 (i) if the revocation
was
for a cause | ||||||
9 | which has been removed or (ii) as provided in the following
| ||||||
10 | subparagraphs:
| ||||||
11 | 1. Except as provided in subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4,
the | ||||||
12 | person may make application for a license after the | ||||||
13 | expiration of one
year from the effective date of the | ||||||
14 | revocation
or, in the case of a violation of paragraph (b) | ||||||
15 | of Section 11-401 of this
Code or a similar provision of a | ||||||
16 | local ordinance, after the expiration of 3
years from the | ||||||
17 | effective date of the revocation or, in the case of a | ||||||
18 | violation
of Section 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or a | ||||||
19 | similar provision of a law of another state relating to the | ||||||
20 | offense of reckless
homicide or a violation of subparagraph | ||||||
21 | (F) of paragraph 1 of subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of | ||||||
22 | this Code relating to aggravated driving under the | ||||||
23 | influence of alcohol, other drug or drugs, intoxicating | ||||||
24 | compound or compounds, or any combination thereof, if the | ||||||
25 | violation was the proximate cause of a death, after the | ||||||
26 | expiration of 2 years from the effective date of the
| ||||||
27 | revocation
or after the expiration of 24 months from the | ||||||
28 | date of release from
a
period of imprisonment as provided | ||||||
29 | in Section
6-103 of this Code, whichever is later.
| ||||||
30 | 2. If such person is convicted of committing a second | ||||||
31 | violation within a
20 year period of:
| ||||||
32 | (A) Section 11-501 of this Code, or a similar | ||||||
33 | provision of a local
ordinance; or
| ||||||
34 | (B) Paragraph (b) of Section 11-401 of this Code, | ||||||
35 | or a similar
provision
of a local ordinance; or
| ||||||
36 | (C) Section 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961, as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amended, relating
to the
offense of reckless homicide; | ||||||
2 | or
| ||||||
3 | (D) any combination of the above offenses | ||||||
4 | committed at different
instances;
| ||||||
5 | then such person may not make application for a license | ||||||
6 | until after
the expiration of 5 years from the effective | ||||||
7 | date of the most recent
revocation. The 20 year period | ||||||
8 | shall be computed by using the dates the
offenses were | ||||||
9 | committed and shall also include similar out-of-state
| ||||||
10 | offenses.
| ||||||
11 | 3. However, except as provided in subparagraph 4, if | ||||||
12 | such person is
convicted of committing a third, or
| ||||||
13 | subsequent, violation or any combination of the above | ||||||
14 | offenses, including
similar out-of-state offenses, | ||||||
15 | contained in subparagraph 2, then such person
may not make | ||||||
16 | application for a license until after the expiration of 10 | ||||||
17 | years
from the effective date of the most recent | ||||||
18 | revocation.
| ||||||
19 | 4. The person may not make application for a license if | ||||||
20 | the person is
convicted of committing a fourth or | ||||||
21 | subsequent
violation of Section 11-501 of this Code or a | ||||||
22 | similar provision of a local
ordinance, Section 11-401 of | ||||||
23 | this Code, Section 9-3 of the
Criminal Code of 1961, or
a | ||||||
24 | combination of these offenses
or similar provisions of | ||||||
25 | local ordinances
or similar out-of-state offenses.
| ||||||
26 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, all | ||||||
27 | persons referred to
in this paragraph (b) may not have their | ||||||
28 | privileges restored until the
Secretary receives payment of the | ||||||
29 | required reinstatement fee pursuant to
subsection (b) of | ||||||
30 | Section 6-118.
| ||||||
31 | In no event shall the Secretary issue such license
unless | ||||||
32 | and until such person has had a hearing pursuant to this Code | ||||||
33 | and
the appropriate administrative rules and the Secretary is
| ||||||
34 | satisfied, after a review or investigation of such person, that
| ||||||
35 | to grant the privilege of driving a motor vehicle on the | ||||||
36 | highways will
not endanger the public safety or welfare.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) (Blank).
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 92-343, eff. 1-1-02; 92-418, eff. 8-17-01; | ||||||
3 | 92-458, eff. 8-22-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-712, eff. | ||||||
4 | 1-1-05; 93-788, eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
5 | (625 ILCS 5/6-411) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-411)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 6-411. Qualifications of Driver Training Instructors. | ||||||
7 | In order to
qualify for a license as an instructor for a | ||||||
8 | driving school, an applicant must:
| ||||||
9 | (a) Be of good moral character;
| ||||||
10 | (b) Authorize an investigation to include a fingerprint | ||||||
11 | based background
check to determine if the applicant has ever
| ||||||
12 | been convicted of a crime and if so, the disposition of those | ||||||
13 | convictions;
this authorization shall indicate the scope of the | ||||||
14 | inquiry and the agencies
which may be contacted. Upon this | ||||||
15 | authorization the Secretary of State
may request and receive | ||||||
16 | information and assistance from any federal, state
or local | ||||||
17 | governmental agency as part of the authorized investigation.
| ||||||
18 | Each applicant shall submit have his or her fingerprints | ||||||
19 | submitted to
the Department
of State Police in the form and | ||||||
20 | manner prescribed by the Department of State
Police. These | ||||||
21 | fingerprints shall be checked against the fingerprint records | ||||||
22 | now
and hereafter filed in the Department of State
Police and | ||||||
23 | Federal Bureau of Investigation criminal history records | ||||||
24 | record
information
databases. The Department of State Police | ||||||
25 | shall charge
a fee for conducting the criminal history records | ||||||
26 | check, which shall be
deposited in the State Police Services | ||||||
27 | Fund and shall not exceed the actual
cost of the records check. | ||||||
28 | The applicant shall be required to pay all related
fingerprint | ||||||
29 | fees including, but not limited to, the amounts established by | ||||||
30 | the
Department of State Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||||||
31 | Investigation to process
fingerprint based criminal background | ||||||
32 | investigations.
The
Department of State Police shall provide | ||||||
33 | information concerning any criminal
convictions, and their | ||||||
34 | disposition, brought against the applicant upon request
of the | ||||||
35 | Secretary of State when the request is made in the form and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | manner
required by the Department of State Police. Unless | ||||||
2 | otherwise prohibited by
law, the information derived
from this | ||||||
3 | investigation including the source of this information, and any
| ||||||
4 | conclusions or recommendations derived from this information | ||||||
5 | by the Secretary
of State shall be provided to the applicant, | ||||||
6 | or his designee, upon request
to the Secretary of State, prior | ||||||
7 | to any final action by the
Secretary of State on the | ||||||
8 | application. Any criminal
convictions and their disposition | ||||||
9 | information obtained by the Secretary
of State shall be | ||||||
10 | confidential and may not be transmitted outside the Office
of | ||||||
11 | the Secretary of State, except as required herein, and may not | ||||||
12 | be
transmitted to anyone within the Office of the Secretary of | ||||||
13 | State except as
needed for
the purpose of evaluating the | ||||||
14 | applicant. The information obtained from this
investigation | ||||||
15 | may be maintained by the
Secretary of State or
any agency to | ||||||
16 | which such information was
transmitted. Only information
and | ||||||
17 | standards which bear a reasonable and rational relation to the | ||||||
18 | performance
of a driver training instructor shall be used by | ||||||
19 | the Secretary of State.
Any employee of the Secretary of State | ||||||
20 | who gives or causes to be given away
any confidential | ||||||
21 | information concerning any
criminal charges and their | ||||||
22 | disposition of an applicant shall be guilty of
a Class A | ||||||
23 | misdemeanor unless release of such information is authorized by | ||||||
24 | this
Section;
| ||||||
25 | (c) Pass such examination as the Secretary of State shall | ||||||
26 | require on (1)
traffic laws, (2) safe driving practices, (3) | ||||||
27 | operation of motor vehicles,
and (4) qualifications of teacher;
| ||||||
28 | (d) Be physically able to operate safely a motor vehicle | ||||||
29 | and to train
others in the operation of motor vehicles. An | ||||||
30 | instructors license application
must be accompanied by a | ||||||
31 | medical examination report completed by a competent
physician | ||||||
32 | licensed to practice in the State of Illinois;
| ||||||
33 | (e) Hold a valid Illinois drivers license;
| ||||||
34 | (f) Have graduated from an accredited high school after at | ||||||
35 | least 4 years
of high school education or the equivalent; and
| ||||||
36 | (g) Pay to the Secretary of State an application and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | license fee of $70.
| ||||||
2 | If a driver training school class room instructor teaches | ||||||
3 | an approved driver
education course, as defined in Section | ||||||
4 | 1-103 of this Code, to students
under 18 years of age, he or | ||||||
5 | she shall furnish to
the Secretary of State a certificate | ||||||
6 | issued by the State Board of Education
that the said instructor | ||||||
7 | is qualified and meets the minimum educational
standards for | ||||||
8 | teaching driver education courses in the local public or
| ||||||
9 | parochial school systems, except that no State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education certification
shall be required of any instructor who | ||||||
11 | teaches exclusively in a
commercial driving school. On and | ||||||
12 | after July 1, 1986, the existing
rules and regulations of the | ||||||
13 | State
Board of Education concerning commercial driving schools | ||||||
14 | shall continue to
remain in effect but shall be administered by | ||||||
15 | the Secretary of State until
such time as the Secretary of | ||||||
16 | State shall amend or repeal the rules in
accordance with The | ||||||
17 | Illinois Administrative Procedure Act. Upon request,
the | ||||||
18 | Secretary of State shall issue a certificate of completion to a | ||||||
19 | student
under 18 years of age who has completed an approved | ||||||
20 | driver education course
at a commercial driving school.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 93-408, eff. 1-1-04; 93-418, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
22 | 9-15-03.)
| ||||||
23 | (625 ILCS 5/6-500) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-500)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 6-500. Definitions of words and phrases. | ||||||
25 | Notwithstanding the
definitions set forth elsewhere in this
| ||||||
26 | Code, for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Driver's License | ||||||
27 | Act
(UCDLA), the words and phrases listed below have the | ||||||
28 | meanings
ascribed to them as follows:
| ||||||
29 | (1) Alcohol. "Alcohol" means any substance containing any | ||||||
30 | form of
alcohol, including but not limited to ethanol,
| ||||||
31 | methanol,
propanol, and
isopropanol.
| ||||||
32 | (2) Alcohol concentration. "Alcohol concentration" means:
| ||||||
33 | (A) the number of grams of alcohol per 210 liters of | ||||||
34 | breath;
or
| ||||||
35 | (B) the number of grams of alcohol per 100 milliliters |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of
blood; or
| ||||||
2 | (C) the number of grams of alcohol per 67 milliliters | ||||||
3 | of
urine.
| ||||||
4 | Alcohol tests administered within 2 hours of the driver | ||||||
5 | being
"stopped or detained" shall be considered that driver's | ||||||
6 | "alcohol
concentration" for the purposes of enforcing this | ||||||
7 | UCDLA.
| ||||||
8 | (3) (Blank).
| ||||||
9 | (4) (Blank).
| ||||||
10 | (5) (Blank).
| ||||||
11 | (6) Commercial Motor Vehicle.
| ||||||
12 | (A) "Commercial motor vehicle" means
a motor vehicle, | ||||||
13 | except those referred to in subdivision (B), designed
to | ||||||
14 | transport passengers or property if:
| ||||||
15 | (i) the vehicle has a GVWR of 26,001 pounds or more | ||||||
16 | or such
a
lesser GVWR as subsequently determined by | ||||||
17 | federal regulations or the Secretary
of State; or any
| ||||||
18 | combination of vehicles with a GCWR of 26,001 pounds or | ||||||
19 | more, provided the
GVWR of any vehicle or vehicles | ||||||
20 | being towed is 10,001 pounds or more; or
| ||||||
21 | (ii) the vehicle is designed to transport 16 or | ||||||
22 | more
persons;
or
| ||||||
23 | (iii) the vehicle is transporting hazardous | ||||||
24 | materials and
is
required to
be placarded in accordance | ||||||
25 | with 49 C.F.R. Part 172, subpart F.
| ||||||
26 | (B) Pursuant to the interpretation of the Commercial | ||||||
27 | Motor
Vehicle
Safety Act of 1986 by the Federal Highway | ||||||
28 | Administration, the definition of
"commercial motor | ||||||
29 | vehicle" does not include:
| ||||||
30 | (i) recreational vehicles, when operated primarily | ||||||
31 | for personal use;
| ||||||
32 | (ii) United States Department of Defense vehicles | ||||||
33 | being operated by
non-civilian personnel. This | ||||||
34 | includes any operator on active military
duty; members | ||||||
35 | of the Reserves; National Guard; personnel on | ||||||
36 | part-time
training; and National Guard military |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | technicians (civilians who are
required to wear | ||||||
2 | military uniforms and are subject to the Code of | ||||||
3 | Military
Justice); or
| ||||||
4 | (iii) firefighting and other emergency equipment | ||||||
5 | with audible and
visual signals, owned or operated
by | ||||||
6 | or for a
governmental entity, which is necessary to the | ||||||
7 | preservation of life or
property or the execution of | ||||||
8 | emergency governmental functions which are
normally | ||||||
9 | not subject to general traffic rules and regulations.
| ||||||
10 | (7) Controlled Substance. "Controlled substance" shall | ||||||
11 | have the same
meaning as defined in Section 102 of the Illinois | ||||||
12 | Controlled Substances Act,
and shall also include cannabis as | ||||||
13 | defined in Section 3 of the Cannabis Control
Act.
| ||||||
14 | (8) Conviction. "Conviction" means an unvacated | ||||||
15 | adjudication of guilt
or a determination that a person has | ||||||
16 | violated or failed to comply with the
law in a court of | ||||||
17 | original jurisdiction or an authorized administrative
| ||||||
18 | tribunal; an unvacated forfeiture of bail or collateral | ||||||
19 | deposited to secure
the person's appearance in court; the | ||||||
20 | payment of a fine or court cost
regardless of whether the | ||||||
21 | imposition of sentence is deferred and ultimately
a judgment | ||||||
22 | dismissing the underlying charge is entered; or a violation of | ||||||
23 | a
condition of release without bail, regardless of whether or | ||||||
24 | not the penalty
is rebated, suspended or probated.
| ||||||
25 | (9) (Blank).
| ||||||
26 | (10) (Blank).
| ||||||
27 | (11) (Blank).
| ||||||
28 | (12) (Blank).
| ||||||
29 | (13) Driver. "Driver" means any person who drives, | ||||||
30 | operates, or is in
physical control of a commercial motor | ||||||
31 | vehicle, or who is required to hold a
CDL.
| ||||||
32 | (14) Employee. "Employee" means a person who is employed as | ||||||
33 | a
commercial
motor vehicle driver. A person who is | ||||||
34 | self-employed as a commercial motor
vehicle driver must comply | ||||||
35 | with the requirements of this UCDLA
pertaining to employees. An
| ||||||
36 | owner-operator on a long-term lease shall be considered an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employee.
| ||||||
2 | (15) Employer. "Employer" means a person (including the | ||||||
3 | United
States, a State or a local authority) who owns or leases | ||||||
4 | a commercial motor
vehicle or assigns employees to operate such | ||||||
5 | a vehicle. A person who is
self-employed as a commercial motor | ||||||
6 | vehicle driver must
comply with the requirements of this UCDLA.
| ||||||
7 | (16) (Blank).
| ||||||
8 | (17) Foreign jurisdiction. "Foreign jurisdiction" means a | ||||||
9 | sovereign
jurisdiction that does not fall within the definition | ||||||
10 | of "State".
| ||||||
11 | (18) (Blank).
| ||||||
12 | (19) (Blank).
| ||||||
13 | (20) Hazardous Material. Upon a finding by the United | ||||||
14 | States
Secretary of Transportation, in his or her discretion, | ||||||
15 | under 49 App. U.S.C.
5103(a), that the transportation of a | ||||||
16 | particular quantity and form of
material in commerce may pose | ||||||
17 | an unreasonable risk to health and safety or
property, he or | ||||||
18 | she shall designate the quantity and form of material or group
| ||||||
19 | or class of the materials as a hazardous material. The | ||||||
20 | materials so
designated may include but are not limited to | ||||||
21 | explosives, radioactive
materials, etiologic agents, flammable | ||||||
22 | liquids or solids, combustible liquids
or solids, poisons, | ||||||
23 | oxidizing or corrosive materials, and compressed gases.
| ||||||
24 | (21) Long-term lease. "Long-term lease" means a lease of a | ||||||
25 | commercial
motor vehicle by the owner-lessor to a lessee, for a | ||||||
26 | period of more than 29
days.
| ||||||
27 | (22) Motor Vehicle. "Motor vehicle" means every vehicle
| ||||||
28 | which is self-propelled, and every vehicle which is propelled | ||||||
29 | by electric
power obtained from over head trolley wires but not | ||||||
30 | operated upon rails,
except vehicles moved solely by human | ||||||
31 | power and motorized wheel chairs.
| ||||||
32 | (23) Non-resident CDL. "Non-resident CDL" means a | ||||||
33 | commercial driver's
license issued by a state to an individual | ||||||
34 | who is domiciled in a foreign
jurisdiction.
| ||||||
35 | (24) (Blank).
| ||||||
36 | (25) (Blank).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (25.5) Railroad-Highway Grade Crossing Violation. | ||||||
2 | "Railroad-highway
grade
crossing violation" means a
violation, | ||||||
3 | while operating a commercial motor vehicle, of
any
of the | ||||||
4 | following:
| ||||||
5 | (A) Section 11-1201, 11-1202, or 11-1425 of this
| ||||||
6 | Code.
| ||||||
7 | (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) Any other similar
law | ||||||
8 | or local ordinance of any state relating to
| ||||||
9 | railroad-highway grade crossing. (A) (G)
| ||||||
10 | (26) Serious Traffic Violation. "Serious traffic | ||||||
11 | violation"
means:
| ||||||
12 | (A) a conviction when operating a commercial motor | ||||||
13 | vehicle
of:
| ||||||
14 | (i) a violation relating to excessive speeding,
| ||||||
15 | involving a single speeding charge of 15 miles per hour | ||||||
16 | or more above the
legal speed limit; or
| ||||||
17 | (ii) a violation relating to reckless driving; or
| ||||||
18 | (iii) a violation of any State law or local | ||||||
19 | ordinance relating to motor
vehicle traffic control | ||||||
20 | (other than parking violations) arising in
connection | ||||||
21 | with a fatal traffic accident; or
| ||||||
22 | (iv) a violation of Section 6-501, relating to | ||||||
23 | having multiple driver's
licenses; or
| ||||||
24 | (v) a violation of paragraph (a) of Section 6-507, | ||||||
25 | relating to the
requirement to have a valid CDL; or
| ||||||
26 | (vi) a violation relating to improper or erratic | ||||||
27 | traffic lane changes;
or
| ||||||
28 | (vii) a violation relating to following another | ||||||
29 | vehicle too closely; or
| ||||||
30 | (B) any other similar violation of a law or local
| ||||||
31 | ordinance of any state relating to motor vehicle traffic | ||||||
32 | control, other
than a parking violation, which the | ||||||
33 | Secretary of State determines by
administrative rule to be | ||||||
34 | serious.
| ||||||
35 | (27) State. "State" means a state of the United States, the | ||||||
36 | District of
Columbia and any province or territory of Canada.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (28) (Blank).
| ||||||
2 | (29) (Blank).
| ||||||
3 | (30) (Blank).
| ||||||
4 | (31) (Blank).
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 92-249, eff. 1-1-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; | ||||||
6 | 92-834, eff.
8-22-02; revised 8-26-02.)
| ||||||
7 | (625 ILCS 5/6-508) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 6-508)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 6-508. Commercial Driver's License (CDL) - | ||||||
9 | qualification standards.
| ||||||
10 | (a) Testing.
| ||||||
11 | (1) General. No person shall be issued an original or | ||||||
12 | renewal CDL
unless that person is
domiciled in this State. | ||||||
13 | The Secretary shall cause to be administered such
tests as | ||||||
14 | the Secretary deems necessary to meet the requirements of | ||||||
15 | 49
C.F.R. Part 383, subparts G and H.
| ||||||
16 | (2) Third party testing. The Secretary of state may | ||||||
17 | authorize a
"third party tester", pursuant to 49 C.F.R. | ||||||
18 | Part 383.75, to administer the
skills test or tests | ||||||
19 | specified by Federal Highway Administration pursuant to | ||||||
20 | the
Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 and any | ||||||
21 | appropriate federal rule.
| ||||||
22 | (b) Waiver of Skills Test. The Secretary of State may waive | ||||||
23 | the skills
test specified in this Section for a commercial | ||||||
24 | driver license applicant
who meets the requirements of 49 | ||||||
25 | C.F.R. Part 383.77.
| ||||||
26 | (c) Limitations on issuance of a CDL. A CDL, or a | ||||||
27 | commercial driver
instruction permit, shall not be issued to a | ||||||
28 | person while the person is
subject to a disqualification from | ||||||
29 | driving a commercial motor vehicle, or
unless otherwise | ||||||
30 | permitted by this Code, while the person's driver's
license is | ||||||
31 | suspended, revoked or cancelled in
any state, or any territory | ||||||
32 | or province of Canada; nor may a CDL be issued
to a person who | ||||||
33 | has a CDL issued by any other state, or foreign
jurisdiction, | ||||||
34 | unless the person first surrenders all such
licenses. No CDL | ||||||
35 | shall be issued to or renewed for a person who does not
meet |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the requirement of 49 CFR 391.41(b)(11). The requirement may be | ||||||
2 | met with
the aid of a hearing aid.
| ||||||
3 | (c-1) The Secretary may issue a CDL with a school bus | ||||||
4 | driver endorsement
to allow a person to drive the type of bus | ||||||
5 | described in subsection (d-5) of
Section 6-104 of this Code. | ||||||
6 | The CDL with a school bus driver endorsement may be
issued only | ||||||
7 | to a person meeting the following requirements:
| ||||||
8 | (1) the person has submitted his or her fingerprints to | ||||||
9 | the
Department of State Police in the form and manner
| ||||||
10 | prescribed by the Department of State Police. These
| ||||||
11 | fingerprints shall be checked against the fingerprint | ||||||
12 | records
now and hereafter filed in the Department of State | ||||||
13 | Police and
Federal Bureau of Investigation criminal | ||||||
14 | history records databases for
fingerprint based criminal | ||||||
15 | background checks on current and future information
| ||||||
16 | available in the state system and current information | ||||||
17 | available through the
Federal Bureau of Investigation's | ||||||
18 | system ;
| ||||||
19 | (2) the person has passed a written test, administered | ||||||
20 | by the Secretary of
State, on charter bus operation, | ||||||
21 | charter bus safety, and certain special
traffic laws
| ||||||
22 | relating to school buses determined by the Secretary of | ||||||
23 | State to be relevant to
charter buses, and submitted to a | ||||||
24 | review of the applicant's driving
habits by the Secretary | ||||||
25 | of State at the time the written test is given;
| ||||||
26 | (3) the person has demonstrated physical fitness to | ||||||
27 | operate school buses
by
submitting the results of a medical | ||||||
28 | examination, including tests for drug
use; and
| ||||||
29 | (4) the person has not been convicted of committing or | ||||||
30 | attempting
to commit any
one or more of the following | ||||||
31 | offenses: (i) those offenses defined in
Sections 9-1, | ||||||
32 | 9-1.2, 9-2, 9-2.1, 9-3, 9-3.2, 9-3.3, 10-1, 10-2, 10-3.1,
| ||||||
33 | 10-4,
10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 11-6,
11-9, 11-9.1, 11-14, 11-15, | ||||||
34 | 11-15.1, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-19, 11-19.1,
11-19.2,
| ||||||
35 | 11-20, 11-20.1, 11-21, 11-22, 12-3.1, 12-4.1, 12-4.2, | ||||||
36 | 12-4.3, 12-4.4,
12-4.5,
12-6, 12-6.2, 12-7.1, 12-7.3, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 12-7.4, 12-11,
12-13, 12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15, 12-16, | ||||||
2 | 12-16.2, 12-21.5, 12-21.6, 12-33,
18-1,
18-2,
18-3, 18-4, | ||||||
3 | 18-5,
20-1, 20-1.1, 20-2, 24-1, 24-1.1, 24-1.2, 24-3.3, | ||||||
4 | 31A-1, 31A-1.1, and
33A-2, and in subsection (a) and | ||||||
5 | subsection (b), clause (1), of Section
12-4 of the Criminal | ||||||
6 | Code of 1961; (ii) those offenses defined in the
Cannabis | ||||||
7 | Control Act except those offenses defined in subsections | ||||||
8 | (a) and
(b) of Section 4, and subsection (a) of Section 5 | ||||||
9 | of the Cannabis Control
Act; (iii) those offenses defined | ||||||
10 | in the Illinois Controlled Substances
Act; (iv) any offense | ||||||
11 | committed or attempted in any other state or against
the | ||||||
12 | laws of the United States, which if committed or attempted | ||||||
13 | in this
State would be punishable as one or more of the | ||||||
14 | foregoing offenses; (v)
the offenses defined in Sections | ||||||
15 | 4.1 and 5.1 of the Wrongs to Children Act and
(vi) those | ||||||
16 | offenses defined in Section 6-16 of the Liquor Control Act | ||||||
17 | of
1934.
| ||||||
18 | The Department of State Police shall charge
a fee for | ||||||
19 | conducting the criminal history records check, which shall be
| ||||||
20 | deposited into the State Police Services Fund and may not | ||||||
21 | exceed the actual
cost of the records check.
| ||||||
22 | (d) Commercial driver instruction permit. A commercial | ||||||
23 | driver
instruction permit may be issued to any person holding a | ||||||
24 | valid Illinois
driver's license if such person successfully | ||||||
25 | passes such tests as the
Secretary determines to be necessary.
| ||||||
26 | A commercial driver instruction permit shall not be issued to a | ||||||
27 | person who
does not meet
the requirements of 49 CFR 391.41 | ||||||
28 | (b)(11), except for the renewal of a
commercial driver
| ||||||
29 | instruction permit for a person who possesses a commercial | ||||||
30 | instruction permit
prior to the
effective date of this | ||||||
31 | amendatory Act of 1999.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 93-476, eff. 1-1-04; 93-644, eff. 6-1-04; revised | ||||||
33 | 11-29-04.)
| ||||||
34 | (625 ILCS 5/11-501) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 11-501) | ||||||
35 | Sec. 11-501. Driving while under the influence of alcohol, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | other drug or
drugs, intoxicating compound or compounds or any | ||||||
2 | combination thereof.
| ||||||
3 | (a) A person shall not drive or be in actual
physical | ||||||
4 | control of any vehicle within this State while:
| ||||||
5 | (1) the alcohol concentration in the person's blood or | ||||||
6 | breath is 0.08
or more based on the definition of blood and | ||||||
7 | breath units in Section 11-501.2;
| ||||||
8 | (2) under the influence of alcohol;
| ||||||
9 | (3) under the influence of any intoxicating compound or | ||||||
10 | combination of
intoxicating compounds to a degree that | ||||||
11 | renders the person incapable of
driving safely;
| ||||||
12 | (4) under the influence of any other drug or | ||||||
13 | combination of drugs to a
degree that renders the person | ||||||
14 | incapable of safely driving;
| ||||||
15 | (5) under the combined influence of alcohol, other drug | ||||||
16 | or drugs, or
intoxicating compound or compounds to a degree | ||||||
17 | that renders the person
incapable of safely driving; or
| ||||||
18 | (6) there is any amount of a drug, substance, or | ||||||
19 | compound in the
person's breath, blood, or urine resulting | ||||||
20 | from the unlawful use or consumption
of cannabis listed in | ||||||
21 | the Cannabis Control Act, a controlled substance listed
in | ||||||
22 | the Illinois Controlled Substances Act, or an intoxicating | ||||||
23 | compound listed
in the Use of Intoxicating Compounds Act.
| ||||||
24 | (b) The fact that any person charged with violating this | ||||||
25 | Section is or
has been legally entitled to use alcohol, other | ||||||
26 | drug or drugs, or
intoxicating compound or compounds, or any
| ||||||
27 | combination thereof, shall not constitute a defense against any | ||||||
28 | charge of
violating this Section.
| ||||||
29 | (b-1) With regard to penalties imposed under this Section:
| ||||||
30 | (1) Any reference to a prior violation of subsection | ||||||
31 | (a) or a similar
provision includes any violation of a | ||||||
32 | provision of a local ordinance or a
provision of a law of | ||||||
33 | another state that is similar to a violation of
subsection | ||||||
34 | (a) of this Section.
| ||||||
35 | (2) Any penalty imposed for driving with a license that | ||||||
36 | has been revoked
for a previous violation of subsection (a) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of this Section shall be in
addition to the penalty imposed | ||||||
2 | for any subsequent violation of subsection (a).
| ||||||
3 | (b-2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, any | ||||||
4 | person convicted of
violating subsection (a) of this Section is | ||||||
5 | guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
| ||||||
6 | (b-3) In addition to any other criminal or administrative | ||||||
7 | sanction for any
second conviction of violating subsection (a) | ||||||
8 | or a similar provision committed
within 5 years of a previous | ||||||
9 | violation of subsection (a) or a similar
provision, the | ||||||
10 | defendant shall be sentenced to a mandatory minimum of 5 days | ||||||
11 | of
imprisonment or assigned a mandatory minimum of 240 hours of | ||||||
12 | community service
as may be determined by the court.
| ||||||
13 | (b-4) In the case of a third or subsequent violation | ||||||
14 | committed within 5
years of a previous violation of subsection | ||||||
15 | (a) or a similar provision, in
addition to any other criminal | ||||||
16 | or administrative sanction, a mandatory minimum
term of either | ||||||
17 | 10 days of imprisonment or 480 hours of community service shall
| ||||||
18 | be imposed.
| ||||||
19 | (b-5) The imprisonment or assignment of community service | ||||||
20 | under subsections
(b-3) and (b-4) shall not be subject to | ||||||
21 | suspension, nor shall the person be
eligible for a reduced | ||||||
22 | sentence.
| ||||||
23 | (c) (Blank).
| ||||||
24 | (c-1) (1) A person who violates subsection (a)
during
a | ||||||
25 | period in which his
or her driving privileges are revoked | ||||||
26 | or suspended, where the revocation or
suspension was for a | ||||||
27 | violation of subsection (a), Section
11-501.1, paragraph | ||||||
28 | (b)
of Section 11-401, or for reckless homicide as defined | ||||||
29 | in Section 9-3 of
the Criminal Code of 1961 is guilty of a
| ||||||
30 | Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
31 | (2) A person who violates subsection (a) a third
time, | ||||||
32 | if the third violation occurs during a period in
which his | ||||||
33 | or her driving privileges are revoked or suspended where | ||||||
34 | the
revocation
or suspension was for a violation of | ||||||
35 | subsection (a),
Section 11-501.1, paragraph
(b) of Section | ||||||
36 | 11-401, or for reckless homicide as defined in Section 9-3
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the Criminal Code of 1961, is guilty of
a Class 3 | ||||||
2 | felony. | ||||||
3 | (2.1) A person who violates subsection (a) a third | ||||||
4 | time, if the third
violation occurs during a period in | ||||||
5 | which his or her driving privileges are
revoked or | ||||||
6 | suspended where the revocation or suspension was for a | ||||||
7 | violation of
subsection (a), Section 11-501.1, subsection | ||||||
8 | (b) of Section 11-401, or for
reckless homicide as defined | ||||||
9 | in Section
9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961, is guilty of a | ||||||
10 | Class 3 felony; and if the
person receives a term of
| ||||||
11 | probation or conditional discharge, he or she shall be | ||||||
12 | required to serve a
mandatory
minimum of 10 days of | ||||||
13 | imprisonment or shall be assigned a mandatory minimum of
| ||||||
14 | 480 hours of community service, as may be determined by the | ||||||
15 | court, as a
condition of the probation or conditional | ||||||
16 | discharge. This mandatory minimum
term of imprisonment or | ||||||
17 | assignment of community service shall not be suspended
or | ||||||
18 | reduced by the court.
| ||||||
19 | (2.2) A person who violates subsection (a), if the
| ||||||
20 | violation occurs during a period in which his or her | ||||||
21 | driving privileges are
revoked or suspended where the | ||||||
22 | revocation or suspension was for a violation of
subsection | ||||||
23 | (a) or Section 11-501.1, shall also be sentenced to an | ||||||
24 | additional
mandatory minimum term of 30 consecutive days of | ||||||
25 | imprisonment, 40 days of
24-hour periodic imprisonment, or | ||||||
26 | 720 hours of community service, as may be
determined by the | ||||||
27 | court. This mandatory term of imprisonment or assignment of
| ||||||
28 | community service shall not be suspended or reduced by the | ||||||
29 | court.
| ||||||
30 | (3) A person who violates subsection (a) a fourth or
| ||||||
31 | subsequent time, if the fourth or subsequent violation | ||||||
32 | occurs
during a period in which his
or her driving | ||||||
33 | privileges are revoked or suspended where the revocation
or | ||||||
34 | suspension was for a violation of subsection (a),
Section | ||||||
35 | 11-501.1, paragraph
(b) of Section 11-401, or for reckless | ||||||
36 | homicide as defined in
Section 9-3
of
the Criminal Code of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1961, is guilty of
a Class 2 felony and is not eligible for | ||||||
2 | a sentence of probation or
conditional discharge.
| ||||||
3 | (c-2) (Blank).
| ||||||
4 | (c-3) (Blank).
| ||||||
5 | (c-4) (Blank).
| ||||||
6 | (c-5) A person who violates subsection (a), if the person | ||||||
7 | was transporting
a person under the age of 16 at the time of | ||||||
8 | the violation, is subject to an
additional mandatory minimum | ||||||
9 | fine of $1,000, an additional mandatory minimum
140 hours of | ||||||
10 | community service, which shall include 40 hours of community
| ||||||
11 | service in a program benefiting children, and an additional 2 | ||||||
12 | days of
imprisonment. The imprisonment or assignment of | ||||||
13 | community service under this
subsection (c-5) is not subject to | ||||||
14 | suspension, nor is the person eligible for
a reduced sentence.
| ||||||
15 | (c-6) Except as provided in subsections (c-7) and (c-8) a | ||||||
16 | person who
violates
subsection (a) a second time, if at the | ||||||
17 | time of
the second violation the person was transporting a | ||||||
18 | person under the age of 16,
is subject to an additional 10 days | ||||||
19 | of imprisonment, an additional mandatory
minimum fine of | ||||||
20 | $1,000, and an additional mandatory minimum 140 hours of
| ||||||
21 | community service, which shall include 40 hours of community | ||||||
22 | service in a
program benefiting children.
The imprisonment or | ||||||
23 | assignment of community service under this subsection (c-6)
is | ||||||
24 | not subject to suspension, nor is the person eligible for a | ||||||
25 | reduced
sentence.
| ||||||
26 | (c-7) Except as provided in subsection (c-8), any person | ||||||
27 | convicted of
violating subsection (c-6) or a similar
provision | ||||||
28 | within 10 years of a previous violation of subsection (a) or a
| ||||||
29 | similar provision shall receive, in addition to any other | ||||||
30 | penalty imposed, a
mandatory minimum 12 days imprisonment, an | ||||||
31 | additional 40 hours of mandatory
community service in a program | ||||||
32 | benefiting children, and a mandatory minimum
fine of $1,750. | ||||||
33 | The imprisonment or assignment of community service under this
| ||||||
34 | subsection (c-7) is not subject to suspension, nor is the | ||||||
35 | person
eligible for a reduced sentence.
| ||||||
36 | (c-8) Any person convicted of violating subsection (c-6) or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a similar
provision within 5 years of a previous violation of | ||||||
2 | subsection (a) or a similar
provision shall receive, in | ||||||
3 | addition to any other penalty imposed, an
additional 80 hours | ||||||
4 | of mandatory community service in a program benefiting
| ||||||
5 | children, an additional mandatory minimum 12 days of | ||||||
6 | imprisonment, and a
mandatory minimum fine of $1,750. The | ||||||
7 | imprisonment or assignment of community
service under this | ||||||
8 | subsection (c-8) is not subject to suspension, nor
is the
| ||||||
9 | person eligible for a reduced sentence.
| ||||||
10 | (c-9) Any person convicted a third time for violating | ||||||
11 | subsection (a) or a
similar provision, if at the time of the | ||||||
12 | third violation the person was
transporting a person under the | ||||||
13 | age of 16, is guilty of a Class 4 felony and shall
receive, in | ||||||
14 | addition to any other
penalty imposed, an additional mandatory | ||||||
15 | fine of $1,000, an additional
mandatory 140 hours of community | ||||||
16 | service, which shall include 40 hours in a
program benefiting | ||||||
17 | children, and a mandatory minimum 30 days of imprisonment.
The | ||||||
18 | imprisonment or assignment of community service under this | ||||||
19 | subsection (c-9)
is not subject to suspension, nor is the | ||||||
20 | person eligible for a reduced
sentence.
| ||||||
21 | (c-10) Any person convicted of violating subsection (c-9) | ||||||
22 | or a similar
provision a third time within 20 years of a | ||||||
23 | previous violation of subsection
(a) or a
similar provision is | ||||||
24 | guilty of a Class 4 felony and shall receive, in addition
to | ||||||
25 | any other penalty imposed, an additional mandatory 40 hours of | ||||||
26 | community
service in a program benefiting children, an | ||||||
27 | additional mandatory fine of
$3,000
$3000 , and a mandatory | ||||||
28 | minimum 120 days of imprisonment. The imprisonment or
| ||||||
29 | assignment of community service under this subsection (c-10) is | ||||||
30 | not subject to
suspension, nor is the person eligible for a | ||||||
31 | reduced sentence.
| ||||||
32 | (c-11) Any person convicted a fourth or subsequent time for | ||||||
33 | violating
subsection (a) or a similar provision, if at the time | ||||||
34 | of the fourth or
subsequent violation the person was | ||||||
35 | transporting a person under the age of 16,
and if the person's | ||||||
36 | 3 prior violations of subsection (a) or a similar provision
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | occurred while transporting a person under the age of 16 or | ||||||
2 | while the alcohol
concentration in his or her blood, breath, or | ||||||
3 | urine was 0.16 or more based
on the definition of blood, | ||||||
4 | breath, or urine units in Section 11-501.2, is
guilty of a | ||||||
5 | Class 2 felony, is not eligible for probation or conditional
| ||||||
6 | discharge, and is subject to a minimum fine of $3,000.
| ||||||
7 | (c-12) Any person convicted of a first violation of | ||||||
8 | subsection (a) or a
similar provision, if the alcohol | ||||||
9 | concentration in his or her blood, breath, or
urine was 0.16 or | ||||||
10 | more based on the definition of blood, breath, or urine
units | ||||||
11 | in Section 11-501.2, shall be subject, in addition to any other | ||||||
12 | penalty
that may be imposed, to a mandatory minimum of 100 | ||||||
13 | hours of community service
and a mandatory minimum fine of | ||||||
14 | $500.
| ||||||
15 | (c-13) Any person convicted of a second violation of | ||||||
16 | subsection (a) or a similar provision committed within 10 years | ||||||
17 | of a previous violation of subsection (a) or a similar | ||||||
18 | provision committed within 10 years of a previous violation of | ||||||
19 | subsection (a) or a similar provision, if at the time of the | ||||||
20 | second violation of subsection (a) the
alcohol concentration in | ||||||
21 | his or her blood, breath, or urine was 0.16 or more
based on | ||||||
22 | the definition of blood, breath, or urine units in Section | ||||||
23 | 11-501.2,
shall be
subject, in addition to any other penalty | ||||||
24 | that may be imposed, to a mandatory
minimum of 2 days of | ||||||
25 | imprisonment and a mandatory minimum fine of $1,250.
| ||||||
26 | (c-14) Any person convicted of a third violation of | ||||||
27 | subsection (a) or a
similar provision within 20 years of a | ||||||
28 | previous violation of subsection (a) or
a
similar provision, if | ||||||
29 | at the time of the third violation of subsection (a) or a
| ||||||
30 | similar provision the alcohol concentration in his or her | ||||||
31 | blood, breath, or
urine was 0.16 or more based on the | ||||||
32 | definition of blood, breath, or urine units
in Section | ||||||
33 | 11-501.2, is guilty of a Class 4 felony and shall be subject, | ||||||
34 | in
addition to any other penalty that may be imposed, to a | ||||||
35 | mandatory minimum of
90 days of imprisonment and a mandatory | ||||||
36 | minimum fine of $2,500.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c-15) Any person convicted of a fourth or subsequent | ||||||
2 | violation of
subsection
(a) or a similar provision, if at the | ||||||
3 | time of the fourth or subsequent
violation the alcohol | ||||||
4 | concentration in his or her blood, breath, or urine was
0.16 or | ||||||
5 | more based on the definition of blood, breath, or urine units | ||||||
6 | in
Section 11-501.2, and if the person's 3 prior violations of | ||||||
7 | subsection (a) or a
similar provision occurred while | ||||||
8 | transporting a person under the age of 16 or
while the alcohol | ||||||
9 | concentration in his or her blood, breath, or urine was 0.16
or | ||||||
10 | more based on the definition of blood, breath, or urine units | ||||||
11 | in Section
11-501.2, is guilty of a Class 2 felony and is not | ||||||
12 | eligible for a sentence of
probation or conditional discharge | ||||||
13 | and is subject to a minimum fine of
$2,500.
| ||||||
14 | (d) (1) Every person convicted of committing a violation of | ||||||
15 | this Section
shall be guilty of aggravated driving under | ||||||
16 | the influence of alcohol,
other drug or drugs, or | ||||||
17 | intoxicating compound or compounds, or any combination
| ||||||
18 | thereof if:
| ||||||
19 | (A) the person committed a violation of subsection | ||||||
20 | (a) or a similar
provision for the
third or subsequent | ||||||
21 | time;
| ||||||
22 | (B) the person committed a violation of subsection | ||||||
23 | (a)
while
driving a school bus with persons 18 years of | ||||||
24 | age or younger
on board;
| ||||||
25 | (C) the person in committing a violation of | ||||||
26 | subsection
(a) was
involved in a motor vehicle accident | ||||||
27 | that resulted in great bodily harm or
permanent | ||||||
28 | disability or disfigurement to another, when the | ||||||
29 | violation was
a proximate cause of the injuries;
| ||||||
30 | (D) the person committed a violation of subsection | ||||||
31 | (a)
for a
second time and has been previously convicted | ||||||
32 | of violating Section 9-3 of the
Criminal Code of 1961 | ||||||
33 | or a similar provision of a law of another state | ||||||
34 | relating to reckless homicide in which the person was
| ||||||
35 | determined to have been under the influence of alcohol, | ||||||
36 | other drug or
drugs, or intoxicating compound or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | compounds as an element of the offense or
the person | ||||||
2 | has previously been convicted
under subparagraph (C) | ||||||
3 | or subparagraph (F) of this paragraph (1);
| ||||||
4 | (E) the person, in committing a violation of | ||||||
5 | subsection (a) while
driving at any speed in a school | ||||||
6 | speed zone at a time when a speed limit of
20 miles per | ||||||
7 | hour was in effect under subsection (a) of Section | ||||||
8 | 11-605 of
this Code, was involved in a motor vehicle | ||||||
9 | accident that resulted in bodily
harm, other than great | ||||||
10 | bodily harm or permanent disability or disfigurement,
| ||||||
11 | to another person, when the violation of subsection (a) | ||||||
12 | was a
proximate cause
of the bodily harm; or
| ||||||
13 | (F) the person, in committing a violation of | ||||||
14 | subsection (a), was
involved in a motor vehicle, | ||||||
15 | snowmobile, all-terrain vehicle, or watercraft
| ||||||
16 | accident that resulted in
the death of another person, | ||||||
17 | when the violation of subsection
(a) was
a proximate | ||||||
18 | cause of the death.
| ||||||
19 | (2) Except as provided in this paragraph (2), a person | ||||||
20 | convicted of
aggravated driving under
the
influence of | ||||||
21 | alcohol, other drug or
drugs,
or intoxicating compound or | ||||||
22 | compounds, or any
combination thereof is guilty of a Class | ||||||
23 | 4 felony. For a violation of
subparagraph (C)
of
paragraph | ||||||
24 | (1) of this subsection (d), the defendant, if sentenced to | ||||||
25 | a term
of imprisonment, shall be sentenced
to not less than
| ||||||
26 | one year nor more than 12 years.
Aggravated driving under | ||||||
27 | the influence of alcohol, other drug or drugs,
or | ||||||
28 | intoxicating compound or compounds, or any combination | ||||||
29 | thereof as
defined in subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) of | ||||||
30 | this subsection (d) is
a Class 2 felony, for which the | ||||||
31 | defendant, if sentenced to a term of
imprisonment, shall be | ||||||
32 | sentenced to: (A) a
term of imprisonment of not less than 3 | ||||||
33 | years and not more
than 14 years if the violation resulted | ||||||
34 | in the death of one person; or
(B) a term of imprisonment | ||||||
35 | of not less than 6 years and not
more than 28 years if the | ||||||
36 | violation resulted in the deaths of 2 or more
persons.
For |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any prosecution under this subsection
(d), a certified copy | ||||||
2 | of the
driving abstract of the defendant shall be admitted | ||||||
3 | as proof of any prior
conviction.
Any person sentenced | ||||||
4 | under this subsection (d) who receives a term of
probation
| ||||||
5 | or conditional discharge must serve a minimum term of | ||||||
6 | either 480 hours of
community service or 10 days of | ||||||
7 | imprisonment as a condition of the probation or
conditional | ||||||
8 | discharge. This mandatory minimum term of imprisonment or
| ||||||
9 | assignment of community service may not be suspended or | ||||||
10 | reduced by the court.
| ||||||
11 | (e) After a finding of guilt and prior to any final | ||||||
12 | sentencing, or an
order for supervision, for an offense based | ||||||
13 | upon an arrest for a
violation of this Section or a similar | ||||||
14 | provision of a local ordinance,
individuals shall be required | ||||||
15 | to undergo a professional evaluation to
determine if an | ||||||
16 | alcohol, drug, or intoxicating compound abuse problem exists
| ||||||
17 | and the
extent of the problem, and undergo the imposition of | ||||||
18 | treatment as appropriate.
Programs conducting these | ||||||
19 | evaluations shall be
licensed by the Department of Human | ||||||
20 | Services. The cost of any professional
evaluation shall be paid | ||||||
21 | for by the
individual
required to undergo the professional | ||||||
22 | evaluation.
| ||||||
23 | (e-1) Any person who is found guilty of or pleads guilty to | ||||||
24 | violating this
Section, including any person receiving a | ||||||
25 | disposition of court supervision for
violating this Section, | ||||||
26 | may be required by the Court to attend a victim
impact panel | ||||||
27 | offered by, or under contract with, a County State's Attorney's
| ||||||
28 | office, a probation and court services department, Mothers | ||||||
29 | Against Drunk
Driving,
or the Alliance Against Intoxicated | ||||||
30 | Motorists.
All costs generated by
the victim impact panel shall | ||||||
31 | be paid from fees collected from the
offender or as may be | ||||||
32 | determined by the court.
| ||||||
33 | (f) Every person found guilty of violating this Section, | ||||||
34 | whose
operation of a motor vehicle while in violation of this | ||||||
35 | Section proximately
caused any incident resulting in an | ||||||
36 | appropriate emergency response, shall
be liable for the expense |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of an emergency response as provided under
Section 5-5-3 of the | ||||||
2 | Unified Code of Corrections.
| ||||||
3 | (g) The Secretary of State shall revoke the driving | ||||||
4 | privileges of any
person convicted under this Section or a | ||||||
5 | similar provision of a local
ordinance.
| ||||||
6 | (h) ( Blank ) .
| ||||||
7 | (i) The Secretary of State shall require the use of | ||||||
8 | ignition interlock
devices on all vehicles owned by an | ||||||
9 | individual who has been convicted of a
second
or subsequent | ||||||
10 | offense of this Section or a similar provision of a local
| ||||||
11 | ordinance. The Secretary shall establish by rule and regulation | ||||||
12 | the procedures
for certification and use of the interlock | ||||||
13 | system.
| ||||||
14 | (j) In addition to any other penalties and liabilities, a | ||||||
15 | person who is
found guilty of or pleads guilty to violating | ||||||
16 | subsection (a), including any
person placed on court | ||||||
17 | supervision for violating subsection (a), shall be fined
$500, | ||||||
18 | payable to the
circuit clerk, who shall distribute the money as | ||||||
19 | follows: 20% to the law enforcement agency
that made the arrest | ||||||
20 | and 80% shall be forwarded to the State Treasurer for deposit | ||||||
21 | into the General Revenue Fund. If the person has been | ||||||
22 | previously convicted of violating
subsection (a) or a similar | ||||||
23 | provision of a local
ordinance, the fine shall be
$1,000. In | ||||||
24 | the event that more than one agency is responsible
for the | ||||||
25 | arrest, the amount payable to law enforcement agencies shall be | ||||||
26 | shared equally. Any moneys received
by a law
enforcement agency | ||||||
27 | under this subsection (j) shall be used to purchase law
| ||||||
28 | enforcement equipment that will assist in the prevention of | ||||||
29 | alcohol related
criminal violence throughout the State. This | ||||||
30 | shall include, but is not limited
to, in-car video cameras, | ||||||
31 | radar and laser speed detection devices, and alcohol
breath | ||||||
32 | testers.
Any moneys received by the Department of State Police | ||||||
33 | under this subsection
(j) shall be deposited into the State | ||||||
34 | Police DUI Fund and shall be used to
purchase law enforcement | ||||||
35 | equipment that will assist in the prevention of
alcohol related | ||||||
36 | criminal violence throughout the State.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (k) The Secretary of State Police DUI Fund is created as a | ||||||
2 | special
fund in the State treasury. All moneys received by the | ||||||
3 | Secretary of State
Police under subsection (j) of this Section | ||||||
4 | shall be deposited into the
Secretary of State Police DUI Fund | ||||||
5 | and, subject to appropriation, shall be
used to purchase law | ||||||
6 | enforcement equipment to assist in the prevention of
alcohol | ||||||
7 | related criminal violence throughout the State.
| ||||||
8 | (l) Whenever an individual is sentenced for an offense | ||||||
9 | based upon an
arrest for a violation of subsection (a) or a | ||||||
10 | similar provision of a local
ordinance, and the professional | ||||||
11 | evaluation recommends remedial or
rehabilitative treatment or | ||||||
12 | education, neither the treatment nor the education
shall be the | ||||||
13 | sole disposition and either or both may be imposed only in
| ||||||
14 | conjunction with another disposition. The court shall monitor | ||||||
15 | compliance with
any remedial education or treatment | ||||||
16 | recommendations contained in the
professional evaluation. | ||||||
17 | Programs conducting alcohol or other drug evaluation
or | ||||||
18 | remedial education must be licensed by the Department of Human | ||||||
19 | Services. If
the individual is not a resident of Illinois, | ||||||
20 | however, the court may accept an
alcohol or other drug | ||||||
21 | evaluation or remedial education program in the
individual's | ||||||
22 | state of residence. Programs providing treatment must be | ||||||
23 | licensed
under existing applicable alcoholism and drug | ||||||
24 | treatment licensure standards.
| ||||||
25 | (m) In addition to any other fine or penalty required by | ||||||
26 | law, an individual
convicted of a violation of subsection (a), | ||||||
27 | Section 5-7 of the Snowmobile
Registration and Safety Act, | ||||||
28 | Section 5-16 of the Boat Registration and Safety
Act, or a | ||||||
29 | similar provision, whose operation of a motor vehicle, | ||||||
30 | snowmobile, or
watercraft while in
violation of subsection (a), | ||||||
31 | Section 5-7 of the Snowmobile Registration and
Safety Act, | ||||||
32 | Section 5-16 of the Boat Registration and Safety Act, or a | ||||||
33 | similar
provision proximately caused an incident resulting in | ||||||
34 | an appropriate emergency
response, shall be required to make | ||||||
35 | restitution to a public agency for the
costs of that emergency | ||||||
36 | response. The restitution may not exceed $1,000 per
public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agency for each emergency response. As used in this subsection | ||||||
2 | (m),
"emergency response" means any incident requiring a | ||||||
3 | response by a police
officer, a firefighter carried on the | ||||||
4 | rolls of a regularly constituted fire
department, or an | ||||||
5 | ambulance.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 92-248, eff. 8-3-01; 92-418, eff. 8-17-01; | ||||||
7 | 92-420, eff. 8-17-01; 92-429, eff. 1-1-02; 92-431, eff. 1-1-02; | ||||||
8 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-156, eff. 1-1-04; 93-213, eff. | ||||||
9 | 7-18-03; 93-584, eff. 8-22-03; 93-712, eff. 1-1-05; 93-800, | ||||||
10 | eff. 1-1-05; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; revised 1-13-05.)
| ||||||
11 | (625 ILCS 5/11-1201) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 11-1201)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 11-1201. Obedience to signal indicating approach of | ||||||
13 | train.
| ||||||
14 | (a) Whenever any person driving a vehicle approaches a | ||||||
15 | railroad grade
crossing where the driver is not always required | ||||||
16 | to stop, the
person must
exercise due care and caution as the | ||||||
17 | existence of
a railroad track across a highway is a warning of | ||||||
18 | danger, and under any of
the circumstances stated in this | ||||||
19 | Section, the driver shall stop within 50
feet but not less than | ||||||
20 | 15 feet from the nearest rail of the railroad and
shall not | ||||||
21 | proceed until the tracks are clear and he or she can do so
| ||||||
22 | safely. The
foregoing requirements
shall apply when:
| ||||||
23 | 1. A clearly visible electric or mechanical signal | ||||||
24 | device gives warning
of the immediate approach of a | ||||||
25 | railroad train;
| ||||||
26 | 2. A crossing gate is lowered or a human flagman gives | ||||||
27 | or continues to
give a signal of the approach or passage of | ||||||
28 | a railroad train;
| ||||||
29 | 3. A railroad train approaching a highway crossing | ||||||
30 | emits a warning
signal and such railroad train, by reason | ||||||
31 | of its speed or nearness to such
crossing, is an immediate | ||||||
32 | hazard;
| ||||||
33 | 4. An approaching railroad train is plainly visible and | ||||||
34 | is in hazardous
proximity to such crossing;
| ||||||
35 | 5. A railroad train is approaching so closely that an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | immediate hazard
is created.
| ||||||
2 | (a-5) Whenever a person driving a vehicle approaches a | ||||||
3 | railroad grade
crossing where the driver is not always required | ||||||
4 | to stop but must slow down,
the person must exercise due care | ||||||
5 | and caution as the existence of a railroad
track across a | ||||||
6 | highway is a warning of danger, and under any of the
| ||||||
7 | circumstances stated in this Section, the driver shall slow | ||||||
8 | down within 50 feet
but not less than 15 feet from the nearest | ||||||
9 | rail of the railroad and shall not
proceed until he or she | ||||||
10 | checks that the tracks are clear of an approaching
train.
| ||||||
11 | (b) No person shall drive any vehicle through, around
or | ||||||
12 | under any crossing gate or barrier at a railroad crossing
while | ||||||
13 | such gate or barrier is closed or is being opened or closed.
| ||||||
14 | (c) The Department, and local authorities with the
approval | ||||||
15 | of the Department, are hereby authorized to designate
| ||||||
16 | particularly dangerous highway grade crossings of railroads
| ||||||
17 | and to erect stop signs thereat. When such stop signs
are | ||||||
18 | erected the driver of any vehicle shall stop within 50
feet but | ||||||
19 | not less than 15 feet from the nearest rail of such
railroad | ||||||
20 | and shall proceed only upon exercising due care.
| ||||||
21 | (d) At any railroad grade crossing provided with railroad | ||||||
22 | crossbuck signs,
without automatic, electric, or mechanical | ||||||
23 | signal devices, crossing gates, or a
human flagman giving a | ||||||
24 | signal of the approach or passage of a train, the driver
of a | ||||||
25 | vehicle shall in obedience to the railroad crossbuck sign, | ||||||
26 | yield the
right-of-way and slow down to a speed reasonable for | ||||||
27 | the existing conditions
and shall stop, if required for safety, | ||||||
28 | at a clearly marked stopped line, or if
no stop line, within 50 | ||||||
29 | feet but not less than 15 feet from the nearest rail of
the | ||||||
30 | railroad and shall not proceed until he or she can do so | ||||||
31 | safely. If a
driver is involved in a collision at a railroad | ||||||
32 | crossing or interferes with the
movement of a train after | ||||||
33 | driving past the railroad crossbuck sign, the
collision or | ||||||
34 | interference is prima facie evidence of the driver's
failure to | ||||||
35 | yield right-of-way.
| ||||||
36 | (d-1) No person shall, while driving a commercial motor |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | vehicle, fail to
negotiate
a railroad-highway grade railroad | ||||||
2 | crossing because of insufficient
undercarriage
clearance.
| ||||||
3 | (d-5) (Blank).
| ||||||
4 | (e) It is unlawful to violate any part of this
Section.
| ||||||
5 | (1) A violation of this Section is a petty offense for | ||||||
6 | which a fine of
$250 shall be imposed for a first | ||||||
7 | violation, and a fine of $500 shall be
imposed for a second | ||||||
8 | or subsequent violation. The court may impose 25 hours of
| ||||||
9 | community service in place of the $250 fine for the first | ||||||
10 | violation.
| ||||||
11 | (2) For a second or subsequent violation, the Secretary | ||||||
12 | of State may
suspend the driving privileges of the offender | ||||||
13 | for a minimum of 6 months.
| ||||||
14 | (f) Corporate authorities of municipal corporations
| ||||||
15 | regulating operators of vehicles that fail to obey signals | ||||||
16 | indicating the
presence,
approach, passage, or departure of a
| ||||||
17 | train shall impose fines as established in subsection (e) of | ||||||
18 | this Section.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 92-245, eff. 8-3-01; 92-249, eff. 1-1-02;
92-651, | ||||||
20 | eff. 7-11-02; 92-814, eff. 1-1-03; 92-834, eff. 8-22-02; | ||||||
21 | revised
8-26-02.)
| ||||||
22 | (625 ILCS 5/11-1414) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 11-1414)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 11-1414. Approaching, overtaking, and passing school | ||||||
24 | bus.
| ||||||
25 | (a) The driver of a vehicle shall stop such vehicle before | ||||||
26 | meeting or
overtaking, from either direction, any school bus | ||||||
27 | stopped at any location for
the purpose of receiving or | ||||||
28 | discharging pupils. Such stop is required before
reaching the | ||||||
29 | school bus when there is in operation on the school
bus the | ||||||
30 | visual signals as specified in Sections 12-803 and 12-805 of | ||||||
31 | this
Code. The driver of the vehicle shall not proceed until | ||||||
32 | the
school bus resumes motion or the driver of the vehicle is | ||||||
33 | signaled by the
school bus driver to proceed or the visual | ||||||
34 | signals are no longer actuated.
| ||||||
35 | (b) The stop signal arm required by Section 12-803 of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Code shall
be extended after the school bus has come to a | ||||||
2 | complete stop for the purpose of
loading or discharging pupils | ||||||
3 | and shall be closed before the school bus
is placed in motion | ||||||
4 | again. The stop signal arm shall
not be extended at any other | ||||||
5 | time.
| ||||||
6 | (c) The alternately flashing red signal lamps of an
8-lamp | ||||||
7 | flashing signal system required by Section 12-805 of this Code
| ||||||
8 | shall be actuated after the school bus has come to a complete | ||||||
9 | stop for the
purpose of
loading or discharging pupils and shall | ||||||
10 | be turned off before
the school bus is placed in motion again. | ||||||
11 | The red signal
lamps shall not be actuated at any other time
| ||||||
12 | except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section.
| ||||||
13 | (d) The alternately flashing amber signal lamps of an | ||||||
14 | 8-lamp
flashing signal system required by Section 12-805 of | ||||||
15 | this
Code shall be actuated continuously during not less than | ||||||
16 | the last 100
feet traveled by the school bus before stopping | ||||||
17 | for the purpose of loading
or discharging pupils within an | ||||||
18 | urban area and during not less than
the last 200 feet traveled | ||||||
19 | by the school
bus outside an urban area. The amber signal lamps | ||||||
20 | shall remain actuated
until the school
bus is stopped. The | ||||||
21 | amber signal lamps shall not be actuated at any other time.
| ||||||
22 | (d-5) The alternately flashing head lamps permitted by | ||||||
23 | Section 12-805 of
this Code may be operated while the | ||||||
24 | alternately flashing red or amber signal
lamps required by that | ||||||
25 | Section are actuated.
| ||||||
26 | (e) The driver of a vehicle upon a highway having 4 or more | ||||||
27 | lanes which
permits at least 2 lanes of traffic to travel in | ||||||
28 | opposite directions need not
stop such vehicle upon meeting a | ||||||
29 | school bus which is stopped in the opposing
roadway; and need | ||||||
30 | not stop such vehicle when driving upon a controlled access
| ||||||
31 | highway when passing a school bus traveling in either direction | ||||||
32 | that is stopped
in a loading zone
adjacent to the surfaced or | ||||||
33 | improved part of the controlled access
highway where | ||||||
34 | pedestrians are not permitted to cross.
| ||||||
35 | (f) Beginning with the effective date of this amendatory | ||||||
36 | Act of 1985,
the Secretary of State shall suspend for a period |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of 3 months
the driving
privileges of any person convicted of a | ||||||
2 | violation of subsection (a) of this
Section or a similar | ||||||
3 | provision of a local ordinance; the Secretary shall
suspend for | ||||||
4 | a period of one year the driving privileges of any person | ||||||
5 | convicted
of a second or subsequent violation of subsection (a) | ||||||
6 | of this Section or a
similar provision of a local ordinance if | ||||||
7 | the second or subsequent violation
occurs within 5 years of a | ||||||
8 | prior conviction for the same offense. In addition
to the | ||||||
9 | suspensions authorized by this Section, any person convicted of
| ||||||
10 | violating this Section or a similar provision of a local | ||||||
11 | ordinance
shall be subject to a mandatory fine of $150 or, upon | ||||||
12 | a second or subsequent
violation, $500.
The Secretary may also | ||||||
13 | grant, for the duration of any
suspension issued under this | ||||||
14 | subsection, a restricted driving permit
granting the privilege | ||||||
15 | of driving a motor vehicle between the driver's
residence and | ||||||
16 | place of employment or within other proper limits that the
| ||||||
17 | Secretary of State shall find necessary to avoid any undue | ||||||
18 | hardship. A
restricted driving permit issued hereunder shall be | ||||||
19 | subject to
cancellation, revocation and suspension by the | ||||||
20 | Secretary of State in like
manner and for like cause as a | ||||||
21 | driver's license may be cancelled, revoked
or suspended; except | ||||||
22 | that a conviction upon one or more offenses against
laws or | ||||||
23 | ordinances regulating the movement of traffic shall be deemed
| ||||||
24 | sufficient cause for the revocation, suspension or | ||||||
25 | cancellation of the
restricted driving permit. The Secretary of | ||||||
26 | State may, as a condition to
the issuance of a restricted | ||||||
27 | driving permit, require the applicant to
participate in a | ||||||
28 | designated driver remedial or rehabilitative program. Any
| ||||||
29 | conviction for a violation of this subsection shall be included | ||||||
30 | as an
offense for the purposes of determining suspension action | ||||||
31 | under any other
provision of this Code, provided however, that | ||||||
32 | the penalties provided under
this subsection shall be imposed | ||||||
33 | unless those penalties imposed under other
applicable | ||||||
34 | provisions are greater.
| ||||||
35 | The owner of any vehicle alleged to have violated paragraph | ||||||
36 | (a) of this
Section shall, upon appropriate demand by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State's Attorney or other
authorized prosecutor acting in | ||||||
2 | response to a signed complaint, provide
a written statement or | ||||||
3 | deposition identifying the operator of the vehicle
if such | ||||||
4 | operator was not the owner at the time of the alleged | ||||||
5 | violation.
Failure to supply such information shall be | ||||||
6 | construed to be the same as
a violation of paragraph (a) and | ||||||
7 | shall be subject to the same penalties
herein provided. In the | ||||||
8 | event the owner has assigned control for the use
of the vehicle | ||||||
9 | to another, the person to whom control was assigned shall
| ||||||
10 | comply with the provisions of this paragraph and be subject to | ||||||
11 | the same
penalties as herein provided.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 93-180, eff. 7-11-03; 93-181, eff. 1-1-04; | ||||||
13 | revised 8-12-03.)
| ||||||
14 | (625 ILCS 5/12-215) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 12-215)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 12-215. Oscillating, rotating or flashing lights on | ||||||
16 | motor vehicles. Except as otherwise provided in this Code:
| ||||||
17 | (a) The use of red or white oscillating, rotating or | ||||||
18 | flashing lights,
whether lighted or unlighted, is prohibited | ||||||
19 | except on:
| ||||||
20 | 1. Law enforcement vehicles of State, Federal or
local | ||||||
21 | authorities;
| ||||||
22 | 2. A vehicle operated by a police officer or county | ||||||
23 | coroner
and designated or authorized by local authorities, | ||||||
24 | in writing, as a law
enforcement vehicle; however, such | ||||||
25 | designation or authorization must
be carried in the | ||||||
26 | vehicle;
| ||||||
27 | 3. Vehicles of local fire departments and State or | ||||||
28 | federal
firefighting vehicles;
| ||||||
29 | 4. Vehicles which are designed and used exclusively as | ||||||
30 | ambulances
or rescue vehicles; furthermore, such lights | ||||||
31 | shall not be lighted except
when responding to an emergency | ||||||
32 | call for and while actually conveying the
sick or injured;
| ||||||
33 | 5. Tow trucks licensed in a state that requires such | ||||||
34 | lights;
furthermore, such lights shall not be lighted on | ||||||
35 | any such tow truck while the
tow truck is
operating in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State of Illinois;
| ||||||
2 | 6. Vehicles of the Illinois Emergency Management | ||||||
3 | Agency, vehicles of the Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
4 | Health, and vehicles of
the
Department of Nuclear Safety;
| ||||||
5 | 7. Vehicles operated by a local or county emergency | ||||||
6 | management
services agency as defined in the Illinois | ||||||
7 | Emergency
Management Agency Act; and
| ||||||
8 | 8. School buses operating alternately flashing head | ||||||
9 | lamps as permitted
under Section 12-805 of this Code ; and .
| ||||||
10 | 9.
8. Vehicles that are equipped and used exclusively | ||||||
11 | as organ transplant
vehicles when used in combination with | ||||||
12 | blue oscillating, rotating, or flashing
lights; | ||||||
13 | furthermore, these lights shall be lighted only when the | ||||||
14 | transportation
is declared an emergency by a member of the | ||||||
15 | transplant team or a representative
of the organ | ||||||
16 | procurement organization. | ||||||
17 | (b) The use of amber oscillating, rotating or flashing | ||||||
18 | lights, whether
lighted or unlighted, is prohibited except on:
| ||||||
19 | 1. Second division vehicles designed and used for | ||||||
20 | towing or hoisting
vehicles; furthermore, such lights | ||||||
21 | shall not be lighted except as
required in
this paragraph | ||||||
22 | 1; such lights shall be lighted
when such vehicles are | ||||||
23 | actually being
used at the scene of an accident or
| ||||||
24 | disablement; if the towing vehicle is equipped with a flat | ||||||
25 | bed that
supports all wheels of the vehicle being | ||||||
26 | transported, the lights shall not be
lighted while the | ||||||
27 | vehicle is engaged in towing on a highway; if the towing
| ||||||
28 | vehicle is not equipped with a flat bed that supports all | ||||||
29 | wheels of a vehicle
being transported, the lights shall be | ||||||
30 | lighted while the
towing
vehicle is engaged in towing on a | ||||||
31 | highway during all
times when the use
of headlights is | ||||||
32 | required under Section 12-201 of this Code;
| ||||||
33 | 2. Motor vehicles or equipment of the State of | ||||||
34 | Illinois, local authorities
and contractors; furthermore, | ||||||
35 | such lights shall not be lighted except while
such vehicles | ||||||
36 | are engaged in maintenance or construction operations |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | within
the limits of construction projects;
| ||||||
2 | 3. Vehicles or equipment used by engineering or survey | ||||||
3 | crews;
furthermore, such lights shall not be lighted except | ||||||
4 | while such vehicles
are actually engaged in work on a | ||||||
5 | highway;
| ||||||
6 | 4. Vehicles of public utilities, municipalities, or | ||||||
7 | other
construction, maintenance or automotive service | ||||||
8 | vehicles except that such
lights shall be lighted only as a | ||||||
9 | means for indicating the presence of a
vehicular traffic | ||||||
10 | hazard requiring unusual care in approaching, overtaking
| ||||||
11 | or passing while such vehicles are engaged in maintenance, | ||||||
12 | service or
construction on a highway;
| ||||||
13 | 5. Oversized vehicle or load; however, such lights | ||||||
14 | shall only be lighted
when moving under permit issued by | ||||||
15 | the Department under Section 15-301
of this Code;
| ||||||
16 | 6. The front and rear of motorized equipment owned and | ||||||
17 | operated by the
State of Illinois or any political | ||||||
18 | subdivision thereof, which is designed
and used for removal | ||||||
19 | of snow and ice from highways;
| ||||||
20 | 7. Fleet safety vehicles registered in another state, | ||||||
21 | furthermore, such
lights shall not be lighted except as | ||||||
22 | provided for in Section 12-212 of
this Code;
| ||||||
23 | 8. Such other vehicles as may be authorized by local | ||||||
24 | authorities;
| ||||||
25 | 9. Law enforcement vehicles of State or local | ||||||
26 | authorities when used in
combination with red oscillating, | ||||||
27 | rotating or flashing lights;
| ||||||
28 | 9.5. Propane delivery trucks;
| ||||||
29 | 10. Vehicles used for collecting or delivering mail for | ||||||
30 | the
United States Postal Service provided that such lights | ||||||
31 | shall not be lighted
except when such vehicles are actually | ||||||
32 | being used for such purposes;
| ||||||
33 | 11. Any vehicle displaying a slow-moving vehicle | ||||||
34 | emblem as
provided in Section 12-205.1;
| ||||||
35 | 12. All trucks equipped with self-compactors or | ||||||
36 | roll-off hoists and
roll-on containers for garbage or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | refuse hauling. Such lights shall not be
lighted except | ||||||
2 | when such vehicles are actually being used for such | ||||||
3 | purposes;
| ||||||
4 | 13. Vehicles used by a security company, alarm | ||||||
5 | responder, or control
agency;
| ||||||
6 | 14. Security vehicles of the Department of Human | ||||||
7 | Services; however, the
lights shall not be lighted except | ||||||
8 | when being used for security related
purposes under the | ||||||
9 | direction of the superintendent of the facility where the
| ||||||
10 | vehicle is located; and
| ||||||
11 | 15. Vehicles of union representatives, except that the | ||||||
12 | lights shall be
lighted only while the vehicle is within | ||||||
13 | the limits of a construction
project.
| ||||||
14 | (c) The use of blue oscillating, rotating or flashing | ||||||
15 | lights, whether
lighted or unlighted, is prohibited except on:
| ||||||
16 | 1. Rescue squad vehicles not owned by a fire department | ||||||
17 | and
vehicles owned or fully operated by a:
| ||||||
18 | voluntary firefighter;
| ||||||
19 | paid firefighter;
| ||||||
20 | part-paid firefighter;
| ||||||
21 | call firefighter;
| ||||||
22 | member of the board of trustees of a fire | ||||||
23 | protection district;
| ||||||
24 | paid or unpaid member of a rescue squad;
| ||||||
25 | paid or unpaid member of a voluntary ambulance | ||||||
26 | unit; or
| ||||||
27 | paid or unpaid members of a local or county | ||||||
28 | emergency management
services agency as defined in the | ||||||
29 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act,
designated | ||||||
30 | or authorized by local authorities, in writing, and | ||||||
31 | carrying that
designation or authorization in the | ||||||
32 | vehicle.
| ||||||
33 | However, such lights are not to be lighted except when | ||||||
34 | responding to a
bona fide emergency.
| ||||||
35 | Any person using these lights in accordance with this | ||||||
36 | subdivision (c)1 must carry on his or her person an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | identification card or letter identifying him or her as a | ||||||
2 | member of a bona fide fire department, fire protection | ||||||
3 | district, rescue squad, ambulance unit, or emergency | ||||||
4 | management services agency. The card or letter must | ||||||
5 | include: | ||||||
6 | (A) the name of the fire department, fire | ||||||
7 | protection district, rescue squad, ambulance unit, or | ||||||
8 | emergency management services agency; | ||||||
9 | (B) the member's position within the fire | ||||||
10 | department, fire protection district, rescue squad, | ||||||
11 | ambulance unit, or emergency management services | ||||||
12 | agency; | ||||||
13 | (C) the member's term of service; and | ||||||
14 | (D) the name of a person within the fire | ||||||
15 | department, fire protection district, rescue squad, | ||||||
16 | ambulance unit, or emergency management services | ||||||
17 | agency to contact to verify the information provided.
| ||||||
18 | 2. Police department vehicles in cities having a | ||||||
19 | population of 500,000
or more inhabitants.
| ||||||
20 | 3. Law enforcement vehicles of State or local | ||||||
21 | authorities when used in
combination with red oscillating, | ||||||
22 | rotating or flashing lights.
| ||||||
23 | 4. Vehicles of local fire departments and State or | ||||||
24 | federal
firefighting vehicles when used in combination | ||||||
25 | with red oscillating,
rotating or flashing lights.
| ||||||
26 | 5. Vehicles which are designed and used exclusively as | ||||||
27 | ambulances or
rescue vehicles when used in combination with | ||||||
28 | red oscillating, rotating or
flashing lights; furthermore, | ||||||
29 | such lights shall not be lighted except when
responding to | ||||||
30 | an emergency call.
| ||||||
31 | 6. Vehicles that are equipped and used exclusively as | ||||||
32 | organ transport
vehicles when used in combination with red | ||||||
33 | oscillating, rotating, or flashing
lights; furthermore, | ||||||
34 | these lights shall only be lighted when the transportation
| ||||||
35 | is declared an emergency by a member of the transplant team | ||||||
36 | or a
representative of the organ procurement organization.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 7. Vehicles of the Illinois Emergency Management | ||||||
2 | Agency, vehicles of the Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
3 | Health, and vehicles of
the
Department of Nuclear Safety, | ||||||
4 | when used in combination with red oscillating,
rotating, or | ||||||
5 | flashing lights.
| ||||||
6 | 8. Vehicles operated by a local or county emergency | ||||||
7 | management
services agency as defined in the Illinois | ||||||
8 | Emergency Management Agency
Act, when used in combination | ||||||
9 | with red oscillating, rotating, or
flashing lights.
| ||||||
10 | (c-1) In addition to the blue oscillating, rotating, or | ||||||
11 | flashing
lights permitted under subsection (c), and | ||||||
12 | notwithstanding subsection
(a), a vehicle operated by a | ||||||
13 | voluntary firefighter, a voluntary member
of a rescue squad, or | ||||||
14 | a member of a voluntary ambulance unit may be
equipped with | ||||||
15 | flashing white headlights and blue grill lights, which may
be | ||||||
16 | used only in responding to an emergency call.
| ||||||
17 | (c-2) In addition to the blue oscillating, rotating, or | ||||||
18 | flashing
lights permitted under subsection (c), and | ||||||
19 | notwithstanding subsection (a),
a vehicle operated by a paid or | ||||||
20 | unpaid member of a local or county
emergency management | ||||||
21 | services agency as defined in the Illinois Emergency
Management | ||||||
22 | Agency Act, may be equipped with white oscillating, rotating,
| ||||||
23 | or flashing lights to be used in combination with blue | ||||||
24 | oscillating, rotating,
or flashing lights, if authorization by | ||||||
25 | local authorities is in
writing and carried in the vehicle.
| ||||||
26 | (d) The use of a combination of amber and white | ||||||
27 | oscillating, rotating or
flashing lights, whether lighted or | ||||||
28 | unlighted, is prohibited except motor
vehicles or equipment of | ||||||
29 | the State of Illinois, local authorities, contractors,
and | ||||||
30 | union representatives may be so equipped; furthermore, such | ||||||
31 | lights shall
not be lighted on vehicles of the State of | ||||||
32 | Illinois, local authorities, and
contractors except while such | ||||||
33 | vehicles are engaged in highway maintenance or
construction | ||||||
34 | operations within the limits of highway construction projects, | ||||||
35 | and
shall not be lighted on the vehicles of union | ||||||
36 | representatives except when those
vehicles are within the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limits of a construction project.
| ||||||
2 | (e) All oscillating, rotating or flashing lights referred | ||||||
3 | to in this Section
shall be of sufficient intensity, when | ||||||
4 | illuminated, to be visible at 500
feet in normal sunlight.
| ||||||
5 | (f) Nothing in this Section shall prohibit a manufacturer | ||||||
6 | of oscillating,
rotating or flashing lights or his | ||||||
7 | representative from temporarily mounting
such lights on a | ||||||
8 | vehicle for demonstration purposes only.
| ||||||
9 | (g) Any person violating the provisions of subsections (a), | ||||||
10 | (b), (c) or (d)
of this Section who without lawful authority | ||||||
11 | stops or detains or attempts
to stop or detain another person | ||||||
12 | shall be guilty of a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
13 | (h) Except as provided in subsection (g) above, any person | ||||||
14 | violating the
provisions of subsections (a) or (c) of this | ||||||
15 | Section shall be guilty of a
Class A misdemeanor.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-138, eff. 7-24-01; 92-407, eff. 8-17-01; | ||||||
17 | 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-782, eff. 8-6-02; 92-820, eff. | ||||||
18 | 8-21-02; 92-872, eff. 6-1-03; 93-181, eff. 1-1-04; 93-725, eff. | ||||||
19 | 1-1-05; 93-794, eff. 7-22-04; 93-829, eff. 7-28-04; revised | ||||||
20 | 10-22-04.)
| ||||||
21 | (625 ILCS 5/15-301) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 15-301)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 15-301. Permits for excess size and weight.
| ||||||
23 | (a) The Department with respect to highways under its | ||||||
24 | jurisdiction
and local authorities with respect to highways | ||||||
25 | under their jurisdiction
may, in their discretion, upon | ||||||
26 | application and good cause being shown
therefor, issue a | ||||||
27 | special permit authorizing the applicant to operate or
move a | ||||||
28 | vehicle or combination of vehicles of a size or weight of | ||||||
29 | vehicle or
load exceeding the maximum specified in this Act or | ||||||
30 | otherwise not in
conformity with this Act upon any highway | ||||||
31 | under the jurisdiction of the
party granting such permit and | ||||||
32 | for the maintenance of which the party is
responsible. | ||||||
33 | Applications and permits other than those in written or
printed | ||||||
34 | form may only be accepted from and issued to the company or
| ||||||
35 | individual making the movement. Except for an application to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | move directly
across a highway, it shall be the duty of the | ||||||
2 | applicant to establish in the
application that the load to be | ||||||
3 | moved by such vehicle or combination is
composed of a single | ||||||
4 | nondivisible object that cannot reasonably be
dismantled or
| ||||||
5 | disassembled. For the purpose of
over length movements,
more | ||||||
6 | than one object may be carried side by side as long as the | ||||||
7 | height, width,
and weight laws are not exceeded and the cause | ||||||
8 | for the over length is not due
to multiple objects. For the | ||||||
9 | purpose of over height movements, more than one
object may be | ||||||
10 | carried as long as the cause for the over height is not due to
| ||||||
11 | multiple objects and the length, width, and weight laws are not | ||||||
12 | exceeded. For
the purpose of an over width movement, more than | ||||||
13 | one object may be carried as
long as the cause for the over | ||||||
14 | width is not due to multiple objects and length,
height, and | ||||||
15 | weight laws are not exceeded. No state or local agency shall
| ||||||
16 | authorize the issuance of excess size or weight permits for | ||||||
17 | vehicles and loads
that are divisible and that can be carried, | ||||||
18 | when divided, within the existing
size or weight maximums | ||||||
19 | specified in this Chapter. Any excess size or weight
permit | ||||||
20 | issued in violation of the provisions of this Section shall be | ||||||
21 | void at
issue and any movement made thereunder shall not be | ||||||
22 | authorized under the terms
of the void permit. In any | ||||||
23 | prosecution for a violation of this Chapter when
the | ||||||
24 | authorization of an excess size or weight permit is at issue, | ||||||
25 | it is the
burden of the defendant to establish that the permit | ||||||
26 | was valid because the load
to be moved could not reasonably be | ||||||
27 | dismantled or disassembled, or was
otherwise nondivisible.
| ||||||
28 | (b) The application for any such permit shall: (1) state | ||||||
29 | whether
such permit is requested for a single trip or for | ||||||
30 | limited continuous
operation; (2) state if the applicant is an | ||||||
31 | authorized carrier under the
Illinois Motor Carrier of Property | ||||||
32 | Law, if so, his certificate,
registration or permit number | ||||||
33 | issued by the Illinois Commerce
Commission; (3) specifically | ||||||
34 | describe and identify the vehicle or
vehicles and load to be | ||||||
35 | operated or moved except that for vehicles or
vehicle | ||||||
36 | combinations registered by the Department as provided in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section
15-319 of this Chapter, only the Illinois Department of | ||||||
2 | Transportation's
(IDT) registration number or classification | ||||||
3 | need be given; (4) state the
routing requested including the | ||||||
4 | points of origin and destination, and may
identify and include | ||||||
5 | a request for routing to the nearest certified scale
in | ||||||
6 | accordance with the Department's rules and regulations, | ||||||
7 | provided the
applicant has approval to travel on local roads; | ||||||
8 | and (5) state if the
vehicles or loads are being transported | ||||||
9 | for hire. No permits for the
movement of a vehicle or load for | ||||||
10 | hire shall be issued to any applicant who
is required under the | ||||||
11 | Illinois Motor Carrier of Property Law to have a
certificate, | ||||||
12 | registration or permit and does not have such certificate,
| ||||||
13 | registration or permit.
| ||||||
14 | (c) The Department or local authority when not inconsistent | ||||||
15 | with
traffic safety is authorized to issue or withhold such | ||||||
16 | permit at its
discretion; or, if such permit is issued at its | ||||||
17 | discretion to prescribe
the route or routes to be traveled, to | ||||||
18 | limit the number of trips, to
establish seasonal or other time | ||||||
19 | limitations within which the vehicles
described may be operated | ||||||
20 | on the highways indicated, or otherwise to
limit or prescribe | ||||||
21 | conditions of operations of such vehicle or vehicles,
when | ||||||
22 | necessary to assure against undue damage to the road | ||||||
23 | foundations,
surfaces or structures, and may require such | ||||||
24 | undertaking or other
security as may be deemed necessary to | ||||||
25 | compensate for any injury to any
roadway or road structure. The | ||||||
26 | Department shall maintain a daily record of
each permit issued | ||||||
27 | along with the fee and the stipulated dimensions,
weights, | ||||||
28 | conditions and restrictions authorized and this record shall be
| ||||||
29 | presumed correct in any case of questions or dispute. The | ||||||
30 | Department shall
install an automatic device for recording | ||||||
31 | applications received and permits
issued by telephone. In | ||||||
32 | making application by telephone, the Department and
applicant | ||||||
33 | waive all objections to the recording of the conversation.
| ||||||
34 | (d) The Department shall, upon application in writing from | ||||||
35 | any local
authority, issue an annual permit authorizing the | ||||||
36 | local authority to
move oversize highway construction, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | transportation, utility and maintenance
equipment over roads | ||||||
2 | under the jurisdiction of the Department. The permit
shall be | ||||||
3 | applicable only to equipment and vehicles owned by or | ||||||
4 | registered
in the name of the local authority, and no fee shall | ||||||
5 | be charged for the
issuance of such permits.
| ||||||
6 | (e) As an exception to paragraph (a) of this Section, the | ||||||
7 | Department
and local authorities, with respect to highways | ||||||
8 | under their respective
jurisdictions, in their discretion and | ||||||
9 | upon application in writing may
issue a special permit for | ||||||
10 | limited continuous operation, authorizing the
applicant to | ||||||
11 | move loads of agricultural commodities on a 2 axle single
| ||||||
12 | vehicle registered by the Secretary of State with axle loads | ||||||
13 | not to exceed
35%, on a 3 or 4 axle
vehicle registered by the | ||||||
14 | Secretary of State with axle loads
not to exceed 20%, and on a | ||||||
15 | 5 axle vehicle registered by the
Secretary of State not to | ||||||
16 | exceed 10% above those provided in Section 15-111. The total | ||||||
17 | gross weight of the vehicle, however,
may not exceed the | ||||||
18 | maximum gross weight of the registration class of the vehicle | ||||||
19 | allowed under Section 3-815 or 3-818 of this Code. | ||||||
20 | As used in this Section, "agricultural commodities"
means: | ||||||
21 | (1) cultivated plants or agricultural produce grown
| ||||||
22 | including, but is not limited to, corn, soybeans, wheat, | ||||||
23 | oats, grain sorghum, canola, and rice; | ||||||
24 | (2) livestock, including but not limited to hogs, | ||||||
25 | equine, sheep, and poultry; | ||||||
26 | (3) ensilage; and | ||||||
27 | (4) fruits and vegetables.
| ||||||
28 | Permits may be issued for a
period not to exceed 40 days | ||||||
29 | and moves may be made of a distance not to
exceed 50 miles from | ||||||
30 | a field, an on-farm grain storage facility, a warehouse as | ||||||
31 | defined in the Illinois Grain Code, or a livestock management | ||||||
32 | facility as defined in the Livestock Management Facilities Act | ||||||
33 | over any
highway except the National System of Interstate and | ||||||
34 | Defense Highways. The operator of the vehicle,
however, must | ||||||
35 | abide by posted bridge and posted highway weight limits. All | ||||||
36 | implements of husbandry operating under this Section between |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sunset and sunrise shall be equipped as prescribed in Section | ||||||
2 | 12-205.1.
| ||||||
3 | (e-1) Upon a declaration by the Governor that an emergency | ||||||
4 | harvest situation
exists, a special permit issued by the | ||||||
5 | Department under this Section shall not
be required from | ||||||
6 | September 1 through December 31 during harvest season
| ||||||
7 | emergencies, provided that the weight does not exceed 20% above | ||||||
8 | the limits
provided in Section 15-111. All other restrictions | ||||||
9 | that apply to permits
issued under this Section shall apply | ||||||
10 | during the declared time period. With
respect to highways under | ||||||
11 | the jurisdiction of local authorities, the local
authorities | ||||||
12 | may, at their discretion, waive special permit requirements | ||||||
13 | during
harvest season emergencies. This permit exemption shall | ||||||
14 | apply to all vehicles
eligible to obtain permits under this | ||||||
15 | Section, including commercial vehicles in
use during the | ||||||
16 | declared time period.
| ||||||
17 | (f) The form and content of the permit shall be determined | ||||||
18 | by the
Department with respect to highways under its | ||||||
19 | jurisdiction and by local
authorities with respect to highways | ||||||
20 | under their jurisdiction. Every permit
shall be in written form | ||||||
21 | and carried in the vehicle or combination of
vehicles to which | ||||||
22 | it refers and shall be open to inspection by any
police officer | ||||||
23 | or authorized agent of any authority granting the permit
and no | ||||||
24 | person shall violate any of the terms or conditions of such
| ||||||
25 | special permit. Violation of the terms and conditions of the | ||||||
26 | permit
shall not be deemed a revocation of the permit; however, | ||||||
27 | any vehicle and load
found to be off the route prescribed in | ||||||
28 | the permit shall be held to be
operating without a permit. Any | ||||||
29 | off route vehicle and load shall be required
to obtain a new | ||||||
30 | permit or permits, as necessary, to authorize the movement back
| ||||||
31 | onto the original permit routing. No rule or regulation, nor | ||||||
32 | anything herein
shall be construed to authorize any police | ||||||
33 | officer, court, or authorized agent
of any authority granting | ||||||
34 | the permit to remove the permit from the possession
of the | ||||||
35 | permittee unless the permittee is charged with a fraudulent | ||||||
36 | permit
violation as provided in paragraph (i). However, upon |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | arrest for an offense of
violation of permit, operating without | ||||||
2 | a permit when the vehicle is off route,
or any size or weight | ||||||
3 | offense under this Chapter when the permittee plans to
raise | ||||||
4 | the issuance of the permit as a defense, the permittee, or his | ||||||
5 | agent,
must produce the permit at any court hearing concerning | ||||||
6 | the alleged offense.
| ||||||
7 | If the permit designates and includes a routing to a | ||||||
8 | certified scale, the
permitee, while enroute to the designated | ||||||
9 | scale, shall be deemed in compliance
with the weight provisions | ||||||
10 | of the permit provided the axle or gross weights
do not exceed | ||||||
11 | any of the permitted limits by more than the following amounts:
| ||||||
12 | Single axle 2000 pounds
| ||||||
13 | Tandem axle 3000 pounds
| ||||||
14 | Gross 5000 pounds
| ||||||
15 | (g) The Department is authorized to adopt, amend, and to | ||||||
16 | make
available to interested persons a policy concerning | ||||||
17 | reasonable rules,
limitations and conditions or provisions of | ||||||
18 | operation upon highways
under its jurisdiction in addition to | ||||||
19 | those contained in this Section
for the movement by special | ||||||
20 | permit of vehicles, combinations, or loads
which cannot | ||||||
21 | reasonably be dismantled or disassembled, including
| ||||||
22 | manufactured and modular home sections and portions thereof. | ||||||
23 | All rules,
limitations and conditions or provisions adopted in | ||||||
24 | the policy shall
have due regard for the safety of the | ||||||
25 | traveling public and the protection
of the highway system and | ||||||
26 | shall have been promulgated in conformity with
the provisions | ||||||
27 | of the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act. The
requirements | ||||||
28 | of the policy for flagmen and escort vehicles shall be the
same | ||||||
29 | for all moves of comparable size and weight. When escort | ||||||
30 | vehicles are
required, they shall meet the following | ||||||
31 | requirements:
| ||||||
32 | (1) All operators shall be 18 years of age or over and | ||||||
33 | properly
licensed to operate the vehicle.
| ||||||
34 | (2) Vehicles escorting oversized loads more than | ||||||
35 | 12-feet wide must
be equipped with a rotating or flashing | ||||||
36 | amber light mounted on top as specified
under Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 12-215.
| ||||||
2 | The Department shall establish reasonable rules and | ||||||
3 | regulations
regarding liability insurance or self insurance | ||||||
4 | for vehicles with
oversized loads promulgated under The | ||||||
5 | Illinois Administrative Procedure
Act. Police vehicles may be | ||||||
6 | required for escort under circumstances as
required by rules | ||||||
7 | and regulations of the Department.
| ||||||
8 | (h) Violation of any rule, limitation or condition or | ||||||
9 | provision of
any permit issued in accordance with the | ||||||
10 | provisions of this Section
shall not render the entire permit | ||||||
11 | null and void but the violator shall
be deemed guilty of | ||||||
12 | violation of permit and guilty of exceeding any size,
weight or | ||||||
13 | load limitations in excess of those authorized by the permit.
| ||||||
14 | The prescribed route or routes on the permit are not mere | ||||||
15 | rules, limitations,
conditions, or provisions of the permit, | ||||||
16 | but are also the sole extent of the
authorization granted by | ||||||
17 | the permit. If a vehicle and load are found to be
off the route | ||||||
18 | or routes prescribed by any permit authorizing movement,
the | ||||||
19 | vehicle and load are operating without a permit. Any off route | ||||||
20 | movement
shall be subject to the size and weight maximums, | ||||||
21 | under the applicable
provisions of this Chapter, as determined | ||||||
22 | by the type or class highway upon
which the vehicle and load | ||||||
23 | are being operated.
| ||||||
24 | (i) Whenever any vehicle is operated or movement made under | ||||||
25 | a
fraudulent permit the permit shall be void, and the person, | ||||||
26 | firm, or
corporation to whom such permit was granted, the | ||||||
27 | driver of such vehicle
in addition to the person who issued | ||||||
28 | such permit and any accessory,
shall be guilty of fraud and | ||||||
29 | either one or all persons may be prosecuted
for such violation. | ||||||
30 | Any person, firm, or corporation committing such
violation | ||||||
31 | shall be guilty of a Class 4 felony and the Department shall
| ||||||
32 | not issue permits to the person, firm or corporation convicted | ||||||
33 | of such
violation for a period of one year after the date of | ||||||
34 | conviction.
Penalties for violations of this Section shall be | ||||||
35 | in addition to any
penalties imposed for violation of other | ||||||
36 | Sections of this Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (j) Whenever any vehicle is operated or movement made in | ||||||
2 | violation
of a permit issued in accordance with this Section, | ||||||
3 | the person to whom
such permit was granted, or the driver of | ||||||
4 | such vehicle, is guilty of
such violation and either, but not | ||||||
5 | both, persons may be prosecuted for
such violation as stated in | ||||||
6 | this subsection (j). Any person, firm or
corporation convicted | ||||||
7 | of such violation shall be guilty of a petty
offense and shall | ||||||
8 | be fined for the first offense, not less than $50 nor
more than | ||||||
9 | $200 and, for the second offense by the same person, firm or
| ||||||
10 | corporation within a period of one year, not less than $200 nor | ||||||
11 | more
than $300 and, for the third offense by the same person, | ||||||
12 | firm or
corporation within a period of one year after the date | ||||||
13 | of the first
offense, not less than $300 nor more than $500 and | ||||||
14 | the Department shall
not issue permits to the person, firm or | ||||||
15 | corporation convicted of a
third offense during a period of one | ||||||
16 | year after the date of conviction
for such third offense.
| ||||||
17 | (k) Whenever any vehicle is operated on local roads under | ||||||
18 | permits
for excess width or length issued by local authorities, | ||||||
19 | such vehicle may
be moved upon a State highway for a distance | ||||||
20 | not to exceed one-half mile
without a permit for the purpose of | ||||||
21 | crossing the State highway.
| ||||||
22 | (l) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, | ||||||
23 | the Department,
with respect to highways under its | ||||||
24 | jurisdiction, and local authorities, with
respect to highways | ||||||
25 | under their jurisdiction, may at their discretion authorize
the | ||||||
26 | movement of a vehicle in violation of any size or weight | ||||||
27 | requirement, or
both, that would not ordinarily be eligible for | ||||||
28 | a permit, when there is a
showing of extreme necessity that the | ||||||
29 | vehicle and load should be moved without
unnecessary delay.
| ||||||
30 | For the purpose of this subsection, showing of extreme | ||||||
31 | necessity shall be
limited to the following: shipments of | ||||||
32 | livestock, hazardous materials, liquid
concrete being hauled | ||||||
33 | in a mobile cement mixer, or hot asphalt.
| ||||||
34 | (m) Penalties for violations of this Section shall be in | ||||||
35 | addition to any
penalties imposed for violating any other | ||||||
36 | Section of this Code.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (n) The Department with respect to highways under its | ||||||
2 | jurisdiction and
local
authorities with respect to highways | ||||||
3 | under their jurisdiction, in their
discretion and upon
| ||||||
4 | application in writing, may issue a special permit for | ||||||
5 | continuous limited
operation,
authorizing the applicant to | ||||||
6 | operate a tow-truck that exceeds the weight limits
provided
for | ||||||
7 | in subsection (d) of Section 15-111, provided:
| ||||||
8 | (1) no rear single axle of the tow-truck exceeds 26,000 | ||||||
9 | pounds;
| ||||||
10 | (2) no rear tandem axle of the tow-truck exceeds 50,000 | ||||||
11 | pounds;
| ||||||
12 | (2.1) no triple rear axle on a manufactured recovery | ||||||
13 | unit exceeds 56,000 pounds;
| ||||||
14 | (3) neither the disabled vehicle nor the disabled | ||||||
15 | combination of vehicles
exceed the
weight restrictions | ||||||
16 | imposed by this Chapter 15, or the weight limits imposed
| ||||||
17 | under a
permit issued by the Department prior to hookup;
| ||||||
18 | (4) the tow-truck prior to hookup does not exceed the | ||||||
19 | weight restrictions
imposed
by this Chapter 15;
| ||||||
20 | (5) during the tow operation the tow-truck does not | ||||||
21 | violate any weight
restriction
sign;
| ||||||
22 | (6) the tow-truck is equipped with flashing, rotating, | ||||||
23 | or oscillating
amber
lights,
visible for at least 500 feet | ||||||
24 | in all directions;
| ||||||
25 | (7) the tow-truck is specifically designed and | ||||||
26 | licensed as a tow-truck;
| ||||||
27 | (8) the tow-truck has a gross vehicle weight rating of | ||||||
28 | sufficient
capacity to safely
handle the load;
| ||||||
29 | (9) the tow-truck is equipped with air brakes;
| ||||||
30 | (10) the tow-truck is capable of utilizing the lighting | ||||||
31 | and braking
systems of the
disabled vehicle or combination | ||||||
32 | of vehicles;
| ||||||
33 | (11) the tow commences at the initial point of wreck or | ||||||
34 | disablement and terminates at a point where the repairs are | ||||||
35 | actually to occur;
| ||||||
36 | (12) the permit issued to the tow-truck is carried in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the tow-truck
and
exhibited on demand by a police officer; | ||||||
2 | and
| ||||||
3 | (13) the movement shall be valid only on state routes | ||||||
4 | approved by the
Department.
| ||||||
5 | (o) The Department, with respect to highways under its
| ||||||
6 | jurisdiction, and local authorities, with respect to highways | ||||||
7 | under
their jurisdiction, in their discretion and upon | ||||||
8 | application in
writing, may issue a special permit for | ||||||
9 | continuous limited
operation, authorizing the applicant to | ||||||
10 | transport raw milk that exceeds
the weight limits provided for | ||||||
11 | in subsections (b) and (f) of Section 15-111 of this Code, | ||||||
12 | provided:
| ||||||
13 | (1) no single axle exceeds 20,000 pounds;
| ||||||
14 | (2) no gross weight exceeds 80,000 pounds;
| ||||||
15 | (3) permits issued by the State are good only for | ||||||
16 | federal
and State highways and are not applicable to | ||||||
17 | interstate highways;
and
| ||||||
18 | (4) all road and bridge postings must be obeyed.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 93-718, eff. 1-1-05; 93-971, eff. 8-20-04; | ||||||
20 | 93-1023, eff. 8-25-04; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
21 | (625 ILCS 5/18b-105) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 18b-105)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 18b-105. Rules and Regulations.
| ||||||
23 | (a) The Department is authorized to make and adopt | ||||||
24 | reasonable rules and
regulations and orders consistent with law | ||||||
25 | necessary to carry out the
provisions of this Chapter.
| ||||||
26 | (b) The following parts of Title 49 of the Code of Federal | ||||||
27 | Regulations,
as now in effect, are hereby adopted by reference | ||||||
28 | as though they were set
out in full:
| ||||||
29 | Part 383 - Commercial Driver's License Standards, | ||||||
30 | Requirements, and
Penalties;
| ||||||
31 | Part 385 - Safety Fitness Procedures;
| ||||||
32 | Part 390 - Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations: | ||||||
33 | General;
| ||||||
34 | Part 391 - Qualifications of Drivers;
| ||||||
35 | Part 392 - Driving of Motor Vehicles;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Part 393 - Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe | ||||||
2 | Operation;
| ||||||
3 | Part 395 - Hours of Service of Drivers, except as provided | ||||||
4 | in
Section 18b-106.1; and
| ||||||
5 | Part 396 - Inspection, Repair and Maintenance.
| ||||||
6 | (b-5) Individuals who meet the requirements set forth in | ||||||
7 | the definition
of "medical examiner" in Section 390.5 of Part | ||||||
8 | 390 of Title 49 of the Code
of Federal Regulations may act as | ||||||
9 | medical examiners in accordance with
Part 391 of Title 49 of | ||||||
10 | the Code of Federal Regulations.
| ||||||
11 | (c) The following parts and Sections of the Federal Motor | ||||||
12 | Carrier Safety
Regulations shall not apply to those intrastate | ||||||
13 | carriers, drivers or
vehicles subject to subsection (b).
| ||||||
14 | (1) Section 393.93 of Part 393 for those vehicles | ||||||
15 | manufactured before
June 30, 1972.
| ||||||
16 | (2) Section 393.86 of Part 393 for those vehicles which | ||||||
17 | are registered
as farm trucks under subsection (c) of | ||||||
18 | Section 3-815 of this Code.
| ||||||
19 | (3) (Blank).
| ||||||
20 | (4) (Blank).
| ||||||
21 | (5) Paragraph (b)(1) of Section 391.11 of Part 391.
| ||||||
22 | (6) All of Part 395 for all agricultural movements as | ||||||
23 | defined in Chapter
1, between the period of February 1 | ||||||
24 | through November 30
each
year,
and all farm to market | ||||||
25 | agricultural transportation as defined in
Chapter 1
and for | ||||||
26 | grain hauling operations within a radius of 200 air miles | ||||||
27 | of the
normal work reporting location.
| ||||||
28 | (7) Paragraphs (b)(3) (insulin dependent diabetic) and | ||||||
29 | (b)(10) (minimum
visual acuity) of Section 391.41 of part | ||||||
30 | 391, but only for any driver who
immediately prior to July | ||||||
31 | 29, 1986 was eligible and licensed to operate a
motor | ||||||
32 | vehicle subject to this Section and was engaged in | ||||||
33 | operating such
vehicles, and who was disqualified on July | ||||||
34 | 29, 1986 by the adoption of Part
391 by reason of the | ||||||
35 | application of paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(10) of Section
| ||||||
36 | 391.41 with respect to a physical condition existing at |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that time unless such
driver has a record of accidents | ||||||
2 | which would indicate a lack of ability to
operate a motor | ||||||
3 | vehicle in a safe manner.
| ||||||
4 | (d) Intrastate carriers subject to the recording | ||||||
5 | provisions of Section
395.8 of Part 395 of the Federal Motor | ||||||
6 | Carrier Safety Regulations shall be
exempt as established under | ||||||
7 | paragraph (1) of Section 395.8; provided,
however, for the | ||||||
8 | purpose of this Code, drivers shall operate within a 150
| ||||||
9 | air-mile radius of the normal work reporting location to | ||||||
10 | qualify for exempt
status.
| ||||||
11 | (e) Regulations adopted by the Department subsequent to | ||||||
12 | those adopted
under subsection (b) hereof shall be identical in | ||||||
13 | substance to the Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Regulations of | ||||||
14 | the United States Department of
Transportation and adopted in | ||||||
15 | accordance with the procedures for rulemaking
in Section 5-35 | ||||||
16 | of the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 91-179, eff. 1-1-00; 92-108; eff. 1-1-02; 92-249; | ||||||
18 | eff. 1-1-02;
92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-703, eff. 7-19-02; | ||||||
19 | revised 7-30-02.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 515. The Clerks of Courts Act is amended by | ||||||
21 | changing Sections 27.1a and 27.3b as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (705 ILCS 105/27.1a) (from Ch. 25, par. 27.1a)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 27.1a. The fees of the clerks of the circuit court in | ||||||
24 | all
counties having a population of not more than
500,000 | ||||||
25 | inhabitants in the instances described in this Section
shall be | ||||||
26 | as provided in this Section.
In those instances where a minimum | ||||||
27 | and maximum fee is stated, the clerk of
the circuit court must | ||||||
28 | charge the minimum fee listed and may charge up to the
maximum | ||||||
29 | fee if the county board has by resolution increased the fee.
| ||||||
30 | The fees shall be paid in advance and
shall be as follows:
| ||||||
31 | (a) Civil Cases.
| ||||||
32 | The fee for filing a complaint, petition, or other | ||||||
33 | pleading initiating
a civil action, with the following | ||||||
34 | exceptions, shall be a minimum of $40 and
a maximum of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | $160.
| ||||||
2 | (A) When the amount of money or damages or the | ||||||
3 | value of personal
property claimed does not exceed | ||||||
4 | $250, $10.
| ||||||
5 | (B) When that amount exceeds $250 but does not | ||||||
6 | exceed $500, a minimum
of $10 and a maximum of $20.
| ||||||
7 | (C) When that amount exceeds $500 but does not | ||||||
8 | exceed $2500, a minimum
of $25 and a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
9 | (D) When that amount exceeds $2500 but does not | ||||||
10 | exceed $15,000, a
minimum of $25 and a maximum of $75.
| ||||||
11 | (E) For the exercise of eminent domain, a minimum | ||||||
12 | of $45 and
a maximum of $150. For each additional
lot | ||||||
13 | or tract of land or right or interest therein subject | ||||||
14 | to be condemned,
the damages in respect to which shall | ||||||
15 | require separate assessment by a
jury, a minimum of $45 | ||||||
16 | and a maximum of $150.
| ||||||
17 | (a-1) Family.
| ||||||
18 | For filing a petition under the Juvenile Court Act of | ||||||
19 | 1987, $25.
| ||||||
20 | For filing a petition for a marriage license, $10.
| ||||||
21 | For performing a marriage in court, $10.
| ||||||
22 | For filing a petition under the Illinois Parentage Act | ||||||
23 | of 1984, $40.
| ||||||
24 | (b) Forcible Entry and Detainer.
| ||||||
25 | In each forcible entry and detainer case when the | ||||||
26 | plaintiff seeks
possession only or unites with his or her | ||||||
27 | claim for possession of the property
a claim for rent or | ||||||
28 | damages or both in the amount of $15,000 or less, a
minimum | ||||||
29 | of $10 and a maximum of $50.
When the plaintiff unites his | ||||||
30 | or her claim for possession with a claim for
rent or | ||||||
31 | damages or both exceeding $15,000, a minimum of $40 and a | ||||||
32 | maximum of
$160.
| ||||||
33 | (c) Counterclaim or Joining Third Party Defendant.
| ||||||
34 | When any defendant files a counterclaim as part of his | ||||||
35 | or her
answer or otherwise or joins another party as a | ||||||
36 | third party defendant, or
both, the defendant shall pay a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fee for each counterclaim or third
party action in an | ||||||
2 | amount equal to the fee he or she would have had to pay
had | ||||||
3 | he or she brought a separate action for the relief sought | ||||||
4 | in the
counterclaim or against the third party defendant, | ||||||
5 | less the amount of the
appearance fee, if that has been | ||||||
6 | paid.
| ||||||
7 | (d) Confession of Judgment.
| ||||||
8 | In a confession of judgment when the amount does not | ||||||
9 | exceed $1500, a
minimum of $20 and a maximum of $50.
When | ||||||
10 | the amount exceeds $1500, but does not exceed $15,000, a
| ||||||
11 | minimum of $40 and a maximum of $115. When the
amount | ||||||
12 | exceeds $15,000, a minimum of $40 and a maximum of $200.
| ||||||
13 | (e) Appearance.
| ||||||
14 | The fee for filing an appearance in each civil case | ||||||
15 | shall be a minimum of
$15 and a maximum of $60,
except as | ||||||
16 | follows:
| ||||||
17 | (A) When the plaintiff in a forcible entry and | ||||||
18 | detainer case seeks
possession only, a minimum of $10 | ||||||
19 | and a maximum of $50.
| ||||||
20 | (B) When the amount in the case does not exceed | ||||||
21 | $1500, a minimum of
$10 and a maximum of $30.
| ||||||
22 | (C) When that amount exceeds $1500 but does not | ||||||
23 | exceed $15,000, a
minimum of $15 and a maximum of $60.
| ||||||
24 | (f) Garnishment, Wage Deduction, and Citation.
| ||||||
25 | In garnishment affidavit, wage deduction affidavit, | ||||||
26 | and citation
petition when the amount does not exceed | ||||||
27 | $1,000, a minimum of $5 and a
maximum
of $15; when the | ||||||
28 | amount
exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, a minimum | ||||||
29 | of $5 and a maximum of
$30; and when the amount exceeds
| ||||||
30 | $5,000, a minimum of $5 and a maximum of $50.
| ||||||
31 | (g) Petition to Vacate or Modify.
| ||||||
32 | (1) Petition to vacate or modify any final judgment or | ||||||
33 | order of
court, except in forcible entry and detainer cases | ||||||
34 | and small claims cases
or a petition to reopen an estate, | ||||||
35 | to modify, terminate, or enforce a
judgment or order for | ||||||
36 | child or spousal support, or to modify, suspend, or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | terminate an order for withholding, if filed before 30 days | ||||||
2 | after the entry
of the judgment or order, a minimum of $20 | ||||||
3 | and a maximum of $50.
| ||||||
4 | (2) Petition to vacate or modify any final judgment or | ||||||
5 | order of court,
except a petition to modify, terminate, or | ||||||
6 | enforce a judgment or order for
child or spousal support or | ||||||
7 | to modify, suspend, or terminate an order for
withholding, | ||||||
8 | if filed later than 30 days after the entry of the judgment | ||||||
9 | or
order, a minimum of $20 and a maximum of $75.
| ||||||
10 | (3) Petition to vacate order of bond forfeiture, a | ||||||
11 | minimum of $10 and a
maximum of $40.
| ||||||
12 | (h) Mailing.
| ||||||
13 | When the clerk is required to mail, the fee will be a | ||||||
14 | minimum of $2 and a
maximum of $10,
plus the cost of | ||||||
15 | postage.
| ||||||
16 | (i) Certified Copies.
| ||||||
17 | Each certified copy of a judgment after the first, | ||||||
18 | except in small
claims and forcible entry and detainer | ||||||
19 | cases, a minimum of $2 and a maximum
of $10.
| ||||||
20 | (j) Habeas Corpus.
| ||||||
21 | For filing a petition for relief by habeas corpus, a | ||||||
22 | minimum of $60 and a
maximum of $100.
| ||||||
23 | (k) Certification, Authentication, and Reproduction.
| ||||||
24 | (1) Each certification or authentication for taking | ||||||
25 | the acknowledgment
of a deed or other instrument in writing | ||||||
26 | with the seal of office, a minimum
of $2 and a maximum of | ||||||
27 | $6.
| ||||||
28 | (2) Court appeals when original documents are | ||||||
29 | forwarded, under 100 pages,
plus delivery and costs, a | ||||||
30 | minimum of $20 and a maximum of $60.
| ||||||
31 | (3) Court appeals when original documents are | ||||||
32 | forwarded, over 100 pages,
plus delivery and costs, a | ||||||
33 | minimum of $50 and a maximum of $150.
| ||||||
34 | (4) Court appeals when original documents are | ||||||
35 | forwarded, over 200
pages, an additional fee of a minimum | ||||||
36 | of 20 cents and a maximum of 25 cents per page.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) For reproduction of any document contained in the | ||||||
2 | clerk's files:
| ||||||
3 | (A) First page, a minimum of $1 and a maximum
of | ||||||
4 | $2.
| ||||||
5 | (B) Next 19 pages, 50 cents per page.
| ||||||
6 | (C) All remaining pages, 25 cents per page.
| ||||||
7 | (l) Remands.
| ||||||
8 | In any cases remanded to the Circuit Court from the | ||||||
9 | Supreme Court
or the Appellate Court for a new trial, the | ||||||
10 | clerk shall file the remanding
order and reinstate the case | ||||||
11 | with either its original number or a new number.
The Clerk | ||||||
12 | shall not charge any new or additional fee for the | ||||||
13 | reinstatement.
Upon reinstatement the Clerk shall advise | ||||||
14 | the parties of the reinstatement. A
party shall have the | ||||||
15 | same right to a jury trial on remand and reinstatement as
| ||||||
16 | he or she had before the appeal, and no additional or new | ||||||
17 | fee or charge shall
be made for a jury trial after remand.
| ||||||
18 | (m) Record Search.
| ||||||
19 | For each record search, within a division or municipal | ||||||
20 | district, the
clerk shall be entitled to a search fee of a | ||||||
21 | minimum of $4 and a maximum of
$6 for each year searched.
| ||||||
22 | (n) Hard Copy.
| ||||||
23 | For each page of hard copy print output, when case | ||||||
24 | records are
maintained on an automated medium, the clerk | ||||||
25 | shall be entitled to a fee of a
minimum of $4 and a maximum | ||||||
26 | of $6.
| ||||||
27 | (o) Index Inquiry and Other Records.
| ||||||
28 | No fee shall be charged for a single | ||||||
29 | plaintiff/defendant index inquiry
or single case record | ||||||
30 | inquiry when this request is made in person and the
records | ||||||
31 | are maintained in a current automated medium, and when no | ||||||
32 | hard copy
print output is requested. The fees to be charged | ||||||
33 | for management records,
multiple case records, and | ||||||
34 | multiple journal records may be specified by the
Chief | ||||||
35 | Judge pursuant to the guidelines for access and | ||||||
36 | dissemination of
information approved by the Supreme |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Court.
| ||||||
2 | (p) (Blank).
| ||||||
3 | a minimum of $25 and a maximum
of $50
| ||||||
4 | (q) Alias Summons.
| ||||||
5 | For each alias summons or citation issued by the clerk, | ||||||
6 | a minimum of $2
and a maximum of $5.
| ||||||
7 | (r) Other Fees.
| ||||||
8 | Any fees not covered in this Section shall be set by | ||||||
9 | rule or
administrative order of the Circuit Court with the | ||||||
10 | approval of the
Administrative Office of the Illinois | ||||||
11 | Courts.
| ||||||
12 | The clerk of the circuit court may provide additional | ||||||
13 | services for
which there is no fee specified by statute in | ||||||
14 | connection with the operation
of the clerk's office as may | ||||||
15 | be requested by the public and agreed to by
the clerk and | ||||||
16 | approved by the chief judge of the circuit court. Any
| ||||||
17 | charges for additional services shall be as agreed to
| ||||||
18 | between the clerk and the party making the request and | ||||||
19 | approved by the
chief judge of the circuit court. Nothing | ||||||
20 | in this
subsection shall be construed to require any clerk | ||||||
21 | to provide any service
not otherwise required by law.
| ||||||
22 | (s) Jury Services.
| ||||||
23 | The clerk shall be entitled to receive, in addition to | ||||||
24 | other fees
allowed by law, the sum of a minimum of $62.50 | ||||||
25 | and a maximum of $212.50, as a fee for the services of a | ||||||
26 | jury in
every civil action not quasi-criminal in its nature | ||||||
27 | and not a proceeding
for the exercise of the right of | ||||||
28 | eminent domain and in every other action
wherein the right | ||||||
29 | of trial by jury is or may be given by law. The jury fee
| ||||||
30 | shall be paid by the party demanding a jury at the time of | ||||||
31 | filing the jury
demand. If the fee is not paid by either | ||||||
32 | party, no jury shall be called in
the action or proceeding, | ||||||
33 | and the same shall be tried by the court without
a jury.
| ||||||
34 | (t) Voluntary Assignment.
| ||||||
35 | For filing each deed of voluntary assignment, a minimum | ||||||
36 | of $10 and a
maximum of $20; for recording
the same, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | minimum of 25 cents and a maximum of 50 cents for each
100 | ||||||
2 | words. Exceptions filed to claims presented
to an assignee | ||||||
3 | of a debtor who has made a voluntary assignment for the
| ||||||
4 | benefit of creditors shall be considered and treated, for | ||||||
5 | the purpose of
taxing costs therein, as actions in which | ||||||
6 | the party or parties filing
the exceptions shall be | ||||||
7 | considered as party or parties plaintiff, and
the claimant | ||||||
8 | or claimants as party or parties defendant, and those
| ||||||
9 | parties respectively shall pay to the clerk the same fees
| ||||||
10 | as provided by this Section to be paid in other actions.
| ||||||
11 | (u) Expungement Petition.
| ||||||
12 | The clerk shall be entitled to receive a fee of a | ||||||
13 | minimum of $15 and a
maximum of $60 for each
expungement | ||||||
14 | petition filed and an additional fee of a minimum of $2 and | ||||||
15 | a
maximum of $4 for each certified
copy of an order to | ||||||
16 | expunge arrest records.
| ||||||
17 | (v) Probate.
| ||||||
18 | The clerk is entitled to receive the fees
specified in | ||||||
19 | this subsection (v), which shall be paid in advance,
except | ||||||
20 | that, for good cause shown, the court may suspend, reduce, | ||||||
21 | or
release the costs payable under this subsection:
| ||||||
22 | (1) For administration of the estate of a decedent | ||||||
23 | (whether testate
or intestate) or of a missing person, a | ||||||
24 | minimum of $50 and a maximum of
$150, plus the fees | ||||||
25 | specified in
subsection (v)(3), except:
| ||||||
26 | (A) When the value of the real and personal | ||||||
27 | property does not exceed
$15,000, the fee shall be a | ||||||
28 | minimum of $25 and a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
29 | (B) When (i) proof of heirship alone is made, (ii) | ||||||
30 | a domestic or
foreign will is admitted to probate | ||||||
31 | without administration (including
proof of heirship), | ||||||
32 | or (iii) letters of office are issued for a particular
| ||||||
33 | purpose without administration of the estate, the fee | ||||||
34 | shall be a minimum of
$10 and a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
35 | (C) For filing a petition to sell Real Estate, $50.
| ||||||
36 | (2) For administration of the estate of a ward, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | minimum of $50 and a
maximum of $75,
plus the fees | ||||||
2 | specified in subsection (v)(3), except:
| ||||||
3 | (A) When the value of the real and personal | ||||||
4 | property does not exceed
$15,000, the fee shall be a | ||||||
5 | minimum of $25 and a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
6 | (B) When (i) letters of office are issued to a | ||||||
7 | guardian of the person
or persons,
but not of the | ||||||
8 | estate or (ii) letters of office are issued in the | ||||||
9 | estate of
a ward without administration of the estate, | ||||||
10 | including filing or joining in
the filing of a tax | ||||||
11 | return or releasing a mortgage or consenting to the
| ||||||
12 | marriage of the ward, the fee shall be a minimum of $10 | ||||||
13 | and a maximum of
$20.
| ||||||
14 | (C) For filing a Petition to sell Real Estate, $50.
| ||||||
15 | (3) In addition to the fees payable under subsection | ||||||
16 | (v)(1) or (v)(2)
of this Section, the following fees are | ||||||
17 | payable:
| ||||||
18 | (A) For each account (other than one final account) | ||||||
19 | filed in the
estate of a decedent, or ward, a minimum | ||||||
20 | of $10 and a maximum of $25.
| ||||||
21 | (B) For filing a claim in an estate when the amount | ||||||
22 | claimed is $150
or more but less than $500, a minimum | ||||||
23 | of $10 and a maximum of $25;
when the amount claimed is | ||||||
24 | $500 or more
but less than $10,000, a minimum of $10 | ||||||
25 | and a maximum of $40; when
the amount claimed is | ||||||
26 | $10,000 or more, a minimum of $10 and a maximum of
$60; | ||||||
27 | provided that the court in allowing a claim may add to | ||||||
28 | the
amount
allowed the filing fee paid by the claimant.
| ||||||
29 | (C) For filing in an estate a claim, petition, or | ||||||
30 | supplemental
proceeding based upon an action seeking | ||||||
31 | equitable relief including the
construction or contest | ||||||
32 | of a will, enforcement of a contract to make a
will, | ||||||
33 | and proceedings involving testamentary trusts or the | ||||||
34 | appointment of
testamentary trustees, a minimum of $40 | ||||||
35 | and a maximum of $60.
| ||||||
36 | (D) For filing in an estate (i) the appearance of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any person for the
purpose of consent or (ii) the | ||||||
2 | appearance of an executor, administrator,
| ||||||
3 | administrator to collect, guardian, guardian ad litem, | ||||||
4 | or special
administrator, no fee.
| ||||||
5 | (E) Except as provided in subsection (v)(3)(D), | ||||||
6 | for filing the
appearance of any person or persons, a | ||||||
7 | minimum of $10 and a maximum of $30.
| ||||||
8 | (F) For each jury demand, a minimum of $62.50 and a | ||||||
9 | maximum of
$137.50.
| ||||||
10 | (G) For disposition of the collection of a judgment | ||||||
11 | or settlement of
an action or claim for wrongful death | ||||||
12 | of a decedent or of any cause of
action of a ward, when | ||||||
13 | there is no other administration of the estate, a
| ||||||
14 | minimum of $30 and a maximum of $50,
less any amount | ||||||
15 | paid under subsection (v)(1)(B) or (v)(2)(B) except | ||||||
16 | that if
the amount involved does not exceed $5,000, the | ||||||
17 | fee, including any amount
paid under subsection | ||||||
18 | (v)(1)(B) or (v)(2)(B), shall be a minimum of $10 and a
| ||||||
19 | maximum of $20.
| ||||||
20 | (H) For each certified copy of letters of office, | ||||||
21 | of court order or
other certification, a minimum of $1 | ||||||
22 | and a maximum of $2, plus a
minimum of 50 cents and a | ||||||
23 | maximum of $1 per page in excess of 3 pages
for the
| ||||||
24 | document certified.
| ||||||
25 | (I) For each exemplification, a minimum of $1 and a | ||||||
26 | maximum of $2, plus the fee for certification.
| ||||||
27 | (4) The executor, administrator, guardian, petitioner,
| ||||||
28 | or other interested person or his or her attorney shall pay | ||||||
29 | the cost of
publication by the clerk directly to the | ||||||
30 | newspaper.
| ||||||
31 | (5) The person on whose behalf a charge is incurred for | ||||||
32 | witness,
court reporter, appraiser, or other miscellaneous | ||||||
33 | fee shall pay the same
directly to the person entitled | ||||||
34 | thereto.
| ||||||
35 | (6) The executor, administrator, guardian, petitioner, | ||||||
36 | or other
interested person or his or her attorney shall pay |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the clerk all postage
charges incurred by the clerk in | ||||||
2 | mailing petitions, orders, notices, or
other documents | ||||||
3 | pursuant to the provisions of the Probate Act of 1975.
| ||||||
4 | (w) Criminal and Quasi-Criminal Costs and Fees.
| ||||||
5 | (1) The clerk shall be entitled to costs in all | ||||||
6 | criminal
and quasi-criminal cases from each person | ||||||
7 | convicted or sentenced to
supervision therein as follows:
| ||||||
8 | (A) Felony complaints, a minimum of $40 and a | ||||||
9 | maximum of $100.
| ||||||
10 | (B) Misdemeanor complaints, a minimum of $25 and a | ||||||
11 | maximum of $75.
| ||||||
12 | (C) Business offense complaints, a minimum of $25 | ||||||
13 | and a maximum of
$75.
| ||||||
14 | (D) Petty offense complaints, a minimum of $25 and | ||||||
15 | a maximum of $75.
| ||||||
16 | (E) Minor traffic or ordinance violations, $10.
| ||||||
17 | (F) When court appearance required, $15.
| ||||||
18 | (G) Motions to vacate or amend final orders, a | ||||||
19 | minimum of $20 and a
maximum of $40.
| ||||||
20 | (H) Motions to vacate bond forfeiture orders, a | ||||||
21 | minimum of $20 and
a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
22 | (I) Motions to vacate ex parte judgments, whenever | ||||||
23 | filed, a minimum of
$20 and a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
24 | (J) Motions to vacate judgment on forfeitures, | ||||||
25 | whenever filed, a
minimum of $20 and a maximum of $40.
| ||||||
26 | (K) Motions to vacate "failure to appear" or | ||||||
27 | "failure to comply"
notices sent to the Secretary of | ||||||
28 | State, a minimum of $20 and a maximum of
$40.
| ||||||
29 | (2) In counties having a population of not
more
than | ||||||
30 | 500,000 inhabitants, when the violation complaint is
| ||||||
31 | issued by a
municipal police department, the clerk shall be | ||||||
32 | entitled to costs from each
person convicted therein as | ||||||
33 | follows:
| ||||||
34 | (A) Minor traffic or ordinance violations, $10.
| ||||||
35 | (B) When court appearance required, $15.
| ||||||
36 | (3) In ordinance violation cases punishable by fine |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | only, the clerk
of the circuit court shall be entitled to | ||||||
2 | receive, unless the fee is
excused upon a finding by the | ||||||
3 | court that the defendant is indigent, in
addition to other | ||||||
4 | fees or costs allowed or imposed by law, the sum of a
| ||||||
5 | minimum of $62.50 and a maximum of $137.50
as a fee for the | ||||||
6 | services of a jury. The jury fee shall be paid by the
| ||||||
7 | defendant at the time of filing his or her jury demand. If | ||||||
8 | the fee is not
so paid by the defendant, no jury shall be | ||||||
9 | called, and the case shall be
tried by the court without a | ||||||
10 | jury.
| ||||||
11 | (x) Transcripts of Judgment.
| ||||||
12 | For the filing of a transcript of judgment, the clerk | ||||||
13 | shall be entitled
to the same fee as if it were the | ||||||
14 | commencement of a new suit.
| ||||||
15 | (y) Change of Venue.
| ||||||
16 | (1) For the filing of a change of case on a change of | ||||||
17 | venue, the clerk
shall be entitled to the same fee as if it | ||||||
18 | were the commencement of a new suit.
| ||||||
19 | (2) The fee for the preparation and certification of a | ||||||
20 | record on a
change of venue to another jurisdiction, when | ||||||
21 | original documents are
forwarded, a minimum of $10 and a | ||||||
22 | maximum of $40.
| ||||||
23 | (z) Tax objection complaints.
| ||||||
24 | For each tax objection complaint containing one or more | ||||||
25 | tax
objections, regardless of the number of parcels | ||||||
26 | involved or the number of
taxpayers joining on the | ||||||
27 | complaint, a minimum of $10 and a maximum of $50.
| ||||||
28 | (aa) Tax Deeds.
| ||||||
29 | (1) Petition for tax deed, if only one parcel is | ||||||
30 | involved, a minimum of
$45 and a maximum of $200.
| ||||||
31 | (2) For each additional parcel, add a fee of a minimum | ||||||
32 | of $10 and a
maximum of $60.
| ||||||
33 | (bb) Collections.
| ||||||
34 | (1) For all collections made of others, except the | ||||||
35 | State and county
and except in maintenance or child support | ||||||
36 | cases, a sum equal to a
minimum of 2% and a maximum of 2.5% |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of
the amount collected and turned over.
| ||||||
2 | (2) Interest earned on any funds held by the clerk | ||||||
3 | shall be turned
over to the county general fund as an | ||||||
4 | earning of the office.
| ||||||
5 | (3) For any check, draft, or other bank instrument | ||||||
6 | returned to the
clerk for non-sufficient funds, account | ||||||
7 | closed, or
payment stopped, $25.
| ||||||
8 | (4) In child support and maintenance cases, the clerk, | ||||||
9 | if authorized by an
ordinance of the county board, may | ||||||
10 | collect an annual fee of up to $36 from
the person making | ||||||
11 | payment for maintaining child support records and the
| ||||||
12 | processing of support orders to the State of Illinois KIDS | ||||||
13 | system and the
recording of payments issued by the State | ||||||
14 | Disbursement Unit for the official
record of the Court. | ||||||
15 | This fee shall be in addition
to and separate from amounts | ||||||
16 | ordered to be paid as maintenance or child
support and | ||||||
17 | shall be deposited into a Separate Maintenance and Child | ||||||
18 | Support
Collection Fund, of which the clerk shall be the | ||||||
19 | custodian, ex-officio, to
be used by the clerk to maintain | ||||||
20 | child support orders and record all payments
issued by the | ||||||
21 | State Disbursement Unit for the official record of the | ||||||
22 | Court.
The clerk may recover from the person making the | ||||||
23 | maintenance or child support
payment any additional cost | ||||||
24 | incurred in the collection of this annual
fee.
| ||||||
25 | The clerk shall also be entitled to a fee of $5 for | ||||||
26 | certifications made
to the Secretary of State as provided | ||||||
27 | in Section 7-703 of the Family
Financial Responsibility Law | ||||||
28 | and these fees shall also be deposited into the
Separate | ||||||
29 | Maintenance and Child Support Collection Fund.
| ||||||
30 | (cc) Corrections of Numbers.
| ||||||
31 | For correction of the case number, case
title, or | ||||||
32 | attorney computer identification number, if required by | ||||||
33 | rule of
court, on any document filed in the clerk's office, | ||||||
34 | to be charged against
the party that filed the document, a | ||||||
35 | minimum of $10 and a maximum of $25.
| ||||||
36 | (dd) Exceptions.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) The fee requirements of this Section shall not | ||||||
2 | apply to police
departments or other law enforcement | ||||||
3 | agencies. In this Section, "law
enforcement agency" means | ||||||
4 | an agency of the State or a unit of local
government which | ||||||
5 | is vested by law or ordinance with the duty to maintain
| ||||||
6 | public order and to enforce criminal laws or ordinances. | ||||||
7 | "Law enforcement
agency" also means the Attorney General or | ||||||
8 | any state's attorney.
| ||||||
9 | (2) No fee provided herein shall be charged to any unit | ||||||
10 | of local
government or school district.
| ||||||
11 | (3) The fee requirements of this Section shall not | ||||||
12 | apply to any action
instituted under subsection (b) of | ||||||
13 | Section 11-31-1 of the Illinois Municipal
Code by a private | ||||||
14 | owner or tenant of real property within 1200 feet of a
| ||||||
15 | dangerous or unsafe building seeking an order compelling | ||||||
16 | the owner or owners of
the building to take any of the | ||||||
17 | actions authorized under that subsection.
| ||||||
18 | (4) The fee requirements of this Section shall not | ||||||
19 | apply to the filing of
any
commitment petition or petition | ||||||
20 | for an order authorizing the administration of
authorized
| ||||||
21 | involuntary treatment in the form of medication under the | ||||||
22 | Mental Health and
Developmental Disabilities Code.
| ||||||
23 | (ee) Adoptions.
| ||||||
24 | (1) For an adoption ...................................$65
| ||||||
25 | (2) Upon good cause shown, the court may waive the | ||||||
26 | adoption filing fee in
a special needs adoption. The term | ||||||
27 | "special needs adoption" shall have the
meaning ascribed to | ||||||
28 | it by the Illinois Department of Children and Family
| ||||||
29 | Services.
| ||||||
30 | (ff) Adoption exemptions.
| ||||||
31 | No fee other than that set forth in subsection (ee) | ||||||
32 | shall be charged to any
person in connection with an | ||||||
33 | adoption proceeding nor may any fee be charged for
| ||||||
34 | proceedings for the appointment of a confidential | ||||||
35 | intermediary under the
Adoption Act.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff.
6-28-01; 92-521, eff. 6-1-02; 93-39, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eff. 7-1-03; 93-385, eff. 7-25-03; 93-573,
eff. 8-21-03; | ||||||
2 | revised 9-5-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (705 ILCS 105/27.3b) (from Ch. 25, par. 27.3b)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 27.3b. The clerk of court may accept payment of fines, | ||||||
5 | penalties,
or costs
by credit card
or debit card
approved by | ||||||
6 | the clerk from an offender who has been
convicted of or placed | ||||||
7 | on court supervision for a traffic
offense, petty offense, | ||||||
8 | ordinance offense, or misdemeanor or who has been
convicted of | ||||||
9 | a felony offense. The clerk of the circuit court may accept
| ||||||
10 | credit card payments over the Internet for fines, penalties, or | ||||||
11 | costs from
offenders on voluntary electronic pleas of guilty in | ||||||
12 | minor traffic and
conservation offenses to satisfy the | ||||||
13 | requirement of written pleas of guilty as
provided in Illinois | ||||||
14 | Supreme Court Rule 529. The clerk of the court may also
accept
| ||||||
15 | payment of statutory fees by a credit card or debit card.
The | ||||||
16 | clerk of the court may
also accept the credit card
or debit | ||||||
17 | card
for the cash deposit of bail bond fees.
| ||||||
18 | The Clerk of the circuit court is authorized to enter into | ||||||
19 | contracts
with credit card
or debit card
companies approved by | ||||||
20 | the clerk and to negotiate the payment of convenience
and | ||||||
21 | administrative fees normally charged by those companies for | ||||||
22 | allowing the clerk of the circuit
court to accept their credit | ||||||
23 | cards
or debit cards
in payment as authorized herein. The clerk | ||||||
24 | of the circuit court is authorized
to enter into contracts with | ||||||
25 | third party fund guarantors, facilitators, and
service | ||||||
26 | providers under which those entities may contract directly with
| ||||||
27 | customers of
the clerk of the circuit court and guarantee and | ||||||
28 | remit the payments to the
clerk of the circuit court. Where the
| ||||||
29 | offender pays fines, penalties, or costs by credit card or | ||||||
30 | debit card or through a third party fund guarantor, | ||||||
31 | facilitator, or service
provider,
or anyone paying
statutory | ||||||
32 | fees of
the circuit court clerk or the posting of cash bail, | ||||||
33 | the clerk shall
collect a service fee of up to $5 or the amount | ||||||
34 | charged to the clerk for use of
its services by
the credit card | ||||||
35 | or debit card issuer, third party fund guarantor,
facilitator, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or service provider. This service fee shall be
in addition to | ||||||
2 | any other fines, penalties, or
costs. The clerk of the circuit | ||||||
3 | court is authorized to negotiate the
assessment of convenience | ||||||
4 | and administrative fees by the third party fund
guarantors, | ||||||
5 | facilitators, and service providers with the revenue earned by | ||||||
6 | the
clerk of the circuit court to be remitted
to the
county | ||||||
7 | general revenue fund.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-391, eff. 1-1-04; 93-760, eff. 1-1-05; 93-836, | ||||||
9 | eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
10 | Section 520. The Juvenile Court Act of 1987 is amended by | ||||||
11 | changing Sections 1-3, 2-23, 3-24, 4-21, 5-710, and 5-915 as | ||||||
12 | follows:
| ||||||
13 | (705 ILCS 405/1-3) (from Ch. 37, par. 801-3)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 1-3. Definitions. Terms used in this Act, unless the | ||||||
15 | context
otherwise requires, have the following meanings | ||||||
16 | ascribed to them:
| ||||||
17 | (1) "Adjudicatory hearing" means a hearing to
determine | ||||||
18 | whether the allegations of a petition under Section 2-13, 3-15 | ||||||
19 | or
4-12 that a minor under 18 years of age is abused, neglected | ||||||
20 | or dependent, or
requires authoritative intervention, or | ||||||
21 | addicted, respectively, are supported
by a preponderance of the | ||||||
22 | evidence or whether the allegations of a petition
under Section | ||||||
23 | 5-520 that a minor is delinquent are proved beyond a reasonable
| ||||||
24 | doubt.
| ||||||
25 | (2) "Adult" means a person 21 years of age or older.
| ||||||
26 | (3) "Agency" means a public or private child care facility
| ||||||
27 | legally authorized or licensed by this State for placement or | ||||||
28 | institutional
care or for both placement and institutional | ||||||
29 | care.
| ||||||
30 | (4) "Association" means any organization, public or
| ||||||
31 | private, engaged in welfare functions which include services to | ||||||
32 | or on behalf of
children but does not include "agency" as | ||||||
33 | herein defined.
| ||||||
34 | (4.05) Whenever a "best interest" determination is
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required, the following factors shall be considered in the | ||||||
2 | context of the
child's age and developmental needs:
| ||||||
3 | (a) the physical safety and welfare of the child, including | ||||||
4 | food, shelter,
health, and clothing;
| ||||||
5 | (b) the development of the child's identity;
| ||||||
6 | (c) the child's background and ties, including familial,
| ||||||
7 | cultural, and religious;
| ||||||
8 | (d) the child's sense of attachments, including:
| ||||||
9 | (i) where the child actually feels love, attachment, | ||||||
10 | and a sense of
being valued (as opposed to where adults | ||||||
11 | believe the child should
feel such love, attachment, and a | ||||||
12 | sense of being valued);
| ||||||
13 | (ii) the child's sense of security;
| ||||||
14 | (iii) the child's sense of familiarity;
| ||||||
15 | (iv) continuity of affection for the child;
| ||||||
16 | (v) the least disruptive placement alternative for the | ||||||
17 | child;
| ||||||
18 | (e) the child's wishes and long-term goals;
| ||||||
19 | (f) the child's community ties, including church, school, | ||||||
20 | and friends;
| ||||||
21 | (g) the child's need for permanence which includes the | ||||||
22 | child's need for
stability and continuity of relationships with | ||||||
23 | parent figures and with siblings
and other relatives;
| ||||||
24 | (h) the uniqueness of every family and child;
| ||||||
25 | (i) the risks attendant to entering and being in substitute | ||||||
26 | care; and
| ||||||
27 | (j) the preferences of the persons available to care for | ||||||
28 | the child.
| ||||||
29 | (4.1) "Chronic truant" shall have the definition
ascribed | ||||||
30 | to it in Section 26-2a of the School Code.
| ||||||
31 | (5) "Court" means the circuit court in a session or | ||||||
32 | division
assigned to hear proceedings under this Act.
| ||||||
33 | (6) "Dispositional hearing" means a hearing to
determine | ||||||
34 | whether a minor should be adjudged to be a ward of the court, | ||||||
35 | and to
determine what order of disposition should be made in | ||||||
36 | respect to a minor
adjudged to be a ward of the court.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (7) "Emancipated minor" means any minor 16 years of age or | ||||||
2 | over who has
been completely or partially emancipated under the | ||||||
3 | " Emancipation of
Mature Minors Act ", enacted by the | ||||||
4 | Eighty-First General Assembly, or
under this Act.
| ||||||
5 | (8) "Guardianship of the person" of a minor
means the duty | ||||||
6 | and authority to act in the best interests of the minor, | ||||||
7 | subject
to residual parental rights and responsibilities, to | ||||||
8 | make important decisions
in matters having a permanent effect | ||||||
9 | on the life and development of the minor
and to be concerned | ||||||
10 | with his or her general welfare. It includes but is not
| ||||||
11 | necessarily limited to:
| ||||||
12 | (a) the authority to consent to marriage, to enlistment | ||||||
13 | in the armed
forces of the United States, or to a major | ||||||
14 | medical, psychiatric, and
surgical treatment; to represent | ||||||
15 | the minor in legal actions; and to make
other decisions of | ||||||
16 | substantial legal significance concerning the minor;
| ||||||
17 | (b) the authority and duty of reasonable visitation, | ||||||
18 | except to the
extent that these have been limited in the | ||||||
19 | best interests of the minor by
court order;
| ||||||
20 | (c) the rights and responsibilities of legal custody | ||||||
21 | except where legal
custody has been vested in another | ||||||
22 | person or agency; and
| ||||||
23 | (d) the power to consent to the adoption of the minor, | ||||||
24 | but only if
expressly conferred on the guardian in | ||||||
25 | accordance with Section 2-29, 3-30, or
4-27.
| ||||||
26 | (9) "Legal custody" means the relationship created by an
| ||||||
27 | order of court in the best interests of the minor which imposes | ||||||
28 | on the
custodian the responsibility of physical possession of a | ||||||
29 | minor and the duty to
protect, train and discipline him and to | ||||||
30 | provide him with food, shelter,
education and ordinary medical | ||||||
31 | care, except as these are limited by residual
parental rights | ||||||
32 | and responsibilities and the rights and responsibilities of the
| ||||||
33 | guardian of the person, if any.
| ||||||
34 | (10) "Minor" means a person under the age of 21 years | ||||||
35 | subject to
this Act.
| ||||||
36 | (11) "Parent" means the father or mother of a child and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | includes any adoptive parent. It also includes a man (i)
whose | ||||||
2 | paternity
is presumed or has been established under the law of | ||||||
3 | this or another
jurisdiction or (ii) who has registered with | ||||||
4 | the Putative Father Registry in
accordance with Section 12.1 of | ||||||
5 | the Adoption Act and whose paternity has not
been ruled out | ||||||
6 | under the law of this or another jurisdiction. It does not
| ||||||
7 | include a
parent whose rights in respect to the
minor have been | ||||||
8 | terminated in any manner provided by law.
| ||||||
9 | (11.1) "Permanency goal" means a goal set by the court as | ||||||
10 | defined in
subdivision (2) of Section 2-28.
| ||||||
11 | (11.2) "Permanency hearing" means a hearing to set the | ||||||
12 | permanency goal and
to review and determine (i) the | ||||||
13 | appropriateness of the services contained in
the plan and | ||||||
14 | whether those services have been provided, (ii) whether | ||||||
15 | reasonable
efforts have been made by all the parties to the | ||||||
16 | service plan to achieve the
goal, and (iii) whether the plan | ||||||
17 | and goal have been achieved.
| ||||||
18 | (12) "Petition" means the petition provided for in Section
| ||||||
19 | 2-13, 3-15, 4-12 or 5-520, including any supplemental petitions | ||||||
20 | thereunder
in Section 3-15, 4-12 or 5-520.
| ||||||
21 | (13) "Residual parental
rights and responsibilities" means | ||||||
22 | those rights and responsibilities remaining
with the parent | ||||||
23 | after the transfer of legal custody or guardianship of the
| ||||||
24 | person, including, but not necessarily limited to, the right to | ||||||
25 | reasonable
visitation (which may be limited by the court in the | ||||||
26 | best interests of the
minor as provided in subsection (8)(b) of | ||||||
27 | this Section), the right to consent
to adoption, the right to | ||||||
28 | determine the minor's religious affiliation, and the
| ||||||
29 | responsibility for his support.
| ||||||
30 | (14) "Shelter" means the temporary care of a minor in
| ||||||
31 | physically unrestricting facilities pending court disposition | ||||||
32 | or execution of
court order for placement.
| ||||||
33 | (15) "Station adjustment" means the informal
handling of an | ||||||
34 | alleged offender by a juvenile police officer.
| ||||||
35 | (16) "Ward of the court" means a minor who is so
adjudged | ||||||
36 | under Section 2-22, 3-23, 4-20 or 5-705, after a finding of the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | requisite jurisdictional facts, and thus is subject to the | ||||||
2 | dispositional powers
of the court under this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (17) "Juvenile police officer" means a sworn
police officer | ||||||
4 | who has completed a Basic Recruit Training Course, has been
| ||||||
5 | assigned to the position of juvenile police officer by his or | ||||||
6 | her chief law
enforcement officer and has completed the | ||||||
7 | necessary juvenile officers training
as prescribed by the | ||||||
8 | Illinois Law Enforcement Training Standards Board, or in
the | ||||||
9 | case of a State police officer, juvenile officer
training | ||||||
10 | approved by the Director of the Department of State Police.
| ||||||
11 | (18) "Secure child care facility" means any child care | ||||||
12 | facility licensed
by the Department of Children and Family | ||||||
13 | Services to provide secure living
arrangements for children | ||||||
14 | under 18 years of age who are subject to placement in
| ||||||
15 | facilities under the Children and Family Services Act and who | ||||||
16 | are not subject
to placement in facilities for whom standards | ||||||
17 | are established by the Department
of Corrections under Section | ||||||
18 | 3-15-2 of the Unified Code of Corrections.
"Secure child care | ||||||
19 | facility" also means a
facility that is designed and operated | ||||||
20 | to ensure that all entrances and
exits
from the facility, a | ||||||
21 | building, or a distinct part of the building are under the
| ||||||
22 | exclusive control of the staff of the facility, whether or not | ||||||
23 | the child has
the freedom of movement within the perimeter of | ||||||
24 | the facility, building, or
distinct part of the building.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 90-28, eff. 1-1-98; 90-87, eff. 9-1-97; 90-590, | ||||||
26 | eff. 1-1-99;
90-608, eff. 6-30-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; | ||||||
27 | 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; revised
10-9-03.)
| ||||||
28 | (705 ILCS 405/2-23) (from Ch. 37, par. 802-23)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 2-23. Kinds of dispositional orders.
| ||||||
30 | (1) The following kinds of orders of disposition may be | ||||||
31 | made in respect of
wards of the court:
| ||||||
32 | (a) A minor under 18 years of age found to be neglected | ||||||
33 | or abused under
Section 2-3 or dependent under Section 2-4 | ||||||
34 | may be (1) continued in the
custody of his or her parents,
| ||||||
35 | guardian or legal custodian; (2) placed in accordance with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 2-27;
(3) restored to the custody of the parent, | ||||||
2 | parents, guardian, or legal
custodian, provided the court | ||||||
3 | shall order the parent, parents, guardian, or
legal | ||||||
4 | custodian to cooperate with the Department of Children and | ||||||
5 | Family
Services and comply with the terms of an after-care | ||||||
6 | plan or risk the loss of
custody of the child and the | ||||||
7 | possible termination of their parental rights;
or
(4) | ||||||
8 | ordered partially or completely emancipated in accordance | ||||||
9 | with
the provisions of the Emancipation of Mature Minors | ||||||
10 | Act.
| ||||||
11 | However, in any case in which a minor is found by the | ||||||
12 | court to be
neglected or abused under Section 2-3 of this | ||||||
13 | Act, custody of the minor
shall not be restored to any | ||||||
14 | parent, guardian or legal custodian whose acts
or omissions | ||||||
15 | or both have been identified, pursuant to subsection (1) of
| ||||||
16 | Section 2-21, as forming the basis for the court's finding | ||||||
17 | of abuse or
neglect, until such time
as a
hearing is held | ||||||
18 | on the issue of the best interests of the minor and the | ||||||
19 | fitness
of such parent, guardian or legal custodian to care | ||||||
20 | for the minor without
endangering the minor's health or | ||||||
21 | safety, and the court
enters an order that such parent, | ||||||
22 | guardian or legal custodian is fit to care
for the minor.
| ||||||
23 | (b) A minor under 18 years of age found to be dependent | ||||||
24 | under
Section 2-4 may be (1) placed in accordance with | ||||||
25 | Section 2-27 or (2)
ordered partially or completely | ||||||
26 | emancipated in accordance with the
provisions of the | ||||||
27 | Emancipation of Mature Minors Act.
| ||||||
28 | However, in any case in which a minor is found by the | ||||||
29 | court to be
dependent under Section 2-4 of this Act, | ||||||
30 | custody of the minor shall not be
restored to
any parent, | ||||||
31 | guardian or legal custodian whose acts or omissions or both | ||||||
32 | have
been identified, pursuant to subsection (1) of Section | ||||||
33 | 2-21, as forming the
basis for the court's finding of | ||||||
34 | dependency, until such
time as a hearing is
held on the | ||||||
35 | issue of the fitness of such parent, guardian or legal
| ||||||
36 | custodian to care for the minor without endangering the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | minor's health or
safety, and the court enters an order | ||||||
2 | that such
parent, guardian or legal custodian is fit to | ||||||
3 | care for the minor.
| ||||||
4 | (c) When the court awards guardianship to the | ||||||
5 | Department of Children and
Family Services, the court shall | ||||||
6 | order the parents to cooperate with the
Department of | ||||||
7 | Children and Family Services, comply with the terms of the
| ||||||
8 | service plans, and correct the conditions that require the | ||||||
9 | child to be in care,
or risk termination of their parental | ||||||
10 | rights.
| ||||||
11 | (2) Any order of disposition may provide for protective | ||||||
12 | supervision
under Section 2-24 and may include an order of | ||||||
13 | protection under Section 2-25.
| ||||||
14 | Unless the order of disposition expressly so provides, it | ||||||
15 | does
not operate to close proceedings on the pending petition, | ||||||
16 | but is subject
to modification, not inconsistent with Section | ||||||
17 | 2-28, until final closing and discharge of the proceedings | ||||||
18 | under
Section 2-31.
| ||||||
19 | (3) The court also shall enter any other orders necessary | ||||||
20 | to fulfill the
service plan, including, but not limited to, (i) | ||||||
21 | orders requiring parties to
cooperate with services, (ii) | ||||||
22 | restraining orders controlling the conduct of any
party likely | ||||||
23 | to frustrate the achievement of the goal, and (iii) visiting
| ||||||
24 | orders. Unless otherwise specifically authorized by law, the | ||||||
25 | court is not
empowered under this subsection (3) to order | ||||||
26 | specific placements, specific
services, or specific service
| ||||||
27 | providers to be included in the plan. If the court concludes | ||||||
28 | that the
Department of Children
and Family Services has abused | ||||||
29 | its discretion in setting the current service
plan or | ||||||
30 | permanency goal for the minor, the court shall enter specific
| ||||||
31 | findings in writing based on the evidence and shall enter an | ||||||
32 | order for the
Department to develop and implement a new | ||||||
33 | permanency goal and service plan
consistent with the court's | ||||||
34 | findings. The new service plan shall be filed with
the court | ||||||
35 | and served on all parties. The court shall continue
the matter | ||||||
36 | until the new service plan is filed.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) In addition to any other order of disposition, the | ||||||
2 | court may order
any minor adjudicated neglected with respect to | ||||||
3 | his or her own injurious
behavior to make restitution, in | ||||||
4 | monetary or non-monetary form, under the
terms and conditions | ||||||
5 | of Section 5-5-6 of the Unified Code of Corrections,
except | ||||||
6 | that the "presentence hearing" referred to therein shall be the
| ||||||
7 | dispositional hearing for purposes of this Section. The parent, | ||||||
8 | guardian
or legal custodian of the minor may pay some or all of | ||||||
9 | such restitution on
the minor's behalf.
| ||||||
10 | (5) Any order for disposition where the minor is committed | ||||||
11 | or placed in
accordance with Section 2-27 shall provide for the | ||||||
12 | parents or guardian of
the estate of such minor to pay to the | ||||||
13 | legal custodian or guardian of the
person of the minor such | ||||||
14 | sums as are determined by the custodian or guardian
of the | ||||||
15 | person of the minor as necessary for the minor's needs. Such | ||||||
16 | payments
may not exceed the maximum amounts provided for by | ||||||
17 | Section 9.1 of the
Children and Family Services Act.
| ||||||
18 | (6) Whenever the order of disposition requires the minor to | ||||||
19 | attend
school or participate in a program of training, the | ||||||
20 | truant officer or
designated school official shall regularly | ||||||
21 | report to the court if the minor
is a chronic or habitual | ||||||
22 | truant under Section 26-2a of the School Code.
| ||||||
23 | (7) The court may terminate the parental rights of a parent | ||||||
24 | at the initial
dispositional hearing if all of the conditions | ||||||
25 | in subsection (5) of Section
2-21 are met.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 89-17, eff. 5-31-95; 89-235, eff. 8-4-95; 90-27, | ||||||
27 | eff. 1-1-98;
90-28, eff. 1-1-98; 90-608, eff. 6-30-98; 90-655, | ||||||
28 | eff. 7-30-98; revised
10-9-03 .)
| ||||||
29 | (705 ILCS 405/3-24) (from Ch. 37, par. 803-24)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 3-24. Kinds of dispositional orders.
| ||||||
31 | (1) The following kinds of orders of disposition may be | ||||||
32 | made in respect to
wards of the court: A minor found to be | ||||||
33 | requiring authoritative intervention
under Section 3-3 may be | ||||||
34 | (a) committed to the Department of Children and Family
| ||||||
35 | Services, subject to Section 5 of the Children and Family |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Services Act; (b)
placed under supervision and released to his | ||||||
2 | or her parents, guardian or legal
custodian; (c) placed in | ||||||
3 | accordance with Section 3-28 with or without also
being placed | ||||||
4 | under supervision. Conditions of supervision may be modified or
| ||||||
5 | terminated by the court if it deems that the best interests of | ||||||
6 | the minor and
the public will be served thereby; (d) ordered | ||||||
7 | partially or completely
emancipated in accordance with the | ||||||
8 | provisions of the Emancipation of Mature
Minors Act; or (e) | ||||||
9 | subject to having his or her driver's license or driving
| ||||||
10 | privilege suspended for such time as determined by the Court | ||||||
11 | but only until he
or she attains 18 years of age.
| ||||||
12 | (2) Any order of disposition may provide for protective | ||||||
13 | supervision
under Section 3-25 and may include an order of | ||||||
14 | protection under Section 3-26.
| ||||||
15 | (3) Unless the order of disposition expressly so provides, | ||||||
16 | it does
not operate to close proceedings on the pending | ||||||
17 | petition, but is subject
to modification until final closing | ||||||
18 | and discharge of the proceedings
under Section 3-32.
| ||||||
19 | (4) In addition to any other order of disposition, the | ||||||
20 | court may order
any person found to be a minor requiring | ||||||
21 | authoritative intervention under
Section 3-3 to make | ||||||
22 | restitution, in monetary or non-monetary form, under
the terms | ||||||
23 | and conditions of Section 5-5-6 of the Unified Code of
| ||||||
24 | Corrections, except that the "presentence hearing" referred to | ||||||
25 | therein
shall be the dispositional hearing for purposes of this | ||||||
26 | Section. The
parent, guardian or legal custodian of the minor | ||||||
27 | may pay some or all of
such restitution on the minor's behalf.
| ||||||
28 | (5) Any order for disposition where the minor is committed | ||||||
29 | or placed in
accordance with Section 3-28 shall provide for the | ||||||
30 | parents or guardian of
the estate of such minor to pay to the | ||||||
31 | legal custodian or guardian of the
person of the minor such | ||||||
32 | sums as are determined by the custodian or guardian
of the | ||||||
33 | person of the minor as necessary for the minor's needs. Such | ||||||
34 | payments
may not exceed the maximum amounts provided for by | ||||||
35 | Section 9.1 of the
Children and Family Services Act.
| ||||||
36 | (6) Whenever the order of disposition requires the minor to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | attend
school or participate in a program of training, the | ||||||
2 | truant officer or
designated school official shall regularly | ||||||
3 | report to the court if the minor
is a chronic or habitual | ||||||
4 | truant under Section 26-2a of the School Code.
| ||||||
5 | (7) The court must impose upon a minor under an order of | ||||||
6 | continuance
under supervision or an order of disposition under | ||||||
7 | this Article III, as a
condition of the order, a fee of $25 for | ||||||
8 | each month or partial month of
supervision with a probation | ||||||
9 | officer. If the court determines the inability of
the minor, or | ||||||
10 | the parent, guardian, or legal custodian of the minor to pay | ||||||
11 | the
fee, the court may impose a lesser fee. The court may not | ||||||
12 | impose the fee on a
minor who is made a ward of the State under | ||||||
13 | this Act. The fee may be imposed
only upon a minor who is | ||||||
14 | actively supervised by the probation and court
services | ||||||
15 | department. The fee must be collected by the clerk of the | ||||||
16 | circuit
court. The clerk of the circuit court must pay all | ||||||
17 | monies collected from this
fee to the county treasurer for | ||||||
18 | deposit into the probation and court services
fund under | ||||||
19 | Section 15.1 of the Probation and Probation Officers Act.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-329, eff. 8-9-01; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
21 | (705 ILCS 405/4-21) (from Ch. 37, par. 804-21)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 4-21. Kinds of dispositional orders.
| ||||||
23 | (1) A minor found to be
addicted under Section 4-3 may be | ||||||
24 | (a) committed to the Department of
Children and Family | ||||||
25 | Services, subject to Section 5 of the Children and Family
| ||||||
26 | Services Act; (b) placed
under supervision and released to his | ||||||
27 | or her parents, guardian or legal
custodian; (c) placed in | ||||||
28 | accordance with Section 4-25 with or without also
being placed | ||||||
29 | under supervision. Conditions of supervision may be modified
or | ||||||
30 | terminated by the court if it deems that the best interests of | ||||||
31 | the minor and
the public will be served thereby; (d)
required | ||||||
32 | to attend an approved alcohol or drug abuse treatment or | ||||||
33 | counseling
program
on an inpatient or outpatient basis instead
| ||||||
34 | of or in addition to the disposition otherwise provided for in | ||||||
35 | this
paragraph; (e) ordered partially or completely |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | emancipated in accordance
with the provisions of the | ||||||
2 | Emancipation of Mature Minors Act; or (f)
subject to having his | ||||||
3 | or her driver's license or driving privilege
suspended for such | ||||||
4 | time as determined by the Court but only until he or she
| ||||||
5 | attains 18 years of age. No disposition
under this subsection | ||||||
6 | shall provide for the minor's placement in a secure
facility.
| ||||||
7 | (2) Any order of disposition may provide for protective | ||||||
8 | supervision
under Section 4-22 and may include an order of | ||||||
9 | protection under Section 4-23.
| ||||||
10 | (3) Unless the order of disposition expressly so provides, | ||||||
11 | it does
not operate to close proceedings on the pending | ||||||
12 | petition, but is subject
to modification until final closing | ||||||
13 | and discharge of the proceedings
under Section 4-29.
| ||||||
14 | (4) In addition to any other order of disposition, the | ||||||
15 | court may
order any minor found to be addicted under this | ||||||
16 | Article as neglected with
respect to his or her own injurious | ||||||
17 | behavior, to
make restitution, in monetary or non-monetary | ||||||
18 | form, under the terms and
conditions of Section 5-5-6 of the | ||||||
19 | Unified Code of
Corrections, except that the "presentence | ||||||
20 | hearing" referred to therein
shall be the dispositional hearing | ||||||
21 | for purposes of this Section. The parent,
guardian or legal | ||||||
22 | custodian of the minor may pay some or all of such
restitution | ||||||
23 | on the minor's behalf.
| ||||||
24 | (5) Any order for disposition where the minor is placed in
| ||||||
25 | accordance with Section 4-25 shall provide for the parents or | ||||||
26 | guardian of
the estate of such minor to pay to the legal | ||||||
27 | custodian or guardian of the
person of the minor such sums as | ||||||
28 | are determined by the custodian or guardian
of the person of | ||||||
29 | the minor as necessary for the minor's needs. Such payments
may | ||||||
30 | not exceed the maximum amounts provided for by Section 9.1 of | ||||||
31 | the
Children and Family Services Act.
| ||||||
32 | (6) Whenever the order of disposition requires the minor to | ||||||
33 | attend
school or participate in a program of training, the | ||||||
34 | truant officer or
designated school official shall regularly | ||||||
35 | report to the court if the minor
is a chronic or habitual | ||||||
36 | truant under Section 26-2a of the School Code.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (7) The court must impose upon a minor under an order of | ||||||
2 | continuance
under supervision or an order of disposition under | ||||||
3 | this Article IV, as a
condition of the order, a fee of $25 for | ||||||
4 | each month or partial month of
supervision with a
probation | ||||||
5 | officer. If the court determines the inability of the minor, or | ||||||
6 | the
parent, guardian, or legal custodian of the minor to pay | ||||||
7 | the fee, the court
may impose a lesser fee. The court may not | ||||||
8 | impose the fee on a minor who is
made a ward of the State under | ||||||
9 | this Act. The fee may be imposed only upon a
minor who is | ||||||
10 | actively supervised by the probation and court services
| ||||||
11 | department. The fee must be collected by the clerk of the | ||||||
12 | circuit court.
The clerk of the circuit court must pay all | ||||||
13 | monies collected from this fee to
the county treasurer for | ||||||
14 | deposit into the probation and court services fund
under
| ||||||
15 | Section 15.1 of the Probation and Probation Officers Act.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-329, eff. 8-9-01; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
17 | (705 ILCS 405/5-710)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 5-710. Kinds of sentencing orders.
| ||||||
19 | (1) The following kinds of sentencing orders may be made in | ||||||
20 | respect of
wards of the court:
| ||||||
21 | (a) Except as provided in Sections 5-805, 5-810, 5-815, | ||||||
22 | a minor who is
found
guilty under Section 5-620 may be:
| ||||||
23 | (i) put on probation or conditional discharge and | ||||||
24 | released to his or her
parents, guardian or legal | ||||||
25 | custodian, provided, however, that any such minor
who | ||||||
26 | is not committed to the Department of Corrections, | ||||||
27 | Juvenile Division under
this subsection and who is | ||||||
28 | found to be a delinquent for an offense which is
first | ||||||
29 | degree murder, a Class X felony, or a forcible felony | ||||||
30 | shall be placed on
probation;
| ||||||
31 | (ii) placed in accordance with Section 5-740, with | ||||||
32 | or without also being
put on probation or conditional | ||||||
33 | discharge;
| ||||||
34 | (iii) required to undergo a substance abuse | ||||||
35 | assessment conducted by a
licensed provider and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | participate in the indicated clinical level of care;
| ||||||
2 | (iv) placed in the guardianship of the Department | ||||||
3 | of Children and Family
Services, but only if the | ||||||
4 | delinquent minor is under 13 years of age;
| ||||||
5 | (v) placed in detention for a period not to exceed | ||||||
6 | 30 days, either as
the
exclusive order of disposition | ||||||
7 | or, where appropriate, in conjunction with any
other | ||||||
8 | order of disposition issued under this paragraph, | ||||||
9 | provided that any such
detention shall be in a juvenile | ||||||
10 | detention home and the minor so detained shall
be 10 | ||||||
11 | years of age or older. However, the 30-day limitation | ||||||
12 | may be extended by
further order of the court for a | ||||||
13 | minor under age 13 committed to the Department
of | ||||||
14 | Children and Family Services if the court finds that | ||||||
15 | the minor is a danger
to himself or others. The minor | ||||||
16 | shall be given credit on the sentencing order
of | ||||||
17 | detention for time spent in detention under Sections | ||||||
18 | 5-501, 5-601, 5-710, or
5-720 of this
Article as a | ||||||
19 | result of the offense for which the sentencing order | ||||||
20 | was imposed.
The court may grant credit on a sentencing | ||||||
21 | order of detention entered under a
violation of | ||||||
22 | probation or violation of conditional discharge under | ||||||
23 | Section
5-720 of this Article for time spent in | ||||||
24 | detention before the filing of the
petition
alleging | ||||||
25 | the violation. A minor shall not be deprived of credit | ||||||
26 | for time spent
in detention before the filing of a | ||||||
27 | violation of probation or conditional
discharge | ||||||
28 | alleging the same or related act or acts;
| ||||||
29 | (vi) ordered partially or completely emancipated | ||||||
30 | in accordance with the
provisions of the Emancipation | ||||||
31 | of Mature Minors Act;
| ||||||
32 | (vii) subject to having his or her driver's license | ||||||
33 | or driving
privileges
suspended for such time as | ||||||
34 | determined by the court but only until he or she
| ||||||
35 | attains 18 years of age;
| ||||||
36 | (viii) put on probation or conditional discharge |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and placed in detention
under Section 3-6039 of the | ||||||
2 | Counties Code for a period not to exceed the period
of | ||||||
3 | incarceration permitted by law for adults found guilty | ||||||
4 | of the same offense
or offenses for which the minor was | ||||||
5 | adjudicated delinquent, and in any event no
longer than | ||||||
6 | upon attainment of age 21; this subdivision (viii) | ||||||
7 | notwithstanding
any contrary provision of the law; or
| ||||||
8 | (ix) ordered to undergo a medical or other | ||||||
9 | procedure to have a tattoo
symbolizing allegiance to a | ||||||
10 | street gang removed from his or her body.
| ||||||
11 | (b) A minor found to be guilty may be committed to the | ||||||
12 | Department of
Corrections,
Juvenile Division, under | ||||||
13 | Section 5-750 if the minor is 13 years of age or
older,
| ||||||
14 | provided that the commitment to the Department of | ||||||
15 | Corrections, Juvenile
Division, shall be made only if a | ||||||
16 | term of incarceration is permitted by law for
adults found | ||||||
17 | guilty of the offense for which the minor was adjudicated
| ||||||
18 | delinquent. The time during which a minor is in custody | ||||||
19 | before being released
upon the request of a parent, | ||||||
20 | guardian or legal custodian shall be considered
as time | ||||||
21 | spent in detention.
| ||||||
22 | (c) When a minor is found to be guilty for an offense | ||||||
23 | which is a violation
of the Illinois Controlled Substances | ||||||
24 | Act or the Cannabis Control Act and made
a ward of the | ||||||
25 | court, the court may enter a disposition order requiring | ||||||
26 | the
minor to undergo assessment,
counseling or treatment in | ||||||
27 | a substance abuse program approved by the Department
of | ||||||
28 | Human Services.
| ||||||
29 | (2) Any sentencing order other than commitment to the | ||||||
30 | Department of
Corrections, Juvenile Division, may provide for | ||||||
31 | protective supervision under
Section 5-725 and may include an | ||||||
32 | order of protection under Section 5-730.
| ||||||
33 | (3) Unless the sentencing order expressly so provides, it | ||||||
34 | does not operate
to close proceedings on the pending petition, | ||||||
35 | but is subject to modification
until final closing and | ||||||
36 | discharge of the proceedings under Section 5-750.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) In addition to any other sentence, the court may order | ||||||
2 | any
minor
found to be delinquent to make restitution, in | ||||||
3 | monetary or non-monetary form,
under the terms and conditions | ||||||
4 | of Section 5-5-6 of the Unified Code of
Corrections, except | ||||||
5 | that the "presentencing hearing" referred to in that
Section
| ||||||
6 | shall be
the sentencing hearing for purposes of this Section. | ||||||
7 | The parent, guardian or
legal custodian of the minor may be | ||||||
8 | ordered by the court to pay some or all of
the restitution on | ||||||
9 | the minor's behalf, pursuant to the Parental Responsibility
| ||||||
10 | Law. The State's Attorney is authorized to act
on behalf of any | ||||||
11 | victim in seeking restitution in proceedings under this
| ||||||
12 | Section, up to the maximum amount allowed in Section 5 of the | ||||||
13 | Parental
Responsibility Law.
| ||||||
14 | (5) Any sentencing order where the minor is committed or | ||||||
15 | placed in
accordance
with Section 5-740 shall provide for the | ||||||
16 | parents or guardian of the estate of
the minor to pay to the | ||||||
17 | legal custodian or guardian of the person of the minor
such | ||||||
18 | sums as are determined by the custodian or guardian of the | ||||||
19 | person of the
minor as necessary for the minor's needs. The | ||||||
20 | payments may not exceed the
maximum amounts provided for by | ||||||
21 | Section 9.1 of the Children and Family Services
Act.
| ||||||
22 | (6) Whenever the sentencing order requires the minor to | ||||||
23 | attend school or
participate in a program of training, the | ||||||
24 | truant officer or designated school
official shall regularly | ||||||
25 | report to the court if the minor is a chronic or
habitual | ||||||
26 | truant under Section 26-2a of the School Code.
| ||||||
27 | (7) In no event shall a guilty minor be committed to the | ||||||
28 | Department of
Corrections, Juvenile Division for a period of | ||||||
29 | time in
excess of
that period for which an adult could be | ||||||
30 | committed for the same act.
| ||||||
31 | (8) A minor found to be guilty for reasons that include a | ||||||
32 | violation of
Section 21-1.3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 shall | ||||||
33 | be ordered to perform
community service for not less than 30 | ||||||
34 | and not more than 120 hours, if
community service is available | ||||||
35 | in the jurisdiction. The community service
shall include, but | ||||||
36 | need not be limited to, the cleanup and repair of the damage
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that was caused by the violation or similar damage to property | ||||||
2 | located in the
municipality or county in which the violation | ||||||
3 | occurred. The order may be in
addition to any other order | ||||||
4 | authorized by this Section.
| ||||||
5 | (8.5) A minor found to be guilty for reasons that include a | ||||||
6 | violation of
Section
3.02 or Section 3.03 of the Humane Care | ||||||
7 | for Animals Act or paragraph (d) of
subsection (1) of
Section | ||||||
8 | 21-1 of
the Criminal Code
of
1961 shall be ordered to undergo | ||||||
9 | medical or psychiatric treatment rendered by
a
psychiatrist or | ||||||
10 | psychological treatment rendered by a clinical psychologist.
| ||||||
11 | The order
may be in addition to any other order authorized by | ||||||
12 | this Section.
| ||||||
13 | (9) In addition to any other sentencing order, the court | ||||||
14 | shall order any
minor found
to be guilty for an act which would | ||||||
15 | constitute, predatory criminal sexual
assault of a child, | ||||||
16 | aggravated criminal sexual assault, criminal sexual
assault, | ||||||
17 | aggravated criminal sexual abuse, or criminal sexual abuse if
| ||||||
18 | committed by an
adult to undergo medical testing to determine | ||||||
19 | whether the defendant has any
sexually transmissible disease | ||||||
20 | including a test for infection with human
immunodeficiency | ||||||
21 | virus (HIV) or any other identified causative agency of
| ||||||
22 | acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). Any medical test | ||||||
23 | shall be performed
only by appropriately licensed medical | ||||||
24 | practitioners and may include an
analysis of any bodily fluids | ||||||
25 | as well as an examination of the minor's person.
Except as | ||||||
26 | otherwise provided by law, the results of the test shall be | ||||||
27 | kept
strictly confidential by all medical personnel involved in | ||||||
28 | the testing and must
be personally delivered in a sealed | ||||||
29 | envelope to the judge of the court in which
the sentencing | ||||||
30 | order was entered for the judge's inspection in camera. Acting
| ||||||
31 | in accordance with the best interests of the victim and the | ||||||
32 | public, the judge
shall have the discretion to determine to | ||||||
33 | whom the results of the testing may
be revealed. The court | ||||||
34 | shall notify the minor of the results of the test for
infection | ||||||
35 | with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The court shall | ||||||
36 | also
notify the victim if requested by the victim, and if the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | victim is under the
age of 15 and if requested by the victim's | ||||||
2 | parents or legal guardian, the court
shall notify the victim's | ||||||
3 | parents or the legal guardian, of the results of the
test for | ||||||
4 | infection with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The | ||||||
5 | court
shall provide information on the availability of HIV | ||||||
6 | testing and counseling at
the Department of Public Health | ||||||
7 | facilities to all parties to whom the
results of the testing | ||||||
8 | are revealed. The court shall order that the cost of
any test | ||||||
9 | shall be paid by the county and may be taxed as costs against | ||||||
10 | the
minor.
| ||||||
11 | (10) When a court finds a minor to be guilty the court | ||||||
12 | shall, before
entering a sentencing order under this Section, | ||||||
13 | make a finding whether the
offense committed either: (a) was | ||||||
14 | related to or in furtherance of the criminal
activities of an | ||||||
15 | organized gang or was motivated by the minor's membership in
or | ||||||
16 | allegiance to an organized gang, or (b) involved a violation of
| ||||||
17 | subsection (a) of Section 12-7.1 of the Criminal Code of 1961, | ||||||
18 | a violation of
any
Section of Article 24 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
19 | of 1961, or a violation of any
statute that involved the | ||||||
20 | wrongful use of a firearm. If the court determines
the question | ||||||
21 | in the affirmative,
and the court does not commit the minor to | ||||||
22 | the Department of Corrections,
Juvenile Division, the court | ||||||
23 | shall order the minor to perform community service
for not less | ||||||
24 | than 30 hours nor more than 120 hours, provided that community
| ||||||
25 | service is available in the jurisdiction and is funded and | ||||||
26 | approved by the
county board of the county where the offense | ||||||
27 | was committed. The community
service shall include, but need | ||||||
28 | not be limited to, the cleanup and repair of
any damage caused | ||||||
29 | by a violation of Section 21-1.3 of the Criminal Code of 1961
| ||||||
30 | and similar damage to property located in the municipality or | ||||||
31 | county in which
the violation occurred. When possible and | ||||||
32 | reasonable, the community service
shall be performed in the | ||||||
33 | minor's neighborhood. This order shall be in
addition to any | ||||||
34 | other order authorized by this Section
except for an order to | ||||||
35 | place the minor in the custody of the Department of
| ||||||
36 | Corrections, Juvenile Division. For the purposes of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section, "organized
gang" has the meaning ascribed to it in | ||||||
2 | Section 10 of the Illinois Streetgang
Terrorism Omnibus | ||||||
3 | Prevention Act.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 91-98, eff. 1-1-00; 92-454, eff. 1-1-02; revised | ||||||
5 | 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
6 | (705 ILCS 405/5-915)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 5-915. Expungement of juvenile law enforcement and | ||||||
8 | court records.
| ||||||
9 | (1) Whenever any person has attained the age of 17 or | ||||||
10 | whenever all juvenile
court proceedings relating to that person | ||||||
11 | have been terminated, whichever is
later, the person may | ||||||
12 | petition the court to expunge law enforcement records
relating | ||||||
13 | to incidents occurring before his or her 17th birthday or his | ||||||
14 | or her
juvenile court
records, or both, but only in the | ||||||
15 | following circumstances:
| ||||||
16 | (a) the minor was arrested and no petition for | ||||||
17 | delinquency was filed with
the clerk of the circuit court; | ||||||
18 | or
| ||||||
19 | (b) the minor was charged with an offense and was found | ||||||
20 | not delinquent of
that offense; or
| ||||||
21 | (c) the minor was placed under supervision pursuant to | ||||||
22 | Section 5-615, and
the order of
supervision has since been | ||||||
23 | successfully terminated; or
| ||||||
24 | (d)
the minor was adjudicated for an offense which | ||||||
25 | would be a Class B
misdemeanor, Class C misdemeanor, or a | ||||||
26 | petty or business offense if committed by an adult.
| ||||||
27 | (2) Any person may petition the court to expunge all law | ||||||
28 | enforcement records
relating to any
incidents occurring before | ||||||
29 | his or her 17th birthday which did not result in
proceedings in | ||||||
30 | criminal court and all juvenile court records with respect to
| ||||||
31 | any adjudications except those based upon first degree
murder | ||||||
32 | and
sex offenses which would be felonies if committed by an | ||||||
33 | adult, if the person
for whom expungement is sought has had no
| ||||||
34 | convictions for any crime since his or her 17th birthday and:
| ||||||
35 | (a) has attained the age of 21 years; or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) 5 years have elapsed since all juvenile court | ||||||
2 | proceedings relating to
him or her have been terminated or | ||||||
3 | his or her commitment to the Department of
Corrections, | ||||||
4 | Juvenile Division
pursuant to this Act has been terminated;
| ||||||
5 | whichever is later of (a) or (b). | ||||||
6 | (2.5) If a minor is arrested and no petition for | ||||||
7 | delinquency is filed with the clerk of the circuit court as | ||||||
8 | provided in paragraph (a) of subsection (1) at the time the | ||||||
9 | minor is released from custody, the youth officer, if | ||||||
10 | applicable, or other designated person from the arresting | ||||||
11 | agency, shall notify verbally and in writing to the minor or | ||||||
12 | the minor's parents or guardians that if the State's Attorney | ||||||
13 | does not file a petition for delinquency, the minor has a right | ||||||
14 | to petition to have his or her arrest record expunged when the | ||||||
15 | minor attains the age of 17 or when all juvenile court | ||||||
16 | proceedings relating to that minor have been terminated and | ||||||
17 | that unless a petition to expunge is filed, the minor shall | ||||||
18 | have an arrest record and shall provide the minor and the | ||||||
19 | minor's parents or guardians with an expungement information | ||||||
20 | packet, including a petition to expunge juvenile records | ||||||
21 | obtained from the clerk of the circuit court. | ||||||
22 | (2.6) If a minor is charged with an offense and is found | ||||||
23 | not delinquent of that offense; or if a minor is placed under | ||||||
24 | supervision under Section 5-615, and the order of supervision | ||||||
25 | is successfully terminated; or if a minor is adjudicated for an | ||||||
26 | offense that would be a Class B misdemeanor, a Class C | ||||||
27 | misdemeanor, or a business or petty offense if committed by an | ||||||
28 | adult; or if a minor has incidents occurring before his or her | ||||||
29 | 17th birthday that have not resulted in proceedings in criminal | ||||||
30 | court, or resulted in proceedings in juvenile court, and the | ||||||
31 | adjudications were not based upon first degree murder or sex | ||||||
32 | offenses that would be felonies if committed by an adult; then | ||||||
33 | at the time of sentencing or dismissal of the case, the judge | ||||||
34 | shall inform the delinquent minor of his or her right to | ||||||
35 | petition for expungement as provided by law, and the clerk of | ||||||
36 | the circuit court shall provide an expungement information |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | packet to the delinquent minor, written in plain language, | ||||||
2 | including a petition for expungement, a sample of a completed | ||||||
3 | petition, expungement instructions that shall include | ||||||
4 | information informing the minor that (i) once the case is | ||||||
5 | expunged, it shall be treated as if it never occurred, (ii) he | ||||||
6 | or she may apply to have petition fees waived, (iii) once he or | ||||||
7 | she obtains an expungement, he or she may not be required to | ||||||
8 | disclose that he or she had a juvenile record, and (iv) he or | ||||||
9 | she may file the petition on his or her own or with the | ||||||
10 | assistance of an attorney. The failure of the judge to inform | ||||||
11 | the delinquent minor of his or her right to petition for | ||||||
12 | expungement as provided by law does not create a substantive | ||||||
13 | right, nor is that failure grounds for: (i) a reversal of an | ||||||
14 | adjudication of delinquency, (ii) a new trial; or (iii) an | ||||||
15 | appeal. | ||||||
16 | (2.7) For counties with a population over 3,000,000, the | ||||||
17 | clerk of the circuit court shall send a "Notification of a | ||||||
18 | Possible Right to Expungement" post card to the minor at the | ||||||
19 | address last received by the clerk of the circuit court on the | ||||||
20 | date that the minor attains the age of 17 based on the | ||||||
21 | birthdate provided to the court by the minor or his or her | ||||||
22 | guardian in cases under paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of | ||||||
23 | subsection (1); and when the minor attains the age of 21 based | ||||||
24 | on the birthdate provided to the court by the minor or his or | ||||||
25 | her guardian in cases under subsection (2). | ||||||
26 | (2.8) The petition for expungement for subsection (1) shall | ||||||
27 | be substantially in the following form: | ||||||
28 | IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF ......, ILLINOIS
| ||||||
29 | ........ JUDICIAL CIRCUIT
| ||||||
30 | IN THE INTEREST OF ) NO.
| ||||||
31 | )
| ||||||
32 | )
| ||||||
33 | ...................)
| ||||||
34 | (Name of Petitioner) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | PETITION TO EXPUNGE JUVENILE RECORDS | ||||||
2 | (705 ILCS 405/5-915 (SUBSECTION 1)) | ||||||
3 | (Please prepare a separate petition for each offense) | ||||||
4 | Now comes ............., petitioner, and respectfully requests
| ||||||
5 | that this Honorable Court enter an order expunging all juvenile | ||||||
6 | law enforcement and court records of petitioner and in support | ||||||
7 | thereof states that:
Petitioner has attained the age of 17, | ||||||
8 | his/her birth date being ......, or all
Juvenile Court | ||||||
9 | proceedings terminated as of ......, whichever occurred later.
| ||||||
10 | Petitioner was arrested on ..... by the ....... Police | ||||||
11 | Department for the offense of ......., and:
| ||||||
12 | (Check One:)
| ||||||
13 | ( ) a. no petition was filed with the Clerk of the Circuit | ||||||
14 | Court. | ||||||
15 | ( ) b. was charged with ...... and was found not delinquent
of | ||||||
16 | the offense. | ||||||
17 | ( ) c. a petition was filed and the petition was dismissed | ||||||
18 | without a finding of delinquency on ..... | ||||||
19 | ( ) d. on ....... placed under supervision pursuant to Section | ||||||
20 | 5-615 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 and such order of | ||||||
21 | supervision successfully terminated on ........ | ||||||
22 | ( ) e. was adjudicated for the offense, which would have been a | ||||||
23 | Class B misdemeanor, a Class C misdemeanor, or a petty offense | ||||||
24 | or business offense if committed by an adult.
| ||||||
25 | Petitioner .... has .... has not been arrested on charges in | ||||||
26 | this or any county other than the charges listed above. If | ||||||
27 | petitioner has been arrested on additional charges, please list | ||||||
28 | the charges below:
| ||||||
29 | Charge(s): ...... | ||||||
30 | Arresting Agency or Agencies: ........... | ||||||
31 | Disposition/Result: (choose from a. through e., above): .....
| ||||||
32 | WHEREFORE, the petitioner respectfully requests this Honorable | ||||||
33 | Court to (1) order all law enforcement agencies to expunge all | ||||||
34 | records of petitioner to this incident, and (2) to order the | ||||||
35 | Clerk of the Court to expunge all records concerning the | ||||||
36 | petitioner regarding this incident. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ......................
| ||||||
2 | Petitioner (Signature)
| ||||||
3 | ..........................
| ||||||
4 | Petitioner's Street Address | ||||||
5 | .....................
| ||||||
6 | City, State, Zip Code | ||||||
7 | ............................. | ||||||
8 | Petitioner's Telephone Number | ||||||
9 | Pursuant to the penalties of perjury under the Code of Civil | ||||||
10 | Procedure, 735 ILCS 5/1-109, I hereby certify that the | ||||||
11 | statements in this petition are true and correct, or on | ||||||
12 | information and belief I believe the same to be true. | ||||||
13 | ...................... | ||||||
14 | Petitioner (Signature)
| ||||||
15 | The Petition for Expungement for subsection (2) shall be | ||||||
16 | substantially in the following form: | ||||||
17 | IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF ........, ILLINOIS | ||||||
18 | ........ JUDICIAL CIRCUIT | ||||||
19 | IN THE INTEREST OF ) NO.
| ||||||
20 | )
| ||||||
21 | )
| ||||||
22 | ...................)
| ||||||
23 | (Name of Petitioner) | ||||||
24 | PETITION TO EXPUNGE JUVENILE RECORDS
| ||||||
25 | (705 ILCS 405/5-915 (SUBSECTION 2))
| ||||||
26 | (Please prepare a separate petition for each offense)
| ||||||
27 | Now comes ............, petitioner, and respectfully requests |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that this Honorable Court enter an order expunging all Juvenile | ||||||
2 | Law Enforcement and Court records of petitioner and in support | ||||||
3 | thereof states that: | ||||||
4 | The incident for which the Petitioner seeks expungement | ||||||
5 | occurred before the Petitioner's 17th birthday and did not | ||||||
6 | result in proceedings in criminal court and the Petitioner has | ||||||
7 | not had any convictions for any crime since his/her 17th | ||||||
8 | birthday; and
| ||||||
9 | The incident for which the Petitioner seeks expungement | ||||||
10 | occurred before the Petitioner's 17th birthday and the | ||||||
11 | adjudication was not based upon first-degree murder or sex | ||||||
12 | offenses which would be felonies if committed by an adult, and | ||||||
13 | the Petitioner has not had any convictions for any crime since | ||||||
14 | his/her 17th birthday. | ||||||
15 | Petitioner was arrested on ...... by the ....... Police | ||||||
16 | Department for the offense of ........, and: | ||||||
17 | (Check whichever one occurred the latest:) | ||||||
18 | ( ) a. The Petitioner has attained the age of 21 years, his/her | ||||||
19 | birthday being .......; or | ||||||
20 | ( ) b. 5 years have elapsed since all juvenile court | ||||||
21 | proceedings relating to the Petitioner have been terminated; or | ||||||
22 | the Petitioner's commitment to the Department of Corrections, | ||||||
23 | Juvenile Division, pursuant to the expungement of juvenile law | ||||||
24 | enforcement and court records provisions of the Juvenile Court | ||||||
25 | Act of 1987 has been terminated.
Petitioner ...has ...has not | ||||||
26 | been arrested on charges in this or any other county other than | ||||||
27 | the charge listed above. If petitioner has been arrested on | ||||||
28 | additional charges, please list the charges below: | ||||||
29 | Charge(s): .......... | ||||||
30 | Arresting Agency or Agencies: ....... | ||||||
31 | Disposition/Result: (choose from a or b, above): .......... | ||||||
32 | WHEREFORE, the petitioner respectfully requests this Honorable | ||||||
33 | Court to (1) order all law enforcement agencies to expunge all | ||||||
34 | records of petitioner related to this incident, and (2) to | ||||||
35 | order the Clerk of the Court to expunge all records concerning | ||||||
36 | the petitioner regarding this incident. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | .......................
| ||||||
2 | Petitioner (Signature) | ||||||
3 | ...................... | ||||||
4 | Petitioner's Street Address
| ||||||
5 | ..................... | ||||||
6 | City, State, Zip Code | ||||||
7 | ............................. | ||||||
8 | Petitioner's Telephone Number
| ||||||
9 | Pursuant to the penalties of perjury under the Code of Civil | ||||||
10 | Procedure, 735 ILCS 5/1-109, I hereby certify that the | ||||||
11 | statements in this petition are true and correct, or on | ||||||
12 | information and belief I believe the same to be true. | ||||||
13 | ...................... | ||||||
14 | Petitioner (Signature)
| ||||||
15 | (3) The chief judge of the circuit in which an arrest was | ||||||
16 | made or a charge
was brought or any
judge of that circuit | ||||||
17 | designated by the chief judge
may, upon verified petition
of a | ||||||
18 | person who is the subject of an arrest or a juvenile court | ||||||
19 | proceeding
under subsection (1) or (2) of this Section, order | ||||||
20 | the law enforcement
records or official court file, or both, to | ||||||
21 | be expunged from the official
records of the arresting | ||||||
22 | authority, the clerk of the circuit court and the
Department of | ||||||
23 | State Police. The person whose records are to be expunged shall | ||||||
24 | petition the court using the appropriate form containing his or | ||||||
25 | her current address and shall promptly notify the clerk of the | ||||||
26 | circuit court of any change of address. Notice
of the petition | ||||||
27 | shall be served upon the State's Attorney or prosecutor charged | ||||||
28 | with the duty of prosecuting the offense, the Department of | ||||||
29 | State Police, and the arresting agency or agencies by the clerk | ||||||
30 | of the circuit court. If an objection is filed within 90 days | ||||||
31 | of the notice of the petition, the clerk of the circuit court | ||||||
32 | shall set a date for hearing after the 90 day objection period. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | At the hearing the court shall hear evidence on whether the | ||||||
2 | expungement should or should not be granted. Unless the State's | ||||||
3 | Attorney or prosecutor, the Department of State Police, or an | ||||||
4 | arresting agency objects to the expungement within 90 days of | ||||||
5 | the notice, the court may enter an order granting expungement. | ||||||
6 | The person whose records are to be expunged shall pay the clerk | ||||||
7 | of the circuit court a fee equivalent to the cost associated | ||||||
8 | with expungement of records by the clerk and the Department of | ||||||
9 | State Police. The clerk shall forward a certified copy of the | ||||||
10 | order to the Department of State Police, the appropriate | ||||||
11 | portion of the fee to the Department of State Police for | ||||||
12 | processing, and deliver a certified copy of the order to the | ||||||
13 | arresting agency.
. | ||||||
14 | (3.1) The Notice of Expungement shall be in substantially | ||||||
15 | the following form: | ||||||
16 | IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF ....., ILLINOIS
| ||||||
17 | .... JUDICIAL CIRCUIT
| ||||||
18 | IN THE INTEREST OF ) NO.
| ||||||
19 | )
| ||||||
20 | )
| ||||||
21 | ...................)
| ||||||
22 | (Name of Petitioner) | ||||||
23 | NOTICE
| ||||||
24 | TO: State's Attorney
| ||||||
25 | TO: Arresting Agency
| ||||||
26 |
| ||||||
27 | ................
| ||||||
28 | ................
| ||||||
29 |
| ||||||
30 | ................
| ||||||
31 | ................
| ||||||
32 | TO: Illinois State Police
| ||||||
33 |
| ||||||
34 | .....................
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 |
| ||||||
2 | .....................
| ||||||
3 | ATTENTION: Expungement
| ||||||
4 | You are hereby notified that on ....., at ....., in courtroom | ||||||
5 | ..., located at ..., before the Honorable ..., Judge, or any | ||||||
6 | judge sitting in his/her stead, I shall then and there present | ||||||
7 | a Petition to Expunge Juvenile records in the above-entitled | ||||||
8 | matter, at which time and place you may appear. | ||||||
9 | ...................... | ||||||
10 | Petitioner's Signature | ||||||
11 | ...........................
| ||||||
12 | Petitioner's Street Address | ||||||
13 | .....................
| ||||||
14 | City, State, Zip Code | ||||||
15 | ............................. | ||||||
16 | Petitioner's Telephone Number | ||||||
17 | PROOF OF SERVICE
| ||||||
18 | On the ....... day of ......, 20..., I on oath state that I | ||||||
19 | served this notice and true and correct copies of the | ||||||
20 | above-checked documents by: | ||||||
21 | (Check One:) | ||||||
22 | delivering copies personally to each entity to whom they are | ||||||
23 | directed; | ||||||
24 | or | ||||||
25 | by mailing copies to each entity to whom they are directed by | ||||||
26 | depositing the same in the U.S. Mail, proper postage fully | ||||||
27 | prepaid, before the hour of 5:00 p.m., at the United States | ||||||
28 | Postal Depository located at ................. | ||||||
29 | .........................................
| ||||||
30 |
| ||||||
31 | Signature | ||||||
32 | Clerk of the Circuit Court or Deputy Clerk | ||||||
33 | Printed Name of Delinquent Minor/Petitioner: .... | ||||||
34 | Address: ........................................ | ||||||
35 | Telephone Number: ............................... | ||||||
36 | (3.2) The Order of Expungement shall be in substantially |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the following form: | ||||||
2 | IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF ....., ILLINOIS
| ||||||
3 | .... JUDICIAL CIRCUIT
| ||||||
4 | IN THE INTEREST OF ) NO.
| ||||||
5 | )
| ||||||
6 | )
| ||||||
7 | ...................)
| ||||||
8 | (Name of Petitioner)
| ||||||
9 | DOB ................ | ||||||
10 | Arresting Agency/Agencies ...... | ||||||
11 | ORDER OF EXPUNGEMENT
| ||||||
12 | (705 ILCS 405/5-915 (SUBSECTION 3))
| ||||||
13 | This matter having been heard on the petitioner's motion and | ||||||
14 | the court being fully advised in the premises does find that | ||||||
15 | the petitioner is indigent or has presented reasonable cause to | ||||||
16 | waive all costs in this matter, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED that: | ||||||
17 | ( ) 1. Clerk of Court and Department of State Police costs | ||||||
18 | are hereby waived in this matter. | ||||||
19 | ( ) 2. The Illinois State Police Bureau of Identification | ||||||
20 | and the following law enforcement agencies expunge all records | ||||||
21 | of petitioner relating to an arrest dated ...... for the | ||||||
22 | offense of ...... | ||||||
23 | Law Enforcement Agencies:
| ||||||
24 | .........................
| ||||||
25 | .........................
| ||||||
26 | ( ) 3. IT IS FURTHER ORDERED that the Clerk of the Circuit | ||||||
27 | Court expunge all records regarding the above-captioned case. | ||||||
28 | ENTER: ......................
| ||||||
29 |
| ||||||
30 | JUDGE | ||||||
31 | DATED: ....... | ||||||
32 | Name:
| ||||||
33 | Attorney for:
| ||||||
34 | Address:
City/State/Zip:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Attorney Number: | ||||||
2 | (3.3) The Notice of Objection shall be in substantially the | ||||||
3 | following form: | ||||||
4 | IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF ....., ILLINOIS
| ||||||
5 | ....................... JUDICIAL CIRCUIT
| ||||||
6 | IN THE INTEREST OF ) NO.
| ||||||
7 | )
| ||||||
8 | )
| ||||||
9 | ...................)
| ||||||
10 | (Name of Petitioner) | ||||||
11 | NOTICE OF OBJECTION
| ||||||
12 | TO:(Attorney, Public Defender, Minor)
| ||||||
13 | .................................
| ||||||
14 | .................................
| ||||||
15 | TO:(Illinois State Police)
| ||||||
16 | .................................
| ||||||
17 | ................................. | ||||||
18 | TO:(Clerk of the Court)
| ||||||
19 | .................................
| ||||||
20 | .................................
| ||||||
21 | TO:(Judge)
| ||||||
22 | .................................
| ||||||
23 | .................................
| ||||||
24 | TO:(Arresting Agency/Agencies)
| ||||||
25 | .................................
| ||||||
26 | ................................. | ||||||
27 | ATTENTION:
You are hereby notified that an objection has been | ||||||
28 | filed by the following entity regarding the above-named minor's | ||||||
29 | petition for expungement of juvenile records: | ||||||
30 | ( ) State's Attorney's Office;
| ||||||
31 | ( ) Prosecutor (other than State's Attorney's Office) charged | ||||||
32 | with the duty of prosecuting the offense sought to be expunged;
| ||||||
33 | ( ) Department of Illinois State Police; or
| ||||||
34 | ( ) Arresting Agency or Agencies.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The agency checked above respectfully requests that this case | ||||||
2 | be continued and set for hearing on whether the expungement | ||||||
3 | should or should not be granted.
| ||||||
4 | DATED: ....... | ||||||
5 | Name: | ||||||
6 | Attorney For:
| ||||||
7 | Address: | ||||||
8 | City/State/Zip:
| ||||||
9 | Telephone:
| ||||||
10 | Attorney No.:
| ||||||
11 | FOR USE BY CLERK OF THE COURT PERSONNEL ONLY
| ||||||
12 | This matter has been set for hearing on the foregoing | ||||||
13 | objection, on ...... in room ...., located at ....., before the | ||||||
14 | Honorable ....., Judge, or any judge sitting in his/her stead.
| ||||||
15 | (Only one hearing shall be set, regardless of the number of | ||||||
16 | Notices of Objection received on the same case).
| ||||||
17 | A copy of this completed Notice of Objection containing the | ||||||
18 | court date, time, and location, has been sent via regular U.S. | ||||||
19 | Mail to the following entities. (If more than one Notice of | ||||||
20 | Objection is received on the same case, each one must be | ||||||
21 | completed with the court date, time and location and mailed to | ||||||
22 | the following entities):
| ||||||
23 | ( ) Attorney, Public Defender or Minor;
| ||||||
24 | ( ) State's Attorney's Office; | ||||||
25 | ( ) Prosecutor (other than State's Attorney's Office) charged | ||||||
26 | with the duty of prosecuting the offense sought to be expunged; | ||||||
27 | ( ) Department of Illinois State Police; and | ||||||
28 | ( ) Arresting agency or agencies.
| ||||||
29 | Date: ...... | ||||||
30 | Initials of Clerk completing this section: .....
| ||||||
31 | (4) Upon entry of an order expunging records or files, the | ||||||
32 | offense, which
the records or files concern shall be treated as | ||||||
33 | if it never occurred. Law
enforcement officers and other public | ||||||
34 | offices and agencies shall properly reply
on inquiry that no | ||||||
35 | record or file exists with respect to the
person.
| ||||||
36 | (5) Records which have not been expunged are sealed, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | may be obtained
only under the provisions of Sections 5-901, | ||||||
2 | 5-905 and 5-915.
| ||||||
3 | (6) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to prohibit | ||||||
4 | the maintenance
of information relating to an offense after | ||||||
5 | records or files concerning the
offense have been expunged if | ||||||
6 | the information is kept in a manner that does not
enable | ||||||
7 | identification of the offender. This information may only be | ||||||
8 | used for
statistical and bona fide research purposes. | ||||||
9 | (7)(a) The State Appellate Defender shall establish, | ||||||
10 | maintain, and carry out, by December 31, 2004, a juvenile | ||||||
11 | expungement program
to provide information and assistance to | ||||||
12 | minors eligible to have their juvenile records expunged.
| ||||||
13 | (b) The State Appellate Defender shall develop brochures, | ||||||
14 | pamphlets, and
other
materials in
printed form and through the | ||||||
15 | agency's World Wide Web site. The pamphlets and
other materials | ||||||
16 | shall
include at a minimum the following information:
| ||||||
17 | (i) An explanation of the State's juvenile expungement | ||||||
18 | process; | ||||||
19 | (ii) The circumstances under which juvenile | ||||||
20 | expungement may occur; | ||||||
21 | (iii) The juvenile offenses that may be expunged; | ||||||
22 | (iv) The steps necessary to initiate and complete the | ||||||
23 | juvenile expungement process;
and | ||||||
24 | (v) Directions on how to contact the State Appellate | ||||||
25 | Defender. | ||||||
26 | (c) The State Appellate Defender shall establish and | ||||||
27 | maintain a statewide
toll-free telephone
number that a person | ||||||
28 | may use to receive information or assistance concerning
the | ||||||
29 | expungement of juvenile records. The State Appellate
Defender | ||||||
30 | shall advertise
the toll-free telephone number statewide. The | ||||||
31 | State Appellate Defender shall
develop an expungement
| ||||||
32 | information packet that may be sent to eligible persons seeking | ||||||
33 | expungement of
their juvenile records,
which may include, but | ||||||
34 | is not limited to, a pre-printed expungement petition
with | ||||||
35 | instructions on how
to complete the petition and a pamphlet | ||||||
36 | containing information that would
assist individuals through
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the juvenile expungement process. | ||||||
2 | (d) The State Appellate Defender shall compile a statewide | ||||||
3 | list of volunteer
attorneys willing
to assist eligible | ||||||
4 | individuals through the juvenile expungement process. | ||||||
5 | (e) This Section shall be implemented from funds | ||||||
6 | appropriated by the General
Assembly to the State
Appellate | ||||||
7 | Defender
for this purpose. The State Appellate Defender shall | ||||||
8 | employ the necessary staff
and adopt the
necessary rules for | ||||||
9 | implementation of this Section. | ||||||
10 | (8)(a) Except with respect to law enforcement agencies, the | ||||||
11 | Department of Corrections, State's Attorneys, or other | ||||||
12 | prosecutors, an expunged juvenile record may not be considered | ||||||
13 | by any private or public entity in employment matters, | ||||||
14 | certification, licensing, revocation of certification or | ||||||
15 | licensure, or registration. Applications for employment must | ||||||
16 | contain specific language that states that the applicant is not | ||||||
17 | obligated to disclose expunged juvenile records of conviction | ||||||
18 | or arrest. Employers may not ask if an applicant has had a | ||||||
19 | juvenile record expunged. Effective January 1, 2005, the | ||||||
20 | Department of Labor shall develop a link on the Department's | ||||||
21 | website to inform employers that employers may not ask if an | ||||||
22 | applicant had a juvenile record expunged and that application | ||||||
23 | for employment must contain specific language that states that | ||||||
24 | the applicant is not obligated to disclose expunged juvenile | ||||||
25 | records of arrest or conviction. | ||||||
26 | (b) A person whose juvenile records have been expunged is | ||||||
27 | not entitled to remission of any fines, costs, or other money | ||||||
28 | paid as a consequence of expungement. This amendatory Act of | ||||||
29 | the 93rd General Assembly does not affect the right of the | ||||||
30 | victim of a crime to prosecute or defend a civil action for | ||||||
31 | damages.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 93-912, eff. 8-12-04; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
33 | Section 525. The Court of Claims Act is amended by changing | ||||||
34 | Section 26-1 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (705 ILCS 505/26-1) (from Ch. 37, par. 439.24-6.1)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 26-1. Except as otherwise provided herein, the maximum | ||||||
3 | contingent
fee to be charged by an attorney practicing before | ||||||
4 | the Court shall not exceed
20 percent of the amount awarded, | ||||||
5 | which is in excess of the undisputed amount
of the claim, | ||||||
6 | unless further fees shall be allowed by the Court. In cases | ||||||
7 | involving lapsed appropriations or lost warrants
where there is | ||||||
8 | no dispute as to the liability of the respondent, the fee,
if | ||||||
9 | any, for services rendered is to be fixed by the Court at a | ||||||
10 | nominal amount.
| ||||||
11 | Nothing herein applies to awards made under the Line of | ||||||
12 | Duty
Law Enforcement Officers,
Civil Defense Workers, Civil Air | ||||||
13 | Patrol Members, Paramedics and Firemen
Compensation Act or the | ||||||
14 | Illinois National Guardsman's and Naval Militiaman's
| ||||||
15 | Compensation Act or the " Illinois Uniform Conviction | ||||||
16 | Information Act ",
enacted by the 85th General Assembly, as | ||||||
17 | heretofore or hereafter amended .
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 90-492, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-15-04.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 530. The Criminal Code of 1961 is amended by | ||||||
20 | renumbering and changing Section 2-.5, by changing Sections | ||||||
21 | 10-6, 12-10.1, 12-20.5, 14-3, 17-1, and 24-2, and by setting | ||||||
22 | forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section 12-4.10 as | ||||||
23 | follows:
| ||||||
24 | (720 ILCS 5/2-0.5)
(was 720 ILCS 5/2-.5)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 2-0.5
2-.5 .
Definitions.
For the purposes of this | ||||||
26 | Code, the words and
phrases described in this Article have the | ||||||
27 | meanings designated in this Article,
except when a particular | ||||||
28 | context clearly requires a different meaning.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: Laws 1961, p. 1983; revised 1-22-04.)
| ||||||
30 | (720 ILCS 5/10-6) (from Ch. 38, par. 10-6)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 10-6. Harboring a runaway.
| ||||||
32 | (a) Any person, other than an agency
or association | ||||||
33 | providing crisis intervention services as defined in Section
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 3-5 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, or an operator of a | ||||||
2 | youth
emergency shelter as defined in Section 2.21 of the Child | ||||||
3 | Care Act of
1969, who, without the knowledge and consent of the | ||||||
4 | minor's parent or
guardian, knowingly gives shelter to a minor, | ||||||
5 | other than a mature minor who
has been emancipated under the | ||||||
6 | Emancipation of Mature Minors Act, for more
than 48 hours | ||||||
7 | without the consent of the minor's parent or guardian, and
| ||||||
8 | without notifying the local law enforcement authorities of the | ||||||
9 | minor's name
and the fact that the minor is being provided | ||||||
10 | shelter commits the offense
of harboring a runaway.
| ||||||
11 | (b) Any person who commits the offense of harboring a | ||||||
12 | runaway is guilty
of a Class A misdemeanor.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 86-278; 86-386; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
14 | (720 ILCS 5/12-4.10)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 12-4.10. Drug related child endangerment.
| ||||||
16 | (a) A person commits the offense of drug related child | ||||||
17 | endangerment when he
or
she endangers the life and health of a | ||||||
18 | child by knowingly exposing the child to
a
clandestine drug | ||||||
19 | laboratory environment by performing any of the following
acts:
| ||||||
20 | (1) producing, manufacturing, or preparing a | ||||||
21 | controlled substance; or
| ||||||
22 | (2) producing, manufacturing, or preparing an | ||||||
23 | ingredient required to
manufacture a controlled substance; | ||||||
24 | or
| ||||||
25 | (3) storing chemicals used in the controlled substance | ||||||
26 | manufacturing
process in a structure to which the child has | ||||||
27 | access; or
| ||||||
28 | (4) storing contaminated apparatus used in the | ||||||
29 | controlled substance
manufacturing process in a structure | ||||||
30 | to which the child has access; or
| ||||||
31 | (5) storing chemical waste and other by-products | ||||||
32 | created during the
controlled substance manufacturing | ||||||
33 | process in a structure to which the child
has
access; or
| ||||||
34 | (6) storing any device used for the ingestion of | ||||||
35 | controlled substances in
a structure to which the child has |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | access.
| ||||||
2 | (b) In this Section:
| ||||||
3 | "Child" means a person under the age of 18 years.
| ||||||
4 | "Structure" means any house, apartment building, shop, | ||||||
5 | barn, warehouse,
building, vessel, railroad car, cargo | ||||||
6 | container, motor vehicle, house car,
trailer, trailer coach, | ||||||
7 | camper, mine, floating home, watercraft, any structure
capable | ||||||
8 | of holding a clandestine laboratory or any real property.
| ||||||
9 | (c) Sentence. A person convicted of drug related child | ||||||
10 | endangerment is
guilty
of
a Class 2 felony.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-340, eff. 7-24-03.)
| ||||||
12 | (720 ILCS 5/12-4.12)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 12-4.12
12-4.10 . Endangering the life and health of an
| ||||||
14 | emergency service provider.
| ||||||
15 | (a) A person commits the offense of endangering the life | ||||||
16 | and health of an
emergency service provider if an emergency | ||||||
17 | service provider experiences death,
great bodily harm, | ||||||
18 | disability, or disfigurement as a result of entering a
| ||||||
19 | structure containing a clandestine drug laboratory designed or | ||||||
20 | intended to
produce an unlawful controlled substance or | ||||||
21 | designed or intended to produce
ingredients used in the | ||||||
22 | manufacture of an unlawful controlled substance.
| ||||||
23 | (b) In this Section:
| ||||||
24 | "Emergency service provider" means a peace officer, a
| ||||||
25 | firefighter, an emergency medical technician-ambulance, an
| ||||||
26 | emergency medical-technician-intermediate, an emergency | ||||||
27 | medical
technician-paramedic, an ambulance driver or other | ||||||
28 | medical or first aid
personnel.
| ||||||
29 | "Structure" means any house, apartment building, shop, | ||||||
30 | barn, warehouse,
building, vessel, railroad car, cargo | ||||||
31 | container, motor vehicle, housecar,
trailer, trailer coach, | ||||||
32 | camper, mine, floating home, watercraft, any structure
capable | ||||||
33 | of holding a clandestine laboratory or any real property.
| ||||||
34 | (c) Sentence. Endangering the life and health of an | ||||||
35 | emergency service
provider is a Class X felony.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-111, eff. 7-8-03; revised 9-25-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (720 ILCS 5/12-10.1)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 12-10.1. Piercing the body of a minor.
| ||||||
4 | (a)(1) Any person who pierces the body or oral cavity of a | ||||||
5 | person under 18
years of age without written consent of a | ||||||
6 | parent or legal guardian of that
person commits the offense | ||||||
7 | of piercing the body of a minor. Before the oral
cavity of | ||||||
8 | a person under 18 years of age may be pierced, the written | ||||||
9 | consent
form signed by the parent or legal guardian must | ||||||
10 | contain a provision in
substantially the following form:
| ||||||
11 | "I understand that the oral piercing of the tongue, | ||||||
12 | lips, cheeks, or
any other area of the oral cavity carries | ||||||
13 | serious risk of infection or damage
to the mouth and teeth, | ||||||
14 | or both infection and damage to those areas,
that could | ||||||
15 | result but is not limited to nerve damage, numbness, and | ||||||
16 | life
threatening blood clots.".
| ||||||
17 | A person who pierces the oral cavity of a person under | ||||||
18 | 18 years of age
without obtaining a signed written consent | ||||||
19 | form from a parent or legal guardian
of the person that | ||||||
20 | includes the provision describing the health risks of body
| ||||||
21 | piercing, violates this Section.
| ||||||
22 | (2) Sentence. Piercing the body of a minor is a Class C | ||||||
23 | misdemeanor.
| ||||||
24 | (b) Definition. As used in this Section, to "pierce" means | ||||||
25 | to make a hole
in the body or oral cavity in order to insert or | ||||||
26 | allow the insertion of any
ring, hoop, stud, or other object | ||||||
27 | for the purpose of ornamentation of the
body. "Piercing" does | ||||||
28 | not include tongue splitting as defined in Section
12-10.2.
| ||||||
29 | (c) Exceptions. This Section may not be construed in any | ||||||
30 | way to prohibit
any injection, incision, acupuncture, or | ||||||
31 | similar medical or dental procedure
performed by a licensed | ||||||
32 | health care professional or other person authorized to
perform | ||||||
33 | that procedure. This Section does not prohibit ear piercing. | ||||||
34 | This
Section does not apply to a minor emancipated under the | ||||||
35 | Juvenile Court Act of
1987 or the Emancipation of Mature Minors |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act or by marriage.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 92-692, eff. 1-1-03; 93-449, eff. 1-1-04; revised | ||||||
3 | 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
4 | (720 ILCS 5/12-20.5)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 12-20.5. Dismembering a human body.
| ||||||
6 | (a) A person commits the offense of dismembering a human | ||||||
7 | body
when he or she knowingly dismembers, severs, separates,
| ||||||
8 | dissects, or mutilates any body part of a deceased's body.
| ||||||
9 | (b) This Section does not apply to:
| ||||||
10 | (1) an anatomical gift made in accordance with the | ||||||
11 | Illinois
Uniform
Anatomical Gift Act;
| ||||||
12 | (2) the removal and use of a human cornea in accordance | ||||||
13 | with
the Illinois Anatomical Gift
Corneal Transplant Act;
| ||||||
14 | (3) the purchase or sale of drugs, reagents, or other | ||||||
15 | substances
made from human body parts, for the use in | ||||||
16 | medical or scientific research,
treatment, or diagnosis;
| ||||||
17 | (4) persons employed by a county medical examiner's | ||||||
18 | office or
coroner's office acting within the scope of their | ||||||
19 | employment while
performing an autopsy;
| ||||||
20 | (5) the acts of a licensed funeral director or embalmer | ||||||
21 | while
performing acts authorized by the Funeral Directors | ||||||
22 | and Embalmers
Licensing Code;
| ||||||
23 | (6) the acts of emergency medical personnel or | ||||||
24 | physicians
performed in good faith and according to the | ||||||
25 | usual and customary standards
of medical practice in an | ||||||
26 | attempt to resuscitate a life; or
| ||||||
27 | (7) physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of | ||||||
28 | its branches or
holding a visiting professor, physician, or | ||||||
29 | resident permit under the Medical
Practice Act of 1987, | ||||||
30 | performing acts in accordance with usual and customary
| ||||||
31 | standards of
medical practice, or a currently enrolled | ||||||
32 | student in an accredited medical
school in furtherance of | ||||||
33 | his or her education at the accredited medical
school.
| ||||||
34 | (c) It is not a defense to a violation of this Section that | ||||||
35 | the decedent
died due to
natural, accidental, or suicidal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | causes.
| ||||||
2 | (d) Sentence. Dismembering a human body is a Class X | ||||||
3 | felony.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 93-339, eff. 7-24-03; revised 11-15-04.)
| ||||||
5 | (720 ILCS 5/14-3) (from Ch. 38, par. 14-3)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 14-3. Exemptions. The following activities shall be
| ||||||
7 | exempt from the provisions of this Article:
| ||||||
8 | (a) Listening to radio, wireless and television | ||||||
9 | communications of
any sort where the same are publicly made;
| ||||||
10 | (b) Hearing conversation when heard by employees of any | ||||||
11 | common
carrier by wire incidental to the normal course of their | ||||||
12 | employment in
the operation, maintenance or repair of the | ||||||
13 | equipment of such common
carrier by wire so long as no | ||||||
14 | information obtained thereby is used or
divulged by the hearer;
| ||||||
15 | (c) Any broadcast by radio, television or otherwise whether | ||||||
16 | it be a
broadcast or recorded for the purpose of later | ||||||
17 | broadcasts of any
function where the public is in attendance | ||||||
18 | and the conversations are
overheard incidental to the main | ||||||
19 | purpose for which such broadcasts are
then being made;
| ||||||
20 | (d) Recording or listening with the aid of any device to | ||||||
21 | any
emergency communication made in the normal course of | ||||||
22 | operations by any
federal, state or local law enforcement | ||||||
23 | agency or institutions dealing
in emergency services, | ||||||
24 | including, but not limited to, hospitals,
clinics, ambulance | ||||||
25 | services, fire fighting agencies, any public utility,
| ||||||
26 | emergency repair facility, civilian defense establishment or | ||||||
27 | military
installation;
| ||||||
28 | (e) Recording the proceedings of any meeting required to be | ||||||
29 | open by
the Open Meetings Act, as amended;
| ||||||
30 | (f) Recording or listening with the aid of any device to | ||||||
31 | incoming
telephone calls of phone lines publicly listed or | ||||||
32 | advertised as consumer
"hotlines" by manufacturers or | ||||||
33 | retailers of food and drug products. Such
recordings must be | ||||||
34 | destroyed, erased or turned over to local law
enforcement | ||||||
35 | authorities within 24 hours from the time of such recording and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall not be otherwise disseminated. Failure on the part of the | ||||||
2 | individual
or business operating any such recording or | ||||||
3 | listening device to comply with
the requirements of this | ||||||
4 | subsection shall eliminate any civil or criminal
immunity | ||||||
5 | conferred upon that individual or business by the operation of
| ||||||
6 | this Section;
| ||||||
7 | (g) With prior notification to the State's Attorney of the
| ||||||
8 | county in which
it is to occur, recording or listening with the | ||||||
9 | aid of any device to any
conversation
where a law enforcement | ||||||
10 | officer, or any person acting at the direction of law
| ||||||
11 | enforcement, is a party to the conversation and has consented | ||||||
12 | to it being
intercepted or recorded under circumstances where | ||||||
13 | the use of the device is
necessary for the protection of the | ||||||
14 | law enforcement officer or any person
acting at the direction | ||||||
15 | of law enforcement, in the course of an
investigation
of a | ||||||
16 | forcible felony, a felony violation of the Illinois Controlled | ||||||
17 | Substances
Act, a felony violation of the Cannabis Control Act, | ||||||
18 | or any "streetgang
related" or "gang-related" felony as those | ||||||
19 | terms are defined in the Illinois
Streetgang Terrorism Omnibus | ||||||
20 | Prevention Act.
Any recording or evidence derived
as the
result | ||||||
21 | of this exemption shall be inadmissible in any proceeding, | ||||||
22 | criminal,
civil or
administrative, except (i) where a party to | ||||||
23 | the conversation suffers great
bodily injury or is killed | ||||||
24 | during such conversation, or
(ii)
when used as direct | ||||||
25 | impeachment of a witness concerning matters contained in
the | ||||||
26 | interception or recording. The Director of the
Department of
| ||||||
27 | State Police shall issue regulations as are necessary | ||||||
28 | concerning the use of
devices, retention of tape recordings, | ||||||
29 | and reports regarding their
use;
| ||||||
30 | (g-5) With approval of the State's Attorney of the county | ||||||
31 | in
which it is to occur, recording or listening with the aid of | ||||||
32 | any device to any
conversation where a law enforcement officer, | ||||||
33 | or any person acting at the
direction of law enforcement, is a | ||||||
34 | party to the conversation and has consented
to it being | ||||||
35 | intercepted or recorded in the course of an investigation of | ||||||
36 | any
offense defined in Article 29D of this Code.
In all such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | cases, an application for an order approving
the previous or | ||||||
2 | continuing use of an eavesdropping
device must be made within | ||||||
3 | 48 hours of the commencement of
such use. In the absence of | ||||||
4 | such an order, or upon its denial,
any continuing use shall | ||||||
5 | immediately terminate.
The Director of
State Police shall issue | ||||||
6 | rules as are necessary concerning the use of
devices, retention | ||||||
7 | of tape recordings, and reports regarding their use.
| ||||||
8 | Any recording or evidence obtained or derived in the course | ||||||
9 | of an
investigation of any offense defined in Article 29D of | ||||||
10 | this Code shall, upon
motion of the State's Attorney or | ||||||
11 | Attorney General prosecuting any violation of
Article 29D, be | ||||||
12 | reviewed in camera with notice to all parties present by the
| ||||||
13 | court presiding over the criminal
case, and, if ruled by the | ||||||
14 | court to be relevant and otherwise admissible,
it shall be | ||||||
15 | admissible at the trial of the criminal
case.
| ||||||
16 | This subsection (g-5) is inoperative on and after January | ||||||
17 | 1, 2005.
No conversations recorded or monitored pursuant to | ||||||
18 | this subsection (g-5)
shall be inadmissible
inadmissable in a | ||||||
19 | court of law by virtue of the repeal of this
subsection (g-5) | ||||||
20 | on January 1, 2005;
| ||||||
21 | (h) Recordings made simultaneously with a video recording | ||||||
22 | of an oral
conversation between a peace officer, who has | ||||||
23 | identified his or her office, and
a person stopped for an | ||||||
24 | investigation of an offense under the Illinois Vehicle
Code;
| ||||||
25 | (i) Recording of a conversation made by or at the request | ||||||
26 | of a person, not a
law enforcement officer or agent of a law | ||||||
27 | enforcement officer, who is a party
to the conversation, under | ||||||
28 | reasonable suspicion that another party to the
conversation is | ||||||
29 | committing, is about to commit, or has committed a criminal
| ||||||
30 | offense against the person or a member of his or her immediate | ||||||
31 | household, and
there is reason to believe that evidence of the | ||||||
32 | criminal offense may be
obtained by the recording;
| ||||||
33 | (j) The use of a telephone monitoring device by either (1) | ||||||
34 | a
corporation or other business entity engaged in marketing or | ||||||
35 | opinion research
or (2) a corporation or other business entity | ||||||
36 | engaged in telephone
solicitation, as
defined in this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection, to record or listen to oral telephone solicitation
| ||||||
2 | conversations or marketing or opinion research conversations | ||||||
3 | by an employee of
the corporation or other business entity | ||||||
4 | when:
| ||||||
5 | (i) the monitoring is used for the purpose of service | ||||||
6 | quality control of
marketing or opinion research or | ||||||
7 | telephone solicitation, the education or
training of | ||||||
8 | employees or contractors
engaged in marketing or opinion | ||||||
9 | research or telephone solicitation, or internal
research | ||||||
10 | related to marketing or
opinion research or telephone
| ||||||
11 | solicitation; and
| ||||||
12 | (ii) the monitoring is used with the consent of at | ||||||
13 | least one person who
is an active party to the marketing or | ||||||
14 | opinion research conversation or
telephone solicitation | ||||||
15 | conversation being
monitored.
| ||||||
16 | No communication or conversation or any part, portion, or | ||||||
17 | aspect of the
communication or conversation made, acquired, or | ||||||
18 | obtained, directly or
indirectly,
under this exemption (j), may | ||||||
19 | be, directly or indirectly, furnished to any law
enforcement | ||||||
20 | officer, agency, or official for any purpose or used in any | ||||||
21 | inquiry
or investigation, or used, directly or indirectly, in | ||||||
22 | any administrative,
judicial, or other proceeding, or divulged | ||||||
23 | to any third party.
| ||||||
24 | When recording or listening authorized by this subsection | ||||||
25 | (j) on telephone
lines used for marketing or opinion research | ||||||
26 | or telephone solicitation purposes
results in recording or
| ||||||
27 | listening to a conversation that does not relate to marketing | ||||||
28 | or opinion
research or telephone solicitation; the
person | ||||||
29 | recording or listening shall, immediately upon determining | ||||||
30 | that the
conversation does not relate to marketing or opinion | ||||||
31 | research or telephone
solicitation, terminate the recording
or | ||||||
32 | listening and destroy any such recording as soon as is | ||||||
33 | practicable.
| ||||||
34 | Business entities that use a telephone monitoring or | ||||||
35 | telephone recording
system pursuant to this exemption (j) shall | ||||||
36 | provide current and prospective
employees with notice that the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | monitoring or recordings may occur during the
course of their | ||||||
2 | employment. The notice shall include prominent signage
| ||||||
3 | notification within the workplace.
| ||||||
4 | Business entities that use a telephone monitoring or | ||||||
5 | telephone recording
system pursuant to this exemption (j) shall | ||||||
6 | provide their employees or agents
with access to personal-only | ||||||
7 | telephone lines which may be pay telephones, that
are not | ||||||
8 | subject to telephone monitoring or telephone recording.
| ||||||
9 | For the purposes of this subsection (j), "telephone | ||||||
10 | solicitation" means a
communication through the use of a | ||||||
11 | telephone by live operators:
| ||||||
12 | (i) soliciting the sale of goods or services;
| ||||||
13 | (ii) receiving orders for the sale of goods or | ||||||
14 | services;
| ||||||
15 | (iii) assisting in the use of goods or services; or
| ||||||
16 | (iv) engaging in the solicitation, administration, or | ||||||
17 | collection of bank
or
retail credit accounts.
| ||||||
18 | For the purposes of this subsection (j), "marketing or | ||||||
19 | opinion research"
means
a marketing or opinion research | ||||||
20 | interview conducted by a live telephone
interviewer engaged by | ||||||
21 | a corporation or other business entity whose principal
business | ||||||
22 | is the design, conduct, and analysis of polls and surveys | ||||||
23 | measuring
the
opinions, attitudes, and responses of | ||||||
24 | respondents toward products and services,
or social or | ||||||
25 | political issues, or both ; .
| ||||||
26 | (k) Electronic recordings, including but not limited to, a | ||||||
27 | motion picture,
videotape, digital, or other visual or audio | ||||||
28 | recording, made of a custodial
interrogation of an individual | ||||||
29 | at a police station or other place of detention
by a law | ||||||
30 | enforcement officer under Section 5-401.5 of the Juvenile Court | ||||||
31 | Act of
1987 or Section 103-2.1 of the Code of Criminal | ||||||
32 | Procedure of 1963; and | ||||||
33 | (l)
(k) Recording the interview or statement of any person | ||||||
34 | when the person
knows that the interview is being conducted by | ||||||
35 | a law enforcement officer or
prosecutor and the interview takes | ||||||
36 | place at a police station that is currently
participating in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Custodial Interview Pilot Program established under the
| ||||||
2 | Illinois Criminal Justice Information Act.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 92-854, eff. 12-5-02; 93-206, eff. 7-18-03; | ||||||
4 | 93-517, eff.
8-6-03; 93-605, eff. 11-19-03; revised 12-9-03.)
| ||||||
5 | (720 ILCS 5/17-1) (from Ch. 38, par. 17-1)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 17-1. Deceptive practices.
| ||||||
7 | (A) Definitions.
| ||||||
8 | As used in this Section:
| ||||||
9 | (i) A
" Financial institution " means any bank, savings | ||||||
10 | and
loan association, credit union, or other depository of | ||||||
11 | money, or medium of
savings and collective investment.
| ||||||
12 | (ii) An " account holder " is any person , having a | ||||||
13 | checking
account or savings account in a financial | ||||||
14 | institution.
| ||||||
15 | (iii) To act with the "intent to defraud" means to act | ||||||
16 | wilfully, and with
the specific intent to deceive or cheat, | ||||||
17 | for the purpose of causing financial
loss to another, or to | ||||||
18 | bring some financial gain to oneself. It is not
necessary | ||||||
19 | to establish that any person was actually defrauded or | ||||||
20 | deceived.
| ||||||
21 | (B) General Deception .
| ||||||
22 | A person commits a deceptive practice when,
with intent to | ||||||
23 | defraud , the person does any of the following :
| ||||||
24 | (a) He or she causes another, by deception or threat ,
| ||||||
25 | to execute
a document disposing of property or a document | ||||||
26 | by which a pecuniary obligation
is incurred . , or
| ||||||
27 | (b) Being an officer, manager or other person | ||||||
28 | participating in the
direction of a financial institution, | ||||||
29 | he or she knowingly receives or
permits the receipt of a | ||||||
30 | deposit or other investment, knowing that the
institution | ||||||
31 | is insolvent . , or
| ||||||
32 | (c) He or she knowingly makes or directs another to | ||||||
33 | make a false or
deceptive statement addressed to the public | ||||||
34 | for the purpose of promoting
the sale of property or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | services . , or
| ||||||
2 | (d) With intent to obtain control over property or to | ||||||
3 | pay for
property, labor or services of another, or in | ||||||
4 | satisfaction of an obligation
for payment of tax under the | ||||||
5 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act or any other tax
due to the | ||||||
6 | State of Illinois, he or she issues or delivers a check or
| ||||||
7 | other order upon a real or fictitious depository for the | ||||||
8 | payment of money,
knowing that it will not be paid by the | ||||||
9 | depository. Failure to have
sufficient funds or credit with | ||||||
10 | the depository when the check or other order
is issued or | ||||||
11 | delivered, or when such check or other order is presented | ||||||
12 | for
payment and dishonored on each of 2 occasions at least | ||||||
13 | 7 days apart, is prima
facie evidence that the offender | ||||||
14 | knows that it will not be paid by the
depository, and that | ||||||
15 | he or she has the intent to defraud. In this
paragraph (d), | ||||||
16 | "property" includes rental property (real or personal).
| ||||||
17 | (e) He or she issues or delivers a check or other order | ||||||
18 | upon a real
or fictitious depository in an amount exceeding | ||||||
19 | $150 in payment of an amount
owed on any credit transaction | ||||||
20 | for property, labor or services, or in
payment of the | ||||||
21 | entire amount owed on any credit transaction for property,
| ||||||
22 | labor or services, knowing that it will not be paid by the | ||||||
23 | depository, and
thereafter fails to provide funds or credit | ||||||
24 | with the depository in the face
amount of the check or | ||||||
25 | order within 7
seven days of receiving actual
notice from | ||||||
26 | the depository or payee of the dishonor of the check or | ||||||
27 | order.
| ||||||
28 | Sentence.
| ||||||
29 | A person convicted of a deceptive practice under paragraph
| ||||||
30 | paragraphs (a) , (b), (c), (d), or
through (e) of this | ||||||
31 | subsection
(B), except as otherwise provided by this Section, | ||||||
32 | is guilty of a Class A
misdemeanor.
| ||||||
33 | A person convicted of a deceptive practice in violation of | ||||||
34 | paragraph (d)
a second or subsequent time shall be guilty of a | ||||||
35 | Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
36 | A person convicted of deceptive practices in violation of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paragraph (d),
when the value of the property so obtained, in a | ||||||
2 | single transaction, or
in separate transactions within a 90 day | ||||||
3 | period, exceeds $150, shall be
guilty of a Class 4 felony. In | ||||||
4 | the case of a prosecution for separate
transactions totaling | ||||||
5 | more than $150 within a 90 day period, such separate
| ||||||
6 | transactions shall be alleged in a single charge and provided | ||||||
7 | in a
single prosecution.
| ||||||
8 | (C) Deception on a Bank or Other Financial Institution .
| ||||||
9 | (1) False Statements .
| ||||||
10 | 1) Any person who, with the intent to defraud, makes or | ||||||
11 | causes to be
made , any false statement in writing in order to | ||||||
12 | obtain an account with
a bank or other financial institution, | ||||||
13 | or to obtain credit from a bank or
other financial institution, | ||||||
14 | knowing such writing to be false, and with
the intent that it | ||||||
15 | be relied upon, is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
| ||||||
16 | For purposes of this subsection (C), a false statement | ||||||
17 | shall mean any false
statement representing identity, address, | ||||||
18 | or employment, or the identity,
address or employment of any | ||||||
19 | person, firm or corporation.
| ||||||
20 | (2) Possession of Stolen or Fraudulently Obtained Checks .
| ||||||
21 | 2) Any person who possesses, with the intent to obtain | ||||||
22 | access to
funds of another person held in a real or fictitious | ||||||
23 | deposit account at a
financial institution, makes a false | ||||||
24 | statement or a misrepresentation to the
financial institution, | ||||||
25 | or possesses, transfers, negotiates, or presents for
payment a | ||||||
26 | check, draft, or other item purported to direct the financial
| ||||||
27 | institution to withdraw or pay funds out of the account | ||||||
28 | holder's deposit
account with knowledge that such possession, | ||||||
29 | transfer, negotiation, or
presentment is not authorized by the | ||||||
30 | account holder or the issuing financial
institution
is guilty | ||||||
31 | of a Class A misdemeanor. A person shall be deemed to have been
| ||||||
32 | authorized to possess, transfer, negotiate, or present for | ||||||
33 | payment such item
if the person was otherwise entitled by law | ||||||
34 | to withdraw or recover funds
from the account in question and | ||||||
35 | followed the requisite procedures under
the law. In the event |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that the account holder, upon discovery of the
withdrawal or | ||||||
2 | payment, claims that the withdrawal or payment was not
| ||||||
3 | authorized, the financial institution may require the account | ||||||
4 | holder to
submit an affidavit to that effect on a form | ||||||
5 | satisfactory to the financial
institution before the financial | ||||||
6 | institution may be required to credit the
account in an amount | ||||||
7 | equal to the amount or amounts that were withdrawn
or paid | ||||||
8 | without authorization.
| ||||||
9 | Any person who, within any 12 month period, violates this | ||||||
10 | Section with
respect to 3 or more checks or orders for the | ||||||
11 | payment of money at the same
time or consecutively, each the | ||||||
12 | property of a different account holder
or financial | ||||||
13 | institution, is guilty of a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
14 | ( 3) Possession of Implements of Check Fraud.
| ||||||
15 | Any person who possesses, with the intent to defraud , and | ||||||
16 | without the
authority of the account holder or financial | ||||||
17 | institution , any check
imprinter, signature imprinter, or | ||||||
18 | "certified" stamp is guilty of a Class A
misdemeanor.
| ||||||
19 | A person who within any 12 month period violates this | ||||||
20 | subsection (C) as
to possession of 3 or more such devices at | ||||||
21 | the same time or consecutively,
is guilty of a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
22 | (4) Possession of Identification Card .
| ||||||
23 | 4) Any person , who , with the intent to defraud, possesses | ||||||
24 | any
check guarantee card or key card or identification card for | ||||||
25 | cash dispensing
machines without the authority of the account | ||||||
26 | holder or financial
institution , is guilty of a Class A | ||||||
27 | misdemeanor.
| ||||||
28 | A person who, within any 12 month period, violates this | ||||||
29 | Section at the
same time or consecutively with respect to 3 or | ||||||
30 | more cards, each the property
of different account holders, is | ||||||
31 | guilty of a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
32 | A person convicted under this Section, when the value of | ||||||
33 | property so
obtained, in a single transaction, or in separate | ||||||
34 | transactions within any
90 day period, exceeds $150 shall be | ||||||
35 | guilty of a Class 4 felony.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 92-633, eff. 1-1-03; 92-646, eff. 1-1-03; revised |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 10-3-02.)
| ||||||
2 | (720 ILCS 5/24-2) (from Ch. 38, par. 24-2)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 24-2. Exemptions.
| ||||||
4 | (a) Subsections 24-1(a)(3), 24-1(a)(4) and 24-1(a)(10) and | ||||||
5 | Section
24-1.6 do not apply to
or affect any of the following:
| ||||||
6 | (1) Peace officers, and any person summoned by a peace | ||||||
7 | officer to
assist in making arrests or preserving the | ||||||
8 | peace, while actually engaged in
assisting such officer.
| ||||||
9 | (2) Wardens, superintendents and keepers of prisons,
| ||||||
10 | penitentiaries, jails and other institutions for the | ||||||
11 | detention of persons
accused or convicted of an offense, | ||||||
12 | while in the performance of their
official duty, or while | ||||||
13 | commuting between their homes and places of employment.
| ||||||
14 | (3) Members of the Armed Services or Reserve Forces of | ||||||
15 | the United States
or the Illinois National Guard or the | ||||||
16 | Reserve Officers Training Corps,
while in the performance | ||||||
17 | of their official duty.
| ||||||
18 | (4) Special agents employed by a railroad or a public | ||||||
19 | utility to
perform police functions, and guards of armored | ||||||
20 | car companies, while
actually engaged in the performance of | ||||||
21 | the duties of their employment or
commuting between their | ||||||
22 | homes and places of employment; and watchmen
while actually | ||||||
23 | engaged in the performance of the duties of their | ||||||
24 | employment.
| ||||||
25 | (5) Persons licensed as private security contractors, | ||||||
26 | private
detectives, or private alarm contractors, or | ||||||
27 | employed by an agency
certified by the Department of | ||||||
28 | Professional Regulation, if their duties
include the | ||||||
29 | carrying of a weapon under the provisions of the Private
| ||||||
30 | Detective, Private Alarm,
Private Security, and Locksmith | ||||||
31 | Act of 2004,
while actually
engaged in the performance of | ||||||
32 | the duties of their employment or commuting
between their | ||||||
33 | homes and places of employment, provided that such | ||||||
34 | commuting
is accomplished within one hour from departure | ||||||
35 | from home or place of
employment, as the case may be. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Persons exempted under this subdivision
(a)(5) shall be | ||||||
2 | required to have completed a course of
study in firearms | ||||||
3 | handling and training approved and supervised by the
| ||||||
4 | Department of Professional Regulation as prescribed by | ||||||
5 | Section 28 of the
Private Detective, Private Alarm,
Private | ||||||
6 | Security, and Locksmith Act of 2004, prior
to becoming | ||||||
7 | eligible for this exemption. The Department of | ||||||
8 | Professional
Regulation shall provide suitable | ||||||
9 | documentation demonstrating the
successful completion of | ||||||
10 | the prescribed firearms training. Such
documentation shall | ||||||
11 | be carried at all times when such persons are in
possession | ||||||
12 | of a concealable weapon.
| ||||||
13 | (6) Any person regularly employed in a commercial or | ||||||
14 | industrial
operation as a security guard for the protection | ||||||
15 | of persons employed
and private property related to such | ||||||
16 | commercial or industrial
operation, while actually engaged | ||||||
17 | in the performance of his or her
duty or traveling between | ||||||
18 | sites or properties belonging to the
employer, and who, as | ||||||
19 | a security guard, is a member of a security force of
at | ||||||
20 | least 5 persons registered with the Department of | ||||||
21 | Professional
Regulation; provided that such security guard | ||||||
22 | has successfully completed a
course of study, approved by | ||||||
23 | and supervised by the Department of
Professional | ||||||
24 | Regulation, consisting of not less than 40 hours of | ||||||
25 | training
that includes the theory of law enforcement, | ||||||
26 | liability for acts, and the
handling of weapons. A person | ||||||
27 | shall be considered eligible for this
exemption if he or | ||||||
28 | she has completed the required 20
hours of training for a | ||||||
29 | security officer and 20 hours of required firearm
training, | ||||||
30 | and has been issued a firearm authorization card by
the | ||||||
31 | Department of Professional Regulation. Conditions for the | ||||||
32 | renewal of
firearm authorization cards issued under the | ||||||
33 | provisions of this Section
shall be the same as for those | ||||||
34 | cards issued under the provisions of the
Private Detective, | ||||||
35 | Private Alarm,
Private Security, and Locksmith Act of 2004. | ||||||
36 | Such
firearm authorization card shall be carried by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | security guard at all
times when he or she is in possession | ||||||
2 | of a concealable weapon.
| ||||||
3 | (7) Agents and investigators of the Illinois | ||||||
4 | Legislative Investigating
Commission authorized by the | ||||||
5 | Commission to carry the weapons specified in
subsections | ||||||
6 | 24-1(a)(3) and 24-1(a)(4), while on duty in the course of
| ||||||
7 | any investigation for the Commission.
| ||||||
8 | (8) Persons employed by a financial institution for the | ||||||
9 | protection of
other employees and property related to such | ||||||
10 | financial institution, while
actually engaged in the | ||||||
11 | performance of their duties, commuting between
their homes | ||||||
12 | and places of employment, or traveling between sites or
| ||||||
13 | properties owned or operated by such financial | ||||||
14 | institution, provided that
any person so employed has | ||||||
15 | successfully completed a course of study,
approved by and | ||||||
16 | supervised by the Department of Professional Regulation,
| ||||||
17 | consisting of not less than 40 hours of training which | ||||||
18 | includes theory of
law enforcement, liability for acts, and | ||||||
19 | the handling of weapons.
A person shall be considered to be | ||||||
20 | eligible for this exemption if he or
she has completed the | ||||||
21 | required 20 hours of training for a security officer
and 20 | ||||||
22 | hours of required firearm training, and has been issued a
| ||||||
23 | firearm authorization card by the Department of | ||||||
24 | Professional Regulation.
Conditions for renewal of firearm | ||||||
25 | authorization cards issued under the
provisions of this | ||||||
26 | Section shall be the same as for those issued under the
| ||||||
27 | provisions of the Private Detective, Private Alarm,
| ||||||
28 | Private Security, and Locksmith Act of 2004.
Such firearm | ||||||
29 | authorization card shall be carried by the person so
| ||||||
30 | trained at all times when such person is in possession of a | ||||||
31 | concealable
weapon. For purposes of this subsection, | ||||||
32 | "financial institution" means a
bank, savings and loan | ||||||
33 | association, credit union or company providing
armored car | ||||||
34 | services.
| ||||||
35 | (9) Any person employed by an armored car company to | ||||||
36 | drive an armored
car, while actually engaged in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | performance of his duties.
| ||||||
2 | (10) Persons who have been classified as peace officers | ||||||
3 | pursuant
to the Peace Officer Fire Investigation Act.
| ||||||
4 | (11) Investigators of the Office of the State's | ||||||
5 | Attorneys Appellate
Prosecutor authorized by the board of | ||||||
6 | governors of the Office of the
State's Attorneys Appellate | ||||||
7 | Prosecutor to carry weapons pursuant to
Section 7.06 of the | ||||||
8 | State's Attorneys Appellate Prosecutor's Act.
| ||||||
9 | (12) Special investigators appointed by a State's | ||||||
10 | Attorney under
Section 3-9005 of the Counties Code.
| ||||||
11 | (12.5) Probation officers while in the performance of | ||||||
12 | their duties, or
while commuting between their homes, | ||||||
13 | places of employment or specific locations
that are part of | ||||||
14 | their assigned duties, with the consent of the chief judge | ||||||
15 | of
the circuit for which they are employed.
| ||||||
16 | (13) Court Security Officers while in the performance | ||||||
17 | of their official
duties, or while commuting between their | ||||||
18 | homes and places of employment, with
the
consent of the | ||||||
19 | Sheriff.
| ||||||
20 | (13.5) A person employed as an armed security guard at | ||||||
21 | a nuclear energy,
storage, weapons or development site or | ||||||
22 | facility regulated by the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission | ||||||
23 | who has completed the background screening and training
| ||||||
24 | mandated by the rules and regulations of the Nuclear | ||||||
25 | Regulatory Commission.
| ||||||
26 | (14) Manufacture, transportation, or sale of weapons | ||||||
27 | to
persons
authorized under subdivisions (1) through | ||||||
28 | (13.5) of this
subsection
to
possess those weapons.
| ||||||
29 | (b) Subsections 24-1(a)(4) and 24-1(a)(10) and Section | ||||||
30 | 24-1.6 do not
apply to or affect
any of the following:
| ||||||
31 | (1) Members of any club or organization organized for | ||||||
32 | the purpose of
practicing shooting at targets upon | ||||||
33 | established target ranges, whether
public or private, and | ||||||
34 | patrons of such ranges, while such members
or patrons are | ||||||
35 | using their firearms on those target ranges.
| ||||||
36 | (2) Duly authorized military or civil organizations |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | while parading,
with the special permission of the | ||||||
2 | Governor.
| ||||||
3 | (3) Hunters, trappers or fishermen with a license or
| ||||||
4 | permit while engaged in hunting,
trapping or fishing.
| ||||||
5 | (4) Transportation of weapons that are broken down in a
| ||||||
6 | non-functioning state or are not immediately accessible.
| ||||||
7 | (c) Subsection 24-1(a)(7) does not apply to or affect any | ||||||
8 | of the
following:
| ||||||
9 | (1) Peace officers while in performance of their | ||||||
10 | official duties.
| ||||||
11 | (2) Wardens, superintendents and keepers of prisons, | ||||||
12 | penitentiaries,
jails and other institutions for the | ||||||
13 | detention of persons accused or
convicted of an offense.
| ||||||
14 | (3) Members of the Armed Services or Reserve Forces of | ||||||
15 | the United States
or the Illinois National Guard, while in | ||||||
16 | the performance of their official
duty.
| ||||||
17 | (4) Manufacture, transportation, or sale of machine | ||||||
18 | guns to persons
authorized under subdivisions (1) through | ||||||
19 | (3) of this subsection to
possess machine guns, if the | ||||||
20 | machine guns are broken down in a
non-functioning state or | ||||||
21 | are not immediately accessible.
| ||||||
22 | (5) Persons licensed under federal law to manufacture | ||||||
23 | any weapon from
which 8 or more shots or bullets can be | ||||||
24 | discharged by a
single function of the firing device, or | ||||||
25 | ammunition for such weapons, and
actually engaged in the | ||||||
26 | business of manufacturing such weapons or
ammunition, but | ||||||
27 | only with respect to activities which are within the lawful
| ||||||
28 | scope of such business, such as the manufacture, | ||||||
29 | transportation, or testing
of such weapons or ammunition. | ||||||
30 | This exemption does not authorize the
general private | ||||||
31 | possession of any weapon from which 8 or more
shots or | ||||||
32 | bullets can be discharged by a single function of the | ||||||
33 | firing
device, but only such possession and activities as | ||||||
34 | are within the lawful
scope of a licensed manufacturing | ||||||
35 | business described in this paragraph.
| ||||||
36 | During transportation, such weapons shall be broken |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | down in a
non-functioning state or not immediately | ||||||
2 | accessible.
| ||||||
3 | (6) The manufacture, transport, testing, delivery, | ||||||
4 | transfer or sale,
and all lawful commercial or experimental | ||||||
5 | activities necessary thereto, of
rifles, shotguns, and | ||||||
6 | weapons made from rifles or shotguns,
or ammunition for | ||||||
7 | such rifles, shotguns or weapons, where engaged in
by a | ||||||
8 | person operating as a contractor or subcontractor pursuant | ||||||
9 | to a
contract or subcontract for the development and supply | ||||||
10 | of such rifles,
shotguns, weapons or ammunition to the | ||||||
11 | United States government or any
branch of the Armed Forces | ||||||
12 | of the United States, when such activities are
necessary | ||||||
13 | and incident to fulfilling the terms of such contract.
| ||||||
14 | The exemption granted under this subdivision (c)(6)
| ||||||
15 | shall also apply to any authorized agent of any such | ||||||
16 | contractor or
subcontractor who is operating within the | ||||||
17 | scope of his employment, where
such activities involving | ||||||
18 | such weapon, weapons or ammunition are necessary
and | ||||||
19 | incident to fulfilling the terms of such contract.
| ||||||
20 | During transportation, any such weapon shall be broken | ||||||
21 | down in a
non-functioning state, or not immediately | ||||||
22 | accessible.
| ||||||
23 | (d) Subsection 24-1(a)(1) does not apply to the purchase, | ||||||
24 | possession
or carrying of a black-jack or slung-shot by a peace | ||||||
25 | officer.
| ||||||
26 | (e) Subsection 24-1(a)(8) does not apply to any owner, | ||||||
27 | manager or
authorized employee of any place specified in that | ||||||
28 | subsection nor to any
law enforcement officer.
| ||||||
29 | (f) Subsection 24-1(a)(4) and subsection 24-1(a)(10) and | ||||||
30 | Section 24-1.6
do not apply
to members of any club or | ||||||
31 | organization organized for the purpose of practicing
shooting | ||||||
32 | at targets upon established target ranges, whether public or | ||||||
33 | private,
while using their firearms on those target ranges.
| ||||||
34 | (g) Subsections 24-1(a)(11) and 24-3.1(a)(6) do not apply | ||||||
35 | to:
| ||||||
36 | (1) Members of the Armed Services or Reserve Forces of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the United
States or the Illinois National Guard, while in | ||||||
2 | the performance of their
official duty.
| ||||||
3 | (2) Bonafide collectors of antique or surplus military | ||||||
4 | ordinance.
| ||||||
5 | (3) Laboratories having a department of forensic | ||||||
6 | ballistics, or
specializing in the development of | ||||||
7 | ammunition or explosive ordinance.
| ||||||
8 | (4) Commerce, preparation, assembly or possession of | ||||||
9 | explosive
bullets by manufacturers of ammunition licensed | ||||||
10 | by the federal government,
in connection with the supply of | ||||||
11 | those organizations and persons exempted
by subdivision | ||||||
12 | (g)(1) of this Section, or like organizations and persons
| ||||||
13 | outside this State, or the transportation of explosive | ||||||
14 | bullets to any
organization or person exempted in this | ||||||
15 | Section by a common carrier or by a
vehicle owned or leased | ||||||
16 | by an exempted manufacturer.
| ||||||
17 | (g-5) Subsection 24-1(a)(6) does not apply to or affect | ||||||
18 | persons licensed
under federal law to manufacture any device or | ||||||
19 | attachment of any kind designed,
used, or intended for use in | ||||||
20 | silencing the report of any firearm, firearms, or
ammunition
| ||||||
21 | for those firearms equipped with those devices, and actually | ||||||
22 | engaged in the
business of manufacturing those devices, | ||||||
23 | firearms, or ammunition, but only with
respect to
activities | ||||||
24 | that are within the lawful scope of that business, such as the
| ||||||
25 | manufacture, transportation, or testing of those devices, | ||||||
26 | firearms, or
ammunition. This
exemption does not authorize the | ||||||
27 | general private possession of any device or
attachment of any | ||||||
28 | kind designed, used, or intended for use in silencing the
| ||||||
29 | report of any firearm, but only such possession and activities | ||||||
30 | as are within
the
lawful scope of a licensed manufacturing | ||||||
31 | business described in this subsection
(g-5). During | ||||||
32 | transportation, those devices shall be detached from any weapon
| ||||||
33 | or
not immediately accessible.
| ||||||
34 | (h) An information or indictment based upon a violation of | ||||||
35 | any
subsection of this Article need not negative any exemptions | ||||||
36 | contained in
this Article. The defendant shall have the burden |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of proving such an
exemption.
| ||||||
2 | (i) Nothing in this Article shall prohibit, apply to, or | ||||||
3 | affect
the transportation, carrying, or possession, of any | ||||||
4 | pistol or revolver,
stun gun, taser, or other firearm consigned | ||||||
5 | to a common carrier operating
under license of the State of | ||||||
6 | Illinois or the federal government, where
such transportation, | ||||||
7 | carrying, or possession is incident to the lawful
| ||||||
8 | transportation in which such common carrier is engaged; and | ||||||
9 | nothing in this
Article shall prohibit, apply to, or affect the | ||||||
10 | transportation, carrying,
or possession of any pistol, | ||||||
11 | revolver, stun gun, taser, or other firearm,
not the subject of | ||||||
12 | and regulated by subsection 24-1(a)(7) or subsection
24-2(c) of | ||||||
13 | this Article, which is unloaded and enclosed in a case, firearm
| ||||||
14 | carrying box, shipping box, or other container, by the | ||||||
15 | possessor of a valid
Firearm Owners Identification Card.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-325, eff. 8-9-01; 93-438, eff. 8-5-03; 93-439, | ||||||
17 | eff. 8-5-03;
93-576, eff. 1-1-04; revised
9-15-03.)
| ||||||
18 | Section 535. The Drug Paraphernalia Control Act is amended | ||||||
19 | by changing Section 4 as follows:
| ||||||
20 | (720 ILCS 600/4) (from Ch. 56 1/2, par. 2104)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 4. Exemptions. This Act does not apply to:
| ||||||
22 | (a) Items used in the preparation, compounding,
| ||||||
23 | packaging, labeling, or other use of cannabis or a | ||||||
24 | controlled substance
as an incident to lawful research, | ||||||
25 | teaching, or chemical analysis and not for
sale.
| ||||||
26 | (b) Items historically and customarily used in | ||||||
27 | connection
with , the planting, propagating, cultivating, | ||||||
28 | growing, harvesting,
manufacturing, compounding, | ||||||
29 | converting, producing, processing, preparing,
testing, | ||||||
30 | analyzing, packaging, repackaging, storing, containing, | ||||||
31 | concealing,
injecting, ingesting, or inhaling of tobacco | ||||||
32 | or any other lawful substance.
| ||||||
33 | Items exempt under this subsection include, but are not | ||||||
34 | limited to, garden
hoes, rakes, sickles, baggies, tobacco |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pipes, and cigarette-rolling papers.
| ||||||
2 | (c) Items listed in Section 2 of this Act which are | ||||||
3 | used for
decorative
purposes, when such items have been | ||||||
4 | rendered completely inoperable or incapable
of being used | ||||||
5 | for any illicit purpose prohibited by this Act.
| ||||||
6 | (d) A person who is legally authorized to possess | ||||||
7 | hypodermic syringes or
needles under the Hypodermic | ||||||
8 | Syringes and Needles Act.
| ||||||
9 | In determining whether or not a particular item is exempt under | ||||||
10 | this
Section
subsection , the trier of fact should consider, in | ||||||
11 | addition
to all other logically relevant factors, the | ||||||
12 | following:
| ||||||
13 | (1) the general, usual, customary, and historical use | ||||||
14 | to which the item
involved has been put;
| ||||||
15 | (2) expert evidence concerning the ordinary or | ||||||
16 | customary use of the item
and the effect of any peculiarity | ||||||
17 | in the design or engineering of the device
upon its | ||||||
18 | functioning;
| ||||||
19 | (3) any written instructions accompanying the delivery | ||||||
20 | of the item
concerning
the purposes or uses to which the | ||||||
21 | item can or may be put;
| ||||||
22 | (4) any oral instructions provided by the seller of the | ||||||
23 | item at the time
and place of sale or commercial delivery;
| ||||||
24 | (5) any national or local advertising concerning the | ||||||
25 | design, purpose
or use of the item involved, and the entire | ||||||
26 | context in which such advertising
occurs;
| ||||||
27 | (6) the manner, place and circumstances in which the | ||||||
28 | item was displayed
for sale, as well as any item or items | ||||||
29 | displayed for sale or otherwise
exhibited
upon the premises | ||||||
30 | where the sale was made;
| ||||||
31 | (7) whether the owner or anyone in control of the | ||||||
32 | object is a legitimate
supplier of like or related items to | ||||||
33 | the community, such as a licensed
distributor or dealer of | ||||||
34 | tobacco products;
| ||||||
35 | (8) the existence and scope of legitimate uses for the | ||||||
36 | object in the
community.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-392, eff. 7-25-03; 93-526, eff. 8-12-03; | ||||||
2 | revised 9-22-03.)
| ||||||
3 | Section 540. The Code of Criminal Procedure of 1963 is | ||||||
4 | amended by changing Sections 108B-1, 108B-5, 108B-11, and | ||||||
5 | 112A-28 as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (725 ILCS 5/108B-1) (from Ch. 38, par. 108B-1)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 108B-1. Definitions. For the purpose of this Article:
| ||||||
8 | (a) "Aggrieved person" means a person who was a party to | ||||||
9 | any intercepted
private communication or any person against
| ||||||
10 | whom the intercept was directed.
| ||||||
11 | (b) "Chief Judge" means, when referring to a judge | ||||||
12 | authorized to receive
application for, and to enter orders | ||||||
13 | authorizing, interceptions of private
communications, the | ||||||
14 | Chief Judge of the Circuit
Court wherein the application for | ||||||
15 | order of interception is filed, or a Circuit
Judge
designated | ||||||
16 | by the Chief Judge to enter these orders. In circuits other | ||||||
17 | than
the Cook County Circuit, "Chief Judge" also means, when | ||||||
18 | referring to a
judge authorized to receive application for, and | ||||||
19 | to enter orders
authorizing, interceptions of private
| ||||||
20 | communications, an Associate
Judge authorized by Supreme Court | ||||||
21 | Rule to try felony cases who is assigned
by the Chief Judge to | ||||||
22 | enter these orders. After assignment by the Chief
Judge, an | ||||||
23 | Associate Judge shall have plenary authority to issue orders
| ||||||
24 | without additional authorization for each specific application | ||||||
25 | made to him
by the State's Attorney until the time the
| ||||||
26 | Associate
Judge's power is rescinded by the Chief Judge.
| ||||||
27 | (c) "Communications common carrier" means any person | ||||||
28 | engaged as a common
carrier in the transmission of | ||||||
29 | communications by wire or radio,
not including radio | ||||||
30 | broadcasting.
| ||||||
31 | (d) "Contents" includes information obtained from
a | ||||||
32 | private
communication concerning the existence, substance,
| ||||||
33 | purport or meaning of the communication, or the identity of a | ||||||
34 | party of the
communication.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) "Court of competent jurisdiction" means any circuit | ||||||
2 | court.
| ||||||
3 | (f) "Department" means Illinois Department of State | ||||||
4 | Police.
| ||||||
5 | (g) "Director" means Director of the Illinois Department of | ||||||
6 | State Police.
| ||||||
7 | (g-1) "Electronic communication" means any transfer of | ||||||
8 | signs, signals,
writing, images, sounds, data, or intelligence | ||||||
9 | of any nature transmitted in
whole or part by a wire, radio, | ||||||
10 | pager, computer, or electromagnetic, photo
electronic, or | ||||||
11 | photo optical system where the sending and receiving parties
| ||||||
12 | intend the electronic communication to be private and the | ||||||
13 | interception,
recording, or transcription of the electronic | ||||||
14 | communication is accomplished by
a device in a surreptitious | ||||||
15 | manner contrary to the provisions of this Article.
"Electronic | ||||||
16 | communication" does not include:
| ||||||
17 | (1) any wire or oral communication; or
| ||||||
18 | (2) any communication from a tracking device.
| ||||||
19 | (h) "Electronic criminal surveillance device" or | ||||||
20 | "eavesdropping device"
means any device or apparatus, or | ||||||
21 | computer program including an induction
coil, that can be used | ||||||
22 | to intercept private
communication other than:
| ||||||
23 | (1) Any telephone, telegraph or telecommunication | ||||||
24 | instrument, equipment
or facility, or any component of it, | ||||||
25 | furnished to the subscriber or user by
a communication | ||||||
26 | common carrier in the ordinary course of its business, or
| ||||||
27 | purchased by any person and being used by the subscriber, | ||||||
28 | user or person in
the ordinary course of his business, or | ||||||
29 | being used by a communications
common carrier in the | ||||||
30 | ordinary course of its business, or by an investigative
or | ||||||
31 | law enforcement officer in the ordinary course of his | ||||||
32 | duties; or
| ||||||
33 | (2) A hearing aid or similar device being used to | ||||||
34 | correct subnormal
hearing to not better than normal.
| ||||||
35 | (i) "Electronic criminal surveillance officer" means any | ||||||
36 | law enforcement
officer or retired law enforcement officer of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the United States or of the State
or political subdivision of
| ||||||
2 | it, or of another State, or of a political subdivision of it, | ||||||
3 | who is
certified by the Illinois Department of State Police to | ||||||
4 | intercept private
communications.
A retired law enforcement | ||||||
5 | officer may be certified by the Illinois State
Police only to | ||||||
6 | (i) prepare petitions for the authority to intercept private
| ||||||
7 | oral communications in accordance with the provisions of this | ||||||
8 | Act; (ii)
intercept and supervise the interception of private | ||||||
9 | oral communications;
(iii)
handle, safeguard, and use evidence | ||||||
10 | derived from such private oral
communications; and (iv) operate | ||||||
11 | and maintain equipment used to intercept
private oral
| ||||||
12 | communications.
| ||||||
13 | (j) "In-progress trace" means to determine the origin of a | ||||||
14 | wire
communication to a telephone or telegraph instrument, | ||||||
15 | equipment or facility
during the course of the communication.
| ||||||
16 | (k) "Intercept" means the aural or other acquisition of the | ||||||
17 | contents of
any private communication through the use of any
| ||||||
18 | electronic criminal
surveillance device.
| ||||||
19 | (l) "Journalist" means a person engaged in, connected with, | ||||||
20 | or employed
by news media, including newspapers, magazines, | ||||||
21 | press associations, news
agencies, wire services, radio, | ||||||
22 | television or other similar media, for the
purpose of | ||||||
23 | gathering, processing, transmitting, compiling, editing or
| ||||||
24 | disseminating news for the general public.
| ||||||
25 | (m) "Law enforcement agency" means any law enforcement | ||||||
26 | agency of the
United States, or the State or a political | ||||||
27 | subdivision of it.
| ||||||
28 | (n) "Oral communication" means human speech used to
| ||||||
29 | communicate by one
party to another, in person, by wire | ||||||
30 | communication or by any other means.
| ||||||
31 | (o) "Private communication" means a wire,
oral, or | ||||||
32 | electronic communication
uttered or transmitted by a person | ||||||
33 | exhibiting an expectation that the
communication is not
subject | ||||||
34 | to interception, under circumstances reasonably justifying the
| ||||||
35 | expectation. Circumstances that reasonably justify the | ||||||
36 | expectation that
a communication is not subject to interception |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | include the use of a
cordless telephone or cellular | ||||||
2 | communication device.
| ||||||
3 | (p) "Wire communication" means any human speech used to | ||||||
4 | communicate by
one party to another in whole or in part through | ||||||
5 | the use of facilities for
the transmission of communications by | ||||||
6 | wire, cable or other like
connection between the point of | ||||||
7 | origin and the point of reception
furnished or operated by a | ||||||
8 | communications common carrier.
| ||||||
9 | (q) "Privileged communications" means a private
| ||||||
10 | communication between:
| ||||||
11 | (1) a licensed and practicing physician and a patient | ||||||
12 | within the scope
of the profession of the physician;
| ||||||
13 | (2) a licensed and practicing psychologist to a patient | ||||||
14 | within the
scope of the profession of the psychologist;
| ||||||
15 | (3) a licensed and practicing attorney-at-law and a | ||||||
16 | client within the
scope of the profession of the lawyer;
| ||||||
17 | (4) a practicing clergyman and a confidant within the | ||||||
18 | scope of the
profession of the clergyman;
| ||||||
19 | (5) a practicing journalist within the scope of his | ||||||
20 | profession;
| ||||||
21 | (6) spouses within the scope of their marital | ||||||
22 | relationship; or
| ||||||
23 | (7) a licensed and practicing social worker to a client | ||||||
24 | within the
scope of the profession of the social worker.
| ||||||
25 | (r) "Retired law
enforcement officer" means a person: (1) | ||||||
26 | who is a graduate of a
police training institute or academy, | ||||||
27 | who after graduating served for
at least 15 consecutive years | ||||||
28 | as a sworn, full-time peace officer
qualified to carry firearms | ||||||
29 | for any federal or State department or
agency or for any unit | ||||||
30 | of local government of Illinois; (2) who has
retired as a | ||||||
31 | local, State, or federal peace officer in a
publicly created | ||||||
32 | peace officer retirement system; and (3) whose
service in law | ||||||
33 | enforcement was honorably terminated through
retirement or | ||||||
34 | disability and not as a result of discipline, suspension,
or | ||||||
35 | discharge.
| ||||||
36 | (Source: P.A. 92-854, eff. 12-5-02; 92-863, eff. 1-3-03; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | revised 1-9-03.)
| ||||||
2 | (725 ILCS 5/108B-5) (from Ch. 38, par. 108B-5)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 108B-5. Requirements for order of interception.
| ||||||
4 | (a) Upon consideration of an application, the chief judge | ||||||
5 | may enter an
ex parte order, as requested or as modified, | ||||||
6 | authorizing the interception of
a private communication, if the | ||||||
7 | chief judge determines on the basis of the
application | ||||||
8 | submitted by the applicant, that:
| ||||||
9 | (1) There is probable cause for belief that (A)
(a) the | ||||||
10 | person
whose private communication is to be intercepted is | ||||||
11 | committing, has committed,
or is about to commit an offense | ||||||
12 | enumerated in Section 108B-3, or (B)
(b) the facilities | ||||||
13 | from which, or the place where, the private
communication | ||||||
14 | is to be intercepted, is, has been, or is about to be used | ||||||
15 | in
connection with the commission of the offense, or is | ||||||
16 | leased to, listed in the
name of, or commonly used by, the | ||||||
17 | person; and
| ||||||
18 | (2) There is probable cause for belief that a | ||||||
19 | particular private
communication concerning such offense | ||||||
20 | may be obtained through the interception;
and
| ||||||
21 | (3) Normal investigative procedures with respect to | ||||||
22 | the offense have been
tried and have failed or reasonably | ||||||
23 | appear to be unlikely to succeed if
tried or too dangerous | ||||||
24 | to employ; and
| ||||||
25 | (4) The electronic criminal surveillance officers to | ||||||
26 | be authorized to
supervise the interception of the private | ||||||
27 | communication have been certified by
the Department.
| ||||||
28 | (b) In the case of an application, other than for an | ||||||
29 | extension, for an
order to intercept a communication of a | ||||||
30 | person or on a wire communication
facility that was the subject | ||||||
31 | of a previous order authorizing interception,
the application | ||||||
32 | shall be based upon new evidence or information different from
| ||||||
33 | and in addition to the evidence or information offered to | ||||||
34 | support the prior
order, regardless of whether the evidence was | ||||||
35 | derived from prior interceptions
or from other sources.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) The chief judge may authorize interception of a private
| ||||||
2 | communication anywhere in the judicial circuit. If the
court | ||||||
3 | authorizes
the use of an eavesdropping device with respect to a | ||||||
4 | vehicle, watercraft,
or aircraft that is within the judicial | ||||||
5 | circuit at the time the order is
issued, the order may provide | ||||||
6 | that the interception may continue anywhere
within the State if | ||||||
7 | the vehicle, watercraft, or aircraft leaves the
judicial | ||||||
8 | circuit.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 92-854, eff. 12-5-02; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
10 | (725 ILCS 5/108B-11) (from Ch. 38, par. 108B-11)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 108B-11. Inventory.
| ||||||
12 | (a) Within a reasonable period of time but
not later than | ||||||
13 | 90 days after the termination of the period of the order,
or | ||||||
14 | its extensions, or the date of the denial of an application | ||||||
15 | made under
Section 108B-8, the chief judge issuing or denying | ||||||
16 | the order or extension shall
cause an inventory to be served on | ||||||
17 | any person:
| ||||||
18 | (1) named in the order;
| ||||||
19 | (2) arrested as a result of the interception of his | ||||||
20 | private communication;
| ||||||
21 | (3) indicted or otherwise charged as a result of the | ||||||
22 | interception of his
private communication;
| ||||||
23 | (4) Any person whose private communication was | ||||||
24 | intercepted and who
the judge issuing or denying the order | ||||||
25 | or application may in his discretion
determine should be | ||||||
26 | informed in the interest of justice.
| ||||||
27 | (b) The inventory under this Section shall include:
| ||||||
28 | (1) notice of the entry of the order or the application | ||||||
29 | for an order
denied under Section 108B-8;
| ||||||
30 | (2) the date of the entry of the order or the denial of | ||||||
31 | an order applied
for under Section 108B-8;
| ||||||
32 | (3) the period of authorized or disapproved | ||||||
33 | interception; and
| ||||||
34 | (4) the fact that during the period a private |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | communication was or
was not intercepted.
| ||||||
2 | (c) A court of competent jurisdiction, upon filing of a | ||||||
3 | motion, may
in its discretion make available to those persons | ||||||
4 | or their attorneys for
inspection those portions of the | ||||||
5 | intercepted communications, applications
and orders as the | ||||||
6 | court determines to be in the interest of justice.
| ||||||
7 | (d) On an ex parte showing of good cause to a court of | ||||||
8 | competent
jurisdiction, the serving of the inventories | ||||||
9 | required by this Section
may be postponed for a period not to | ||||||
10 | exceed 12 months.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 92-854, eff. 12-5-02; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
12 | (725 ILCS 5/112A-28) (from Ch. 38, par. 112A-28)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 112A-28. Data maintenance by law enforcement | ||||||
14 | agencies.
| ||||||
15 | (a) All sheriffs shall furnish to the Department of State | ||||||
16 | Police, daily, in
the form and detail the Department requires, | ||||||
17 | copies of any recorded orders of
protection issued by the | ||||||
18 | court, and any foreign orders of protection filed by
the clerk | ||||||
19 | of the court, and transmitted to the sheriff by the clerk of | ||||||
20 | the
court pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 112A-22 of this | ||||||
21 | Act. Each order of
protection shall be entered in the Law | ||||||
22 | Enforcement Agencies
Automated
Data System on the same day it | ||||||
23 | is issued by the court. If an emergency order
of protection was | ||||||
24 | issued in accordance with subsection (c) of Section 112A-17,
| ||||||
25 | the order shall be entered in the Law Enforcement Agencies
| ||||||
26 | Automated
Data System as soon as possible after receipt from | ||||||
27 | the clerk.
| ||||||
28 | (b) The Department of State Police shall maintain a | ||||||
29 | complete and systematic
record and index of all valid and | ||||||
30 | recorded orders of protection issued or
filed pursuant to this | ||||||
31 | Act. The data shall be used to inform all dispatchers
and law | ||||||
32 | enforcement officers at the scene of an alleged incident of | ||||||
33 | abuse or
violation of an order of protection of any recorded | ||||||
34 | prior incident of abuse
involving the abused party and the | ||||||
35 | effective dates and terms of any recorded
order of protection.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) The data, records and transmittals required under this | ||||||
2 | Section shall
pertain to any valid emergency, interim or | ||||||
3 | plenary order of protection,
whether issued in a civil or | ||||||
4 | criminal proceeding or authorized under the laws
of another | ||||||
5 | state, tribe, or United States territory.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 90-392, eff. 1-1-98; 91-903, eff. 1-1-01; revised | ||||||
7 | 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
8 | Section 545. The State Appellate Defender Act is amended by | ||||||
9 | changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (725 ILCS 105/10) (from Ch. 38, par. 208-10)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 10. Powers and duties of State Appellate Defender.
| ||||||
12 | (a) The State Appellate Defender shall represent indigent | ||||||
13 | persons on
appeal in criminal and delinquent minor proceedings, | ||||||
14 | when appointed to do so by
a court under a Supreme Court Rule | ||||||
15 | or law of this State.
| ||||||
16 | (b) The State Appellate Defender shall submit a budget for | ||||||
17 | the
approval of the State Appellate Defender Commission.
| ||||||
18 | (c) The State Appellate Defender may:
| ||||||
19 | (1) maintain a panel of private attorneys available to | ||||||
20 | serve as
counsel on a case basis;
| ||||||
21 | (2) establish programs, alone or in conjunction with | ||||||
22 | law schools,
for the purpose of utilizing volunteer law | ||||||
23 | students as legal assistants;
| ||||||
24 | (3) cooperate and consult with state agencies, | ||||||
25 | professional
associations, and other groups concerning the | ||||||
26 | causes of criminal
conduct, the rehabilitation and | ||||||
27 | correction of persons charged with and
convicted of crime, | ||||||
28 | the administration of criminal justice, and, in
counties of | ||||||
29 | less than 1,000,000 population, study, design, develop and
| ||||||
30 | implement model systems for the delivery of trial level | ||||||
31 | defender
services, and make an annual report to the General | ||||||
32 | Assembly;
| ||||||
33 | (4) hire investigators to provide investigative | ||||||
34 | services to appointed counsel and county
public defenders;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) in cases in which a death sentence is an authorized | ||||||
2 | disposition,
provide trial counsel with the assistance of | ||||||
3 | expert witnesses, investigators,
and mitigation | ||||||
4 | specialists from funds appropriated to the State Appellate
| ||||||
5 | Defender specifically for that
purpose by the General | ||||||
6 | Assembly. The Office of State Appellate Defender shall
not | ||||||
7 | be appointed to serve as trial counsel in capital cases.
| ||||||
8 | Investigators employed by the Death Penalty Trial | ||||||
9 | Assistance and Capital
Litigation Division of the State | ||||||
10 | Appellate Defender shall be authorized to
inquire
through the | ||||||
11 | Illinois State Police or local law enforcement with the Law
| ||||||
12 | Enforcement
Agencies Data System (LEADS) under Section | ||||||
13 | 2605-375 of the Civil Administrative
Code of Illinois to | ||||||
14 | ascertain whether their potential witnesses have a criminal
| ||||||
15 | background, including: (i) warrants; (ii) arrests; (iii) | ||||||
16 | convictions; and (iv)
officer
safety information. This | ||||||
17 | authorization applies only to information held on the
State
| ||||||
18 | level and shall be used only to protect the personal safety of | ||||||
19 | the
investigators. Any
information that is obtained through | ||||||
20 | this inquiry may not be disclosed by the
investigators.
| ||||||
21 | (d) For each State fiscal year, the
State Appellate | ||||||
22 | Defender shall appear before the General Assembly and request
| ||||||
23 | appropriations to be made from the Capital Litigation Trust | ||||||
24 | Fund to the State
Treasurer for the purpose of providing | ||||||
25 | defense assistance in capital cases
outside of Cook County and | ||||||
26 | for expenses incurred by the the State Appellate Defender in | ||||||
27 | representing petitioners in capital cases in post-conviction | ||||||
28 | proceedings under Article 122 of the Code of Criminal Procedure | ||||||
29 | of 1963 and in relation to petitions filed under Section 2-1401 | ||||||
30 | of the Code of Civil Procedure in relation to capital cases and | ||||||
31 | for the representation of those petitioners by attorneys | ||||||
32 | approved by or contracted with the State Appellate Defender. | ||||||
33 | The State Appellate Defender may appear before the
General | ||||||
34 | Assembly at other times during the State's fiscal year to | ||||||
35 | request
supplemental appropriations from the Trust Fund to the | ||||||
36 | State Treasurer.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) The requirement for reporting to the General Assembly | ||||||
2 | shall be
satisfied
by filing copies of the report with the | ||||||
3 | Speaker, the Minority Leader and
the Clerk of the House of | ||||||
4 | Representatives and the President, the Minority
Leader and the | ||||||
5 | Secretary of the Senate and the Legislative Research
Unit, as | ||||||
6 | required by Section 3.1 of the General Assembly Organization
| ||||||
7 | Act and filing such additional copies with the State Government | ||||||
8 | Report
Distribution Center for
the General Assembly as is | ||||||
9 | required under paragraph (t) of Section 7 of the
State Library | ||||||
10 | Act.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-972, eff. 8-20-04; 93-1011, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
12 | revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
13 | Section 550. The Capital Crimes Litigation Act is amended | ||||||
14 | by changing Section 19 as follows: | ||||||
15 | (725 ILCS 124/19)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 19. Report ; repeal .
| ||||||
17 | (a) The Cook County Public Defender, the Cook County | ||||||
18 | State's
Attorney, the State Appellate Defender, the State's | ||||||
19 | Attorneys
Appellate Prosecutor, and the Attorney General shall | ||||||
20 | each report
separately to the General Assembly by January 1, | ||||||
21 | 2004 detailing the
amounts of money received by them through | ||||||
22 | this Act, the uses for
which those funds were expended, the | ||||||
23 | balances then in the Capital
Litigation Trust Fund or county | ||||||
24 | accounts, as the case may be,
dedicated to them for the use and | ||||||
25 | support of Public Defenders, appointed trial
defense counsel, | ||||||
26 | and State's Attorneys, as the case may be. The
report shall | ||||||
27 | describe and discuss the need for continued funding
through the | ||||||
28 | Fund and contain any suggestions for changes to this Act.
| ||||||
29 | (b) (Blank).
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-605, eff. 11-19-03; revised 12-9-03.)
| ||||||
31 | Section 555. The Sexually Dangerous Persons Act is amended | ||||||
32 | by changing Section 9 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (725 ILCS 205/9) (from Ch. 38, par. 105-9)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 9. An application in writing setting forth facts | ||||||
3 | showing that such
sexually dangerous person or criminal sexual | ||||||
4 | psychopathic person has
recovered may be filed before the | ||||||
5 | committing court. Upon receipt thereof,
the clerk of the court | ||||||
6 | shall cause a copy of the application to be sent to
the | ||||||
7 | Director of the Department of Corrections. The Director shall | ||||||
8 | then
cause to be prepared and sent to the court a | ||||||
9 | socio-psychiatric report
concerning the applicant. The report | ||||||
10 | shall be prepared by a social worker
and psychologist under the | ||||||
11 | supervision of a licensed psychiatrist assigned
to , the | ||||||
12 | institution wherein such applicant is confined. The court
shall | ||||||
13 | set a date for the
hearing upon such application and shall | ||||||
14 | consider the report so prepared
under the direction of the | ||||||
15 | Director of the Department of Corrections and
any other | ||||||
16 | relevant information submitted by or on behalf of such | ||||||
17 | applicant.
If the person is found to be no longer dangerous, | ||||||
18 | the court shall order
that he be discharged. If the court finds | ||||||
19 | that the person appears no
longer to be dangerous but that it | ||||||
20 | is impossible to determine with
certainty under conditions of | ||||||
21 | institutional care that such person has fully
recovered, the | ||||||
22 | court shall enter an order permitting such person to go at
| ||||||
23 | large subject to such conditions and such supervision by the | ||||||
24 | Director as in
the opinion of the court will adequately protect | ||||||
25 | the public. In the event
the person violates any of the | ||||||
26 | conditions of such order, the court shall
revoke such | ||||||
27 | conditional release and recommit the person pursuant to Section
| ||||||
28 | 5-6-4 of the Unified Code of Corrections under the terms of the | ||||||
29 | original
commitment. Upon an order of discharge every | ||||||
30 | outstanding information and
indictment, the basis of which was | ||||||
31 | the reason for the present detention,
shall be quashed.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: P.A. 92-786, eff. 8-6-02; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
33 | Section 560. The Unified Code of Corrections is amended by | ||||||
34 | changing Sections 3-6-3, 5-2-4, 5-4-1, 5-5-3, 5-6-4, 5-8-1.3, | ||||||
35 | and 5-9-1.7 and by setting forth and renumbering multiple |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | versions of Section 5-9-1.12 as follows:
| ||||||
2 | (730 ILCS 5/3-6-3) (from Ch. 38, par. 1003-6-3)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 3-6-3. Rules and Regulations for Early Release.
| ||||||
4 | (a) (1) The Department of Corrections shall prescribe | ||||||
5 | rules
and regulations for the early release on account of | ||||||
6 | good
conduct of persons committed to the Department which | ||||||
7 | shall
be subject to review by the Prisoner Review Board.
| ||||||
8 | (2) The rules and regulations on early release shall | ||||||
9 | provide, with
respect to offenses committed on or after | ||||||
10 | June 19, 1998, the following:
| ||||||
11 | (i) that a prisoner who is serving a term of | ||||||
12 | imprisonment for first
degree murder or for the offense | ||||||
13 | of terrorism shall receive no good conduct
credit and | ||||||
14 | shall serve the entire
sentence imposed by the court;
| ||||||
15 | (ii) that a prisoner serving a sentence for attempt | ||||||
16 | to commit first
degree murder, solicitation of murder, | ||||||
17 | solicitation of murder for hire,
intentional homicide | ||||||
18 | of an unborn child, predatory criminal sexual assault | ||||||
19 | of a
child, aggravated criminal sexual assault, | ||||||
20 | criminal sexual assault, aggravated
kidnapping, | ||||||
21 | aggravated battery with a firearm, heinous battery, | ||||||
22 | aggravated
battery of a senior citizen, or aggravated | ||||||
23 | battery of a child shall receive no
more than 4.5 days | ||||||
24 | of good conduct credit for each month of his or her | ||||||
25 | sentence
of imprisonment; and
| ||||||
26 | (iii) that a prisoner serving a sentence
for home | ||||||
27 | invasion, armed robbery, aggravated vehicular | ||||||
28 | hijacking,
aggravated discharge of a firearm, or armed | ||||||
29 | violence with a category I weapon
or category II | ||||||
30 | weapon, when the court
has made and entered a finding, | ||||||
31 | pursuant to subsection (c-1) of Section 5-4-1
of this | ||||||
32 | Code, that the conduct leading to conviction for the | ||||||
33 | enumerated offense
resulted in great bodily harm to a | ||||||
34 | victim, shall receive no more than 4.5 days
of good | ||||||
35 | conduct credit for each month of his or her sentence of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | imprisonment.
| ||||||
2 | (2.1) For all offenses, other than those enumerated in | ||||||
3 | subdivision (a)(2)
committed on or after June 19, 1998, and | ||||||
4 | other than the offense of reckless
homicide as defined in | ||||||
5 | subsection (e) of Section 9-3 of the Criminal Code of
1961 | ||||||
6 | committed on or after January 1, 1999,
or aggravated | ||||||
7 | driving under the influence of alcohol, other drug or | ||||||
8 | drugs, or
intoxicating compound or compounds, or any | ||||||
9 | combination thereof as defined in
subparagraph (F) of | ||||||
10 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of the
| ||||||
11 | Illinois Vehicle Code,
the rules and regulations shall
| ||||||
12 | provide that a prisoner who is serving a term of
| ||||||
13 | imprisonment shall receive one day of good conduct credit | ||||||
14 | for each day of
his or her sentence of imprisonment or | ||||||
15 | recommitment under Section 3-3-9.
Each day of good conduct | ||||||
16 | credit shall reduce by one day the prisoner's period
of | ||||||
17 | imprisonment or recommitment under Section 3-3-9.
| ||||||
18 | (2.2) A prisoner serving a term of natural life | ||||||
19 | imprisonment or a
prisoner who has been sentenced to death | ||||||
20 | shall receive no good conduct
credit.
| ||||||
21 | (2.3) The rules and regulations on early release shall | ||||||
22 | provide that
a prisoner who is serving a sentence for | ||||||
23 | reckless homicide as defined in
subsection (e) of Section | ||||||
24 | 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 committed on or
after | ||||||
25 | January 1, 1999, or aggravated driving under the influence | ||||||
26 | of alcohol,
other drug or drugs, or intoxicating compound | ||||||
27 | or compounds, or any combination
thereof as defined in | ||||||
28 | subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of
| ||||||
29 | Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, shall receive | ||||||
30 | no more than 4.5
days of good conduct credit for each month | ||||||
31 | of his or her sentence of
imprisonment.
| ||||||
32 | (2.4) The rules and regulations on early release shall | ||||||
33 | provide with
respect to the offenses of aggravated battery | ||||||
34 | with a machine gun or a firearm
equipped with any device or | ||||||
35 | attachment designed or used for silencing the
report of a | ||||||
36 | firearm or aggravated discharge of a machine gun or a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | firearm
equipped with any device or attachment designed or | ||||||
2 | used for silencing the
report of a firearm, committed on or | ||||||
3 | after
July 15, 1999 ( the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
4 | 91-121)
this
amendatory Act of 1999 ,
that a prisoner | ||||||
5 | serving a sentence for any of these offenses shall receive | ||||||
6 | no
more than 4.5 days of good conduct credit for each month | ||||||
7 | of his or her sentence
of imprisonment.
| ||||||
8 | (2.5) The rules and regulations on early release shall | ||||||
9 | provide that a
prisoner who is serving a sentence for | ||||||
10 | aggravated arson committed on or after
July 27, 2001 ( the | ||||||
11 | effective date of Public Act 92-176)
this
amendatory Act of | ||||||
12 | the 92nd 93rd General Assembly shall receive no more than
| ||||||
13 | 4.5 days of good conduct credit for each month of his or | ||||||
14 | her sentence of
imprisonment.
| ||||||
15 | (3) The rules and regulations shall also provide that
| ||||||
16 | the Director may award up to 180 days additional good | ||||||
17 | conduct
credit for meritorious service in specific | ||||||
18 | instances as the
Director deems proper; except that no more | ||||||
19 | than 90 days
of good conduct credit for meritorious service
| ||||||
20 | shall be awarded to any prisoner who is serving a sentence | ||||||
21 | for
conviction of first degree murder, reckless homicide | ||||||
22 | while under the
influence of alcohol or any other drug,
or | ||||||
23 | aggravated driving under the influence of alcohol, other | ||||||
24 | drug or drugs, or
intoxicating compound or compounds, or | ||||||
25 | any combination thereof as defined in
subparagraph (F) of | ||||||
26 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of the
| ||||||
27 | Illinois Vehicle Code, aggravated kidnapping, kidnapping,
| ||||||
28 | predatory criminal sexual assault of a child,
aggravated | ||||||
29 | criminal sexual assault, criminal sexual assault, deviate | ||||||
30 | sexual
assault, aggravated criminal sexual abuse, | ||||||
31 | aggravated indecent liberties
with a child, indecent | ||||||
32 | liberties with a child, child pornography, heinous
| ||||||
33 | battery, aggravated battery of a spouse, aggravated | ||||||
34 | battery of a spouse
with a firearm, stalking, aggravated | ||||||
35 | stalking, aggravated battery of a child,
endangering the | ||||||
36 | life or health of a child, cruelty to a child, or narcotic
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | racketeering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, good conduct | ||||||
2 | credit for
meritorious service shall not be awarded on a
| ||||||
3 | sentence of imprisonment imposed for conviction of: (i) one | ||||||
4 | of the offenses
enumerated in subdivision (a)(2) when the | ||||||
5 | offense is committed on or after
June 19, 1998, (ii) | ||||||
6 | reckless homicide as
defined in subsection (e) of Section | ||||||
7 | 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 when
the offense is | ||||||
8 | committed on or after January 1, 1999,
or aggravated | ||||||
9 | driving under the influence of alcohol, other drug or | ||||||
10 | drugs, or
intoxicating compound or compounds, or any | ||||||
11 | combination thereof as defined in
subparagraph (F) of | ||||||
12 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of the
| ||||||
13 | Illinois Vehicle Code, (iii) one of the offenses enumerated | ||||||
14 | in subdivision
(a)(2.4) when the offense is committed on or | ||||||
15 | after
July 15, 1999 ( the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
16 | 91-121)
this
amendatory Act of 1999 ,
or (iv) aggravated | ||||||
17 | arson when the offense is committed
on or after July 27, | ||||||
18 | 2001 ( the effective date of Public Act 92-176)
this | ||||||
19 | amendatory Act of the 92nd 93rd General Assembly .
| ||||||
20 | (4) The rules and regulations shall also provide that | ||||||
21 | the good conduct
credit accumulated and retained under | ||||||
22 | paragraph (2.1) of subsection (a) of
this Section by any | ||||||
23 | inmate during specific periods of time in which such
inmate | ||||||
24 | is engaged full-time in substance abuse programs, | ||||||
25 | correctional
industry assignments, or educational programs | ||||||
26 | provided by the Department
under this paragraph (4) and | ||||||
27 | satisfactorily completes the assigned program as
| ||||||
28 | determined by the standards of the Department, shall be | ||||||
29 | multiplied by a factor
of 1.25 for program participation | ||||||
30 | before August 11, 1993
and 1.50 for program participation | ||||||
31 | on or after that date.
However, no inmate shall be eligible | ||||||
32 | for the additional good conduct credit
under this paragraph | ||||||
33 | (4) while assigned to a boot camp, mental health unit,
or | ||||||
34 | electronic detention, or if convicted of an offense | ||||||
35 | enumerated in
paragraph (a)(2) of this Section that is | ||||||
36 | committed on or after June 19,
1998, or if convicted of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reckless homicide as defined in subsection (e) of
Section | ||||||
2 | 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 if the offense is | ||||||
3 | committed on or
after January 1, 1999,
or aggravated | ||||||
4 | driving under the influence of alcohol, other drug or | ||||||
5 | drugs, or
intoxicating compound or compounds, or any | ||||||
6 | combination thereof as defined in
subparagraph (F) of | ||||||
7 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of the
| ||||||
8 | Illinois Vehicle Code, or if convicted of an offense | ||||||
9 | enumerated in paragraph
(a)(2.4) of this Section that is | ||||||
10 | committed on or after
July 15, 1999 ( the effective date of | ||||||
11 | Public Act 91-121)
this
amendatory Act of 1999 ,
or first | ||||||
12 | degree murder, a Class X felony, criminal sexual
assault, | ||||||
13 | felony criminal sexual abuse, aggravated criminal sexual | ||||||
14 | abuse,
aggravated battery with a firearm, or any | ||||||
15 | predecessor or successor offenses
with the same or | ||||||
16 | substantially the same elements, or any inchoate offenses
| ||||||
17 | relating to the foregoing offenses. No inmate shall be | ||||||
18 | eligible for the
additional good conduct credit under this | ||||||
19 | paragraph (4) who (i) has previously
received increased | ||||||
20 | good conduct credit under this paragraph (4) and has
| ||||||
21 | subsequently been convicted of a
felony, or (ii) has | ||||||
22 | previously served more than one prior sentence of
| ||||||
23 | imprisonment for a felony in an adult correctional | ||||||
24 | facility.
| ||||||
25 | Educational, vocational, substance abuse and | ||||||
26 | correctional
industry programs under which good conduct | ||||||
27 | credit may be increased under
this paragraph (4) shall be | ||||||
28 | evaluated by the Department on the basis of
documented | ||||||
29 | standards. The Department shall report the results of these
| ||||||
30 | evaluations to the Governor and the General Assembly by | ||||||
31 | September 30th of each
year. The reports shall include data | ||||||
32 | relating to the recidivism rate among
program | ||||||
33 | participants.
| ||||||
34 | Availability of these programs shall be subject to the
| ||||||
35 | limits of fiscal resources appropriated by the General | ||||||
36 | Assembly for these
purposes. Eligible inmates who are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | denied immediate admission shall be
placed on a waiting | ||||||
2 | list under criteria established by the Department.
The | ||||||
3 | inability of any inmate to become engaged in any such | ||||||
4 | programs
by reason of insufficient program resources or for | ||||||
5 | any other reason
established under the rules and | ||||||
6 | regulations of the Department shall not be
deemed a cause | ||||||
7 | of action under which the Department or any employee or
| ||||||
8 | agent of the Department shall be liable for damages to the | ||||||
9 | inmate.
| ||||||
10 | (4.5) The rules and regulations on early release shall | ||||||
11 | also provide that
a prisoner who is serving a sentence for | ||||||
12 | a crime committed as a result of the
use of, abuse of, or | ||||||
13 | addiction to alcohol or a controlled substance and the
| ||||||
14 | crime was committed on or after September 1, 2003 ( the | ||||||
15 | effective date of
Public Act 93-354)
this Amendatory Act of | ||||||
16 | the 93rd General Assembly
shall receive no good conduct | ||||||
17 | credit until he or she participates in and
completes a | ||||||
18 | substance abuse treatment program. Good conduct credit | ||||||
19 | awarded
under clauses (2), (3), and (4) of this subsection | ||||||
20 | (a) for crimes committed on
or after September 1, 2003
the | ||||||
21 | effective date of this amendatory Act of
the 93rd General | ||||||
22 | Assembly is subject to the provisions of this clause (4.5).
| ||||||
23 | If the prisoner completes a substance abuse treatment | ||||||
24 | program, the Department
may award good conduct credit for | ||||||
25 | the time spent in treatment. Availability of
substance | ||||||
26 | abuse treatment shall be subject to the limits of fiscal | ||||||
27 | resources
appropriated by the General Assembly for these | ||||||
28 | purposes. If treatment is not
available, the prisoner shall | ||||||
29 | be placed on a waiting list under criteria
established by | ||||||
30 | the Department. The Department may require a prisoner | ||||||
31 | placed on
a waiting list to attend a substance abuse | ||||||
32 | education class or attend substance
abuse self-help | ||||||
33 | meetings. A prisoner may not lose good conduct credit as a
| ||||||
34 | result of being placed on a waiting list. A prisoner placed | ||||||
35 | on a waiting list
remains eligible for increased good | ||||||
36 | conduct credit for participation in an
educational, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | vocational, or correctional industry program under clause | ||||||
2 | (4) of
subsection (a) of this Section.
| ||||||
3 | (5) Whenever the Department is to release any inmate | ||||||
4 | earlier than it
otherwise would because of a grant of good | ||||||
5 | conduct credit for meritorious
service given at any time | ||||||
6 | during the term, the Department shall give
reasonable | ||||||
7 | advance notice of the impending release to the State's
| ||||||
8 | Attorney of the county where the prosecution of the inmate | ||||||
9 | took place.
| ||||||
10 | (b) Whenever a person is or has been committed under
| ||||||
11 | several convictions, with separate sentences, the sentences
| ||||||
12 | shall be construed under Section 5-8-4 in granting and
| ||||||
13 | forfeiting of good time.
| ||||||
14 | (c) The Department shall prescribe rules and regulations
| ||||||
15 | for revoking good conduct credit, or suspending or reducing
the | ||||||
16 | rate of accumulation of good conduct credit for specific
rule | ||||||
17 | violations, during imprisonment. These rules and regulations
| ||||||
18 | shall provide that no inmate may be penalized more than one
| ||||||
19 | year of good conduct credit for any one infraction.
| ||||||
20 | When the Department seeks to revoke, suspend or reduce
the | ||||||
21 | rate of accumulation of any good conduct credits for
an alleged | ||||||
22 | infraction of its rules, it shall bring charges
therefor | ||||||
23 | against the prisoner sought to be so deprived of
good conduct | ||||||
24 | credits before the Prisoner Review Board as
provided in | ||||||
25 | subparagraph (a)(4) of Section 3-3-2 of this
Code, if the | ||||||
26 | amount of credit at issue exceeds 30 days or
when during any 12 | ||||||
27 | month period, the cumulative amount of
credit revoked exceeds | ||||||
28 | 30 days except where the infraction is committed
or discovered | ||||||
29 | within 60 days of scheduled release. In those cases,
the | ||||||
30 | Department of Corrections may revoke up to 30 days of good | ||||||
31 | conduct credit.
The Board may subsequently approve the | ||||||
32 | revocation of additional good
conduct credit, if the Department | ||||||
33 | seeks to revoke good conduct credit in
excess of 30 days. | ||||||
34 | However, the Board shall not be empowered to review the
| ||||||
35 | Department's decision with respect to the loss of 30 days of | ||||||
36 | good conduct
credit within any calendar year for any prisoner |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or to increase any penalty
beyond the length requested by the | ||||||
2 | Department.
| ||||||
3 | The Director of the Department of Corrections, in | ||||||
4 | appropriate cases, may
restore up to 30 days good conduct | ||||||
5 | credits which have been revoked, suspended
or reduced. Any | ||||||
6 | restoration of good conduct credits in excess of 30 days shall
| ||||||
7 | be subject to review by the Prisoner Review Board. However, the | ||||||
8 | Board may not
restore good conduct credit in excess of the | ||||||
9 | amount requested by the Director.
| ||||||
10 | Nothing contained in this Section shall prohibit the | ||||||
11 | Prisoner Review Board
from ordering, pursuant to Section | ||||||
12 | 3-3-9(a)(3)(i)(B), that a prisoner serve up
to one year of the | ||||||
13 | sentence imposed by the court that was not served due to the
| ||||||
14 | accumulation of good conduct credit.
| ||||||
15 | (d) If a lawsuit is filed by a prisoner in an Illinois or | ||||||
16 | federal court
against the State, the Department of Corrections, | ||||||
17 | or the Prisoner Review Board,
or against any of
their officers | ||||||
18 | or employees, and the court makes a specific finding that a
| ||||||
19 | pleading, motion, or other paper filed by the prisoner is | ||||||
20 | frivolous, the
Department of Corrections shall conduct a | ||||||
21 | hearing to revoke up to
180 days of good conduct credit by | ||||||
22 | bringing charges against the prisoner
sought to be deprived of | ||||||
23 | the good conduct credits before the Prisoner Review
Board as | ||||||
24 | provided in subparagraph (a)(8) of Section 3-3-2 of this Code.
| ||||||
25 | If the prisoner has not accumulated 180 days of good conduct | ||||||
26 | credit at the
time of the finding, then the Prisoner Review | ||||||
27 | Board may revoke all
good conduct credit accumulated by the | ||||||
28 | prisoner.
| ||||||
29 | For purposes of this subsection (d):
| ||||||
30 | (1) "Frivolous" means that a pleading, motion, or other | ||||||
31 | filing which
purports to be a legal document filed by a | ||||||
32 | prisoner in his or her lawsuit meets
any or all of the | ||||||
33 | following criteria:
| ||||||
34 | (A) it lacks an arguable basis either in law or in | ||||||
35 | fact;
| ||||||
36 | (B) it is being presented for any improper purpose, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such as to harass or
to cause unnecessary delay or | ||||||
2 | needless increase in the cost of litigation;
| ||||||
3 | (C) the claims, defenses, and other legal | ||||||
4 | contentions therein are not
warranted by existing law | ||||||
5 | or by a nonfrivolous argument for the extension,
| ||||||
6 | modification, or reversal of existing law or the | ||||||
7 | establishment of new law;
| ||||||
8 | (D) the allegations and other factual contentions | ||||||
9 | do not have
evidentiary
support or, if specifically so | ||||||
10 | identified, are not likely to have evidentiary
support | ||||||
11 | after a reasonable opportunity for further | ||||||
12 | investigation or discovery;
or
| ||||||
13 | (E) the denials of factual contentions are not | ||||||
14 | warranted on the
evidence, or if specifically so | ||||||
15 | identified, are not reasonably based on a lack
of | ||||||
16 | information or belief.
| ||||||
17 | (2) "Lawsuit" means a petition for post-conviction | ||||||
18 | relief under Article
122 of the Code of Criminal Procedure | ||||||
19 | of 1963, a motion pursuant to Section
116-3 of the Code of | ||||||
20 | Criminal Procedure of 1963, a habeas corpus action under
| ||||||
21 | Article X of the Code of Civil Procedure or under federal | ||||||
22 | law (28 U.S.C. 2254),
a petition for claim under the Court | ||||||
23 | of Claims Act or an action under the
federal Civil Rights | ||||||
24 | Act (42 U.S.C. 1983).
| ||||||
25 | (e) Nothing in Public Act 90-592 or 90-593
this amendatory | ||||||
26 | Act of
1998 affects the validity of Public Act 89-404.
| ||||||
27 | (Source: P.A. 92-176, eff. 7-27-01; 92-854, eff. 12-5-02; | ||||||
28 | 93-213, eff.
7-18-03; 93-354, eff. 9-1-03; revised 10-15-03.)
| ||||||
29 | (730 ILCS 5/5-2-4) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-2-4)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 5-2-4. Proceedings after Acquittal by Reason of | ||||||
31 | Insanity.
| ||||||
32 | (a) After a finding or verdict of not guilty by reason of | ||||||
33 | insanity
under Sections 104-25, 115-3 or 115-4 of The Code of | ||||||
34 | Criminal Procedure
of 1963, the defendant shall be ordered to | ||||||
35 | the Department of Human Services for
an evaluation as to
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | whether he is in need of mental health
services. The order
| ||||||
2 | shall specify whether the evaluation shall be conducted on an | ||||||
3 | inpatient or
outpatient basis. If the evaluation is to be | ||||||
4 | conducted on an inpatient
basis, the defendant shall be placed | ||||||
5 | in a secure setting unless the Court
determines that there are | ||||||
6 | compelling reasons why such placement is not
necessary.
After | ||||||
7 | the evaluation and during the period of time required to
| ||||||
8 | determine the appropriate placement, the defendant shall
| ||||||
9 | remain in jail.
Upon completion of the placement process the | ||||||
10 | sheriff shall be notified and
shall transport the defendant to | ||||||
11 | the designated facility.
| ||||||
12 | The Department shall provide the Court with a report of its | ||||||
13 | evaluation
within 30 days of the date of this order. The Court | ||||||
14 | shall hold a hearing
as provided under the Mental Health and | ||||||
15 | Developmental Disabilities Code to
determine if the individual | ||||||
16 | is:
(a)
in need of mental health services on an inpatient | ||||||
17 | basis; (b) in
need of
mental health services on an outpatient | ||||||
18 | basis; (c) a person not in
need of
mental health services. The | ||||||
19 | Court shall enter its findings.
| ||||||
20 | If the defendant is found to be in
need
of mental health | ||||||
21 | services on an inpatient care basis, the Court shall order the
| ||||||
22 | defendant to the Department of Human Services.
The defendant | ||||||
23 | shall be placed in a secure setting unless the Court determines
| ||||||
24 | that there are compelling reasons why such placement is not | ||||||
25 | necessary. Such
defendants placed in a secure setting shall not | ||||||
26 | be permitted outside the
facility's housing unit unless | ||||||
27 | escorted or accompanied by personnel of the
Department of Human | ||||||
28 | Services or with the prior approval of the Court for
| ||||||
29 | unsupervised
on-grounds privileges as provided
herein.
Any | ||||||
30 | defendant placed in a secure setting pursuant to this Section,
| ||||||
31 | transported to court hearings or other necessary appointments
| ||||||
32 | off facility grounds
by personnel of
the Department of Human | ||||||
33 | Services, shall be
placed in security devices
or otherwise | ||||||
34 | secured during the period of transportation to assure
secure | ||||||
35 | transport of the defendant and the safety of Department
of | ||||||
36 | Human Services personnel and others. These security measures
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall not constitute restraint as defined in the Mental Health | ||||||
2 | and
Developmental Disabilities Code.
If the defendant is found | ||||||
3 | to be in need of mental health services,
but not on an | ||||||
4 | inpatient care basis, the Court shall conditionally release
the | ||||||
5 | defendant, under such conditions as set forth in this Section | ||||||
6 | as will
reasonably assure the defendant's satisfactory | ||||||
7 | progress and participation
in treatment or
rehabilitation and | ||||||
8 | the safety of the defendant and others. If the
Court
finds the | ||||||
9 | person not in need of mental health services, then the Court
| ||||||
10 | shall order the defendant discharged from custody.
| ||||||
11 | (a-1)
(1) Definitions . : For the purposes of this Section:
| ||||||
12 | (A) (Blank).
| ||||||
13 | (B) "In need of mental health services on an inpatient | ||||||
14 | basis" means: a
defendant who has been found not guilty by | ||||||
15 | reason of insanity but who due to mental illness is
| ||||||
16 | reasonably expected to inflict
serious physical harm upon | ||||||
17 | himself or another and who would benefit from
inpatient | ||||||
18 | care or is in need of inpatient care.
| ||||||
19 | (C) "In need of mental health services on an outpatient | ||||||
20 | basis" means:
a defendant who has been found not guilty by | ||||||
21 | reason of insanity who is not in need of mental health | ||||||
22 | services on
an inpatient basis, but is in need of | ||||||
23 | outpatient care, drug and/or alcohol
rehabilitation | ||||||
24 | programs, community adjustment programs, individual, | ||||||
25 | group,
or family therapy, or chemotherapy.
| ||||||
26 | (D) "Conditional Release" means: the release from | ||||||
27 | either the custody
of the Department of Human Services
or | ||||||
28 | the custody of the Court of a person who has been found not | ||||||
29 | guilty by
reason of insanity under such conditions as the | ||||||
30 | Court may impose which
reasonably assure the defendant's | ||||||
31 | satisfactory progress in
treatment or habilitation and the | ||||||
32 | safety of the defendant and others. The
Court shall | ||||||
33 | consider such terms and conditions which may include, but | ||||||
34 | need
not be limited to, outpatient care, alcoholic and drug | ||||||
35 | rehabilitation programs,
community adjustment programs, | ||||||
36 | individual, group, family, and chemotherapy,
random |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | testing to ensure the defendant's timely and continuous | ||||||
2 | taking of any
medicines prescribed
to control or manage his | ||||||
3 | or her conduct or mental state, and
periodic checks with | ||||||
4 | the legal authorities and/or the Department of Human
| ||||||
5 | Services.
The Court may order as a condition of conditional | ||||||
6 | release that the
defendant not contact the victim of the | ||||||
7 | offense that
resulted in the finding or
verdict of not | ||||||
8 | guilty by reason of insanity or any other person. The Court | ||||||
9 | may
order the
Department of
Human Services to provide care | ||||||
10 | to any
person conditionally released under this Section. | ||||||
11 | The Department may contract
with any public or private | ||||||
12 | agency in order to discharge any responsibilities
imposed | ||||||
13 | under this Section. The Department shall monitor the | ||||||
14 | provision of
services to persons conditionally released | ||||||
15 | under this Section and provide
periodic reports to the | ||||||
16 | Court concerning the services and the condition of the
| ||||||
17 | defendant.
Whenever a person is conditionally released | ||||||
18 | pursuant to this Section, the
State's Attorney for the | ||||||
19 | county in which the hearing is held shall designate in
| ||||||
20 | writing the name, telephone number, and address of a person | ||||||
21 | employed by him or
her who
shall be notified in the event | ||||||
22 | that either the reporting agency or the
Department decides | ||||||
23 | that the conditional release of the defendant should be
| ||||||
24 | revoked or modified pursuant to subsection (i) of this | ||||||
25 | Section. Such
conditional release shall be for
a period of | ||||||
26 | five years. However, the defendant, the person or
facility
| ||||||
27 | rendering the treatment, therapy, program or outpatient | ||||||
28 | care, the
Department, or the
State's Attorney may petition | ||||||
29 | the Court for an extension of
the conditional
release | ||||||
30 | period for an additional 5 years. Upon receipt of such a
| ||||||
31 | petition, the Court shall hold a hearing consistent with | ||||||
32 | the provisions of
this paragraph (a) and paragraph (f) of | ||||||
33 | this Section, shall determine
whether the defendant should | ||||||
34 | continue to be subject to the terms of
conditional release, | ||||||
35 | and shall enter an order either extending the
defendant's | ||||||
36 | period of conditional release for an additional
5
year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | period or discharging the defendant.
Additional 5-year | ||||||
2 | periods of conditional release may be ordered following a
| ||||||
3 | hearing as provided in this Section. However,
in no event | ||||||
4 | shall the defendant's
period of conditional release | ||||||
5 | continue beyond the maximum period of
commitment ordered by | ||||||
6 | the Court pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. These | ||||||
7 | provisions for
extension of conditional release shall only | ||||||
8 | apply to defendants
conditionally released on or after | ||||||
9 | August 8, 2003
the effective date of
this amendatory Act
of | ||||||
10 | the 93rd General Assembly . However the extension
| ||||||
11 | provisions of Public Act 83-1449 apply only to defendants | ||||||
12 | charged
with a forcible felony.
| ||||||
13 | (E) "Facility director" means the chief officer of a | ||||||
14 | mental health or
developmental disabilities facility or | ||||||
15 | his or her designee or the supervisor of
a program of | ||||||
16 | treatment or habilitation or his or her designee. | ||||||
17 | "Designee" may
include a physician, clinical psychologist, | ||||||
18 | social worker, nurse, or clinical
professional counselor.
| ||||||
19 | (b) If the Court finds the defendant in need of mental | ||||||
20 | health services on an
inpatient basis, the
admission, | ||||||
21 | detention, care, treatment or habilitation, treatment plans,
| ||||||
22 | review proceedings, including review of treatment and | ||||||
23 | treatment plans, and
discharge of the defendant after such | ||||||
24 | order shall be under the
Mental Health and Developmental | ||||||
25 | Disabilities Code, except that the
initial order for admission | ||||||
26 | of a defendant acquitted of a felony by
reason of insanity | ||||||
27 | shall be for an indefinite period of time. Such period
of | ||||||
28 | commitment shall not exceed the maximum
length of time that the | ||||||
29 | defendant would have been required to serve,
less credit for | ||||||
30 | good behavior as provided in Section 5-4-1 of the Unified
Code | ||||||
31 | of Corrections, before becoming eligible for
release had
he | ||||||
32 | been convicted of and received the maximum sentence for the | ||||||
33 | most
serious crime for which he has been acquitted by reason of | ||||||
34 | insanity. The
Court shall determine the maximum period of | ||||||
35 | commitment by an appropriate
order. During this period of time, | ||||||
36 | the defendant shall not be permitted
to be in the community in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any manner, including but not limited to off-grounds
| ||||||
2 | privileges, with or without escort by personnel of the | ||||||
3 | Department of Human
Services, unsupervised on-grounds | ||||||
4 | privileges,
discharge or conditional or temporary release, | ||||||
5 | except by a plan as provided in
this Section. In no event shall | ||||||
6 | a defendant's continued unauthorized
absence be a basis for | ||||||
7 | discharge. Not more than 30 days after admission
and every 60 | ||||||
8 | days thereafter so long as the initial order
remains in effect, | ||||||
9 | the facility director shall file a treatment plan report
in | ||||||
10 | writing with the court
and forward a copy of the treatment plan | ||||||
11 | report to the clerk of the
court, the State's Attorney, and the | ||||||
12 | defendant's attorney, if the defendant is
represented by | ||||||
13 | counsel,
or to a person authorized by
the defendant under the
| ||||||
14 | Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Confidentiality | ||||||
15 | Act to be sent a
copy of the report. The report shall include | ||||||
16 | an opinion
as to whether the
defendant is currently in need of | ||||||
17 | mental
health services on an inpatient basis or in need of | ||||||
18 | mental health services
on
an outpatient basis. The report shall | ||||||
19 | also summarize the basis for those
findings and provide a | ||||||
20 | current summary of the following items from the
treatment plan: | ||||||
21 | (1) an assessment of the defendant's treatment needs, (2) a
| ||||||
22 | description of the services recommended for treatment, (3) the | ||||||
23 | goals of each
type of element of service, (4) an anticipated | ||||||
24 | timetable for the accomplishment
of the goals, and (5) a | ||||||
25 | designation of the qualified professional responsible
for the | ||||||
26 | implementation of the plan.
The report may also include | ||||||
27 | unsupervised on-grounds
privileges, off-grounds privileges | ||||||
28 | (with or without escort by personnel of the
Department of Human | ||||||
29 | Services), home visits and
participation in work
programs, but | ||||||
30 | only where such privileges have been approved by specific court
| ||||||
31 | order, which order may include such conditions on the defendant | ||||||
32 | as the
Court may deem appropriate and necessary to reasonably | ||||||
33 | assure the defendant's
satisfactory progress in treatment and | ||||||
34 | the safety of the defendant and others.
| ||||||
35 | (c) Every defendant acquitted of a felony by reason of | ||||||
36 | insanity and
subsequently found to be in need of
mental health |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | services shall be represented by counsel in all proceedings | ||||||
2 | under
this Section and under the Mental Health and | ||||||
3 | Developmental Disabilities Code.
| ||||||
4 | (1) The Court shall appoint as counsel the public | ||||||
5 | defender or an
attorney licensed by this State.
| ||||||
6 | (2) Upon filing with the Court of a verified statement | ||||||
7 | of legal
services rendered by the private attorney | ||||||
8 | appointed pursuant to
paragraph (1) of this subsection, the | ||||||
9 | Court shall determine a reasonable
fee for such services. | ||||||
10 | If the defendant is unable to pay the fee, the
Court shall | ||||||
11 | enter an order upon the State to pay the entire fee or such
| ||||||
12 | amount as the defendant is unable to pay from funds | ||||||
13 | appropriated by the
General Assembly for that purpose.
| ||||||
14 | (d) When the facility director determines that:
| ||||||
15 | (1) the defendant is no longer
in need of mental health | ||||||
16 | services on an inpatient basis; and
| ||||||
17 | (2) the defendant may be conditionally released | ||||||
18 | because he
or she is still in need of mental health | ||||||
19 | services or that the defendant
may be discharged as not in | ||||||
20 | need of any mental health services; or
| ||||||
21 | (3) the defendant no longer requires placement in a | ||||||
22 | secure setting;
| ||||||
23 | the facility director shall give written notice
to the Court, | ||||||
24 | State's Attorney and defense attorney.
Such notice shall set | ||||||
25 | forth in detail the basis for the recommendation of
the | ||||||
26 | facility director, and specify clearly the recommendations, if | ||||||
27 | any,
of the facility director, concerning conditional release.
| ||||||
28 | Any recommendation for conditional release shall include an | ||||||
29 | evaluation of
the defendant's need for psychotropic | ||||||
30 | medication, what provisions should be
made, if any, to ensure | ||||||
31 | that the defendant will continue to receive
psychotropic | ||||||
32 | medication following discharge, and what provisions should be | ||||||
33 | made
to assure the safety of the defendant and others in the | ||||||
34 | event the defendant is
no longer receiving psychotropic | ||||||
35 | medication.
Within 30 days of
the notification by the facility | ||||||
36 | director, the Court shall set a hearing and
make a finding as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to whether the defendant is:
| ||||||
2 | (i) (blank); or
| ||||||
3 | (ii) in need of mental health services in the form of | ||||||
4 | inpatient care; or
| ||||||
5 | (iii) in need of mental health services but not subject | ||||||
6 | to inpatient care;
or
| ||||||
7 | (iv) no longer in need of mental health services; or
| ||||||
8 | (v) no longer requires placement in a secure setting.
| ||||||
9 | Upon finding by the Court, the Court shall enter its | ||||||
10 | findings and such
appropriate order as provided in subsection | ||||||
11 | (a) of this Section.
| ||||||
12 | (e) A defendant admitted pursuant to this Section, or any | ||||||
13 | person on
his behalf, may file a petition for treatment plan | ||||||
14 | review, transfer to a
non-secure setting within the Department | ||||||
15 | of Human Services
or discharge or conditional release under the
| ||||||
16 | standards of this Section in the Court which rendered the | ||||||
17 | verdict. Upon
receipt of a petition for treatment plan review, | ||||||
18 | transfer to a non-secure
setting or discharge or conditional | ||||||
19 | release, the Court shall set a hearing to
be held within 120 | ||||||
20 | days. Thereafter, no new petition
may be filed for 180 days
| ||||||
21 | without leave of the Court.
| ||||||
22 | (f) The Court shall direct that notice of the time and | ||||||
23 | place of the
hearing be served upon the defendant, the facility | ||||||
24 | director, the State's
Attorney, and the defendant's attorney. | ||||||
25 | If requested by either the State or the
defense or if the Court | ||||||
26 | feels it is appropriate, an impartial examination
of the | ||||||
27 | defendant by a psychiatrist or clinical psychologist as defined | ||||||
28 | in
Section 1-103 of the Mental Health and Developmental | ||||||
29 | Disabilities Code who
is not in the employ of the Department of | ||||||
30 | Human Services shall be ordered, and
the report considered at
| ||||||
31 | the time of the hearing.
| ||||||
32 | (g) The findings of the Court shall be established by clear | ||||||
33 | and
convincing evidence. The burden of proof and the burden of | ||||||
34 | going forth
with the evidence rest with the defendant or any | ||||||
35 | person on the defendant's
behalf when a hearing is held to | ||||||
36 | review
a petition filed by or on
behalf of the defendant. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | evidence shall be presented in open
Court
with the right of | ||||||
2 | confrontation and cross-examination.
Such evidence may | ||||||
3 | include, but is not limited to:
| ||||||
4 | (1) whether the defendant appreciates the harm caused | ||||||
5 | by the defendant to
others and the community by his or her | ||||||
6 | prior
conduct
that resulted in the finding of not guilty by | ||||||
7 | reason of insanity;
| ||||||
8 | (2) Whether the person appreciates the criminality of | ||||||
9 | conduct similar
similiar to
the conduct for which he or she | ||||||
10 | was originally charged in this matter;
| ||||||
11 | (3) the current state of
the defendant's illness;
| ||||||
12 | (4) what, if any, medications the defendant is taking | ||||||
13 | to
control his or her mental illness;
| ||||||
14 | (5) what, if any, adverse physical side effects
the | ||||||
15 | medication has on the defendant;
| ||||||
16 | (6) the length of time it would take for the | ||||||
17 | defendant's mental health to
deteriorate
if
the
defendant | ||||||
18 | stopped taking prescribed medication;
| ||||||
19 | (7) the defendant's history or potential for alcohol | ||||||
20 | and drug abuse;
| ||||||
21 | (8) the defendant's past criminal history;
| ||||||
22 | (9) any specialized physical or medical needs of the | ||||||
23 | defendant;
| ||||||
24 | (10) any family participation or involvement expected | ||||||
25 | upon release and
what is the willingness and ability of the | ||||||
26 | family to participate or be
involved;
| ||||||
27 | (11) the defendant's potential to be a danger to | ||||||
28 | himself, herself, or
others; and
| ||||||
29 | (12) any other factor or factors the Court deems | ||||||
30 | appropriate.
| ||||||
31 | (h) Before the court orders that the defendant be | ||||||
32 | discharged or
conditionally released, it shall order the | ||||||
33 | facility director to establish a
discharge plan that includes a | ||||||
34 | plan for the defendant's shelter, support, and
medication. If | ||||||
35 | appropriate, the court shall order that the facility director
| ||||||
36 | establish a program to train the defendant in self-medication |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under standards
established by the Department of Human | ||||||
2 | Services.
If the Court finds, consistent with the provisions of | ||||||
3 | this Section,
that the defendant is no longer in need of mental
| ||||||
4 | health services it shall order the facility director to | ||||||
5 | discharge the
defendant. If the Court finds, consistent with | ||||||
6 | the provisions of this
Section, that the defendant is in need | ||||||
7 | of mental
health services, and no longer in need of inpatient | ||||||
8 | care, it shall order
the facility director to release the | ||||||
9 | defendant under such conditions as the
Court deems appropriate | ||||||
10 | and as provided by this Section. Such conditional
release shall | ||||||
11 | be imposed for a period of 5 years as provided in
paragraph (1) | ||||||
12 | (D) of subsection (a) and shall be
subject
to later | ||||||
13 | modification by the Court as provided by this Section. If the
| ||||||
14 | Court finds consistent with the provisions in this Section that | ||||||
15 | the
defendant is in
need of mental health services on an | ||||||
16 | inpatient basis, it shall order the
facility director not to | ||||||
17 | discharge or release the defendant in accordance
with paragraph | ||||||
18 | (b) of this Section.
| ||||||
19 | (i) If within the period of the defendant's conditional | ||||||
20 | release
the State's Attorney determines that the defendant has | ||||||
21 | not fulfilled the
conditions of his or her release, the State's | ||||||
22 | Attorney may petition the
Court
to
revoke or modify the | ||||||
23 | conditional release of the defendant. Upon the filing of
such | ||||||
24 | petition the defendant may be remanded to the custody of the | ||||||
25 | Department,
or to any other mental health facility designated | ||||||
26 | by the Department, pending
the resolution of the petition. | ||||||
27 | Nothing in this Section shall prevent the
emergency admission | ||||||
28 | of a defendant pursuant to Article VI of Chapter III of the
| ||||||
29 | Mental Health
and Developmental Disabilities Code or the | ||||||
30 | voluntary admission of the defendant
pursuant to Article IV of | ||||||
31 | Chapter III of the Mental Health and Developmental
Disabilities
| ||||||
32 | Code. If
the Court determines, after hearing evidence, that the | ||||||
33 | defendant has
not fulfilled the conditions of release, the | ||||||
34 | Court shall order a hearing
to be held consistent with the | ||||||
35 | provisions of paragraph (f) and (g) of this
Section. At such | ||||||
36 | hearing, if the Court finds that the defendant is in need of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mental health services on an inpatient
basis, it shall enter an | ||||||
2 | order remanding him or her to the Department of
Human Services | ||||||
3 | or other
facility. If the defendant is remanded to the | ||||||
4 | Department of Human Services, he
or she shall be placed in
a | ||||||
5 | secure setting unless the Court
determines that there are | ||||||
6 | compelling reasons that such placement is not
necessary. If the
| ||||||
7 | Court finds that the defendant continues to be in need of | ||||||
8 | mental health
services but not on an inpatient basis, it may | ||||||
9 | modify the conditions of
the original release in order to | ||||||
10 | reasonably assure the defendant's satisfactory
progress in | ||||||
11 | treatment and his or her safety and the safety of others in
| ||||||
12 | accordance with the standards established in paragraph (1) (D) | ||||||
13 | of subsection
(a). Nothing in
this Section shall limit a | ||||||
14 | Court's contempt powers or any other powers of a
Court.
| ||||||
15 | (j) An order of admission under this Section does not | ||||||
16 | affect the
remedy of habeas corpus.
| ||||||
17 | (k) In the event of a conflict between this Section and the | ||||||
18 | Mental Health
and Developmental Disabilities Code or the Mental | ||||||
19 | Health and Developmental
Disabilities Confidentiality Act, the | ||||||
20 | provisions of this Section shall govern.
| ||||||
21 | (l) This amendatory Act shall apply to all persons who have | ||||||
22 | been found
not guilty by reason of insanity and who are | ||||||
23 | presently committed to the
Department of Mental Health and | ||||||
24 | Developmental Disabilities (now the
Department of Human | ||||||
25 | Services).
| ||||||
26 | (m) The Clerk of the Court shall, after the entry of an | ||||||
27 | order of transfer
to a non-secure setting of the Department of | ||||||
28 | Human Services or discharge or
conditional release, transmit
a | ||||||
29 | certified
copy of the order to the Department of Human | ||||||
30 | Services, and the sheriff of the
county from which the
| ||||||
31 | defendant was
admitted.
The Clerk of the Court shall also | ||||||
32 | transmit a certified copy of the order of
discharge or | ||||||
33 | conditional release to the Illinois Department of State Police, | ||||||
34 | to
the proper law enforcement agency for the municipality
where | ||||||
35 | the offense took
place, and to the sheriff of the county into | ||||||
36 | which the defendant is
conditionally discharged. The Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department of State Police shall
maintain a
centralized record | ||||||
2 | of discharged or conditionally released defendants while
they | ||||||
3 | are under court supervision for access and use of appropriate | ||||||
4 | law
enforcement agencies.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-78, eff. 1-1-04; 93-473, eff. 8-8-03; revised | ||||||
6 | 1-22-04.)
| ||||||
7 | (730 ILCS 5/5-4-1) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-4-1)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 5-4-1. Sentencing Hearing.
| ||||||
9 | (a) Except when the death penalty is
sought under hearing | ||||||
10 | procedures otherwise specified, after a
determination of | ||||||
11 | guilt, a hearing shall be held to impose the sentence.
However, | ||||||
12 | prior to the imposition of sentence on an individual being
| ||||||
13 | sentenced for an offense based upon a charge for a violation of | ||||||
14 | Section
11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or a similar | ||||||
15 | provision of a local
ordinance, the individual must undergo a | ||||||
16 | professional evaluation to
determine if an alcohol or other | ||||||
17 | drug abuse problem exists and the extent
of such a problem. | ||||||
18 | Programs conducting these evaluations shall be
licensed by the | ||||||
19 | Department of Human Services. However, if the individual is
not | ||||||
20 | a resident of Illinois, the court
may, in its discretion, | ||||||
21 | accept an evaluation from a program in the state of
such | ||||||
22 | individual's residence. The court may in its sentencing order | ||||||
23 | approve an
eligible defendant for placement in a Department of | ||||||
24 | Corrections impact
incarceration program as provided in | ||||||
25 | Section 5-8-1.1 or 5-8-1.3. At the
hearing the court
shall:
| ||||||
26 | (1) consider the evidence, if any, received upon the | ||||||
27 | trial;
| ||||||
28 | (2) consider any presentence reports;
| ||||||
29 | (3) consider the financial impact of incarceration | ||||||
30 | based on the
financial impact statement filed with the | ||||||
31 | clerk of the court by the
Department of Corrections;
| ||||||
32 | (4) consider evidence and information offered by the | ||||||
33 | parties in
aggravation and mitigation;
| ||||||
34 | (5) hear arguments as to sentencing alternatives;
| ||||||
35 | (6) afford the defendant the opportunity to make a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | statement in his
own behalf;
| ||||||
2 | (7) afford the victim of a violent crime or a violation | ||||||
3 | of Section
11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, or a | ||||||
4 | similar provision of a local
ordinance, or a qualified | ||||||
5 | individual affected by: (i) a violation of Section
405, | ||||||
6 | 405.1, 405.2, or 407 of the Illinois Controlled Substances | ||||||
7 | Act,
or (ii) a Class 4 felony violation of Section 11-14, | ||||||
8 | 11-15, 11-17, 11-18,
11-18.1, or 11-19 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
9 | of 1961,
committed by the defendant the opportunity to make | ||||||
10 | a statement
concerning the impact on the victim and to | ||||||
11 | offer evidence in aggravation or
mitigation; provided that | ||||||
12 | the statement and evidence offered in aggravation
or | ||||||
13 | mitigation must first be prepared in writing in conjunction | ||||||
14 | with the
State's Attorney before it may be presented orally | ||||||
15 | at the hearing. Any
sworn testimony offered by the victim | ||||||
16 | is subject to the defendant's right
to cross-examine. All | ||||||
17 | statements and evidence offered under this paragraph
(7) | ||||||
18 | shall become part of the record of the court. For the | ||||||
19 | purpose of this
paragraph (7), "qualified individual" | ||||||
20 | means any person who (i) lived or worked
within the | ||||||
21 | territorial jurisdiction where the offense took place when | ||||||
22 | the
offense took place;
and (ii) is familiar with various | ||||||
23 | public places within the territorial
jurisdiction where
| ||||||
24 | the offense took place when the offense took place. For the | ||||||
25 | purposes of
this paragraph (7), "qualified individual" | ||||||
26 | includes any peace officer,
or any member of any duly | ||||||
27 | organized State, county, or municipal peace unit
assigned | ||||||
28 | to the territorial jurisdiction where the offense took | ||||||
29 | place when the
offense took
place;
| ||||||
30 | (8) in cases of reckless homicide afford the victim's | ||||||
31 | spouse,
guardians, parents or other immediate family | ||||||
32 | members an opportunity to make
oral statements; and
| ||||||
33 | (9) in cases involving a felony sex offense as defined | ||||||
34 | under the Sex
Offender
Management Board Act, consider the | ||||||
35 | results of the sex offender evaluation
conducted pursuant | ||||||
36 | to Section 5-3-2 of this Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) All sentences shall be imposed by the judge based upon | ||||||
2 | his
independent assessment of the elements specified above and | ||||||
3 | any agreement
as to sentence reached by the parties. The judge | ||||||
4 | who presided at the
trial or the judge who accepted the plea of | ||||||
5 | guilty shall impose the
sentence unless he is no longer sitting | ||||||
6 | as a judge in that court. Where
the judge does not impose | ||||||
7 | sentence at the same time on all defendants
who are convicted | ||||||
8 | as a result of being involved in the same offense, the
| ||||||
9 | defendant or the State's Attorney may advise the sentencing | ||||||
10 | court of the
disposition of any other defendants who have been | ||||||
11 | sentenced.
| ||||||
12 | (c) In imposing a sentence for a violent crime or for an | ||||||
13 | offense of
operating or being in physical control of a vehicle | ||||||
14 | while under the
influence of alcohol, any other drug or any | ||||||
15 | combination thereof, or a
similar provision of a local | ||||||
16 | ordinance, when such offense resulted in the
personal injury to | ||||||
17 | someone other than the defendant, the trial judge shall
specify | ||||||
18 | on the record the particular evidence, information, factors in
| ||||||
19 | mitigation and aggravation or other reasons that led to his | ||||||
20 | sentencing
determination. The full verbatim record of the | ||||||
21 | sentencing hearing shall be
filed with the clerk of the court | ||||||
22 | and shall be a public record.
| ||||||
23 | (c-1) In imposing a sentence for the offense of aggravated | ||||||
24 | kidnapping for
ransom, home invasion, armed robbery, | ||||||
25 | aggravated vehicular hijacking,
aggravated discharge of a | ||||||
26 | firearm, or armed violence with a category I weapon
or category | ||||||
27 | II weapon,
the trial judge shall make a finding as to whether | ||||||
28 | the conduct leading to
conviction for the offense resulted in | ||||||
29 | great bodily harm to a victim, and
shall enter that finding and | ||||||
30 | the basis for that finding in the record.
| ||||||
31 | (c-2) If the defendant is sentenced to prison, other than | ||||||
32 | when a sentence of
natural life imprisonment or a sentence of | ||||||
33 | death is imposed, at the time
the sentence is imposed the judge | ||||||
34 | shall
state on the record in open court the approximate period | ||||||
35 | of time the defendant
will serve in custody according to the | ||||||
36 | then current statutory rules and
regulations for early release |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | found in Section 3-6-3 and other related
provisions of this | ||||||
2 | Code. This statement is intended solely to inform the
public, | ||||||
3 | has no legal effect on the defendant's actual release, and may | ||||||
4 | not be
relied on by the defendant on appeal.
| ||||||
5 | The judge's statement, to be given after pronouncing the | ||||||
6 | sentence, other than
when the sentence is imposed for one of | ||||||
7 | the offenses enumerated in paragraph
(a)(3) of Section 3-6-3, | ||||||
8 | shall include the following:
| ||||||
9 | "The purpose of this statement is to inform the public of | ||||||
10 | the actual period
of time this defendant is likely to spend in | ||||||
11 | prison as a result of this
sentence. The actual period of | ||||||
12 | prison time served is determined by the
statutes of Illinois as | ||||||
13 | applied to this sentence by the Illinois Department of
| ||||||
14 | Corrections and
the Illinois Prisoner Review Board. In this | ||||||
15 | case, assuming the defendant
receives all of his or her good | ||||||
16 | conduct credit, the period of estimated actual
custody is ... | ||||||
17 | years and ... months, less up to 180 days additional good
| ||||||
18 | conduct credit for meritorious service. If the defendant, | ||||||
19 | because of his or
her own misconduct or failure to comply with | ||||||
20 | the institutional regulations,
does not receive those credits, | ||||||
21 | the actual time served in prison will be
longer. The defendant | ||||||
22 | may also receive an additional one-half day good conduct
credit | ||||||
23 | for each day of participation in vocational, industry, | ||||||
24 | substance abuse,
and educational programs as provided for by | ||||||
25 | Illinois statute."
| ||||||
26 | When the sentence is imposed for one of the offenses | ||||||
27 | enumerated in paragraph
(a)(3) of Section 3-6-3, other than | ||||||
28 | when the sentence is imposed for one of the
offenses enumerated | ||||||
29 | in paragraph (a)(2) of Section 3-6-3 committed on or after
June | ||||||
30 | 19, 1998, and other than when the sentence is imposed for
| ||||||
31 | reckless homicide as defined in subsection (e) of Section 9-3 | ||||||
32 | of the Criminal
Code of 1961 if the offense was committed on or | ||||||
33 | after January 1, 1999, and
other than when the sentence is | ||||||
34 | imposed for aggravated arson if the offense was
committed on or | ||||||
35 | after July 27, 2001 ( the effective date of Public Act
92-176)
| ||||||
36 | this amendatory Act of the 92nd 93rd General Assembly , the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | judge's statement, to be given after pronouncing the sentence, | ||||||
2 | shall include
the following:
| ||||||
3 | "The purpose of this statement is to inform the public of | ||||||
4 | the actual period
of time this defendant is likely to spend in | ||||||
5 | prison as a result of this
sentence. The actual period of | ||||||
6 | prison time served is determined by the
statutes of Illinois as | ||||||
7 | applied to this sentence by the Illinois Department of
| ||||||
8 | Corrections and the Illinois Prisoner Review Board. In this | ||||||
9 | case,
assuming the defendant
receives all of his or her good | ||||||
10 | conduct credit, the period of estimated actual
custody is ... | ||||||
11 | years and ... months, less up to 90 days additional good
| ||||||
12 | conduct credit for meritorious service. If the defendant, | ||||||
13 | because of his or
her own misconduct or failure to comply with | ||||||
14 | the institutional regulations,
does not receive those credits, | ||||||
15 | the actual time served in prison will be
longer. The defendant | ||||||
16 | may also receive an additional one-half day good conduct
credit | ||||||
17 | for each day of participation in vocational, industry, | ||||||
18 | substance abuse,
and educational programs as provided for by | ||||||
19 | Illinois statute."
| ||||||
20 | When the sentence is imposed for one of the offenses | ||||||
21 | enumerated in paragraph
(a)(2) of Section 3-6-3, other than | ||||||
22 | first degree murder, and the offense was
committed on or after | ||||||
23 | June 19, 1998, and when the sentence is imposed for
reckless | ||||||
24 | homicide as defined in subsection (e) of Section 9-3 of the | ||||||
25 | Criminal
Code of 1961 if the offense was committed on or after | ||||||
26 | January 1, 1999,
and when the sentence is imposed for | ||||||
27 | aggravated driving under the influence
of alcohol, other drug | ||||||
28 | or drugs, or intoxicating compound or compounds, or
any | ||||||
29 | combination thereof as defined in subparagraph (F) of paragraph | ||||||
30 | (1) of
subsection (d) of Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle | ||||||
31 | Code, and when
the sentence is imposed for aggravated arson if | ||||||
32 | the offense was committed
on or after July 27, 2001 ( the | ||||||
33 | effective date of Public Act 92-176)
this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
34 | 92nd 93rd General Assembly , the judge's
statement, to be given | ||||||
35 | after pronouncing the sentence, shall include the
following:
| ||||||
36 | "The purpose of this statement is to inform the public of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the actual period
of time this defendant is likely to spend in | ||||||
2 | prison as a result of this
sentence. The actual period of | ||||||
3 | prison time served is determined by the
statutes of Illinois as | ||||||
4 | applied to this sentence by the Illinois Department of
| ||||||
5 | Corrections and
the Illinois Prisoner Review Board. In this | ||||||
6 | case,
the defendant is entitled to no more than 4 1/2 days of | ||||||
7 | good conduct credit for
each month of his or her sentence of | ||||||
8 | imprisonment. Therefore, this defendant
will serve at least 85% | ||||||
9 | of his or her sentence. Assuming the defendant
receives 4 1/2 | ||||||
10 | days credit for each month of his or her sentence, the period
| ||||||
11 | of estimated actual custody is ... years and ... months. If the | ||||||
12 | defendant,
because of his or her own misconduct or failure to | ||||||
13 | comply with the
institutional regulations receives lesser | ||||||
14 | credit, the actual time served in
prison will be longer."
| ||||||
15 | When a sentence of imprisonment is imposed for first degree | ||||||
16 | murder and
the offense was committed on or after June 19, 1998, | ||||||
17 | the judge's statement,
to be given after pronouncing the | ||||||
18 | sentence, shall include the following:
| ||||||
19 | "The purpose of this statement is to inform the public of | ||||||
20 | the actual period
of time this defendant is likely to spend in | ||||||
21 | prison as a result of this
sentence. The actual period of | ||||||
22 | prison time served is determined by the
statutes of Illinois as | ||||||
23 | applied to this sentence by the Illinois Department
of | ||||||
24 | Corrections and the Illinois Prisoner Review Board. In this | ||||||
25 | case, the
defendant is not entitled to good conduct credit. | ||||||
26 | Therefore, this defendant
will serve 100% of his or her | ||||||
27 | sentence."
| ||||||
28 | When the sentence is imposed for any offense that results | ||||||
29 | in incarceration
in a Department of Corrections facility | ||||||
30 | committed as a result of the use of,
abuse of, or addiction to | ||||||
31 | alcohol or a controlled substance and the crime was
committed | ||||||
32 | on or after September 1, 2003 ( the effective date of Public Act
| ||||||
33 | 93-354)
this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly , the | ||||||
34 | judge's
statement, in addition to any other judge's statement | ||||||
35 | required under this
Section, to be given after pronouncing the | ||||||
36 | sentence, shall include the
following:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "The purpose of this statement is to inform the public of
| ||||||
2 | the actual period of time this defendant is likely to spend in
| ||||||
3 | prison as a result of this sentence. The actual period of
| ||||||
4 | prison time served is determined by the statutes of Illinois as
| ||||||
5 | applied to this sentence by the Illinois Department of
| ||||||
6 | Corrections and the Illinois Prisoner Review Board. In this
| ||||||
7 | case, the defendant shall receive no good conduct credit until | ||||||
8 | he or
she participates in and completes a substance abuse | ||||||
9 | treatment program."
| ||||||
10 | (d) When the defendant is committed to the Department of
| ||||||
11 | Corrections, the State's Attorney shall and counsel for the | ||||||
12 | defendant
may file a statement with the clerk of the court to | ||||||
13 | be transmitted to
the department, agency or institution to | ||||||
14 | which the defendant is
committed to furnish such department, | ||||||
15 | agency or institution with the
facts and circumstances of the | ||||||
16 | offense for which the person was
committed together with all | ||||||
17 | other factual information accessible to them
in regard to the | ||||||
18 | person prior to his commitment relative to his habits,
| ||||||
19 | associates, disposition and reputation and any other facts and
| ||||||
20 | circumstances which may aid such department, agency or | ||||||
21 | institution
during its custody of such person. The clerk shall | ||||||
22 | within 10 days after
receiving any such statements transmit a | ||||||
23 | copy to such department, agency
or institution and a copy to | ||||||
24 | the other party, provided, however, that
this shall not be | ||||||
25 | cause for delay in conveying the person to the
department, | ||||||
26 | agency or institution to which he has been committed.
| ||||||
27 | (e) The clerk of the court shall transmit to the | ||||||
28 | department,
agency or institution, if any, to which the | ||||||
29 | defendant is committed, the
following:
| ||||||
30 | (1) the sentence imposed;
| ||||||
31 | (2) any statement by the court of the basis for | ||||||
32 | imposing the sentence;
| ||||||
33 | (3) any presentence reports;
| ||||||
34 | (3.5) any sex offender evaluations;
| ||||||
35 | (4) the number of days, if any, which the defendant has | ||||||
36 | been in
custody and for which he is entitled to credit |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | against the sentence,
which information shall be provided | ||||||
2 | to the clerk by the sheriff;
| ||||||
3 | (4.1) any finding of great bodily harm made by the | ||||||
4 | court with respect
to an offense enumerated in subsection | ||||||
5 | (c-1);
| ||||||
6 | (5) all statements filed under subsection (d) of this | ||||||
7 | Section;
| ||||||
8 | (6) any medical or mental health records or summaries | ||||||
9 | of the defendant;
| ||||||
10 | (7) the municipality where the arrest of the offender | ||||||
11 | or the commission
of the offense has occurred, where such | ||||||
12 | municipality has a population of
more than 25,000 persons;
| ||||||
13 | (8) all statements made and evidence offered under | ||||||
14 | paragraph (7) of
subsection (a) of this Section; and
| ||||||
15 | (9) all additional matters which the court directs the | ||||||
16 | clerk to
transmit.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 92-176, eff. 7-27-01; 92-806, eff. 1-1-03; | ||||||
18 | 93-213, eff.
7-18-03; 93-317, eff. 1-1-04; 93-354, eff. 9-1-03; | ||||||
19 | 93-616, eff. 1-1-04; revised 12-9-03.)
| ||||||
20 | (730 ILCS 5/5-5-3) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-5-3)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 5-5-3. Disposition.
| ||||||
22 | (a) Except as provided in Section 11-501 of the Illinois | ||||||
23 | Vehicle Code, every person convicted of an offense shall be | ||||||
24 | sentenced as provided
in this Section.
| ||||||
25 | (b) The following options shall be appropriate | ||||||
26 | dispositions, alone
or in combination, for all felonies and | ||||||
27 | misdemeanors other than those
identified in subsection (c) of | ||||||
28 | this Section:
| ||||||
29 | (1) A period of probation.
| ||||||
30 | (2) A term of periodic imprisonment.
| ||||||
31 | (3) A term of conditional discharge.
| ||||||
32 | (4) A term of imprisonment.
| ||||||
33 | (5) An order directing the offender to clean up and | ||||||
34 | repair the
damage, if the offender was convicted under | ||||||
35 | paragraph (h) of Section
21-1 of the Criminal Code of 1961 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (now repealed).
| ||||||
2 | (6) A fine.
| ||||||
3 | (7) An order directing the offender to make restitution | ||||||
4 | to the
victim under Section 5-5-6 of this Code.
| ||||||
5 | (8) A sentence of participation in a county impact | ||||||
6 | incarceration
program under Section 5-8-1.2 of this Code. | ||||||
7 | (9) A term of imprisonment in combination with a term | ||||||
8 | of probation when the offender has been admitted into a | ||||||
9 | drug court program under Section 20 of the Drug Court | ||||||
10 | Treatment Act.
| ||||||
11 | Neither a fine nor restitution shall be the sole | ||||||
12 | disposition
for a felony and either or both may be imposed only | ||||||
13 | in conjunction with
another disposition.
| ||||||
14 | (c) (1) When a defendant is found guilty of first degree | ||||||
15 | murder the
State may either seek a sentence of imprisonment | ||||||
16 | under Section 5-8-1 of
this Code, or where appropriate seek | ||||||
17 | a sentence of death under Section 9-1
of the Criminal Code | ||||||
18 | of 1961.
| ||||||
19 | (2) A period of probation, a term of periodic | ||||||
20 | imprisonment or
conditional discharge shall not be imposed | ||||||
21 | for the following offenses.
The court shall sentence the | ||||||
22 | offender to not less than the minimum term
of imprisonment | ||||||
23 | set forth in this Code for the following offenses, and
may | ||||||
24 | order a fine or restitution or both in conjunction with | ||||||
25 | such term of
imprisonment:
| ||||||
26 | (A) First degree murder where the death penalty is | ||||||
27 | not imposed.
| ||||||
28 | (B) Attempted first degree murder.
| ||||||
29 | (C) A Class X felony.
| ||||||
30 | (D) A violation of Section 401.1 or 407 of the
| ||||||
31 | Illinois Controlled Substances Act, or a violation of | ||||||
32 | subdivision (c)(1) or
(c)(2) of
Section 401 of that Act | ||||||
33 | which relates to more than 5 grams of a substance
| ||||||
34 | containing heroin or cocaine or an analog thereof.
| ||||||
35 | (E) A violation of Section 5.1 or 9 of the Cannabis | ||||||
36 | Control
Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (F) A Class 2 or greater felony if the offender had | ||||||
2 | been convicted
of a Class 2 or greater felony within 10 | ||||||
3 | years of the date on which the
offender
committed the | ||||||
4 | offense for which he or she is being sentenced, except | ||||||
5 | as
otherwise provided in Section 40-10 of the | ||||||
6 | Alcoholism and Other Drug Abuse and
Dependency Act.
| ||||||
7 | (G) Residential burglary, except as otherwise | ||||||
8 | provided in Section 40-10
of the Alcoholism and Other | ||||||
9 | Drug Abuse and Dependency Act.
| ||||||
10 | (H) Criminal sexual assault.
| ||||||
11 | (I) Aggravated battery of a senior citizen.
| ||||||
12 | (J) A forcible felony if the offense was related to | ||||||
13 | the activities of an
organized gang.
| ||||||
14 | Before July 1, 1994, for the purposes of this | ||||||
15 | paragraph, "organized
gang" means an association of 5 | ||||||
16 | or more persons, with an established hierarchy,
that | ||||||
17 | encourages members of the association to perpetrate | ||||||
18 | crimes or provides
support to the members of the | ||||||
19 | association who do commit crimes.
| ||||||
20 | Beginning July 1, 1994, for the purposes of this | ||||||
21 | paragraph,
"organized gang" has the meaning ascribed | ||||||
22 | to it in Section 10 of the Illinois
Streetgang | ||||||
23 | Terrorism Omnibus Prevention Act.
| ||||||
24 | (K) Vehicular hijacking.
| ||||||
25 | (L) A second or subsequent conviction for the | ||||||
26 | offense of hate crime
when the underlying offense upon | ||||||
27 | which the hate crime is based is felony
aggravated
| ||||||
28 | assault or felony mob action.
| ||||||
29 | (M) A second or subsequent conviction for the | ||||||
30 | offense of institutional
vandalism if the damage to the | ||||||
31 | property exceeds $300.
| ||||||
32 | (N) A Class 3 felony violation of paragraph (1) of | ||||||
33 | subsection (a) of
Section 2 of the Firearm Owners | ||||||
34 | Identification Card Act.
| ||||||
35 | (O) A violation of Section 12-6.1 of the Criminal | ||||||
36 | Code of 1961.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (P) A violation of paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), | ||||||
2 | (5), or (7) of
subsection (a)
of Section 11-20.1 of the | ||||||
3 | Criminal Code of 1961.
| ||||||
4 | (Q) A violation of Section 20-1.2 or 20-1.3 of the | ||||||
5 | Criminal Code of
1961.
| ||||||
6 | (R) A violation of Section 24-3A of the Criminal | ||||||
7 | Code of
1961.
| ||||||
8 | (S) (Blank).
| ||||||
9 | (T) A second or subsequent violation of paragraph | ||||||
10 | (6.6) of subsection
(a), subsection (c-5), or | ||||||
11 | subsection (d-5) of Section 401 of the Illinois
| ||||||
12 | Controlled Substances Act.
| ||||||
13 | (3) (Blank).
| ||||||
14 | (4) A minimum term of imprisonment of not less than 10
| ||||||
15 | consecutive days or 30 days of community service shall be | ||||||
16 | imposed for a
violation of paragraph (c) of Section 6-303 | ||||||
17 | of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
| ||||||
18 | (4.1) (Blank).
| ||||||
19 | (4.2) Except as provided in paragraph (4.3) of this | ||||||
20 | subsection (c), a
minimum of
100 hours of community service | ||||||
21 | shall be imposed for a second violation of
Section 6-303
of | ||||||
22 | the Illinois Vehicle Code.
| ||||||
23 | (4.3) A minimum term of imprisonment of 30 days or 300 | ||||||
24 | hours of community
service, as determined by the court, | ||||||
25 | shall
be imposed for a second violation of subsection (c) | ||||||
26 | of Section 6-303 of the
Illinois Vehicle Code.
| ||||||
27 | (4.4) Except as provided in paragraph (4.5) and | ||||||
28 | paragraph (4.6) of this
subsection (c), a
minimum term of | ||||||
29 | imprisonment of 30 days or 300 hours of community service, | ||||||
30 | as
determined by the court, shall
be imposed
for a third or | ||||||
31 | subsequent violation of Section 6-303 of the Illinois | ||||||
32 | Vehicle
Code.
| ||||||
33 | (4.5) A minimum term of imprisonment of 30 days
shall | ||||||
34 | be imposed for a third violation of subsection (c) of
| ||||||
35 | Section 6-303 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
| ||||||
36 | (4.6) A minimum term of imprisonment of 180 days shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be imposed for a
fourth or subsequent violation of | ||||||
2 | subsection (c) of Section 6-303 of the
Illinois Vehicle | ||||||
3 | Code.
| ||||||
4 | (5) The court may sentence an offender convicted of a | ||||||
5 | business
offense or a petty offense or a corporation or | ||||||
6 | unincorporated
association convicted of any offense to:
| ||||||
7 | (A) a period of conditional discharge;
| ||||||
8 | (B) a fine;
| ||||||
9 | (C) make restitution to the victim under Section | ||||||
10 | 5-5-6 of this Code.
| ||||||
11 | (5.1) In addition to any penalties imposed under | ||||||
12 | paragraph (5) of this
subsection (c), and except as | ||||||
13 | provided in paragraph (5.2) or (5.3), a person
convicted of | ||||||
14 | violating subsection (c) of Section 11-907 of the Illinois
| ||||||
15 | Vehicle Code shall have his or her driver's license, | ||||||
16 | permit, or privileges
suspended for at least 90 days but | ||||||
17 | not more than one year, if the violation
resulted in damage | ||||||
18 | to the property of another person.
| ||||||
19 | (5.2) In addition to any penalties imposed under | ||||||
20 | paragraph (5) of this
subsection (c), and except as | ||||||
21 | provided in paragraph (5.3), a person convicted
of | ||||||
22 | violating subsection (c) of Section 11-907 of the Illinois | ||||||
23 | Vehicle Code
shall have his or her driver's license, | ||||||
24 | permit, or privileges suspended for at
least 180 days but | ||||||
25 | not more than 2 years, if the violation resulted in injury
| ||||||
26 | to
another person.
| ||||||
27 | (5.3) In addition to any penalties imposed under | ||||||
28 | paragraph (5) of
this
subsection (c), a person convicted of | ||||||
29 | violating subsection (c) of Section
11-907 of the Illinois | ||||||
30 | Vehicle Code shall have his or her driver's license,
| ||||||
31 | permit, or privileges suspended for 2 years, if the | ||||||
32 | violation resulted in the
death of another person.
| ||||||
33 | (6) In no case shall an offender be eligible for a | ||||||
34 | disposition of
probation or conditional discharge for a | ||||||
35 | Class 1 felony committed while
he was serving a term of | ||||||
36 | probation or conditional discharge for a felony.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (7) When a defendant is adjudged a habitual criminal | ||||||
2 | under Article
33B of the Criminal Code of 1961, the court | ||||||
3 | shall sentence
the defendant to a term of natural life | ||||||
4 | imprisonment.
| ||||||
5 | (8) When a defendant, over the age of 21 years, is | ||||||
6 | convicted of a
Class 1 or Class 2 felony, after having | ||||||
7 | twice been convicted
in any state or
federal court of an | ||||||
8 | offense that contains the same elements as an offense now
| ||||||
9 | classified in Illinois as a Class 2 or greater Class felony
| ||||||
10 | and such charges are
separately brought and tried and arise | ||||||
11 | out of different series of acts,
such defendant shall be | ||||||
12 | sentenced as a Class X offender. This paragraph
shall not | ||||||
13 | apply unless (1) the first felony was committed after the
| ||||||
14 | effective date of this amendatory Act of 1977; and (2) the | ||||||
15 | second felony
was committed after conviction on the first; | ||||||
16 | and (3) the third felony
was committed after conviction on | ||||||
17 | the second.
A person sentenced as a Class X offender under | ||||||
18 | this paragraph is not
eligible to apply for treatment as a | ||||||
19 | condition of probation as provided by
Section 40-10 of the | ||||||
20 | Alcoholism and Other Drug Abuse and Dependency Act.
| ||||||
21 | (9) A defendant convicted of a second or subsequent | ||||||
22 | offense of ritualized
abuse of a child may be sentenced to | ||||||
23 | a term of natural life imprisonment.
| ||||||
24 | (10) (Blank).
| ||||||
25 | (11) The court shall impose a minimum fine of $1,000 | ||||||
26 | for a first offense
and $2,000 for a second or subsequent | ||||||
27 | offense upon a person convicted of or
placed on supervision | ||||||
28 | for battery when the individual harmed was a sports
| ||||||
29 | official or coach at any level of competition and the act | ||||||
30 | causing harm to the
sports
official or coach occurred | ||||||
31 | within an athletic facility or within the immediate | ||||||
32 | vicinity
of the athletic facility at which the sports | ||||||
33 | official or coach was an active
participant
of the athletic | ||||||
34 | contest held at the athletic facility. For the purposes of
| ||||||
35 | this paragraph (11), "sports official" means a person at an | ||||||
36 | athletic contest
who enforces the rules of the contest, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such as an umpire or referee; "athletic facility" means an | ||||||
2 | indoor or outdoor playing field or recreational area where | ||||||
3 | sports activities are conducted;
and "coach" means a person | ||||||
4 | recognized as a coach by the sanctioning
authority that | ||||||
5 | conducted the sporting event. | ||||||
6 | (12)
(11) A person may not receive a disposition of | ||||||
7 | court supervision for a
violation of Section 5-16 of the | ||||||
8 | Boat Registration and Safety Act if that
person has | ||||||
9 | previously received a disposition of court supervision for | ||||||
10 | a
violation of that Section.
| ||||||
11 | (d) In any case in which a sentence originally imposed is | ||||||
12 | vacated,
the case shall be remanded to the trial court. The | ||||||
13 | trial court shall
hold a hearing under Section 5-4-1 of the | ||||||
14 | Unified Code of Corrections
which may include evidence of the | ||||||
15 | defendant's life, moral character and
occupation during the | ||||||
16 | time since the original sentence was passed. The
trial court | ||||||
17 | shall then impose sentence upon the defendant. The trial
court | ||||||
18 | may impose any sentence which could have been imposed at the
| ||||||
19 | original trial subject to Section 5-5-4 of the Unified Code of | ||||||
20 | Corrections.
If a sentence is vacated on appeal or on | ||||||
21 | collateral attack due to the
failure of the trier of fact at | ||||||
22 | trial to determine beyond a reasonable doubt
the
existence of a | ||||||
23 | fact (other than a prior conviction) necessary to increase the
| ||||||
24 | punishment for the offense beyond the statutory maximum | ||||||
25 | otherwise applicable,
either the defendant may be re-sentenced | ||||||
26 | to a term within the range otherwise
provided or, if the State | ||||||
27 | files notice of its intention to again seek the
extended | ||||||
28 | sentence, the defendant shall be afforded a new trial.
| ||||||
29 | (e) In cases where prosecution for
aggravated criminal | ||||||
30 | sexual abuse under Section 12-16 of the
Criminal Code of 1961 | ||||||
31 | results in conviction of a defendant
who was a family member of | ||||||
32 | the victim at the time of the commission of the
offense, the | ||||||
33 | court shall consider the safety and welfare of the victim and
| ||||||
34 | may impose a sentence of probation only where:
| ||||||
35 | (1) the court finds (A) or (B) or both are appropriate:
| ||||||
36 | (A) the defendant is willing to undergo a court |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | approved counseling
program for a minimum duration of 2 | ||||||
2 | years; or
| ||||||
3 | (B) the defendant is willing to participate in a | ||||||
4 | court approved plan
including but not limited to the | ||||||
5 | defendant's:
| ||||||
6 | (i) removal from the household;
| ||||||
7 | (ii) restricted contact with the victim;
| ||||||
8 | (iii) continued financial support of the | ||||||
9 | family;
| ||||||
10 | (iv) restitution for harm done to the victim; | ||||||
11 | and
| ||||||
12 | (v) compliance with any other measures that | ||||||
13 | the court may
deem appropriate; and
| ||||||
14 | (2) the court orders the defendant to pay for the | ||||||
15 | victim's counseling
services, to the extent that the court | ||||||
16 | finds, after considering the
defendant's income and | ||||||
17 | assets, that the defendant is financially capable of
paying | ||||||
18 | for such services, if the victim was under 18 years of age | ||||||
19 | at the
time the offense was committed and requires | ||||||
20 | counseling as a result of the
offense.
| ||||||
21 | Probation may be revoked or modified pursuant to Section | ||||||
22 | 5-6-4; except
where the court determines at the hearing that | ||||||
23 | the defendant violated a
condition of his or her probation | ||||||
24 | restricting contact with the victim or
other family members or | ||||||
25 | commits another offense with the victim or other
family | ||||||
26 | members, the court shall revoke the defendant's probation and
| ||||||
27 | impose a term of imprisonment.
| ||||||
28 | For the purposes of this Section, "family member" and | ||||||
29 | "victim" shall have
the meanings ascribed to them in Section | ||||||
30 | 12-12 of the Criminal Code of
1961.
| ||||||
31 | (f) This Article shall not deprive a court in other | ||||||
32 | proceedings to
order a forfeiture of property, to suspend or | ||||||
33 | cancel a license, to
remove a person from office, or to impose | ||||||
34 | any other civil penalty.
| ||||||
35 | (g) Whenever a defendant is convicted of an offense under | ||||||
36 | Sections
11-14, 11-15, 11-15.1, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-18.1, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2,
12-13, 12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15 or 12-16 | ||||||
2 | of the Criminal Code of 1961,
the defendant shall undergo | ||||||
3 | medical testing to
determine whether the defendant has any | ||||||
4 | sexually transmissible disease,
including a test for infection | ||||||
5 | with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or
any other identified | ||||||
6 | causative agent of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
(AIDS). | ||||||
7 | Any such medical test shall be performed only by appropriately
| ||||||
8 | licensed medical practitioners and may include an analysis of | ||||||
9 | any bodily
fluids as well as an examination of the defendant's | ||||||
10 | person.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the results of | ||||||
11 | such test shall be kept
strictly confidential by all medical | ||||||
12 | personnel involved in the testing and must
be personally | ||||||
13 | delivered in a sealed envelope to the judge of the court in | ||||||
14 | which
the conviction was entered for the judge's inspection in | ||||||
15 | camera. Acting in
accordance with the best interests of the | ||||||
16 | victim and the public, the judge
shall have the discretion to | ||||||
17 | determine to whom, if anyone, the results of the
testing may be | ||||||
18 | revealed. The court shall notify the defendant
of the test | ||||||
19 | results. The court shall
also notify the victim if requested by | ||||||
20 | the victim, and if the victim is under
the age of 15 and if | ||||||
21 | requested by the victim's parents or legal guardian, the
court | ||||||
22 | shall notify the victim's parents or legal guardian of the test
| ||||||
23 | results.
The court shall provide information on the | ||||||
24 | availability of HIV testing
and counseling at Department of | ||||||
25 | Public Health facilities to all parties to
whom the results of | ||||||
26 | the testing are revealed and shall direct the State's
Attorney | ||||||
27 | to provide the information to the victim when possible.
A | ||||||
28 | State's Attorney may petition the court to obtain the results | ||||||
29 | of any HIV test
administered under this Section, and the court | ||||||
30 | shall grant the disclosure if
the State's Attorney shows it is | ||||||
31 | relevant in order to prosecute a charge of
criminal | ||||||
32 | transmission of HIV under Section 12-16.2 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
33 | of 1961
against the defendant. The court shall order that the | ||||||
34 | cost of any such test
shall be paid by the county and may be | ||||||
35 | taxed as costs against the convicted
defendant.
| ||||||
36 | (g-5) When an inmate is tested for an airborne communicable |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | disease, as
determined by the Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
2 | Health including but not
limited to tuberculosis, the results | ||||||
3 | of the test shall be
personally delivered by the warden or his | ||||||
4 | or her designee in a sealed envelope
to the judge of the court | ||||||
5 | in which the inmate must appear for the judge's
inspection in | ||||||
6 | camera if requested by the judge. Acting in accordance with the
| ||||||
7 | best interests of those in the courtroom, the judge shall have | ||||||
8 | the discretion
to determine what if any precautions need to be | ||||||
9 | taken to prevent transmission
of the disease in the courtroom.
| ||||||
10 | (h) Whenever a defendant is convicted of an offense under | ||||||
11 | Section 1 or 2
of the Hypodermic Syringes and Needles Act, the | ||||||
12 | defendant shall undergo
medical testing to determine whether | ||||||
13 | the defendant has been exposed to human
immunodeficiency virus | ||||||
14 | (HIV) or any other identified causative agent of
acquired | ||||||
15 | immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). Except as otherwise provided | ||||||
16 | by
law, the results of such test shall be kept strictly | ||||||
17 | confidential by all
medical personnel involved in the testing | ||||||
18 | and must be personally delivered in a
sealed envelope to the | ||||||
19 | judge of the court in which the conviction was entered
for the | ||||||
20 | judge's inspection in camera. Acting in accordance with the | ||||||
21 | best
interests of the public, the judge shall have the | ||||||
22 | discretion to determine to
whom, if anyone, the results of the | ||||||
23 | testing may be revealed. The court shall
notify the defendant | ||||||
24 | of a positive test showing an infection with the human
| ||||||
25 | immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The court shall provide | ||||||
26 | information on the
availability of HIV testing and counseling | ||||||
27 | at Department of Public Health
facilities to all parties to | ||||||
28 | whom the results of the testing are revealed and
shall direct | ||||||
29 | the State's Attorney to provide the information to the victim | ||||||
30 | when
possible. A State's Attorney may petition the court to | ||||||
31 | obtain the results of
any HIV test administered under this | ||||||
32 | Section, and the court shall grant the
disclosure if the | ||||||
33 | State's Attorney shows it is relevant in order to prosecute a
| ||||||
34 | charge of criminal transmission of HIV under Section 12-16.2 of | ||||||
35 | the Criminal
Code of 1961 against the defendant. The court | ||||||
36 | shall order that the cost of any
such test shall be paid by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | county and may be taxed as costs against the
convicted | ||||||
2 | defendant.
| ||||||
3 | (i) All fines and penalties imposed under this Section for | ||||||
4 | any violation
of Chapters 3, 4, 6, and 11 of the Illinois | ||||||
5 | Vehicle Code, or a similar
provision of a local ordinance, and | ||||||
6 | any violation
of the Child Passenger Protection Act, or a | ||||||
7 | similar provision of a local
ordinance, shall be collected and | ||||||
8 | disbursed by the circuit
clerk as provided under Section 27.5 | ||||||
9 | of the Clerks of Courts Act.
| ||||||
10 | (j) In cases when prosecution for any violation of Section | ||||||
11 | 11-6, 11-8,
11-9, 11-11, 11-14, 11-15, 11-15.1, 11-16, 11-17, | ||||||
12 | 11-17.1, 11-18, 11-18.1,
11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2, 11-20.1, | ||||||
13 | 11-21, 12-13, 12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15, or
12-16 of the
Criminal | ||||||
14 | Code of 1961, any violation of the Illinois Controlled | ||||||
15 | Substances Act,
or any violation of the Cannabis Control Act | ||||||
16 | results in conviction, a
disposition of court supervision, or | ||||||
17 | an order of probation granted under
Section 10 of the Cannabis | ||||||
18 | Control Act or Section 410 of the Illinois
Controlled Substance | ||||||
19 | Act of a defendant, the court shall determine whether the
| ||||||
20 | defendant is employed by a facility or center as defined under | ||||||
21 | the Child Care
Act of 1969, a public or private elementary or | ||||||
22 | secondary school, or otherwise
works with children under 18 | ||||||
23 | years of age on a daily basis. When a defendant
is so employed, | ||||||
24 | the court shall order the Clerk of the Court to send a copy of
| ||||||
25 | the judgment of conviction or order of supervision or probation | ||||||
26 | to the
defendant's employer by certified mail.
If the employer | ||||||
27 | of the defendant is a school, the Clerk of the Court shall
| ||||||
28 | direct the mailing of a copy of the judgment of conviction or | ||||||
29 | order of
supervision or probation to the appropriate regional | ||||||
30 | superintendent of schools.
The regional superintendent of | ||||||
31 | schools shall notify the State Board of
Education of any | ||||||
32 | notification under this subsection.
| ||||||
33 | (j-5) A defendant at least 17 years of age who is convicted | ||||||
34 | of a felony and
who has not been previously convicted of a | ||||||
35 | misdemeanor or felony and who is
sentenced to a term of | ||||||
36 | imprisonment in the Illinois Department of Corrections
shall as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a condition of his or her sentence be required by the court to | ||||||
2 | attend
educational courses designed to prepare the defendant | ||||||
3 | for a high school diploma
and to work toward a high school | ||||||
4 | diploma or to work toward passing the high
school level Test of | ||||||
5 | General Educational Development (GED) or to work toward
| ||||||
6 | completing a vocational training program offered by the | ||||||
7 | Department of
Corrections. If a defendant fails to complete the | ||||||
8 | educational training
required by his or her sentence during the | ||||||
9 | term of incarceration, the Prisoner
Review Board shall, as a | ||||||
10 | condition of mandatory supervised release, require the
| ||||||
11 | defendant, at his or her own expense, to pursue a course of | ||||||
12 | study toward a high
school diploma or passage of the GED test. | ||||||
13 | The Prisoner Review Board shall
revoke the mandatory supervised | ||||||
14 | release of a defendant who wilfully fails to
comply with this | ||||||
15 | subsection (j-5) upon his or her release from confinement in a
| ||||||
16 | penal institution while serving a mandatory supervised release | ||||||
17 | term; however,
the inability of the defendant after making a | ||||||
18 | good faith effort to obtain
financial aid or pay for the | ||||||
19 | educational training shall not be deemed a wilful
failure to | ||||||
20 | comply. The Prisoner Review Board shall recommit the defendant
| ||||||
21 | whose mandatory supervised release term has been revoked under | ||||||
22 | this subsection
(j-5) as provided in Section 3-3-9. This | ||||||
23 | subsection (j-5) does not apply to a
defendant who has a high | ||||||
24 | school diploma or has successfully passed the GED
test. This | ||||||
25 | subsection (j-5) does not apply to a defendant who is | ||||||
26 | determined by
the court to be developmentally disabled or | ||||||
27 | otherwise mentally incapable of
completing the educational or | ||||||
28 | vocational program.
| ||||||
29 | (k) A court may not impose a sentence or disposition for a
| ||||||
30 | felony or misdemeanor that requires the defendant to be | ||||||
31 | implanted or injected
with or to use any form of birth control.
| ||||||
32 | (l) (A) Except as provided
in paragraph (C) of subsection | ||||||
33 | (l), whenever a defendant,
who is an alien as defined by | ||||||
34 | the Immigration and Nationality Act, is convicted
of any | ||||||
35 | felony or misdemeanor offense, the court after sentencing | ||||||
36 | the defendant
may, upon motion of the State's Attorney, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | hold sentence in abeyance and remand
the defendant to the | ||||||
2 | custody of the Attorney General of
the United States or his | ||||||
3 | or her designated agent to be deported when:
| ||||||
4 | (1) a final order of deportation has been issued | ||||||
5 | against the defendant
pursuant to proceedings under | ||||||
6 | the Immigration and Nationality Act, and
| ||||||
7 | (2) the deportation of the defendant would not | ||||||
8 | deprecate the seriousness
of the defendant's conduct | ||||||
9 | and would not be inconsistent with the ends of
justice.
| ||||||
10 | Otherwise, the defendant shall be sentenced as | ||||||
11 | provided in this Chapter V.
| ||||||
12 | (B) If the defendant has already been sentenced for a | ||||||
13 | felony or
misdemeanor
offense, or has been placed on | ||||||
14 | probation under Section 10 of the Cannabis
Control Act or | ||||||
15 | Section 410 of the Illinois Controlled Substances Act, the | ||||||
16 | court
may, upon motion of the State's Attorney to suspend | ||||||
17 | the
sentence imposed, commit the defendant to the custody | ||||||
18 | of the Attorney General
of the United States or his or her | ||||||
19 | designated agent when:
| ||||||
20 | (1) a final order of deportation has been issued | ||||||
21 | against the defendant
pursuant to proceedings under | ||||||
22 | the Immigration and Nationality Act, and
| ||||||
23 | (2) the deportation of the defendant would not | ||||||
24 | deprecate the seriousness
of the defendant's conduct | ||||||
25 | and would not be inconsistent with the ends of
justice.
| ||||||
26 | (C) This subsection (l) does not apply to offenders who | ||||||
27 | are subject to the
provisions of paragraph (2) of | ||||||
28 | subsection (a) of Section 3-6-3.
| ||||||
29 | (D) Upon motion of the State's Attorney, if a defendant | ||||||
30 | sentenced under
this Section returns to the jurisdiction of | ||||||
31 | the United States, the defendant
shall be recommitted to | ||||||
32 | the custody of the county from which he or she was
| ||||||
33 | sentenced.
Thereafter, the defendant shall be brought | ||||||
34 | before the sentencing court, which
may impose any sentence | ||||||
35 | that was available under Section 5-5-3 at the time of
| ||||||
36 | initial sentencing. In addition, the defendant shall not be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eligible for
additional good conduct credit for | ||||||
2 | meritorious service as provided under
Section 3-6-6.
| ||||||
3 | (m) A person convicted of criminal defacement of property | ||||||
4 | under Section
21-1.3 of the Criminal Code of 1961, in which the | ||||||
5 | property damage exceeds $300
and the property damaged is a | ||||||
6 | school building, shall be ordered to perform
community service | ||||||
7 | that may include cleanup, removal, or painting over the
| ||||||
8 | defacement.
| ||||||
9 | (n) The court may sentence a person convicted of a | ||||||
10 | violation of Section
12-19, 12-21, or 16-1.3 of the Criminal | ||||||
11 | Code of 1961 (i) to an impact
incarceration program if the | ||||||
12 | person is otherwise eligible for that program
under Section | ||||||
13 | 5-8-1.1, (ii) to community service, or (iii) if the person is | ||||||
14 | an
addict or alcoholic, as defined in the Alcoholism and Other | ||||||
15 | Drug Abuse and
Dependency Act, to a substance or alcohol abuse | ||||||
16 | program licensed under that
Act.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 92-183, eff. 7-27-01; 92-248, eff. 8-3-01; | ||||||
18 | 92-283, eff. 1-1-02; 92-340, eff. 8-10-01; 92-418, eff. | ||||||
19 | 8-17-01; 92-422, eff. 8-17-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-698, | ||||||
20 | eff. 7-19-02; 93-44, eff. 7-1-03; 93-156, eff. 1-1-04; 93-169, | ||||||
21 | eff. 7-10-03; 93-301, eff. 1-1-04; 93-419, eff. 1-1-04; 93-546, | ||||||
22 | eff. 1-1-04; 93-694, eff. 7-9-04; 93-782, eff. 1-1-05; 93-800, | ||||||
23 | eff. 1-1-05; 93-1014, eff. 1-1-05; revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
24 | (730 ILCS 5/5-6-4) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-6-4)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 5-6-4. Violation, Modification or Revocation of | ||||||
26 | Probation, of
Conditional Discharge or Supervision or of a | ||||||
27 | sentence of county impact
incarceration - Hearing.
| ||||||
28 | (a) Except in cases where
conditional discharge or | ||||||
29 | supervision was imposed for a petty offense as
defined in | ||||||
30 | Section 5-1-17, when a petition is filed charging a violation | ||||||
31 | of
a condition, the court may:
| ||||||
32 | (1) in the case of probation violations, order the | ||||||
33 | issuance of a notice
to the offender to be present by the | ||||||
34 | County Probation Department or such
other agency | ||||||
35 | designated by the court to handle probation matters; and in
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the case of conditional discharge or supervision | ||||||
2 | violations, such notice
to the offender shall be issued by | ||||||
3 | the Circuit Court Clerk;
and in the case of a violation of | ||||||
4 | a sentence of county impact incarceration,
such notice | ||||||
5 | shall be issued by the Sheriff;
| ||||||
6 | (2) order a summons to the offender to be present for | ||||||
7 | hearing; or
| ||||||
8 | (3) order a warrant for the offender's arrest where | ||||||
9 | there is danger of
his fleeing the jurisdiction or causing | ||||||
10 | serious harm to others or when the
offender fails to answer | ||||||
11 | a summons or notice from the clerk of the court or
Sheriff.
| ||||||
12 | Personal service of the petition for violation of probation | ||||||
13 | or
the issuance of such warrant, summons or notice shall toll | ||||||
14 | the period of
probation, conditional discharge, supervision, | ||||||
15 | or sentence of
county impact incarceration until
the final | ||||||
16 | determination of the charge, and the term of probation,
| ||||||
17 | conditional discharge, supervision, or sentence of county | ||||||
18 | impact
incarceration shall not run until the hearing and
| ||||||
19 | disposition of the petition for violation.
| ||||||
20 | (b) The court shall conduct a hearing of the alleged | ||||||
21 | violation. The
court shall admit the offender to bail pending | ||||||
22 | the hearing unless the
alleged violation is itself a criminal | ||||||
23 | offense in which case the
offender shall be admitted to bail on | ||||||
24 | such terms as are provided in the
Code of Criminal Procedure of | ||||||
25 | 1963, as amended. In any case where an
offender remains | ||||||
26 | incarcerated only as a result of his alleged violation of
the | ||||||
27 | court's earlier order of probation, supervision, conditional
| ||||||
28 | discharge, or county impact incarceration such hearing shall be | ||||||
29 | held within
14 days of the onset of
said incarceration, unless | ||||||
30 | the alleged violation is the commission of
another offense by | ||||||
31 | the offender during the period of probation, supervision
or | ||||||
32 | conditional discharge in which case such hearing shall be held | ||||||
33 | within
the time limits described in Section 103-5 of the Code | ||||||
34 | of Criminal
Procedure of 1963, as amended.
| ||||||
35 | (c) The State has the burden of going forward with the | ||||||
36 | evidence and
proving the violation by the preponderance of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | evidence. The evidence
shall be presented in open court with | ||||||
2 | the right of confrontation,
cross-examination, and | ||||||
3 | representation by counsel.
| ||||||
4 | (d) Probation, conditional discharge, periodic | ||||||
5 | imprisonment and
supervision shall not be revoked for failure | ||||||
6 | to comply with conditions
of a sentence or supervision, which | ||||||
7 | imposes financial obligations upon the
offender unless such | ||||||
8 | failure is due to his willful refusal to pay.
| ||||||
9 | (e) If the court finds that the offender has violated a | ||||||
10 | condition at
any time prior to the expiration or termination of | ||||||
11 | the period, it may
continue him on the existing sentence, with | ||||||
12 | or without modifying or
enlarging the conditions, or may impose | ||||||
13 | any other sentence that was
available under Section 5-5-3 of | ||||||
14 | this Code or Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code at the | ||||||
15 | time of initial sentencing.
If the court finds that the person | ||||||
16 | has failed to successfully complete his or
her sentence to a | ||||||
17 | county impact incarceration program, the court may impose any
| ||||||
18 | other sentence that was available under Section 5-5-3 of this | ||||||
19 | Code or Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code at the time | ||||||
20 | of initial
sentencing,
except for a sentence of probation or | ||||||
21 | conditional discharge.
| ||||||
22 | (f) The conditions of probation, of conditional discharge, | ||||||
23 | of
supervision, or of a sentence of county impact incarceration | ||||||
24 | may be
modified by the court on motion of the supervising | ||||||
25 | agency or on its own motion or at the request of the offender | ||||||
26 | after
notice and a hearing.
| ||||||
27 | (g) A judgment revoking supervision, probation, | ||||||
28 | conditional
discharge, or a sentence of county impact | ||||||
29 | incarceration is a final
appealable order.
| ||||||
30 | (h) Resentencing after revocation of probation, | ||||||
31 | conditional
discharge, supervision, or a sentence of county | ||||||
32 | impact
incarceration shall be under Article 4. Time served on
| ||||||
33 | probation, conditional discharge or supervision shall not be | ||||||
34 | credited by
the court against a sentence of imprisonment or | ||||||
35 | periodic imprisonment
unless the court orders otherwise.
| ||||||
36 | (i) Instead of filing a violation of probation, conditional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | discharge,
supervision, or a sentence of county impact | ||||||
2 | incarceration, an agent or
employee of the
supervising agency | ||||||
3 | with the concurrence of his or
her
supervisor may serve on the | ||||||
4 | defendant a Notice of Intermediate Sanctions.
The
Notice shall | ||||||
5 | contain the technical violation or violations involved, the | ||||||
6 | date
or dates of the violation or violations, and the | ||||||
7 | intermediate sanctions to be
imposed. Upon receipt of the | ||||||
8 | Notice, the defendant shall immediately accept or
reject the | ||||||
9 | intermediate sanctions. If the sanctions are accepted, they | ||||||
10 | shall
be imposed immediately. If the intermediate sanctions are | ||||||
11 | rejected or the
defendant does not respond to the Notice, a | ||||||
12 | violation of probation, conditional
discharge, supervision, or | ||||||
13 | a sentence of county impact incarceration
shall be immediately | ||||||
14 | filed with the court. The
State's Attorney and the sentencing | ||||||
15 | court shall be notified of the Notice of
Sanctions. Upon | ||||||
16 | successful completion of the intermediate sanctions, a court
| ||||||
17 | may not revoke probation, conditional discharge, supervision, | ||||||
18 | or a
sentence of county impact incarceration or impose
| ||||||
19 | additional sanctions for the same violation.
A notice of | ||||||
20 | intermediate sanctions may not be issued for any violation of
| ||||||
21 | probation, conditional discharge, supervision, or a sentence | ||||||
22 | of county
impact incarceration which could warrant an
| ||||||
23 | additional, separate felony charge.
The intermediate sanctions | ||||||
24 | shall include a term of home detention as provided
in Article | ||||||
25 | 8A of Chapter V of this Code for multiple or repeat violations | ||||||
26 | of
the terms and conditions of a sentence of probation, | ||||||
27 | conditional discharge, or
supervision. | ||||||
28 | (j) When an offender is re-sentenced after revocation of | ||||||
29 | probation that was imposed in combination with a sentence of | ||||||
30 | imprisonment for the same offense, the aggregate of the | ||||||
31 | sentences may not exceed the maximum term authorized under | ||||||
32 | Article 8 of this Chapter.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 93-800, eff. 1-1-05; 93-1014, eff. 1-1-05; | ||||||
34 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||
35 | (730 ILCS 5/5-8-1.3)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 5-8-1.3. Pilot residential and transition treatment | ||||||
2 | program for women.
| ||||||
3 | (a) The General Assembly recognizes:
| ||||||
4 | (1) that drug-offending women with children who have | ||||||
5 | been in and out of
the criminal justice system for years | ||||||
6 | are a serious problem;
| ||||||
7 | (2) that the intergenerational cycle of women | ||||||
8 | continuously
being part of the criminal justice system | ||||||
9 | needs to be broken;
| ||||||
10 | (3) that the effects of drug offending women with | ||||||
11 | children
disrupts family harmony and creates an atmosphere | ||||||
12 | that is
not conducive to healthy childhood development;
| ||||||
13 | (4) that there is a need for an effective residential
| ||||||
14 | community supervision model to provide help to women to
| ||||||
15 | become drug free, recover from trauma, focus on healthy
| ||||||
16 | mother-child relationships, and establish economic
| ||||||
17 | independence and long-term support;
| ||||||
18 | (5) that certain non-violent women offenders with | ||||||
19 | children
eligible for sentences of incarceration, may | ||||||
20 | benefit from
the rehabilitative aspects of gender | ||||||
21 | responsive
treatment programs and services. This Section | ||||||
22 | shall
not be construed to allow violent offenders to
| ||||||
23 | participate in a treatment program.
| ||||||
24 | (b) Under the direction of the sheriff and with the | ||||||
25 | approval of
the county board of commissioners, the sheriff, in | ||||||
26 | any county with more
than 3,000,000 inhabitants, may operate a | ||||||
27 | residential and
transition treatment program for women | ||||||
28 | established by the Illinois Department
of Corrections if | ||||||
29 | funding has been provided by federal, local or private
| ||||||
30 | entities. If the court finds during the
sentencing hearing | ||||||
31 | conducted under Section 5-4-1 that a woman convicted
of a | ||||||
32 | felony meets the eligibility requirements of the sheriff's
| ||||||
33 | residential and transition treatment program for women, the | ||||||
34 | court may
refer the offender to the sheriff's residential and | ||||||
35 | transition
treatment program for women for consideration as a | ||||||
36 | participant as an
alternative to incarceration in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | penitentiary. The sheriff shall be
responsible for supervising | ||||||
2 | all women who are placed in the residential
and transition | ||||||
3 | treatment program for women for the 12-month period. In
the | ||||||
4 | event that the woman is not accepted for placement in the | ||||||
5 | sheriff's
residential and transition treatment program for | ||||||
6 | women, the court shall
proceed to sentence the woman to any | ||||||
7 | other disposition authorized by
this Code. If the woman does | ||||||
8 | not successfully complete the residential
and transition | ||||||
9 | treatment program for women, the woman's failure to do
so shall | ||||||
10 | constitute a violation of the sentence to the residential and
| ||||||
11 | transition treatment program for women.
| ||||||
12 | (c) In order to be eligible to be a participant in the | ||||||
13 | pilot
residential and transition treatment program for women, | ||||||
14 | the participant
shall meet all of the following conditions:
| ||||||
15 | (1) The woman has not been convicted of a violent crime | ||||||
16 | as
defined in subsection (c) of Section 3 of the Rights of | ||||||
17 | Crime
Victims and Witnesses Act, a Class X felony, first or | ||||||
18 | second
degree murder, armed violence, aggravated | ||||||
19 | kidnapping,
criminal sexual assault, aggravated criminal | ||||||
20 | sexual
abuse or a subsequent conviction for criminal sexual | ||||||
21 | abuse,
forcible detention, or arson and has not been | ||||||
22 | previously
convicted of any of those offenses.
| ||||||
23 | (2) The woman must undergo an initial assessment | ||||||
24 | evaluation
to determine the treatment and program plan.
| ||||||
25 | (3) The woman was recommended and accepted for | ||||||
26 | placement in
the pilot residential and transition | ||||||
27 | treatment program for
women by the Department of | ||||||
28 | Corrections and has consented in writing to
participation | ||||||
29 | in the program under the terms and conditions
of the | ||||||
30 | program. The Department of Corrections may consider | ||||||
31 | whether space is
available.
| ||||||
32 | (d) The program may include a substance abuse treatment | ||||||
33 | program
designed for women offenders, mental health, trauma, | ||||||
34 | and medical
treatment; parenting skills and family | ||||||
35 | relationship counseling, preparation for
a GED or vocational | ||||||
36 | certificate; life skills program; job readiness and job
skill |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | training, and a community transition development plan.
| ||||||
2 | (e) With the approval of the Department of Corrections, the | ||||||
3 | sheriff shall
issue requirements for the program and
inform the | ||||||
4 | participants who shall sign an agreement to adhere to all
rules | ||||||
5 | and all requirements for the pilot residential and transition
| ||||||
6 | treatment program.
| ||||||
7 | (f) Participation in the pilot residential and transition
| ||||||
8 | treatment program for women shall be for a period not to exceed | ||||||
9 | 12
months. The period may not be reduced by accumulation of | ||||||
10 | good time.
| ||||||
11 | (g) If the woman successfully completes the pilot | ||||||
12 | residential
and transition treatment program for women, the | ||||||
13 | sheriff shall notify
the Department of Corrections, the court, | ||||||
14 | and
the State's
Attorney of the county of the woman's | ||||||
15 | successful completion.
| ||||||
16 | (h) A woman may be removed from the pilot residential and
| ||||||
17 | transition treatment program for women for violation of the | ||||||
18 | terms and
conditions of the program or in the event she is | ||||||
19 | unable to participate.
The failure to complete the program | ||||||
20 | shall be deemed a violation of the
conditions of the program. | ||||||
21 | The sheriff shall give notice to the Department of
Corrections, | ||||||
22 | the court, and the
State's Attorney of the woman's failure to | ||||||
23 | complete the program.
The
Department of Corrections or its | ||||||
24 | designee shall file a petition alleging that
the woman has | ||||||
25 | violated the
conditions of the program with the court. The | ||||||
26 | State's Attorney may
proceed on the petition under Section | ||||||
27 | 5-4-1 of this Code.
| ||||||
28 | (i) The conditions of the pilot residential and transition | ||||||
29 | treatment
program for women shall include that the woman while | ||||||
30 | in the program:
| ||||||
31 | (1) not violate any criminal statute of any | ||||||
32 | jurisdiction;
| ||||||
33 | (2) report or appear in person before any person or
| ||||||
34 | agency as directed by the court, the sheriff, or Department | ||||||
35 | of Corrections;
| ||||||
36 | (3) refrain from possessing a firearm or other |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | dangerous
weapon;
| ||||||
2 | (4) consent to drug testing;
| ||||||
3 | (5) not leave the State without the consent of the | ||||||
4 | court or,
in circumstances in which reason for the absence | ||||||
5 | is of such an
emergency nature that prior consent by the | ||||||
6 | court is not possible,
without prior notification and | ||||||
7 | approval of the Department of Corrections;
| ||||||
8 | (6) upon placement in the program, must agree to follow | ||||||
9 | all
requirements of the program . ;
| ||||||
10 | (j) The Department of Corrections or the sheriff may | ||||||
11 | terminate the program
at any time by mutual agreement or with | ||||||
12 | 30 days prior written notice by either
the Department of | ||||||
13 | Corrections or the sheriff.
| ||||||
14 | (k) The Department of Corrections may enter into a joint | ||||||
15 | contract with a
county with more than 3,000,000 inhabitants to | ||||||
16 | establish and operate a pilot
residential and treatment program | ||||||
17 | for women.
| ||||||
18 | (l) The Director
of the Department of Corrections shall | ||||||
19 | have the authority to develop rules to
establish and operate a | ||||||
20 | pilot residential and treatment program for women that
shall | ||||||
21 | include criteria for selection of the participants of the | ||||||
22 | program in
conjunction and approval by the sentencing court. | ||||||
23 | Violent crime offenders are
not eligible to participate in the | ||||||
24 | program.
| ||||||
25 | (m) The Department shall report to the Governor and the | ||||||
26 | General Assembly
before September 30th of each year on the | ||||||
27 | pilot residential and treatment
program for women, including | ||||||
28 | the composition of the program by offenders,
sentence, age, | ||||||
29 | offense, and race.
| ||||||
30 | (n) The Department of Corrections or the sheriff may | ||||||
31 | terminate the program
with 30 days prior written notice.
| ||||||
32 | (o) A county with more than 3,000,000 inhabitants is | ||||||
33 | authorized to apply
for funding from federal, local or private | ||||||
34 | entities to create a Residential
and Treatment Program for | ||||||
35 | Women. This sentencing option may not go into
effect until the | ||||||
36 | funding is secured for the program and the program has been
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 92-806, eff. 1-1-03; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
3 | (730 ILCS 5/5-9-1.7) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-9-1.7)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 5-9-1.7. Sexual assault fines.
| ||||||
5 | (a) Definitions. The terms used in this Section shall have | ||||||
6 | the following
meanings ascribed to them:
| ||||||
7 | (1) "Sexual assault" means the commission or attempted | ||||||
8 | commission of
the following: sexual exploitation of a | ||||||
9 | child, criminal sexual assault, predatory criminal sexual | ||||||
10 | assault of
a child, aggravated criminal sexual assault,
| ||||||
11 | criminal sexual abuse, aggravated criminal sexual abuse, | ||||||
12 | indecent
solicitation of a child, public indecency, sexual | ||||||
13 | relations within
families, soliciting for a juvenile | ||||||
14 | prostitute, keeping a place of juvenile
prostitution, | ||||||
15 | patronizing a juvenile prostitute, juvenile pimping,
| ||||||
16 | exploitation of a child, obscenity, child pornography,
| ||||||
17 | harmful material,
or ritualized abuse of a child, as those | ||||||
18 | offenses are defined in the Criminal Code of 1961.
| ||||||
19 | (2) "Family member" shall have the meaning ascribed to | ||||||
20 | it in Section
12-12 of the Criminal Code of 1961.
| ||||||
21 | (3) "Sexual assault organization" means any | ||||||
22 | not-for-profit organization
providing comprehensive, | ||||||
23 | community-based services to victims of sexual assault.
| ||||||
24 | "Community-based services" include, but are not limited | ||||||
25 | to, direct crisis
intervention through a 24-hour response, | ||||||
26 | medical and legal advocacy,
counseling, information and | ||||||
27 | referral services, training, and community
education.
| ||||||
28 | (b) Sexual assault fine; collection by clerk.
| ||||||
29 | (1) In addition to any other penalty imposed, a fine of | ||||||
30 | $200 shall be
imposed upon any person who pleads guilty or | ||||||
31 | who is convicted of, or who
receives a disposition of court | ||||||
32 | supervision for, a sexual assault or attempt
of a sexual | ||||||
33 | assault. Upon request of the victim or the victim's
| ||||||
34 | representative, the court shall determine whether the fine | ||||||
35 | will impose an
undue burden on the victim of the offense. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | For purposes of this paragraph,
the defendant may not be | ||||||
2 | considered the victim's representative. If the
court finds | ||||||
3 | that the fine would impose an undue burden on the victim, | ||||||
4 | the
court may reduce or waive the fine. The court shall | ||||||
5 | order that the
defendant may not use funds belonging solely | ||||||
6 | to the victim of the offense
for payment of the fine.
| ||||||
7 | (2) Sexual assault fines shall be assessed by the court | ||||||
8 | imposing the
sentence and shall be collected by the circuit | ||||||
9 | clerk. The circuit clerk
shall retain 10% of the penalty to | ||||||
10 | cover the costs involved in
administering and enforcing | ||||||
11 | this Section. The circuit clerk shall remit
the remainder | ||||||
12 | of each fine within one month of its receipt to the State
| ||||||
13 | Treasurer for deposit as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (i) for family member offenders, one-half to the | ||||||
15 | Sexual Assault
Services Fund, and one-half to the | ||||||
16 | Domestic Violence Shelter and Service
Fund; and
| ||||||
17 | (ii) for other than family member offenders, the | ||||||
18 | full amount to the
Sexual Assault Services Fund.
| ||||||
19 | (c) Sexual Assault Services Fund; administration. There is | ||||||
20 | created a
Sexual Assault Services Fund. Moneys deposited into | ||||||
21 | the Fund under this
Section shall be appropriated to the | ||||||
22 | Department of Public Health. Upon
appropriation of moneys from | ||||||
23 | the Sexual Assault Services Fund, the Department
of Public | ||||||
24 | Health shall make grants of these moneys from the Fund to | ||||||
25 | sexual
assault organizations with whom the Department has | ||||||
26 | contracts for the purpose of
providing community-based | ||||||
27 | services to victims of sexual assault. Grants made
under this | ||||||
28 | Section are in addition to, and are not substitutes for, other
| ||||||
29 | grants authorized and made by the Department.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-699, eff. 1-1-05; 93-810, eff. 1-1-05; revised | ||||||
31 | 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
32 | (730 ILCS 5/5-9-1.12)
| ||||||
33 | Sec. 5-9-1.12. Arson fines.
| ||||||
34 | (a) In addition to any other penalty imposed, a fine of | ||||||
35 | $500 shall be
imposed upon a person convicted of the offense of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | arson, residential arson,
or aggravated arson.
| ||||||
2 | (b) The additional fine shall be assessed by the court | ||||||
3 | imposing
sentence and shall be collected by the Circuit Clerk | ||||||
4 | in addition to the
fine, if any, and costs in the case. Each | ||||||
5 | such additional fine shall
be remitted by the Circuit Clerk | ||||||
6 | within one month after receipt to the
State Treasurer for | ||||||
7 | deposit into the Fire Prevention Fund. The Circuit
Clerk shall | ||||||
8 | retain 10% of such fine to cover the costs incurred in
| ||||||
9 | administering and enforcing this Section. The additional fine | ||||||
10 | may not be
considered a part of the fine for purposes of any | ||||||
11 | reduction in the fine for
time served either before or after | ||||||
12 | sentencing.
| ||||||
13 | (c) The moneys in the Fire Prevention Fund collected as | ||||||
14 | additional
fines under this Section shall be distributed by the | ||||||
15 | Office of the State Fire
Marshal to the fire department or fire | ||||||
16 | protection district that suppressed or
investigated the fire | ||||||
17 | that was set by the defendant and for which the
defendant was | ||||||
18 | convicted of arson, residential arson, or aggravated arson. If
| ||||||
19 | more than one fire department or fire protection district | ||||||
20 | suppressed or
investigated the fire, the additional fine shall | ||||||
21 | be distributed equally among
those departments or districts.
| ||||||
22 | (d) The moneys distributed to the fire departments or fire | ||||||
23 | protection
districts under this Section may only be used to | ||||||
24 | purchase fire suppression or
fire investigation equipment.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-169, eff. 7-10-03.)
| ||||||
26 | (730 ILCS 5/5-9-1.13)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 5-9-1.13
5-9-1.12 . Applications for transfer to other | ||||||
28 | states.
A person
subject to conditions of probation, parole, | ||||||
29 | or mandatory supervised release who
seeks to transfer to | ||||||
30 | another state subject to the Interstate Compact for Adult
| ||||||
31 | Offender Supervision must make provisions for the payment of | ||||||
32 | any
restitution awarded by the circuit court and pay a fee of | ||||||
33 | $125 to the proper
administrative or judicial authorities | ||||||
34 | before being granted the transfer, or
otherwise arrange for | ||||||
35 | payment. The fee payment from persons subject to a
sentence of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | probation shall be deposited into the general fund of the | ||||||
2 | county in
which the circuit has jurisdiction. The fee payment | ||||||
3 | from persons subject to
parole or mandatory supervised release | ||||||
4 | shall be deposited into the General
Revenue
Fund. The proceeds | ||||||
5 | of this fee shall be used to defray the costs of the
Department | ||||||
6 | of Corrections or county sheriff departments, respectively, | ||||||
7 | who will
be required to retrieve offenders that violate the | ||||||
8 | terms of their transfers to
other states. Upon return to the | ||||||
9 | State of Illinois, these persons shall also
be subject to | ||||||
10 | reimbursing either the State of Illinois or the county for the
| ||||||
11 | actual costs of returning them to Illinois.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 93-475, eff. 8-8-03; revised 9-26-03.)
| ||||||
13 | Section 565. The Sex Offender Registration Act is amended | ||||||
14 | by changing Section 2 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (730 ILCS 150/2) (from Ch. 38, par. 222)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 2. Definitions.
| ||||||
17 | (A) As used in this Article, "sex offender" means any | ||||||
18 | person who is:
| ||||||
19 | (1) charged pursuant to Illinois law, or any | ||||||
20 | substantially similar
federal, Uniform Code of Military | ||||||
21 | Justice, sister state, or foreign country
law,
with a sex | ||||||
22 | offense set forth
in subsection (B) of this Section or the | ||||||
23 | attempt to commit an included sex
offense, and:
| ||||||
24 | (a) is convicted of such offense or an attempt to | ||||||
25 | commit such offense;
or
| ||||||
26 | (b) is found not guilty by reason of insanity of | ||||||
27 | such offense or an
attempt to commit such offense; or
| ||||||
28 | (c) is found not guilty by reason of insanity | ||||||
29 | pursuant to Section
104-25(c) of the Code of Criminal | ||||||
30 | Procedure of 1963 of such offense or an
attempt to | ||||||
31 | commit such offense; or
| ||||||
32 | (d) is the subject of a finding not resulting in an | ||||||
33 | acquittal at a
hearing conducted pursuant to Section | ||||||
34 | 104-25(a) of the Code of Criminal
Procedure of 1963 for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the alleged commission or attempted commission of such
| ||||||
2 | offense; or
| ||||||
3 | (e) is found not guilty by reason of insanity | ||||||
4 | following a hearing
conducted pursuant to a federal, | ||||||
5 | Uniform Code of Military Justice, sister
state, or | ||||||
6 | foreign country law
substantially similar to Section | ||||||
7 | 104-25(c) of the Code of Criminal Procedure
of 1963 of | ||||||
8 | such offense or of the attempted commission of such | ||||||
9 | offense; or
| ||||||
10 | (f) is the subject of a finding not resulting in an | ||||||
11 | acquittal at a
hearing conducted pursuant to a federal, | ||||||
12 | Uniform Code of Military Justice,
sister state, or | ||||||
13 | foreign country law
substantially similar to Section | ||||||
14 | 104-25(a) of the Code of Criminal Procedure
of 1963 for | ||||||
15 | the alleged violation or attempted commission of such | ||||||
16 | offense;
or
| ||||||
17 | (2) certified as a sexually dangerous person pursuant | ||||||
18 | to the Illinois
Sexually Dangerous Persons Act, or any | ||||||
19 | substantially similar federal, Uniform
Code of Military | ||||||
20 | Justice, sister
state, or foreign country law; or
| ||||||
21 | (3) subject to the provisions of Section 2 of the | ||||||
22 | Interstate
Agreements on Sexually Dangerous Persons Act; | ||||||
23 | or
| ||||||
24 | (4) found to be a sexually violent person pursuant to | ||||||
25 | the Sexually
Violent Persons Commitment Act or any | ||||||
26 | substantially similar federal, Uniform
Code of Military | ||||||
27 | Justice, sister
state, or foreign country law; or
| ||||||
28 | (5) adjudicated a juvenile delinquent as the result of | ||||||
29 | committing or
attempting to commit an act which, if | ||||||
30 | committed by an adult, would constitute
any of the offenses | ||||||
31 | specified in item (B), (C), or (C-5) of this Section or a
| ||||||
32 | violation of any substantially similar federal, Uniform | ||||||
33 | Code of Military
Justice, sister state, or foreign
country | ||||||
34 | law, or found guilty under Article V of the Juvenile Court | ||||||
35 | Act of 1987
of committing or attempting to commit an act | ||||||
36 | which, if committed by an adult,
would constitute any of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the offenses specified in item (B), (C), or (C-5) of
this | ||||||
2 | Section or a violation of any substantially similar | ||||||
3 | federal, Uniform Code
of Military Justice, sister state,
or | ||||||
4 | foreign country law.
| ||||||
5 | Convictions that result from or are connected with the same | ||||||
6 | act, or result
from offenses committed at the same time, shall | ||||||
7 | be counted for the purpose of
this Article as one conviction. | ||||||
8 | Any conviction set aside pursuant to law is
not a conviction | ||||||
9 | for purposes of this Article.
| ||||||
10 |
For purposes of this Section, "convicted" shall have the | ||||||
11 | same meaning as
"adjudicated".
| ||||||
12 | (B) As used in this Article, "sex offense" means:
| ||||||
13 | (1) A violation of any of the following Sections of the | ||||||
14 | Criminal Code of
1961:
| ||||||
15 | 11-20.1 (child pornography),
| ||||||
16 | 11-6 (indecent solicitation of a child),
| ||||||
17 | 11-9.1 (sexual exploitation of a child),
| ||||||
18 | 11-15.1 (soliciting for a juvenile prostitute),
| ||||||
19 | 11-18.1 (patronizing a juvenile prostitute),
| ||||||
20 | 11-17.1 (keeping a place of juvenile | ||||||
21 | prostitution),
| ||||||
22 | 11-19.1 (juvenile pimping),
| ||||||
23 | 11-19.2 (exploitation of a child),
| ||||||
24 | 12-13 (criminal sexual assault),
| ||||||
25 | 12-14 (aggravated criminal sexual assault),
| ||||||
26 | 12-14.1 (predatory criminal sexual assault of a | ||||||
27 | child),
| ||||||
28 | 12-15 (criminal sexual abuse),
| ||||||
29 | 12-16 (aggravated criminal sexual abuse),
| ||||||
30 | 12-33 (ritualized abuse of a child).
| ||||||
31 | An attempt to commit any of these offenses.
| ||||||
32 | (1.5) A violation of any of the following Sections of | ||||||
33 | the
Criminal Code of 1961, when the victim is a person | ||||||
34 | under 18 years of age, the
defendant is not a parent of the | ||||||
35 | victim, and the offense was committed on or
after January | ||||||
36 | 1, 1996:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 10-1 (kidnapping),
| ||||||
2 | 10-2 (aggravated kidnapping),
| ||||||
3 | 10-3 (unlawful restraint),
| ||||||
4 | 10-3.1 (aggravated unlawful restraint).
| ||||||
5 | An attempt to commit any of these offenses.
| ||||||
6 | (1.6) First degree murder under Section 9-1 of the | ||||||
7 | Criminal Code of 1961,
when the victim was a person under | ||||||
8 | 18 years of age and the defendant was at least
17 years of | ||||||
9 | age at the time of the commission of the offense.
| ||||||
10 | (1.7) (Blank).
| ||||||
11 | (1.8) A violation or attempted violation of Section | ||||||
12 | 11-11 (sexual
relations within families) of the Criminal | ||||||
13 | Code of 1961, and the offense was committed on or after
| ||||||
14 | June 1, 1997.
| ||||||
15 | (1.9) Child abduction under paragraph (10) of | ||||||
16 | subsection
(b) of Section 10-5 of the Criminal Code of 1961 | ||||||
17 | committed by luring or
attempting to lure a child under the | ||||||
18 | age of 16 into a motor vehicle, building,
house trailer, or | ||||||
19 | dwelling place without the consent of the parent or lawful
| ||||||
20 | custodian of the child for other than a lawful purpose and | ||||||
21 | the offense was
committed on or after January 1, 1998.
| ||||||
22 | (1.10) A violation or attempted violation of any of the | ||||||
23 | following Sections
of the Criminal Code of 1961 when the | ||||||
24 | offense was committed on or after July
1, 1999:
| ||||||
25 | 10-4 (forcible detention, if the victim is under 18 | ||||||
26 | years of age),
| ||||||
27 | 11-6.5 (indecent solicitation of an adult),
| ||||||
28 | 11-15 (soliciting for a prostitute, if the victim | ||||||
29 | is under 18 years
of age),
| ||||||
30 | 11-16 (pandering, if the victim is under 18 years | ||||||
31 | of age),
| ||||||
32 | 11-18 (patronizing a prostitute, if the victim is | ||||||
33 | under 18 years
of age),
| ||||||
34 | 11-19 (pimping, if the victim is under 18 years of | ||||||
35 | age).
| ||||||
36 | (1.11) A violation or attempted violation of any of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | following
Sections of the Criminal Code of 1961 when the | ||||||
2 | offense was committed on or
after the effective date of | ||||||
3 | this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly:
| ||||||
4 | 11-9 (public indecency for a third or subsequent | ||||||
5 | conviction),
| ||||||
6 | 11-9.2 (custodial sexual misconduct).
| ||||||
7 | (1.12) A violation or attempted violation of Section
| ||||||
8 | 5.1 of the Wrongs to Children Act (permitting sexual abuse) | ||||||
9 | when the
offense was committed on or after the effective | ||||||
10 | date of this amendatory Act of
the 92nd General Assembly.
| ||||||
11 | (2) A violation of any former law of this State | ||||||
12 | substantially equivalent
to any offense listed in | ||||||
13 | subsection (B) of this Section.
| ||||||
14 | (C) A conviction for an offense of federal law, Uniform | ||||||
15 | Code of Military
Justice, or the law of another state
or a | ||||||
16 | foreign country that is substantially equivalent to any offense | ||||||
17 | listed
in subsections (B), (C), and (E) of this Section shall
| ||||||
18 | constitute a
conviction for the purpose
of this Article. A | ||||||
19 | finding or adjudication as a sexually dangerous person
or a | ||||||
20 | sexually violent person under any federal law, Uniform Code of | ||||||
21 | Military
Justice, or the law of another state or
foreign | ||||||
22 | country that is substantially equivalent to the Sexually | ||||||
23 | Dangerous
Persons Act or the Sexually Violent Persons | ||||||
24 | Commitment Act shall constitute an
adjudication for the | ||||||
25 | purposes of this Article.
| ||||||
26 | (C-5) A person at least 17 years of age at the time of the | ||||||
27 | commission of
the offense who is convicted of first degree | ||||||
28 | murder under Section 9-1 of the
Criminal Code of 1961, against | ||||||
29 | a person
under 18 years of age, shall be required to register
| ||||||
30 | for natural life.
A conviction for an offense of federal, | ||||||
31 | Uniform Code of Military Justice,
sister state, or foreign | ||||||
32 | country law that is substantially equivalent to any
offense | ||||||
33 | listed in subsection (C-5) of this Section shall constitute a
| ||||||
34 | conviction for the purpose of this Article. This subsection | ||||||
35 | (C-5) applies to a person who committed the offense before June | ||||||
36 | 1, 1996 only if the person is incarcerated in an Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department of Corrections facility on August 20, 2004 ( the | ||||||
2 | effective date of Public Act 93-977)
this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
3 | 93rd General Assembly .
| ||||||
4 | (D) As used in this Article, "law enforcement agency having | ||||||
5 | jurisdiction"
means the Chief of Police in each of the | ||||||
6 | municipalities in which the sex offender
expects to reside, | ||||||
7 | work, or attend school (1) upon his or her discharge,
parole or | ||||||
8 | release or
(2) during the service of his or her sentence of | ||||||
9 | probation or conditional
discharge, or the Sheriff of the | ||||||
10 | county, in the event no Police Chief exists
or if the offender | ||||||
11 | intends to reside, work, or attend school in an
unincorporated | ||||||
12 | area.
"Law enforcement agency having jurisdiction" includes | ||||||
13 | the location where
out-of-state students attend school and | ||||||
14 | where out-of-state employees are
employed or are otherwise | ||||||
15 | required to register.
| ||||||
16 | (D-1) As used in this Article, "supervising officer" means | ||||||
17 | the assigned Illinois Department of Corrections parole agent or | ||||||
18 | county probation officer. | ||||||
19 | (E) As used in this Article, "sexual predator" means any | ||||||
20 | person who,
after July 1, 1999, is:
| ||||||
21 | (1) Convicted for an offense of federal, Uniform Code | ||||||
22 | of Military
Justice, sister state, or foreign country law | ||||||
23 | that is substantially equivalent
to any offense listed in | ||||||
24 | subsection (E) of this Section shall constitute a
| ||||||
25 | conviction for the purpose of this Article.
Convicted of a | ||||||
26 | violation or attempted violation of any of the following
| ||||||
27 | Sections of the
Criminal Code of 1961, if the conviction | ||||||
28 | occurred after July
1, 1999:
| ||||||
29 | 11-17.1 (keeping a place of juvenile | ||||||
30 | prostitution),
| ||||||
31 | 11-19.1 (juvenile pimping),
| ||||||
32 | 11-19.2 (exploitation of a child),
| ||||||
33 | 11-20.1 (child pornography),
| ||||||
34 | 12-13 (criminal sexual assault, if the victim is a | ||||||
35 | person under 12
years of age),
| ||||||
36 | 12-14 (aggravated criminal sexual assault),
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 12-14.1 (predatory criminal sexual assault of a | ||||||
2 | child),
| ||||||
3 | 12-16 (aggravated criminal sexual abuse),
| ||||||
4 | 12-33 (ritualized abuse of a child); or
| ||||||
5 | (2) convicted of first degree murder under Section 9-1 | ||||||
6 | of the Criminal
Code of 1961, when the victim was a person | ||||||
7 | under 18 years of age and the
defendant was at least 17 | ||||||
8 | years of age at the time of the commission of the
offense; | ||||||
9 | or
| ||||||
10 | (3) certified as a sexually dangerous person pursuant | ||||||
11 | to the Sexually
Dangerous Persons Act or any substantially | ||||||
12 | similar federal, Uniform Code of
Military Justice, sister | ||||||
13 | state, or
foreign country law; or
| ||||||
14 | (4) found to be a sexually violent person pursuant to | ||||||
15 | the Sexually Violent
Persons Commitment Act or any | ||||||
16 | substantially similar federal, Uniform Code of
Military | ||||||
17 | Justice, sister state, or
foreign country law; or
| ||||||
18 | (5) convicted of a second or subsequent offense which | ||||||
19 | requires
registration pursuant to this Act. The conviction | ||||||
20 | for the second or subsequent
offense must have occurred | ||||||
21 | after July 1, 1999. For purposes of this paragraph
(5), | ||||||
22 | "convicted" shall include a conviction under any
| ||||||
23 | substantially similar
Illinois, federal, Uniform Code of | ||||||
24 | Military Justice, sister state, or
foreign country law.
| ||||||
25 | (F) As used in this Article, "out-of-state student" means | ||||||
26 | any sex
offender, as defined in this Section,
or sexual | ||||||
27 | predator who is enrolled in Illinois, on a full-time or | ||||||
28 | part-time
basis, in any public or private educational | ||||||
29 | institution, including, but not
limited to, any secondary | ||||||
30 | school, trade or professional institution, or
institution of | ||||||
31 | higher learning.
| ||||||
32 | (G) As used in this Article, "out-of-state employee" means | ||||||
33 | any sex
offender, as defined in this Section,
or sexual | ||||||
34 | predator who works in Illinois, regardless of whether the | ||||||
35 | individual
receives payment for services performed, for a | ||||||
36 | period of time of 10 or more days
or for an aggregate period of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | time of 30 or more days
during any calendar year.
Persons who | ||||||
2 | operate motor vehicles in the State accrue one day of | ||||||
3 | employment
time for any portion of a day spent in Illinois.
| ||||||
4 | (H) As used in this Article, "school" means any public or | ||||||
5 | private educational institution, including, but not limited | ||||||
6 | to, any elementary or secondary school, trade or professional | ||||||
7 | institution, or institution of higher education. | ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 92-828, eff. 8-22-02; 93-977, eff. 8-20-04; | ||||||
9 | 93-979, eff. 8-20-04; revised 10-14-04.)
| ||||||
10 | Section 570. The Code of Civil Procedure is amended by | ||||||
11 | changing Section 2-1401 and by setting forth and renumbering | ||||||
12 | multiple versions of Section 7-103.102 as follows:
| ||||||
13 | (735 ILCS 5/2-1401) (from Ch. 110, par. 2-1401)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 2-1401. Relief from judgments.
| ||||||
15 | (a) Relief from final orders and judgments, after 30 days | ||||||
16 | from the
entry thereof, may be had upon petition as provided in | ||||||
17 | this Section.
Writs of error coram nobis and coram vobis, bills | ||||||
18 | of review and bills
in the nature of bills of review are | ||||||
19 | abolished. All relief heretofore
obtainable and the grounds for | ||||||
20 | such relief heretofore available,
whether by any of the | ||||||
21 | foregoing remedies or otherwise, shall be
available in every | ||||||
22 | case, by proceedings hereunder, regardless of the
nature of the | ||||||
23 | order or judgment from which relief is sought or of the
| ||||||
24 | proceedings in which it was entered. Except as provided in | ||||||
25 | Section 6
of the Illinois Parentage Act of 1984, there shall be | ||||||
26 | no distinction
between actions and other proceedings, | ||||||
27 | statutory or otherwise, as to
availability of relief, grounds | ||||||
28 | for relief or the relief obtainable.
| ||||||
29 | (b) The petition must be filed in the same proceeding in | ||||||
30 | which the
order or judgment was entered but is not a | ||||||
31 | continuation thereof. The
petition must be supported by | ||||||
32 | affidavit or other appropriate showing as
to matters not of | ||||||
33 | record. All parties to the petition shall be notified
as | ||||||
34 | provided by rule.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) Except as provided in Section 20b of the Adoption Act | ||||||
2 | and Section
2-32
3-32 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 or in a | ||||||
3 | petition based
upon Section 116-3 of the Code of Criminal | ||||||
4 | Procedure of 1963, the petition
must be filed not later than 2 | ||||||
5 | years after the entry of the order or judgment.
Time during | ||||||
6 | which the person seeking relief is under legal disability or
| ||||||
7 | duress or the ground for relief is fraudulently concealed shall | ||||||
8 | be excluded
in computing the period of 2 years.
| ||||||
9 | (d) The filing of a petition under this Section does not | ||||||
10 | affect the
order or judgment, or suspend its operation.
| ||||||
11 | (e) Unless lack of jurisdiction affirmatively appears from | ||||||
12 | the
record proper, the vacation or modification of an order or | ||||||
13 | judgment
pursuant to the provisions of this Section does not | ||||||
14 | affect the right,
title or interest in or to any real or | ||||||
15 | personal property of any person,
not a party to the original | ||||||
16 | action, acquired for value after the entry
of the order or | ||||||
17 | judgment but before the filing of the petition, nor
affect any | ||||||
18 | right of any person not a party to the original action under
| ||||||
19 | any certificate of sale issued before the filing of the | ||||||
20 | petition,
pursuant to a sale based on the order or judgment.
| ||||||
21 | (f) Nothing contained in this Section affects any existing | ||||||
22 | right to
relief from a void order or judgment, or to employ any | ||||||
23 | existing method
to procure that relief.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 90-18, eff. 7-1-97; 90-27, eff. 1-1-98; 90-141, | ||||||
25 | eff. 1-1-98;
90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised 11-06-02.)
| ||||||
26 | (735 ILCS 5/7-103.102)
| ||||||
27 | Sec. 7-103.102. Quick-take; Lake County.
Quick-take | ||||||
28 | proceedings under Section 7-103 may be used
for a period of 2 | ||||||
29 | years
after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
30 | 93rd General Assembly
by Lake County
for the acquisition of | ||||||
31 | property necessary
for the purpose of improving County Highway | ||||||
32 | 31 (Rollins Road) from Illinois
Route 83 to U.S. Route 45.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 93-646, eff. 12-31-03.) | ||||||
34 | (735 ILCS 5/7-103.111)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 7-103.111.
7-103.102.
Quick-take; Village of | ||||||
2 | Palatine.
Quick-take proceedings under Section 7-103 may be | ||||||
3 | used for a period of 60
months after the effective date of this | ||||||
4 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General
Assembly by the Village of | ||||||
5 | Palatine for the acquisition of property for the
purposes of | ||||||
6 | the Downtown Tax Increment Redevelopment Project Area, bounded
| ||||||
7 | generally by Plum
Grove Road on the East, Palatine Road on the | ||||||
8 | South, Cedar Street on the West,
and Colfax Street on the | ||||||
9 | North, and the Rand Corridor
Redevelopment Project Area, | ||||||
10 | bounded generally by Dundee Road on the South,
Lake-Cook Road | ||||||
11 | on the North, and on the East and West by Rand Road, in the
| ||||||
12 | Village of Palatine more specifically described in the | ||||||
13 | following ordinances
adopted by the Village of Palatine:
| ||||||
14 | Village ordinance 0-224-99, adopted December 13, 1999;
| ||||||
15 | Village ordinance 0-225-99, adopted December 13, 1999;
| ||||||
16 | Village ordinance 0-226-99, adopted December 13, 1999;
| ||||||
17 | Village ordinance 0-13-00, adopted January 24, 2000, | ||||||
18 | correcting certain
scrivener's errors and attached as | ||||||
19 | exhibit A to the foregoing legal
descriptions;
| ||||||
20 | Village ordinance 0-23-03, adopted January 27, 2003;
| ||||||
21 | Village ordinance 0-24-03, adopted January 27, 2003; | ||||||
22 | and
| ||||||
23 | Village ordinance 0-25-03, adopted January 27, 2003.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 93-602, eff. 11-18-03; revised 1-13-04.) | ||||||
25 | (735 ILCS 5/7-103.112)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 7-103.112.
7-103.102.
Quick-take; Bi-State | ||||||
27 | Development Agency; MetroLink Light
Rail
System. Quick-take | ||||||
28 | proceedings under Section 7-103 may be used for a period
from
| ||||||
29 | September 1, 2003 through September 1, 2004 by the Bi-State | ||||||
30 | Development Agency
of the Missouri-Illinois Metropolitan | ||||||
31 | District for station area development,
transit oriented | ||||||
32 | development and economic development initiatives in support of
| ||||||
33 | the MetroLink Light Rail System, beginning in East St. Louis, | ||||||
34 | Illinois, and
terminating at MidAmerica Airport, St. Clair | ||||||
35 | County, Illinois.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-603, eff. 11-19-03; revised 1-13-04.) | ||||||
2 | Section 575. The State Lawsuit Immunity Act is amended by | ||||||
3 | changing Section 1 as follows: | ||||||
4 | (745 ILCS 5/1) (from Ch. 127, par. 801)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 1. Except as provided in the Illinois Public Labor | ||||||
6 | Relations
Act, the Court of Claims Act, and the State Officials | ||||||
7 | and
Employees Ethics Act, and
or Section 1.5 of this Act, the | ||||||
8 | State of Illinois shall not be made a
defendant or party in any | ||||||
9 | court.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 93-414, eff. 1-1-04; 93-615, eff. 11-19-03; | ||||||
11 | revised 12-19-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 580. The Non-Support Punishment Act is amended by | ||||||
13 | changing Section 20 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (750 ILCS 16/20)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 20. Entry of order for support; income withholding.
| ||||||
16 | (a) In a case in which no court or administrative order for | ||||||
17 | support is in
effect against the defendant:
| ||||||
18 | (1) at any time before the trial, upon motion of the | ||||||
19 | State's Attorney, or
of the Attorney General if the action | ||||||
20 | has been instituted by his office, and
upon notice to the | ||||||
21 | defendant, or at the time of arraignment or as a condition
| ||||||
22 | of postponement of arraignment, the court may enter such | ||||||
23 | temporary order for
support as may seem just, providing for | ||||||
24 | the support or maintenance of the
spouse or child or | ||||||
25 | children of the defendant, or both, pendente lite; or
| ||||||
26 | (2) before trial with the consent of the defendant, or | ||||||
27 | at the trial on
entry of a plea of guilty, or after | ||||||
28 | conviction, instead of imposing the penalty
provided in | ||||||
29 | this Act, or in addition thereto, the court may enter an | ||||||
30 | order for
support, subject to modification by the court | ||||||
31 | from time to time as
circumstances may require, directing | ||||||
32 | the defendant to pay a certain sum for
maintenance of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | spouse, or for support of the child or children, or both.
| ||||||
2 | (b) The court shall determine the amount of child support | ||||||
3 | by using the
guidelines and standards set forth in subsection | ||||||
4 | (a) of Section 505 and in
Section 505.2 of the Illinois | ||||||
5 | Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
| ||||||
6 | If (i) the non-custodial parent was properly served with a | ||||||
7 | request for
discovery of financial information relating to the | ||||||
8 | non-custodial parent's
ability to provide child support, (ii) | ||||||
9 | the non-custodial parent failed to
comply with the request, | ||||||
10 | despite having been ordered to do so by the court,
and (iii) | ||||||
11 | the non-custodial parent is not present at the hearing to | ||||||
12 | determine
support despite having received proper notice, then | ||||||
13 | any relevant financial
information concerning the | ||||||
14 | non-custodial parent's ability to provide support
that was | ||||||
15 | obtained pursuant to subpoena and proper notice shall be | ||||||
16 | admitted
into evidence without the need to establish any | ||||||
17 | further foundation for its
admission.
| ||||||
18 | (c) The court shall determine the amount of maintenance | ||||||
19 | using the standards
set forth in Section 504 of the Illinois | ||||||
20 | Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage
Act.
| ||||||
21 | (d) The court may, for violation of any order under this | ||||||
22 | Section, punish the
offender as for a contempt of court, but no | ||||||
23 | pendente lite order shall remain in
effect longer than 4 | ||||||
24 | months, or after the discharge of any panel of jurors
summoned | ||||||
25 | for service thereafter in such court, whichever is sooner.
| ||||||
26 | (e) Any order for support entered by the court under this | ||||||
27 | Section shall be
deemed to be a series of judgments against the | ||||||
28 | person obligated to pay support
under the judgments, each such | ||||||
29 | judgment to be in the amount of each payment or
installment of | ||||||
30 | support and each judgment to be deemed entered as of the date
| ||||||
31 | the corresponding payment or installment becomes due under the | ||||||
32 | terms of the
support order. Each judgment shall have the full | ||||||
33 | force, effect, and attributes
of any other judgment of this | ||||||
34 | State, including the ability to be enforced.
Each judgment is | ||||||
35 | subject to modification or termination only in accordance with
| ||||||
36 | Section 510 of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Marriage Act. A lien
arises by operation of law against the | ||||||
2 | real and personal property of the
noncustodial parent for each | ||||||
3 | installment of overdue support owed by the
noncustodial parent.
| ||||||
4 | (f) An order for support entered under this Section shall | ||||||
5 | include a
provision requiring the obligor to report to the | ||||||
6 | obligee and to the clerk of
the court within 10 days each time | ||||||
7 | the obligor obtains new employment, and each
time the obligor's | ||||||
8 | employment is terminated for any reason. The report shall
be in | ||||||
9 | writing and shall, in the case of new employment, include the | ||||||
10 | name and
address of the new employer.
| ||||||
11 | Failure to report new employment or the termination of | ||||||
12 | current employment,
if coupled with nonpayment of support for a | ||||||
13 | period in excess of 60 days, is
indirect criminal contempt. For | ||||||
14 | any obligor arrested for failure to report new
employment, bond | ||||||
15 | shall be set in the amount of the child support that should
| ||||||
16 | have been paid during the period of unreported
employment.
| ||||||
17 | An order for support entered under this Section shall also | ||||||
18 | include a
provision requiring the obligor and obligee parents | ||||||
19 | to advise each other of a
change in residence within 5 days of | ||||||
20 | the change except when the court finds
that the physical, | ||||||
21 | mental, or emotional health of a party or of a minor child,
or | ||||||
22 | both, would be seriously endangered by disclosure of the | ||||||
23 | party's address.
| ||||||
24 | (g) An order for support entered or modified in a case in | ||||||
25 | which a party is
receiving child support enforcement services | ||||||
26 | under Article X of the Illinois
Public Aid Code shall include a | ||||||
27 | provision requiring the noncustodial parent to
notify the | ||||||
28 | Illinois Department of Public Aid, within 7 days, of the name | ||||||
29 | and
address of any new employer of the noncustodial parent, | ||||||
30 | whether the
noncustodial parent has access to health insurance | ||||||
31 | coverage through the
employer or other group coverage and, if | ||||||
32 | so, the policy name and number
and the names of persons covered | ||||||
33 | under the policy.
| ||||||
34 | (h) In any subsequent action to enforce an order for | ||||||
35 | support entered under
this Act, upon sufficient showing that | ||||||
36 | diligent effort has been made to
ascertain the location of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | noncustodial parent, service of process or
provision of notice | ||||||
2 | necessary in that action may be made at the last known
address | ||||||
3 | of the noncustodial parent, in any manner expressly provided by | ||||||
4 | the
Code of Civil Procedure or in this Act, which service shall | ||||||
5 | be sufficient for
purposes of due process.
| ||||||
6 | (i) An order for support shall include a date on which the | ||||||
7 | current support
obligation terminates. The termination date | ||||||
8 | shall be no earlier than the date
on which the child covered by | ||||||
9 | the order will attain the age of 18. However, if
the child will | ||||||
10 | not graduate from high school until after attaining the age of
| ||||||
11 | 18, then the termination date shall be no earlier than the | ||||||
12 | earlier of the date
on which the child's high school graduation | ||||||
13 | will occur or the date on which the
child will attain the age | ||||||
14 | of 19. The order for support shall state that the
termination | ||||||
15 | date does not apply to any arrearage that may remain unpaid on | ||||||
16 | that
date. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to | ||||||
17 | prevent the court from
modifying the order or terminating the | ||||||
18 | order in the event the child is
otherwise emancipated.
| ||||||
19 | (j) A support obligation, or any portion of a support | ||||||
20 | obligation, which
becomes due and remains unpaid for 30 days or | ||||||
21 | more shall accrue simple interest
at the rate of 9% per annum.
| ||||||
22 | An order for support entered or modified on or after January 1, | ||||||
23 | 2002 shall
contain a statement that a support obligation | ||||||
24 | required under the order, or any
portion of a support | ||||||
25 | obligation required under the order, that becomes due and
| ||||||
26 | remains unpaid for 30 days or more shall accrue simple interest | ||||||
27 | at the rate of
9% per annum. Failure to include the statement | ||||||
28 | in the order for support does
not affect the validity of the | ||||||
29 | order or the accrual of interest as provided in
this Section.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 92-374, eff. 8-15-01; 92-590, eff. 7-1-02; | ||||||
31 | 92-876, eff. 6-1-03;
revised 9-27-03.)
| ||||||
32 | Section 585. The Illinois Parentage Act of 1984 is amended | ||||||
33 | by changing Section 14 as follows:
| ||||||
34 | (750 ILCS 45/14) (from Ch. 40, par. 2514)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 14. Judgment.
| ||||||
2 | (a) (1) The judgment shall contain or explicitly reserve
| ||||||
3 | provisions concerning any duty and amount of child support
and | ||||||
4 | may contain provisions concerning the custody and
guardianship | ||||||
5 | of the child, visitation privileges with the child, the
| ||||||
6 | furnishing of bond or other security for the payment of the | ||||||
7 | judgment,
which the court shall determine in accordance with | ||||||
8 | the relevant factors
set forth in the Illinois Marriage and | ||||||
9 | Dissolution of Marriage
Act and any other applicable law of | ||||||
10 | Illinois,
to guide the court in a finding in the best interests | ||||||
11 | of the child.
In determining custody, joint custody, removal, | ||||||
12 | or visitation, the court
shall apply
the relevant standards of | ||||||
13 | the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage
Act, | ||||||
14 | including Section 609. Specifically, in determining the amount | ||||||
15 | of any
child support award, the
court shall use the guidelines | ||||||
16 | and standards set forth in subsection (a) of
Section 505 and in | ||||||
17 | Section 505.2 of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of
| ||||||
18 | Marriage Act. For purposes of Section
505 of the Illinois | ||||||
19 | Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act,
"net income" of the | ||||||
20 | non-custodial parent shall include any benefits
available to | ||||||
21 | that person under the Illinois Public Aid Code or from other
| ||||||
22 | federal, State or local government-funded programs. The court | ||||||
23 | shall, in
any event and regardless of the amount of the | ||||||
24 | non-custodial parent's net
income, in its judgment order the | ||||||
25 | non-custodial parent to pay child support
to the custodial | ||||||
26 | parent in a minimum amount of not less than $10 per month.
In | ||||||
27 | an action brought within 2 years after a child's birth, the | ||||||
28 | judgment or
order may direct either parent to pay the | ||||||
29 | reasonable expenses incurred by
either parent related to the | ||||||
30 | mother's pregnancy and the delivery of the
child. The judgment | ||||||
31 | or order shall contain the father's social security number,
| ||||||
32 | which the father shall disclose to the court; however, failure | ||||||
33 | to include the
father's social security number on the judgment | ||||||
34 | or order does not invalidate
the judgment or order.
| ||||||
35 | (2) If a judgment of parentage contains no explicit award | ||||||
36 | of custody,
the establishment of a support obligation or of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | visitation rights in one
parent shall be considered a judgment | ||||||
2 | granting custody to the other parent.
If the parentage judgment | ||||||
3 | contains no such provisions, custody shall be
presumed to be | ||||||
4 | with the mother;
however, the presumption shall not apply if | ||||||
5 | the father has had
physical custody for at least 6
months prior | ||||||
6 | to the date that the mother seeks to enforce custodial rights.
| ||||||
7 | (b) The court shall order all child support payments, | ||||||
8 | determined in
accordance with such guidelines, to commence with | ||||||
9 | the date summons is
served. The level of current periodic | ||||||
10 | support payments shall not be
reduced because of payments set | ||||||
11 | for the period prior to the date of entry
of the support order. | ||||||
12 | The Court may order any child support payments to be
made for a
| ||||||
13 | period prior to the commencement of the action.
In determining | ||||||
14 | whether and the extent to which the
payments shall be made for | ||||||
15 | any prior period, the court shall consider all
relevant facts, | ||||||
16 | including the factors for determining the amount of support
| ||||||
17 | specified in the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage
| ||||||
18 | Act and other equitable factors
including but not limited to:
| ||||||
19 | (1) The father's prior knowledge of the fact and | ||||||
20 | circumstances of the
child's birth.
| ||||||
21 | (2) The father's prior willingness or refusal to help | ||||||
22 | raise or
support the child.
| ||||||
23 | (3) The extent to which the mother or the public agency | ||||||
24 | bringing the
action previously informed the father of the | ||||||
25 | child's needs or attempted
to seek or require his help in | ||||||
26 | raising or supporting the child.
| ||||||
27 | (4) The reasons the mother or the public agency did not | ||||||
28 | file the
action earlier.
| ||||||
29 | (5) The extent to which the father would be prejudiced | ||||||
30 | by the delay in
bringing the action.
| ||||||
31 | For purposes of determining the amount of child support to | ||||||
32 | be paid for any
period before the date the order for current | ||||||
33 | child support is entered, there is
a
rebuttable presumption | ||||||
34 | that the father's net income for the prior period was
the same | ||||||
35 | as his net income at the time the order for current child | ||||||
36 | support is
entered.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If (i) the non-custodial parent was properly served with a | ||||||
2 | request for
discovery of
financial information relating to the | ||||||
3 | non-custodial parent's ability to provide
child support, (ii)
| ||||||
4 | the non-custodial parent failed to comply with the request, | ||||||
5 | despite having been
ordered to
do so by the court, and (iii) | ||||||
6 | the non-custodial parent is not present at the
hearing to
| ||||||
7 | determine support despite having received proper notice, then | ||||||
8 | any relevant
financial
information concerning the | ||||||
9 | non-custodial parent's ability to provide child
support
that | ||||||
10 | was
obtained pursuant to subpoena and proper notice shall be | ||||||
11 | admitted into evidence
without
the need to establish any | ||||||
12 | further foundation for its admission.
| ||||||
13 | (c) Any new or existing support order entered by the court | ||||||
14 | under this
Section shall be deemed to be a series of judgments
| ||||||
15 | against the person obligated to pay support thereunder, each | ||||||
16 | judgment
to be in the amount of each payment or installment of | ||||||
17 | support and each such
judgment to be deemed entered as of the | ||||||
18 | date the corresponding payment or
installment becomes due under | ||||||
19 | the terms of the support order. Each
judgment shall have the | ||||||
20 | full force, effect and attributes of any other
judgment of this | ||||||
21 | State, including the ability to be enforced.
A lien arises by | ||||||
22 | operation of law against the real and personal property of
the | ||||||
23 | noncustodial parent for each installment of overdue support | ||||||
24 | owed by the
noncustodial parent.
| ||||||
25 | (d) If the judgment or order of the court is at variance | ||||||
26 | with the child's
birth certificate, the court shall order that | ||||||
27 | a new birth certificate be
issued under the Vital Records Act.
| ||||||
28 | (e) On request of the mother and the father, the court | ||||||
29 | shall order a
change in the child's name. After hearing | ||||||
30 | evidence the court may stay
payment of support during the | ||||||
31 | period of the father's minority or period of
disability.
| ||||||
32 | (f) If, upon a showing of proper service, the father fails | ||||||
33 | to appear in
court, or
otherwise appear as provided by law, the | ||||||
34 | court may proceed to hear the
cause upon testimony of the | ||||||
35 | mother or other parties taken in open court and
shall enter a | ||||||
36 | judgment by default. The court may reserve any order as to
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amount of child support until the father has received notice, | ||||||
2 | by
regular mail, of a hearing on the matter.
| ||||||
3 | (g) A one-time charge of 20% is imposable upon the amount | ||||||
4 | of past-due
child support owed on July 1, 1988 which has | ||||||
5 | accrued under a support order
entered by the court. The charge | ||||||
6 | shall be imposed in accordance with the
provisions of Section | ||||||
7 | 10-21 of the Illinois Public Aid Code and shall be
enforced by | ||||||
8 | the court upon petition.
| ||||||
9 | (h) All orders for support, when entered or
modified, shall | ||||||
10 | include a provision requiring the non-custodial parent
to
| ||||||
11 | notify the court and, in cases in which party is receiving | ||||||
12 | child
support enforcement services under Article X of the | ||||||
13 | Illinois Public Aid Code,
the
Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
14 | Aid, within 7 days, (i) of the name and
address of any new | ||||||
15 | employer of the non-custodial parent, (ii) whether the
| ||||||
16 | non-custodial
parent has access to health insurance coverage | ||||||
17 | through the employer or other
group coverage and, if so, the | ||||||
18 | policy name and number and the names of
persons
covered under | ||||||
19 | the policy, and (iii) of any new residential or mailing address
| ||||||
20 | or telephone
number of the non-custodial parent. In any | ||||||
21 | subsequent action to enforce a
support order, upon a sufficient | ||||||
22 | showing that a diligent effort has been made
to ascertain the | ||||||
23 | location of the non-custodial parent, service of process or
| ||||||
24 | provision of notice necessary in the case may be made at the | ||||||
25 | last known
address of the non-custodial parent in any manner | ||||||
26 | expressly provided by the
Code of Civil Procedure or this Act, | ||||||
27 | which service shall be sufficient for
purposes of due process.
| ||||||
28 | (i) An order for support shall include a date on which the | ||||||
29 | current
support obligation terminates. The termination date | ||||||
30 | shall be no earlier
than
the date on which the child covered by | ||||||
31 | the order will attain the age of
18. However, if the child will | ||||||
32 | not graduate from high school until after
attaining the age
of | ||||||
33 | 18, then the termination date shall be no earlier than the | ||||||
34 | earlier of the
date on which
the child's high school graduation | ||||||
35 | will occur or the date on which the child
will attain the
age | ||||||
36 | of 19.
The order
for
support shall state that
the termination |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | date does not apply to any arrearage that may remain unpaid on
| ||||||
2 | that date. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to | ||||||
3 | prevent the court
from modifying the order
or terminating the | ||||||
4 | order in the event the child is otherwise emancipated.
| ||||||
5 | (j) An order entered under this Section shall include a | ||||||
6 | provision
requiring the obligor to report to the obligee and to | ||||||
7 | the clerk of court within
10 days each time the obligor obtains | ||||||
8 | new employment, and each time the
obligor's employment is | ||||||
9 | terminated for any reason.
The report shall be in writing and | ||||||
10 | shall, in the case of new employment,
include the name and | ||||||
11 | address of the new employer.
Failure to report new employment | ||||||
12 | or
the termination of current employment, if coupled with | ||||||
13 | nonpayment of support
for a period in excess of 60 days, is | ||||||
14 | indirect criminal contempt. For
any obligor arrested for | ||||||
15 | failure to report new employment bond shall be set in
the | ||||||
16 | amount of the child support that should have been paid during | ||||||
17 | the period of
unreported employment. An order entered under | ||||||
18 | this Section shall also include
a provision requiring the | ||||||
19 | obligor and obligee parents to advise each other of a
change in | ||||||
20 | residence within 5 days of the change
except when the court | ||||||
21 | finds that the physical, mental, or emotional health
of a party | ||||||
22 | or that of a minor child, or both, would be seriously | ||||||
23 | endangered by
disclosure of the party's address.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 92-590, eff. 7-1-02; 92-876, eff. 6-1-03; 93-139, | ||||||
25 | eff. 7-10-03;
revised 9-15-03.)
| ||||||
26 | Section 590. The Illinois Domestic Violence Act of 1986 is | ||||||
27 | amended by changing Sections 219, 224, and 302 as follows:
| ||||||
28 | (750 ILCS 60/219) (from Ch. 40, par. 2312-19)
| ||||||
29 | Sec. 219. Plenary order of protection. A plenary order of | ||||||
30 | protection
shall issue if petitioner has served notice of the | ||||||
31 | hearing for that order on
respondent, in accordance with | ||||||
32 | Section 211, and satisfies the requirements
of this Section for | ||||||
33 | one or more of the requested remedies. For each remedy
| ||||||
34 | requested, petitioner must establish that:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) the court has jurisdiction under Section 208;
| ||||||
2 | (2) the requirements of Section 214 are satisfied; and
| ||||||
3 | (3) a general appearance was made or filed by or for | ||||||
4 | respondent or
process was served on respondent in the manner | ||||||
5 | required by Section 210; and
| ||||||
6 | (4) respondent has answered or is in default.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 84-1305; revised 2-25-02.)
| ||||||
8 | (750 ILCS 60/224) (from Ch. 40, par. 2312-24)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 224. Modification and re-opening of orders.
| ||||||
10 | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, upon | ||||||
11 | motion by
petitioner, the court may modify an emergency, | ||||||
12 | interim, or plenary order of
protection:
| ||||||
13 | (1) If respondent has abused petitioner since the | ||||||
14 | hearing for that
order, by adding or altering one or more | ||||||
15 | remedies, as authorized by Section
214; and
| ||||||
16 | (2) Otherwise, by adding any remedy authorized by | ||||||
17 | Section 214 which was:
| ||||||
18 | (i) reserved in that order of protection;
| ||||||
19 | (ii) not requested for inclusion in that order of | ||||||
20 | protection; or
| ||||||
21 | (iii) denied on procedural grounds, but not on the | ||||||
22 | merits.
| ||||||
23 | (b) Upon motion by petitioner or respondent, the court may | ||||||
24 | modify any prior
order of protection's remedy for custody, | ||||||
25 | visitation or payment of support
in accordance with the | ||||||
26 | relevant provisions of the Illinois Marriage and
Dissolution of | ||||||
27 | Marriage Act. Each order of protection shall be entered in the
| ||||||
28 | Law Enforcement Agencies
Automated Data System on the same day | ||||||
29 | it is
issued by the court.
| ||||||
30 | (c) After 30 days following entry of a plenary order of | ||||||
31 | protection, a
court may modify that order only when changes in | ||||||
32 | the applicable law or
facts since that plenary order was | ||||||
33 | entered warrant a modification of its terms.
| ||||||
34 | (d) Upon 2 days' notice to petitioner, in accordance with | ||||||
35 | Section 211 of
this Act, or such shorter notice as the court |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | may prescribe, a respondent
subject to an emergency or interim | ||||||
2 | order of protection issued under this Act
may appear and | ||||||
3 | petition the court to re-hear the original or amended petition.
| ||||||
4 | Any petition to re-hear shall be verified and shall allege the | ||||||
5 | following:
| ||||||
6 | (1) that respondent did not receive prior notice of the | ||||||
7 | initial
hearing in which the emergency, interim, or plenary | ||||||
8 | order was entered
under Sections 211 and 217; and
| ||||||
9 | (2) that respondent had a meritorious defense to the | ||||||
10 | order or
any of its remedies or that the order or any of | ||||||
11 | its remedies was not
authorized by this Act.
| ||||||
12 | (e) In the event that the emergency or interim order
| ||||||
13 | granted petitioner exclusive possession and the petition of | ||||||
14 | respondent seeks
to re-open or vacate that grant, the court | ||||||
15 | shall set a date for hearing
within 14 days on all issues | ||||||
16 | relating to exclusive possession. Under no
circumstances shall | ||||||
17 | a court continue a hearing concerning exclusive
possession | ||||||
18 | beyond the 14th day, except by agreement of the parties. Other
| ||||||
19 | issues raised by the pleadings may be consolidated for the | ||||||
20 | hearing if
neither party nor the court objects.
| ||||||
21 | (f) This Section does not limit the means, otherwise | ||||||
22 | available by law,
for vacating or modifying orders of | ||||||
23 | protection.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 87-1186; revised 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
25 | (750 ILCS 60/302) (from Ch. 40, par. 2313-2)
| ||||||
26 | Sec. 302. Data maintenance by law enforcement agencies.
| ||||||
27 | (a) All sheriffs shall furnish to the Department of State | ||||||
28 | Police, on the
same day as received, in the form and detail the | ||||||
29 | Department requires, copies of
any recorded emergency, | ||||||
30 | interim, or plenary orders of protection issued by the
court, | ||||||
31 | and any foreign orders of protection filed by the clerk of the | ||||||
32 | court,
and transmitted to the sheriff by the clerk of the court | ||||||
33 | pursuant to subsection
(b) of Section 222 of this Act. Each | ||||||
34 | order of protection shall be entered in
the Law Enforcement | ||||||
35 | Agencies
Automated Data System on the same day it
is issued by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the court. If an emergency order of protection was issued in
| ||||||
2 | accordance with subsection (c) of Section 217, the order shall | ||||||
3 | be entered in
the Law Enforcement Agencies
Automated Data | ||||||
4 | System as soon as possible
after receipt from the clerk.
| ||||||
5 | (b) The Department of State Police shall maintain a | ||||||
6 | complete and systematic
record and index of all valid and | ||||||
7 | recorded orders of protection issued pursuant
to this Act. The | ||||||
8 | data shall be used to inform all dispatchers and law
| ||||||
9 | enforcement officers at the scene of an alleged incident of | ||||||
10 | abuse, neglect,
or exploitation or violation of an order of | ||||||
11 | protection of any recorded prior
incident of abuse, neglect, or | ||||||
12 | exploitation involving the abused, neglected,
or exploited | ||||||
13 | party and the effective dates and terms of any recorded order | ||||||
14 | of
protection.
| ||||||
15 | (c) The data, records and transmittals required under this | ||||||
16 | Section shall
pertain to any valid emergency, interim or | ||||||
17 | plenary order of protection,
whether issued in a civil or | ||||||
18 | criminal proceeding or authorized under the laws
of another | ||||||
19 | state, tribe, or United States territory.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 90-392, eff. 1-1-98; 91-903, eff. 1-1-01; revised | ||||||
21 | 2-17-03.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 595. The Parental Notice of Abortion Act of 1995 is | ||||||
23 | amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (750 ILCS 70/10)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 10. Definitions. As used in this Act:
| ||||||
26 | "Abortion" means the use of any instrument, medicine, drug, | ||||||
27 | or any other
substance or device to terminate the pregnancy of | ||||||
28 | a woman known to be pregnant
with an intention other than to | ||||||
29 | increase the probability of a live birth, to
preserve the life | ||||||
30 | or health of a child after live birth, or to remove a dead
| ||||||
31 | fetus.
| ||||||
32 | "Actual notice" means the giving of notice directly, in | ||||||
33 | person, or by
telephone.
| ||||||
34 | "Adult family member" means a person over 21 years of age |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who is the parent,
grandparent, step-parent living in the | ||||||
2 | household, or legal guardian.
| ||||||
3 | "Constructive notice" means notice by certified mail to the | ||||||
4 | last known
address of the person entitled to notice with | ||||||
5 | delivery deemed to have occurred
48 hours after the certified | ||||||
6 | notice is mailed.
| ||||||
7 | "Incompetent" means any person who has been adjudged as | ||||||
8 | mentally ill or
developmentally disabled and who, because of | ||||||
9 | her mental illness or
developmental disability, is not fully | ||||||
10 | able to manage her person and for whom a
guardian of the person | ||||||
11 | has been appointed under Section 11a-3(a)(1) of the
Probate Act | ||||||
12 | of 1975.
| ||||||
13 | "Medical emergency" means a condition that, on the basis of | ||||||
14 | the
physician's good faith clinical judgment, so complicates | ||||||
15 | the medical condition
of a pregnant woman as to necessitate the | ||||||
16 | immediate abortion of her pregnancy
to avert her death or for | ||||||
17 | which a delay will create serious risk of
substantial and | ||||||
18 | irreversible impairment of major bodily function.
| ||||||
19 | "Minor" means any person under 18 years of age who is not | ||||||
20 | or has not been
married or who has not been emancipated under | ||||||
21 | the Emancipation of Mature
Minors Act.
| ||||||
22 | "Neglect" means the failure of an adult family member to | ||||||
23 | supply a child with
necessary food, clothing, shelter, or | ||||||
24 | medical care when reasonably able to do
so or the failure to | ||||||
25 | protect a child from conditions or actions that imminently
and | ||||||
26 | seriously endanger the child's physical or mental health when | ||||||
27 | reasonably
able to do so.
| ||||||
28 | "Physical abuse" means any physical injury intentionally | ||||||
29 | inflicted by an
adult family member on a child.
| ||||||
30 | "Physician" means any person licensed to practice medicine | ||||||
31 | in all its
branches under the Illinois Medical Practice Act of | ||||||
32 | 1987.
| ||||||
33 | "Sexual abuse" means any sexual conduct or sexual | ||||||
34 | penetration as defined in
Section 12-12 of the Criminal Code of | ||||||
35 | 1961 that is prohibited by the criminal
laws of the State of | ||||||
36 | Illinois and committed against a minor by an adult family
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | member as defined in this Act.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 89-18, eff. 6-1-95; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
3 | Section 600. The Probate Act of 1975 is amended by changing | ||||||
4 | Section 11a-18 as follows:
| ||||||
5 | (755 ILCS 5/11a-18) (from Ch. 110 1/2, par. 11a-18)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 11a-18. Duties of the estate guardian.
| ||||||
7 | (a) To the extent
specified in the order establishing the | ||||||
8 | guardianship, the guardian of
the estate shall have the care, | ||||||
9 | management and
investment of the estate, shall manage the | ||||||
10 | estate frugally and shall
apply the income and principal of the | ||||||
11 | estate so far as necessary for the
comfort and suitable support | ||||||
12 | and education of the ward, his minor and adult
dependent | ||||||
13 | children, and persons related by blood or marriage
who are | ||||||
14 | dependent upon or entitled to support from him, or for any | ||||||
15 | other
purpose which the court deems to be for the best | ||||||
16 | interests of the ward,
and the court may approve the making on | ||||||
17 | behalf of the ward of such
agreements as the court determines | ||||||
18 | to be for the ward's best interests.
The guardian may make | ||||||
19 | disbursement of his ward's
funds and estate directly to the | ||||||
20 | ward or other distributee or in such
other manner and in such | ||||||
21 | amounts as the court directs. If the estate of
a ward is | ||||||
22 | derived in whole or in part from payments of compensation,
| ||||||
23 | adjusted compensation, pension, insurance or other similar | ||||||
24 | benefits made
directly to the estate by the Veterans | ||||||
25 | Administration, notice of the
application for leave to invest | ||||||
26 | or expend the ward's funds or estate,
together with a copy of | ||||||
27 | the petition and proposed order, shall be given
to the | ||||||
28 | Veterans' Administration Regional Office in this State at least | ||||||
29 | 7
days before the hearing on the application.
| ||||||
30 | (a-5) The probate court, upon petition of a guardian, other | ||||||
31 | than the
guardian of a minor, and after notice to all other | ||||||
32 | persons interested as the
court directs, may authorize the | ||||||
33 | guardian to exercise any or all powers over
the estate and | ||||||
34 | business affairs of the ward that the ward could exercise if
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | present and not under disability. The court may authorize the | ||||||
2 | taking of an
action or the application of funds not required | ||||||
3 | for the ward's current and
future maintenance
and support in | ||||||
4 | any manner approved by the court as being in keeping with the
| ||||||
5 | ward's wishes so far as they can be ascertained. The court must | ||||||
6 | consider the
permanence of the ward's disabling condition and | ||||||
7 | the natural objects of the
ward's bounty. In ascertaining and | ||||||
8 | carrying
out the ward's wishes the court may consider, but | ||||||
9 | shall not be limited to,
minimization of State or federal | ||||||
10 | income, estate, or inheritance taxes; and
providing gifts to | ||||||
11 | charities, relatives, and friends that would be likely
| ||||||
12 | recipients of donations from the ward. The ward's wishes as | ||||||
13 | best they can be
ascertained shall be carried out, whether or | ||||||
14 | not tax savings are involved.
Actions or applications of funds | ||||||
15 | may include, but shall not be limited to, the
following:
| ||||||
16 | (1) making gifts of income or principal, or both, of | ||||||
17 | the estate, either
outright or in trust;
| ||||||
18 | (2) conveying, releasing, or disclaiming his or her | ||||||
19 | contingent and
expectant interests in property, including | ||||||
20 | marital property rights and any
right of survivorship | ||||||
21 | incident to joint tenancy or tenancy by the entirety;
| ||||||
22 | (3) releasing or disclaiming his or her powers as | ||||||
23 | trustee, personal
representative, custodian for minors, or | ||||||
24 | guardian;
| ||||||
25 | (4) exercising, releasing, or disclaiming his or her | ||||||
26 | powers as donee
of a power of appointment;
| ||||||
27 | (5) entering into contracts;
| ||||||
28 | (6) creating for the benefit of the ward or others, | ||||||
29 | revocable or
irrevocable trusts of his or her property that | ||||||
30 | may extend beyond his or her
disability or life ; .
| ||||||
31 | (7) exercising options of the ward to purchase or | ||||||
32 | exchange
securities or other property;
| ||||||
33 | (8) exercising the rights of the ward to elect benefit | ||||||
34 | or payment
options, to terminate, to change beneficiaries | ||||||
35 | or ownership, to assign
rights, to borrow, or to receive | ||||||
36 | cash value in return for a surrender of
rights under any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | one or more of the following:
| ||||||
2 | (i) life insurance policies, plans, or benefits , .
| ||||||
3 | (ii) annuity policies, plans, or benefits , .
| ||||||
4 | (iii) mutual fund and other dividend investment | ||||||
5 | plans , .
| ||||||
6 | (iv) retirement, profit sharing, and employee | ||||||
7 | welfare plans and
benefits;
| ||||||
8 | (9) exercising his or her right to claim or disclaim an | ||||||
9 | elective share
in the estate of his or her deceased spouse | ||||||
10 | and to renounce any interest by
testate or intestate | ||||||
11 | succession or by inter vivos transfer;
| ||||||
12 | (10) changing the ward's residence or domicile; or
| ||||||
13 | (11) modifying by means of codicil or trust amendment | ||||||
14 | the terms of the
ward's will or any revocable trust created | ||||||
15 | by the ward, as the court may
consider advisable in light | ||||||
16 | of changes in applicable tax laws.
| ||||||
17 | The guardian in his or her petition shall briefly outline | ||||||
18 | the action or
application of funds for which he or she seeks | ||||||
19 | approval, the results expected
to be accomplished thereby, and | ||||||
20 | the tax savings, if any, expected to accrue.
The proposed | ||||||
21 | action or application of funds may include gifts of the ward's
| ||||||
22 | personal property or real estate, but transfers of real estate | ||||||
23 | shall be subject
to the requirements of Section 20 of this Act. | ||||||
24 | Gifts may be for
the benefit of prospective legatees, devisees, | ||||||
25 | or heirs apparent of the ward
or may be made to individuals or | ||||||
26 | charities in which the ward is believed to
have an interest. | ||||||
27 | The guardian shall also indicate in the petition that any
| ||||||
28 | planned disposition is consistent with the intentions of the | ||||||
29 | ward insofar as
they can be ascertained, and if the ward's | ||||||
30 | intentions cannot be ascertained,
the ward will be presumed to | ||||||
31 | favor reduction in the incidents of various forms
of taxation | ||||||
32 | and the partial distribution of his or her estate as provided | ||||||
33 | in
this subsection. The guardian shall not, however, be | ||||||
34 | required to include as
a beneficiary or fiduciary any person | ||||||
35 | who he has reason to believe would be
excluded by the ward. A | ||||||
36 | guardian shall be required to investigate and pursue
a ward's |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eligibility for governmental benefits.
| ||||||
2 | (b) Upon the direction of the court which issued his | ||||||
3 | letters,
a guardian may perform the contracts of his ward which | ||||||
4 | were
legally subsisting at the time of the commencement of the | ||||||
5 | ward's
disability. The court may authorize the guardian to | ||||||
6 | execute and deliver
any bill of sale, deed or other instrument.
| ||||||
7 | (c) The guardian of the estate of a ward shall
appear for | ||||||
8 | and represent the ward in all legal proceedings unless another
| ||||||
9 | person is appointed for that purpose as guardian or next | ||||||
10 | friend. This does not
impair the power of any court to appoint | ||||||
11 | a guardian ad litem or next friend
to defend the interests of | ||||||
12 | the ward in that court, or to appoint or allow any
person as | ||||||
13 | the next friend of a ward to commence, prosecute or defend any
| ||||||
14 | proceeding in his behalf. Without impairing the power of the | ||||||
15 | court in any
respect, if the guardian of the estate of a ward | ||||||
16 | and another person as next
friend shall appear for and | ||||||
17 | represent the ward in a legal proceeding in which
the | ||||||
18 | compensation of the attorney or attorneys representing the | ||||||
19 | guardian and
next friend is solely determined under a | ||||||
20 | contingent fee arrangement, the
guardian of the estate of the | ||||||
21 | ward shall not participate in or have any duty
to review the | ||||||
22 | prosecution of the action, to participate in or review the
| ||||||
23 | appropriateness of any settlement of the action, or to | ||||||
24 | participate in or review
any determination of the | ||||||
25 | appropriateness of any fees awarded to the attorney or
| ||||||
26 | attorneys employed in the prosecution of the action.
| ||||||
27 | (d) Adjudication of disability shall not revoke or
| ||||||
28 | otherwise terminate a trust which is revocable by the ward. A | ||||||
29 | guardian of the
estate shall have no authority to revoke a | ||||||
30 | trust that is revocable by the
ward, except that the court may | ||||||
31 | authorize a guardian to revoke a Totten trust
or similar | ||||||
32 | deposit or withdrawable capital account in trust to the extent
| ||||||
33 | necessary to provide funds for the purposes specified in | ||||||
34 | paragraph (a) of
this Section. If the trustee of any trust for | ||||||
35 | the benefit of the ward has
discretionary power to apply income | ||||||
36 | or principal for the ward's benefit,
the trustee shall not be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required to distribute any of the income or principal
to the | ||||||
2 | guardian of the ward's estate, but the guardian may
bring an | ||||||
3 | action on behalf of the ward to compel
the trustee to exercise | ||||||
4 | the trustee's discretion or to seek relief from
an abuse of | ||||||
5 | discretion. This paragraph shall not limit the right of a
| ||||||
6 | guardian of the estate to receive accountings from the trustee
| ||||||
7 | on behalf of the ward.
| ||||||
8 | (e) Absent court order pursuant to the " Illinois Power of | ||||||
9 | Attorney
Act " enacted by the 85th General Assembly directing a | ||||||
10 | guardian to exercise
powers of the principal under an agency | ||||||
11 | that survives disability, the
guardian will have no power, duty | ||||||
12 | or liability with respect to any property
subject to the | ||||||
13 | agency. This subsection (e) applies to all agencies,
whenever | ||||||
14 | and wherever executed.
| ||||||
15 | (f) Upon petition by any interested person (including the | ||||||
16 | standby or
short-term guardian), with such notice to interested | ||||||
17 | persons as the court
directs and a finding by the court that it | ||||||
18 | is in the best interest of the
disabled person, the court may | ||||||
19 | terminate or limit the authority of a standby or
short-term | ||||||
20 | guardian or may enter such other orders as the court deems | ||||||
21 | necessary
to provide for the best interest of the disabled | ||||||
22 | person. The petition for
termination or limitation of the | ||||||
23 | authority of a standby or short-term guardian
may, but need | ||||||
24 | not, be combined with a petition to have another guardian
| ||||||
25 | appointed for the disabled person.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 89-672, eff. 8-14-96; 90-345, eff. 8-8-97; | ||||||
27 | 90-796, eff.
12-15-98; revised 1-20-03.)
| ||||||
28 | Section 605. The Illinois Living Will Act is amended by | ||||||
29 | changing Section 3 as follows:
| ||||||
30 | (755 ILCS 35/3) (from Ch. 110 1/2, par. 703)
| ||||||
31 | Sec. 3. Execution of a Document.
| ||||||
32 | (a) An individual of sound mind and
having reached the age | ||||||
33 | of majority or having obtained the status of an
emancipated | ||||||
34 | person pursuant to the " Emancipation of Mature Minors
Act " , as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | now or hereafter amended, may execute a document directing that | ||||||
2 | if
he is suffering from a terminal condition, then death | ||||||
3 | delaying procedures shall
not be utilized for the prolongation | ||||||
4 | of his life.
| ||||||
5 | (b) The declaration must be signed by the declarant, or | ||||||
6 | another at the
declarant's direction, and witnessed by 2 | ||||||
7 | individuals 18 years of age or
older.
| ||||||
8 | (c) The declaration of a qualified patient diagnosed as | ||||||
9 | pregnant by the
attending physician shall be given no force and | ||||||
10 | effect
as long as in the opinion of the attending physician it | ||||||
11 | is possible that
the fetus could develop to the point of live | ||||||
12 | birth with the continued
application of death delaying | ||||||
13 | procedures.
| ||||||
14 | (d) If the patient is able, it shall be the responsibility | ||||||
15 | of the
patient to provide for notification
to his or her | ||||||
16 | attending physician of the existence of a
declaration, to | ||||||
17 | provide the declaration to the physician and to ask the
| ||||||
18 | attending physician whether he or she is willing to comply with | ||||||
19 | its provisions.
An attending physician who is so notified shall | ||||||
20 | make the declaration, or
copy of the declaration, a part of the | ||||||
21 | patient's
medical records. If the physician is at any time | ||||||
22 | unwilling to comply
with its provisions, the physician shall | ||||||
23 | promptly so advise the declarant.
If the physician is unwilling | ||||||
24 | to comply with its provisions and the patient
is able, it is | ||||||
25 | the patient's responsibility to initiate the transfer to
| ||||||
26 | another physician of the patient's choosing. If the physician | ||||||
27 | is unwilling
to comply with its provisions and the patient is | ||||||
28 | at any time not able to
initiate the transfer, then the | ||||||
29 | attending physician
shall without delay notify the person with | ||||||
30 | the highest priority, as set
forth in this subsection, who is | ||||||
31 | available, able, and willing to make
arrangements for the | ||||||
32 | transfer of the patient and the appropriate medical
records to | ||||||
33 | another physician for the effectuation of the patient's
| ||||||
34 | declaration. The order of priority is as follows: (1) any | ||||||
35 | person authorized
by the patient to make such arrangements, (2) | ||||||
36 | a guardian of the person of
the patient, without the necessity |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of obtaining a court order to do so, and
(3) any member of the | ||||||
2 | patient's family.
| ||||||
3 | (e) The declaration may, but need not, be in the following | ||||||
4 | form, and
in addition may include other specific directions. | ||||||
5 | Should any specific
direction be determined to be invalid, such | ||||||
6 | invalidity shall not affect
other directions of the declaration | ||||||
7 | which can be given effect without the
invalid direction, and to | ||||||
8 | this end the directions in the declaration are
severable.
| ||||||
9 | DECLARATION
| ||||||
10 | This declaration is made this ............. day of | ||||||
11 | ............. (month,
year). I, .................., being of | ||||||
12 | sound mind, willfully and
voluntarily make known my desires | ||||||
13 | that my moment of death shall not be
artificially postponed.
| ||||||
14 | If at any time I should have an incurable and irreversible | ||||||
15 | injury,
disease, or illness judged to be a terminal condition | ||||||
16 | by my attending
physician who has personally examined me and | ||||||
17 | has determined that my death
is imminent except for death | ||||||
18 | delaying procedures, I direct that such
procedures which would | ||||||
19 | only prolong the dying process be withheld or
withdrawn, and | ||||||
20 | that I be permitted to die naturally with only the
| ||||||
21 | administration of medication, sustenance, or the performance | ||||||
22 | of any medical
procedure deemed necessary by my attending | ||||||
23 | physician to provide me with comfort care.
| ||||||
24 | In the absence of my ability to give directions regarding | ||||||
25 | the use of such
death delaying procedures, it is my intention | ||||||
26 | that this declaration shall
be honored by my family and | ||||||
27 | physician as the final expression of my legal
right to refuse | ||||||
28 | medical or surgical treatment and accept the consequences
from | ||||||
29 | such refusal.
| ||||||
30 | Signed ....................
| ||||||
31 | City, County and State of Residence .........................
| ||||||
32 | The declarant is personally known to me and I believe him | ||||||
33 | or her to
be of sound mind. I saw the declarant sign the | ||||||
34 | declaration in my presence
(or the declarant acknowledged in my | ||||||
35 | presence that he or she had signed
the declaration) and I | ||||||
36 | signed the declaration as a witness in the presence
of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | declarant. I did not sign the declarant's signature above for | ||||||
2 | or at
the direction of the declarant. At the date of this | ||||||
3 | instrument, I am
not entitled to any portion of the estate of | ||||||
4 | the declarant according
to the laws of intestate succession or, | ||||||
5 | to the best of my knowledge and
belief, under any will of | ||||||
6 | declarant or other instrument taking effect at
declarant's | ||||||
7 | death, or directly financially responsible for declarant's | ||||||
8 | medical care.
| ||||||
9 | Witness ..................
| ||||||
10 | Witness ..................
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 85-1209; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 610. The Health Care Surrogate Act is amended by | ||||||
13 | changing Sections 10 and 65 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (755 ILCS 40/10) (from Ch. 110 1/2, par. 851-10)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 10. Definitions.
| ||||||
16 | "Adult" means a person who is (i) 18 years of age or older | ||||||
17 | or (ii) an
emancipated minor under the Emancipation of Mature
| ||||||
18 | Minors Act.
| ||||||
19 | "Artificial nutrition and hydration" means supplying food | ||||||
20 | and water through a
conduit, such as a tube or intravenous | ||||||
21 | line, where the recipient is not
required to chew or swallow | ||||||
22 | voluntarily, including, but not limited to,
nasogastric tubes, | ||||||
23 | gastrostomies, jejunostomies, and
intravenous infusions. | ||||||
24 | Artificial nutrition and hydration does not include
assisted | ||||||
25 | feeding, such as spoon or bottle feeding.
| ||||||
26 | "Available" means that a person is not "unavailable". A | ||||||
27 | person is
unavailable if (i) the person's existence is not | ||||||
28 | known, (ii) the person has
not been able to be contacted by | ||||||
29 | telephone or mail, or (iii) the person
lacks decisional | ||||||
30 | capacity, refuses to accept the office of surrogate, or is
| ||||||
31 | unwilling to respond in a manner that indicates a choice among | ||||||
32 | the
treatment matters at issue.
| ||||||
33 | "Attending physician" means the physician selected by or
| ||||||
34 | assigned to the patient who has primary responsibility for
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | treatment and care of the patient and who is a licensed | ||||||
2 | physician
in Illinois. If more than one physician shares that
| ||||||
3 | responsibility, any of those physicians may act as the | ||||||
4 | attending
physician under this Act.
| ||||||
5 | "Close friend" means any person 18 years of age or older | ||||||
6 | who
has exhibited special care and concern for the patient and | ||||||
7 | who
presents an affidavit to the attending physician stating | ||||||
8 | that he or
she (i) is a close friend of the patient, (ii) is | ||||||
9 | willing and able to become
involved in the patient's health | ||||||
10 | care, and (iii) has maintained such
regular contact with the | ||||||
11 | patient as to be familiar with the
patient's activities, | ||||||
12 | health, and religious and moral beliefs. The
affidavit must | ||||||
13 | also state facts and circumstances that demonstrate that
| ||||||
14 | familiarity.
| ||||||
15 | "Death" means when, according to accepted medical | ||||||
16 | standards,
there is (i) an irreversible cessation of | ||||||
17 | circulatory and
respiratory functions or (ii) an irreversible | ||||||
18 | cessation of all
functions of the entire brain, including the | ||||||
19 | brain stem.
| ||||||
20 | "Decisional capacity" means the ability to understand and
| ||||||
21 | appreciate the nature and consequences of a decision regarding
| ||||||
22 | medical treatment or
forgoing life-sustaining treatment and | ||||||
23 | the ability to reach and
communicate an informed decision in | ||||||
24 | the matter as determined by the
attending physician.
| ||||||
25 | "Forgo life-sustaining treatment" means to withhold,
| ||||||
26 | withdraw, or terminate all or any portion of life-sustaining
| ||||||
27 | treatment with knowledge that the patient's death is likely to
| ||||||
28 | result.
| ||||||
29 | "Guardian" means a court appointed guardian of the person | ||||||
30 | who
serves as a representative of a minor or as a | ||||||
31 | representative of a
person under legal disability.
| ||||||
32 | "Health care facility" means a type of health care provider
| ||||||
33 | commonly known by a wide variety of titles, including but not
| ||||||
34 | limited to, hospitals, medical centers, nursing homes,
| ||||||
35 | rehabilitation centers, long term or tertiary care facilities, | ||||||
36 | and
other facilities established to administer health care and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provide
overnight stays in their ordinary course of business or | ||||||
2 | practice.
| ||||||
3 | "Health care provider" means a person that is licensed,
| ||||||
4 | certified, or otherwise authorized or permitted by the law of | ||||||
5 | this
State to administer health care in the ordinary course of | ||||||
6 | business
or practice of a profession, including, but not | ||||||
7 | limited to,
physicians, nurses, health care facilities, and any | ||||||
8 | employee,
officer, director, agent, or person under contract | ||||||
9 | with such a
person.
| ||||||
10 | "Imminent" (as in "death is imminent") means a | ||||||
11 | determination
made by the attending physician according to | ||||||
12 | accepted medical
standards that death will occur in a | ||||||
13 | relatively short period of
time, even if life-sustaining | ||||||
14 | treatment is initiated or continued.
| ||||||
15 | "Life-sustaining treatment" means any medical treatment,
| ||||||
16 | procedure, or intervention that, in the judgment of the | ||||||
17 | attending
physician, when applied to a patient with a | ||||||
18 | qualifying condition,
would not be effective to remove the | ||||||
19 | qualifying condition
or would serve only to prolong the dying | ||||||
20 | process. Those
procedures can include, but are not limited to, | ||||||
21 | assisted
ventilation, renal dialysis, surgical procedures, | ||||||
22 | blood
transfusions, and the administration of drugs, | ||||||
23 | antibiotics, and
artificial nutrition and hydration.
| ||||||
24 | "Minor" means an individual who is not an adult as defined | ||||||
25 | in
this Act.
| ||||||
26 | "Parent" means a person who is the natural or adoptive | ||||||
27 | mother
or father of the child and whose parental rights have | ||||||
28 | not been
terminated by a court of law.
| ||||||
29 | "Patient" means an adult or minor individual, unless | ||||||
30 | otherwise
specified, under the care or treatment of a licensed | ||||||
31 | physician or
other health care provider.
| ||||||
32 | "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a business | ||||||
33 | trust,
a trust, a partnership, an association, a government, a
| ||||||
34 | governmental subdivision or agency, or any other legal entity.
| ||||||
35 | "Qualifying condition" means the existence of one or more | ||||||
36 | of
the following conditions in a patient certified in writing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in the
patient's medical record by the attending physician and | ||||||
2 | by at least
one other qualified physician:
| ||||||
3 | (1) "Terminal condition" means an illness or injury for
| ||||||
4 | which there is no reasonable prospect of cure or recovery,
| ||||||
5 | death is imminent, and the application of life-sustaining
| ||||||
6 | treatment would only prolong the dying process.
| ||||||
7 | (2) "Permanent unconsciousness" means a condition | ||||||
8 | that,
to a high degree of medical certainty, (i) will last
| ||||||
9 | permanently, without improvement, (ii) in which
thought, | ||||||
10 | sensation, purposeful action, social interaction, and
| ||||||
11 | awareness of self and environment are absent, and (iii) for
| ||||||
12 | which initiating or continuing life-sustaining treatment, | ||||||
13 | in
light of the patient's medical condition, provides only
| ||||||
14 | minimal medical benefit.
| ||||||
15 | (3) "Incurable or irreversible condition" means an
| ||||||
16 | illness or injury (i) for which there is no reasonable
| ||||||
17 | prospect of cure or recovery, (ii) that ultimately will | ||||||
18 | cause
the patient's death even if life-sustaining | ||||||
19 | treatment is
initiated or continued, (iii) that imposes | ||||||
20 | severe pain or
otherwise imposes an inhumane burden on the | ||||||
21 | patient, and (iv)
for which initiating or continuing | ||||||
22 | life-sustaining treatment,
in light of the patient's | ||||||
23 | medical condition, provides only
minimal medical benefit.
| ||||||
24 | The determination that a patient has a qualifying condition | ||||||
25 | creates
no presumption regarding the application or | ||||||
26 | non-application of life-sustaining
treatment. It is only after | ||||||
27 | a determination by the attending
physician that the patient has | ||||||
28 | a qualifying condition that the
surrogate decision maker may | ||||||
29 | consider whether or not to forgo
life-sustaining treatment. In | ||||||
30 | making this decision, the surrogate
shall weigh the burdens on | ||||||
31 | the patient of initiating or continuing
life-sustaining | ||||||
32 | treatment against the benefits of that treatment.
| ||||||
33 | "Qualified physician" means a physician licensed to | ||||||
34 | practice
medicine in all of its branches in Illinois who has | ||||||
35 | personally
examined the patient.
| ||||||
36 | "Surrogate decision maker" means an adult individual or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | individuals who (i) have decisional capacity, (ii) are | ||||||
2 | available
upon reasonable inquiry, (iii) are willing to make | ||||||
3 | medical treatment
decisions on behalf of
a patient who lacks | ||||||
4 | decisional capacity, and (iv) are identified by
the attending | ||||||
5 | physician in accordance with the provisions of this
Act as the | ||||||
6 | person or persons who are to make those decisions in
accordance | ||||||
7 | with the provisions of this Act.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 90-246, eff. 1-1-98; 90-538, eff. 12-1-97; | ||||||
9 | 90-655, eff.
7-30-98; revised 10-9-03.)
| ||||||
10 | (755 ILCS 40/65)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 65. Do-not-resuscitate orders.
| ||||||
12 | (a) An individual of sound mind and having reached the age | ||||||
13 | of majority or
having
obtained the status of an emancipated | ||||||
14 | person pursuant to the Emancipation of
Mature
Minors Act may | ||||||
15 | execute a document (consistent with the Department of Public
| ||||||
16 | Health Uniform DNR Order Form) directing that
resuscitating | ||||||
17 | efforts shall not be implemented. Such an
order may also
be | ||||||
18 | executed by an attending physician. Notwithstanding the | ||||||
19 | existence of a
DNR order, appropriate organ donation treatment | ||||||
20 | may be applied or continued
temporarily in the event of the | ||||||
21 | patient's death, in accordance with subsection
(g) of Section | ||||||
22 | 20 of this Act, if the patient is an organ donor.
| ||||||
23 | (b) Consent to a DNR order may be obtained from the | ||||||
24 | individual, or from
another
person at the individual's | ||||||
25 | direction, or from the individual's legal guardian,
agent under | ||||||
26 | a
power of attorney for health care, or surrogate decision | ||||||
27 | maker, and witnessed
by 2
individuals 18 years of age or older.
| ||||||
28 | (c) The DNR order may, but need not, be in the form adopted | ||||||
29 | by the
Department
of
Public Health pursuant to Section 2310-600 | ||||||
30 | of the Department of Public Health
Powers and
Duties Law (20 | ||||||
31 | ILCS 2310/2310-600).
| ||||||
32 | (d) A health care professional or health care provider may | ||||||
33 | presume, in the
absence
of knowledge to the contrary, that a | ||||||
34 | completed Department of Public Health
Uniform DNR
Order form
or | ||||||
35 | a copy of that form is a valid DNR order. A health care |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | professional or
health
care provider, or an employee of a | ||||||
2 | health care professional or health care
provider, who in
good | ||||||
3 | faith complies
with a do-not-resuscitate order made in | ||||||
4 | accordance with this Act is not,
as a result of that | ||||||
5 | compliance, subject to any criminal or civil liability,
except | ||||||
6 | for willful and wanton misconduct, and
may not be found to have | ||||||
7 | committed an act of unprofessional conduct.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 92-356, eff. 10-1-01; 93-794, eff. 7-22-04; | ||||||
9 | revised 11-5-04.)
| ||||||
10 | Section 612. The Illinois Anatomical Gift Act is amended by | ||||||
11 | adding Section 5-27 (incorporating and renumbering Section 3.5 | ||||||
12 | of the Organ Donation Request Act from Public Act 93-888) as | ||||||
13 | follows:
| ||||||
14 | (755 ILCS 50/5-27)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 5-27
3.5 . Notification of patient; family rights and | ||||||
16 | options. | ||||||
17 | (a) In this Section, "donation after cardiac death" means | ||||||
18 | the donation of organs from a ventilated patient without a | ||||||
19 | certification of brain death and with a do-not-resuscitate | ||||||
20 | order, if a decision has been reached by the physician and the | ||||||
21 | family to withdraw life support and if the donation does not | ||||||
22 | occur until after the declaration of cardiac death. | ||||||
23 | (b) If (i) a potential organ donor, or an individual given | ||||||
24 | authority under subsection (b) of Section 5-25
2 to consent to | ||||||
25 | an organ donation, expresses an interest in organ donation, | ||||||
26 | (ii) there has not been a certification of brain death for the | ||||||
27 | potential donor, and (iii) the potential donor is a patient at | ||||||
28 | a hospital that does not allow donation after cardiac death, | ||||||
29 | then the organ procurement agency shall inform the patient or | ||||||
30 | the individual given authority to consent to organ donation | ||||||
31 | that the hospital does not allow donation after cardiac death.
| ||||||
32 | (c) In addition to providing oral notification, the organ | ||||||
33 | procurement agency shall develop a written form that indicates | ||||||
34 | to the patient or the individual given authority to consent to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | organ donation, at a minimum, the following information:
| ||||||
2 | (1) That the patient or the individual given authority | ||||||
3 | to consent to organ donation has received literature and | ||||||
4 | has been counseled by (representative's name) of the (organ | ||||||
5 | procurement agency name). | ||||||
6 | (2) That all organ donation options have been explained | ||||||
7 | to the patient or the individual given authority to consent | ||||||
8 | to organ donation, including the option of donation after | ||||||
9 | cardiac death. | ||||||
10 | (3) That the patient or the individual given authority | ||||||
11 | to consent to organ donation is aware that the hospital | ||||||
12 | where the potential donor is a patient does not allow | ||||||
13 | donation after cardiac death.
| ||||||
14 | (4) That the patient or the individual given authority | ||||||
15 | to consent to organ donation has been informed of the right | ||||||
16 | to request a patient transfer to a facility allowing | ||||||
17 | donation after cardiac death. | ||||||
18 | (5) That the patient or the individual given authority | ||||||
19 | to consent to organ donation has been informed of another | ||||||
20 | hospital that will allow donation after cardiac death and | ||||||
21 | will accept a patient transfer for the purpose of donation | ||||||
22 | after cardiac death; and that the cost of transferring the | ||||||
23 | patient to that other hospital will be covered by the organ | ||||||
24 | procurement agency, with no additional cost to the patient | ||||||
25 | or the individual given authority to consent to organ | ||||||
26 | donation. | ||||||
27 | The form required under this subsection must include a | ||||||
28 | place for the signatures of the patient or the individual given | ||||||
29 | authority to consent to organ donation and the representative | ||||||
30 | of the organ procurement agency and space to provide the date | ||||||
31 | that the form was signed.
| ||||||
32 | (Source: Incorporates P.A. 93-888, eff. 8-9-04; revised | ||||||
33 | 1-16-05.)
| ||||||
34 | Section 615. The Business Corporation Act of 1983 is | ||||||
35 | amended by changing Sections 15.10 and 15.95 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (805 ILCS 5/15.10) (from Ch. 32, par. 15.10)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 15.10. Fees for filing documents. The Secretary of | ||||||
3 | State shall charge and collect for:
| ||||||
4 | (a) Filing articles of incorporation, $150.
| ||||||
5 | (b) Filing articles of amendment, $50, unless the amendment | ||||||
6 | is a
restatement
of the articles of
incorporation, in which | ||||||
7 | case the fee shall be $150.
| ||||||
8 | (c) Filing articles of merger or consolidation, $100, but | ||||||
9 | if the merger or
consolidation involves more than 2 | ||||||
10 | corporations, $50 for each
additional corporation.
| ||||||
11 | (d) Filing articles of share exchange, $100.
| ||||||
12 | (e) Filing articles of dissolution, $5.
| ||||||
13 | (f) Filing application to reserve a corporate name, $25.
| ||||||
14 | (g) Filing a notice of transfer of a reserved corporate | ||||||
15 | name, $25.
| ||||||
16 | (h) Filing statement of change of address of registered | ||||||
17 | office or
change of registered agent, or both, $25.
| ||||||
18 | (i) Filing statement of the establishment of a series of | ||||||
19 | shares,
$25.
| ||||||
20 | (j) Filing an application of a foreign corporation for | ||||||
21 | authority to transact
business in this State, $150.
| ||||||
22 | (k) Filing an application of a foreign corporation for | ||||||
23 | amended authority to
transact business in this State, $25.
| ||||||
24 | (l) Filing a copy of amendment to the articles of | ||||||
25 | incorporation of a
foreign corporation holding authority to | ||||||
26 | transact
business in this State, $50, unless the amendment is a | ||||||
27 | restatement
of
the articles of incorporation, in which case the | ||||||
28 | fee shall be $150.
| ||||||
29 | (m) Filing a copy of articles of merger of a foreign | ||||||
30 | corporation
holding a certificate of authority to transact | ||||||
31 | business in this State,
$100, but if the merger involves more | ||||||
32 | than 2 corporations, $50 for each
additional corporation.
| ||||||
33 | (n) Filing an application for withdrawal and final report | ||||||
34 | or a copy of
articles of dissolution of a foreign corporation, | ||||||
35 | $25.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (o) Filing an annual report, interim annual report, or | ||||||
2 | final transition
annual report of a domestic or foreign | ||||||
3 | corporation, $75.
| ||||||
4 | (p) Filing an application for reinstatement of a domestic | ||||||
5 | or a foreign
corporation, $200.
| ||||||
6 | (q) Filing an application for use of an assumed corporate | ||||||
7 | name, $150 for
each year or part thereof
ending in 0 or 5, $120 | ||||||
8 | for each year or part thereof ending in 1 or 6, $90
for each | ||||||
9 | year or part thereof ending in 2 or 7, $60 for each year or part
| ||||||
10 | thereof ending in 3 or 8, $30 for each year or part thereof | ||||||
11 | ending in 4 or 9,
between the date of filing
the application | ||||||
12 | and the date of the renewal of the assumed corporate name;
and | ||||||
13 | a renewal fee for each assumed corporate name, $150.
| ||||||
14 | (r) To change an assumed corporate name for the period | ||||||
15 | remaining until
the renewal date of the original assumed name, | ||||||
16 | $25.
| ||||||
17 | (s) Filing an application for cancellation of an assumed | ||||||
18 | corporate name, $5.
| ||||||
19 | (t) Filing an application to register the corporate name of | ||||||
20 | a foreign
corporation, $50; and an annual renewal fee for the | ||||||
21 | registered name, $50.
| ||||||
22 | (u) Filing an application for cancellation of a registered | ||||||
23 | name of a
foreign corporation, $25.
| ||||||
24 | (v) Filing a statement of correction, $50.
| ||||||
25 | (w) Filing a petition for refund or adjustment, $5.
| ||||||
26 | (x) Filing a statement of election of an extended filing | ||||||
27 | month, $25.
| ||||||
28 | (y) Filing any other statement or report, $5.
| ||||||
29 | (Source: P.A. 92-33, eff. 7-1-01; 93-32, eff. 12-1-03; 93-59, | ||||||
30 | eff. 7-1-03;
revised 9-5-03.)
| ||||||
31 | (805 ILCS 5/15.95) (from Ch. 32, par. 15.95)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 15.95. Department of Business Services Special | ||||||
33 | Operations Fund.
| ||||||
34 | (a) A
special fund in the State treasury known as the | ||||||
35 | Division of
Corporations Special Operations
Fund is renamed the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department of Business Services Special Operations
Fund. | ||||||
2 | Moneys deposited into the Fund shall, subject to appropriation, | ||||||
3 | be
used by the Department of Business Services of the
Office of | ||||||
4 | the Secretary of State,
hereinafter "Department", to create and | ||||||
5 | maintain the
capability
to perform
expedited services in | ||||||
6 | response to special requests made by the public for
same day or | ||||||
7 | 24 hour service. Moneys deposited into the Fund shall be used
| ||||||
8 | for, but not limited to, expenditures for personal services, | ||||||
9 | retirement,
social security, contractual services, equipment, | ||||||
10 | electronic data
processing, and telecommunications.
| ||||||
11 | (b) The balance in the Fund at the end of any fiscal year | ||||||
12 | shall not
exceed $600,000 and any amount in excess thereof | ||||||
13 | shall be
transferred to
the General Revenue Fund.
| ||||||
14 | (c) All fees payable to the Secretary of State under this | ||||||
15 | Section
shall be deposited into the Fund. No other fees or | ||||||
16 | taxes collected under
this Act shall be deposited into the | ||||||
17 | Fund.
| ||||||
18 | (d) "Expedited services" means services rendered within | ||||||
19 | the same day,
or within 24 hours from the time, the request | ||||||
20 | therefor is submitted by the
filer, law firm, service company, | ||||||
21 | or messenger physically in person or, at
the Secretary of | ||||||
22 | State's discretion, by electronic means, to the
Department's | ||||||
23 | Springfield Office and includes requests for
certified copies,
| ||||||
24 | photocopies, and certificates of good standing or fact made to | ||||||
25 | the
Department's Springfield Office in person or by telephone,
| ||||||
26 | or requests for
certificates of good standing or fact made in | ||||||
27 | person or by telephone to the
Department's Chicago Office.
| ||||||
28 | (e) Fees for expedited services shall be as follows:
| ||||||
29 | Restatement of articles, $200;
| ||||||
30 | Merger, consolidation or exchange, $200;
| ||||||
31 | Articles of incorporation, $100;
| ||||||
32 | Articles of amendment, $100;
| ||||||
33 | Revocation of dissolution, $100;
| ||||||
34 | Reinstatement, $100;
| ||||||
35 | Application for authority, $100;
| ||||||
36 | Cumulative report of changes in issued shares or
paid-in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | capital, $100;
| ||||||
2 | Report following merger or consolidation, $100;
| ||||||
3 | Certificate of good standing or fact, $20;
| ||||||
4 | All other filings, copies of documents, annual reports
| ||||||
5 | filed on or after January 1, 1984, and copies of documents of | ||||||
6 | dissolved or
revoked
corporations having a
file number over | ||||||
7 | 5199, $50.
| ||||||
8 | (f) Expedited services shall not be available for a | ||||||
9 | statement of
correction, a petition for refund or adjustment, | ||||||
10 | or a request involving
annual reports filed before January 1, | ||||||
11 | 1984 or involving dissolved corporations
with a
file number | ||||||
12 | below 5200.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-33, eff. 7-1-01; 93-32, eff. 9-1-03;
93-59, | ||||||
14 | eff. 7-1-03; revised 9-5-03.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 620. The Limited Liability Company Act is amended | ||||||
16 | by changing Sections 1-25 and 50-10 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (805 ILCS 180/1-25)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 1-25. Nature of business. A limited liability company | ||||||
19 | may be formed
for any lawful purpose or business except:
| ||||||
20 | (1) (blank);
| ||||||
21 | (2) insurance unless, for the purpose of carrying on | ||||||
22 | business as a member
of a group including incorporated and | ||||||
23 | individual unincorporated underwriters,
the Director of | ||||||
24 | Insurance finds that the group meets the requirements of
| ||||||
25 | subsection (3) of Section 86 of the Illinois Insurance Code | ||||||
26 | and the limited
liability company, if insolvent, is subject | ||||||
27 | to liquidation by the Director of
Insurance under Article | ||||||
28 | XIII of the Illinois Insurance Code;
| ||||||
29 | (3) the practice of dentistry unless all the members | ||||||
30 | and managers are
licensed as dentists under the Illinois | ||||||
31 | Dental Practice Act; or
| ||||||
32 | (4) the practice of medicine unless all the managers, | ||||||
33 | if any, are
licensed to practice medicine under the Medical | ||||||
34 | Practice Act of 1987 and each
member is either:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (A) licensed to practice medicine under the | ||||||
2 | Medical Practice Act of
1987; or
| ||||||
3 | (B) a registered medical corporation or | ||||||
4 | corporations organized pursuant
to the Medical | ||||||
5 | Corporation Act; or
| ||||||
6 | (C) a professional corporation organized pursuant | ||||||
7 | to the Professional
Service Corporation Act of | ||||||
8 | physicians licensed to practice medicine in all
its | ||||||
9 | branches; or
| ||||||
10 | (D) a limited liability company that satisfies the | ||||||
11 | requirements of
subparagraph (A), (B), or (C).
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 92-144, eff. 7-24-01; 93-59, eff. 7-1-03; 93-561, | ||||||
13 | eff. 1-1-04;
revised 9-5-03.)
| ||||||
14 | (805 ILCS 180/50-10)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 50-10. Fees.
| ||||||
16 | (a) The Secretary of State shall charge and collect in
| ||||||
17 | accordance with the provisions of this Act and rules
| ||||||
18 | promulgated under its authority all of the following:
| ||||||
19 | (1) Fees for filing documents.
| ||||||
20 | (2) Miscellaneous charges.
| ||||||
21 | (3) Fees for the sale of lists of filings and for | ||||||
22 | copies
of any documents.
| ||||||
23 | (b) The Secretary of State shall charge and collect for
all | ||||||
24 | of the following:
| ||||||
25 | (1) Filing articles of organization of limited
| ||||||
26 | liability companies (domestic), application for
admission | ||||||
27 | (foreign), and restated articles of
organization | ||||||
28 | (domestic), $500.
| ||||||
29 | (2) Filing amendments:
| ||||||
30 | (A) For other than change of registered agent name | ||||||
31 | or registered
office,
or both, $150.
| ||||||
32 | (B) For the purpose of changing the registered | ||||||
33 | agent name or registered
office, or both, $35.
| ||||||
34 | (3) Filing articles of dissolution or
application
for | ||||||
35 | withdrawal, $100.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) Filing an application to reserve a name, $300.
| ||||||
2 | (5) (Blank).
| ||||||
3 | (6) Filing a notice of a transfer of a reserved
name, | ||||||
4 | $100.
| ||||||
5 | (7) Registration of a name, $300.
| ||||||
6 | (8) Renewal of registration of a name, $100.
| ||||||
7 | (9) Filing an application for use of an assumed
name | ||||||
8 | under Section 1-20 of this Act, $150 for each
year or part | ||||||
9 | thereof ending in 0 or 5, $120 for each year or
part | ||||||
10 | thereof ending in 1 or 6, $90 for each year or part thereof | ||||||
11 | ending in 2 or
7, $60 for each year or part thereof ending | ||||||
12 | in 3 or 8, $30 for each year or
part thereof ending in 4 or | ||||||
13 | 9, and a renewal for each assumed name, $150.
| ||||||
14 | (10) Filing an application for change of an assumed
| ||||||
15 | name, $100.
| ||||||
16 | (11) Filing an annual report of a limited liability
| ||||||
17 | company or foreign limited liability company, $250, if
| ||||||
18 | filed as required by this Act, plus a penalty if
| ||||||
19 | delinquent.
| ||||||
20 | (12) Filing an application for reinstatement of a
| ||||||
21 | limited liability company or foreign limited liability
| ||||||
22 | company
$500.
| ||||||
23 | (13) Filing Articles of Merger, $100 plus $50 for each | ||||||
24 | party to the
merger in excess of the first 2 parties.
| ||||||
25 | (14) Filing an Agreement of Conversion or Statement of | ||||||
26 | Conversion, $100.
| ||||||
27 | (15) Filing a statement of correction, $25.
| ||||||
28 | (16) Filing a petition for refund, $15.
| ||||||
29 | (17) Filing any other document, $100.
| ||||||
30 | (c) The Secretary of State shall charge and collect all
of | ||||||
31 | the following:
| ||||||
32 | (1) For furnishing a copy or certified copy of any
| ||||||
33 | document, instrument, or paper relating to a limited
| ||||||
34 | liability company or foreign limited liability company,
$1 | ||||||
35 | per page, but not less than $25, and $25 for the
| ||||||
36 | certificate and for affixing the seal thereto.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) For the transfer of information by computer
process | ||||||
2 | media to any purchaser, fees established by
rule.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 92-33, eff. 7-1-01; 93-32, eff. 12-1-03; 93-59, | ||||||
4 | eff. 7-1-03;
revised 9-5-03 .)
| ||||||
5 | Section 625. The Uniform Commercial Code is amended by | ||||||
6 | changing Section 8-106 as follows:
| ||||||
7 | (810 ILCS 5/8-106) (from Ch. 26, par. 8-106)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 8-106. Control.
| ||||||
9 | (a) A purchaser has "control" of a certificated security in | ||||||
10 | bearer
form if the certificated security is delivered to the | ||||||
11 | purchaser.
| ||||||
12 | (b) A purchaser has "control" of a certificated security in | ||||||
13 | registered
form if the certificated security is delivered to | ||||||
14 | the purchaser, and:
| ||||||
15 | (1) the certificate is indorsed to the purchaser or in | ||||||
16 | blank by an
effective indorsement; or
| ||||||
17 | (2) the certificate is registered in the name of the | ||||||
18 | purchaser,
upon original issue or registration of transfer | ||||||
19 | by the issuer.
| ||||||
20 | (c) A purchaser has "control" of an uncertificated security | ||||||
21 | if:
| ||||||
22 | (1) the uncertificated security is delivered to the | ||||||
23 | purchaser; or
| ||||||
24 | (2) the issuer has agreed that it will comply with | ||||||
25 | instructions
originated by the purchaser without further | ||||||
26 | consent by the registered
owner . ; or
| ||||||
27 | (3) another person has control of the security | ||||||
28 | entitlement on
behalf of the purchaser or, having | ||||||
29 | previously acquired control of the security
entitlement, | ||||||
30 | acknowledges that it has control on behalf of the | ||||||
31 | purchaser.
| ||||||
32 | (d) A purchaser has "control" of a security entitlement if:
| ||||||
33 | (1) the purchaser becomes the entitlement holder; or
| ||||||
34 | (2) the securities intermediary has agreed that it will |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | comply
with entitlement orders originated by the purchaser | ||||||
2 | without further consent
by the entitlement holder ; or .
| ||||||
3 | (3) another person has control of the security | ||||||
4 | entitlement on
behalf of the purchaser or, having | ||||||
5 | previously acquired control of the security
entitlement, | ||||||
6 | acknowledges that it has control on behalf of the | ||||||
7 | purchaser.
| ||||||
8 | (e) If an interest in a security entitlement is granted by | ||||||
9 | the
entitlement holder to the entitlement holder's own | ||||||
10 | securities intermediary,
the securities intermediary has | ||||||
11 | control.
| ||||||
12 | (f) A purchaser who has satisfied the requirements of | ||||||
13 | subsection (c) or
(d) has control even if the registered owner | ||||||
14 | in the case of subsection (c)
or the entitlement holder in the | ||||||
15 | case of subsection (d) retains the right to
make substitutions | ||||||
16 | for the uncertificated security or security entitlement,
to | ||||||
17 | originate instructions or entitlement orders to the issuer or | ||||||
18 | securities
intermediary, or otherwise to deal with the | ||||||
19 | uncertificated security or
security entitlement.
| ||||||
20 | (g) An issuer or a securities intermediary may not enter | ||||||
21 | into an
agreement of the kind described in subsection (c)(2) or | ||||||
22 | (d)(2) without the
consent of the registered owner or | ||||||
23 | entitlement holder, but an issuer or a
securities intermediary | ||||||
24 | is not required to enter into such an agreement even
though the | ||||||
25 | registered owner or entitlement holder so directs. An issuer or
| ||||||
26 | securities intermediary that has entered into such an agreement | ||||||
27 | is not
required to confirm the existence of the agreement to | ||||||
28 | another party unless
requested to do so by the registered owner | ||||||
29 | or entitlement holder.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 91-893, eff. 7-1-01; revised 2-27-02.)
| ||||||
31 | Section 630. The Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business | ||||||
32 | Practices Act is amended by setting forth and renumbering | ||||||
33 | multiple versions of Sections 2MM and 2QQ as follows:
| ||||||
34 | (815 ILCS 505/2MM)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 2MM. Verification of accuracy of credit reporting | ||||||
2 | information used to
extend consumers credit.
| ||||||
3 | (a) A credit card issuer who mails an offer or solicitation | ||||||
4 | to apply for a
credit card and who receives a completed | ||||||
5 | application in response to the offer
or
solicitation which | ||||||
6 | lists an address that is not substantially the same as the
| ||||||
7 | address on the offer or solicitation may not issue a credit | ||||||
8 | card based on that
application until reasonable steps have been | ||||||
9 | taken to verify the applicant's
change of address.
| ||||||
10 | (b) Any person who uses a consumer credit report in | ||||||
11 | connection with the
approval of credit based on the application | ||||||
12 | for an extension of credit, and who
has received notification | ||||||
13 | of a police report filed with a consumer reporting
agency that | ||||||
14 | the applicant has been a victim of financial
identity theft, as | ||||||
15 | defined in Section 16G-15 of the Criminal Code of 1961, may
not | ||||||
16 | lend money or extend credit without taking reasonable steps to | ||||||
17 | verify the
consumer's identity and confirm that the application | ||||||
18 | for an extension of
credit
is not the result of financial | ||||||
19 | identity theft.
| ||||||
20 | (c) For purposes of this Section, "extension of credit" | ||||||
21 | does not include
an increase in an existing open-end credit | ||||||
22 | plan, as defined in Regulation Z of
the Federal Reserve System | ||||||
23 | (12 C.F.R. 226.2), or any change to or review of an
existing | ||||||
24 | credit account.
| ||||||
25 | (d) Any person who violates subsection (a) or subsection | ||||||
26 | (b) commits an
unlawful practice within the meaning of this | ||||||
27 | Act.
| ||||||
28 | (Source: P.A. 93-195, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
29 | (815 ILCS 505/2NN)
| ||||||
30 | Sec. 2NN
2MM . Receipts; credit card and debit card account | ||||||
31 | numbers.
| ||||||
32 | (a) Definitions. As used in this Section:
| ||||||
33 | "Cardholder" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 | ||||||
34 | of the
Illinois
Credit Card and Debit Card Act.
| ||||||
35 | "Credit card" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 2.03 of the Illinois
Credit Card and Debit Card Act.
| ||||||
2 | "Debit card" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.15 | ||||||
3 | of the Illinois
Credit Card and Debit Card Act.
| ||||||
4 | "Issuer" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.08 of | ||||||
5 | the Illinois
Credit
Card and Debit Card Act.
| ||||||
6 | "Person" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.09 of | ||||||
7 | the Illinois
Credit
Card and Debit Card Act.
| ||||||
8 | "Provider" means a person who furnishes money, goods, | ||||||
9 | services, or anything
else
of value upon presentation, whether | ||||||
10 | physically, in writing, verbally,
electronically, or | ||||||
11 | otherwise, of a credit card or debit card by the cardholder,
or | ||||||
12 | any agent or employee of that person.
| ||||||
13 | (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, no | ||||||
14 | provider may print or
otherwise produce or reproduce or permit | ||||||
15 | the printing or other production or
reproduction of the | ||||||
16 | following: (i) any part of the credit card or debit card
| ||||||
17 | account number, other than the last 4 digits or other | ||||||
18 | characters, (ii) the
credit card or debit card expiration date | ||||||
19 | on any receipt provided or made
available to the cardholder.
| ||||||
20 | (c) This Section does not apply to a credit card or debit | ||||||
21 | card transaction in
which the sole means available to the | ||||||
22 | provider of recording the credit card or
debit card account | ||||||
23 | number is by handwriting or by imprint of the card.
| ||||||
24 | (d) This Section does not apply to receipts issued for | ||||||
25 | transactions on the
electronic benefits transfer card system in | ||||||
26 | accordance with 7 CFR 274.12(g)(3).
| ||||||
27 | (e) A violation of this Section constitutes an unlawful | ||||||
28 | practice within
the meaning of this Act.
| ||||||
29 | (f) This Section is operative on January 1, 2005.
| ||||||
30 | (Source: P.A. 93-231, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-26-03.)
| ||||||
31 | (815 ILCS 505/2PP)
| ||||||
32 | Sec. 2PP
2MM . Mail; disclosure. It is an unlawful practice | ||||||
33 | under this
Act
to knowingly mail or send or cause to be mailed | ||||||
34 | or sent a postcard or letter
to a recipient in this State if:
| ||||||
35 | (1) the postcard or letter contains a request that the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | recipient call a
telephone number; and
| ||||||
2 | (2) the postcard or letter is mailed or sent to induce | ||||||
3 | the recipient to
call the telephone number so that goods, | ||||||
4 | services, or other merchandise, as
defined in Section 1, | ||||||
5 | may be offered for sale to the recipient; and
| ||||||
6 | (3) the postcard or letter does not disclose that | ||||||
7 | goods, services, or
other merchandise, as defined in | ||||||
8 | Section 1, may be offered for sale if the
recipient calls | ||||||
9 | the telephone number.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 93-459, eff. 1-1-04; revised 9-26-03.)
| ||||||
11 | (815 ILCS 505/2QQ)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 2QQ. Insurance cards; social security number. | ||||||
13 | (a) As used in this Section, "insurance card" means a card | ||||||
14 | that a person or entity provides to an individual so that the | ||||||
15 | individual may present the card to establish the eligibility of | ||||||
16 | the individual or his or her dependents to receive health, | ||||||
17 | dental, optical, or accident insurance benefits, prescription | ||||||
18 | drug benefits, or benefits under a managed care plan or a plan | ||||||
19 | provided by a health maintenance organization, a health | ||||||
20 | services plan corporation, or a similar entity.
| ||||||
21 | (b) A person or entity may not print an individual's social | ||||||
22 | security number on an insurance card. A person or entity that | ||||||
23 | provides an insurance card must print on the card an | ||||||
24 | identification number unique to the holder of the card in the | ||||||
25 | format prescribed by Section 15 of the
Uniform Prescription | ||||||
26 | Drug Information Card Act. | ||||||
27 | (c) An insurance card issued to an individual before the | ||||||
28 | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
29 | Assembly that does not comply with subsection (b) must be | ||||||
30 | replaced by January 1, 2006 with an insurance card that | ||||||
31 | complies with subsection (b) if the individual's eligibility | ||||||
32 | for benefits continues after the effective date of this | ||||||
33 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly. | ||||||
34 | (d) A violation of this Section constitutes an unlawful | ||||||
35 | practice within the meaning of this Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-728, eff. 1-1-05.)
| ||||||
2 | (815 ILCS 505/2RR)
| ||||||
3 | (This Section may contain text from a Public Act with a | ||||||
4 | delayed effective date ) | ||||||
5 | Sec. 2RR
2QQ . Use of Social Security numbers. | ||||||
6 | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section,
a person | ||||||
7 | may not do any of the following: | ||||||
8 | (1) Publicly post or publicly display in any manner an | ||||||
9 | individual's social security number. As used in this | ||||||
10 | Section, "publicly post" or "publicly display" means to | ||||||
11 | intentionally communicate or otherwise make available to | ||||||
12 | the general public. | ||||||
13 | (2) Print an individual's social security number on any | ||||||
14 | card
required for the individual to access products or | ||||||
15 | services provided by the person or entity; however, a | ||||||
16 | person or entity that provides an insurance card must print | ||||||
17 | on the card an identification number unique to the holder | ||||||
18 | of the card in the format prescribed by Section 15 of the
| ||||||
19 | Uniform Prescription Drug Information Card Act. | ||||||
20 | (3) Require an individual to transmit his or her social | ||||||
21 | security number over the Internet, unless the connection is | ||||||
22 | secure or the social security number is encrypted. | ||||||
23 | (4) Require an individual to use his or her social | ||||||
24 | security number to access an Internet web site, unless a | ||||||
25 | password or unique personal identification number or other | ||||||
26 | authentication device is also required to access the | ||||||
27 | Internet Web site. | ||||||
28 | (5) Print an individual's social security number on any | ||||||
29 | materials that are mailed to the individual, unless State | ||||||
30 | or federal law requires the social security number to be on | ||||||
31 | the document to be mailed. Notwithstanding any provision in | ||||||
32 | this Section to the contrary, social security numbers may | ||||||
33 | be included in applications and forms sent by mail, | ||||||
34 | including documents sent as part of an application or | ||||||
35 | enrollment process or to establish, amend, or terminate an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | account, contract, or policy or to confirm the accuracy of | ||||||
2 | the social security number. A social security number that | ||||||
3 | may permissibly be mailed under this Section may not be | ||||||
4 | printed, in whole or in part, on a postcard or other mailer | ||||||
5 | that does not require an envelope or be visible on an | ||||||
6 | envelope or visible without the envelope having been | ||||||
7 | opened. | ||||||
8 | (b) A person that used, before July 1, 2005, an | ||||||
9 | individual's social security
number in a manner inconsistent | ||||||
10 | with subsection (a) may continue
using that individual's social | ||||||
11 | security number in the same manner on or
after July 1, 2005 if | ||||||
12 | all of the following conditions are met: | ||||||
13 | (1) The use of the social security number is | ||||||
14 | continuous. If the use is stopped for any reason, | ||||||
15 | subsection (a) shall apply. | ||||||
16 | (2) The individual is provided an annual disclosure | ||||||
17 | that informs the individual that he or she has the right to | ||||||
18 | stop the use of his or her social security number in a | ||||||
19 | manner prohibited by subsection (a). | ||||||
20 | A written request by an individual to stop the use of his | ||||||
21 | or her social security number in a manner prohibited by | ||||||
22 | subsection (a) shall be implemented within 30 days of the | ||||||
23 | receipt of the request. There shall be no fee or charge for | ||||||
24 | implementing the request. A person shall not deny services to | ||||||
25 | an individual because the individual makes such a written | ||||||
26 | request. | ||||||
27 | (c) This Section does not apply to the collection, use, or | ||||||
28 | release
of a social security number as required by State or | ||||||
29 | federal law or
the use of a social security number for internal | ||||||
30 | verification or
administrative purposes. This Section does not | ||||||
31 | apply to the collection, use, or
release of a social security | ||||||
32 | number by the State, a subdivision of the State, or an | ||||||
33 | individual in the employ of the State or a subdivision of the | ||||||
34 | State in connection with his or her official duties. | ||||||
35 | (d) This Section does not apply to documents that are | ||||||
36 | recorded or
required to be open to the public under State or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | federal law, applicable case law, Supreme Court Rule, or the | ||||||
2 | Constitution of the State of Illinois. | ||||||
3 | (e) If a federal law takes effect requiring the United | ||||||
4 | States
Department of Health and Human Services to establish a | ||||||
5 | national
unique patient health identifier program, any person | ||||||
6 | who complies with the federal law shall be deemed to be in | ||||||
7 | compliance with this
Section. | ||||||
8 | (f) A person may not encode or embed a social security
| ||||||
9 | number in or on a card or document, including, but not limited | ||||||
10 | to,
using a bar code, chip, magnetic strip, or other | ||||||
11 | technology, in place
of removing the social security number as | ||||||
12 | required by this Section. | ||||||
13 | (g) Any person who violates this Section commits an | ||||||
14 | unlawful practice within the meaning of this Act.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 93-739, eff. 7-1-06; revised 11-10-04.)
| ||||||
16 | (815 ILCS 505/2SS)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 2SS
2QQ . Gift certificates. | ||||||
18 | (a) "Gift certificate" means a record evidencing a promise, | ||||||
19 | made for consideration, by the seller or issuer of the record | ||||||
20 | that goods or services will be provided to the holder of the | ||||||
21 | record for the value shown in the record and includes, but is | ||||||
22 | not limited to, a record that contains a microprocessor chip, | ||||||
23 | magnetic stripe or other means for the storage of information | ||||||
24 | that is prefunded and for which the value is decremented upon | ||||||
25 | each use, a gift card, an electronic gift card, stored-value | ||||||
26 | card or certificate, a store card or a similar record or card. | ||||||
27 | For purposes of this Act, the term "gift certificate" does not | ||||||
28 | include any of the following: | ||||||
29 | (i) prepaid telecommunications and technology cards | ||||||
30 | including, but not limited
to, prepaid telephone calling | ||||||
31 | cards, prepaid technical support cards, and prepaid | ||||||
32 | Internet disks that are distributed to or purchased by a | ||||||
33 | consumer; | ||||||
34 | (ii) prepaid telecommunications and technology cards | ||||||
35 | including, but not
limited to, prepaid telephone calling |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | cards, prepaid technical support cards, and prepaid | ||||||
2 | Internet disks that are provided to a consumer pursuant to | ||||||
3 | any award, loyalty, or promotion program without any money | ||||||
4 | or other thing of value being given in exchange for the | ||||||
5 | card; or | ||||||
6 | (iii) any gift certificate usable with multiple | ||||||
7 | sellers of goods or services. | ||||||
8 | (b) Any gift certificate subject to a fee must contain a | ||||||
9 | statement clearly and conspicuously printed on the gift | ||||||
10 | certificate stating whether there is a fee, the amount of the | ||||||
11 | fee, how often the fee will occur, that the fee is triggered by | ||||||
12 | inactivity of the gift certificate, and at what point the fee | ||||||
13 | will be charged. The statement may appear on the front or back | ||||||
14 | of the gift certificate in a location where it is visible to | ||||||
15 | any purchaser prior to the purchase. | ||||||
16 | (c) Any gift certificate subject to an expiration date must | ||||||
17 | contain a statement clearly and conspicuously printed on the | ||||||
18 | gift certificate stating the expiration date. The statement may | ||||||
19 | appear on the front or back of the gift certificate in a | ||||||
20 | location where it is visible to any purchaser prior to the | ||||||
21 | purchase. | ||||||
22 | (d) Subsection (c) does not apply to any gift certificate | ||||||
23 | that contains a toll free phone number and a statement clearly | ||||||
24 | and conspicuously printed on the gift certificate stating that | ||||||
25 | holders can call the toll free number to find out the balance | ||||||
26 | on the gift certificate, if applicable, and the expiration | ||||||
27 | date. The toll free number and statement may appear on the | ||||||
28 | front or back of the gift certificate in a location where it is | ||||||
29 | visible to any purchaser prior to the purchase. | ||||||
30 | (e) This Section does not apply to any of the following | ||||||
31 | gift certificates: | ||||||
32 | (i) Gift certificates that are distributed by the | ||||||
33 | issuer to a consumer pursuant to an
awards, loyalty, or | ||||||
34 | promotional program without any money or thing of value | ||||||
35 | being given in exchange for the gift certificate by the | ||||||
36 | consumer. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (ii) Gift certificates that are sold below face value | ||||||
2 | at a volume discount to employers or to nonprofit and | ||||||
3 | charitable organizations for fundraising purposes if the | ||||||
4 | expiration date on those gift certificates is not more than | ||||||
5 | 30 days after the date of sale. | ||||||
6 | (iii) Gift certificates that are issued for a food | ||||||
7 | product.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-945, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-10-04.)
| ||||||
9 | (815 ILCS 505/2TT)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 2TT
2QQ . Prepaid calling service. | ||||||
11 | (a) For purposes of this Section 2QQ , the terms "Prepaid | ||||||
12 | Calling Service", "Prepaid Calling Service Provider", "Prepaid | ||||||
13 | Calling Service Retailer", and "Prepaid Calling Service | ||||||
14 | Reseller" shall have the same definitions as those in Sections | ||||||
15 | 13-230, 13-231, 13-232, and 13-233, respectively, of the Public | ||||||
16 | Utilities Act. | ||||||
17 | For the purposes of this Section, "international preferred | ||||||
18 | destination" means a prepaid calling service that advertises a | ||||||
19 | specific international destination either on the card, the | ||||||
20 | packaging material accompanying the card, or through an | ||||||
21 | offering of sale of the service.
| ||||||
22 | (b) On and after July 1, 2005, it is an unlawful practice | ||||||
23 | under this Act for any prepaid calling service provider or | ||||||
24 | prepaid calling service reseller to sell or offer to sell | ||||||
25 | prepaid calling service to any prepaid calling service retailer | ||||||
26 | unless the prepaid calling service provider has applied for and | ||||||
27 | received a Certificate of Prepaid Calling Service Provider | ||||||
28 | Authority from the Illinois Commerce Commission pursuant to the | ||||||
29 | Public Utilities Act and the prepaid calling service provider | ||||||
30 | or prepaid calling service reseller shows proof of the prepaid | ||||||
31 | calling service provider's Certificate of Prepaid Calling | ||||||
32 | Service Provider Authority to the prepaid calling service | ||||||
33 | retailer. | ||||||
34 | (c) On and after July 1, 2005, it is an unlawful practice | ||||||
35 | under this Act for any prepaid calling service retailer to sell |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or offer to sell prepaid calling service to any consumer unless | ||||||
2 | the prepaid calling service retailer retains proof of | ||||||
3 | certification of the prepaid calling service provider by the | ||||||
4 | Illinois Commerce Commission pursuant to the Public Utilities | ||||||
5 | Act. The prepaid calling service retailer must retain proof of | ||||||
6 | certification for one year or the duration of the contract with | ||||||
7 | the reseller, whichever is longer. A prepaid calling service | ||||||
8 | retailer with multiple locations selling prepaid calling cards | ||||||
9 | under contract with a prepaid calling service provider may keep | ||||||
10 | the certification at a central location provided, however, that | ||||||
11 | the prepaid calling service retailer make a copy of the | ||||||
12 | certification available upon reasonable request within 48 | ||||||
13 | hours. | ||||||
14 | (d) On and after July 1, 2005, no prepaid calling service | ||||||
15 | provider or prepaid calling service reseller shall sell or | ||||||
16 | offer to sell prepaid calling service, as those terms are | ||||||
17 | defined in Article XIII of the Public Utilities Act, to any | ||||||
18 | Illinois consumer, either directly or through a prepaid calling | ||||||
19 | service retailer, unless the following disclosures are made | ||||||
20 | clearly and conspicuously: | ||||||
21 | (1) At a minimum, the following terms and conditions | ||||||
22 | shall be disclosed clearly and conspicuously on the prepaid | ||||||
23 | calling card, if applicable: | ||||||
24 | (A) the full name of the Prepaid Calling Service | ||||||
25 | Provider as certificated by the Illinois Commerce | ||||||
26 | Commission; | ||||||
27 | (B) the toll-free customer service number; | ||||||
28 | (C) an access number that is toll-free or a number | ||||||
29 | local to the prepaid calling retailer; and | ||||||
30 | (D) the refund policy or a statement that the | ||||||
31 | refund policy is located on the packaging materials. | ||||||
32 | (2) At a minimum, all the material terms and conditions | ||||||
33 | pertaining to the specific prepaid calling card shall be | ||||||
34 | disclosed clearly and conspicuously on the packaging | ||||||
35 | materials accompanying the prepaid calling card including, | ||||||
36 | but not limited to, the following, if applicable: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (A) the value of the card in minutes or the | ||||||
2 | domestic rate per minute of the card; | ||||||
3 | (B) all surcharges and fees applicable to the use | ||||||
4 | of the domestic prepaid calling service; | ||||||
5 | (C) all applicable rates for international | ||||||
6 | preferred destinations; | ||||||
7 | (D) all applicable surcharges and fees for | ||||||
8 | international preferred destinations;
| ||||||
9 | (E) a disclosure statement indicating that all | ||||||
10 | rates, surcharges, and fees applicable to | ||||||
11 | international calls are available through the | ||||||
12 | toll-free customer service number and a statement | ||||||
13 | disclosing if international rates vary from domestic | ||||||
14 | rates; and
| ||||||
15 | (F) the expiration policy.
| ||||||
16 | (3) At a minimum, the following information shall be | ||||||
17 | disclosed clearly and conspicuously and accurately through | ||||||
18 | the toll-free customer service telephone number through | ||||||
19 | which the customer is able to speak with a live customer | ||||||
20 | service representative: | ||||||
21 | (A) the Illinois Commerce Commission certificate | ||||||
22 | number of the Prepaid Calling Service Provider; | ||||||
23 | (B) all applicable rates, terms, surcharges, and | ||||||
24 | fees for domestic and international calls; | ||||||
25 | (C) all information necessary to determine the | ||||||
26 | cost of a given call;
| ||||||
27 | (D) the balance of use in the consumer's account; | ||||||
28 | and | ||||||
29 | (E) the applicable expiration date or period. | ||||||
30 | The disclosures required under this subsection (d) do not | ||||||
31 | apply to the recharging of dollars or minutes to a previously | ||||||
32 | purchased card allowing prepaid calling service.
| ||||||
33 | (Source: P.A. 93-1002, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-10-04.)
| ||||||
34 | (815 ILCS 505/2UU)
| ||||||
35 | Sec. 2UU
2QQ . Internet service; cancellation.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) As used in this Section: | ||||||
2 | "Internet service provider" means a person who provides a | ||||||
3 | service that combines computer processing, information | ||||||
4 | storage, protocol conversion, and routing with transmission to | ||||||
5 | enable a consumer to access Internet content and services. | ||||||
6 | (b) This Section applies only to agreements under which an | ||||||
7 | Internet service provider provides service to consumers, for | ||||||
8 | home and personal use, for a one-year term that is | ||||||
9 | automatically renewed for another one-year term unless a | ||||||
10 | consumer cancels the service. | ||||||
11 | (c) An Internet service provider must give a consumer who | ||||||
12 | is an Illinois resident the following: (1) a secure method at | ||||||
13 | the Internet service provider's web site that the consumer may | ||||||
14 | use to cancel the service, which method shall not require the | ||||||
15 | consumer to make a telephone call or send U.S. Postal Service | ||||||
16 | mail to effectuate the cancellation; and (2) instructions that | ||||||
17 | the consumer may follow to cancel the service at the Internet | ||||||
18 | service provider's web site. | ||||||
19 | (d) A person who violates this Section commits an unlawful | ||||||
20 | practice within the meaning of this Act.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 93-1016, eff. 1-1-05; revised 11-10-04.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 635. The Prevailing Wage Act is amended by changing | ||||||
23 | Sections 2 and 4 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (820 ILCS 130/2) (from Ch. 48, par. 39s-2)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 2. This Act applies to the wages of laborers, | ||||||
26 | mechanics and
other workers employed in any public works, as | ||||||
27 | hereinafter defined, by
any public body and to anyone under | ||||||
28 | contracts for public works.
| ||||||
29 | As used in this Act, unless the context indicates | ||||||
30 | otherwise:
| ||||||
31 | "Public works" means all fixed works constructed by
any | ||||||
32 | public body, other than work done directly by any public | ||||||
33 | utility
company, whether or not done under public supervision | ||||||
34 | or direction,
or paid for wholly or in part out of public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funds. "Public works" as
defined herein includes all projects | ||||||
2 | financed in whole
or in part with bonds issued under the | ||||||
3 | Industrial Project Revenue Bond
Act (Article 11, Division 74 of | ||||||
4 | the Illinois Municipal Code), the Industrial
Building Revenue | ||||||
5 | Bond Act, the Illinois Finance Authority Act,
the Illinois | ||||||
6 | Sports Facilities Authority Act, or the Build Illinois Bond | ||||||
7 | Act,
and all projects financed in whole or in part with loans | ||||||
8 | or other funds made
available pursuant to the Build Illinois | ||||||
9 | Act. "Public works" also includes
all projects financed in | ||||||
10 | whole or in part with funds from the Fund for
Illinois' Future | ||||||
11 | under Section 6z-47 of the State Finance Act, funds for school
| ||||||
12 | construction under Section 5 of the General Obligation Bond | ||||||
13 | Act, funds
authorized under Section 3 of the School | ||||||
14 | Construction Bond Act, funds for
school infrastructure under | ||||||
15 | Section 6z-45 of the State Finance Act, and funds
for | ||||||
16 | transportation purposes under Section 4 of the General | ||||||
17 | Obligation Bond
Act. "Public works" also includes all projects | ||||||
18 | financed in whole or in part
with funds from the Department of | ||||||
19 | Commerce and Economic Opportunity
Community Affairs under the | ||||||
20 | Illinois Renewable Fuels Development Program
Act for which | ||||||
21 | there is no project labor agreement.
| ||||||
22 | "Construction" means all work on public works involving | ||||||
23 | laborers,
workers or mechanics.
| ||||||
24 | "Locality" means the county where the physical work upon | ||||||
25 | public works
is performed, except (1) that if there is not | ||||||
26 | available in the county a
sufficient number of competent | ||||||
27 | skilled laborers, workers and mechanics
to construct the public | ||||||
28 | works efficiently and properly, "locality"
includes any other | ||||||
29 | county nearest the one in which the work or
construction is to | ||||||
30 | be performed and from which such persons may be
obtained in | ||||||
31 | sufficient numbers to perform the work and (2) that, with
| ||||||
32 | respect to contracts for highway work with the Department of
| ||||||
33 | Transportation of this State, "locality" may at the discretion | ||||||
34 | of the
Secretary of the Department of Transportation be | ||||||
35 | construed to include
two or more adjacent counties from which | ||||||
36 | workers may be accessible for
work on such construction.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Public body" means the State or any officer, board or | ||||||
2 | commission of
the State or any political subdivision or | ||||||
3 | department thereof, or any
institution supported in whole or in | ||||||
4 | part by public funds,
and includes every county, city, town,
| ||||||
5 | village, township, school district, irrigation, utility, | ||||||
6 | reclamation
improvement or other district and every other | ||||||
7 | political subdivision,
district or municipality of the state | ||||||
8 | whether such political
subdivision, municipality or district | ||||||
9 | operates under a special charter
or not.
| ||||||
10 | The terms "general prevailing rate of hourly wages", | ||||||
11 | "general
prevailing rate of wages" or "prevailing rate of | ||||||
12 | wages" when used in
this Act mean the hourly cash wages plus | ||||||
13 | fringe benefits for training and
apprenticeship programs | ||||||
14 | approved by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
| ||||||
15 | Apprenticeship and Training, health and welfare, insurance, | ||||||
16 | vacations and
pensions paid generally, in the
locality in which | ||||||
17 | the work is being performed, to employees engaged in
work of a | ||||||
18 | similar character on public works.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 93-15, eff. 6-11-03; 93-16, | ||||||
20 | eff. 1-1-04;
93-205, eff. 1-1-04; revised 1-12-04.)
| ||||||
21 | (820 ILCS 130/4) (from Ch. 48, par. 39s-4)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 4. (a) The public body awarding any contract for | ||||||
23 | public work or
otherwise undertaking any public works, shall | ||||||
24 | ascertain the general
prevailing rate of hourly wages in the | ||||||
25 | locality in which the work is to
be performed, for each craft | ||||||
26 | or type of worker or mechanic needed to
execute the contract, | ||||||
27 | and where the public body performs the work
without letting a | ||||||
28 | contract therefor, shall ascertain the prevailing rate
of wages | ||||||
29 | on a per hour basis in the locality, and such public body shall
| ||||||
30 | specify in the resolution or ordinance and in the call for bids | ||||||
31 | for the
contract, that the general prevailing rate of wages in | ||||||
32 | the locality for
each craft or type of worker or mechanic | ||||||
33 | needed to execute the contract
or perform such work, also the | ||||||
34 | general prevailing rate for legal holiday
and overtime work, as | ||||||
35 | ascertained by the public body or by the
Department of Labor |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be paid for each craft or type of worker
needed to | ||||||
2 | execute the contract or to perform such work, and it shall be
| ||||||
3 | mandatory upon the contractor to whom the contract is awarded | ||||||
4 | and upon
any subcontractor under him, and where the public body | ||||||
5 | performs the
work, upon the public body, to pay not less than | ||||||
6 | the specified rates to
all laborers, workers and mechanics | ||||||
7 | employed by them in the execution of
the contract or such work; | ||||||
8 | provided, however, that if the public body
desires that the | ||||||
9 | Department of Labor ascertain the prevailing rate of
wages, it | ||||||
10 | shall notify the Department of Labor to ascertain the general
| ||||||
11 | prevailing rate of hourly wages for work under contract, or for | ||||||
12 | work
performed by a public body without letting a contract as | ||||||
13 | required in the
locality in which the work is to be performed, | ||||||
14 | for each craft or type of
worker or mechanic needed to execute | ||||||
15 | the contract or project or work to
be performed. Upon such | ||||||
16 | notification the Department of Labor shall
ascertain such | ||||||
17 | general prevailing rate of wages, and certify the
prevailing | ||||||
18 | wage to such public body. The public body awarding the
contract | ||||||
19 | shall cause to be inserted in the project specifications and | ||||||
20 | the
contract a stipulation to the
effect that not less than the | ||||||
21 | prevailing rate of wages as found by the
public body or | ||||||
22 | Department of Labor or determined by the court on review
shall | ||||||
23 | be paid to all laborers, workers and mechanics performing work
| ||||||
24 | under the contract.
| ||||||
25 | (b) It shall also be mandatory upon the contractor to whom | ||||||
26 | the contract is
awarded
to insert into each subcontract and | ||||||
27 | into the project specifications for each
subcontract a written | ||||||
28 | stipulation to the effect that not less than the
prevailing
| ||||||
29 | rate of wages shall be paid to all laborers, workers, and | ||||||
30 | mechanics performing
work under the contract. It shall also be | ||||||
31 | mandatory upon each subcontractor to
cause to be inserted into | ||||||
32 | each lower tiered subcontract
and into the project | ||||||
33 | specifications for each lower tiered subcontract a
stipulation | ||||||
34 | to the effect that not less
than the prevailing rate of wages | ||||||
35 | shall be paid to all laborers, workers, and
mechanics | ||||||
36 | performing work under the contract. A contractor or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subcontractor who
fails to comply with this subsection (b) is | ||||||
2 | in violation of this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (c) It shall also require in all such contractor's bonds
| ||||||
4 | that the contractor include such provision as will guarantee | ||||||
5 | the
faithful performance of such prevailing wage clause as | ||||||
6 | provided by
contract. All bid specifications shall list the | ||||||
7 | specified rates to all
laborers, workers and mechanics in the | ||||||
8 | locality for each craft or type of
worker or mechanic needed to | ||||||
9 | execute the contract.
| ||||||
10 | (d) If the Department of Labor
revises the prevailing rate | ||||||
11 | of hourly wages to be paid by the public body, the
revised rate | ||||||
12 | shall apply to such contract, and the public body shall be
| ||||||
13 | responsible to notify the contractor and each subcontractor, of | ||||||
14 | the revised
rate.
| ||||||
15 | (e) Two or more investigatory hearings under this Section | ||||||
16 | on the issue
of establishing a new prevailing wage | ||||||
17 | classification for a particular craft
or type of worker shall | ||||||
18 | be consolidated in a single hearing before the
Department. Such | ||||||
19 | consolidation shall occur whether each separate investigatory
| ||||||
20 | hearing is conducted by a public body or the Department. The | ||||||
21 | party requesting
a consolidated investigatory hearing shall | ||||||
22 | have the burden of establishing that
there is no existing | ||||||
23 | prevailing wage classification for the particular craft or
type | ||||||
24 | of worker in any of the localities under consideration.
| ||||||
25 | (f) It shall be mandatory upon the contractor or | ||||||
26 | construction manager
to whom a contract for public works is | ||||||
27 | awarded to post, at a
location on the project site of the | ||||||
28 | public works that is
easily accessible to the workers engaged | ||||||
29 | on the project,
the prevailing wage rates for each craft or | ||||||
30 | type of worker
or mechanic needed to execute the contract or | ||||||
31 | project or
work to be performed. A failure to post a prevailing | ||||||
32 | wage
rate as required by this Section is a violation of this | ||||||
33 | Act.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 92-783, eff. 8-6-02; 93-15, eff. 6-11-03; 93-16, | ||||||
35 | eff.
1-1-04; 93-38, eff. 6-1-04; revised 10-29-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 640. The Workers' Compensation Act is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Section 4d as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (820 ILCS 305/4d)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 4d. Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission | ||||||
5 | Operations Fund Fee.
| ||||||
6 | (a) As of the effective date of this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
7 | 93rd
General
Assembly, each employer that self-insures its | ||||||
8 | liabilities arising under this
Act
or Workers' Occupational | ||||||
9 | Diseases Act shall pay a fee measured by the annual
actual | ||||||
10 | wages paid in this State of such an employer in the manner | ||||||
11 | provided in
this Section. Such proceeds shall be deposited in | ||||||
12 | the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission
Operations Fund. | ||||||
13 | If an employer survives or was formed by a merger,
| ||||||
14 | consolidation, reorganization, or reincorporation, the actual | ||||||
15 | wages paid in
this
State of all employers party to the merger, | ||||||
16 | consolidation, reorganization, or
reincorporation shall, for | ||||||
17 | purposes of determining the amount of the fee
imposed
by this | ||||||
18 | Section, be regarded as those of the surviving or new employer.
| ||||||
19 | (b) Beginning on July 30, 2004 ( the effective date of | ||||||
20 | Public Act 93-840)
this amendatory Act of 2004 and on July 1 of | ||||||
21 | each year thereafter, the Chairman shall charge and
collect an | ||||||
22 | annual Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission Operations | ||||||
23 | Fund Fee from every employer
subject to subsection (a) of this | ||||||
24 | Section equal to 0.0075% of its annual actual
wages paid in | ||||||
25 | this State as reported in each employer's annual self-insurance
| ||||||
26 | renewal filed for the previous year as required by Section 4 of | ||||||
27 | this Act and
Section 4 of the Workers' Occupational Diseases | ||||||
28 | Act. All sums collected by the
Commission under the provisions | ||||||
29 | of this Section shall be paid promptly after
the
receipt of the | ||||||
30 | same, accompanied by a detailed statement thereof, into the
| ||||||
31 | Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission Operations Fund. The | ||||||
32 | fee due pursuant to Public Act 93-840
this amendatory Act of | ||||||
33 | 2004 shall be collected instead of the fee due on July 1, 2004 | ||||||
34 | under Public Act 93-32. Payment of the fee due under Public Act | ||||||
35 | 93-840
this amendatory Act of 2004 shall discharge the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employer's obligations due on July 1, 2004.
| ||||||
2 | (c) In addition to the authority specifically granted under | ||||||
3 | Section 16, the
Chairman shall have such authority to adopt | ||||||
4 | rules or establish forms as may be
reasonably necessary for | ||||||
5 | purposes of enforcing this Section. The Commission
shall have | ||||||
6 | authority to defer, waive, or abate the fee or any penalties | ||||||
7 | imposed
by this Section if in the Commission's opinion the | ||||||
8 | employer's solvency and
ability to meet its obligations to pay | ||||||
9 | workers' compensation benefits would be
immediately threatened | ||||||
10 | by payment of the fee due.
| ||||||
11 | (d) When an employer fails to pay the full amount of any | ||||||
12 | annual Illinois Workers' Compensation
Commission Operations | ||||||
13 | Fund Fee of $100 or more due under this Section, there
shall be | ||||||
14 | added to the amount due as a penalty the greater of $1,000 or | ||||||
15 | an
amount
equal to 5% of the deficiency for each month or part | ||||||
16 | of a month that the
deficiency remains unpaid.
| ||||||
17 | (e) The Commission may enforce the collection of any | ||||||
18 | delinquent payment,
penalty
or portion thereof by legal action | ||||||
19 | or in any other manner by which the
collection of debts due the | ||||||
20 | State of Illinois may be enforced under the laws of
this State.
| ||||||
21 | (f) Whenever it appears to the satisfaction of the Chairman | ||||||
22 | that an employer
has
paid pursuant to this Act an Illinois | ||||||
23 | Workers' Compensation Commission Operations Fund Fee
in an | ||||||
24 | amount in excess of the amount legally collectable from the | ||||||
25 | employer, the
Chairman shall issue a credit memorandum for an | ||||||
26 | amount equal to the amount of
such overpayment. A credit | ||||||
27 | memorandum may be applied for the 2-year period from
the date | ||||||
28 | of issuance against the payment of any amount due during that | ||||||
29 | period
under the fee imposed by this Section or, subject to | ||||||
30 | reasonable rule of the
Commission including requirement of | ||||||
31 | notification, may be assigned to any other
employer subject to | ||||||
32 | regulation under this Act. Any application of credit
memoranda | ||||||
33 | after the period provided for in this Section is void.
| ||||||
34 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-840, | ||||||
35 | eff. 7-30-04; revised 10-25-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 645. The Workers' Occupational Diseases Act is | ||||||
2 | amended by changing Section 1 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (820 ILCS 310/1) (from Ch. 48, par. 172.36)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 1. This Act shall be known and may be cited as the | ||||||
5 | "Workers'
Occupational Diseases Act".
| ||||||
6 | (a) The term "employer" as used in this Act shall be | ||||||
7 | construed to
be:
| ||||||
8 | 1. The State and each county, city, town, township, | ||||||
9 | incorporated
village, school district, body politic, or | ||||||
10 | municipal corporation
therein.
| ||||||
11 | 2. Every person, firm, public or private corporation, | ||||||
12 | including
hospitals, public service, eleemosynary, | ||||||
13 | religious or charitable
corporations or associations, who | ||||||
14 | has any person in service or under any
contract for hire, | ||||||
15 | express or implied, oral or written.
| ||||||
16 | 3. Where an employer operating under and subject to the | ||||||
17 | provisions
of this Act loans an employee to another such | ||||||
18 | employer and such loaned
employee sustains a compensable | ||||||
19 | occupational disease in the employment
of such borrowing | ||||||
20 | employer and where such borrowing employer does not
provide | ||||||
21 | or pay the benefits or payments due such employee, such | ||||||
22 | loaning
employer shall be liable to provide or pay all | ||||||
23 | benefits or payments due
such employee under this Act and | ||||||
24 | as to such employee the liability of
such loaning and | ||||||
25 | borrowing employers shall be joint and several,
provided | ||||||
26 | that such loaning employer shall in the absence of | ||||||
27 | agreement to
the contrary be entitled to receive from such | ||||||
28 | borrowing employer full
reimbursement for all sums paid or | ||||||
29 | incurred pursuant to this paragraph
together with | ||||||
30 | reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in any hearings
| ||||||
31 | before the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission or in | ||||||
32 | any action to secure such
reimbursement. Where any benefit | ||||||
33 | is provided or paid by such loaning
employer, the employee | ||||||
34 | shall have the duty of rendering reasonable
co-operation in | ||||||
35 | any hearings, trials or proceedings in the case,
including |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such proceedings for reimbursement.
| ||||||
2 | Where an employee files an Application for Adjustment | ||||||
3 | of Claim with
the Illinois Workers' Compensation | ||||||
4 | Commission alleging that his or her claim is covered by
the | ||||||
5 | provisions of the preceding paragraph, and joining both the | ||||||
6 | alleged
loaning and borrowing employers, they and each of | ||||||
7 | them, upon written
demand by the employee and within 7 days | ||||||
8 | after receipt of such demand,
shall have the duty of filing | ||||||
9 | with the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission a | ||||||
10 | written
admission or denial of the allegation that the | ||||||
11 | claim is covered by the
provisions of the preceding | ||||||
12 | paragraph and in default of such filing or
if any such | ||||||
13 | denial be ultimately determined not to have been bona fide
| ||||||
14 | then the provisions of Paragraph K of Section 19 of this | ||||||
15 | Act shall
apply.
| ||||||
16 | An employer whose business or enterprise or a | ||||||
17 | substantial part
thereof consists of hiring, procuring or | ||||||
18 | furnishing employees to or for
other employers operating | ||||||
19 | under and subject to the provisions of this
Act for the | ||||||
20 | performance of the work of such other employers and who | ||||||
21 | pays
such employees their salary or wage notwithstanding | ||||||
22 | that they are doing
the work of such other employers shall | ||||||
23 | be deemed a loaning employer
within the meaning and | ||||||
24 | provisions of this Section.
| ||||||
25 | (b) The term "employee" as used in this Act, shall be | ||||||
26 | construed to
mean:
| ||||||
27 | 1. Every person in the service of the State, county, | ||||||
28 | city, town,
township, incorporated village or school | ||||||
29 | district, body politic or
municipal corporation therein, | ||||||
30 | whether by election, appointment or
contract of hire, | ||||||
31 | express or implied, oral or written, including any
official | ||||||
32 | of the State, or of any county, city, town, township,
| ||||||
33 | incorporated village, school district, body politic or | ||||||
34 | municipal
corporation therein and except any duly | ||||||
35 | appointed member of the fire
department in any city whose | ||||||
36 | population exceeds 500,000 according to the
last Federal or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State census, and except any member of a fire insurance
| ||||||
2 | patrol maintained by a board of underwriters in this State. | ||||||
3 | One employed
by a contractor who has contracted with the | ||||||
4 | State, or a county, city,
town, township, incorporated | ||||||
5 | village, school district, body politic or
municipal | ||||||
6 | corporation therein, through its representatives, shall | ||||||
7 | not be
considered as an employee of the State, county, | ||||||
8 | city, town, township,
incorporated village, school | ||||||
9 | district, body politic or municipal
corporation which made | ||||||
10 | the contract.
| ||||||
11 | 2. Every person in the service of another under any | ||||||
12 | contract of
hire, express or implied, oral or written, who | ||||||
13 | contracts an occupational
disease while working in the | ||||||
14 | State of Illinois, or who contracts an
occupational disease | ||||||
15 | while working outside of the State of Illinois but
where | ||||||
16 | the contract of hire is made within the State of Illinois, | ||||||
17 | and any
person whose employment is principally localized | ||||||
18 | within the State of
Illinois, regardless of the place where | ||||||
19 | the disease was contracted or
place where the contract of | ||||||
20 | hire was made, including aliens, and minors
who, for the | ||||||
21 | purpose of this Act, except Section 3 hereof, shall be
| ||||||
22 | considered the same and have the same power to contract, | ||||||
23 | receive
payments and give quittances therefor, as adult | ||||||
24 | employees. An employee
or his or her dependents under this | ||||||
25 | Act who shall have a cause of action
by reason of an | ||||||
26 | occupational disease, disablement or death arising out
of | ||||||
27 | and in the course of his or her employment may elect or | ||||||
28 | pursue
his or her remedy in the State where the disease was | ||||||
29 | contracted, or in the
State where the contract of hire is | ||||||
30 | made, or in the State where the
employment is principally | ||||||
31 | localized.
| ||||||
32 | (c) "Commission" means the Illinois Workers' Compensation | ||||||
33 | Commission created by the
Workers' Compensation Act, approved | ||||||
34 | July 9, 1951, as amended.
| ||||||
35 | (d) In this Act the term "Occupational Disease" means a | ||||||
36 | disease
arising out of and in the course of the employment or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which has become
aggravated and rendered disabling as a result | ||||||
2 | of the exposure of the
employment. Such aggravation shall arise | ||||||
3 | out of a risk peculiar to or
increased by the employment and | ||||||
4 | not common to the general public.
| ||||||
5 | A disease shall be deemed to arise out of the employment if | ||||||
6 | there is
apparent to the rational mind, upon consideration of | ||||||
7 | all the
circumstances, a causal connection between the | ||||||
8 | conditions under which
the work is performed and the | ||||||
9 | occupational disease. The disease need not
to have been | ||||||
10 | foreseen or expected but after its contraction it must
appear | ||||||
11 | to have had its origin or aggravation in a risk connected with
| ||||||
12 | the employment and to have flowed from that source as a | ||||||
13 | rational
consequence.
| ||||||
14 | An employee shall be conclusively deemed to have been | ||||||
15 | exposed to the
hazards of an occupational disease when, for any | ||||||
16 | length of time however
short, he or she is employed in an | ||||||
17 | occupation or process in which the
hazard of the disease | ||||||
18 | exists; provided however, that in a claim of
exposure to atomic | ||||||
19 | radiation, the fact of such exposure must be verified
by the | ||||||
20 | records of the central registry of radiation exposure | ||||||
21 | maintained
by the Department of Public Health or by some other | ||||||
22 | recognized
governmental agency maintaining records of such | ||||||
23 | exposures whenever and
to the extent that the records are on | ||||||
24 | file with the Department of Public
Health or the agency. | ||||||
25 | Any injury to or disease or death of an employee arising | ||||||
26 | from the administration of a vaccine, including without | ||||||
27 | limitation smallpox vaccine, to prepare for, or as a response | ||||||
28 | to, a threatened or potential bioterrorist incident to the | ||||||
29 | employee as part of a voluntary inoculation program in | ||||||
30 | connection with the person's employment or in connection with | ||||||
31 | any governmental program or recommendation for the inoculation | ||||||
32 | of workers in the employee's occupation, geographical area, or | ||||||
33 | other category that includes the employee is deemed to arise | ||||||
34 | out of and in the course of the employment for all purposes | ||||||
35 | under this Act. This paragraph added by Public Act 93-829
this | ||||||
36 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly is declarative of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | existing law and is not a new enactment.
| ||||||
2 | The employer liable for the compensation in this Act | ||||||
3 | provided shall
be the employer in whose employment the employee | ||||||
4 | was last exposed to the
hazard of the occupational disease | ||||||
5 | claimed upon regardless of the length
of time of such last | ||||||
6 | exposure, except, in cases of silicosis or
asbestosis, the only | ||||||
7 | employer liable shall be the last employer in whose
employment | ||||||
8 | the employee was last exposed during a period of 60 days or
| ||||||
9 | more after the effective date of this Act, to the hazard of | ||||||
10 | such
occupational disease, and, in such cases, an exposure | ||||||
11 | during a period of
less than 60 days, after the effective date | ||||||
12 | of this Act, shall not be
deemed a last exposure. If a miner | ||||||
13 | who is suffering or suffered from
pneumoconiosis was employed | ||||||
14 | for 10 years or more in one or more coal
mines there shall, | ||||||
15 | effective July 1, 1973 be a rebuttable presumption
that his or | ||||||
16 | her pneumoconiosis arose out of such employment.
| ||||||
17 | If a deceased miner was employed for 10 years or more in | ||||||
18 | one or more
coal mines and died from a respirable disease there | ||||||
19 | shall, effective
July 1, 1973, be a rebuttable presumption that | ||||||
20 | his or her death was due
to pneumoconiosis.
| ||||||
21 | The insurance carrier liable shall be the carrier whose | ||||||
22 | policy was in
effect covering the employer liable on the last | ||||||
23 | day of the exposure
rendering such employer liable in | ||||||
24 | accordance with the provisions of this
Act.
| ||||||
25 | (e) "Disablement" means an impairment or partial | ||||||
26 | impairment,
temporary or permanent, in the function of the body | ||||||
27 | or any of the
members of the body, or the event of becoming | ||||||
28 | disabled from earning full
wages at the work in which the | ||||||
29 | employee was engaged when last exposed to
the hazards of the | ||||||
30 | occupational disease by the employer from whom he or
she claims | ||||||
31 | compensation, or equal wages in other suitable employment;
and | ||||||
32 | "disability" means the state of being so incapacitated.
| ||||||
33 | (f) No compensation shall be payable for or on account of | ||||||
34 | any
occupational disease unless disablement, as herein | ||||||
35 | defined, occurs
within two years after the last day of the last | ||||||
36 | exposure to the hazards
of the disease, except in cases of |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | occupational disease caused by
berylliosis or by the inhalation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | of silica dust or asbestos dust and, in
such cases, within 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | years after the last day of the last exposure to
the hazards of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | such disease and except in the case of occupational
disease | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | caused by exposure to radiological materials or equipment, and
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | in such case, within 25 years after the last day of last | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | exposure to the
hazards of such disease.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-829, eff. 7-28-04; | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | revised 10-25-04.)
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | Section 995. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act makes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | changes in a
statute that is represented in this Act by text | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | that is not yet or no longer in
effect (for example, a Section | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | represented by multiple versions), the use of
that text does | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the changes
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any other | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | Public Act.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | Section 996. No revival or extension. This Act does not | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | revive or extend
any Section or Act otherwise repealed.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | Section 999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | becoming law.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||